\ 'r^L:^'7^m m m ^^^R* ^^^Kr 1 ^K I H^. » ^^^^^^Bi ., „**( %/-^'^; ^^.^S" ,- r?/- U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE OFFICE OF EXPERIMENT STATIONS A. C. TRUE, DIRECTOR EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD VOLUME XXVI, 1912 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1912 .xr U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. Scientific Bureaus. Weather Bureau — ^Willis L. Moore, Chief. Bureau of Animal Industry — A. D. Melvin, Chief. Bureau of Plant Industry — B. T. Galloway, Chief. Forest Service — H. S. Graves, Forester. Bureau of Soils — Milton WTiitney, Chief. Bureau of Chemistry — R. E. Doolittle, Acting Chemist. Bureau of Statistics — V. H. Olmsted, Statistician. Bureau of Entomology — L. 0. Howard, Entomologist. Bureau of Biological Survey — H. W. Henshaw, Chief. Oftice of Public Roads — L. W. Page, Director. Office of Experiment Stations — A. C. True. Director. THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATIONS. Alabama— College Station: Auburn; J. F. Duggar.a Canebrake Station: Uniontown; L. H. Moore.o Tuskegee Station: Tuskegee Institute; O. W Carver.a Alaska— SJrta; C. C. Georgeson.6 Arizona— rwc-son; R. H. Forbes.a Arkansas— Fay etteville: C. F. Adams.a CALTFORNIA—Berkeley: T. F. Hunt.o CoLOEADO— Fort Collins: C. P. Gillette." Connecticut— State Station: New Haven; E. H. Jenklns.a Storrs Station: Storrs; L. A. Cllnton.o DiiLAWARE— Newark: H. Hayward.a FhORiDA—Gainesville: P. H. Rolfs.a GJ^OHGIA—Experiwent: Martin V. Cahin.a GVAii— Island of Guam: J. B. Thompson.'' HAWAn— Federal Station: Honolulu; E. V. Wilcox. 6 Sugar Planters' Station: Honolulu; C. F Eekart.a Idaho — Moscow: W. L. Carlyle.o Illinois — Urbana: E. Davenport." Indiana— ia Fayette: A. Goss.o lowA— ^77!fs.- C. F. Curtiss.d KAi^SAS— Manhattan: E. H. Webster.t Kehtvcky— Lexington: . Louisiana— State Station: Baton Rouge; Sugar Station: Audubon Park New Orleans; North La. Station: Calhoun; Maine— Orono.- C. D. Woods.o Maryland — College Park: H. J. Patterson.a Massachusetts— ^mhcrsf." W. P. Brooks.a Michigan — East Lansing: R. S. Shaw.a MmKESOTA— University Farm, St. Paul: A. F. Woods.o Mississippi— j4^ncMtorai College: E.R. Lloyd. a Missouri— College Station: CoZMmftia; F.'B. Mumford.o Fruit Station: Mountain Grove; Paul Evans.o a Director. 6 Special agent in IX W.R.Dodson.a Montana— Bozen? an.- F. B. Linfield.o 'Nebraska— Lincoln: E. A. Burnett.^ Nevada— i?eMo.- G. H. True.o New Hampshire— Dwr/iom.- J. C. Kendall.u New Jersey— iVew Brunswick: J. G. Lipman.o New Mexico— State College: Luther Foster.a New York— State Station: Geneva; W. H. Jordan.a Cornell Station: Ithaca; L. H. Bailey.i North Carolina— College Station: West Raleigh; C. B. Williams.o State Station: Raleigh; B. W. Kilgore." North Dakota — Agricultural College: J. H. Worst.o Omo—Wooster: C. E. Thorne.o OKhAUOMA— Stillwater: J. A. Wilson.o Oregon— Corya/?w.- J. Withycombe.a Pennsylvania — State College: A. Agee. ^ State College: Institute of Animal Nutrition; H. P. Armsby.o Porto Rico- Federal Station: Mayaguez; D. W. May. 6 Sugar Planters' Station: Rio Picdras; J. T. Crawley.o Rhode Island — Kingston: H. J. Wheeler.™ South Carolina— CTcmsow College: J. N. Harper.o South Dakota— Brookings: J. W. Wilson. o TENyrESSEE— Knoxville: H. A. Morgan.o Texas— CoHe^e Station: B. Youngblood.a XJtab— Logan: E. D. Ball." YEnyioiJT— Burlington: 3. L. Hills.a Virginia— Blacksburg: S. W. Fletcher." Norfolk: Truck Station, T. C. Johnson.o Washington— PmZZtt? an.- B . W. Thatcher." West VrRGmTA- Morgantoion: E. D. Sanderson.o Wisconsin— Afodison.- H. L. Russell." Wyoming — Laramie: H. G. Knight." charge. cActing director. W. H. Evans, Ph. D. E. Boyd. EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Editor: E. W. ALLEN, Ph. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPARTMENTS. Agricultiiral Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzer, Ph. D., M. D. JT. .M- (W. H. Beal. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers-^ „ |W Agricultural Botany, Bacteriology, Vegetable Pathology j^ ^. , , „ fj. I. Schulte. Field Crops {j^j^^^^^^ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition — C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D., D. Sc. Zootechny, Dairying, and Dairy Farming — E. W. Morse. Economic Zoology and Entomology — W. A. Hooker. -, ,. . fW. A. Hooker. vetermary Medicme •j-p ^ ^-^ Rural Engineering — R. Trullinger. Rural Economics — B. B. Hare. Agricultural Education j ' " CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXVI. EDITORIAL NOTES. Page. The Columbus meetings 1 The afBliation of societies for agricultural science 3 The ethical side of experiment station practice 4 Aiding agriculture in Great Britain under the development act 101 Progress in agricultural instruction 301 The provision of agricultural teachers 303 The decline of the station annual report 401 Dr. John B. Smith, deceased 403 The occupation of the agricultural college graduate 601 Agricultural extension at the Southern Commercial Congress 701 The organization and administration of extension work 703 STATION PUBLICATIONS ABSTRACTED. Alabama College Station: Bulletin 156, September, 1911 137 157, September, 1911 138 Circular 9, May, 1911 298 10, August, 1911 757 III IV CONTENTS. Alabama College Station — Continued. Page. Circular 11, September, 1911 794 12, December, 1911 795 13, December, 1911 795 14, P'ebruary, 1912 740 Alabama Tuskegee Station: Bulletin 21, September, 1911 189 Arkansas Station: Bulletin 108, 1911 780 109, 1911 840 Circular 13 441 14, November, 1911 734 California Station: Bulletin 215, May, 1911 61 216, June, 1911 133 217, June, 1911 128 218, June, 1911 445 219, June, 1911 482, 483 220, July, 1911 561 221, October, 1911 524 222, July, 1911 553 223, July, 1911 554 224, November, 1911 539 225, October, 1911 642 226, 1912 756 227, 1912 809 Circular 66, June, 1911 154 67, August, 1911.: 192 68, August, 1911 289 69, August, 1911 236 70, August, 1911 234 71, November, 1911 233 72, October, 1911 206 73, October, 1911 256 Colorado Station: Circular 10, March, 1911 533 11, April, 1911 536 Twenty-third Annual Report, 1910 633, 646, 654, 692 Connecticut State Station: Bulletin 169, November, 1911 556 Annual Report, 1911, pt. 1 522 pts. 2-3 633, 659, 665 pt . 4 855 Connecticut Storrs Station: Bulletin 69, June, 1911 442 Delaware Station: Circular 4, Jime 14, 1909 795 5, June 13, 1910 795 6, June 19, 1911 795 Florida Station: Bulletin 107, October, 1911 449 108, November, 1911 549 CONTENTS. V Georgia Station: Page. Bulletin 95, September, 1911 31 96, November, 1911 G40, 648 97, November, 1911 735 98, December, 1911 735 Circular 67, December, 1911 535 Hawaii Station: Bulletin 24, June 16, 1911 41 25, December 16, 1911 441 Press Bulletin 31 82 32 455 Idaho Station: Bulletin 71, July, 1911 538 Illinois Station: Bulletin 150, August, 1911 74 151, October, 1911 654 152, November, 1911 681 Circular 150, May, 1911 221 151, July, 1911 273 152, August, 1911 273 153, September, 1911 268 154, October, 1911 237 155, January, 1912 621 Soil Report 1, March, 1911 518 2, June, 1911 518 Indiana Station: Bulletin 153, September, 1911 568 154, October, 1911 741 Circular 30, October, 1911 742 31, January, 1912 838 32, January, 1912 839 Twenty-foiu-th Annual Report, 1911 806, 874, 888, 899 Iowa Station: Bulletin 125, October, 1911 168 Research Bulletin 2, August, 1911 428 3, October, 1911 615, 616 Kansas Station: Bulletin 178, May, 1911 357 Feeding Stuffs Bulletins 17-22, December 1, 1910, to May 1, 1911 568 Kentucky Station: Bulletin 154, June, 1911 187 155, July, 1911 134 156, August, 1911 568 157, September, 1911 587 Food and Drug Bulletin, October 1, 1911 69 Twenty-second Annual Report, 1909 514, 515, 598 Twenty-third Annual Report, 1910 614, 692 Louisiana Stations: ' Bulletin 127, May, 191 1 235 128, June, 1911 90 129, July, 1911 213 130, September, 1911 234 131, September, 1911 384 VI CONTENTS. Louisiana Stations— Continued. Page. Bulletin 132, October, 1911 382 133, December, 1911 548 Feed Stuffs Report, 1910-11 568 Fertilizer Report, 1910-11 324 Maine Station: Bulletin 192, November, 1911 571 193, November, 1911 572 194, November, 1911 546 195, December, 1911 753 Official Inspection 34, November, 1911 867 35, December, 1911 868 36, January, 1912 838 Maryland Station: Bulletin 155, August, 1911 333 156, September, 1911 450 157, September, 1911 770 158, September, 1911 739 159, October, 1911 742 160, October, 1911 743 161, November, 1911 755 162, December, 1911 739 Massachusetts Station: Bulletin 138, June, 1911 649 139, October, 1911 665 140, December, 1911 727 Meteorological Bulletins 273-274, September-October, 1911 117 275-276, November-December, 1911 416 277-278, January-February, 1912 810 Circular 30, January, 1911 774 31, April, 1911 741 Twenty-third Annual Report, 1910, pt. 1 21, 23, 24, 29, 31, 35, 37, 44, 45, 47, 52, 55, 65, 72, 73, 79, 80, 95 pt. 2 37, 39, 40, 48, 49, 54, 56, 57, 72, 80, 95 Michigan Station: Bulletin 265, August, 1911 325 266, August, 1911 386 Special Bulletin 55, June, 1911 714 Technical Bulletin 8, June, 1911 785 9, June, 1911 776 10, June, 1911 708 11, July, 1911 753 Minnesota Station: Bulletin 124, June, 1911 474 Eighteenth Annual Report, 1910 599 Mississippi Station: Bulletin 146, March, 1911 741 147, April, 1911 742 148, July, 1911 728 149, October, 1911 768 150, October, 1911 727 151, November, 1911 728 152, November, 1911 768 Circular 33, May, 1911 727 CONTENTS. VII Missouri Station: Page. Bulletin 92, February, 1911 222 93, February, 1911 222' Research Bulletin 4, October, 1911 475 5, October, 1911 475 Circular 50, October 1, 1911 332 Missouri Fruit Station: Circular 5, March, 1911 539 Biennial Report, 1909-10 692 Montana Station: Bulletin 83, January, 1911 38 84, January, 1911 39 85, May, 1911 G3 86, July, 1911 354 Nebraska Station: Bulletin 123, February 22, 1912 874 Extension Bulletin 3, February 12,1912 795 Nevada Station: Bulletin 78, September, 1911 457 Circular 13, October, 1911 883 New Hampshire Station: Bulletin 154, October, 1911 362 155, December, 1911 624 New Jersey Stations: Bulletin- 240, September 20, 1911. 225 241, December 2, 1911 819 New Mexico Station: Bulletin 77, April, 1911 89 78, May, 1911 35 79, June, 1911 73 New York Cornell Station: Bulletin 303, July, 1911 37O 304, October, 1911 367 305, October, 1911 368 306, November, 1911 542 307, November, 1911 540 308, December, 1911 557 Circular 11, April, 1911 778 Twenty-fourth Annual Report, 1911 795 New York State Station: Bulletin 340, September, 1911 165 341, November, 1911 325 342, December, 1911 692 Circular 13, January 15, 1910 238 14 239 15 239 16, March, 1911 441 17, March 15. 1911 442 18, February 10, 1912 741 19, February 10, 1912 742 Twenty-ninth Annual Report, 1910 214, 2C9 viii Contents. North Carolina Station: Page. Technical Bulletin 8, September, 1911 448 Thirty-fourth Annual Report, 1911 828, 844, 850, 856, 861, 862, 879, 899 ' North Dakota Station: Bulletin 94, September, 1911 287 95, December, 1911 632 90, January, 1912 828 Special Bulletin 31, March, 1911 69, 83. 86 32, April, 1911 69 33, May, 1911 69 34, June, 1911 69 35, August, 1911 69,86 36, September, 1911 461 37, October, 1911 462 38, November, 1911 462 Ohio Station: Bulletin 230 (Thirtieth Annual Report, 1911), July, 1911 214, 299 231, July, 1911 43 232, December, 1911 539 Circular 113, June 30, 1911 331 114, June 23, 1911 423 115, August 14, 1911 454 116, September 1, 1911 489 117, October 1, 1911 437 118, October 9, 1911 771 119, December 29, 1911 744 Oklahoma Station: Circular 15, July, 1911 385 17, September, 1911 332 18, September, 1911 599 Oreoon Station: Bulletin 111, September, 1911 741 Circular 14, Crop Pest Series 539 14, Vegetable Growing Series 539 15 560 16, September, 1911 542 Pennsylvania Station: Bulletin 111, August, 1911 167 112, November, 1911 667 113. February, 1912 899 Porto Rico Station: Bulletin 10 (Spanish edition), 1912 858 11, November 7, 1911 121 Circular 13, June, 1911 62 Rhode Island Station: Bulletin 146, June, 1911 185 147, December, 1911 722, 795 148, January, 1912 817 Twenty-foiu-th Annual Report, 1911 715, 795 South Carolina Station: Bulletin 160, September, 1911 127 Twenty-fourth Annual Report, 1911 637, 647, 648, 654, 692 CONTENTS. IX South Dakota Station: Page. Annual Report, 1911 692 Tennessee Station: Bulletin 90, December, 1910 426 91, January, 1911 415 92, June, 1911 422 93, June, 1911 439, 453 94, October, 1911 458 95, January, 1912 549 Report of the Cooperative and Extension Work in Agriculture in Middle Tennessee, 1909-10 795 Texas Station: Bulletin 140 35 141, July, 1911 467 142, September, 1911 456 143, December, 1911 895 Utah Station: Bulletin 114, December, 1911 „ 616 Vermont Station: Bulletin 157, March, 1911 57 158, May, 1911 72 159, May, 1911 53 160, June, 1911 34, 35 Circular 6, January, 1911 543 7, March, 1911 622 8, April, 1911 692 Virginia Station: Bulletin 194, September, 1911 274 Virginia Truck Station: Bulletin 6, January 25, 1912 743 7, February 1, 1912 740 Washington Station: Bulletin 101, 1911 787 102, 1911 738 103, December, 1911 757 104, December, 1911 795 Bulletin 4, special series [revised edition], 1911 591 West Virginia Station: Bulletin 134, June, 1911 171 135, September, 1911 473 Report San Jose Scale, etc., 1905-6 746, 753 1907-8 840 1909-10 840, 844, 848, 860 Wisconsin Station: Bulletin 213, June, 1911 : 841 214, July, 1911 91 215, August, 1911 188 216, November, 1911 591 Research Bulletin 15, June, 1911 342 16, June, 1911 386 17, June, 1911 467 Circular of Information 28, September, 1911 168 29, January, 1912 687 X CONTENTS. Wyoming Station: Page. Bulletin 89, June, 1911 268 90, September, 1911 590 91, December, 1911 760 92, January, 1912 769 Twenty-first Annual Report, 1911 503, 514, 534, 570, 599 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE PUBLICATIONS ABSTRACTED. Report 94 257 Farmers' Bulletin 465 95 466 132 467 146 468 392 469 299 470 245 471 336 472 387 473 378 474 386 475 386 476 456 477 512 478 '. 567 479 599 480 578 Food Inspection Decisions 139-141 762 142 868 Insecticide Decisions 2-4 65 5-6 658 Bureau op Animal Industry: Bulletin 39, pt. 36 753 138 81 139 71 140 76 141 78 142 88 143 664 Circular 181 172 182 ; 174 183 382 Bureau of Biological Survey: Bulletin 38 58 39 58 40 652 Circular 85 854 Bureau of Chemistry: Bulletin 144 413 145 441 146 ' 409 147 609 Circular 78 24 79 66 80 26 CONTENTS. XI Bureau of Chemistry — Continued. Page. Circular 81 71 82 312 83 154 84 114 85 611 86 509 87 509 88 509 89 506 90 613 91 710 92 713 93 715 Bureau of Entomology: Bulletin 95, pt. 3 347 96, pt. 4 65 97, pt. 4 61 pt. 5 152 pt. 6 759 101 350 104 248, 249 105 254 107 454 109, pt. 1 249 pt. 2 250 22 (technical series) 558 23, pt. 1 (technical series) 553 Circular 143 560 144 560 Forest Service: Bulletin 97 73 98 ^ 241 99 50 100 240 101 240 102 338 103 339 Circular 173 241 187 544 188 50 189 443 190 242 191 316 192 339 194 544 195 543 196 543 National Forest Manual — Forest Plans, etc 241 Claims, Settlement, Administrative Sites 340 Timber Sales, etc 340 Xn CONTENTS. Bureau of Plant Industry: Page. Bulletin 217 343 218 634 219 327 220 41 221 128 222 40 223 128 224 52 225 54 226 645 227 128 228 649 229 635 230 628 231 624 232 641 233 629 234 641 235 612 Circular 84 331 87 38 88 41 89 535 90 636 91 748 92 846 93 836 Document 706 323 717 535 Bureau op Soils: Bulletin 77 224 81 818 82 216 83 419 Circular 41 119 42 119 43 120 44 119 45 119 46 119 47 222 48 222 49 517 50 517 51 517 Field Operations, 1909 (Eleventh Report) 718 [Publication], November 6, 1911 221 Bureau of Statistics: Bulletin 84 294 85 532 88 474 89 293 CONTENTS. XIII Bureau of Statistics — Continued. Page. Bulletin 90 294 91 294 Circular 25 190 26 491 27 639 28 689 29 792 Crop Reporter, Vol. XIII, No. 10, October, 1911 94 11, November, 1911 190 12, December, 1911 490 12, December, 1911, Supplement 490 XIV, No. 1, January, 1912 595 2, February, 1912 689 3, March, 1912 897 Weather Bureau: Bulletin 38 417 39 596 T 514 U 513 Bulletin Mount Weather Observatory, vol. 4, pt. 2 27 pt. 3 117 Monthly Weather Review, Vol. XXXIX, Nos. 6-7, June-July, 1911 26 8-9, August-September, 1911 213,244 10-11, October-November, 1911 613 Office of Experiment Stations: Bulletin 242 193 243 589 244 590 245 597 246 590 247 795 Circular 113 590 114 598 115 595 Farmers' Institute Lecture 12 597 Office of Public Roads: Bulletin 40 385 41 591 42 591 Circular 96 188 97 591 Division of Publications: Circular 19 692 Office of the Solicitor: Index to Acts of Congress Involving Department of Agriculture 899 Library: Monthly Bulletin, vol. 2, Nos. 8-9, August-September, 1911 95 10-11, October-November, 1911 599 12, December, 1911 899 3, No. 1, January, 1912 899 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Editor: E. W. ALLEN, Ph. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPARTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzer, Ph. D., M. D. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers < -g w' Tillman Agricultural Botany, Bacteriology, Vegetable Pathology/^- g" Long^' ^^' ^' T?- ij n /J- I- Schulte FieldCropsjj Q j^^^j.^^ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition — C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D. Zootechny, Dairying, and Dairy Farming — E. W. Morse. Economic Zoology and Entomology — W. A. Hooker. „ ,„,. , . Veterinary Medicin^jW- A- HookeR. ^^^ ^^^^ Rural Engineering A N I r a i. Rural Economics— B. B. Hare. "" ' AWlL^Aie Agricultural Educationj^?; J; Cr^^I^y. ^AHUm. CONTENTS OF VOL. XXVI, NO. i. Editorial notes: Page. The Columbus meetings 1 The affiliation of societies for agricultural science 3 The ethical side of experiment station practice 4 Convention of Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations, 1911 8 Recent work in agricultural science 21 Notes 96 SUBJECT LIST OF ABSTRACTS. agricultural chemistry — agrotechny. Sulphite method for separating and identifying calcium and strontium. Hinds. 21 [In regard to methods for determining the fertility of the soil], Welbel 21 Detection and determination of manganese in water, Rodenburg 21 The determination of arsenic in insecticides, Holland 21 A method for studying chemical cell functions, Hahn 21 The analysis of proteins by determination of the amino acids, Van Slyke 22 Some factors influencing the quantitative determination of gliadin, Greaves. . . 22 New studies of proteoses, Zunz 23 Purification of insoluble fatty acids, Holland 23 Separation of liquid nonsaturated and solid saturated fatty acids, Falciola 23 Chemical study of palm oils from different varieties of the palm tree, Hebert. . 23 In regard to soy-bean oil and its properties, Marpmann 24 I II CONTENTS. Page. A new method for examining Btarch granules, Lenz 24 The soluble carbohydrates in asparagus roots, Morse 24 The composition of malt sprouts, Yoshimura 24 Meliatine, a new glucosid from the buck bean, Bridel 24 Changes taking place during the spoilage of tomatoes, Bacon and Dunbar 24 The volatile acids in honey, Heiduschka and Kaufmann 25 Honey investigations, Witte 25 The Fiehe reaction as the preliminaiy test in honey examination, Hartmann. . 25 In regard to the utility of the newer milk-testing methods, Philippe 25 Yearly report of the Swiss Agricultural Institute at Zurich for 1910, Grete 26 Two new pieces of chemical apparatus, Bacon and Dunbar 26 Casein for clarifying cider and perry, Truelle 26 METEOROLOGY — WATER. Monthly Weather Review 26 Bulletin of the Mount Weather Observatory 27 Siu-face water supply of the North Atlantic coast, 1909, Barrows et al 27 Surface water supply of the Colorado River basin, 1909, Freeman and Bolster. . 27 Surface water supply of North Pacific coast, 1909, Stevens et al 27 The movements of the subsoil water in Upper Egypt, Ferrar 27 Modern methods of water piuification, Don and Ohisholm 28 Sterilization of water by means of ultraviolet rays, Grimm and Weldert 28 Disposal of sewage on sewer farms, Jensen 28 SOILS — FERTILIZERS. Studies in soil physics. Free 28 A counting method for the mechanical analysis of soils, Fletcher 29 Composition of some Massachusetts soils, Lindsey 29 The soils of the Armidale district and of Tenterfield, Jensen 29 Soils of the Nyngan Demonstration Farm, Jensen 30 Action of phosphorites on soils saturated and unsaturated with bases, Gedroits. 30 The influence of stall manure upon the bacterial flora of the soil. Temple 31 Report of the agriculturist, Brooks 31 The direct assimilation of nitrogen by higher plants, Hutchinson and Miller. . 32 Field trials with nitrogenous manures from the atmosphere, Hendrick 33 On the formation and decomposition of calcium cyanamid, Eschmann 33 Relation of nitrate of soda to the mechanical condition of fertilizers, Lipman. . 33 The agricultural value of mineral phosphates, De Molinari and Ligot 33 The production of phosphate rock in 1910, Van Horn 34 The lime in basic slag: A correction and addition, Hendrick 34 Is hydrated silicic acid in burnt lime injurious to soils? Immendorff 34 Limes and liming, Hills, Jones, et al 34 In regard to fertilizing sugar beets with sodium chlorid, Briem 34 Commercial fertilizers, their preparation and use, Riimpler, revised by Woy.. 34 [Compilation of analyses of fertilizing materials], Haskins and Walker 35 Commercial fertilizers in 1910-11, Fraps 35 Commercial fertilizers. Hills, Jones, et al 35 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Seed plants, flowering plants, or phanerogams, WiUielm 35 Cacti in New ^Mexico, Wooton 35 The variation of plants under the influence of lime and magnesia, Warthiadi. . 35 The variation in the color of seeds and its practical application, Ritter 36 Inheritance of the "eye" in Vigna, Spillman 36 Long versus short periods of transpiration in plants, Harris 36 Nature of nitrogen fixation in the root nodules of leguminous plants, Golding. . 37 The cooperation and value of micro-organisms in supplying nitrogen, Heiuze. . 37 Abnormalities of stump growths. Chapman 37 The clogging of drain tile by roots. Stone 37 The prevention of the clogging of drain tile by roots. Stone and Chapman 37 Injury through smoke and flue dust, Miiller et al 38 The catalogue of botanical literature in the libraries of Washington, Atwood. . . 38 CONTENTS. Ill FIELD CROPS. Page. Dry farming investigations ia Montana, Atkinson and Nelson 38 Grain investigations with wheat, oats, and barley, Atkinson 39 Top-dressing permanent mowings, Brooks 39 Top-dressing pastures. Brooks 40 Alfalfa in Massachusetts, Brooks 40 A new species of clover resembling white clover, von Weinzierl 40 Perfect flowers in maize, Montgomery 40 Results obtained by crossing com and teosinte. Van der Stok 40 Arrangement of parts in the cotton plant, Cook and Meade 40 Relation of drought to weevil resistance in cotton. Cook 41 German colonial cotton-growing enterprises, Supf 41 [Description of the oat plant], Bohmer 41 The picking and handling of peanuts, Beattie 41 Intensive potato culture in Ireland 41 The assimilation of nitrogen by rice, Kelley 41 Work in 1909 at the Vercelli Rice Experiment Station, Alice 42 Seed roots in beet raising, Briem 42 Use of sea salt as a fertilizer for beets, Mette 43 The German beet harvest, Bartens 43 Wheat experiments, Williams and Welton 43 The lower price of beardless wheats in comparison with bearded wheats 43 A new method of determining the variety groups of cultivated plants, De Cillis. 43 German agricultural plant breeding, HilLmann • 43 The importance of pure seed, Hiltner 44 The determination of freshness and normal vitality in seed, Hiltner 44 Seed work, 1910, Stone 44 Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Seed Testing 44 Calcium cyanamid as a herbicide for Cuscuta, Wagner 44 HORTICULTURE. [Report of the] asparagus substation. Concord, Brooks 44 Methods of storing cabbage over winter in Holland, Hayunga 45 Compilation of analyses of fruits and garden crops, Haskins 45 A complete handbook of fruit culture, Lucas 45 Apples and pears, Bimyard 45 Garden and orchard 45 Climatic adaptations of apple varieties, Shaw 45 A peculiar case of bud variation with the peach. Griffon 46 Directions for grape culture, De Bano AG The seeds of Vitis vinifera and their significance as to varieties, Potebnja 46 California as a wine country, Cluss 46 Citrus trees in the lower Rio Grande, Griffing 47 Curing the lemon, Allen 47 The plantains, edible, ornamental, and fiber-yielding, Lopez y Parra 47 Cacao; its cultivation and curing. Hart 47 Garden helps, Hall 47 Garden planning, Rogers 47 Lilies, Grove 47 The modern culture of sweet peas, Stevenson 47 Sweet pea troubles. Stone 47 Control of insect pests and fungus diseases, Scholl 48 Insect pests and diseases of the apple 48 Lime-sulphur sprays for apple diseases, Scott 48 Further experience with fungicides and spraying apparatus, Waite 48 [Spraying experiments in 1910], Reed 48 The spraying of trees, Stone 48 A new type of spray nozzle. Stone 49 FORESTRY. The cost of growing timber, Kellogg and Ziegler '. 49 Practical forestry in the Pacific Northwest, Allen 49 A review of the forest administration of the Grand Duchy of Baden for 1909. . . 49 A statistical review of forest conditions in Wurttemberg for the year 1909 49 rv CONTENTS. Page. Notes on experimental tree planting in southern Rhodesia, Dowsett 49 A forest flora of Chota Nagpur, Haines 49 Experiments with Scots pine seed from various sources, Somervillo 49 Uses of commercial woods of the United States, II, Pines, Hall and Maxwell. . 50 [Experimental rubber plantings in the Kongo], Mackie 50 The coagulation of Ficus elastica latex, Cayla 50 The whole art of rubber growing, Wicherley 50 Volatilization of creosote after injection into wood, Teesdale 50 Proceedings of the Society of American Foresters 51 DISEASES OF PLANTS. Annual report on plant diseases, Holhung 51 Diseases of cultivated plants of the Tropics, Delacroix 51 Preliminary list of the parasitic fungi of Fayette County, Iowa, Wilson 51 Injurious insects and plant diseases. — Legislation in Canada, He-natt 51 The field laboratory, Whetzel 51 The differential staining of intercellular mycelium, Durand 51 The life history and cytology of Sorosphasra graminis, Schwartz 52 An outbreak of rusts. Stone 52 Note on the biology of the genus Septobasidium, Petch 52 Timothy rust in the United States, Johnson 52 American maize smut, Johnston 53 Studies in plant diseases, Lutman 53 Potato diseases and the weather, Lutman 53 Twenty years' spraying for potato diseases, Lutman 53 [On the primary infection of potatoes by late blight], Pethybridge 53 An explanation of ' ' sereh " of sugar cane, Zeijlstra 54 Susceptibility of wheat to bunt in relation to time of sowing, Munerati 54 A spot disease of cauliflower, McCulloch 54 The effect of club root disease upon the ash of the cabbage root, Reed 54 Fusarium disease of cucumbers and other plants. Stone 54 A spinach disease new to Massachusetts, Jennison 55 Some diseases of apples and pears in 1910, Stewart 55 Bitter pit in apples. White 55 Water core of apple, Norton 55 Peach and plum troubles, Whitmarsh 55 Crown gall. Stone 56 Anthracnose of Schizanthus, Jensen and Stewart 56 The chestnut disease (Diaporthe parasitica), Stone 56 A pecan leaf blotch. Rand 56 Notes on Peridermium cerebrum and P. harknessii, Hedgcock 57 Shade tree troubles, Stone 57 The damping off of coniferous seedlings, Gifford 57 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. Birds of Arkansas, Howell 58 Woodpeckers in relation to trees and wood products, McAtee 58 Susceptibility to plague of the weasel, chipmunk, and pocket gopher, McCoy. . 59 Fish and game laws of Massachusetts, 1911 59 Game and fish laws [in Michigan], Martindale 59 Bibliography of Canadian zoology for 1909, Lambe 59 Bibliography of Canadian entomology for the year 1909, Bethune 59 Thirteenth report of the state entomologist of Minnesota, Washburn 59 Two insect pests of the United Provinces, Fletcher 59 Insect enemies of cabbage, Sherman, jr 59 First report of the entomologist. Van Dine 59 Pests and diseases of the coconut palm, Froggatt 60 Insect enemies of cork, Feytaud 60 Thrips galls and gall thrips, Kamy 60 Life history of Schlechtendalia clmiensis (a gall-producing insect), Koehler 60 On the destruction of the grapevine cochylis, De Varenne 60 The "looper" caterpillar pest of tea, Antram 61 The Philippine mosquitoes, Ludlow 61 The house fly in its relation to public health, Uerms 61 CONTENTS. V Page. The persistence of Bacillus pyocyaneus in Musca domestica, Bacot 61 The inoculation of materia morbi through the human skin, by flea bites, Walker. . 61 An enemy of the pear {Agrilus sinuatus), Passy 61 The California peach borer (Sanninoidea opalescens), Moulton ' 61 Cotton leaf-worm, and how to control it, Hayhurst 62 Bee keeping in Porto Rico, Tower 62 Observations on the parasitism of Isaria farinosa, Giissow 63 Descriptions of new Hymenoptera, Crawford 63 Japanese sawflies in the collection of United States National Museum, Rohwer. . 63 On the Hymenoptera of the Georgetown Museum, British Guiana, Cameron. . . 63 Tick control in relation to the Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Cooley 63 A catalogue of the zoocecidia of Cassel and adjacent districts, Schulz 65 Carbon tetrachlorid as a substitute for bisulphid, Chittenden and Popenoe 65 Insecticide decisions 65 Analyses of insecticides, Haskins and Walker 65 FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. Preparation, manufacture, and preservation of foods, Pellerin 65 Food adulteration and sophistication and its suppression, Krainik 65 Food and hygiene, Tibbies 65 The encyclopaedia of practical cookery, edited by Garrett et al 66 The science of foods, Ayer 66 Some post-mortem alterations of meat, Buxton 66 Meat poisoning — its nature, causation, and prevention, McWeeney 66 Spoiled canned fish, Sammet 66 Tin salts in canned foods of low acid content, Bigelow and Bacon 66 Experiments on removal of oysters from polluted to unpolluted waters, Phelps. . 67 The lipoids in egg yolk, Serono and Palozzi 67 The effect of certain vegetable proteids on wheat gluten, von Fenyvessy 67 The value of hard winter wheat flour for bread making, Fitz 67 Hard winter wheat flour for bread making, Wilson 68 A peculiar deterioration of flour, Kiihl 68 Soy bean cookery, Ruhrah 68 Canned com, McGill 68 Food value of dried Surinam bananas, Bosz 68 Preservation of fruit juices with fluoric acid 68 An investigation of certain substances used in coloring foods, Rideal 68 The purity of foods and drugs. Tankard 69 Standards of purity for food products 69 Rules and regulations for the pure food and drugs law, 1911 69 Notices of adulteration or misbranding under the Kentucky food and drugs act. . 69 [Pure food topics], Ladd and Johnson 69 Biennial report of the state food chemist, Allen 69 [Food and drug inspection], Dunlap 69 Regulating food commerce in Spain 69 Respiratory metabolism of infants, Schlossmann 69 Formation and cleavage of protein in the human body. Panzer 69 Nuclein metabolism, Stephan 69 The action of certain sulphur compounds on metabolism and excretion, Jones. . 69 Influence of saltpeter on nutrition and health of man, III, Grindley et al 70 The action of drugs imder pathological conditions, Salant 71 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. American Society of Animal Nutrition 71 The nutritive value of the nonprotein of feeding stuffs, Armsby 71 Alpine hays in the vales of Lanzo, Ruata 72 The feeding value of apple pomace, Lindsey 72 Distillery and brewery by-products, Lindsey 72 Commercial feeding stufifs, feeding standards, summer soiling. Hills et al 72 [Composition and digestibility of fodder articles]. Smith and Lindsey 72 Coefficients of digestibility of American fodder articles, Lindsey and Smith ... 73 Scale of points for Friesian cattle 73 The blue breed of the north, Dumont 73 VI CONTENTS. Page. Alfalfa and corn for fattening lambs, Simpson 73 Coyote-proof enclosures in connccLion with range lambing grounds, Jardine. . . 73 Feeding farm wor!: horses, Obrecht 74 The best color ^or horses in the Tropics, "\7oodi-uff 75 Monograph of the Belgian draft horse, De Theulogoet 76 Fattening poultry, Lee 76 The improvement of the farm egg, Lamon and Opperman 78 DAIRY FARMING — DAIRYING. Dairy cattle and milk production, Eckles 78 Report on milk tests and records, 1908-1910, MOburn and Richardson 79 Co\'.--testiiig associations. Singleton ._ 79 The offect of protein upon the production and composition of milk, Lindsey. . 79 The effect of protein upou tho production and composition of milk, Lindsey. . . 80 The composition of milk, Richmond 80 On t' e alleged increase of bacteria in milk by mechanical action, Gutzeit 80 Analyses of dauy products, Smith and Lindsey 80 Expe'riences in control of milk, cheese, and butter in Chemnitz, 1910, Behre. . 80 Acti-.itios of the dairy laboratory at Smeinogorsk in 1910, Nestreljaew 80 Standards for preserved milk -_ 80 Condensed milks, with special reference to their use as infants' foods, Coutts. . 80 Powdered milk, Marre. . . . = 81 A casein product, Windisch 81 Daii-y salts, II, Brunnich and Christeneen 81 The milk supply c f Chicago and Washington, WTiitaker 81 Brief instructions for farm butter makers, Clowes 82 How to make Slipcote cheese 82 The cheese of Saint-Marcellin, Groud 82 The financial aspect of cheese making 82 VETERINARY MEDICINE. Special pathology and therapy of the domeEtic animals, Hutyra and Marek ... 82 Encyclopedia of microscopical tecanique, edited by Ehrlich et al 82 Dark ground illumination and ultrrxiicroscopy., Gaidukov 82 An address on meat inspection, V;:.n Es <, 83 Influence of castration on red corpuGclce and heriof,iObin content, Sustschowa, . 83 The relation of chemistry to ii ^jnunioy research, Salus 83 Serodiagnosis of carcinomr. and the complement fixation method, Leschke 83 Modified vaccine therapy, Liohafer ,-■•-. ^^ The physiological significance of the leucocytic reaction, Brunz and Spilman. . 83 Determining proteolytic ferment and ferment index of blood, Franke 83 A new method for preserving various immune sera anc. antip-ens, Stokel 83 The oral administration oi antitoxins, McClintock and King 83 Seven cases of anthrax in man, VoUmer 84 Malta fever in the Gard, Dubois 84 Concerning the presence of embryos of Trichinella spiralis in the blood. Lamb. . 84 The identification and classification of trypanosomes of mammals, Laveran 84 Further investigations of trypanosomes of cattle, Knuth and Rauchbaar 84 The resistance of goats and sheep to trypanosomiases, Laveran 84 A trypanosome disease of the camel in German Southwest Afiica, Reinecke. . . 85 The etiological diagnosis of tuberculosis, Wilkinson 85 The technique of determining the opsonic index, Reiter 85 An improved antiformin method for tubercle bacilli, Lorenz 85 An aqueous tuberculin from tuberculous subjects, Arloing and Courmont 85 Tuberculosis in dogs, Schrum 85 Immunizing against tuberculosis and the serum treatment, Pawlowsky 85 Poisoning by plants and plant substances, Kanngiesser 86 Are flaxseed screenings poisonous to stock? Ladd and Johnson 86 Flaxseed screenings poisonous, Ladd and Johnson 86 Experiments upon flax screenings, Ince 86 An undescnbed pathogenic bacterium in milk, Schroeder and Cotton 87 The spontaneous infection of milk wilJ. Bacterium syncyanmm, Schultze 87 Detecting cows the milk of which contains leucocytes and bacteria, Hoyberg. . 87 CONTENTS. Vn Page. How to make and use anti-hog cholera Berum, Peters 87 Suptol-burow and swine plague, Gottschalk 88 Dourine of horses: Its cause and suppression, ?Tohler 88 The actiou of phenols upon "virus fixe" of rabie", Sawtschenko 88 Hydrophobia in the Philippines, Dudley and Whitmore 89 Entero-hepatitis (amoebiasis), Kaupp 89 RURAL ENGINEERING. Power and the plow, Ellis and Rumely 89 Tests of centrifugal pumps, Fleming and Stoneking 89 Bagasse drying, Kerr and Nadler 90 Concrete 21I0 'construction, Ocock and White 91 Nev uses of oxplosives in agriculture, Gunsolus 91 Making electricity do the work on farm, Shamel 91 RURAL ECONOMICS. Principles of ruial economics, Carver 92 Cooperation among farmers, Couli^er 92 The cooperativG farmer. Coulter 92 Tho practical operation of assoc^'ations, Ross 92 Agricultural cooperative societies in Germany 92 Missouii farm fac<^s and rural problems, Nelson 92 Agricultin-al laborers 93 Tariff revision and agrarian protection in Belgium, Lauwick 93 Law for the American farmer. Green 93 Ohio farm laws with business forms and business letters, Williams 93 AgriculturcJ law, 1911 93 Swine on farms in continental United States 93 Crop Reporter 94 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Beginnings in agriculture, Mann 94 New elementary agriculture, Bessey, Bruner, Swezey, et al 94 Suggestions for the teaching of gardening 94 The sequence of the seasons, Bricker 94 Scheme of agricultural education 94 School farming in Bukidnon, Thomas 95 Agiicultural instruction in the army. Horny 95 MISCELLANEOUS. Twenty-third Annual Report of Massachusetts Station, 1910 95 Report of the Royal Experiment Station at Vienna, 1910, Dafert and Komauth. 95 Monthly Bulletin of the Department Library, August and September, 1911. . . 95 Experiment Station Work, LXV 95 LIST OF EXPERIMENT STATION AND DEPART- MENT PUBLICATIONS REVIEWED. Stations in the United States. Page. California Station: Bui. 215, May, 1911 Georgia Station: Bui. 95, Sept., 1911 Hawaii Station: Bui., 24, June 16, 1911 Press Bui. 31 Illinois Station: Bui. 150, Aug., 1911 Kentucky Station: Food and Drug Bui., Oct. 1, 1911..... 69 Louisiana Stations: Bui. 128, June, 1911 90 Massachusetts Station: Twenty-third An. Rpt. 1910— pt.l 21,23, 24, 29, 31,35,37,44,45,47, 52, 55, 65, 72, 73, 79, 80, 95 pt.2 37, 39, 40, 48, 49, 54, 56, 57, 72, 80, 95 Montana Station: Bui. 83, Jan., 1911 38 Bui. 84, Jan., 1911 39 Bui. 85, May, 1911 63 New Mexico Station: Bui. 77, Apr., 1911 89 Bui. 78, May, 1911 35 Bui. 79, June, 1911 73 North Dakota Station: Spec. Bui. 31, Mar., 1911 . . 69, 83, 86 U. S. Department of Agriculture. Farmers' Bui. 465 Insecticide Decisions 2-4 Bui'eau of Animal Industry: Bui. 138 Bui. 139 Bui. 140 Bui. 141 Bui. 142..... Biu-eau of Biological Survey: Bui. 38 Bui. 39 Bureau of Chemistry: Circ. 78 Circ.79 Circ. 80 Circ. 81 Bureau of Entomology; Bui. 96, pt. 4 Bui. 97, pt. 4 Forest Service; Bui. 97 Bui. 99 Circ. 188 Biu-eau of Plant Industry: Bui. 220 Bui. 222 Bui. 224 Bui. 225 Circ. 87 Circ. 88 Bmreau of Statistics: Crop Reporter, vol. 13, No. 10, Oct., 1911 Weather Biu*eau: Bui. Mount Weather Observ., vol.4, pt.2 Mo. Weather Rev., vol. 39, Nos. 6-7, June-July, 1911... Library: Mo. Buls., vol. 2, Nos. 8-9, Aug.-Sept., 1911 Page. 95 65 81 71 76 78 58 58 24 66 26 71 65 61 73 50 50 41 40 52 54 38 41 94 27 26 95 Spec. Bui. 32, Apr., 1911 69 Spec. Bui. 33, May, 1911 69 Spec. Bui. 34, June, 1911 69 Spec. Bui. 35, Aug., 1911 69, 86 Ohio Station: Bui. 231, July, 1911 43 Porto Rico Station: Circ. 13, June, 1911 62 Texas Station: Bui. 140 35 Vermont Station: Bui. 157, Mar., 1911 57 Bui. 158, May, 1911 72 Bui. 159, May, 1911 53 Bui. 160, June, 1911 34, 35 Wisconsin Station: Bui. 214, July, 1911 91 Note.— The price of Experiment Station Record is $1 per volume, and two volumes are issued annually. It msty be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C, to whom all remittances should be made. The publications of the State experiment stations are distributed from the Btationa and not from the Department. vin EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Vol. XXVI. January, 1912. No. 1. Columbus, Ohio, was the mecca of a considerable number of socie- ties for agricultural science and education in the middle of last November, and the meetings held there, covering a period of about a week, resembled a live and comprehensive congress of agriculture. Beginning with the annual meeting of the Association of Farmers' Institute Workers, which started November 13, the gathering in- cluded meetings of the American Societies of Agronomy and of Animal Nutrition, the Society for the Promotion of Agricultural Science^ the American Farm Management Association, the new American Association for the Advancement of Agricultural Teach- ing, the Association of Official Seed Analysts, and the Association of Feed Control Officials, concluding with the annual convention of the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Sta- tions. The National Grange and the Ohio State Grange were also in session in the city during the week. Such a gathering well illustrates the present organization of agri- cultural science and education, and shows the remarkable activity in this respect since the first convention of the agricultural colleges and experiment stations less than 25 years ago. The above list by no means embraces all the present-day societies devoted to the promotion of agricultural science. To the list might be added the Society for Horticultural Science, the Association of Economic Entomologists, of Dairy Instructors, and of Horticultural Inspectors, as well as the Official Agricultural Chemists, the Society of Agricultural Engineers, and the American Breeders' Association. These all exist as inde- pendent organizations, with no affiliation or means of exchange with each other, and with little knowledge of one another's activities or means of keeping posted. Many of them are comparatively new, several are small in numbers, but each has taken to itself a special field and is doing active and energetic work. In addition to this development of special societies, many of the scientific societies, in whose programs papers bearing on agriculture rather than the primary sciences would hardly have been looked for a few years ago, are now giving prominence to discussions of soil fertility, crop production, plant improvement, and met^^ods of in- vestigation bearing on typical agricultural questions. This was, perhaps, never more marked than at the meeting of the American As- 1 2 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. sociation for the Advancement of Science in December. It m?ij be noted also that an amendment to the constitution of the association was submitted to the council, providing for the addition of a section on agriculture, the proposal to be acted upon at the meeting next year. While this is interesting as pointing to the increased attention which the subject of agriculture is attracting from men of science, and a recognition of the position which it has attained^ agriculture as a composite science is alread}'^ receiving much attention in the various science sections of the association, and it is perhaps ques- tionable whether the attempt to take these discussions out of their present setting and transfer them to a single section would be successful in any large measure. xVgriculture has long suffered from a dissipation or division of effort, and to a certain extent has been subject to too narrow or one- sided specialization. The publication of the scientific work relating to it has been scattered through the proceedings of many scientific and semipopular bodies, and there has been no agency for assembling this material so as to give an adequate expression of its volume and scientific character. The result has had its effect to some extent upon the men working in it, and on the general conception of scientific men in regard to it. From an almost entire lack of suitable place for papers and discussions in this field, there has come to be such a mul- tiplicity of societies and associations, each usually dedicated to a rather narrow field and working quite independently of any other organization, often with duplication or overlapping, that confusion and a lack of strength and effectiveness have resulted. With the largest working body of agTicultural scientists in any country in the world, we have more organization and less union than is to be found anywhere else. An attempt to bring into closer affiliation the work of various agencies for agricultural science is believed by many to be desirable, and the best means of effecting this to the greatest ad- vantage of the science and the workers engaged in it is the question under consideration. It is natural that many scientific workers should wish to maintain an affiliation with a society devoted to the branch of basic science in which they are primarily interested. Here the progress of the science in its more abstract form and its applications in various lines natu- rally appeals to the broader interest of the man. But he may also wish to meet with men who are considering more specifically the direct applications of science to the various phases of agricultural problems. In the latter, conditions which preserve a breadth of vision ma}^ well be provided, in order to avoid too narrow considera- tion from confining association to a coterie of workers who are view- ing questions from a rather narrow angle, and hence likely to lose sight of other factors. Most questions and problems in this in- EDITORIAL. 8 dustry are quite complex and need to be approaclied from several points of view and to have an unusual variety of conditions taken into account. Again, workers who are inclined to view these sub- jects primarily in their practical aspects need to touch elbows with men of scientific thought and get inspiration and a broader con- ception of their field as investigators or teachers. Both classes are benefited by this contact. But if the number of societies is multiplied and the field too nar- rowly divided, the advantage which comes from numbers and from broader association is diminished in some measure, the expense of membership is increased, and the difficulty of attending meetings becomes a greater problem. Furthermore, the scattering of effort and of the results of discussion leads to a weakening of efficiency and of the general impression which is made. It is interesting to note that progress was made at the Columbus meetings in the formation of an affiliation of societies for the ad- vancement of agricultural science. Five societies took favorable ac- tion on the plan drawn up a year ago and appointed delegates to represent them on the council of the affiliation. Just what may be accomplished under the present plan remains to be seen, as the details have yet to be worked out, but the way is at least opened for a closer union of these independent societies and for correlating their efforts and systematizing their programs, so as to avoid some of the present confusion. There is also opportunity for the reduction of expense and possibl}'^ for providing means of publication. Meanwhile an illustration of practical affiliation was furnished at the Columbus gatherings by the arrangement of three joint sessions, at which topics of _ "^tual interest to the societies were discussed. The first of these was a joint meeting of the Society for the Promo- tion of Agricultural Science and the American Society of Agronomy for the presentation of the two presidential addresses. Other socie- ties had adjusted their programs so that their members were free to attend this session, and by making these addresses a special order not only a larger audience was secured, but an added dignity and importance was lent to the occasion. The knowledge that the presi- dential addresses wo^ld be read to an audience made up from a num- ber of societies would naturally be borne in mind by the writers and a subject of fairly broad interest selected for presentation. This, fortunately, was the case at Columbus, the two addresses dealing with governmental promotion of agi'icultural science, and the status and future of American agronomy, respectively. Two symposiums were held which were participated in by the Societies for the Promotion of Agricultural Science, of Agronomy, and of Animal Nutrition, and the American Farm Management 4 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Association. The first of these was on the general topic of the im- provement of methods of agricultural investigation, with speakers from the different societies who presented the subject from various points of view ; and the second on the live topic of farm management, what it is, and what will be its contribution to agriculture. These joint meetings were a marked success and met with very general approval. They constituted a new feature in these gather- ings. The papers and addresses were excellent, and were to a large extent of interest to the various societies. They were reported by a stenographer, which has not hitherto been the case at the independ- ent sessions of the societies, and hence they are available for publica- tion. The nature of the occasion may have led to special care in their preparation, but at all events they are well worthy of preserva- tion and comprise too valuable a group of discussions to be dissipated. The arrangements in this case were quite informal and were the result of voluntary, and in a measure unauthorized, action on the part of the secretaries of the societies, but another year the council of the affiliation will supply an agency through which plans and arrangements may be made, and may thus be expected to result in some improvements. It is the belief of many that this union, if it can be properly developed and extended, will strengthen the societies as a whole and may do much for the position of agricultural science in this country. ±i. iiighly important subject considered by the section on experi- ment station work, and one which has not previously been on the program of the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations, related to the ethics of experiment station work. This was treated under three heads: (1) As between institu- tions, (2) as between the institution and the individual, and (3) as between individuals. In discussing the ethics of station work as between institutions, President Waters emphasized especially the importance of honesty and fairness in the institution as well as the individual engaged in research work, but expressed the belief that, on the whole, American research institutions were singularly free from cause for criticism on this account. He pointed, however, to a number of matters in which the code of ethics was not always fully observed. The transfer of projects and results of investigation from one in- stitution to another without mutual agreement, or the publication of the results without full credit to the sources from which they were obtained, was strongly condemned. " It should be well understood by all station officers that the results of any research conducted by any officer of a station under any circumstances, so long as these researches have been conducted on station time, with station appa- EDITORIAL. 5 ratus or equipment and with station funds, are the sole and exclusive property of the station." On the other hand, officers severing their connection with a station and leaving behind unpublished work should be assured of full credit when the work is published by the station. The lack of care in the citation of references in American scientific publications was deplored, as was competition in the same lines of work, resulting in many cases in '' bidding " for men and unnecessary and wasteful duplication. AA^iile duplication of work within rea- sonable limits was held to be commendable, cases were cited which, in the speaker's opinion, could scarcely be called duplication, but rather " a deliberate attempt on the part of one station to enjoy the benefits of the ingenuity of another." President Waters favored " the utmost freedom and frankness between station officials, not only within the institution but between the officials of different institutions. There should be no occasion for an investigator withholding from his colleague in another station information regarding what he is doing, what his plans for the future are, and what results he thus far has attained," but this information should be considered strictly confidential and under no circumstances be made improper use of. In the speaker's opinion, too large salaries are now being paid for young men fresh from college, and there is too much shifting from one institution to another. This is a matter to which speakers in other sessions of the convention called attention. As a remedy for the present indiscriminate and reprehensible " bidding " for men to recruit the station force, the fixing of " a maximum beginning salary and a somewhat uniform maximum rate of promotion " was recom- mended. In discussing the ethics of station work as between the institution and the individual, Director R. W. Thatcher maintained that, while " the very atmosphere of these research stations ought to be con- ducive to high moral standards, and the principles of common honesty and of fair play ought to find here their highest exemplifica- tion," there still exists a disposition in some cases to adopt different standards for official and private conduct. Considering the " institution " as the employer and the " indi- vidual " as the employee, the speaker proceeded on the assumption that the institution " has the right to create a position, to define its duties and limitations, and to offer a salary or stipend for the work." On the other hand, " it is obviously the right of the individual to have a clear, thorough, and comprehensive statement of the duties and the limitations of the position before he accepts it." Failure of executives of experiment stations to supply this definite information 6 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. at the beginning may account in many cases for subsequent mis- understandings and embarrassments. An attempt was made to apply the rules which should govern the relations of employer and employee in such specific problems of sta- tion ethics as the use of station facilities and supplies for personal profit or pleasure, the obligation of the station worker to keep ad- equate records of his work which will always be available for station use, and the station's property rights in all of the results of research. This is a highly important matter upon which there has been a sur- prising amount of laxity. The speaker held that " the individual is not only morally bound to make such records, but ought to be punished if he takes them away from their proper owners." More- over, in absence of any agreement to the contrary, " these results, so long as they are unpublished, are the exclusive property of the institution and can not be used by the individual to his own advan- tage in any way without its consent." As to the obligation resting upon a station worker who is afforded special opportunities which increase his efficiency as an investigator at a station's expense. Prof. Thatcher held that he " is ethically, and should be legally, bound to remain at the institution until it receives such return for its assistance in services of increased effi- ciency as it shall deem proper. In justice to both the institution and the individual the extent of this additional service should be clearly understood before the obligation is undertaken and the advantage enjoyed," but " increased efficiency, however acquired, should receive increased remuneration." And in general, the salary should be a recognition of ability and worth, and not an expression of offers received from other institutions. " The ideal condition is realized . . . when the institution carefully determines the market value of the services it receives, and fixes its salaries and grants increases accordingly." The central idea of Dr. C. E. Marshall's discussion of the ethics of station work as between individuals was that " nearly every problem in agTiculture may be attacked more effectively by the united forces than by any single agency." Division of labor and cooperation therefore become of the highest importance, although a satisfactory adjustment in this respect is sometimes as difficult as it is important, and the greatest generosity is necessary on the part of all involved — " the administrator moving in one province, the research student in another, the one viewing life and the world quite differently from the other. Even in dealing with each other it is essential that broad and most charitable attitudes be assumed by research men. ... An organization effected to foster EDITORIAL. 7 research work requires some one in sympathy with it to push it forward. It should not be a sympathy that tends to scatter but one to unify and at the same time to encourage individuality within the unity of effort. Individuality should not be sacrificed, for within it is found the very essence of creative work. If, however, the efforts of different individuals can be centered on some general big problem with the individual work contributing as factors, or sub- ordinate problems, then the possibilities of harmonious investigations increase and the interest grows." It was considered essential that when two or more research men are to undertake cooperative work they " should plan their relation- ships at the start and not at the end, and it should be done so clearly that a failure to grasp the situation will be practically impossible. There should be a constant interchange of ideas, but each should be held responsible, so far as feasible, for a particular phase of the work. ... In all scientific work every man should receive his due, and it is a good policy to grant more than you actually think his due. Nothing can be more reprehensible than scientific stealing." The considerations embodied in this discussion are fundamental. There are few subjects in the realm of station management which surpass them in importance, and upon their recognition rests in large measure the effectiveness of the station's organization. It is particu- larly fortunate, therefore, that the subject was taken up for discus- sion. It was not exhausted, but attention was called sharply to several matters which have often been allowed to drift without any definite policy, and this will lead to further attention along the gen- eral line of what may properly be expected as between institutions laboring for a common cause, and as between institutions and their working force. No one will question that the widest possible liberty and freedom should be given to the individual — that he should be made to feel that the dignity of his position is fully respected, and that he is to be left to work out the problems in his own way. No narrow or com- mercial view is warranted. The station investigator " is not simply a unit to be counted," but should be recognized as having a virile individuality which it is his right to exercise. On the other hand, the allegiance which he owes to the institution which employs him and provides him with what he needs for his investigations and thus makes possible his effectiveness as an inves- tigator— these things should not be lost sight of, or the further fact that the station represents the State in fulfilling a quite specific pur- pose, and is answerable to the public and to the Nation for the funds granted it and for it general conduct. This places the experiment station in a somewhat different position from a privately endowed institution, and inevitably makes conditions somewhat more exacting. CONVENTION OF ASSOCIATION OF AMERICAN AGRICULTURAL COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS, 1911. The convention of the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations at Columbus, Ohio, was the twenty-flfth annual meeting of this association, although its quarter centennial will not occur until 1912. Commissioner Colman called a convention of representatives of the agi'icul- tural colleges and experiment stations which met in Washington in July, 1885. That meeting appointed a committee to act for the body, and the next meeting was called in October, 1SS7, after the passage of the Hatch Act. At that meeting a permanent organization was effected, and it has been regarded as the first regular convention of the present association. Two conventions were held in 1889, one at Knoxville, Tenn., in March, and another at Washington in Novem- ber, so that 25 such gatherings have been held, not counting the initial one in 1885. The Columbus convention began November 15 and continued through the 17th. The attendance was a large and representative one, and the meetings were of great interest. They were held at the State University, where excellent facilities were afforded for the general sessions and the meetings of sections, as well as for the comfort of those attending. President's address. — The presidential address, by Dr. W. H. Jordan, dealt mainly with certain ideals of education, the need of leadership in agriculture, and the agricultural colleges in relation to these. Dr. Jordan held it to be fanciful to expect that any large proportion of actual farmers will ever be college trained, and he pointed to the fact that in the past the influence of the agricultural college has been largely exerted through men who have become investigators, teachers, publicists, and managers of large agricultural enterprises, rather than through the distribution of practical farmers. Because of the real needs of the times it was thought that the material resources and the human knowledge at the command of the agricul- tural college, and the plans and purposes there merged, should be directed toward souAd inquiry and the training of young men and women for such service as will only be rendered by the few. In the vocational courses training in the fundamental sciences was pointed out as a requirement in making effective workers. The lack of this was thought to be a too prevalent weakness. " If the colleges expect to give their gi-aduates a good start on the road to success as teachers and station workers they should seriously consider a curriculum that deals more largely with the fundamental sciences and less with agricultural technics as a superstructure." And, furthermore, " the man is best prepared for the life of a farmer who knows the most about the fundamental sciences and their relation to his vocation, and 8 CONVENTION OF COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS. 9 for this reason I can but regard the time as inefficiently spent that is devoted in college to observations and exercises of an ultrapractical character or to gaining information that is easily acquired from the ordinary experiences of practical life." He plead for the atmosphere of scholarship in our vocational institutions: " We should carefully guard and cherish the intellectual impulses and equip- ment of the teacher and the investigator, because they are the instruments whose etlge must be fine if we are to be successful in rightly fashioning the minds and hearts of young men and young women and in laying open the bidden recesses of truth." Dr. Jordan frankly admitted that his position with reference to extension work was antagonistic to the view that makes it a function of the agricultural college, coordinate with and of equal Importance with the training of young men and women, to be maintained on an equal footing as to development and permanence. He held that " because of the strong trend toward the populariza- tion of agricultural knowledge both within the colleges and stations and with- out, because of the sweep and strength of the agricultural extension movement which is taking such diverse forms and is so largely occupying the interest and energy of college and station leaders, there has never been a more critical period in the life of the colleges and stations or a time in which their efficiency for the accomplishment of their primal and fundamental purpose should be more carefully guarded." While the college might be a source of advice and assistance in the extension instruction and secondary education when means were provided to enable it to do so, such aid should serve rather " to stimulate and supplement the activities of other agencies and of the various communities that are to be benefited, and should be so related to the colleges as in no way to hamper their academic work." As to the advisability of Federal aid for secondary education, the speaker questioned whether we have any reason to doubt that the States will provide for advances in secondary education as rapidly as public sentiment, available pedagogical tools, and opportunity will justify new movements. Commissioner Glaxton's address. — Dr. P. P. Claxton, United States Commis- sioner of Education, in an evening address before the convention, dealt with the training of teachers for agricultural instruction. Referring to the very great increase in the number of students attending the colleges of agriculture and mechanic arts and the development of interest in work of this character in the secondary and normal schools, he pointed out the great demand for teachers, present and prospective, and stated that " if the public schools shall do what they ought to do " there would be a demand for 20,000 teachers of agriculture and manual training and domestic science. The present demand has far outstripped the colleges. Dr. Claxton presented a recent interpretation of the Nelson Act by the Department of the Interior, making it applicable " for the instruction of teachers in agriculture, the mechanic arts, and domestic science at summer schools, teachers' institutes, and by correspondence, and in supervising and directing work in these subjects in high schools," permitting the entire appro- priation under this act to be used in the above manner if necessary. He con- sidered this an important extension. He suggested that every agricultural and mechanical college should have at least three teachers in its department of edu- cation— one to teach the teaching of agriculture, one of mechanic arts, and one of home making. He showed that, while 36 of the 50 colleges now offer some opportunity for the preparation of teachers in agriculture, " there is very little in most." 20296°— No. 1—12 2 10 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. In conclusion, Dr. Claxton outlined liis plan for increasing the effectiveness of the Bureau of Education, with estimates necessary for carrying out that pro- gram. Committee on instruction in agriculture. — The report of this committee, pre- sented by Dr. A. C. True, chairman, dealt with (1) the grouping of studies in college courses in agriculture and (2) the relation of rural economics to farm management. Under the first head, the conditions as found at several agricultural colleges were reviewed, the grouping of studies in courses of chemistry and civil engi- neering at several colleges outside of this group being cited for comparison. Referring to a previous report of the committee on the arrangement of agricul- tural courses, it was stated that further study of the question indicates that some of the more elementary subjects in agriculture should be taught in the freshman year. The present increased requirements for entrance to college are one factor in making this modification desirable. On behalf of the committee, Dr. Thomas F. Hunt presented a report on rural economics and farm management, indicating that there is a general consensus of opinion, although not entirely unanimous, that there are two classes of sub- ject matter in the field of economics, one dealing with the farm as a unit (farm management) and the other with the community as a unit (rural economics). The committee concluded that the subject taught or investigated under the head of farm management, as related to the organization and management of indi- vidual estates, necessarily involves the application of the principles of eco- nomics, and that " these principles constitute the scientific basis of farm man- agement and give this subject its only just claim for consideration as having a pedagogical value. . . . " The mere collection of the details of methods of conducting different farms will not sufl3ce; there must be the reference of these methods to some underly- ing principles. When this is done it is clear that farm management comes within the domain of economics, because the purpose of farming is to secure a profit from the use of the land and its equipment." The committee urged the desirability of using the term rural economics as applicable to the general field of economics in its relation to agriculture and rural communities. " The term farm management may properly be restricted to that phase of rural economics which deals with the business organization and direction of individual farm enterprises, or, in other words, deals with the farm as a unit." The desirability of developing strong courses in both rural eco- nomics and sociology was emphasized. Committee on graduate study. — ^This committee reported, through Dr. H. P. Armsby, chairman, that arrangements had been made to hold the fifth session of the graduate school of agriculture at the Michigan Agricultural College in the summer of 1912. Courses will be given on the physics, chemistry and biology of soils, agronomy, and horticulture; on animal physiology, beef and dairy cattle, swine, and poultry; on rural engineering, and on rural economics. The general principles of research and pedagogical questions relating to collegiate, secondary, and extension teaching of agriculture will be discussed at Saturday and evening conferences. The faculty will include teachers and investigators from European and American universities, the agricultural colleges, and the United States Department of Agriculture. The report also referred to a recent bulletin of the Bureau of Education on " The facilities for graduate study in agriculture in the United States," to which reference has been previously made.^ IE. S. R., 25, p. 705. CONVENTION OF COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS. 11 t Preparatimi of men. — The subject of the preparation of men for teaching and for experiment station work was presented in papers by Prof. Alfred Vivian, of Ohio State University, and Dr. H. J. Wheeler, of the Rhode Island Station. Prof. Vivian held the best training for teachers or investigators in agricul- tural lines to consist in. " first, a good collegiate course in agriculture along the lines recommended by the committee of this association, this course to include a good foundation in general science, a fair introduction to the humanities, in- cluding a reading knowledge of German, a general survey of the whole field of agriculture, and a limited specialization in one department. Upon this must be built graduate study with the major in the line in which the student expects to devote himself. In connection with his major he should be introduced to the principles of good research and should do a part of his minor work in education." Much of the dissatisfaction with the grade of teachers in agriculture was attributed to the tendency of institutions to draw into their work men who have had little or nothing beyond the undergraduate courses. " The average man with his B. S. from an agricultural college has been able to secure a position paying as much as the one open in pure science and the humanities to the man with his Ph. D. While such a condition of affairs exists there is little incentive for the agricultural student to prepare himself properly for his life work." It was suggested that a system of scholarships and fellowships to encourage graduate study on the part of exceptional men would give great returns in the production of efficient teachers and investigators. Dr. Wheeler also considered the salary situation the " present great drawback in the way of securing better-trained men." The inequality which results when men of quite limited training are advanced to relatively good salaries in a few years after graduation tends to discourage advanced study. In the training of men for college and station positions he took the ground that such men should be thoroughly trained in the use of the English language and should have a reading knowledge of both French and German. They should also be sufficiently trained in economics to hold sound views and promul- gate only rational doctrine. The specialist should avoid narrowness in his study, which should be thorough and systematic and should include the various sciences related to his specialty, considered in a broad way. He pointed out the advantages, for example, of such breadth of training for the agronomist, animal husbandman, horticulturist, etc., in making them resourceful and enabling them to see their problems clearly and attack them effectively. College organization and policy. — The new committee on college organization and policy made its first report, through Dr. W. E. Stone. It dealt mainly with the attitude which the land-grant colleges should take toward the movement to popularize agricultural knowledge and improve agricultural practice. The committee took the view that these colleges should assume the leadership in these activities, and that the ultimate organization of these agencies should center in these institutions. It was recommended that in practice a division of these various activities should be made into coordinate departments, (1) the college or department of agriculture, charged with college instruction; (2) the experiment station, charged with experimentation and research; and (3) the department of agri- cultural extension, charged with the extramural work of instruction, demonstra- tion, and popular teaching of every form, and including such supervision of secondary teaching as may be called for. 12 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The proposal to organize secondary teaching in the extension department de- veloped considerable discussion and opposition, the present practice being more largely in favor of holding this in the college of agriculture. Experiment station organization and policy. — The committee on station or- ganization and policy reported that where station publications are to be sold the expense of printing the copies of the edition should not be charged against the Federal funds and the publications should be mailed under postage. As to attendance upon meetings of scientific societies, it took the view that the lead- ing members of the staff should for their own sake, so far as they are able, attend the sessions of at least one such society annually, and that the best interests of the stations frequently demand representation at meetings and conventions. In such cases the expenses of the station's representative should be paid. With reference to the relation of the station to extension, the committee re- iterated its position " that nothing in the organization of extension work or its distribution should be permitted, on the one hand, to detract from the prestige of the station in the results of the work already accomplished, or, on the other hand, so hamper its staff with details as to interfere with their carrying out the work of investigation. . . . " The extension department of the college should carry the common stock of agricultural knowledge to the farming public, leaving it to the station to directly or indirectly disseminate the special results of its investigations and demonstrate their application." Committee on extension work. — The committee on extension work, through President K. L. Butterfield, chairman, presented a quite voluminous report dealing with the theory of extension work, its forms and definitions, present status, relationships to other agencies and departments, administrative or- ganization and financial support, the training of workers, and some of the special problems of extension work. The committee concludes that : " Extension work promises to be one of the very largest fields of endeavor in our whole agricultural question. It will attempt one of the largest tasks that the Government has ever endeavored to perform, namely, to reach effectively through instruction and inspiration at least 50,000,000 of rural people. " The men who do this work must be men of vision, who have some com- prehension of the fundamental character of the task, with enough imagination to conceive its importance and possibilities. They must have some of the missionary spirit. They must be men who see ahead of them a permanent life work. They must realize the significance of the rural problem and they must be ambitious to help solve the problem." Additional legislation. — Much interest developed in the consideration of vari- ous measures for the promotion and development of agricultural education, experimentation, and extension, as defining the general policy of the association. Dean E. Davenport advocated the endowment by the Federal Government of secondary education in the public high schools and State normal schools, the State colleges of agriculture for the special purpose of training teachers for these institutions, and a limited amount of extension teaching by the colleges " as a temporary measure until secondary education in agriculture can be fully established." When agricultural high schools are in operation such extension teaching as will be needed can be done from these schools instead of from the colleges. Provision for traveling specialists or " elBciency men " was indorsed, to advise with farmers direct, to demonstrate approved methods, establish demonstration CONVENTION OF COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS.- 13 fields, orchards, or other farm units, etc., these to be directly under the charge of the experiment stations. Branch stations were considered undesirable, because such stations are un- necessary for purely geographical reasons, and they would either duplicate the principal station or become merely a demonstration farm. " In either case they would weaken research, not strengthen it. Large funds are needed for impor- tant research, and all experience shows that the funds should be concentrated as much as possible." The separate agricultural school was held to be undesirable, for reasons which the spealver has already presented. In discussing the same question of policy, Dr. W. E. Stone advocated the fur- ther support of the extension worli in order to develop and strengthen it, but he did not advocate Federal support of secondary education in a broad, and uniform system. " It is my conviction," he said. " that public-school questions should be left to the respective States, and if so left we shall arrive at the practical and success- ful solutions of the industrial-education question far sooner through the efforts of many earnest seeliers after the right methods, rather than by foisting a uniform and costly system upon all States alike." He sympathized with the feeling that the original purpose in the Federal grants for colleges of agriculture and mechanic arts has been accomplished, that the agricultural movement has been given birth and nourishment, and has reached a stage where the several States should now sustain it. Dean Thomas F. Hunt made a strong plea for vocational training, urging that if the Nation is to hold its intellectual and industrial place among the nations of the world such a training must be provided for boys and girls between the ages of 14 and citizenship. The value of a national measure would lie not so much in the money which it would appropriate as in the general educational policy which it would inaugurate. " The first requisite to the development of local agricultural or industrial conditions is to have an educated man in each community charged with the responsibility of devoting at least a portion of his time to the problems to be solved." This would be supplied by a system of agricultural high schools. The speaker favored a measure which would provide in a broad way for the needs of the country in the direction of secondai-y agricultural education, the training of agricultural teachers, and the maintenance of branch experiment stations. Assistant Secretary "W. M. Hays maintained that " the great waste in counti-y life is through ignorance," and that the big problem in eliminating this is the bringing of the body of knowledge now available into form and taking it to the people, young and old, who need it. He plead for an educational system to include not only the traditional subjects, but the vocational as well. He emphasized the importance of this in developing farm managers and leaders and in building up a more efficient body of farmers and a broader farm life. An essential feature of this movement is the development of agricultural teachers through the normal schools. The present scope of this movement was explained, and the point was made that the work is broad enough for all the various agencies. Commissioner P. P. Claxton spoke in support of aid to secondary education. He urged that this is a national question, comparing it in this respect to the conservation enterprises which know no State boundaries. He reviewed the terms of a bill suggested at a recent meeting of the National Society for the Promotion of Industrial Education, which aims to provide for secondary agricultural education in various forms. 14 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. ? In its final action the association again declared itself in favor of Federal appropriation in aid of extension work, in harmony with the autonomy of the several States as recognized in previous legislation. It also declared in favor of Federal aid for public schools of secondary grade providing education in agriculture, home economics, and manual training; but it failed to express itself in favor of appropriation for agriculture in normal schools, and it tabled a proposal to favor the establishment of branch experiment stations on the plan provided in a bill now before Congress. Consideration of these matters was referred to the executive committee with power to act for the association, but preference was expressed for efforts to secure legislation for agricultural extension. Plan for demonstration and farm management work. — A paper on The Farm Problem Extension Work of the United States Department of Agriculture, by Prof. "W. J. Spillman, read by Mr. W. A. Taylor, set forth a plan for cooperation between the department and the States, the country being divided into agricul- tural districts, with provision for a system to cover the whole country. The method of organization and the advantages of the proposed plan were outlined. A paper by Dr. B. T. Galloway of this Department briefly set forth the work which the Bureau has been engaged in under the title of the Farmers' Co- operative Demonstration Work in the South and the Farm Management Studies. Referring to the preceding paper, the belief was expressed that " there is need for a systematic study of the broad questions of farm management, and that the information thus gained will be of value in aiding the proiier forces within the States in reorganizing and readjusting the sj^stems of farm management on individual farms." National soil fertility league. — The association was addressed by Mr. H. H. Gross, of Chicago, president of the National Soil Fertility League, who explained the object of the league to be the conducting of a nation-wide campaign to secure funds and support for direct aid to the farmers in improving their practice and increasing agi-icultural production. Bibliographer's report. — The report of the bibliographer, Dr. A. C. True, dealt with the library and its use for college and station purposes. From a survey of the present condition of station libraries the conclusion was reached, that " attention to the development of the library is not generally keeping pace with that given to improvement in buildings and laboratories or other station equipment." The frequent lack of care bestowed on pamphlet literature was pointed out, and the matter of exchanges was held to call for more perseverance and dis- crimination. In the subscription for scientific periodicals and the purchase of handbooks, a well-matured administrative policy was said to be lacking in many institutions. "The advice of experts should always be sought in such matters, but consistent scrutiny by administrative officers is also required." In view of the growing importance of the library as an aid in investigation, it was urged that " the time has come for a more generous provision for the care of the present collections, for their wise extension in the future, and for such bibliographical or technical work as will make their contents most avail- able for the use of the investigator." Some systematic instruction in the use of books and libraries in connection with the college courses in agriculture was advised. At present the student is usually left to his own devices in using books, and after leaving college he will usually be dependent upon libraries and books for keeping pace with advance- ment. The college " should surely send him out equipped for making the most intelligent use of the resources that will be at his command. . . . CONVENTION OF COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS. 15 " The number of inadequate, incorrect, or ambiguous references found in tlie greater number of scientific publications well illustrates the prevalence, to a deplorable degree, of carelessness or ignorance on the part of authors and publishers in this important matter. The annoyance and loss of time occasioned in consequence is part of the experience of every user of scientific literature." Semicentennial celebration. — The committee on the semicentennial celebra- tion reported, through Dr. A. C. True, that the plan to hold an international congress of agricultural education in 1912, to celebrate the anniversaries of the passage of the first Morrill Act and the act establishing the National Depart- ment of Agriculture, and the twenty-fifth anniversary of the passage of the Hatch Act, had to be abandoned on account of the failure of (Dongress to take action in the matter. The committee recommended that the executive committee be instructed to make a special feature, at the next meeting of the association, of exercises com- memorating the passage of these important acts. Agricultural associations. — By invitation, Mr. N. Kaumanns, German com- missioner for agriculture to the United States, presented a review of the de- velopment of German agricultural associations and a critique of similar asso- ciations in this country. He traced the history of the German cooperative associations and legislation pertaining to them, and described the various forms, relationships, and responsibilities of these associations. In commenting upon cooperative organizations in the United States, he noted the almost entire lack of credit associations, which have played so prominent and important a part in Eui'ope. This was considered a great drawback and to be responsible for much of the depletion of soils. Another deficiency noticed was the almost total lack of fraternal insurance among farmers to cover crop injury, live stock, etc. " It seems to me," he said, " that the business sense of the American farmer has, in a way, retarded tfle regulating of farming and of selling on the coopera- tive plan. The American idea of farming from its earliest days has been in- fluenced by the principle of absolute freedom and independence in the conduct of business, and this has been the cause of the suppression of communal in- terests. The American farmer is in no way attached to his land. He works especially for the large market and particularly for city trade. It may be said that he has always stood for free competitive farming ; therefore the reverse of a cooperative association was the highest achievement of American agricultural efficiency." Mr. Kaumanns prophesied great advantage from the development of agricul- tural cooperative enterprises in this country, resulting in " a real agricultural solidarity, which, in Europe, is a historic fact." Forestry in coUeges and stations. — In a paper entitled " Forestry ; the part that colleges and experiment stations may play in its development," Prof. F. W. Rane, State fox*ester of Massachusetts, laid emphasis on the restoration as well as the conservation of forests in certain parts of the country, and pointed out the need of the more widespread education of the people who are to own and manage the forest lands, a service which, he maintained, naturally falls to the land-grant colleges. Recognizing the product of the forest as a crop, he urged that the subject " should be required in the agricultural courses to a point sufficient for a com- prehensive knowledge of it, allowing students opportunities to specialize later on." Special schools for technical foresters have been provided, perhaps in sufficient number to meet present needs, but the speaker urged that " there is a great and growing need for a general forestry education sufficient to practice modern methods." 16 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Treasurer''s report. — The report of the treasurer, Dr. J. L. Hills, showed the association to be in good financial condition, with a balance to its credit of $3,604.76. The disbursements for the year amounted to $1,292.86, including $806.55 for reporting and printing the proceedings of the convention of 1910. Resolutions. — The association adopted appropriate resolutions on the death of Dr. Matthew H. Buckham, president of the University of Vermont, and Dr. "Edward B. Voorhees, director of the New Jersey Experiment Stations, both O'f W-'om had long been active members of the association and had served as its pre. ident. The association also reaffirmed its position in reference to the United States Bureau of Education, commending its work and urging an increased appropria- tion, and instructing its executive committee to render assistance to that end. An enjoyable social feature was a reception in the university armory on the evening of November 16, at which the delegates were given opportunity to meet members of other associations and the National Grange, in session in the city at that time. Officers. — Officers were chosen for the ensuing year as follows : President, Dr. W. E. Stone of Indiana ; vice presidents. Dr. E. W. Allen of Washington, D. C, President W. M. Riggs of South Carolina, Dr. Thomas F. Hunt of Penn- sylvania, Director C. P. Gillette of Colorado, and Dr. P. P. Claxton of Wash- ington, D. C. ; secretary-treasurer, Dr. J. L. Hills of Vermont ; bibliographer, Dr. A. C. True of Washington, D. C. ; executive committee. Dr. W. O. Thompson of Ohio, Dr. D. H. Hill of North Carolina, Dr. E. E. Sparks of Pennsylvania, Dr. W. H. Jordan of New York, and Dr. H. L. Russell of Wisconsin. Vacancies occurring in the committees on instruction in agriculture, graduate study, college organization and policy, and experiment station organization and policy were filled by reappointment of members whose terms had expired, so that no chan ;e occurred. In the committee on station organization and policy Dr. E. W. Allen was appointed by the committee to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. E. B. Voorhees. In the committee on extension work Dr. H. L. Russell and Prof. W. D. Hurd were appointed in place of President K. L. Butterfield and President C. R. Van Hise, whose terms had expired. The following were chosen officers of sections: College section, President J. H. Council of Oklahoma, chairman, and Dean E. D. Sanderson of West Vir- ginia, secretary ; Station section, Dean F. B. Mumford of Missouri, chairman, Director R. W, Thatcher of Washington, secretary, and Mr. W. H. Beal of Washington, D. C, recording secretary ; Section on extension work. Prof. G. I. Christie of Indiana, chairman, and Prof. A. B. Graham of Ohio, secretary. SECTION ON COLLEGE WORK AND ADMINISTRATION. The program of the college section was devoted entirely to a discussion of the physical and social factors in education. Including gymnasium work, intercolle- giate athletics, social activities, and public speaking. Gymnasium work and athletics. — President W. J. Kerr discussed means of encouraging a larger proportion of students to engage in gymnasium work and other forms of athletics. Pie recognized the importance of physical training as a vital part of the scheme of education, but characterized athletics alone as inadequate. As a means of encouraging physical training, he recommended giving it recognition as an educational phase of college work and encouraging intercollegiate contests and all forms of outdoor sports on large and well- equipped playgrounds, cooperation of the other members of the faculty with the professor of physical education in organizing botanical trips, cross-country runs, and other like outdoor exercise, and required gymnasium work for all. CONVENTION OF COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS. 17 President J. H. Connell called attention to the fact that those in charge of physical training at the colleges are frequently so overloaded with team work that they have no time to devote to the average or exceptionally weak boy. Intercollegiate athletics. — President H. J. Waters read a paper on " Ideals for intercollegiate athletics and means of obtaining them," in which he asserted the belief that the colleges should employ no professional coaches and no coach who does not have other college duties ; that they should not use athletics for adver- tising purposes; that the department of athletics should become a department of proper student conduct, in which, among other things, athletics should take the place of foolish student pranks; that all college athletics should be on col- lege grounds and with college students ; that high scholarship should be re- quired of those engaging in athletics; that recruiting should be abolished and freshmen not be allowed to engage in intercollegiate contests. In this connection the importance of military drill as a form of physical exer- cise and training was pointed out by Dr. W. H. S. Deniarest, of New Jersey. Extravagant expenditures. — Means of discouraging extravagant expenditures and snobbery among university and college students was the subject of a paper by Dr. W. E. Stone, of Indiana. President Stone called attention to the fact that some of the colleges had recently been unjustly criticized by news- paper writers, and urged that the colleges be judged by their graduates and upper class men rather than by their freshmen. He thought that extravagance and snobbery exist among students for just the same reasons that they exist among people outside of college, and that they could be discouraged by encouraging greater democracy among students, by some supervision of fraternity activities and the placing of responsibility upon the fraternities for the conduct of their members, by bringing the students in closer contact with the faculty in a social way and on committees having the supervision of expenditures of money, and, as a last resort, by the elimination of undesirable students who prove not to be amenable to college regulations or uplifting influences. In the discussion of this paper, President J. C. Hardy emphasized the im- portance of creating an atmosphere in college which would not permit snobbery to exist, and of working toward the " aristocracy of efficiency " as an ideal. Social activities of tJie student body. — President K. L. Butterfield, of Massa- chusetts, discussed means of promoting healthful activities in the social body. He expressed the belief that social activities along wholesome lines should be recognized as a legitimate part of college life, and recommended the bringing of students and faculty together on committees for the purpose of regulating and directing social activities. He stated that at Massachusetts there is a standing faculty committee on student life, and this committee has eight subcommittees on such phases of student life as student organizations, social union, musical organizations, fra- ternities, publications, and other organizations. Dr. C. A. Lory, of Colorado, also emphasized the importance of the faculty recognizing its responsibilities outside of the classrooms and keeping in close touch with the student leaders, working with them as far as possible, but in such a quiet way as to make the students feel that they are managing their own affairs. Dr. H. L. Russell, of Wisconsin, described the system of student advisers in vogue at the University of Wisconsin, in which each student is assigned to some professor or assistant professor as his adviser, and this professor com- municates to the parents of the student the fact that he has been placed in such an advisory position. 18 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Promoting interest in public speaking. — Means of promoting greater interest among students in public speaking was discussed in a paper by Dr. D. H. Hill, of North Carolina, who deprecated all tendencies in modern platform work toward elocutionary effects, and stressed the importance of studied efforts on the part of the speaker to adapt himself to his hearers and to appeal rather to their judgment than to their emotions. He recommended the establishment of chairs of public speaking, calling on more students to take part in public college functions, encouraging all extem- poraneous speaking in college societies and scientific clubs, efforts to galvanize into life the old literary and debating societies, and cultivating the imaginative faculties by making the students acquainted with the great imaginative writers. SECTION ON EXPERIMENT STATION WOEK. The subjects discussed in the section included the following: (1) Ethics of station work, (a) as between institutions, (b) as between the institution and the individual, and (c) as between individuals; (2) management of the busi- ness affairs of the station; and (3) the station library. The first topic was treated in papers by President H. J. Waters, Director R. W. Thatcher, and Dr. C. E. Marshall, which are reviewed editorially in this issue. The question of publishing lists of the Adams fund projects for the informa- tion of administrative oflicers and station workers was discussed by a number of speakers, and the matter was to be referred to the committee on station organization and policy for report at the next convention. Business management of the station. — In discussing the management of the business affairs of the station, Director F. B. Mumford stated the ultimate aim of good business administration to be to secure the maximum of research with the funds available. He emphasized the importance of permanency of position and definite income for investigation as factors in securing and retaining the services of desirable men. As to the assignment of funds, it was held that " the net result in any department will be greater if the men in charge know at the beginning of the year that they can count on having a definite sum of money for investigational work. It is not good business management to have 10 departments in the station working on various projects the cost of each of which is unknown to the investigators or to the director. If a definite apportionment is made each year, the tendency will be to discourage expenditures which are not directly beneficial to the particular projects in hand and the ultimate result wiU be greater research values for each dollar expended. The amount of the appor- tionment should be carefully considered in relation to the work actually accom- plished and the projects proposed." He described the forms of vouchers and receipts in use at the Missouri Station in handling the different funds, as well as the methods of classifying the mailing list and the publications of the station to prevent unnecessary distribution. Dr. J. L. HiUs, in discussing the same subject, also recommended an annual budget, believing that " a careful advance plan as to probable expenditure is a wise procedure." The method followed at the Vermont Station is to apportion the funds in some detail at the beginning of the year, reserving an emergency fund of 10 per cent. The budget is made out on three different bases, (1) the 18 schedules of the Office of Experiment Stations, (2) the station departmental basis, and (3) on the basis of the several projects. CONVENTION OP COLLEGES AND EXPERIMENT STATIONS. 19 The station uses a voucher check, with different colors to indicate the funds upon which the checks are drawn. The plan has worked well and has greatly facilitated the assembling of receipts. The taking of inventories of station property from time to time was recommended. In order to secure more efficient research, it is the plan in the Vermont Station to assign the college work of a man who has both college and station duties largely to a definite semester, leaving the rest of his time free for uninterrupted station work. The budget system was commended by several other speakers, and Director E, H. Webster stated that at the Kansas Station the project and not the department was considered the unit, all apportionments of funds being made on the project basis. Various methods of revising mailing lists were referred to, the general opinion apparently' being that more frequent and careful revision is very necessary. The station library. — In a paper on the station library, more particularly as distinct from the college or university library. Dr. E. H. Jenkins expressed the opinion that such a library should consist primarily of strictly technical treatises and journals dictated by and suited to the needs of those actually engaged in agricultural research and experiment. " A station, whatever its relations to an educational institution, should have its own purely technical library, apart from any other, so that the members of the station staff can always have at hand and very near their place of work, and for as long a time as they need, the books and journals which they are frequently using." In the Connecticut State Station " each head of a de- partment is in a sense his own librarian. The books which he uses are in his own study or laboratory and entirely in his charge. He and not the station librarian lends when desired by others and keeps account of them, save for a yearly general inventory made by the librarian of the station." In that institution the siJecialist is, and in the opinion of the speaker should be, "the one solely responsible for the selection of books in his department, subject only to the limitations imposed by the station budget, and when there must be great economy, he should have his choice between books and other apparatus, for books are certainly to be reckoned as a necessary part of his apparatus. . . . Books are fully as important as apparatus. Their diligent and intelligent use should precede the use of apparatus in any elaborate re- search. They should be arranged according to the judgment or whim of the user and constantly at hand to invite attention." " To the man who has the essence of an investigator in him, his library and the free us.e of it at any hour of the day are absolutely necessary. His read- ing will be a vital part of his work. To know how to read and what to read is a part of his education. The library, with the exchange of thought which it offers, the discipline in logic, the acquaintance with different habits of thought, points of view, suggestions of the bearings of one set of facts on problems waiting for solution, is increasingly important to the success of the station." SECTION ON EXTENSION WOKK. Correspondence courses. — Prof. John Hamilton, of Washington, D. C, read a paper on " The correspondence course ; its organization and methods," which was followed by a considerable discussion relating to the experience and success of such work at several institutions. There was much evidence that this form of instruction has an important place in the general scheme of extension work so EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. and is being well received. In Pennsylvania the college now has over 3,500 persons taking these courses. Special correspondence courses for teachers were advocated. Field agent in extension. — ^Another series of discussions related to the field agent, or what has been termed the " county representative." This was led by a paper from Prof. C. A. Zavitz, of Ontario, followed by Prof. C. E. Graham, of Hampton Institute, Virginia, and Prof. K. L. Hatch, of Wisconsin. This pro- vides for personal assistance, the instruction and advising of the farmer on the ground in what he needs to know about, and, furthermore, an attempt to " look after the conditions of the community." It was reported that in some cases the counties were willing to bear the whole expense, in others State funds are being u.sed, and elsewhere special funds secured. In Canada the plan is in successful operation, the representatives being paid in part by the county and in part by the department of education, the depart- ment of agriculture bearing the other expenses for office and travel. In Alabama the system is also quite completely organized, with an agent in every county, and two in some of the larger counties, who devote themselves fully to the agricultural work of their counties. Messrs. O. H. Benson and I. O. Schaub, of this Department, described the boys' and girls' club work of Southern States, conducted as a part of the Farm- ers' Cooperative Demonstration Work. Wommi's work in extension. — " Woman's work ; its importance and place in the extension department " was outlined in a paper by Mrs. N. S. Knowles, of Iowa, and was further discussed by Mrs. C. W. Foulk, of Ohio, and Mrs. H. W. Calvin, of Indiana, the discussion turning largely on methods and requirements. The two sessions of this section were not sufficient to complete the program, and two subjects, namely, the art of extension teaching and special training as a means of extension teaching, were deferred until the next meeting, when they are to be made a special order. RECENT WORK IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. Sulphite method for separating and identifying calcium and strontium, J. I. D. Hinds (Jour. Amcr. Chetn. Soc, 33 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 510-514).— This is a qualitative method, based on the fact that sulphite of strontium is only slightly soluble in water while sulphite of calcium is exceedingly so. [In regard to methods for determining the fertility of the soil, particu- larly in reference to phosphoric acid], B, Welbel (Godichnyi Otchet Ploti. Selsk. Khoz. Opytti. StantsU, 15 (1909), pp. 167, 168).— The methods which use weak solutions of organic acids for this purpose are not recommended, as such solutions often become infected. The use of antiseptics in this connection affects the results for nitrates and soluble phosphates, and, furthermore, inter- feres with the analysis of the other substances in the same solution. The employment of dilute mineral acids (such as 5 cc. of nitric acid, specific gravity 1.4, to 5 liters of distilled water) is preferred by the author. Detection and determination of manganese in water, J. Rodenbueg (Chem. WeekU., 7 (1910), No. 4I, pp. 877-879).— The method is as follows: Fifty cc. of water is boiled for a few minutes with 5 cc. of a 50 per cent solution of nitric acid, enough silver nitrate solution is added to remove the chlorids present (but avoiding a large excess), and finally 10 cc. of a 10 per cent solution of ammonium persulphate. The solution is then heated to the boiling point. If manganese is present, even in amounts as small as 0.025 mg. (MnsOi), the solution will assume a pink or red coloration. If a quantitative determination is to be made, the above solution is filtered into a colorimeter tube and compared with other tubes of distilled water con- taining known amounts of manganese-ammonium sulphate. The determination of arsenic in insecticides, E. B. Holland (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 122-130). — Previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 615). A method for studying chemical cell functions and the results obtained with it, M. Hahn (Miinchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 (1911), No. 20, pp. 1385- 1388). — A method is described which uses the Buchner press for obtaining an extract of the substance in question and dialysis through parchment paper. Tests with it and gland extracts, such as those from the mammary gland and pancreas, and the milk, are reported. It was noted that after dialyzing extracts of the mammary gland and pan- creas an increase ia reducing substances (detected with Fehling's solution) takes place, which points to the possible presence of pro-substances. In the case of the mammary gland the author points out the necessity of studying the subject further, in order to determine if this increase in reducing bodies is due to either lactose or pentose formation. 21 22 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The analysis of proteins by determination of the chemical groups charac- teristic of the different amino acids, D. D. Van Slyke {Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 {1911), No. 1, pp. 15-55, figs. 2).-^This quantitative method, which was designed for the purpose of obtaining with small amounts of material an in- sight into the composition of proteins, was previously reported (E. S. R., 23, p. 303) in the form in which it was developed originally. The author has now so modified the procedure that it is possible to indi- cate the nature of from 98 to 100 per cent of the nitrogenous products of hydrol- ysis with 24 to 3 gm. of protein, " to follow the course of protein hydrolysis and detect the time at which it is complete, and for determining the ammonia (amid nitrogen), arginin, histidin, lysin, cystin, amino nitrogen not precipi- tated by pbosphotungstic acid (the group of ordinary primary amino acids, leucin, alanin, etc.), and the nonamino nitrogen not precipitated by pbospho- tungstic acid (prolin, oxyprolin, one-half the tryptophan nitrogen). . . . The results of hydrolyses of wheat gliadin, edestin from hemp seed, dog's hair, gelatin, fibrin, hemocyanin (the protein from the blood of the king crab corre- sponding to the hemoglobin of higher animals), and of ox hemoglobin are summarized. . . . " Comparison of the amounts of amino acids' of the different groups present in proteins, found by the quantitative group determination method, with the amounts isolated in previous hydrolyses, indicates that the losses of isolation have fallen chiefly on the primary mouo-a-amino acids, containing all their nitrogen in the — CH(NH2) — COOH group. So far as can be judged from the analyses available for comparison, the presence of unknown amino acids out- side of this group seems improbable. Whether the losses of isolating those of this group arise from the presence of new, as yet unreco.gnized jnono-amino acids, or from the unavoidable losses connected with the methods of isolation, can not at present be stated." Some factors influencing' the quantitative determination of gliadin, J. E. Greaves {Univ. Cal. Pubs., Physiol., 4 {1911), No. 6, pp. Sl-l't; Jour. Biol. Chem., 9 {1911), No. 3-4, pp. 271-293).— This, work was done with 6 different flours obtained from wheats having a high, medium, and low gluten content and grown at the dry-farming substations of the Utah Station. The work is summarized as follows : The concentration of solutions of the alcohol-soluble proteins is decreased on filtering through layers of animal charcoal or on being clarified by shaking with this substance and then filtering, but clear filtrates can be obtained without materially changing the concentration of the solution by filtering through care- fully prepared asbestos filters. When 7.985 gm. of flour was treated with 100 cc. of alcohol 0.05 per cent more alcohol-soluble protein nitrogen was extracted than when twice this amount of flour was used, and greater accuracy was also obtained in the gliadin determinations by means of the polariscope. The extrac- tion of the alcohol-soluble proteins does not seem to be complete, especially with 70 per cent alcohol, when the proportion of flour to alcohol exceeds 2 gm. of flour to 100 cc. of alcohol. The amount of protein nitrogen extracted was found to be greatest with 65 per cent alcohol by volume, with a decrease as the strength of the alcohol increased. The specific rotation of alcohol-soluble proteins varies but little if any with the concentration of the solution, but alcohol of 74 per cent by volume more nearly extracts pure gliadin than does other strengths, and with a charge of 7,985 gm. of flour to 100 cc. of alcohol it extracts as much gliadin as does 70 per cent alcohol. The ratio of per cent nitrogen extracted from flour by alcohol to the polariscope reading for the solution varies with the strength of the alcohol. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY — ^AGROTECHNY. 23 The extraction of flour with hot 74 per cent alcohol in a closed vessel yields more protein nitrogen than does cold extraction, but the specific rotation of the proteins extracted shows that considerable nougliadin protein material is present. The heating of flour before extraction with alcohol decreases the amount of protein nitrogen extracted by 74 per cent alcohol. Some flours eon- tain sufficient ether-soluble nitrogen carrying' substances to affect materially the accuracy of gliadin determinations made by the direct extraction of flour with 74 per cent alcohol. The rotation of alcoholic extracts of flour is only slightly affected by changes in temperature and may, within certain limits, be disregarded in determining gliadin by means of the polariscope. With the flours examined it was found necessary to make a cori-ection for the sugars in the polariscope method. Gliadin determinations can -be made rapidly by means of the polariscope and the results thus obtained are fairly accurate, but not so accurate as those obtained by the Kjeldahl method. See also a previous note (E. S. R., 20, p. 10). New studies of proteoses, E. ZuNz (Acad. Boy. Belg., Bui. CI. Bci., 1911, No. 8, pp. 653-734). — The results of an exhaustive study of proteoses are re- ported in comparison with the work of other investigators. Purifi-cation of insoluble fatty acids, E. B. Holland (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, lit. 1, pp. 131-134; Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 (1911), No. 3, i)p. 171-173). — This has been previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 114), but in these articles it is treated in more detail. The separation of liquid fatty nonsaturated acids and solid saturated fatty acids in mixtures of natural fatty acids and in regard to the am- moniacal salts of some fatty acids, P. Falciola (Monit. 8ci., 5. ser., 1 (1911), T, No. 832, pp. 272-275). — This is a discussion of methods and a description of the properties of ammonium erucate, laurate, linoleate, myristate, caprylate, caproate, crotonate, and butyrate. See also a note by David (E. S. R., 25, p. 12). Chemical study of palm oils from different varieties of the palm tree, A. Hebert (Matidres Grasses, 4 (1911), No. 35, pp. 2171, 2172; ahs. in Jour. 8oc. Chem. Indus., 30 (1911), No. 8, pp. 496, 497; Chem. Ahs., 5 (1911), No. 16, p. £7//7). — "Eight samples of fruit from different varieties of the oil palm, Elceis guineensis, French West Africa, were examined, the oil being extracted by petro- leum spirit; 6 were from the subspecies E. nigrescens (the fruit of which turns black before ripening), 2 from E. virescens, the fruit of which is first green, then red. The results follow : " Com,position of the fruit and oils from, different ^varieties of the palm tree. E. nigrescens. E. virescens. Var. Com- munis. Var. Vul- garis. Vaj. Sem- pernigra. Var. Pisi- fera. Var. Re- panda. Var. Gra- cilinux. Composition of the fruit: 35 65 18.0 41 22 42° 0.882 201 0.8 43.8 98.0 46° 28 72 30 70 16.4 52 16 44° 0.892 195 0.9 52.2 9&1 48° 80 20 3.0 59 42 45° 0.891 197 L3 60.2 97.7 47° 34 65.8 31.0 6? 32 43° 0.884 196 0.8 52.1 95.0 44° 77.7 Nuts and kernels, percent. 22 11.1 Yield of oilfrom pulp, percent. Yield of oil from entire fruit, 43 21 42° 0.881 201 0.8 48.0 96.2 48° 52 30 Melting point of fat 42° Specific gravity at the melting 0.889 Saponification number Reichert num ber 198 1.1 lodin number 55.6 97.7 Meltmg point of fatty acids 44° 24 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. " Pisifera and graciUnux have kernels too small and too hard to work to be of marketable value. Communis and sertvpernigra yield oils appreciated by the natives, and the fruit of pisifera is eaten fresh or cooked. The fat of repanda causes headache and sickness. The chemical A'alues agree with those of common palm oils." In regard to soy-bean oil and its properties, G. Maepmann (Jour. Landw., 08 (1910), No. 3, pp. 2.'f3-250). — The author in this article discusses in a gen- eral way the culture, composition, and economic importance of the soy bean and the extraction of oil therefrom. He also appends the results of numerous exami- nations of Chinese and European soy beans and oils, which were obtained from various parts of the world. The oil content for the 1909 crop was 19 per cent, and that for the 1910 crop 17.2. Unfavorable weather conditions prevailed dur- ing 1910. A new method for examining starch, granules, W. Lenz (Apoth. Ztg., 25 (1910), No. 80, pp. 777, 77S, figs. 4; abs. in Ztschr. Angew. Chem., 24 (1911), No. 1, p. JfS). — A continuation of the work px'eviously reported (E. S. R., 21. p. 522). The soluble carbohydrates in asparagus roots, F. W. Mokse (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 135-140). — This article has been previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 24, p. 509). The composition of malt sprouts, K. Yoshimitea (Biochem. Ztschr., 31 (1911), No. 3-4, pp. 221-226). — The malt sprouts used in this investigation contained 92.83 per cent of dry substance, 100 parts of which contained total nitrogen 3.824 parts, protein nitrogen 2.1, ammonia nitrogen a trace, nonprotein nitrogen 1.724 (of which 0.367 per cent was precipitable by phosphotungstic acid), total phosphoric acid 1.185, and water-soluble phosphoric acid 0.836. In 1 kg. of air-dried malt sprouts there were present histidin, about 0.2 gm. cholin, and about 0.6 gm. betain. Arginin, vernin, and asparagin were not present. Saccharose was not found, but maltose and invert sugar were probably present. The author thinks that saccharose is possibly produced from maltose and is again inverted by a secondary process. Meliatine, a new glucosid from the buck bean, M. Beidel (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 24, i)p. 1694-1696) .—This glucosid, which was obtained from the buck bean (Menyanthes trifoUata), was found to be hydrolyzable by emulsin. As prepared by the author it is a white inodorous crystallizable substance, which is at first sweet but after some time becomes bitter. It is levorotatory. Changes taking place during the spoilage of tomatoes, with methods for detecting spoilage in tomato products, R. F. Bacon and P. B. Dunbae ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. 78, pp. 15). — As good tomato ketchups or other tomato products are characterized by the presence of citric acid and invert sugar, but no tartaric, oxalic, and malic acids and a minimum amount of or no lactic acid, the authors have proposed to use these facts as a basis for detect- ing spoilage in tomato products. In doing this the amount of invert sugar, citric acid, and lactic and volatile acids are determined. The determination of Ihe ammonia content of such products also serves as a partial index of protein decomposition. Inoculation experiments with molds (Penicillium) and bacteria (Bacillus coli) and the examination of commercial pulp and trimming stock showed that molds apparently do not produce lactic acid as a result of decomposing citric acid, although citric acid is consumed during the vegetative process. Mold also breaks down the nitrogenous constituents of tomatoes and produces much am- monia. " The amount of ammonia so obtained is, for a pulp prepared from whole tomatoes, about twice as great as from a skin and core pulp. Thus, for AGKICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AGBOTECHNY. 25 pulped whole tomatoes this figure is found to be about 0.04 per cent, while for pulped skins and cores it runs about 0.02 per cent." As regards volatile acids '■ it appears that butyric acid is a rather common decomposition product when the tomatoes spoil at a rather high temperature. At lower temperatures the acetic, lactic, and alcoholic fermentations seem to predominate." On the average tomatoes were found to contain 6.4 per cent of total solids, which were composed of about 3.5 per cent invert sugar, 0.9 per cent protein, 0.5 per cent citric acid, 0.85 per cent crude fiber, 0.05 per cent fat, and 0.6 per cent ash. The sugar usually present is invert, with an occasional excess of levulose. Methods for determining citric and lactic acids are given. The method for lactic acid is based upon the equations : 2C3HeO3+10KMnO4=2(COOH)2+4H2O + 2CO.+5Mn02+5K=Mn04 and 5(COOH)2-r2KMnO4+3H2SO4-=10CO24SH2O + K2S04+2MnS04. In addition to the above, a detailed study of the behavior of lactic, malic, and tartaric acids toward oxidizing agents is given. The volatile acids in honey, A. Heiduschka and G. Kaxjfmann (Ztschr. Untersuch Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 21 (1911), Xo. 6, pp. 375-37S; abs. in Ztschr. Angew. Chenu, 2Jf {1911). No. 21, p. 996). — Six honeys were examined with Auerbach and Pliiddemaun's method (E. S. R.. 25. p. 311) and Wegener's method for their formic acid content. The amounts found with the first method varied from 0.006 to 0.01 gm., and with the second from 0.005 to 0.0073 gm., in 100 gm. of material. After treating honey with potassium hydrate compara- tively high values were obtained for formic acid, viz.. O.OllS to 0.0229 and 0.0096 to 0.0208 gm.. respectively. In the case of 2 honeys the reducing values for formic acid were found to be greater than the total volatile acid present in the samples. Lactic acid was not detected in any of the honeys. Honey investigations, H. Witte (Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 21 (1911), No. 6, pp. 305-^74; ais. in Ztschr. Angeio. Chcm., 2'^ (1911), No. 21, p. !)96). — As a result of examining 111 honeys by existing methods the author proposes as the maximum standard for water 30 per cent. The highest allow- able content of saccharose is fixed at 6 per cent, higher amounts pointing to sugar feeding. Unripe honey is to be considered an abnormal product. Ley's reaction is considered a good aid for honey examination, while the Fiehe reac- tion can not be considered a better criterion for detecting adulteration, although it is a very valuable test for invert sugar. When a weak reaction is obtained care must be exercised in judging a honey adulterated, but in such cases a combination with the Auzinger reaction may furnish more satisfactory results. The use of the Fiehe reaction as the preliminary test in honey examination, W. Hartmann (Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 21 (1911), No. 6, pp. 37-',, 37.5; abs. in Ztschr. Angew. Chem., 21f (1911), No. 21, p. 996).— It from 0.5 to 1 gm. of honey is spread out in a dish and 2 drops of freshly prepared resorcin solution and hydrochloric acid (1 : 38) are added, a reaction is obtained for invert sugar if present, which is typical and the same as that which is obtained with the ether extract of honeys. In regard to the utility of the newer milk-testing methods, E. Philippe (Mitt. Lebensm. Untersuch. u. Hyg., Schweiz. Gsndhtsamt., 2 (1911), No. 1, pp. 1-36). — The various newer tests, such as the leucocyte, Trommsdorff, cata- lase, reductase, fermentation reductase, and dirt methods, were investigated, and from the results and summary it is concluded that the leucocyte test is a practical method for detecting pathologic milks and for diagnosing udder disease. The test, however, is only reliable when a microscopical and bacterio- logical examination is made of the sediment. The author recommends as an extension to the leucocyte test the determina- tion of the catalase figure in both the ordinary milk as obtained fi'oni the cow and the milk filtered through cotton. A high figure will always point to a dis- 20296°— No. 1—12 3 26 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. turbance of the activity of tlie mammary gland. A fermentation reductase test using metliylene blue alone is a certain means to detect milk which is not fresh. The reductase test with methylene blue and formalin, according to the author, has no apparent advantage over the regular reductase test. The determination of the dirt content of milk should be made in all instances, using cotton disks as the filtering medium. Yearly report of the Swiss Agricultural Institute at Zurich for 1910, A. Grete {TAindic. Jahrb. SchweAz, 25 (1911), No. 3, pp. 197-212).— This report reviews the activities of the station for the year 1910, and reports the results of examinations of fertilizers, regular and special feed stuffs, soils, honey, and copper sulphate. Two new pieces of chemical apparatus, R. F. Bacon and P. B. Dunbar (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. 80, pp. 3, flgs. 2). — The first apparatus de- scribed is for the continuous extraction of liquids with immiscible solvents lighter than water, and consists of 4 parts: A jacket flask; an extractor thimble; an ordinary Gooch funnel; and a condenser. "(1) The jacket flask is made of glass tubing 2 in. In diameter and approxi- mately one-sixteenth of an inch thick ; it is 20.5 in. long and is enlarged to a diameter of about 3 in. at its lower or sealed end. ... (2) The extraction thimble is an ordinary test tube having a diameter of 1.5 in. and a capacity of 100 cc. when filled to Mnthin 1.5 in. of the top. One-fourth of an inch from its top and on opposite sides of the tube are placed 2 holes about i in. in diam- eter." (.3) The Gooch crucible funnel used Is 8.5 in. long. When dense liquids are to be extracted it is sometimes necessary to increase the length of the fun- nel. The lower end of the stem is ground at an angle of 45°. (4) A special condenser is designed to hang loosely In the jacket flask, but " a simpler form of condenser, which is just as efficient, may be made by sealing one end of a If-in. tube and drawing it to a point. The open end is flared somewhat to permit the tube to hang in the jacket. The condenser tube is closed by a 2-holed rubber stopper, through which pass the inflow and outflow tubes." The second apparatus was devised to give in a compact and easily manipu- lated form an apparatus which will allow of the measurement of an evolved gas without first sweeping out all air or other indifferent gases. It consists of (a) a graduated funnel tube, (b) a reaction chamber, (c) an absorption tube filled with glass beads, (d) a eudiometer, and (e) a leveling tube. A heating coil may be wrapped around the reaction chamber (b) when desired. The ab- sorption tube, which is sealed to the eudiometer, fits into the reaction chamber by means of a ground joint. The apparatus has been used in the laboratory of the Bureau of Chemistry with accurate results to estimate citric acid by the Splca method and for the estimation of amino acids by the Van Slyke method (E. S. R., 25, p. 710; 26. p. 22). Casein for clarifying' cider and perry, A. Teuelle (Indus. Lait. [Paris], 36 (1911), No. S-'i, pp. 556, 557). — Casein is not so good a clarifiant as gelatin for cider and perry. METEOROLOGY— WATER. Monthly Weather Review (Mo. Weather Rev., 39 (1911), Nos. 6, pp. 815- 972, figs. 2, charts 9; 7, pp. 973-11.3',, figs. 21. charts 9).— In addition to the usual climatological summaries, weather forecasts and warnings for June and July, 1911, river and flood observations, lists of additions to the Weather Bureau library and of recent papers on meteorology and seismologj% a condensed cli- matological summary, and climatological tables and charts, these numbers con- tain the following special papers: METEOROLOGY AVATEE. 27 No. 6. — The Drought of 1910-11 in North-Central Georgia and the Chatta- hooche River Basin, by C. F. von Herrmann ; The Erosion of Sioux Point. South Dalvota, by G. W. McDowall ; Floods of the Upper Missouri River (illus.), by C. D. Reed; The Drought in the Ozarks of Southwestern Missouri in 1911, by J. S. Hazen ; Notes on the Wind ]\Iovement at Point Reyes Light During June, 1911, by J. Jones; Notes on the Rivers of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Water- sheds for June. 1911, by H. J. Andree; and Duty of Water Investigation in Idaho, by D. H. Bark. No. 7. — The Drought of 1911 in North Carolina, by L. A. Denson ; Floods of the Rio Grande and of the Rio Pecos, by F. H. Brandenburg; A Violent Local Storm at Abilene, Tex., by W. H. Green ; Precipitation Averages for Large Areas (illus.), by A. H. Thiessen ; Note on Earthquake of July 1, 1911, at Mount Hamilton, by R. G. Aitken ; Notes on the Rivers of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Watersheds, by N. R. Taylor; and Precipitation and Altitude in the Sierra (illus.), by C. H. Lee. Bulletin of the Mount Weather Observatory ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Bid. Mount Weather Obsen:, .', (1911), pt. 2, pp. 25-102, figs. 28, charts 6).— This number contains the following articles: Summary of the Free Air Data at Mount Weather for the Three Years, July 1, 1907, to June 30, 1910 (illus.), by W. R. Blair: and Free Air Data at Mount Weather for January, February, and March, 1911 (illus.), by W. R. Blair. Surface water supply of the North Atlantic coast, 1909, H. K. Bareows, C. C. Covert, and R. H. Bolster (U. 8. Geol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper 261, pp. 309, pis. 5, fig. 1). — Measurements of flow of water in streams* of the prin- cipal drainage basins from the St. John River in Maine to the Rappahannock River in Virginia are recorded in this bulletin. Surface water supply of the Colorado River basin, 1909, W. B. Freeman and R. L. Bolster (U. S. Geol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper 269, pp. 2-'f7, pis. 9, fig. 1). — Measurements of stream flow of the Colorado River and its tribu- taries are reported in detail. Surface water supply of the North Pacific coast, 1909, J. C. Stevens, E. C. LaRue, and F. F. Hensiiaw (U. S. Geol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper 272, pp. 521, pis. 8). — Measurements of flow of water in the principal streams of the drainage basins north of the California state line are reported, with de- scriptions of the drainage basins. The movements of the subsoil water in Upper Egypt, H. T. Ferrar (Sur- vey Dept., Egypt, Paper 19, pp. VI-\-74, pis. 37, fig. i).— A continuation of sys- tematic studies of the fluctuations of the level of ground water in the Nile Valley (E. S. R., 22, p. 616; 24, p. 216) as affected by irrigation and Nile floods is here reported. The author concludes that in perennially irrigated lands of Upper Egypt the water level has probal^ly been temporarily raised 4 ft. As regards ground- water conditions he divides the area studied into three zones parallel to the several reaches of the river and shows that in the zone nearest the river the fluctuation in the level of the ground water is inversely proportional to the distance from the river. In the so-called basin zone, further removed from the river, the water levels rise and fall as if actuated by an annual tide. " They begin to rise some 45 days after the flood has reached Egypt and attain a maximum after the crest of the flood has passed." The movement of ground water in the desert zone has not been definitely determined. " In our so-called riverain zone, the water moves at the rate of 1.50 meters per day at one period of the year, and at other seasons, namely, when the water table is stationary, it is practically stagnant. The water in the basin zone would seem to have a 28 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. velocity of less than 2 meters per day, and that of the desert zone a still lower velocity." Modern methods of water purification, J. Don and J. Chisholm {London, 1911, pp. XVI+368, figs. 96). — This booli attempts to discuss in an orderly way the numerous and varied processes which have been recommended for the purification of water and to consider how far their usefulness is determined by the character of the water supply. Much of the information here assembled has heretofore been available only in form of articles widely scattered through periodical literature. The subjects treated are sources of supply, storage, construction of reservoirs and care of filtered water, sand filtration, the man- agement of sand filters, mechanical filters, purification by ozone, water-soften- ing and household appliances, the testing of water, the problems of distribution, and useful constants and data relating to water filtration and measurements. Sterilization of water by means of ultraviolet rays, Grimm and Weldekt (Mitt. K. Priifimgsanst. Wasserccr. ii. Ahivasscr. Berlin, 1911, Xo. 14, pp. 8-5-102, fig. 1). — From a series of tests of the efficiency and cost of sterilization of water by means of ultra-violet rays the authors conclude that clear water with low bacterial content can be quickly and completely sterilized in this way, but that cloudy and colored waters are not so readily sterilized. By prolonged treatment the temperature may be raised sufficiently to bring about important physical and chemical changes in the water. The process is costly as compared with other methods of purification. A bibliography of 28 references to the subject is appended. Disposal of sewage on sewer farms, C. P. Jensen {Pacific Municipalities, 2h {1911), No. 6, pp. 23Jf-238; ahs. in, Engin. and Contract., 36 (1911), No. 7, p. 192). — A brief account is here glA'en of the disposal of the sewage of Fresno, Cal., by irrigation. The city has a farm of 812 acres on which to dispose of 4,000,000 gal. of sewage per day. At the present time 600 acres of this farm is used during the normal irrigation season and the sewage is disposed of during the winter months on a large cattle ranch, but it is believed that the sewage farm can be made to take care of the sewage during the entire year by ro- tating it on 20-acre plats. The farm now yields sufficient income to pay the maintenance expenses of settling tanks, sewer farm, and outfall sewers 5 miles long. It is believed that in a few years it can be made to pay the total sewer maintenance charges. The sewage is now used upon 200 acres of alfalfa, which, it is estimated, will jdeld a net income of from .$12 to $15 per acre when two years old. SOILS— FERTILIZERS. Studies in soil physics, E. E. Free {Plant World, 1.', {1911), Nos. 2, pp. 29- 39; 3, pp. 59-66; 5, pp. 110-119; 7, pp. 164-116; S, pp. 186-190; al>s. in Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 1 {1911), No. 4, pp. 121, 122).— In a series of five articles the author presents his own view of some of the more salient points of soil physics, emphasizing especially conceptions useful to the plant physiologist or ecologist. The titles and main conclusions of the individual papers are as fol- lows : "(1) The Physical Condition of Soils. — The range of physical conditions possible to a soil is determined by its ultimate physical nature or character, that is, by the nature, size, and number of the particles of which it is composed. The physical condition, within this fixed range, is controlled by the moisture content by virtue of the surface tension on the water films between the soil grains. (2) Movements of Soil Water. — The capillary actions in the soil are controlled by the forces of surface tension on the water films. Permeability is SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 29 a matter of the size of the individual interspaces of the soil, not of their total amount. (3) Soil Water and the Plant. — A very important but much neglected factor in the movement of water from soil to plant and through the plant is the evaporating power of the air. (4) Physical Constants of the Soil. — ^A critical examination of the various measurements which have been proposed as charac- teristic soil constants shows that all are in some degree unsatisfactoiy. The mechanical analysis in particular, is much less adequate than is usually be- lieved. It is probable that another and better constant can be developed out of the water equivalent and the critical moisture content. (5) Soil Tempera- tures.— The main effect of the soil character upon its temperature is due to its water capacity. The wetter soil warms and. cools more slowly." A counting method for the mechanical analysis of soils, C. C. Fletcher (Science, n. ser., SJf {1911). Xo. 876', 2>p. -'i95, .'i96). — The method is described as follows : "A definite amount of soil is weighed out, put in a sterilizer bottle with water and ammoni.i. and shaken in a mechanical shaker for at least seven hours. With most soils i gm. of material and 120 cc. water give a good dilution for accurate counting. A compound microscope with a micrometer eyepiece and a counting plate are necessary. In the micrometer used one scale division corre- sponds to 0.005 mm., the superior limit of the clay, and ten divisions to 0.05 mm., the superior limit of the silt. The counting plate is marked off in squares of 0.1 mm. a side. After removing from the mechanical shaker, the contents of the bottle are thoroughly shaken by hand and a sample for examination immediately taken from the center of the bottle. A drop is placed on the counting plate and the number of silt and clay particles in ten squares counted. The sand need not be considered. In most cases it settles quickly and escapes being taken in the subsample. If a sand particle appears in the subsample it is disregarded." A factor must be used in obtaining a ratio to express the relative total weights of silt and clay in the soil. " In 26 soils of widely varying texture lately analyzed by the counting method, and checked by the centrifugal analysis, an average of the factors was 35. The factors varied, however, widely enough to preclude using this method as a regular routine analysis for all soils. ... It should be used only where time is especially important or the facilities are not available for the determination of silt and clay " by centrifuging and evaporating. Composition of some Massachusetts soils, J. B. Lindsey (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, 'pt. 1, pp. 339-348) .—Ana\yses of 13 carefully selected typical soils of Massachusetts as well as of a large number of miscellaneous samples taken from cultivated fields in different ])arts of the State are reported. Com- paring the analyses of the typical soils with the ordinary standards indicates that none of the soils is highly productive but that most of them would prob- ably be capable of producing satisfactory ci'ops. The analyses of the miscel- laneous samples indicate that most of them can at least be classed as normal from a chemical standpoint, some of them good, and a few rich. The soils of the Armidale district and of Tenterfield, H. I. Jensen (Agr. Gaz. K. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. S, pp. 699-711, map /).— The author reports the results of analyses of soils surrounding Armidale and Tenterfield, New South Wales, and discusses them in relation to their geology and crop adap- tation. The Tenterfield soils are typical blue granite, and are low in phosphoric acid and nitrogen and satisfactory as regards potash. The soils of the Armidale district are classified as granite, alluvial, slate and sandstone, and basalt. The granite soils are derived mainly from biotitic and 80 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. porphyritic grauite. Tliey are acid and range from light to heavy loam. "The moisture content, the percentage of organic matter, and the nitrogen are usually rather low ; the lime and potash generally satisfactory ; but the phosphoric acid is less so." The alluvial soils are all of good quality except an old leached alluvial of an auriferous drift. The alluvials from grauite, although of excellent mechanical condition, are inferior in chemical composition. The soil from light colored slate is " shallow, only 8 in., and the subsoils stony. When cleared it is tolerably good grazing country but of no immediate use for farming." The black chert and chloritie slate soils are a " deep shingly loam of a rich coffee color in some places and light brown in other places." They are stated to be superior soils excellently adapted for orchards and vine- yards. Soils derived from an ironstone-conglomerate country are generally red or chocolate. " They are typically sweet and fertile soils, excellently adapted for grazing, orchard purposes, and general farming." The soils from white sandstone-conglomerate are poor and acid, growing straggling gum trees and a few oaks. The basalt soils show a good chemical composition, containing an average percentage for nitrogen of 0.159, lime 0.597, potash 0.147, and phosphoric acid 0.207. Generally, basalt soils are stated to have a tendency to clog and to become impervious in wet weather, on which account they require frequent working and are probably excelled for general farming pur])oses by deep alluvials of mixed granite and basalt. Soils of the Nyng'an Demonstration Farm, H. I. Jensen {Agr. Ga~. A". 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 8, pp. 611, Gl'k). — Mechanical and chemical analyses of 6 soils from the Nyugan Demonstration Fai'm are reported and show a defi- ciency in nitrogen and organic matter, satisfactory lime and phosphorus con- tents, and a good potash content. The action of phosphorites on soils saturated and unsaturated with bases, K. K. Gedkoits (Zhiir. Opytn. Agron. {Ru.s.s. Jour. Expt. Landic), 12 (1911), No. 4, pp. 529-5-i6). — The author conceives of the soil as saturated and unsat- urated with bases and distinguishes 3 classes of unsaturated soils, as follows: (1) Those with acid reaction to litmus and an acid water extract. Such soils are very deficient in bases and are mostly moor and heavy clay soils. (2) Those with acid reaction to litmus but with neutral water extract. Such soils are partly unsaturated with bases. (3) Those with neutral reaction to litmus and neutral water extracts. These are slightly unsaturated. It is held that saturation with bases is not a function of the humus alone but of the mineral constituents of the soil as well. There is an exchange of bases between the organic and mineral constituents of an unsaturated soil, the larger proportion of bases going over to either constituent, depending upon its absorption capacity. Saturated and unsaturated soils varied in the character of their absorption capacity in that there was an equal exchange of bases between added salt solutions and saturated soils, whereas with unsaturated soils there was, in addition to an exchange, an absorption of bases from the salt solution by the soil. The extent of this absorption was dependent upon the degree of " non- saturation " of the soil, the strength of the solution, and probably also on the nature of the salt. The author found that the action of phosphorites was always pronounced on unsaturated soils and that there was a relationship between the yield from phosphorite and the degree of nonsaturation. He empha.sizes the importance of further studies on this subject, pointing out that the degree of non.saturation SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 31 of the soil may have an importaut beariug on the action of other rather insolu- ble fertilizers, and fertilizers containing acid salts. The influence of stall manure upon the bacterial flora of the soil, J. C. Temble (Georgia Sta. Bui. 95, pp. 3-5). — Experiments are reported in detail in this bulletin which tend to show that the addition of cow manure to the soil greatly increases the number of bacteria, and that this increase continues over a considerable period. It was found that there was a larger increase in the number of bacteria in soil to which sterilized manure was added than in soil to which unsterilized manure had been applied. The addition of the manure also increased the ammonifying efficiency of most of the soils experimented with and this was true whether the manure was sterilized or unsterilized. The nitrifying efficiency was as a rule increased by the addition of manure. This increase was greatest when sterilized manure was added to the soils, which were then inoculated by the addition of a small amount of unsterilized manure, indicating that the increase in nitrification was due to the introduction of nitrifying organisms the activity of which was promoted by nutrient sub- stances supplied by the manure. A bibliography is appended. Report of the agriculturist, W. P. Brooks (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 3-'i-50). — This is a report of progress in various experiments with fer- tilizers which have been going on for a number of years (E. S. R., 24, p. 233). In a comparison of manure, sodium nitrate, dried blood, and ammonium sul- phate as sources of nitrogen for a succession of crops in experiments which have been in progress since 1S90, the relative efficiency of the different materials, based upon increase in crop as compared with no-nitrogen plats and taking sodium nitrate as 100, has been barnyard manure 78.85, dried blood 72.82, and ammonium sulphate 53.17. In comparative tests of muriate and sulphate of potash the muriate was more effective in increasing yield in case of asparagus and oat hay, and the sulphate was more effective in case of rhubarb, blackberries, and potatoes. The percent- age of starch was also considerably higher in the potatoes fertilized with sul- phate. In comparative tests of ammonium sulphate, sodium nitrate, and dried blood in combinations with muriate and sulphate of potash it was found that combi- nations containing ammonium sulphate were distinctly unfavorable to aspara- gus and onions but gave the highest yields in case of strawberries. In a series of experiments comparing different forms of potash it was found that the average increase of yield of hay resulting from the use of potash ex- ceeded that of the plats receiving no potash by only 600 lbs., indicating that the grasses (timothy and redtop), which made up the bulk of the first crop, "are not dependent in very high degree upon an application of potash." The potash salts were, however, distinctly favorable to the later growth of clover in the rowen. On the plats receiving ground feldspar, however, the clover rapidly dis- appeared, indicating that the potash of this material is not as available as that of potash salts. In a continuation of the comparative tests of fine ground rock phosphates, phos- phatic slag, acid phosphate, and bone meal, -it was observed that the only phos- phate which gave any considerable increase in merchantable potatoes was an Arkansas rock phosphate, but the results are not considered entirely conclusive as to the superiority of this phosphate. In fact, the results obtained in this series of experiments Indicate that the potato Is relatively independent of a supply of immediately available phosphoric acid. The application of available phosphoric acid, however, decidedly hastens the growth of the vine. The pota- 32 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD, toes growu on the plats which had received phosphatic slag auuually for a series of years were very scabby, although the seed had been treated with for- malin before planting. In the series of experiments comitaring manure alone with manure and potash it was found that manure alone gave the larger yield of hay. The addition of potash to an average corn fertilizer increased the yield of hay as compared with that obtained with the fertilizer not so reinforced. In the experiments comparing sodium nitrate, dissolved boneblack, and muriate of potash, it was shown that potash was the dominant constituent. Nitrogen was least efficient in increasing the yield of com and soy beans. The results of experiments in top-dressing grass lands mth barnyard manure, wood ashes, and a mixture of bone meal and muriate of potash were inconclusive. In a comparison of winter and spring applications of manure to grass land the results were slightly better w'ith the spring application. The direct assimilation of inorganic and organic forms of nitrogen by higher plants, H. B. Hutchinson and N. II. J. Miller {Centbl. Bakf. [etc.], 2. Aht., 30 (1 )11), No. 21-24, pp. 513-547, 2>Js. 2, figs. 2; ahs. in-Jovr. Chem. 8oc. [London], 100 {1911), No. 588, II, p. 920). — A review of previous investigations on this subject is given, showing the direct assimilation of ammonium salts by beans, corn, and probably other plants; that various plants are capable of directly assimilating nitrites from dilute solutions; that only negative results as regards assimilation have been obtained with amidosulphonic acid, hydroxylamin, diamid, and azoimid ; and that while the great majority of organic compounds have given negative results, more or less satisfactory evi- dence of assimilation has been obtained with methylamins, amylamins. allylamins, dimethylamin. acetamid, cholin, betain, leucin, urea, dicyandiamid, aspartic acid, asparagin. glutamin, allantoin, uric acid, hippuric acid, tyrosin, and humic acid. The gains of nitrogen have, however, generally been very small and in many cases negative results have been obtained by other in- vestigators. In sand and water-culture experiments under carefully controlled conditions with wheat and peas the authors obtained results from which they classify the various substances experimented with according to their availability as sources of nitrogen as follows: "(1) Readily assimilated — ammonium salts, acetamid (CH3.CO.NH2), urea (CO<^tt-J, barbituric acid (with calcium carbonate) ( C0CH2 ), alloxan ( COCO ), hnmates; (2) assimilated — formamid (H.CO.NHj), glycin (NH2.CH0.COOH), (a) aminopropionic acid (CH3.CH(NHo).C00H), guani- din hydrochlorid ('NH:C<^y-), cyanuric acid (cONhY oxamid (co'nhO' ^^'^^""^ aspartate (ch^cOOH^*^^)' P^P^o"; (3) doubtful— trimethy- lamin, para-urazin ( COCO j, hexamethylenetetramin; (4) not assimi- lated— ethyl nitrate, propionitrile, hydroxylamin hydrochlorid, methyl carbamate; (5) toxic — tetranitromethan. The above grouping is, of course, only provisional and applies only (except as regards ammonium salts) to peas. It is possible that other plants may be able to utilize some of the substances which with peas have given negative results." The special apparatus devised for sterilizing the seed and growing the plants under sterile conditions in these experiments is described and a very complete bibliography of the subject is given. SOILS FERTIOZEES. . 33 Field trials with nitrogenous manures from the atmosphere, J. Hendrick {Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {lUll), -To. 9, pp. 522-52.'f; abs. iti Chem. Ztff., 35 (1911), No. 93, Repei-t., p. 39 Jf). — Comparative tests of sodium nitrate, am- monium sulphate, calcium cyanamid, and calcium nitrate on cereals, extending over several years, are reported and indicate that both calcium nitrate and calcium cyanamid are fertilizers of great value and activity but have certain undesirable physical 'properties wbich affect their suitability for general agri- cultural use. For example, the calcium nitrate readily absorbs moisture, wbich renders it difficult to handle, and calcium cyanamid is so dry and dusty that it is not only unpleasant but in a measure dangerous to handle. Neither is considered well adapted to mix with other fertilizers. In the author's experiments calcium cyanamid and calcium nitrate stored in small bags in a cellar gained considerably in weight and with about equal rapidity by absorption of moisture. In case of the former there was a small actual loss of nitrogen. When the calcium cyanamid was mixed with soluble phosiihates there was a large reversion of the phosphoric acid and no loss of nitrogen, but such mixtures hardened after a time. Mixtures of calcium nitrate with other fertilizers ra])idly became damp and sticky. On the formation and decomposition of calcium cyanamid, ]M. Eschmann (Uber BUdung tind Zcrsctznng von CaJciumci/aiiainid. Diss. Tech. Hochschule Karlsruhe, J910, pp. 83, figs. 16). — This contains an introduction reviewing previous work on the subject, descriptions of analytical methods used in the examination of calcium cyanamid, experiments in the determination of equi- librium weights, and studies of methods of chemical determination of the decom- position products of calcium cyanamid. The relation of nitrate of soda to the mechanical condition of commercial fertilizers, J. G. Lipman (Jour, Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 (1911), No. 9, pp. 655-6-J7). — Experiments in continuation of those of Cathcart (E. S. R., 25. p. 120) on the loss of nitrogen from fertilizer mixtures containing sodium nitrate showed that " mixtures of acid phosphate, muriate of potash, and nitrate of soda, with or without soil, gained a slight amount of water over the calculated. On the other hand, the corresponding mixtures containing their potash in the form of sulphate lost a slight amount of water in some instances. The differ- ences were not great, however. "At the end of 1, 2, and 3 weeks, respectively, 50 lbs. of each mixture were jiassed through a McWhorter fertilizer drill. No difficulty was experienced in drilling the material at any time, but it was noticed that where soil was added to the fertilizer, the mixetl material passed somewhat more rapidly through the drill. A further examination of the mixtures was made at the end of 8 weeks, and it was found then that the contents of the bags could be readily crushed into fairly small particles. " In view of the foregoing statements it appears entirely feasible to make up home mixtures of acid phosphate, muriate of potash, and nitrate of soda, a combination that, under average climatic and soil conditions, is sure to give the farmer the greatest amount of available iilant food for the money invested." The agricultural value of raw, calcined, and ground mineral phosphates, M. DE MoLiNAKi and O. Ligot {Ann. Oemhlou.r. 21 (1011), No. 10, pp. 516-522, pis. 2). — In continuation of previous experiments (E. S. R., 22, p. 324) 2 calcined and ground mineral phosphates were compared in pot experiments with oats on soil and sand with 2 raw phosphates and Thomas slag. There was no increase in yield from the pots receiving calcined and ground phosphates over those receiving the raw phosphate and in neither case was the yield appreciably different from that of pots receiving no phosphate. On the other hand Thomas slag produced very favorable results in increasing the yield. V ,^4 EXPERTMEXT STATION RECORD. The production of phosphate rock in 1910, F. B. Van Horn (U. S. Gaol. t^urvey, Advance Chapter from Mineral Resources of the United f^tntes Calendar Year 1910, iw- U; Amer. Fcrt., 35 {1911), No: 5, pp- 21-28).— It is stated that the total prodiictiou of phosphate rock in the United States in 1910 was 2,654,988 long tons, vahied at $10,917,000, as compared with 2.330,152 long tons, valued at $10,772,120, in 1900. " The increase was mainly in Florida rock, although the Tennessee production also showed a considerable gain." Statistics of exports and imports are also given, and methods of mining are described, as is the following simple field test for phosphate rock : " Place a small crystal of ammonium molybdate on the rock to be tested, then drop a little dilute nitric acid on the crystal. If the crystal turns yellow, it indicates the presence of jihosphorus. The deeper the yellow the higher the phosphat*^ content." The lime in basic slag: A correction and addition, J. Hendrick (Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 9, pp. 520-522; ahs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 {1911), 2Vo. 91, Repert., p. SSJi). — This is a further contribution to this subject (E. S. R., 22, p. 25), dealing particularly with the error in previous results due to loss of ammonia on distillation of dilute solutions of ammonium sulphate. The losses so found were too small to affect materially the general conclusions of the pre • vious article, but the author is of the opinion that in view of the fact that some loss does occur " a solution of ammonium chlorid provides a better method of determining the available base in slag than distillation with a solution of ammonium sulphate." Is hydrated silicic acid in burnt lime injurious to soils? H. Immendorff {Mitt. Dciit. Landw. OesclL, 26 {1911). No. 38, pp. 5t.'f-516; ahs. in lUus. Landw. Ztg., 31 {1911), No 78, p. l^fl). — The author reports experiments which showed that, contrary to the general teaching on the subject, limes containing high percentages (from 2.G9 to 13.88 per cent) of soluble silicic acid had no injurious effect upon the soil when used according to the ordinary practice of liming. The author is of the opinion that not only are such limes not injurious to soils but that a certain amount of soluble silica is beneficial in connection with the formation of zeolites. Limes and liming, J. L. Hills, C H. Jones, et al. {Vermont Sta. Bui. 160, pp. 3S7-////0, pis. 2, pg. 1). — This is a very complete summary of information regarding the history of liming, the forms of lime used, the lime trade and cost of lime in various forms, the functions of lime in soils and in plant growth, and the practice of liming. It is stated that " the practice of liming is rapidly increasing in New England. Vermont produces about $200,000 worth annually, used mostly for building purposes, but increasingly in agriculture." It is urged that those who contemplate the use of lime should carefully study the practice of liming, as much damage may be done by ill advised use of lime. In regard to fertilizing sugar beets with sodium chlorid, H. Briem {Dent. Landiv. Presse, 38 {1911), No. 72, pp. 827, 828).— The author reviews different experiments by others comparing mixtures of sodium chlorid and ammonium sulphate with sodium nitrate on sugar beets, and emphasizes the favorable results obtained from the use of this combination of fertilizers as a substitute for sodium nitrate. Commercial fertilizers, their composition, preparation, and use, A. RuMPLER, revised by R. Woy {Die kaiiflichen Diingerstoffe, ihre Zusammen- setzung, Geivinnung und Anwendung. Berlin, 1911, 5. ed. rev., pp. 192; rev. in Chem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 81, p. ^77).— The fourth edition of this book was issued in 1897. In the present edition, the fifth, the work has been carefully revised and brought up to date. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. o5 [Compilation of analyses of fertilizing materials], H. D. Haskins and L. S. Walkeb { Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 30^-322).— This is a compilation of analyses, made for the most part at the Massachusetts College and Station of ohemicals and refuse salts, phosphates and guanos, ashes, lime compounds and marls, by-products and refuse substances, and animal manures, and continues work previously noted (E. S. R.. 18, p. 220). Commercial fertilizers in 1910-11, G. S. Fbaps (Texas Sta. Bui. l.'fO, pp. 21). — This bulletin refers to the new fertilizer ];uv enacted by the legislature of 1911, which, it is asserted, "gives much better protection to the consumer than the previous law," explains terms used in fertilizer analyses, and gives guar- antied and actual analyses and valuations of fertilizers registered for sale in Texas during the year ended August 31. 1911. Commercial fertilizers, J. L. Hills, C. H. Jones, et al. {Vernwnt Sta. Bui. 160, pp. 299-386, Ji37-4JiO). — The results of analyses of 157 brands of fertilizers, representing 14 companies, are reported and discussed, in comparison with re- sults of analyses of previous years. Ninety-three per cent of the brands met their guaranties. The crude stock used to furnish phosphoric acid and potash appeared to be of good quality. More mineral nitrogen was used than in pre- vious years, even the low-grade brands of fertilizers containing it. Organic nitrogen of good quality was found in the goods of 10 companies. " The average selling price was $31.41 ; the average valuation, $19.53. One dollar in three spent for mixed fertilizers v.-as paid to the manufacturer, rail- road, and selling agent for their work, while but two of the three were paid for plant food. But 56 cents' worth of plant food was bought for a dollar in average low grade goods, and 62 cents' worth in medium-grade goods. The average high grade brand, however, afforded 65 cents' worth for a dollar. Some Vermont consumers paid fully twice as much for plant food as' did others." AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Seed plants, flowering' plants, or phanerogams, K. Wilhelm (Die Samen- pflanzen (Blutenpjlanzeii, Plianerofjamcn). Vienna and Leipsic, 1910, pp. XVI-{- 151). — This is a systematic summary of families of seed plants and their more important genera and species, with special reference to their agricultural, forestry, technical, and medicinal uses, and with a supplement in which are bi'iefly noted the more important cryptogamic useful plants. Cacti in New Mexico, E. O. Wooton (New Mexico Sta. Bui. 78, pp. 70, pis. IS). — The results of an extended study of the cacti of New Mexico are given. After describing some of the most obvious characters of the cacti, their geo- graphical distribution is traced and their dependence on certain climatic and other factors indicated. A considerable portion of the bulletin is devoted to a discussion of the uses of cacti, and the results of attempts to grow some of the so-called spinele.ss cacti in New Mexico are given. The bulletin concludes with keys and descriptions of the 63 species, embraced in 5 genera, which are known to occur within the area of New Mexico. The variation of plants under the influence of lime and magnesia, D. / Waethiadi (Yeranderungen der Pflanze unter dem Einfluss von Kallc und j Magnesia. Diss. K. Tech. Hochschule Miinchen, 1911, pp. VI-\-1.5.5, figs. ^9). — ' By means of water and sand cultures with rye, wheat, barley, etc., the author ! has sought to determine the influence of varying the lime and magnesium fac- : tors on plant growth and the behavior of the principal plant organs toward lime and magnesium compounds. The author found, as have others, that the role of lime and magnesium may be beneficial or injurious to plant growth in proportion to the relative amoimts 3G EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. present in the culture medium. For tlie principal cereals, such as rye, barlej', and wheat, the proportion of 1 : 1 gave the best results in sand cultures, while an increase or decrease in the ratio depreciated the total production by from 40 to 60 per cent. The lime factor was found to influence grain production more than that of straw, and an overabundance of lime depreciated grain, while magnesium in excess reduced the total straw production. In water cultures a ratio of 20 parts magnesium to 1 of lime killed all rye plants in 50 days, and a ratio of 10:1 checked growth to a considerable extent. The influence of the varying lime factor was least apparent in the early stages of growth but became very pronounced during the flowering period and at maturity. A superabundance of magnesium had a drying effect on the leaf tips and growing points. In sand cultures there was often a recovery, while in water cultures growth stopped and the plants died. Where there was a great defi- ciency of lime the plants died from above downward, while if magnesium was wanting death occurred from below upward. The root development was gen- erally stimulated by a favorable lime factor. The presence and character of the root hairs was found to be influenced by the ratio of lime to magnesium, a favorable lime factor resulting in well developed long root hairs while too much lime caused the production of short stunted root hairs but without any pathological ajipearance. An overproiiortion of magnesium checked the growth of root hairs arid produced a pathological appearance. The author claims that the theories of Loew relating to the function of lime in the nuclear development and of Willstatter regarding the lack of magnesium in chlorophyll production are confirmed by his experiments. He calls attention to a number of unfavorable factors that may be the cause of wrong inference^j in pot experiments, and states that his investigations show that the strongest and best developed plants are the ones which exhibit the greatest differences in the effect of the lime factor. The variation in the color of seeds and its practical application, G. Ritteb {Ber. K. Lehranst. Wviii, Ohst ii. (Jaiicnhau Gcisciiliciiu, WJO, pp. l3Ji, 135). — Attention is called to investigations that have been made regarding the varia- tion in color of seeds, particularly those of leguminous plants. A'ariation in color is held by the author to be due to the conditions under which ripening takes place, and a change in the color and weight of the seed from the normal condition is attributed to unfavorable conditions during ripening. The heaviest seed are those which are normally matured, and there is said to be a correla- tion between the color of the seed, their germination, the growth of the plants, and resistance to disease. Inheritance of the " eye " in Vigna, W. J. Spillman {Amer. Nat., Jf5 (1911), No. 537, pp. 513-523, fig. 1 ) . — An account is given of the inheritance of color in cowpeas, the study having been made of a large number of crosses. The Fi generation in all cases reported was solid in color, while the F2 generation gave ranges of color from pure white to completely pigmented. The ratios of segre- gation are given and various hypotheses are proposed to account for their behavior. Long versus short periods of transpiration in plants used as indicators of soil fertility, F. S. Harris (Proc. Amor. ."^oc. Agron., 2 (1910), pp. 93-102).— On account of the wide use of the measure of transpiration of plants gi'own for short periods as an indication of the fertility of the soil, the author has carried on an investigation with wheat plants. The results indicate that with different treatments plants do not continue to transpire the same relative amounts during all the periods of growth. Where the transpirations for a limited period are compared, erroneous conclusions AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 37 may be drawn because of possible stiuuilation or retardation due to certain conditions. Attention is called to the desirability of studying the conditions which cause the irregularities in the relative transpiration of plants before satisfactory methods for the use of this factor in determining soil fertility can be definitely described. Notes on the nature of nitrogen fixation in the root nodules of leguminous plants, J. GoLDiNG (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. ScL, 1910, pp. 582, 5S3). — "Previous work is summarized, indicating that it is not only the acidity of the root sap, but also the removal of the products of growth, the supply of carbohydrate, and the slime production which must be regulated before artificial cultures of the organism can be expected to fix nitrogen to an extent comparable with that which talies place in the nodule. The ready adaptation of the organism to its environment must also be borne in mind. "A new method described and demonstrated for the first time indicates that it is the reaction of the medium which plays an important role in nitrogen fixation. The cultures also disclose previously unobserved properties of the nodule organism." On the cooperation and practical value of micro-organisms in the sup- plying of nitrogen of the soil and of the plant, B. Heinze (Jahjcsber. Ver. Angew. Bot., 8 (1910), pp. 29-18, p?s. 2). — The author reviews the present knowlegde of the subject, witli particular reference to the results of his own work previously reported (E. S. R., 24, p. 326). He emphasizes especially the importance of bacteriological studies, particularly as regards the nitrogen supply of the soil, expressing the opinion that the clearing up of tlie question of soil hunuis in its biological relation to nitrogen assimilation is one of the most important, and at the same time one of the most difficult, problems of soil bacteriology. Abnormalities of stump growths, G. H. Chapman (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. I.'i9-160, pis. 2). — A study has been made of various malforma- tions and abnormalities of the lei'.ves of sprouts growing from stumps, with the hope of discovering the cause of these peculiarities and their relationship to other iihysiological diseases. The abnormal condition of leaves shown by severe distortion and increase in number as well as size may be classed under the malnutrition diseases, due to functional derangement. It is brought about by conditions somewhat analogous to those i)roduced by excessive use of nitrates or overfeeding, and is not allied to mosaic disease, which it somewhat resembles. The trouble does not appear to be of a permanent character, but seems to be due to an attempt on the part of tlie leaves to correlate their functions with a I'oot area many times larger than normal. The clogging of drain tile by roots, G. E, Stone (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. .'i3--'i6). — Accounts are given of the clogging of drain tile by tree roots, iilgio, etc., and a descrii)tion is given of a pear root that was found to have clogged a 12-in. drain tile. A preliminary account of this has been noted elsewhere (K. S. R.. 25, p. 228). Experiments relating to the prevention of the clogging of drain tile by roots, G. E. Stone and G. H. Chapman (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 35--'f2). — The authors have for the past three years carried on experiments to study the effects of various antiseptic substances in preventing roots of dif- ferent kinds from entering drain tile. In one series of experiments tiles were inserted in boxes and the .joints calked with antiseptically treated fibers, in the second the bottoms of pots in which plants were grown were filled with chemically treated fibers of various kinds, and in the third series boxes were 38 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. used the bottoms of which were covered with wire netting, underneath which was a body of water separated by about a half inch from the bottom of each box. The results obtained from the different methods of treatment show that it is possible at the present time to prevent root growth by the use of certain chem- ical substances. The best results were obtained with excelsior or sawdust treated with creosote. Sodium arsenate wns quickly washed out and lost its effectiveness in a short time. Injury through smoke and flue dust, H. C. Miiller et al. (Ber. Agr. Cheni. KantroU u. Vi'rs. Stat. Fflaitzenkraiik. Prov. Sacliscn, 1910, pp. 20-22). — Brief notes are given on a number of investigations that are in progress upon the effect of smoke, flue dust, gases, etc., from industrial works of various kinds. The sulphur deposited on the soil from a neighboring briquet factory was found to have an injurious effect on the growth of rye. Chlorin from a chemical factory severely injured rye. the leaves turning yellow, an analysis of the injured plants showing they contained from 0.608 to 0.667 per cent chlorin. Coal smoke and dust are reported to have injured clover to an extent that cattle would not eat it when cut for hay. Rye was similarly injured and the flour was dark and uninviting in appearance. Beets either did not come up or those that did grow had their leaves covered with the dust to an injurious extent. Carbolineum and soda applied to the trunks of trees quickly killed them. Trees near potash works were injured and the leaves of horse chestnut trees had a much higher ash and sulphur content than normally. Description of the comprehensive catalogue of botanical literature in the libraries of Washington, Alice C. Atwood (U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Circ. 87, pp. 7). — This is a description of a catalogue in the Bureau of Plant Industry, the author catalogue of which contains about 50,000 entries. It is intended as an index of the botanical litei'ature in the library of this Depart- ment, together with botanical works contained in other libraries in Washing- ton, D. C, and vicinity. The subject matter represented by the catalogue, in addition to containing such entries as would be ordinarily expected in a botan- ical catalogue, also includes references to the subjects of horticulture, tropical agriculture, fibers, gums and resins, pharmacology, various special crops, seed adulteration and control, etc. FIELD CROPS. Dry farming investigations in Montana, A. Atkinson and J. B. Nelson (Montana Sta. But. 83, pp. 151-203, figs. 21). — The author summarizes data se- cured during 6 seasons of dry farming investigations conducted on a number of demonsti'ation farms in various parts of Montana, continuing work previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 1028; 23, p. 331). The precipitation during this period has been about the normal for this region. Potatoes proved the most profitable crop grown with an average yield of 105.32 bu. per acre and an average net profit of $41.99. Among the grain crops winter wheat gave the best returns. Kharkov gave an average yield of 40.41 bu. and an average net pi-ofit of $21.30 per acre, but was gi'own only at the Fergus County Station. Turkey Red grown at all the stations throughout the period averagetl 32.45 bu. in yield and $14.49 in net profit per acre. Among spring planted grains corn, Sixty Day oats, flax, and hull-less barley proved most profitable in the order named, while the most satisfactory forage crojis were alfalfa and fodder coi'n. Alternate cropping and summer tillage or fallowing proved more profitable than continuous cropping in case of grain crops. Fall breaking resulted in a FIELD CEOPS. 39 more profitable first crop than spring breaking followed immediately by corn planting. Summer tillage resulted in more profitable crops tban untilled fallow, but in case of fallowed land practically no difference in yield of grain was obtained between the fall and spring plowed soils. About 5 pk. appeared to be the best average rate of seeding for dry land grain crops, and the yield appeared to be lessened if fall-sown grains were harrowed in spring. Grains drilled in the ordinary way gave in general larger yields than those planted in rows 24 in. apart and intertilled. Grain investig'ations with, wheat, oats, and barley, A. Atkinson {Montana Sta. Bui. 8Jh pp. 207-230, figs. 3).— The 5 years' work with wheat, oats, and barley herein reported was done under irrigation. In a test of 20 varieties of wheat and emmer the white milling variety Stanley and the durum Kubanka yielded 49.75 and 47.54 bu. per acre, respec- tively, while Red Fife or Spring Fife also stood high in the list with a yield of 45.G bu. per acre. The average straw yield was 2.74 tons per acre, and the average length of straw was 44.13 in. The weight ratio of grain to straw was 1 : 2.11. Periods of 130 days from seeding to harvesting, 75 days from plant- ing to heading, and 55 days from heading to ripening are recorded. Irrigation water was applied at heading time. On the whole, durum wheat was the high- est yielding type, common milling wheat being second and feeding wheat lowest. Early planting, about the middle of April, at the rate of 2 bu. per acre, yielded better than later planting and heavier seeding. In a test of 27 varieties of oats Banner, White Danish, Siberian, and Swedish Select yielded 97.9 to 102.3 bu. per acre each. The Sixty Day. a superior dry land variety, stood next to lowest on the list with a yield of 73.9 bu. The proportion of hull for all varieties averaged 24.5 per cent, or nearly 6 per cent below the average for the continent. The average straw yield was 2.45 tons per acre, and the weight ratio of grain to straw was 1 : 1.88. The total grow- ing period was 127 days, with 74 days from planting to heading. The spread- ing headed varieties yielded more heavily than those with a side or mane head. Early planting at the rate of 3 bu. per acre gave the best returns. In a test of 33 barley varieties the two-rowed brewing variety New Zealand and the hull-less Guy Mayle produced the highest yields, 3,705.2 and 3.582.2 lbs, per acre, respectively. The average straw yield was 2.18 tons per acre, and the weight ratio of grain to straw was 1 : 1.45. The hull-less varieties gave the highest yields and the six-rowed varieties the lowest. The most profitable yields followed seeding about the middle of April at the rate of 1^ bu. per acre. Tables state in full the data obtained in the tests. Top-dressing permanent mowings, W. P. Brooks (Massachusetts Sta. Bpt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 10-17). — These pages report the results of 3 years' tests of a mixture of slag meal with muriate of potash, low-grade sulphate of potash, and high-grade sulphate of potash as top-dressings for permanent mowings. Each of the 3 mixtures was tested both with and without nitrate of soda. In the section of the field devoted to the test of slag meal and muriate of potash the average yield on the check plats during the 3 past years has been 1.419 lbs. per acre as compared with 3,133 lbs. where slag meal and muriate of potash were applied. The application of 150 lbs. of nitrate of soda re- sulted in gains ranging from 557 to 1,205 lbs. per acre as compared with aver- age gains of 1,419 and 1.283 lbs. per acre, after applications of 200 and 250 lbs. respectively of nitrate of soda. The second crop was lighter on the nitrate of soda plats because of the difference in the relative abundance of clover. On the portion of the field devoted to a test of slag meal and a low grade of sulphate of potash, an increase in proportion of white clover was noted. This 40 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. clover attained an unusual height and luxuriance. Nitrate of soda in amounts A'arying from 150 to 250 lbs. per acre produced only a slight increase on these plats. Plats top-dressed with slag meal and a high grade of sulphate of potash gave an average annual yield during the 3 years of 3,351 lbs. per acre, while an addition of 200 lbs. of nitrate of soda apparently gave an average annual increase of 1,479 lbs. per acre. In another section of the field a mixture of slag and high grade sul- phate of potash with 150 lbs. of nitrate of soda per acre produced an average yield of 3,279 lbs. of hay as conipareti with 2,710 and 3,747 lbs. after appli- cations of a mixture of the same fertilizers and 200 and 250 lbs. respectively of nitrate of soda. Notes on the character of the herbage on the various plats indicate that the amount of white weed (Chrysanthemum leucanthemum) has greatly de- creased in all the top-dressed portions and a less pronounced tendency in the same direction is observed in the case of buttercups and plantain. Top-dress- ing with slag meal and a potash salt was in all cases followed by an abundance of clover. Top-dressing pastures, W. P. Brooks (Mussachu.^etls Sia. Rpf. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 18-23). — These pages report the results of applieations of 500 lbs. basic slag meal and 300 lbs. of low-grade sulphate of potash to land ]iastured by milch cows. The author notes that the preference of the cows for the forage on the treated plats resulted in their being more closely grazed late into the autumn than was favorable to their best development. Nevertheless a thick mat of clover appeared the following spring in place of a dull, lifeless, moss- infested tnrf thickly starred with bluets (Houstovia cariilcd). Alfalfa in Massachusetts, W. P. Brooks (Massachusetts Sta. R.pt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 24-S4). — Directions for alfalfa growing in ]Massachusetts accompany dis- cussions of the conditions essential to success with the crop and its value. A new species of clover resembling white clover (Trifolium repens), R. VON Weinzierl (Wiener Landw. Ztg., 61 (1911), No. 1, p. 3; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, pp. 90, 91). — The Vienna Seed Experiment Station receives from time to time samples of seed sold as white clover (T. repens), which are in reality seed of T. parviflorum, a very inferior plant. The testffi of these seeds are covered with papillse instead of being smooth as in the case of the true white clover (T. repens). Perfect flowers in maize, E. (i. Montgomery (Pop. Sei. Mo., 79 (1911), No. If, pp. 3-'i6-3.'i9, figs. 6). — This article describes instances of the occurrence of perfect flowers in corn, and reports observations on plants grown from seed from such perfect flowered ears. Results obtained by crossing corn and teosinte, J. E. Van Der Stok (Teys- mannia, 21 (1910), No. 1, pp. Jil-59, pi. 1; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome'], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, p. Jf5). — The author reports the results of unsuccessful attempts to cross com and teosinte and com- bine the large ear of the corn with the great fertility of teosinte and its ability to resist chlorosis, a disease which frequently attacks Java maize. The first generation of hybrids resembled teosinte chiefly but were uniform and inter- mediate in kind, while in the second generation the original characteristics had all disappeared and still only intermediate forms were obtained. In the third and fourth generations marked chlorotic symptoms occurred and the fruitfulness and ear characteristics were still intermediate. Arrangement of parts in the cotton plant, O. P. Cook and R. M. Meade (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 222, pp. 26, figs. 9). — This is a study FIELD CROPS. 41 of the cotton plant from the botanical standpoint. It deals with the plant's structure and habits as affected by differences in the number, position, and arrangement of the leaves and branches on the main stalk, and the arrangement of the fruiting branches and their leaves and flowers. Special discussions are also given of the various flower parts and adjacent structures, of the hairs on the surface of the seed coat, and of the roots and underground shoots. B-elation of drought to weevil resistance in cotton, O. F. Cook (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 220, pp. 30). — Attention is called to the fact that in large portions of Texas where drought prevails during the summer months, cotton can be successfully raised by selecting drought-resistant varie- ties. Observations at the San Antonio Experiment Farm indicate that dry weather is an important factor in limiting the injuries caused by weevils. It caused a complete cessation of weevil injuries even after the weevils had survived the winter in unusual numbers and had begun to feed and breed in the buds of the young plants. Proper cultural methods must be practiced in order to improve the quality of the fiber as well as to counteract weevil injuries. Earlier maturing long- staple varieties should replace the present late varieties. Two additional measures of weevil resistance worthy of consideration in the humid region are the development of quick fruiting long-staple varieties, and the better organization of cotton growing communities so that only one type of cotton shall be grown in the one locality. Columbia cotton, originated by H. J. Webber in South Carolina, and Foster cotton, bred by D. A. Saunders for the Red River Valley of Louisiana and northeastern Texas, are mentioned as adapted to such conditions. The author finds that rapidity of fruiting after fruiting has once commenced is more important than absolute earliness, and the setting of a crop of bolls in the shortest time after the flower buds begin to appear is the ideal form of earliness from the standpoint of weevil resistance. German colonial cotton-growing enterprises, K. Supf (Deut. Kolon. Baxim- woU Untemehm., Bcr., 12 (1910), pp. 123, tabic 1, pis. IS, dgms. 2).— This re- port is a general review of the cotton-growing industry in the German African colonies, and consists in part of statements made by practical growers with reference to the success achieved in the culture of this crop. Commercial and other exiiert testimony regarding samples submitted for scoring is also given. [Description of the oat plant], Bohmer (Fuhling's Landtv. Ztg., 60 {1911), 'No. 18, pp. 609-616). — A scheme is outlined for the description of oat plants and a classification of the principal varietal groups of cultivated oats is pro- posed. The picking and handling of peanuts, W. R. Beattie (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bvr. Plant Indus. Circ. 8S, pp. 7). — Directions are given for the harvesting, curing, storage, transportation, cleaning, and care of peanuts. Greater attention to careful methods of curing, thrashing, and storing the peanuts is advocated as a means of improving quality, likewise more attention to the condition of cars used for shipment. Intensive potato culture in Ireland {Fruit, Flower, and Veg. Trades' Jour. [London], 18 {1910), No. 27, p. 613; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome'\, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, pp. 87, 88).— It is stated that a few growers have successfully obtained early and late crops of potatoes from the same land in one season, and that the method has passed the e-xjicri- mental stage. The assimilation of nitrogen by rice, W. P. Kelley (Hawaii 8ta. Bui. 24, pp. 20). — In field trials continuing earlier work (E. S. R., 22, p. 29), the appli- 20296°— No. 1—12 i 42 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. catiou of ammonium sulphate was followed by increases in the yield of rice straw and grain but nitrate of soda appeared ineffective. Ammonium sulphate applied before planting was followed by greater yields than when applied at intervals during the growing of the crop. In pot experiments the application of nitrates to the soil produced no appar- ent effect until near the heading period. Small increases resulted from applica- tions made before planting and a somewhat greater y'eld was obtained after applications at intervals during the growing period. Ammonium sulphate ap- parently increased the height and tillering power and the organic ammonia contained in soy-bean cake produced considerable increase in growth. The author finds that denitrification takes place in paddy soils and that ammonia develops to a considerable extent during irrigation, while the nitrates originally In the soil soon become reduced to a low minimum. The use of nitrates was followed by a slight increase in the ammonia of the soil, while the addition of soy-bean cake considerably increased ammonia formation and am- monium sulphate produced still more marked quantities of recoverable ammonia. At the end of one month's growth there was still a higher ammonia content in the ammonium sulphate and organic ammonia pots, while at the end of two months differences of the same sort but of unequal extent appeared in the field plat experiments. Flask experiments indicate that denitrification is sufficient to account for the loss of nitrates observed in pot experiments and that considerable ammonifica- tion occurs in submerged rice soil. Sand cultures indicate that unhealthy and stunted growth results if nitrates are used as the only source of combined ammonia, while the use of ammonium salts resulted in vigorous and apparently normal plants. The failure of rice to assimilate nitrates properly may be due to a lack of nitrate-reducing enzyms because of long cultivation of the crop under condi- tions unfavorable to their development. Work in 1909 at the Vercelli Rice Experiment Station, G. Alice (Ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [jRowe], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No 1, pp. 8-i, 85). — Practically no increased yield followed the use of 2 quintals per hectare (178 lbs. per acre) of sulphate of potassium together with sulphate and organic nitrogenous manures, but there was an apparent increase in the value of the crop of 20 francs per hectare. Ground horn and ammonium sul- phate gave better results used together than when applied separately. Giana pyrophosphate has been usetl with good results upon extensive rice fields. The author gives a detailed physical, microchemical, and chemical study of this material with special reference to its solubility in water charged with carbon dioxid and in soil solution. The successful control of weeds in rice fields has been attained by sowing rice to a depth of 4 to 5 cm. in an unwatered soil, and allowing it to germinate by the natural soil moisture. Tests to determine whether the germination of rice is lower on unflooded fields indicate that it will grow very well during the first period of its growth with the Siime amount of moisture that is necessary for all cereals, but that it grows more rapidly on fields that are very damp even though unflooded. Seed roots in beet raising, H. Briem {Osterr. Ungar. Ztschr. Zuclcerindus. u. Landw., 39 (1910), No. 6, pp. 901-918, figs. 9; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, pp. J/S, 46). — The author outlines the selection and other methods necessary to prevent de- ^^eneration and secure the really good seed which is increasingly demanded for seed production, and states what he regards as the most practical and cou- \ enlent rules for cultivating the beet and harvesting the seed. FIELD CROPS. 43 Use of sea salt as a fertilizer for beets, H. Mette {Sucr. Indig. et Colon., 76 (1910), No. 22, p. 501 ; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 1, pp. 70, 71). — On land abundantly manured and seeded to barley the preceding year an application of 400 Ijg. per hectare (356 lbs. per acre) of sea salt was followed by a yield of 29,540 kg. of beets per hectare (12.6 tons per acre) as compared with 27,228 kg. on the checlj plat, with a sugar content of 21.48 per cent and 20.58 per cent, respec- tively. The author regards these results as due to the hygroscopic action of the salt in gathering moisture from the atmosphere rather than to its direct physio- logical effects. The German beet harvest, A. Bartens (BI. Zuckerrubenhaii, 17 (1910), No. 23, pp. 373-376; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and^ Plant Diseases, 2 (1911). No. 1, p. 95). — In view of the general belief that the sugar beet yields of Germany are decreasing and that the sugar content is forrespondingly increasing, the author summarizes data as to the yields of beets and their sugar contents by 5 year periods from 1871 to 1910. He does not regard the figures as showing a decrease in yield or a relation between yield and sugar content. Wheat experiments, C. G. Williams and F. A. Welton( 0/iio 8ta. Bui. 231, pp. 22, figs. 4). — In 13 consecutive tests Dawson Golden Chaff. Gipsy, Poole, and Perfection gave the highest average yields. The results of 24 distinct tests conducted during 14 seasons indicate that the greatest net returns have resulted from sowings of 8 pk. per acre. During 1902-1910, seedings made September 22 have averaged higher in yield than those made at other dates between Septem- ber 1 and October 27. In 7 years' tests no considerable advantage was obtained by rejecting medium to small disease-free kernels as seed. Rotation tests indicate that good systems of rotation give larger yields and greater economy of production than continuous wheat growing. These tests included 17 years' work. Wide variation appeared in milling and baking tests of 41 varieties. Considering yield and the quality as determined by milling and baking tests Valley, Xigger, Gipsy, Hickman, and Perfection have been found among the best. Tables present brief descriptions of the principal varieties of the wheats tested, and state the resistance to smut and lodging, the yield of grain and straw, and other data. Analyses of wheats of the sound varieties and of the products made from them are included. The lower price of beardless wheats in comparison with bearded wheats (Coltivatore, 56 (1910), No. 34, P- 503; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911). No. 1, pp. SI, 82). — Analyses of the starch and wet gluten contents of 2 bearded and 2 beardless wheats are reported. The conclusion is drawn that the difference is insufficient to justify any prejudice against the bearded variety. A possible new method of determining the variety groups of cultivated plants, with special reference to wheat, E. de Cillis (Intorno ad un Possible Nuovo Metodo di Determinazione delle Razze di Piwnte Coltivate, con Speciale Riguardo al Frumento. Naples, 1911, pp. Jf2, pis. .{). — A method based mainly on mathematical deductions is described and its possible advantages are pointed out. German agricultural plant breeding, P. Hillmann (Arb. Dent. Landw. Oesell., 1910, No. 16S, pp. XXXVI-{-G03+lO, pi. 1. figs. 3^6, map i).— This book is a history of German plant breeding, including a description of the work car- ried on at the present time in both public and private Institutions. As pointed out in this work. Germany has to-day 43 breeders of winter rye, 3 of spring rye, 61 of winter wheat, 23 of spring wheat, 5 of winter barley, 60 of spring 44 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. barley, 53 of oats, 23 of fodder beets, 21 of sugar beets, 17 of potatoes, 4 of kale, carrots, and similar crops, 8 of clo^•ers and grasses, and 28 of leguminous plants. The importance of pure seed, L. Hiltneb (Prakt. Bl. Pflansenbau u. Schutz, 8 (1910), No. 12, pp. 137-152; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Romel, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, p. 79). — The author discusses the great difficulty of obtaining pure seed and recommends the adoption of uni- form regulations on this subject by international agreement. Definite recom- mendations on certain phases of the subject are made. The determination of freshness and normal vitality in seed, L. Hiltner (Jahrcshcr. Ter. Amjew. Bot., 8 (1910), pp. 210-23S, dgm. i).— This article ]ioints out the limitations of seed testing as a means of determining the com- mercial value of seed and discusses in this connection the influence of hard- ness of the seed coat and the degree of ripeness. The results of certain experi- ments are cited as illustrations. Seed work, 1910, G. E. Stone (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 14I- 143). — Tables report the results of germination tests of onion, tobacco, lettuce, cucumber, alfalfa, clover, and miscellaneous seeds and the result of seed sepa- ration of onion, tobacco, and lettuce seed. The author compares the results obtained in 1010 with those of 1909. Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Seed Testing (Jahrcshcr. Ver. Angew. Bot., 8 (1910), pp. 211-218). — This conference was held May 13-15, 1910, at Miinster in Germany and Wageningen in Holland. The proceedings of these meetings are here briefly summarized. Calcium cyanamid as a herbicide for Cuscuta, J. P. Wagner (Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser,., 22 (1911), No. 29, p. 78). — The results are given of several experi- ments in which a thin layer of calcium cyanamid was spread on meadows affected with Cuscuta trifolii directly after the first cutting. It is claimed that the Cuscuta was destroyed without injury to the crop. HORTICULTURE. [Report of the] asparag'us substation, Concord, W. P. Brooks (Massa- chusetts Stu. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 22-26). — This is a brief progress report of work at the substation, which comprises (1) breeding experiments conducted co- operatively with the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department with the hope of producing a rust-resistant type of asparagus, and (2) fertilizer experiments designed to throw light upon the special plant-food requirements of the crop. In the breeding experiments, which are being conducted by J. B. Norton, a large number of crosses between selected plants have been made. Of these a few have resulted in offspring which seem to be almost absolutely immune to rust (E. S. R., 24, p. 544). These plants are being propagated for further trial. In the fertilizer experiments the effect of the very thorough prepai-ation which the soil received is still noticeable in the growth of asparagus on the check plats, and the varying treatments do not, as yet, show the differences which may be expected later on. From the results thus far secured, however, it is concluded that plats receiving an application of manure at the rate of 10 tons per acre are not materially benefited by the addition of nitrate of soda alone, or by the addi- tion of the complete fertilizer, compostnl of nitrate of soda, acid phosphate, and muriate of pota.sh. The use of nitrate of soda in addition to a fairly liberal application of acid phosphate and muriate of potash has somewhat increased the yield, but when applitxl in excess of 311 lbs. per acre it has not resulted in a further increase. In connection with the fertilizer experiments a study is being made by F. W. Morse relative to the effects of varying treatment upon the composition of the HORTTCtTLTUEE. 45 roots. From the analyses so far made it appears that the amount of nitrogen in the roots in the fall is increased by application of nitrate of soda. The increase was greater where nitrate was used at the rate of 466 lbs. per acre than where it was used at the rate of 311 lbs. per acre, but no further increase was noted from a rate of 622 lbs. per acre. The tentative conclusion is advanced that asparagus growers may frequently use nitrate of soda in excess of the most profitable quantity. Methods of storing' cabbage over "winter in Holland, J. Hayunga {Mitt. Deut. Landw. Gesell., 26 (1911), No. 38, pp. 517-520, figs. 3).— The methods em- ployed are given, together with an illustrated description of a cabbage storage liouse. Compilation of analyses of f raits and garden crops, II. D. Haskins (Mas- sachufiefts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 32.'t-338). — This is a revision of a previous compilation (E. S. R., IS, p. 241) to which has been added the analyses of a number of cereals and hays. A complete handbook of fruit culture, E. Lucas (Vollstandigcs Eandhuch der Obstkultur. Stuttgart, 1911, 5. ed. enl., pp. XII+598, figs. 386).— A hand- book on fruit culture in Germany. Part 1 takes up the scientific principles in- volved in fruit growing, part 2 discusses nursery practices, part 3 takes up the details of growing fruit in the garden and orchard, part 4 discusses harvesting and marketing, and part 5 deals with the pomology of German fruits. Apples and pears, G. Bunyakd (London and Edinburgh, [1911], pp. XI-\- 115, pis. 8, figs. 5). — A popular British treatise on the cultui'e of apples and ]iears for the home and for the local market, including short selections of va- rieties for various purposes. A number of varieties are illustrated in color. Garden and orchard (Field Expts. Harper-Adams Agr. Col., and Stafford- shire and Shropshire, Rpt. 1910, p. 52). — The results of experiments conducted by the Harper-Adams Agricultural College with several apple trees for a num- ber of years are here summarized. They indicate that root and branch prun- ing stimulate tree growth considerably, the effect being more marked on the weakest growing variety tested. Cox's Orange Pippin. The most fruit buds were formed on the unpruned trees. Cultivated trees have made more rapid growth than those grown in grass. In 1907 the turf was removed from around the stems of certain trees with a resulting increase in growth over trees grown entirely in grass. Climatic adaptations of apple varieties, J. K. Shaw (MassacJiusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 111-2)5, pis. 3, figs. 13). — This paper is based on a study carried on for the past 4 years relative to the effect of varying climatic con- ditions on varieties. Many samples of different varieties grown under widely varying conditions have been examined pomologically, and some of them chemically, and a study made of the pomological and meteorological literature available. The author groups the causes of the great differences in apple varieties into the following classes: Cultural variations, soil variations, and climatic variations. Particular attention is here given to temperature, which is con- sidered the most ix)tent of the climatic factors and is discussed relative to its influence on the form, size, and general development of varieties. North America is divided into 7 apple belts which are named and illustrated and the distribution and adaptation of several well-known varieties are discussed. Tables are given showing the mean summer and optimum summer tempera- tures for a large number of varieties. The chemical analyses are also tabulated. Continued study has confirmed the author's previous deduction that the variation in form of the Ben Davis apple grown in different localities is due 46 EXPEKIMENT STATION BECOKD. to climatic causes (E. S. It., 24, p. 241). Large seasonal fluctuations in form were also observed. Variation in tlie Ben Davis, and pi'f'bably in other sorts as well, appears to be due principally to the temperature during a period of about 2 or 3 weeks following blossoming. The lower the temperature the more elongated the apple. The same influence is noted in the form of apples in different parts of the tree; those in the lower north portion are more elon- gated than those from the warmer, upper south portion. The attainment of the highest quality, appearance, and keeping quality is vei-y largely dependent on the warmth and length of the growing season, which is measured fairly satisfactorily by an average of the mean temperature for the months of March to September, inclusive. Such an average gives temperatures for the different apple belts ranging from o2 to 72° F. A de- parture of over 2° from the optimum mean summer temperature for any variety will result in less desirable fruit, this being more marked in long season varieties. A low summer mean results in greater acidity, increased insoluble solids, greater astringency, less coloration, decreased size, and scald- ing in storage, while a too high summer mean results in uneven ripening, pre- mature dropping, rotting on the trees, poor keeping quality, lack of flavor, mealiness, less intense color, and decreased size. Chemical analyses of from 2 to 20 samples of a number of varieties of apples received from diffex'ent localities led to the deduction that each variety has a characteristic chemical composition which is fairly constant when per- fect maturity is attained. Superior table apples are high in sugars, especially sucrose, and low in insoluble solids, indicating a tender flesh and fine texture. The ratio of acid to total sugars may vary somewhat to accord with different tastes. Good kitchen apples are wider in ratio of sugars to acid and the pro- portion of insoluble solids is of little significance. Good shipping apples are high in insoluble solids. A peculiar case of bud variation with the peach., E. Griffon (Compt. Rend. Acad. yS'c/. [Paris], 153 {191J). Nu. 10, pp. ■',.> i-.-i.32) . — The variation reported, which was verified by a commission of growers and botanists in 1910 and 1911, consists in the development of almond branches on peach trees. Flowering branches as well as immature almonds were observed, the latter falling off before they were fully developed. The sporting branches are to be propagated on both almond and peach stocks with a view of gaining further light relative to bud variation. Directions for grape culture, J. de Bano irn.^truccioncs para el Cultivo de la Vid. Mexico: Govt., 1911, pp. 37, pis. 16, maj^s 2). — A popular treatise on grape culture in Mexico, including a description with maps of the different viticultural zones, cultural details, and a discussion of varieties recommended for planting in different soils. The seeds of Vitis vinifera and their significance for the classification of varieties, A. Potebnja (Trudy Bitiro Prlkl. But. (Bui. Anf/eic. But.), 4 {1911), No. If, pp. lJt~-165, figs. 2). — This comprises data with discussion based on a study of the external seed characters of a number of species of Vitis with spe- cial reference to their use in the classification of varieties. Observations on 28 kinds of V. vinifera led the author to recognize 10 seed types which are hei'ein described. From the study as a whole he concludes that there is as much variation between the seeds of different forms of V. vinifera as between the seeds of the different American species of Vitis. California as a wine country, A. Clxjss {Reprint from Allg. Wein Ztg., 1910, No.een done along this line in Massachusetts. A new type of spray nozzle, G. E. Stone (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 69-71, fig. 1). — A type of nozzle, which has proved to be very satis- factory in spraying large trees from a high pressure machine, is illustrated and described. FORESTRY. The cost of gTOwing timber, R. S. Kellogg and E. A. Ziegleb (Chicago, 1911, pp. IS). — The jiurpose of this paper is to outline a method of investigation into the cost of growing timber. Cost tables, based on data secured in some cases from actual stands and in others from extensive growth studies and timber estimates, are given for stands of white pine, loblolly pine, longleaf pine, red oalj, and Douglas fir. The appendix also contains cost tables showing the charges for land and stocking, taxes, and administration and protection, by decades from 30 to 100 years at various rates of interest. The authors conclude that; because of the long investments required the cost of growing timber becomes unreasonable when high rates of interest are de- manded, and that unless private capital is willing to engage in it for an in- come of from 4 to 5 per cent, the country must look to the state or national governments to grow the future timber supply. Practical forestry in the Pacific Northwest, E, T. Allen (Portland, Oreg., 1911, pp. 1.30). — This work deals with the protection of existing forests and the growing of new ones from the standpoint of the public and that of the lumber- man. An outline of technical methods is included. A statistical review of the forest administration of the Grand Duchy of Baden for the year 1909 (Statis. Nachiv. For.stverio. Baden, 32 (1909), pp. XXI -{-151, dgms. 11). — A statistical review for the year 1909 similar in char- acter to the reports of previous years (E. S. R., 24, p. 44). Comparative data are given showing the financial returns from the crown forests for the previous 42 years. A statistical review of forest conditions in Wurttemberg for the year 1909 ( Forststatis. Mitt. Wdrttemherg, 28 (1909), pp. 98). — A statistical review of forest areas in the various districts of Wiirttemberg, yields of major and minor forest products, public sales by classes of woods, silvicultural operations, road building, labor conditions, and financial returns. A comparative table is given showing the financial returns from the state forest and hunting administration for the last 57 years. An appendix contains data relative to forest offenses and the area of state and corporation forests in the different districts. Notes on experimental tree planting in southern Rhodesia, W, E. Dowsett (So. African Jour. Sci., 8 (1911), No. 2, pp. 60-66). — A brief report on work carried out in the Rhodes Matoppo Park during the last 7 years. Xotes are given on the behavior of tree species secured from various countries, together with brief descriptions of a number of indigenous trees. A forest flora of Chota Nagpur, including Gangpur and the Santal-Par- ganahs, H. H. Haines (Calcutta, 1910, pp. VI-\-63Jt-\-XXXVII, map i).— This comprises a systematic classification and descriptions of all the indigenous trees, shrubs, and climbers, together with the principal economic herbs and the most commonly cultivated trees and shrubs in the above regions. Experiments with Scots pine seed from various sources, W. Somekville (Quart. Jour. Forestry, 5 (1911), No. 4, pp. 303-312, pi. 1). — Cooperative ex- periments are being conducted in Great Britain and in various countries on the European continent to determine the relative value of Scots pine seeds secured 50 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, from different conntries and uuder varied climatic conditions (E. S. R., 24, p. 740). The results thus far secured from tests started at Brodie Castle, Scot- land, and at Oxford, England, are here reported. Uses of commercial woods of the United States, II, Pines, W. L. Hall and H. Maxwell {U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Forest ^crv. BaJ. 99, pp. 96). — This is the second of a series of bulletins treating of the commercial woods of the United States (E. S. R., 25, p. 646). Thirty-seven species of pine growing in tlie United States are considered in turn relative to their physical properties, supply, and uses. I Experimental rubber plantings in the Kongo], H. G. Mackie {Diplo. and Cons. Rpts. [London], Ann. 8er., 1911, No. J/l'SO, pp. 8-10). — A brief progress report on experimental plantings of Hevea hrasiliensis, Funtiimia elastica, Manihot glaziovii, and other species of rubber, including notes on a number of wild rubber species found in the forest lands of the Kongo. The coagulation of Ficus elastica latex, V. Cayla (Jour. Agr. Trop., 11 {1911), No. 118, p. 125; aU. in Agr. Neics [Barbados], 10 (1911), No. 2-',6, p. 309). — A new method employed in Java is described, which consists in the encouragement of coagulation by the addition of a coagulated latex. Each day about a pint of the thickest latex is taken and coagulation started by stirring with a wooden spatula. When it has arrived at the proper stage, this latex is added to the ordinary thin latex and the rubber separates out in about a quarter of an hour instead of in several hours as in the old method of beating the latex. The whole art of rubber growing, W. Wicheeley (London, 1911, pp. 151f, figs. 27). — This work, which is based principally on rubber cultivation in tropical Asia, is intended as a handbook and guide to the selection, planting, and exploitation of the rubber yielding species which have proved to be adapted to countries and climates other than those to which they are indigenous. Volatilization of various fractions of creosote after their injection into wood, C. H. Teesdale (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv. Circ. 188, pp. 5, fig. 1). — Forty-eight specimens of sap loblolly pine were treated with various fractions of coal-tar creosote to determine the relative values of these fractious in pro- tecting piling fi-om the attacks of marine wood borers. The si)ecimens were allowed to stand in the laboratory, open-piled, for 2 months or longer after the treatment in a temperature of from 60 to 80° F. They were weighed immedi- ately before and after the treatment and at least once a week during the time they were piled. Data are given showing the distillation limits and yields in the redistillation of creosote, rate of volatilization of creosote fractions and creosote from treated wood, volatilization of oil from the wood 2 months after treatment, and the moisture content of the wood at the time of treatment. Of 5 different fractions the lightest fraction lost at the end of 2 months 34.7 per cent of the average absorption per cubic foot, whereas the heaviest fraction lost only 4 per cent; commercial creosote losing 5.4 per cent. The results indicate the lighter fractions of creosote when separated by dis- tillation and separately injected into sap loblolly pine will volatilize much more rapidly than the came fractions combined in the original creosote. It is suggested that when creosote containing both low-boiling and high-boiling oils is injected into wood the light oils volatilize chiefly in the outer portions of the wood and leave oil that is much less volatile, thereby sealing up the outer cells and preventing volatilization of the lighter oils in the interior of the wood. It is inferred that creosote to be of most value, at least for treating loblolly pine, should therefore contain considerable quantities of these high- boiliug fractious. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 51 Proceedings of the Society of American Foresters (Proc. Soe. Amer. Foresters, 6 (1911), No. 1, pp. 112). — In addition to the routine reports of the society for the year ended December 31, 1910, papers on the following subjects are included : Working Plans for National Forests of the Pacific Northwest, by B. P. Kirkland (pp. 16-37. with tabular data) ; Strip Thinnings, by T. S. Woolsey, Jr. (pp. 38-41) ; Hardy Catalpa, a Study of Conditions in Kansas Plantations, by A. E. Oman (pp. 42-52) ; Forests and Streamflow, an Experi- mental Study, by C. G. Bates (pp. 53-t!3) ; The Philippines as Source of Gen- eral Construction Timbers, by H. N. Whitford (pp. G4-(i7) ; Economic Possi- bilities of Pinus sahmiana, by C. H. Shinn (pp. 68-77) ; History of the Investi- gations of Vessels in Wood, by C. D. Mell (pp. 78-91) ; Experiments in the Preservation of Forest Seeds, by E. Zederbauer (pp. 92-97) (E. S. R., 22, p. 739) ; Eiucalyptus Possibilities on the Coronado National Forest, by R. L. Rogers (pp. 98-103) ; Notes on Management of Redwood Lands, by S. Berry (pp. 104-107) ; and Efficacy of Goats in Clearing Brush Land in the Northwest, by C. S. Judd (pp. 108-112). DISEASES OF PLANTS. Annual report on plant diseases, M. Hollrung (Jahresber. Pflanzenkrank., 12 (1909), pp. VIII+356).— This report, published in 1911, is a review of the literature which appeared in 1909 relating to plant diseases, insect pests, and methods for their control. Some 1,442 titles are noted. The general arrangement and treatment of the topics are similar to those in previous reports. Diseases of cultivated plants of the Tropics, G. Delaceoix (Maladies des Platites Vnlticecs (/««.s' /cs- Pcij/s ClKiitda. Pdris, 1911, pp. IX-\-595, figs. 70). — This treatise on the plant diseases of tropical countries, based on the notes and work of G. Delacroix and edited by A. Maublanc, consists of 2 parts, the first devoted to a discussion of nonparasitic diseases in general and the other to parasitic diseases. Under the second portion after a discussion of parasitism in general, the general treatment of diseases of plants, and the parasitic nature of diseases, the author gives in detail the characteristics, means of control, etc., of diseases of coffee, tea, cacao, cotton, and sugar cane. Preliminary list of the parasitic fungi of Payette County, Iowa, G. W. Wilson (Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 17 (1910), pp. 7/7-7.9).— This is a list of 245 fungi parasitic on wild and cultivated plants. Injurious insects and plant diseases — Legislation in Canada, C. G. Hewitt (Gard. Chron., 3. ser., 50 (1911), Nos. 1281, pp. 21, 22; 1282, pp. J,!,, 45).— The Department of Agriculture of Canada is empowered by the destructive insect and pest act of 1910 to take such action as may be deemed necessary to prevent the introduction or dissemination of injurious insects, pests, or plant diseases. It is given the power to inspect plants liable to be infected with certain pests, to destroy them if necessary, and to prohibit their importation into Canada. The text of this act and the regulations issued under it are given in full. The field laboratory, H. H. Whetzel (West. N. Y. Hart. Sac. Proc., 56 (1911), pp. 17-23). — In an address before the Western New York Horticultural Society the author emphasizes the need of field laboratories in solving plant disease problems, and cites instances of the great advances made in the control of certain diseases by the establishment of field laboratories. The differential staining of intercellular mycelium, E. J. Durand (Phyto- pathology, 1 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 129, 130). — The author gives a method of stain- ing with hematoxylin and eosin, by means of which the intercellular mycelium 52 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. of Pnccinia graminis on barberry leaves and of Peronosporn parasitica in the stems of s P' -^)- — These decisions deal, respectively, with the Scope and Purpose of Insecticide Decisions, Approval of Labels, and Filing Guaranty. Analyses of insecticides, H. D. Haskins and L. S. Walkeb {Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, p. 323). — This is a compilation of analyses made of barium arsenate, copper arsenite, lead arsenate, laurel green, lime arsenite, nicotina, Paris green, pyrox, and tobacco liquor, in revision of work previously noted (E. S. R., 18, p. 241). FOODS— HUMAN WIJTRITION". Preparation, manufacture, and preservation of foods, G. Pellebin (Prepa- ration, Fabrication et Conservation des Denr6es Alimentaires. Paris, 1911, pp. VIII +524, fiffs. 159). — ^The author has treated in a systematic manner the origin, manufacture, preservation, and storage of the principal A^egetable and animal foods, particularly with reference to French conditions and processes. Food adulteration and sophistication and its suppression, S. Kbainik (U Evolution de la Repression dcs Fraudes et Falsifications Alimentaires. Paris, 1911. pp. VII+233). — A historical account of legislation for the suppres- sion of food adulteration and a compilation of legislative enactments in France and elsewhere. The volume contains a preface by P. Cazeneuve. Food and hygiene, W. Tibbles (London, 1910. 2. ed., pp. X7/-f 672).— This volume contains three parts, namely, a general discussion of food and diet ; a detailed account of the principal foodstuffs and their nutritive value, together with some data regarding water, air, and climate; and food and hygiene in disease. 66 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. The author states that in this, the second edition, additions have been made, particularly discussions of sour milk, whey, lacto-vegetarianism, and other modes of dietetic treatment. The encyclopaedia of practical cookery, edited by T. F. Gaebett et al. (London, [ISOS], vols. 1, pp. IV+5U, pis. 2Jf, figs. 634; 2, pp. 515-1006, pis. 20, figs. 608; 3, pp. 432, pis. 16, figs. 549; 4, PP'- 433-S92, pis. 11, figs. 559).— Uten- sils, kitchen equipment, the preparation and service of foods, and other related matters are included, the material being arranged alphabetically in encyclopedic form. Recipes for the preparation of foods make up the bulk of the material and include dishes usually prepared by professional cooks as well as simpler dishes. The science of foods, V. Ayee {Nat. Food Mag., 30 (1911), Nos. 2, pp. 125- 129, charts 4; 3, pp. 212-216, charts 4; 4, pp. 300-304, charts 4; 5, jrp. 401-403, chart 1; 6, pp. 522-526). — The author has reproduced a number of the colored food charts recently published by this Office (E. S. R., 24, p. 67) and has ac- companied them by some general discussion of nutrition topics. Some post-mortem alterations of meat, J. B. Buxton (Jour. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, 19 (1911), No. 8, pp. 460-469).— A useful summary of data regarding bacterial changes, preservation, and similar topics. Meat poisoning — its nature, causation, and prevention, E. J. McWeeney (Jour. Meat and Milk Hyg., 1 (1911), Nos. 1, pp. 1-10; 2, pp. 65-11; 3, pp. 129- 131; 4, PP- 192-191). — A summary and digest of data regarding poisoning some- times caused by meat and other foods, both animal and vegetable, due to the typho-coli group of micro-organisms, the group of putrefactive aerobes (Pro- teus, etc.), and the obligate anaerobes (Bacillus hotulinus) . Spoiled canned fish, O. Sammet (Hyg. Rundschau, 21 (1911), No. 18, pp. 1013-1011). — The author's conclusion is that in the case of canned fish " swells " should never be used as food, even though the can contents be of normal appear- ance and odor. He notes that while the flora of such canned goods usually consists of harmless micro-organisms, yet bacteria are occasionally isolated which are very injurious to health. Tin salts in canned foods of low acid content, with special reference to canned shrimp, W. D. Bigelow and R. F. Bacon (U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Chcni. Circ. 19, pp. 6; Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 (1911), No. 11, pp. 832-834). — Since it is now recognized that several varieties of fish and a number of vege- tables, though almost without acidity, have a marked solvent action upon tin, the matter was studied with a variety of canned foods particularly with shrimps. The examination of a considerable number of canned goods about 6 months old showed that the tin per 100 mg. of acetic acid varied from 1.1 mg. with plums to 93.3 mg. with salt fish, being generally higher with salt fish, beets, corn, pumpkins, Lima beans, string beans, and peas than with fruits. Similar results were obtained in a series of analyses made with canned goods of unknown origin but at least 6 months old. In the case of shrimps it is recognized by packers that they contain some corrosive substance which interferes with their handling and preservation. It has also been pointed out that the substance seems to disappear when the shrimps are preserved with ice. The canned shrimps studied were specially packed under known conditions. A volatile alkaline substance was isolated, apparently monomethylamin, which attacks tin quite markedly and also attacks the skin of the hands. As shown by a test, the substance isolated from shrimps, made up to such a volume that it was a deci-normal alkali, dissolved 6 mg. each from two tin plates 2 by 3 in., when boiled for 1 hour. Another portion of the solution neutralized with hydrochloric acid dissolved 5.8 mg. from each plate, and a tenth-normal solution of methylamiu treated in the same way FOODS HUMAN NUTRITIOISr. 67 dissolved 5.7 mg, from each plate. Other acids, amins, and amino acids, includ- ing asparagin, aspartic acid, creatin, leucin, etc., were tested in a similar way and all showed a considerable solvent action. "Asparagin has been found in asparagus, several vetches, beets, beans, and sometimes in peas. Although asparagin is formed especially during the germi- nation of these products, it is also present in the unripe vegetables. Among the vegetables which are recognized as strongly attacking tin containers are asparagus, spinach, string beans, and pumplvin." TTie total volatile alkali was accordingly determined in canned samples of these substances. " It is evident that the volatile alkalis and amino acids which occur in these vegetables prob- ably have an effect on the tin container analogous to that of the methylamin found in shrimp," and " it is suggested that these volatile alkalis and amino acids are responsible to a great degree, if not entirely, for the solvent action on tin exerted by foods of very low acidity." Some experiments upon the removal of oysters from, polluted to unpol- luted waters, E. B. Phelps {Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc, 1 {1911), No. 5, pp. 305-308). — From experimental studies the author concludes that "within 4 days, and possibly within a shorter i)eriod of time, a healthy oyster transplanted from polluted to clean waters will rid itself of the evidences of pollution, and we may justly argue from this that the sewage material which is always asso- ciated with Bacillus coU, and of which the latter is taken as an index, has also been eliminated." In further tests " such very rapid improvement was shown within 2 days that there could be no reasonable doubt as to the efficacy of very short periods of storage in clean water." The lipoids in egg yolk, C. Sekono and A. Palozzi {Rend. Sac. Chim. Ital., 2. ser., 3 {1911), No. 8, pp. 200-203). — Maximum and minimum values are reported for the oil, lecithin, palmitin. olein, and lutein of egg yolk. The effect of certain vegetable proteids on wheat gluten, B. voN Fenyvessy {Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Getiussmtl., 21 {1911), No. 11, pp. 658-662).— When wheat gliadin was added to wheat flour it entered the gluten quantita- tively, the total weight of the gluten and its baking quality being directly pro- portional to the increased gliadin content. The addition of glutenin also in- creased the weight of gluten but diminished or destroyed its baking quality. It was found that rye gliadin could replace wheat gliadin in such gluten for- mation. The author considers that the failure of rye flour to form gluten is not attributable, at least wholly, to a deficiency of glutenin, but to the fact that it contains substances which prevent the union of the gluten constituents. Hordein when added to wheat flour increased the total amount of gluten but lowered the baking quality. The addition of zein resulted in a horn-like mass which could be pulverized with difficulty and which expanded scarcely at all in the dough. It appears, therefore, that zein does not affect the baking quality of wheat gluten. Apparently, of the substances under consideration wheat and rye gliadin only can unite with glutenin to form gluten with characteristic properties. The role played by glutenin does not seem to be specific, since denatured protein, kaolin, talc, and perhaps other materials, as well as hordein when pulverized and added to wheat flour, are taken up by the gluten and destroy its baking quality. When heated with water, gliadin is transformed into a substance which influences the gluten in the same way as glutenin. The value of hard winter wheat flour for bread making, L. A. Fitz {Bakers^ Helper, 25 {1911), No. 294, PP- ^035, 1036, figs. 3; Southwest. Grain and Flour Jour., 10 {1911), No. 8, p. 16, fig. 1). — In this discussion some data from baking tests with different kinds of wheat are summarized. 68 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Hard winter wheat flour for bread making, J. A. Wilson {Bakers' Helper, 25 {191]), No. 294, pp. 1039-1042, figs. 4; Southiccst. Grain and Flour Jour., 10 {1911), No. S, pp. 16, 11, fig. 1). — Data regarding bread making tests of spring patent and winter patent flour by the straight-dough method and the long- fermeutation method are summarized in this discussion of hard winter wheat flour. A peculiar deterioration of flour, H. Kuhl {Pharm. Zentralhalle, 52 {1911), No. 24, pp. 639-641). — Butyric-acid-forming bacteria were identified in spoiled flour exhibiting specific characteristics. Soy bean cookery, J. Ruheah {Med. Rec. [N. Y.], 80 {1911), No. 13, pp. 626, 627). — Supplementing an earlier paper (E. S. R., 23, p. 468), information regarding the composition and characteristics of soy beans is summarized and recipes are given for preparing a considerable number of soy bean dishes. Canned corn, A. McGill {Lab. Inland Rev. Dept. Canada Bui. 226, pp. 14)-— The results are reported of the examination of 146 samples of canned corn pur- chased in Canada. Decided amounts of acid sulphite were found in 46 samples, and traces in 27 others. Saccharin (or other nonsugar sweetener) was present in 29 samples. Food value of dried Surinam bananas, J. E. Q. Bosz {Indische Mercuur, 33 {1910), No. 35, pp. 695, 696). — Analyses are reported and discussed in com- parison with other similar data for bananas and figs. Preservation of fruit juices with fluoric acid {Deut. Essigindus., 15 {1911), Nos. 15, pp. 114, 115; 16, pp. 122, 123; 17, i)p. 129, 130).— \n this general dis- cussion some analytical data are summarized. An investigation of certain substances used in coloring foods, S. Rideal {Lancet [London], 1911, 1, Nos. 23, pp. 1597-1601; 24, pp. 1656-1659).— Amliu colors known commercially as egg yellow, lemon yellow, and annatto substitute, and an extract made from the fruit annatto, were studied with human subjects in health and also by methods of artificial digestion. The tests with men, according to the author, "show that egg yellow, lemon yellow, and annatto substitute when taken internally cause no physiological disturbances and are therefore harmless in the quantities used for coloring foodstuffs, since in a period of 5 days suflicient egg yellow was administered to color more than half a ton of custard, suflicient lemon yellow to color 3,000 gal. of lemonade, and sufficient annatto substitute to color more than 12* cwt. of cheese. It does not appear that any harmful decomposition products are pro- duced, otherwise symptoms depending on these products would have occurred in the subjects. " It was not possible to carry this investigation far enough completely to determine in what way the system disposes of the coloring matter. That much passed unchanged into the feces, that a small quantity of unchanged dye and some reduction products were eliminated by the kidneys was proved, but to make the evidence in this respect more complete would require the research to be based upon different lines from those adopted for determining whether the substancs were toxic or not. "The experiments on (natural) annatto show that a considerable quantity of the coloring matter is absorbed and exists as such in the blood, from which it is capable of being transferred at least to the skin and probably to many other tissues of the body. No apparent harm, however, followed the adminis- tration of large quantities for short periods." According to the author, in the great majority of the artificial digestion experiments the dyes under consideration " produced no interference with the various digestive processes, the substances employed in the experiments being arrowroot, maize, fibrin, white of egg, bread, and casein." FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 69 The purity of foods and drugs, A. R. Tankaed (Brit. Food Jour:, 13 (1911), No. 151, pp. 121-129). — In an address delivered before the Hull Pharmacists' Association the author discusses various aspects of the subject and refers briefly to the results of his analytical work with so-called " standard bread," bleached flour, and other materials. Standards of purity for food products (Tallahassee, Fla.: Dept. Agr., 1911, pp. 33). — The standards adopted under the state pure food law are given. Rules and regulations for the enforcement of the pure food and drugs law, approved June 5, 1911 (Tallahassee, Fla.: Dept. Agr., 1911, pp. 26). — A summary of legislative enactments. New series of notices of adulterations or misbranding under section 10 of the Kentucky food and drugs act, approved March 13, 1908 (Kentucky Sta. Food and Drug Bui., 1911, Cases 5001-5117, pp. 46, pi. 1).—A report of work carried on under the state pure food law, with a record of cases Nos. 5001-5117. [Pure food topics], E. F. Ladd and Alma K. Johnson (North Dakota Sta. Spec. Buls. 31, pp. 311-316, 317, 318; 32, pp. 319-334; 33, pp. 335-350, figs. 2; 34, pp. 351-366; 35, pp. 367-393). — Data and discussions are included regard- ing a number of pure food topics, particularly with reference to conditions in North Dakota, and information given regarding the inspection of bakeries, gro- ceries, slaughterhouses, and meat markets, score cards being used. The results are also given of the examination of a number of samples of food products, waters, drugs, and alcoholic beverages. Biennial report of the state food chemist, W. M. Allen (Bien. Rpt. Comr. Agr. N. C, 1909-10, pp. 52-56). — According to the summary of data presented, out of a total of 1,924 samples of foods, condiments, and beverages examined, 17.77 per cent were adulterated or misbranded. [Food and drug inspection], R. W. Dunlap (Arm. Rpt. Ohio Dairy and Food Comr., 25 (1910), pp. 90). — Information is summarized regarding the ex- amination of miscellaneous samples of food and drugs, and in general regarding the work of the state dairy and food commission. Regulating food commerce in Spain (Veroffentl. K. Gsndhtsamt., 35 (1911), No. 15, pp. 359-367; Ztschr. Offetitl. Chem., 17 (1911), Nos. 8, pp. 154-160; 9, pp. 174-180; 10, pp. 198-200). — ^The regulations to prevent food adulteration which have been adopted in Spain are given. Respiratory metabolism of infants, A. Schlossmann (Deut. Med. Wchnschr., 37 (1911), No. 36, pp. 1633-1635).— From the data summarized the general con- clusion is drawn that maintenance metabolism and metabolism at rest, on a uniform diet, are constant and dependent upon body surface, and when com- puted on this basis are the same for infants of different ages and for adults. Formation and cleavage of protein in the human body, T. Panzer (Schr. Ver. Naturtc. Kenntnisse Wien, 51 (1910-11), pp. III-I40). — A useful summary of investigations on this subject. Nuclein metabolism, Stephan (Berlin. Klin. Wchnschr., 48 (1911), No. 19, pp. 861, 862; Med. Rec. [N. Y.], 80 (1911), No. 7, p. 331).— This paper and the discussion which follows it bring together the theoretical conclusions drawn from recent investigations. The action of certain sulphur compounds on metabolism and excretion, C. O. Jones (Bio-Chem. Jour., 5 (1911), No. 10, pp. 427-441). — Experiments in which the following conclusions were drawn were made with rabbits, the sul- phur compounds being administered hypodermically. Autolysis experiments were also carried on. " Sulphates, hyposulphites, sulphites, and sulphids interfere with oxidation processes in the cells, sulphates iu large amount by preventing exchange between 70 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. the blood stream and the cells. This action disappears when the amount of sulphate is reduced, and there then follows a stage of stimulation, the sulphate causing a very marked diuresis, sometimes accompanied by the excretion of much more sulphates than were injected into the body together with the amount found in the food. Sulphate also has a marked irritant action on the kidney cells when more than a small amount is present. Purgation is not usual ; during the second day after an injection an increased quantity of sulphates is excreted in the feces, but the following day the amount has again fallen to normal. Calcium carbonate, phosphate, and oxalate are found in the urine after large doses, and arc probably products of incomplete oxidation, the oxidation having been interfered with by the high concentration in the blood preventing inter- change with the cells. " Hyposulphites act very much like sulphates, being very quickly reduced in the body to sulphate. " Sulphites and sulphids are somewhat similar in their action, and this action depends on the amount of oxidizing ferments found in the animal. In some animals they are at once oxidized, and the sulphates produced give the typical picture described above. If the animal is deficient in oxidizing ferments the sulphite appears to unite with and neutralize the action of the tissue ferments. Sulphid appears to unite to some constituent of the cell itself, and both interfere, according to the quantity, with tissue changes, and if in sufficient amount they stop all metabolic changes and the animal dies of failure of respiration and circulation, with perhaps convulsions. If the amount is sublethal, it is attacked by the oxidizing ferments, and gradually got rid of as sulphate. In the case of sulphite, when the toxic dose is large the sulphate gives the diuretic action, but in the case of sulphid the amount of sulphate is so minute that little or no diuresis is often to be seen. Both sulphite and sulphid interfere with metabolic changes, especially with oxidation processes, causing the excretion of calcium especially, but also of other insoluble salts in the form of carbonate, phosphate, and oxalate. There is also an intense renal irritation as the result of both these salts. The irritation caused by all these three sulphur compounds raises the possibility as to whether they may not, in part at least, be the cause of chronic nephritis and cirrhosis of the liver, both frequently ascribed to malted drinks, which are known to contain large amounts of sulphates. When it is also con- sidered that these people usually have insoluble salts in their urine, such as are described in this paper, and as such results are not common after drinks which are free from sulphates, it is possible that the sulphates, and not the alcohol, may be the cause of their condition." Studies in nutrition. — An investigation of the influence of saltpeter on the nutrition and health of man with reference to its occurrence in cured meats: III, The experimental data of the bio-chemical investigations, H. S. Gbindley ET AL. (Univ. III., 1911, pp. VIII+4^2). — This volume of studies in nutrition carried on at the University of Illinois reports experimental data of the extended investigations of the influence on the nutrition and health of man of saltpeter as it occurs in cured meats. The methods of analysis followed are described and the kind and amounts of food eaten, as well as the chemical composition of food and excretory products, are recorded. The fat balance and coefficient of digestibility of fat are recorded, as are also data regarding the volume, specific gravity, acidity, and chemical composition of the urine. The recorded data are not discussed with reference to their bearing on the general question under consideration, the volume as a whole being one of a series. The records of food consumption constitute a very extended dietary study or feeding experiment under carefully controlled conditions. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 7l The action of drugs under pathological conditions, W. Salant ( U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. 81, pp. 16). — This paper lays particular stress on the fact chat a drug when administered to a normal subject will act differently than when used under pathological conditions. The phases considered in this connec- tion are the behavior of drugs as to organs of internal secretion, febrile con- ditions, variations in body temperatures experimentally induced, starvation or a restricted diet, chronic alcoholism, fatigue, and the circulatory organs. The data reported are accompanied by an extensive review and bibliography of the literature, which includes some of the author's own work. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. American Society of Animal Nutrition (Amer. Soc. Anim. Nutrition Proc. 1910, pp. .'fO). — This contains extracts from the minutes of the annual meeting held November, 1910 ; a scheme for cooperative investigations upon the optimum protein supply of fattening cattle; a report of the committee on terminology, which consists of a list of terms used in reporting slaughtering tests : the ad- dress of President H. P. Armsby, on the nutritive value of the nonprotein in feed- ing stuffs, which contains similar data to that in the article noted below, and a paper by P. F. Trowbridge, on the resorption of fat, which contains fur- ther details concerning worlv previously noted (E. S. R., 2.5. p. 273). The nutritive value of the nonprotein of feeding stuffs, H. P. Aemsby (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bill. 139, pp. Jf9). — This gives a critical re- view of the literature of investigations on the value of the nonprotein nitro- genous substances in the ration, with numerous references, which the author has summarized as follows : "Amino acids and amids, which ordinarily constitute the larger part of the nonprotein of vegetable substances, are liatabolized in the animal body, their nitrogen appearing in the urine. " In camivora and omnivora neither the single substances of the foregoing groups nor the mixtures of them contained in plant extracts have been shown to be capable of performing the functions of protein. " In ruminants a conversion of nonprotein into protein appears to be affected by the micro-organisms of the digestive tract. The extent of this conversion appears to be relatively greater in the case of ammonium salts and asparagin than in that of vegetable extracts. " The protein formed thus from nonprotein seems to be digested subsequently. The apparent formation of indigestible protein observed by some investigators appears to be due to an increase in the metabolic products contained in the feces, caused by a specific action of the extracts upon the digestive tract. " By means of its conversion into bacterial protein, the nonprotein of feeds may serve indirectly for maintenance and also as a source of protein for milk, and probably for growth, in rations deficient in protein. " The limiting factor in the indirect utilization of the nonprotein of the feed appears to be the extent to which it can be converted into protein in the diges- tive'tract rather than any inferior nutritive value of the protein thus formed as compared with that originally present in the feed. " The nonproteins are much inferior to the proteins in nutritive value for productive feeding. The prime effect of a substitution of nonproteins for pro- teins in the ration is a very marked falling off in the production. The indirect utilization of nonprotein simply serves to prevent this decrease from becoming as great as it otherwise would, and so in case of need to compensate partially for a deficiency of protein. On the other hand, with a reasonable supply of di- 72 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. gestible protein the addition of nonprotein fails to increase the production of nitrogenous matter. " Recent experiments raise the question of the possibility of a direct utili- zation of ammonia as a source of protein by the higher animals." It is stated that, while it appears that nonprotein may be of equal value with protein for the maintenance of protein tissues of the body, it seems safe to con- sider that ordinarily not enough of it is converted into protein to make it of ma- terial significance for the production of milk protein and probably, therefore, of protein tissue. Because of the complication of calculations which would be brought about in the case of ruminants by introducing the nonprotein, it is. suggested that it is wisest to continue, for the present, to use ordinarily the di- gestible true protein as the basis of computing rations. To make the computa- tion more accurate in the case of ruminants, however, a method is outlined which consists in formulating separately the protein requirement for mainte- nance and for productive purposes, computing a ration which shall supply suffi- cient true protein to meet the requirement for production, and then computing whether this ration contains sufiicient nonprotein to cover the maintenance re- quirement. Alpine hays in the vales of Lanzo, E. Ruata (Ann. R. Acad. Agr. Torino, 53 {1910), pp. H5-M7). — Chemical analyses are reported of samples of hay taken from different localities in the Piedmont. The relative proportion of grasses and other plants in each sample was determined and their feeding value is discussed. The feeding' value of apple pomace, J. B. Lindsey {Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 84-86). — A discussion of the feeding value of apple pomace, and a brief report of a feeding trial with milch cows in which it was found that from 15 to 30 lbs. per day per cow could be fed with satisfactory results. "In one case 2 cows were fed alternately, 4 weeks at a time, on grain and hay, and on grain, hay and pomace; 25 lbs. of pomace were compared with 5 lbs. of hay. During the pomace period the animals produced 1,153 lbs. of milk, and gained 24 lbs. in live weight ; during the hay period, 1,1.3S lbs. of milk, and lost 6 lbs. in weight. On this basis 5 lbs. of pomace were more than equivalent to 1 lb. of hay. Judging from this feeding test, and from the compo- sition and digestibility of the pomace, it seems probable that 4 lbs., when fed in what is termed a ' balanced ration,' would be equal in feeding value to 1 lb. of good cow hay." Distillery and brewery by-products, J. B. Lindsey {Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 72S3). — ^A discussion of the feeding value of distillers' dried grains; brewers' dried grains, and malt sprouts. Their chemical composition is given and sample rations containing these ingredients are suggested for horses, cattle, and pigs. Commercial feeding stuffs [analyses feeding standards, summer soiling suggestions], J. L. Hills et al. {Vermont Sta. Bui. 158, pp. 175 212). — Results are reported of analyses of 438 samples of feeding stuffs, including cotton-seed meal, linseed meal, distillers' grains, bi'ewers' grains, malt sprouts, wheat bran, wheat middlings, provender, dried beet pulp, ground oats, alfalfa meal, and proprietary, gluten, molasses, hominy, poultry, and other mixed feeds. The bulletin also discusses in a general way the composition of feeds, and the feeding standards of Armsby, Haecker, and the Scandinavian feed unit system. Suggestions for summer soiling are given, and there is a brief report of an ex- periment which indicated that cows shrank in milk much less when fed entirely on grain and soiling crops than when partially soiled. [Composition, digestibility, and fertilizing ingredients of fodder articles], P. H. Smith and J. B. Lindsey {Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 2.'/ 7- ANIMAL PKODUCTION. 73 271). — ^A revision of a compilation of the composition, digestibility, and fer- tilizing ingredents of feeding stuffs made at the Massachusetts College and Station and its predecessors. 1S6S-1910, previously noted (E. S. R., 18, p. 278). Coefficients of digestibility of American fodder articles. — Experiments made in the United States, J. B. Lindsey and P. H. Smith (Massachusetts 8ta. Rpt. 1910, pf. 1, pp. 273-303). — This revision of a compilation previously noted (E. S. R., 18, p. 261) includes digestion coefficients resulting from expei'iments made in the United States, intended to be complete to December, 1910. A bibliography of publications of the state stations consulted in compiling these tables is appended. Scale of points for Friesian cattle (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 1 (1911), No. 5, pp. 690, 691). — This contains the scale of points of an ideal form of Friesian cattle, as stated in the Friesian herd book (Friesch Rundvee Stam- boek). It is stated that there is no official scale for judging South African Friesian cattle, but that good judges of the breed adopt either those of the Friesian herd book or the American Holstein-Friesian herd book, placing emphasis upon particular points applicable to South African conditions. The blue breed of the north, R. Dumont (Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 22 (1911), No. 36, pp. 304, 305, pi. 1). — X description of this popular dual-purpose breed of cattle of France. It is stated that the breed is the result of a cross of the native Belgian with the Durham and Hollandaise. Suggestions are given for the improvement of the breed, and it is urged that improvement be toward the milking type. Alfalfa and corn for fattening lambs, H. H. Simpson (New Mexico Sta. Bui. 79, pp. 18, figs. 7, dgm. 1). — These experiments were undertaken to show a comparison of the cost of gain in feeding lambs varying amounts of corn in connection with alfalfa. In 1909, 100 wether lambs were divided into 4 lots and fed a period of 73 days rations consisting of all the alfalfa wanted and different amounts of corn. The lot fed i lb. shelled corn each daily made a gain of 0.24 lb. daily at a cost of '5.7 ets. per pound of gain ; those fed * lb. .shelled corn made 0.23 lb. gain at a cost of 6.6 cts. per pound gain ; those fed | lb. shelled corn gained 0.28 lb. at a cost of 6.3 cts. per pound ; those fed 1 lb. shelled corn made a gain of 0.31 lb. at a cost of 6.6 cts. per pound; the feeds being valued at $8.50 per ton for alfalfa and $32 per ton for the corn. These results are compared with results obtained with lambs fed alfalfa, corn and Kafir com stovers, and corn in 1901-2. (E. S. R., 16, p. 189.) The author states that with local markets which do not make a distinction between finished and unfinished lambs it is more profitable to feed a light grain ration, especially where grains are high priced, selling the lambs just before the final finish period. Coyote-proof inclosures in connection with range lambing grounds, J. T. Jabdine (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv. Bui. 97, pp. 32, pis. 2, figs. 3). — This reports a continuation of the work (B. S. R., 23, p. 575) on the advantages to be gained through the use of coyote-proof pastures in handling sheep. A justification of the results previously reported has been obtained by a private individual who inclosed 500 acres with coyote-proof fence, and in this inclosure 1.000 ewes were lambed. With the services of only one man 100 lambs were saved for each 100 ewes. It is stated that this number would have been higher but for the fact that some animal, presumably a coyote, was fenced in the inclosure and preyed upon the lambs. Just outside this inclosure it required the services of 3 men and a pack of hounds to care for 1,000 ewes, and only 95 lambs per 100 ewes were saved. This fence, which is approximately 20296°— No. 1—12 6 74 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. 4 miles long, cost $1,651.46 exclusive of transportation of wire from railroad station. Ttie results already reported have been secured in pastures large enough to accommodate all the ewes throughout the lambing period. With the hope of meeting the more urgent need of localities so situated that the cost of placing wire on the ground and constructing a satisfactory fence is too great to justify the Inclosing of an entire lambing ground, a special system of pastures on a small scale was devised and an experiment Initiated in 1910. The prime object of this system of pasture was to meet the need of the shepherd in handling "doubtful" cases (those requiring individual attention) and to provide quiet and protection in small bunches for all the ewes and lambs until the lambs were 5 days old. These pastures were constructed on the Cochetopa National Forest in southern Colorado at an elevation of about 9,000 ft. The total cost of 700 rods of fence was $1,134.87, which is less than the mile rate, due to the fact that on part of the division fences only 3 barbed wires were used. The band of sheep was made up of 1,006 grade ewes, ranging from 2 to 10 years old, and 325 yearlings. Each night the unlambed ewes were corralled near the inclosures and no more attention given them until daybreak, when they were allowed to move from the corral at will, leaving behind the ewes which had yeaned lambs during the night. The ewes and lambs were moved from one in- closure to another each day, in order to make room as near to camp as possible for the drop of the previous 24 hours, and in this way the lambs were from 5 to 7 days old when turned out to range. Out of the 1,006 ewes 922 lambs were yeaned, of which 69 were lost. On July 3, when the lambs were marked, there was for each 100 breeding ewes an average of 84.8 lambs. This is 7.3 per cent better than one band, and 0.6 per cent better than another band lambed during the same time on an adjoining range. During this season trouble from predatory animals was very slight. Out of 25 single lambs lost in the pastures 16 choice lambs died of a disease termed by the shepherd " milk sickness," which the author attributes to hard- ness in and an excess of milk. Among the advantages of this system of pastures the author mentions the increase in the percentage of lambs saved ; the decrease in the amount of labor necessary; ewes and lambs in better condition at the close of the lambing period ; greater degree of certainty as to the lamb crop ; the elimination, to some extent, of the worry of securing labor, and the decrease in acreage of range necessary. Feeding' farm work horses, R. C. Obrecht (Illinois Sta. Bui. 150, pp. ffSS- Ji61, figs. 9). — In these tests 9 teams of well-bred grade geldings and 1 team of mares were used. Most of them showed evidence of Percheron blood, while others had indications of Shire or Belgian ancestry. The initial weights of each horse varied from 1,003 to 1,560 lbs. There were 12 feeding periods of 4 weeks each. During the first 7 periods one of the horses in each team was fed timothy and the other clover; dur- ing the remaining 5 periods this ration was reversed. On Saturday nights the regular grain feed was omitted during the first year, and a 4-lb. bran mash given in its stead in order to keep the bowels in good condition. On Sunday the noon feed of grain was omitted and an extra 4 lbs. of hay was given to 3 teams. The others received their regular noon feed of grain as usual on Sundays but no additional hay. All the horses remained in good health throughout the experiment except one. which was subject to an occasional attack of colic. There was but little difference observed in the value of clover and timothy hay when fed in conjunction with corn, oats, oil meal, and wheat bran. What ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 75 difference there was was slightly in favor of the clover. There was no observ- able difference in the effect of clover and timothy upon the spirits of the horses or their ability to endure hot weather. Those receiving clover had glossy hair and their bowels were looser, but not too loose to endure hard work. There was a slight saving of grain when clover hay was chaffed and the ground grain mixed with it, but not sufficient to justify the expense. It is thought that the practice may be beneficial when a very heavy grain ration is being fed. The horse subject to colic had fewer attacks when the grain was mixed with chaffed hay than when it was fed separately. The horses fed alfalfa and timothy ate less grain and hay and gained slightly more in weight than those fed clover and timothy, while doing the same amount of work. From 20 to 22 per cent less grain was required to maintain the weight of horses fed alfalfa than those fed timothy. Horses fed corn and alfalfa ate 22 per cent less grain and lost 6 lbs. more in weight per head in 8 weeks than those fed a mixed ration of corn, oats, wheat bran, oil meal, timothy and alfalfa, and the cost was 6 cts. less per horse per day. Horses fed ground corn and oats with wheat bran, oil meal, timothy, and alfalfa consumed 9 per cent less grain and gained 3 lbs. more in weight per head in 6 weeks than those fed whole corn and oats on a similar ration. It was thought that when the teeth of horses are good they will do well on whole grain, but that when horses are worked near the limit and it is desirable to conserve all possible energy for labor there may be economy in grinding. Among other conclusions are the following : " The mingling of grain with chaffed timothy hay did not prove satisfactory. . . . Though too short to be conclusive these tests indicate that mature horses at hard work can be main- tained quite satisfactorily for a short time, at least, on corn fed in conjunc- tion with alfalfa hay, and at a saving in cost. . . . Farm work horses at hard labor should receive from li to IJ lbs. of grain, and from 1 to 1^ lbs. of hay, per 100 lbs. of live weight per day, in order that their weight may be main- tained. . . . The grain fed should be reduced one-half on idle days until 4 days have elapsed, or until they are again put to work, when it may be again increased if desirable. By following this method attacks of azoturia were prevented. The results of the experiment indicate that the general impression is correct that horses may very properly be given a more bulky ration when idle or doing light work than when at heavy work. It is believed that the practice of permitting work horses to gorge themselves with hay is all too common." The best color for horses in the Tropics, C. E. Woodexjff {Jour. U. 8. Ca/v- aJry Assoc, 22(1911), No. 86, pp. 2.)3-263).— A discussion of the general principles governing the natural selection of animal colors, as it is thought that an increase in efficiency and a great financial saving will be jwssible by selecting the most suitably colored horses, mules, and draft animals for the Tropics. The skin of animals which have been domesticated in the Tropics is black. As the pigment prevents possible actinic effects, the black surface radiating heat to cooling bodies, black animals are at a disadvantage if the surround- ing air is hotter than they are. Hence, the black animals hide or in some other way protect themselves in the hottest part of the day, the carabao for instance suffering from thermic fever unless he is allowed to bathe frequently. Domesticated breeds originating in northwestern Europe have white skins, as they have little need of the pigment protection and the light skin conserves the body heat in a cold climate. The black animals are thus more restricted in the range of temperature than white ones, for they are less able to with- stand extremes of heat or cold, thereby showing the same temperature restric- 76 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. tions as the black mau. In the Tropics the black animal is more liable to " blow up," as the teamsters say. Examples are cited to show that white-skinned animals can not survive in places where the light is excessive. The horse is not a tropical animal at all and does not thrive where it is hot unless the air is dry. Black-haired horses are never found in nature but are the product of artificial selection, and that a poor one, as they require protection in all seasons. A black skin is neces- sary in the Tropics, but a white, yellow, or red hair is also necessary in order to prevent rapid absorption of heat. The Filipinos prefer buckskin horses with a stripe down the back. Other things being equal, bulk is an enormous advantage in keeping warm in cold climates, while slenderness and small size are advantages in keeping cool in hot climates. The Percheron is wholly out of place in the Tropics, and the effort to breed up big beef cattle is liable to fail. There seems to be some unknown relation between color and nervousness, for on " review " as a rule the gray troop is phlegmatic, the sorrel quiet, the bay is excitable and restless, and the blacks are the most excitable of all. Nervousness is so harmful in the heat that as a matter of selection the Arab breed has developed into a quiet, gentle, and sensible animal. The white is more trainable and is always selected for trick horses. " Some genius will some day find a cross as fit for our cavalry as the European stock is fit for foreign troopers, but it will not be a permanent type, and moreover it will be suited to only one of our innumerable climates. "We cannot get a horse fit for every place." It is pointed out that what is needed are more carefully compiled statistics of horses which died or were disabled in the various climates of the world, and including data as to the influence of age, color, where bred, and how long in the new climate before they are disabled. " Cities should furnish valuable information as to the best colors for the Tropics, as a very hot wave in the summer in Chicago, for instance, kills the least fit at the rate of 300 to 500 a day, and it is safe to predict that on investigation the dark colors will predominate." Monograpli of the Belgian draft horse, H. de Theulogoet (Monographie du Cheval de Trait Beige. Brussels, 1911; abs. in Deut. Landw. Tierzucht, 15 {1911). No. 37, p. 451). — ^A treatise on the origin of the domesticated horse and the varieties and characteristics of Belgian horses. Fattening poultry, A. R. Lee (U. 8. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Anini. Indus. Bui. 1^0, pp. 60 pis. 4, figs- 2). — This bulletin describes methods of feeding poultry on a large commercial scale, and presents figures on the cost of such feeding. It contains complete data on the feeding of over 100,000 chickens during 1910, and partial data on the feeding of 200,000 others. From the results of feeding 1.120 birds in batteries or crates from 6 to 14 days, it was found that in general Leghorns made much poorer gains than Plymouth Rocks, though the results were not entirely consistent. Individuals of the same breed vary greatly in their ability to put on flesh, and directions are given for the selection of birds suitable for fattening. Practically all the special feeding in this country involves the use of milk, thus producing " milk-fed " chickens. The feeding period usually is 17 days or less. Fattening by the cramming machine has not become a common practice in this country, though some feeders have used the method successfully. In cramming the birds are fed from 7 to 14 days from the troughs, and are then crammed twice daily for from 7 to 10 days, until they begin to go off feed, when they are marketed. In crate fattening, which is the method usually adopted in this county, from 6 to 10 chickens are placed in the crate or battery. Many large poultry feeders ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 11 have found after trying various feeds and rations that a simple ration made up of only two or three kinds of grain is the most economical. One trouble usually incident to forced feeding is feather pulling, vphich the author attributes to too large a proportion of com meal, during hot weather. In such cases it is advised to reduce the proportion of corn meal and add some green feed, such as clover or alfalfa meal, and possibly a small amount of meat or blood meal. Milk is used entirely in mixing the various rations, and is considered an essen- tial ingredient. The methods used for mixing the feeds are noted, and two types of mixing machines are described. The feed is mixed to the consistency of thick cream, and the birds, after being brought gradually to full feed, are fed all they will eat from 2 to 5 times a day at regular intervals. A bleached appearance is very characteristic of milk-fed chickens, which is attributed prin- cipally to the use of milk. For satisfying the demands for colored flesh butter color or molasses has been used. Detailed descriptions are given of 5 feeding stations and their equipment. In figuring the cost data of the extensive feeding tests the following prices were used: Corn meal $27 per ton, low-grade wheat flour $27 per ton, oat flour $44 per ton, tallow 8 cts. per pound, buttermilk 1.5 cts. per gallon, condensed buttermilk 75 cts. per 100 lbs. The stock in experiment A was of mixed origin just as they came in from the small buyers, without sorting. About 42 per cent were Plymouth Rocks, 17 per cent Leghorns, 10 per cent consisted of several other breeds, and 31 per cent were of mixed breeding. The stock used in the other experiments were similar, but probably not so good. The birds in experi- ment A were fed three times daily for from 6 to 10 days, the rations consisting of 60 per cent corn meal and 40 per cent low-grade wheat flour mixed with condensed buttermilk, diluted with 2 parts of water. In experiment B the birds were fed twice daily from 6 to 15 days, rations consisting of 58 per cent corn meal, 36 per cent oat flour, and 6 per cent tallow, by weight, mixed with buttei'milk. The following table gives some of the results of these two experiments. : Summary of crate feeding experiments tvith poultry. Experi- Niun- ber of head. Aver- age weight. Percentage of gain. Grain per pound of gain. Cost of labor per pound of gain. Cost of feed per pound of gain. ment. High. Low. Aver- age. High. Low. Aver- age. High. Low. Aver- age. High. Low. Aver- age. A B B B 43,944 61,706 17,753 218,864 Lbs. 2.42 2.82 2.30 3.61 P.ct. 29.6 57.8 36.2 29.3 P.ct. 8.2 4.0 5.4 4.0 P.ct. 18.1 18.7 17.7 11.3 Lbs. 5.35 8.45 8.45 8.19 1,6s. 1.92 1.29 1.61 2.27 Lbs. 3.26 3.26 3.28 4.18 Cts. 2.81 5.63 5.73 7.30 Cts. .88 1.14 1.47 1.47 Cts. 1.40 2.59 2.47 3.41 Cts. 10.37 19.90 19.44 19.90 Cts. 3.71 3.15 3.93 5.22 Cts. 6.45 7.74 7.68 10.01 1 Broilers. ~ Roasters. In another feeding experiment 113,217 birds of a little lower quality than those in experiments A and B were fed from 5 to 14 days grain rations similar to those fed in experiment A with an addition of from 6 to 12 per cent shorts, mixed with buttermilk. The average percentage of gain was 20.2, the highest average gain, 34 per cent, being made by 2,139 birds fed 11 days, and the lowest average, 11.4 per cent, by 17,277 birds fed 6 days. In another experiment in which the rations varied only slightly from those in the experiment just re- ported, 89,319 birds, fed from 6 to 16 days, made an average gain of 20.1 per cent. The stock in this experiment was of poorer quality than that of any of 78 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. the others, and the loss from sickness aud death affected the results adversely in most of the lots. At two of the above stations 4,704 hens were fed from 5 to 11 days. The lots were fed various mixtures of the above grains with buttermilk. In many cases diarrhea developed, which was apparently helped by the addition of low- grade flour and the scalding of the milk, and in some of the batteries by the sprinkling of ground bone in the feed. The highest average gain, 28 per cent, was made by a lot of 340 hens fed 7 days. The lowest, 0.8 per cent, was made by a lot of 340 hens fed for 8 days. The birds were dressed and put into cold storage. The loss of weight or shrinkage in dressing (without drawing) for the different classes of birds varied as follows: Hens, 13.4 to 14.9 per cent, average 14.4 per cent; roasters, 13.7 to 16 per cent, average 14.7 per cent ; springs, 9 to 14. .5 per cent, average 12.1 per cent; and broilers, 14 to 14.7 per cent, average 14.3 per cent. Suggestions are given for cleaning and spraying the batteries, and for dis- posing of the manure, which amounted to about half a- ton daily for 10,000 chickens on feed. Appendixes are included in which are detailed tabular data of experiments A and B. The im.provem.ent of the farm egg-, H. M. Lamon and C. L. Oppeeman ( U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bui. 1^1, pp. IfS, pis. }, figs. 2). — This is a contin- uation of the study of the factors surrounding the production and marketing of eggs (E. S. R., 20, p. 1070). It is stated that practically all the loss due to improper handling of eggs is borne by the farmers and other egg producers, and is to a large extent easily preventable. During July, August, and September, 1910, out of 706,569 doz. eggs received by three buyers in Kansas 78.3 per cent were firsts, 10.3 per cent seconds, 1.9 checks, and 9.4 per cent rots. Accurate figures show that the total loss amounts to from 5 to 25 per cent of the whole egg crop, depending largely on weather conditions. It is thought that a large percentage of this loss can be prevented by replacing the " case-count " system of buying with the " loss-off " system. For the purpose of encouraging the loss-off system of buying, and to inau- gurate a closer and more careful examination of conditions surrounding the marketing of eggs, work was undertaken in 1910 in cooperation with buyers, the state board of health, and the Kansas Station. The buyers entered into an agreement to buy eggs on a strictly loss-off basis after July 1, 1910. In investigating conditions the authors visited more than 100 farms during the summer. The information secured was assembled on cards, the backs of which contain a score card of the farm poultry flock, and the data obtained are tabulated and discussed in detail. In a similar manner the conditions sur- rounding the eggs after they leave the farmers were studietl. These studies included the country store, the cash buyer, the huckster, the cooperative cream- ery, the handling of eggs by local freight, and the car-lot shipper. As a result of this study suggestions are offered for the farmer, country merchant, railroad oflicial, and car-lot shipper which, if heeded, would prob- ably improve the quality of the egg that reaches the consumer and also dimin- ish the loss which now falls on the farmer, merchant, and consumer. DAIRY FARMING— DAIRYING. Dairy cattle and milk production, C. H. Eckles {'Neio York, 1911, pp. XII+342, pis. 30, figs. 2Jt). — This treatise on dairy husbandry, which has been prepared for the use of agricultural college students and dairy farmers, repre- sents material gathered for presentation to classes of students and dairymen. DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 79 The author has drawn largely from his own experience and from numerous experiments conducted at the state stations. Although all phases of dairy hus- bandry are treated, the larger portion of the book is devoted to the following topics: The characteristics of the principal dairy breeds, judging dairy stock, management of dairy cattle, and feeding for milk production. Beport of milk tests and records, 1908-1910, T. Milburn and R. Eichaed- soN {County Council Lancaster, Ed. Com., Agr. Dept., Farmers' Bui. 21, pp. 35). — Records of individual herds are given in detail. Some of the conclu- sions are as follows: " The heifers recorded in the different herds gave milk richer in fat and in solids-not-fat than the older animals, but the total amount of solids was larger from the latter. Too much reliance should not be placed on percentages alone, the total yield of solids must also be considered. Generally speaking, the cows recorded improved in milk yield up to the fourth calf. Taking the yearly yields, the best animals gave almost double the quantity of milk yielded by the worst animals of corresponding age. The milk of cows with a small yield is not necessarily richer in fat or total solids than that of cows with a large yield, in fact the opposite may be the case. There has been an improvement in the milk yield of the herds tested for 3 3'ears (with one exception), the average in- crease being 47 gal. per herd. Concurrent with the increase in quantity there was an improvement in quality, both fat and solids-not-fat being higher than at the commencement of the tests. . . . On several occasions the mixed morning's milk of 2 herds was below the government standard of 3 per cent fat." Cow-testing' associations, W. M. Singleton (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 3, pp. 201-211, figs. 6). — ^This is the annual summary of results of testing 4,158 cows by the cooperative societies. Studies in milk secretion: The effect of protein upon the production and composition of milk, J. B. Lindsey (Massachusetts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 86-121). — This report of a study of the effect of protein on the production and composition of milk is a continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 14, p. 183). In one test a high protein ration containing 3 lbs. of wheat bran, 5.5 lbs. of gluten feed, 10.9 lbs. of hay, and 25.7 lbs. of corn silage was fed. The other ration was practically identical, except that 4 lbs. of corn meal was substituted for a like amount of gluten feed. The high protein ration was 48.6 per cent in excess of the protein minimum, and in 63 days produced 5.9 per cent more milk than did the low protein ration, which was only 21.4 per cent in excess of the minimum. In another test under similar conditions the average digestible protein fed daily to each cow in the high protein ration was 2.41 lbs., and the excess over that required for milk production and maintenance was 65.3 per cent. In the low protein ration the amount of protein was 1.96 lbs. daily, being an average excess of 39 per cent above the requirements. The group receiving the high protein feed produced 7.4 per cent more milk than that on the low protein ration in an experiment covering 26 days. In a test covering 11 weeks with 12 cows by the group method, an excess of 0.54 lb. of protein or 31.3 per cent over the protein minimum produced an ap- parent increase of 10 per cent in milk yield. In later tests covering periods from 24 to 30 weeks with 10 cows, by the group method, those receiving the protein minimum did not shrink any more than those receiving 0.44 lb. each, or 28 per cent, protein above the minimum. Other conclusions drawn from these tests, and those previously reported, are the following : " The group method of experimentation is best suited for con- ducting experiments where a relatively large number of animals — ^20 or more — 80 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. is available. With a less uumber the iufluence of individuality is altogether too pronounced. An excess of 30 per cent of digestible crude protein above the protein minimum (equal to l.S lb. of protein per day) will be productive of satisfactory results in case of cows weighing 900 lbs. and producing daily 12 qt. of 4 per cent milk. An excess of 50 per cent of digestible crude protein above the protein minimum is believed to be ample for all ordinary requirements. Protein in excess of the above suggested amounts may temporarily increase the milk yield, but it seems probable that in many cases the influence of individu- ality is likely to be more pronounced than the effect of the protein consumed. Under the usual conditions, varying amounts of protein appear to be without influence upon the composition of the milk." The effect of protein upon the production and composition of milk, J. B. LiNDSEY (Massachusetts 8ta. Ept. 1910, pt. 2, pp. 87-89). — This is a popular summary of the above. The composition of milk, H. D. Richmond (Analyst, 36 (1911), No. Jf25, pp. 390-392). — The average results of an examination of 19,282 samples of milk made in 1910 were as follows: Morning milk, specific gravity 1.0322, fat 3.53, total solids 12.43 per cent ; evening milk, specific gravity 1.0319, fat 3.92, and total solids 12.81 per cent. The lowest fat content occurred in May and June, and the highest in October and November. The drop in solids-not-fat so often found in July and August was scarcely noticed in 1910. The period when cows frequently yield milk below standard appeared to be extending into both April and July. As a rule genuine samples of milk containing less than 8.5 per cent of solids-not-fat should contain 0.5 per cent of nitrogen and 0.7 per cent of ash, though occasionally exceptions were found to this rule. On the alleged increase of bacteria in milk by mechanical action, E. GuTZEiT (Milchiv. Zentbl., 7 (1911), No. 5, pp. 193-211, fir), i).— Contrary to the results of other observers (E. S. R., 17, p. 288) the author found that filtering, ceutrifuging, or stirring did not increase the bacterial content of milk above that which would naturally take place in the same length of time. Analyses of dairy products, P. H. Smith and J. B. Lindsey (Massachusetts Sta. apt. 1910, pt. 1, p. 272). — ^A revision of a compilation of analyses of whole milk, human milk, colostrum, skim milk, buttermilk, cream, and fresh and salted butter made at the Massachusetts College and Station, 1868-1910 (E. S. R., 18, p. 278). Experiences in the control of milk, cheese, and butter in Chemnitz in the year 1910, A. Behre (Mllchw. Zentbl, 7 (1911), No. 9, pp. .J02-//ii).— Analyses are reported of milk, butter, yoghourt, and the following varieties of cheese : Schweiz, Harz, Brie, Tilsit, Limburg, Edam, Roquefort, Camembert, Gervais, and Breakfast. Extract from the report on the activities of the dairy laboratory at Smeinogorsk in 1910, A. Nestkeljaew (Milchiv. Zentbl., 7 (1911), No. 5, pp. 21.'t-233). — The physical and chemical constants of many samples of butter are reported. Standards for preserved milk (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 23 (1911), No. 7, pp. 613-615). — At a conference of condensed milk manufacturers of New South Wales the following standards were recommended : Unsweetened condensed milk, total solids 28 per cent, fat 8.5 per cent; sweetened condensed milk, total solids 31 per cent, fat 9 per cent ; concentrated milk, total solids 37 per cent, fat 10 per cent. Beport to the local g'overnment board on an inquiry as to condensed milks, with special reference to their use as infants' foods, F. J. H. Coutts (Rpts. Local Oovt. Bd. [Gt. Brit.], Pub. Health and Med. Subjs., n. ser., 1911, No. 56, pp. 64). — This contains a brief account of the history and methods of DAIRY FAEMING DAIRYING. 81 preparing condensed milk, its composition and uses, especially for feeding in- fants, and a report by M. H. Gordon and R. C. Elmslie of a bacteriological in- vestigation of some specimens of condensed milk. None of the specimens examined proved to be sterile. Streptococci were demonstrated in all except 4 specimens. An organism obtained from one sam- ple gave the reactions yielded by Sarcina lutea, and difCered from all the ordinary staphylococci in failing to reduce nitrate to nitrite and to rapidly peptonize milk. Gram-negative bacilli resembling Bacillus coU communis were isolated from 8 samples, but none of them could be properly classified as that species. Some proved to be varieties of Friedliinder's bacillus, while others gave none of the reactions of the coli type. As far as this investigation has gone it indicates that in the process of con- densing unsweetened milk sterility is secured, and that the organisms found in these milks are subsequently introduced from the air. In the case of all the sweetened milks the streptococci obtained were certainly derived from original milk, and possibly the spore-bearing anaerobe was also so derived. The B. coli communis group was killed in the process of condensing either by heat, or by drying, or by autolysis in the presence of large quantities of sugar. A bibliography and regulations in other countries than Great Britain re- garding condensed milk are appended. Powdered milk, F. Maebe {Rev. G6n. Chim., U (1911), Nos. I4, pp. 229-232; 15, pp. 2 '(9-254) ■ — A discussion of the uses of powdered milk, and a description of the different methods of manufacture. A casein product, R. Windisch (Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 21 {1911), No. 10, pp. 613-G15; ahs. in Analyst, 36 {1911), No. 1,25, p. 4O6).— This is a by-product, resulting from the preparation of sour cream, which is used as a food in Hungary. After the cream undergoes lactic fermentation the layer of cream is removed and the remainder of the liquid is heated until a curd has coagulated, which is then collected and subjected to gentle pressure. Analyses of 123 samples yielded the following average results : Water 70.05, solids 29.95, and ash 0.7 per cent. The quantity of fat in 79 samples varied from 0.42 to 15.55 per cent. Dairy salts, II, J. C. Bbunnich and N. H. Chbistensen (Queensland Agr. Jour., 21 (1911), No. 3, pp. U4, U5).—A continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 23, p. 782). Some samples of dairy salt contained as high as 0.83 per cent of sodium sulphate, and a like amount of calcium sulphate. The magnesium chlorid content varied from 0.07 to 0.4 per cent. The milk supply of Chicago and Washington, G. M. Whitakeb (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bui. 138, pp. J/O, pis. 8, figs. 6). — An investigation of the sources of milk supply, milk organizations, wholesale and retail prices, and official inspections of these 2 cities. In Chicago about 1,000,000 qts. of milk are consumed per day. In contrast to New York and Boston the greater bulk of this milk is produced within 60 miles of the city, mostly in 24 counties of Illinois, Indiana, and Wisconsin. There is no uniformity of freight rates for milk on the different roads, but these vary from 12 to 20 cts. per can according to the distance and the road over which it is sent. The dealers estimate that the rates for bottled milk are about 5 ct. per quart. Almost the entire product is handled by the middlemen, of which there are about 1,400. The methods of the large dealers are quite different from those of the smaller. The larger dealers buy their milk by weight and bottle it at receiving stations in the country, known as bottling plants. The smaller dealers buy milk by the can and bottle it in the city. A peculiarity of the Chicago milk business is the existence of a firm of milk brokers, which will 82 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. undertake to flud a customer for a producer who wishes to begin selling milk, or will find a producer for any middleman who wishes to go into the business. In the District of Columbia about 76,000 qts. are consumed per Any, which is obtained from 1,091 farms lying in the neighboring counties of Maryland and Virginia. About one-third of the milk is brought in by wagons. Most of the shipments by steam or electric road are in 40-qt. cans. The freight rates on the steam road are from 2 to 3 cts. per gallon, according to distance, and on the electric road from ^ to 1* cts. per gallon. Statistics show a constantly decreas- ing number of producers. Conditions pertaining to production are improving from a sanitary point of view. Brief instructions for farm butter makers, F. A. Clowes (Hawaii Sta. Press Bui. 31, pi). 10, figs. //). — A bulletin of practical information for making butter on the farm under Hawaiian conditions. How to make Slipcote cheese {Dairy, 23 {1911), No. 274, P- 284). — ^A descrip- tion of the method of making this old-fashioned soft cheese common in Rutland- shire and the surrounding country. The cheese of Saint-Marcellin, C. Groud {Indus. Lait. [Parish, 36 {1911), No. 41, pp. 617, 678). — A note on the characteristics of this small white cheese made in the region of the French Alps. It was originally made of goat's milk, but now is generally mixed with cow's milk and the details of manufacture vary considerably. The financial aspect of cheese making {Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 9, pp. 771-773). — This financial statement contains details of the cost of making cheese as follows: Cost of milk per pound of cheese, at a factory using 1,000 gal. of milk per day, 5.051d. ; cost of materials, manufacture, sale, etc., 0.944d. The cost of making it at the Hawkesburg Agricultural College was for milk 4.292d. and for materials, manufacture, sale, etc. 1.705d. VETERINARY MEDICINE. Special pathology and therapy of the domestic animals, F. Hutyka and J. Marek (Spezielle Pathologie wid Therapie der Haiistiere. Jena, 1010, 3. ed., rev. and enl., vols. 1, pp. XVI+1132, pis. 10, figs. 198; 2, pp. XIV+1074, pis. 5, figs. 163).— In this, the third edition of the work (E. S. R., 21, p. 77), the changes of importance made are the addition of discussions of Malta fever, three-days sickness, leukemia in fowls, oesophagostomiasis and dochmiasis in bovines, enzootic cretinism in animals, serum disease, and necro-bacillosis, and the rewriting of the chapters on hemorrhagic septicemia in sheep, coccidial dysentery in animals, avian pox and avian diphtheria, enzootic equine par- aplegia, scorbutis, paralysis of the bladder, protozoan diseases, and psychoses. The newer findings in the field of chemotherapy are also included. Encyclopedia of microscopical technique, edited by P. Ehrlich et at,. {Enzyldopddie der llikroskopiseheii Technik. Berlin and Vienna, 1910, vols. 1, pp. IV +800, figs. 56; 2, pp. 680, figs. 111).— This publication, which is in 2 volumes, deals with microscopical technique as applied to the medical and natural sciences. Dark ground illumination and ultramicroscopy in biology and medicine, N. (jAIDukov {Dimkelfeldbeleuchtung und Vltramikroskopie in der Biologie iind in der Medizin. Jena, 1910, pp. VI-\-83, pis. 5, figs. i3).— This book considers the principles and nomenclature of ultramicroscopy and the various apparatus used for this purpose. In addition it treats of the following subjects : Structure of the colloids ; ultramicroscopical examination of sera and of solutions of proteins and carbohydrates; examination of the blood, animal cells, spermatozoa, and VETERINARY MEDICINE. 83 membi-aues of the eye ; bacteriological examinations ; examinations of botanical subjects; the colloids of the plant cells; and the examination of textile fibers. A bibliography is appended. An address on meat inspection, E. Van Es (North Dakota Sta. Spec. Bui. SI, pp. 30.'f-310). — A popular account. In regard to the influence of castration upon the red blood corpuscles and hemoglobin content of the blood of bovines, pigs, and sheep, M. SusTSCHOWA (Arch. Anat. u. Physiol., Physiol. Abt., 1910, No. 1-2, pp. 97-112; ahs. in ZentU. Biochem. u. Biophys., 11 {1910), No. 1, p. 29). — Castration was found to diminish the hemoglobin and erythrocyte content. Age and sex, how- ever, also have some influence upon the hemoglobin content. The relation of chemistry to immunity research, G. Salus (Ostcrr. Chem. Ztg., 13 (1910), No. 23, p. 289). — This article has particular relation to Ehr- lich's work and dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol. Serodiagnosis of carcinoma, with particular reference to the complement fixation method, Leschke (Milnchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 (1911), No. 30, pp. 16-'i2, 16-'f3). — It is not possible to detect atypical ferments (which originate from malignant growths) and their cleavage products in the circulating blood. Certain imperfections are still present in the precipitation and anaphylaxis re- actions when applied to malignant growths, while the meiostagmin reaction: can not be considered specific. An antigen made by dissolving a portion of a malignant growth in antiformin' was used by the author with the complement fixation method. With 42 cases of carcinoma the reaction was positive in 93 per cent, and in 116 sera from other diseases it was positive in 10 per cent. Modified vaccine therapy, A. F. Schafeb (Ther. Gaz., 35 (1911), No. 4, pp.' 257-264, charts 6; ahs. in Jour. Amer. Med. Assoa, 56 (1911), No. 19, pp. 1421, 1422). — The vaccines used by this author are neither bacterial vaccines nor serum, as ordinarily understood, but instead are sterile watery solutions of the soluble substances produced by the organism in suitable media. The solutions so obtained are filtered through a bisque filter and are preserved with phenol. The physiological significance of the leucocytic reaction in infection and intoxication, L. Bruntz and L. Spilmann (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris'], 152 (1911), No. 5, pp. 288, 289). — The leucocytic reaction in infection and in- toxication is characterized at first by a hypoleucocytosis of short duration, which corresponds to the period of invasion. This is succeeded by a hyper- leucocytosis, during which stage the products destined for elimination are collected by certain forms of leucocytes and conducted to the excretory organs. In regard to the method of determining the proteolytic leucocytic fer- ment and the (proteolytic) ferment index of the leucocytes of human blood, M. Franke (Wiener Klin. Wchnschr., 23 (1910), No. 33, pp. 1200-1206, figs. 2; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., 49 (1911), No. 1-2, p. 60).— A descrip- tion of the method for obtaining the ferment, and a discussion in regard to the relation which the proteolytic index has to pathological conditions. A new method for preserving various immune sera and antigens, S. Stokel (Wiener Klin. Wchnschr., 23 (1910), No. 43, pp. 1513-1515; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref.. 49 (1911), No. 1-2, p. 53).— The author points out the fact that immune sera and antigens can be preserved by using fused sodium sulphate as a desiccating agent, as recommended by Frankel and Elfer (E. S. R., 24, p. 585). The amounts most favorable for the preservation and the advantages to be derived from its use are stated. The oral administration of antitoxins, C. McClintock and W. E. KlN3 (Jo^r. Infect. Diseases, 6 (1909), No. 1, pp. 45-65; abs. in Hyg. Rundschau, 21 (1911), No. 5, p. 261). — This work brings out the fact that antitoxic serum can 84 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. be given per os without disturbing its activity, providing a 1 per cent solution of sodium bicarbonate, some extract of opium, and a saturated solution of salol in chloroform are given i hour before the antitoxin is administered. Seven cases of anthrax in man, E. Vollmeb {Ztsclir. Med. Beamte, 23 {1910), No. 8, PI). 271-276, pi. 1; abs. in CentU. BaJct. [etc.], 1. Abt., Bef., 48 (1910), No. 8, pp. 225, 226). — A description of 7 cases of anthrax (pustula maligna) in man, which had their origin in the hides of cattle which were infected with anthrax. According to the author the tanning process does not destroy the spores of the anthrax bacillus. Malta fever in the Gard, C. Dubois {Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 9 {1911), No. 13, p. 613). — This is a study in regard to the etiology, geographical distribution, and pathology of this disease. Out of 195 goats examined by the lacto- or sero- diagnostic methods, 13 gave positive results. Fifty-seven per cent of the cases were in males. It is also pointed out that chickens can be mortally infected, and furthermore, that the disease can be transmitted to man. Concerning the presence of the embryos of Trichinella spiralis in the blood of patients suffering from trichiniasis, A. R. Lamb {Amer. Jour. Med. Sci., 142 (1911), No. 3, lyp. 39o-.',02, fig. 1). — "In the examination of the blood sediment for the embryos of T. spiralis we have a valuable means of diagnosis in cases suggesting trichiniasis. . . . " The technique of the examination is very simple. While the search for the embryos is tedious, it is scarcely more so than the examination of the blood for the Plasmodium of malaria. The earliest time at which the embryos may be found in the blood is on the sixth or seventh day after infection. The latest date is not accurately fixed. While the parasites have not been found later than the twenty-seventh day after infection in guinea pigs, or later than the twenty- second day after the onset of symptoms in man, there is some ground for the belief that they may occasionally be recovered in the fifth or possibly the sixth week after infection." The identifi-cation and classification of trypanosomes of mammals, A. Laveran (Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 25 (1911), No. 7, pp. Ii97-517, fig. 1 ; abs. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London] Bui, 3 (1911), No. 30, pp. 356-360).— A study of the identification and classification of trypanosomes of mammals. Further investigations of trypanosomes of cattle in the District of Upper Westerwald, together with a contribution to the knowledge of parasitic flagellates of blood-sucking flies (Tabanus and Haematopota) in Germany, P. Knuth and G. Rauchbaae (Ztsclir. Infelctionskrank. u. Hyg. Hausticre, 8 (1910), No. 2-3, pp. l-'i0-15.'i, pis. 2; abs in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London] Bui., 2 (1910), No. 21, p. 371). — The authors find Trypanosoma franki to resemble closely, or be identical with, T. tJieileri. The flies examined were mostly Tlwmatopota pluvialis and in a few instances species of Tabanus. The technique of the examination is described and a bibliography of 21 titles is appended. The resistance of goats and sheep to trypanosomiases; the long duration of acquired immunity following these diseases, A. Laveran (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 2, pp. 63-66; abs. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London] Bui, 3 (1911), No. 25, pp. 126, 127). — The author calls attention to the fact that while both sheep and goats are susceptible to most of the try- panosomiases these infections usually take light forms which end in recovery, whereas in most other animals they usually terminate fatally. The symptoms are little marked ; at the beginning there are often febrile attacks but unless the temperature is taken regulai'ly these in most cases pass unnoticed. Acquired immunity lasts a long time in both the sheep and goat. In one instance the immunity of a goat to Trypanosoma evansi continued 2 years^nd 4 mouths. A similar instance is given of a sheep immunized successively to VETERINARY MEDICINE, 85 T. pecaudi, T. dimorplion, and T. congolense, in which the immunity to T. diinor- phon still existed 22 months after recovery from the T. dimorplion Infection. The serum of such sheep and goats keeps its activity for a long time when used in admixture with virulent blood. In one case the serum of a sheep was active 2 years and 6 months after recovery from T. dimorplion infection. Attention is called to the fact that in consequence of this resistance of sheep and goats and the long lasting immunity which a first attack often confers on them, the rear- ing of these animals may succeed in countries where trypanosomiasis is endemic. A trypanosome disease of the camel in German Southwest Africa, Reinecke (Ztschr. Veterindrk., 23 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1-12; ais. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London^ Bui., 3 {1911), No. 28, p. 263). — The trypanosomes contained in smears from 5 camels at Kalkfoutein and from 2 camels at Gochas were similar to Trypanosoma brucei and T. evansi, corresponding with the latter in almost all points. The disease is thought to be identical with the variety of surra, known as " mbori." Transmission experiments with Stomoxys and Hippobosca were unsuccessful. A bibliography of 31 titles is appended. The etiological diagnosis of tuberculosis, W. C. Wilkinson {Brit. Jour. Tuberculosis, 4 {1910), No. 1, pp. 40, ^i; ahs. in Internat. CentM. Gesam. Tuberkulose Forscli., 5 {1911), No. 4, p. 204). — "Koch's tuberculin test is simple, safe, and trustworthy. Yon Pirquet's is much superior to Calmette's, but should only displace Koch's when there is much fever. The agglutination test is worthless. Wassermann's reaction in tuberculosis requires great skill and extensive laboratory equipment. The opsonic test is only mentioned to be condemned unreservedly." The technique of determining the opsonic index, H. Reitee {Deut. Med. Wchnschr., 36 {1910), No. 52, pp. 2426-2428; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.'], 1. Abt., Ref., 49 {1911), No 1-2, p. 60).— A detailed description of the precedure. Besides Wright's in.struments, other handy apparatus is described. An improved antiformin method for tubercle bacilli, Lorenz {Berlin. Klin. Wchnsehr., 48 {1911), No. 3, pp. 118, 119; abs. in Ztschr. Tuberkulose, 17 (1911), No. 3, p. 289).— This is a modification of the Uhlenhuth method, which consists of boiling the sputum antiformin mixture after it has been completely homogenized. Precipitation of an aqueous tuberculin with the serum from tuberculous subjects, S. Aeloing and P. Courmont {Lyon Med., 114 {1910), No. 18, pp. 968-972; abs. in Internat. Centbl. Gesam. Tuberktilose Forscli., 5 {1910), No. 2, pp. 69, 70). — The authors point out that they were able to precipitate an aqueous decoction of a homogenous culture of the tubercle bacillus with human and animal serum from normal and tuberculous subjects. According to the authors, the reaction is not an agglutinating one nor is it a specific reaction for tuberculin. Tuberculosis in dogs, E. Schbum (Uber Hundetuberkulose. Inaug. Diss., Vniv. Bern, 1910, pp. 62; rev. in Ztschr. Tuberkulose, 17 {1911), No. 3, p. SOI). — After making a statistical study of the prevalence of tuberculosis in dogs, the author tested dogs in regard to their receptiveness for tuberculous infection. It was noticed that dogs are decidedly resistant toward the disease and that this is irrespective of the type of bacillus used. In regard to immunizing against tuberculosis and the serum treatment of tuberculosis, A. D. Pawlowsky (Ztschr. Tuberkulose, 17 (1911), No. 1, pp. 1-26). — The author, after giving an extensive review of t^e literature on the subject, details his own experiments with chickens, goats, guinea pigs, horses, dogs, and rabbits. 86 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. He concludes that the curative substance is contained in the body of the bacillus itself. The tuberculous process always begins by forming miliary tubercles and goes over to pus formation, then the tubercle is resorbed and is finally converted into scar tissue. As neither the filtrate from tubercle bacilli, bacilli killed by heat, old tuberculin, pure tuberculin, tubercle bacilli minus tuberculin, tubercle bacilli minus chloroform or xylol extract, bacterial sub- stances soluble in potassium hydrate, nor extracts in a 0.7 per cent sodium chlorid solution stimulate tuberculosis to healing, it is very probable that the proper course for future experimentation lies in the way of using the absolutely dry, ground bacilli with the proper therapeutical precautions and iu doses not to produce a febrile reaction. A large bibliography is appended. Poisoning by plants and plant substances, F. Kanngiessee (Vergiftungen durch Pflanzeii und Pflanzenstoffe, Eiii Gtrundriss der Vcgetalen Toxikologie fur praktische Aerste, Apotlieker und Botaniker. J.ena, 1910, pp. 49; rev. in Zenthl. Physiol., 25 (1911), No. 2, pp. 65, 66). — This book contains a description of the symptoms of poisoning, the use of the stomach tube, emetics, and kin- dred therapeutical measures. Its contents include general vegetable toxicology, and poisoning by herbs, berries, etc., fungi, cereals, condiments and narcotics, plant drugs, and plants which irritate the skin and mucus membrane. Are flaxseed screening's poisonous to stock? E. F. Ladd and Axma K. Johnson (North Dakota 8ta. Spec. Bui. 31, pp. 316, 317). — The author here quotes from 4 letters regarding the loss of animals thi'ough the consumption of flaxseed screenings. In 1 herd of 19 all died, while in a second of 10, 5 died. Flaxseed screenings poisonous, E. F. Ladd and At.ma K. Johnson (North Dakota Sta. Spec. BnJ. 35, p. 393). — ^Analyses made of several samples of flax- seed screenings showed clearly the presence of a compound easily bi'oken down into hydrocyanic acid. In the samples used in the feeding experiments noted below, 0.2169 gm. hydrocyanic acid for each pound of screenings was found in the first case and 0.408 gm. hydrocyanic acid in the last. In 1911 immature seed bolls of flax were also analyzed and in each pound was found 0.7726 gm. of hydrocyanic acid. Experiments upon flax screenings, J. W. Ince (North Dakota Sta. Spec. Bui. 35, pp. 393-396). — Examinations made of samples of flax screenings re- ported to have caused the death of cattle and sheep showed the presence of a varied number and kind of weed seeds, but none of a poisonous character. In some samples there were more or less oats, wheat, and flax, the latter being partly good and partly broken or frosted. Chemical analysis failed to demon- strate the presence of an alkaloid but showed hydrocyanic acid to be present. Feeding experiments with a healthy, 2-year-old heifer were conducted in cooperation with the veterinary department. The animal having been well fed prior to the experiment would not eat the screenings so was fed by force from a bottle with material extracted with water which had been acidulated with tar- taric acid. An equivalent of 4^ lbs. of the original screenings given on May 18 resulted in toxic symptoms, from which she recovered, as was the case with a second feeding on May 22 of an equivalent of 4 lbs. of the original material. A third feeding on May 26 of an equivalent of 12 lbs. of the samples resulted in the death of the animal in 92 minutes. Quantitative determinations showed that 0.95S3, 0.10736, and 4.892 gm. of hydrocyanic acid, respectively, were fed to the animal. Thus it is clearly evi- dent that flaxseed screenings may contain hydrocyanic acid in sufficient quanti- ties to cause the death of animals, even when the screenings are fed in moderate quantity. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 87 An undescribed pathogenic bacterium in milk, E. C. Scheoedeb and W. E. Cotton (Amer. Vet. Rev., 40 {1911), No. 2, pp. 195-206, figs. 5).— An udder organism was isolated from the milk of a tuberculous cow which at first could be grown only on agar containing 6 per cent of glycerin and from 1 to 20 per cent of ox gall (the most vigorous growth being in a medium containing 5 per cent or more of ox gall). On this medium the organism grew superficially and ap- peared as small, pearly, slightly convex, pale gray colonies. Later it was found to grow well on an ordinary medium, or on agar which had been smeared with the pulp of spleens from healthy guinea pigs. In stab cultures the growth was mainly at the surface. It is Gram-positive, has an optimum temperature of from 37 to 39° C, a thermal death point of 60°, and is non acid-fast. Mor- phologically considered, the bacillus has rounded ends about the size of the bovine type of the tubercle bacillus. " Guinea pigs become infected either through the inoculation or the inges- tion of pure cultures or of naturally infected milk, but show no well marked lesions until after the passage of 6 weeks or more." With some practice the lesions caused by this organism in guinea pigs can be distinguished from those caused by the tubercle bacillus. The bacillus could be repeatedly isolated from the lesions. " Probably the most remarkable thing about the bacillus is [that it is expelled] from the bodies of apparently healthy cows with their milk. . . . Among 140 cows the bacillus was found in the milk of 19, and among 36 cows it was being passed by 11. The 140 cows form a herd that has been repeatedly tested with tuberculin, and which is very probably free from tuberculosis." Investigations in regard to the spontaneous infection of milk with Bac- terium syncyaneum (blue milk) and tests in regard to eliminating this disorder, A. Schultze (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 5, pp. 90-95, fig. 1). — Cases are cited from which B. syncyaneum could be isolated from milk which was taken under sterile conditions from the udders of 8 cows. The infection was usually present in all of the quarters of the gland. The author does not believe the air to be the carrier of the infection, but in one instance flies wei'e found to convey the infection from an infected milk to a sterile one. An abrupt change of food in no instance produced blue milk. Attempts to remove the infection within the udder resulted in showing that it was possible to eliminate the condition by injecting antiseptic fluids (such as 4 per cent boric acid solution at 38° C, or a warm 0.5 per cent creolin solu- tion) and proper external disinfection for a period of 8 days. A method for detecting cows the milk of which contains an abnormal amount of leucocytes, fibrin, and bacteria, H. M. Hoyberg (Ztschr. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., 21 {1911), No. 5, pp. 133-U7).—The method consists of adding 5.5 cc. of an alcoholic solution of rosolic acid (0.45 cc. of 1 per cent alcoholic solution of rosolic acid mixed with 5 cc. 96 per cent alcohol) to 5 cc. of milk from each quarter of the gland. Milk from a normal gland yields a yellow-orange coloration, while that from an inflamed gland and containing the products of inflammation gives a red coloration which varies between a red salmon red and a carmine red. Milk which contains an excess of leucocytes, bacteria, and fibrin gives a positive alkaline reaction. Milk obtained from cows which calved during a space of from 1 to 3 weeks gives a yellow (acid) reaction. Old milking cows often yield alkaline milks, but the author found that where the udder was sound no red reacton (alkaline) was obtained. The method is recommended for cases where the clinical symptoms are not yet manifest. How to make and use anti-hog cholera serum, M. S. Peters ( [Kansas City, Mo.], 1911, pp. 40, figs. 7). — This publication has been prepared, as the 88 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. author states, for the express purpose of enabling the American hog raiser to malve his own serum and to vaccinate his own hogs. Suptol-burow and swine plague, W. Gottschalk (Berlin. Tlerarzth Wchnschr., 27 (1911), ISlo. I'l, pp. 287, 238).— In the hands of this author the preparation gave good results. Dourine of horses: Its cause and suppression, J. R. Mohler ([/. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bui. 142, pp. 38, pis. 5). — This is a report of studies following an outbreak of dourine in Taylor County, Iowa, in May, 1911. The causative agent, Trypanosoma equiperdiim, was observed by the author on June 28, in blood-tinged serum obtained from a recently developed plaque on the abdomen of an infected mare, after a careful and prolonged examination of a large number of slides, this being the first discovery of T. equiperdiim in natural cases of dourine in the United States. In this country dourine was first recognized at Bloomington, 111., in 1886, when it was traced to a Percheron stallion imported from France in 1882. In 1892 another outbreak occurred in northwestern Nebraska, probably orig- inating from that in Illinois, and although supposed to have been eradicated five years later it again appeared in the same portion of Nebraska and later in South Dakota. In 1903, the disease was discovered in Van Buren County, Iowa, where it had been apparently introduced with an imported Percheron stallion, and in 1904 its presence was discovered in Canada. A report is presented of studies of the disease, including a search for and cultivation of T. cqmperdurn, its infectiveness, symptoms, post-mortem lesions, prognosis, course, differential diagnosis, treatment, and method of eradication. During the investigations a case was met in which the American disease was transmitted by a stallion indirectly from an infected to a normal mare. Both the American and the European disease were transmitted by subcutaneous inoculations of infected blood. The length of time which this protozoan lives when kept in blood or body fluids taken from dead animals has been found to vary considerably. In the blood of an infected dog imported from France, as well as in physiologic salt solution emulsions of the liver and spleen, the para- sites have been found actively motile on the second day and a few still observed on the third day, but on the fourth day none have been found, showing that they were all destroyed between 72 and 96 hours after the death of the host. By the continued inoculation of a medium composed of 3 parts of blood to 1 of agar with great numbers of the organism, it was successfully cultivated, 14 generations, covering a period of over 9 months, having beeh grown and no diffi- culty experienced in keeping the trypanosomes alive by frequently transferring them to fresh medium. The inoculation of experimental animals with these cul- tiu-es seems to indicate that there was some reduction in their virulence, but too small a number of inoculations have been made to draw definite conclusions. Little benefit can be obtained from the medicinal treatment, although some cases have been observed where improvement and recovery followed local treat- ment when applied in the early stages of the infection. When, however, any systemic symptoms appear, drugs seem to be useless and deaths follow after very varying periods of time in different cases. The method of eradication in- cluded the slaughter of diseased mares, castration or slaughter of diseased stal- lions, castration or quarantine of exposed stallions, and the frequent reinspec- tion of exposed mares. The action of phenols upon " virus fixe " of rabies, W. J. Sawtschenko {Kharkov. Med. Jour., 10 {1910). No. 8, pp. 266-270; abs. in Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Bef., 3 {1910), No. 13, p. 1109).— The results show that the stronger solutions of phenol (up to 5 per cent) do not destroy the virus. A KURAL ENGINEERING. 89 *' virus fixe " which was treated for 24 hours with a 5 per cent solution of phenol was able to produce typical rabies after a period of 10 days' incubation. Hydrophobia in the Philippines, F. W. Dudley and E. R. Whitmoee {Philippine Jour. Scl, B. Med. Sci., 5 (1910), No. 5, pp. ^55-Ji59, pi. i).— "The authors have shown . . . that rabies occurs among dogs in the Philippines, (a) by finding Negri bodies in the brain tissue of 2 dogs killed for suspected rabies; (b) bj'^ carrying the virus from the brains of one of these dogs through 7 pas- sages in rabbits, rabbits of the seventh passage dying in 9 days of typical ex- perimental rabies; (c) by demonstrating the presence of Negri bodies and Lentz passage bodies in the brain tissue of these rabbits up to the third passage. "It was also shown that rabies occurs in the human in Manila, (a) by ob- serving a case that was clinically typical rabies; (b) by carrying the virus from the brain of that case through 3 passages in rabbits, the rabbits of the third passage dying of typical experimental rabies in about 2 weeks; (c) by demon- strating the presence of Negri bodies and Lentz passage bodies in the brain tissue of 3 rabbits up to the third passage." The authors have further "suc- ceeded in bringing a fixed virus from Saigon to Manila in animals and also in neutral glycerin in a refrigerator. The virus brought in both ways has retained its full virulence since its arrival in Manila." Entero-hepatitis (amcebiasis), B. F. Kaupp (Amer. Vet. Rev., 39 (1911), No. Jf, pp. -'flO-^16, figs. 5). — This paper includes studies of the disease in a flock of 60 fowls of which 25 had died at the time of the investigation. RURAL ENGINEERING. Power and the plow, L. W. Ellis and E. A. Rumely (Garden City and New York, 1911, pp. 318, pis. 22, figs. 25). — This book discusses in a nontechnical way the various sources of power for farm implements, with special attention to traction plowing. Data are summarized on the history of plowing with both animal and mechanical power, the mechanical principles of plows and plowing, conditions affecting plowing audthe choice of plows, and the draft of plows and other implements ; the efficiency for draft puiiwses, particularly plowing, of the horse, the steam tractor, and the internal combustion tractor, the adaptability of cable plows, auto plows, the general purpose motor, and a combination of animal and mechanical power to tillage operations ; and the outlook for traction farming in the future. Descriptions are given of the various types of tractors and plows and their qualifications for different kinds of farming are discussed in detail. Specifications of leading gas tractors and a bibliography are appended. Tests of centrifugal pumps, B. P. Fleming and J. B. Stoneking (Neiv Mexico Sta. Bui. 77, pp. 81, figs. 3Ji). — In conducting experiments in 1908-9 (E. S. R., 22, p. 792) to determine efficiency and relative cost data for pumping plants under given conditions, the unexpected low efficiency ratings for cen- trifugal pumps (in no case higher than 51.8 per cent), suggested experiments to determine the exact relative efficiency of pumps under varying heads and at varying speeds. Eleven pumps with discharge pipes varying from 1^ to 6 in. were tested under the same physical conditions, each being rated at varying speeds and pumping against different lifts. For each specific condition the efficiency was determined, the percentage rating being the ratio of the useful horsepower to the electrical horsepower supplied the pump. The resultant curves under the various condi- tions under which each test was made were platted for each pump. The signifi- cant feature of these curves is that for each pump tested there is a point of maximum efficiency, that is, each pump did its best work against some par- 20296°— No. 1—12 7 90 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. ticular lift at some particular speed. The complete conditions of each test were also entered in tabular form and a summary of results tabulated. For these 11 pumps the highest efficiency ranged from 33 per cent for a 6 in. pump (practically new) operated at 855 revolutions per minute against a head of 35 ft. discharging 600 gal. per minute, to 56.5 per cent for a 6 in. pump (which had been used for several years) operated at 570 revolutions per min- ute against a head of 34 ft., discharging 500 gal. per minute. Marked discrepancy was found between the ratings given the pumps in the manufacturers' catalogues and those shown by test. " Instead of rating pumps by the so-called 'economic capacity,' it would greatly add to the advantage of the prospective purchaser If the manufacturer should publish tables or exhibit curves based on reliable tests from which one might choose the size of pump and determine the speed which would give the greatest economy or highest efficiency for the desired discharge at the given head. . . . " Large pumps show better efficiencies than small ones, hence it may be better to use a pump of over rather than under size, other conditions being the same." "xis a final conclusion, it may be said that the best pump for any given set of conditions is not necessarily the one giving the highest efficiency since the question is one involving all the various factors which enter into the cost of operation. Thus a pump of high efficiency might be more expensive than one of lower efficiency so that, if, as is not infrequently the case, the pump is used only a few months out of the year, the saving in fuel effected by the pump of higher efficiency may be more than balanced by the greater yearly interest charge. Again a pump of certain capacity might require a higher speed than another pump of similar capacity and the same or perhaps slightly lower efficiency. Other conditions being the same the pump of lower speed should be chosen because of its probable longer life." Practical deductions drawn from the test as applied to different conditions are also presented and discussed. Bagasse drying', E. W. Kerr and H. A. Nadler (Louisiana Stas. Bui. 128, pp. 3-40, figs. 7, pi. 1). — Continuing previous studies (E. S. R., 22, p. 115) the problem of utilizing the waste smoke-stack heat for drying bagasse for the purpose of obtaining a greater fuel value for this material was studied with particular reference to Louisiana conditions, where the bagasse usually con- tains between 52 and 55 per cent of moisture. The dryer used in the tests was designed to be operated in connection with a 100-horsepower boiler and consisted essentially of a rectangular sheet iron box about 4 by 6 ft. and 20 ft. high having within it 6 inclined shelves 4 ft. square and supported on a framework of angle irons. The bagasse is let in at the top of the apparatus where it falls upon the uppermost inclined vibrating shelf, and from which it slides to each of the other shelves in turn until the bottom is reached, where it comes out, passing through mechanically operated doors. The smokestack gases are conducted into the bottom of the dryer. The necessary draft is induced by a 55-in. fan, which is placed near the top of the apparatus. The cost of the apparatus exclusive of the engine for driving it was $1,000. The following results were obtained from some 40 evaporative boiler tests, the advantage due to drying being measured by the weight of water evaporated per pound ot bagasse burned : " The average moisture in the bagasse entering the dryer was 54.3 per cent, and leaving it, 46.4 per cent, which means that 14.5 per cent of the moisture in the bagasse was removed by the drying process. The average equivalent evaporation from and at 212° F. per pound of wet bagasse burned was 1.63 RURAL ENGINEERING. 91 lbs. and that for the partially dried bagasse, 2.53 lbs. This shows that 1 lb. of the partially dried bagasse had a heat value of 55.2 per cent greater than that of 1 lb. of wet bagasse. . . . " The average boiler efficiency for the tests with the dryer in use was 63.5 per cent, and that with undried bagasse, 50.7 per cent. The increased efficiency with partially dried bagasse is probably due to less smoldering during combus- tion and to higher furnace temperatures. Based on an equivalent evaporation of 14 lbs. of water from and at 212° per pound of oil, the saving due to di-ying was calculated to be 2.57 gal. of oil per ton of cane. . . . "The average temperature of gases entering the dryer was 474°, and that leaving the dryer, 219°. The weight of bagasse handled per hour varied from •686 to 3,150 lbs. The percentage of reduction in moisture seemed to be as great with heavy as with light feeds. . . . The loss of heat from llie dryer due to radiation was 8.3 per cent." Concrete silo construction, C. A. Ocock and F. M. White (Wisconsin Sta. Bill. 214, pp. 3-31, figs. 18). — This bulletin gives directions in detail for the construction of several types of concrete silos, especially the reinforced concrete or monolithic silo. The authors state that the scarcity of lumber and its high price in many localities is the factor which has emphasized the importance of more permanent silos, and that reinforced concrete is equal if not superior to all other materials used in the construction of silos. Tables are given showing the relation of the size of the silo to the amount of silage to be used daily, and the capacity of silos. Forms for solid-wall silos were found to cost from iflO to $70. In the con- struction of a 6-in. wall reinforced concrete silo, 14 ft. inside diameter by 35 ft. high, on the University Farm in 1910, 50 bbls. cement, 28 yds. crushed stone, and 16 yds. sand were used, the proportions used being 1 : 2J : 5. The rein- forcement and galvanized iron for the door in the roof cost $25, the material $129, doors $4.60, rent for staging $5, labor $159, making the total cost exclusive of the forms $293. For reinforcement cables made by twisting together good grade No. 9 tele- phone wire, thereby obtaining a rougher surface, are considered better than smooth rods. Tables give the amount, size, and spacing of reinforcement, and directions are given for placing it. In all cases the reinforcement should be placed about 1^ to 2 in. from the outside of the wall. General directions are given for the construction of concrete-block silos, and for a good homemade concrete-block machine, which is illustrated. Notes on the stave silo, the Gurler silo, and the general care of silos are included. New uses of explosives in agriculture, F. H. Gunsolus (Jour. FranMin hist., 172 (1911), No. 2, pi). 153-161, figs. 3; ads. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., SO (1911), No. 17, p. 1078). — This article refers to the well-known use of explo- sives for clearing land, but devotes attention particularly to their use for the preparation of soil for the planting of trees, the loosening of impervious sub- soils, digging of ditches, and draining of ponds and swamps. Other purposes for which explosives may be used with advantage are stated to be grading roads, digging cellars, excavating trenches for foundations, pipe lines, tiling, etc., digging holes for poles and fence posts, and sinking wells. Making electricity do the work on farm, C. A. Shamel (Orange Jiidd Northwest Farmstead, 7 (1911), No. 16, pp. 32Jf, 325, figs. 5).— The installa- tion and cost of maintenance are discussed of an electric power plant on an Illinois farm. The plant furnishes electricity for operating farm machinery, running washing machines and the churn, cookery, and other farm and house- hold tasks. 92 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. RURAL ECONOMICS. Principles of rural economics, T. N. Carver (Boston and London, 1911, pp. XX+386, dgms. 7). — In tliis treatise tlie author directs attention to some of the salient features of the rural problem, giving greater consideration to the public and social aspects of the problem than to the business side of the sub- ject. He gives a historical sketch of modern agriculture, discusses tsome general economic princiiiles as applied to agriculture, factors of agricultural produc- tion, the distribution of agricultural income, management as a factor in agri- cultural production, and problems of rural social life. An extensive bibliography is included. Cooperation among' farmers, J. L. Coulter (New York, 1911, pp. VII-\-281, pis. 2). — In order to meet the demands of many farmers for information con- cerning the possibilities of cooperation and details as to the formation of local societies, the author has prepared this volume in which he discusses the signifi- cance of cooperation among farmers and gives an account of the most success- ful organizations, the best form of organization, and the possibilities of coopera- tion among farmers in many of their activities. He submits plans of various kinds of oi'ganization among dairy farmers; methods of marketing butter and cheese; the production and marketing of animals for meat; the storing and marketing of grain ; and marketing vegetables, poultry, eggs, fruits, nuts, etc., together with an account of the development of cooperative stores in the United States. The cooperative farmer, J. L. Coulter [World's TForfc, 23 (1911), No. 1, pp. 59-63). — This article presents a discussion of the cooperative movement among farmers, together with a summary of the work being done by many of the leading cooperative associations in the United States. The practical operation of associations, J. H. Ross (Fla. Groicer, 5 (1911), No. J/, pp. 1, 3, figs. 2). — This is an :uldress delivered by the pi'esident of the Florence Citrus Growers' Association of Florida in which the actual operations of that association regarding organization, management, wages, efficiency of employees, pooling, marketing, etc., are explained in detail. Agricultural cooperative societies in Germany (Diplo. and Cons. Rpts. [Lon- don], Ann. 8cr., 1911, No. 4773, pp. J/S-JiS). — Data are here briefly summarized as to the status of these societies. Missouri farm facts and rural problems, W. L. Nelson (Ann. Rpt. No. Bd. Agr., Ji3 (1910), pp. ^24-454, fid- !)■ — The author presents answers obtained to a number of questions sent to about 600 representative farmers in Missouri, among them is this question : " What, in your opinion, is the greatest need of the farmer of to-day, or the greatest problem with which he must contend? " Of the 440 who replied 40 per cent answered, " Hired help," 14 per cent, " The maintenance and improvement of soil fertility," and 16 per cent, " Good roads." Seventeen correspondents replied that the farmers' greatest problem is how to combat combinations that are believed to fix prices for what he sells or buys. Thirteen believe too much extravagance exists on the farm ; 10 that the greatest problem is the elimination or curtailment of the powers of the middleman, and 9 name cooperation in buying and selling as the greatest need. Among some of the other needs mentioned were better transportation facilities and lower freight rates, increased production per acre, better schools, and more agricultural science. Opinions are also given by 361 women as to what changes or improvements in the farmhouse would be of greatest benefit. More than 53 per cent favored some system of running water. The article further presents considerable statistical data as to farm condi- tions for the State. ♦ KUEAL ECONOMICS. 93 Agricultural laborers (Bd. Trade [Gt. Brit.], Bpt. Changes in Rates of Wages and Hours of Labour, 18 (1910), pp. 2Ji~21). — This report gives notes aud statistics relative to tlie current rates of weelily cash wages paid to agri- cultural laborers in 625 rural districts of England and Wales in 1910, together with changes in the weekly rates of wages for a period of years. The num- ber who received an increase in wages during 1901 is estimated at 127,565 and the number receiving a decrease at 10,469. The number receiving an increase in 1910 is shown to be 15,451, and the number receiving decreases 271, while the number in districts where wages were reported as unaltered is shown to be over 400,000. It is further noted that for every year from 1901 to 1910, excepting 1905, the number of laborers affected has been smaller in districts in which wages have fallen than in districts in which they have risen. Tariff revision and agrarian protection in Belgium, M. Lauwick {Rev. Econ. Internat., 8 {1911), III, No. 2, pp. 256-282). — This article discusses the necessity of tariff reform, instituting the agrarian policy in Belgium and its rsults, agricultural prosperity, the rise in the price of protected foods, the deficiency of Belgium cattle in meeting the domestic consumption, together with some proposed reforms. Law for the American farmer, J. B. Green (New York, 1911, pp. XVI +438). — This book presents an analyzed summary of the law as it applies to the farm and farmer, giving the law as interpreted by the courts in the United States in such a style as to enable the farmer to recognize readily his rights and obligations in case of portended litigation. Ohio farm laws with business forms and business letters, W. K. WiL- i.iAjrs (Colnml)iis, Ohio, 1910, rer., pp. 160). — This book presents a compilation of Ohio farm laws, and business forms, business letters, etc., which are intended to be of special interest to the farmer. Agricultural law, 1911 (N. Y. Dept. Agr. Bui. 27, 1911, pp. 965-1 07o).— This is a codification of the agricultural law of New York State, including amend- ments made during the legislative session of 1911. Swine on farms in continental United States (U. S. Bur. Census [Press BuL], 1911, Nov. 9, folio). — This article, issued by the Bureau of the Census November 9, 1911, shows by the following table the number of farms reporting swine, together with the number and value of all swine reported on the farms of the United States in 1900 and 1910 : Sivine on farms in continental United States, April 15, 1910, and June 1, 1900. Number of farms reporting Per cent of all farms Number of all swine Value of all swine Average value 4,340,592 68.5 58,000,632 398,002,878 86.86 1900. 4, 335, 363 75.6 62,868,041 $231,978,031 Increase. Amount. Per cent 5,229 4,867,409 $166,024,847 83. 17 71.6 85.9 A decrease of 7.7 per cent is noted in the total number of swine since 1900, but in spite of this the report shows a material increase in the value of all swine reported, the average value per head being $3.69 in 1900 and $6.86 in 1910, an increa.se of S5.9 per cent. This increase is partially attributed to the change in the date of enumeration, assuming the 1910 report to include a much larger proportion of mature hogs and a smaller proportion of spring pigs than the census of 1900. 94 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Crop Reporter (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Statis. Crop Reporter, 13 (1911), No. 10, pp. 73-80). — Statistics on the condition of crops in the United States and foreign countries, the farm values and range of prices of important crops and products, temperature and precipitation data, sugar-beet and beet-sugar produc- tion in the United States in 1910. durum wheat in 1910-11, cost of producing barley in important barley States, and monthly receipts and stocks of eggs and poultry in the United States are presented. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Beginnings in agriculture, A. R. Mann (New York, 1911, pp. XI I -^34 J, figs. 178). — Based on the report of the committee of the National Education Asso- ciation on industrial education in schools for rural communities, this text, another of the Rural Text-book Series edited by L. H. Bailey, treats the 4 sets of subjects recommended by that committee, viz : The affairs of agriculture, the soil, farming schemes and crops, and fai'm animals. Part 1, dealing with the general agricultural situation, may be used as a series of introductory reading and discussion exercises. The actual work with subject matter begins with part 2 on such topics as the nature and composition of the soil, plant life in the soil, and the improvement of the soil. Part 3 deals with the dissemination and multiplication of plants, rotation of crops, various farm crops, the orchard, the wood crop, insect enemies and diseases of plants, as well as their improvement. Part 4 treats of the various farm animals in relation to their needs, feeds, types, breeds, and improvement. The appendix contains a list of elementary textbooks on agriculture, pamphlets, and publi- cations of this Department which may be useful in supplementing the text. New elementary agriculture, C. E. Bessey, L. Bruner, G. D. Swezey, et al (Chicago and Lincoln, Nehr., 1911, 9. eel., pp. XVIII+209, figs. 62).— In this revised edition a few errors in the first edition (E. S. R., 15, p. 626) have been corrected, all the plates have been carefully revised, and exercises and ques- tions added. Suggestions for the teaching of gardening ([Ot. Brit.] Bd. Ed, Circ. 746, 1910, pp. 16). — Suggestions are given to teachers and others as to how school gardening can be made educative as well as useful. It is asserted that school gardening is a branch of nature study rather than a professional training for an industry. " But it is also — and this is what makes it particularly suitable for the education of children — a study which aims at producing visible and tangible results, which appeals to their practical and utilitarian instincts, and is closely connected with their domestic life." The importance of maintaining an intimate and reciprocal relation between the garden work and the ordinary school work is pointed out, as well as the advantages claimed for the single, dual, and common plat systems. Short notes are also given dealing with some of the principal questions involved in successful gardening work. The sequence of the seasons, G. A. Bricker (Ohio Ed. lie, 60 (1911), No. 10, pp. 554-558, figs. 6). — The author points out the relation of the seasons to farm work, and suggests that agricultural instruction should be timed accord- ingly. Scheme of agricultural education ([Lancaster, England] Ed. Dept., 1911, pp. 72, pis. 12). — An outline is given of the scheme of agricultural education to be carried out in Lancaster County at the farm and dairy and poultry schools at Hutton, and the agricultural school at Harris Institute, Preston, as well as of miscellaneous work in the county. MISCELLANEOUS. 95 School farming' in Bukidnon, L. S. Thomas {Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 4 {1911), No. 7, pp. 3Jf9-35.5).— This is an account of the garden work of the pupils in the Bukidnon schools and of the results obtained with the various natiA'e and foreign crops grown. Agricultural instruction in the army, Horny {Ztschr. AgrarpolitiJc, 9 {1911), No. 8, pp. 327-331). — This is an account of the organization and meth- ods of instruction in agriculture for soldiers under the jurisdiction of the Wiesbaden Chamber of Agriculture. This instruction was introduced experimentally into the garrisons of the dis- trict in the winter of 1909-10. Ten lectures were delivered during each of the past two winters. The instruction was usually given weekly from 4 to 7 p. m. and consisted of tbe purely agricultural subjects such as crop and plant pro- duction, animal husbandry, farm management, combating weeds and insect enemies, as well as related subjects such as fruit growing, care of health, and administration of the law. In 1909-10 there were 354 soldiers in attendance on this course, and in the past winter, 298. MISCELLANEOUS. Twenty- third Annual Report of Massachusetts Station, 1910 {Massachu- setts Sta. Rpt. 1910, pts. 1, pp. 356, pis. 8, figs. 13; 2, pp. 9-5, fig. i).— Part 1 of this report contains the organization list, a report of the director, a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1910. reports of heads of depart- ments, and numerous special articles, among them a tribute by Dr. J. B. Lindsey to the late Dr. C. A. Goessmann. Part 2, which is the portion designed for general distribution, consists of papers of a popular nature, based on the results of the observations and experiments of the station, and of a brief sum- mary by the director of the more important conclusions from these articles. The experimental work reported in each part of the report is for the most part abstracted elsewhere in this issue. Report of the Royal Agricultural-Chemical Experiment Station at Vienna, 1910, F. W. Dafert and K. Kornauth {Ber. K. Landw. Chem. Vers. Stat. Wien; 1910, pp. 120). — This report deals principally with oflicial chemical-tech- nological investigations, viticulture, dairying, horticulture, moor culture and peat valuation, fish culture, the distribution of Loeffler's mouse typhoid and rat bacillus cultures, and plant protection. Monthly Bulletin of the Department Library, August and September, 1911 {V. S. Dcpt. Agr., Library Mo. Bui, 2 {1911), Nos. 8. pp. 209-234; 9, pp. 237- 260). — These numbers contain data for August and September, 1911, respec- tively, as to the accessions to the Library of this Department and the additions to the list of periodicals currently received. Experiment Station Work, LXV (t/. S. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. 465, pp. 24, figs. 8). — This number contains articles upon the following subjects: Cost of available nitrogen, management of marsh soils, a weeder harrow for dry farms, the V-shaped cotton-stalk cutter, storage for root crops, a danger In feeding root crops to breeding animals, sanitary care of swine in the South, individuality of the cow as a factor m economic milk production, and hatching and rearing turkeys bj' artificial methods. NOTES Alabama College Station. — F. A. Wolf, Ph. I).. 1i;ts been appointed plant patholo- gist. Georgia College. — Recent appointments, which became effective January 1, in- clude L. M. Carter, of the state department of agriculture, as adjunct professor of soil chemistry ; R. S. IloUingshead, of the New Yorli State Department of Agriculture, as instructor in soil chemistry ; D. D, Long as adjunct professor in soil survey work ; and J. W. Firor, of the West Virginia Sttition, as instructor in horticulture. In connection with the extension work, L E. Rast, a 1911 graduate of the college, has been appointed instructor in agronomy ; J. L. Bishop adjunct professor in animal husbandry ; Mary E. Creswell instructor in school extension work; and C4. W. Firor secretary of the extension department. Illinois University and Station. — Dr. H. P. Baker, of the Pennsylvania College and Station, has been appointed to the chair of forestry in the college of agri- culture. Wilbur J. Fraser has resigned as head of the department of dairy husbandry in order to devote his entire time to a professorship which he will retain within the department. Purdue University and Station.^ — ^A severe storm November 12 did much damage to several buildings, the greatest loss being In the destruction of the station seed house and the experimental sheep sheds. Some farm machinery was destroyed and considerable quantities of seed of improved strains were lost. It is esti- mated that the loss will be at least $20,000. The departments of horticulture and entomology have been separated, Prof. James Troop becoming head of the new department of entomology and Prof. C. G. Woodbui'y head of that of horticulture. Recent appointments include H. R. Smalley (Purdue. 1911), as assistant chemist in the station, C. E. Brehm as instructor in horticulture, C. F. Gobble as instructor in animal husbandry, E. J. Petry as instructor in agronomy, J. E. Dougherty (Cornell, 1911), as assistant in poultry husbandry, and R. E. Caldwell as associate in milk produc- tion, vice P. H, Crane, I'eslgued to accept a position with Hoard's Dairyman. Massachusetts College and Station. — F. B. Jenks, assistant professor of agri- cultural education, has accepted a position with the United States Bureau of Education and has entered upon his duties. C. L. Perkins resigned as assistant chemist in the station, this taking effect December 23, 1911. Minnesota University *and Station. — T. P. Cooper has accepted an appointment as director of demonstration farm work for the One Hundred-Dollar an Acre Club of North Dakota, an organization made up mainly of bankers of the State with a view to increasing the value of farm lands by the introduction of im- proved methods. A number of ten-acre demonstration farms- are projected for various parts of the State. DeForest Hungerford has been appointed assistant in chemistry, and Robert B. Baxter animal husbandman at the Crookston substation. Mississippi Station. — J. W. Fox, director and agronomist, has resigned to take effect January 1, to assume charge of a tract of Delta property of 32,000 acres for an English syndicate. He has been succeeded as director by E. R. Lloyd, who will also continue to be animal husbandman, and as agronomist by J. R. 96 NOTES. 97 Ricks, the assistant agronomist. A. B. McKay, horticulturist, has been given the additional duties of vice director. James Lewis has resigned as veteri- narian and has been succeeded by Dr. E. M. Ranck. Cornell ITniversity. — A new^ plan for the administration of the college of agri- culture went into effect January 1. The general supervision of the college remains with the full board of trustees, but the more immediate oversight has been delegated to a special committee of 11, to be known as the Agricultural College CJouncil. This council is made up of the 5 trustees appointed by the governor, the president of the university, the trustee elected by the State Grange, the state conmiissioner of agriculture, the president of the state agri- cultural society, and two trustees to be selected by the board of trustees, one of these being chosen from those elected by the alumni. E. G. Montgomery, experimental agronomist of the Nebraska University and Station, has accepted the position of professor of field crops, Pennsylvania Institute of Animal Nutrition. — K. K. Jones, a 1910 graduate of Fairmount College, has been appointed assistant in animal nutrition. Porto Rico University. — R. I. Smith, of the North Carolina College and Station, E. A. Cockefair. professor of agriculture in the State Normal School at Cape Girardeau, Mo., and Arthur D. Cromwell and S. K. White, of Iowa, have ac- cepted positions in connection with the extension work of the college of agriculture. Texas College and Station. — Harper Dean and F. B. Paddock, of the college staff, have been appointed assistant entomologists in the station, the former giving his entire time to station work. Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. — The twenty-eighth annual con- vention of this association was held November 22-24. 1911, in Washington, D. C, with an attendance of over 200 persons. The president of the association, F. W. Woll, delivered the annual address, which dealt primarily with the historical development of the association. A comparison was made between what constituted agricultural chemistry in the early days and what it represents to-day, and attention was directed to the part played by members of the association in the advancement of this branch of science. Recommendations were also submitted for additional cooperative \^ ork. On the invitation of the association Secretary of Agriculture Wilson delivered an address in which he pointed out the role played by agricultural chemists in the furtherance of the science of agriculture and the extent to which "the processes which occur during plant growth and in the soil can be explained in the light of present-day chemistry. An invitation to participate in the Inter- national Congress of Applied Chemistry at its 1912 meeting in this country was presented by Dr. Wiley. H. D. Haskins, referee on phosphoric acid, reported a study of the Wagner method and various modifications thereof as a means for determining the availability of phosphoric acid in basic slag. In this connection a resume was given of work extending over a period of 15 years which has been done by var- ious workers. After discussing the cooperative work of the various analysts, the referee also read a paper on work done at the Massachusetts Station in regard to the efficiency of different phosphates. The results in 9 out of 14 years of work brought out the fact that basic slag as a source of phosphoric acid was superior to both acid phosphate and dissolved bone black. On the recom- mendation of the referee and associate referee the Wagner method was adopted provisionally by the association. 98 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. The associate referee on phosphoric acid, A. J. Patten, discussed the use of the electrical conductivity method for determining the neutral point in prepar- ing ammonium citrate solution. The method in his hands gave better results than the usual procedure. The referee on nitrogen, J. W. Kellogg, made no definite report, but recom- mended that the method for determining available nitrogen be continued, and that the alkaline and neutral i>ermanganate methods as applied to crude stock be further studied. E. L. Baker recommended on the basis of his results that a trial be made of the Salle method (E. S. R., 23, p. 213) for nitrates and nitrites in commercial nitrates. As referee on potash, Mr. Baker reported cooperative work which was prac- tically a repetition of that of last year with a few minor changes and which gave in general good results. He recommended that the study of the Drushel volumetric cobalti-nitrite method be discontinued and the gravimetric cobalti- nitrite method be studied, using in this connection the Itano method of precipi- tating out the phosphates before adding the reagents. A paper submitted by M. A. Drushel on the estimation of potassium as cobalti-nitrite was read by L. L. Van Slyke, in which a plea was made for the retention of this method but applying it only to fertilizers containing less than 10 per cent of potash. L. T. Bowser also rendered a report on the cobalti- nitrite method. A resolution was iutroduced in connection with potash to make the factors for calculating from potassium platinic chlorid to potassium chlorid read 0..S067. to potassium sulphate to i*ead 0.3585, and to potassium oxid to read 0.1938, and, furthermore, to make certain modifications in the official method. J. G. Lipman and G. S. Fraps, referee and associate referee, respectively, on soils, reported giving some time to bacteriologic methods for determining soil acidity and also to the modified cobalti-nitrite method for potash and methods for humus determination. In the case of the latter it was pointed out that the official method for humus is less accurate than the Mooers-Hampton and the llather methods (E. S. R., 25, p. 614). The referees recommended a fur- ther study of the Rather method and the elimination of the official method. As the referee on inorganic plant constituents, O. M. Shedd reported ou co- operative work done in regard to the molybdate method for separating ferric and aluminic oxids. Recommendations were made to adopt officially the molybdate method, to study further the oxalate method with a synthetic ash solution, and to study the Schreiber method (E. S. R., 23, p. 215) for total sulphur in organic matter. The referee on water, W. W. Skinner, in addition to giving the results of the cooperative work, advocated the adoption as official of methods proposed in Circular 52 of the Bureau of Chemistry (E. S. R., 22, p. 614). C. C. McDonnell, the referee on insecticides, made several recommendations in regard to the chromate method for total lead oxid and lead arsenate, the gravimetric method for sulphur as sulphids and polysulphids in lime-sulphur wash, the volumetric method for sulphur present as thiosulphate in lime-sul- phur solution, the arsenious and arsenic acid in London purple, and the Gate- house method for determining chlorin in cyanids. The referee on food adulteration, A. S. Mitchell, gave an outline of some of the work conducted during the past year by the associate referees and others. The associate referee on the adulteration of dairy products, A. E. Paul, pointed out the possibilities for fraud by the use of the homogenizer in the dairy and ice-cream industries, and also introduced a method for extracting fat from cream, ice-cream, evaporated milk, and sweetened condensed milk. NOTES. 99 H. L. White, the associate referee on cereal products, reported cooperative work on 2 samples of wheat flour, one a straight flour produced from Fife wheat and the other a patent flour from durum wheat. This included baking tests, and a description of methods by B. R. Jacobs for making baking tests as used in the Bureau of Chemistry of this Department. There was much variation in the methods and the results of the baking tests. The associate referee on water in foods, H. C. Lythgoe, stated that in many cases it was noted that a darkening of the sulphuric acid used in the vacuum method for determining water in foods takes place. In view of this he con- siders it advisable, as a recommendation for future work, to make a study of the method and to use various dehydrating agents for comparison. C. R. Moulton, as the referee on the separation of meat proteins, reported cooperative work in regard to the determination of nitrogen in concentrated beef extracts. A further study of this problem was recommended. The report of A. W. Bosworth, associate referee on the separation of the nitrogenous bodies of milk and cheese, presented by L. L. Van Slyke, discussed the results of a study of the Folin method (E. S. R., 24, p. 703) for determining ammonia in cheese and dairy products, and the D. D. Van Slyke method (E. S. R., 25, p. 710) for the determination of amino acid nitrogen in regard to its application to dairy products. The results obtained with both of the methods were comparatively good, and it was recommended that a further study of them be made. The referee on foods and feeding stuffs, G. M. MacNider, reported on the determination of acidity in feeds, a comparison of the proposed modification of the method for the determination of crude fiber with the oflicial method, and a comparison of the official ethyl ether method for determining fat with the petroleum ether method. Recommendations were made to report the acidity in feeds in terms of cubic centimeters of sodium hydrate used, or its equivalent in grams of sodium hydrate; that a study of the factor for converting nitrogen into protein be made ; that the petroleum ether method for fat in cotton-seed products be recognized by the association ; and that the proposed modification of the official crude fiber method be not further considered. The reports of the following referees and associate referees were also ren- dered : R. W. Hilts on spices, W. E. Mathewson on colors, W. A. Bender on vinegars, R. S. Hiltner on flavoring extracts, cocoa, and cacao products by W. L. Dubois, tea and cofi'ee by M. E. Jaffa, preservatives by H. E. Barnard, fats and oils by H. S. Bailey, sugar and molasses by W. E. Cross, meat and fish by R. Hoagland, fruit and fruit products by A. W. Blair, medicinal plants and drugs by L. F. Kebler, tannin by J. S. Rogers, headache mixtures by W. O. Emery, and medicated soft drinks by H. C. Fuller. The following papers were presented during the session : The Determination of Carbon Dioxid in Soils, by L. T. Bowser ; The Ether Extract of Paprika and Pimenton, by D. L. Weatherhead; Recalculation of Juckenack's Egg Noodle Tables, by R. W. Hilts ; Determination of Tin in Foods, by A. W. Hansen and L. C. Johnson; On the Chemical Composition of Authentic Vanilla Extracts, together with Analytical Methods and Limits of Constants, by A. L. Winton and E. H. Berry ; Methods of Analyses of Fruit Products, by A. E. Paul ; Potash Determination in Ashes, by P. F. Trowbridge ; Method for the Analysis of Cattle Foods (Sugar), by H. Bryan, M. X. Straughn, and A. Given; Note on a Tenta- tive Method for the Determination of Essential Oil in Alcoholic Solutions, by R. S. Hiltner ; Note on the Determination of Benzaldehyde in Liquors, Distilled Liquors, and Cordials, by F. G. Smith; and Temperature Corrections in Raw Sugar Polarization, by W. D. Home. 100 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The committee on amendments to the constitution reported favorably a reso- lution introduced by W. A. Withers recommending that the referees and asso- ciate referees be appointed by the outgoing executive committee, and, further- more, that the association provide a place on the program for the announcement of the appointment of referees and associates referees. The plan has for its purpose the expedition of cooperative work. The association also adopted a resolution presented by O. M. Shedd that the retiring referees transmit a copy of their reports and recommendations to the incoming referees, together with a statement of the action taken by the association. In regard to the proposed aflBliation of societies organized for the purpose of advancing agricultural science. Dr. Wiley pointed out to the association the desirability of joining in the movement. Certain rules which exist in the asso- ciation by-laws, however, conflict somewhat with the stipulations proposed for the organization of the new society. The committee on the standardization of alcohol tables, and that on the pro- posed agricultural scientific journal, were discharged. The officers elected for the next year are : President, H. J. Patterson, College Park, Md. ; vice-president, G. S. Fraps, College Station. Tex. ; secretary- treasurer, H. W. Wiley, Washington, D. C. ; and as additional members of the executive committee, R. E. Doolittle, Washington, D. C, and A. J. Patten, of East Lansing, Mich. Necrology. — Edouard Andre, editor-in-chief of the Revue Horticole since 1882 and professor of garden architecture at I'Ecole Nationale d'Horticulture of Versailles since 1892, when the chair was established on his behalf, died October 25 at La Croix (Indre-et-Loire), at the age of 71 years. Professor Andre made many contributions to horticultural literature, the best known of which is the classic I'Art des Jardins. He was a garden architect of interna- tional repute and is also well known for his extensive botanical collections made in South America. As a result of his voyages to Uruguay in 1890, Professor Andre collected many plants of value to horticulture, many of which have since been extensively cultivated. He was a member of the leading botanical and horticultural societies at home and abroad and was an officer of the Legion of Honor. A recent number of the Journal cV Agriculture Praetique notes the death on October 5, at the age of 84, of Dr. Samuel Bieler, director of the Cantonal Agricultural School at Lausanne. In his long and active career he devoted much time to studies in zootechny and animal husbandry and left many valu- able memoirs. In 1898 he was organizer and secretary-general of the fifth International Congress of Agriculture, which was held at Lausanne. Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, the Nestor of English botanists, died December 10, 1911, in his ninety-fifth year. His great reputation rests mainly on his work in connection with systematic botany, but his contributions to the geographical dis- tribution of plants have been numerous and valuable. The recent death at Narbonne is noted of Gaston Gautier at the age of 70 years. He was a member of Societe de Botanique de France and had published several botanical memoirs. His best known undertaking was the reclamation of the pestilential swamps surrounding Narbonne and their conversion into vineyards. G. H. Verrall, the eminent English dipterist and a former president of the Entomological Society of London, died September 16 at the age of 64 years. o THIS PUBLICATION may be pro- cured from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office Washington, D. C, at 15 cents per copy Subscription price Sl.OO per volume EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Editor: E. W. ALLEN, Pn. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPARTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzer, Ph. D., M. D. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers -j -g '"w' Tillman Agricultural Botany, Bacteriology, Vegetable Pathology — W. H. Evans, Ph. D. Vir^^A P^^^o /J- I- SCHULTE. FieldCrop3|j Q j^^^^j^ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition — C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D. Zootechny, Dairying, and Dairy Farming — E. W. Morse. Economic Zoology and Entomology — W. A. Hooker. Veterinary Medicine {J\^; H^™' Hural Engineering (, IKR A K "s Rural Economics — B. B. Hare. -ir.'W YOkt' Agricultural Education {c .' h . lTne .""■ - TanicaL •iz-'iKUtSOU CONTENTS OF VOL. XXVI, NO. 2. Editorial notes: Page. Aiding agriculture in Great Britain under the development act 101 Recent work in agricultural science 106 Notes.^ 194 SUBJECT LIST OF ABSTRACTS. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY. Biochemical hand lexicon, edited by Abderhalden 106 Handbook of biochemical methods, edited by Abderhalden 106 The chemical differentiation of species, ^\^leldale 106 Mechanisms of cell activity, Alsberg 106 The centenary of glucose and the early history of starch, Herc^tein 106 Hydrocarbons of vegetable origin, Klobb, Gamier, and Ehrwein 106 [Action of hydracids and hydrolyzing agents on starch], De Coninck 107 Stachydrin in stachys tubers and citrus leaves, Schulze and Trier 107 The reactions of saponin, Reichard 107 A method for the study of proteolytic ferments, Kober 107 Question as to the identity of pepsin and chymosin, Sawitsch 107 Extraction of fresh plants with boiling alcohol, Bourquelot and Herissey 108 A very sensitive indicator, Sacher 108 Estimation of nitrates, Clarens 108 A simple method for detecting nitrites, Dane 108 [Cooperative work on phosphoric acid and potash], Breckenridge et al 108 Estimation of potassium as potassium platinic-chlorid, Fresenius and Brinton. 108 In regard to determining phosphoric acid, Jorgensen 108 I II CONTENTS. Page. A volumetric estimation of phosphoric acid, Rosin 108 Detection of small quantities of sulphur, Deussen ^ 109 Estimation of sulphuric acid ia presence of alkali metals, Kato and Noda 109 Volumetric estimation of manganese, Karaoglanoff 109 Analysis of calcium cyanamid, Monnier 109 The phenolsulphonic acid method for nitrates in water, Chamot et al 110 Volhard's method for the estimation of chlorin in potable waters, Stuart 1 10 Suggestions on micro-analytical methods for dmgs, foods, and spices, Schneider. 110 The examination of turtle meat for adulteration, Yoshinaga 110 Determination of cacao shells in cocoa powder, Dubois and Lott Ill The detection of prune juice and caramel in vanilla flavoring extracts, Denis. . Ill The modified LaWall method for sodium benzoate in catsups, McAbee Ill A source of error in the detection and estimation of salicylic acid. Pellet Ill The methods of examining milk and dairy products, Barthel Ill Simple, accurate methods of milk analysis, Mayer 112 Composition of casein of woman's and cow'a milk, Abderhalden and Lang.^tein. 112 The fermentation of citric acid in milk, Bosworth and Prucha 112 Detecting the degree of decomposition of milk, Bertin-Sans and Gaujoux 112 Investigations in regard to catalase, Kooper. 112 The catalase of cow's milk, Faitelowitz 112 Ammonium salts of fatty acids and separation of oleic acid, Falciola 112 The saponification methods for edible fats, Poppe 113 Analyses of fats and the chemistry of fats, Fahrion 113 The estimation of essential oils, Howard 113 The acid content of coconut oil, Allen 114 Determining oil adulteration by mineral or resin oils, Outerbridge, jr 114 The fluorescent test for mineral and rosin oils, Walker and Boughton 114 Cotton wax, Knecht and Allan 114 Report on method of determination of glycerol, Probeck 114 The cause of failure of spectroscopic test for hemoglobin in urine, McDermott. . 114 Modification of the phenylhydrazin reaction, Boeseken 115 A rapid volumetric method of sugar estimation, Sutherst 115 The quantitative determination of starch sirup, Griinhut 115 The chemistry of raw sugar production, Browne 115 Relation between the potash and sugar content of sugar cane, Prinsen Geerligs. 115 The occurrence of rafhnose in raw sugars and its determination, Strohmer 115 In regard to the occurrence of raffinose in raw sugars, Pellet 116 About some characteristics and the determination of raffinose, Herzfeld 116 Raffinose or torref action products, Vermehren 116 A guanin pentosid from molasses residue, Andrlik 116 Nitrogenous constituents of beet and manufacturing raw sugar, Duschsky et al. . 116 The indeterminable losses which occur in beet sugar manufactiue, Pellet 116 In regard to determining the marrow content of beets, Skarblom 117 A discussion of the cider vinegar standards, Mohan 117 Innovations in the field of potato drying, Nehbel 117 Preservation of horticultural products in cooperative factories, Lind and Gr6en . 117 The use of vacuum apparatus in manufacturing fruit essences, Walter 117 Olives, Hasbrouck 117 METEOROLOGY — WATER. Meteorological observations at the ^Massachusetts Station, Ostrander et al 117 Bulletin of the Mount Weather Observatory 117 The aErricultural zones of the Tropics in their relation to climate, Eckardt 118 The rains of the Nile Basin and the Nile flood of 1909, Craig 118 pfcVater analyses, 1910], Rose 118 The drying of sludge, Spillner 118 SOILS — FERTILIZERS. Soil surveys for agricultural ptirposes, Hall and Russell 118 Soil surveys and soil analyses, Hall and Russell 119 Soils of the Eastern United States and their use, XIX-XXIII, Bonsteel 119 The selection of land for general farming in the Gulf coast region, Tharp 120 The drift soils of Norfolk, Newman ^ 120 Petrographic and soil conditions of red sandstone formation in Germany, Blanck . 121 CONTENTS. Ill Page. Relation of calcareous soils to pineapple chlorosis, Gile 121 Effect of soluble salts on the absorption of phosphates by soils, Patten 122 The soil solution, Cameron 122 On the chemical nature of humus acids, Rindell 123 [Address of the chairman of the subsection of agriculture], Hall 123 Micro-organisms other than bacteria and soil fertility, Russell and Hutchinson. 123 The fixation of nitrogen by free living soil bacteria, Bottomley 123 Nitrogen fixation by yeasts and other fungi, Lipman 123 Six years' experiments with nitragin inoculation, Schindler 123 Different kinds of stable manure as sources of phosphoric acid, Egorov 123 The manufacture of chemical manures, Fritsch 124 Availability of nitrogenous materials shown by ammonification, Lipman et al. 124 Lime nitrogen, anunonium sulphate, and sodium nitrate, Wehnert 125 Active phosphoric acid and pot experiments, Fraps 125 Phosphates, Richards, Mansfield, Gale, and Blackwelder 125 Thomas meal, Hissink and A' an Kampen 126 [Experiments with manganese sulphate on tobacco], Mach 126 The composition of seaweed and its use as manure 126 Utilization of kelp, Norton 126 Analyses of Crotalaria 126 The fertilizing value of sisal waste, Lommel 126 [^liscellaneous analyses, 1910], Rose 127 Fertilizers, Rose and Heimbrirger 127 [Fertilizer inspection in Ohio, Lord and Vivian 127 Analyses of commercial fertilizers, Brackett 127 Georgia's new fertilizer law 127 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Investigations on the effect of etherization on plant metabolism, Hempel 127 Delayed germination, Pammel and King 128 Dimorphic leaves of cotton and allied plants in relation to heredity. Cook 128 Honey plants of California, Richter 128 Seeds and plants imported from July 1 to September 30, 1910 128 Seeds and plants imported from October 1 to December 31, 1910 128 FIELD CROPS. The importance of water in the life of cultivated plants, von Seelhorst 128 The root development of crops grown alone or in mixtures, Kaserer 129 Fertilization of oil-producing crops, Ramnek 129 Alpine pastures, Spampani -.•••: ^^^ Experiments on the germ-ripening of grain, Kiessling 130 Work with cereals at the Ploty station in 1909 131 Distribution of improved seed grain in Kansas, Ten Eyck 131 Alfalfa on Wildwood Farm and how to succeed with it, Folmer 131 The determination of the percentage of hull in barley, Kamnitz 132 The hardness of the seed coat in clover, Romano wskij -Roman jko 132 Winter enimer, Carleton _ 132 Growing and using mangels and forage sugar beets, Grisdale and Shutt 132 Peanut culture in Kamerun 132 On the cultivation in Uruguay of Lolium temulentum ceptochoeton, Alvarez 132 Sulla {Hedysannn coronarium) 133 Breeding experiments with tobacco, Lodewijks 133 A note upon the method of applying fertilizers for the tobacco crop, Blackshaw . 133 Manuring tobacco on Mr. L. Black's farm, Salisbury, Blackshaw 133 Soil and climatic factors influencing composition of wheat, Shaw and Walters. . 133 Wheat, Roberts and Kinney 134 Wheat growing in Canada, the United States, and the Argentine, Rutter 134 Tillage experiments with the plow, Sutton, Ditzell, and Kelly 135 Thick and thin seeding trials, Sutton et al ._ 135 Behavior of Australian varieties of wheat when grown in England 135 Wheat from Sunpan, China, Flaksberger 135 The milling and baking qualities of Indian wheats, Howard 135 Weed seeds in the grains found on the markets of Jscheljabinsk, Malzew 135 Field weeds of the Cherson government, Paczoski • • 135 rV CONTENTS. HOETICtJLTURE. Page. Electricity in relation to horticulture, Priestley 136 Electricity in horticulture, Elliot 136 Horticulture on moorlands. — Utilization of German moors, Echtermeyer 136 Frost protection in fnxit orchards 136 An analysis of western spraying methods, !Melander 136 Peach growing in Alabama, Williams and Price 137 Geotropic angle of roots in relation to productiveness of grapes, Averna-Sacca. . 137 Grape growing and grafting, Dtimmler 137 On the duration of grafted vines and means of prolonging it, Couderc 137 The hybrid producers in 1910, Pee Laby 138 The olives of Corfu, Sordina 138 The Satsuma orange, Williams _. 138 Splits of the navel orange: Cause and remedy, Coit 138 Contribution to the study of the ripening processes of lemons, Parrozzani 138 Coconut palm culture, Zaepernick 139 The kola trees and kola nuts, Chevalier and Perrot 139 A new tea plant, Grimme *. 139 Alpine flowers and rock gardens, Wright 139 Rock gardens; how to make and maintain them, Meredith 139 Select carnations, picotees, and pinks: History and cultivation, Fraser 139 The sweet pea, Jardine 139 Vines and how to grow them, McCollom 139 FORESTRY. Trees and shrubs, edited by Sargent 140 Trees and how to know them, Lambeth 140 Trees and forestry, Dickerson 140 The distribution of woody plants in the Pike's Peak region, Schneider 140 Studies on soil improvement faculty of important timber species, Wallenbock. 140 Experiments with foreign species of wood in Prussia, Schwappach 140 The cubic content and form of the pine in Sweden, Maass 140 A note regarding the teak forests of Burma, Troup 141 Cultural experiments with the yew ( Taxus baccata), Burckhardt 141 Variability of plantation Para rubber, Cayla 141 A new coagulant for Manihot glaziovii, Zimmermann 141 The forest resources, Griffith 141 Report of the forestry department for the year ended June 30, 1910, Hay 141 Photogrammetry and its importance for forestry, Hugershoff 141 Single seed selection, Elliot 141 Influence of incorrect dimension determinations on content of logs, Schiffel. . . 141 Forest fires and their prevention, including fires in North Carolina, Holmes. . . 142 Method of distinguishing powellized and the unpowellized wood, Singh 142 Wood pulp and its uses. Cross, Bevan, and Sindall 142 DISEASES OP PLANTS. Plant diseases (phytopathology), lachevski'i 142 Investigations in plant diseases, Miiller, Stormer, et al 142 Origin of heteroecism in the rusts, Olive 142 The yearly origin and dissemination of Puccinia graminis, Pritchard 142 The wintering of Puccinia graviinis tritici and infection of wheat, Pritchard 143 Effect of club root disease on ash constituents of cabbage root, Reed 143 Irish blight, Lea 143 Report of the pathologist, Johnston 143 Scolytus rugu losus in the spread of bacterial blight in pear trees, Jones 144 Peach leaf curl fungus, Quinn 144 Destruction of plum trees in Rhine Provinces and cherry tree disease, Liistner. 144 A bacterial gummosis of cherries. Griffin 144 Experiments in the control of the red spot disease of grapes, Lustner 144 A variety of Cladosporium herbarum on Citrus aurantium, Fawcett and Burger. . 145 Report of mycologist for the year ending March 31, 1911, II, Rorer 145 The control of the chestnut bark disease, Metcalf and Collins 146 CONTENTS. V ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. Page. The grouse in health and in disease 146 Twenty-sixth report of the state entomologist, 1910, Felt 146 Guide to the insects of Connecticut 147 A handbook of the destructive insects of Victoria, French 147 Contributions to the knowledge of insect pests, Silvestri 147 Insect enemies of the fig in Brazil and their control, von Ihering 147 The enemies of medlar (Mespilus), Noel 147 The insect enemies of Sulla, De Stefani 147 The life history of the walking-stick, Severia 147 The effects of parasitic castration in Membracidse, Matausch 148 The California Christmas-berry tingis, Pemberton 148 American Psyllidse, III, IV, Crawford 148 A new species of Aleyrodes living on the olive, Silvestri 149 Aphis hrassicas and some of its parasites and hyperparasites, Martelli 149 Two Rhopalosiphum species and Aphis pulverulens n. sp., Gillette 149 Host index to California plant lice (Aphididse), Essig. 149 Aphididae of southern California, VI, VII, Essig 149 The natural enemies of the citrus mealy bug. III, IV, Essig 149 Locomotion of certain young scale insects, Quayle 149 Notes on Coccidse, VI, VII, Essig 149 The parasites of Mytilaspis pomorum, Voglino 149 Grasserie in silkworms, De 149 The leopard moth as a pest of apple nursery stock, Britton 150 Note on the cork-colored orange tortricid (Platynota rostrana), Sasscer 150 The egg-laying habits and emergence of adult of Sanninoidea exitiosa, Cory 150 Rhopalomyia grossularix n. sp.. Felt 150 Fruit flies and other insects attacking fi-uits-in New South Wales, Gurney 150 Transmission of disease by native blood-sucking insects, Schuberg and Kuhn. . 150 The development of Trypanosovia gambiense in Glossina palpalis, Bruce et al. . 150 Experimental transmission of trypanosomes by glossines, Bouet and Roubaud. . 151 Experimental transmission of trypanosomes by glossines, Bouet and E,oubaud . . 151 Report on a recent addition to the insect fauna of the West Indies, Fredholm. . 151 An enemy of the coconut palm in Samoa, Gehrmann 151 Variations in diet among xylophagous Coleoptera of the Bostrichidse, Lesne. . . 151 A preliminary contribution to the biology of Phytonomus variabilis, Martelli. . . 151 Guide to bee keeping in British Columbia, Todd 151 Foul brood among bees, Han-is 151 Notes on Chalcidoidea, with descriptions of new genera and species, Girault. . . 152 A new Sigalphus from Dacus olese, Szepligeti 152 Two new braconids from Brazil, Szepligeti 152 Notes on peach and plum slug {Caliroa [Eriocampoides'] amygdalina), Cushman. 152 Note on eradication of ticks by the starvation method, Laws 153 Notes on the red spider attacking cotton in South Carolina, Wilson 153 The efficacy of glass traps for the capture of insects, Truelle 153 The use of saponins in the preparation of insecticide emulsions, etc., Gastine.. 153 The use of sodium cyanid, Essig 153 Insecticides and insect control, Quayle 154 [A pest inspection act in Colorado] 154 FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. Deterioration of eggs as shown by changes in the moisture content, Greenlee. . 154 Concerning the extractive material in beef kidney, Bebeschin t 1 54 The nutritive effects of beef extract, Thompson, Caldwell, and Wallace 155 Fisheries of the United States, 1908 155 Is baked bread sterile? von Fenyvessy and Dienes 155 Studies in nutrition. — I, Utilization of proteins of wheat, Mendel and Fine 155 Studies in nutrition. — II, Utilization of proteins of barley, Mendel and Fine. . 155 [Rice in relation to beriberi, in] epidemic dropsyin Calcutta, Greig_ 155 Hemolytic action of rice fat and a note on hemolysis of fatty acids, Shimazono . . 156 Baking experiments with potato flour, Nagel 156 Concerning apple constituents, Thomae 156 Studies of citron, Hartcl and Kirchner 157 VI CONTENTS. Page. The composition of sauerkraut, Feder 157 The use of spices as preservatives, Hoffmann and Evans 157 Special food analyses, 1910, Rose and Henry 157 [Florida] pure food and drugs law 157 Standards of purity for food products [in Florida], McLin and Rose 157 The meat and canned foods act and regulations governing inspection of meats. . 157 Regulations governing inspection of preserved fruits, vegetables, and milk 157 Some kitchen tests to detect adulterations in common foods, Bailey 157 Standard of living among the industrial people of America, Streightoff 157 Has the diet of the rural population in Germany changed materially? 157 Prison diet in Finland, Tigerstedt 157 Some questions of metabolism and nutrition, Gigon 158 Concerning protein metabolism, II, Frank and Schittenhelm 158 Experimental studies on creatin and creatinin. — I, Mendel and Rose 158 Experimental studies on creatin and creatinin. Rose 158 Experimental studies of creatin and creatinin. — II, Mendel and Rose 158 Experimental studies of creatin and creatinin. — III, Rose 158 The balance of acid and base-forming elements in foods, Sherman and Gettler. 158 Concerning lecithin metabolism, Bickel 159 Melting point of fat and rapidity of its leaving stomach, Tangl and Erd^lyi 159 Concerning fat resorption, Fekete 159 Experiments on the resorption of gelatin in the small intestine, Minami 159 Experiments on the relation of the thyroid to diet, Hunt 159 Effect of chlorid of calcium and intestinal membrane extract on trypsin, Hekma. 159 Influence of intake of food on gaseous metabolism and energy production, Gigon. 160 Heat of combustion of physiologically important compounds, Emery and Bene- dict 160 Experiments on the physiology of the stomach in man, Mantelli 160 Formation of " tartar " by dissociation of carbophosphates of saliva, Barille 160 The urine and other body secretions and fluids, edited by Neuberg 160 Energy factors of urine excreted after severe exercisOj Higgins and Benedict.. 161 Method for quantitative determination of fecal bacteria, Mattill and Hawk 161 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Heredity in relation to evolution and animal breeding. Castle 161 The genesis of animal species, Cuenot 162 Memorandum for committee on pedagogics of breeding. Hays 162 Intra-individual variation and heredity, Pearl 162 An important principle in selecting for fancy points, Spillman 162 Inheritance in " blood lines " in breeding animals for performance, Pearl 162 Selection and pathology, Duerst 162 The significance of the pathological in inheritance and selection, Joest 163 On graft hybrids, Guthrie 163 [Experiments in hybridizing animals], Spillman et al 163 The fertility of the hybrids of Bos taurus and Bison americanus, Iwanoff 163 On the question of the fertility of horse hybrids, Iwanoff 163 Bibliography of animal hybrids, Mumf ord 163 [Physiology of the cell], McCallum 163 The new force — mitokinetism, Hartog 163 Experimental zoology. II, Regeneration. Ill, Phylogeny, Przibram 163 On the growth of embryonic chick tissues, Lewis 164 Formation, significance, and chemistry of white and yellow yolk of ova, Riddle . 164 Elementary treatise on stock feeds and feeding, Halligan 164 The groundnut and its value as a feeding stuff, Zagorodsky 164 Contribution to the study of molasses feed, Crochetelle and Milon 164 Molasses food from skins of pressed grapes and molasses, Fallada 164 Inspection of feeding stuffs. Baker et al 165 [Analyses of feeds], Devarda 165 Manual of farm animals. Harper 165 [East Anglian breeds] 165 On skulls of oxen from the Roman military station at Newstead, Melrose, Ewart. 165 The origin and ancestry of the black and white cattle [of Holland], Dettweiler. . 166 The origin and ancestry of black and white cattle, Gross 166 Results from breeding grade Shorthorns to Hereford bull, Fogle 166 The age factor in register-of -merit Jerseys, Wentworth 166 CONTENTS. VII Page. The cattle trade of western Canada, Kutherford 167 The maintenance ration of cattle, Armsby 167 What cooperation has done for sheep breeding in Tennessee, Hite 167 The searing iron v. the knife for detailing lambs, Mathews 167 Shepherds of Britain :_ Scenes from shepherd life past and present, Gosset 167 Investigations on sterility in goats, E^gers 167 Potato flakes in swine fattening experiments, Richardsen 167 Prenatal growth of the pig, Lowrey 167 Wild and domesticated Suidse of Sardinia and Corsica, Trouessart and Dehaut. . 168 Objects and results of swine registration, Willson 168 Distribution of licensed stallions in Wisconsin during 1911, Alexander 168 The Boulonnais breed, Ashton 168 Poultry breeding in South Australia, Laurie 168 Data on the direction of the cross, Rogers 168 Researches on the bacterial flora of old eggs, Chretien 168 Trussing and boning chicken for fancy trade, Lippincott 168 Breeds of pigeons founded on pathological characters. Otto 169 DAIRY FARMING — DAIRYING. Dynamic heredity and the dairy herd of the Missouri College, Putney 169 Cooperative breeding of milking Shorthorns in Minnesota, Handschin 169 Text-book of cow-testing associations, Marquart 169 The Danish cow-test associations, Boggild 169 Investigations on the effect of palm-nut cake on milk production, Kellner 169 Effect of feeding coconut cake and linseed cake on the butter fat, Cranfield 170 Influence of feeding cotton-seed meal on fat in butter, Swaving 170 Milk; its analysis and utilization, Monvoisin 171 [Analyses of milk and its products], Devarda 171 Surface tension in milk and the membranes surrounding the fat globules, Bauer. 171 The composition of East Hungarian sour cream, Adorjan 171 Experiments in the production of sanitary milk, Atwood and Giddings 171 An inexpensive homemade milk refrigerator, Hess 172 A handbag refrigerator for carrying milk samples, Fitzpatrick 172 Methods and results of parafiining cheese, Doane 172 VETERINARY MEDICINE. Report of government veterinary bacteriologist for the year 1908-9, Theiler 173 Lactic acid ferment therapy, Rosenthal 173 In I'egard to the theory of disinfection, Herzog and Betzel 173 Gaseous disinfection, Corsini 173 The spontaneous oxidation of arsenical dipping fluids. Fuller 174 Practical bacteriology, blood work, and animal parasitology, Stitt 174 About the activity of bacteria (aggressins) during infection, Weil 174 Artificial immunization in nonbacterial diseases, Beebe 174 About precipitating sera, Vryburg 175 In regard to the inhibition of precipitation by precipitoids. Spat 175 The sensitiveness of complement towards ferments, Michaelis and Skwirsky. . 175 Bactericidal action of normal and immune sera and leucocytes, Dold and Muff. 175 Value of specific anaphylaxis reaction for differentiation of proteins, Bachrach. 176 The bacterial content of the muscles of healthy and diseased animals, Horn 176 The spontaneous occun'ence of Bacillus enteritidis (Gartner) in mice. Berg 176 Occurrence of micro-organisms in the conjunctival sac, Karsten 176 Saculated kidney, nephritis, subcapsular cysts, Hagemann 176 Contribution to the pathological anatomy of symptomatic anthrax, Katona 177 Anthrax in hogs, Horn 177 In regard to human and avian diphtheria, Rappin and Vanney 177 Malleins and mallein, Ruuss 177 Parasites of equine piroplasmosis, or biliary fever, Nuttall and Strickland. . . . 177 Local reaction in antirabic inoculations, Stimson 177 In regard to some of the characteristics of Streptococcus equi, Albrecht 177 The fixation of tetanus antitoxin by leucocytes, Pettersson 177 Valuation of tetanus serum by the mixing and curative tests, Rosenberg 178 Relative importance of human and bovine bacilli to infection in man, Calmette . 178 Tuberculosis infection of man by bovine type of bacillus (perlsucht), Albllers. . 178 VIII CONTENTS Page. Lesions produced with cultures of Koch's tubercle bacillus, Arloing and Stazzi . 178 Avian tuberculosis and its relation to tuberculosis in mammals, Arloing 178 The frequency of tuberculosis in calves and adult bovines, Markus 178 The predisposing causes of tuberculosis in bovines, Guerin 178 What is the common method of infection in tuberculosis? M'Fadyean 178 Inhalation of infinitesimal amounts of tuberculous material, Chausse 179 The relation of fibrosis to tuberculosis, Williams 179 A rare find in meat inspection, Matschke 179 Tuberculosis of the larynx in a cow, Hoare 179 Contribution to our knowledge of tuberculosis in the goat, Frosch and Hertha. . 179 Tuberculosis and the tuberculin reaction, Romer and Joseph. 180 In regard to the thermal tuberculin reaction in bovines, Hauptmann 180 Effect of injection of tuberculins and endotoxin on opsonizing action, Hewlett. 180 In regard to tuberculins which have poisonous principle removed, Wolff-Eisner. . 180 The detection of tuberculosis with Bovotuberculol, Kranich 180 The technique of determining the opsonic index, Reiter 180 Practical results with the intracutaneous tuberculin reaction, Martin 1 80 Clinical utility and nature of Marmorek's reaction, Klinkert 1 80 The meiostagmin reaction in experimental tuberculosis, Gasharrini 181 Experimental studies in tuberculosis, Romer and Joseph 181 Prophylactic vaccination against tuberculosis, Maeffskij 181 Combating tuberculosis in hogs, Eber 1 81 The nature of tuberculosis-immunity-antibody studies, Romer and Joseph 181 Hypersensitiveness to tuberculo-protein and relation to tuberculosis, Krause. . 181 The inheritance of tuberculo-protein hypersensitiveness in guinea pigs, Krause. 182 Nontubercular mortality among guinea pigs, O'Brien 182 Eradication of cattle ticks in Alabama, Wilson 183 Onchocerca gibsoni: The cause of worm nodules, Gilruth and Sweet 183 In regard to operating on teat strictures, Kregenow 183 A new intestinal astringent and disinfectant for scours in calves, Mandelbaum. 183 Actively immunizing the goat against Malta fever, Vincent and Collignon 183 New findings with hog cholera, Gildemeister 183 Various remarks in regard to hog cholera, Grafiunder 184 Do hog-cholera bacilli occur in the intestines of healthy hogs? Stadhouder 184 In regard to tho immunity of rabbits against Bacillus suipesticus, Shoukevitch. . 184 In regard to Krafft's vaccine against swine plague, Schultze 184 Krafft's vaccine against swine plague, Kraff t 184 Contribution to our knowledge in regard to hog erysipelas, Natusch 184 Influence of a mixed and secondary infection on hog erysipelas immunity, Falk . 185 In regard to vaccination against equine influenza with Lorenz's vaccine, Rugge. 185 The merits of Williams' operation for roaring, Hobday 185 The surgical relief of roaring, Williams 185 Occurrence in Massachusetts of paralysis in the lower animals and fowls. May. . 185 Eleven pathogenic organisms from domestic fowls, Hadley and Amison 185 Further studies on blai2-9-'i8; abs. in Ztsclir. Angew. CJiem., 24 {1911), No. 16, p. 762). — The author agrees with the interpretation of Strohmer (see above), but considers the Herzfeld method thoroughly reliable for determining raffinose in raw sugars. About some characteristics and the determination of raffinose, A. Hekzfeld (Ztschr. Ver. Deut. ZucTcerindus., 1910, No. 659, II, pp. 1204-1211).— A. short description of the characteristics of raffinose, and a discussion in regard to the methods and the relation which raffinose has to molasses formation. Raffinose or torref action products, A. Vermehren {Deut. Zuckerindus., 36 (1911), No. 31, pp. 590, 591). — As a result of his work the author concludes that it is not possible by existing methods to determine whether or not raffinose is present in molasses unless it is identified qualitatively. The difference noted between the diree#and inversion polarization is probably due to torrefaction products. The I'affinose formula gives questionable figures. A guanin pentosid from molasses residue, K. AndrlIk (Ztschr. Zuckerindus. Bohmen, S5 (1911), No. S, pp. 437-443). — A guanin pentosid was isolated which, according to the author, is a new and not hitherto noted constituent of molasses and molasses residue. It contains a large proportion of nitrogen. The nitrogenous constituents of the beet and their cycle in the process of manufacturing raw sugar, J. E. Duschsky, J. R. Minz and W. P. Paw- LENKO (Ztschr. Ver. Deut. Zuckerindus., 1911, No. 660, II, pp. 1-25; a&s. in Ztschr. Angeio. Chem., 24 (1911), No. 16, pp. 760, 76^).— The content of total nitrogen in the beet was found to vary between 0.17 and 0.25 parts per 100 parts of beets, or between 1 and 1.2 parts per 100 parts of sugar in the beet. About one-half of the total nitrogen was found to be protein nitrogen, and it was noted that where the total nitrogen in the beet became higher the protein nitrogen became lower. The injurious nitrogen was found to constitute about one-third to one-half of the total nitrogen contained in the beet. Between the sugar content and the content of some groups of nitrogenous bodies no relation could be established. In the diffusion process four-fifths of the protein nitrogen remains behind, while the proteins going over in the juice, according to the authors, are prob- ably all removed or decomposed by the defecation and saturation process. The amount going over in the saturation juice is exceedingly small. The injurious nitrogen was found to pass over almost completely in the diffusion juice and from this into the saturation juice, whereby in many instances the amount of injurious nitrogen became greater than that originally present in the diffusion juice. In regard to the indeterminable losses which occur in beet sugar manu- facture, H. Pellet (Ztschr. Ver. Dent. Zuckerindus., 1911, II, No. 664, PP- 435-443). — It was found that an excess of lead subacetate acts in different waj^s upon the various components in beet juices which are usually grouped as optically active nonsugars, Glutamin and glutaminic acid, which rotate plus in an aqueous solution, will rotate to the left in a solution containing an excess of lead subacetate (10 per cent). Asparagin is rotated to the right. In a METEOROLOGY WATER. 117 10 per cent hydrochloric acid solution all of the above substances rotate to the right. If juices containing much lead subacetate are polarized a reduction corresponding to from 0.2 to 0.4 parts of sugar to 100 cc. of juice may be found. Solutions of the sodium and potassium salts of asparaginic and glutaminic acid were examined by the author, with the result that the asparaginates showed a plus polarization in 10 per cent lead subacetate and 10 per cent hydrochloric-acid solutions, and the glutaminates a minus polarization in the lead subacetate solution and a plus polarization in the hydrochloric-acid solu- tion. Practically no change could be noted in the rotation of raffinose in the presence of alkalis, while invert sugar on the other hand was destroyed by them. According to this, rafBuose has no influence upon the polarization of the saturation juices. Hydrochloric acid, therefore, seems to be the best medium for polarization. In reg'ard to determining the marrow content of beets, K. E. Skarblom (Ztschr. Ver. Deut, Zuckerindiis., n. ser., 47 {1910), No. 2, II, pp. 931-951; ahs. in Ztschr. Angeic. Chem., 2-i (1911), No. 16, p. 761).— Two methods for this purpose are described in detail. A discussion of the cider vinegar standards, R. T. Mohan (Pure Products, 6 (1910), No. 12, pp. 707-711). — The author discusses the existing standards for cider vinegar, and concludes " that the only solution of the problem is the revision of standards based on actual manufacturing conditions which must be known from the time the apple leaves the tree until the vinegar is analyzed." Innovations in the field of potato drying, H. Nehbel (Filhling's Landw. Ztg., 59 (1910), No. 23, pp. 831-834).— A discussion in regard to the newer processes and machinery. On the preservation of horticultural products and wild berries in co- operative drying factories, G. Lind and J. Green (it. Landthr. Alcad. Ilandl. och Tidskr., 50 (1911), No. 3, pp. 192-217, figs. 6).— This is a description of the processes and machinery for drying vegetable products and various kinds of woods berries as conducted on a large scale in cooperative factories. It is accompanied by plans for the buildings required, with estimates of their cost. The. use of vacuum apparatus in .manufacturing fruit essences for the soft-drink industry, E. Walter (Pure Products, 7 (1911), No. 6, pp. 321- 328). — In this article are discussed the use of vacuum apparatus in preparing essences from peels of tropical fruits such as lemons, oranges, mandarins, etc., from berry friiits, particularly raspberries and currants, and from cherries and apples. Olives, F. F. Hasbrouck (Pure Products, 7 (1911), No. 5, pp. 252-254).— This article deals with the processes involved in the preservation of olives. METEOROLOGY— WATER. Meteorological observations at the Massachusetts Agricultural Experi- ment Station, J. E. Ostrander, R. N. Hallowell and H. W. Angier (Massa- chusetts Sta. Met. Buls. 273, 27//, pp. 4 each). — Summaries of observations at Amherst, Mass., on pressure, temperature, humidity, precipitation, wind, sun- shine, cloudiness, and casual phenomena during September and October, 1911, are given. The data are briefly discussed in general notes on the weather of each month. Bulletin of the Mount "Weather Observatory (U. S. Sept. Agr., Bui. Mount Weather Ohserv., // (1911), pt. 3, pp. 103-181, pis. 2, figs. i2).— This number contains the following articles: Variations of Temperature at Summit and Base Stations in the Central Rocky Mountain Region (illus.), by A. J. Henry; Waves 118 EXPERIMENT STATION" RECORD. of Pressure in tlie Atmosphere Recorded by au Interferometer Barograph (illus.), by A. C. Crehore and G. C. Squier; The Amount and Vertical Dis- tribution of Water A^apor on Clear Days (illus.), by W. J. Humphreys; The Earth's Radiation Zones (illus.), by W. J. Humphreys; The Height and Tem- perature of the Isothermal Region at Different Latitudes and under Different Conditions, by W. J. Humphreys; Meteorological Photographs, by C. F. Talman ; and Free Air Data, at Mount Weather, for April, May, and June, 1911 (illus.), by W. R. Blair. The ag-ricultural zones of the Tropics in their relation to climate, W. R. EcKAEDT {Tropenpflanzer, BeiJiefte, 12 {1911), No. 5, pp. 399-508) .—This article is intended as an introduction to succeeding articles to be based on the author's own studies and gives a detailed review of the literature of the subject, includ- ing the influence of climate on the soil, plant and animal life, and agriculture of the Tropics, and a climatic classification on the basis of vegetation, more particularly cultivated plants. The rains of the Nile Basin and the Nile flood of 1909, J. I. Ceaig (Survey Dept., Egypt, Paper 17, pp. 55+III, pis. 9). — Observations similar to those of previous years (E. S. R., 23, p. 312) are recorded in this report. The author is of the opinion, as a result of his studies, that within a few years the prediction of the main features of the Nile flood " may be embodied in an algebraic formula such as has already been obtained for the Indian mon- soon by Mr. G. T. Walker. . . . The rainfall in Abyssinia during the flood months is due almost entirely to the precipitation caused by diurnal ascensional movements acting on the southwesterly current which again is kept at the point of saturation by its ascent on to the Abyssinian tableland." The course of the latter has been pretty clearly traced across the African continent to the South Atlantic. [Water analyses, 1910], R. E. Rose (Fla. Quart. Bui. Dept. Agr., 21 {1911), No. 1, pp. 139-166). — Partial and complete mineral analyses of a large number of samples of water from different parts of the State are reported. The drying of sludge, F. Spillner (Mitt. E. Priifungsanst. Wasserver. tl. Al)icasser. Berlin, 1911, No. IJ^, pp. 27-84, figs. 8; al)S. in Engin. and Contract., 36 (.1911), No. 12, pp. 303-307; Wasser u. Aiwasser, 4 {1911), No. 9, r>p. 382, 3S3). — It is pointed out that the most important problem in connection with sludge disposal is the removal of the excess of water. Various processes which have been proposed for this purpose are described. Analyses are given of wet and dry sludge prepared by the so-called Emscherbrunnen process. According to these analyses the water in this sludge varied from 75 to 80 per cent, the dry sludge containing from 1.1 to 1.56 per cent of nitrogen. It was found in experiments with sludge prepared by different processes that septic tank sludge which had undergone considerable decomposition furnished a product which was most easily dried and put in condition for subsequent handling as a fertilizer, fuel, etc. SOILS— FERTILIZERS. Soil surveys for agricultural purposes, A. D. Hall and E. J. Russell (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. ScL, 1910, 2)''585). — It is stated that "the object of a soil sur- vey is to give an account of the soils of an area in their relation to the local agriculture. The methods adopted must be such that it is possible (1) to classify together soils of the same formation which have similar agricultural properties, and differentiate between others with dissimilar properties; (2) to bring out clearly and unmistakably any connection that may exist between type of soil and special crops or special agricultural methods; (3) to afford SOILS FERTILIZERS. 119 guidance as to crops that may succeed, or are not likely to do so; (4) to throw light on the manurial requirements of the soils." The authors are of the opinion as a result of their experience in such work that the geological formation affords the best basis for a soil survey, although admitting that considerable difficulty is encountered where the fonnation is obscured by drift. Mechanical analysis is considered the most important of the various deter- minations made in the course of soil analysis, and it is believed that " for agricultural purposes the size of the soil particles is more significant than their actual composition."' This is emphasized by the controlling influence of the size of particle upon available water supply and tillage. Of the chemical determinations the total carbonate is considered as perhaps most important. " The amount and nature of the organic matter is important, and it is necessary to know whether free acid is present or not. Like calcium carbonate, humus modifies the properties of the finest particles." Soil surveys and soil analyses, A. D. Hall and E. J. Russell (Jour. Agr. Set., Jf (1911), Xo. 2, pp. 182-223). — This article is based upon a survey of the soils of southeast England (E. S. E., 25, p. 818), and discusses the value, methods, and purposes of a soil survey, giving particular attention to the relative value of mechanical and chemical analysis (see also above) as illus- trated by typical examples of the soils of this particular area. " Since our present conventional methods of chemical analysis fail to char- acterize the soil with sufficient completeness we recommend that for purposes of a survey a large number of soils should be submitted to mechanical analysis, including the determination of organic matter and of calcium carbonate, and then a carefully chosen representative set, not necessarily more than a half or even a quarter, should be analyzed chemically. " Up to a certain point . . . the mechanical analysis should form the basis of the survey because it alone takes account of those physical functions — the regulation of the water supply and therefore of the temperature, of the air supply, ease of cultivation, etc. — that play so large a part in determining the value of a soil. " But on the other hand mechanical analysis is restricted in its application and gives useful indications with one only of the well-defined chemical types Into which soils may be divided. In one area four chemical groups are rec- ognizable: (1) Chalk soils, (2) acid humus or peat soils, (3) neutral humus soils, (4) mineral soils, i. e., sands, loams, and clays. It is to this last group alone that mechanical analysis can be applied with any degree of usefulness, but since agricultural soils belong so largely to this group the method is really applicable in by far the great majority of cases." The interpretation of the results of both mechanical and chemical analysis are discussed at some length. Soils of the Eastern United States and their use, XIX-XXIII, J. A. Bon- steel (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Circs. ^1, pp. 16; 42, pp. 14; U, i>p. 19; 45, pp. 14; 46, pp. 20). — These circulars deal respectively with the following soil types, as surveyed and mapped by the Bureau of Soils : Circular 41, The Wabash Clay, of which a total area of 419,915 acres in 23 areas in 9 States has been surveyed and mapped. Circular 42. The Trinity Clay, of which a total of 570,434 acres in 20 surveys in 3 States has been surveyed and mapped. " The Trinity clay is a black, tena- cious, heavy clay found in the alluvial bottom lands of the main streams which flow through the black Cretaceous prairies of Alabama, Mississippi, and Texas and to a considerable distance along the lower courses of such streams as have their headwaters in the prairie sections. . . . The greater proportion of the 120 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Trinity clay is subject to annual overflow, and for this reason the type is not extensiA-ely used for the production of farm crops. Drainage is also poor over the greater part of the type." The author states that probably 350,000 acres of this soil type might profitably be reclaimed by embankment and drainage. Circular 44, The Norfolk Sand, of which a total of 2,542,412 acres in 55 areas in 12 different States has been surveyed and mapped. The Norfolk sand is an extensive type of soil occurring along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts from New Jersey to Texas, and " is characterized by a gray or pale-yellow surface sandy soil having a depth of 6 to 8 in. in the majority of cases. This is underlain by a yellow, or slightly reddish-yellow, or, occasionally, orange, sand subsoil, which extends to a depth of 3 ft. or more. ... It is well drained, free from swamps and, in the majority of instances, the character of the soil and the gentle slopes within Its area prevent any serious erosion of the type." Its best use is for the production of extra early market-garden and trucking crops for which it is excellently adapted. Of the staple crops corn and cotton are most universally grown where climatic conditions are favorable. Circular 45, The Norfolk Sandy Loam, of which an area of 2,000,850 acres In 40 different areas located in 10 States has been surveyed and mapped. " The Norfolk sandy loam is an extensive soil type developed within the lower lying portions of the Atlantic and eastern Gulf Coastal Plains. It lies at varying altitudes from sea level up to 150 or 200 ft. above tide, but the greater part of the type is probably found between altitudes of 50 and 150 ft. . . . The Norfolk sandy loam may be characterized as a fair general farming soil in all of the areas where it occurs, and is particularly well suited to the production of medium upland cotton in the more southern States. It is also a type which may be utilized for the production of the main truck crops of mid-season maturity." Circular 46, The Orangeburg Fine Sandy Loam, of which a total of 2,507,840 acres in 50 different surveys located in 10 States has been surveyed and mapped. " The Orangeburg fine sandy loam is one of the most extensively developed of the Coastal Plain soils. It is found chiefly in the Gulf Coast region, although scattered areas exist in the Middle Atlantic States. . . . Erosion is the greatest menace, and all of the steeper slopes should be carefully tended to prevent an almost imperceptible wash of the finer grained material to lower levels." The soil is stated to be particularly adapted to upland cotton and the Cuban cigar-filler tobacco. " It is the best Coastal Plain soil for the production of peaches, particularly the Elberta," and a fair average corn and oat soil. The selection of land for general farming' in the Gulf coast region east of the Mississippi River, W. E. Thaep (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 8oils Circ. J/S, pp. 11). — This circular is intended to give information to immigrants on the local variations in soil types, drainage, clearing new land, organic matter content, and the use of fertilizers for general farming purposes in the region referred to. The drift soils of Norfolk, L. F. Newman (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, p. 586). — The drift soils are stated to cover almost completely the central and eastern parts of Norfolk and are classified by the Geological Survey Depart- ment as boulder clay, sands and gravel, and loam and brick earth. " The soils of each, especially the boulder clay, vary very much in character and are extremely complicated, and small local differences occur even in soils resulting from the same type of drift. The sand and gravel soils are very apt to be cemented together by iron, forming a solid sheet of rock out of reach of the plow. This holds the water up, and peaty patches may occur completely alter- SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 121 ing the agricultural character of the land. In soil derived from the solid chalk the lime is often completely dissolved, leaving the soil actually deficient in lime." Nearly all the surface drifts are deficient in lime. A preliminary survey showed a decrease in percentage of finer particles in the loams and brick earths from east to west and this decrease was reflected in a gradual lowering of the farm rents. On the petrographic and soil conditions of the red sandstone (bunter- sandstein) fonnation in Germany, E. Blanck (Jahresh. Ver. VaterluMd, Natiirk. Wiirttcmb., 67 {1911), pp. 1-11 ; abs. in Zenthl. Agr. CJieni:, JfO (1911), No. 10, pp. 651-65Jf). — This is a continuation of a previous article the general scope of which has been noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 315). The author distinguishes not only three well-defined strata — the lower, mid- dle, and upper — in the red sandstone of Germany, but also lines of demarcation in the petrographic composition of these strata. On this basis he found that the lower stratum of the lower red sandstone formed clay soil whereas the up- per stratum formed loamy sands. The clay soils are stiff and diflicult to work and must be drained for farming purposes; the loamy sands are good agricul- tural soils except the rougher uplands which are forested. The middle red sandstone is distinguished from the lower by the large boulders it contains. In it are distinguished three strata, the lower being mellow and containing boulders ; the middle composed of firm, coarse-grained, and thick sandstones with strands of clay ; and the upper which is part sili- cated and part boulder. In the upper red sandstone there are distinguished the sands, clays, and carbonates. It is the typical upper new red sandstone, the so-called " rot," and forms two classes of soils, the field and meadow and the forest soils, the latter being confined to the more broken regions. Kelation of calcareous soils to pineapple chlorosis, P. L. Gile (Porto Rico 8ta. Bui. 11, pp. Ii5, pis. 2). — The cause of failure of pineapples with the ap- pearance of chlorosis on certain areas in Porto Rico was investigated by means of pot experiments and a chemical survey of the pineapple soils of the island. The results show quite clearly that on certain areas the trouble is due to an excessive amount of carbonate of lime in the soil. " For ordinarj^ sandy soils about 2 per cent of calcium carbonate renders them unsuitable for pineapples ; smaller amounts than this do not appear to be injurious. " Soils composed principally of organic matter may contain about 40 per cent of calcium carbonate and still produce vigorous plants. " Pineapple plantings on calcareous soils should be abandoned and the land planted to lime-loving crops. " In curing the chlorosis, fertilizers were ineffective, but treatment of the leaves with solutions of iron salts or crystals of ferrous sulphate applied to the roots M^as effective and induced a normal growth. This treatment does not appear to be commercially feasible. " The chlorosis is not caused by an organic disease, but is the result of a disturbance in the mineral nutrition of the plant induced by the calcareous character of the soil. " It is neither the mere alkalinity of calcareous soils nor the large amount of assimilable lime that causes this disturbance, but the combined action of the two properties. " The disturbance in the mineral nutrition of the plant, or the primary cause of the chlorosis, seems to be the lack of iron in the ash or the small amount of 122 EXPERIMENT STATION" RECORD. iron in the presence of a large amount of lime. A mere high percentage of lime in the ash does not induce chlorosis. " Chlorotic leaves are lower in nitrogen and oxidizing enzyms than green leaves, due, probably, to the degeneration induced by the lack of iron. " Strong light increases the chlorosis by the more rapid destruction of the chlorophyll." Effect of soluble salts on the absorption of phosphates by soils, H. E. Patten {Jour. Pliys. Chem., 15 {1911), No. 7, ijp. 639-658, figs. 6; ahs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 22, p. 1325). — The author reports the results of experiments to determine the effect of various salts on the quantity of phosphate soluble in soils treated with calcium monophosphate (350 lbs. of superphosphate per acre). Quartz and two soil types, one a sandy soil and the other a fine clay, were used as the absorbing bodies. Reference is also made to previous bulletins from this Department on the absorption of soluble bodies from solution by soils, and the work of Van Bemmelen on this subject is briefly reviewed. From the results of these studies the author concludes that apparently " a higher concentration of phosphate may be obtained when weak solutions of salts ordinarily used as soil amendments (potassium chlorid, potassium sul- phate, potassium and sodium nitrate, or potassium carbonate) are passed through the soil than can be obtained by the use of distilled water alone. " This effect is not simply a question of the ' solubility ' of phosphate in water or in the solutions used for percolation, since the volume of water held in contact with the soil material is in all cases far greater than that required to dissolve the small amounts of phosphates and of other salts present. The effect is evidently due to a disturbance and rearrangement of the equilibrium which exists or tends to exist between the soluble material retained by the soil and the soil solution. This disturbance of equilibrium having been produced by these soil-amendment salts again tends to readjust itself, giving (very roughly) a steady value for the concentration of the leachings. " The absolute values of phosphate concentration in the various percolates are not to be taken as representing what would be obtained under field con- dition with these soils. The values are good only in the particular experimental environment and in comparison with each other; and even then are likely to be misinterpreted if one neglects the percolation rate and the irregularity of soil-percolation conditions. The effects of the liberated phosphates and of the added soil-amendment salt upon the physical structure and condition of the soil must likewise be considered. These effects are generally of considerable magnitude, and frequently so complicated that it is impracticable to predict their direction a priori." The soil solution, F. K. Camekon {Easton, Pa., and London, 1911, pp. Y+ 136, figs. 3). — The purpose of this book is to show the importance of study, to point out the line of attack upon the problems, to make available for students of agriculture a systematic outline of the work so far accomplished, and in the main to encourage the further acquisition of knowledge in soil chemistry. The material brought together has been presented to the faculties and stu- dents of several agricultural colleges in the form of a short course of lectures and has already been published (E. S. R., 23, p. 714). The different chapters treat of the soil, soil management or control, soil analysis and the historical methods of soil investigation, the plant-food theory of fertilizers, the dynamic nature of soil phenomena, the film water, the mineral constituents of the soil solution, absorption by soils, the relation of plant growth to concentration, the balance between supply and removal of mineral plant nutrients, the organic constituents of the soil solution, fertilizers, and alkali. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 123 On the chemical nature of humus acids, A. Rindell (Internat. Mitt. Bodenk., 1 (1911), No. 1, pp. 67-80). — The author reviews the work of other investigators on the subject, particularly that of Baumanu and Gully (E. S. R., 23, p. 715), and reports the results of his own experiments showing that the action of added salts on sphagnum soils is a chemical one, this conclusion being based on the disparity between the absorbed cation and free acid. The theory that there are no sphagnum and humus acids and that the acid reaction is due to the colloid of the hyaline sphagnum cell coverings is not accepted by the author. He points out that moor soils having no trace of sphagnum contain humus acids. [Address of the chairman of the subsection of agriculture], A. D. Hall (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 571-577). — This is mainly a review of scientific investigations bearing on the fertility of the soil, which has pre- viously been noted from another source (E. S. R., 23, p. 717). The part played by inicro-org'anisms other than bacteria in determining soil fertility, E. J. Russell and H. B. Hutchinson (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 19 JO, p. 583).— See a previous note (E. S. R., 24, p. 621). The fixation of nitrogen by free living soil bacteria, W. B. Bottomley (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 5S1, 5S2). — This article is based upon investigations which have been noted from another source (E. S. R., 24, p. 229). Nitrogen fixation by yeasts and other fungi, C. B. Lipaian (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 3, pp. 169-182). — The author reports investigations show- ing that " of eighteen organisms, including yeasts, psendo yeasts, and molds, tested nearly all show a more or less pronounced power of fixing atmospheric nitrogen. " Tap water sugar solutions are better suited for nitrogen fixation by the organisms tested than distilled water solutions. Mannite and lactose solutions are far superior to dextrose, saccharose, and maltose solutions for these organ- isms in distilled water, but dextrose is the best in tap water solutions. Maltose Is the most unsatisfactory. The highest amount of nitrogen fixed was 2.94 lug. per gram of mannite by pseudo yeast Tulare No. 46b in distilled water mannite solution. The results of other investigators with reference to the nitrogen fixing powers of Aspergillus niger and PenicilUum glaucum are con- firmed. Botrytis einerea, a parasitic fungus, has been found for the first time, so far as the writer is aware, to possess a nitrogen fixing power." Six years' experiments with nitragin inoculation with special reference to green manuring, F. Schindler (Ztschr. Landw. Versuchsxo. Osterr., 14 (1911), No. 6, pp. 829-865; ahs. in Ztschr. Angew. Chem., 2^ (1911), No. U, PP- 1976, 1977; Chem. ZentU., 1911, II, No. 13, p. 980).— The experiments here reported show that the benefit derived from inoculation depends upon the char- acter of the plant and the conditions of culture under which the tests are made, but that in many cases, particularly on new lands and moor soils, it is a very profitable practice and will increase the benefit to be derived from green manuring. Serradella and lupines on new lands are especially benefited by inoculation. In certain cases where legumes were grown for the first time inoculation with soil extract containing the required organisms was more effective than the use of nitragin. Different kinds of stable manure as sources of phosphoric acid, M. A. Egobov (Zliur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 4, PP- Ji98-528, figs. 5). — In continuation of previous experiments (E. S. R., 24, p. 321), the author studied the changes which take place in the decomposition of manure with and without the addition of antiseptic substances, and reports results of sand cultures on chernozem and podzol soil comparing monopotassium phosphate, ferric phosphate, lecithin, phytin, nuclein acid, and different kinds of manure as sources of phosphoric acid. 22214°— No. 2—12 ^3 124 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. It was found that in manure in which a moisture content of about 43 per cent was maintained, and which was kept in closed flasks at a temperature of 35 to 37° C. for 2 months and subjected to the action of a current of air, the loss of dry matter where toluol was added was 23.76 per cent, while where no antiseptic was added it was 45.2 per cent. The pentosans decomposed more rapidly than crude fiber, particularly in the absence of an antiseptic. When toluol was added and molds were absent the crude fiber was very slightly decomposed, but there was considerable decomposition of the pentosans. There was considerable loss of nitrogen in the presence of toluol. A reduction in the amount of phosphoric acid in the form of inorganic phosphates was noted, par- ticularly in untreated manure, and a leaching out of the phosphoric acid of phytin in manure treated with toluol. The proportion of insoluble phosphoric acid largely increased in untreated manures. This experiment was repeated with other samples of manure with similar results. In the pot experiments with oats a relation between the assimila- bility of the phosphoric acid of the organic fertilizer and the proportion of crude fiber and pentosans was observed. The conversion of easily soluble phosphoric acid into insoluble phosphoric acid during the decomposition of the manure apparently did not reduce the assimilability of phosphoric acid. Leci- thin and phytin were apparently more effective as sources of phosphoric acid for oats on chernozem than on podzol soils, while manure was more effective on liodzol soils. The manufacture of chemical manures, J. Fritsch (London, 1911, pp. XV I +339, figs. G9).— This work originally appeared in French in 1909 (E. S. R., 22, p. 430). It is here translated into English by Donald Grant, who, from his " long experience as works manager and chemist in the sulphuric acid and chemical manure trade," has been able to add numerous original practical notes. The technical material has been drawn largely from German and (to a less extent in this edition) from English sources. The subjects of the different chapters of the book are phosphoric acid; prin- cipal phosphate deposits; drying and enrichment of phosphates; historical review of superphosphate manufacture ; theory of manufacture of soluble phos- phates ; manufacture of superphosphate ; crushing, sifting, drying, and storing of superphosphate — retrogradation ; compound manures ; the manufacture of phosphoric acid, double superphosphates, and various products; the manu- facture of phosphorus in the electric furnace ; manufacture of bone dust and of bone superphosphate (vitriolized bones) ; manufacture of basic slag; nitrog- enous manures ; manufacture of manure from animal waste ; recovery of nitrogen from distillery spent wash, and manufacture of cyanamid and of nitrate of lime; nitrogenized phosphatic manures; potassic manures; and trans- ference and handling of raw materials and finished products. The availability of nitrogenous materials as measured by ammonification, J. G. LiPMAN, P. E. Brown, and I. L. Owen (Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 31 (1911), No. 1-4, pp. Ji9-t>6). — This article reports studies of the rate of ammoni- fication as a means of studying the availability of dried blood, tankage, ground fish, cotton-seed meal, and various other substances of vegetable origin, such as corn meal, rice flour, wheat, rye, linseed meal, cowpea meal, and soy-bean meal. The method used was as follows: "A large quantity of air-dry, silt loam soil was sifted and thoroughly mixed so as to furnish a uniform medium for bacterial growth. One hundred gram quantities of this soil were placed in tumblers, the nitrogenous material was added and carefully mixed with the soil, and the latter was then moistened with a quantity of water, or fresh soil infusion, sufficient to establish optimum moisture conditions. The tumblers were covered with Petri dish covers and SOILS FERTILIZEES. 125 kept iu the Incubator at 27° C. for a definite period. Subsequent] j^ the different soil portions were transferred to copper flasks, about 200 cc. of water and magnesia were added, and the ammonia was distilled oft and titrated against standard hydrochloric acid." The influence of varying the amount of material used and the time of treat- ment was also tested, and the results of the ammonification tests were compared with results of pot experiments with the various materials. As a further check upon the results of the ammonification tests studies were made of the rates of nitrification. The results of the nitrification experiments agreed with those of the ammonification tests in indicating a sharp distinction between available and unavailable nitrogen, and " may be made to serve a useful purpose in the study of availabilities of nitrogenous fertilizers." In further experiments it was found that the addition of inert substances, like peat, to the more available nitrogenous fertilizers, like dried blood, de- creased the rate of ammonification to a certain extent, and it appeared that the dried blood was of but little help in stimulating the ammonification of the peat. It was found in general that mixing of nitrogenous materials depressed am- monification. Applying the method to mixed fertilizers, it was found that " everything con- sidered, the ammonification and vegetation tests show sufficient agreement to indicate that the former will be found useful in determining the availability of organic nitrogen compounds in mixed fertilizers." Experiments with lime nitrogen, ammonium sulphate, and sodium nitrate in 1910, Weh-Nert {Laadv. Wchnhl. Schles. Hoist., 61 (1911), Nos. 3S, -pP- 743-7-^8; 39, pp. 768, 769; 40, pp. 786-789). — ^A continuation of previous coopera- tive experiments comparing these fertilizing materials under a variety of con- ditions of crop and soil is reported, the results in general showing a high efii- ciency for the lime nitrogen as compared with the other materials. Attention is, however, called to the difficulty in applying the very finely pulverized lime nitrogen. Active phosphoric acid and pot experiments, G. S. Fraps (Trans. Texas Acad. Sci., 11 (1908-9), pp. Ii5-'i9). — This is a short article based upon experi- ments which have been more fully reported elsewhere (E. S. R., 23, p. 423). Phosphates, R. W. Richards, G. R. Mansfield, H. S. Gale, and E. Black- welder (U. S. Geol. Survey Bui. Jt70-H, pp. 115, pis. 9, figs. 12; rev. in Amer. Pert., 35 (1911), No. 12, pp. 21-30, figs. 4). — This publication contains pre- liminary reports on a portion of the Idaho phosphate reserve, rock phosphate near Melrose, Mont., and a reconnaissance of the phosphate deposits in western Wyoming, and is based upon examinations during 1910 in continuation of those of previous years reported in Bulletin 430-H (E. S. R., 24, p. 25). The first report gives a description of the geogi-aphy, origin and nature, and geology of the Idaho phosphate field, based upon the results of a detailed study of lands in Bear Lake and Bannock counties in southeastern Idaho, in- cluded in "the phosphate reserve created by the withdrawals of December, 190S, and December, 1909, by the Secretary of the Interior, which were ratified, confirmed, and continued by tlie President under the act of June 25, 1910, and also a reconnaissance examination of lands possibly phosphate-bearing out- side of the reserve," It is estimated that the 9 townships examined in this area in 1910 are capable of yielding 1,158,970,000 long tons of high-grade (70 per cent) phosphate. The area previously examined was estimated to be capable of yielding 266,9.'i0,000 tons. Extending the same ratio of yield to the area which has been examined only in part by reconnaissance the total supply is estimated to be 2,500,000,000 tons of 70 per cent phosphate. 126 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Tlie occurrence of extensive beds of high-grade phosphate is indicated by the investigations made near Melrose, Mont. These beds are in a reserve of 33,950 acres withdrawn from public entry January 12, 1911, and are probably a continuation of the Idaho deposits. The reconnaissance survey in western Wyoming indicated the occurrence of large and widely distributed deposits of phosphate, probably in continuation of those of Idaho. Thomas meal, D. J. Hissink and G. B. Van Kampen (Cnltura, 23 (1911), No. 278, vp. Jt93-501). — The authors found a sample of Thomas meal which contained only 8.9 per cent of phosphoric acid, of which 13.5 per cent was soluble in citi-ic solution. A fluoriu content of 0.3 per cent was found and inquiry revealed the fact that calcium fluorid was used in the process of manu- facture of the steel products. [Experiments with manganese sulphate on tobacco], F. Mach {Ber. Grossh. Bad. Lanclw. Vers. Anst. Augustenb., 1910, pp. 51-55). — Manganese sulphate was applied to tobacco in combination with other fertilizing materials at rates of 0.6 and 1.2 gm. to 22 kg. of soil in pots and at rates of 45 and 90 gm. to plats 5.33 square meters in size. Contrary to the observations of various other investigators, no effect from the application of the manganese was observed in either the pot or plat experiments. The composition of seaweed and its use as manure (Bd. Agr. and Fisheries [London], Leaflet 254, pp. 8). — This is a brief, popular compilation of informa- tion on this subject. Utilization of kelp, T. H. Norton (Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. 8.], l-'t (1911), No. 272, p. 899). — It is stated that "the utilization of kelp as a source of iodin and potash salts continues to be a prominent industry on the shores of Norway." There are 9 establishments engaged in the industry. Besides supplying the home demand, these establishments exporte with disk, mold-board, and subsoil plows Indicate that for deep plowing the disk plow is preferable to the mold-board plow. For breaking up land that is not to be fallowed or for plowing under a stand of weeds just prior to planting the mold-board plow is preferred. Tables present in detail the data obtained. Thick and thin seeding trials, G. L. Sutton et al. {Agr. Gas. N. S. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 7, pp. 598-609, figs. 2).— These pages report the results of seed- ing wheat at various rates ranging from 20 to 60 lbs. jper acre on 3 different experiment farms. The thicker sowings were generally followed by higher yields of hay and grain. Early plantings usually gave higher hay yields, but the mid-season plantings excelled in grain yield. Behavior of Australian varieties of wheat when grown in England {Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 5, pp. 3S2, 3S3).—A field test of several varieties of Australian wheats under English conditions gave unsatisfactory results. Wheat from Sunpan, China, C. Flaksbebger {Trudy Bturo Prlkl. Bot. {Bui. Angcic. Bot.), 4 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1-29, pi. 1, figs. 8). — Botanical descriptions are given of 3 varieties of spring wheat and 5 of winter wheat. Samples of these varieties were collected in the Chinese province Sze-chuan. Their striking characteristic was the tenacity with which the ripe heads held the grain. Heads stored for 17 years still held the kernels well. The milling and baking qualities of Indian wheats, A. Howard and Gabkielle L. C. Howard {Agr. Research Inst. Pusa [India's Bui. 22, pp. 32, pi. 1). — The subjects considered are the milling and baking tests of 1910, the cultivation of wheat in the botanical area at Pusa, and the yielding power of the new Pusa wheats. Some data are also given regarding experiments now in progress. According to the authors, the idea hitherto held that India can produce only weak wheats is erroneous, since strong milling wheats have been produced at Pusa during the last 3 years. The combination of high grain quality and high yield in the same wheat has been brought about by modern plant breeding methods. " The producing power of the soil at Pusa has been more than doubled by hot weather cultivation, by moisture conservation, and by embanking with occasional green manuring. Yields of over 40 bu. of wheat to the acre have been produced without manure, irrigation, or rain after sowing time. The methods adopted at Pusa can be applied with necessary modifications through- out the Indo-Gangetic plain. There is no doubt that a great increase in the yield of the present area of the alluvium under wheat and other crops is pos- sible using only the means now possessed by the people." "Weed seeds in the grains found on the markets of the province of Tschel- jabinsk, Orenburg government, Russia, A. Malzew {Trudy Buiro Prlkl. Bot. {Bui. Angeic. Bot.), /, {1911), No. 7, pp. 231-255).— Thin article enumerates the different kinds of weed seeds found in samples of grain secured on the markets of the province mentioned. The more common weed seeds found were the following: In wheat, Polygonum convolvulus and Agrostcmma githago; in oats, P. convolvulus, A. githago, Avena fatua glahrata, and Ncslea paniciilata; and in rye, P. convolvulus, Chcnopodium album, Echinospcnnum lapula, and N. paniculata. Field weeds of the Cherson government, J. Paczoski {Trudy Biuro Prikl. Bot. {Bill. Angeiv. Bot.), // {1911), No. 3, pp. 71-146, figs. 2).— A list is given of the principal weeds occurring in the Cherson government, Russia, together with brief notes on their importance and distribution. 136 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECOED. HORTICULTURE. Electricity in relation to horticulture, J. H. Priestley {Jour. Boy. Ilort. Soc. [London], 37 (1911), No. 1, pp. 15-25). — The author here describes the system of overhead electrical discharge and the use of electric light in the greenhouse, special attention being paid to questions that arise in regard to large scale experimental trials with these methods. The results obtained in experiments with the overhead discharge method have been previously noted (E. S. R., 23, p. 326). The germination results secured with various vegetable seeds in a forcing experiment with a Cooper Hewitt mercury vapor lamp, conducted by Miss E. C. Dudgeon in 1910 are here given. Rapid germination and continued rapid growth resulted from the use of the lamp for a period of some 2 hours every evening after daylight had failed. There was no indication of overexertion of tissues, the plants having, if anything, a better appearance than the controls. In this experiment the ultra-violet rays appeared to have caused no injury to the plant. Electricity in horticulture, G. F. S. Elliot (Oard. Chron., 3. sen, 48 (1910), No. 124'h P- Sl.'t; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bar. Apr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 1910, Nov., pp. 38, 39). — ^A small overhead installation was used by Miss E. C. Dudgeon at Dumfries, Scotland, in 1910. The discharge wires were placed about 15 ft. above ground and, except for a total period of about 3 weelis during unfavorable weather or repairs, the apparatus was used regu- larly after May 30 with crops of oats, potatoes, beets, peas, strawberries, and onions. In fine weather the apparatus was used only for about 2 hours at sunset. In cloudy weather the discharges were continued for 4 or 5 hours, and In showery weather as long as the wires were dry enough. No control plats were used, but as compared with neighboring crops the re- sults as a whole show more luxuriant growth and increased yield on the electri- fied plats. The experiments are to be continued with control plats. Horticulture on moorlands. — A report on the utilization of our German moors in horticultural pursuits, T. Echtekmeyer (Ber. Landto. Reichsamte Innern [Germany], 1911, No. 22, pp. 36, pis. 30, map 1). — In 1909 the author made a survey of agricultural conditions in the West German and Holland moors. The present report embraces the results of a horticultural nature, showing what has been accomplished in Holland on these soils as well as the possibilities of similar situations in Germany. In conclusion a number of recommendations are given dealing with the exploitation and development of German moorlands. Erost protection in fruit orchards (8ci. Amer. Sup., 72 (1911), No. 1869, pp. 281, 282, figs. 3). — Methods proposed mainly by A. G. McAdie, of the Weather Bureau of this Department (E. S. R., 22, p. 217; 24, p. 38; 25, pp. 37, 420), are briefly described. An analysis of western spraying methods, A. L. Mexandee (Better Fruit, 6 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 39-41). — Considerable data were secured through corre- spondence during the seasons of 1909 and 1910 relative to methods of spraying for the codling moth in the State of Washington and, in a few cases, elsewhere. The data secured from over 60 growers as here summarized show how many ap- plications of arsenate of lead were made, the number of gallons of spray made with each pound of arsenate of lead, the method of spraying, total crop in boxes, and the amount of loss. The results for the two seasons show that a single application of spray at the end of blossoming averaged but 1 per cent of loss, 2 applications averaged 4.5 per cent, and with 4 or more sprayings during the season, 8 per cent of HOETICULTURB. 137 the crop was lost. The author reports that C. P. Gillette has obtained similar results from statistics gathered in Colorado. The author concludes that free- dom from wormy fruit is more dependent on a thorough application when the trees are in blossom than upon the number of sprays given. " The calyx cup must be filled, and this demands high pressure, the Bordeaux nozzle, crook, and tower." Peach growing in Alabama, P. F. Williams and J. C. C. Price { Alabama Col. Sta. Bill. 156, pp. 109-l'i2, figs. 5, charts 6). — A popular treatise discussing location, site, preparation of the land, selection of trees, planting operations, fertilizers, pruning, subsequent care of the orchard, insects and diseases and their control, thinning, harvesting, packing, marketing, by-products, and selec- tion of varieties. Descriptive notes on varieties tested at the station follow, together with charts showing the date of opening of buds in 1911, including normal blooming and ripening dates at the station, and charts showing the maximum and minimum temperatures recorded at the station by the horticul- tural department for the years 1904 to 1911, inclusive, during the peach blooming period. The geotropic angle of the roots in relation to the development of the leaf perimeter and the productiveness of grapes, R. Averna-Sacca {Ann. R. Staz. Vhim. Agr. Sper. Roma, 2. ser., 4 (1910), pp. 199-251, figs. 3). — In a previous investigation (E. S. R., 22, p. 144) the author found from a study of various species and varieties of grapes grown under similar conditions that there is a correlation between yield, sugar content, and acidity and the amplitude of the angle formed by the median nerve and the exterior lateral nerve of the leaf, the greater the angle of amplitude the greater the yield of grapes and the sugar content of the must. He then sought to determine what relation, if any, ex- isted between the geotropic, or initial, angle of the secondary roots and the development of the leaf perimeter. The results are tabulated and discussed. The investigation as a whole shows that the amplitude angle of the secondary roots may vary from an acute angle to almost a right angle. The amplitude is constant for the same species, variety, or race but varies between different species, varieties, and races. It appears to coincide with the amplitude of the axillary angle of the vegetative shoots and also with that of the leaf perimeter. Under similar soil and cultural conditions, the yield and the must of a given species, variety, or race of grapes increase as to sugar content with the increase in the amplitude of the different angles. jGrape growing and grafting, DtJMMLER (Ber. Grossh. Bad. Landw. Vers. Anst. August enltcrg, 1910, pp. 87-104). — A progress report on the work of the grape nursery and the grafting experiments at the agricultural experiment sta- tion at Augustenberg, Grand Duchy of Baden. Tabular data are given showing the condition of various scions grafted on different stocks, together with observa- tions on the different stocks used and on the older grafted vines. On the duration of grafted vines and means of prolonging it, G. Couderc (Prog. Agr. et Vit. (Ed. VEst-Centre), 32 (1911), Nos. 40, pp. 396-407; 41, PP- 426-435, fig. 1). — ^A paper on this subject, in which the author presents a num- ber of instances to show that the grafted vineyard in general has a limited and inferior duration to that of the old vineyards. He concludes that all of the American vines are attacked by phylloxera and that they will all succumb to the attack when the cultural conditions are un- favorable. A number of these stocks, however, are sufficiently immune to make superior and durable vineyards under proper cultural treatment. To prolong the life of grafted vines, he advocates deep working of the soil and liberal nourishment of the plants every 3 or 4 years with heavy applications of stable manure, supplemented by commercial fertilizers. This enables the vines to 138 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. develop a vigorous supply of new roots and thus overcome the attacks of the phylloxera. Another means of prolonging the line of the vines is by employing the " adjuvant " graft, or the use of 2 stocks for 1 scion. Experiments with com- panion stocks have shovm that they have a greater period of duration than either of the stocks used alone. By using a series of " adjuvant " stocks, the author has been able to flower and fruit vine cuttings the first season. This is accomplished by grafting a stock having one internode and a good root system under each eye along the length of the cutting, which remains in a horizontal position. The hybrid producers in 1910, Pee Laby (Jour. Soc. Cent. Agr. Haute- Garonne, 21 (.1911), No. 218, pp. 27-^2).— This comprises a report for 1910 relative to the resistance of various direct bearing hybrid grapes to the mil- dews and insect attacks, as well as their adaptability to difCerent soil conditions. In spite of the intensity of the mildew in 1910, a number of the hybrids were found to be sufficiently resistant without any form of treatment. An important fact brought out was that a number of the hybrids which were supposed to possess strong power of resistance will not prove resistant during such seasons as 1910 unless given a certain number of treatment with sulphate of copper. Thus handled they were much more resistant than the French vines which were repentedly sprayed. The olives of Corfu, J. B. Sordina (Ann. Ecole IS! at. Agr. Montpellier, n. ser., 11 (1911), No. 2, pp. 108-lJf7, pis. Jf, map 1). — ^This comprises a preliminary agrogeologic study of the olive industry on the island of Corfu, in which the author considers the growth of the olive in relation to the various geologic formations of the island. The Satsuma orange, P. F. Williams (Aladama Col. Sta. Bui. 157, pp. l.'tS- 171), figs. 8). — A popular treatise dealing particularly with the culture and adaptability of the Satsuma orange to Baldwin and Mobile counties in Ala- bama. Information is given relative to existing plantings, description of fruit, the details of propagating, planting, growing and marketing, and diseases and insect pests. Splits of the navel orange: Cause and remedy, J. E. Coit (Cal. Cult., 37 (1911), No. 19, p. Ii'i9, figs. 10). — From the author's observations so far made on the subject, he concludes that sudden A'ariations in the weather act only as a contributory cause, the primary cause being imperfections in the skin and variations in its thickness. For the control of splits in old, established orchards the reduction of the variation in soil moisture to a minimum by skill- ful irrigation is advocated. It is believed, however, that by careful selection of bud wood the splitting tendency of oranges may be very largely eliminated. Contribution to the study of the ripening processes of lemons, A. Parkoz- zANi (Reprint from Ann. R. Stas. Agrum. e Frutticol. [Acireale], 1 (1911), pp. 36). — The results of a preliminary biochemical study of lemons during the curing period are given. Fruit grown on sandy and on clay soils, harvested at the usual picking time in November and also at the time of complete maturity in February, was analyzed. The variations in weight, volume, and in composi- tion of the different parts of the fruit are presented in tabular form. There was an evident difference in the constitution of lemons grown on sandy soils and those grown on clay soils. The influence of potash and of lime on the general development of the fruit and on its acid content was especially noticeable. No definite conclusions are drawn from the present data as to the formation of the acid in the fruit, nor as to the infiuence of the chemical com- position of the tissues of the endocai-p on the resistance of fruit during trans- portation. HORTICULTURE. 139 A bibliography of studies dealing witli the ripening processes of fruits is appended. Coconut palm culture, H. Zaepernick {Tropenpflanzcr, Beihefte, 12 {1911), No. 6, pp. 500-611, pi. 1, figs. 22).— A popular treatise on the culture and ex- ploitation of the coconut palm (Gocos nucifera), the subject matter being based upon the author's experience of several years in Ceylon, Java, and Dutch New Guinea. The kola trees and kola nuts, A. Chevalier and E. Pebrot {Veg. Utiles Afriquc Trap. Franc., 1911, No. 6, pp. XXIV+.'fSS, pis. 35, figs. 33, maps 3) .— This monograph comprises historical, botanical, geographical, biological, chemi- cal, pharmacological, and economic studies of the kola trees and kola nuts. With a view to making the work complete the authors have coordinated the results of their own extensive studies in Africa with the results of investi- gators on various phases of the subject. In the botanical section, which con- tains the greater amount of new information, the principal phases considered are the delimitation of the section Eucola, comprising the true kolas, a mor- phological, anatomical, and systematic study of the species, and a biological study of the kola trees. Particular attention is paid to the differentiation of the various species. The study as a whole is intended as a reference work for specialists and as a general handbook of information for those interested in the culture and utilization of the kola nut. A new tea plant, C. Gbimme (Umschau, 15 {1911), No. ^1, pp. 851, 852, fig. 1). — A short descriptive account is given of Catha cdulis, which occurs in large quantities in East Africa, particularly in Abyssinia. The leaves and young shoots of this plant have recently appeared on European markets as a substi- tute for tea. Alpine flowers and rock g'ardens, W. P. Wright {London, [1911], 2. ed., pp. 292, pis. 55). — The special feature of this work consists of an extensive series of color groups of alpines taken direct from nature. Part 1 deals with the characteristics and habitat of alpine plants in nature and in British gardens; part 2, which is contributed by W. Graveson, comprises notes on alpine plants in their native habitat ; part 3 deals with the formation of rockeries, planting, propagating, and culture of alpines ; and part 4 con- tains special chapters on the most important rock plants, together with a brief description of the best alpine plants and selections for various purposes. Rock g'ardens; how to make and maintain them, L. B. Meredith {London, 1910, pp. XX+38.!/, pis. 16, figs. 6). — This comprises a practical guide for mak- ing and planting rock gardens, including estimates of cost. Select carnations, picotees, and pinks: The history and cultivation of all sections, J. Fraser {London, [1911], pp. IV+WS, figs. 39). — A popular treat- ise which aims to present a record of a number of the best varieties of carna- tions, picotees, and pinks, together with practical details of cultivation. Th.e sweet pea, C. A. Jardine {[London, 1911], pp. -JS, dgms. 3). — ^A popular treatise in which the author describes methods of growing sweet peas in favorable and unfavorable localities. Attention is also paid to the importance of the nitrogen-fixing bacteria in the successful culture of sweet peas. Vines and how to grow them, W. C. McCollom ( Garden City and New York, 1911, pp. 3L'i, j)ls. 31). — This is a manual of outdoor and indoor climbing plants for flower, foliage, and fruit effects, both ornamental and useful, including shrubs and similar forms that may be used as vines. The general chapters deal with the uses and habits of vines, when and how to plant, soil and cultiva- tion, supports and trellises, pruning and management, insects and diseases, and winterkilling and how to prevent it. In the succeeding chapters the various classes of vines are discussed relative to their specific adaptation and culture. 22214°— No. 2—12 4 140 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECORD. FORESTRY. Trees and shrubs, edited by C. S. Sargent (Boston and New York, 1911, vol. 2, lit. 3, pp. 117-189, pis. 25). — This is the seventh installment of a work which consists of a series of plates, accompanied by brief descriptions of new or little known trees and shrubs of the northern hemisphere which may be expected to flourish in the gardens of the United States and Europe and those of special economic interest. The work has been prepared with the assistance of a number of specialists and the material has been derived largely from the living collections and from the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. Each part contains 25 plates and a volume consists of 4 parts. Part 1 of volume 1 was issued in 1902. The succeeding parts have appeared from time to time. Trees and how to know them, W. A. Lambeth (Atlanta, Oa., Richmond, Va., and Dallas, Tew., 1911, pp. 52, figs. ^8). — A brief practical manual with analytical and dichotomous keys of the principal forest trees of the South. Trees and forestry, Mary C. Dickerson (Amer. 31 us. Nat. Hist. Guide Leaflet 32, 1910, pp. lOff, pi. 1, figs. 77, dgm. 1). — An elementary treatment of the sub- ject based on the Jesup collection of North American woods in the American Museum of Natural History. The distribution of woody plants in the Pike's Peak region, E. C. Schnei- der (Colo. Col. Pub., Sci. Ser., 12 (1909), No. 6, pp. 137-169, map i).— The object of this paper Is to present a picture of the associations of the woody plants that may be valuable to students of mountain distribution. One hun- dred and fifteen species are recorded. The associations of the woody plants are grouped into 12 difl:erent classes according to their habitat. Studies on the soil improvement faculty of our important timber species, R. Wallenbock (Centhl. Gesam. Forstw., 37 (1911), No. 10, pp. J^l,l-J^5&).~ The author's soil investigations in mixed stands of oak and beech (E. S. R., 2.S. p. 146) wex'e extended to include a number of stands of fir, spruce, pine, and larch. As indicated by the water capacity of the soils in weight percentage, beech soils showed the best physical texture. The water capacity of soils in fir, spruce, oak, larch, and pine stands averaged 9.5, 95, 84, 81, and 79 per cent, respectively, of the water capacity of beech soils. The difference in water capacity between the soils of the shade-tolerant group, beech, fir, and spruce, and the light-demanding group, oak, larch, and pine, was from 3 to 4 times greater than the differences between the hardwood and coniferous species in each group. The author concludes that the advantageous action of the hardwood foliage may be restricted largely to loam soils, whereas the sparser material of the coniferous trees, particularly the pine needles, is of most advantage on coarse- grained, sandy soils. Recent developments from the experiments with foreign species of wood in Prussia, Schwappach (Ztsclir. Forst u. Jagdw., Ji3 (1911'), Nos. S, pp. 591-611; 10, pp. 757-782). — This comprises the observations and results from cultural experiments with foreign timber species which were started in Prussia about 30 years ago. Consideration is given to about 45 different species. The statistics of the experimental areas are presented in tabular form. The cubic content and form of the pine in Sweden, A. Maass (Skogs- vdfdsfor. Tidskr., 1911, Faclcafd., No. 6, pp. 209-257, figs. 2).— Tables for com- puting timber in standing pine trees of different sizes are given on the basis of measurements of 1,869 trees made by the author in forests in different parts of Sweden. FORESTKY. 141 A note on some statistical and other information regarding the teak forests of Burma, R. S. Tkoup (Indian Forest Rec, 3 {1911), No. 1, pp. 11+ 73, pis. 8). — The object of this paper is to present in convenient form informa- tion gleaned from worliiug plan operations in the teak forests of Burma. The successive chapters discuss the distribution of teak and the area of teak forests in Burma, the chief types of teak forest, statistics regarding the grow- ing stock and yield of various teak forests, the rate of growth and exploitable age of teak, and the yield and outtui'n of teak forests in Burma. A map of Burma showing the teak forests under working plans in 1910 is appended. Cultural experiments with the yew (Taxus baccata), A. Burckhardt (Foi-stiv. CentU., n. ser., 33 {1911), No. 8-9, pp. Ji57-I,6S) .—The author calls attention to the importance of the yew as a forest tree and reviews the liter- ature on cultural experiments with this species. Variability of plantation Para rubber, V. Catxa {Jour. Agr. Trap., 11 {1911), No. 123, pp. 266-270) .—The author calls attention to the great varia- bility of cultivated Para rubber and points out the important causes of the variability which occur previous to and during coagulation and after coagulat- ing the latex. A new coagulant for Manihot glaziovii, A. Zimmermann {Pflanzer, 7 {1911), No. 9, pp. Ji99, 500). — During the course of experiments conducted in Amani, the author found that the addition of a 1 per cent solution of cal- cium chlorid to the latex of the rubber tree M. glaziovii resulted in a fairly good coagulation. A 1^ per cent solution of calcium chlorid is considered suffi- cient to bring about complete coagulation at the end of the rainy period when the latex is especially fluid. The use of calcium chlorid reduces the cost of the coagulent considerably without injuring the elasticity and nerve of the rubber. Barium chlorid, magnesium chlorid, and magnesium sulphate all proved to be rather strong coagulents but were not so active as calcium chlorid. The forest resources, E. M. Griffith {Rpt. Conserv. Oom. Wis., 1911, pp. 43-50). — This comprises a concise statement of the forest resources of Wis- consin with recommendations bearing on their conservation. Report of the forestry department for the year ended June 30, 1910, E. D. Hay {Rpt. Forestry Dept. N. S. Wales, 1910, pp. 12, pis. i^).— This is the usual report relative to forest areas and routine operations, including a financial statement for the year and data on imports and exports of timber. An outline is given of experiments in timber physics which are now' under way. A paper dealing with reforestation in the Tropics with special reference to eucalypts is appended. Photogrammetry and its importance for forestry, R. Hugershoff ( Tharand. Forstl. Jahrb., 62 {1911), No. 1, pp. 123-132, figs. S).— The author points out and illustrates a number of ways in which photogrammetry may be applied in forestry. Single seed selection, G. F. S. Elliot {Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. [London], 37 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1-8). — The author cites evidence secured by different inves- tigators to show that with various plants, and especially with trees, there is a distinct advantage in selecting the largest and finest seeds for stock. A brief bibliography is appended. On the influence of incorrect dimension determinations upon the content of logs, A. ScHiFFEL (CeiitN. Gesam. Forstic, 37 {1911), No. 8-9, pp. 371- 390, figs. 4). — The author describes practical methods for determining the errors in caliper measurements, shows the effect of these errors on the log content, and discusses the application and use of a several factor cubic formula as a means of diminishing the percentage of error. 142 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Forest fires and their prevention, including forest fires in North Carolina during 1910, J. S. Holmes (N. C. Geol. and Econ. Survey, Econ. Paper 22, 1911, pp. JfS). — This comprises comparative statistics of forest fires in North Carolina for 1909 and 1910, together with a discussion of the causes of forest fires and of preventive, protective, and educational measures. The statistics for 1910, which cover one-thii'd of the townships of the State, show an estimated area of 580,000 acres of woodland burned over, with a consequent loss of over half a million dollars in timber and personal property. Method of distinguishing powellized and the unpowellized wood, P. Singh (Indian Forester, 37 (1911), No. 10, pp. 567, 56S).— The method described con- sists of a test for arsenic, a small quantity of which enters into the composition of the powellizing solution (E. S. R., 19, p. 848). Wood pulp and its uses, C. F, Cross, E. J. Bevan, and R. W. Sindall (Lon- don, 1911, pp. XI +270, figs. 37). — This work, which comprises a general account of the evolution of the wood pulp industries, is based on both scientific and practical studies in the domain of cellulose. The successive chapters discuss the structural elements of wood, physical properties, chemical composition, wood pulps in relation to sources of supply, the manufacture of mechanical wood pulp, chemical wood pulp, news and printings, wood pulp boards, the utilization of wood waste, testing wood pulp for moisture, and wood pulp and the textile industries. In order to bring out the position of wood pulps, in their various forms, as staple paper making raw material, a chapter is given which embodies specimen sheets of paper selected as types, with a description of their characteristics. A brief bibliography is appended. DISEASES OF PLANTS. Plant diseases (phytopathology), A. A. IAchevskh (BoUensni rastemi (fitopaiolog'ita), St. Petersburg, 1910, vol. 1, pp. 1,56, table 1, figs. ]17).—Th\s book, which is printed in the Russian language, treats of the general influence of pathological factors on plants, the predisposition of plants to disease, the geographical distribution of fungi and means by which they are spread, reme- dies and methods for treatment, and directions for the collection and prepara- tion of material for a study of plant diseases. Investigations in plant diseases, H. C. Mtjlleb, K. Stoemer, et al. (Ber. Agr. Ghetn. Kontroll u. Vers. Stat. PftansenkranJc. Proiy. Sachsen, 1910, pp. 71-81/, fig. 1). — ^A report is given of miscellaneous investigations of plant dis- eases carried on during the year, including the diseases of grain, particularly means for preventing smut, and the diseases of beets, potatoes, and other vegetables. Origin of heteroecism in the rusts, E. W. Olive (Phytopathology, 1 (1911), No. 5, pp. 139-11,9). — The author presents a contribution to the problem as to which of the two hosts is to be considered as the primary and which the sec- ondary host of rusts. He believes that the plants which bear the gametophytic form of the rusts are the primary hosts of the hypothetical autoecious ancestors of rusts. A preliminary report on the yearly origin and dissemination of Puc- cinia graminis, F. J. Pritchard (Bot. Gas., 52 (1911), No. 3, pp. 169-192, pi. 1). — The results of a study of rust epidemics at the North Dakota Station are given. The author found that P. graminis passed readily from wheat, Agropyron tenerum, A. repens, Hordeum jubatuni, and Elymus triticoides to the barberry. His observations tended to oppose the theory that the secidiospores and uredo- DISEASES OF PLANTS. 143 spores of the rust are carried considerable distances by tlie wind. The uredo pustules of P. graminis were found on winter wheat as early as upon grasses near the barberry bushes, and with one exception were present upon spring wheat earlier than upon grasses remote from barberries. The experiments seem to indicate that this rust does not spread to wheat fields from grasses and that thei-e are three biological forms, one for wheat, one for barley, and one for rye, oats, and various grasses. The uredospores of P. graminis failed to survive the winter of 1904-5 at Fargo, N. Dak. The author thinks the wintering of the rust as mycelium in plant tissues in North Dakota is very doubtful, but he has found the pericarp of rusted wheat grains frequently filled with rust mycelium and numerous pus- tules of teleutospores. The teleutospores on germination exhibited a palmella- like stage. Attention is called to the possibility of infection of wheat by teleutospores occurring in the field, and the observations suggest the need of experiments along this line. The wintering of Puccinia graminis tritici and the infection of wheat through the seed, F. J. Pritchard (Phytopathology, 1 {1911), No. 5, pp. 150- 15/f, pi. 1, figs. 2). — In the present paper an account is given of some investi- gations which seem to confirm the conclusion in the above paper as to the oc- currence of pustules containing teleutospores in wheat grains. Wheat -grains were selected which showed on microscopic examination in- fected areas about the hilum. These were planted and after the seedlings had attained a height of from 4 to 10 in. they were examined. As a result of his investigations the author believes that at least one source of spring infection of wheat is plainly evident, for the fungus lives over winter in certain wheat grains and infects the plants. The mycelium from the peri- carp penetrates various parts of the seedling, invading both the intercellular spaces and the cells. It soon passes into the spaces between the leaf sheaths, v^here it grows rapidly and attacks the tissues at various points. This fact is believed to explain the failure of Eriksson and Ward (E. S. K., 17, p. 873) to trace the fungus filaments beyond the first-appearing pustules. An examination of samples of wheat in elevators in North Dakota showed infected seeds in all the samples, and in some the infected seeds were very fibundant. It is thought that experiments with hot-water treatment of the seed are worth testing for the possible control of seed-borne infection. The effect of the club root disease upon the ash constituents of the cab- bage root, II. S. Eeed {Phytopathology, 1 {1911), No. 5, pp. 159-163).— This is a more extended account of investigations noted elsewhere (E. S. R., 26, p. 54). Irish blight, A. M. Lea {Agr. Gaz. Tasmania, 19 {1911), No. 7, pp. 357- Sll, figs. 15).— An account is given of the blight of potatoes due to Phytoph- thora infestans, which has appeared in a very destructive form in Tasmania. The author recommends sprayiug with Bordeaux mixture for its control, and outlines experiments which, although not yet fully completed, indicate a gain of about 50 per cent in favor of the sprayed plants. Report of the pathologist, J. R. Johnston {Porto Rico Prog., 1 {1911), Nos. 41, Sup., Rev. Azucarera, 1191, pt. 3, pp. 42-U; 43, Sup., Rev. Asucarera, 1911, pt. 4, pp. 25-31). — Descriptions are given of various diseases found upon sugar cane in Porto Rico, with special mention of the root disease caused by Marasmius sacchari, this fungus apparently being widespread and causing much loss. In addition to brief descriptions of the diseases and suggested methods of control, the author outlines some investigations that are to be begun at once. 144 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Scolytus rugulosus as an agent in th.e spread of bacterial blight in pear trees, D. H. Jones (Phytopathology, 1 {1911), No. 5, pp. 155-158, pis. 2). — In previous publications (E. S. R., 23, pp. 49, 352) attention was called to tlie probability of this beetle having an important part in the spread of bacterial blight in pear orchards. Subsequent studies have confirmed this conclusion, and the author found that practically every lesion on trunks and limbs of the trees under observation had within it a boring beetle. It appears to be con- clusively proved that 8. rugulosus is an active agent in the spread of bacterial blight among pear trees, and means should be taken to destroy this insect. Peach leaf curl fungus, G. Quinn (Jour. Dcpt. Agr. So. Atist., 15 (1911), No. 1, pp. 58-66, figs. 4)- — A. report is given of investigations in spraying peach trees for the control of the peach leaf curl with Bordeaux mixture. Burgundy mixture, Bordeaux paste, and copper sulphate solution. All of the treatments reduced the proportion of diseased leaves on the trees. Two applications of Burgundy mixture or of Bordeaux paste com- pletely protected the trees, while a few diseased leaves were found where trees were sprayed with Bordeaux mixture or a single application of copper sul- phate. In one experiment, however, with Bordeaux paste a large number of diseased leaves were found. Dressing the soil about the trees with iron sul- phate did not give beneficial results. The destruction of plum trees in the Rhine Provinces and the cherry tree disease, G. LiisTNEB (Ber. K. Lchranst. Wein, Obst u. Oartenbau Oeisen- heim, 1910, pp. 147-150). — During 1910 heavy precipitation caused a repoateH overflow of the Rhine River, and from June 20 to July 31 the adjacent country was submerged to a greater or less extent. This was followed in August by bright sunshine. The leaves of plum trees were scorched and later died. Injury to maple trees from the same cause is noted, and attention is called to the fact that Colchiciim autumnale, which generally flowers in the fall of the year, did not bloom until March, 1911, six months later than usual. The disease of cherry trees in the same region is commented upon, and it is held to be due to unfavorable soil conditions. The author says that Valsa leu- costoma is not the primary cause of the trouble, the fungus being able to attack only those trees that have been weakened from some other condition. A bacterial gummosis of cherries, F. L. Griffin (Science, n. ser., 3Jf (1911), No. 879, pp. 615, 616). — A description is given of a gummosis of cherry trees, for which the author believes that he has found a specific cause. The disease is quite prevalent in Oregon upon cherry trees, and is thought to be due to Pscudomonas cerasus n. sp. Its characters are contrasted with those described for other bacterial diseases of cherries (E. S. R., 14, p. 458; 18, p. 947), but they are believed to be quite distinct. The author has isolated the organism, inoculated trees from pure cultures, produced typical symptoms, and reisolated the bacterium. Cherry trees weakened through gummosis fall easy prey to various sapro- phytic fungi, Schizophylium commune and species of Polyporus and Polystictus being the most common. It has been found by experience that top working resistant stocks will to a great extent prevent the disease from appearing on the body or crotch of the tree, but this eliminates the gummosis factor only from the trunks and not from the fruit-bearing wood. Experiments in the control of the red spot disease of grapes, G. Lxjstner (Ber. K. Lchranst. Wein, Obst u, Gartenbau Gcisenhei'm, 1910, pp. 175, 176). — In continuation of previous notes (E. S. R., 24, p. 157), the author reports ex- DISEASES OF PLANTS. 145 periments foi* the control of the disease of grapes due to Pseiidopeziza trach- eiphila. On plats which received a heavy application of stable manure the disease made less progress than on the check iilats. The effects of the application of manure were evident throughout the season and on all parts of the vine. The soil in the region reported upon is a very light sandy one, and the addition of manure increased the water holding capacity. This is thought to have made the plants more resistant to the attack of the fungus. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture had no effect in reducing the disease, although 4 or 5 applications of the fungicide were given the vines at suitable dates. A variety of Cladosporium herbarum on Citrus aurantium in Florida, H. S. Fawcett and O. F. Burger (Phytopathology, 1 {1911), No. 5, pp. 164- 166). — Upon investigating the scaly bark of citrus trees in Florida the authors found a fungus similar to but differing somewhat from C. herharum as gener- ally recognized. Parallel cultures were made between the organism as found in Florida and pure cultures of C. herbarum received from Europe, and certain differences are noted which are considered important but not sufficient to warrant the descrip- tion of a new species. On account of the differences the authors have described the form occurring in the scaly bark disease as C. herharum citricolum n. vai\ A more detailed description of the fungus and its relation to the disease is to appear in a bulletin of the Florida Station. Report of mycologist for year ending' March 31, 1911, II, J. B. Rorer {Bel. Ayr. Trinklacl and Tobago Circ. 4, 1011, pp. 10, pis. 13). — This report deals chiefly with experiments in cacao spraying and the diseases of the coconut palm. Preliminary experiments showed that Bordeaux mixture and lime-sulphur solutions strong enough to be active fungicides were slightly injurious to cacao flowers and very young tissues but in no way harmful to the young fruits. It was found that when trees were well sprayed twice the young fruit was pro- tected from fungus attack, giving a net profit of from $20 to $40 per thousand trees. This profit, it is thought, should be greater in a few years, as the sprayed trees are free from moss and less liable to the canker infection. For the present it is recommended that trees be sprayed once just after the larger setting of the fruit and again a month or 6 weeks later. The author, in discussing some other cacao troubles, states that the cacao witches' broom as it occurs in Surinam (E. S. R., 23, p. 455) is not found in Trinidad. In disposing of the empty cacao shells, composting them is recom- mended as the best method, and attention is called to the fact that spraying them with Bordeaux mixture is inefficient and expensive as generally applied. The second portion of the report deals with diseases of the coconut palm, particular attention being given to the bud rot (E. S. R., 25, p. 552). The author claims to have isolated the causative bacterium, grown it in pure cul- tures, and produced successful inoculations both by wounding the tree and by pouring water containing cultures over the crown of the tree. The most suc- cessful means for the control of this disease seemed to be the cutting out and destroying those trees which showed the presence of the bud rot and thorough spraying with Bordeaux mixture. A root disease is described the trees affected by which are said to resemble those attacked by the bud rot, but the author does not agree with others that the diseases are identical. He believes that the root disease is due to a physiological trouble resulting from unfavorable soil conditions. Notes are given on a stem disease due to the fungus Thielaviopsis paradoxa and on leaf diseases caused by Pestalozzia palmamm. 146 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Some brief notes are given on some sugar cane diseases, and tlie report concludes witli a list of Trinidad fungi. The control of the chestnut bark disease, H. Metcalf and J. F. Collins (U. S. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. 467, pp. 24, figs. 4). — This serious disease of the chestnut was first described in 1906 as occurring in the vicinity of New York City (E. S. R., 19, p. 250). Since that time it has spread, and is now known to occur in 10 States, and in the vicinity of New York City and adjacent counties it has practically destroyed all chestnut trees. The cause and symptoms of the disease and means of spread and control are described at length, the method of control being largely based on a thorough inspection of forests and the destruction of all infected trees. This method was successfully put in application in the vicinity of Washington, D. C, in the fall of 1908, and up to June, 1911, the disease had not reappeared in the country within a radius of approximately 35 miles. The text of the Pennsylvania state law of 1911 dealing with the disease is given in full. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. The grouse in health and in disease, being- the final report of the Com- mittee of Inquiry on Grouse Disease (London, 1911, vols. 1, pp. XXIII+512, pis, 59, figs. 33, charts 8; 2, pp. 150, pi. 1, maps 40)- — Volume 1 of this work is divided into 3 parts, the first (pp. 1-146) dealing with the normal grouse, the second (pp. 147-371) with the grouse in disease, and the third (pp. 372-502) with the management and economics of grouse moors. Volume 2 contains addi- tional data dealing especially with young grouse and maps showing the inci- dence of grouse disease in former years. Twenty-sixth report of the state entomologist, 1910, E. P. Felt (N. Y. State Ed. Dept. Bui. 490, 1911, pp. 180, pis. 35, figs. 10).— This report covers the year ended October 15, 1910. The experimental work with the codling moth was continued during the year under more diverse conditions. Experiments were conducted in 3 orchards, the plats consisting of 42 trees and the fruits from the central 6 alone being counted. Comparisons were made to ascertain tlie relative efficacy of one spray given just after the blossoms dropped with this treatment supplemented by a second application about 3 weeks later. The author concludes from the data secured, which is here presented in detail, that it is possible with but one spraying to obtain over 90 per cent of sound fruit in a year when the codling moth is very abundant, even on trees yielding only from 300 to 500 apples. He is of the opinion that the possibilities of one thorough timely spraying have habitually been underrated. The conditions in the Hudson Valley are such as hardly to justify the repeated applications so generally in vogue in the western part of the State. The juniper webworm {Dichomeris marg melius), a European species that does not appear to have been previously discovered in America, was received during the year from Tarrytown. Technical descriptions are given of its stages and a brief account of its life history and literature. Brief accounts and de- scriptions are also given of a large aphid spruce gall (Chermes cooleyi), and the ash psylla (Psyllopsis fraxinicola) , another European species first recorded from this country in 1899 which appears to have about the same life cycle as the pear psylla, the adults wintering on the bark of the tree and the insects becoming abundant in June. Brief notes on some of the more injurious or interesting species which came to the entomologist's attention during the year follow. Those mentioned imder fruit insects are the pear slug, cigar case bearer, cherry fruit fly, lined red bug ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 147 (Lygidea mendax), pear psylla, San Jose scale, and blister mite. Those men- tioned as affecting garden and grain crops are tlie rose scale, greenhouse leaf- tyer (Phlyctwnia ruhigalis), wheat wireworm {Agriotcs mancus), and harle- quin cabbage bug. Other insects mentioned are the elm leaf beetle (Galenicella luteola), bag^\"orm, sugar maple borer {Plagionotus spcciosus), elm scurfy scale (Chionaspis americana), false cottony maple scale (Phenacoccus aceri- cola), large black carpenter ant {Camponotus herculeanus), Abbott's pine saw- fly {Lophyrus abbotii), spotted Cornus sawfly (Hat'piphorus tarsatus), blue Cornus sawfly {H. versicolor), spotted pine weevil (Pissodes notatus), snow white linden moth, birch leaf skeletonizer (Bucculatrix canadensisella) , peach tree blight {PempJiigus imhricator), silver fir aphid {Chennes plcew), blow fly (CalUphora viridescens), stable fly {Musciiia stabulans), Agrontgza melampyga, Coquebert's Otiocerus (Otiocerus cogucberiii), etc. In an appendix (pp. 82-104) the author reports studies made of pedogenesis in the cecidomyiid fly Miastor americana. This includes the history of pedo- genesis, methods, embryology, a bibliography, etc. Guide to the insects of Connecticut {Conn. State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Sur- vey Bui. 16, 1911, jrp. 169, pis. 11, figs. 66).— This is the first of a series of papers dealing with the insects of Connecticut. Part 1 (pp. 13-3S), consisting of the general introduction by W. E. Britton, includes a bibliography of the more important works relating to North American entomology, a discusion of the abundance, habits, and haunts of insects, their distribution, the life zones of Connecticut, economic status, structure, growth, classification, etc. Part 2 (pp. 41-165), by B. H. Walden, deals with the insects of the orders Euplexop- tera and Orthopetera that occur in Connecticut. A handbook of the destructive insects of Victoria, with, notes on the methods of prevention and extirpation, C. Fkench (Melbourne, 1911, pt. 5, pp. 169, pZs. JfO, figs. 4)- — ^This is the fifth of a series of volumes being pub- lished, of which the first 4 have been noted previously (E. S. R., 22, p. 253). Contributions to the knowledge of insect pests, F. Silvestri [Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portici, .^ (1910), pp. 2J,6-289, figs. 25; 5 (1911), pp. 287-319, figs. 26).— The first paper deals with the elm leaf beetle (Galerucella luteola), its biology, natural enemies, etc., and includes a biblio- graphy of 32 titles; the second paper with Plusia gamma, its biology, injury, and natural enemies, and includes a bibliography of 12 titles. Insect enemies of the G-g in Brazil and their control, H. von Iheeing (Chacaras e Quintaes, 3 (1911), No. 2, pp. 9-11, figs. Jf,- abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome^, Btd. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2(1911), No. 5, pp. 1193-119/f). — Azocliis gripusalis, Trachyderes thoracicus, Stenoma albella, and an undetermined cerambycid beetle are mentioned as enemies of the fig. The enemies of medlar (Mespilus), P. Noel (Abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 2, pp. Jt53, Jio^). — A list is given of the important insect enemies of medlar. The insect enemies of sulla, T. de Stefani (Bol. B. Orto Bot. Palermo, 9 (1910), No. 1-3, pp. 116-122).— An account is given of the buprestrid beetle Sphenoptera lineata (geminata) and a lepidopteron which attack sulla, or French honeysuckle (Hedysarum coronarium), in Tunis and Sicily. The life history of the walking'-stick, Diapheromera femorata, H. H. P. Seveein and H. C. Seveein (Jour. Econ. Ent., k (1911), No. 3, pp. 307-320, figs. 3). — In its natural habitat in Wisconsin, this walking-stick feeds upon the leaves of the hazelnut shrubs (Gorylus americana) and to some extent upon the leaves of the linden (Tilia, americana). In reariugs made of 100 indi- viduals of D. femorata, under conditions as nearly normal as possible and ex- tended over a period of 4 years, it was found that 23 per cent molted 4 times, 148 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. 76 per cent 5 times, and only 1 per cent 6 times. Tlie period between molts was found under normal conditions to vary from 6 to 15 days, the first and last stadia being somewhat more prolonged than the intermediary ones. " Specimens of Diapheromera, which molted 4 times, reached sexual ma- turity on an average, in 50.06 days, while individuals which molted 5 times required 57.56 days on an average, or an extra 6.6 days before beginning the egg-laying period. It is evident thus, that those walking-sticks which molted 4 times, omit the fifth molt and yet reach sexual maturity nearly a week earlier than those specimens that pass through 5 molts. In all probability, temperature plays an important role in the rate of development, but tempera- ture alone does not explain why some walking-sticks molt 4 times and others 5 times. We have repeatedly reared a number of Diapheromera which were hatched on the same day, fed with the same kind of food and kept in the same breeding cage throughout their entire life history under exactly the same conditions of temperature, and yet some specimens molted 4 times while others molted 5 times. Further experiments are necessary to determine a solution of this i)roblem." It is said that the development of this walking-stick is often retarded by a leaf-ovipositing tachinid fly {Phasniopliaga antennalis) and by an undeter- mined host-oviiX)siting species. A bibliography of 103 titles is appended. Tlie effects of parasitic castration in Membracidae, I. Matausch (Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 19 {1911), No. 3, irp. 19J,-196, pi. i).— The author records the finding of a large species of Telamona (near heliria) and Cm-ynota viera, as well as Tlielia Mmactilata'^, infested with parasitic larvae. This association of parasites with a malformation or inhibition of the development of the external genitalia is said to occur also in Glossonotus, 3 parasitized specimens belonging to this genus having been .received. That parasites produce the sexual anomaly also in Cyrtolobus is shown by a specimen collected by the author at Woods Hole, Mass., on July 13. Attempts to breed the parasites to adults failed. The California Christmas-berry tingis, C. Pemekrton {Jour. Econ. Ent., Jf {1911), No. 3, pp. 339-343, figs. 18). — The tingitid species here considered {Oorythuca arcuata) is said to be common on hawthorn in the eastern United States and also on the apple and hawthorn in western Washington, where it is probably an introduced insect. Its presence on the Christmas berry {Ilete- romeles arhxitifolia) can easily be detected by the brown, sunburned appear- ance of the under sides of the leaves. There are but few Christmas-berry bushes in the Santa Clara Valley that escape the attack of this insect. It is also found occasionally and sparingly on the live oak {Quercus agrifoUa) where the trees ai'e close to Christmas-berry bushes. Much damage to this bush results indirectly from the attack of this tingitid due to a black smut or fungus {CapnocLium heteromeles), the spores of which readily growt in the honeydew excreted in large quantities by the nymph. The nymph molts 5 times and gradually increases in size from 0.6 mm. to 2.6 mm. Under normal conditions in the Santa Clara Valley, the average life cycle is passed in about 78 days. As its period of activity lasts about S months, it seems very probable that there are but 3 broods a year. Where spraying has been attempted, success has resulted from application of kerosene emulsion to the foliage with underspray nozzles. American Psyllidae, HI, IV, D. L. Crawfoed {Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., 3 {1911), Nos. 1, pp. 422-453, figs. 4; 2, pp. 480-503, figs. -4).— A continuation of the paper previously noted (E. S. K., 25, p. 53). Synopses are presented of the 1 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 17 (1909), No. 4, p. 165. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 149 genera of Triozinte and Carsidarinse, together with a general revised synopsis of the genus Trioza, and a synopsis of tliis genus based principally on the genitalia. Descriptions of 5 genera. 13 species, and 7 varieties new to science are included. A new species of Aleyrodes living on the olive, F. Silvestei {Bol. Luh. Zool. Gen. e Agr. B. Souola Sup. Agr. Portici, 5 {1911), pp. 214-225, figs. 13).— A. oUvinus, which occurs in central and southern Italy upon the upper and rarely upon the lower surface of olive leaves, is described as new. It is parasitized by Prospaltella olivina, Enca/rsia elegans, and Amitus minervce, the last-named being here described as new to science. Biological notes are included. An account of Aphis brassicae and some of its parasites and hyperpara- sites, G. Martelli (Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portici, 5 {1911), pp. 40-o-i). — Aphid ins brassicw and 5 species of syrphus flies, accounts of which are here presented, are the more important enemies of the cabbage aphis at Portici. Two Rhopalosiphum species and Aphis pulverulens n. sp., C. P. Gillette (Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 {1911), No. 3, pp. 320-325, pi. 1). — A. pulverulens, col- lected from Sym'phoricarpos accident alls at Fort Collins, Colo., is described as new to science. Host index to California plant lice (Aphididae), E. O. Essig {Pomona Col. Jour. Ent.. 3 {1911), No. 2, pp. 451-468). — A list of synonyms of California plant lice is appended to this host list. Aphididae of southern California, VI, VII, E. O. Essig {Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., 3 {1911), Nos. 1, pp. 400-403, figs. 4; 3, pp. 523-557, figs. IS).— A con- tinuation of papers previously noted (E. S. R.. 25, p. 53). The natural enemies of the citrus mealy bug. III, IV, E. O. Essig {Pomoiui Col. Jour. Ent., 3 {1911), Nos. 1, pp. 390-397, figs. 4; 3, pp. 518-522, figs. 3).— A continuation of the paper previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 559). The author here considers the coccinellid beetles Cryptogomus orbiculus, Scgmmis gut- tulatus, S. sordidus, RliizoWus lopantluc, and Hyperaspis lateralis, and the hymenopterous parasite Chrysoplatycerus splendens. Locomotion of certain young scale insects, H. J. Quayle {Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 {1911), No. 3, pp. 801-306). — Experiments on the power of locomotion of the black scale, the red or orange scale, aud the purple scale are reported. " In the case of the black scale it was shown that about 4 ft. of ordinary orchard soil is about the limit that will be traversed by the active young. . . . The young red scale in attempting to ascend a small particle of earth falls back again and this is repeated time after time. The same is almost as true for the young purple scale. Where there is a fine mulch, therefore, the chances of the young red or purple scale reaching an adjoining tree is practically negligible." Notes on Coccidae, VI, VII, E. O. Essig {Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., 3 {1911), Nos. 1, pp. 404-411, figs. 5; 2, p. 469).— A continuation of papers previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 559). The author considers the frosted scale {Eulecandum pruinosum) , Glover's scale, Lccaniodiaspis rufescens, and Orthezia artetnisiw. The parasites of Mytilaspis pomorum, P. Voglino {Ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. iRome^, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, amd Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 1, pp. 228, 229). —An account of the parasitic enemies of the oyster scale, which are prev- alent in various parts of Piedmont, Italy, and have already checked its multi- plication. Grasserie in silkworms, M. N. De {Agr. Jour. India, 6 {1911), No. 3, pp. 292-295, figs. 2 ) .—Experiments show that the younger worms are more subject to attack by this disease than are the mature ones. More worms died when 150 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. injectert witli grasserie juice tliaii wheu fed leaves stained tlierewith. The author finds that fresh juice is more virulent than juice which has been kept for some months. The leopard moth as a pest of apple nursery stock, W. E. Beitton (Jour. Econ. Ent., 1^ (1911), No. 3, pp. 298, 299, pi. i).— The leopard moth was dis- covered in 1910 bormg into the stems or trunks of apple trees in a Connecticut fruit-tree nursery, not far from the coast. Note on the cork-colored orange tortricid (Platynota rostrana), E. R. Sasscer (Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 {1911), No. 3, pp. 297, 298).— In 1909 this pest damaged some 15 per cent of the grapefruit in a grove at Key Largo. Fla. Notes on the egg-laying' habits and emergence of adult of Sanninoidea exitiosa, E. N. Cory (Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 (1911), No. 3, pp. 332-336, pi. 1).— Observations made at College Park, Md., are reported. Ehopalomyia grossulariae n. sp., E. P. Felt (Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 (1911), No. 3, p. 347). — This new species was reared in May, 1911, at the Ohio Station from deformed gooseberry buds (Rihes grossularia) . Pruit flies and other insects attacking cultivated and wild fruits in New South Wales, W. B. Gurney (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 8, pp. 722-727, pis. 2, figs. 2). — ^This second paper deals with the Queensland fruit fly, its prevalence, the sequence of orchard and wild fruits attacked, and the extent of parasitism. The new parasite mentioned in the previous account (E. S. R., 24, p. 356), Opius tyroni, has been found to destroy from 4 to 52 per cent of the Queensland fruit flies developing in wild fruit. Only one parasite develops from a single maggot. This parasite occasionally infests maggots in orchard fruits and cage experiments have shown that it will also attack the Mediter- ranean fruit fly. Transmission of disease by native blood-sucking insects, A. Schubeeg and P. KuHN (Arl). K. Gmdhtsa7nt., 31 (1911), No. 2, pp. 377-393; als. in Bleeping Sickness Bur. [London] Bui., 3 (1911), No. 26, pp. 162-164). — In this paper the authors deal with the role of the stable fly (Stomoxys calcitrans) in the trans- mission of trypanosomes and spirochetes. Previous attempts to transmit nagana, suri'a, jinja cattle disease, debab, souma, dourine, and sleeping sickness by means of 8. calcitrans are reviewed. In experiments in which Trypanosoma Itrucci, T. equiperdum, T. garnbiense, and T. lewlsi were used, all but T. lewisi were mechanically transmitted to healthy animals by the stable fly. A bibliography of 34 titles is appended. Further researches on the development of Trypandsoma garnbiense in Glossina palpalis, D. Bruce et al. (Proc. Roy. Soc. [London], Ser. B., 83 (1911), No. B 567, pp. 513-527, figs. SO).—" In the course of the development of T. gamhiense in G. palpalis the proboscis does not become involved, as in the case of some other species. A few days after an infective feed the trypano- somes disappear out of the great majority of the flies, but in a small percentage this initial disappearance is followed by a renewed development. After a very short time the flies which have fed on an infected animal become incapable of conveying the infection by their bites, and this noninfectivity lasts for some 28 days, wheu a i-enewed or late infectivity takes place. A fly in which this re- newed or late infectivity occurs can remain infective for at least 96 days. An invasion of the salivary glands occurs at the same time as this renewal of infectivity, and without this invasion of the salivary glands there can be no infectivity. The tyiie of trypanosome found in the salivary glands when the fly becomes infective is similar to the short stumpy form found in vertebrate blood, and it is believed that this reversion to the blood-type is a sine qua non in the infective process." ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 151 Experimental transmission of trypanosomes by glossines (preliminary notes), [I, II], G. Bouet and E. Houbaud (Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 24 (1910), No. 8, pp. 658-667; ahs. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London] Bill., 2 (1910), No. 21, pp. 351-353). — These papers deal with the transmission of Trypanosoma cazal- ioui, T. dimorphon, and T. pecaudi by Glossina palpalis, and of T. caz'alboui by G. tachinoides and longlpalpis. Experimental transmission of trypanosomes by glossines, III, IV, G. Bouet and E. Roubaud (Bui. Soc. Path. Exot., 3 (1910), Nos. 9, pp. 599-603; 10, pp. 722-725; abs. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London] Bui., 2 (1910), Nos. 22, pp. 393-395; 21^ pp. 51-53). — In continuation of the investigations above noted, these papers discuss respectively the transmission of Trypanosoma pecaudi by Glossina longipalpis and Gr. tachinoides, and the transmission of T. dimorphon by G. palpalis, G. tachinoides, and G. longipalpis. Report on a recent addition to the insect fauna of the West Indies, A. Fredholm (Proc. Agr. Soc. Trinidad and Tobago, 11 (1911), No. 7, iip. 342-352; al)s. in Agr. Neios [Barbados], 10 (1911), No. 2J,5, p. 298).— A. beetle, thought to be Batocera ruhus, has become the source of injury to the mango (Mangifera indica), the avocado (Per sea gratissima), and the India rubber tree (Ficus elastica) on the island of St. Croix, Danish West Indies. The original generic and specific descriptions are reproduced, together with new descriptions, drawn up by E. A. Schwarz of the Bureau of Entomology of this Department. An enemy of the coconut palm In Samoa, K. Gehemann (Tropenpflanzer, 15 (1911), No. 2, pp. 92-98, figs. 6). — A beetle, thought to belong to the genus Oryctes, is the source of serious injury to coconut palms in Samoa through attacking the crown. Variations in diet among xylophagous Coleoptera of the family Bostri- chidas. Similarity of diet among Bostrichidae and Scolytidae adults, P. Lesne (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 10, pp. 625-628; aos. in Intemat. Inst. Agr. [Roiyie], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 7.'f5-7.'t7). — " The Bostrichida? are far from being exclusive in their choice of plants for nourishment, and not one of them is connected exclusively with a particular species. However, they seek especially the wood of trees belonging to certain botanical groups, such as Mimosa and Bambuse^e, and several other species, such as the vine and Ficus carica. On the other hand, the whole fam- ily of the Salicacese appears to be quite free from their attacks." A preliminary contribution to the biology of Phytonomus variabilis, G. Martelli (Bol. Lai). Zool. Gc^i. e Agr. R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portici, 5 (1911), pp. 226-230).— P. variaiilis was found by the author in April, 1909, at Portici, near Naples, and in 1910 at Acireale, Sicily, to be the source of serious injury to alfalfa through the larvae and adults feeding upon the leaves. In this paper the author presents information upon its biology and parasites. At Portici the ichneumonid Canidia curculionis and 2 chalcidids (Eulophus sp. and Eutelus sp.) and at Acicastello, in Sicily, C. curculionis and Pimpla maculator, were found to parasitize the larvte. Three hyperpara sites were bred, namely, Hairo- cijtus sp., Chalc-is sp., and Dihrachis honcheanus, all parasites of C. curculionis. Guide to bee keeping in British Columbia, F. D. Todd (Dept. Agr. Brit. Columbia Bui. 30, 1911, pp. 52, pi. 1, figs. 23). — Chapters are devoted to the apiarian possibilities of British Columbia, starting bee keeping, tools and dress, hives, the cycle of the bee year in British Columbia, diseases, etc., together with a list of bee keepers in the Province. Foul brood among bees, L. Harris (Dept. Agr. Brit. Columbia Bui. 31, 1911, pp. 15, pis. 3). — ^A brief account of the disease and remedies, together with the text of an act for the suppression of foul brood passed in March, 1911. 152 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Notes on the Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea, with descriptions of several new genera and species, A. A. Girault {Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 19 {1911), 'No. 3, pp. 175-189). — ^^Vmong the 4 species here described as new to science is Mestocharis wiUiamsoni, reared from conopid puparia taken from Bomhus americanorum in Illinois. The author also records the rearing of Arrhenophagus chionaspidls from Avlacaspis rosce at Urbana, 111. ; Coccopliagus lecanii from a Lecanium scale on osage orange at Chicago ; Physcus varicornis from the San Jose scale and scurfy scale at Urbana and from Chionaspis americana at Chicago ; AUerus elisiocampw from San Jose scale and scurfy scale at Urbana ; Aplielinus myti- laspidis from San Jose scale at Carbondale, 111. ; A. fuscipennis from San Joso scale at Carbondale, 111., and from Aspidlotus uvw at Anna ; and A. mail from Pemphigus fraxinifoUi at Urbana, 111., and College Station, Tex. Three new genera, namely, Urios, Tumidiscapus, and Brachistella, are erected. A new Sigalphus from Dacus olese, G. Szepligeti {Bol. Lai). Zool. Gen. e Agr. R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portiei, 5 {1911), p. 323). — A new braconid parasite of the olive fly in the Transvaal is described as S. daci. Two new braconids from Brazil, G. Szepligeti {Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portiei, 5 {1911), pp. 285, 286). — The two species here described as new to science are Biosteres brasiliensis and B. areolatus, both reared from pupre of the trypetid Anastrepha fratercultis from Sao Paulo. Papers on deciduous fruit insects and insecticides. — Notes on the peach and plum slug" (Caliroa [Eriocampoides] aniygdalina), R. A. Cushman {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 97, pt. 5, pp. 91-102, pi. 1, figs. 3).— This is a report of studies made largely in 1910 of the life history and habits of a sawfly which has been found by Rohwer to represent a new species (E. S. R., 25, p. 362). What is undoubtedly the same species, however, was discussed and figured by Morgan in 1897 under the name C. {Selandria) ohsoletum (E. S. R., 9, p. 1065). In 1910 the first adults were observed on April 1 ; on April 7, 5 eggs and 6 larvae one-third grown were discovered. Observations seem to indicate that females normally infest the lower branches first, gradually working higher and higher as the destruction of the lower leaves progresses. Considerable diffi- culty was met with in breeding the species and a special method of procedure, which is described, was adopted and a special rearing cage designed. There appear to be 7 generations of the earliest individuals in the latitude of Tal- lulah. " Six of the 7 are summer generations and the seventh is the hiber- nating generation. Of the latest individuals of each generation there are prob- ably not more than 3 or 4 summer broods." The eggs seem to be deposited in a cavity made by inserting the ovipositor in the leaf from the upper side, usually close to the midrib or one of the larger veins. The number placed in a single leaf may vary from 1 to 25. The incubation iperiod of 74 eggs observed varied from 4 to 6 with an average of 4.9 days. The larva grows rapidly molting 4 times during its growth. " The first instar is from less than 2 to 4 days in duration, averaging about 2 days. The second and third instars are of nearly like duration, and the fourth about 3 days in length, the total feeding period being about 9 or 10 days in duration in warm weather." After molting for the last time the larva crawls or drops to the ground and burrows into the soil for from 2 in. to 3 in. and constructs an oval cell somewhat less than i in. long in its greatest diameter. If the cell be opened the larva will be found to have changed its form, being shrunken to about one-half its original size and having lost the power of locomotion. In this stage, which is termed the " prepupa," it remains for a period of from 5 to 7 days before pupating, depending upon the temperature. In one case a living prepupa was found 28 days after the latest adult reared from the same lot of larvse had ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 153 emerged. Ou October 20, after cold weather had set iu, all of the cages were examined, and all of the living stages found were in the prepupal condition. From this it appears that the species must hibernate in this form. " The pupal period varies in duration from 2 to 4 days, according to the temperature. . . . The total developmental period varies from 20 to 28 or 30 days in the majority of individuals, although in those individuals of each generation which hold over for a time after the normal time of emergence it may be from twice to several times as long as this." A new ichneumonid parasite, described by Viereck^ as Hyperallus c'Mroce, was reared from the larvse at Tallulah. The developmental period of this parasite is somewhat longer normally than that of its host. It enters the ground in the body of the host and develops within the pupal cell of the latter. The author advises the use of an arsenical spray, such as arsenate of lead, in combating the pest. Note on eradication of ticks by the starvation method, H. E. Laws {Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 1 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 570-579). — A report of experiments conducted in continuation of those previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 360). Tables showing the role of South African ticks in the transmission of pathogenic organisms and the longevity and developmental periods of the various stages of these ticks are appended. Notes on the red spider attacking cotton in South Carolina, H. F. Wilson (Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 (1911), No. 3, pp. 337-339). — In observations made at Bates- burg, S. C, from May 6 to August 16, 1910, Tetranychus Umaculatus was found to be altogether responsible for the damage to cotton. Observations of the life history and bionomics of this species are reiwrted. The efficacy of glass traps for the capture of insects, A. Truelle (Rev. Hort. [Parish, 82 (1910), No. 16, pp. 376, 377; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, p. 252).— Less than 7.5 per cent of the Lepidoptera captured at Eisgrub, Moravia, by means of glass traps were injurious forms. The use of saponins in the preparation of insecticide emulsions, etc., G. Gastine (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 9, pp. 532-534; a6«- in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 754, 755). — The fruit of Sapindus utilis, a tree which has been cultivated for a long time in Algeria, contains in its fleshy pericarp more than 50 per cent of a special saponin that is very soluble in water and alcohol. It is pointed out that saponins, unlike soaps, are not readily decomposed or precipitated by dilute acid liquids or by metallic bases, and can therefore be used where soaps can not. Mention is made of the fact that alkaline soaps, while giving stable emulsions, rapidly weaken the toxicity of oils of coal tar and of crude petroleum. The author's experiments show that 20 gm. of powder of the pericarp of the Sapindus seed in 10 liters of water is sufficient to emulsify 700 gm. of coal-tar oil. The emulsion, which is very stable, is so fine that a very large proportion of it passes through filter paper; under the microscope it has the appearance of milk. Copper salts can be added to the emulsion of coal-tar oil without the superficial tension of the liquid being increased. The following formula is recommended: Water 10 liters, powder of Sapindus 20 gm., neutral acetate of copper 100 gm., and a mixture of coal-tar oil and petroleum of 1.0 density 200 cc. The use of sodium cyanid, E. O. Essig (Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., 3 (1911), No. 1, pp. 385-389, fig. i).— The author reports upon the use of sodium cyanid iProc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 40 (1911), pp. 189, 190. 154 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. in Ventura County, Cal., in 1910, wliere more than 20 tons were consumed. It was found to be as effective as potassium cyanid, is clieaper, and does not burn damp and cold foliage and fruit as readily. Insecticides and insect control, H. J. Quayle {California 8ta. Circ. 66, pp. 7). — Directions are given for the preparation and use of some 28 insecticides. [A pest inspection act in Colorado] (In Laws Passed 18. Sess. Gen. Assemhly Colo. Denver, 1911, irp. J/So-^GO). — This act provides for the formation of pest inspection districts, under the general authority of the state entomologist. FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. Deterioration of eggs as shown by changes in the moisture content, A. D. Greenlee {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. 83, pp. 7, dgms. 2). — ^A preliminary account is given of experiments in which the loss in moisture content of eggs was studied with relation to the age or condition of the egg. White Leghorn eggs 24 hours old, when the experiments began, were kept in a crate at 32° F. under commercial conditions and examined at intervals of from 1 to 3 moDths, while other samples were kept in pasteboard cartons at a higher tem- perature and examined at intervals of from 3 to 10 days. A decrease in moisture was observed in the white, which " appears to be easily accounted for by evaporation to the external atmosphere, but the loss in weight as shown by means of the balance is not sufficient to account for the entire decrease in the percentage of moisture." This fact, together with the increase in moisture which was observed in the yolk, " suggests a transfer of water from white to yolk." The author points out that this can not be definitely proved from the data reported with respect to moisture content. The determination of the Reichert- Meissl number of the extracted fat, however, did not indicate an increase of volatile fatty acids. This the author believes shows that there was no volatili- zation of fatty substance. An analysis of the dried sample showed the same percentage of nitrogen as that in the fresh sample calculated to a watei'-free basis, which makes it clear that there was no loss of nitrogenous or proteid mat- ter. " By a process of mathematical calculation it can easily be shown that solids have not passed from the yolk to the white." " This phenomenon of a transfer of water from the white to the yolk mny easily be explained by the simple process of osmosis. ... In the egg this pro- cess continues until the vitellin membrane becomes so weak that it breaks, when the white and yolk begin to lose their identity. This action proceeds with such definiteness that by a process of calculation, knowing the original weight of the egg, the loss in moisture to the external atmosphere can be calculated with surprising closeness to the actual loss shown by the balance. . . . " The change in water content increases its rate with the temperature and diminishes with the time." The author explains his method of calculation and the rate formula which he proposes. With reference to the application of his work, he concludes that " by means of the rate formula and one analysis of a sample of eggs it is possible to predict the condition of the eggs at any temperature for any given date within a reasonable holding period. The rate multiplied by the time gives the loss in weight, from which data it is a simple matter to find the percentage of moisture remaining." Concerning the extractive material in beef kidney, K. Bebeschin (Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 72 (Wll), No. .5-6, pp. 880-386). — Carnosin, methylguanidin, and carnitin, which are characteristic of striated muscular tissue, were not FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 155 found in the kidney. Betain, anottier derivative of trimethylamin, replaced carnitin. The nutritive effects of beef extract, W. H. Thompson, W. Caldwell, and T. A. Wallace (Brit. Med. Jour., 1911, No. 26^6, pp. 613-619).— The conclu- sions which were drawn from the experimental study of meat extracts follow: "The addition to the diet of the beef extracts used (commercial and self- made) led to an increase of body weight both in the case of animals and of man. Accompanying this increase there was a retention of a considerable pro- portion of the nitrogen given in the extracts. The extracts also caused a reduction in the output of nitrogen by the feces, this no doubt being due to a better digestion and absorption of food of the ordinary diet. The extracts may therefore be accredited with both a direct and au indirect nutritive value. " During the feeding with the extracts there was also a retention of water in the body." For earlier work see a previous note (E. S. R., 24, p. 168). Fisheries of the United States, 1908 {Bur. of the Census [U. S.], Spec. Rpts., Fisheries of the U. S. 1908, p. 324) • — A large amount of statistical data is summarized and discussed regarding the fishing industry of the United States, including Alaska. Among the subjects discussed are the products of the principal fisheries, canning and preserving, and exports and imports. Is baked bread sterile? B. von Fenyvessy and L. Dienes {Ztschr. Hyg. u. InfectionskranJc., 69 (1911), No. 1, pp. 223, 22-i). — From their experiments the authors conclude that the interior of bread reaches a temperature of 91 to 104° C. during baking, so that nonspore-forming pathogenic bacteria, if acci- dently present in dough, would certainly be killed. Dough may contain spores, however, which are not thus destroyed, and it follows that bread is not of necessity sterile and it may happen that spores of pathogenic bacteria acci- dentally present in flour remain viable. Nevertheless, infection from such a cause is not known. Studies in nutrition. — I, The utilization of the proteins of wheat, L. B. Mendel and M. S. Fine (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 4, PP- 303-325).— As an introduction to a series of studies of the nutritive value of vegetable proteins, the authors discuss the factors which must be taken into considera- tion and point out that two distinct questions should be considered, namely, " the availability of the products existing more or less in their native condi- tion, with accompanying structural elements, as in bread, [and] the specific utilization of the proteins themselves. The latter aspect is the one which primarily calls for further investigation." In the experiments reported the attempt was made to control extraneous factors in so far as possible by improving the texture and mechanical condi- tion of the crude products, or by purifying the individual products. The ex- perimental trials with man and dogs indicate that wheat " glidin," gluten, and thp two characteristic proteins of wheat, namely, gliadin and gluteuiu, are as thoroughly utilized as the nitrogenous components of fresh meat. Studies in nutrition. — II, The utilization of the proteins of barley, L. B. Mendel and M. S. Fine (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 4, pp. 339-3J,3).— From experiments reported in continuation of the above it appeared that " under favorable conditions, barley protein, like that of the closely related cereal wheat, would be almost perfectly digested." [Rice in relation to beriberi, in] epidemic dropsy in Calcutta, E. D. W. Gretg (Sci. Mem. Med. and Sanit. Depts. India, n. ser., 1911, No. //.5, pp. 3+IT-+-47, pi. 1, charts 6, map 1). — The investigations reported have to do with the cause and prevention of epidemic dropsy or beriberi and include studies carried on during an epidemic of the disease in Calcutta. 22214°— No. 2—12 5 156 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECORD. According to the author's conclusions, there is evidence to show that this " is a nutritional disease, and is brought about by a ' one-sided ' dietary." In this epidemic Bengalis were chiefly affected. "A community (Marwaris), living in the heart of the affected portion of Calcutta, practically entirely escaped epidemic dropsy. A careful chemical analysis of their dietary, which differs materially from that of the Bengalis, shows that it is much richer in some important constituents, — phosphorus, etc., than a rice dietary, and, therefore, the quantity of these constituents talien by the Marwaris, amongst whom no fatal cases of epidemic dropsy have been recorded, is greater than that consumed by Bengalis, whose staple is rice, and who were very severely affected by epidemic dropsy in the recent outbreak. The better class European community in Calcutta, living on a ' mixed dietary ', and not consuming large quantities of rice continuously, have escaped. " Chemical analysis and histological examination show that by the process of * polishing ', as carried out in the steam and other mills at Calcutta and elsewhere, constituents essential for nutrition are removed from the rice, and that the ata (wheat) which many Bengalis consume habitually, had been so finely ' sifted ' that it is deprived of these ingredients to an even greater extent than rice. " The chemical examination of samples of the kind of rice consumed habitu- ally by patients affected by epidemic dropsy shows that the samples had under- gone a process of 'polishing' by steam jnilling and that important constituents had been removed to a considerable extent ; that wheat consumed by patients affected by epidemic dropsy had undergone a considerable loss of phosphates In the preparation of ata." To secure additional information as to the effects of faulty diet as a cause of disease, experimental studies were made with pigeons fed various kinds of rice and grain. " When fed on ' polished ' rices, both boiled and unboiled, a progressive loss of weight with characteristic polyneuritis " was shown by the pigeons. " Chemi- cal analyses of these samples of rice show them to have a low phosphorus content. "Control pigeons when fed on a mixture of wheat and pulses show no loss of weight, but rather a gain, and they have remained for months in good health. Chemical analysis of this food shows that It contains double the quantity of phosphorus contained in the sample of rice used for feeding the pigeons." The hemolytic action of rice fat and a note on the hemolysis of fatty acids, J. Shimazono {Arch. Ea-pt. Path. u. Pharmakol., 65 (1911), No. 5-6, pp. 361- 366). — Both the alcohol and the ether extract of rice show a hemolytic action. The substance causing this was isolated, studied, and identified as palmytic acid. The author raises the question as to whether the hemolytic power of certain lipoid bodies may not be ascribable to higher fatty acids mixed with them. Baking experiments with potato flour, C. Nagel (Ztschr. Spiritusindus., SJf (.1911), No. 30, pp. 375, 376). — The general conclusion was reached that small amounts of potato flour, 5 to 10 per cent, can be used in making wheat bread, and that in making rye bread raised either with leaven or with yeast as much as 15 per cent can be used. Concerning' apple constituents, C. Thomae (Jour. Prakt. Chem., n. ser., 8^ (1911), No. 16-17, pp. 2!fi, 21t8; ads. in Chem. ZentU., 1911, II, No. 13, p. 970). ~ The author studied the characteristics of an oil obtained from apple peel which, combined with a little plant fat or resin, is the compound on the surface of apples which hinders evaporation. FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 157 Studies of citron, F. Habtel and A. Kihchnee (Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 22 {1911), No. 6, pp. 350-853). — ^Analyses are reported and dis- cussed of 21 samples of candied citron. In the authors' opinion starch sirup is necessary for the production of a translucent product of good quality. The commercial custom, it is stated, is to use at least 40 parts by weight of starch sirup to 120 of sugar. The authors intend to study the question experimentally with a view to determfning the proportion of starch sirup actually necessary. The composition of sauerkraut, E. Fedek (Ztschr. Untcrstich. Nahr. u. Genus- smtl., 22 (1911), No. 5, pp. 295, 296). — Analyses of 4 samples of sauerkraut are reported. The use of spices as preservatives, C. Hoffman and Alice C. Evans (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Cheni., 3 (1911), No. 11, pp. 835-838; Jour. Home Econ., 3 (1911), No. 5, pp. 452-Jf59). — According to the investigations it appears "that cinnamic aldehyde and eugenol as such possess considerable preservative ac- tion and aid materially in preserving substances to which they are added. Both are contained in such spices as cinnamon and cloves." The authors be- lieve that the marked preservative action of these si^ices noted in their experi- ments must be attributed to their content of these essential oils. "As this preservative action takes place, even when the spices are used in the small quantities necessary fop. flavoring, their use can be recommended in contrast to such spices as pepper and ginger which have been shown to possess but little, if any, preservative action." Special food analyses, 1910, R. E. Rose and A. M. Henry (Fla. Quart. Bui. Dept. Agr., 21 (1911), No. 1, pp. 103-113, table i).— Data are given regarding the analysis of a large number of samples of miscellaneous foods and beverages. [Florida] pure food and drugs law (1911, p. l-'t). — The text is given of the pure food and drugs law approved June 5, 1911. Standards of purity for food products [in Florida], B. E. McLiN and R. E. Rose (Tallahassee: Dept. Agr., 1911, pp. 35). — Standards are presented for the above law. The meat and canned foods act as amended May 4, 1910, and the regu- lations made thereunder governing the inspection of meats (Ottaioa: Govt., 1910, pp. 32). — The text of the act and regulations are given in full. The meat and canned foods act as amended May 4, 1910, and the regu- lations made thereunder governing the inspection of preserved fruits, vege- tables, and milk (Ottawa: Govt., 1910, pp. IJf). — The full text is given. Some kitchen tests to detect adulterations in common foods, E. H. S. Bailey (Bui. Dept. Food and Drug Insp. Mo., 3 (1191), No. 1-3, pp. 3.'f-J,2).— Directions are given for tests which require only a limited equipment and which can be carried out at home. Standard of living among the industrial people of America, F. H. Steeightoff (Boston, 1911, pp. XIX+196; rev. in Survey, 27 (1911), No. 2, p. 1010 ) . — A summary and discussion of statistical data on this subject. A bibliography is included. Has the diet of the rural population in Germany changed materially? (Arch. Deuf. Landw. Rats, 35 (1911), pp. 593-619).— The general conclusion reached in a consideration of this subject at a meeting of German agricultural councilors was that every effort must be made to impress upon the agricultural population the value of milk and milk products. Prison diet in Finland, C. Tigerstedt (Art). Physiol. Inst. Univ. Helsingfors, 1910, p. 163; Hyg. Rundschau, 21 (1911), No. U, pp. 812, 813).— The average energy value of the daily diet in Swedish prisons was found to be 3,557 calories, of which 54 per cent is supplied by bread. Nitrogen metabolism experiments of 158 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. a week's duration, made with 10 persons, showed that nitrogen equilibrium was maintained, or even small gains made, on the diet furnished. Information is also summarized regarding diet in Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and Russia. Some questions of metabolism, and nutrition, A. Gigon {Munchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 (1911), No. 25, pp. 13^3-1347, dgm. 1; ahs. in ZentU. Biocliem. u. Biophys., 12 (1911), No. lt-5,,p. 118). — In the author's opinion his experiments show for the first time that the greater part of the carbon of food protein yemaiuing after the cleavage of urea is converted into fat in the normal organism and in smaller quantities into carbonhydrates. Concerning protein m.etabolisni, II, F. Feank and A. Schittenhelm (Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 73 (1911), No. 3-If, pp. 157-175, dgms. 2).— The con- elusion reached is that, provided digestion has been properly carried on and the material obtained properly dried, protein does not lose its value for protein formation by artificial digestion continued to abiuretic cleavage. Experimental studies on creatin and creatinin. — I, The role of the carbo- hydrates in creatin-creatinin metabolism, L. B. Mendel and W. O. Rose (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 3, pp. 213-253). — ^A general conclusion from the investigations reported and discussed in detail is that without question the metabolism of creatin is intimately associated with carbohydrate metabolism. Experimental studies on creatin and creatinin, W. C. Rose (Proc. Soc. E.vpt. Biol, and Med., 8 (1911), No. 5, pp. 127, 128).— A. brief account of the above. Experimental studies of creatin and creatinin. — II, Inanition and the creatin content of muscle, L. B. Mendel and W. C. Rose (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 3, pp. 255-264)- — ^An increase in the percentage of creatin in the muscles of rabbits and a hen during inanition was noted. This may be ascribed to a removal of the noncreatin portion of the muscle, leaving the creatin intact, or to an increased formation of creatin, the latter seeming to the authors the more plausible explanation. Experimental studies of creatin and creatinin. — III, Excretion of creatin in infancy and childhood, W. C. Rose (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 3, pp. 265-270). — Considerable quantities of creatin were found in the urine of children of 5 years and over; indeed, with the exception of two cases creatin was present in all the samples examined from children under 15 years of age. The diet in most cases presumably contained more or less meat. " It is possible, therefore, that the oxidation or conversion of creatin into creatinin may be diflicult for young individuals to accomplish, and in this case the creatin of the urine may, in part, represent ingested creatin ; or the glycogenic functions may be imperfectly developed and the store of carbo- hydrates be insufficient to exert its regulatory influence over metabolism during childhood." The balance of acid-forming and base-forming elements in foods, and its relation to ammonia metabolism, H. C. Sherman and A. O. Gettler (Proc. 8oc. Expt. Biol, and Med., 8 (1911), No. 5, pp. 119, i20).— Continuing earliei- work (E. S. R., 10, p. 763), ash analyses were made of a number of foods, and from the percentage of total sulphur, phosphorus, and chlorin on the one hand, and sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium on the other, the excess of acid over base, or base over acid, resulting from the oxidation of the food, was calculated. Previous ash analyses were also studied and supplemented by such determinations as were necessary to permit the calculation of this balance for a wide range of food materials. " Meats and eggs show a predominance of acid-forming elements ; in fruits and vegetables the base-forming elements predominate. From this standpoint the fruits and vegetables tend to balance the meats of the diet. Milk and the FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 159 cereals contain acid-forming and base-forming elements in more nearly equiva- lent proportions." Samples of corn bred through 10 generations for high and low protein con- tent, respectively, obtained from the Illinois Experiment Station, were studied with reference to their ash constituents. " The ash analyses of these were very similar except for the higher sulphur content of the high protein corn, which resulted in this sample showing a slight predominance of acid-forming elements, while in the low protein corn the base-forming elements predominated." To determine to what extent the excess of acid brought into metabolism by the oxidation of the food is neutralized in man by ammonia, a test was made in v/hich the influence upon ammonia excretion of a known change of diet was studied quantitatively, the change being a substitution of rice for potatoes in a simple mixed diet. This it was calculated was equivalent (excluding the feces but allowing for the unoxidized sulphur excreted during each period) to the introduction of 28.3 cc. normal acid per day. " The increased ammonia excretion was equivalent to 10.7 cc. normal acid per day. Thus, only about A of the extra acid introduced by the change of food was eliminated as ammonia salt." Concerning' lecithin metabolism, A. Bickel {Intermit. Beitr. Path. u. Tlier. ErniUtrungsstoi: Htoffw. u. Verdammgskranh., 3 {1911), No. 2, pp. 171-179). — From the metabolism experiments with a man reported the conclusion was reached that the lecithin phosphorus taken was resorbed and assimilated. The effect of the melting point of fat upon tlie rapidity with which it leaves the stomach, F. Tangl and A. Ebdelyi {Biochcm. Ztschr., 34 {1911), No. 1-2, pp. 9Jf-110; ads. in ZentU. BiocJiem. u. Biophys., 12 {1911), No. 4-5, p. 133). — Linseed oil, olive oil, lard, and beef tallow were the fats studied in experiments with dogs. From the experimental data it appeared that the rapidity with which fat left the stomach was dependent upon its viscosity. The lower the melting point the greater is the viscosity, the more the fat clings to the stomach, and the longer the period it remains in the stomach. Differences were especially notice- able shortly after the fat was taken. Concerning fat resorption, A. von Fekete {Pfliiger's Arch. Physiol., 139 {1911), No. 4-5, pp. 211-233; ahs. in Zentbl. Biochem. u. Biophys., 11 {1911), No. 16-17, p. 730). — From his experiments the author concludes that fat is resorbed in solution only, and solely by means of the lymphatics. Experiments on the resorption of gelatin in the small intestine, D. Minami {Biochem. Ztschr., 34 {1911), No. 3-4, pp. 261, 262; abs. in Zentbl. Biochem. u. Biophys., 12 {1911), No. 4-5, p. 134). — Gelatin solutions digested with pan- creas were rapidly and apparently more quickly resorbed than those digested with pepsin hydrochloric acid. Experiments on the relation of the thyroid to diet, R. Hunt {Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, 57 {1911), No. 13, pp. 1032, 1033).— The data reported, according to the author, afford "additional experimental support for the view that certain diets have specific effects on the thyroid glands of some of the lower animals." On the stimulating effect of chlorid of calcium and of intestinal mucous membrane extract on the action of trypsin, E. Hekma (A'. Akad. Wctensch. Amsterdam, Proc. Sect. Sci., 13 {1910-11), pt. 2, pp. 1002-1012).— The following conclusions were drawn from the author's experimental study of this subject : " The experiments described . . . have shown that chlorid of calcium can increase to a considerable extent the activity of trypsin which contains no trypsinogen. This promotive effect of chlorid of calcium on trypsin should not be confounded with the activating effect of chlorid of calcium on trypsinogen, which latter property is ascribed to this salt by several authors. 160 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. " The extracts of the intestinal mucous membrane were also found to possess the property of being able to increase the action of trypsin, to a smaller extent, however, than chlorid of calcium. The substance originating in the intestinal mucous membrane, which brings about this action, is not destroyed by being boiled, and is in all probability not calcium. Besides a substance which, as we know, possesses the faculty of being able to activate ti-ypsinogen, which sub- stance is rendered inactive by being boiled, the intestinal mucous membrane contains, therefore, also another substance which has the power of stimulating active trypsin, a substance which is not rendered inactive by being boiled." Influence of intake of food on gaseous metabolism and energy production, A. GiGON (Pfiuger's Arch. Physiol, l',0 (1911), No. 11-12, pp. 509-592) .^The body carries on its fundamental processes of metabolism independently of the time when food is taken. The work of digestion, however, exercises some effect, and even in cases of fasting is a small factor. Taking carbohydrates or protein produces intermediate effects under ordinary conditions. Part of the sugar taken is changed into fat, and protein also leads to an increase in fat. An action, specific both in the direction of energy production and in metabolic effects, is exercised by each costituent of the diet and manifests itself whether the substances are taken alone or mixed together. The heat of combustion of compounds of physiological importance, A. G. Emery and F. (i. Benedict {Aincr. Jour. Fliysiol., 28 (1911). A'o. 6, pp. SOI- 307). — Determinations of the heat of combustion at constant pressure are reported of dextrose, levulose, lactose, maltose, glycogen, alanin, allantoin, and glutaminie acid. Owing to differences in the type of apparatus used and the development of technique, a comparison of the results with those of earlier investigators is not deemed advisable. " It is hoped, however, that they may be of value in com- puting the energy transformations in experiments made either with or without the respiration calorimeter. While the energy value of normal urine may be approximately obtained from the nitrogen content, yet in certain cases of pathological urine, as, for instance, in diabetes, one should know that for every gram of /3-oxybutyric acid excreted per day there is a loss of 4,693 calories; this must be ultimately taken into consideration with fully as much care as is now customary in computing the energy lost in the urine through the sugar excreted." Experiments on the physiology of the stomach in man, C. Mantelli (Arch. Ital. Biol., 55 (1911), No. 2, pp. 236-256).— According to the author's experiments, gastric secretion of psychic origin is very greatly diminished after marked muscular fatigue. Repose tends to induce normal conditions, and after 3 hours' repose this secretion may be regarded as normal. The gastric juice secreted after fatigile has a very low digestive value. In the case of mental fatigue the conditions are of the same character but perhaps more pronounced than in the case of physical fatigue. Formation of dental "tartar " by dissociation of the carbophosphates of saliva, A. Barill6 (Jour. Pharm. et Chim., 7. ser., 3 (1911), No. 12, pp. 582- 585; abs. in Jour. Chem. 8oc. [London'], 100 (1911), No. 586, II, p. 7^/).— The mineral matter of dental tai'tar includes 70 per cent of tricalcium phosphate and 8 per cent of calcium carbonate, derived, the author believes, from saliva. The saliva contains 5 or 6 gm. per liter of mineral matter, consisting of magnesium and calcium cai'bonates and phosphates. It gives a precipitate of these con- stituents when made alkaline or exposed to air, the reason being that carbon dioxid is then removed from dissolved carbophosphates. The urine of man and animals and other body secretions and fluids, edited by C. Neuberg (Der Ham soivie die iibrigcn Aiisscheidxmgen und Kor- perfliissigJceiten von Memch tmd Ti&r. Berlin, 1911, vols. 1, pp. XXXIX+955, ANIMAL PRODUCTION". 161 figs. 103; 2, i)p. 956-1823, figs. 121, tables 3).— The two volumes making up this handbook contain articles contributed by a number of authors, among others the following : The General Examination of Urine, by P. Mayer ; The Determi- nation of the Inorganic Constituents of Urine, by S. Frankel ; The Study of the Konnitrogeuous Organic Constituents of Urine, by C. Neuberg ; The Nitrogenous Constituents of Urine, by A. C. Andersen ; The Chemical Examination of Feces, by O. Schumm ; and The Calorimetry of Urine and Feces, by A. Loewy. Chapters are included giving directions for carrying on metabolism experi- ments with man and animals, etc., as well as special chapters or sections on milk colostrum and other body secretions or fluids. Some energy factors of the urine excreted after severe muscular exercise, H. L. HiGGiNs and F. G. Benedict (Amer. Jour. Physiol., 28 (1911), No. 6, pp. 291-300). — The experimental work reported emphasizes the importance of study- ing the carbon-nitrogen and calorie-nitrogen ratios in urine, and a method of determining the heat of combustion of the carbon of urine is given. " The carbon-nitrogen and calorie-nitrogen ratios of a number of urines passed after a severe, long-distance running race are reported. The values for 12 out of 18 urines were essentially normal ; the remaining 6 urines gave high ratios, probably due to perverted protein metabolism. " In view of the fact that the calorie-carbon ratio is constant, the advantage is pointed out of the development of either a volumetric method or a wet process by which determinations of carbon in urine can be simply, quickly, and accu- rately made." A method for the quantitative determination of fecal bacteria, H. A. Mattill and P. B. Hawk {Jour. Expt. Med., 14 (1911), No. J/, pp. 433-U3).— From results of which the data reported form a part it appears, according to the authors, " that the amount of bacterial nitrogen in the feces is a valuable index to intestinal conditions, and the method herein described is a simple and satisfactory one for making this determination. It involves three serial cen- trifugalizations of a 2-gm. sample of the fresh feces brought into suspension in 0.2 per cent hydrochloric acid. The bacterial suspension finally obtained is concentrated and extracted by alcohol, and nitrogen is determined in the precipitated material. The complete data on a given stool can be obtained in about 5 days, and one operator can take care of 3 or 4 stools in duplicate in 1 day. " On an absolutely uniform diet of simple and easily digested food during a period of 3 to 4 weeks, the average amount of bacterial nitrogen in two sub- jects was found to tte 53.9 per cent of the total fecal nitrogen, and this per- centage, though higher than that obtained by workers heretofore, is probably more nearly a true value for bacterial nitrogen, because no ether extraction was employed. " The average daily amount of dry bacteria, calculated on the basis of the nitrogen values, is 8.27 gm." ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Heredity in relation to evolution and animal breeding, W. E. Castle (New York and London, 1911, pp. XII+ISJ/, pis. i//, figs. 20). — This work is based on lectures given in 1910 at the Graduate School, Ames, Iowa, and at the Lowell Institute, Boston, Mass. There is a brief introduction to the science of genetics, which is followed by a full and lucid treatment of the application of Mendel's law and its probable value in the formation of new and improved breeds better adapted to the conditions of present-day agriculture. It is pointed out that an empirical knowledge of breeding, which has been the main 162 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. reliance of the past, is soon to be replaced by principles discovered tlirough scientific researcb. Th.e genesis of animal species, L. Cuenot (Le Genese des Especes Animales. Paris, 1911, pp. Jt96, figs. 123; rev. in Rev. G6n. 8ci., 22 (1911), No. IJj, pp. 585, 586). — The topics treated in this book are the study of individual adaptation, variation, effective environment, adaptation of species, mutations, and the evolution of species by preadaptation or prophetic characters. Memorandum for committee on pedagogics of breeding, W. M. Hays (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc.], 6 {1910), pp. 3-'i9-352). — This contains many suggestions for teaching the principles of breeding, and in particular the use of illustrative material. Intra-individual variation and heredity, R. Pearl (Advance print from Proc. Inteniat. Zool. Cong., 7 (1901), pp. 3). — Intra-individual variation is de- fined as the variation between the different members of a series of like parts of the same organism. A preliminary report is made of a biometrical study of like members in the hydroid Aglaophenia helleri to determine whether the cor- relation there corresponds in magnitude to those observed for ancestral in- heritance among individuals. The work so far indicates that the processes of production of like parts of a series by an individual and the production of like individuals through the activity of germ cells must be regarded as biological processes very closely akin, if not fundamentally identical. " The only distinction between them which it seems possible now to make is that in one case the products of cell division re- main permanently in contact with one another to form a single system, whereas in the other case the products of cell division at some step in the process of de- velopment separate completely from the system which produced them and thereafter lead independent existences. So far as the process of production is concerned this distinction does not appear to be fundamental." An important principle in selecting for fancy points, W. J. Spillman (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. 375-380, figs. 2).— The author points out that because it is so much more difficult to breed for two character- istics than for one, progress in improving the utility characters would be much more rapid if the standard for esthetic characters was fixed at that normal for the breed, than at present when both esthetic and utility characters must be considered. Inheritance in " blood lines " in breeding animals for performance, with special reference to the " 200-egg hen," R. Pearl (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc.], 6 (1910), pp. 317-326, fig. 1). — It is pointed out "that the performance record is in itself a poor indication of the breeding value or prepotency of the individual. From a study of individual pedigrees in egg production, the author suggests the following as a working hypothesis regarding the methods of inheritance of a group of highly variable characters in domesticated animals, denoted as " performing ability " : " Inheritance of performing ability is in blood lines, ahd is fundamentally in accordance with the jmre line idea of Johannsen ; a geno- typic high degree of performing ability tends to be dominant over a genotypic low degree of performing ability with phenomena of segregation in subsequent generations." Selection and pathology, J. U. Duerst (Arl). Dent. Gescll. ZUchtungsIc, 1911, No. 12, pp. 5.'i, pis. 12). — It is pointed out that the inheritance of malformations and other pathological conditions, such as is exhibited in crested fowls, in the legs of the dachshund, and in digital abnormalities gives rise to new species and breeds if the environment, either artificial or natural, is favorable. A bibliography is appended. ANIMAL PKODUCTION. 163 The significance of the pathological in inheritance and selection, E. Joest (Berlin. Tierarztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), Xo. 26, pp. .'{61-463, fig. 1).—A critical review of the article noted above. On graft hybrids, C. C. Guthkie (Anier. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. 356-373, figs. 10). — A review of work done in transplanting ovaries by dif- ferent investigators. A bibliography is appended. [Experiments in hybridizing animals], W. J. Spillman et al. (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. 131-134).— This is a report of the com- mittee on work in animal hybridization now being conducted in the United States, both by private individuals and institutions. A list of state experi- ment stations and the nature of the breeding work at each is given. The fertility of the hybrids of Bos taurus and Bison americanus, E. IWANOFF (Biol. Ccntm., 31 (1911), No. 1, pp. 21-24).— Oi\ a Russian estate crosses were made with Bos taurus and Bison americanus. The female off- spring were fertile, but the male half-breeds were sterile. Males of three- quarters Bison blood were fertile. When a three-quarter Bison was crossed with a one-quarter Bison the offspring produced, called a half-bred Bison by the author, were fertile. On the question of the fertility of horse hybrids, zebroids, and hybrids between the domestic horse and Equus przewalskii, E. Iwanoff (Biol. Centhl., 31 (1911), No. 1, pp. 2//-28).— Offspring of both sexes produced by crosses between the domesticated horse and E. przeioalskii were fertile, but the male offspring of the domesticated horse and mountain zebra were infertile. The results of other investigators with these hybrids, the causes of infertility, and the relationship between the different species of Eqioiis are discussed. Bibliography of animal hybrids, F. B. Mumford (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. 282, 28.^).— This includes hybrids among the birds and mammals only, and most of these refer to domesticated species. [Physiology of the cell], A. B. McCallum (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 740-755). — This is the address of the president of the section on physi- ology of the British association in 1910. It is pointed out that the study of the cell has been largely morphological, and that the generalization drawn from these studies can give but little insight into the chemical constitution or the physiological properties of the cell. Diges- tion experiments on cells are also misleading. What is needed is a more definite knowledge regarding the nature of osmosis, surface tension, and chemical reac- tions taking place inside of the living cell. The author found that inorganic salts are not diffused uniformly throughout, their localization being due to the action of surface tension. Explanations are given for the belief that the energy concerned in secretion, excretion, cell division, muscular contraction, and the production of nervous impulses are manifestations of surface tension. The new force — niitokinetism, M. Hartog (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 628, 629). — A discussion of the possible causes which are concerned in the formation of the spindle during mitosis. The author finds that the phenomena can not be accounted for by osmosis, currents, electrolytic, electrostatic, or other forces unknown outside the living cell. Experimental zoology. II, Regeneration. Ill, Phylogeny, H. Przibram (Experimentaizoologie. Leipsic and Vienna: II, Regeneration (Wiedererseur gung), 1909, pp. 338, pis. 16; III, Phylogenese (ArtUldung) inklusive Hereditat, 1910, pp. 315, pis. 24; rev. in Biol. Centhl., 31 (1911), No. 11, pp. 346^352; Nature [London], 86 (1911), No. 2164, pp. 238, 239). — These volumes comprise parts 2 and 3 of a work, the first part of which has been previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 771). Part 2 discusses in great detail the phenomena of re- generation in all types of animals, from reproduction in unicellular organisms 164 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. to the reparation of tissues in vertebrates. In part 3, under tlae title of phylogeny, are treated the problems of heredity. In a discussion of the criteria of species the author lays stress upon the importance of testing the blood cells and other physiological tests. A valuable feature of the work is a long list of experiments in hybridizing. On the growth of embryonic chick tissues in artificial media, agar, and bouillon, Margaret R. Lewis and W. H. Lewis {Bui. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 22 {1911), No. 241, pp. 126, 121; Anat. Rec, 5 {1911), No. 6, pp. 277-29S, figs. 24; Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, 56 {1911), No. 24, pp. 1795, 1796). — A detailed report of investigations on the growth of tissues taken from the embryo of a chick, in which it was found that they could be grown in many kinds of media, sodium chlorid being the one essential salt. The character of the growth of the differ- ent tissues and the methods used are given in full. On the formation, significance, and chemistry of the white and yellow yolk of ova, O. Riddle {Jour. Morph., 22 {1911), No. 2, pp. 455-485, pis. 3, fig. 1). — Measurements of the rate of growing ova of the common fowl were made by feeding the fat stain Sudan III. The growth of ova smaller than 6 mm. was so slow that a measurable de- posit of the stain was not obtainable. After rapid growth began, the normal interval until the breaking of the egg from the follicle (ovulation) ranged from 5 to 8 days. The radii of the ova increased about 2 mm. in length in each 24 hours. White yolk, wherever found, was thought to be a stage in the formation or disintegration of yellow yolk and was deposited during poorer nutritive conditions obtaining in the later hours of the night (1 to 5 a. m.). White yolk contained more water, protein, and extractives, and less fat and phosphatid than yellow yolk. In digestion by the embryo or by the follicle cells fat and phosphatid were broken down more rapidly than was protein. The mechanism of yolk formation and disintegration was the same and involved 2 factors, (a) the reversible action of enzyms, and (b) the coefficients of the several constituents of yellow. The presence of the native lipochrome coloring matter (vitellolutenin) in large spirals of yellow yolk only is probably due to the fact that these spirals contain much fat and the lipochrome pigment is soluble in fat. The yellow did not originate from the nucleus of the egg cell or from the nuclei of the follicle cells. Elementary treatise on stock feeds and feeding, J. E. Halligan {London and Easton, Pa., 1911, pp. YI-\-S02, figs. 24). — A work on commercial and home- grown stock feeds, the principles of animal nutrition, and practical suggestions for feeding horses, cattle, sheep, swine, and poultry. The groundnut (Voandzeia subterranea) and its value as a feeding stuff, M. Zagorodsky {Tropenpflanzer, 15 {1911), No. 8, pp. 413-436, figs. 5). — This contains a description of a groundnut sometimes called the Madagascar peanut, and a report of a metabolism experiment with wethers in which the unshelled nut was fed in connection with hay. The coefticients of digestibility were protein 84.2, fat 100, nitrogen-free extract 84.3, and fiber 25.6 per cent. The analysis of the unshelled nut was as follows: Water 15, protein 17,9, fat 3.9, nitrogen-free extract 49.1, fiber 10.7. and ash 3.4 per cent. Contribution to the study of molasses feed, Crochetelle and Milon {Rev. Chim. Indus., 22 {1911), No. 261, pp. 279-285).— Analyses of proprietary and molasses feeds are reported and their feeding value discussed. After keeping for several years there was considerable loss of dry matter, especially sugar. Molasses food from skins of pressed grapes and molasses, O. Fallada {Ostcrr. Ungar. Ztschr. Znckerindus. u. Londic, 39 {1910), No. 3, pp. 407-410; ubs. in Chem. .46s., 4 {1910), No. 23, p. 3272).— The author points out the advantage of using the grape pulp obtained from the wine press and mixed ANIMAL PEODUCTION. 165 with molasses as a food for animals. This feed has been successfully pro- duced in Italy and France. The average composition of such a product is as follows: Water 20.31, protein compounds 7.84. amido acids 3.91, ether extract 3.09, sucrose 9.57, invert sugar 1.91, raffinose 0.71, nitrogen-free extract 20.6, crude fiber 20.52, ash 5.11, and sand 0.13 per cent. Inspection of feeding stuffs, E. L. Baker et al. (jVcw York State Sta. Bui. S^O, pp. 197-295). — Analyses are reported of cotton-seed meal, linseed meal, malt sprouts, dried distillers' grains, dried brewers' grains, malt germ, gluten feed, hominy feed, barley feed, beef scrap, cooked meat scrap, alfalfa meal, pea meal, buckwheat screenings, corn meal, hominy grits, dried beet pulp, rice bran, poultry feeds, and mixed feeds. It is stated that the feeding stuff trade in the State is in a very unsatisfactory condition because there are so many so-called compounded feeds, some of which contain inferior materials. Oftentimes they contain screenings, weed seeds, and oat hulls, and in some cases even sand, as high as 8.0 per cent of silica and sand being found in one sample of oat clippings. [Analyses of feeds], A. Devakda {ZtscJir. Landw. Versuchsiv. Osterr., M (1911), No. .}, pp. SI'i, 375). — ^Analyses are reported of molasses feed, dried slop, rice feed meal, and rape, sunflower, pumpkin, sesame, linseed and coconut cakes. Manual of farm animals, M. W. Harper {New York, 1911, pp. XXV+5.'f5, pi. 1, figs. 177). — This is a practical guide to the choosing, breeding, and keep- ing of horses, cattle, sheep, and swine. The common diseases of live stock are also briefly treated. The author's purpose is to discuss the general care and management of farm animals rather than the breeds. [East Anglian breeds] {Mark Lane Express, 105 {1911), No. J,160, pp. 825, 827, 829, 8.31, S.}//. S6/f, pis. 3, figs. 9).— An account of the origin, history, and characteristics of several breeds of stock which originated in the counties of Norfolk and Suft'olk, England, including the Red Polled cattle, Suffolk horse, Suffolk sheep, and Large Black pig. On skulls of oxen from the Roman military station at Newstead, Melrose, J. C. EwART (Proc. Zool. 8oc. London, 1911, II, pp. 2Jf9-282, figs. 29; a6s. in Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1911, I, Al)s. 90, p. 2). — In addition to the crossbed animals at Newstead the author found 5 distinct types of oxen, (1) Celtic short horn type, (2) longhorn Urus type, (3) oxen with the occiput of the Bos acnti- frons type, (4) oxen with a convex forehead, and arcutated intercornual ridge and horns curving outwards and backwai'ds, and (5) hornless oxen of 2 dis- tinct types, one with a nearly flat forehead and nearly straight intercornual ridge and square occiput, and the other with an uneven forehead ending in a pronounced mesial prominence. In a comparison of these types with others in the British Museum the author comes to the following conclusions, based to a large extent on the char- acter of the premaxilje, the occiput, and the temporal fossje : That the Celtic Shorthorn {B. longifrons) is probably more closely related to the zebu of India {B. indicus) than to the European urus {B. primigenius) ; that long pre- maxillse are usually correlated with an occiput of the B. primigenius type, while short premaxillfe are usually correlated with an occiput of the B. acuti- frons type ; that polled-black Galloway cattle and polled-white " wild " Cadzow cattle are intimately related to the urus ; that the white-polled Somerford, and the round-polled Aberdeen-Angus cattle with the premaxilise extending well up between the maxillae and nasals, may be the descendants of an Oriental race allied to a modern Syrian breed apparently in the act of losing the horns; and that some of the cattle in the south of Scotland during the Roman occupation were descended from an Indian race allied to B. acutifrons. 166 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECORD. The origin and ancestry of the black and white cattle [of Holland], F. Dettweiler (Mitt. Deut. Landw. Gesell, 26 (1911), Nos. 33, pp. U6, W; S-i, pp. 473-Jf76; 35, pp. 480-485). — From historical evidence the author con- cludes that there were 3 principal types of cattle in Europe, (1) the red Ger- man, (2) the black and white Celtic, with red and white variations, and (3) the gray Alpine cattle. The red and white cattle of Holland and along the shores of the North Sea to the east were crossed with the black and whito breed from Jutland at about the end of the eighteenth century, giving rise to the black and white cattle of Holland and Holstein at the present time. This evi- dence is also substantiated by experiments of the author in breeding, who found that black was dominant to red. The origin and ancestry of black and white cattle, Gross (Mitt. Deut. Landw. Gesell., 26 (1911), Xo. 37, pp. 508-510).— A discussion of the views expressed in the article noted above. Results from breeding grade Shorthorns to Hereford bull, P. E. Fogle (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc.], 6 (1910), pp. 373-375). — A report on results obtained in the inheritance of coat color when white grade Shorthorn cows were mated with pure-bred Herefords. The results obtained to date indicate that a cross between red and white gives roan ; that the roan cow having received red from one parent and white from another transmits the red to about half of its offspring and white to the other half; and that the solid red or nearly solid red cows have inherited the red from both parents, as their offspring showed no other color than red. An exception to this was a roan calf from a cow which was yellow with a little white. The inheritance of the eye ring was variable but on the whole ap- peared to be inherited with a solid red color. The age factor in register-of-merit Jerseys, E. N. Wentwobth (Amer. Breeders Maff., 2 (1911), 'No. 2, pp. 97-103, figs. 3). — In an examination oJB Jersey cows in the Register of Merit, with reference to their sire's age, it was found that 46.8 per cent were sired by bulls under 3 years of age. The average age of sires was 4 years 6 months, and the average age of daughters at the time of record was the same. The coefficient of correlation between age of sire and production of cow was ±0.6647. By dividing the sires into 3-age groups it was found that in only one case did the oldest group of sires lose anything to the younger, in spite of the large number of younger animals. In a majority of cases there was a direct corre- lation between the high lactation of the cow and the merit of the calf which preceded this period, and there was a relatively large number of bulls which seemed to sire most of their Register-of-Merit daughters within one season. "Another interesting point lay in the relative influence in inheritance between the bull and the cow in the production of sons capable of siring Register of Merit daughters. Without transposing the records to the basis of the above work, a coefficient between the sire and son of 0.821 existed, while the trans- posed records gave a relationship of 0.862. Taking the latter relationship with the cow the coefficient 0.0727 was derived. This would show a slightly stronger influence for the bull, but as the number of cases was smaller with the cows the probable error would be enough larger to nearly neutralize this difference. This should set at rest the minds of many dairymen who believe that a dairy bull from a high performing cow is of more value as a sire than a bull whose daughters have proven worthy of registry. It furthermore brings a closer harmony with the theory of the equal potency of parents, something which practical men have hesitated to accept. "In conclusion it may be said that deductions from this work are practi- cally impossible. While the introductory curves are somewhat surprising, a ANIMAL, PRODUCTION. 167 detailed study fails to show a strong correlation between any age of sire and maturity or production of tlie offspring. The premises may not be correctly taken, but it seems to the writer tliey are nearly enough so to assure him of the lack of age as a factor iu the conditions studied." The cattle trade of western Canada, J. G. Rutherford (Rpf. Vet. Dir. Gen. Canada, 1910, pp. 106-113). — A brief history of the Canadian range and methods of raising and finishing market cattle in the Northwest. The maintenance ration of cattle, H. P. Akmsby {Pennsylvania Sta. Bui. Ill, pp. 3-20). — An outline of the present state of knowledge on this subject in continuation of work previously noted (E. S. R., 10, p. 1079). The maintenance ration is defined and its significance to the farmer and for scientific investiga- tion is pointed out. On the basis of recent work by different investigators the author believes that 0.5 lb. of digestible crude protein and an energy value of 6.2 therms per day is a reasonably accurate estimate for the average mainte- nance ration for thin cattle per 1,000 lbs. live weight. The factors affecting the maintenance requirement are discussed. What cooperation has done for sheep breeding in Tennessee, J. E. Hite (Amer. Breeders Asso. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. 330-333). — An account of a move- ment which began 30 years ago among the sheep breeders of Tennessee to improve their flocks by better breeding and to bring the producer and consumer of wool and mutton nearer together. The searing iron v. the knife for detailing lambs, J. W. Mathews (Agr. Oaz. N. S. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 7, pp. 566^568).— Results obtained at 4 experimental farms showed but little difference between the 2 methods of castrating lambs except in the nature of the wounds. Those which were seared showed comparatively a much greater inflammation and took much longer to heal. Shepherds of Britain: Scenes from shepherd life past and present, Adelaide L. J. GossET {London, 1911, pp. XXIV+331, pi. 1, figs. 60).— This book con- sists of pastoral folklore gathered from various sources, which record the life and customs of the British shepherd and his dog from the earliest times. There is considerable information concerning old breeds of sheep, habits of sheep and sheep dogs, customs and pastimes of shepherds, the famous sheep shearings of Holkham, and other events connected with the sheep industry and the wool harvest. Investigations on sterility in goats, J. Eggees (Untersuchungen ilher in den letzten Jahren zahlreich Tjeohachtete Falle von Befruchtungsunfdhigkeif bei Ziegenbocken. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Leipsic, 1910, pp. 19, pis. 3). — In an histo- logical examination of 6 bucks of the Saanen breed that wei*e unable to reproduce offspring no spermatozoa were found. Spermatozoa were formed, but lost their power to fertilize and in some cases their motility because of the abnormal condition of the testicular secretions. Potato flakes prepared from pressed potatoes (papka) in swine fattening experiments, Richaedsen {Deut. Landw. Presse, 38 {1911), Nos. 7.}, pp. 849, 850; 75, p. 866; 76, pp. 873, 874, figs. 2).— In this test with 6 swine potato flakes were compared with pressed potatoes as a supplement to a basal ration con- sisting of ground barley and meat meal. Both rations were deficient in lime and phosphoric acid. Neither lot produced carcasses of the first class. Prenatal growth of the pig, L. G. Lowkey {Amer. Jour. Anat., 12 {1911), No. 2, pp. 107-138, figs. 5). — The prenatal growth of the body and the relative growth of the various organs were studied in 22 litters of pigs. From the results obtained and comparative figures for man, rabbits, rats, and chicks the author concludes that " all these forms agree with the general law that the rate of growth is by far most rapid at the beginning of prenatal life. 168 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. decreasing at first rapidly, then more slowly, throughout prenatal and post- natal life. . . . During prenatal life the total weight of the body and the relative weight of the gonads are greater in the male, while the relative weight of the liver is usually greater in the female." The wild and domesticated Suidae of Sardinia and Corsica, E. L. Tboues- SART and E. G. Dehaut (Conipt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 8, pp. Jt7 1-473). — ^A brief description of the wild and domesticated varieties of pigs. Objects and results of swine registration, C. A. Willson (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc.'\, 6 (1910), pp. 3-il-3/f9). — A summary of the aims of the different swine breeders' associations iu the United States, in which a comparison as to the stress laid upon each part of the hog, as shown by the score card of the record associations, is presented in tabular form. The comparative results of measuring the value of an animal by its pedigree and by its individual char- acteristics are discussed, and it is pointed out that if a pedigree is to be of value in the future it must contain more information than it does at present. An advanced registi'y for swine is advocated in which prolificacy and other desirable qualifications can be recorded. Distribution of licensed stallions in the counties of Wisconsin during 1911, A. S. Alexander (Wisconsin St a. Circ. Inform. 28, pp. 99). — This is a directory of owners of stallions and jacks licensed in Wisconsin in 1911 with a brief account of the Pure Bred Sire League movement and other matters relating to horse breeding. The Boulonnais breed, J. Ashton (Breeder's Gaz., 60 (1911), Nos. lit, pp. 619, 620, figs. 2; 15, pp. 683, 681,. figs. 2; 16, pp. 751, 752; 17, pp. 815, 816, figs. 4; 18, p. 879, figs. 2). — An account of the origin and characteristics of this valuable breed of horses, which It is stated has not been fully appreciated except in the region lying north of Paris where it originated. The operations on large breeding farms are described. Poultry breeding in South Australia, D. F. Laurie (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. Jt2-50). — A brief account of the progress which has been made in recent years in poultry breeding in South Australia, and in particular the history of the White Leghorn breed and what it has accomplished since its inti'oduction from England. Data on the direction of the cross, C. A. Rogers (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. Ii55-If59, fig. 1). — Experiments are reported with recipro- cal ci'osses of White Leghorns and Barred Plymouth Rocks. A pen of pure White Leghorns and one of pure Barred Plymouth Rocks were kept as checks for comparison with the crosses. Apparently the male had more influence on the size of the egg, size of the day-old chick, nature of the feathering of the chick, size of the offspring, and the style of the feathering and furnishings of the offspring, whereas the influence of the female was stronger on the less ap- parent characteristics such as the rapidity of development, rate of maturing, and prolificacy. Researches on the bacterial flora of old eggs, A. Chretien (Hyg. Viande et La it, 5 (1911), No. 9, pp. 517-528). — The eggs examined were known on the market as stale but not spoiled. Out of 52, 20 were found to be free from microbes. In 12 cases the germs were found in the yolk, in 6 cases in the albumin, and in 14 cases in both yolk and albumin. Besides a number of unidentified species there were moulds. Streptococci, Staphylococci, the coli type, the paracoli type, Bacillus fiuorescens nonliquefaciens, and B. prodigiosus. Trussing and boning chicken for fancy trade, W. A. Lippincott (loioa 8ta. Bui. 125, pp. 3-lS, figs. IS). — The details of the methods for transforming a common chicken into an extra fancy product, ready for stuffing and roasting, DAIEY FARMING — ^DAIRYING. 169 that often retails as high as 50 cts. a pound, ax-e described and illustrated. "A pigeon, prairie chicken, or even a second chicken cut up and included in the dressing adds greatly to its palatability. With the boned bird it is possible to cut slices of chicken which include light and dark meat and dressing. Tur- keys and guineas may be boned as readily as chicken. Ducks are a little more difficult, particularly if they are very fat. The bones in cases make elegant soup stock. They are often demanded by the purchaser for this purpose." Contribution to the knowledge of breeds of pigeons founded on patho- logical characters, H. Otto (Beitrdge sur Kenntnis der Pathologisch Bcgriin- deten Uiiterschcidungsmcrkmalc hei Tauienrassen. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 52, figs. 5; rev. in ZentU. Allg. u. Expi. Biol., 1 (1910), No. 11-12, pp. JiSJf-JtSS). — A study of pouters, tumblers, and other breeds of pigeons the dis- tinguishing characteristics of which are so abnormal as to be considered patho- logical. DAIEY FARMING— DAIRYING. The theory of dynamic heredity in the light of data gathered from the dairy herd of the Missouri Agricultural College, F. S. Putney {Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910). pp. 3i0-3i7).— This is a study of the pedi- grees for 4 generations of 44 Jersey cows at the ^lissouri Station in order to test Redfleld's dynamic theory (E. S. R., 24, p. 772). The average age of dams of cows producing over 400 lbs. of fat in 1 year was 5 years, 8 months, and 6 days; of those producing under 250 lbs., 5 years, 7 months, and 20 days. The average age of the granddams on the sire's side of cows producing over 300 lbs. of fat per year was 7 years, 9 months, and 16 days; of those producing between 250 and 300 lbs., 6 years, 4 months, and 3 days; of those producing under 250 lbs., 8 years, 1 month, and 14 days. The aA-erage age of 31 cows that exceeded their immediate dams in yield of milk fat was 5 years, 8 months, and 17 days, and the average age of 13 cows falling below their immediate dams was 5 years, 11 months, and 1 day. From these data it is apparent that there was no advantage in breeding from old cows, and hence Redfleld's theory is not substantiated. Cooperative breeding of milking Shorthorns in Minnesota, W. F. Hand- SCHIN (Amer. Breeders As.wc. [Proc.], 6 (1910), pp. 301-307). — An account of the plan of circuit breetling by which this Department, the Minnesota Experi- ment Station, and a cooperative association of farmers are developing a sub- breed of milking Shorthorns. Text-book of cow-testing associations, B. Marquart (Lehrhuch des MUeli- vieh-Eontrollwesens. Berlin, 1911, pp. VI-hH6, fiffs. 74). — This treats of the origin of cow-testing associations and their value to the dairy industry, methods of organizing and testing herds, keeping records, the factors influencing milk secretion, and the Gerber, Sal, and other methods and apparatus used for test- ing for fat. The Danish cow-test associations, B. Boggild (Amer. Breeders Assoc. [Proc], 6 (1910), pp. 287'-295).—A brief history of these associations and the methods of organizing, testing, and feeding herds under observation. A list of fodder units is given. Investigations on the effect of palm-nut cake on milk production, O. Kellner (Ber. Landw. Reichsamte Innern [Germany'], 1911, No. 21, pp. 35). — A general report on cooperative experiments conducted at 9 stations and in- volving 186 cows. A change in the ration from peanut meal and maize to palm-nut cake as a supplement raised the fat content perceptibly but not the quantity of milk. 170 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The increase in both the absolute and relative amount of fat was greater with cows giving a high yield of milk. The chemical constants of the fat were changed, the saponification number being raised while the iodin and solidify- ing point were lowered. The effect of the palm-nut cake on the character of the milk fat was slow, but remained for some time after the cake was discontinued. About 2 kg. of the cake per 500 kg. of live weight of the animal is recommended as a ration for milch cows. The effect of feeding with coconut cake and linseed cake on the composi- tion of butter fat, H. T. Cranfield (Analyst, 36 {1911), No. ^26, pp. U5-U9, figs. 2). — Two lots of 4 crossbred Shorthorn cows each were fed a basal ration of mangels, oat straw, chaff, bran, dried grains, rice meal, and hay. As a sup- plement all the cows received during the first week 5 lbs. of undecorticated cotton cake daily, and in the second and third weeks lot A received 5 lbs. of coconut cake and lot B 41 lbs. of linseed cake. These two supplements were reversed the fourth and fifth weeks, and for the last week all the cows were fed as during the first week. The average constants of the milk fat during the coconut-cake period were as follows: Lot A, refractive index at 35° C. 44.2, Relchert-Meissl number 29.5, Polenske number 3.3 ; lot B, refractive index 45.4, Reichert-Meissl number 30.2, Polenske number 2.9. During the linseed cake period lot A had a refractive index of 46.2, Reichert-Meissl number 29.1, Polenske number 2.3 ; lot B, refrac- tive index 47.7, Reichert-Meissl number 29.1, Polenske number 1.7. In the cotton-cake period the refractive index was 46.4, Reichert-Meissl number 30.8, and Polenske number 2.3. The cakes appeared to have a different effect on the keeping properties of the butter fat. The samples were kept in small corked bottles or flasks, and it was noticed that after several weeks butter made during the linseed and cotton cake periods had turned white and rancid, while that from the coconut cake period showed only a slight change. This preservative effect is an advantage in favor of the coconut cake. There was no very great difference shown in texture and flavor of the two sets of fresh butter, although as a rule the butter from the coconut cake was firmer and of a better flavor than the linseed cake butter. " The feeding of coconut cake to dairy cows produced a butter which gave a refractometer figure below the normal, while the Polenske number was very high. The Reichert-Meissl number was, however, quite normal. Feeding with linseed cake influenced the butter in respect to the Polenske number, butters from this source giving a figure much below the normal. The refractometer figure was also influenced, a distinct rise being noticeable. Coconut cake pro- duced a butter of good quality, possessing better keeping properties than butter from linseed or cotton cakes. The Shrewsbury and Knapp method for detection of coconut oil in butter possesses practically no advantages over the Polenske method." The influence of feeding cotton-seed meal upon the composition of the fat in butter, A. J. Swaving (Rev. G6n. Lait, 8 (1911), Nos. 20, pp. 457-^65; 21, pp. 486-493). — After tests of the value of Halphen's reaction with authentic samples of cotton-seed oil and with mixtures of the oil and butter, the author details the results of three feeding tests with cows which were conducted during Ihe years 1901 and 1902. The presence of cotton-seed oil could be noted in the butter fat after the first day, and it remained in the fat yielded for several days after ceasing to feed the cotton-seed meal. In the fat up to 5 per cent of cotton-seed oil could be detected with Halphen's reagent. By feeding cotton-seed meal no influence was exerted upon the yield of fat, the Reichert-Meissl number, or the refractive index. DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 171 Milk| its analysis and utilization, A. Monvoisin (Le Lait, son Analyse, son Utilisation. Paris, 1911, pp. X-\-286, figs. 40). — The various chapters of this book deal with the chemistry of the milk constituents, the composition of milk from various animals, the changes in the composition of milk due to infection or adulteration, physical and chemical methods for preserving milk, and some special chapters dealing with unsweetened and sweetened condensed milk, powdered milk, milk for infant feeding, etc. The official French analytical methods are included. [Analyses of milk and its products], A. Devarda {Ztschr. Landw. Ver- sucJisw. Osterr., 1/f {1911), No. //, pp. 363-373). — ^Analyses are reported of milk, cream, butter, cheese, kefir, kumiss, skim milk, diabetic milk, whey, condensed milk, powdered milk, and casein. Investigations on the surface tension in railk and the nature of the mem- branes surrounding the fat globules, H. Bauee (Biockem. Ztschr., 32 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. 362-379). — Surface tension was found to be largely dependent on the percentage of fat. The depression by cooling was due to the congealing of the fat, as previously reported by Burri and Xussbaumer (E. S. R., 22, p. 413). The tension was nearly restored by heating for three-quarters of an hour at 50° C It can be readily ascertained whether or not milk has been previously cooled by comparing the surface tension as measured by a stalagmometer before cooling and after cooling the milk for 1 hour at 10° G. The fat globules were thought to vary somewhat in chemical composition and to be surrounded by a membrane the resistance of which to thermal and mechanical influences is weakened when the milk is acidified or becomes abnor- mal from any cause. The composition of East Hungarian sour cream, J. Adorjan {Ztschr. Vntersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 22 {1911), No. 5, pp. 297-300 ) .—Thirty-five samples of such sour cream from cow's milk and 1 from sheep's milk were analyzed. Experiments in the production of sanitary milk, H. Atwood and N. J. GiDDiNGS {West Virginia Sta. Bui. 134, PP- 81-105, pis. 4)- — A. study of the sources of contamination of milk in the udder and during the process of cooling. The germ content of milk was much gi-eater after passing over the milk cooler. A steam tight compartment to enclose the cooler and bottling machine was then constructed in the form of a box divided with doors convenient to operate. After turning live steam into the enclosure for 15 minutes the cooler ceased to be a source of contamination. To further test the efficiency of this treat- ment sterile water instead of milk was allowed to flow over the cooler and was found to contain on the average 2 bacteria per cubic centimeter, but when ■ the cooler was left open and merely washed and scalded the average number was 11,400 per cubic centimeter. From these experiments it is concluded that the ordinary milk cooling de- vices are not nearly so efficient as they should be for keeping down the bac^ terial count of milk, but that by properly closing such apparatus and subject- ing it to live steam, as described above, it ceases to be a source of contamina- tion and the beneficial effects of cooling are much greater. Bacterial counts were made of the first milk, middle milk, and strippings, and although the first milk and strippings contained far more bacteria than the middle portions it should not be assumed that the strippings should be left. The bacterial counts of the milk from the different quarters showed pronounced differences both in the amount of milk and bacteria, but the order of differences exhibited in one animal may be reversed in another. Where the number of bacteria was high the amount of milk is usually small, and where the number of bacteria is small the amount of milk is large. This test demonstrated the 22214°— No. 2—12 6 172 EXPERIMENT STATIOlSr EECORD. importance of watching the bacterial content of each quarter of the udder for the production of high-grade milk. Several tests were made to discover some practical method of reducing the number of bacteria present in any given quarter of the udder. Sealing the teats of the udder with carbolated vaseline after milking reduced the number of bacteria somewhat, but the procedure is not recommended until further tests have been made. Injecting the udder with dioxygen or with glycothymolin reduced the number of bacteria, but subsequent irritation renders these methods useless, since the number shortly after ceasing the injection was greater than in the first place and the quarters became slightly inflamed. In order to determine how nearly germ-free milk can be produced, a few tests were carried out with the cow used in the teat-sealing experiment. Six samples of milk, from which the strippings and first few streams were re- jected, contained on an average only 35 bacteria per cubic centimeter. Bac- terial counts of the colostrum drawn from a heifer with a first calf showed an average number of organisms present, with a greater tendency to increase in the front quarters than in the hind quarters. Future investigations along these lines are promised. An inexpensive homemade milk refrigerator, A. F. Hess (Collected Studies Research Lab. Vcpt. Health N. Y. City, // (1908-9), pp. lJi8-151, figs. 2).— An ice-box to be used in the home for keeping bottled milk cool in the summer time is illustrated and described. A handbag refrigerator for the uncontaminated carrying of milk samples, C. B. FiTZPATKiCK (Collected Studies Research Lah. Dept. Health N. Y. City, If (1908-9), pp. 152-155, figs. 6). — The author describes a handbag for carry- ing milk samples in bottles with metal screw tops in such a manner that con- tamination of the samples will not occur after the ice melts. Methods and results of paraffining cheese, C. F. Doane (V. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Circ. 181, pp. 16). — Continuing previous work (E. S. R., 18, p. 78), the methods ordinarily practiced in parafiining cheese are described, and a study of the faults common to paraffined cheese is reported. The investi- gations were made at a factory in Wisconsin with cheese of the " daisy " type. The average shrinkage in cheeses paraffined directly from the press was 0.5 lb. per cheese, those paraffined when 3 days old 0.16 lb., and at 7 days 0.09 lb. The average weights when scored after being in storage about 5 months were 21.31 lbs., 21.28 lbs., and 20.97 lbs., respectively. On the basis of these figures apparently nothing was saved in the matter of shrinkage by paraffining directly from the press as compared with paraffining at 3 days of age, and at the latter period the cheese was decidedly of better quality, but there was a very noticeable difference in the final weights and the loss sustained between cheese paraffined at 3 and at 7 days of age. After about 5 mouths in storage 8 lots of cheese were examined and the quality of the paraffin coat graded on the basis of 100 for a perfect coat, with the following results : The average score of those paraffined directly from the press was 90.7, at 3 days of age 94.3. and at 7 days 94.6. At the time of scoring it was noticed that practically every cheese paraffined at the time it came from the press was covered with blue mold on the surface of the paraflSn. No defi- nite reason is offered as to why this mold appeared, although it is suggested that possibly some whey found its way through the paraffin covering and fur- nished the necessary conditions for its growth. " Cheese paraffined from the press does not get the color of the rind as quickly as when the color is allowed to develop before paraffining." The temperature of the paraffin and the length of dipping were tested with the cheese paraffined at 3 days from the press. Uniformly good results were VETERINARY MEDICINE. 173 obtained at 220° F. and higher temperatures, whether dipped for 1, 5, or 10 seconds. At 190° the results were usually unsatisfactory, and when this tem- perature is used the cheese should be dipped for at least 5 seconds, though the cheese paraffined at 7 days was given practically the same average score as that paraffined at 3 days, the fault known as " rind rot " was more frequent than in the 3-day lot. Cheese kept in the warm curing room for several days after paraffining took on a white appearance which was noticeable at the time of scoring, but no reduction was made for this because of its even distribution. In order to prevent this change in color cheese should not be allowed to remain in the warm curing room for more than 1 day after paraffining. The amount of paraffin adhering to the cheese varied with the different temperatures and the length of time the cheese was immersed. It is concluded that paraffining is an effective method of preventing losses in the weight of cheese due to evaporation and of preventing growth, the best results being obtained by paraffining at 3 days from the press. When cheese is held for some time before being paraffined it must be allowed to remain in the paraffin for a longer time in order to prevent the growth of mold under the paraffin coat. VETERINARY MEDICINE. Beport of g'overnment veterinary bacteriologist for the year 1908-9, A. Theiler (Rpt. Govt. Vet. Bad. Transvaal, 1908-9, pp. 163, pis. 7, figs. 5).— The papers presented in this report are as follows : Anaplasma marginale, the Marginal Points in the Blood of Cattle Suffering from a Specific Disease (pp. 7-64), including (1) further inoculation experiments with South African redwater, (2) the marginal points in the literature on piroplasmosis, (3) the association of Piroplasma Ugcminum, Anaplasma marginale, and P. miitans in South African cattle, (4) transmission of A. marginale by ticks, (5) the anaplasmosis of cattle, a summarized description of the disease resulting from the foregoing and observations from practice, and (6) gall sickness; and The Infectivity of Blood of Animals Suffering from Chronic Glanders (pp. 65-73), by A. Theiler; Gauw Ziekto, A Disease of Sheep (pp. 74-99), by J. Walker; Investigations into the Disease Lamziekte of Cattle (pp. 100-109) and The Refractive Index of Horse Sera (pp. 110-114), by W. Frei; On a Collection of Anopheles made at Onderstepoort in the Autumn of 1909 (pp. 115-121), by L. H. Gough ; Experi- mental Studies on a Specific Purulent Nephritis of Equidte (pp. 122-158) ; and Some Experimental and Epidemiological Observations on a Particular Strain of Pleuro-pueumonia (pp. 159-163), by K. F. Meyer. Lactic acid ferment therapy, Rosenthal ( Arch. Gin. MM., n. ser., 4 (1910), Aug., pp. 385-422; ahs. in Ztschr. Immimiitdtsf. n. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 (1910), No. 11, pp. 981, 982). — A discussion in regard to the principles of lactic acid bacterio-therapy, its medical and surgical future, and its application to some diseases. In regard to the theory of disinfection, R. O. Herzog and R. Betzel (Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 67 (1910), No. 4-5, pp. 309-313; al)s. in Zenfhl. Allg. u. Expt. Biol., 1 (1911), No. 20-22, p. 755 ) .—Antiseptics either combine with the protein or have a solvent action for the fatty or lipoid bodies of the micro- organisms. Chloroform and silver nitrate are taken up by yeast with par- ticular reference to their absorption exponents. Formaldehyde always combines with yeast in the same proportions, irrespective of the concentration of the formaldehyde solution. Phenol is not taken up by this organism. Gaseous disinfection, A. Corsini (/ Disinfettanti Gassosi. Florence, 1909, pp. iy+256; al)s. in Ccntbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Aht., Ref.,' J,8 (1911), Ndi. IS, p. 549). — This book, which was designed for practical work, after discussing the 174 EXPERIMENT STATION" RECORD. literature in regard to tlie action of gaseous substances upon bacteria con- siders tlie theoretical treatment of the micro-organisms by halogen, nitrogen, and oxygen compounds, phenol, methane, and ethereal oil vapors, formalde- hyde and sulphurous acid. The remainder of the book treats of the practical methods of disinfection with formaldehyde, particularly without apparatus. The spontaneous oxidation of arsenical dipping fluids, A. V. Fuller {U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Anhn. Indus. Circ. 182, j)p. 8). — The author's investigations show that sodium arsenite in dipping fluids may undergo oxidation to arsenate through the agency of a micro-organism or organisms not yet identified. "This oxidation may be quite rapid and in time proceeds practically to com- pletion. The velocity of the reaction is dependent, of course, upon the number of the organisms introduced and upon their rate of multiplication, the hitter being determined by the nature and quantity of organic matter present, the temperature, and, in short, all the agencies which influence bacterial growth. Inasmuch as the organism or organisms in question have not as yet been identified, it is impossible to state at present just how they gain access to the baths. There are several channels through which the inoculation might be effected, namely, through the water used in preparing the solutions, through the air, or through excrementitious or other matter derived from the cattle which pass through the dip. In view of the fact that the conditions to which the baths are exposed in actual practice are necessarily subject to wide varia- tions, it is difficult to set a limit to the time which a given dip might be allowed to remain idle without undergoing alteration. However, it would api)ear safer to discard any batch of dip which is more than a few weeks old unless there is positive evidence that it retains its original concentration of actual sodium arsenite. Efforts will be made to isolate the causative agent of this phenomenon and to study its properties." Practical bacteriology, blood work, and animal parasitology, E. E. StitT {Philadelphia, 1910, 2. ed., rev. and enl., pp. Xlll+SkS, pis. ff, figs. 87).— Among the topics treated in the section on bacteriology are apparatus, culture media, staining methods, study and identification of bacteria and molds, bacteriology of water, air, and milk, and practical methods in immunity ; in the portion on the study of blood are micrometry and blood preparations, and normal and pathological blood ; and in the section on animal parasitology are classification and methods, the protozoa, flat and round worms, the Arachnoidea, mosquitoes and other insects, and poisonous snakes. The clinical bacteriological part also includes animal parasitology of the various body fluids and organs, contains diagnoses of infections of the ocular region and nasal cavities, examination of buccal and pharjTigeal material, sputum, urine, feces, blood cultures and blood parasites, stomach contents, pus, skin infections, cytodiaguosis, rabies, and vaccinia. The work also has bacteriological keys, zoological tables, and an appendix which deals with miscellaneous topics. (See E. S. R., 20, p. 1079.) About the activity of bacteria (aggressins) during infection, E. Weil (Ergcb. Wiss. Med., 1 {1909), No. 1, pp. 33-Ji-'f; abs. in Ztschr. Immunitiitsf. u. Expt. Thcr., II, Ref., 3 {1910), ^^o. 11, p. 9S3).— Tests with fowl cholera bacilli on rabbits an© guinea pigs showed that chicken cholera immune serum does not act through the agency of bacteriolysins nor immuno-opsinins (bacteriotropins), but by stimulating the aggressins to inhibit the niultiplic;ition of bacteria, in this way preventing infection and death. Comparative tests with the anthrax bacillus and the hay bacillus showed the latter to have an aflinity for aggressins. Artificial immunization in nonbacterial diseases, S. P. Beebe {Join: Amer. Med. Assoc, 55 {1910), No. 20, pp. 1712-1717; abs. in Ztschr. Immunitatsf. u. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 175 Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 8, p. 839).— This is a general review in regard to the present status of the topic. About precipitating sera, B. Vbyburg (Ztschr. Fleisch io. Milchhyg., 21 (toil). Xos. 'i. pp. 101-105; 5, pp. Li7-150; 6, pp. 175-179; 7, pp. 211-215).— After an extensive review of the existing literature on this subject, the author gives his results of a comparative study of the Uhlenhuth (E. S. R., 21, p. 108), Friedemann, Leers,^ and Fornet-Miiller methods." The preliminary treatment of animals according to the Friedemann, Uhlen- huth, and Leers methods was found to be very effective, with the exception that the Uhlenhuth and Leers methods were greatly dei^endent upon the indi- vidual susceptibility of the rabbit and the number of injections given. No rela- tion could be noted between the degree of emaciation, tlie anaphylactic shock, and the precipitin formation. The Foruet-Miiller rapid method is not recom- mended by the author. Some tests were also conducted to determine the sensitiveness of the precipi- tin test for detecting various kinds of flesh (horse, bovine, sheep, hog) in homologous extracts. The best sera were still capable of detecting the protein in dilutions up to 1 : S. In reg-ard to the inhibition of precipitation by precipitoids, W. Spat {Biochcin. Ztschr., 2S (1910), No. 1, pp. 7-15; abs. in ZentU. Allg. u. Expt. Biol., J {1911), No. 20-22, p. 753). — The inhibition caused by inactivated immune or normal sei'a is not due to a combination between the inactive serum (precipi- toid) and the bacterial extract. Both substances were found, after a long period of activity, to be in a free state. The sensitiveness of complement towards ferments, L. Michaelis and P. Skwirsky {Ztschr. Immunitatsf. u. Expt. Ther., I, Orig., 7 {1910), No. 4, l)p. 497-506; ahs. in Centbl. BaJct. [etc.], 1. AM., Ref., 49 {1911), No. 1-2, pp. IJf, iJ).— Specific hemolysis is inhibited by pure proteolytic ferments. As the amboceptor is not destroyed by the ferments the authors infer that they exert their action upon the complement and also upon the middle and end pieces of the complement system. The protein nature of both of the parts of the com- plement is thus proved, but the authors point out the fact that it has not yet been established whether another chemical component, nonprotein in nature, is active with the complement. In regard to the bactericidal action of normal and immune sera and normal and immune leucocytes (separated and in Wright's mixture) upon Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus, Bacillus anthracis, and the Pneumococcus, H. DoLD and W. INIxiff {Arb. Path. Anat. u. BaJct., Path. Anat. Inst. Tubingen, 7 {1910), No. 2, pp. 273-279; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., 49 {1911), No. 1-2, p. 10). — The results show that the bactericidal action of rabbit serum against the anthrax bacillus in vitro is far greater than that of pigeon serum. Both of the sera act bactericidally towards S. pyogenes aureus, but not so markedly as they do against the anthrax bacillus. The immune serum from rabbits was bactericidal toward the pneumococcus. In the presence of serum the leucocytes (V/right's mixture) either do not act bactericidally at all, or when they are bactericidal the action is far below that of the serum itself. It is pointed out that the physiological solution used in the Wright's test for the bacterial emulsion is in itself bactericidal against the above mentioned 1 Metboden und Technik der Gewinnung, Priifung imd Konservierung des zur foren- sischen Blut- bzw. Eiweissdiffpi-enzierunir dionendon Anti-Serums. Berlin, 190S, pp. ol. -Ztsclir. Biol. Tech. u. Methodik, 1 (lOOSj, pp. 201-206. lYG EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, organisms. When a double amount of pigeon serum was employed the bac- tericidal action against the anthrax bacillus was increased, while the use of a double amount of leucocytes had no effect whatever. The bactericidal action when present in Wright's mixture is, therefore, only a transitory one and is probably due to the serum only. The value of the specific anaphylaxis reaction for the biological differen- tiation of proteins, B. Bachrach (Vrtljschr. Gerichtl. Med. u. Offentl. Sani- t(itsiv., 3. sen, ^0 {1910), No. 2, pp. 235-271; ahs. in Chem. Abs., 5 (1911), No. Jf, p. 720). — This is an investigation of the quantitative value of the ana- phylaxis reaction, the effect of diphtheria toxin on the sensitization, the spe- cificity of the phenomenon, the differentiation of proteins of closely related species and chemically different proteins fi*om the same species, and the action of normal serums when injected intravenously. It was found that diphtheria toxin when injected at the same time with an extract from a blood spot for sensitizing purposes increases the sensitization but decreases the specificity. The author considers that the reaction can not, therefore, for the present at least, be considered seriously for medicolegal pur- poses. It was also found that the serum from a monkey could not be posi- tively differentiated from human serum, nor was the author able to differentiate the serum protein of a cow from the casein or albumin of cow's milk. A contribution to the question of the bacterial content of the muscles of healthy and diseased animals which, come to slaughter, A. Horn {Ztschr. Infelctionskrank. u. Hyg. Haustiere, 8 {1910), No. 6, pp. ^24-^37; ais. in Centhl. BaM. [etcl, 1. Ait., Ref., J,9 {1911), No. 8-9, pp. 2^7, 2.^8).— This work shows that the muscles of healthy, recently slaughtered animals can contain bacteria, but they are as a rule present in only very small amounts and can in most instances be detected only by enriching methods. The bacterial content of the muscles of diseased animals stands in no relation to the extent of the disease. The author recommends examining the spleen of animals affected with septi- cemic diseases. The spontaneous occurrence of Bacillus enteritidis (Gartner) in mice, and the significance of the meat-feeding test with white mice, G. F. Berg (tjber spontanes Vorlcommen von Ententidis-Gdrtnor-BazUlen hci Mdusen und die Bedcutung des Fleischfiitterungsversuches an Weisse Manse. Inaug. Diss., Gie^sen, 1910, pp. 30; abs. in Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Ref., J,9 {1911), No. 8-9, pp. 2^8, 2.'i9). — Mice, according to this author, when inoculated intraperi- toneally and subcutaneously with B. enteritidis (Giirtner), are killed, but when fed i^er mouth remain alive. When sound meat was fed the animals died in the same space of time as others which were fed diseased meat. In regard to the occurrence of micro-organisms in the conjunctival sac of horses and bovines, F. Karsten ( tJher das Vorkommen von Mikroorgan- ismen inv KonjimktivaJsacke des Pferdes und Rindes. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Giessen, 1910, pp. 53, pis. 3; abs. in Gcntbl. Bakt. [etc.'], 1. Abt., Ref., 49 {1911), No. 5, pp. 135, 136). — The conjunctival sac of the horse and bovine almost always contains micro-organisms, which are variable in number. The white micrococci and the xerosis bacillus are almost invariably present, the former in greater amount. Bacillus subtilis, Micrococcus aureus. Bacterium pseudoconjujictivitidis, M. roseus, M. siilfureus, M. aurantiacus, M. flaxms. Streptococcus lanceolatus, and Bacterium pyocyaneum are present occasionally. Sacculated kidney, perinephritis and intranephritis, subcapsular cysts in domesticated animals, F. W. Hagemann {Arcli. Path. Anat. u. Physiol. [Vir- choiD], 202 {1910), No. 2, pp. 2U-266, figs. 8).— The author describes the patho-anatomical and histological findings of the above conditions in bovines (including galves), bogs, »nd horses. VETEEINARY MEDICINE. 177 Contribution to the pathological anatomy of symptomatic anthrax, J. Katona (AUatorvosi Lapok, 33 {1910), No. 5, pp. 52, 53; ahs. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 3, p. //7).— In 0.9 per cent of the cases the spleen was found to be enlarged and pasty. Furthermore, the pericardium was filled with a yellowish red, turbid, often fibrinous fluid. Both lamellae of the sac were covered with small punctate hemorrbages. These pathological conditions often occur in symptomatic anthrax, and, therefore, the above factors must be considered when making a differential diagnosis between symptomatic anthrax and anthrax. Anthrax bacilli were never present in any of the cases examined. Anthrax in hogs, A. Horn {Ztsehr. Infektionskrank. u. Hyg. Haustiere, 7 {1910), No. 5-G, pp. 458-',6J,; ahs. in Berlin. Tierdrzll. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 19, pp. 3Ji7, 3.'i8). — Tbree cases of anthrax in hogs are described. In one case the animal was affected with pharyngeal anthrax, and in the other two (probably) with intestinal anthrax. In regard to human and avian diphtheria, Rappin and A. Vanney {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 70 {1911), No. 5, pp. 162, 163).— The author studied the organisms obtained during an epizootic of avian diphtheria. The bacterium (and the toxin therefrom) closely simulated the bacillus of Loefiier. Malleins and mallein, N. Ruuss {Vet. Vrach, 1910, No. JfO; obs. in Ztsehr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 9, p. S9.3).— The author considers mallein a reliable diagnostic agent for glanders, and finds when using it subcutaneously or conjunctively that where a positive reaction is ob- tained it is an absolute indication of the presence of glanders. Parasites of equine piroplasmosis, or biliary fever, G. H. F. Nuttall and C. Strickland {Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Aht., Orig., 56 {1910), No. 5-6, pp. 524, 525). — The authors find that in addition to NuttalUa equi a second parasite occurs in equines to which the name Piroplasma caballi is given, and that each produces a specific disease. Both of these parasites are transmitted by ticks to horses, mules, and donkeys and are found in their blood for a long time after recovery from the disease. Local reaction in antirabic inoculations, A. M. Stimson {Jour. Med. Re- search, 23 {1910), No. 3, pp. 511-515, figs. 2; abs. in Ztsohr. Immunitdtsf. u. Eoept. Ther., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 10, pp. 955, 956).— As a result of antirabic vaccination the area of injection often became red and odematous and caused considerable pain and itching. The lymphatic glands in the respirative region were enlarged. This reaction, which occurs in more than half of the cases, was more frequent in men than in women, in adults than in children, and in well-nourished than in poorly-nourished subjects ; it was not due to bacterial infectious. In regard to some of the characteristics of Streptococcus equi, Albbecht {Ztsehr. Veterindrk., 22 {1910), No. 10, pp. U1-U9 ; ahs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., 49 {1911), No. 5, p. 132).— A description of some of the biological and morphological characters of this organism. When the abscesses of the laryngeal lymphatic glands were opened sterilely, the organisms were found to be present in pure culture. Studies in regard to the fixation of tetanus antitoxin by leucocytes, M. A, Pettersson {Ztsehr. Immunitdtsf. n. Expt. Ther., I, Orig., 8 {1911), No. 4, PP- 498-507). — The polymorphonuclear leucocytes of the guinea pig, fowl, and rabbit are not capable either in the animal body or in the test tube of binding tetanus antitoxin; this also holds good for the lymphocytes in the thymus of the guinea pig, calf, and rabbit. Rabbit macrophages, on the other hand, pos- sess a slight binding power. 178 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, Leucocytes, according to these findings, can not be considered a great factor for rendering tliis toxin innocuous in acquired and natural immunity. Valuation of tetanus serum by the mixing and curative tests, J. Rosen- berg (Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., I, Orig., 8 {1910), No. 3, pp. 379-396). — The author believes the simplest method for the valuation of tetanus serum to be. for the present at least, the mixing test. The relative importance of human and bovine tubercle bacilli to infec- tion in man, A. Calmette (BuL Inst. Pasteur, 9 {1911), No. 3, pp. 91-103). — This is a retrospect of the more important work done in this regard. The question of tuberculosis infection of man by the bovine type of bacillus (perlsucht), B. Mollers {Deut. Med. Wchnschr., 36 {1910), No. 5, pp. 204-207; abs. in Hyg. Rundschau, 20 {1910), No. 21, pp. 1171, 1172).— This is a critical discussion in regard to the present status of this problem. A histological study of the lesions produced experimentally with homo- genous cultures of Koch's tubercle bacillus in mammals, birds, and cold- blooded vertebrates, F. Arloing and P. Stazzi {Gompt. Rend. Sac. Biol. \ Paris], 68 (1910), No. 17, jrp. 813-815; abs. in Intemnt. Centbl. Gesam. Tuher- Iculose Forsch., 5 {1910), No. 2, pp. 68, 69).— A detailed description of the micro-anatomical changes produced by the tubercle bacillus in the above-named animals. Avian tuberculosis and its relation to tuberculosis in mammals, S. Arloing {Rev. Tuberculose, 2. ser., 7 {1910), No. 4, pp. 257-283, figs, h; abs. in Ztschr. Tuberktilosc, 17 {1911), No. 3, pp. 301, 302).— Tuberculosis in fowls and other birds, according to the author, can not be considered an entirely different dis- ease from the form which occurs in mammals. The causative organism is simply an atypical form of the Koch tubercle bacillus, and while it possesses some of the characters which are common to that bacillus, it has some which are inconstant and unusual. Like the human and bovine type it has undergone changes and can infect the mammalia, and vice versa the human and bovine types will affect birds. In view of this fact, the author points out the necessity of employing precautionary measures. In regard to the frequency of tuberculosis in calves and adult bovines, H. Markus {Tidjschr. Veeartscnijk., 37 {1910), No. 12, pp. 386-392; abs. in Ann. Med. Vet., 60 {1911), No. 1, pp. 28-30). — The figures given were obtained in an abattoir in Groningen, Holland, and are said to about represent the average findings. They are as follows : Adult bovines, 13.34 per cent ; fat calves, 0.33 per cent ; pastured calves, 3.63 per cent ; calves, not very young, 0.10 per cent ; pigs, 11.86 per cent ; horses, 0.44 per cent ; sheep and goats, 0 per cent. The results show that the greatest percentage of tuberculosis exists in adult bovines and pigs. The predisposing causes of tuberculosis in bovines, C. Guerin {Rev. Hyg. et Pol. Sanit., 32 {1910), No. 10, pj). 1015-1029).— A discussion in regard to the prevalence of tuberculosis in bovines of various breeds, with particular reference to the color of these animals. What is the common method of infection in tuberculosis? J. M'Fadyean {Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 23 {1910), Nos. 3, pp. 239-250; 4, pp. 289- 803). — "The inhalation of tubercle bacilli suspended in the atmosphere is a very certain method of infection in susceptible animals even when small doses of bacilli are employed. Experimental infection with tubercle bacilli by way of the alimentary canal is comparatively difiicult to realize even in highly sus- ceptible animals, and success is certain only when very large doses of bacilli are administered. With few exceptions, in animals experimentally infected with tuberculosis by way of the intestine the primary lesions are intra-abdomi- VETERINAEY MEDICINE. 179 nal, and tlie intrathoracic lesions when present are secondary. Inhalation is probably the commonest natural method of infection in those species (man and cattle) in which the primary lesions of tuberculosis are usually intrathoracic. Naturally-contracted cases of tuberculosis in man and other mammals can be ascribed to infection by ingestion only when the lesions revealed at the post- mortem examination are confined to the abdomen, or when the existing abdomi- nal lesions are recognizably older than those present elsewhere in the body." The inhalation of infinitesimal amounts of tuberculous material by bovines and its relation to the production of primary thoracic tuberculosis, P. Chausse (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 151 (.1910), No. 22, pp. 1009- 1011). — ^The inhalation of very small amounts of powdered tubercle bacilli sus- pended in water produced marked cases of thoracic tuberculosis. The relation of fibrosis to tuberculosis, C. T. Williams {Lancet [London'], 1910, I, No. 23, pp. 1521-152//, figs. 2; abs. in Internat. CentU. Gesam. Tuderlm- lose Forsch., 5 {1911), No. 3, p. i;22).— There are at least 3 different kinds of fibrosis of the lungs. One is the result of pleurisy ; this is coarser and more vascular, and gives rise to interlobular bands which tend to compress the lung. Another is the result of interstitial pneumonia, specially frequent in those who pursue dusty occupations, also tending to contract the lung and to dilate the bronchi. The third form is . . . tersely described as the past tense of tu- bercle, fibroid tissue encircling caseous masses and old cavities and cutting off blood supply. The author describes the clinical features, which in the first two varieties are the direct consequences of a contracting lung. In the third form there is usually an increase in dyspnoea but an improvement in health in all other respects. An extreme case is described in detail. A rare find in meat inspection, Matschke {Ztschr. Fleisch. u. Milclihyg., 20 (1910), No. 9, pp. 297, 298; ahs. in Internat. Centhl. Gesam. Tuberkulose Forsch., 5 (1911), No. 5, p. 234)- — An apparently sound cow which had dyspnoea on autopsy was found to have laryngeal tuberculosis. The tuberculous focus was of the size of a walnut, but uneven in shape. The author also noted a 14-day-old calf which was well nourished but tuber- culous. Tuberculosis of the larnyx in a cow, E. W. Hoaee (Vet. Jour., 67 (1911), No. 1/29, pp. 171, 172). — This is a description of a case of tuberculosis of the larynx in a cow, and includes the symptomatology and pathology. Contribution to our knowledge of tuberculosis in the goat, P. Frosch and K. Hertha (Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Ziegcntuberkulose. Inaiig. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1909, pp. 32; Ztschr. Infektionskranlc. n. Hyg. Haustierc, 8 (1910), No. 1, pp. 63-90; abs. in Internat. Centbl. Gesam. Tuberkulose Forsch., 5 (1911), No. 5, p. 235). — After reviewing the statistics and the various beliefs of the public in regard to the transmissibility of tuberculosis from the goat by way of the milk, etc., to man, the authors give their results with 8 cases which came up for pathological examination, 6 of which did not show any evidence of tubercle bacilli. Animal experiments showed that the 6 cases were tuberculous and infected with the bovine type of bacillus. The patho-anatomical findings, however, varied from the bovine form of tuberculosis in so far that they showed nodules in the various organs which had a great resemblance to echinococcus cysts. These cysts contained a pasty, greenish mass which could be stripped from the capsule very easily. Histologically the nodules showed centrally detritus, and peripherally giant-round and epithelioid cells. The most external stratum consisted of spindle cells. Tuberculosis is thought to occur more frequently in goats than in sheep, but less frequently than iu the bovine or hog. 180 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Tuberculosis and the tuberculin reaction, Romer and Joseph (Beitr. Klinik. Tuberkulose, 17 (1910), No. 3, pP- Jf27-460, jHs. 8; abs. in Ztschr. Im- munitatsf. u. Expt. Then, II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 8, p. 858).— For the bovine, the intra- and subcutaneous tuberculin tests are almost absolutely reliable. The intracutaneous test is deemed the only reliable reaction for hogs and guinea pigs. The author recommends the puncture and the intracutaneous reactions for man. In regard to the thermal tuberculin reaction in bovines, E. Hauptmann (TierUrztl. ZentU., 33 {1910), Nos. 9, pp. 133-139; 10, pp. 150-158; 11, pp. 170-175; 12, pp. 181-186; ahs. in Berlin: Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 10, p. 181). — This is a study of the effect of repeated injections of tuberculin upon the diagnostic value of the tuberculin reaction. The author points out, among other things, that the rule set up by Koch in regard to the interpreta- tion of the tuberculin reaction is of value for bovines only when long intervals elapse between the injections. The effect of the injection of the various tuberculins and of tubercle endotoxin on the opsonizing action of the serum of healthy rabbits, R. T. Hewlett {Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. [London], 3 {1910), Nos. 6, pp. 165-168; abs. in Internat. Centbl. Gesam. Tuberkulose Forsch., 5 {1910), No. 1, p. 25). — This work shows that old tuberculin had practically no effect on the opsonins in healthy rabbits, while the tubercle endotoxin (prepared by trituration from a culture of human tubercle bacilli, filtration, and standardization) produced a more marked stimulus on the opsonizing activity than either tuberculin I. K. or tubercle bacillary emulsion. The author suggests that this may be a more active therapeutic agent than either old tuberculin, tuberculin T. R., or bacil- lary emulsion. In regard to tuberculins which have the poisonous principle removed, A. Wolff-Eisner {Berlin. Klin. Wehnsehr., J,7 {1910), Nos. //7, pp. 21.'f7-2150; 48, pp. 2200-2202; abs. in Ztsohr. Immunilutsf. u. Expt. Then, II, Ref., 3 (1910), No. 10, p. 9-'{8). — This is a critical discussion and report of some in- vestigations in regard to 2 new tuberculin preparations (Hochst's new tubercu- lin, and Endotin). Both gave results which were comparable to the usual tuberculin reactions. The detection of tuberculosis with Bovotuberculol, Kranich (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wehnsehr., 27 (1911), No. 19, pp. 3.'fl-3.'t-'f). — If the specifications are adhered to, the ophthulmo-reaction with Bovotuberculol is a more convenient and reliable method than the subcutaneous injection of tuberculin. The technique of determining the opsonic index, H. Reiter (Deut. Med. Wchnschr., 36 (1910), No. 52, pp. 2Ji26-2428; abs. in Ztschr. Immimitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 (1910), No. 11, p. 995). — This is an exact and detailed discussion of the methods and principles involved for determining the opsonic index. Practical results with the intracutaneous tuberculin reaction with hogs and bovines, G. Martin (Beitr. Klinik Tuberkulose, 16 (1910), No. 1, pp. 37-5Jt; abs. in Internat. Centbl. Gesam. Tuberkulose Forsch., 5 (1911). No. 5, p. 24O). — The author recommends this reaction for general veterinary practice. In regard to the clinical utility and the nature of the complement fixa- tion reaction according to Marmorek, D. Klinkert (Ztschr. Expt. Path. u. Ther., 8 (1910), No. 2, pp. 451-.i6Ji). — Marmorek modified the complement fixa- tion method in so far that with it it was possible to diagnose tuberculosis with the urine or blood from a tuberculous subject. The author investigated the value of the test with GOO subjects (306 serum and 294 urine), and from the work he concludes that Marmoreli's reactioii is a good scientifig BJethod for VETERINARY MEDICINE. 181 the diagnosis of tuberculosis, but tliat tlie results obtained witli it are uot specific enough. The meiostagmin reaction in experimental tuberculosis, A. Gasharrini {Munchen. Med. Wchnschr., 51 {1910), No. 32, p. 1688).— The meiostagmLa reaction according to the author can be employed for the differentiation of tuberculosis caused by the bovine or human type of bacillus. Experimental studies in tuberculosis, Romee and Joseph (Beitr. Klinik. Tuberkulose, 17 (1910), No. 3, pp. 2S1-2S5, fig. 1; abs. in Ztschr. ImmunitUtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 8, pp. 856, 857).— A. reinfection with the tubercle bacillus could not be produced by cutaneously injecting 0.000,001 mg. of bacillus emulsion if the animals in question were injected subcutaneously from 2 to 14 months previous to the second injection and were allowed to acquire a slowly progressing tuberculosis. Intracutaneous doses less than 0.000,001 mg. were also ineffective. For refuting some of Joest's findings (E. S. R., 23, p. 687) the authors extir- pated a tuberculous lymphatic gland from a guinea pig, made it into an emulsion with physiological salt solution, and injected it iutracutaneously into the same guinea pig. This animal could not be infected the second time. A control pig inoculated at the same time succumbed to the disease. Other tests continued along the same lines showed somewhat similar results. Prophylactic vaccination against tuberculosis, Maeffskij {Arch. Vet. Nauk. [St. Petersh.], J,0 {1910), No. 4, pp. Jtll-Jf23; abs. in Ztschr. Immuni- tdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 9, pp. 906, 907).— The author points out that calves do not, as is generally assumed, act indifferently toward the Koch-Schiitz Tauruman vaccine; instead, 15.36 per cent of the animals became sick after the vaccination. Tauruman vaccination for calves affected with tuberuclosis has a tendency to hasten the course of the disease, and not seldom (3.6 per cent of the cases) does it cause death. The duration of immunity with this vaccine is limited, and usually lasts only one year. Combating tuberculosis in hogs, A. Eber {Ztschr. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., 20 {1910), No. 10, pp. 321-326; abs. in Internat. Centbl. Gesani. Tuberkulose Forsch., 5 {1911), No. 5, p. 251). — A general discussion in regard to the occur- rence of this disease in hogs, and the relation which the feeding of skim milk has to it. The author does not believe that centrifuging the milk will make it more sanitary for this purpose. Contribution in regard to the nature of tuberculosis-immunity-antibody studies, RoMER and Joseph (Beitr. Klinik Tuberkulose, 17 (1910), No. 3, pp. 365-382; abs. in Ztschr. Immunitatsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 8, pp. 85-'i, 855). — For these tests the author utilized sheep which had been repeatedly tested in regard to their active immunity. From the results it may be noted that immunity against tuberculosis may exist in the absence of agglutinins in the blood; complement deviating sub- stances were not present in every case, and bacteriotropins were not looked for. Anticutins were looked for in the serum of immune guinea pigs by mixing tuberculin with the serum of immune guinea pigs and injecting this iutra- cutaneously into guinea pigs. The results were negative. Bactericidal and anti-infectious substances were not found in sheeps' blood ; the serum of immune sheep never conferred immunity upon normal guinea pigs. Studies in immunity to tuberculosis. — Hypersensitiveness to tuberculo- protein and its relation to some tuberculosis problems, A. K. Krause {Jour. Med. Research, 24 {1911), No. 2, pp. 361-409, tables 3).—" This inquiry resolved 182 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. itself into tliree main parts: First, tbe working out of some details of acquired sensitiveness to tuberculo-protein ; second, an investigation of tlie possibility of rendering noutuberculous guinea pigs tolerant to tbe protein ; tbird, a study of tbe course of experimental tuberculosis in seiisitized guinea pigs as com- pared witb tbat in nonsensitized animals." Particular attention was given to solving some problems in relation to tbe tuberculin reaction, tbe symptomology of tuberculosis, tbe possibility of overcoming tbe bypersensitiveness to tuber- culo-protein and tbe prudence of doing so, susceptibility to infection, etc. As a result of tbe work tbe autbor concludes tbat "sensitization of noutu- berculous guinea pigs witb tuberculo-protein does not alter tbeir resistance to experimental tuberculous infection, tbat sensitization to tuberculo-protein and relative immunity (increased resistance) to infection can occur coincidently in tbe same animals, and tbat resistance to infection is markedly lowered during the period tbat a sensitized animal is suffering from symptoms of anaphy- lactic shock." The inheritance of tuberculo-protein bypersensitiveness in guinea pigs, A. K. Krause {Jour. Med. Research, 2Jt (1911), No. 3, pp. //69-//S2).— This work, according to tbe author, confirms all the conclusions drawn by Lewis ^ (who experimented with horse serum), and it also re-illustrates the correspondence of tuberculo-bypersensitiveuess witb other forms of bypersensitiveness. The results are summarized as follows: "Tuberculo-protein hypersensitive ness can be inherited from a sensitive, noutuberculous mother (thus confirm- ing Baldwin). Tbe possibility of its inheritance is more or less irregular and inconstant. It depends largely on tbe degree of sensitiveness of the mother at tbe time of pregnancy. Tbe degree of sensitiveness of the offspring as a rule varies directly witb tbat of the mother. The mother's sensitiveness is height- ened by repeated applications of antigen, and, conversely, tends to die out with time unless renewed by subsequent injections. The degree of senstiveness of the offspring accordingly varies, depending on tbe time that has elapsed between the mother's last dose and the former's birth. The degree of sensitiveness tbat an animal inherits tends to diminish as it increases in age and size. Animals of the same litter may vary greatly in the degree of sensitiveness which they inherit. Congenitally sensitive animals may, however, maintain their anaphy- lactic state for a very long time. One was still sensitive 404 days after birth, and several when over 100 days old. Transmission by inheritance is probably always or mainly one of antibodies. Hypersensitiveness is probably never handed down to the tbird generation." Nontubercular mortality among' guinea pigs, R. A. O'Brien {Jour. Meat and Milk Hyg., 1 {1911), No. 6, pp. 295-314, charts 2).— "The object of the investigation was to determine tbe cause of the ' nontubercular mortality ' amongst guinea pigs and any bearing this might have on the general question of tbe purity of London milk. By ' nontubercular mortality ' [the autbor means] the mortality from causes other than tuberculosis amongst guinea pigs injected with tbe sediment from samples of milk. "A part of this 'nontubercular mortality' was due to infectious diseases which the animals were incubating at tbe time they were inoculated with the milk sediments, or with which they became infected during tbe month they were allowed to survive prior to examination for tuberculosis. This was nota- bly tbe case during November and December, 1909. " Infection by bacilli identical with those derived from the feces of cows and other animals contained in the milk inoculated is responsible for a certain amount of the 'nontubercular mortality,' this amount being impossible to de- termine accurately. iJour. Expt. Med., 10 (1908), No. 1, pp. 1-29. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 183 " The greatei" part of the mortality, however, appears to be occasioned by a combination of factors. A disturbance to the animal's economy is occasioned by tlie considerable dose of bacterial protein in the sediment, quite apart from the capacity of such bacteria to survive in the tissues. This may so lower the resistance of the animal that it succumbs either to an aggravation of an exist- ing but hitherto indolent infection — e. g., pseudo-tubercle — or to the invasion of the organism by bacilli present in its intestine. " No evidence was obtained of the presence in the milk of bacilli causing common diseases in man, such as typhoid fever, diphtheria, dysentery, or * food poisoning.' " Eradication of cattle ticks in Alabama, James Wilson ( U. 8. Senate, 62. Cong., 1. Sess., Doc. //7, 1911, pp. 5). — A detailed statement of the tick eradica- tion work in Alabama, transmitted in response to a Senate resolution of May 11, 1911. Onchocerca ^ibsoni: The cause of worm nodules in Australian cattle, J. A. GiLRUTH and Georgina Sweet {Sydnon: Govt., 1911, pp. Vlll+SJf, pis. 11). — This is the report of a study of the distribution, situation, structure, pathological effects, and, to some extent, the life history of tlie parasite O. gibsoni, the cause of what is known by such terms as " worm nodules," " worm nests," " kernels," etc., within the briskets and thighs of cattle in certain parts of Australia. In regard to operating on teat strictures, Kregenow {Berlin. Tierclrztl. Wchnschr., 26 {1910), No. 48, p. 939).— The author operated on 40 cases of stricture of the teat, utilizing the classical dilation method in conjunction with cutting by Steffen's stricture knife. All operations were successful, with the exception of 2 which went over to mastitis. A new intestinal astringent and disinfectant (Tanargentan) for treating scours in calves, M. Mandelbaum {Berlin. Ticrarztl. Wchnfichr., 26 {1910), A'o. .'I'h PP- S-io, 8^6). — The results of the treatment, with this preparation, of nearly 1,000 calves affected with scours were satisfactory. Actively immunizing the goat against Malta fever, H. Vincent and Col- LiGNON {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 69 {1910), No. 34, PP. 468-470; abs. in Rev. Vet. [Toulouse], 36 {1911), No. 2, pp. 101, 102). — For immunizing the goat against Malta fever the author injected emulsions of gelatin cultures of Micrococcus melitensis in physiological salt solution subcutaueously and in- travenously. After a while the 2 groups of animals each received intravenous injections of 4 cc. of virulent cultures of M. melitensis. The first group (subcutaneous) showed no abnormal symptoms after 6 months, and at the time of writing were in perfect health, with the exception that their serum possessed a strong agglutinating power. The other lot were febrile, had diarrhea and a lack of appetite, and were a little thinner. A triple subcutaneous injection of the culture seemed to be the most eflBcacious method of immunizing them. New findings with hog cholera, Gildemeister {Dent. Mil. Arztl. Ztschr., 39 {1910), No. 24, Vereinsheilage, p. 2t ; ahs. in Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. n. Expt. Thcr., II, Ref., 3 {1910), No. 10, p. 955).— It was always possible to dietect cellular inclosures in the epithelial cells of the conjunctivas of pigs suffering from hog cholera and which simulated trachoma. Among the 60 animals which were examined, one which was apparently clinically sound and had no indica- tions of irritation in the conjunctiva also showed these cellular defects. Fur- thermore, these trachoma-like bodies were found in from 6 to 16 shoats which came from questionable stalls. Although these formations are present in almost all cases of hog cholera, the author was not prepared to declare their significance. 184 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Various remarks in regard to hog cholera, Graffunder (Berlin. Ticrdrztl. Wchnschr., 26 {1910), No. Jf7, irp. 913-916).— A detailed and critical discussiou of the etiology, pathology, symptomatology, diagnosis, and treatment of hog cholera. Do hog-cholera bacilli occur in the intestines of healthy hogs? L. J. H. Stadhouder (Beitrdge hctreffend die Fragc, oh SchweinepestiaziUen in den Geddrmen gesunder Schweine vorkommen? Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 55; abs. in Cent!)!. BaM. [etc.], 1. AM., Ref., -',9 {1911), No. 5, p. i.'//).— The author investigated the question whether hog cholera is caused by a filterable, ultravisible virus or a bacillus which is a normal inhabitant of the intestinal tract of hogs. Hog-cholera bacilli could not be found in 25 Holland hogs which came to slaughter. By subcutaneously inserting small plugs of cotton containing the hog-cholera bacillus behind the ear of young pigs a pathological condition could be produced which could not be differentiated from hog cholera. The author, however, does not believe it proper to consider the avirulent bacilli found in the intestinal tract of hogs the causative agent of hog cholera. In regard to the immunity of rabbits against Bacillus suipesticus, J. Shoukevitch (Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 2// {1910), No. 9, pp. 72S-77/7). — Rabbits which were repeatedly injected with killed cultures of B. suipesticus {B. suipestifer, hog cholera) showed no increased resistance against infection. On the other hand, their sera had an increased agglutinative power, opsonic index, and complement deviation. Pretreating the animals subcutaneously with living bacteria in minimum and large doses showed increased resistance in about 1 or 2 weeks. After a long time these rabbits became paralyzetl and died, but the deaths could never be traced to a septicemia. The author surmises that the mortality was due to a chronic intoxication, the toxins originating from some bacterial focus. Accord- ing to this the animals acquired an anti-infective immunity, but not an antitoxic immunity. The sera of such animals on the average showed a much smaller amount of opsinins, agglutinins, and complement-fixing bodies than the sera of animals treated with dead bacteria. In regard to Krafft's vaccine against swine plague, A. Schultze {Berlin. TierdrztJ. WclinscJir., 26 {1910), No. -'///. pp. S//3-8-'/5 ) .—In the hands of this author Krafft's vaccine was without value. On the contrary, it seemed detri- mental. Krafft's vaccine against swine plague, Krafft {Berlin, Tierdrzil. Wchnschr., 26 {1910), No. 48, pp. 9^0. 9^1).— A description of the pathological findings, and a reply to the abstract above. Contribution to our knowledge in regard to hog erysipelas, E, Natusch {Beitrdge zur Eenmtnis dcs Schiceinerotlaufs. 1. Uhcrtragharkeit des Schweinc- rotlaufs auf den Mcnschen. 2. Bildet der Bacillus' rhusiopathice suis Toxine? Inaug. Diss., Giessen, 1910; ahs. in CentU. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM.. Ref., .'i9 {1911), No. 5, pp. 137, 138). — In the first part of this article the author discusses tlie possibility of communicating hog erysipelas to man, and presents his positive conclusion. The second part deals with the question as to whether B. rhusio- pathiw suis produces toxins. The author inoculated filtrates from cultures of this bacillus into mice, but no death or toxicosis was produced. If, however, 1 to 2-day bouillon culture fil- trates were concentrated in a vacuum apparatus to volumes corresponding to 1/3, 1/5, and 1/17 of the original volume, they produced when inoculated intra- peritoneally or subcutaneously a toxic condition which, in most instances, terminated in death. Sterile bouillon concentrated and injected in the same manner produced no symptoms. From this the author concludes that B. erysipelatis suis produces a toxin. VETEEINAEY MEDICINE. 185 The influence of a mixed and secondary infection upon Bacillus erysipe- latis and hog erysipelas immunity, H. Falk (Ccntdl. Balct. [etc.], 1. AM., Orig.. 55 {1910). No. 6, pp. J,6.'f-487 ; abs. in Centbl. Balct. Veto.], 1. Alt., Ref., 1/9 {1911). No. 5, p. 138). — ^As with other organisms, B, erysipelatis suis after cultivating for a long time in culture media loses its virulence. By cultivating the hog erysipelas bacillus, B. coli, B. paratyphosus, B. suipestifer, and B. suisepticus in bouillon the author was able to note that an increase in viru- lence was obtained. Animals injected with the symbiotic cultures succumbed much more rapidly than those injected with cultures which had been cultivated separately and injected simultaneously. Mice which were immunized passively with hog erysipelas serum were able to stand infection with B. erysipelatis suis better than mice which were infected with mixed cultures. Rabbits immimized with increasing amounts of the hog erysipelas bacillus gave an immune serum of higher potency than those immunized with symbiotic cultures. The results in reg'ard to vaccination against equine influenza with Lorenz's vaccine, Rugge {Ztsehr. Veterindrlc., 22 {1910), No. 11, p. 510; abs. in Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 3 (1910), No. 8, p. 844).— The results with this serum in cases of equine pneumonia were not favorable. The merits of Williams' operation for roaring, F. Hobday {Vet. Jour., 67 {1911), No. 436, pp. 621-628). — ^A paper read before the American Veterinary Association, August 24, 1911. The surgical relief of roaring, W. L. Williams {Vet. Jour., 67 {1911), No. 436, pp. 605-621). — A paper read before the American Veterinary Association, August 24, 1911. A bibliography is included. An investigation as to the occurrence in Massachusetts of paralysis in the lower animals and fowls, A. W. May {Mo. Bui. Bd. Health Mass., n. sen, 6 {1911), No. 6, pp. 178-184). — This is a report of an investigation made under the direction of the state board of health to determine, in a general way, the frequency of paralysis in the lower animals. The investigation extended from October 15 to December 31, 1910, and consisted mainly of interviews with veterinarians, poultry raisers, and dog breeders. The area covered included the whole of Berkshire, Middlesex, and Essex counties and parts of Franklin, Worcester, Norfolk, Suffolk, and Plymouth counties. The 30 cases reported include equines, bovines, pigs, dogs, cats, and chickens. A biological study of 11 pathogenic organisms from cholera-like diseases in domestic fowls, P. B. Hadley and Elizabeth E. Amison {Rhode Island Sta. Bui. 146, pp. 43-102). — This is a biological study of 11 cultures of bacteria which were isolated from poultry during an epizootic of a cholera-like disease which occurred in Rhode Island and in the neighboring States. The purpose of the work described in this bulletin, according to the authors, was to establish a secure basis for determining proper prophylactic and therapeutic measures against this disease. The results of the investigations show that "genuine fowl cholera (identical with that studied by Pasteur and Toussaint) is endemic in the New England States, and probably through the Middle West. Its prevalence is increasing. " There exist, however, other diseases resembling fowl cholera, in which tlie cholera organism is absent. The organisms causing these diseases usually belong in the para-colon, para-typhoid, or influenza group, and are to be sharply distinguished from the genuine fowl cholera organism. Bacterium bipolaris septicus. With one exception, all the organisms derived from cholera-like epi- demics in Rhode Island, Massachusetts, and Connecticut proved to be identical with B. bipolaris septicus, which is common throughout Europe, and there produces annually great losses to the poultry industry. Ten strains of this 186 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. organism coming from widely distributed sources were studied in the present investigations. . . . " Tlie virulence of tlie cultures studied was characterized by great variation. The range of the minimum lethal dose of a 48-hour bouillon culture was for fowls from 10 cc. to 0.000,000,000,000,001 cc, and for rabbits, from 10 cc. to 0.000,090,000,000,000,000,01 cc." It was also noted that " infection resulted from the inoculation into the breast muscle of less than 50 organisms, and probably by the inoculation of no more than 4. [This] suggests an immediate paralysis of the phagocytic func- tion in infected birds, and offers an explanation for the great iufectivity of the disease among poultry under natural conditions." The cultural investigations of this cholera organism indicate that : " ( a ) The cause of fowl cholera, as encountered, is not a polymorphic organism in the same sense that B. diphtherice is a polymorphic organism, (b) There is no good ground, in the case of the cultures studied, to separate a group of pseudo- cholera organisms, on the basis of mox'phology, virulence, or any cultural fea- ture; all belong in one large group in which there is great variability with regard to these 3, as well as many other, points, (c) There appear to exist correlations between virulence and certain cultural features, such as indol- production, acid-formation, nitrate reduction, etc. But this point should be further established by the study of a great number of cultures, (d) In view of the points brought out in (a) and (b) above, the presence of any organism manifesting the type features of the cholera group, notwithstanding the absence of pathogenesis, should be regarded with suspicion, (e) The slight resistance of the virulent cholera cultures to carbolic acid, and to all acid media or solu- tions tried, offers a suggestion as to therapeutic possibilities. Studies involving this feature are now in progress. " Immunological studies, so far as they have been extended up to the present date, indicate that a highly Airulent culture encounters resistance in a sus- ceptible animal when this animal has been previously inoculated with an avirulent, homologous culture; resistance, in rabbits, to 10,000,000,000 times the minimum lethal dose of a very virulent culture has been artificially pro- duced by a single large dose (3 cc.) of the homologous culture. None other than homologous cultures produced such resistance in rabbits." " The resistance of the cholera organisms to heat, drying, carbolic acid and hydrochloric acid was also tested." Further studies on blackhead in turkeys, P. B. Hadlet and Elizabeth E. Amison (CentU. BaM. [etc.'], 1. AU., Orig., 58 {1911), No. 1, pp. S-i-Jfl).— The authors state that during the course of investigations conducted in continuation of those previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 187), cases of cecal and liver infec- tion in which coccidia appeared to be absent or present only in small numbers have come under observation. In these instances flagellated organisms were frequently present in the intestinal and cecal content in great numbers. The results of examinations made of cecal contents and of sections are described and the possible agency of flagellates in producing hepatic and intestinal lesions that are characteristic of blackhead briefly discussed. They conclude that " the data presented in this paper offer reliable grounds for the opinion that many cases of blackhead in turkeys and other poultry may be interpreted as infections with one or more species of flagellated organisms. These may be identical with the flagellates observed by Theobald Smith in the ceca of turkeys ; they are undoubtedly identical with some of the other bodies described by Smith under the name of Amoeba meleagridis. . . . The course of development probably does not depart widely from that of certain other parasitic flagellates which have the habit of losing their flagella and becoming ameboid at certain stages in their development." RUEAL ENGINEERING. 187 Studies in avian coccidiosis. — III, Coccidiosis in the English sparrow and other wild birds, P. B. Hadley (Ccnthl. Bald, [e/c], 1. AM.. Orig., 56 (1910), No. 5-6, pp. 522, 523). — In comiection with the investigations previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 187) dealing with the etiology of blackhead in turkeys several species of wild and domestic birds were examined for the coccidium. The common occurrence of the coccidium in the intestinal tract of the com- mon English sparrow was especially noteworthy. Of 72 English sparrows ex- ! mined, 47 contained coccidia, although in many cases the birds were apparently in good physical condition. The seasonal distribution of coccidiosis among spar- rows was found to correspond with that of domestic poultry. " The coccidia when present were always found in the small intestine. They were frequently met with in small numbers, when their presence did not appear to be accompanied by any macroscopical pathological appearance. In other cases, however, either the whole or small segments of the small intestines were highly inflamed, and the contents blood-stained, showing that there existed hemorrhages in the mucosa. In these cases, the number of coccidia was usually considerable, and microscopical examination revealed the presence of large numbers of desquamated epithelial cells lying free in the intestinal content. The walls of the intestines were not found thickened to any great degree, and other organs were apparently never affected. The liver, which is the frequent seat of coccidial lesions, both in mammals and in birds, was always normal. "A study of the morphology of the coccidium of the sparrow demonstrated that it was identical with coccidium of blackhead in turkeys, and of coccidial white diarrhea of chicks. ... In order to establish the pathogenicity of the coccidia from the sparrow for domestic poultry, cyst-containing material from the intestines of sparrows apparently suffering from the disease was fed to young chicks, with the result that coccidiosis appeared. In a similar manner cyst-containing material from poultry was fed to caged sparrows, several of which subsequently developed coccidiosis after an incubation period of about 13 days. " Further examinations showed that the parasites were often present in the field sparrow (Spisella pusilla), a white throated sparrow (Zonotrichia alU- collis), junco (Junco hycmalis), hermit thrush (Turdus avnalaschkw pallasii), and robin (Merula migratoria) . They were of common occurrence in both quail (Colinus virginiamis) and grouse (Bonaso umhellus), and in these birds a severe coccidiosis was often present, especially in birds in the vicinity of a poultry plant. It is believed that certain epidemics among both quail and grouse in the United States may be due to coccidiosis." Coccidiosis was also observed in the partridge woodpecker (Colaptes auratus luteus). The author states that what is thought to be the merozoite or spore- zoite stage of the coccidium has been observed in the blood of English sparrows by F. G. Novy of the University of Michigan. RURAL ENGINEERINi>. Blowing stumps with dynamite, G. Roberts {Kentucky Sta. Bui. 151}, pp. 19-31, figs. //). — Directions for blowing stumps with dynamite are followed by statements of the results of tests of the efficiency and economy of this method. Fifty per cent dynamite was used in most of the work but 40 per cent proved satisfactory when used on some of the dead stumps. Over 100 stumps having an average diameter of 16 in. were blown at London, Ky. The average number of sticks of dynamite used was 2.6, the average time required per stump 30 minutes, the average cost of material 25.7 cts. and the average total cost per stump 33 cts. Nearly all the stumps were dead oak. 22214°— No. 2—12 7 188 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. At the experiment station farm at Lexington 9 green stumps averaging 22 in. in diameter were blown at an average cost of $1.5G per stump, lOJ sticks of dynamite per stump being used. Of these stumps 3 black oak averaged 45 in. in diameter and were blown at a total cost of $3.52 per stump, the average number of sticks of dynamite used being 23J. The amount of dynamite required to blow stumps of the same kind in the same soil does not vary directly with the diameter, but more nearly with the square of the diameter, or in other words, with the area of a cross section of a stump. Sanitary dairy barns, O. Erf (Ohio State Univ. Bui., Uf {1910), No. 7, pp. 132-166, pis. 2, flgs. 25).— A lecture at the Cincinnati Milk Show and Dairy Institute held in May, 1909. The author discusses what constitutes a sanitary barn, the materials of which it should be built, and equipment for economizing labor and improving sanitary conditions. Several barn plans are illustrated and described. A unique Mexican silo, O. Erf (Hoard's Dairyman, 1^2 {1911), No. ^3, p. 1321, flgs. 3). — A brief description of a silo 30 ft. in diameter and 70 ft. deep, which was dug on a hillside. A great variety of crops were grown to fill this silo, though the 2 principal crops were barley and oats. The silage is taken out through a tunnel projected into the hill. Poultry house construction, J. G. Halpin and C. A. Ocock (Wisconsin Sta. Bui. 215, pp. 3-32, figs. 23). — This contains a discussion of the site for the poultry house, and details of construction, including types of roof, floor, walls, nests, dropping boards, and watering- devices. Plans are given for a portable house for small lots, a brooding house, a breeding house, and a laying house. Up-to-date poultry houses and appliances, edited by H. Teafford (Spring- field, Ohio, 1911, pp. 112, figs. 86). — A great variety of poultry houses, brooders, feeding troughs, drinking fountains, and other appliances are illustrated and described. Naphthalene in road tars. — I, The effect of naphthalene upon the con- sistency of refined tars, P. Hubbard and C. N. Draper (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Office Pub. Roads Circ. 96, pp. 12, figs. 2). — As the degree of fluidity of a tar intended for road construction is of great importance, a study was made for the purpose of determining the relation of the naphthalene content of such materials to their consistency. The effect of naphthalene upon the consistency of water-tar pitch was also studied. As the result of this work the authors point out that " while at the present time it does not seem advisable to draw very definite conclusions, the foregoing results nevertheless strongly indicate the following facts: (1) That the fluxing value of naphthalene for tar pitches is somewhat greater than, although quite similar to, the heavier naphthalene-free tar distillates, until the mixture be- comes saturated with naphthalene; (2) that for the harder tar pitches the addition of very small percentages of naphthalene will produce a marked increase in fluidity of the resulting product; (3) that for the softer pitches the addition of naphthalene in small quantities causes less increase in fluidity than for the harder pitches; (4) that where naphthalene is added beyond the point of saturation a rapid decrease in the fluidity of tars at temperatures below the melting point of naphthalene is observed, but at temperatures above its melting point the fluidity continues to increase. . . . Within a reason- able degree of accuracy, it should be possible to foretell, by reference to the curves which [are] given, what consistency to expect from the addition of a given percentage of naphthalene to a tar pitch or refined tar of known consist- ency irrespective of the free carbon content of the tar." RURAL, ECONOMICS. 189 White and color washing with native clays from Macon County, Alabama, G. W. Cakveb (Alabama Tuskegcc Sta. Bui. 21, pp. 4). — This bulletin points out that the white and colored native clays can be profitably used for white and color washing of the exterior and interior of buildings and gives direc- tions for their use. RURAL ECONOMICS. Prosperous agriculture and home life, what it means to the nation, F. W. Watekidge (London, 1911, pp. 263, 2J?s. 16). — In this book the author endeavors to arrive at the economic and social principles underlying a prosperous agri- culture, giving considerable attention to the social aspects which he deems of much significance to a permanent prosperity in agricultural life. [Agriculture in Bavaria], L. Buchmann (Diplo. and Cons. Rpts. [London], Ann. Ser., 1911, No. 4798, pp. 32-39). — This report presents a summary of data on many phases of rural economy in Bavaria, some of which are noted below. It is pointed out (1) that the percentage of persons employed in agricul- tural pursuits as compared with the total population has decreased from 50.9 per cent in 1882 to 40.3 per cent in 1910; (2) that of the 669,111 farms, three- fifths belong to the peasantry, the rest being owned by "gentlemen farmers; " that 407 of these holdings were compulsorily sold in 1910, the smallest number reported for the last 31 years, and (3) that the Bavarian government has given much attention to fi'uit growing, a decree having been issued as early as 1769 r^uiring all land owners to plant fruit trees along the public highways bordering their estates and the systematic planting of such trees having been begun about the middle of the last century. The value of fruit trees Sii Bavaria is now estimated at £35,000,000. The agricultural and forest products of British West Africa, G. C Dudgeon (London, 1911, pp. X+170, pis. 17, fig. J).— This book presents a general account of the principal commercial resources of British West Africa, Descriptions are given of the occurrence, cultivation, and uses of such tropical materials as cotton and other fibers, cocoa, rubber, oil seeds, tobacco, etc. The different regions to which the book has special reference are the Gambia, Sierra Leone, the Gold Coast, Ashanti, and the northern territories, Southern Nigeria, and Northern Nigeria. Four Brazilian States, J. Pompeu (Rio de Janeiro, 1910, pp. XIX+50+79+ 54+52, pis. 59). — This is a popular treatise on the commercial and agricul- tural industries of the States of Sao Paulo, Minas Geraes, Rio de Janiero, and Parana. The text is in German and in English. [Progress of agriculture], G. H. Knibbs (Off. Yearbook Aust., 4 (1901- 1910), pp. 361-429). — Notes and statistics are given showing early records and progress of agriculture in Australia, the relative importance of crops as regards area and population, and the yields, prices, imports, exports, value, etc. of various crops for a period of years. Attention is directed to boimties granted to sugar growers by the Common- wealth, the object in view being that of assisting the industry while at the same time diminishing the employment of colored labor in connection therewith. The government paid in the way of bounties in this industry alone, £402,131 in the years 1909 and 1910. Fairly liberal bounties are also offered on other agricul- tural products, e. g., gin cotton; jute, flax, and hemp fibers; oil materials; unclean rice; raw coffee; leaf tobacco; and dried fruits, but the bounties have not been availed of to a great extent, a total of only £686 being paid on the above-named articles in 1909-10. The agricultural laborer in London (Agr. Econ., 44 (1911), No. 503, p. 288). — It is pointed out in this article that a large number of agricultural 190 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. laborers are gradually drifting into London, and that many of them are being fed by the charity organizations, 200 being reported as having been fed in one night by a single organization. The anthor attributes the movement not to the increased wages they receive in the city but to the long di'eury evenings in the villages where there are but few or no attractions for the farm laborer. Spealiing further of the agricultural laborer, the article says " unfortimately he is a fish out of water In London, and soon joins the ranks of the Embanliment loungers. Then when he does return, in many instances he has become unfitted for steady work." Labor exchang'es for English, agriculturists, R. C. Teedwell {Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. 8.], V, (1911), No. 213, p. 921).— It is iwinted out in this report that the labor exchange as now being developed in Great Britain is a national system of oflices supported by the Government through which i)eople who seek work and those seeking workers may be brought together. The ex- change is being developed to serve not only the urban centers but also with special reference to agricultural districts. Further details of the project are showai in the report. Annual report on the working of cooperative credit societies in the Bombay Presidency (including Sind), for the year 1909-10 {Ann. Rpt. Work. Coop. Credit Soc. Bombay, 1909-10, pp. 58+2, pi. 1). — This report presents a detailed account of the workings of the various cooperative credit societies in Bombay for 1910, showing that 40 new societies were formed, making a total of 208 of which 115 are rural, and with a total membership of 15,519. P The American cotton system, T. S. Miller {Austin, Tex., 1909, pp. XI-\-294, pis. 3). — This book presents a historical treatment of the subject of cotton growing and marketing in the United States, describing the operations of the cotton exchange and cotton classification, explaining how the cotton crop finds a market, and illustrating some practical problems concerning the cotton grower, dealer, and exporter. Crop production in the United States in 1910, N. Kaumanns {Mitt. Deut. Landw. Gcsell., 26 {1911), No. 29, pp. 40 4-Ji08) .—Notes and data are here presented showing, among other things pertaining to agriculture, the yield per acre and total production of the leading crops in the United States in 1910. Crop Reporter {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 8tatis. Crop Reporter, 13 {1911), No. 11, pp. 81-88). — This presents a general review of crop conditions in the United States and foreign countries, statistics as to the farm value of im- portant products, wheat prices in England in six centuries, cost of producing potatoes in the United States, the hop movement in the United States 1902- 1911, causes of crop damages in 1910 and 1909, and range of prices of agri- cultural products at important markets, temperature and precipitation data, monthly receipts of eggs and poultry, and a discussion of bushels of weight and bushels of volume. Foreign crops, October, 1911, C. M. Daugherty (V, 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. 8tatis. Circ. 25, pp. 16). — This circular ijresents statistics as to the condition of wheat, I'ye, barley, oats, maslin, and other crops in the various foreign coun- tries, the exports of wheat and wheat flour from Russia by countries of desti- nation, 1905-1910, and other data. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Agriculture in the high school, J. Main (Pop. 8ci. Mo., 19 {1911), No. 4, pp. 385-395). — This article consists of a study of the purposes of agricultural instruction and, more especially, of its adjustment to other high school sub- jects. Although one of the strongest arguments for the introduction of agri- AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 191 culture in the schools has usually been its immense economic significance, the author believes that the successful teaching of agriculture in the schools, along with the traditional courses, depends, like all the rest, upon its being regarded and developed as a humanistic subject as well, and that it will have to " make good " pedagogically if it is to have a permanent place. The close relation of the sciences to agriculture makes the problem of the adjustment of all a single problem, and the thesis here maintained is that the child's mind and body, rather than the materials, should be the controlling factors that determine all courses of study, and that in the high school these must tirst, in this case, determine the organization of the sciences. The educational values of the vocational side of the agricultural course are also discussed. Agricultural education: Elementary and secondary schools, B. M. DaviS (El. School Teacher, 11 (1911), No. 9, pp. //69-//84).— In this review of the progress of agricultural education in elementary and secondary schools, the author holds that about all that may reasonably be expected of agriculture in the elementary schools is to interest the children in country-life subjects, so that they may know the common birds, insects, trees, weeds, the meaning of some of the best farm practices, such as selecting and testing seed, how the soil holds water and means of preventing its loss, care of milk and value of its fat content, etc., and through such studies to lead the children to appre- ciate the fact that there is something worth while in the immediate world in whichjthey live. It is sfated that secondary agricultural education has developed along sev- eral lines, giving rise to as many as 8 more or less distinct types, viz, agricul- tural-college, district, county, village-township, city, state-aided, technical, and normal. Each type is con.sidered briefly. References cited throughout the text are included in an annotated bibli- ography. Agricultural advance in rural schools, G. W. Brown (Jour. Ed. [Boston], 7-i (1911), No. 8, pp. 200. 201, 2i-'/).— Industrial education is here divided into 2 distinct classes : First, that phase in which the youth and the adult overcome, shape, and fashion for use and beauty the products of the mineral kingdom and inanimate portion of the vegetable and animal world; and second, that phase of human endeavor that works with and directs the evolutionary development of plants and animals that they may be more serviceable and beautiful. The discussion centers about the second division. Elementary school agriculture, E. B. Babcock and C. A. Stebbins (New York, 1911, pp. 65, figs. 7) — This is a teacher's manual to accompany Hilgard and Osterhout's Agriculture for Schools of the Pacific Slope (E. S. R., 25, pp. 297). The 11 lessons given are only suggestive as to the use of the text, which should be used to supplement the lessons. They may be used in any grade from the fifth to the eighth inclusive, and the authors state that they have found it best to begin agriculture in the fifth or sixth grade. In the appendixes may be found (1) an outline of agricultural nature study by groups, (2) a list of vegetables, and annual and perennial flowers, with cultural suggestions, and (3) lists of reference books, reference bulletins, and circulars. A course in agriculture for the high schools of Michigan, "W. H. French (Mich. Agr. Col., Dept. Agr. Ed. Bui. 7, 1911, pp. 64).— This bulletin is intended as a guide to superintendents and teachers in introducing the subject of agri- culture into high schools. It also presents suggestions to school officers and contains the rfegular high school course of study, an elementary coui'se for the 192 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECOED. grades or for the rural schools, and suggestions to teachers as to means and methods, text-books, apparatus, and reference works. Agricultural education in Michigan, W. H. French (Moderator-Topics, 32 (19J1), No. 6, pp. 107-109). — Among the means which have already been used and will continue to be employed in connection with the 15 high schools iu Michigan which are presenting regular courses in agriculture, are (1) the establishment of a school garden or school farm in which are grown not only the usual grains and vegetables but also those which are rare or new in Michi- gan, (2) the culture and breeding of corn, potatoes, and other farm crops on the home farm, (3) the construction and use of silos, and (4) pruning and spraying orchards. The author sees no reason why the schools, especially in townships and villages, should not systematically set about introducing such courses as will attract the mature farmers and farmers' wives. Report of agriculture in the high schools of Michigan, W. H. French (Mich. Agr. Col, Dept. Agr. Ed. Bui. 6. 1011. pp. 23, figs. 13, dgms. //).— This report is intended to show the plans and purposes of the work of introducing the subject of agriculture into Michigan high school courses and what has been accomplished during the past three years. The statistical material shows, in tabulated form, the population of the school districts, school attendance, enroll- ment iu agricultural classes, expenses for instruction and character of exten- sion work. Development of secondary scliool agriculture in California, E. B. Babcock, C. J. Booth, H. Lee, and F. H. Bolster (California Sta. Circ. 67, pp. 3-53).-— Among other subjects included in this circular are: (1) A brief chronological outline which summarizes the development of high school agriculture iu Califor- nia ; (2) a report on the status of agriculture in California high schools, covering such data as the reasons for the establishment of special courses in agriculture, cost of the course in salary and equipment, relation of the agricultural courses to the other science courses, methods of the teacher as regards use of garden, experimental plat, etc., and the attitude of the community; (3) status of the course of study; and (4) a detailed report of what has been done in agricultural education at the Oxnard Union High School. In the appendixes may be found (1) a list of equipment for agricultural sciences and special subjects, and (2) a recommended list of books for the high school agricultural library. Cooperation between the schools and the college of agriculture, E. B, Babcock (Reprint from Univ. Cal. Chron., 13 (1911), No. 3 pp. 10). — Some of the methods by which the California College of Agriculture has aimed to help the teachers are considered in this lecture under the following heads: (1) Organizing and conducting school garden work, (2) organizing for encourag- ing nature study in the public schools, (3) university instruction for teachers, (4) visiting, teaching, and supervising, (5) publishing circulars and leaflets, (6) assisting at teachers' meetings, (7) organizing excursions of teachers to university stations, (8) organizing boys' and girls' clubs, and (9) assisting with the demonstration train. Schools of agriculture, mechanic arts, and homemaking (N. Y. State Ed. Dept. Bill. 494, 1911, pp. 32). — This bulletin furnishes information couceruing (1) the education law of 1910, providing for the establishment and maintenance of schools of agriculture, mechanic arts, and homemaking, the relations of this type of school to the general public schools, and the responsibilities of the divi- sion of vocational schools iu respect to it; (2) suggested courses of study; (3) brief descriptions of some ts^ical schools teaching agriculture, mechanic arts, AGEICULTURAL EDUCATION. 193 and homemaking; and (4) a list of books, periodicals, and national and state publications dealing with agriculture, farm mechanics, and home economics. County schools of agriculture and domestic economy in Wisconsin, A. A. Johnson (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Office Expt. Stas. Bill. 2Ji2, pp. 2h, pls- 5). — This bulletin is an extension of an article previously noted (E. S. R., 17, p. 411), and deals with the origin, equipment, organization, and work of these schools. It also contains statistical data concerning their students, graduates, and income, and a reprint of the law providing for their establishment. Agricultural education and culture in Bavaria at the agricultural cen- tennial in Munich, in 1910, Maier-Bode (Landw. Jahrb. Bayern, 1 (1911), No. 11, pp. 159-185). — This is a description of the exhibitions made by the Bavarian agi'icultural education service. It includes tables showing how the various appropriations for agricultural instruction in Bavaria are being ex- pended, the occupations chosen by graduates of the various schools, statistics as to the attendance at the agricultural winter schools, and other data. Forestry in nature study, E. R. Jackson ^Nature-Study Rev., 1 (1911), No. 6. pp. lJf9-15'f). — Some of the lines along which studies in forestry may be pursued in nature study are indicated, such as (1) the identification of the common trees; (2) simple facts as to life processes of the tree; (3) stories relating to seed distribution and the struggle for existence: and (4) the use- fulness of the forest to mankind. Suggestions are also given regarding the best ways to secure material for study and to increase the interest of the pupils. Teaching' forestry by pictures (Amer. Forestry, 11 (1911), No. 9, pp. 5^6- 5-J8. fiffs. 2). — This article describes a traveling exhibit of 44 photographs, prepared by the Forest Service of this Department, for circulation among schools and libraries. [School gardening at the] State University of Utah, A. E. Winship (Jour. Ed. [Boston], 77, (1911). No. 9, p. 231).— The author of this article describes the extensive school garden of the training school of the teachers' college connected with the State University of Utah. Since there are 10 acres in the garden every pupil has an opportunity to do some real gardening, raise for commercial purposes everything that is raised in Utah, actually try dry farming, and raise crops without irrigation by the side of crops on well-irrigated lands. The sev- enth grade takes bookkeeping, has a bank equipment, and keeps track of each plat of ground, each crop, each class, and the garden and school as a whole. The garden pays a handsome profit each year, and this is duly appropriated either to the purchase of a horse, wagon, implements, or, as last year, to the equipment of a playground. Every child in the higher grades of the training school must have a home garden, planted and cared for by himself and supervised by the head of the nature study department. A brief account is also given of the work that is accomplishe sodium caseinate + CaCls. [Furthermore] that the mass action, thus represented, is also connected with the pi-ecipitation produced upon add- ing calcium chlorid to the brine-soluble compound after its solution has been freed from excess of chlorids by dialysis." Cane sirup making, H, P. Agee {Louisiana Stas. Bui. 129, pp. 5-36, pi. 1, figs. 17). — It is the purpose of this bulletin to point out the most important facts in regard to sirup making to persons who are engaged, or are about to engage in sirup making on a small or large scale. Among its contents are in- cluded data as to the market grading of sirup, making sirup for special markets, the kind of cane to use, milling the cane, clarifying and sulphuring the juice, the use of lime, first evaporation of juice, second evaporation of sirup, cooling and settling of sirup, the equipment of small and large plants, the use of copper piping, containers for sirup, sterilization of sirup for preservation, the canning of sirup, cleanliness in manufacture, dealing with a high-class retail trade, yields to be expected, and how to prevent crystallization in sirup. Ap- pendixes A and B deal with open kettle sugar and molasses, sorghum sirup, fall planting of cane, preparation of land, drainage, off-barring, use of the scraper, fertilization, cultivation, and kinds and amounts of fertilizers. The bulletin is illustrated with cuts of machinery and other apparatus used in the industry, and contains a design of a 600-ton plant. Sugar-cane wax, G. Bargeb (Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew, Bui. Misc. Infonn., 1910, No. 9, pp. 355, 356; Intemat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 1, pp. 178, 179). — ^This is a review of the work of A. Wijnberg, previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 710). Manufacturing alcohol from sugar beets, A. Koloczek (Ztschr. Spiritusin- dus., 3-'f {1911), Nos. 19, pp. 239, 2.',0; 20, pp. 252, 253; ahs. in Ztschr. Angew. Chem., 24 {1911), No. 32, pp. 15.'f8, i. 5.'/ 9). —This is a detailed description of the process, to which are appended some estimates in regard to the cost of produc- tion as compared with that of alcohol produced from potatoes. Hungarian con- ditions serve as a basis for these figures. Bagasse as a paper-making material, von Possanneb (WchnM. Papier- fahrilc, 1,2 {1911), No. 13, pp. 1157, 1158; ahs. in Jour. Sac. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 8, pp. 483, 484). — Bagasse as a source of raw material for white paper was first pointed out by Wrede.« The author agrees with his views, but points out that it is necessary first to separate the small parenchyma cells of the pith from the useful fibers before attempting to bleach the pulp. " Only by a combined acid and alkaline process of digestion can bagasse be used as a raw material for the manufacture of fine white pai)ers." METEOROLOGY— WATER. Monthly Weather Review {Mo. Weather Rev., 39 {1911), Nos. 8, pp. 1135- 1300, pis. 9, figs. 6; 9, pp. 1301-1466, pis. 9, figs. 2).— In addition to the usual climatological summaries, weather forecasts and warnings for August and September, 1911, river and flood observations, lists of additions to the Weather Bureau library and of recent papers on meteorology and seismology, a con- densed climatological summary, and climatological tables and charts, the num- bers contain the following special papers: '^ Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 (1911), No. 5, p. 278. 214 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. No. 8. — The Small Hurricane of August 11-12, 1911, at Pensacola, Fla., by W. F. Reed, jr.; Tornado near Canton, N. Y., by W. J. Bennett; Report of Severe Local Storim, Galena, 111., on August 16, 1911, by J. H. Spencer; Interior Temperatures in Large Masses of Concrete during Time of Setting, by W. D. Maxwell ; A Phenomenon of Lightning Discharge, by F. E. Nipher ; Protecting Truck Against Frost, by E. W. Gruss; Value of Mountains to Climatic Safety for the Fruit Grower, by J. C. Alter ; Notes on the Rivers of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Watersheds for August, 1911, by N. R. Taylor; Reflection of Fog Signals at Point Reyes Light, Cal., by J. Jones; Frost Rings (illus.), by R. E. Smith (see page 244) ; The Winds of the Yosemite Valley (illus.), by F. E. Matthes; Influence of Artificial Heating on the Climate of Cities (illus.), by G. W. Mindling; and Is the Heat Generated by Great Cities Changing Their Climates? by A. H. Palmer. No. 9. — Severe Wind Storms at Springfield, 111., by J. C. Jensen; Storm of September 13, 1911, Springfield, 111., by C. J. Root; A Severe Local Storm, by R. H. Sullivan; The Drought and Hot Weather of 1911 in Kansas, by S. D. Flora ; Cloudburst at Cooney, N. Mex., by F. H. Brandenbui'g ; New Irrigation Project on the Colorado River, by L. F. Jesunofsky ; Notes on the Rivers of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Watersheds for September, 1911, by N. R. Taylor ; Weather in the San Joaquin Valley, Cal., by W. E. Bennett ; Variation of Rainfall with Altitude, by A. G. McAdie; Water Resources in Oregon and their Development, by J. T. Whistler; Charts of the Atmosphere (a Review of), by A. G. McAdie; and Variations in Rainfall (illus.), by E. A. Beats. Meteorological records for 1910 (New York State Sta. Rpt. 1910, pp. 575- 687). — Tables are given showing tridaily readings at Geneva, N. Y., of standard air thermometers for each month of the year ; daily readings of maximum and minimum thermometers at 5 p. m. for each mouth of the year ; a monthly summary of maximum, minimum, and standard thermometer readings ; aver- age monthly and yearly temperatures since 1882 ; monthly and yearly maximum and minimum temperatures from 1883 to 1910, inclusive; and rainfall by months since 1882. Meteorological summary for 1910, C. A. Patton (Ohio Sta. Bui. 230, pp. 337-355). — This summary includes as usual notes on the weather of each month of the year and tabulated daily and monthly records of observations at the station at Wooster, Ohio, on temperature, precipitation, cloudiness, and direction of the wind, and for comparison, similar data for 23 previous years (1888-1910) at the station and for 28 years (1883-1910) in other parts of the State. The mean temperature for the year at Wooster was 49.2° F., for the State 50.8° ; the highest temperature at the station was 94°, July 25 and August 15 and 16, for the State 98°, July 2 and August 15; the lowest temperature at the station was — 12°, February 19, for the State —25°, February 19. The annual rainfall at the station was 35.91 in., for the State 36.17 in. The number of rainy days at the station was 133, for the State 110. The prevailing direction of the wind was southwest at the station and for the State. A simple method of purifying infected water for drinking purposes, G. G. Nasmith and R. R. Graham (Jour. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 17 (1911), No. 1, pp. 50-5 ff). — This article reports the successful use for this purpose of chlorid of lime as follows: "(1) Take a teaspoonful of chlorid of lime, containing about one-third available chlorin, and remove the excess of powder by rolling a pencil or other round object along the top of the spoon, or by flattening it with a penknife blade, so that the excess will be squeezed off. SOILS FEKTILIZERS. 215 "(2) Dissolve the teaspoonfnl of chlorid of lime in a cupful of water, making sure that all lumps are thoroughly broken up, and to it, in any convenient receptacle, add 3 more cupfuls of water. "(3) Stir up the mixture, allow to stand for a few seconds in order to let any particles settle (this stock solution if kept in a tightly-stoppered bottle m:iy be used for four or five days), and add 1 teaspoonful of this milky stock solution to 2 gal. of the water to be purified in a pail or other i-eceptacle. Stir thoroughly in order that the weak chloriu solution will come into contact with all of the bacteria, and allow to stand for 10 minutes. This will give approximately one-half part of free chlorln to a million parts of water, and will effectually destroy all typhoid and colon bacilli, or other dysentery-producing bacilli in the water. The water will be without taste or odor, and the trace of free chlorin added rapidly disappears." Sewage disposal and treatment {Mo. Bui. Carnegie Libr., Pittsburgh, 15 {1910), No. 9, pp. 488-521). — This is a classified list of references to books and periodical literature on this subject apiDearing up to November, 1910. Numerous references to literature bearing on the agricultural use of sewage are given, especially under the head of " broad irrigation." The ImhofE clarification tank, D. H. Thomson {Surveyor, //O {1911), No. lOS.'t, pp. 548-551). — Tests of this method of sewage purification are reported with descriptions of the character of the px'oducts obtained, particularly the sludge. It is shown that the holding of the sludge in the tanks until thoroughly decomposed, as is done in this process, greatly reduces the volume and water content of the sludge, but improves its value as manure. SOILS— FERTILIZERS. Soils, E. Ramann {Bodenkunde. Berlin, 1911, 3. rev. ed., pp. XV+619, pis. 2, figs. 63). — In this, the third revised edition of this work, the more important changes in the manner of treatment of the subject matter made necessary by recent advances in the science of soils are as follows: (1) The subject of weathering of silicates is treated on the basis of hydraulic processes, and the action of acids, particularly cai'bon dioxid, is given secondary consideration; (2) the clearer understanding of colloids has led. to a recasting of the sections relating to several weathering processes and to numerous other soil reactions and to soil absorption; (3) the decomposition of organic matter in soil is considered on a biological basis; (4) the position is taken that the study of soil physics, especially the relation of the' soil to water, should be made the subject of i-enewed and long continued study; (5) the biology of the soil is given individual consideration for the first time and is treated as a new branch of soil science, giving promise of fruitful results; (6) soils are grouped in climatic provinces but the author has endeavored to give due consideration to former systems of classification. The book is divided into six parts as follows: Soil formation, chemistry of soils, physics of soils, biology of soils, physiography of soils, and distribution of soils. A short section is devoted to soil surveying and soil maps. Practical soil investigation, E. Heine {Die praktische Bodenuntersucliung. Berlin, 1911, pp. 162, figs. 25, chart 1; abs. in Wasser u. Abicasser, 4 {1911), No. 10, pp. 423, 42-i). — This is the third volume of a so-called library of scien- tific practice published in Berlin, and is stated to be designed particularly for the practical man whose time is too limited for him to consult extensive books of reference on soil investigation. Particular attention is given to the geologic- agronomic relations of the soils of northern Germany, based on the results of 216 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. soil surveys which have been carried on since 1872. A list of apparatus and ^instructions for simple tests of soils are appended. Soils in relation to geology and climate, H. I. Jensen (Dept. Agr. N. 8. Wales, 8ci. Bui. 1, 1911, pp. 3-30).— "In this paper the soils of New South Wales have been classified and cross classified on a meteorological and geo- logical basis. The results are based on the comparative study of over 2,300 analyses of farmers' soils and type soils. " The compilation clearly shows that a soil survey can be made more satis- factorily by geological and physiographic work than by chemical analyses. The results obtained by analysis only confirm what one would expect from geological considerations. Soil mapping is therefore essentially the work of the geologist and physiographer, who at the same time has devoted attention to the origin of soils and the agricultural needs of the State, or whose work is interpreted by an expert in agriculture." The author believes that the most effective way of aiding the farmer would be the establishment of an experiment station on each important soil type to determine the strength and quality of the soil by growing test crops. The effect of soluble salts on the physical properties of soils, R. O. E. Davis {U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Bui. 82, pp. 3S, pis. 6, figs. 2i).— In this study of the effect of soluble salts on the physical properties of soils determinations were first made of penetration by the method proposed by Cameron and Gal- lagher (E. S. R., 19, p. 818), but it was found "that while the penetration method is of value in determining the general curve and the optimum water content for a soil, it can not be relied upon to detect small differences in the physical properties of a soil due to the addition of small amounts of soluble Tests were therefore made of the effect of the salts upon the apparent specific gravity by weighing full of soil a vessel of known volume, determinations being also made of the percentage of moisture in the soil. The soils used were Cecil clay loam, Volusia silt loam, Norfolk sand, and Susquehanna clay. The salts added included potassium chlorid, carbonate, and bisulphate, calcium sulphate, nionocalcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, and ammonium nitrate singly and in various combinations in amounts varying from 0.006 to 1.33 per cent. The results showed that the addition of the soluble salts brought about changes in volume. To determine the effect of the salts upon the movement of moisture, measure- ments were made of capillary movement in soil in a tube which was maintained in a horizontal position to eliminate the effect of gravity. The tubes were of glass " 1 in. in diameter, with a scale in millimeters pasted along their length. These tubes were connected by strong rubber tubing to brass elbows, the lower end of which dipped into water. The water supply was kept at constant level. In filling the tube the end was closed by a sheet of filter paper and the tubes filled to the same distance in each case and then tapped until the loose soil had subsided a determined number of centimeters (usually 5). The brass elbows were all filled with the same soil, rubbed up in a mortar with a rubber- tipped pestle, and as nearly as possible given the same packing in the tubes. The lower ends of the brass tubes were closed by perforated corks, with glass wool in the perforations and fine copper gauze over them. The ends were submerged in the water about 3 cm. and allowed to stand there for 24 hours before the soil columns in the glass tubes were attached." Observations on the capillary movement of water in the tubes during 24 hours showed that this was influenced to varying degrees by the soluble salts, which were the same as in the specific gravity tests. SOILS — FEETILIZEKS. 217 Measurements were made of the vapor pressure of two soils, a clay loam aud a sand, treated with potassium carbonate and monocalcium phosphate. Por- tions of the soil with and without addition of the soluble salts were placed in weighing bottles and enough water added to bring the soil almost to saturation. " These bottles after weighing were left open and placed in ordinary glass fruit jars and the top screwed down tightly. Weighings were made again after two or three weeks. In almost every case tried it was found that the soil con- taining the salt had lost more weight than the soil without salt." Observations were made with, a microscope and lantern to obtain visual evi- dence of the difference in soil structure produced by the addition of soluble salts. The microscopic examinations were unsatisfactory and were abandoned. In using the lantern " the soil, placed in an ordinary Petrie dish, was moistened with water and then placed in a horizontal position on the condenser of the lantern. The lantern is so made that vessels containing specimens to be exam- ined can be placed either in a vertical or horizontal position. The image of the soil particles was then thrown upon a screen or upon a photographic plate in a camera, if it was desired to preserve them. The water was then allowed to evaporate from the soil and the movement of the soil particles was noticed as the moisture content of the soil was reduced. ... As the soil dried out, the particles could be seen to arrange themselves into groups, and the soil became much more open in structure. The same phenomenon was observed when salts were added, but in addition a difference is noted in the aggregation of the smallest particles present. When a clay or clay loam was used and the projection largely magnified, the small particles could be seen to be in almost continuous motion. ... In the case of the calcium phosphate the small particles seem to collect in aggregates and these aggregates act as larger particles ; with the potassium carbonate the small particles do not form aggregates by them- selves, but appear to collect about the larger particles and to form aggregates with sand grains as centers." The results as a whole, therefore, furnish evidence " that the addition of small amounts of soluble salts affect the physical properties, and therefore the structure of the soil. . . . The effect of salts is more pronounced in a soil con- taining a large percentage of fine soil particles, and this leads to the conclusion that colloidlike clay particles are affected most by soluble salts, and in turn affect most the structure of the soil." The osmotic pressure of soils, J. Konig (Jahresher. Ver. Angew. Bot., 8 (1910), pp. XXIII-XXVI, fig. i).— The osmotic pressure of 6 different kinds of soil, fertilized and unfertilized, was determined by means of a special method and form of apparatus, using cylinders of the Pasteur-Chamberland filter prepared with a semipermeable coating as described in previous articles (E. S. R., 20, p. 713; 24, p. 521). In the method adopted 15 gm. of soil was mixed with asbestos moistened with water and placed in the porcelain cylinder of the filter. The cylinder was then closed with a rubber stopper carrying a capillary tube filled with machine oil • of specific gravity 0.9091. The whole apparatus was then placed in a large vessel of distilled water kept at constant temperature. After a short time the water passing through the semipermeable membrane increased the volume of the soil solution, forcing an equal volume of oil out of the capillary tube. This was collected in a graduated cylinder and weighed daily at the same hour. The quantity of oil displaced reduced to its water equivalent and calculated for 100 gm. of soil and unit of time (one day) was taken as a measure of the osmotic pressure of the soil. In tests of unfertilized soils and soils fertilized with small amounts of potas- sium sulphate, superphosphate, and sodium nitrate it was found that osmose 218 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. was much larger for the fertilized soils and stood in close relation to the in- crease in production of dry matter by oats and peas grown on the soils except in case of a fertile clay soil. The author concludes, therefore, that studies of the osmotic properties of the soil may furnish a means of detecting even small amounts of plant food added to the soil. Investigations on the water-carrying power (Wasserfuhrung') of the soil, H. PucHNER ilnternat. Mitt. BodcnJc., 1 {1911), No. 2, pp. 99-137).— It is ex- plained that the water-carrying power (Wasserfiihrung) of soils differs from water capacity as ordinarily understood in that it takes account of the capillary water, including hygroscopic water, and also the drainage water. In order to obtain a measure of the maximum water-carrying power of soils determinations were made of the percentage by volume and weight of water retained by soils in loose and in puddled (gewachsenen) condition. The so- called puddled condition was obtained by wetting the soils to saturation, shaking until puddled, and allowing them to dry before proceeding with the determination of water-carrying power. In making this determination the soils were placed in tin cylinders provided with wire gauze bottoms covered with filter paper ; the cylinders were allowed to stand in water until the soil was saturated, and then shaken until the soil was puddled, a certain amount of drainage water leaching out through the bottom. The gains in weight of the cylinder calculated in percentages of volume and weight were taken as a measure of the water-carrying power of the soils. This method was used in the examination of a large number of tyi^ical Bavarian soils, the more important results of which were as follows: The water-carrying power of the soils was dependent upon other factors besides the size and arrangement of soil particles and the content of colloidal substances. The water-carrying power in percentage of volume was generally considerably larger for the puddled soils than for those in loose condition, whereas in per- centage of weight it was often smaller for the puddled soil. The larger pro- portion of the mineral soils showed a higher water-carrying power in percentage of volume with the loose than for the puddled condition, except in the case of certain soils of peculiar texture, as for example, those rich in organic matter. The surface layer of soil generally, although not always, showed a higher water-carrying power than the lower layer. With the surface soil in loose condition and the subsoil in puddled condition the water-carrying power was higher in percentage of volume for the former, but in percentage of weight the reverse was true. Emphasis is placed upon the importance of study of questions of the relative proportion of capillary and drainage water of the soil, and it is believed that the centrifugal method of Briggs and McLane (E. S. R., 19, p. 416) gives the most promise for such determinations. In several trials with soils of varying composition it was found that the drainage water decreased with the clay and humus content and increased with the sand, and the finer the sand the greater the drainage. A contribution to the subject of the hygroscopic moisture of soils, C. B. LiPMAN and L. T. Sharp {Jour. Phys. Chcm., 15 {1911), No. 8, pp. 709-722). — In view of the confirmation by H. E. Patten and F. E. Gallagher of the Bureau of Soils of this Department (E. S. R., 19, pp. 1118) of the principle, enunciated by Knop and Schiibler, " that the power of soils to absorb hygroscopic moisture from a saturated atmosphere decreases with a rise in temperature and increases with a decline in temperature," and the contrary conclusion by E. W. Hilgard " that not only does the power of soils to absorb hygroscopic moisture not' decrease with a rise in temperature, but that it actually increases provided the atmosphere is saturated," the authors undertook not only to investigate further the relation of temperature to absorption of hygroscopic moisture by SOILS FERTILIZERS. 219 soils but also to test the accuracy of the methods employed and the lufluence of other experimental conditions, particularly depth of the soil layer. Air dried samples of adobe soil " were sifted through the 0.5 mm. sieve and distributed in duplicate in 1-gm., 3-gm., and 6-gm. portions in weighing bottles which were about Its in. in diameter and lil in. in height. They were arranged on a glass plate which was placed on a porcelain acid dish partly filled with distilled water and set in turn on a ground-glass plate, over the whole of which was fitted a bell jar of the short, squat form, to the inside upper portion of which was pasted a considerable quantity of thoroughly moistened filter paper. The ground rim of the bell jar was well covered with vaseline so as to permit of no escape of the moisture from the bell jar and thus insure a thoroughly saturated atmosphere. The apparatus was then placed on a shelf in a small room as far as possible from currents of air and where the temperature could be raised at will by lighting a Bunsen burner. A centigrade thermometer was placed next to the bell jar so that the tempera- ture could be taken accurately just previous to removing the bottles from the jar for weighing. From the amounts of soil placed in the weighing bottles we had a depth in the case of the 1-gm. samples of 1.5 mm., in that of the 3-gm. samples of 4 mm., and in that of the 6-gm. samples of 8.5 mm. The covers of the weighing bottles were protected from moisture and dust under a separate bell jar and were so arranged on a glass plate as to allow of their being placed in their respective bottles in two or three seconds from the time when the jar in which the samples were exposed was raised fi-om the ground glass plate, thus preventing any loss of moisture." It was found that by using very thin layers of soil this method gave accu- rate results and it was, therefore, employed in a study of effects of variation in temperature. The more important conclusions reached from this study were that a layer as nearly as possible 1 mm. in depth gave the best results. " Hilgard's method for the detern'inations is recommeuded to be used as a standard in all soil work on hydroscopicity. A rise in temperature is accom- panied by a greater absorption of hygroscopic moisture, a fall in temperature by a decreased absorption. These do not take place according to any definite law. For the arid regions in particular, the hygroscopic moisture in soils has a certain definite practical importance. Similar results on the effect of tem- perature on the absorption of hygroscopic moisture by soils are obtained in the incubator as in the room. The total absorptions in the incubator, how- ever, as well as the variations with temperature are much smaller than in the room." Contributions to the study of the mechanical analysis of soils and of the determination of outer soil surface by heat of wetting and hygroscopicity, K, Pfeiffer {Beitrdge zur Frage der mechanischen Bodenanalyse und der Bestimmung der Bodenoherfldche mittels Benetsungsiodrme und Hygrosko- pizitdt. Diss. Univ. Giessen, 1911, pp. 55, fig. 1; Landio. Jahrh., ^1 (1911), No. 1, pp. 1-55). — The author reviews in detail previous investigations on the physical properties of soils as determined by mechanical analysis by sieve and sedimentation, heat of wetting, and hygroscopicity, and reports the results of his own experiments in which he sought to compare the relative values of these three methods in so far as they give an insight into the physical properties of soils. From the results of his studies the author concludes that the method of de- termining the surface area by heat of wetting does not commend itself for use not only on account of the complexity of the apparatus required and the de- crease of surface area of the soil upon drying, but because the heat of wetting 220 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. is not dei^endent upon tlae surface area alone but is affected also by adhesion to tlie soil of the liquid used. He holds that theoretically the hygroscopicity of a soil is a better measure of the outer surface than the heat of wetting but that to the present time no method of accurately determining the outer surface has been worked out. Hygroscopicity has not been shown to be a measure of the productivity of the soil, and in just as small a degree can the absorption of carbon tetrachlorid by the soil be taken as a measure of the ease of tilth. Nor is the difference be- tween the hygroscopicity and absorption of carbon tetrachlorid an indication of the extent of decomposition and of the quantity of humus, because humus alone does not determine the relation between hygroscopicity and absorption for carbon tetrachlorid. The influence of drying in determining the hygro- scopicity may be eliminated with some soils, but this can not be done in de- termining the absorption of soils for organic fluids. The author expresses the opinion tliat the study of the mechanical analysis of soils by sieve and sedimentation should be vigorously prosecuted, and points out that it is entirely possible to classify mineral soils on the basis of their content of finer particles of an hydraulic value of <0.2 mm., using the micro- scope to determine the more important minerals, their degree of weathering, and their form. He believes that an adequate classification of fine soils would be oue of two groups on the basis of current velocities of 0.02 and 7 mm., re- si^ectively. A division into three groups (current velocity for the third not given) should be the utmost required. The importance of soil colloids in the determination of hygroscopicity in cultivated and forest soils, P. Bhrenberg and H. Pick (In Festschrift Van BemmeJen, 1911, pp. 194-205; abs. in Geol. Zentbl, 16 {1911), A"o. 5, p. 228; Wasser u. Abwasser, Jf {1911), No. 9, pp. 373, 37)). — It is pointed out, as in previous papers (E. S. R., 24, p. 521), that drying soils previous to deter- mining the hygroscopicity results in a lowering of the hygroscopicity due to the effect of the drying of soil colloids, particularly humus. The plasticity of clays, A. Atterberg {Intcniat. Mitt. Bodenk., 1 {1911), No. 1, pp. 10-43, figs. 3). — This is substantially the same article as that pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 319). The measurement of soil evaporation under arid conditions, C. II. Lee {Engin. News, 66 {1911), No. 15, pp. 428-432, figs. 7).— This article reports the results of experiments to determine the annual evaporation from soils for varying depths of the water level. The observations were conducted in Owens Valley, Cal., the geologic structure of which " is also typical of that of the Great Basin, being a deep synclinal trough partially filled with alluvial debris from the adjacent mountain ranges." The conditions of the experiment were those of an arid climate, a clay soil with vigorous growth of salt and fresih water grasses, and a permanent ground M^ater surface from 3 to 8 ft. below the ground surface. " The experimental equipment consists of two galvanized iron tanks, 6^ ft. in depth, connected at the bottom by an IS-ft. length of galvanized pipe. The smaller tank is 2 ft. 4^e in. in diameter and is furnished with a tight fitting cover. The larger tank is 7 ft. 51 in. in diameter and has a system of branching perforated pipes at the bottom connected with the pipe from the smaller tank. The two tanks and all connections are water tight, and water poured into the smaller, or reservoir tank, passes through into the larger, or soil tank, and escapes through the perforations. " These two tanks were placed in excavations of a proper size to receive them, the soil tank filled with the excavated soil, and the reservoir tank filled with water. A 6-in. layer of screened gravel, too coarse to enter the ^-hi. per- SOILS FERTILIZERS. 221 forations, was laid in the bottom of the soil tank to insure an uninterrupted and well distributed feeding of water from the reservoir tank into the super- imposed soil. As soon as the material became saturated and capillary action established to the surface, the water level in the soil was brought to the de- sired depth and kept there by supplying water to the reservoir tank in meas- ured quantities. Volumetric measurements of water poured into or withdrawn from the reservoir tank were made with an ordinary gallon measure. Accumu- lation or depletion of the supply in the reservoir tank was determined volu- metrically by measuring the depth of water with a steel tape. The volume pass- ing out of the reservoir tank during a given period represents the total evapora- tion from the soil tank during that period." From the results of these studies the author concludes that the relation be- tween soil evaporation imder arid conditions and ground water fluctuation is one of cause and effect. The diites of maxima for the one correspond to the dates of minima for the other. It is suggested therefore that the dissipation of ground water into the atmosphere can be prevented " by providing some means by which the sur- face of saturation can be kept at or below the limiting depth at which soil evaporation will occur. The loss will then cease, and the means by which it is ■accomplished, whether by pumped wells or deep drainage ditches, will deliver an equivalent volume of water that can be put to beneficial use. The con- centration of alkali in the upper soil layers which usually accompanies rising ground waters would also be under control and the drained land fitted for agricultural purposes. There is yet much to be done in this direction before complete use can be made of the available water supply of the Western States." A new method of physical analysis of the soil, J. Dumont (Cnmpt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 19, pp. 889-891; ahs. in Rev. Sci. [Paris], 1,9 (1911), II, No. 21, p. 669).— In a previous article (E. S. R, 23, p. 715) the author showed that the sand particles obtained by ordinary methods of elutria- tion were in many cases covered with a humus clay coating of complex com- position which in strong, compact soils is sufHcieutly large to vitiate the results of analysis. In this article he proposes removing this coating before mechanical analysis by treatment of the fine earth with oxalic acid. The complete method of analysis which he proposes consists of the following operations: (1) The determination of lime and the cleaning of the fine earth particles by means of oxalic acid; (2) solution of humus compounds and separation of sand by sedimentation; (3) separation of clay compounds and colloids by centifuging; (4) determination of mineral colloids and humus com- pounds. By this method a complete separation of all the essential con- stituents of soils may be made with great accuracy in a half day. The method also secures the most perfect separation possible of clay, claylike substances, and mineral colloids. The soil survey, A. R. Whitson (Rpt. State Conserv. Com. Wis., 1911, pp. 51-59). — This article describes briefly the plan and purpose of the soil survey work recently provided for by the Wisconsin legislature and which is to be carried on in cooperation with the Bureau of Soils of this Department. Atten- tion is called particularly to the value of such surveys as indicating the supply of plant food, extent of erosion, possibilities in the development of marsh lands, and the maintenance and increase of soil fertility. Collecting' and testing soil samples, C. G. Hopkins and J. H. Pettit {Illi- nois 8ta. Circ. 150, pp. .'t). — Brief, plain directions are given in this circular for taking samples of soil and making simple tests for acidity and carbonates. Descriptions of soil types established and changes in classification since the publication of Bulletin 78 {U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils [PuJ).], 1911, Nov. 222 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. 6, pp. 28). — The changes made since January 1, 1910, in the classification of the soils of the United States are given, and the new types established in dif- ferent soil provinces are described. Soils of the Eastern United States and their use, XXIV, XXV, J. A. BoNSTEEL, (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Circs. ^7, ^8, pp. 15 each). — These cir- culars deal respectively with the following soil types, as surveyed and mapped by the Bureau of Soils: Circular 47. — The Orangeburg Sandy Loam, of which a total of 507,648 acres in 28 different areas in 7 States has been surveyed and mapped. The surface soil is a gray or brown sandy loam of variable texture, grading into a red, sandy clay, and at greater depths into a stiff red clay. This type is particularly well suited to the production of Upland cotton and is also a fair corn and winter oat soil. " Increasing areas of the type are being planted to peaches, chiefly the Elberta. The fruit produced is of good quality, and the trees when- located upon properly selected sites are long-lived and thrifty." Cireular ^8. — The Orangeburg Fine Sand, of which a total of 475,008 acres in 18 different areas in 6 States has been surveyed and mapped. The surface soil of 15 in. or more is a gray or brown fine sand, or occa- sionally a fine sandy loam, grading into a sticky red fine sandy loam which at a greater depth becomes sandy clay. The topography is rolling or somewhat hilly and, together with the sandy texture of the soil, affords good drainage. "The type is subject to excessive erosion in some areas, particularly wliere the upland portions break down with sharp slopes toward the major stream drainages. The Orangeburg fine sand is a fair cotton soil. It is not so well suited to the production of corn and winter oats, which, with cotton, constitute the staple crops. . . . The Cuban cigar filler tobacco is the most important special crop adapted to this type. For improvement in soil efficiency the first need is the restoration of organic matter to the surface soil." The soils of Sullivan County, R. O. Doneghue et al. {Missouri Sta. Bui. 92, pp. 453-486, pi. 1). — This bulletin contains a report of a soil survey, including a soil map of Sullivan County, INIissouri, describing the natural features, agri- culture, and soil types of the region. Mechanical analyses of the different soil types are included. The soils of the comity are all of glacial and alluvial origin and are grouped broadly as upland and lowland soils. The following types are described and mapped: Shelby loam, Putnam silt loam (3 phases), Wabash silt loam, Wabash clay loam, and stream wash. The Shelby loam, which is the principal type of the area, is considered " well suited to general farming." The soils of Audrain County, R. C. Doneghue and B. W. Tillman {Mis- souri Sta. Bui. 93, pp. 491-514, pl. 1 ) • — Data similar to the above are presented for Audrain Covmty. " The soils are of three principal kinds — glacial, residual, and alluvial. Of these the upland prairie silt loam of glacial origin is much the most important, both on account of its extent and also its productiveness." The soil types de- scribed and mapped are Putnam silt loam, Shelby loam, rough stony land, Leslie clay, Waverly silt loam, and Waverly sandy loam. The most extensive of these types is the Putnam silt loam. Report on soils, etc., in Central Park, New York City, G. B. Maynadier {[Nciv York, 1911], pp. 30). — Pursuant to a report setting forth the unfavoi-able soil conditions existing in Central Park, New York City, the author was author- ized to undertake a study of this soil with a view of determining its quality and adaptability for lawns. The mechanical and chemical analyses reported were made in the laboratory of the Bureau of Soils of this Department. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 223 The results showed that this soil was well fitted for lawns as regards texture and mineral plant food and that, therefore, resoiling as previously recommended was unnecessary. Amelioration of the unfavorable conditions must be brought about by more careful management, including the eradication of weeds and undesirable plants, the rational application of stable manure and mineral fer- tilizers, and the construction of a more adequate system of surface and under drainage. Dune areas of New Zealand, L. Cockayne (Wellington, Neio Zeal.: Dept. of Lands, 1911, pp. 76, pis. 2S). — This is a continuation report on the sand dunes of New Zealand and, in addition to enlarging the previous report on their geology and botany (E. S. R., 24, p. 420), deals particularly and in detail with methods of reclaiming these dunes. The author recommends the inauguration of carefully planned experiments to test the feasibility of afforestation. Planting of marram-grass, but not of tree-lupin, should be encouraged in his opinion, and fencing in of such areas is considered unnecessary in most cases. Trees, on the other hand, if planted should be fenced in. A bibliography of the literature on the subject is appended. Earthworms and small animals in the German forest soil, E. Ramann (Intemat. Mitt. Bodenk., 1 {1911), No. 2, pp. i3S-i64).— The author reports the results of examinations of a large number of soil types from different forests of Germany to determine the kind and number of animal organisms in the soils and their relation to soil formation, flora, and climate. In general he found that the activity of the animal life was much more pronounced for loam than for sandy soils, and increased also with an adequate water content. The in- fluence of animal life on humus formation and mechanical condition of the soil is emphasized, although no definite relation could be established from the investigation reported. Observations on the improvement of alkali soils, A. A. J. von Sigmond (Intemat. Mitt. Bodenk., 1 (1911), No. 1, pp. ^-66, dgms. 2).— This is a con- tinuation of investigations on the alkali soils of Hungary (E. S. R., 23, p. 415j. The author divides the soils into two main groups, (1) the so-called char- acteristic alkali and (2) the soda soils. The former are subdivided into pro- ductive and steppe or meadow soils and these again into minor divisions. The soda soils are divided into clay, loam, and sand types. The different layers distinguished in the alkali soils were (1) an ash-colored humus clay, (2) a brown transition layer, (3) a loamy marl with lime concre- tions, and (4) a blue clay (impervious). ' The soda soils had no distinct layers, but typical of them was a layer of sand at a depth of about G ft. which con- tained an impervious layer of lime (hardpan), wherever it was covered with a surface layer of sand or a shallow layer (about 18 in.) of a salt-saturated loam. These lime banks (hardpan) were not formed where there was a sur- face layer of clay (about 4i ft.). Both the so-called alkali and soda soils formed, or had a tendency to form, crusts, but of a widely different nature. The soda soils during dry seasons often formed a pure salt conglomerate consisting of soda, sodium chlorid, and small amounts of other soluble salts. They were soluble in water, gave an alkaline reaction, and were moist to the touch in dry seasons. The crusts of the alkali soils were insoluble in water, even absorbed water very slowly, and the water-soluble parts often amounted to only 0.1 to 0.2 i>er cent. The results of experiments in the improvement of these soils are briefly reviewed, showing that an application of marl and unrotted stable manure and thorough draining will greatly improve the condition of the so-called productive 24971°--No. 3—12 3 224 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. soils. The improvement of the steppe, or meadow soils, should be based on their salt content and includes the selection of adapted plants, the rational use of fertilizers, and irrigation. The production of fish is recommended for those areas where irrigation is impossible. No experiments were made on the soda soils, but the author is of the opinion that nothing but a thorough washing out of the salts will benefit them, and he doubts whether even such treatment will be of lasting benefit on account of the rapid capillary rise of the salts. Alkali work, P. B. Kennedy et al. {Rpt. Lincoln Co. [Nev.] Expt. Farm, 1909-10, pp. Ji9-51). — In order to obtain accurate data regarding the action of alkali in soil irrigated for the first time, eighth-acre plats on the Lincoln County Experiment Farm in southern Nevada were irrigated (1) by flushing, (2) by the check system, and (3) by furrow irrigation, and analyses were made of the water before and after irrigation. The alkali, which consisted mainly of sodium sulphate and chlorid, with small amounts of carbonate, was largely concentrated in the first foot of soil. The largest amount of alkali was removed by flushing the water as rapidly as possible over the land. By check irrigation the alkali was carried down into the soil but not removed. Only a small ])art of the alkali was removed by furrow irrigation, but this method was found to be useful on uneven land. Experiments on the accumulation of green manure nitrogen in light sandy soils, C. von Seelhokst (Mitt. Deut. Landiv. Oesell., 25 {1910), Nos. 20, pp. 291, 292; 21, pp. 309-311; 26 (1911), Nos. J,5, pp. 619-622; .',6, pp. 630-632; Jf7, pp. 6-'i5-6.'p). — ^This is an accoimt of a continuation of exiieriments with large vegetation tanks previously described (E. S. R., 22, p. 122). The prin- cipal conclusions from this series of experiments to date are as follows : The loss of total nitrogen was much smaller from the cereal tanks than from the potato tanks. This has resulted not from smaller utilization of nitrogen by the cereals but from a smaller loss of nitrogen in the drainage of the cereal tanks. The nitrogen loss in the drainage water was in all cases much greater with fall green manuring than with spring green manuring. The nitrogen recov- ered in the crop was in all cases greater with spring green manuring. The total nitrogen in crop and di'ainage water showed small variations in the series of potato experiments, but no variations in case of the cereal experiments. In the potato experiments the total loss of nitrogen from the soil was smaller with spring green manuring than with fall green manuring. In the latter case the loss of nitrogen in the drainage water was so great that it was not over- balanced by the greater recovery of nitrogen in the crop with spring green manuring. The loss of nitrogen during 6 years was the same from the tank cropped continuously without green manure and from that kept bare, but in the first case four-sevenths of the nitrogen removed was in the crop. Organic compounds and fertilizer action, O. Schreinek and .1. J. Skinneb {TJ. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Bui. 77, pp. 31, pis. 2, flgs. 5).— This bulletin Re- ports water culture and pot experiments to determine the effect of cumarin, vanillin, and quinone on the growtJi of wheat seedlings when used alone and. with various combinations of monocalcium phosphate, sodium nitrate, and potassium sulphate. The toxic effects of the substances were shown by decrease in weight o£ green matter produced, an abnormal and unhealthy appearance of the plants, and a decreased absorption of plant nutrients. The three substances showed a markedly different behavior in detail, although producing the .same general effect. " The various fertilizer salts acted differently in overcoming the re- spective harmful effects of these toxic compounds. The mainly phosphatic fer- tilizers were the most efficient in overcoming the cumarin effects ; the mainly SOILS FERTILIZERS. 225 nitrogenous fertilizers in overcoming tlie vanillin effects ; the mainly potassic in overcoming the quinone effects." Catalytic fertilizers for sugar beets, J. Stoklasa {BL ZuckornbcnMu, IS (1911), No. 11, PI). 193-197; abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 86, Repert., p. 361 ) . — The yield of sugar beets vras increased from 30 to 50 per cent by adding 9 kg. (19.8 lbs.) of manganese and 4.48 kg. (9.8 lbs.) of aluminum per hectare in form of the sulphates to a complete basal fertilizer. The assimilable alumi- num salt apparently corrected the toxic action and promoted the stimulating effect of the manganese salt. Lead nitrate, vphich is found in small amounts in Norwegian calcium nitrate, increased the yield from 30 to 40 per cent and the sugar content 1 per cent when used at the rate of 0.9775 per cent, but began to depress the yield but not the sugar content when used at the rate of 1.855 per cent. Beneficial effects of lead nitrate were also observed in case of oats, corn, and other crops. Arsenic, which is generally present in superphosphates to the extent of 0.01 per cent, was found to exert a stimulating effect on sugar beets when used in amounts not exceeding 0.4 per cent in the form of either arsenious or arsenic acid. Arsenic trioxid and pentoxid are more toxic. The author holds that manganese, aluminum, zinc, copper, and like substances are catalytic agents, perfoi-ming an important function in carbon assimilation by promoting rapid photosynthesis in the chlorophyll apparatus. Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers, C. S. Cathcaet et ax. (Neio Jersey Stas. Bui. 2-^0, pp. 8-^9). — ^Analysis of 591 samples of fertilizing materials, including factory mixed and home mixed fertilizers, and miscel- laneous unmixed materials examined during 1911, are reported. Special attention is called to the fact that this bulletin reports in addition to nitrogen as nitrates, ammonia, and organic matter " the water-soluble or- ganic nitrogen, the active insoluble organic nitrogen, and the inactive insoluble organic nitrogen. " The ' water-soluble organic nitrogen ' includes all of the organic nitrogen which is soluble in water and is probably of high availability. Many of the standard ammoniates contain a small amount of organic nitrogen that is soluble in water, but, in mixed goods, when a large proportion is water-soluble, it probably results from the treatment of the material with acid during the process of manufacturing the fertilizer. " The ' active insoluble organic nitrogen ' includes that portion of the nitrogen in the residue remaining after the water-soluble portion as been removed, which is liberated by the method adopted by the stations . . . known as ' the alkaline permanganate method.' A very large proportion of the organic nitrogen in standard ammoniates is not soluble in water, but it is well known that they are highly available to plants after they have decomposed in the soil. The determination of the 'active insoluble organic nitrogen' is intended to show the quantity of the insoluble nitrogen that will thus become available to the plants. " The ' inactive insoluble organic nitrogen ' is that part of the insoluble nitrogen which is not liberated during the prescribed treatment. It is not claimed that this form of nitrogen will not become available after a consid- erable time but that it is actually inactive and on account of this condition should be considered as having but little value as quick-acting nitrogen." The object of these additional determinations is to furnish a more accurate means of judging of the availability of the nitrogen of mixed fertilizers. "In estimating the availability of the total nitrogen content in a fertilizer, it must be remembered that the total availability is not determined by the availability of the insoluble nitrogen alone but that it must be judged by all of the various 226 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. forms. The nitrogen from nitrates, from ammonia salts, and probably the water-soluble organic nitrogen, is highly available, while the character of the insoluble nitrogen is shown by the relative percentages found for the ' active ' and * inactive ' insoluble nitrogen." A schedule of trade values adopted for the New England States and New Jersey for 1911 is given. Further investigations on the hygroscopicity of certain new nitrogenous fertilizers, H. von Feilitzen and I. LroNER (Chcm. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 108, pp. 985, 986, figs. 2.)— See a previous note (E. S. R., 25, p. 727). The influence of calcium carbonate on the transformation of ammoniacal and nitrate nitrogen, J. Vogel {Witt. Kaiser Wilhelms Inst. Landic. Bromberg, S {1911), No. 5, pp. 330-350; ahs. in CentU. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 32 {1912), No. 6-12, p. 261 ) .■ — Previous experiments having indicated that ammoniacal and nitrate nitrogen do not behave alike in soils and in culture solutions (E. S. R., 24, p. 221), further investigations were made which showed that, while an appi'eciable amount of organic nitrogen was formed from ammoniacal and nitrate nitrogen in culture solutions, there was no such fixation of nitrogen in the soil experiments. The addition of calcium carbonate promoted to a marked extent the fixation of the ammoniacal nitrogen in the culture solutions but did not produce such a result in soils containing a normal supply of moisture. When calcium car- bonate and ammonium salts were applied to the soil together, there was an appreciable loss of nitrogen, which is attributed not only to escape of ammonia but also to transformation of the ammonia into nitrate from which, under the conditions of these experiments, there was a loss of nitrogen through dentifi- cation. It is thought, however, that the conditions of the experiment were abnormal in that the soils experimented with were kept in Erlenmeyer flasks and insufhciently supplied with air. The occurrence of potassium nitrate in western America, R. Stewart {Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., 33 {1911), No. 12, pp. i952-i9.5^).— Analyses of sam- ples of crude nitrate obtained from a small cave in a sandstone formation in southern Idaho are reported with a brief suggestion as to the possible origin of the nitrate Action of manganese sulphate on vegetation, G. Masoni {Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., JjJ, {1911), No. 2, pp. 85-112; ahs. in Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 100 {1911), No. 587, II, p. 821). — In pot experiments with corn and lupines in which manganese and iron sulphates, separately and in combination, and sodium sulphate were applied to the soil, it was found that the addition of small amounts of manganese sulphate reduced the yield of dry matter of corn considerably. With the largest amount of manganese sulphate (Mn=0.(X)5 per cent), in addition to iron sulphate, there was a slightly increased produc- tion of dry matter. With iron sulphate alone, there was also an increase in dry matter. Sodium sulphate did not materially increase the production of dry matter, but greatly increased the amounts of manganese and iron taken up from the soil. Manganese sulphate alone (Mn=0.001 per cent) increased both the dry matter and the percentage of manganese in the dry matter of lupines. Man- ganese sulphate (Mn=0.005 per cent) with iron sulphate produced the largest amount of dry matter in lupines. Sodium sulphate also gave an increase in dry matter and an increase of manganese, but not of iron taken up from the soil. The general conclusion is that manganese sulphate is injurious rather than beneficial, or if beneficial this effect is probably due to the acid portion of the gait. Its physiological action is diminished by the presence of iron. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 227 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. A text-book of botany, E. Strasbubger et al. {Lehrbuch dor Botanilc fiir Hochschuleii. Jena, 1911, 11. ed., eiil., pp. VIII +646, figs. 780).— This is the eleventh edition of the well-known Bonn text-book of botany, in which some changes have been made and much of the material has been rewritten. The general arrangement and treatment of the subject has been retained, the authors believing that their experience with former editions has justified the maintenance of the original plan. Beport of the department of botanical research, D. T. MacDougal {Car- negie Inst. Wasliington Year Book, 9 {1910), pp. 55-66). — This report gives a record of the investigations in progress at the desert laboratory at Tucson, Ariz. The investigations on parasitism of plants, root habits of desert plants, antl water balance of succulents have been completed. The principal investigations in progress at present are on the climatology of American deserts, condition of parasitism, acclimatization studies, alterations in heredity introduced by ovarial treatment, and studies on the germination and establishment of desert perennials. Sudden variations in plants and animals, L. Blabinghem {Les Transforma- tions Brusques des Etres Vivants. Paris, 1911, pp. 353, figs. 49). — This book is intended as a contribution to the mutation theory of De Vries. The author places on record a number of mutations among plants and animals that are said to be even more conclusive than those of CEnotJiera lamnrckiana, which have been so extensively studied and described. Problems of the biochemistry of respiration in plants, F. F. Blackman ET AL. {Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 762-765). — This article consists of a synopsis of discussions before the joint sections of chemistry aud botany, in which a discussion was had on the biochemistry of respiration, the constitution and function of oxidases, and degenerative euzyms in the plant. The effect of chloroform upon respiration and assimilation, Annie A. Irving {Ann. Bot. [London], 25 {1911), No. 100, pp. 1077-1099, figs. 2//).— Ex- periments are reported with young barley shoots and leaves of cherry laurel to determiue the effect of single doses of chloroform on respiration, the effect of continuous treatment with chloroform, and its effect on assimilation. There was found to be a regular progression between the augmentative effect of minute doses and the inhibitory effect of large quantities. Small doses of chloroform increased respiration, aud this effect could be maintained if chloroform was given continuously. If chloroform was withdrawn respira- tion reverted to normal condition. Medium large doses of chloroform caused an initial acceleration of carbon dioxid, followed by a decline in its production to below normal. Strong doses of chloroform did not resnlt in any increase of carbon dioxid production, but it rapidly fell to zero. The results with single doses of chloroform and continuous applications are comparable in that the initial stages of action of the A-apor are most significant, and when these changes are once set going the final stages run their course whether the vapor is still being applied or has been stopped. In studying the effect of chloroform on assimilation minute doses of chloro- form were found without effect in the dark, although they arrested assimilation in lighted leaves. If chloroform was given for a short period at a very low concentration it was found that the leaves could partially recover their assimilative power upon removal, but if moderate or large doses were used the assimilative power was destroyed. Electromotive phenomena in plants, A. D. Waller {Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 281-2S8, figs. 5).— In a previous report (E. S. R., 21. p. 317) 228 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. an account is given of investigations by the committee of the British Associa- tion on electrical phenomena and metabolism in some plants. These investi- gations have been continued, and in the present paper a report is given on the rate of action of drugs upon muscle and the rate of change taking place in laurel leaves. As a result of the studies it was found that the action of chloroform on the leaves of the cherry laurel abolishes the electrical response within a period of 5 minutes. Coincidental with the abolition of the electrical response the evolution of hydrocyanic acid commences, and this continues for many hours after the death of the leaf. The rate of evolution of hydrocyanic acid by laurel leaves is closely related to the temperature at which it takes place. The author states that a method has been elaborated by which it is possible to measure tlie output of hydrocyanic acid from laurel leaves for a period of one minute, and that the method is applicable quantitatively as well as quali- tatively to any vegetable or animal tissue. On the blaze currents of laurel leaves in relation to their evolution of prussic acid, Mrs. A. M. Waller {Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 288- 290). — The presence of the blaze current is held to be a sign that the plant or animal tissue is living, and young laurel leaves exhibiting these currents did not give off any hydrocyanic acid, as shown by discoloration of picrate of soda test papers. A series of investigations on the types of blaze currents by the Waller method (E. S. R., 13, p. 461) was made, and it was found that a one-minute inunersion in chloroform at a temperature of 40° C did not abolish the blaze current or start the evolution of hydrocyanic acid. It was only after several minutes, usually about 4, that the leaf gave no blaze current, and tests indicated the presence of hydrocyanic acid. It was found that there was a double process at work in all tissues, viz, polarization effect and the blaze. The blaze current can be abolished by anesthetics, but the polarization can not be. A study was made of yellow laurel leaves on the supposition that such leaves were dying, but they were not found to give off hydrocyanic acid as long as the blaze current was indicated. The relation of hydrocyanic acid to maturity of the bitter and sweet almond, G. De Plato {Ann. R. Staz: Chim. Agr. Sper. Roma, 2. ser., 4 (1910), pp. 111-121). — The author reports on 2 forms of hydrocyanic acid in almond seed, one which he calls semi-free and the other combined hydrocyanic acid. The semi-free hydrocyanic acid in the seed of the bitter almond diminishes with the ripening of the seed and is completely absent when the seed is fully matured. The combined hydrocyanic acid, on the other hand, increases with the development of the cotyledons, but begins to diminish with their hardening, and upon maturity it is almost entirely wanting. The semi-free hydi'ocyanic acid and the glucosid in the sweet almond decrease with the formation and hardening of the cotyledons. At the time of maturity of the almond the fixed nitrogen has increased to 97.24 per cent of the total nitrogen, a condition the reverse of that present in the germination of seed when the development of the young organs of the plant require the transformation of the albuminoids. In the mature bitter almond protein and amygdalin are found, the latter evidently being an intermediate product of the formation of proteids. In the sweet almond the metabolism is more active, and amygdalin does not persist. The presence of hydrocyanic acid in fung'i, J. Offneb {Bui. Trimest. Sac' Mycol. France, 21 {1911), No. 3, pp. 3Ii2-3.'i5). — By means of sodium picrate paper an examination has been made of a large number of mushrooms for the presence of hydrocyanic acid. This substance has been recognized in only 2 species, Marasmius oreacles and CUtocyhe infmidibulifomds. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 229 The paths of translocation of sugars from g'reen leaves, S. Mangham (Ri)t. Brit. Assoc. Adv. <&'«., 1910, p. 7S5). — This is an abstract of a report on in- vestigations carried on to determine the path tali en by sugars during transloca- tion from the leaves, an account of which has been previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 718). The author finds that the sugars move principally through the sieve tubes, and the results obtained indicate that there is a periodicity in the transloca- tion of sugars. This point is undergoing further observation. Concerning phyllohamin, II, L. Marchlewski and J. Robel {Biochem. Ztschr., 34 (1911), No. 3-4, i>i). 275-279, pi. 1, fig. i).— In continuation of work begun by the senior author on the constitution of chlorophyll (E. S. R., 20, p. 1026) a description is given of the physical and optical characters of phyllohamin. A research into the amyloclastic secretory capacities of the embryo and aleurone layer of Hordeum with special reference to the question of the vitality and auto-depletion of the endosperm, II, F. Stoward (Ann. Bot. [LondoM, 25(1911), No. 100, pp. 1U7-1204).— In a previous publication (E. S. R., 25, p. 730) an account is given of methods for eliminating the influ- ence of the aleurone layer, and in the present paper an account is given of experiments in which it is completely suppressed. An attempt has been made to measure the amyloclastic capacities of the embryo, aleurone layer, and inner endosperm, and among the results obtained the author found that endospermic depletion as it occurs in the intact seed is principally due to the action of enzyms secreted by the aleurone layer and embryo; in the isolated endosperm, by the aleurone layer secretions; and in both cases, the principal role is due to the aleurone layer. The amyloclastic enzyms secreted by the embryo and aleurone layers are identical and are distinct from those present or generated by the inner endosperm. Note on the action of strychnin upon some somatic cells, Helen P. Kemp (Ami. Bot. [London], 25 (1911), No. 100, pp. 1069-1076).— Some experiments with strychnin are described in which the author undertook to examine the mitoses described by Hertwig. She found that the somatic tissues of the pea and bean when treated with sulphate and hydrochlorid of strychnin showed no evidence of the figures described. In a series of experiments in water culture, peas were grown to determine the absorption of strychnin and the entry of the poison into the root cells. The presence of strychnin in the cells was demonstrated, and corelatively its absorption by the roots. The results indicate that strychnin exercises no specific effect upon the tis- sues used in the experiments. There was no definite physiological response attributed to the presence of strychnin, except when used in sufficient strength to produce a general disturbance of metabolism. The effect of polyurates and hippuric acid on the development of the radish, M. MoLLiARD (Com-pt. Rend'. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 20, pp. 958- 060). — Experiments are reported in which radishes were grown in nutrient solu- tions to which various compounds were added, and comparisons were made with those grown in solutions to which were added nitrate of soda, ammonium chlorid, glycocoll, urea, sodium urate, allantoin, etc. Of the urea products, sodium urate and allantoin gave the greatest growth, and sodium urate In- creased the development of the fleshy roots and at the same time the total ash. Impurities in the atmosphere of towns and their effects upon vegetation, A. G. RusTON and C. Crowther (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, pp. 577, 578). — A summary is given of investigations on atmospheric impurities in dif- 230 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. ferent parts of the city of Leeds, comparisons being made with other regions representing country and residential conditions (E. S. R., 25, p. 434). Three years' experiments have shown the influence of acid waters and other impurities on the growth of grass. It was found that the high amounts of suspended matter in town air are directly injurious to vegetation by blocliing the stomata of the leaves. In addition, it exercises a considerable influence by reducing the amount and intensity of solar radiation. Leaves were found to have as much as 80 per cent of their stomata completely closed by the matter suspended in the air. The relatively high acidity in the air as shown by rain water is decidedly injurious to vegetation, but the injury is to a con- siderable extent considered indirect on account of the effect of the acid on the micro-organisms in the soil. The reduced yield, lower protein content, and increased fiber content of grass grown under acid conditions are said to be matters of serious importance for farmers in semi-urban districts. The influence of tobacco smoke on plants, H. Molisch (Sitsher. K. Akad. Wiss. [Vierma], Math. Naturw. EL, 120 (1911), I, No. 1-2, pi). S-30, pis. 2).— A detailed account is given of investigations on the effect of tobacco smoke on plants, a partial report on which has been given elsewhere (E. S. R., 25, p. 225). In the present paper the effect of tobacco smoke on seedlings of various kinds, as well as on several species of micro-organisms, is described. In the case of the micro-organisms they appear less subject to injury than pea, bean, and cucurbit seedlings. The infl.uence of tobacco smoke on plants [Rev. 06n. Sci., 22 (1911), No. 21, pp. 823, 82//). — An abstract is given of a report on investigations carried on by Molisch in continuation of those reported above. In the present paper an account is given of his investigations with various kinds of matured plants. These were found to react differently toward tobacco smoke, some being much more susceptible than others. In the case of Boeh- meria utilis it was found that the leaves of this plant when subjected to the ac- tion of tobacco smoke declined from the horizontal position, until within 24 to 48 hours they were nearly parallel to the stem. The same movements, although in a less degree, were observed in other plants. In a second series of experiments it was found that an abnormal production of lenticels took place under the action of tobacco smoke, and in some plants the formation of the lenticels was accompanied by an exudation of gum. In experiments with a number of perennial plants the author found that tobacco smoke caused a fall of the leaves somewhat similar to that caused by illumi- nating gas. In the case of some ornamental plants the formation of antho- cyanin was prevented. FIELD CROPS. [Variety and nianurial tests with cereals and root crops], 1910, P. H. FouLKES, G. Balfour, and J. C. Rxjshton {Field Expts. Harper-Adams Agr. Col., and Staffordshire and Shropshire Rpt. 1910, pp. 1-27, J,5, ^6, 56-68, pi. 1). — The work reported is mainly a continuation of that already noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 728). In a test of 11 different fertilizer applications for meadows the highest net profits for the 4 years 1907-1910 followed the use of 2* cwt. superphosphate alone and with A cwt. sulphate of potash or ly cwt., nitrate of soda per acre. The highest net profits for the entire 8 years of this test followed the appli- cation of (1) 2 J cwt. superphosphate and I cwt. sulphate of potash, (2) 2i cwt. superphosphate, and (3) 2i cwt. superphosphate, ^ cwt. sulphate of potash and It cwt. nitrate of soda. FIELD CROPS. 231 Botanical analysis of the herbaitre of various plats showed that grasses were predoroinant on the check plat and formed the lowest proportions of the herbage on the plats fertilized with (1) superphosphate and sulphate of potash, and (2) nitrate of soda, superphosphate and sulphate of potash. Weeds showed the highest and lowest relative frequency on (1) nitrate of soda, and (2) super- phosphate and sulphate of potash plats, respectively, while clovers were least frequent, relatively, on the nitrate of soda plats and most frequent on the super- phosphate and sulphate of potash plat. The greatest proportionate crop increases as compared with the check plat yields were secured from plats fertilized with (1) complete commercial fer- tilizer and farmyard manure, and (2) complete commercial fertilizer. By the end of the first 4-year period of the test the dressing of farmyard manure ap- peared to have been practically exhausted. Nitrate of soda alone or in combina- tion with sulphate of potash failed to give commensurate return on this soil, the principal requirement of which appeared to be phosphates. In a test of 4 fertilizers or fertilizer mixtures on meadow land during 1909- 10 the highest average yield followed applications of (1) superphosphate and lime nitrate, and (2) potassic superphosphate. In a test of 6 kinds of grass seeds or grass-seed mixtures, the highest average 3-year yields followed the use of mixtures of (1) Italian rye grass, perennial rye grass, red clover, cow grass, white clover, and alsike, and (2) Italian rye grass, red clover, alsike, and trefoil. In a test of 8 different fertilizers, an application of 550 lbs. of superphosphate produced 1 bu. more barley in 1910 than did 4 cwt. of potassic superphosphate, at the same expense. During the 2 years 1909 and 1910, applications of 4 cwt. of potassic superphosphate with 84 lbs. sulphate of ammonia, 130 lbs. nitrate of lime, or 112 lbs. nitrate of soda, supplying the same amounts of nitrogen, were followed by average barley yields of 53J, 52, and 49i bu. per acre respectively, but the highest values of produce are reported in connection with the nitrate of soda mixture. In value the yields of these applications were surpassed by the use of mixtures of kainit, superphosphate, and sulphate of ammonia. In a test of 4 rates of seeding oats ranging from 160 to 280 lbs. per acre, the yield of grain was highest after the heaviest seeding but the net return was greatest after sowing at the rate of 200 lbs. per acre. In a test of 18 fertilizers or fertilizer mixtures for mangels, the greatest average 4-year increases in yield followed the use of (1) 3 cwt. nitrate of soda and 1 cwt. of superphosphate, and (2) 2 cwt, nitrate of soda and 2 cwt. super- phosphate. From the use of 6 cwt. potassic superphosphate, 8 cwt. basic slag, and 7f cwt. supei^hosphate, at approximately the same cost per acre and each in conjunction with 15 tons of farmyard manure, the average 3-year yields of mangles secured were 36 tons 13 cwt., 38 tons 12 cwt, and 37 tons 16 cwt., re- spectively. In a test of nitrogenous fertilizer mixtures, the highest yields of swedes fol- lowed the use of 140 lbs. nitrate of soda or 1501 lbs. nitrate of lime, each sup- plemented by 3 cwt. superphosphate, 4 cwt. steamed bones, and 2 cwt. kainit. Almost 22 tons of swedes per acre were obtained from plats treated with (1) 397 lbs. potassic superphosphate, 4 cwt. steamed bones, and 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, and (2) 3 cwt. supei'phosphate, 2 cwt. kainit, 4 cwt. steamed bones, and 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia. The cost of fertilizer per ton of swedes was 11| d. in case of the former mixture and Hi d. in case of the latter. In a test of phosphorus sources a slightly greater yield followed the use of 407 lbs. of bone meal than that of 468 lbs. of dissolved bones. A superphosphate plat ex- celled a basic slag plat in yield during 1909 and again in 1910. 232 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Ill a lest of seed potatoes of various sizes the seed size between 1^ and 1^ in. produced considerably lower yields than larger sizes, either cut or whole, for which the yields were approximately equal. In a test of 12 applications of fertilizers and fertilizer mixtures on grass at Blurton Center, the greatest increases (1 ton each) over the check plat during 1910, followed the use of 12 tons of farmyard manure alone and of 1 cwt. nitrate of soda and 3 cwt. kainit, and of 1 cwt. nitrate of soda, 5 cwt. basic slag, and 3 cwt. kainit. During the 12 shears 1899-1910 the same applications resulted in (he highest average yields. Similar grass experiments were conducted at 5 other points. Fertilizer experiments with potatoes in 2 localities and with swedes and sugar beets, 1 locality each, are also reported, and variety tests with wheat, oats, and mangels. Report on the agricultural stations in the Central Provinces and Berar for the year 1909-10, R. G. Allan, D. Clouston, and G. Evans (Dcpt. Agr. Cent. Prov. and Dcrar [India] Rpt. 1909-10, pp. 67). — This report deals with the work done at Nagpur, Raipur, Akola, and Hoshangabad agricultural sta- tions and at the Telinkheri cattle breeding and seed farms. Earlier work at these farms has already been noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 440). At the Nagpur station a wheat fertilizer test indicated that better results followed the application of cattle dung alone than were obtained on 10 other plats treated with saltpeter, bone dust, the ashes of manure, and various green manures singly and in various combinations. Forty lbs. of nitrogen per acre sipplied to plats planted to a cotton, sorghum, tur rotation was followed by better results when the nitrogen was applied in the form of farmyard manure and night soil than in the form of bone dust and saltpeter. In a 7-year test, top-dressing with sufficient saltpeter to supply 20 lbs. of nitrogen per acre gave better results than drilling the same amount or the use of cattle manure. Applications of (1) 5 tons cattle dung per acre and (2) 2^ tons cattle dung snd 2 maunds (164 lbs.) of nitrate of soda were followed by yields of 1,074 and 1,621 lbs. of jute fiber respectively. During the period 1906-1910 the urine produced by 2 bullocks during a 30 day period and conserved in dry earth was followed by approximatel5' the same yields of wheat and sorghum, when applied as a fertilizer, as followed an application of both dung and urine of 2 bullocks for a 30-day period, while the application of the dry excreta alone was generally followed by a much lower yield. A mixture of nitrate of soda, superphosphate, and sulphate of potash proved as a rule of greater value in cotton growing than any one of these fertilizers or mixtures of any two of them. The use of 3 maunds (246 lbs.) ]ier acre of superphosphate produced an unprofitable increase in the yield of hemp fiber. At the Raipur station it proved profitable to transplant medium or late rice which had been sown after a dressing of farmyard manure. An application of calcium cyanamid supplying 20 lbs. of nitrogen per acre resulted in a greater increase in 1909-10 than followed the use of dry leaves, tank silt, or castor cake, but was excelled by cattle dung, bone dust, or saltpeter mixed with bone dust. Nitrogen ap])lied in night soil after the Meagher system apparently produced a greater increase in the wheat yield than resulted in the application of 30 lbs. of nitrogen in 1 year old poudrette, or in farmyard manure, bone dust, bone dust top-dressed with saltpeter, castor cake, saltpeter, green manure, or tank silt, When teora, urid, and gram were sown in the standing rice immediately after the rice was harvested, teora gave the best results. Wheat and gram sown together at the rates of 75 and 25 lbs. per acre produced better results than were obtained from sowing in the ratios of 25 : 75 or 50 : 50. In a test of peanut varieties followed by wheat as a second crop, the local varie- FIELJD CROPS. 233 ties excelled Virginia, Japanese Big, Ponclicherry, Madras, and Mozambique. Analyses of peanuts grown in 1909-10 are reported. At the Akola station a cotton, wheat, cotton rotation gave better results in a 3-year test than did continuous cropping with cotton. Cotton plants spaced 6 to 7 in. apart in rows 15 in. apart produced better results than when the plants were further apart in the row. Topping the plant about 1 ft. above the ground delaj-ed the time of flowering and fruiting and lessened the yield. In a 3-year variety test Rosea cotton gave better results than any other variety but Rosea-cutchiea produced the highest results secured during any one year. Night soil excelled cattle dung and saltpeter as a fertilizer for cotton and sorghum grown in rotation. At the Hoshangabad farm several local crops were tested as green manures on irrigated unmanured wheat plats. Other tests conducted at this farm dealt with the proper time for the application of commercial fertilizers, the relative value of calcium cyanamid and calcium nitrate in flax and wheat growing, and tests of various local crops and implements. The application of a mixture of ammonium sulphate supplying 20 lbs. of nitrogen and superphosphate supplying 25 lbs. of phosphoric acid produced higher hay yields during 190S-9 than were secured from the fertilizers sulphate of potash, farmyard manure, nitrate of soda, or basic slag, singly or in various combinations, or at various rates. Annual report of the agricultural stations in Eastern Bengal and Assam for the year ending June 30, 1910 (Ann. Rpt. Agr. Bias. East. Bengal and Assam, 1910, pp, 162, inaps 3). — This contains the annual report of the Dacca, Burirhat. Rajshahi, Jorhat, Fruit, Upper Shillong, and Wahjain experi- ment farms. The experiments dealt with fertilizers for winter rice, spacing of winter rice, nitrobacterine inoculation of peas, tests of tobacco, potatoes, jute, flax, wheat, corn, sugar cane, oats, mustard, and many native crops, spraying trials with potatoes, and work in grafting fruit trees. [Cereal, forage crop, green manuring, and potato experiments], P. B. Kennedy, E. Bunker, Jr., and E. H. Syphus (Rpt. Lincoln Co. [Nev.] Expt. Farm, 1909-10, pp. 25-3ff, pis. 3). — Eight wheat varieties, 7 barley varieties, and 5 oat varieties were tested in the Moapa Valley. Sowing oats, barley, and durum wheat as late as March 3 was not found advisable. In other tests, 4 acres of oats yielded 52 bu. per acre and 3 acres of barley 40i bu. per acre, although the grain was sown too thick and the heads were small. In tests without irrigation, an estimated yield of GO bu. per acre of Turkey Red wheat was secured on 6 acres of saccatone land. The method used is stated in detail. Numerous varieties of alfalfa were tested and the varieties selected as worthy of special attention were Algerian 12803, Arabian 8823, Arabian 12992, Argen- tina 3508, Peruvian 13564, Provence 19522, Spain 17992, Tripoli 12847, and Turkestan 1159. German and Pearl millet grew very well and matured by the middle of August, but no favorable results are reported with corn. Among 21 varieties of pumpkins tested Mammoth King, Cushaw, Black Negro, Burpee Golden Oblong, and Golden Russett were selected as worthy of mention. Brief notes are also given on 9 sorghum varieties tested. In a test of numerous legumes for green manuring, the heaviest yields of green crop, 3,410 and 2,470 lbs. per acre, were secured from hairy vetch (Vicia villosa) and lentils {Ervum lens). Among 5 varieties of potatoes grown in 1909 Burbank proved the best with a calculated yield of 5,402 lbs. per acre, while in 1910 among 7 varieties Early Ohio proved the best with a calculated yield of 2,705 lbs. per acre. Grains recommended for trial, G. W. Shaw {California 8ta. Circ. 71, pp. 16, figs. 17). — This circular briefly describes a number of wheat, barley, and oat varieties recommended for trial by growers and reports comparative tests. 234 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The average yield of Bobs since 1907 has been 35.3 bu. per acre. A milling test of Fretes showed it to be free-milling in character, and to have 40 per cent wet gluten content as compared with 38 per cent for White Australian grown under the same conditions and milled at the same time. In 3 different counties it yielded from 5 to 10 bu. more than White Australian. In the same counties Early Baart usually produced about 10 per cent more than White Australian. King Early usually exceeded White Australian in yield and equaled it in quality. Galgalos has yielded well when under favoi'able conditions. The gluten content of Chul is about 1 per cent higher than that of the wheats commonly grown in California, but this variety is sometimes objected to on account of its hardness and the fact that the volume of loaf obtained is slightly smaller than in case of other wheats. " In its ability to withstand drought it is a strong rival of the durum wheats. For instance, on one of the experiment stations of the University of California in 1908 it yielded at the rate of 63.3 bu. per acre and received less than 8 in. of rainfall and was not irrigated. On another station the yield was at the rate of 63^ bu. per acre, with only 10 in. of rain, and on still another station, at the rate of 51 bu. per acre." Marouani proved especially adapted to the making of semolina. Kubanka yielded 26.6 bu. in Stanislaus County, 37.4 bu. in Tulare County, and 40.5 bu. in Yolo County. Velvet Don yielded 23.5 bu. in Stanislaus County and 44.2 bu. in Yolo County. At the San Joaquin Valley Substation the average yield of Beldi barley dur- ing the past 5 years has been 64.4 bu. per acre as compared with 49.6 bu. of common barley imder similar conditions. It averaged 51.5 bu. in the Sacra- mento Valley during 1908-1911. Since 1905 Hannchen barley has averaged 54 bu. per acre in both valleys. White Smyrna has averaged 59.5 bu. per acre since 1902 in the San Joaquin Valley and 46.2 bu. during 4 years at the Uni- versity Farm at Davis. Tennessee winter barley has averaged 57.7 bu. per acre at Davis since 1907. The Burt oat has averaged about 20 per cent higher in yield, and Sixty Day about 33 per cent more, than the common oat. The Red Algerian oat has aver- aged about 7 per cent more than the common red oat. Observations on the status of corn growing in California, M. B. Shekwin (California 8ta. Circ. 70, pp. S-20, figs. 8). — It is pointed out that although California ranks eleventh among the States as to yield of corn per acre and third as to farm price per bushel and farm value per acre, in total acreage the State ranks thirty-sixth, and the author here discusses this small produc- tion and the outlook for the future on the basis of inquiries among 125 present or former corn growers and other data. The reasons given against corn growing are the scarcity of labor, the rela- tively small profits per unit of expenditure, and the lack of water. There is also much trouble in some sections from corn smut and corn worms, the blistering of the tassels by the sun before pollination, and the excessive sucker- ing. The reasons for growing corn are also presented and data given as to the causes of suckering, thickness of planting, varieties, irrigation, time to ma- turity, quality of corn, disposition of the stalks, and the use of the husks as tamale wrappers. Lespedeza or Japan clover, W. R. Dodson et al. (Louisiana Stas. Bnl. 130, pp. G-i, figs. 15). — This is a collection of papers presented at the annual meeting of the Louisiana Lespedeza Growers' Association, June 27-28, 1911, dealing with methods of growing and utilizing lespedeza, the marketing and grading of lespedeza hay, and other data. Lespedeza, by W. R. Dodson (pp. &-20). — Analyses made at the Louisiana Stations show that lespedeza roots and stubble contain on a 10 per cent water FIELD CROPS. 235 content basis 0.333 per cent of phosphoric acid, 1.656 per cent nitrogen, and 0.261 per cent potash, while the stems and leaves contained 0.468, 2.286, and 0.432 per cent respectively of the same constituents. It was found that 54.6 per cent of second year lespedeza in a very thick stand was leaves and buds and 45.4 per cent stems. The green leaves contained 70.27 per cent of water as compared with 70.59 per cent in the green stems. Other determinations were made which showed a variation of 3 to 5 per cent. Chemical analyses of the stems and leaves of this sample reduced to a 10 per cent water basis showed that the leaves contained 20.35 per cent protein, 7.19 per cent fat, 39.15 per cent carbohydrate, 17.32 per cent fiber, and 5.99 per cent ash. The stems contained 8.334 per cent protein, 1.91 per cent fat, 33.845 per cent carbohydrates, 42.16 per cent fiber, and 3.73 per cent ash. A discussion of the influence of rain and dew on the composition of lespedeza accompanies analyses of hay collected and cured under various weather con- ditions. Some samples were exposed to heavy rains as well as sunshine and one was cured under shelter. There was very little difference in the analyses. no more in fact than might be expected if all the samples had been collected at the same time from any average field. Analyses of (1) late harvested les- pedeza, (2) mixed lespedeza and Bermuda, and (3) dried lespedeza leaves such as are scattered at the baling press, are also presented. The remaining papers are as follows : Lespedeza Observations, by L. E. Morgan (pp. 21-24) ; Curing Hay, by E. L. Gladuey (pp. 25-27) ; Suggestions for Curing Lespedeza or Japan Clover Hay, by K. T. Catlett (pp. 27-30) ; Transforming a Cotton Farm into Lespedeza Fields, by A. L. Smith (pp. 30-36) ; Marketing Hay from the Merchant's Viewpoint, by J. S. McGehee (pp. 3(5-38) ; Obnoxious Weeds in Lespedeza and their Eradication, by A. D. McNair (pp. 38^3) ; The Economy of Lespedeza as a Roughage compared with Grass Hays, by W. H. Dalrymple (pp. 43-51) ; Sheep and Lespedeza, by J. Clayton (pp. 53-55) ; Difficulties in Securing a Good First-Year Stand of Lespedeza, by G. O. Denham (pp. 55-59) ; and Jlarketing Hay from the Farmer's Viewpoint, by L C. Terry (pp. 59-64). The soy bean and its products, E. Bontoux {Mati^res Grasses, .'/ (1911), No. 36, pp. 2195-2199). — This is a discussion in regard to the soy bean, and considers the plant, its origin, species and varieties, culture and production, the uses to which the plant and grain may be put, and the analyses of soy beans from various sources. Sug'ar cane seedling's, H. P. Agee {Louisiana Stas. Bui. 127, pp. 5-23, figs. 5). — This paper, presented before the Louisiana Sugar Planters' Association, April 13, 1911, contains a report of the results of attempts to originate a superior variety of sugar cane by importing cane arrows for propagating seed- lings. The earlier attempts to secure germination from imported seed proved unsuccessful and seed-bearing varieties grown under glass at the sugar experi- ment station at Audubon Park, La., grew well but formed no flowers. Seedlings were then imported, and of these D 74 and D 95 possess marked superiority over the purple and striped canes, but it is still hoped that new seedlings will be found superior to either of these. In 1906 cane plants were first produced " from seed without the bounds of the tropics." The author describes fully the method by which successful germination was accomplished. During the first year the cane of these seedlings is, as a rule, dwarfed and the sugar content low. so that the plants give little indication as to what they will uiimately do. The second year full-sized canes are produced with wide A'ariation in color, size, sucrose content, and manner of growth. Wide variation is observed in cane from the same lot of seed. 236 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECORD. lu 1907, 113 plants survived and in the second year tlie majority of tbem proved vigorous growers. Two of them, designated L 100 and L 92, gave special promise, the latter showing a sugar content slightly higher than that of D 74. Unfortunately, however, these canes have more recently given less promise, indicating, the author believes, that a test of considerable length is necessary before the value of a new seedling can be determined. During 1908, 387 plants were jDroduced. A table states the source of seed and the varieties from which each of these plants was obtained and the author calls attention to the large number of germinations from seed secured from Antigua. Although a large assortment of seed was secured for use during 1910, none of the plants survived. In order to show that there is a possibility of originating types of cane of better sugar content than those now cultivated in Louisiana, the author calls attention to the fact that 8 of the 1909 seedlings gave juices with a higher sucrose content than that of D 74. Seven of these were from the parent cane B 147. An even greater number of the 1908 seedlings show a satisfactory sucrose content, and among these 14, L 511 is especially noteworthy with a sucrose content of 16.3 per cent. Tobacco growing in Ireland {Dept. Agr. and Tech. Lnstr. Ireland Jour., 11 {1911), No. 2, 'PI). 228-237). — Discussions of the method and scope of the experi- ment are followed by detailed statements of the expenses per acre of prouucing pipe, cigarette, cigar, and mixed tobaccos. The expense of performing each operation on each of 10 farms is stated in tabular form. The extermination of morning- glory, F. T. Bioletti (California Sta. Circ. 69, pp. 12, flys. 7). — Directions for the control of the wild morning glory (Convolvulus arvensis) accompany the statement of the results of tests of various methods on 10 acres of bare land at Davis. Roots well supplied with starch and capable of producing new shoots have been found at the depth of 14 ft. In a deep rich soil little difference was observed in the number of grams of roots per cubic foot of soil at different levels down to the sixth foot. Micro-chemical examination showed about an equal starch supply at all levels. Tests on uncultivated soil and soil on which ordinary good cultivation had been practiced showed 15.8 and 15.1 gm. of roots per cubic foot of soil respec- tively. The author, therefore, regards the effect of ordinary good cultivation on the roots in the upper 3 ft. of soil as " apparently nil." The roots were, in all cases, well supplied with starch. Cutting the weeds every 5 days resulted in a diminution for the season of about 70 per cent in average weight of roots per cubic foot of soil. " If this decrease in the quantity of roots were the whole effect of the work it would not be worth the expense. Micro-chemical examination of the roots, however, showed that many of them were almost devoid of starch and that, in all. the amount of starch was very small compared with that of roots from the other sources." The absence of starch indicates an exhaustion of the reserve food material as shown by the fact that less than half a dozen morning glory shoots occurred on the 10 acres the following year. The cost of 30 weed cuttings which accomplished this result is estimated at $9 per acre; Thirty days' work was required on the 10 acres. The knives were run no more than 3 in. below the soil surface, but the author believes that if run 5 to 6 in. deep the number of cuttings might be diminished without in- ferior results as the time between cuttings might be lengthened. HORTICULTTJBE. 237 HOKTICULTTJaE. New plant immigrants, D. Fairchild (Xat. Geogr. Mag., 22 (1911), No. 10, pp. 879-907, figs. 3J,).—A popular, illustrated account of some of tlie more* im- portant fruits, vegetables, and other plants introduced into this country by the Ofhce of Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction of the U. g. Department of Agriculture. [Phenological notes: Blooming dates for Iowa plants, 1910], Charlotte M. King et al. (Trans. Iowa Hart. Soc, 45 (1910), pp. 209-22^, pis. 3).— The records for 1910 are given by a number of observers from different parts of the State showing the dates of the first blooming of trees, shrubs, and flowering plants. Are the springs colder now? G. Reeder (Ann. Rpt. Mo. Bd. Hort., 4 (1910), pp. 119-133, figs. 2).— A discussion on late spring frosts in relation to the fruit crop ot Missouri, based chiefly on climatological data secured by the self- recording instruments at Columbia, Mo., during a period of 20 years. The data, as a whole, show that the month of April during the last 10 years aver- aged 3.6° colder and that May was 1.7° colder than for the preceding 10 years The opinion is advanced, however, that the period of late spring frosts is again receding. Horticulture (Ri)t. Liiwoln Co. [Nev.] Expt. Farm, 1909-10, pp. 34-49, ph. 6).— This comprises notes on the behavior of various orchard and small fruits* nuts, trees, shrubs and vines, lawn grasses, vegetables, and miscellaneous plants and herbs being tested at the Lincoln County Experiment Farm, Nevada Facts and figures, or the A B C of Florida trucking, C. H.'kennerly (St Augustine, Fla., 1911, pp. 137, figs. 48).— A popular treatise on the culture of various truck crops in Florida, including general chapters on soil, preparation of the soil, seed and planting operations, irrigation, implements, fertilizing, seed beds, marketing, and insecticides. The home vegetable gardrn, J. W. Lloyd (Illinois 8ta. Cire. 154, PP. 32, figs. 7).— Popular directions are given for growing a home supply of vegetables on the farm, in the village, and in a city back yard. In addition to cultural details, consideration is given to the temperature and moisture requirements of different vegetables and they are classified according to cultural demands. The production and storage of the winter supply and the selection and purchase of garden seed are also discussed. Notes on edible fungi, G. E. Mattei (Glor. Set. Nat. eel Econ. [Palermo^ 28 (1911), pp. S.9-i0i).— This comprises descriptive and cultural notes on a number of edible fungi, including references to the literature. Packing Valencia fruit and vegetables, R. Frazer, Jr. (DaUy Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. S.], 14 (1911), No. 275, pp. 961-966) .-The methods of prepar- mg fruit and vegetables for shipment are described. The cultivation of deciduous fruits in Naples, L. Savastano (Reprint from Atti R. 1st. Incoragg. Napoli, 6. ser., 9 [1910], pp. 98).— A critical and synthet- ical examination of the fruit industries of Naples, previously noted (E S R 24, p. 441). ■ ■ *' Propagation and cultivation of fruit trees in Japan, T. Ikeda (Jour Roy Hort. 8oe. [London], 37 (1911). No. 1, pp. 95-102, pi. 1).-The methods of propagating various fruits, together with the important orchard operations in Japan, are described. In connection with the use of fertilizers, the author calls attention to the custom of burying empty salt packages near the roots of persimmon trees as a remedy agamst premature dropping of the fruit. Although no accurate experi- 2'^ EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. meats have been conducted, the author is convinced that the dropping is caused by the rapid growth of the shoots and roots, as well as by the want of some nutriment. The use of the salt packages, it is suggested, serves to furnish a supply of magnesia, which has been found to be low in persimmon trees in the off year The mixture of sodium and magnesium salts thus applied also tends to retard the absorption of water by the roots, thus preventing rapid growth of the roots and shoots with the consequent dropping of fruit. Fall versus spring planting of fruit trees, J. C. Whitten (Nat. Nursery- man 19 (1911), No. 11. pp. .n2-/,i-}).— Data showing the actual growth made by apple trees planted at the Missouri Station in the fall as compared with those planted in the spring were recorded for the seasons 1909 and 1910. The results, which are here summarized and discussed, show a considerable increase in the growth development of the autumn-planted over the spring- planted trees. It was also noted that new root growth began to form very quickly on the trees planted in autumn, whereas roots did not begin to form abundantly on the spring-transplanted trees until about 2 months after the trees had been transplanted. Wounds caused by root and by branch pruning started to callous quickly in the fail, indicating that the plant food materials were in a condition to be transported and utilized for this puriwse even though there was no visible pushing of the buds or growing tips. Root growth on autumn- transplanted trees appears to continue until the frost reaches the growing root in question. Observations on other trees than those included in the present experiment led the author to believe that apples, pears, hardy plums, and cherries gen- erally do better in Missouri if transplanted in autumn than they do when transplanted in the spring. Peach trees and some tender or half-hardy orna- mentals should be transplanted in spring. Do orchards need fertilizer? J. P. Stewart (Amer. Agr., 88 (1911), No. 22, pp 522 527).— In answer to this question the author cites evidence ^rom experiments conducted by the Pennsylvania Station during the past 5 years to show that many orchards growing on different types of soil are as much in need of fertilizers as other agricultural crops, although in certain cases no im- portant results from the use of fertilizers have been observed as yet. In short, the fertilizer requirements of a specific orchard can only be accurately deter- mined by experimenting in that orchard. Pruning fruit trees, U. P. Hedrick (Neiv York State Sta. Circ. 13, pp. S).— A popular discussion of the principles and operation of pruning with reference to transplanted and newly planted trees and to the subsequent treatment of the orchard for the development of wood and fruit. The cost of growing apples, M. C. Burritt (N. Y. Tribune Farmer, 11 (1911), No. 523, pp. 1, 2, 18, figs, ^a).— A discussion of the factors which enter into the the cost of producing apples, with tabular records prepared by E. H. Thomson of the V. S. Department of Agriculture showing the cost of develop- ing 3 small orchards in New York State. By growing crops between the tree rows and by filling the orchard with earlier bearing fruits, the cost of growing a 6.6-acre apple orchard for an 8-year period was reduced from $124.27 an acre to $44.55 an acre. The cost of a 5-acre apple and peach orchard was likewise reduced from $72.10 an acre to $9.47 an acre for the first 4-year period. The cost of a 14-acre apple orchard for the first year was entirely met from intercrops of com, potatoes, and beans. An index to illustrations of apples, E. A. Bun yard (Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. [London], 37 (1911), No. 1, pp. 152-17-',).— ^This index, which has been com- piled to assist those engaged in pomological research, comprises an alphabetical HOKTICULTURE. 239 list of apples with references to figures appearing in publications of various countries. The peach in New York {islexv York State Sta. Circ. 15, pp. 8). — A popular circular discussing location and soil, fertilizers for peaches, moisture require- ments, cultivation, hardiness, the priucipal diseases, pruning, cover crops, and thinning the fruit. From the station's collection of over 300 varieties of peaches, a list is here given of 23 varieties, grouped in periods of ripening, which are considered most worthy of planting in commercial orchards. Self-sterility in plums, W. Backhouse (Gard. Chron.. 3. set:, 50 (1911), No. 1296, p. 299). — The results thus far secured from pollination experiments, started in 1910, with ordinary European plums show that the varieties fall into 2 sharply defined groups, self -fertile and self-sterile, just as do the Japanese and American plums. The author suggests that the " June drop " of American plums as well as the early " stoning " of Greengages and cherries may result from self-pollination. Small fruits: Management and varieties (Neiv York State Sta. Circ. lit, pp. 8). — This contains popular suggestions relative to the management of a small fruit plantation, attention being given to the location and exposure of the plan- tation, tillage, fertilizers, planting distances, pruning, protection of plants, and selection of varieties. Lists of strawberries, raspberries, currants, and gooseberries, including many standard kinds and some of the newer varieties considered worthy of more ex- tended trial, are given. On some effects of drought with special reference to pruning grapevines, L. Ravaz and G. Verge (Prog. Agr. ct Tit. {Ed. VEst-Centre), 32 (1911), Xo. 47, pp. 602-608) .—Growth, yield, and vintage data, together with data on moisture evaporation from the bunches, leaves, and shoots of grapes lead the authors to conclude that the sensitiveness of the vine to drought is dependent on the number of bunches of grapes on each vine. On dry situations reduction in number and length of the canes is recommended, as well as wider planting dis- tances, suitable plowing, and removal of soil from the base of the vines to per- mit the penetration of rain water to the subsoil. As compared with the leaves the evaporating power of the bunches is very slight. Intiict bunches do not directly absorb either rain or irrigation water. Bleaching walnuts with an electrolyzed solution of salt, L. J. Stabler (Cal. Fruit Grower, .'/// (1911), Xo. 1221, p. 5, flgs. 2). — The process described consists in subjecting walnuts to the action upon the shells of an electrolyzed solution of salt. The salt solution is applied to the shells by spraying or dipping the walnuts in the liquid and allowing it to dry upon them. The electrolyzing apparatus is illustrated. Lily-of-the-valley culture and fertilizer experiments in Tannenhof, F. Stoffert (Moller's Deut. Gcirt. Ztg., 26 (1911), Kos. 39, pp. -',58-463; JfO, pp. Ji74~'i~6, figs. 12). — ^The author describes improved methods of growing lily-of- the-valley pips and gives the results of fertilizer experiments conducted since 1907. He finds that contrary to a common opinion commercial fertilizers exert no injurious influence on the forcing quality of the pips nor upon their adaptability for cold storage. A complete fertilizer containing a sufficiency of all the elements produces pips which force out quickly and vigorously. The herb garden, Frances A. Bardswell {London, 1911, pp. VIII-\-n3, pis. 16). — This is a popular English work containing cultural directions, together with information relative to the uses of different herbs, gathering, drying, and storing. 24971°— Xo. 3—12 4 240 EXPEEIMENT STATION KECOED. [Resoiling tlie Boston Common] (Boston Evening Transcript, 1911, Nov. 29, p. 2). — ^An account is given of tlie work of rejuvenating tiie soil on the Boston Common with the view of saving the existing trees and producing better con- ditions for tlie growth of grass. Thus far 13 acres have been resoiled at a cost of about $7,500 per acre. FOEESTRY. The Bradley bibliography, I. — Dendrology, Part I, A. Eehdek {Cambridge, Mass., 1911, pp. XII+56G). — The Bradley Bibliography, which is being com- piled at the Arnold Arboretum under the direction of C. S. Sargent, is to comprise, as a whole, a guide to the literature of the woody plants of the world published before the beginning of the twentieth century. The present volume includes all botanical publications containing references to woody plants, except those which are restricted to a particular family, genus, or species. The latter will appear in volume 2. The literature is presented under the followhig general subjects: Auxiliary and miscellaneous publica- tions, introductory publications, morphology and anatomy, physiology, pathology, ecology, evolution, phytography, and ethnobotany. The titles are arranged sys- tematically according to subjects and under each separate subject they are arranged chronologically, .except in the case of periodicals where an alphabetical arrangement is used. The third volume is to contain the titles of publications dealing with the economic products and uses of woody plants, and with arboriculture, including the ornamental values and uses of trees and shrubs. The fourth volume will be devoted to forestry, and the fifth volume will comprise an index to all titles enumerated in these 4 volumes, arranged alphabetically according to authors and titles. A leaf key to the genera of the common wild and cultivated deciduous trees of New Jersey, Mary F. Barrett (Upper Montclair, N. J., 1911, pp. 7). — This key is based primarily upon leaf characteristics. For further identifica- tion in som.e instances references are also made to winter buds, bark, and to various stem markings. Western yellow pine in Arizona and New Mexico, T. S. Woolsey, Jr. ( V. S. Dept. Agr., Forest ^erv. Bui. 101, pp. 6-'f, i)ls. J/, figs. 12). — This comprises a study of western yellow pine (I'intis ponderosa) relative to its forms in the Southwest, soil and climatic requirements, development, longevity, tolerance, causes of injury, and reproduction, including growth, stand, and yield data. The wood is discussed relative to its gross and microscopic structure, quality, weight, strength, uses, and preservative treatment. Consideration is also given to lumbering in the Southwest, grades of yellow-pine lumber obtained, markets for yellow pine, and sale of timber on the National Forests. The methods of management applied to yellow pine on the National Forests are described \^itli the hope that they may be applied, wherever possible, by private owners. The appendix contains volume tables based on analyses taken on the Tusayan Forest in 1905 and 1906. The forests of Oregon: Their importance to the State, G. W. Peavy (Or eg. Bd. Forestry Bui. 1, 1911, pp. 23, figs. 9). — A popular conservation bulletin, setting forth the more important economic facts relative to Oregon woodlands as well as the forest policy of the Government and State. The Crater National Forest: Its resources and their conservation, F. Burns (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Scrv. Bui. 100. pp. 20, pis. ^). — A descriptive account is given of the Crater National Forest in southwestern Oregon relative to its rOEESTRY. 241 topography and drainage, water for fruit and farm lauds, water power, timber, burns, grazing, mining, settlement, and permanent improvements. The timber is considered relative to species and amount, forest types, insects and diseases, market, and management. The methods which have been undertaken for the conservation and proper utilization of these resources are also considered. Avalanches and forest cover in the Northern Cascades, T. T. Munger (U. S. Dept. Agi\, Forest Serv. Circ. 173, pp. 12, pis. 31). — This comprises the results of a field study conducted to determine to what extent, if any, the forest cover prevents the formation of avalanches or lessens their severity. The subject matter is presented under the following genei-al headings : Kinds of avalanches, avalanches in the Northern Cascades, character of avalanches in the region studied, the relation of forest cover to the formation of slope slides, the effect of forests in checking avalanches, protection forests in the Alps, and preventive measures in the Northern Cascades. The 2 general classes of avalanches occurring in the Northern Cascades are canyon slides and slope slides. Canyon slides, which form a great majority of the aA'alanches, usually originate above timber line, or on precipitous, rocky slopes where the development of a well-stocked forest is practically impossible. On the other hand, it is concluded that slope slides, which frequently occur on deforested areas, are unnecessary and preventable and their frequency can be greatly lessened by observing the following 4 principles : Proper care of the area now forested, especially absolute fire protection ; exclusion of grazing ; careful cutting of timber on steep slopes; and reforestation of the denuded areas. An example of afforestation in the French Vosges, G. Hatt (Ann. Sci, Agron., 3. so:, 6 {Id 11), II, No. J/, pp. 2'i3-2'i7). — The more important data are given of a successful attempt at afforestation in the Vosges. Reforestation on the National Forests. — I, Collection of seed. II, Direct seeding, W. T. Cox ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Scrv. Bui. 98, pp. 51, pis. 7, figs. 5). — This bulletin contains an account of the work of the Forest Service in reforesting unproductive lands of the National Forests by means of direct seeding. The introductory remarks comprise a general review of the present conditions on the National Forests and of the policy of the Forest Service with regard to the reforestation of denuded areas. Part 1 discusses in detail the gathering, extracting, testing, and storage of the seed; part 2 deals with methods of direct seeding and gives a number of instances of successful direct seeding in various National Forests. The ap- pendix contains notes on individual species with special reference to their use in reforestation. The National Forest manual (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv., 1011, pp. Jf.5). — This comprises instructions to forest officers, issued by the Secretary of Agri- culture to take effect November 1, 1911, and relating to forest plans, forest extension, forest investigations, libraries, cooperation, and dendrology. Instructions to forest fire wardens and woodland owners regarding forest fires, A. F. Hawes (T7. Forest Serv. Pub. 7, 1911, pp. 19, pis. 6).— The chief purpose of this publication is to bring the new Vermont law relating to pro- tection against forest fires to the attention of fire wardens and woodland owners. Preservation of timber from decay, W. F. Goltra (Railway and Engin. Rev., 51 (1911), Nos. 1,0, pp. 874-877; U, pp. 900-903, fig. 1; rev. m Enffin. Mag., J,2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 433-'i36) .—The author presents a brief outline of Bethell's, Burnett's, and Rutgers's processes for preserving timber, as used chiefly in this country. The processes are discussed and tabular data are given showing results obtained in treating railway ties by each method. 242 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. A visual method for determining the penetration of inorganic salts in treated wood, E. Bateman {U, 8. Dcpt. Agr., Forest Serv. Circ. 190, pp. 5, fig. J). — To determine the penetration of zinc chlorid the freshly cut surface of a representative disk of the treated wood is dipped in a 1 per cent potassium ferrocyanid solution sufficiently long (not more than 10 seconds) to moisten the entire surface. The excess of the solution is removed from the face by blotting paper, the disk is dipped into a 1 per cent solution of uranium acetate, and allowed to dry. On di'ying the untreated portions will have a dark red or maroon color, while the treated portions will be slightly whiter than the uatui'al wood, owing to the decolorizing action of soluble zinc salts on uranium ferrocyanid. The test can not be used on red oak because the natural color of the wood masks that of the uranium compound. This test is capable of detecting the presence of zinc chlorid in treated wood in amounts as small as 0.17 lb. of the salt per cubic foot of wood. In testing for salts of copper, it is only necessary to dip the disk in the solution of potassium ferrocyanid, the presence of copper being shown by a dark red coloration in the treated zone. With salts of iron the same reagent gives a deep blue coloration. The penetration of mercuric chlorid can be deter- mined by treating a specimen disk with a solution of hydrogen sulphid, a black precipitate of mercuric sulphid being formed. Forest products of Canada, 1910. — Cross-ties purchased, H. R. MacMillan and W. G. H. Boyce (Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Biih 21, 1911, pp. 8). — The number and cost of iwles used during the year are classified by species and by length classes. The prices of poles in Canada and the United States are compared and the possibility of treating the poles with creosote and other preservatives is briefly discussed. The total number of wooden poles purchased in Canada during 1910 was 782,841, or an increase of about 118 per cent over the previous year. Forest products of Canada, 1910. — Cross-ties purchased, H. R. MacMillan and W. G. H. Boyce (Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Bui. 22, 1911, pp. 7). — There were 9,213,962 cross-ties purchased in 1910 by the steam and electric roads of Canada. The production by species and method of manufacture are indicated and the preservation of railway ties is briefly discussed. Forest products of Canada, 1910. — Timber used in mining operations, H. R. MacMillan, B. Robertson, and G. Boyce (Dept. Int. Canmla, Forestry Branch Bui. 23, 1911, pp. 12). — A statistical summary showing the amount of round and sawed timber used in the mines of the Dominion and of the several Provinces during the year, giving also the quantity of wood of the different species. About 52,848,000 linear feet of round timber and 22,305,000 ft. b. m. of sawed timber were used for mining purposes in 1910. DISEASES OF PLANTS. The rational and efficient treatment of plant diseases in agriculture and horticulture, E. Bourcart {Lcs Maladies des Plantes, leur Traitement Raisonn6 ct Efficaee en Agriculture et en Horticulture. Paris, 1910, pp. VI+655, figs. H). — ^Accounts are given of the various substances that are used as fungicides and insecticides, and their properties, metliods of preparation and use. and effect on host plants and parasites are described. The various fungus diseases and insect pests are enumerated in alphabetical order, and such descriptions are given as will aid in their easy recognition. The galls of plants, E. Kijster {Die Gallcn dor Pflanzen. Lcipsic, 1911, pp. A'+437, figs. 158). — This is a text-book for botanists and entomologists, in which the author gives a general survey of the subject of plant galls and DISEASES OF PLANTS. 243 describes the various plauts and animals tliat form galls and tlie effect pro- duced by tbem on tbe host plant. Chapters are given on the anatomy, chem- istry, etiology, and biology of galls, followed by a brief account of gall-like formations in animals. Peculiar spore forms of Botrytis, S. R. Price {Xeiv Phytoh, 10 (1911), No. 7-S, pp. 253-259, figs. 8). — A description is given of some unusual spore forms of Botrytis occurring in connection with sclerotia found on the stem of hemlock (Conium maculatnm). The spores are considered resting spores and, as they occur in nature, may be regarded as constituting a normal phase in the life history of the fungus. The Uredinales, A. Trotter {Flora Ital. Crijpt., 1 {,1908), No. J,, pp. lU, figs. 58; 1 {1910), No. 7, pp. l.',5-33S, figs. 19).— This is a monogiaphic study of the genera Uromyces, Puccinia, and Gymnosporangium. The spread of mildew from wild to cultivated plants, E. Xoffray {Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 21 {1911), No. IS, pp. 562-56.'^; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome^, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, wnd Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 5, pp. 1152, 1153). — ^An account is given of the mildew Erisyphe communis, which at times proves injurious to plants of economic importance in gardens and fields, the spread of the fungus being to a considerable extent from wild plants. The author enumerates a large number of species of plants that are hosts for this mildew and recommends their destruction wherever possible. Where the mil- dew appears on clover, as it frequently does, it is recommended that the clover be mowed for a distance of a yard or more about the diseased area and the plants removed to prevent further spread. The experimental Broduction of chlorosis in maize, P. Maz^ {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 19, pp. 902-905) .—X series of experiments is reported in which corn was grown in water cultures containing a complete nutrient solution, and comparisons made with similar cultures in which single elements, as manganese, iron, sulphur, chlorin, lime, etc., were omitted. In the check culture the plants grew io maturity. Those deprived of sulphur and iron were less developed, and within 15 days after being placed in the solu- tion their leaves had taken on an abnormal color and well-developed chlorosis appeared. This was evident soonest in the plants which had been deprived of sulphur, appearing somewhat later where iron was wanting. The parenchyma of the chlorotic leaves was very thin and transparent, showing that chlorosis was a result of abnormal nutrition. A microscopic examination of the tissues showed that the cells rarely contained starch in connection with the chloro- leucites. The introduction into the nutrient solution of the compound which was wanting caused the restoration of the green color and the plants developed vigorously. In one series of experiments, drops of a dilute solution of sulphate of ammo- nia were placed on chlorotic leaves. Within 3 days the green color had returned and it spread slightly to the adjacent cells. The portions of the leaf not covered by the sulphate retained their yellow color to the death of the leaf. In conclusion the author states that chlorosis may be induced by a number of causes, and that it is possible that an excess of lime contributes to its produc- tion. In addition, an absence of sulphur or iron favors chlorosis. Depriving plants of chlorin, magnesium, and silicon did not cause chlorosis. Some troublesome diseases of the potato tuber, A. S. IIorne (Rpt. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1910, p. 578). — Attention is called to some of the diseases of the potato which are characterized by the appearance of blotches and streaks in the tuber. No organisms have been definitely associated with this, although the seed tubers are believed to be liable to propagate it. The internal disease is said to be often associated with the attack of Phytophthora infestans from 244 EXPERIMEXT STATION RECORD. the &Dil. Spraying, although generally beneficial to the plant, is not a satisfac- tory remedy for the control of this trouble. Another form of the disease, which makes its appearance during storage and is locally known as braise, is thought to be due to physiological influences. The waxt disease of potatoes (Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 {19M), Xo. 8, pp. 669, 610. pi. 1\. — The spread of the wart disease or black scab In England is reported, and it is stated that in several places the disease has disappeared dur- ing the year. These areas are supposed to be either ones in which the soil has not become infected or where resistant varieties of jwtatoes have been planted and the fungus has disappeared. It is stated that the hot weather of the past season had no effect in checking the development of the fungus. Some unusual forms of the disease are described, among them the appearance of the warty outgrowths on the stems and leaves. A cucumber and melon disease new to Great Britain (Jour. Bd. Agr. [Lon- don], IS (1911), yo. 8, pp. 670, 611, pi. 1; ab». in Gard. Chron., 3. ser., 50 (1911), No. 1301, p. 398). — ^A description is given of the effect of the fungus (ColUto- trichum oligochcelum) on melons, cucximbers. and other cucurbitaceous plants. The disease is said to be prevalent in France and Italy, but hitherto unreported from England. Every r'art of the plant is liable to attack, and when the soil becomes infected the young plants are quickly destroyed. On the stem the fungus causes the api)earance of elongated sjxtts of a pale yellowish-green color ; on the leaves, circular siwts, a half inch or more across, at first yellowish-green, later becom- ing brown. The diseased tissue becomes dry but never falls away, as in the case of some other fungus attacks. Upon the fruit the spots occur as deep sunken patches, formed near the tip. The young fruits often die within 2 or 3 days after infection and before the sunken plac-es have time to appear. Attempts have been made to control this disease, but neither sulphur nor Bordeaux mixture checks it. Spraying with a solution of potassium sulphid arrests its progress, as does also the application of self-boiled lime-sulphur mixture. Some observations on the silver-leaf disease of fruit trees, F. T. Bbooks (Rpt. Brit. AsHOc. Adt. Sci., 1910, pp. 116, 111\. — An abstract is given of a paper on investigations on the silver-leaf disease of fruit trees, which prin- cipally attacks plum trees, although it is known to occur on apple and cherry trees and on red currant and gooseberry bushes. The author has reported certain experiments on the propagation of this disease, the principal results of which have been noted elsewhere (E. S. E., 24, p. 451). Frost rings on the pear, E. E. Smith (Mo. Weather Rev., 39 (1911), No. 8, p. 1251, fig. 1). — A brief description is given of injury to pears caused by frost. The blemish consists of a scabby ring of surface tissue, which sometimes ex- tends around the pear, or may occur only on one side or part way around the fruit. The eflfeet somewhat resembles that of pear scab, but is easily distin- guished as the fungus is never present. Observations during the present season indicated that the ring formed around the pear is a frost effect occurring when the fruit is quite young. The surface tissue of the young fruit is slightly frozen just back of the petals of the flower, and such r*ears are not suflSciently injured to cause them to fall. They con- tinue to develop, but on acx-otmt of the injury to the tissue the fruit is con- stricted at this point. Vine diseases in France, F. de Castixla (Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria, 9 (1911), yos. 6. pp. 30.',-398. figs. 2; 7, pp. .',62-J,68, figs. .',; 9, pp. 651, 652, fig. 1 ; 10, pp. 613-616). — Desc-riptions are given of the principal diseases of grapes in ECOXOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 245 France, with suggestions regarding their control, and their presence and th** amount of injury in Australia are indicated. A study of plant gTO\rth on ferruginous soils with special reference to the grape and ^rape chlorosis. G. Cokso t.l«fi. R. Stoz. Cldtn. J.j7r. ^;t--. Roma. 2. ser., 4 (1910). pp. 129-1^2). — ^A chemical study of soils on which normal and chlorotic grapes were growing indicate^l that the chlorosis was due primarily to a deficiency of iron but was aggravated by an excessive supply of lime in the soil. esix>cially when the ratio of lime to magnesia was very great. Observations on root diseases in the "West Indies. F. TV. SotrxH (Agr, Xews [Barbados']. 10 (1911). yos. 2^9. pp. S66. 367; 250, pp. S&2. SSS).— The author describes 3 forms of root disease, 2 of which are found on lime trees, while a third occurs on limes, cacao, and other plants of economic imix»rfance. The black root disease, which is the one rejxirted as oc-curriug on other plants in addition to limes, is quite destructive. The first symptoms of infection may be noted in a thinning of the foliage. When such plants are examined the collar and the roots show the presence of a dark olive-green mycelium possess- ing a gray border along its advancing edge. Beneath this the bark is usually destroyed. The mycelitmi of this fiuigus. which is a sjvcies of Eosellinia, s^ireads rather rapidly and in addition to the fungnis being propagated by means of spores, it spreads through the extension of the mycelium trader- ground. For its control the author recommends the digging out and burning of infected trees and the treating of the soil with sulphate of iron. The second disease is describe*^! as the red rixu of lime trees, which is due to a species of Sph;vrostilbe. Trees attacketl by this disease lose some of their leaves, and the tips of the branches turn yellow and eventually wilt and die. On examination the bark is found brown in color, soft, and rotten, and on the ends of the main roots around the collar, and in some cases on the stem, a smooth, reddish-brown sheet of fungus is present beneath the bark. This dis- ease can be controlled by the s;ime methods recommendevl for the black root rot. The third disease is called stem ctinker. although it is primarily a root disease. The symptoms are somewhat similar to those describetl for the other diseases, but the rtx>ts show the presence of peculiar open splits in the bark, which are bordered by a vigorous development of callus. The catise of this disease appears to be physiological, and is attributed to heavy clay soils ditficult to drain. For its control it is recommended that better drainage be provided and that wind-breaks should be erected around the plantations. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. Game laws for 1911. H. Oldys. C. E. Brewsteb. and F. L. E.\kxshaw (T. 8. Dci>t. Apr., Farmers' BnJ. -i70, pp. 52. figs. 2). — This bulletin, which presents a summary of the game laws for 1911. relating to seasons, shipments, sale, limits, and licenses, is similar in scoiv to those issued annually since 1JX^2 and includes changes in the laws made during the present year. In the se^'tion relating to legislation of the yenr a brief comprehensive review is given of the now laws. Bubonic plague, with special reference to that of ground squirrel origin, G. W. McCoy (Jour. Amcr. Med. Assoc. 57 (1911). Xo. hi. pp. 12tiS-l270). — ^A I>aix>r presented at the annual meeting of the -\merican Meiiical .\ssi>ciation in June. 1911. A monograph of the broad-winged hawk (Buteo platypterus), F. L. Burns (Tr«7.«on. Bui.. 23 (1911). Xo. S-f. pp. 1^3-^20. pis. 10. fig. 1).—A work preivtretl in cooix'ration with more than llX) American ornithologists. A bibliography of the world's literature of the species, cousistiug of 37 ixtges, is included. 246 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. The English sparrow as an agent in the dissemination of chicken and bird mites, II. E. Ewing {Aulc, 28 {1911), Xo. 3, pp. 335-^J,0, figs. 2).— On the basis of observations made in Illinois, the author concludes that the English sparrow frequently harbors and is the host of the chicken mite, Dermanyssus gaUince. Sparrows become repeatedly inoculated with these mites because of their habit of lining their nests with poultry feathers, and sparrow nests, when built in the vicinity of chicken roosts, upon becoming deserted may leave hundreds or thousands of lice to infest new poultry houses, even at considerable distances. The English sparrow likewise harbors and is the host of the bird mite, D. avium. Handbook of pathogenic protozoa, edited by S. von Prowazek (Handbuch der Pathogcnen Protozoen. Leipsic, 1911, pt. 1, pp. 117, pis. 3, figs. 76). — The papers presented in this first part of the work include a brief introduction bj' R. Nocht; The Fixation and Staining of Protozoa (pp. 6-40), by G. Giemsa ; Classification of Protozoa (pp. 41-49) and The Dysentery Amcebie (pp. 50-66), by M. Hartmann; Entam/iba coH (pp. 67-77), by H. Werner; Flagellates (Trichomonas, Lamblia) (pp. 78-97), by E. Rodenwaldt; and Costia necatrix (pp. 98-100) and The Genus Trypanoplasma (pp. 101-117), by E. Neresheimer. Bibliographies are appended to each paper. Concealing- coloration in the animal kingdom, G. H. Thayee (New York, 1909, pp. XIX+260, pis. 73, figs. 3).— An exposition of the laws of disguise through color and pattern, being a summary of A. H. Thayer's discoveries. Three of the 27 chapters, including 9 plates, deal with the subject as related to insects. An annotated list of the literature on insects and disease for the year, 1910, R. W. DOANE (Jour. Econ. Ent., // (1911), No. //, pp. 386-39S).—A classi- fied list of the more important literature issued during the year 1910. Mechanical determination of the resistance of cereals to diseases and to the attacks of insects, R. Sarcin (Defense Agr. et. Hort. [Amiens], 8 (1911), No. 33-), pp. 230, 231; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. J^, pp. 938, 939). — Investigations made with several varieties of wheat in 1910 show that their susceptibility to the attack of larvae of the oscinid fly Chlorops twniopns stands in inverse ratio to the hardness of the stems, and the thickness of the cortical layer and of the ex- ternal wall of the epidermal cells. The enemies of the raspberry, P. Noel (Bui. Lab. Regional Ent. Agr. [Rouen], 1911, No. 23, pp. Jf-9; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, pp. 1190, 1191). — ^A list is given of some 115 insect enemies of the raspberry. Concerning some enemies of the olive Phloeothrips, G. del Guercio (Redia, t (1911), No. 1, pp. 65-70, figs. 2). — A preliminary note in which the author mentions a chalcidid parasite, a bacterial disease, and several predators as enemies of P. olea. The enemies of the hazel tree, P. Noel (Bui. Lab. Regional Ent. Agr*. [Rouen], 1911, No. 23, pp. 10-15; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, p. 119.'f).— The author lists 108 insect enemies of the hazel. Uganda insect pests, C. C. Gowdey (Cotton Dcpt. [Uganda] Ent. Leaflet 2, 1909, pp. 23). — A review of this paper has been noted previously (E. S. R., 23, p. 53). A bacterial epizootic among locusts in Mexico, F. H. d'Heeelle ( Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 21, pp. lJ,13-lJtl5; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, ami Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, p. 1178). — Early in 1910 the author observed a severe outbreak of disease among locusts ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 247 (Schistocerca pallens) in Yucatan. Numerous coccobacilli were found in the intestines of all the dead locusts examined, but the organism could not be detected in locusts captui-ed while in flight and belonging to swarms in which the disease prevailed. Its cultural characteristics, etc., are described together with ingestion experiments which prove it to have been the cause of the epi- zootic. In inoculation experiments it was found to be nonpathogenic for hens, guinea pigs, and rabbits. According to the information received by the author from Yucatan planters, the number of locusts had so greatly diminished by March, 1911, that it was estimated that the damage caused would be very slight. The author suggests a possible usefulness for this organism in controlling locusts in other countries. Destruction of the locust, J. Guelfreire (La Destruccion de la Langosta. Mexico: Govt., 1911, pp. J.J, pis. 10). — An account by the Mexican Consul Gen- eral of locust destruction in Argentina. Combating locust invasion in the Karst plateau region, F. Gvozdenovic (Monat.^h. Land-w., 4 (1911), No. 1, pp. 12-2-i, figs. 10). — An account of the invasion of some sections of the Department of Gorz and Gradiska, Austria, in 1909, together with the measures used in combating it. An outbreak of dis- ease due to Empusa gryUi took place toward the end of June and destroyed large numbers of Caloptenus italicus and lesser numbers of si>ecies of other genera. Studies of the parthenogenetic cycle of Heliothrips haemorrlioidalis, P. BuFFA (Redia, 7 (1911), No. 1, pp. 11-109, pis. 3). — Following a brief intro- duction, the author reviews the literature relating to this thrips in connection with a bibliogi'aphy of 42 titles. A detailed account is then given of studies made of its life history, bionomics, and geographical distribution. The hawthorn aphis (Aphis crataegi) as an enemy of apple trees, G. LusTNER (Geiscnh. Mitt. Ohst. ti. Gartcnhau, 26 (1911), No. 5, pp. 11, 12; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bw. Agr. Intel, and Planf Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, p. 1192). — An account is given of iujui-y to apple trees in various parts of Germany by A. cratwgi. Organized efforts as a factor in the control of the citrus white fly, A. W. Morrill (Jour. Econ. Ent., // (1911), No. .',, pp. 36J-37.5 ) .— This is an extended discussion based on a general knowledge of citrus conditions in the Gulf Coast States, gained by the author more particularly while connected with the U. S. Department of Agriculture in the white fly investigations. The cotton white scale (" piojo bianco ") in Peru, C. H. T. Townsend (Bol. Dir. Fomcnto [Peru], 8 (1910). No. 9. pp. 1-16; abs. in Internat. Ins't. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, p. l-'i8). — Of the insect enemies of the cotton white scale (Heniicliionaspis minor) that have been introduced into Peru, Prospaltella aurantii and Aspidiotiphagus citrinns are said to be the most beneficial. A contribution to the knowledge of the Coccidas of Argentina, G. Leonardi (Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. R. Hcuola Sup. Agr. Portici, 5 (1911), pp. 237-- 28-'t, figs. 27). — Two genera, namely, Protai-gionia and Dinaspis, and 25 species representing the subfamilies Monophlebinae, Ortheziinte, Dactylopiinse, Tach- ardinge, Coccinfe, and Diaspiuse, are described as new to science. Diaspis pentagona, G. Gastine (Bui. Mens. Off. Rcnseig. Agr. [Paris], 10 (1911), Nos. Jf, pp. 432-456; 5, pp. 568-518).— A detailed account of Aulacaspis (Diaspis) pentagona, its host plants, preventive and remedial measures, the status of the pest in Italy, etc. Plants attacked by Diaspis pentagona (Bol. Min. Agr., Indus. & Corru. [Rome], Ser. A, 10 (1911), II, No. 10, p. 314; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. IRome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 4, pp. 968, 248 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. 96D). — ^A list is given of 39 plants recognized as hosts of the mulberry, or West Indian peach scale {Aulaco-wis [Diaspis] pentagona). A note on the lac insect (Tachardia lacca), its life history, propagation, and collection, E. P. Stebbing (Indian Forest Mem., Forest Zoo]. Scr., 1 {1910), No. 3, pp. 82, pis. Jf). — A revision of the paper previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 460). A newly-imported scale pest on Japanese hemlock, C. L. Marlatt {Ent. News, 22 {1911), No. 8, pp. 383-387, pi. 1) .—Asphlintus {Diaspidiotus) tsugw on Japanese hemlock {Tsuga sp.) from stock imported from Japan, during the course of quarantine work in New Jersey, is described as new to science. The fig moth, F. H. Chittenden {U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. lO), pp. 1-1/0, pis. Ji, figs. Ji). — While the fig moth {Ephestia cautella) has been known in this country as a pest since 1897, at which time a short preliminary paper was published by the author (E. S. R.. 9, p. 8.52), it was not until 1908 that the insect attracted any great attention. It had by that time, however, in- vaded mills of various kinds, including rice mills in the Southern States, and in these situations it is now quite a serious pest. In 1909 and 1910 thousands of dollars worth of imported figs were condemned imder the Food and Drugs Act as infested. In this article the author deals primarily with the insect as a pest in stored products in America. Descriptions are given of the stages of the pest, the literature and history of the species in Europe and America is reviewed, and an account is given of its geographical distribution and food habits. Inspec- 'tioiis made of 30 samples of Smyrna figs from various sources are reported upon, showing much variation as to the amount of infestation. The average infestation of Smyrna figs entering the port of New York was computed in 1909 and 1910 by the Bureau of Chemistry of this Department as from 24.05 to 38.17 per cent. In studying the biology of this pest, some 48 days were found to be required for the emergence of adults from eggs deposited in flaxseed meal on April 14. Adults emerged in 36 days from eggs deposited in corn meal about June 23. Eggs laid during the night of July 13 were found to have hatched on the morn- ing of July 17, giving a period for the egg state of not more than 35 days. The pupal period was found to vai'y from 8 days, when kept at a temperature of 83° F. to 24 days, when exposed to cool weather in October. The author's ob- servations have led him to deduce the following periods : For the egg from 3J to 14 days; larva, from 13 to 30 days; pupa, from 8* to 24 days; and life cycle from 36 to 48 days. Two parasites, Hadrobraeon hrhetor and Omorga frumentaria, and the mite Pedieuloidcs ventricosus are recorded as natural enemies. Methods of con- trol, including experiments with funiigants at a high temperature, by the author and T. H. Jones, are discussed. The measures applicable in eradicating the pest in imported figs are summarized in the following methods of prevention and destruction: Prompt disposal or destruction of the useless June fig crop; covering the figs at night while on the " serghi " ; closely screening the fig depots in the interior; prompt delivery of the figs to the packing houses (khans) after gathering; destruction of the worms in the "khans" by sterilization through the use of hot water, dry heat, or steam ; fumigation by means of carbon blsulphid or hydrocyanic-acid gas; construction of " khans " so that they can be made gas tight for the purpose of fumigating ; enactment of special regulations or legislation to secure the enforcement of the suggestions made; and clean methods of handling and storing at all times and in all places. A bibliographical list of IS titles is aijpended. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 249 Report on the fig moth in Smyrna, E. G. Smyth ( XJ. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bill. lOJf, pp. 41-65, pis. 12). — This is a report of investigations made in Smyrna. In observations of the percentage of infestation on the " sergbi ", tliat is. beds of reeds or otber suitable plants laid upon the groimd to protect figs from con- tact with the soil while drying, the author found that an exposure of one night resulted in an infestation of 29 i)er cent, whereas 2 nights resulted in 38* per cent, and 3 nights 44.5 per cent becoming infested. The moths were found to be more abundant in the fig depots than outside over the " sergbi." " Infestation of the figs begins in or near the orchards in the interior of Asia Minor, before the dried fruit has reached Smyrna to be packed. Out of 100 worm-infested figs, the larvie in possibly 5 to 10 per cent of them might be traced to the tree, while the other 90 to 95 per cent of the larv?e develop from eggs laid either while the figs are on the ' sergbi ' or in the fig depots of the villages. The number of larvje originating from eggs laid while the figs are in freight cars en route to Smyrna, in the packing ' khans ' of Smyrna, or in the holds of steamers en route to America, is inconsiderable." Methods of control are considered at some length. As related to pi'evention the author emphasizes as 4 very important measures those noted above as to the disposal of the June cx'op of figs ; the covering of the figs at night while on the " sergbi " ; the screening of the fig depots ; and the prompt delivery of the figs to the " khans." As regards the destruction of the fig moth larvre in the " khans," it remains for packers to demonstrate by actual experience whether the use of steam, hot water, or dry heat is the most practical, ex- periments having shown that each has its advantages and is capable of eradicat- ing the larvre under proper conditions. Papers on insects affecting vegetables. — The Hawaiian beet webworm (Hymenia fascialis), II. O. Marsh (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 109, pt. 1, pp. 15. pi. 1, figs. 2). — This account is based upon studies conducted in the Hawaiian Islands during the latter half of 1910. H. fa.scialis is said to be such a serious pest of sugar beets in Hawaii that unless controlled the crop probably can not be profitably grown. The food plants of this species in Hawaii include table beets, sugar beets, mangel-wurzels, several species of Amaranthus, Euxolus, purslane (Portulaca oleracea), cucumbers, and chenopodiaceous weeds. Among the wild food plants, Amaranthus is the favorite. These weeds gi'ow in abundance along fences and in neglected spots, and it frequently happens that the plants are so completely stripped of foliage that large patches of them die. Cultivated Amaranthus is likewise severely damaged. This webworm can be found throughout the year in all stages of development. The eggs are deposited in lai-ge numbers along the midrib and larger veins, as many as 40 having been counted on a single beet leaf. The young larvoe, which hatch out as soon as 4 days, feed on the lower surface of the leaves and, except when nearly mature, consume only the surface. The larv?e. which in some cases spin light webs under which they rest, reach maturity under normal con- ditions in from 9 to 13 days. " They then leave the plants, burrow slightly beneath the surface, and form firm, compact, oblong cocoons of webbed-together gi'ains of earth. . . . They usually pupate about 2 days after entering the soil, and the adults issue from 7 to 13 days later, thus completing a generation in from 22 to 31 days. . . . The climate of Hawaii is so equable that this pest is enabled to breed continuously, and it is possible that 10 to 12 generations might be produced annually." The author's observations indicate that the female is capable of depositing at least 100 eggs. Three species of hymenopterous para- 250 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. sites were reared, namely, Limnrriinn hawaiicnsc, Chcloniis hlackbiirni, and Crema s tiis hy men ia\ Experiments with insecticides in wliicla Paris jrreen and lime, Paris green and whale-oil soap, arsenate of lead and molasses, lime-snlphur solution, and lead chromate were used, are briefly reported. They show that this pest can be controlled by Paris green when applied at the rate of 2 lbs. in 100 gal. of water and that this strength will not burn beet foliage. It was found better in this formula to omit the use of lime and use whale-oil soap, since the soap serves as an effective adhesive agent and when it is used the poison is very evenly distributed over the leaf surface. Tests of lead chromate indicate that it has good points and should be given a more thorough trial. A formula con- sisting of nicotiu sulphate 1 fluid ounce, whale-oil soap 4 oz. and water 4 gal., which was successfully used by the author at Honolulu in controlling the com- mon cabbage worm, the larva of the diamond-back moth, a looper (Autographa precationis) , and the beet army worm {Caradrina exiyua), is recommended for use in combating this pest on spinach. Technical descriptions of the earlier stages are given by H. G. Dyar (pp. 11, 12). A compilation of the description and synonymy of this species, an outline of its distribution and history, and a bibliogi'aphy, by F. H. Chittenden (pp. 12-15), are presented in an appendix. Papers on insects affecting vegetables. — The southern beet webworm (Pachyzancla bipunctalis), F. H. Chittenden {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 109, pt. 2, pp. 17-22, fig. 1). — This pest is shown to have been the source of injury to table beets in the vicinity of Wichita Falls and Brownsville, Tex., and at Dade City, Cutler, Miami, and Boynton, Fla. It has also been observed working in colonies on the foliage of pigweed (Amaranthus retroflcxus), spiny amaranth {A. spinosus), and spinach in the vicinity of Brownsville, Tex., and on the first mentioned at Miami, Fla, Miscellaneous notes on its biology and technical descriptions of its stages are presented. The species is said to be of tropical origin and inclined to be cosmopolitan in any country suited to it climatologically. The National Museum collections contain material from Pernambuco, Bonito Province, Brazil, as well as from Georgia, Texas, Florida, and the District of Columbia, and it has been recorded from the West Indies and South Africa. The tachinid fly Phoroccra erecta, an iehneumonid of the genus Amorphota, and a species of Bracon have been reared from this pest. Several associated insects are mentioned, including the Hawaiian beet webworm (Hijmenia [Zinckenia] fascialis), above noted, which was reared at Cutler, Fla., in March, 1909 ; an agromyzid fly reared from material collected on beets and Amaran- thus at Boynton, Fla. ; and the authomyiid fly Pcgomya ruficcps. Paris green used at the rate of 1 lb. to 75 to 100 gal. of water, also recom- mended for use against the garden webworm (Loxostege similalis), will con- trol the pest. Grapevine pests: The grapevine sphinx, J. Feytaxjd {Cult. Franc, 5 (1911), No. 14, pp. 5, 6; ais. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Ag^: Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 5, p. 1191). — Deilephila elpenor feeds on the leaves of the grapevine and attacks various other plants, including willow-herb, bed straw, purple loosestrife, fuchsia, etc. Among its parasites mentioned are ichneumons of the genera Anomalon, Cryptus, Ichneumon, etc., also Doria concimuita, Micropalpus coniptus, and RcemWiacea erytlirostomn. Concerning bacterial diseases of the bee moth (Galleria nielonella), S. Metalnikov {Ztschr. Wiss. InseUenhiol., 7 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. 178-181).— The author finds that while the caterpillar of the bee moth possesses an exceptional immunity against tubercle (the fish type excepted), paratyphoid, sausage poison- ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 251 ing, and symptomatic anthrax bacilli, etc., and the trn^anosomes of nagana and dourine, they succumb to the glanders and mouse typhoid bacilli and to certain nonpathogenic species, such as the hay bacillus (B. suMilis), when these are injected into the body cavity. Caterpillars infected with the fish tubercle bacilli died within 2 or 3 days after inoculation. During the last 2 years the author has from time to time observed diseased caterpillars and in 2 instances epizootics that destroyed nearly all the cater- pillars that were being bred for experimental purposes. In searching for the causative agent of these epizootics, 2 associated micro-organisms were met with, one a motile rod, the other a coccus. Both grew well in bouillon and gelatin and round white colonies wei-e formed on solid media. The rod form was the more virulent, caterpillars injected with small quantities of it succumbing in from 2 to 4 hours when kept at 37° C. Inoculations of the coccus caused their death in from 15 to 20 hours. Neither the placing of healthy caterpillars with those suffering from the disease nor the feeding of cultures of the 2 organisms mixed with small pieces of beeswax produced the disease. Thus the manner in which infection takes place in nature was not determined. The reduction of domestic mosquitoes, E. H. Ross (London, 1911, pp. X-{- lUu pJ>i. 13, figs. 2; rev. in Science, n. ser., 34 {1911), No. 885, pp. 8//2--S-/// ) .— This book furnishes instructions for the use of municipalities, town councils, health officers, sanitary inspectors, and residents in warm climates. On the varieties of Bacillus coli associated with the house fly (Musca domestica), W. Nicoll {Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge], 11 {1911), No. 3, pp. 381- 889). — "A study of the natural bacterial flora of the house fly appears to be essential in forming a correct estimate of the part played by flies in trans- mitting pathogenic bacteria. The house fly may carry at least 27 varieties of B. coli, by far the most frequent of which are B. coli communis and MacConkey's bacillus No. 71. As far as can be judged from the character of these colon bacilli the house fly derives its bacterial flora equally from excremental matter and from other sources. Certain nonlactose fermenting bacilli appear to be capable of multiplying in the intestine of the house fly. Of these Morgan's bacillus No. 1 is a not infrequent inhabitant of the fly's intestine and B. para- typhosus B has been found on 2 occasions." On the survival of specific micro-organisms in pupae and imagines of Musca domestica raised from experimentally infected larvae. Experiments with Bacillus typhosus, J. C. G. Ledingham {Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge], 11 {1911), No. 3, pp. 353-5 JO). —"Although typhoid bacilli were liberally supplied to larvje of M. domestica, all attempts to demonstrate B. typhosus in the pupse or imagines were unsuccessful, until recourse was had to disinfection of tlie ova. After this preliminary disinfection both larvae and pupae gave pure growths of B. typhosus but hitherto it has not been possible to examine the imagines. . . . " From the practical point of view the main conclusion to be drawn from the experiments detailed in this communication is that the typhoid bacillus can lead only a very precarious existence in the interior of larvie or pupae which possess, at least in so far as these investigations warrant, a well-defined bac- terial flora of their own. Even under the highly artificial conditions of the final series of experiments, it was not possible to decide whether the B. typhosus though recoverable from the pupa was really actively multiplying in the pupal interior or gradually dying out. There was some indication that the latter was the case, as the typhoid colonies recovered from the pupa in the one suc- cessful instance were extremely few in number, while the larvae which had been feeding on B. typhosus contained enormous numbers as evidenced both by cultural and microscopical examination," 252 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. An egg parasite of the codling moth belonging to the family Mymaridae, A. A. GiRAULT {Canad. Ent., J/S (1911), No. 4, PP- 133, ISff). — Anaphes gracilis, originally described as a parasite of the oyster-shell scale, is recorded as hav- ing been bred from eggs of the codling moth at Tallapoosa, Ga. Observations on mites infesting the horn fly, Haematobia serrata, S. Had- WEN (Canad. Ent., 43 (1191). No. 5, pp. 14I, 1^2, pi. 1). — The author records observations made at Duncans, British Columbia, in July, 1910, in which 94 of 118 horn flies examined were infested with mites (Pigmeopliorus americanus) . The number of mites found on a fly varied from 4 or 5 to large numbers. Later in the season, the mites were found in other parts of British Columbia. Another account of the food habits of the olive fly, G. Maktelli (Boh Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Port id, // (1910), pp. 73-10.',, flgs. 9).— Further biological studies are presented (E. S. R., 22, p. 59). Experiments in 1910 against the olive fly, A. Berlese (Redia, 7 (1911), No. 1, pp. 111-155, pis. 2; ahs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome^, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 753, 75 J/). — Experiments con- ducted in olive groves in Apulia and near Orbetello in the Tuscan Maremma are reported. In the first-named place, exiieriments were made with a fly-poisoning mixture, diluted with water, while vessels containing the undiluted mixture were used in Maremma. "The experiments in Apulia showetl (1) the decided attraction which water has for the fly if pots containing water are within the olive groves during hot days and in districts where there is little moisture, as in Southern Italy; (2) the absolute inefficacy, as far as the fly is concerned, of general spraying of the olive groves in July with fly-poisoning mixtures. The experi- ments in Maremma showed that the mixture used, although made with abun- dant fruit paste and kept in a sirupy state, had no attraction for the fly, and in all probability, no useful effect for the olives." The author emphasizes the fact that it is not the presence of sugar in the mixtures which is of importance in the control of the fly but rather that of the water, and more particularly of sea water. "S'essels containing the liquid should be placed in the olive groves in May and left until all danger from the fly has passed. Sprayings are thought to be useless at least for districts with climatic conditions as in Apulia. The experiments show that spraying with sugar mix- ture causes a strong development of sooty mold on the trees. " The use of vessels placed throughout the olive groves, in the minimum proportion of 2 per hectare, and kept full of sea water or fresh water, is very efficacious at least in Southern Italy. But the treatment nuist be quite general and simultaneous on the part of all the olive growers of a district, unless the olive groves are separated from one another by distances of several kilometers." The photography of Diptera, W. M. Graham (Bui. Ent. Research, 2 (1911), No. 2, pp. 153-160, figs. 2). — ^A somewhat detailed account of the methods which the author has found to be most successful in photographing insects. Ceratophyllus silantiewi, Wagner; a plague flea, N. C. Rothschild (Ent. Mo. Mag., 2. ser., 22 (1911), No. 258, p. l.'il). — The author has received speci- mens of this little known flea, which were captured on the frontier of Siberia and Manchuria early in 1911 from "tarabagans" (Arctomys bobac). a rodent known to suffer from epidemics of plague. It is stated that the recent epidemic of plague in Manchuria started among the Chinese hunters of these animals in Mongolia. An epidemic of fungus diseases among soldier beetles, C. H. Popenoe and E. G. Smyth (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 13 (1191), No. 2, pp. 75. 76).— The authors report that numerous adults of the soldier beetle CTiauliognathus pennsylvani- ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 253 CHS attaclced by a fungus disease were observed September 25, 1909, on the blossoms of a Eupatorium (probably perfoUatum) at Diamond Springs, Va. "The fungus seemed to attack first the abdomen of the adult, distending it abnormally, and producing white, gi'eenish, or grayish rings of dense mycelial growth on the thin membranous body-wall between the segments. Often 6 or more beetles had attached themselves in their death struggle to a single small head of flowers." There is said to be little doubt but that the fungus responsible for the death of these beetles is identical with that described by R. Thaxter as Empusa (Entomophthora) tampyridarum from diseased adults of C. pennsylvamcus observed by him at Collowhee, N. C. " In June of the previous year a similar epidemic of fungus among the related C. marginntus was observed, first by the senior author, and afterwards independently by F. H. Chittenden, on the experiment station farm at Norfolk, Ya." Attention is called to the fact that in the larval stage the food of the various species of Chaulioguathus is composed of various small, soft-bodied insects, largely aphids and other forms living near the ground. Since the usual great abundance of these beetles no doubt acts as a check to the increase of several species of injurious aphids, such as the pea aphis ( Macrosiphum pis/), the 2 species of Chaulioguathus mentioned are thought to be of distinct economic value. The potato stalk borer, W. F. SIcSparran (Y. Y. Tribune Farmer, 10 {Wld), No. 516, p. 18). — It is stated that in the potato district of Pennsj-lvania about I'urniss injury by the potato stalk borer in 1911 amounted to thousands of dollars. The preservation of aphis-eating lady beetles. A new application of cold {Rev. G^n. Froid, 3 (1911), No. 3, pp. 232-23.',; ubs. in Inteniat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, pp. 1119, 1180). — This is an account of work with coccinellids being carried on by the California Horticultural Commission, The orange-yellow coffee borer, Nitocris usambicus, H. Morstatt (Pflanser, 7 (1911), No. 5, j)p. 271-276, jil. 1, fig. i).— The author finds that in addition to the white coffee borer, Anthores levconotvs, which is widely distributed in South Africa and has for years been known to be a source of injury, a second borer (N. usamMcus) is implicated in the injury to coffee trees. This paper gives descriptions of its stages and accounts of its injury, life history so far as known, and remedial measures. On some undescribed Scolytidae of economic importance from the Indian Region, II, E. P. Stebbing (Indian Forest Mem,., Forest Zool. Ser., 1 (1909), No. 2, pp. 20, fig. 1). — This continuation of the paper previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 247) includes descriptions of 15 species new to science. Some factors influencing the development of the boll weevil, W. D. Pierce (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 13 (1911), No. 2, pp. 111-111,).— K brief discussion of the influence of temperature, humidity, texture of food, etc, on the develop- ment of the cotton boll weevil. A handbook of bee keeping, B. Zander (Handbuch der Bienenkunde in Einzeldarstellungen. Stuttgart, 1910, vol. 1, pp. 31, pis. J,, figs. 8; 1911, vols. 2, pp. J,2, pis. 8, figs. 13; 3, pp. VIII+182, pis. 20, figs. 149).— The first volume of this work deals with foul brood and methods of combating it; the second with diseases and enemies of immature bees ; and the third with the anatomy and histology of the bee. Apiculture in Tunis, J. Georges (Bill. Dir. G6n. Agr. Com. et Colon, Tunis, U (1910), No. 57, pp. JiJf8--'f75, pis. 2, fig. 1; 15 (1911), No. 58, pp. 74-107, pi. 1, map 1). — This account includes tabulated data for 1909 on the number of bee 254 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. keepers aud hiA-es, and the amount and value of comb and honey produced in the A'arious sections of Tunis. The chalcidoid parasites of the coccid Kermes pubescens, with, descriptions of two new genera and three new species of Encyrtinae from Illinois, A. A. GiEATJLT (Canad. Ent., 43 (1911), No. 5, pp. 16S-178). — Cristafithorax ptilcher and JEnasioidea latiscapus, representing new genera and species, and Microterys speciosissimus n. sp. are recorded as reared from K. puliescens on oak at Ur- bana, III. Notes on the breeding of Tropidopria conica, G. E. Sanders {Canad. Ent., IfS (1911), No. 2, pp. .',8-50, fig. 1). — About 40 per cent of the puparia of Eristalis tcnax, collected under natural conditions at Ottawa in August and September, 1910, was found to be parasitized by the proctotrypid T. conica. The largest number of adults bred from a puparium was 46, the lowest 21, with an average of 35. Field work in the control of the Argentine ant, L. J. Nickels (Jour. Econ. Ent., 4 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 353-358). — Control operations carried on at Berkeley, Cal., where 2 small, isolated colonies of Argentine ants have become established, are described. The results obtained have been very satisfactory thus far, it having been found possible to exterminate this pest and to prevent absolutely its spread. Notes on a sawfly injurious to ash, E. R. Sassceb (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 13 (1911), No. 2, j)p. 107, 108, pi. 1). — Notes on the life history and bionomics of Tomostethus multicinctus, which for several seasons has defoliated white ash in certain sections of Washington, D. C, are presented. Observations for 4 successive years show this sawfly to be single brooded. A new enemy of the mulberry tree (ViUaggio, 36 (1911), No. 1822, p. 254; abs. in Internat. Inst. Ayr. [Rornc^, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, p. 1194). — The red spider Tetranychns pilosus is reported to have become the source of injury to the mulberry in the Trento district of Italy. The Rocky Mountain spotted-fever tick, with special reference to the problem of its control in the Bitter Root Valley in Montana, W. D. Hunter and F. C. Bishopp (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 105, pp. -'/7, i)ls. 3, figs. 3).— This is a detailed accoimt of studies commenced in 1908 and conducted in cooperation with the Biological Survey of this Department and the Montana Experiment Station. Reports by the Biological Survey (E. S. R., 25, p. 756) and the Montana Station (E. S. R., 20 p. 03) have been previously noted, as has a circular relating to the geographical distribution of this tick (E. S. R., 25, p. 59). The seasonal histoi-y and habits of Dermacentor vcnustus are dealt with at some length. In lesser altitudes and at the southern limit of the range of the species, activity may begin as early as the middle of February, while in the Bitter Root Valley, it is probable that the ticks seldom become active in numbers before nearly the middle of ^Nlarch. It has been determined that the adults collected on vegetation during the spring months may survive for a period of 413 days without food. Fertilization takes place on the host, and in from 8 to 17 days the females engorge and drop. Deposition may begin as soon as the seventh day after dropping, and all of the eggs, which usually number about 4,000, are deposited within a period of 30 days. In the Bitter Root Valley the period required for incubation ranges from 34 to 51 days, the longer period occurring in the early spring months. At Dallas, Tex., eggs hatched as early as 15 days after deposition, the longest incubation period being 41 days. I ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 255 During the summer months all of the larvae hatching from a mass of eggs usually die within 1 mouth after the first eggs hatch; in one instance, how- ever, a period of 117 days elapsed from the beginning of hatching of the eggs until the death of the last larva. Those larvse which succeed in finding an animal engorge and drop from the host between the third and eighth days; from 6 to 21 days then pass before they molt. Unfed nymphs have been found to survive a period of more than 300 days. The nymphs, which require from 'I to 9 days for engorgement, emerge from about the middle of July to the beginning of cold weather. Some of the nymphs which transform during the summer find hosts and engorge. A few of these are thought to molt to adults before cold weather begins, these individuals being the only ones which com- plete their life cycle in a single season. Those larvae which hatch from eggs deposited by females that do not find hosts until late in the spring become engorged during July and August and do not molt to nymphs until shortly before winter. These nymphs begin to appear in the spring, shortly after the adult ticks become active, the last individuals not securing hosts until early in July. These individuals molt to adults during the latter part of the summer, and the resulting adults pass the winter before feeding. Thus it appears that although a few of the ticks may complete their life cycle, from nymph to nymph, or adult to adult, during one season, the ma- jority require 2 years. In considering the host animals of these ticks, tables are given which show the results of examinations made of wild maihmals in the Bitter Root Valley during 1910 and 1911, with the number and stages of D. venustus found thereon, and of the animals on which D. venustus has been found in the adult stage. Other species of ticks found in regions where Rocky Mountain spotted fever occurs, species of ticks which might play an important part in the dis- semination of the disease should it be introduced into new regions, and the practical control or eradication of the spotted-fever tick are considered at some length. Under methods of destroying this tick the authors discuss dipping, including details of vat, construction, handwork, etc. The necessity for expert super- vision in the work of controlling this tick is emphasized. A bibliography of the more important writings on the spotted fever tick, consisting of 28 titles, is appended. The life history of a parasitic nematode (Habronema muscae), B. H. Ran- som (Science, n. ser., 34 (1911), No. 881, pp. 690-692) .—This nematode parasite of the house fly, first reported by Carter from Bombay, India, in 1861, was recorded by Leidy in 1874 as occurring in 20 per cent of the house files examined at Philadelphia. During the summer of 1910 the author found it to be fairly common in house flies caught at "Washington, D. C-, and in 1911 to be com- monly present in house flies in Colorado and Nebraska. Investigations which led to examinations of the stomachs of 2 horses in 1911 resulted in the finding of a complete series of stages in the development and growth of this parasite from larva to adult. The embryos, which are excreted in the feces, enter the bodies of fly larvae, developing therein from eggs deposited by house flies. " During the development of the fly larvae and pupae, the worms with which they have become infested also undergo a process of growth and development, reaching their flnal larval stage at about the time the files emerge from the pupal state. Further development of the worms waits upon the swallowing of the infested flies by a horse, in which event the life cycle becomes completed by the growth of the worms to maturity." 24971°— No. 3—12 5 256 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. The author suggests that a practical application may be made of this Ijuowl- edge through its affording a means of determining with some degree of accuracy the proportion of flies in a given locality which find their breeding places in horse manure. Vaporite as a means of destroying' subterranean insects, H. von Feilitzen (Fiihli)ig's Landw. Ztg., 60 (1011), No. 5, j)p. 169-17Ii). — In field exi>eriments conducted with larvre of the elaterid beetle Agriotcs lincatus and the cabbage maggot {Phorhia [Anthomyia^'brassiccB) , vaporite proved ineffectual. In order to test the direct action, 5 wireworms were placed in a small glass cylinder that was filled with soil to a height of 20 cm., covered with 2 cm. of soil and above this was placed 10 cm. of soil containing a large proportion of vaporite. All the 5 wireworms were alive after a 24 hours' exposure, while others on which vaporite was placed were able to crawl away without showing signs of injury. The author also finds that under certain conditions, namely, when used in large quantities and poorly mixed, vaporite may injure the growth of cultivated plants. The adhesion of insecticide mixtures of lead arsenate, H. Astruc, A. Cou- VERGNE, and J. Mahoux {Compt. Rend,. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 26, pp. 1860-1862). — In order to determine the effect of age on the adhesiveness of lead arsenate, the authors applied mixtures, prepared from 1 to 20 days pre- vious, to plates of glass and to foliage. After drying for 24 hours the samples on glass were exposed for i hour to a violent drenching in imitation of rain, their surfaces being on an incline of 15 to 20° ; later they were exposed to the washing of heavy rains. The tests led the authors to conclude that the age of a mixture of this insecti- cide affects its adhesion to the vine but slightly. In general, when applied to the vine, it was found that mixtures which had not been prepared for more than 5 days were nearly equivalent in adhesiveness, whereas those which had been prepared for from 10 to 20 days lost about one-fourth of the adhesive property. Leakag'e of fumigation tents, C. W. Woodworth (Jour. Econ. Eni., If (1911), No. Ji, pp. 376-380, pi. 1). — A discussion of the significance of the leakage factor in fumigation, with a view to developing a dosage system based upon the vary- ing conditions of leakage tents found in actual operations in the field. Pure insecticides, C. W. Woodworth (California Sta. Circ. 73, pp. 2).' — This circular suggests terms for use in the more accurate specification of higli grade insecticides. The California insecticide law permits any grade to be sold, only requiring a statement of its composition and providing that it shall not be lower than wthin 5 per cent of the percentage claimed on the label. A list is given of chemicals and crude drugs already registered and the per- centages claimed. Legislation in Canada in reference to injurious insects and plant diseases, C. G. Hewitt (Jour. Econ. Ent., Jf (1911), No. >,, pp. 35S-362 ) .—The text of the destructive insect and pest act of 1910, by which the Canadian Department of Agriculture is empowered to take such action as may be deemed necessary to prevent the introduction or spreading of injurious insects and plant diseases. is presented, together with the regulations promulgated. [Establishment of a plant inspection service in France] (Jour. Off. Rrpuh. Franc, JfS (1911), No. 130, pp. 3808. 3809; abs. in Intcrnat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 5, pp. 1198-1200).— On May 1, 1911, the President of France issued the decree, here presented, estab- lishing an inspection service consisting of entomological and phytopathological sections. FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 257 FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. Influence of saccharin on the nutrition and health of man {U. 8. Dept. Agr. Rpt. 9Jf, pp. 375). — The report of the referee board of consulting experts is incltided, together with the results of investigations on which the conclusions are based. Influence of saccharm on digestion, metabolism, nutrition, and general health, C. A. Herter (pp. 9-228). — The experiments on the effects of saccharin were made with 3 subjects under observation for from 129 to 164 days, and were divided into various periods. During the foreperiod no saccharin was talien. Five periods followed during which it was taken with the foods in increasing amounts beginning with 0.3 gm. daily and increasing to 1.5 gm. per day. An afterperiod followed during which no saccharin was taken. Clinical records were kept, the urine and feces were examined, the nitrogen balance M^as determined, and other similar experimental data were recorded, as well as the results of studies of the effect of saccharin upon enzyms. " In no case was any evidence obtained of any specific inhibiting action upon enzyms by saccharin or by its sodium salt. Such quantities of these substances as might be em- ployed for sweetening food are unlikely to affect the normal physiological activity of the digestive enzyms." According to the author, " from a considei'a- tion of all the data bearing on the subject of the action of saccharin we have reached the conclusion that relatively large doses of saccharin (over 0.3 gm., and especially above 1 gm. daily), if continued for considerable periods of time (months), are liable to induce disturbances of digestion. On the other hand, small doses of saccharin (0.3 gm. or less) may be taken daily during long periods of time (months) by normal adults without any detriment to health ascertainable by the available methods of study. " No evidence was attainable that the addition of saccharin to the food altered the quality or strength of the food. On the other hand, it is obvious that if saccharin be added to the food with intention of replacing glucose or some other foodstuffs, this must be regarded as a substitution involving the reduction of the food value of the sweetened product, and hence as a reduction in its quality." The paper is followed by a collection of references to the literature of sac- charin. Effect of saccharin on the health, nutrition, and general metabolism of man, O. Folin (pp. 229-375). — Twelve young men were selected as subjects, of whom 7 drawn by lot received saccharin, while the other 5 served as controls. For a period of about 5 months the men given saccharin took it almost uninterrupt- ees which the author thinlis are the result of a cross of primigenius and brachy- ceros. A comparison with otlier specimens leads to the conclusion that Meck- lenburg cattle, like other lowland breeds, had their origin in the old red cattle. . A bibliography is appended. DAIRY FARMING— LAIRYINa. Eour systems of dairy farming and the profit on each, W. J. Frasee and R. E. Brand (Illinois Sta. Circ. 151, pp. 2.'f). — This circular explains and com- pares 4 different systems of cropping for a 160-acre dairy farm, showing the differences due to kinds of crops and their adaptability to the feeding of dairy cows. The results are shown in the following table : Estimation of comparative results of different systems of dairy farming. Rotation. Com, oats, corn, oats, timothy, pasture, pasture, pasture Corn, corn, corn, oats, clover, clover and timothy, pasture, pasture Corn, corn, com, oats, clover, pasture, pas- ture, alfalfa Com, alfalfa Estimated of diges- tible nutri- ents per acre. 245, 182 322,359 379, 126 617,730 Estimated number of cows per farm. 65 100 Estimated milk per acre. Pounds. 991 1,475 2,025 3,150 Estimated profit per fann. $2.43 780. 00 1,947.00 3,928.00 Estimated gain or loss In nitrogen per farm. Pounds. -1,900 110 +2, 280 -1-5,830 Dairy farm management in the Ozarks, L. A. Allen (Missouri Bd. Agr. Mo. Bill, 9 (1911), No. 6, pp. 29, figs. 11).— A bulletin written for the practical dairy farmer in southwestern Missouri. Feeding dairy cows, C. C. Hayden {Illinois Sta. Circ. 152, pp. 31). — This circular discusses in a popular way the composition and digestibility of both homegrown and purchased feeds, the effects of different feeds on the animal, the summer soiling system, and gives directions for balancing rations. A number of sample rations for dairy cows are suggested. Comparative feeding experiments with milch cows in relation to the effect of rice feed meal, sesame cake, and dried brewers' grains, V. Renner {Fiihling's Landic. Ztg., 60 (1911), No. 15, pp. 5i. 5-5.38). —The author reports experiments in which a ration containing dried brewers' grains gave a larger yield of milk and a higher percentage of fat than rations containing sesame cake and rice feed meal. The effect of a change of feed on the composition of cow's milk, with special reference to the nitrogen content, P. H. Yieth (Der Gehalt der Kvhmilch besonders an den verschiedenen Arten der stickstoffhultigen Substanz bei wechselnder Emdhrung. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Leipsic, 1909; abs. in Milchiv. Ze^itbl., 6 {1910), No. 9, pp. 428, ^29).— An addition of peanut meal to the 274 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. uormal ration of milch cows increased the quantity of millt and the percentage of all solids except ash and sugar in varying amounts, according to the in- dividuality of the animal. The effect was more noticeable in the early part of the lactation period. The content of albumin was increased more than that of casein. The factors concerned in milk secretion (Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, 57 (1911), No. 21, pp. 1699, 1700). — An editorial which reviews recent investiga- tions on galactagogues, most of which have been previously noted from other sources. Machine v. hand milking-, J. G. McMillan {Agr. Oaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 10, pp. S59-S68). — A report of milliing machine trials at the Hawkes- bury Agricultural College, where they have been used for nearly 9 years. Fi'om this work it is concluded that the flow of milk is not appreciably de- creased when machine milking is substituted for hand milking, except in iso- lated cases, and that the period of lactation is not shortened or subsequent periods of lactation adversely affected in any way. Cows that had been milked by machine continuously for 5 years apparently did not decrease in the annual yield of milk. The percentage of solids in the milk remained the same as with hand milking, and the cows were no more subject to udder troubles. Machine milking was much the cheaper and cleaner when the machines were properly cared for and run by a capable operator. The cost of milk production, J. H. Monkad (N. Y. Produce Rev. and Amer. Cream., 33 (1911), No. 1, pp. J,6, 48, 50). — This consists of various estimates made during a period of 25 years in Europe and America. The determination of the number of bacteria in milk by direct micro- scopical examination, R. S. Breed (Genthl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Ait., 30 (1911), No. 16-18, pp. 337-3.'iO, fig. 1; ahs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc. [London], 1911, No. 5, p. 710). — The method described gives a much higher count than plating, and is thought to give a more truthful idea of the real number present. Milk standards: A study of the bacterial count and the dairy score card in city milk inspection, W. K. Brainerd and W. L. Mallory (Virginia Sta. Bui. 194, pp. 3-20, figs. 3). — The average of 185 counts of samples of milk taken from the milk supply of Richmond, Va., between August 1 and October 15, was 33,000 per cubic centimeter. During the same period the average score of the 54 dairies under observation was 81. The samples of milk were taken at the stables. About 70 per cent of the counts was below the average count, the latter being raised abnormally by a comparatively few very large counts. One count of nearly 2,000.000 occurred in a dairy in which the count never at any other time exceeded 14,000, which would indicate that in some cases there was carelessness on the part of the men rather than any fixed condition which pre- vailed. This was further illustrated by a comparison of the counts of the different dairies with the score. As a rule the count varied with the score, but for some unknown reason the highest scoring dairy showed a larger bacterial count than the lowest scoring dairy. The authors state that the score card has a value as an educator, is now the most potent influence in raising the quality of the milli supply, and its use should be continued until some better method can be developed. It is defective because it will not effectively guard against disease germs, such as typhoid bacteria. The bacterial count as a measure of sanitary properties of milk is defective because it is cumbersome, and a high count is uot always evidence of a dangerous milk. It is, however, very useful in connection with the score card. To show the relation between the amount of dirt in milk and the bacterial content, varying quantities of dirt were added to the milk. With each increase DAIRY FARMING ^DAIRYING. 275 in the quantity of dirt there was an increase in the number of bacteria, but the increase was not proportionate to the amount of dirt added. The dairy score card used in this work is given. Usefulness and limitations of so-called milk standards, L. L. Van Slyke (Horn and Hoof, 4 (1911), A^o. ^, j)p. 8-10). — ^A discussion of chemical and biological standards for commercial milk. Improvement of the milk supply, I. C. Weld (Ohio State Univ. Bui., 14 (1910), No. 7, pp. 71-79). — A lecture given at the dairy institute at Toledo in February, 1909, in which are discussed the results of scoring dairy farms and insi>ection of city milk supply. Tuberculosis and the milk supply, S. Delepine (Jour. Meat and Milk Eyg., 1 (1911), No. 10, pp. 543-574). — A general summary of measures, public and private, which can be put into practice to diminish the danger of infecting human beings with tuberculosis by means of the milk supply. A bibliography is appended. [Report of the joint committee on] pasteurization, E. D. Shuetleef et al. (Rpt. Joint Com. TtihercuTiii Test [lU.], 1911, pp. 73-79). — A summary of the advantages and disadvantages of pasteurizing. The conclusions concerning the tuberculin test are noted on page 283 from another source. Formulas for standardizing milk, cream, or ice cream, F. E. Peck (Hoard's Dairyman, 42 (1911), No. 43, p. 1317). — These formulas are simple and have an advantage over the diagram method in that the desired result can be obtained in one operation. Production of milk and butter in winter, H. Martel (Hyg. Viande et Lait, 5 (1911), No. 10, pp. 561-578). — This contains some statistics on the amounts and value of milk and milk products in European countries, and a discussion of the importance of having more cows freshen in the autumn so as to furnish a more even supply of milk and butter througliout the year. Milk and its products in the Caucasus, C. Eeizian (Milch Ztg., 40 (1911), Nos. 39, pp. 385-387; 40, pp. 395-398). — This discusses the general conditions of the dairy industry in this region, and describes the types of butter, cheese, and other products prepared for market. On the Siebenbiirg Backa sheep, with special reference to the milk, F. Baintneb (KisMet. Kozlem., 14 (1911), No. 4, PP- 597-614). — ^An account of this breed of sheep, with analytical data on milk and milk products. Butter from ewe's milk, A. Dall'Aglio (Caseiflcio Mod., 4 {1911), No. 4> pp. 54-95; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bill. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 652, 653). — ^A report of experiments in making whey butter from ewe's milk. From 108 liters of whey 12.5 liters of cream was obtained, from which was produced 4.35 kg. of butter. The butter industry in France and in foreign countries, A. Rolet (Uin- dustrie da hcurre en France et a VEtranger. Paris [1910], vols. 1, pp. 270; 2, pp. 186, figs. 35; abs. in Indus. Lait [Paris], 36 (1911), No. 15, p. 257).— A. general treatise on the art and science of butter making. The first volume treats of the methods and extent of the butter industry in France, and the second of the manufacture and commercial importance of butter making in other countries. Factory managers' butter exhibition, M. A. O'Callaghan (Agr. Qaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 10, pp. 853-858, pis. 2).— The percentages of moisture, curd, boric acid, and the content of different species of bacteria in butter are reported. Gastro-intestinal trouble accompanied by vomiting, caused by eating butter, O. Fettick (Ztschr. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., 22 (1911), No. 2, pp. 51-56). — A sample of butter which had caused intestinal trouble was found to be rancid. 276 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. abnormal in color, and high in acidity. It was also found to be contaminated with a great variety of organisms, including yeasts, molds, and coli and aero- genes types of bacteria. The pei-centage of lactic-acid bacteria colonies was unusually low. Apparently the butter had been made without the customary regard for cleanliness and had not been thoroughly worked in order to remove the buttermilk. How can we approximate the fat content of cheese products from the results of an analysis and the method utilized for producing the cheese? HoFT {Milch Ztg., J/O (1911), No. 25, pp. 2//8, 2Jf9).— For determining the ulti- mate fat and total solid content of a cheese, the result of the specific gravity determination of the original milk is taken as a basis. The density figures are then compared with a table which foretells the total solid content of the cheese. Another procedure consists of determining the difference between the density of the original milk and that of the resulting whey. All the figures in the tables are based on the premises that under the same conditions the same amount of fat-free dry substance of the milk used goes over into the cheese. The author points out as a result of his work that this is not always the case, because the method of working up the cheese is also a factor. The Raffine cheese of the Island of Orleans, J. C. Chapais {Lg Fromage Rafflne de UlsJe d'OrUans. Quebec: Govt., 1911, pp. 30, figs. 8). — ^A descrip- tion is given of the method of making this whole milk soft cheese, manufac- tured on the Island of Orleans, Province of Quebec. An analysis is reported as follows: Water 53.82 per cent, fat 25.35 per cent, and solids-not-fat 20.83 per cent. Extraction of lactose from milk serum, R. Sanfelici (Indus. Latt. e Zootec, 9 (1911), No. 6, pp. 8S, 89; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Roiue], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 65.'i, 655). — Lactose paste, an intermediary product from which milk sugar was obtained on evaporating whey after the manufacture of Rieotta cheese, gave the following analysis : Water 24.58, fat 1.26, protein 5.22, lactose 58, ash 5.86, and undetermined substances 0.9 per cent. From 100 kg. of this paste from 44 to 45 kg. of raw sugar was obtained. The concentration of the whey cost 0.8 franc per hectoliter and the total cost of extracting 100 kg. of refined lactose would be about 25 francs ($2.09 per 100 lbs.). Casein, O. Wennevold (MoellcerUid., 23 (1910), Nc. 36, pp. 785-79-',).— A description of the methods of manufacture and general requirements for the success of the industry. VETERINAEY MEDICINE. Veterinary bacteriology, R. E, Buchanan (Philadelphia and London, 1911, pp. 516, figs. 21Ji). — This book represents a revision of the lectures given to the students in the division of veterinary medicine of the Iowa State College during the past 6 years, and " constitutes a serious attempt to put in usable form that fund of knowledge concerning bacteriology which the students of veterinary medicine should master." The book is divided into 6 sections, as follows: (1) Morphology, physiology, and classification of bacteria; (2) laboratory methods and technique; (3) bac- teria and the resistance of the animal body to disease; (4) pathogenic micro- organisms exclusive of the protozoa; (5) pathogenic protozoa; and (6) infec- tious diseases in which the specific cause is not certainly known. Pathological technique, F. B. Mallory and J. H. Weight (Philadelphia and London, 1911, 5. ed., rev. and enl., pp. 507, pis. 2, figs. IH). — This is the fifth revised and enlarged edition of this work, which is a practical manual for VETERINARY MEDICINE. 277 workers in pathology, histology, and bacteriology, and includes directions for performing autopsies and clinical diagnosis by laboratory methods. The physiology of parturition, R. F. Bourne (Amer. Jour. Vet. Med., 6 (.1911), No. 9, pp. 726-729). — This paper discusses our present knowledge of the subject and its relation to obstetrics. Obstetrical aid for large calves in the normal posterior sacral position, W. Becker {Uher die GebiirtsMlfliche Entwickelung su Grosser Kulber in der normalen Hintei'endlage. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1909, pp. 2Jf, figs. Jt). — A description of methods of obstetrical aid for large calves in the normal posterior sacral position with and without embryotomy. The chemistry of synthetic drugs, P. May {London, 'New York, and Cal- cutta, 1911, pp. XIII+229). — This book contains a description of the chemical nature of synthetic drugs, with particular reference to their pharmacology. Use of chloral hydrate in fistula, R. F. Stirling (Vet. Jour., 67 {1911), No. JfSO, pp. 227, 228). — Cotton plugs saturated with a 10 per cent solution of chloral hydrate were found to yield remarkable results for fistulous withers which before had failed to respond to treatment. The source of the immune bodies in the lymphs, F. C. Becht and A. B. LucKHARDx (Amer. Jour. Physiol., 27 (1911), No. 4, pp. XI, XII). — The authors studied " the problem of the passage of the antibodies from the blood to the lymphs and other body fluids," with the result that they " find that the anti- bodies— hemolysins, agglutinins, and opsonins — pass at about the same rate from the blood into the lymphs, but they make their appearance in a shorter time in the thoracic than in the cervical lymph. They are nearly always in higher concentration in the former than in the latter, although the reverse may be true occasionally after the experiment has been in progress for several hours. The antibodies hardly pass into the cerebrospinal fluid at all. The same is true of the aqueous humor. The concentration of the antibodies in the various body fluids in the animal rendered passively immune by this method soon reaches an equilibrium, which is the same as that in the actively immun- ized animal of the same degree of immunity. From [their] experiments [the authors] concluded that the source of the antibodies of the lymphs is the blood, and that the antibodies obey the laws of lymph formation as do the other con- • stituents of the lymphs." The part played by the spleen in the formation of immune bodies, A. B. LucKHARDT and F. C. Becht (Amer. Jour. Physiol., 27 (1911), No. 4, PP- XVI, XVII). — As a working hypothesis the authors assumed that an animal with a spleen would produce antibodies more rapidly than a splenectomized animal. As a result of this work they conclude that " the animals possessed of a spleen produced the specific antibodies (hemolysins, hemagglutinins, and hemop- sonins) more rapidly. The ultimate concentration of these antibodies in the serum was usually much higher than in the splenectomized animal; never was the concentration lower. In this relation of immunity there seems to be no compensation for the spleen, at least within a period of 8 months. Intraperi- toneal introduction of spleen emulsion from dogs immunized 3 to 24 hours pre- viously by an intravenous injection of antigen (goat or rat blood) resulted in the appearance of the specific antibodies in the serum of the recipients. No increase in antibodies was noted in the sera of those animals into whose peri- toneal cavity normal spleen emulsion was introduced. The introduction of ' immune ' heart muscle, liver, bone marrow, and lymph glands did not give posi- tive results. The method of transplantation of the spleen in toto has so far not proved feasible in our hands." On the alterations in hemolytic immune-body which, occur during the process of immunization, C. H. Browning and G. H. Wilson (Jour. Hyg. 278 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. [Camhridge], 11 (1011), No. 2, pp. 208-219).— An the esUmation of the amount of immune-body necessary to produce lysis at different periods does not give any information as regards qualitative changes undergone by the molecules of the immune-body during the course of immunization, the authors to investigate the subject have chosen an immune-body obtained by injecting washed ox-blood corpuscles into the peritoneal cavity of rabbits. As a result of the work they found that " the hemolytic immune-body which is developed shows qualitative differences at different stages of immunization. The immune-body molecules which appear in the serum in the early stage of immunization (e. g., 4 to 8 days after a single injection, of 2 to 4 cc. of red blood corpuscles) are deficient in the power of causing absorption of comple- ment when added to the corresponding blood corpuscles. This is most clearly brought out by the very slight increase in complement absorbed under the influ- ence of multiple doses of immune-body as compared with the amount absorbed by 1 dose. The deficient complement absorption does not depend to any marked degree on deficient combination of immune-body with the receptors of the red corpuscles. When, after repeated injections of blood corpuscles, im- munization has been carried to such a stage that an immune-body is produced which is very active in causing absorption of complement, then it is found that on ceasing to give further injections the relative complement-combining power remains high after the immune-body content of the serum as measured by the hemolytic dose has fallen to a very considerable extent. So far as [the au- thors] are aware the occurrence of such alterations in the properties of immune- body during the process of immunization has not Jiitherto been noted." In regard to the action of exudate leucocytes on antibody formation, O. Stenstrom {Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., I, Orig., S {1911), No. 4, pp. 483-497). — It appears from this work that the presence of polymorphonu- clear leucocytes at the site of inoculation somewhat prevents the formation of agglutinins and possibly of bacteriolysins. Precipitin formation was not reduced, but on the contrary seemed to be increased. The white blood cells, therefore, can not be considered factors in these processes. Histological-chemical detection of peroxidase, R. Fischel (Wiener Klin. Wchnschr., 23 (1910), No. 44, PP- 1557, 1558; ahs. in Chem. Zentbl., 1910, II, No. 25, p. 1837; Anahjst, 36 (1911), No. 419, p. 75).— If pus or bone marrow (myelocytes) is dried upon a glass slide and treated with a 2 per cent solution of sodium benzidinemonosulphonate solution (containing 0.01 cc. of a 0.3 per cent solution of hydrogen peroxid) a blue coloration is obtained, the leucocytes being colored blue. Red blood corpuscles also give the same reaction, but 0.5 cc. of hydrogen peroxid is necessary. As leucocytes give no reaction when heated to a tempei'ature of 100° C, the method may serve as a distinguishing test between leucocytes and erythrocytes. The biological detection of latent pus accumulations, E. Tedeschi (Ann, I.ft. Maragliano, 3 (1910), pp. 1-8; abs. in Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Tlier., II, Ref., 2 (1910), No. 12, p. 247). — ^.4. simple precipitation method is described for detecting latent pus accumulations in the body. The reaction is based on the premises that the resorption products from pus accumulations are capable of producing antibodies in the blood stream. The poisonous effects of the black bean (Castanospermum australe) on cattle, S. T. D. Symons (Agr. Gas. N. 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 3, pp. 196-198, fig. 1). — Deaths among cattle in the North Coast district of New South Wales have been frequently reported as the result of eating the beans of C. australe (black bean tree, or Moreton Bay chestnut). The bean on ingestion causes an Intense gastrointestinal irritation which results in a severe diarrhea and which VETERINAKY MEDICINE. 279 is supposed to be due to the sapouin which the bean contains. The symptoms and post-mortem findings with some of the animals so poisoned are given in detail. The development of ascarids, P. R6zsa {Allatorvosi Lapok, 33 (1910), No. .'t6, p. 5Jt3; abs. in Vet. Rec, 23 (1911), No. 1191^ pp. 7^2, 7//3).— The author reports a case of intestinal impaction in a calf of 3 weeks that was caused by Ascaris vitnU. Supposing it to be a case of constipation, a dose of 10 gm. of aloes and 100 gm. of magnesium sulphate was administered. The following day a mass of more than 200 reddish-white ascarids of from 10 to 12 in. in length was passed. It is thought by the author that the calf had become infested in the first days of its life, most probably by taking ova with developed embryos, from the teats, and that their development had taken place in the short period intervening. The action of extracts from Ascaris equorum on the coagulation of the blood of rabbits, E. Emilb-Weil and G. Boye (Compt. Rend. Sac. Biol. [Paris], 69 (1910), No. 29, pp. 28-'f, 28.5).— The authors have found that an ex- tract of A, equorum has a retardative influence on the coagulation of rabbit blood and suggests that this may partially explain the hemorrhages caused by these parasites. The epizootiology of anthrax, S. Stockman (Jour, Campar. Path, and Ther., 2Jf (1911), No. 2, pp. 91-108, table 1; Vet. Rec, 21t (1911), No. 1206, pp. 122- 121). — ^A discussion in regard to the diagnostic methods, epizootiology, and pre- ventive measures for anthrax. The statistics of Great Britain for the years 1906-10 are used as a basis for the article. Unusual case of anthrax in a mare, J. H. Cakter (Vet. Rec,, 2/f (1911), No. 1199, pp. 2, 3). — ^A detailed description of the case. A case of anthrax treated by Sclavo's serum, W. M. Fergusson (Brit. Med. Jour., 1911, No. 2637, pp. 103, lOJf, chart 1).—A case of anthrax which had its origin In a heifer was successfully treated by this serum. In regard to a bacillus simulating the glanders bacillus. Martini (Abs, in Miinchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 (1911), No. 17, p. 91-'f). — This rod bacterium was isolated from a case which was diagnosed as glanders in man. It was found on examination to produce alkalinity in litmus milk. The glanders bacillus produces acidity. The precipitation reaction of Konew, W. L. Boyd (Amer. Jour. Vet. Med., 6 (1911), No. 9, pp. 723-725; Amer. Vet. Rev., 39 (1911), No, 5, pp. 568-571).— The Konew test (E. S. R.. 24, p. 184) was found to yield positive results with 6 cases of glanders. Four of the cases which were also tested against the mal- lein test and 2 against the agglutination test gave positive results. An examination was made of the serum from other animals affected with fistulous withers, poll evil, cartilaginous quitter, and exuberant granulations following wire cuts, as well as of the serum from normal horses, but in no instance was a positive reaction obtained. Eeport of the committee on standard methods for the bacterial diagnosis of glanders, W. L. Beebe et al. (Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc,, 1 (1911), No, 7, pp. 493-501). — After making a statistical study of the results obtained by the various methods thus far proposed for diagnosing glanders, the com- mittee of the American Public Health Association concludes that " mallein is the most reliable practical method that we have of diagnosing glanders; the agglutination test is a very valuable aid in diagnosing glanders, and, in some cases, can be employed where conditions prevent the application of other tests ; Straus' method is reliable in clinical cases where a positive reaction is ob- tained in the pig and Bacterium mallei recovered in pure cultures from the 280 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. lesions; it is advisable to make cultures in suitable culture media, such as glycerin potato, from the suspected material when Straus' method is employed ; complement fixation is very reliable, but is probably too tedious and com- plicated for routine procedure; cuti-reaction and ophthalmo reactions with mallein have shown very poor results." [An atypical case of rabies], N. Foss (Vet. Rec, 2.'t (.1911), No. 1206, pp. 120, 121). — A description of a case in a 12-year-old pointer dog. The simplest m.ethod for staining the Negri bodies, M. Stutzeb (Ztschr. Hyg. n. Infektionslcrank., 69 {1911), No. 1, pp. 25-28, fig. i).— The author has modified Nicolle's method for detecting the Negri bodies as follows : The paraffin section is carried through xylol, alcohol, and water in the usual manner, placed for from 5 to 15 minutes in Loffler's methylene blue solution (which has been previously diluted with distilled water to make a transparent solution), and differentiated with a 1 per cent solution of tannic acid. The length of time for exposure to the solution depends upon the thicknesses of the sections being stained. The progress of differentiation is observed by means of the low power of the microscope until the nuclei of the nerve cells show up plainly. When the differentiation is completed the preparation is taken from the tannin solution and dried with filter paper, quickly carried through alcohol and xylol, and mounted in Canada balsam. The Negri bodies appear reddish violet, while the nerve cells are blue. Pyocyaneus infection in dog's and its similarity to rabies, W. F. Harvey, R. M. Carter, and H. W. Acton {Vet. Rec, 24 {1911), No. 1202, pp. 57-59).— In this paper the results of examining 5 cases in dogs are reported, which in one way or another would lead one to suspect rabies. In all instances Bacillus pyocyaneus was detected and could be recovered from guinea pigs and rabbits which were inoculated with the brain substance and the blood. Negri bodies were not noted. A paratyphoid-like bacillus isolated, from a dog, E. H. Rxtediger {Jour. Infect. Diseases, 8 {1911), No. .'/, pp. //S6--'/99). — During a routine test for Negri bodies in a dog the author came upon a case which was negative as regards Negri bodies, but from the blood of the heart and the pus from the lung a small rod-like bacterium was isolated which resembled the paratyphoid bacillus morphologically and biologically. . It was found to be highly pathogenic for guinea pigs, rabbits, and monkeys, and had a tendency to produce pneumonia. A soluble toxin, according to the author, is probably not produced by this organism. While comparing this organism with strains of paratyphoid A and B the author incidentally noted that practically no difference exists between the bacilli usually classified as A and B. Susceptibility of certain domestic animals to plague infection with par- ticular reference to that of ground squirrel origin, G. W. McCoy and C. W. Chapin {Jour. Infect. Diseases, 9 {1911), No. 3, pp. 276-281).— "Although there are a few discordant reports, the general experience with animals other than rodents and anthropoids seems to be that local and temporary constitu- tional effects are observed in a considerable number of cases after feeding or after subcutaneous inoculation with cultures of Bacillus pestis or with plague tissues, but that fatal infections are extremely rare. The cat is an exception to this rule, and exhibits a considerable degree of susceptibility. The results of our experiments have been quite in harmony with the above generalization. B. pestis was demonstrated at the site of inoculation after several days in the case of the calf, hog, and sheep, but not in the case of the goat. Adequate VETERINARY MEDICINE. 281 doses of the serum of the goat and the calf inoculated with a culture of B. pestis certainly protected rats against plague infection. In the case of the hog and the sheep some protection was probably exerted." Biolog'y and moi-pholog'y of Streptothrix maduree, J. Koch and Stutzeb (Ztschi: Hijg. u. Infcktiomlcrank., 69 {1911), No. 1, pp. 17-2-i, figs. 2). — The causative agent of Madura foot or Mycetoma pedis was studied biologically and with the following results: (1) For the strain of Streptothrix examined the optimum temperature for growth was found to be from 16 to 22° C. (2) Among the fluid media bouillon containing blood serum and peptone was found to be the best. (3) Coagulated, deflbrinated horse blood, horse blood agar, and alkaline agar were found to be the best solid media for the development of this organism. (4) During the growth of this organism a peptonizing ferment was produced which acts upon casein, gelatin, and coagulated horse serum. Serum, diagnosis in trichinosis, H. Strobel {Mi'mchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 (1911), No. 13, pp. 672-674). — The results show that it is possible in some cases at least to detect trichinosis with the complement fixation method. Comparative investigations in regard to the tubercle bacilli of man and domestic animals, Zwick {Ztschr. Infektionskrank. u. Hyg. Hausticre, 4 {1908), Nos. 3-J,, pp. 161-166, pi. 1; 5-6, pp. 321, 322, table 1; ahs. in Berlin. TicrlirzU. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 31, pp. 555, 556).— On the basis of his investigations with human and bovine tubercle bacilli the author considers the division of these 2 types of bacteria into separate classes as proper. In regular cases of bovine tuberculosis only the bovine type of bacillus was present. Two cases of tuberculosis in children, which were supposed to have their source in milk from a tuberculous cow, are cited. From both of the children the human type of tubercle bacillus was isolated, and this, according to the author, excludes the assumption that the infection came from the cow. The precipitin reaction of Bouome for detecting tuberculosis and differentiat- ing between the bovine and human form of the disease was not found to be of any value. The second part of the work deals with the examination of tubercle bacilli obtained from the goat, pig, horse, and dog. In 4 cases of tuberculosis in the hog and in 3 of the goat the bacilli found were of the bovine type. In one case of tuberculosis in a horse the bacillus of the avian type was isolated. Examination of the tubercle bacilli obtained from bovines, E. Rothh.\ab {Ztschr. Infektionskrank. u. Hyg. Hausticre, 5 {1908), No. 1-2, pp. 101-128; abs. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 31, p. 556). — The tubercle bacilli from 27 cases of naturally infected bovines were examined as regards the characteristics set up by Kossel, Weber, and Heuss for the bovine type of bacillus and a close agreement found. No transition forms or organisms of a diminished virulence were noted. The occurrence of tubercle bacilli in the milk and lymphatic glands of bovines, H. J. Smit {tJhcr das Vorkommen von Tuberkelbacillen in der Milch nnd den Lymphdrilscn des Rindcs. Inang. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1908, pp 36, figs. 7). — The results of this investigation show that the milk from cows affected with chronic tuberculosis, but possessing sound udders, rarely or very seldom contains tubercle bacilli. Where, however, open tuberculosis exists in such animals tubercle bacilli can gain entrance into the milk from all channels which communicate with the exterior. The findings with the mammary glands, etc., from tuberculouB cattle on autopsy are given in detail. The presence of tubercle bacilli in the circulating hlood, T. Kueashige {Ztschr. Tuberkulose, 17 {1911), No. 4, pp. 347-365; aba. i/n MUnchen. Med. 282 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Wchnschr., 58 {1911), No. 26, p. llfll). — Tubercle bacilli were found present in the blood in all of the 3 stages of this disease iu man. Schnitter's method was used for detecting the bacilli. In regard to the nature of the caseous degeneration process of avian tubercle bacilli, P. Chauss6 (Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. \_Paris], 69 {1910), No. 3//, pp. Ji50, J,51; ahs. in CentU. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Ref-, ^9 {1911), No. 15-16, pp. 463, 46'/) ■ — The author has previously expressed the opinion that the caseous degeneration in bovine tuberculosis is due to a granular fatty degenera- tion of tlie cells. In this paper he points out that the process is identically the same as in avian tuberculosis. Brain tuberculosis, O. E. Vogel {Bo'lin. Ticrdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 30, pp. 536, 537). — A description of a case of brain tuberculosis in an ox which came to autopsy. The symptoms are described in detail. A case of equine tuberculosis, B. DeVine {Vet. Ree., 24 {1911), No. 1199, pp. 1, 2, pi. 1, charts 2).- — A description of a case of tuberculosis in a browm cart gelding. The symptoms and pathological findings are described in detail. Statistics of tuberculin tests and post-mortem findings, J. F. DeVine {Amer. Vet. Rev., 39 (1911), No. J,, pp. J/31, 7/32).— The tests and data herein discussed were made by different investigators under ordinary varying condi- tions and were prepared for the purpose of determining whether any distinct relation existed between the temperature noted and the post-mortem findings. " Comparison of the temperatures of generalized and localized cases tends to show that the temperature readings are no positive indication as to the extent of the disease in the animal, other than that in about 75 per cent of the gen- eralized cases the temperature readings were from 105 to 106° as against 72 per cent of the localized cases giving the same temperature readings, but it should again be noted that the percentage of localized cases was more than twice as many as the generalized cases of the total number tested and condemned. The number of no lesions, viz, about 3* per cent, seems to be quite in keeping with statistics furnished by others. The author would add, however, that post- mortem inspection was carried on only to the extent of ordinary meat inspection and in no instance were minute or microscopical examinations made." Abolition of tuberculin test for imported cattle, A. M. Thackara (Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. S.], U, (1911), No. 217, pp. 1251, 1252).— The new quarantine regulations in Germany which went into effect July 1, 1911, govern- ing the inspection of cattle coming in from Norway, Sweden, and Denmark, do not include the tuberculin test. All cattle are to be given a clinical exami- ation by veterinarians, and when necessary, by bacteriological tests. The reasons assigned are that the tuberculin test is unreliable, that it often causes harm to the cattle, and furthermore, that it hampers the trade in im- ported cattle. On the other hand, the agricultural interests claim that the abolition of the tuberculin test will greatly weaken the protection against infec- tious diseases, because they believe that the test is the best method of pre- venting the importation of tuberculous cattle. According to a statement made by one of the veterinary journals, " the annual statistics of the seaport cattle quarantine stations indicate that of the living animals tested with tuberculin there was scarcely 1 per cent reported as being tuberculous, whereas the sta- tistics of the abattoirs where the imported animals were slaughtered show that more than 30 per cent had been infected with the disease." Joint committee of House and Senate [of Illinois] to investigate the tuberculin test and the pasteurization of milk and its products, under House Joint Resolution Number 20 (//6. Gen. Assetnily III., [1910], pp. 471). — This publication contains the testimony given by lay and expert witnesses at the hearings of this commission held at rarious places in the United States, VETERINARY MEDICINE. 283 together with a summary of the more important literature bearing on the relation of bovine tuberculosis to the infection in man. Joint committee of House and Senate to investigate the tuberculin test and the pasteurization of milk and its products, under House Joint Resolu- tion Number 20 (47. Oen. Assembly III, [1911], pp. 79).— This is the second report of this committee In continuance of the investigations noted in the first report (E. S. R., 24, p. 682) and above. The precipitin, complement-binding, and antiopsonic tests in tuberculous and normal cattle, A. E. Portee (Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge], 11 (lOlil), No. 1, pp. 105-117). — "Advanced tuberculous bovine serum, lil^e human, does not re«nond very well to the precipitin test. On the other hand, a certain percentage of animals without any macroscopic evidence of tubercle do react. On this account the reaction, although undoubtedly valuable as a prophylactic, does not afford very reliable information as to the condition of an animal about to be slaughtered for meat. Combined with the complement-binding test, which ap- pears to be more characteristic of advanced than of early diseases (the pre- cipitin reaction belonging i-ather to the early and intermediate stages), it should prove of considerable value. It is interesting that bovine tuberculous serum does not precipitate with 0.5 per cent phenol, in the same way as human tuber- culous serum. " The antiopsonic reaction can hardly be said to be characteristic of tubercu- lous disease. It represents apparently a flaw in the normal protective mech- anism, and if especially present in advanced tuberculous sera is probably only so because the individuals possessing this pre-antiopsonin were rendered thereby more susceptible to the progress of the disease. " If the precipitin reaction is on the whole perhaps prognostically more favor- able, the antiopsonic reaction is probably prognostically unfavorable." Two chemical reactions for diagnosing tuberculosis, J. Jefimov (Vracheb- nai/a Gaz. [St. Petcrsb.], 11 {1910), No. 51, pp. 1G02, 1603; abs. in Murwheri: Med. WcJmschr., 58 (1911), No. 11, p. 919).— In the first reaction some freshly voided urine is heated to the boiling point and its reaction determined with lit- mus paper. In active tuberculosis the reaction is amphoteric and only in the last stages is it acid. The second test is conducted as follows: To a small amount of freshly voided urine a small amount of 20 per cent solution of lead acetate is added, then filtered through a double filter, the filtrate brought to the boiling point, and to the hot urine is added dropwise a 30 to 20 per cent alcoholic solution of chemically pure silver nitrate. After 5, 10, and 12 or more drops of the latter are added the urine assumes a bricli-red color when tuberculosis is in the latent and secondary stage. It sometimes takes on a violet coloration. In the third stage of tuberculosis the urine yields a dark cherry red coloration. The ophthalmo reaction v. subcutaneous tuberculin test and the conjunc- tival test for detecting tuberculosis with tuberculins of various kinds, J. Matschke (Die Ophthalmoreaktion zur Erkennung der Tuberkulose bci Rindern im Vergleich mit der subkutanen Tuberktilinreaktion und der Konjunk- tivalprobe mit TuberkuUn/prdparaten verschiedencr Herstellung und Zusamr mensetzung. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 52; rev. in Ztsehr. Tuberkulose, 11 (1911), No. 3, pp. 300, 301).— The results show that the conjunctival test in- creases in sensitiveness in proportion to the kind and strength of the preparation employed. In this connection the author points out the value of preparing a polyvalent tuberculin for this purpose. When weak, doubtful, and very doubt- ful reactions are obtained, repeated installations of the tuberculin will always bring out a more pronounced reaction, ijroviding of course that tuberculosis is present. 284 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. The conjunctival test (ophthalmo i-eaction) under certain conditions is of value for forensic worlc, and a subcutaneous injection of tuberculin will not influence the test. The ophthalmo reaction only appears when tuberculosis is present and is considered cheaper, talces less time, and is more reliable than the subcutaneous test. A previous conjunctival test will not influence the results of the superseding ophthalmo test. In regard to Calmette's cobra venom activation method for diagnosing tuberculosis, P. Bermbach (Ztschr. Tuherkulose, 17 (1911), No. .}, pj). 33Jf- 339). — According to Calmette, certain sera after inactivation can stimulate cob^a venom to hemolyze washed red blood corpuscles which had been pre- viously freed from serum. This venom activating substance is bound to lecithin. The sera from 19 cases of tuberculosis of man were examined in regard to hemolysis — only 4 showed complete hemolysis. Among the 15 negative cases 5 were positively tuberculous in character, 7 nontuberculous, and 3 doubtful cases. The ether-antiformin method for tubercle bacilli, Koslow (Berlin. Klin. Wchnsch7:, J,! (1910), No. 25, pp. 1181, 1182; abs. in Internat. Centbl. Gesam. Tmherkalose Forsch., It (1910), No. 10, p. 527). — This is a combination of the ether and anitformin method, and has the advantage of being rapid and not requiring the use of the centrifuge. Immunizing against tuberculosis, von Baumgarten, Dibbelt, and Dold (Arb. Path. Anat. u. Bakt., Path. Anat. Inst. Tilbingen, 7 (1910), p. 397; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., ^P (1911), No. 15-16, pp. 1,92, Jf93).— In previous work the authors vaccinated animals with the human type of bacillus and were able in this way to produce an immunity which lasted over a period of several 5'ears. The experiments here reported were conducted with 10 calves with a view of determining the minimal dose of the vaccine. The results show that 20 mg. of vaccine was sufHcient for all practical purposes to produce a high degree of immunity, and 10 mg. in some cases was just as efficient. The distribution and longevity of the life of the tubercle bacillus was also observed with 10 adult bovines. In these tests each animal was given from 2 to 5 gm. of the vaccine subcutaneously, and {ill animals were slaughtered after a period of from Si to 4 months. Pieces of the various organs, glands, and muscles of the animals were injected into guinea pigs with the result that only 2 of them died, and these where the pieces of the breast glands on the side in which the injection was made were given. They contained tubercle bacilli. Results with endotin (tuberculinum purum), B. H. Vos (Ztschr. Tuberku- lose, 17 (1911), No. ^, pp. 3// 0-34 6). —In the years 1909-10 36 cases of tuber- culosis in man were treated with this preparation, which is said not to produce the undesirable symptoms which result from the injection of old tuberculin. None of the advantages claimed for the preparation over old tuberculin could be noted. Foot-and-mouth disease 100 years ago, H. Kohl. (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 30, pp. 538, 539). — A historical discussion in regard to the views of veterinarians with reference to this disease 100 years ago. An unusual complication of mastitis necrotica, R. Reinhardt and O. HoFHERR (Berlin. Tierarztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 30, pp. 533-536, figs. Jj). — An unusual case of mastitis in a cow is described which was complicated by the presence of a croupous diphtheritic inflammation of the mucous mem- VETERINARY MEDICINE. 285 brane in the upper air passages, and which was studded with numerous necrotic areas. The mucosa of the first 3 sections of the stomach was also affected. The author believes that this is a case of metastatic Infection caused by a bacterium simulating B. coli. A contribution to the biology of the streptococcus of colpitis granulosa infectiosa, J. HaSak (TierdrzU. ZentU., 34 {191U), Nos. 1, pp. 2-5; 2; 3, pp. 39-41; abs. in Berlin, TierdrzU. Wchnschr., 22 {1911), No. 11, p. 3iO).— This is a short streptococcus which can be cultivated along with the other organisms occurring in the vaginal secretion of diseased boviues. Several strains of the organism isolated were found to differ among themselves, and furthermore, their hemolytic power was found to be very variable. The serum from rabbits which were immunized with this organism was found not only to agglutinate the particular strain employed, but others also in great dilution. Placing the organism in the vagina of healthy animals produced the disease in from 8 to 10 days. The treatment of contagious vaginal catarrh in bovines, von Velasco {Miinchen. TierdrzU. Wchnschr., 55 (1911), No. 29, pp. J/SG, 487).— Good results were obtained with 160 bovines by utilizing a mixture composed of copper sulphate, alum, and potassium permanganate (quantities not stated), of which a teaspoonful is dissolved in 1 liter of water, and 120 cc. injected with a syringe into the vagina once daily for 3 weeks. Steers are treated in the same manner per urethra. An effective method for combating infectious vaginal catarrh of bovines, Mengershausen {Deut. Landiv. Tierzucht, 15 (1911), No. 21, pp. 324, 325).— The method consists of utilizing tamix)ns saturated with a 3 per cent solution of lysoform. Parturient paresis (parturient apoplexy or milk fever), R. Ebbitt {Amer. Vet. Rev., 39 {1911), No. 5, pp. 563, 564). — After giving in a general way a re- trospect in regard to this condition the author describes the usual method of treating it without drugs " by inflation of the udder with air and allowing it to x-emain at least 20 hours before milking out," as he applies it. Where con- stipation accompanies the condition it is relieved by giving an injection of tepid water. Traumatic lesions of the udder and tristreaming (Ads. in BerUn. TierdrzU. Wchnschr:, 26 {1910), No: 49, p. 916). — ^A collection of studies of cases in ani- mals in which the udder delivered 2 and 3 streams (divided milk streams) points to the fact that in from 5 to 30 per cent of the cases in which the condi- tion was due to yellow gait the udder became useless. The vaccination campaign against hemoglobinuria in bovines, P. Knuth {Berlin. TierdrzU. Wchnschr., 21 {1911), No. 11, pp. 306, 301).— It trypano- somes do not occur in the blood of bovines after vaccinating with supposedly virulent blood it may be due to one of 3 reasons, as follows: (1) The blood emploj-ed for vaccination may have contained no trypanosomes at the outset; (2) the trypanosomes may have been present originally, but were destroyed before the blood was used for vaccination; or (3) the animals vaccinated may liave been immune as a result of a previous natural infection. The detection of trypanosomes in the blood after vaccination is best done, according to the author, by the Ross-Koch method. When the examination can not be conducted at once, a small quantity of blood can be taken from the jugular vein in a sterile flask containing some glass pearls and strongly shaken for 10 minutes to defibrinate the blood. It is then transported to the labora- tory for later examination, 286 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The treatment of pyometrltis in the cow, R. Messerli {Schiveiz. Arch. Tlerheilk., 25 {1910), No. 5, pp. 350-354; abs. in Vet. Rec, 24 {1911), No. 1204, p. 87). — A discussion In regard to the symptoms and to a new form of treatment. Pneumonia in cattle, S. H. Gallieb {Amer. Vet. Rev., 39 {1911), No. 5, pp. 565, 566). — After discussing the causes, course, symptoms, and post-mortem findings of this condition the following form of treatment is recommended : " First place the animal in a well-ventilated warm stall and cover with blanket. To 1 qt. of warm water add 2 lbs. of magnesium sulphate and 1 oz. of turpentine and give in form of drench, and if bowels do not move freely repeat in 12 hours. Also give every hour 1 dram of nux vomica, 10 minims of digitalis fluid extract, and 10 minims of aconite fluid extract. Until fever is reduced feed lightly of bran, oats, and alfalfa hay." Contagious pleuro-pneumonia (Longziekte) of bovines, L. De Blieck (Meded. Dcpt. Landl). [Dutch East Indies], 1911, No. 1, pp. 8). — This is a report in regard to the occurrence of this disease in Java. Eeport on the recent outbreak of rinderpest in the District of Davao, Mindanao, C. G. Thomson {PhiU^pme Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 4 {1911), No. 5, pp. 243-247). — The way in which an outbreak, covering an area of 150 square miles, was dealt with is described. Warbles, S. Stockman {Bd. Agr. and Fisheries [London], [Vet. Dept.], Ann. Rpts. Proc. 1910, pp. 21-23; Jour. Meat am,d Milk Hyg., 1 {1911), No. 10, pp. 592-594). — Tumors on the skin with gradually expanding orifices were marked and carefully watched but in no case was a warble known to make its exit during the night. The author found, however, that exposure to the sun's rays favored the exit from beneath the skin. In observations of 2 infested cattle, commenced in April, 1910, the first warble made its exit on May 31 and others continued to come out until June 12. The average period required for the metamorphosis of these warbles, which were later identified as Hypoderma hovis, was 33.6 days, the longest 44 days, and the shortest 23 days. Bacillus paratyphosus B, B. suipestifer, and B. enteritidis (Gartner) in comparison with the organisms causing white scours in calves, R. Langkau {Bacillus paratyphosus B, Bacillus suipestifer und Bacillus enteritidis Gartner im Vergleich su den Erregeiyi der Kdlberruhr. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Leipzig, 1909, pp. 63; ahs. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 9 {1911), No. 6, p. 261).— About 10 per cent of the bacteria isolated during enzootics of calf dysentery could not be morphologically and culturally distinguished (on differential diagnostic media for the coli typhoid group) from the paratyphoid group of bacteria. Fermenta- tion tests conducted with xylose, rhamnose, and arabinose showed that quali- tative and quantitative differences exist between the paratyphoid and calf dys- entery bacteria. The calf dysentery paratyphoid bacterium and the paracoli bacillus (Jensen) are agglutinated alike with Gartner's serum, and, according to the author, they must both be considered as Gartner's calf dysentery bacteria. On the other hand, Gartner's calf dysentery bacteria differentiate themselves from the Gartner bacterium of human origin in that they do not posses the ca- pacity of being agglutinated (group agglutination) by paratyphoid B and typhoid sera. All of the Gartner calf dysentery strains are characterized by strong pathogenicity and gi'eat toxin formation. Infection tests conducted by the author with calf dysentery bacilli (Gartner), paratyphoid B, and the so-called hog-cholera bacillus with young stock (half-grown bovines) showed that these bacteria were not wholly without effect. On the life cycle of Dicrocoelium lanceatum (Distomum lanceolatum), B. Zaknik {Sitzier. Phys. Med. Qesell. Wur2l)urg, 1910, No. 2, pp. 27-31, fig. 1; VETERINARY MEDICINE. 287 aJ)s. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc. [London], l!)Il, Xo. 3, pp. 361, 362).— The author describes the cercarice of this trematode which he found in the liver of a badly infested sheep. Swamp fever in horses, L. Van Es, E. D. Harbis, and A. F. Sciialk (Vorift Dakota Sta. Bui. 9J,, pp. 251-353, pis. 20, figs. 5).— The authors summarize and discuss available data and report the results of their own investigations, pre- senting the following conclusions : Swamp fever is an infectious disease, transmissible by subcutaneous and intravenous injection and by ingestion. "The virus producing the disease is contained in the blood and urine of affected animals, but it is absent from the feces. The virns has thus far been demonstrated only in an ultra-microscopic form. The virus is resistant to the severe freezing weather of our more north- ern climates. While not denying the possible transmission of the disease to healthy animals by means of insects and parasites, animals contract the disease naturally by the ingestion of food and water, contaminated by the virus of an infected horse. " The disease is essentially a septicemia, anatomically marked by subserous and subendocardial hemorrhages in the more acute forms, by occasional in- volvement of tlie lymphnodes and spleen, by degenerative changes in the paren- chyma of heart, liver, and kidneys, and probably also by certain alterations in the bone marrow of the long bones of the limbs. The chief and most constant manifestations of the disease are fever and albuminuria. The former is re- mittent or intei-mittent, not uncommonly at more or less regular intervals, ^while the latter is transitory and frequently synchronous with the febrile ex- acerbations. Many cases of swamp fever terminate fatally without a marked reduction in the red blood cells, a fact denying the popular conception of swamp fever being primarily an anemia. The blood of an animal may remain virulent for as long as 35 months after the initial infection, without the infected horse manifesting any clinical evidence of the fact. Such nonclinical infection carriers probably play an important part in the establishment of more or less permanent centers of infection. " Both trypanblue and atoxyl are worthless in the treatment of the disease. In the light of our present knowledge we have to dei^end upon such prophylactic measures as the destruction of diseased animals, segregation of suspects, care in introducing new horses into the stable, the sjtfeguarding of food and water supply from urine contamination, pasture drainage, and stable disinfection." A bibliographical list of 83 titles is appended. On a blood filaria in the horse, H. Mandel (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Orig., 51 {1910), No. J, pth S-',-81, pi. 1, fig. i).— The author describes a microfi- laria that was found in abundance in the blood of a Berlin horse. Investig-ations in reg-ard to pyometritis in the horse, Schuh {Monatsch Prakt. Tierheilk., 21 (1910), No. 1-S, pp. 289-321, fm. 1; ahs. m Berlin. Ticriirztl. Wchnschr., 21 (1911), No. 1.5, pp. 26.',, 265).— Pyometritis in the horse is considered by this author a purulent catarrhal inflammation with strepto- cocci as the predominating organisms. The following anatomical types were recognized: (1) Uterine catarrh with the loss of the mucosa and presence of retention cysts in the glands (Endome- tritis catarrhalis chronica purulenta atrophicans cystica) : (2) uterine catarrh with thickening of the mucosa and proliferation of the glandular tissue (En- dometritis chronica purulenta hyperplastica glandularis) ; (3) uterine catarrh with certain defects in the mucosa (Endometritis chronica purulenta erosiva ulcerosa) ; and (4) uterine catarrh with the formation of granular and scar tissue (Endometritis chronica purulenta interstitialis). 24971°— No. 3—12 7 288 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Salvarsan for the treatment of the pectoral form of equine influenza, KiBSTEN {Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 11, pp. 301-305).— A de- scription is given of some very virulent cases of contagious pleuro-puenmonia which occurred among the horses in a German cavah-y regiment and for which dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol (Salvarsan or 606) was tried as r. therapeutic agent. This was in some instances given in doses of 4 gm., but in the majority of cases from 2 to 2.5 gm. for every 400 to 450 kg. of live weight were given. All animals treated with this agent made a comparatively rapid recovery. The greatest disturbing factor was found to be the pain and restlessness caused by the administration of the drug. Only 2 animals out of 7 were lost. The possibility of the disease being due to a protozoan is discussed. In regard to lymphangitis in the horse, G. Finzi {Rev. Gen. M6d. V6t., 18 {1911), No. 206, pp. 71-84, dgms. 2). — After describing the symptoms and post- mortem findings with horses affected with a special form of lymphangitis, the author gives the results of a study of the causative organism. The organism was found to be a nonsporulating cocco-strepto-bacillus from 2 to 5 ju. long which takes all basic anilin stains, but not Gram, and grows aerobically and anaerobically in bouillon and on agar. It renders media acid, does not coagulate milk, and can not be grown on potato or gelatin. The rabbit, guinea pig, pigeon, and dog are very receptive to the organism, while bovines are only slightly so. Operation for congenital cataract in a foal, O. Jobdal {Berlin. Tierdrstl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 17, p. 307). — ^A one-year-old foal which was bom blind was successfully operated upon for cataract in both eyes. The technique used in the operation is described. Mortality among pigs, W. J. Young {Vet. Rcc, 2-', {1911), No. 1206, pp. 117, 118). — During the liist 9 months 100 dead pigs of all ages and sizes came to autopsy at Sheffield, England, with the following findings : Tuberculosis in 22, pneumonia 16, enteritis 7, swine erysipelas 6, swine fever 5, suffocation 5, ascites 4, pulmonary congestion 3, cirrhosis of liver 3, verminous bronchitis 3, internal hemorrhage 3, pericarditis 3, rickets 3, strangulated hernia 2, anthrax 2, pleurisy 2, gastritis 2, endocarditis 1, bacterial necrosis 1, metritis 1, epilepsy 1, peritonitis 1, hydrothorax 1, broken back 1, constipation 1, and liver disease 1. Tuberculosis when found was generally in the advanced stages. It is pointed out that veterinary aid is seldom sought by farmers for hog ailments, as they depend chiefly upon such remedies as comfrey, Spanish juice, antimony, black sulphur, sirup of poppies, chamomile tea, castor oil, and proprietary pills. [Report of J departmental committee on swine fever {Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 21^ {1911), No. 2, pp. 169-172). — This committee, which was appointed by the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries of Great Britain in April, 1910, to inquire into the cause of the continued prevalence of swine fever in Great Britain and the possibility of speedily exterminating the disease, reported the following conclusion: " Restriction on movement, including movement from markets, must continue to form an essential part of any measures adopted to extirpate swine fever. The ix)licy of 'slaughtering out' in the case of all outbreaks now in force iu Scotland and Wales should be applied to the country generally as soon as practicable. The present scale of compensation should be maintained. In the general interest of the industry the size of infected areas should be kept as small as possible, due regard being had to the object in view. In view of the evidence as to the conditions prevailing in Ireland, we are of opinion that no useful comparison can be made between the administrative methods of Great Bfitaiu and Ireland. The same conclusion applies to continental countries." VETERINARY MEDICINE. 289 The committee recommends studying the following points : " To what extent it is possible for contagion to spread by infective excretions being carried mechanically by attendants and animals other than swine; whether external parasites, such as certain lice, carry the disease from sick to healthy swine; whether pigs which have, to all appearances, recovered from swine fever remain long infective to other swine ; whether apparently healthy pigs which have been exposed to infection are capable of transmitting the disease as carriers; for what ijeriod it would be safe to consider swine, which have recovered from swine fever, to be immune against a further attack ; what use, if any, could be made of artificial methods of immunization to expedite the eradication of swine fever; whether any of the methods, which have lately come into use in con- nection with other diseases, could be employed in the diagnosis of nontypical cases of swine fever." Combating hog cholera and swine plague, with, particular reference to protective vaccination, F. Hutyea (Ztschr. Infektionskrank. u. Ilyg. Tlausticre, S (1910). No. 1, pp. 1-14). — Previously noted from another source (E. S. R.., 24, p. 284). Immunizing against hog cholera, F. Hutyra (Berlin. Tierdrztl, Wchnschr,, 21 (1911), No. 17, pp. 305, 306).— Commenting on Uhlenhuth's criticism,** the author reports experiments made with 64 hogs from 5 to 6 months old with an average weight of 23 kg. Thirty-two of the animals were divided into 4 groups of 8 each. Each of the groups received an injection of immune serum (a different serum being used for each group) and 2 cc. of hog-cholera virus. Only one of these animals died after a period of 3 months. The remaining 32 animals were kept as controls and were treated as follows: Eight received 2 cc. of virus ; 8 more received 8 cc. of normal hog serum and 2 cc. of virus; another group of 8 were exposed to natural infection and re- ceived 2 cc. of virus ; while the remaining 8 were not treated at all. The first and second group after 3 months showed a death rate of 75 per cent, the third one of 87.5 per cent, and the fourth one of 50 per cent, giving an average death rate of 71.9 per cent for all the control animals as against 3.1 per cent for all the artificially immunized animals. Avoiding hog cholera (Breeder's Gdz., 60 (1911), No. 15, p. 696b).— It is stated that " several isolated outbreaks of cholera in both eastern and western Canada the past season have been traced by the authorities to the feeding of city hotel garbage, which was found to contain raw pork trimmings and spoiled sausage. Most of the outbreaks developing in sections far removed from previously existing disease districts were traced to the feeding of such refuse of miscellaneous origin." The prevention of hog cholera (California 8ta. Circ. 68, pp. S). — This is a discussion of the steps to be taken in dealing with hog cholera, especially as related to prevention through the use of anti-hog-cholera serum and by inocula- tion. The loss of hogs in California from this disease is said to have been extensive, having occurred in nearly every hog-raising district of the State. The text of a recent State law appropriating $16,000 for the preparation and distribution of serum vaccine is given. A method for determining the germicidal value and penetrating power of liquid disinfectants, A. I. Kendall and M. R. Edwards (Jour. Infect. Dis- eases, 8 (1911), No. 2, pp. 250-251). — "The procedure finally adopted was as follows : •Berlin. Tierarztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 13, pp. 220-223. 290 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. "(1) Prepare a 24-hour culture of Bacillus coli in plain broth of standard composition and reaction; (2) add 10 cc. of this standard culture to 1 liter of agar [1.5 per cent agar] and mix thoroughly; (3) pour the infected agar into _ sterile tubes of convenient length [1 meter] and of exactly 1.5 cm. diameter and allow to harden, after closing the ends with sterile rubber stoppers; (4) allow to harden at 20° C. ; (5) prepare dilutions of the desired disinfectants and a standard 5 per cent carbolic acid solution — the latter is the standard to which the other disinfectants are referred; (6) place the disinfectants so pre- pared in sterile beakers, allowing 50 cc. for each agar cylinder; (7) remove stoppers from the infected agar tubes, and permit the contents to nm out slowly as a long cylinder ; with a sterile knife cut off portions by transverse cuts of 2 cm. length, and allow these smaller cylinders to fall directly into the disin- fectant solutions, 1 cylinder for each time interval selected; (8) note the temperature of the solutions (they should be kept at exactly 20° C. during the experiment) ; (9) note the time at which the cylinders were dropped into the disinfectant solutions; (10) at the end of stated intervals (usually at hourly intervals for preliminary tests) remove 1 cylinder from each solution with one of the sterile holders mentioned above, wash it thoroughly with sterile water, and remove a core from the center with a sterile piece of quill tubing (3 mm. bore) ; (11) place these cores in lactose fermentation tubes, after they are properly labeled, and incubate at 37° C. for several days, making daily observations; (12) compare the killing times of the various solutions tested with that obtained for carbolic acid, and determine the carbolic coefficient of germicidal and penetrating powers combined." In tests with some common disinfectants and a 72-hour incubation, there was no growth after 1 hour's exposure to 4 per cent formalin ; no growth after 3 hours' exposure to 1 per cent formalin, or 1 per cent corrosive sublimate solution ; and no growth after 5 hours' exposure to 5 per cent carbolic acid, 0.25 per cent formalin, and 10 per cent chlorid of lime. Even after 5 hours' exposure, however, there was growth with 1 per cent carbolic acid, 0.1 per cent corrosive sublimate, 4 per cent chlorid of lime, 2 per cent hyco, 1 per cent cresol, and 2 per cent sulphonaphthol. KURAL ECONOMICS. Farmers of forty centuries, F. H. King (Madison, Wis., 1911, pp. IX+.'tJfl, figs. 2JiS). — This book is a historical presentation and discussion of the agricul- tural practices and customs of China, Korea, and Japan as seen by the author in a personal study and survey of the 3 countries. It shows their methods of intensive agriculture and utilization of waste ; the area, yield, and cost of the leading crops ; modes of travel and transportation ; and the customs, manners, etc., of the people. Agricultural competition between the West and East in the United States of America, K. STEiNBRticK (Killin Arch., 1 (1911), No. 1, pp. lS3>-223, pi. 1). — In this article are presented notes and statistics as to agricultural compe- tition between the Eastern and Western States in this country, giving general agricultural statistics for the 2 sections ; the causes of the western movement ; and data as to the comparative profitableness of farming in the East and West and their future prospects. Massachusetts: Her agricultural resources, advantages, and opportuni- ties, with a list of farms for sale, J. L. Ellsworth (Boston, 1911, 2. ed., pp. 169, pis. 9). — This pamphlet was prepared by the Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture, and presents a list of farms for sale in Massachusetts, giving the RUEAL, ECONOMICS. 291 size, location, and price of each with a description of its improvements, equip- ment, etc. Rural settlement, J. B. Trivett {Off, Ycarhool;. N. S. Wales, 1909-10, pp. J/S7-506). — This chapter presents data relative to alienation, size of holdings, etc., of crown lands in New South Wales for a period of years. Excluding from consideration land held simply under lease of the Ci'own, it is shown that there were in the State at the end of March, ISSO, 39,918 alienated holdings averaging 569 acres each, and at the end of March, 1910, 85,178 holdings averaging 002 acres each, Tables are given showing the number, size, etc., of holdings for each division of the State for a period of years, together with other tables showing the nature and extent of the various rural pursuits and the number of persons engaged in each. [Land tenure and settlement], G. H. Knibbs (Off. Ycarhoolc Aust., // {1901- 1910), pp. 29.'i-309). — The report here points out that in all the States of Aus- tralia acts have been passed authorizing the government to repurchase alienated lands for the purpose of cutting them up into farms or blocks of suitable size and thi'owing them open to settlement on easy terms and conditions. The total area acquired up to June 30, 1910, amounted to 2,107,886 acres, the purchase price being £6,904,300. The farms allotted, excluding Western Australia, numbered 6,205 with a total area of 1,858,563 acres. Tables are given showing particulars of labor settlements, settlement lands, allotments, prices of alienation, etc. Land tenure, G. H. Knibbs {Off. Yearbook Aust., J, {WOl-1910), pp. 1111, 111.2). — In this article it is explained how a settler may obtain a leasehold of the best class of agricultural land in Papua for any period up to 99 years. Cooperation among' farmers: Ethical principles involved, E. M. Tousle Y {Grain Groicers' Guide, 4 {1911), No. 20, pp. 7, 18, fig. 1). — ^Au address delivered before the thirty-seventh annual meeting of the Kew Jersey State Board of Agriculture, Trenton, N. J., January 19-21. 1910, in which the author discusses the ethical principles involved in cooperation, showing that confidence, loyalty, unselfishness, self-control, and mutual helpfulness are the basic principles upon which successful cooperation must rest. Government loans to farmers, G. H. Knibbs {Off. Yeairbook^Aiist., // {1901- 1910), pp. 430-Ji38). — Notes and statistics are here presented showing that all the Australian States have established systems under which financial aid is rendered to farmers by the government for the purpose of purchasing or paying off incumbrances on land, making improvements, or developing the resources of the land or building homes thereon. The table below, compiled from figures furnished by the Government Savings Bank of Victoria, gives particulars of loans throughout the Commonwealth made to farmers from 1908 to 1910, inclusive : Ammiut, balanee iJue, ami profits made on government loans to farmers in Australia, 1908 to 1910. I Year. i Total Balance Advances. ! due. j Annual profits. Accumu- lated profits. 190S 1909 £5,173,911 C, 133, 165 7,058,387 £2,987,255 3,525,416 3.913.4.54 £16.511 23,382 24, 700 £119,146 144,451 1910 . 165,219 Total 18,365,463 10.426.125 64,593 428,816 292 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOBD. The crisis of agricultural labor, E. Th^by {Econ. Europ^en, JfO {1911), No. 1038, pp. 679-682). — Referring to a report submitted to the Cbamber of Depu- ties by the minister of agriculture, the author of this article comments upon its findings as to the crisis confronting agricultural labor in France. It is shown that owners of farms are finding it more difficult from year to year to secure farm laborers, and that they are now paying increased wages and securing less efficient workmen than formerly. The two causes assigned for the difficulty are (1) the decrease in birth rate, and (2) the exodus of laborers from rural districts to towns and cities. The underlying reasons for this condition are noted and discussed together with a number of proposed remedies, prominent among which is agricultural education, and especially domestic science, home economics, etc., for the women. Creation of small holdings for agricultural laborers in Denmark, R. Eakdeb {Jour. Bel. Agr. [London.], 18 {1911), No. 7, pp. 563-566).— It is here pointed out that in Denmark the law provides for loans from the public treas- ury to agricultural laborers for the establishment of small holdings exclusively for agricultural purposes. The size of the holding must not be less than 1 hectare, and the loan can not exceed £440. It is secured by a mortgage on the land, buildings, and live stock, and the rate of interest is 3 per cent. For these loans a sum of £222,400 is provided annually. From 1900 to 1910, 5,092 small farms were established at a cost of £232 per farm. It is significantly stated that the State as creditor has entered into possession of only a very small number of these farms, and that their establishment seems to be an efficacious means of obtaining laborers on the farm, as the movement from country to town has diminished in recent years. Irrigation in the arid States {U. S. Dept. Com. and La'bor, Bur. Census [Press Bill.], 1911, Dec. 5, folio). — ^This preliminary statement by the Bureau of the Census shows in the following table the number of farms and land area of the arid and semiarid region, the value of the farm lands, and the acreage irrigated in the Ignited States in 1909 and 1S99 : Irrigation statistics of the arid and semiarid region. 1909. 1899. Increase. Numhor and amount. Per cent. Number of farms in arid and semiarid region al, 439, 023 l,lfil,385,600 al73,433,209 o $10, 488, 400,215 a $26. 99 f'1,095,675 1,161,385,600 6119,709,592 b$3, 249, 259, 472 6 $9. 42 343,348 31.3 Approximate land area of arid and semiarid region (acres) Improved land in farms (acres) 53,723,617 .S7, 239, 200, 743 $17.57 44.9 Total value of farm land 222.8 Average value per acre of farm land 186. 5 Numher of farms irrigated 157, 8G2 13,739,499 107,716 7,527,690 50,146 6,211,809 40.6 Area irrigated (acres) 82.5 <» 1910. 6 1900. The total cost of the irrigation systems reported in arid and semiarid States in 1910 was ?;304,699,450 against $67,482,261 in 1899. The average cost per acre was $15.76 in 1910 and $8.89 in 1898. The acreage irrigated in 1909, as classified according to the state and federal laws under which the works were built or are operated, are as follows : United i RURAL ECONOMICS. 293 States Reclamation Service 395.646 acres, United States Indian Service 172,912 acres, Carey Act 288,553 acres, iri-igation districts 533,142 acres, cooperative enterprises 4,646,039 acres, commercial enterprises 1,444,806 acres, and indi- vidual or partnership enterprises 6,258,401 acres. The leading food crops of the United States ( U. S. Dept. Com. and Labor, Bur. Census [Press Btd.], 1911, Dec. l.'i, folio). — This is a preliminary statement issued by the Bureau of the Census which presents statistics and other data relative to the acreage, production, average yield per acre, and average number of bushels per capita, together with figures for the imports and exports, of the principal food crops in the United States for 1909, with comparisons with the same ci'ops for 1899. It is pointed out that the total amount of land used for producing the 5 lead- ing crops, corn, wheat, potatoes, sweet potatoes, and rice, was 151,321,000 acres in 1899 and 147,555,000 acres in 1909, a decrease of 2.5 per cent, whereas the pop- ulation during the same period increased 21 per cent. This decrease in acreage was entirely in wheat, for which the area fell off 15.8 per cent while the yield increased 3.8 per cent. The area planted in corn increased 3.7 per cent, with a decrease in the average yield per acre from 28.1 bu. in 1899 to 25.9 bu. in 1909. There were marked increases in both the acreage and yield of ix)tatoes, sweet potatoes, and rice. Poultry on farms in continental United States { U. 8. Dept. Com. and Labor, Bur. Census [Press Bui.], 1911, Dec. 28, folio). — This is a press bulletin from the Bureau of the Census showing that 5,585,032, or 87.8 per cent of the total number of farms in the United States, reported poultry in 1910. The number of fowls reported was 295,880,000 against 250,624,000 in 1900 with an average value of 52 cts. each, an increase of 18 cts. per fowl since 1900. About 95 per cent of the total were chickens. A decrease of 44.1 per cent is noted in the number of turkeys, 39.3 per cent in the number of ducks, and 21.9 per cent in the number of geese as compared with 1900. Tables are also given showing the distribution of fowls by geographical divi- sions. It is noted that 55.9 per cent of the total value of poultry in the United States is found in the following 10 States, ranking in the order named: Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Ohio, New York, Indiana, Pennsylvania, Kansas, Michigan, and Texas. Marketing' grain and live stock in the Pacific coast region, F. Andrews (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Statis. Bui. 89, pp. 9Ji, figs. 2).— This bulletin points out that the production and marketing of grain on the Pacific coast is of particular economic signiticance to the Ignited States by reason of the fact that the farmer there looks to European ports and not to grain centers of the United States for his markets. The same is true as to live stock although not to such a marked degree. It is shown that the grain of the Pacific coast is carried 18,000 miles by sea to the English miller cheaper than by the 2,000-mile haul across the mountains to milling centers in the Mississippi Valley. For instance the total ocean freight rate and marine insurance on wheat to England is estimated at from 16.75 to 22.5 cts. per bushel from Sacramento and 39.0 cts. to Chicago. Corre- sponding rates from Pendleton, Oreg., and Spokane and Walla Walla, Wash., r.re estimated at from 24.25 to 31.2 cts. to England and 34.5 cts. to Chicago. The approximate cost for marketing in England wheat from country shipping points in Oregon, Washington, and Idaho, including commission, warehouse, and freight charges, etc., is roughly estimated at from 18.606 to 40.525 cts. per bushel, and that of barley at from 14.707 to 34.025 cts. 294 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Other data are given and discussed showing the present status of the do- mestic and foi'eign trade in grain and livestoclc, transport facilities, freight rates, farm prices in different sections, difference in price between farm and England, cost of ma riveting, methods of marketing, comparisons with exchange prices and export va.lues, classes and amounts of exports, together with other notes and tables showing changes in trade movements, etc., for a period of years. Imports of farm and forest products, 1908—1910, by countries from which consigned {U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Statis. Bui. 90, pp. 80). — Statistical data showing the value of imports of farm and forest products into the I'nited States from 1851 to 1910, with total imports by grand divisions and countries from which consigned, 190S-1910. are here reported. The value of farm products imported into the United States during the year ended June 3U, 1910, amounted to $087,509,115, an increase of $48,890,428 over the previous year, and these imports formed 44.2 per cent of all imports. The value of imports of forest ptoducts in 1910 amounted to $178,871,797, an increase of $54,951,671 over 1909 and of $81,138,705 over 1908. The increase of 1910 over 1909 was largely due to increased imports of India rubber. See also previous notes (E. S. R.. 24, p. 91). Exports of farm and forest products, 1908—1910, by countries to which consig'ned (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Statis. Bui. 01, pp. DU). — Statistical data of exports of farm and forest products including the countries to which consigned are here reported. The exports of domestic farm products in 1910, valued at $871,158,425, were less than in any fiscal year since 1905. The exports of domestic forest ])roducts were $85,030,230, an increase of $12,587,776 over 1909. The decrease in farm products is stated to be mostly due to a falling off in the consignment of cattle, wheat, wheat flour, fresh beef, bacon, hams, and pickled pork to the I'nited Kingdom; wheat to Belgium, Germany, Italy, and the Netherlands; lard to Germany; and cotton to Jaiian. See also previous notes (E. S. R., 24, p. 191 ). Russian cereal crops: Area and production by g'overnments and provinces, E. T. Peters ( f ^. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Statis. Bui. 8',, pp. DO, pi. 7).— This is a report by regions, governments, and provinces as to the acreage, yields, and other data for wheat, rye, barley, oats, and corn, the chief cereal products of Russia. It covers the period 1901-1908 and in less detail the years 1909 and 1910. The data are so presented as to show readily the relative importance of these cereals in each region and in the entire country, including tables showing the annual acreage, area, and production of these crops. It is noted that the aggi'egate area under the 5 crops for 1900-190S shows an increase of 3.7 per cent over that for 1901-1905, but that, owing to unfavorable seasons, the increased area was accompanied by a decrease of more than 7 per cent in the aggregate product. Ctimi>aring the Russian averages of produc- tion with like averages for the United States for the period 1901-1908, the fol- lowing is noted : Against the Russian average of 17,044.408 tons of wheat, 23,000,883 tons of rye, 8,016,569 tons of barley, 13,954,347 tons of oats, and 1,436,711 tons of corn, there was an American average of 20,008,778 tons of wheat, 800,503 tons of rye, 3,457,253 tons of barley, 13,766,122 tons of oats, and 68,789,723 tons of corn. The data presented are discussed in detail. The American Farm Management Association (Amcr. Farm Management Assoc. Rpt., 1 {1910), pp. 8). — This is a report of the first annual meeting of this association, held at Ames, Iowa, July, 1910 (E. S. R., 23, p. 4(i7). It con- tains among other data an analysis of the rural problem by K. L. Butterfield, a report as to the scope and cleavage of farm management, and a suggested course of study. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 295 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Report of the Rural Education Conference on a suggested type of agri- cultural school {London: Bd. Agr. and Fish, and Bd. Ed., 1911, pp. 21). — • This is a report of the Rural Education Conference which was appointed by the i)residents of the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries and the Board of Education, in 1910, to reiwrt, among other matters, on the question " as to whether there is any place in the system of rural education, either generally or in particular counties in view of special local conditions, for schools giving to boys leaving elementary schools a 3-year course, from the age of 12 or 13, in the theory and practice of agriculture, together with continued general education." Among the findings of the committee are that the school i^i question would not be practicable for boys who are to become agricultural laborers. There appears to be a consensus of opinion among practical agriculturists that these boys should get on the laud and into practical work as soon as possible after leaving the elementary schools. In this connection the committee considers a centralized rural continuation day school, where boys actually engage in work on the land between the ages of 12 and 16, or even 18, might be brought in sev- eral groups for 1 or 2 days a week to receive instruction in elementary science and rural economics. It is also deemed necessary to extend and develop the manual instruction and nature-study teaching given in the upper classes of rural elementary schools. It is deemed essential that boys who intend to become farmers or workers of small holdings, in addition to becoming familiar with the practical work of the farm, should not leaA-e school without acquiring a good knowledge of the theory and practice of agriculture, together with a good general education, both lit- erary aud scientific. For these boys a trial could be made of what might be called a higher-grade rural school which would not be unlike the agricultural section of the French " ecole primaire superieure." The instruction in these schools should include pra^ctical gardening and other manual instruction, as well as nature study, elementary science, mensuration, and surveying, and rural economy. Attached to the report are appendixes giving a list of the witnesses, notes of the various types of schools which were considered, notes submitted to the committee by individuals, and summaries of the evidence. Agricultural education in the Republic of Argentina {An. Hoc. Rural Ar- gentina, 1910, Nov.-Dec, iip. ll/li-tSS, pi. 1, figs. 8). — This statement, issued by the division of agricultural education of the Rural Society of Argentina, out- lines the system of agricultural education prepared in April, 1907, by an ad- visory commission on agricultural education, which became effective in Decem- ber, 1907. The system comprises (1) higher instruction in agriculture by the faculties of agriculture and veterinary science of the national universities at Buenos Aires and lia Plata; (2) technical practical instruction in professional schools of viticulture, arboriculture, sugar technology, agriculture, etc., of a distinctly local character; (3) practical instruction for the future agriculturists, hoi'ticul- turist, dairyman, etc., by regional schools of agriculture; and (4) extension work, including courses for youths and adults, itinerant instruction, an infor- mation service, cooperative experiments, local exhibits, aid to local agricultural associations and syndicates, organization of regional " agronome.s," and instruc- tion to soldiers. Brief accounts of the object and subjects of instruction of individual schools ax"e given. 296 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Report of the commission upon the plans for the extension of industrial and agricultural training (Madison, Wis., 1911, pp. 135). — The report of the commission on education submitted to the Wisconsin legislature of 1911 con- sists of a direct study of the x'elation of industry to education. The section on agricultural education deals with the part that the various classes of schools from the district school to the university should play in the development of rural education. Under each heading is to be found a brief analysis of the facts that obtain in each class of schools, with suggestions as to the possi- bilities of future development and specific recommendations for constructive legislation. How we cooperate with the public schools (Col. Agr. Univ. Calif., Spec. Circ. [lOll], pp. 4)- — The purpose of this circular is to indicate briefly the different ways in which the College of Agricultux-e of the University of Cali- fornia is cooperating with the high schools and public schools of the State. Second annual report of the Congressional district agricultural schools of Georgia, J. S. Stewart (Bui. Univ. Ga., 1911, No. 11,9, pp. 31, figs. 15).— Among other matters this report gives a condensed statement of a tentative course of study for each school, the number of students in each school by years, a financial statement regarding the crops grown, and data as to the equipment and financial standing. Outline of requirements for the common schools of Oklahoma, R. H. Wil- son and E. F. Proffitt (Oklahoma City: State Bd. Ed., 1911, pp. 32). — A de- tailed course in agriculture has been arranged for the sixth, seventh, and eighth grades, and suggestions are made for its adjustment to the other work of the schools. School gardening in Hawaii as related to agricultural education, V. Mac- Caxjghey (Ilaicaii. Forester and Agr., 8 (1911). No. 8, pp. 2^0-2 '{5).— In this paper, which was read at the convention of the National Education Associatioii in San Francisco, in 1911, the author discusses the general conditions of life in Hawaii and outlines a system of industrial education with which school garden enterprises will be closely articulated. The plan proposed is the establishment on each of the 4 islands of Kauai, Oahu, Maui, and Hawaii, of schools con- tiguous to important industrial centers, these schools give to practical instruc- tion in agriculture, home economics, trades, and industries. In describing the present condition of school gardens, the author quotes from a recent report of the school-fund commission showing that 9,309 pupils are engaged in gardening, and more than 125 schools are actively engaged in agri- cultural work, 2 schools planting sugar cane on a commercial basis. The work consists of clearing and preparing land, keeping grounds in order, vege- table and flower gardening, and tree planting. The practical aspects of science in secondary education: The pedagogical viewpoint, W. R. Hart (Addresses and Proc. Nat. Ed. Assoc., 48 (1910), pp. 466-472; Mass. Agr. Col., Dept. Agr. Ed. Circ. 9, 1910, pp. 466-41 1) .—In this discussion of the pedagogical viewpoint in the practical application of the sciences in secondary education, the author considers such matters as utility, interest, and correlation. He contends that tbe concrete should precede the abstract, this meaning not merely the objective or sensible but the economic and sociological, in other words the vocational. Introduction to general science, P. E. Rowell (New York, 1911, pp. XNTX-\- S02). — This is an outline for a course in general science which includes among other agricultural topics the soil and its management, fertilizers, humus, irriga- tion, drainage, the function of roots and leaves, and the propagation and breed- ing of plants. Experiments and references for collateral reading are found throughout the book. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 297 One hundred lessons in agriculture, A. W. Nolan (Chicago, [Wll], pp. 351, pis. 4, figs. 102, dgms. -J). — It has been the aim of the author in the preparation of this text-book and manual to select such subject-matter, materials, and methods as the teacher in the one-room country school, the grammar grades of a graded school, or the beginning years of a high school, may find easily prac- tical, within the range of the pupil's understanding, and of educational value. The feature of the book is the arrangement of the work in the order of sea- sonal sequence of subject-matter, following the actual farm operations and in- terests throughout the year. Many of the lessons are followed by a set of prac- tical farm problems and references to Farmers' Bulletins which may be used as collateral reading. The appendix contains a suggestive list of materials and equipment needed in using the book, as well as a score-card for farms, and diagrams of a cow, sheep, chicken, and horse. Courses of reading and examination in practical agriculture, P. Carmody (Dept. Agr. Trinidad Circ. 3 [1911], rev. ed., pp. 5). — This circular outlines the requirements for examinations which are to be held periodically in Trinidad for the purpose of affording persons engaged in practical agriculture opportunities for obtaining certificates of competency, and suggests literature to be read in preparation for these examinations. The examinations will be graded as pre- liminary (in the general principles of agriculture), intermediate (comprising insects, fungi, and special crops), and final (embracing a fuller knowledge of special crops, estate management and control, diseases of plants and their treat- ment, etc.). Laboratory material for instruction in field crops (Univ. Nebr. [Pamphlet, 1911], pp. 15, figs. 4). — This pamphlet describes a collection of laboratory ma- terial on field crops deslgnetl primarily for Nebraska schools and conditions for 1911-12. The material is arranged in lots and includes, exclusive of corn, the principal cereals and cultivated forage grass types, put up in bundles ranging from 1 to 25 specimens per type, as well as in the threshed condition. There are also ear samples of the various com types and 10-ear exhibits. Veterinary instruction, G. R. P. D'Utra (Rev. Vet. e Zootech., 1 {1911), No. 1, pp. 30-.'il). — The author reviews the condition of veterinary science before the foundation of special veterinary schools, when and how veterinarj^ instruc- tion was organized, the development of this instruction in France, and the pres- ent status and principal aim of instruction in veterinary medicine. A selected bibliography on rural social science (Mass. Agr. Col. [Poim-' phlet], 1911, pp. 11). — This annotated bibliography does not cover more than a selected group of representative books, reports, bulletins, and other publications in any particular field, although there is given a fuller list in some fields than in others. The titles have been selected, and the annotations made, chiefly with reference to the needs of practical rural workers and leaders. It is divided into general works, agricultural economics, the rural school, the rural church, rural health, and miscellaneous references. Neighborhood improvement clubs for the rural, village, and town com- munities of Kansas, E. L. Holton {Agr. Ed. [Kans. Agr. Col.], ^ {1911), No. 3, pp. 13). — In this pamphlet may be found (1) a suggestive constitution for a neighborhood improvement club, (2) methods for work such as surveys of the actual economic, social, health, moral, and educational conditions in the neighborhood, (3) topics for discussion in regular meetings, and (4) hints for a small working library. Handbook of nature study, Anna B. Comstock {Ithaca, N. Y., 1911, pp. XVII+938, pi. 1, figs. 102, dgms. 6, maps 5).— The leaflets upon which this volume is based were published in the home nature-study course given at 298 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Cornell University during the years 1903-1911. The subject-matter is essen- tially the same as in the leaflets, but the lessons have all been rewritten with a view to consistency, and many new lessons have been added to bridge gaps and make a coherent whole. The book is divided into 4 parts. Part 1 deals with the teaching of nature study, part 2 with animal life, part 3 with plant life, and part 4 with the earth and sky. In the consideration of each subject there is usually the teacher's story, and then the lesson, which is made up of a leading thought, a method, and observations put in the form of questions, besides supplementary reading. Nature study by grades, H. H. Cummings (Neio York, Cincinnati, Chicago [IDOD], pp. nil +208, figs. 5.'/).— The object of this text-book of nature study for the lower grammar grades, which is the second of the series entitled Nature Study by Grades, is to aid both teachers and pupils in an examination of matter in every school environment, to organize and direct investigations into the secrets of nature, and to stimulate observation and inference. The subjects form the basis of the fourth year's work in nature study and are adapted to the 3 seasons — fall, winter, and spring. The lessons consist of suggestions to the teacher, questions, and problems. Few explanations are given in the text. How to teach nature study, T. W. Hoare {London, 1910, pp. XXII+316, figs. 73). — This practical working guide for teachers contains an introductory statement of what nature study is, why and how it should be taught, how it should not be taught, and the influence of nature study. This is followed by a typical scheme of work for nature-study teaching in a primary school for impils up to 13 years of age, a scheme of work suitable for supplementary classes or for an intermediate school for pupils from 12 to 15 years of age, and lessons on such topics as butterflies, moths and silkworms, climbing plants, buds and twigs, ice and snow, how a soil is formed, seeds, movements and functions of water, ants and spiders, preserving and mounting plants, and the physical composition of the atmosphere. Gardening and farming, Ellen E. Shaw (Netc York, 1911, pp. 376, pis. 9, figs. 19). — This book belongs to the Children's Library of Work and Play. The contents are divided into 2 parts, the first dealing with garden clubs, improving the school grounds, the corn contest, and the garden experiments performed indoors, and the second presenting garden talks on such subjects as the soil, plant food, garden operations, garden i^ests, vegetable and flower cul- ture, and landscape gardening. Outdoor work, Mary R. Miller {Xew York, 1911, pp. XII +5 19, pis. 13, figs. 5ff). — This book belongs to tlie Children's Library of Work and Play, and takes the form of confidential talks for young people. The titles of some of the chapters are raising domestic animals, keeping bees, making collections, har- vesting nature's crops, and making the country a better place to live in. In- structions are given in the appendix on how to get free printed matter relating to outdoor work subjects. A list of useful books, magazines, and other publi- cations on various outdoor occupations is also given. The relation of the county superintendent of education to the boys' corn club work: How to organize a club, L. N. Duncan {AUihama Col. Sfa. Circ. 9, pp. 2-S). — The organization and growth of boys' corn club work in Alabama is outlined. A suggested constitution and by-laws, as well as directions for organizing a corn club, are given. Michigan state farmers' institutes, 1909-10, L. R. Taft (Mich. Bd. Agr., Inst. Bui. 16, 1910, pp. 160, figs. 3). — Besides a summary of the work accom- plished through the one-day and two-day institutes and the institute trains, a very complete report of the proceedings of the round-up institute is given. MISCELLANEOUS. 299 Some of the subjects discussed are: (1) Agricultural Education in the Public Schools, by W. H. French, (2) The Schools from the Farmers' Standpoint, by W. F. Taylor, (3) Women's Share in Agriculture, by Martha Van Rensselaer, (4) Art in the Home, by V. T. Wilson, and (5) Changing Educational Ideals, by Maude Gilchrist. Michigan state farmers' institutes, 1910-11, L. R. Taft (Mich. Bd. Agr., Inst. Bui. 17, 1911, pp. 263, figs. 37). — A summary of the work done through the year is given as well as a brief report of the method of conducting the regular county institutes and the institute trains. Some of the papers pre- sented at the round-up institute are as follows: (1) Heating of Residences, by G. W. Bissell, (2) Better Boys and Girls on the Farm, by W. A. McKeever, (3) Some Practical Aspects of Race Breeding, by W. A. McKeever, (4) Train- ing Teachers for Agricultural Extension Work, by John Hamilton, and (5) Business Methods on the Farm, by Ida L. Chittenden. MISCELLANEOUS. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of New York State Station, 1910 (New York t'<{-^y' -g" go^_^' T^- ij n fJ- I- Schulte. Field Cropsjj q ^^^^,^_ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition— C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D. Zootechny, Dairjdng, and Dairy Farming — E. W. Morse. Economic Zoology and Entomology — W. A. Hooker. ,7- , . Tu- T • fW. A. Hooker. Veterinary Medicine|L. w. Fetzer. Li'S-r '■ ■ Rural Engineering . HEV Rural Economics — B. B. Hare. Agricultural Education/^ • ^ lTnI^' '^ CONTENTS OF VOL. XXVI, NO. 4. Editorial notes: Page. Progress in agricultural instruction 301 The provision of agricultural teachers 303 Recent work in agricultural science 306 Notes 395 SUBJECT LIST OF ABSTRACTS. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY — ^AGROTECHNY. Handbook of biochemistry of man and animals, edited by Oppenheimer 306 Index of Zeitschrift /iir Angewandte Chemie, 1887-1907, Raffow and Miiller 306 On the "heat coagulation " of proteins, II, Chick and Martin 306 Sulphur linkages in proteins, Johnson 306 The decomposition of proteins by electrical methods, Serono 307 Measurements of osmotic pressure of casein in alkaline solution, Moore et al 307 Experimental colloid chemistry as related to the proteins, Handovsky 307 The synthesis of fats by the action of enzyms, Dunlap and Gilbert 307 In regard to the decomposition of saccharin substances, JoUes 307 Action of dilute ammonia and sodium carbonate on saccharin substances, Jolles. 307 A conjugated glycuronic acid from the sugar beet, Smolensk! 307 The action of the ultraviolet rays upon cane sugar, Bierry, Henri, and Ranc. . 308 Fermentation and putrefaction, Kendall 308 Influence of different temperatures on ferments, Gramenitzki 308 The detection of small amounts of alcohol in fermenting fluids, Klocker 308 Yeasts in fermenting tea and their probable influence on the aroma, Bernard . . 309 Composition of enzyms and their formation, II, Euler and Beth af XJgglas 309 Chemical composition and formation of enzyms. III, Euler and Kullberg 309 I II CONTENTS. Page. Action of chromium, magnesium, manganese, iron, and aluminum, Gerber 309 Action of alkali salts on saccharifi cation of starch by ferments, Gerber 309 Enzyms which decompose hexotrioses and stachyose, Bierry . . . ._ 310 In regard to reducing ferments; the Schardinger enzym (perhydridase). Bach . . 310 Preparation and properties of an oxidase in fruits, Bassett and Thompson 310 The relation between tannin and another colloid in ripening fruits, Lloyd 310 Action of heat upon emulsin, Bertrand and Compton 310 Note on Kjeldahl's process, Edwards and Chads 311 New method of determining nitrites, Rupp and Lehmann 311 The estimation of small quantities of manganese, Bertrand 311 The detection of silicates, fluorids, and fluo-silicates. Browning 311 The valuation of chemical fertilizers of the superphosphate industry 311 The determination of dry substance in roots, Soderbaum 312 Physico-chemical tests in bromatology, Bonamartini 312 Biological analysis of honey, Moreau 312 The pinene test for lemon oil. Parry 312 Estimation of formic acid in foods, Fincke 312 Polarimetric estimation of sugar by method of Jolles, Bardach and Silberstein. . 312 The unification of reducing sugar methods — A correction, Walker 312 Isolation of raffinose from beet sugar products, Zitkowski 313 Examination of lactose and by-products of its manufacture, Burr and Berberich . 313 The enzyms present in cow's milk, Giffhorii 313 The occm-rence of tyrosin crystals in Roquefort cheese, Dox 313 Methods of sampling milk 313 A new formula for the calculation of added water in cow's milk, Slataper 314 The value of chemical constants for detecting watered milk, Cornalba 314 Detection of watered milk, Ledent 314 The superficial tension of milk and milk adulteration, Carapelle and Chimera. . 314 The electrical conductivity of milk, Binaghi 314 The alcohol test and the acidity of milk, Fendler and Borkel 314 Determination of iron by the colorimetric method, Lachs and Friedenthal. . . . 314 Estimating the bacterial content of milk, Kuntze 315 Schaeffer's curd tester, Grimmer 315 Progress in dairy chemistry and dairying during second half of 1910, Grimmer. . 315 Progress in dairy chemistry and dafrying during first half of 1911, Grimmer 315 Methods for the analysis of sulphur intended for agricultural purposes 315 Modification of the sulphonation test for creosote, Bateman 316 Determination of nicotin in the presence of pyridin bases, Surre 316 Paper technology, Sindall 316 Laboratory book for the potash industry, Tietjens and Roemer 316 METEOROLOGY — WATER. The obstacles to the progress of meteorology, Abbe 316 Meteorological observations 316 Meteorological investigations on summer floods of Oder, Hellmann and Eisner. 317 Surface water supply of California, 1909, Clapp and Henshaw 317 Water resources of Antelope Valley, California, Johnson 317 The underground waters of the Oasis of Kharga, Beadnell 317 The waters of Kharga, Grabham 317 The nonnitrifi cation of sewage in sea water, Purvis, McHattie, and Fisher 317 The Berlin sewage farms, Roechling 317 SOILS — FERTILIZERS. Philippine soils and some of the factors which influence them. Cox 318 The soils of Poland, von Trzcinski 318 Some typical Auckland soils, Aston 318 Alkali soils from the knee of the Niger River, Hubert 318 Absorptive capacity of some Palatinate soils for plant nutrients, Engels 319 Investigations on nitrogen economy of the soil, Schneidewind et al 319 Formation of nitrates in cultivated soil, Koch 319 Behavior of ammoniacal nitrogen in limed and unlimed soil, Lemmermaun et al . . 320 The chemical nature of the organic nitrogen in the soil, Jodidi 320 The "availability" of phosphoric acid in the soil, Vipond 321 Influence of acid content of green plants on utilization of phosphates, Corso. . . 321 Decomposition of carbon compounds in the soil, Lemmermann et al 321 I CONTENTS. in Page. Lime compounds in different kinds of soil, Elenevski 322 Bacteriological tests in soil and dung, Millard 322 Toxic effects of "alkali salts " on soil bacteria. — I, Ammonification, Lipman. . . 322 Behavior of leguminous plants toward inoculating material, Doiarenko 322 Soil sterilization, Emmerich, Wilhelm Graf zu Leiningen, and Loew 322 The daily course of atmospheric pressure in the soil, Bornstein 323 An effective method of preventing the erosion of hill lands, Mercier 323 The agricultural side of peat bog utilization, Davis 323 Results of cooperative experiments with fertilizers on swamp soils, Harcourt. . 323 Stable manure as a source of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash, Doiarenko. 323 [Fertilizing value of peat], Whitson 323 The fertilizing value of certain nitrogenous substances, Gregoire and Hendrick. 323 Tests with four nitrogenous manures 324 The production of sulphate of ammonia, Davis 324 Grinding lime marl and mixing calcium carbonate and caustic lime, Brehmer. 324 Fertilizers from the ocean, Lundie and Hallack 324 [Fertilizer fi'om salmon cannery waste], Cobb 324 Fertilizers and Paris green, Halligan et al 324 Analyses of commercial fertilizers 325 Fertilizer analyses. Patten, Winter, and Clippert 325 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Breeding and the Mendelian discovery, Darbishire 325 Perfect flowers in maize, Montgomery 325 Cytological studies of some cereals and their hybrids, Nakao 325 Effect of lime on the vegetation of some tropical mountain barrens, Hosseus 325 The permeability of the yeast cell, Paine 326 On the metabolic changes due to geotropic stimulation, II, Grafe and Linsbauer. 326 On the precipitation of iron by light and by green aquatic plants, Molisch 326 Peroxidase and the respiratory pigments of plants, Palladin and Iraklionoff . . . 326 On the presence of a glucosid in pears, Bourquelot and Fichtenholz 327 Carbon dioxid at high pressure and the artificial ripening of persimmons, Lloyd. 327 A manual of poisonous plants, II, Pammel 327 American medicinal leaves and herbs, Henkel 327 FIELD CROPS. Influence of moisture, soil compactness and fertilizers, Polle 337 Field experiments, 1910 339 [Experiments with field crops in 1906, 1907, and 1908] 331 Suggested cropping systems for the black lands of Texas, Youngblood 331 Alfalfa in Ohio — a field study. Cook 331 Plans for distributing Bermuda grass, Churchill 332 Selection of corn for seed and for show, Hutchison 332 The story of cotton and the development of the cotton States, Brooks 332 German colonial cotton reports, 1900-1908, Supf 332 The rice plant. Van Breda de Haan 332 The rice plant, De Bie. 332 The action of large applications of nitrogen on the sugar beet, Herke 332 Pollination of the sugar beet by the field beet, Andrlik, Bartos, and Urban. . . . 332 Sugar beets in water cultures, Schander and Riiggeberg 333 Nicotin content of some German tobaccos and the distribution of nicotin. Gaze. 333 Maryland weeds and other harmful plants, Norton 333 The problem of weeds in the West, Pammel 334 HORTICULTURE. A model cold storage house, Waugh 336 Fluctua;ting characteristics of apples, Goetz 336 The composition of the apple as affected by irrigation, Bradley 336 Peaches for central New York, Ayers 336 Grape propagation, pruning, and training, Husmann 336 Date culture in Caliiornia, Coit 336 The propagation of the avocado. Wester 336 Tropical fruits in the Visayas, Wester 336 Coconut growing in the Philippine Islands, Worcester .• , . , 336 IV CONTENTS. Yield and cultural value of a number of hazelnuts, Gross 337 Pecans, Hutt 337 An aberrant walnut, Cardiff 337 Rhododendrons and azaleas, Watson 337 Commercial rose culture, Holmes 337 The perpetual flowering carnations, Calvino 337 The bulb book, Weathers 337 What England can teach us about gardening, Miller 337 General features of a park sj^stem for Chattanooga, Nolen 338 The engineer's work in grading landscape areas, Ambler 338 FORESTRY. Forest physiography, Bowman 338 History of forestry, Fernow 338 Literature of forest zoology, chemistry, meteorology, and botany, 1910, Weber. . 338 Valuation of the form of forest trees. — II, Primary type of the pine, Jonson 338 The identification of important North American oak woods, Sud worth and Mell . 338 Distinguishing characteristics of American gum woods, Sudworth and Mell 339 The African rubber industry and Funtumia elastica ("kickxia "), Christy 339 Manurial experiments with Hevea rubber, Anstead 339 A handbook of forest protection, Homans 339 The prevention of sap stain in lumber, Weiss and Bammn 339 Review of forest administration in British India for the year 1909-10, Bryant. . 340 Report of the forestry department of Sweden, 1910 340 National Forest manual. — Sales, administrative use, settlement, free use 340 The National Forest manual. — Claims, settlement, administrative sites 340 DISEASES OP PLANTS. Cultures of Uredinese in 1910, Arthur 340 Fourth supplementary list of parasitic fungi of Wisconsin, Davis 341 Some fungus diseases of field crops, Lochhead 341 Some contributions to the life history and cytology of the smuts, Lutman 341 Rust spots of the grains and the mycopla8n\ theory, Eriksson 341 Botryosphseria on cotton bolls, Edgerton 341 Some field experiments with potato rot, Monroe 342 Experiments with potato scab, von Wahl 342 The application of lime as a remedy against finger-and-toe disease, Ravn 342 Lampsana vulgaris as a host plant of lettuce Peronospora, Noffray 342 Spore germination and infection in certain species of Oomycetes, MeLhus 342 Root knot and its control, Bessey 343 A Sclerotinia on apple, Demaree 343 On the chloranthy of Prunus viume caused by Cseoma makinoi, Kusano 343 Recent studies on chlorosis of grapes and the effect of fertilizers, Berndstky. . . 344 Chlorosis and lime, Provost-Dumarchais 344 On the propagation of downy mildew by wind, Monneyres 344 American gooseberry mildew on red currant bushes 344 The control of the American gooseberry mildew, Williams 345 Banana and plantain disease, Rorer 345 The new chestnut bark disease, Williams 345 Diseases of the white pine, Vuillemin 345 Loranthus as a parasite on Hevea brasiliensis, Bateson 345 On the means for combating plant diseases, Midler 345 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. The races of Indian rats, Lloyd 346 Reproduction in the brown rat ( Mus norwegicus), Miller 346 The birds of North and Middle America, Ridgway 346 The relation of birds to an insect outbreak in 1911, Bryant 346 Entomology in the West Indies 346 Nature sketches in Temperate America, Hancock 346 The Jola or Deccan grasshopper (Colemania sphenarioides), Coleman 347 A resume of the locust situation, Mackie 347 The bacteriology of the cockroach, Morrell 347 Thrips fiava as a carnation pest in .greenhouses, Fulmek 347 CONTENTS. V Page. C h inch-bug investigations west of the Mississippi River, Kelly and Parks 347 rUsma capitnta as an enemy of sugar beets in Silesia, Grosser 348 Aleyrodidae of economic importance, Bodkin 348 Pernicious scale 348 Studies of comparative lepidopterology, Oberthur 348 The willow caterpillar (Clisiocampa azteca), Inda 348 Mimosa thorn caterpillar 348 The wax moth, Fletcher 349 Codling moth control, Quinn 349 Notes on the larvse of Toxorhynchites iwmisericors, Paiva 349 A monograph of the anopheline mosquitoes of India, James and Liston 349 The life history of the Phlebotomus, Marett 349 Life histories of Syrphidse, II, Metcalf 349 Fruit and pumpkin flies. Green 349 Two species of Diptera of the genus Drosophila, Niswonger 349 The fleas infesting domestic animals, Wolflthiigel 349 Origin of pigment and color pattern in elytra of Colorado potato beetle, Gortner. . 350 Calosoma sycophanta: Its life history and successful colonization. Burgess 350 The blue pine Polygraphus bark borer (P. major), Stebbing 351 The cotton fields invaded. Hinds 351 A weevil enemy of Caravonica cotton, Morstatt 351 Weevil and dry wheat, Fletcher 352 A list of the type species of the genera and subgenera Formicidse, Wheeler 352 Hymenoptera. — Family Ichneumonidse, Szepligeti 352 Descriptions of 6 new genera and 31 species of Ichneumon flies, Viereck 352 Descriptions of 1 new genus and 8 new species of Ichneumon fliee, Viereck 352 Descriptions of new Hymenoptera, II, Crawford 352 Ccelopisthia nematicida, a chalcid parasite of the large larch sawfly, Hewitt 353 The root borer and its parasite, Davey 353 On the Hymenoptera of the Georgetown Museum, British Guiana, Cameron. . . 353 Occurrence of Hsemaphysalis punctata on cattle in Apenrade, Knuth 353 The hothouse milliped as a new genus. Cook 353 The rubber slug ( Marixlla dussumieri), Green 353 About two new hop pests, Wahl 353 Insect enemies and diseases of the tomato in Mexico, Ramirez and Inda 353 Enemies of kapok 354 Mango insectfl, Tower 354 Insect enemies of Theobroma cacao on St. Thomas, Camara and Cannas Mendes. . 354 Preliminary notes on insects affecting the coconut palm, Urich and Guppy. . . 354 Insects destructive to books, Reinick 354 The use of soap to retard the settling of certain arsenicals, Parker 354 FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. The sophistication and adulteration of food materials, Villiers et al 355 Pure foods — their adulteration, nutritive value, and cost, Olsen 355 The mycology of food industries — an introductory text-book, Kossowicz 355 The purin content of foods, Vogel 355 Changes in frozen and cold storage meat, Richelet 355 A study of the vertebrae of farm animals and related mammals, Knolle 355 The nutritive value of buffalo flesh as compared with beef, Magini 355 Changes in composition of nitrogenous constituents of meat extracts, Wright. . 356 The food values of sea mussels. Field 356 The baking qualities of flour, Willard and Swanson 356 Effect of mill f umigants on baking qualities of wheat flour. Dean and Swanson . . 357 Method for recording graphically the appearance of bread, Mohs 357 The technology of bread making, Jago 357 Studies in nutrition. — III, Utilization of proteins of com, Mendel and Fine. . . 358 A brief discussion of the principles of candy making, Stanley 358 Concerning food conditions of German rural and urban populations, Claassen. . 358 Food and living conditions of Italian peasants in southern Provinces and Sicily . 358 Wages and prices of commodities 359 Municipal ordinances, rules, and regulations pertaining to public hygiene 359 Is vegetarianism capable of world-wide application? Taylor 359 The nature of the repair processes in protein metabolism, McCoUum 359 VI CONTENTS. Page. Studies of carbohydrate metabolism, Reach 359 Fasting studies: V, Studies on water drinking. — ^XI, Howe et al 360 The influence of underfeeding on the blood, Boycott and Chisolm 360 Calorific values of urine, Vallee 360 The force used in mastication in relation to the peridental membrane. Black. . 360 The power of the human jaw 360 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Changes in the nutritive value of feeds, Tangl and Weiser 360 Forage crops and forage conditions in the Philippines, Piper 361 [Report on feeding stuffs], Gilbert et al 362 Special feeding stuff analyses, 1910, Rose and Greene 362 The feeding-stuffs inspection for 1911, Curry and Smith 362 Analyses of feeding stuffs, Haselhoff _ 363 The valuation of carbohydrates and protein in commercial feeds, Rolfs 363 Digestion of cellulose by the dog, Lohrisch 363 A contribution to the study of the protein metabolism of the fetus, Lindsay 363 Nuclein metabolism in swine, Meier 363 Notes on the creatinin excretion of the pig, McCollum 364 Contribution to the knowledge of the function of the liver, Wehrle 364 Spontaneous generation and a physico-chemical theory of life, Leduc 364 The mechanism of life, Leduc, trans, by Butcher 364 Studies on the size of the cells, Berezowski 364 Cell changes in the testis due to X-rays, Barratt and Arnold 364 Interstitial testicular cells and secondary sex characters, Mazzetti 364 The sexual cells and the determination of sex, Bugnion 364 The eex-determining factor in animals, Kowalewsky 365 The hereditary material and the cell as the basis of heredity, Prenant 365 A note on certain biometrical computations. Pearl and McPheters 365 The doctrine of evolution; its basis and its scope, Crampton 365 The study of likeness and relationship in hybridization. Poll 365 Heredity, development, and assimilation, Rignano, trans, by Harvey 365 Centro-epigenesis: Remarks on some problems of general embryology, Becher. . 365 The position of the question of the inheritance of acquired characters, Semon. . 365 The inheritance of color in Shorthorn cattle, Laughlm 366 Occurrence, of fat in epithelium, cartilage, and muscle fibers of the ox. Bell. . . 366 Investigation on the rutting of cows, Weber 367 The results of pasturing young cattle 367 Substitutes for skimmed milk in raising calves. Savage and Tailby, jr 367 The origin of sheep, Davies 368 Shearing twice v. shearing once, Mallinson 368 The castor oil plant (Ricinus communis) as a fodder, Reynolds 368 The cause of apoplexy " in winter-fed lambs. Wing 368 Studies on the ancestry of Siska swine, Ulmansky 368 Notes on progenitors of certain strains of modern American horse, Nockolds. . . 368 Mustangs, busters and outlaws of the Nevada wild horse country, Steele 369 The army horse, von Damnitz 369 Scheme for encouraging the breeding of Irish draft horses 369 The utilization of the zebra and its hybrids, Pitchford 369 Practical poultry keeping, Foley 369 English and Australian laying competitions, Brown 369 The cold storage of eggs, Bradshaw 369 DAIRY FARMING — DAIRYING. Feeding experiments with milch cows, Hofman-Bang et al 369 Influence of sesame cake on the quality of butter, Rosengren 369 The danger of using milk from slop-fed cows, Aviragnet 370 The cell content of milk, Ross 370 Action of animal extracts on secretion of mammary gland, Ott and Scott 370 In regard to the complement of woman's milk, Kolff and Noeggerath 370 Fat splitting by bacteria, Sohngen -_ 370 Bacteria as a cause of a strawberry-like odor in milk, Fettick 371 [Official methods of testing dairy "products], Hunziker 371 Babcock test errors, Andrews et al 371 CONTENTS. VII Page. The certification of milk, Walker 371 The report of the Philadelphia milk show, edited by Post 371 Annals of dairying in Europe from prehistoric times, Douglas 371 Report on mountain dairying for 1910, Odegaard, Gillebo, and Funder 371 [Dairj'ing in Wiesbaden] 371 The characters of Swiss butters, Koestler 372 The chemistry of rennet action, Allemann and Miiller 372 Caerphilly cheese making in Ireland 372 The composition of sour pot-cheese made from cow's milk. Biro 372 VETERINARY MEDICINE. Microbiology, Marshall et al " 372 Microbes and toxins, Burnet 373 A veterinary dissection guide, Sisson 373 Operative technique.— The value of habit, Stowder 373 How do animals become accustomed to ammonia ? Seiffert 373 Memoranda on poisons. Tanner, revised by Leffmann 373 Transactions of the International Veterinary Congress at The Hague 373 Yearly report of the official veterinarians of Prussia for 1908, Nevermann 373 Report of the Royal Veterinary High School at Berlin, Eberlein 373 Annual report of the civil veterinary department, Burma, 1911, Rennie 374 Polyvalent hemolytic serum, Nowaczyuski and Leclercq 374 Apparatus for determining viscosity of serum and other fluids, von Liebermann. 374 Haptines in bovine serum and in cows' milk, Kopf 374 The preparation of antitoxin, Banzhaf 374 Feeding and immimity in hemorrhagic septicemia and rinderpest, Baldrey 374 Anaphylaxis produced by an alkali or acid albumin, Moruzzi and Repaci 374 I^ eclampsia the result of anaphylaxis ? Fellander 375 Pure cultmes of amebse parasitic in mammals, Williams 375 The parasitic amebse of man, Craig 375 The technique of Ascoli's precipitation reaction for anthrax, Ascoli 375 Arteriosclerosis in animals and its relation to arteriosclerosis in man. Otto 375 The causative organism of foot-and-mouth disease, Siegel 376 Protective and curative vaccination against foot-and-mouth disease, Loffler 376 Comparative investigations of methods for diagnosing glanders, De Blieck 376 The control and eradication of glanders, McGilvray 376 Malta fever in France, Lagriffoul and Roger 377 The rinderpest problem. Ward 377 In regard to rinderpest in east Asia, Eggebrecht 377 Vaccination against rinderpest, Russland 377 Inoculation against rinderpest by serum simultaneous method, Cochrane 377 A serum for Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Heinemann and Moore 378 Treatment of tetanus with carbolic acid, Hajnal 378 In regard to the fixation of tetanus toxin, Loewe 378 Tuberculosis 378 Combating tuberculosis in Belgium, Miillie 378 Tuberculosis and tuberculin testing in the Dutch Indies, De Blieck and Smith. 378 Experimental transference of tuberculosis from man to bovines, Eber 378 Tuberculosis of the muscles in man and domestic animals, Hungerbuhler 379 The primary kidney changes as observed in tuberculous bovines, Moser 379 A new method for staining the tubercle bacillus, Beyer 379 Hemolytic reactions in tuberculosis, Beyer 379 Investigations in regard to the conjunctival reaction, Meyer 379 The thermal tuberculin test and the phymatin-ophthalmo reaction, Assmann.. 379 Experimental work with antituberculin, Bertarelli and Datta 379 Antituberculosis immunity, Lesom^d 379 Immimizing against tuberculosis by intestinal tract, Courmont and Rochaix 379 Immunizing against tuberculosis with von Behring's method, Dammann 380 A contribution to von Behring's bovovaccination, Ebeling 380 The clinical aspect of Johne's disease and the avian tuberculin test, Male 380 Etiology, prophylaxis, and therapeutics of parturient paresis, Otto 380 Some surgical affections of the passages of the cow's udder, Hamoir 380 Difficult parturition in the cow, Edmonds 381 Contagious abortion in cattle, Russell 381 VIII CONTENTS. Page. An epizootic of abortion, etc., in cows, Kovarzik 381 Colibacillosis or diarrhea of young animals, Van der Heyden 381 Paratyphoid B bacteria ia calves having miliary necrosis, Ledschbor 381 Nodular disease of the intestines of cattle, Jowett 382 The treatment of red water in cattle with trypaublue, Theiler 382 The blood of dairy cows in tick-infested regions, Hibbard and Neal , 382 Directions for constructing a vat, and dipping cattle, Graybill and Ellenberger. 382 Oxidation of arsenites to arsenates in cattle-dipping tanks, Cooper and Freak . . 382 Method of treating dipping solution before emptying, Dalrymple and Kerr. . 382 A trypanosome in a sheep tick, and its connection with louping ill, Bishop 383 An infectious foot disease of sheep, Theiler 383 Experiments with Krafft's vaccine against hog cholera, Koves 383 Do complications ©f swine plague and hog cholera occur? Koeppen 383 In regard to accidents occurring diu-ing vaccination, Leclainche 384 New experiences with equine influenza. Rips 384 The cause of equine influenza. Basset 384 Equine piroplasmosis, Pricolo 384 On Gastrodiscus segyptiacus and Spiroptera megastoma, Berk6 384 Septic arthritis in foals, Stevens and Smead 384 Blackhead : A disease of young turkeys, Jowett 384 RURAL ENGINEERING. Experiments with oil burning in boiler furnaces, Kerr and Nadler 384 The road material resom-ces of Minnesota, Cooley 385 Highway improvement, I, Gearhart 385 Some types of silos and equipment, Linklater 385 A squeezer for cattle, Ogilvy 385 Poultry house construction and yarding, Kempster 386 Ice houses, Corbett 386 The use of paint on the farm. Walker 386 Public hygiene, Blair 386 RURAL ECONOMICS. The place of economics in agricultural education and research, Taylor 386 The rural exodus in France 387 Systems of farming in central New Jersey, Billings and Beavers 387 What size enterprise is best suited to the farmer? Bohmker 387 A better net price: Rights of producer in consumer's dollar, Twitchell 387 Selling without waste, Shackleton 388 Organizing the farm for profit, Spillman 388 Agricultural cooperation, Corbett 388 How societies are benefiting their members 388 [Mutual agricultural insurance, credit, and cooperative societies in France] — 388 Report of cooperative credit societies in the Pimjab for 1911 389 Sheep of shearing age on farms, and wool produced 389 Cotton production and statistics of cotton-seed products: 1910 389 Agricultural statistics of Ireland, with detailed report for 1910, Gill 389 [Agricultural data] 390 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. High school agriculture without state subsidy, French 390 The agricultural high school legislation needed. Round 390 The place of the special secondary schools of agriculture in New York, Webber. 390 State aid to vocational education in Minnesota, Mayne 391 Annual report of the inspector of state high schools of Minnesota, Alton 391 Extension work 1911-12 391 Teaching the farmer how to farm, French 391 Farm and forest, edited by Bailey 391 The corn lady. Field 391 Crop exhibits. Ten Eyck 392 Chapters in elements of agriculture. — IV, A soil primer, Call 392 Soil drainage, McCall 392 Outlines for agricultural work in rural and village schools. — Corn, Atherton 392 Chapters in elements of agriculture. — VI, A wheat primer, Fitz 392 CONTENTS. IX Page. Orchard fruits, Nolan 392 Forestry in nature study, Jackson 392 Essentials of biology. Hunter 392 A laboratory manual for the solution of problems ia biology, Sharpe 393 Bird studies for home and school, De Groat 393 The Babcock milk test in schools 393 Farm mechanics and drawingsyllabus for secondary schools, 1911 393 Silage and silo construction, Hinman 393 Road locating and building simplified, Brandt 393 Gardens and their meaning, Williams 393 Interim memorandum on the teaching of housecraft in girls' secondary schools. 394 A handbook of home economics, Flagg 394 Household decoration. Young 394 Household fiurnishing, Young 394 A very real country school, Crocheron 394 Patrons' meetings, Tourtellot 394 LIST OF EXPERIMENT STATION AND DEPART- MENT PUBLICATIONS REVIEWED. Stations in the United States. Kansas Station: Page. Bui. 178, May, 1911 357 Louisiana Stations: Bill. 131, Sept., 1911 384 Bui. 132, Oct., 1911 382 Fertilizer Rpt. 1910-11 324 Maryland Station: Bui. 155, Aug., 1911 333 Michigan Station: Bui. 265, Aug., 1911 325 Bui. 266, Aug., 1911 386 Missouri Station: Circ. 50, Oct. 1, 1911 332 Montana Station: Bui. 86, July, 1911 354 New Hampshire Station : Bui. 154, Oct., 1911 362 New York Cornell Station: Bui. 303, July, 1911 370 Bui. 304, Oct., 1911 367 Bui. 305, Oct., 1911 368 New York State Station: Bui. 341, Nov., 1911 325 Ohio Station: Circ. 113, June 30, 1911 331 Oklahoma Station: Circ. 15, July, 1911 385 Circ. 17, Sept., 1911 332 Wisconsin Station: Research Bui. 15, June, 1911. . 342 Research Bui. 16, June, 1911. . 386 X U. S. Department of Agriculture. Farmers' Bui. 468 392 Farmers' Bui. 471 336 Farmers' Bui. 472 387 Farmers' Bui. 473 378 Farmers' Bui. 474 386 Farmers' Bui. 475 386 Biu*eau of Animal Industry: Circ. 183 382 Biu-eau of Chemistry : Circ. 82 312 Bureau of Entomology: Bui. 95, pt. 3 347 Bui. 101 350 Forest Service: Bui. 102 338 Bui. 103 339 Circ. 191 316 Circ. 192 339 National Forest Manual — Claims, Settlement, Admin- istrative Sites 340 National Forest Manual — Timber Sales, etc 340 Bureau of Plant Industry: Bui. 217 343 Bui. 219 327 Circ. 84 331 Doc. 706 323 Office of Public Roads: Bui. 40 385 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Vol. XXVI. March, 1912. No. 4. Data recently compiled in this Office bring out some very interest- ing facts concerning the rapid development of college and school courses in agriculture in the United States since the publication of similar data in May, 1910. In this interval of less than two years the total number of institutions of all kinds reporting students in agriculture has almost trebled. From a total of 864 such institutions in 1910, the number has now increased to 2,546. This increase is at an average rate of seventy-six institutions a month. As might be expected, the number of collegiate courses in agri- culture has not increased. Although there are now sixty-one col- legiate courses, as compared with fifty-seven in 1910, the increase is due to the establishment of college courses in forestry in four institutions. There is a considerable increase in the number of pri- vately endowed colleges reporting courses in agriculture, but on account of the nature of their work in agriculture these colleges are listed among the secondary institutions. In most cases these privately endowed colleges disclaim any inten- tion of trying to compete with the State colleges of agriculture, frankly announcing that their work is secondary or " practical." More than two-thirds of the institutions of this class are in the Mis- sissippi Valley, Nebraska having eight, Illinois six, and seven other States from one to three each. Two of these secondary courses are horticultural, maintained in well-known colleges for women in Massa- chusetts, and two of the agricultural courses are given by prominent universities in New York. The largest numerical increase in agricultural courses has been among institutions offering secondary courses, of which there are now listed 2,154, as compared with 630 in 1910. These include the forty privately endowed colleges mentioned above, thirty-five State colleges of agriculture offering secondary courses in agriculture, and a large number of agricultural high schools and public and private high schools and academies. In making up this list only those insti- tutions reporting students in agriculture as a separate subject of in- struction have been included, and in the case of high schools and academies which are also doing grammar-school work the enrollment of students of agriculture in one or more high-school years of the course has been the basis for admission to the list. 301 302 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The normal schools are not here included in the list of secondary institutions, because their work in agriculture is in many cases purely elementary. They will be mentioned elsewhere. The institutions for Indians have also been omitted from the list of secondary schools because of the difficulty of properly classifying them at the present time. They are included among the elementary schools. The number of technical agricultural schools of secondary grade, aside from those maintained in connection with the agricultural col- leges, increased from sixty in 1910 to eighty-eight at the j^resent time. Eight of these are private schools. The remaining eighty are main- tained wholly or in part by State funds in some seventeen States, and entail an aimual expenditure by the States in which they are located of over $780,000 for instruction and maintenance, not counting large expenditures for land, buildings, and equipment. These are institutions which undertake definitely to prepare j'oung men for the business of farming and young women for home making. Their courses are vocational rather than cultural or preparatory and they compete little, if at all, with the agricultural colleges or the public high schools. The area served by these agricultural schools varies in different States from a single county to a large indeterminate section. In Maryland, Michigan, Mississippi, North Carolina, North Dakota, and Wisconsin the county unit has been adopted ; in Alabama and Georgia the congressional district has been adopted as the unit, and in Okla- homa the supreme court judicial district; while in California, Colo- rado, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Nebraska, New York, Pennsylvania, and Vermont the agricultural schools are located without reference to such divisions of the State and serve indeterminate areas. Wisconsin was the first State to establish county agricultural schools. In 1911 that State had five such schools in operation, Mary- land had two, Michigan two, Mississippi twenty-three, and North Carolina four. Alabama was the first State to provide a complet^J system of agricultural schools by congressional districts, of which it has nine, and was followed by Georgia with eleven district schools. Oklahoma has an agricultural school in each of its five judicial dis- tricts and one additional school in the " Panhandle." Of the schools located without reference to special divisions of the State, California has two, Colorado and Minnesota two each. New York three, and Massachusetts, Nebraska, Pennsylvania, and Ver- mont one each. The number of public and private high schools and academies re- ceiving students in agriculture has now reached 1,886. Two hundred and eighty-five of these inaugurated courses in agriculture under the stimulus afforded by State aid, while 1,601 started the work without such aid. In 1910 there were only four hundred and thirty-two of EDITOKIAL. 303 the unaided high school departments of agriculture, a little more than one-fourth of the present number. The largest number of unsub- sidized high school courses in agriculture is found in Ohio, which re- ports three hundred and thirty-six. Nebraska has one hundred and ninety-one, Missouri one hundred and sixty-seven, and AVisconsin one hundred and three. The U. S. Bureau of Education reports that in 1910 there were over thirty-seven thousand pupils in agricultural courses in the public and private high schools of the country. The number is undoubtedly much larger this year. State aid to stimulate the introduction of courses in agriculture, home economics, and manual arts into public high schools was first definitely provided for in Virginia in 1908, when the general assembly appropriated $10,000 to be used for that purpose in at least one high school in each of the ten congressional districts in the State. Vir- ginia was followed in 1909 by Maine and Minnesota, in 1910 by Louisiana, Maryland, and New York, and in 1911 by Kansas, Massa- chusetts, North Dakota, Texas, and Wisconsin. In the spring of 1910 there were twenty-eight subsidized courses in agriculture in public schools ; to-day there are more than ten times as many. Kansas has the largest number of subsidized courses in agriculture — an even hundred ; Minnesota has eighty, Texas thirty-four, Louisiana twenty- five, and six other States have from one to seventeen. The amount given to each school varies from $250 in Kansas to $4,000 in Virginia. Minnesota devotes $125,000 annually to this work. The total expenditures for subsidies in 1912 will approximate $400,000. This will include subsidies for home economics and manual arts in all of the subsidized schools except those in two States which subsidize agriculture alone, and in two other States which subsidize agriculture and home economics. Virginia is the only State that sub- sidizes extension work done by public high schools. No attempt has been made to list the elementary schools teaching agriculture, except in the case of industrial, eleemosynary, and spe- cial agricultural schools, of which there are thirty-seven for whites, one hundred and twelve for Indians, and fourteen for negroes. In addition to these, there are of course many hundred public elementary schools in which some instruction in agriculture is being given. Twelve States have passed laws requiring the teaching of agriculture in all common schools, five others require it in all the rural schools, and three others require it in the rural high schools. The preparation of teachers to give instruction in agriculture is one of the serious problems confronting the promoters of this move- ment. That and the inability of many schools to pay large enough salaries to retain good teachers are the principal causes that prevent the development of agricultural teaching at even a more rapid rate than it is now progressing. With a view of insisting uj)on some 304 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. knowledge of agriculture on the part of teachers, sixteen States have passed laws requiring teachers to be examined in this subject; but it has been found that these requirements alone do not solve the problem. The facilities for training teachers along vocational lines are inade- quate. The State normal schools are doing what they can to prepare their students for such work, but the time that can be given to voca- tional subjects in a year or two in the normal school is extremely limited; and besides, the normal schools enroll only a small per- centage of those who teach in the rural common schools. Their stu- dents go largely into the grade work of village and city schools. Out of a total of about two hundred normal schools, one hundred and fourteen of those for whites and thirteen of those for negroes are giving instruction in agriculture. In addition to these, there are in Kansas, Michigan, Nebraska, and Wisconsin about two hundred and eighty high-school normal train- ing courses of one or two years in length, which include some work in agriculture. It is said that a large percentage of those who graduate from these training courses go directly into the rural schools, and while the training they get in this way is by no means adequate, yet it is better than that secured by the average rural teacher. With the State normal schools and these training courses there are now over four hundred institutions giving instruction in agriculture to prospective teachers in the elementary grades, and while the meagerness of the instruction they can give in agriculture is to be deprecated, it is nevertheless encouraging to know that some- thing in this line is being done in such a large number of institutions. Trained teachers for the high-school courses in agriculture are also scarce. The graduates of the four-year courses in the colleges of agriculture find such attractive opportunities in farming or the salaries offered them by agricultural colleges or experiment stations are so large that teaching in the public high schools as a profession does not appeal to many of them. The initial salaries offered by high schools may be as good or sometimes better than these grad- uates could command in other lines of professional or practical work, but the outlook for permanent employment and for increasing returns as the years go by is not so good. The condition with reference to teachers of agriculture is some- what better in the special agricultural schools and the subsidized agricultural departments in public high schools than in the ordinary public high schools. In the former the employment of trained teachers of agriculture is usually one of the conditions upon which State aid is given. The permanence of agriculture in these schools is assured, and, furthermore, the funds from the State treasury enable the local authorities to pay relatively high salaries without seriously affecting local taxation. Under such conditions the teaeh- EDITORIAL. 305 ing positions in the vocational subjects are sufficiently attractive to secure the favorable consideration of agricultural college graduates. The agricultural colleges are helping to solve the teacher problem. To meet the present emergency among teachers now in service, they are holding summer schools, conducting traveling schools in connec- tion with teachers' institutes, and offering special courses in agricul- tural subjects for the graduates of other colleges and of normal schools. This undoubtedly is work that needs to be done in all parts of the countiy. Kecent experience indicates that many of the successful teachers now in service, after taking short courses of a few months or a year devoted almost exclusively to agriculture and methods of teaching it, are likely to become our most successful high-school teachers of agriculture. They have already acquired the high-school point of view, they know the limitations of high-school pupils, and they are not likely to attempt college work in high-school classes. Their college work in a new and inspiring subject of study gives them renewed freshness and enthusiasm, and they readily see the possi- bilities of agriculture without being led unduly to magnify its importance. In other ways the agricultural colleges are beginning to make their influence felt in the teaching profession. The Bureau of Education reports that thirty-six of the colleges for white persons now offer their students some opportunities to fit themselves as special teachers of agriculture for high-school work. Some of these offer only cer- tain courses in general education, elective to students in agriculture; a larger number offer courses in general education and special courses in agricultural education ; a few which have departments of education allow students in these departments to elect courses in agriculture; while nine institutions offer prescribed four-year courses for teachers. This feature of agricultural college work has grown rapidly in the past two years, and it will probably develop more rapidly in future. Whatever the agricultural colleges may have done in a special way to encourage the teaching of agriculture in high schools, an examina- tion of the statistics of high-school courses indicates pretty clearly that their influence upon this movement has been productive almost in direct proportion to their activity. As evidence of this it may be said that over eighty per cent of the high schools teaching agriculture are in eighteen States having in their agricultural colleges some definite organization — an extension department, a department of agricultural education, a teachers' course in agriculture, or some other definite agency — for reaching the public schools. And if the four or five States were selected which are showing the largest results in public-school work in agriculture these would be found to be States whose colleges of agriculture have been longest in this field and most active in its cultivation. RECENT WORK IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. Handbook of biochemistry of man and animals, edited by C. Oppenheimeb (Handbuch der Biochemie des Menschen iind der Tiere. Jena, 1909-10, vols. 1, pp. XXIV-\-932, figs. 43; 2, pt. 1, pp. /Z+720, figs. 12; pt. 2, pp. VII+S91, fig. 1; S, pt. 1, pp. XII+783, figs. 6; pt. 2, pp. VII+3Jt8; 4, Pt- 2, pp. VI+595, figs. 9; 1911, vol. Jf, pt. 1, pp. VII+885, figs. 8, dgms. 16). — This work constitutes a handbook of biological chemistry of man and animals, and provides a digest of laboratory methods, experimental research, and theoretical matter. The different chapters are contributed by specialists, and throughout references are given to original sources of information. Parts of the work have already been noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 609). Volume 1 deals with the chemical constituents of animal substance ; volume 2, part 1, with the biochemistry of the cell, and part 2, with the biochemistry of tissues and organs; volume 3, part 1, with glands and their excretions, and part 2, with nutrition, digestion, and resorption ; and volume 4, part 2, with energy metabolism, metabolic relations of mother and fetus, metabolism under pathological conditions, total metabolism of nonmammalian vertebrates and in- vertebrates, and the physico-chemical basis of ferment action. General index of the Zeitschrift fiir Angewandte Chemie, 1887-1907, compiled by B. Raffow and E. M. MiJLLEB {General Register der Zeitschrift fiir Angewandte Chemie, Jahrgdnge 1887 his 1907. Leipsic, 1910, pp. 609). — This is the name and subject index for this journal from 1887 to 1907. On the " heat coagulation " of proteins. — II, The action of hot water upon egg albumin and the influence of acid and salts upon reaction velocity, Harriette Chick and C. J. Martin (Jour. Physiol., 43 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1-27). — Some of the conclusions drawn from this study of coagulation of egg albumin from the standpoint of physical chemistry are given below. See also previous work (E. S. R., 23, p. 612). "•Heat coagulation' of egg albumin consists of two processes, viz, (1) the reaction between the protein and hot water ('denaturation '), and (2) the separation of the altered protein in a particulate form (agglutination). "The action of hot water on egg albumin, which constitutes the first stage in ' heat coagulation,' is, if means be taken to prevent change in acidity during the process, a reaction of the first order. The same was previously found to be true for hemoglobin. " During the process, as the protein is precipitated, free acid is progressively removed from the solution. The consequent progi-essive diminution in the acidity of the solution accounts for the fact that the reaction appeared to be of a more complicated character." Further experiments on the fixation of acid by pure egg albumin in the cold, showing the relation of the amount of acid fixed to the acidity of the solution and the reversibility of the process are presented. Sulphur linkages in proteins, T. B. Johnson {Jotir. Biol. Chem., 9 {1911), No. 6, pp. 439-448) .—Fvom a summary of data the author concludes that prob- 306 AGRICULTUEAL. CHEMISTRY — ^AGEOTECHNY. 307 ably there are other sulphur combinatious in proteins besides the cystin group. The paper is an introduction to experimental studies of the subject. The decomposition of proteins by electrical methods, C. Sebono (Rend. Soc. Chim. Ital., 2. ser., 2 (1910), pp. 31-33). — An application of electrolytic methods for studying the constitution of the protein molecule. The method and appa- ratus used are described in detail. Direct measurements of tlie osmotic pressure of casein in alkaline solution, B. MooBE, H. E. RoAF, and A. Webster {Bio-Chem. Jour., 6 (1911), No. 1, pp. 110-121 ) . — This article offers experimental proof " that apparent imperme- ability of a membrane to ions is not due to the properties of the membrane but to the colloid contained within the membrane." The newer progress made in experimental colloid chemistry as related to the proteins, H. Handovsky (Ztschr. Chem. u. Indus. Kolloide, 7 (1910), No. 4, pp. 183-193, fig. 1). — This is a detailed review of the literature in this regard. The synthesis of fats by the action of enzyms, F. L. Dunlap and L. O. Gilbert (Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 3-'t (1911). No. S68, p. 220). — An enzym in the seeds of the castor bean (Ricinus comnmnis) was found to have synthesizing properties. In regard to the decomposition of saccharin substances, A. Jolles (Biochem. Ztschr., 29 (1910), No. 1-3, pp. 152-201, figs. 3).— The rotation of all the sub- stances examined (rhamnose, cane sugar, lactose, maltose, dextrose, levulose, galactose, invert sugar, and arabinose) is with the exception of cane sugar diminished to a considerable degree when treated with an hundredth-normal alkaline solution at 37° C. A 1 to 2 per cent solution of dextrose was decom- posed in a period of 24 hours. Among the decomposition products formed at 37° there were acids, but acid formation from saccharose was very small. The rapidity of acid formation was found to be accelerated by the addition of oxidizers such as hydrogen peroxid and silver oxid, and diminished by excluding air. Arabinose, saccha- rose, and maltose yielded an acid the calcium salt of which gave Tollen's reaction for glucuronic acid and Bial's pentose reaction. In some cases the formation of acetaldehyde was observed. The formation of polyoxy acids in large quantities by excluding air was not observed. Formaldehyde produced a diminution in rotation. The determination of dextrose polarimetrically in an alkaline solution which has been allowed to stand for a few hours was found to yield inaccurate results, but on the other hand, when using Fehling's solution for the determination by reduction within a period of 24 hours correct results were obtained. The author finally presents a hypothesis in regard to the decomposition of sugar in the animal organism. Action of dilute aqueous solutions of ammonia and sodium carbonate upon various saccharin substances, A. Jolles (Biochem. Ztschr., 32 (1911), No. 2, pp. 97-100). — From the results it was noted that ceuti-normal ammonia solu- tion has no influence upon the rotation of arabinose, dextrose, levulose, galac- tose, and maltose in dilute aqueous solutions (from 0.2 to 1 per cent) if the solutions are allowed to stand for 24 hours at a temperature of 87° C, while on the other hand, with sodium hydroxid the rotation was often brought down to zero or near zero. Sodium carbonate was found to act less violently than the sodium hydroxid. According to the author, the decomposition of saccharin substances is dependent upon the hydroxl ion concentration. A conjugated glycuronic acid from the sugar beet, K. Smolenski (Hoppe- Seyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 11 (1911), No. 3, pp. 266-269).— The precipi- tates which were obtained by heating crude beet juice and extracting with absolute alcohol and water were treated with hydrochloric acid in order to 28727°— No. 4—12 2 308 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. decompose the magnesium salt of glycuronic acid. Tlie washed and dried substance so obtained was extracted with absolute alcohol and repeatedly re- ci-ystallized from alcohol. The yield was about 10 per cent of the initial crude material. The substance thus obtained was insoluble in water ; slightly soluble in methyl alcohol, acetone, glacial acetic acid, and phenol ; practically insoluble in ether, benzol, chloroform, and carbon bisulphid; but completely soluble in a dilute alkali or ammonia solution, and precipitable from such solutions with an acid. The melting and decomposition point of the purest sample prepared was be- tween 214 and 216° C. The specific rotation of a 2 per cent alcoholic solution for the various preparations was between [a]j3=+21.0° and [a]jj=+24.9°. The elementary composition was carbon 66.09, hydrogen 8.58, and oxygen 25.33 per cent, corresponding to the formula C7HUO2. The substance, according to the author, is probably the first conjugated glycuronic acid thus far obtained directly from the plant. The action of the ultraviolet rays upon cane sugar, H. Bieeky, V. Henei, and A. Rang {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (1911), No. 23, pp. 1629- 1632; ais. in Wchnschr. Brau., 28 (1911), No. 30, p. 336).— The ultraviolet rays are capable of inverting cane sugar, and further of cleaving the hexoses thus formed to formaldehyde and carbon dioxid. In the presence of calcium carbonate no gas is evolved. Fermentation and putrefaction, A. I. Kendall (Abs. in Science, n. ser., S!/. (1911), No. 868, pp. 218, 219). — "As shown by the work of the author and others, utilizable carbohydrates protect nitrogen from attack by bacteria. . . . The two phenomena, fermentation and putrefaction, ai'e antagonistic processes; the obligate putrefactive bacteria can not, as a rule, grow in media in which active fermentation is going on, because the acids produced inhibit their development. There is a third group, the facultative organisms, which are also able to adapt themselves to both kinds of food. This is an important new conception. Thus in the presence of dextrose the diphtheria bacillus elaborates no toxin, while in its absence large amounts are formed. B. coU behaves similarly. Not only do the products vary, but the composition of the bacteria themselves may be altered." Influence of different temperatures on ferments and on the regeneration of fermentative properties, M. J. Geamenitzki (Hoppc-Seyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 69 (1910), No. 3-Jf, pp. 286-300).— It was noted that taka-dias- tase in aqueous solutions, when heated at a temperature of 80° C. for 1 hour, or to 115° for 15 minutes, loses its hydrolytic capacity. If it is heated for a short time at from 80 to 85°, the hydrolytic capacity lost may at times be re- generated at from 40 to 45° C, or by allowing it to stand at room temperature. The oxidase (maltin, Merck) was found to retain its oxidizing power only Slightly when heated at a temperature of 100° for 10 minutes. When it was heated for from 15 to 20 minutes its enzymatic power was lost, but recovered after some time. When exposed to a still higher temperature it lost its power permanently. If heated to 80°, oxidase in addition to recovering its oxidizing capacity also acquires the power of deoxidizing. Maltin solution after being heated to 100° for 10 minutes retains its property of starch liquefaction in solution, but loses its capacity for sugar production. The detection of small amounts of alcohol in fermenting fluids, A. Klocker (Centhl. BaJct. [etc.], 2. Alt., 31 (1911), No. l-J^, pp. 108-111).— The author has modified the old drop method as follows: Five cc. of the fluid is placed in a test tube 180 mm. long and 24 mm. wide. The tube is closed with a perforated stopper which contains a glass tube 80 cm. long and 3 mm. wide, the lower end of which runs to the lower level of the cork. The apparatus is placed obliquely AGRICULTUKAL CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY. 309 upon a wire netting and lieated slowly with a small flame of a Bmisen burner. If alcohol is present the characteristic oil-drop effect will be noted in the tube. On the presence of yeasts in fermenting- tea and their probable influence on the aroma of tea leaves, C. Bernard (Buh Dipt. Agr. Indes Nierland., 1910, No. 36, pp. 42, pJs. 4) 0&-S- i'^ Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bid. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (.1911), No. 1, p. 103). — Micro-organisms in addi- tion to unorganized ferments probably take part in the development of the aroma in tea. A yeast which almost always occurs among the other micro- organisms upon Java tea leaves was isolated. This seemed to have a favorable influence upon the fermentation process. The bacteria are harmful to the product. The chemical composition of enzyms and their formation, II, H. Euleb and Beth af Ugglas (Hoppe-Scyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chcni., 10 (1911), No. 4-5, pp. 279-290; abs. in Zentbl. Gesam. Physiol, u. Path. Stoffivechsels, n. ser., 6 (1911), No. 10, p. 4^2). — It was found to make very little difference whether the water was removed from yeast by drying in vacuum or with absolute alco- hol, and it is shown that Buchner's permanent yeast preparation can be taken as a measure for the study of the rate and the intensity of the activity of the invertase extracted from the yeast. Although the action of phosphates upon the activity of invertase is well known, the authors point out that the reaction of a medium, whether acid or neutral, has some influence upon this activity also. In a neutral medium the inversion goes on from 2 to 7 times quicker than in an acid medium. If the yeast is not dried a higher degree of fermentation is obtained by the addition of phosphates. The authors as a result of their work set up the following hypothesis: Zymase exists in living yeast either partly or wholly as a chemical complex, which is bound to the protoplasm and the activity of which is checked partly or permanently when the vital process of the cell is hindered. The free portion (or that portion which is liberated during the dehydration process of the fer- mentation enzym) is the only one which is active during the process. The authors doubt the possibility of regenerating zymase. Investigations in regard to the chemical composition and formation of enzyms, III, H. Euler and S. Kullberg (Hoppe-Seyler's Ztschr. Physiol, Chem., 71 (1911), No. 1, pp. I4-SO; abs. in Zentbl. Biochem. u. Biophys., 11 (1911), No. 21-22, pp. 896-898) .—This article deals with the influence of phos- phates upon the invertase- and zymase-system of living yeast cells and the dynamics of enzym reactions caused by these cells. Action of the compounds of chromium and salts of magnesium, manga- nese, iron, and aluminum upon the amylolytic ferments, C. Gerber (Compt. Rend. ^oc. Biol. [Paris], 70 (1911), No. 16, pp. 724-730; abs. in Zentbl. Biochem,. u. Biophys., 11 (1911), No. 20, p. 849). — Chromates were found to accelerate amylolysis up to a certain concentration, but above this concentration the action of the ferment is retarded. The accelerating action is combined with the action of acids, and the retardation is due to a destruction of the diastase. Neutral chromates in small quantities were found to act indifferently. Tlie retarding action of large amounts of dichromates or neutral chromiuni salts was found not to be due to the destruction of the diastase. The same holds true for mag- nesium salts and manganese. Ferrous salts only retard the action of diastase, while ferric salts and aluminum compounds behave like the chromates. The action of the alkali metal salts upon the saccharifi.cation of starch by proteolytic ferments. — IV, Neutral ammoniacal salts, V, Carbonates and bicabonates. VI. Salts of rubidium, caesium, and lithium, C. Gerber (Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 70 (1911), No. 18, pp. 822-828; abs. in Zentbl. Biochem. u. Biophys., 11 (1911), No. 23, p. 945). — Neutral ammonia salts in 310 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. small and medium amounts were found to stimulate the saccharification of starch, while large amounts checked it. Carbonates and bicarbonates were found to stimulate, while neutral carbonates behaved in the same manner as the alkaline salts. Rubidium chlorid and caesium cblorid act slightly stimu- lating when small amounts are used, but are indifferent with medium amounts, and have a retarding action with larger doses. Lithium chlorid has a retarding effect in all amounts. Enzyms which decompose hexotrioses and stachyose, H. Bierey (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 {1911), No. 13, pp. 90J,-906; abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 50, p. Jt52). — The decomposition of hexotrioses is 2-phased, while stachyose is 3-phased, 2 and 3 enzyms taking part, respectively. The higher animals can not utilize polyoses, or at best do so only partly, while the invertebrates digest them completely. In regard to reducing ferments; the Schardinger enzym (perhydridase), A. Bach {Biochem. Ztschr., 31 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. U3-U9; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 30 {1911), No. 19-20, pp. 494, 495).— Schardinger's reac- tion is based on the cleavage of water by an oxydizable substance, through the agency of a catalyzer which forms with the hydrogen of water a labile, strongly reducing combination. The studies of the author have particularly to do with the relation of Schardinger's enzym to the reductases present in tissues. The results show that the reductase of the liver and other organs is not a single enzym, and that one part of it seems to simulate the Schardinger enzym and the other part one which can be replaced by aldehydes. An analogy between oxidase and reductase seems to exist, according to the author, who states that oxidase is to be con- sidered a system of peroxydase — peroxid-producing bodies — while reductase is a system of water-cleaving bodies. The preparation and properties of an oxidase occurring in fruits, H. P. Bassett and F. Thompson {Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, 33 {1911), No. 3, pp. 416- 423). — There is present, according to these authors, an oxidase in fruits (ripe apples, green apples, pears, and walnut hulls) which is capable of producing a tannin-like substance in a slightly acid solution, and which in turn precipi- tates protein nitrogen. This tannin-like substance (or substances) was not found to exist in normal fruits, but only in those fruits which were removed from the tree or were injured. It is believed by the authors to have fungicidal prop- erties. In part, it exerts its activity by acting directly upon the fungus and partly by the production of insoluble proteins. Indications in regard to the presence of a catalase (precipitable by calcium carbonate) were also present. The relation between tannin and another colloid in ripening fruits, par- ticularly Phcenx, Achras, and Diospyros, F. E. Lloyd {Ztschr. Chem. u. Indus. Kolloide, 9 {1911), No. 2, pp. 65-73). — In the tannin vacuole of the tannin dioplastids of all fruits, according to this author, there exists a body which consists of 2 substances, viz, tannin and another colloid. The structure of the tannin combination is dependent upon the second colloid. The second colloid, which, according to the author, is a carbohydrate resembling pectose jelly, is present in a slimy condition in unripe fruits, but later becomes hard and stiff, being converted into a gelatin-like substance when the ripening process is com- plete. It gives the usual tannin reaction. Action of heat upon emulsin, G. Bertrand and A. Compton {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 {1911), No. 22, pp. 1518-1521, figs. 3; abs. In Wchnschr. Brau., 28 {1911), No. 30, p. 336).— Emulsin, according to these authors, is a mixture of 2 enzyms, viz, amygdalase, which only cleaves amygdalin into glu- AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY. 811 cose and almoud trinitril glucosid, and amygdalinase, which fnrther splits the almond trinitril glucosid into benzaldehyde, glucose, and hydrocyanic acid. Note on Kjeldahl's process, V. Edwards and D. Chads (Cfieni. News, 103 (1911), No. 2G7S, p. 138; abs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 (1911), No. 7, p. 451). — If granulated tin Is used instead of granulated zinc to prevent bumping, very little frothing is produced. New method of determining nitrites, E. Rupp and F. Lehmann (Arch. PJiarm., 2^9 (1011), No. 3, pp. 214-211; ahs. in Pharm. Jour. [London], 4. ser., 32 (1911), No. 2485, p. I4I; Merck's Rpt., 20 (1911), No. 8, p. 232).— The method proposed rests on the fact that nitrous acid is oxidized quantitatively by bromin to nitric acid. The estimation of small quantities of mang'anese, especially in the ash of plants or of animal organs, G. Bektband (Bui. Hoc. Chim. France, 4- ser., 9 (1911), No. 8, pp. 361-370; Ann. Chim. Analyt., 16 (1911), No. 8, pp. 285-294; abs. in Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 424, pp. 369, 370).— The material under exami- nation is incinerated at a dull red heat until all the carbon is apparently burned off. The ash after cooling is moistened with hydrochloric acid and placed on a water bath. A little sulphuric acid is added, the mixtui'e evaporated to di-yness, and the contents of the dish again heated at a red heat. The manganese is then estimated in the ash by the persulphate method (colorimetrically), in the presence of silver nitrate as follows: " Dissolve the plant ashes in 10 cc. of nitric acid (specific gravity l.OS), add 5 drops of a 10 per cent solution of siher nitrate, and at least 0.1 gm. of potassium persulphate. . . . The mixture is heated gently until the pink color shows no further increase in intensity. The temperature is then raised to boiling to destroy the excess of persulphate, and maintained at the boiling temperature until oxygen ceases to be evolved. The cooled liquid is made up to exactly 10 cc, and its color matched by that of a standard solution of manganese sulphate which has been oxidized in a similar manner." A modifi^ed procedure for the detection of silicates, fluorids, and fluosilicates, P. E. Browning (Amcr. Jour. Sci., 4. ser., 32 (1911), No. 190, pp. 249, 250). — As the usual methods for detecting silica and fluorin often yield unsatisfactory results in the hands of inexperienced persons, the author sought to obtain methods which were more trustworthy. The following method is recommended : "A small lead cup about 1 cm. in diameter and depth was made by running the melted metal into a mold, and a flat piece of lead with a small hole in the center was used as a cover. Into this cup a small amount of finely powdered calcium fluorid, generally about 0.1 gm., was placed together with the silicate, and the mixture covered with a few drops of concentrated sulphuric acid, added by means of a medicine dropper or fountain pen filler. Upon the upper side of the cover a piece of moistened black filter paper was placed and upon this a small moistened pad of ordinary filter paper was laid to keep the black paper moist during a heating of about 10 minutes upon a steam bath. At the con- clusion of the heating a white deposit was found on the underside of the black paper over the opening in the cover, if silica was present in appi-eciable amount." The converse of the above method can be employed for the detection of fluo- rids, but here it is not quite so delicate, although good results can be obtained if 1 mg. of fluorin is present. The valuation of chemical fertilizers of the superphosphate industry, (Ztschr. Offentl. Chem., 17 (1911), No. 14, pp. 262-265).— This includes the rules for sampling and the permissible limits of accuracy in analyses as to what constitutes a just demand for determining low-grade fertilizers, etc., as com- piled by the Association of Commercial Analytical Chemists and the Fertilizer Manufacturers' Association of Germany. 312 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The determination of dry substance In roots, H. G. Sodeebaum (Meddel. Centralanst. Forsoksv, Jordbruksomrddet, 1911, No. 8, pp- H; K. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. 6, pp. 460-//6S). — In order to prove the con- tention of Bolin, who assumed that the method usually employed for prepar- ing an average sample of beet pulp by grating is inaccurate in so far that a great deal of water is lost during the process, the author examined 12 samples of beets. That such a loss of water takes place was noted, but the amount was exceedingly small and need not be taken into consideration in analytical work. Physico-chemical tests in bromatolog'y, G. Bonamaetini {Ami. Falsi/., Jf {1911), No. 32, pp. 305-320). — In reviewing the numerous physico-chemical methods thus far proposed for detecting adulteration in foods, condiments, and beverages, the author points out the limits of the electrical conductivity method for the examination of vinegar and wine. Numerous analyses (physical and chemical) of wine and vinegar are presented. Biological analysis of honey, E. Moeeau {Ann. Falsif., Jf {1911), No. 29, pp. IJfO-l.'jS). — If honey is heated continuously for 1 hour at from 75 to 80° C, the invertase which it contains is nearly destroyed. It is completely destroyed at 100°. The amylolytic power is diminished at a temperature of from 75 to 80° when maintained for 1 hour, and gives only a violet-blue coloration with iodin and the dissolution of the starch grains. If heated at from 45 to 50° for 15 minutes only a little maltose is produced. A temperature of 100° or above destroys the diastase. The methods employed for determining the in- verting and diastatic capacity are given in detail, and are accompanied by the results of examining 25 honeys for inverting capacity and 12 for diastatic capacity. See also a previous note (E. S. R., 25, p. 612). The pinene test for lemon oil, E. J. Pakey {Chem. and Drug., 78 {1911), No. 1618, pp. 159, 160; abs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 3, p. 154). — Ten authentic samples of lemon oil were examined with particular re- gard to determining the value of Chace's pinene test (E. S. R., 22, p. 112), with the result that the test was found not to be a positive one for detecting the adulteration of lemon oils. " Moreover, if a sample of lemon oil is adulterated with oil of turpentine to such an extent that a copious amount of crystals of pinene nitrosochlorid is obtained in the test, such adulteration can be detected more readily and with greater certainty by the ordinary methods of analysis." Estimation of formic acid in foods, H. Fincke {Ztschr. UntersucTi. Nahr. u. Oenussmtl., 22 {1911), No. 1-2, pp. 8S-iO//).— Continuing previous work (E. S. R., 25, p. 311) the author sought to apply the methods noted to the estimation of formic acid in vinegar. The following topics are considered in the article: Gravimetric determination of small amounts of formic acid, some further tests in regard to the volatility of formic acid in steam, the source of error in the mercury method, and the formic acid content of vinegar and vinegar essences. Polarimetric estimation of sugar by the method of Jolles, B. Baedach and S. SiLBEBSTEiN {Ztschr. Untersifch. Nahr. u. Gcnussmtl., 21 {1911), No. 9, pp. 51,0-51,3; abs. in Analyst, 36 {1911), No. 1,21,, p. 361).— After pointing out a method by which discoloration can be avoided, thus allowing the use of a much more concentrated solution for polarization without previous treatment with lead acetate, etc., the author states as a result of his tests with solutions of dextrose that the method is an accurate one. The unification of reducing sugar methods.— A correction, P. H. Walker (77. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. 82, pp. 6).— This circular calls attention to certain errors detected by M. N. Straughn in the tables for lactose (E. S. R., 18, p. 1020) that were used for compiling the official tables contained in Bulle- AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY — ^AGROTECHNY. 313 tin 107, revised, of the Bureau of Chemistry (E. S. K., 20, p. 512). The cor- lected table is here presented in detailed form. Isolation of raffinose from beet sugar products, H. E. Zitkowski (Amer, Sugar Indus, and Beet Sugar Oas., 13 {1911), No. 1, pp. 8-10, figs. 7; ahs. in Jour. Soc. CJiem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 6, p. 319). — The method employed for this consists of the preparation of a mixture of lead raffiuosate and saccharate by boiling molasses with litharge, decomposing with carbon dioxid, and allow- ing the raffinose to crystallize out (fractional crystallization) from the solu- tion. The molasses experimented with came from a Colorado refinery. Examination of lactose and the by-products of lactose manufacture, A. BURE and F. M. Berberich {Alilchw. ZenthL, 7 (1911), No. 6, pp. 2Jtl-264).— This presents the results of investigations of crude and refined milk sugar ",nd the by-products of the milli sugar industry. The methods used are stated in detail, most being those well-known in the literature. In order to simplify the calculation involved in converting cuprous oxid to metallic copper, the author has rearranged Wein's table by multiplying the copper figure by the factor 1.1223 (Cu^O 143.6 -J- Cu 127.6), so that the amount of lactose can be read off directly from the cuprous oxid produced. As the approximate amount of lactose can also be found by multiplying the copper found by 0.73, the author here also, in order to avoid the usual calculation, has calculated all the copper figures to cuprous oxid. The enzyms present in cow's milk, A. Giffhoen {Untersuchungen iiber Enzyme in der Kulunilch. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1909, pp. JfO, abs. in Milchic. Zentm., 7 (1911), No. 5, pp. 236, 237).— This is a study in regard to the pres- ence of enzyms in market milk. It was noted that fresh normal milk gave a reaction with a fresh active guaiac tincture, reduced methylene blue-formaldehyde solution in from 5 to 12 minutes, decomposed from 0.01 to 0.0251 gm. of soluble starch, and had a cata- lase figure of from 5 to 30 mm. Mixed milk which reduces the formaldehyde- methylene blue solution and which possesses a high catalase content but a normal diastatic power is considered by the author highly polluted. A mixed milk having a low diastatic power, a high catalytic power, and reducing for- maldehyde-uiethylene blue within 5 minutes and methylene blue in 1 hour, is not considere<:l fit for human consumption, and one which decomposes more than 0.025 gm. of starch, has a high catalytic power, reduces formaldehyde-methylene blue quickly but does not reduce methylene blue within 1 hour, is to be consid- ered a milk of pathologic origin. Mixed milks which give no guaiac reaction, contained no diastase, decolorized both methylene blue solution and formal- dehyde-methylene blue solution within 1 hour, and possessed a high catalytic power, were those which had been heated to a temperature of over 72° C, before heating contained large amounts of bacteria, and were allowed to stand long after heating. Mixed milks which yielded the guaiac reaction but did not decompose starch, according to the author, were heated for 30 minutes at from 65 to 72°. The occurrence of tyrosin crystals in Roquefort cheese, A. W. Dox (Jour. Amer. CJiem. Soc, 33 (1911), No. 3, pp. ^23-425).— The author investigated the small white specks which are invariably observed in the cracks and crevices of Roquefort cheese and found them to be tyrosin and not the calcium soaps of fatty acids as is usually supposed. Methods of sampling milk (Bd. Agr. and Fisheries [London^, Intel. Div., Ann. Rpt. Proc. 1910, pt. 1, pp. 66-73). — The methods considered are the dipper, plunger, pouring, and tube methods. The tube method was found to be ineffective, and the dipper method fails to insure a proper mixing in every case. The pouring method, that is, pouring the 314 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. milk out of a churn into another churn and bacli again 3 successive times, is a good one. The plunger method with proper mixing may give good results. A new formula for the calculation of the per centum of added water in cow's milk, F. J. Slataper (Bill. Tex. Bd. Health, 5 {1911), No. 9, pp. 17,18).— A refractometric method of determining added water is given, which according to the author is new. The refractometer reading is subtx-acted from 42.4 (the figure for whole milk). This equals the number of degrees the reading is lowered by the added water, and divided by 0.274 gives the percentage of added water. The value of chemical constants for detecting watered milk, G. Cornalba (Riv. Sci. Latte, 1 {1911), Nos. 2, pp. 45-52; 3, pp. 65-77). — Continuing pre- vious work (E, S. R., 20, p. 419; 21, p. 614) the author again shows the value of determining the soluble substances of milk serum (6 parts or thereabouts per 100 of milk) for detecting the watering of milk. This is deemed better than either the refraction or cryoscopic test. Detection of watered milk, Ledent {Bui. Soc. Chim. Belg., 25 {1911), No. 3, pp. 133, 13-'t; ahs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 7, p. .}-'/^)-— The Cornalba method (see above) yielded very satisfactory results for detecting watered milk. The superficial tension of milk and milk adulteration, E. Carapelle and G. Chimera {Rev. Hyg. et Med. Infant., 9 {1910), No. 2, pp. 167-178; ahs. vn Rev. Sci. [Paris], 49 {1911), I, No. 1, p. 20; Ann. Falsif., 4 {1911), No. 29, p. 160). — ^According to these authors the superficial tension of milk (cow's, goat's, and ass's) is greater in milks in which the cream has been removed or where water has been added to the milk. The electrical conductivity of milk, R. Binaghi {Biocliem. Ztschr., 29 {1910). No. 1-3, pp. 60-79).— Noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 207). The alcohol test and the acidity of milk, G. Fendler and C. Borkel {Ztschr. Vntersuch. Nahr. u. Genussnitl., 21 {1911), No. 8, pp. 477-Jf80; ahs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 10, p. 643) . — ^This test, which has been pro- posed for ascertaining the freshness of milk, consists of mixing milk with twice its volume of alcohol (50 per cent by volume). It is claimed that if the milk is fresh it will not curdle, and, therefore, its acidity is not more than 8 Soxhlet degrees. When the acidity is higher, coagulation takes place. As a result of examining many hundred samples of milk the authors declare that while the test may serve as a preliminary one no definite relation seems to exist between the acidity of milk and the results obtained with the alcohol test. Determination of iron by the colorimetric method (cow's milk), H. Lachs and H. Friedenthal {Biochem. Ztschr., 32 {1911), No. 2, pp. 130-136) .—This procedure is based on the fact that the blood-red coloration which is caused by the union of iron and sulphocyanogen is produced by the undissociated iron sulphocyanate (ferric sulphocyanid) and reaches its greatest intensity in the presence of an excess of sulphocyanogen at a definite hydrogen ion concentra- tion. Iron sulphocyanate can be extracted from the solution with ether. The procedure is as follows: Five cc. of cow's milk are dried and ashed in a deep platinum crucible. The ash is dissolved in 1 cc. of a 6 times normal hydrochloric acid standard solution and 1 cc. of water. To the solution is added 1 cc. of a concentrated solution of potassium sulphocyanate and the mixture shaken up with 1 cc. of ether. The mixture after separation is com- pared as regards color with standard solutions of iron sulphocyanate in ether. With this method a milk sample was found to contain 1.3 mg. of iron per liter, and a comparative test with the same milk but with 500 cc. for ashing gave 1.4 mg. per liter. The test is affected by trichloracetic, sulpho-salicylic. AGEICTJLTURAL CHEMISTRY — AGROTECHNY. 315 nitric, sulphuric, and pliosphoric acids. Amyl alcotiol may be substituted for tlae ettier. Estimating' the bacterial content of milk, with particular reference to the catalase test, W. Kuntze (CentW. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., SO (1911), No. IS, pp. 1-53). — When working with Koning's fermentation apparatus the results were not always satisfactory. The author, therefore, constructed a series of tubes on the plan of Lunge's nitrometer, and with which it was possible to work several samples of milk at the same time. He distinguishes between 2 types of catalase, viz, primary catalase, which originates from the mammary gland (under normal and abnormal conditions), and secondary catalase, which is exotic. A milk which has a low catalase and acid figure at the outset and a low catalase figure after incubating for 2 hours is considered fresh. Catalase he considers not directly dependent upon the fat content of the milk, as the catalase content was not always the highest in the end milks. Koning's contention that milks obtained earlier than from 3 to 4 weeks after parturition should not be fed to infants is not supported by the author, who believes that 14 days is a sufficient length of time. He illustrates this by practical examples. Determining the bacterial content of milk by the usual methods is not deemed an adequate criterion. The fermentation tests did not always yield entirely satisfactory results, and the author ascribes the favorable results obtained by the rennet test with milk having a low bacterial content to the fact that such samples usually come from healthy animals, the normal digestion processes in which have a favorable influence upon the bacterial flora of the milk. When the animals were given green feed during the summer months the rennet test was the least positive. The relation between Bacillus aerogenes, B. coli, and the true lactic-acid bacteria was found to vary very much during the summer and winter months, so that there can not be expected a low finding in winter with the fermentation test and a high one in summer. This would indicate that the racial characteristics of certain coli bacilli on green feed were respon- sible for their lesser occurrence in the test during the summer months. SchaefEer's curd tester, Geimmee (MUchw. ZentU., 7 (1911), No. 5, pp. 211- 2i3).— This method, which has been described in detail (E. S. R., 22, p. 212), was not found to be entirely satisfactory. Preference is therefore given to the usual ammonium sulphocyanate method for iron, which yielded more reliable results. For detecting iron in curd the method is as follows : A small amount of curd is mixed with from 2 to 3 cc. of water, and then 1 cc. of hydrochloric acid, and a few crystals of ammonium sulphocyanate are added. In the pres- ence of iron a definite red coloration is produced. Report in reg'ard to the progress made in dairy chemistry and dairying during the second half of 1910, Grimmer (MUchw. Zenthl., 7 (1911), No. 2, pp. -'i9-70). — Continuing previous summaries (E. S. R., 24, p. 612), the topics considered are the various kinds of milk, milk constituents, changes in milk and milk constituents, bacteria, enzyms, and antibodies, milk as a food, dairy prod- ucts, dairy apparatus, methods for examining milk, and keeping of animals and milk products. Report in regard to the progress made in dairy chemistry and dairying during the first half of 1911, Grimmer (MUchw. ZentU., 7 (1911), No. 8, pp. 337-361). — Data corresponding to the above are presented for the first half of 1911. Methods for the analysis of sulphur intended for agricultural purposes (Bui. Mens. Off. Renseig. Agr. [Parish, 10 (1911), No. 5, pp. 546-548).— A de- scription of the official French methods, with the definitions for various kinds of sulphur used in agriculture. The methods are for the determination of the 316 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. degree of fineness, moisture, ash, free sulphur, pulphur insoluble in carbon di- sulphid, and the microscopic examination of sulphur. Modification of the sulphonation test for creosote, E. Bateman ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv. Circ. 191, pp. 7, fig. 1). — ^As the sulphonation test described in Forest Service Circular 112 (E. S. R., 19, p. 812) has been found to give unreliable results, the author has modified it as follows: "Ten cc. of the fraction of creosote to be tested are measured into a Babcoek milk bottle. To this is added 40 cc. of 37 times normal acid. 10 cc. at a time. The bottle with its contents is shaken for 2 minutes after each addition of 10 cc. of acid. After all the acid has been added the bottle is kept at a constant temperatui-e of from 98 to 100° C. for 1 hour, during which time it is shaken vigorously every 10 minutes. At the end of an hour the bottle is removed, cooled, and filled to the top of the gi'aduations with ordinary sulphuric acid, and then whirled for 5 minutes in a Babcoek separator. The unsulphonated residue is then read off from the graduations. The reading multiplied by 2 gives per cent by volume directly. (Each graduation equals one two-hundredths of a cubic centimeter.) " In well-equipped chemical laboratories the usual steam-jacket ovens, capa- ble of maintaining a temperature of from 98 to 100° C, will keep the reaction mixture of the sulphuric acid and creosote at the proper temperature." A steam bath designed for laboratories confining themselves to the examina- tion of creosote is described and illustrated. Determination of nicotin in the presence of pyridin bases, L. Surre {Ann. Falsif., 4 {1911), No. 32, pp. 331-33J,; ahs. in Jour. 8oc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 15, p. 979; Chem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 82, p. 756) .—Nicotin has a high levorotation (—161° 55' at 20° C. for the sodium flame), whereas pyridin is optically inactive and does not affect the nicotin reading, which in aqueous solutions of from 1 to 8 per cent is proportional to the concentration. The author has devised a method for determining nicotin in tobacco extracts which rests upon this principle. Paper technology, R. W. Sindall {London, 1910, 2. ed., rev., pp. XV+269, pis. 13, figs. 158). — An elementary manual on the manufacture, physical quali- ties, and chemical constituents of paper and of paper-making fibers. Laboratory book for the potash industry, L. Tietjens and H. Roemer {Laltoratoriumshuch fiir die Kaliindustrie. Halle, 1910, pp. VIII-\-76,figs. 8). — This is chiefly a description of the methods in use in the potash industry. Its contents are as follows : Analytical aids ; sampling ; analysis and description of the salts of the German potash industry; analysis of the by-products; analysis of potash-saltpeter ; analysis of various kinds of potash ; and an appendix which contains a description of the methods for determining potash, the oflicial methods employed in the German agricultural experiment stations, reducing methods, and the Neubauer method. A bibliography is appended. METEOROLOGY— WATER. The obstacles to the progress of meteorology, C. Abbe {Jour. FranhUn -Inst., 173 {1912), No. 1, pp. 55-71). — ^Among the obstacles enumerated are faulty instruments and methods of observation, and the need of more extended observa- tions and " of a laboratory building specifically adapted to atmospheric experi- ments and the association therewith of able students trained in mathematics, physics, and mechanics." Meteorological observations {Ann. Statis. Egypte, 3 {1911), pp. 11-22). — Observations on temperature, atmospheric pressure, rainfall, and wind move- ment at various points in Egypt, covering various periods from 1871 to 1910, are summarized in detail. METEOROLOGY — WATER. 817 Meteorological investigations on the summer floods of the Oder, G. Hell- MANN and G. v. Elsner ( Veroffenil. K. Preuss. Met. Imt., 1911, No. 230, jyp. XI-\-235, pis. 55; rev. in Naturw. Rundschau, 26 (1911), No. 48, pp. 609-611; Met. Ztschr., 29 (1912), No. 1, pp. 10-18) .—The essential feature of this report is a series of charts correlating atmospheric pressure, temperature, precipita- tion, and summer floods in the Oder drainage basin. These show, as was to be expected, that the precipitation is the controlling factor in these floods, but it was found that there is not complete parallelism between precipitation and high water. Atmospheric pressure is shown to be an important factor in determining the flood conditions. No attempt is made, however, to draw general conclusions as to the agencies which cause and control the floods. Surface water supply of California, 1909, "W. B. Clapp and F. F. Henshaw (U. 8. Gcol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper 211, pp. 256, pis. 6, fig. J).— This is one of the series of papers reporting results of stream flow measurements in the United States. It gives in detail the results of measurements in the Lower Colorado River, Great Basin, South Pacific Ocean, San Francisco Bay, and North Pacific Ocean drainage basins. Water resources of Antelope Valley, California, H. R. Johnson (U. 8. Geo/. Sun-ry, Water-Supply Paper 278, pp. 92, pis. 7, figs. 11). — This paper describes this valley, which lies in the southwestern part of the Mohave Desert, and reports the results of measurements of its surface and underground waters. The underground waters of the Oasis of Kharga, H. J. L. Beadnell (Cairo Sci. Jour., 5 (1911), No. 52, pp. 1-8). — This is a reply to a discussion and criti- cisms by G. W. Grabham (E. S. R., 24, p. 216) of the author's explanation of phenomena of the flowing wells of the Oasis of Kharga. The waters of Kharga, G. W. Grabham (Cairo Sci. Jour., 5 (1911), No. 61, pp. 2/(6-261, figs. 8). — This is a reply to Beadnell's paper noted above. The nonnitrification of sewage in sea water, J. E. Purvis, A. C. N. Mc- Hattie, and R. H. J. Fisher (Jour. Roy. Sanit. Inst., 32 (1911), No. 9, pp. U2-U8; ahs. in Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc., 16 (1911), No. 4, p. 39i ) .—Investi- gations are reported which showed that even when special precautions were taken to secure an abimdant supply of oxygen in the culture solution there was no nitrification of sewage when mixed with sea water. The Berlin sewage farms, H. A. Roechling (Surveyor, 40 (1911), Nos. 1035, pp. 577, 583-587; 1036, pp. 617, 6iS).— This article, based upon the report on these farms for the year ended March 31, 1910, describes the management of the farms and the results which have been obtained through a series of years. The farms cover an area of 43,000 acres and successfully dispose of 64,000.000 gal., or 30 gal. per capita, of sewage in 24 hours. The farms are utilized for the production of various crops, live stock, and fish. During the last 26 years there have been only 5 years in which there was a financial deficit, the balance of profit for the whole period being $884,000. Among the more important crops grown are rye, wheat, barley, oats, corn, potatoes, beets, carrots, and rye grass besides various fruits and vegetables. A considerable number of beef cattle, pigs, and sheep are raised, and dairying furnishes one of the chief sources of revenue. An aggregate area of 48 acres is in fishponds filled with effluent from the land, yielding an average profit of $16 per acre in fish products. Frequent examinations of the effluent from these farms showed that the purification was satisfactory although the sewage was applied to the land at the rate of about 1 acre per 100 persons. Of 95 wells on the farms only 7 were found to contain Bacillus coli. Systematic experimental work is carried on on the farms in the study espe- cially of the adaptability of various plants to sewage irrigation, the quality of crops grown with sewage and their improvement, the water supply and the 318 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. methods of application best suited to the crops, the value of artificial fertilizers as a supplement to sewage, methods and implements of culture especially adapted to sewage farmings and the fertilizing value of sludge and sludge ash. It has been found among other things that corn, alfalfa, and forage plants are especially adapted to sewage farming ; that oats and rye grown with sewage have a high value as forage, but that the rye is not well suited to brewing; that commercial fertilizers are not as a rule profitable as a supplement to the sewage, although the use of lime improves the physical condition of the soil and accelerates nitrification; that heavy applications of sludge in pot experi- ments did no gi-eat injury to the plants; and that sludge ash did not show any great fertilizing value. " The investigations into the purification of sewage by double irrigation and fishponds have demonstrated the undoubted value of these 2 methods, which bring about at the same time a further utilization of the foodstuffs still left in the eflluent, and an important economic use of the water." The success of these farms is ascribed mainly to good management but also to the facts that large areas of suitable light land with good drainage are available and storm waters are not handled. SOILS— FERTILIZERS. Philippine soils and some of the factors whicli influence them, A. J. Cox (Philippine Jour. Sci., A. Chem. and Gcol. Sci., 6 (1911), No. If, pp. 279-330, pis. 11, figs. 10). — The results of mechanical and chemical analyses of a large number of samples of soil from different parts of the Philippine Islands are reported. The analyses indicated a high state of fertility of the soils, excluding certain samples of soils of known low fertility. Physical determinations indicated that disintegration of the floccules was not accomplished by passing the soil under water through a sieve (Schone method), but that it was satisfactorily ac- complished " by shaking the samples for 6 hours in 250 cc. bottles together with about 75 cc. of distilled water to which 10 di'ops of ammonia had been added." Drying the soil at 110° C. modified its mechanical composition, there being a tendency to form hard aggregates which did not disintegi-ate. This tendency was greatest for soils containing the highest percentages of clay. The article includes a compilation of climatological data and statistics of crop production for the islands. It is shown that there are two definite and dis- tinct types of rainfall in the Philippines, the western half of the archipelago having a fairly well defined wet and dry season, and the eastern half a rainfall quite equitably distributed throughout the year. The soils of Poland, T. von Trzcinski (Errmhr. Pflanse, 7 {1911), No. 23, pp. 262-264). — This article is based on the work of S. Miklaszewski, and dis- cusses the physical and chemical composition and agricultural value of repre- sentative soil types of Russian Poland. Some typical Auckland soils, B. C. Aston (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., S {1911), No. Ii, pp. SOJf-SlO). — The results of mechanical and chemical analyses of samples of 7 different soil types of the region are reported, together with a brief discussion under each type as to methods of improving the soil. Alkali soils from the knee of the Niger River, A. Hubert {Bui. 8oc. Chim. Prance, 4. ser., 9 (1911), No. 16-17, pp. 8^2, 843; al)s. in Chem. Zenthh, 1911, II, No. 17, p. 1369). — Analysis of a sample of alkali soil from this region showed chlorin 4.05, sulphuric acid 5.26, silicic acid 71, lime 2.24, magnesia 2.5, soda 7.98, total nitrogen 0.042, and nitric acid 0.007 per cent, and traces of potash and carbon dioxid. No phosphoric acid was found. The soil is impregnated SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 319 witli sodium chlorid and sulphate, the former being present to some extent in the form of crystals of pure salt which can be easily separated from the soil. The poverty of this sample in potash and phosphoric acid accords with results of previous analyses of African soils, which show that the soils are as a rule very poor in these constituents. The importance of the results as indi- cating a source of supply of salt, which is generally scarce in Africa, is also noted. The absorptive capacity of some Palatinate soils for different plant nutrients, O. Engels {Landw.Jahrh. Baijern, 1 {1911), No. 9, pp. 689-706). — Measurements were made of the absorptive powers of 5 soil types of the region for solutions of superphosphate, potassium sulphate, ammonium sulphate, and sodium nitrate during 4 hour, 1, 8, and 14 day periods. The author used per 100 gm. of the soil 200 cc. of the potassium sulphate and ammonium sulphate solutions, containing respectively 0.5416 gm. potash and 0.408 gm. nitrogen. The proportions of superphosphate and sodium nitrate used are not stated. The results of these studies show that there was practically no further absorp- tion of potash and ammonia after 4 hours. Absorption of these substances, as well as of phosphoric acid, increased with the lime, iron, and alumina con- tents of the soil. There was no absorption with the sodium nitrate solution. The absorption of phosphoric acid increased with the lapse of time, there being in some cases an absorption for 14-day periods of 3 times that for the 4-hour periods. After 4 weeks there was practically no increase in absorption of phos- phoric acid except a small increase in case of a soil rich in lime. Investigations on the nitrogen economy of the soil, W. Schneidewind, D. Meyer, and F. MiJNTEB {FiihUng's Landw. Ztg., 60 (1911), No. 22, pp. 780-791). — Determinations were made of the relative amounts of nitrogen in fallow and id cropped soil plats for a period of 3 years, together with tests of the influence of added straw, peat, and sugar on the assimilation of nitrogen by the plants. The crops grown were turnips, oats, and potatoes during 1909, 1910, and 1911, respectively. The results of the study show that in the fallow plats there was considerable loss of nitrogen (85.5 lbs. i^er acre), mostly as nitrates in the drainage water but probably also in the form of ammonia and free nitrogen. The loss in nitro- gen was less in the cropped than in the fallow soil plats notwithstanding the large amounts of nitrogen taken up by the plants. Including the nitrogen assimilated by the plants, there was an average yearly gain in nitrogen of 29.5 lbs. per acre for the cropped plats. Straw and sugar, even when applied in the fall, somewhat reduced nitrogen assimilation by the plants, but the total nitro- gen content of the straw and sugar soil plats did not vary from that of the unfertilized plats and from those fertilized with peat. Formation of nitrates in cultivated soil, A. Koch (Jour. Landw., 59 (1911), No. 3, pp. 293-315; ahs. in Cliem. Zentbl., 1911, II, No. 15, p. ii70).— Determina- tions of nitrates from time to time at different depths down to 80 cm. in soils protected from leaching showed a slow but steady increase in nitrates, which, however, was greater the first year than later. Improving aeration by adding sand or loam increased the formation of nitrates. The nitrate content and the nitrifying power declined with the depth, the former more rapidly than the total nitrogen. In pot experiments in which ammonium sulphate was applied at the rate of 2 gm. per kilogram of soil, it was found that about one-half of the sulphate applied in November was nitrified by the following March, thus showing quite active nitrification during the winter months. There was, however, a consider- able loss of the nitrogen of the sulphate in the process of oxidation to nitrates. amounting in one case to 29 per cent. In soils to wnich ammonium sulphate 320 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. had been added somewhat less nitrate was formed in the subsoils than in the surface soils during the first 3 months but later there was less difference in this respect. There was a decided loss of nitrogen due to escape of ammonia when caustic lime was added to soil containing ammonium sulphate. A smaller loss resulted when calcium carbonate was added. The addition of caustic lime checked nitri- fication of ammonium sulphate to a marked extent, but in unfertilized soil increased the formation of nitrate from the soil nitrogen as long as it remained in caustic form. Investigations on the behavior of ammoniacal nitrogen in limed and unlimed soil, O. Lemmermann et al. {Landw. Jalirh., 4I {1911), A^o. 2, pp. 163-216; ahs. in Chem. Zcntbh, 1911, II, No. 2o, pp. 1879, ISSO).— The investi- gations here reported consisted of a series of pot experiments with different kinds of soil and varying amounts of lime (calcium carbonate), ammonium sulphate, and a mixture of ammonium sulphate and superphosphate, to deter- mine the transformations and loss of the ammoniacal nitrogen under the vary- ing conditions. With the additon of 1 per cent of calcium carbonate to a sandy soil there was a loss of soil nitrogen, due perhaps to the fact that the ammonium sulphate was applied very soon after liming. When 0.6 per cent of calcium carbonate and 10 mg. of ammoniacal nitrogen per 100 gm. of soil were applied the loss was slight. On the limed soil, the ammoniacal nitrogen applied was trans- formed to large extent to nitrate and albuminoid nitrogen in the course of 42 days, although there was still some ammoniacal nitrogen in the soil at the end of that time. The loss of nitrogen with heavy applications of calcium car- bonate (1 per cent) and ammoniacal nitrogen (39.6 mg. per 100 gm. of soil) decreased with the clay and claylike constituents and with the water capacity of the soil. There was no loss of nitrogen when 10 mg. of ammoniacal nitrogen per hundred grams of soil was applied to soils containing respectively 5 and 15.5 per cent of silt and clay and 95 and 84.5 per cent of sand 5 weeks after liming with 0.6 per cent of calcium carbonate, but when these applications were doubled, there was a loss of nitrogen. When superphosphate was used in con- nection with ammonium sulphate, there was very little loss of nitrogen even with the heaviest applications. Deep mixing of the ammonium sulphate with the soil reduced the loss of nitrogen. In light soils containing 0.6 per cent of calcium carbonate, the ammonium sulphate was largely nitrified. In heavy soils it was more largely converted into organic nitrogenous compounds. In an unfertilized sandy loam soil there was little change in total, ammoniacal, nitrate, and organic nitrogen during 77 days. There was no loss of nitrogen when heavy applications of ammonium sulphate were made to an unlimed soil having a natural lime content of 0.14 per cent. An increased lime content was not always accompanied by an in- creased loss of nitrogen, provided the absorptive power and conditions for formation of organic nitrogenous compounds and nitrification were sufficiently favorable. The general conclusion from these investigations is that there is little danger of loss of nitrogen under the ordinary methods of liming and applying am- monium sulphate, provided the ammonium sulphate is thoroughly incorporated with the soil and does not follow liming too closely. The chemical nature of the organic nitrogen in the soil, S. L. Jodidi {Jowr. Amer. Chem. Soc, 34 (1912), No. 1, pp. 91,-99). — In continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 25, p. 622), the author investigated additional plats of Wisconsin drift soil with reference to the nature of the organic nitrogen contained in them. The results agree with his earlier conclusion that the principal portion SOILS — FEETILIZEKS. 321 of the acid soluble nitrogen in the soil studied was made up of acid amids, monoamino, and diamiuo acids. In order to ascertain the proportion of diamino and monoamino acids the soil extracts were examined as follows : " The soil extract containing amino acids, upon examination of the optical activity, is made up to a definite Tolume, say, to 60 cc, for which the nitrogen in 15 cc. is determined by the Kjeldahl method to ascertain the total nitrogen present in the sample, 15 cc. are titrated in the ordinary way to determine the acidity of the substance, and 2 iwrtions of 15 cc. each are titrated with formaldehyde to find the increase of acidity due to the reaction with formaldehyde. These 3 operations furnish all the data which are necessary for the calculation of the percentage of diamino or mono- amino acids present in the substance under examination." The results of this study showed that the larger part of the phosphotungstic acid precipitate represented diamino nitrogen, the smaller part belonging to classes other than diamino acids. In the case of the filtrate from the phos- photungstic acid precipitate " it was found that from 68.02 to 85.98 per cent of that filtrate represent in fact monoamino nitrogen, the rest (from 31.98 to 14.02 per cent) consisting of nitrogenous compounds other than monoamino acids." The " availability " of phosphoric acid in the soil, H. J. Vipond (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911), No. 5, pp. 602-611).— The author attempts to classify Transvaal soils on the basis of a comparison of " the ratio of ' total ' to ' avail- able ' phosphoric acid with the ratio of the iron oxid and alumina to the lime and one-half of the magnesia." This method applied to about 250 samples of soils indicated a decrease in availability of phosphoric acid with an increase of the ratio of iron oxid and alumina to lime and half the magnesia up to 1 : 40, but practically none be- yond. Of the soils examined 22.8 per cent showed an " iron-lime " ratio of less than 1:30. The general conclusion reached was " that a fair amount of lime in the soil insures a fair availability of the phosiihoric acid. On the other hand, many soils with a poor ratio of lixue to iron oxid show a high ratio of availability of the phosphoric acid. Soils rich in humus almost invariably contain a good deal of available phosphoric acid whether rich in lime or not — there is no doubt, therefore, that the phosphates of the humus are dissolved to a considerable ex- tent by 1 per cent citric acid. Sandy soils, which usually contain low percent- ages of iron oxid, alumina, lime, and phosphoric acid, with nevertheless a high ratio of iron to lime, show as a rule a better ratio of availability of phosphoric acid. This does not mean that the actual amount of available phosphoric acid is greater in the sandy soils." Influence of the acid content of green plants on the utilization of insoluble phosphates, G. Corso (Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., U (1911), No. 5-6. pp. 309-316; abs. in Chem. ZentbL, 1911, II, No. 12, pp. 895, 896). — From pot experiments with plants of different botanical families on soils containing a high percentage of insoluble phosphoric acid, the author concludes that the solvent power of plants for citrate-insoluble phosphoric acid varies with different families of plants. The higher the acid content of the plants the greater the utilization of the insoluble phosphoric acid. Investigations on the decomposition of the carbon compounds of different organic substances in the soil, especially under the influence of lime, O. Lem- MERMANN ET AL. (Laudw. Johrh., 41 (1911), No. 2, pp. 217-256; abs. in Chem. ZentbL, 1911, II, No. 25, pp. 1880, 1881).— The decomposition of the organic compounds in soils was studied by examinations of the air drawn through glass 322 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. flasks, each of which contained 1 kg. of sandy loam with various additions of manure, green manure, caustic lime, and calcium carbonate. It was found that both caustic lime and calcium carbonate Increased the rate of decomposition of organic substances in the soil. The use of kainit and superphosphate in addition to the lime compounds reduced the decomposition. Under the conditions of these experiments the depth to which the organic sub- stances were buried in the soil had no appreciable influence upon the extent of decomposition. The decomposition of the organic matter of green manure was greater than that of stable manure, and the decomposition of manure lying on the surface of the soil was as large as of that incorporated with the soil. The decomposition of the organic compounds was not increased by mixing green, manure and stable manure. Lime compounds in different kinds of soil, S. S. Elenevski (Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Klioz. Inst. {Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou), 11 {1911), No. 2, pp. 320-332).— The results of determinations of total lime, calcium carbonate, lime in absorbed condition, and lime in hydrochloric acid extract, before and after ignition, in 3 different kinds of soil (black soil, loam, and podzol) are reported. Bacteriological tests in soil and dung', W. A. Millard {Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 31 {1911), No. 16-22, pp. 502-.507).— Addition of sterilized soil in the Lohnis dilution method stimulated the multiplication of various groups of soil organisms, especially the nitrogen assimilating organisms. Experiments with various mixtures of manure and straw indicated that nitrifying organisms were not present to an appreciable extent. Toxic effects of " alkali salts " in soils on soil bacteria. — I, Ammonification, C. B. LiPMAN {CentU. Bakt. [etc.}, 2 AU., 32 (Wtl), No. 1-2, pp. 58-^4; abs. in Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 102 {1912), No. 591, II, p. 76).— The author tested the effect of sodium chlorid, sodium sulphate, and sodium carbonate, in amounts varying from 0.2 to 2 per cent, on ammonification in soil containing 2 per cent of dried blood. From the results of these studies he concludes that " ammonification in soils is inhibited by the presence of various amounts of each of the ' alkali salts ' NaCl, Na2S04, Na^COj. The first is the most toxic, the second much less so, the last only slightly toxic except at very high concentrations. The actual points at which these salts become markedly toxic toward ammonification in soils are between 0.1 per cent and 0.2 per cent for NaCl, 0.4 per cent for Na2S04, and 2 per cent for NaaCOs. These salt effects are very different from those noted on plants by the alkali salts mentioned. In fact the conditions are about reversed. These facts will have an important bearing in the consideration of plans for reclaiming alkali land." On the behavior of leguminous plants toward inoculating material from different sources, A. G. Doiaeenko {Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. {Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou), 17 {1911), No. 2, pp. 241-2Jf6, 254, flos. 2). — As in previous experiments, inoculation with soil extract and with infusions of fresh nodules gave better results than the use of commercial preparations. Of the latter, nitragin gave relatively better results than the preparations of Moore and Bottomley. Soil sterilization, R. Emmerich, Wilhelm Graf zu Leiningen, and O. Loew {Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 31 {1911), No. 16-22, pp. Jf66-.',77; abs. in In- temat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 3 {1912), No. 1, pp. 67-69). — In continuation of previous investigations (E. S. R., 25, p. 435) tests were made of various sterilizing agents — chlorid of lime, potas- sium permanganate, tricresol, carbon bisulphid, and carbolineum — as remedies for soil sickness. As Hiltner had already shown, carbolineum was found to be a very efficient sterilizing agent when used at the rate of from 50 to 150 cc. SOILS FERTILIZEES. 323 per square meter. Clilorid of lime was often effective, but not unless used at rates of 300 gm. or more per square meter. The daily course of atmospheric pressure in the soil, R. Bornstein (Verhandl. Deut. Phijs. GeselL, 13 (1911), No. U, pp. 511, 512; Pliys. Ztsclir., 12 (1911), No. 18, pp. 771-776, figs. 4; Met. Ztschr., 28 (1911), No. 12, pp. 561- 566, figs. .',; abs. in BeiU. Ann. Phys., 35 (1911), No. 22, pp. 1230, 1231; Pro- metheus, 22 (1911), No. 1143, Sup., p. 201, fig. 1). — The atmospheric pressure in the soil at a depth of 1 meter was observed during 6 months (February to July, inclusive) of 1911 by means of a special form of barograph. A com- parison of these observations with observations made in the free air showed a parallelism between variations in the soil and the air with this exception, that the daily forenoon variations were greater and the afternoon variations were smaller in the soil than in the air. An effective method of preventing the erosion of hill lands, W. B. Mercieb (U, 8 Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Doc. 706, pp. 7, figs. 5). — The author gives directions for laying out a system of broad tei'races — a combination of the hillside ditch and the true terrace — for the control of water on hill lands. It is believed that this system is of particular value in the cotton-growing States where large areas " are badly in need of some method of preventing the land from washing away." The agricultural side of peat bog utilization, C. A. Davis (Jour. Amer. Peat Soc., 4 (1911), No. 2, pp. 97-100). — The status of swamp reclamation for agri- cultural purposes in the United States and Europe is briefly discussed and at- tention is called particularly to the possibility of utilizing drained peat beds for the production of farm power. Results of cooperative experiments with fertilizers on swamp soils, R. HAKCorRT (Ann. Rpt. Ontario Agr. and Expt. Union, 32 (1910), pp. Ji4, 45). — Coopex'ative experiments which showed especially the need of potash are briefly reported. Stable manure as a source of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash, A. G. DoiAEENKo (Izv. MosTcov. Selsk. Klioz. Inst. (Ann. Inst. Agron, Moscou), 17 (1911), No. 2, pp. 266-275, figs. 3). — The results of pot experiments with stable manure from different sources showed that the manure was poorly utilized as a source of nitrogen. The phosphoric acid was more assimilable, and the potash was the most readily available of the 3 constituents. Pigeon manure contained nitrogen and phosphoric acid in very available form. [Fertilizing value of peat], A. E. Whitson (CampbeWs 8ci. Farmer, 4 (1911), No. 12, pp. 11, 12). — In experiments on very poor sandy soil at Sparta, Wis., 25 loads of peat per acre combined with a basal fertilizer of potash and phosphoric acid gave better results during 2 years than 15 loads per acre of manure, indicating that peat can be used to advantage on such soils. The fertilizing value of certain nitrogenous substances, A. Geegoire and J. Hendrick (Ann. Gembloux, 21 (1911), No. 12, pp. 595-605; abs. in Engrais, 26 (1911), No. 50, pp. 1385-1387). — Pot experiments on sandy soil with Prussian blue, residue from the manufacture of potassium ferrocyanid, crude ammonia, calcium cyanamid, ground raw and roasted leather, wool, and ammonium sul- phate, showed that with timothy the nitrogen of the pure wool used was 87 per cent as effective during the first year as that of ammonium sulphate, that of crude ammonia 36 per cent as effective, and that of calcium cyanamid 73 per cent as effective. Prussian blue was not only without effect as a fertilizer but injured the plants slightly. The residue from manufacture of potassium ferrocyanid was practically of no fertilizing value. Raw ground leather was of no fertilizing value, but the nitrogen of the ground roasted leather was 20 per cent as effective during the first year as that of ammonium sulphate. 28727°— No. 4—12 3 324 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Tests with four nitrogenous manures (Dept. Agr. and Tech. Instr. Ireland Jour., 11 {1911), No. 2, pp. 315-317). — Tables present in detail tlie yields ob- tained during 1909 and 1910 after applications of sulphate of ammonia, nitrate of soda, nitrate of lime, and calcium cyanamid to oats, potatoes, turnips, and mangels. The results " indicate that the 2 new nitrogenous manures are not inferior to the 2 manures which are already in general use." Attention is called, how- ever, to the tendency of the nitrate of lime to absorb moisture and thus become difficult to handle, and to the difficulty of applying the calcium cyanamid on account of its fine powdery condition. The production of sulphate of ammonia, C. A. Davis {Jour. Amer. Peat Soc, 4 {1011), No. 2, pp. 84, 85). — It is shown in this article that, following the removal of the tariff, imports of ammonium sulphate into the United States have rapidly increased. It is stated that the imports from all countries in 1908 amounted to 76,475,104 lbs. worth $1,982,830, and in 1910 to 184,086,534 lbs. worth $4,668,820. The importance of fine grinding of lime marl and of mixing calcium carbonate and caustic lime, Brehmer {IUus. Landw. Ztg., 31 {1911), No. 89, p. 832, fig. 1). — Comparative tests were made of very finely ground marl and of marl of ordinary fineness in pot experiments with a variety of crops. The results showed that the action of the marl was increased to a considerable extent by fine grinding. Much better results, however, were obtained by mixing ground caustic lime with calcium carbonate. Fertilizers from the ocean, M. Lundie and R. W. Haxlack {So. Africwn Jour. 8ci., 7 {1911), No. 5, pp. 183-188). — The use of sea plants as fertilizer is discussed, and analyses of samples of seaweeds, which are found in large quan- tities on the coast of South Africa, are reported as follows : Analyses of fresh samples of South African seaweed. Kind of seaweed. Water. Nitrogen. Ash. Sea grass (Entoromorpha intestinalis) Algae ( Ulva lactuca) Fucus ( Fucus palmatus) Per cent. 77.44 78.04 86.42 Per cent. 0.567 .350 .071 Per cent. 4.80 3.16 4.87 In the ash of these plants the phosphoric acid varied from 3.87 per cent in Fucus to 9.98 per cent in Algse, the potash from 9.5 per cent in Algse to 44.31 per cent in Fucus, and the lime from 7.16 per cent in Fucus to 28.96 per cent in Algae. It is stated that these seaweeds are not at present used for agricultural pur- poses in South Africa. [Fertilizer from salmon cannery waste], J. N. Cobb {U. 8. Dept. Com. and Lahor, Bur. Fisheries Doc. 751, pp. 66, 67).— It is stated that "the most serious evil in the salmon industry to-day is the enormous wastage which annually occurs. About one-fourth of the total weight of each fish handled at the various packing plants is thrown away." This waste could be largely prevented and the by-products profitably utilized if a small odorless-fertilizer plant, costing not more than $2,500 to $3,000, were available for installation in connection with the canneries and salteries. Plants established at Astoria, Oreg., and Killisnoo, Alaska, for the extraction of oil and manufacture of fertilizer are referred to. Fertilizers and Paris green, J. E. Halligan et al. {Louisiana Stas. Fert. Rpt. 1910-11, pp. 101).— This is a report of official inspection of fertilizers and Paris green in Louisiana during the year 1910-11, including analyses and AGEICULTURAL, BOTANY. 325 valuations of over 7,000 samples of mixed fertilizers and fertilizing materials, among the latter being bone meal, tankage, cotton-seed meal, and fertilizer chemicals. The analyses show a tendency for the complete fertilizers to be deficient in nitrogen, but to exceed the guaranty in potash. In the case of cotton-seed meal, of which 1,023 samples were examined, 716 samples were equal to or above the guaranty, the average nitrogen fotmd in all samples being 6.66 per cent as compared with 6.52 per cent guarantied. " The 106 Paris green samples received varied from 49.59 per cent to 59.25 per cent of arsenious oxid ; they averaged 55.87 per cent of arsenious oxid. Only 1 sample fell below the guaranty of 50 per cent arsenious oxid, the requirement of [the State] law." Analyses of commercial fertilizers (New York State Sta. Bui. 3^1, pp. 297-397). — This bulletin reports analyses of samples of fertilizers collected during 1911, the actual analyses being compared with the guarantied composi- tion in each case. A schedule of current values of fertilizing ingredients is given and the method of calculating the value of fertilizers is explained. Fertilizer analyses, A. J. Patten, O. B. Winter, and C. G. Clippert (Michi- gan Sta. Bui. 265, pp. 43). — ^Analyses and valuations of 230 brands of fertilizers offered for sale in Michigan during the season of 1911 are reported. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Breeding and the Mendelian discovery, A. D. Darbishire (London and New Yark, 1911, pp. XII-\-282, pis. 3.J, fig. 1). — This book is intended as an introduc- tion to the discoveries of Mendel and their application to the science of heredity and the practice of breeding. The author has given a somewhat fuller account of some of the phenomena observed by Mendel than has previously been pub- lished, and the different pairs of characters studied by Mendel are figured and described. Some of the more important lessons that the practical breeder can learn from a study of Mendelism are pointed out, and the more interesting biological questions are discussed. A glossary is given in which the more technical terms used in breeding are defined. Perfect flowers in maize, E. G. Montgomery (Pop. Sci. Mo., 79 (1911), No. 4, pp. 346-3)9. figs. 6). — The author describes a type of corn in which perfect flowers were found. Some 30 plants were grown and all came true to type. Cytological studies of some cereals and their hybrids, M. Nakao (Jour. Col. Agr. Tolioku Imp. Univ., 4 (1911). No. 3, pp. 173-190, pis. //).— The author gives the results of studies on the nuclear division of the pollen mother cells of wheat, barley, rye, and a wheat-rye hybrid. The effect of lime on the vegetation of some tropical mountain barrens, C. C. HossEus (Bot. Jahrl). [Engler], 45 (1911), No. 5, pp. 661-669).— The re- sults of studies on the flora of certain barren regions in the mountains of north- em Siam are given. The soil seems to be derived almost completely from oolitic limestone, and the vegetation is strikingly modified. The plants are mostly perennials, with short, thick, woody stems, and greatly reduced and inrolled leaves with their under sides covered with a felt-like mat of hairs. Most of the plants are more or less covered with hairs throughout. The flowers are, to a consider- able extent, light in color, and the buds are provided with protective scales. The root system is as a rule much thickened. On the special geological forma- tions described succulent plants with reduced spreading branches prevailed, and in bamboos and similar plants growing on the limestone formations there was a storage of water in the internodes, and a lack of flowers, due to rudi- mentary flower formation. 326 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The permeability of the yeast cell, S*G. Paine {Proc. Roy. Soc. [London'], Scr. B, SJi {1911), No. B 512, pp. 289-307). — Early experiments on plasmolysis of yeast cells seemed to indicate that the envelope is impermeable by inorganic salts, while readily permeable to alcohol, etc. Qnantitative estimations have shown the power of diffusion of alcohol to be very different from that of inor- ganic salts. Alcohol is believed to diffuse readily into the cell. All salts which have been tried have been taken up by yeast from moderately concentrated solu- tions, and in the case of sodium chlorid and ammonium sulphate even from dilute solutions, but since the yeast must of necessity be analyzed as a whole the question as to how far into the cells the various solutions have penetrated must for the present remain in doubt. It seems very probable that the apparent entrance of salts is the result of adsorption in the surface layers rather than of absorption, or it may be that the salt particles are kept back by a differen- tial septum according to the hypothesis of Armstrong (E. S. R., 21, p. 126). On the metabolic chang'es due to geotropic stim.ulation, II, V. Grafe and K. LiNSBAUER {Sitzbcr. K. Akad. Wiss. [Vienna], Math. Naturw. El., 119 (1910), I, No. 8, pp. 827-852). — ^After giving brief notes on some work done by others, the authors continue an account of their own investigations (E. S. R., 23, p. 723), seeking to establish a basis for a chemical theoiy of geotropism. The resfilts were mainly negative. Geotropic stimulation was not found to be connected with any regular difference in catalysis. On the precipitation of iron by lig'ht and by green aquatic plants, H. Mo- LiscH (Sitsber. K. Akad. Wiss. [Tieuna], Math. Naturw. KL, 119 (1910), I, No. 8, pp. 959-984, pi. 1 ) . — The author worked on the hypothesis that green submerged aquatic plants are able to precipitate within themselves iron from solutions and thereby to furnish material for bog iron ore. Experiments were conducted with dilute solutions of iron compounds in light and in darkness, and also with green aquatic plants in such solutions both exposed to light and protected therefrom. It was found that while iron was precipitated spontaneously from some com- pounds in darkness, from others it was deposited only in the light. In the latter case the process was usually favored by the presence of the green plants, of which Elodea canadensis deposited the red oxid of iron in the outer layers of its epidermal cells, sometimes in concentric strata. In darkness the plants usually showed no precipitation, or less, and that at a slower rate. The conclusion is reached that green aquatic plants probably play a certain part in nature in the formation of iron ore beds. Peroxidase and the respiratory pigments of plants, W. Palladin and P. IRAKLIONOFF (Rcv. G6n. Bot., 23 (1911), No. 270, pp. 225-2^7).— A study has been made of yeasts, molds, and a number of higher plants to determine the relation of peroxidase and the respiratory pigments which they may contain, and the authors claim that their results have an important bearing on the theory of normal respiration. They found that the quantitative distribution of peroxidase In plant tissues coincided with that of the respiratory pigments. Tissues rich in peroxidases were also well supplied with chromogens. In some plants the peroxidase is found in a free state, while in others, such as pea seeds, it is in a fixed form. The presence of albuminoid substances complicates the isolation and purifica- tion of peroxidase. From such plants as the watermelon, pumpkin, etc., which are very poor in albuminoids, the authors state that peroxidase may be readily separated by precipitation with mercuric chlorid, but with wheat embryos the isolation is less successful, and it fails altogether with peas. A solution of sodium chlorid may be used for isolating peroxidase when water gives negative results. Potassium phosphate was found to be an excellent solvent of FIELD CROPS. 327 peroxidase. Pure peroxidase, it is claimed, does not give auy color reactiou witli aloin, but most plants contain substances tliat favor the color test for the presence of peroxidase. In regard to the respiratory pigments, they were found to vary with differ- ent plants. In some plants sodium chlorid was found to stimulate the develop- ment of chromogens, but in wheat seedlings and etiolated stems of beans they were retarded. Emulsin is said to hasten the appearance of respiratory pig- ments in wheat embryos, but to checlv them in bean seedlings. Sodium chlorid had a retarding effect on the development of resiDiratory pigments in some plants, but stimulated them in other cases when used in conjunction with emulsion. On the presence of a glucosid in the leaves of pears, and investigations of its occurrence in the trunli and roots, E. Boukquelot and Mile. A. Fichten- HOLz (Conipt. Rend. Acad. 8ci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. S, pp. 46S-471). — In a previous publication (E. S. E., 24, p. 31), the authors called attention to the occurrence of a glucosid, which they determined as arbntin, in the leaves of 3 varieties of cultivated pears. Since that publication they have continued their observations and studied a considerable number of varieties of cultivated as well as wild pears and found the arbutin present in the leaves of all. It was also found present in the tips of the branchlets, in tlie bark of the trunk, and in the roots, but in the latter two organs it had nearly disappeared. Carbon dioxid at high pressure and the artificial ripening of persimmons, F. E. Lloyd (Science, n. set:, 34 {1911), No. 887, pp. 92^-928) .—The author summarizes some investigations on the loss of astriugency of persimmons, dates, and similar fruits, and claims, on the basis of his investigations, that the loss of astringency during the process of ripening is due to the union of tannin with an associated colloid of a carbohydrate nature. He reports experiments with the artificial ripening of persimmons in carbon dioxid and states that under increased pressure of carbon dioxid the process of ripening is hastened, so that with a pressure of 15 lbs. the time required may be reduced from 6 or 7 days, the time required under normal pressure, to less than 2 days. Evidence is presented that at the time of ripening an enzymatic agent is at work aiding in the coagulation. A manual of poisonous plants, II, L. H. Pammel {Cedar Rapids, Iowa, 1911, pi. 2, pp. ¥+153-977, pis. 15, figs. 500). — This is the second portion of a manual of poisonous plants, chiefly of eastern North America, with notes on economic and medicinal plants (E. S. R., 24, p. 384). The author includes all species of plants that in any way produce injury to man or animals, although many listed have very important uses that more than compensate for their injurious proper- ties. A catalogue of the poisonous plants of the world compiled from various sources is given, and the work is concluded with a comprehensive bibliography of poisonous plants, compiled by Miss Harriette S. Kellogg, more than a thou- sand papers being listed. American medicinal leaves and herbs, Alice IIenkel {U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Btil. 219, pp. 56, figs. 36) . — This bulletin gives a description of 36 species of plants which furnish leaves and herbs for medicinal use, 15 of which are official in the United States Pharmacopoeia. FIELD CROPS. The influence of different degrees of soil moisture content and soil com- pactness and of different fertilizer applications on root development in wheat and barley during the early stages of growth, R. Polle (Jour. Landw., 58 (1910), No. It, pp. 297-3IfJt). — Chevalier barley and Bordeaux wheat were grown 328 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. iu pot experiments to determine the influence of fertility, moisture content, and soil compactness on the development of the root system and on the weight of the underground and aboveground portions of the plants. A clay and a sandy soil were used. The fertilized pots received a complete fertilizer application, in addition to which the sandy soil of the fertilized series was treated with calcium carbonate. The soil moisture content, based on the water-holding capacity of the soil, dried at 100° C, was held in the dry series of the clay soil at 11.25 per cent and in the moist series at 19 per cent, the corresponding figures for the sandy soil being 5.4 and 9 per cent, respectively. The soil, sifted to remove lumps and coarse particles, was placed loosely in the one series of pots, while in the other it was tamped by layers to insure uniform compactness up to the upper 2 or 3 cm., which remained loose and friable. In the experiments with barley a comparison of the fertilized and unfertilized series of pots showed that the unfertilized sandy soil produced the highest absolute weight of root material. This was also true of the clay soil with high moisture content, but in the dry series the fertilized soil produced the larger absolute weight. Determinations of the weight per unit length of the roots indicated that the fertilized soil produced, to some extent, stronger and thicker roots than the soil which had received no fertilizer treatment. It was further found that in most cases a unit weight of root material in the fertilized soil produced a slightly larger amount of substance above ground than the same unit weight in the unfertilized pots. The conclusion is drawn that during the early vegetative period, when the plants used the nutriment stored in the seed, the fertilization of the soil had but little effect upon the production of organic substances. The clay soil in every instance produced a higher absolute weight of root material in the dry series than in the moist series of tests. The sandy soil in general yielded the largest amount of root material by weight when supplied with the larger quantity of moisture. The roots in themselves developed stronger or denser in the dry than in the moist sandy soil, but this was not so evident as in the clay soil. The results also demonstrated that the plants required less water for their development and maximum production on the sandy soil than on the clay soil when other conditions were the same. The compactness of the soil apparently had no influence on the number of main roots, but the lateral roots were most numerous in both clay and sand in the compact series with high moisture content and in the pulverized or loftse series with low moisture content. The length of the roots in general was but little affected by the degree of soil compactness. It was found, however, that the roots were longer in the dry and pulverized series of the clay soil than in the dry and compacted series. The area of root surface produced was found to be largest in the loose or untamped soil, but the highest absolute weight of root substance was obtained in the pots in which the soil had been tamped. With both clay and sand the compacted series yielded in every case the largest quantity of substance above ground. This result is regarded as due to the greater capillarity of the compacted soil and to the greater area of root surface in contact with soil particles under this condition. The conclusion is drawn that a compact soil adequately provided with moisture and containing sufficient plant food in readily available form favors the development of the parts of the plant above ground during the earlier stages of growth to a greater degree than does a loose soil. In general a unit weight of root substance in the com- pacted soil yielded a larger quantity of substance above ground than the same unit weight in the loose soil. The low moisture series yielded less substance above ground than under ground in the clay soil and slightly more in the sandy FIELD CROPS. 329 soil. In the high moisture series the weight of the substance above ground ranged from 150 to 200 per cent of the weight of the root system. The experiments with wheat liliewise showed that in general during the early vegetative period a larger root system was developed in the unfertilized than in the fertilized soil. The length of the roots as well as the weight of the root material was the greater in the unfertilized pots. The thickness of the roots in the clay soil was apparently not influenced by the fertilizer applied, but in the sandy soil the weight of the root substance was in all cases higher in the fertilized than in the unfertilized pots. A unit weight of root material produced a gi*eater quantity of plant substance above ground in the fertilized than in the unfertilized' soil. The production of plant material above ground per unit weight of root substance was increased considerably by a high moisture content and soil compactness. As in the work with barley, the larger root systems were produced in the series of high soil moisture content, but the greater absolute weight of root substance was secured in the dry series of tests. The influence of soil moisture was in general the same for the two crops and the author lays stress upon the fact that the favorable early devel- opment of the underground and aboveground parts of the plants is dependent, to a very great extent, upon the soil moisture. In studying the influence of soil compactness it was found that in the loose clay soil the plants produced the longest main roots, while in the compacted clay the lateral roots were the longer and the more numerous. The largest quantity of underground substance in both clay and sand was secured in the loose soil with high moisture content and in the compacted soil with low moisture content. Generally the absolute weight of root substance was corre- lated with the size of the root system but in the dry clay series the largest main roots were produced in the loose soil, while the largest weight of root substance was obtained in the compacted soil. The data for both barley and wheat show that the weight per unit of root length was the greater in the com- pacted soil series. Field experiments, 1910 (Dept. Agr. and Tech. Instr. Ireland Jour., It {1911), No. 2, pp. 238-302). — These pages report the resiflts of field experi- ments with barley, hay, potatoes, mangels, oats, turnips, and wheat, each tested at a number of different farms. A comparative test of Danish Archer barley grown from Jreshly imported seed and also from seed gi'own in Ireland for 4 years showed no significant difference in yield or quality. Experiments testing the effect of applications of sulphate of ammonia, superphosphate, and kainit, alone and in various mixtures, indicate that the use of a mixture of 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, 3 cwt. of superphosphate, and 3 cwt. kainit per acre is the most remunerative on barley ground. On soils that are too rich or on meadow land the use of from 2 to 3 cwt. of kainit per acre proved efficacious in preventing an over- growth of straw. In tests with hay conducted at 15 different points, applications of farmyard manure, nitrate of soda, superphosphate, and kainit singly and in various com- binations were followed by increases in the returns secured ranging from 7 cwt. 3 qrs. after 1 cwt. nitrate of soda to 15 cwt. 3 qrs. after an application of 1 cwt. nitrate of soda, 2 cwt. superphosphate, and 2 cwt. kainit. The use of nitrate of soda alone is not recommended for hay under ordinary conditions. Applications of farmyard manure, sulphate of ammonia, superphosphate, muriate of potash, and sulphate of potash singly and in various mixtures to potatoes were followed by increases in the yields ranging from 4 tons 5 cwt. after an application of 15 tons of farmyard manure to 7 tons 3 cwt. after the application of a mixture of 15 tons farmyard manure, 1 cwt. sulphate of am- 330 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD." inouia. 4 cwt. siiperphospbate, and 1 cwt. muriate of potash. Tests of sprout- ing potatoes at various points show average gains following sprouting which ranged from 3 cwt. to 3 tons 17 cwt. per acre in 1910. During the period 1903- 1910, the average results of 676 tests show an average gain per acre following sprouting amounting to 2 tons 4 cwt. In a test of applications of farmyard manure, superphosphate, sulphate of ammonia, kainit, salt, and nitrate of soda in various mixtures to mangels, in- crea.ses in yield were secured ranging from 14 tons after an application of 20 tons of farmyard manure to 24 tons 1 cwt. after an application of 20 tons of farmyard manure, 4 cwt. superphosphate, 2 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, and 4 cwt. salt. The same relative results are shown by the average yields of the 4 years 1906-1909. Applications of 3, 4, and 5 cwt. superphosphate with dung, sulphate of ammonia, and salt gave apparently equal average profits during the years 1908 and 1909. An application of 1 cwt. of sulphate of ammonia per acre supplemented by dung, superi^hosphate, and salt resulted in a slightly smaller total yield of mangels per acre but a somewhat greater average profit during 1908 and 1909. An application of 4 cwt. of salt supplemented by dung superphosphate, and sulphate of ammonia was followed by a higher average yield per acre and a higher average net profit per acre during 1908 and 1909 than when 2 cwt. or 6 cwt. were used. The mixture recommended for the mangel crop, therefore, is 4 cwt. superphosphate, 2 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, and 4 cwt. salt per acre. In a test of applications of sulphate of ammonia, superphosphate, and kainit applied singly and in various combinations to oats, the increases in yield se- cured ranged from 2 cwt. 2 qrs. after an application of 1 cwt. of sulphate of ammonia to 7 cwt. of grain after the application of a mixture of 1 cwt. of sulphate of ammonia, 3 cwt. superphosphate, and 3 cwt. kainit. The average yield secured during the 4 years 1906-1909 give to various applications the same relative standing as those indicated by the yields of 1910. An application of 3 cwt. superi^hosphate, supplemented by sulphate of ammonia and kainit was followed by a greater grain yield and a greater profit due to the use of arti- ficial manures during 1908 and 1909 than when 2 or 4 cwt. of superphos- phate was used with the same supplementary fertilizers. Similarly the use of 2, 3, and 4 cwt. of kainit each supplemented by sulphate of ammonia and superphosphate was followed by approximately equal grain and straw yields during 1908 and 1909, but the greatest profit resulted from the use of 2 cwt. Although the results have not been uniform during the last 3 years distinctly the best results have, on the whole, followed the use of a mixture of 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, 3 cwt. superphosphate, and 3 cwt. kainit per acre. In a test with turnips of farmyard manure, superphosphate, sulphate of am- monia, and kainit, singly and in various combinations, the increases in yield due to the manures ranged from 11 tons 9 cwt. in case of 10 tons of farmyard manure to 17 tons 16 cwt. after an application of a mixture of 10 tons of farmyard manure and 4 cwt. superphosphate, 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, and 3 cwt. kainit. In a fertilizer test made without farmyard manure, when super- phosphate, sulphate of ammonia, and kainit were applied singly and in various mixtures, the increase in yields over the check plat ranged from 12 tons 17 cwt. after 4 cwt. of superphosphate to 20 tons 9 cwt. after an application of a mix- ture of 6 cwt. superphosphate, 1* cwt. of sulphate of ammonia, and 4* cwt. kainit per acre. In a test of applications of 4, 5, and 6 cwt. of superphosphate, each supplemented by dung, approximately equal profits were secured from the 2 larger applications during the years 190S and 1909. Similarly, applications of 4, 5, and 6 cwt. of basic slag, each supplemented by dung, gave approximately equal values of crop after deducting the cost of manure, but in case of appli- FIELD CEOPS. ,331 cations of 4, 5, and 6 cwt. of superphosphate, each supplemented with sulphate of ammonia and kaiuit, a slightly greater value of crop after deducting the cost of manures, resulted from the heaviest application of superphosphate. Similarly, a slightly greater return vpas secured from 6 cwt. of basic slag than followed the use of 4 or 5 cwt. each supplemented with sulphate of ammonia and kainit. A'ariety tests of wheat, potatoes, mangels, turnips, and oats are also reported. [Experiments with field crops in 1906, 1907, and 1908] {Otchet Shatilov. Selsk. Khoz. Opytn. Stantsii, 6 {1910); abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. {Russ. Jour. Expt. LandiD.), 12 {1911), No. 1, pp. 96-100). — Among other general observations a study was made of the residual effect of barnyard manure and commercial fertilizers. ^ Plats treated with barnyard manure 5 years before showed the effect of this application in the crops of oats and winter cereals. In 1906, buckwheat on land which had received an application of barnyard manure in 1900 gave a smaller yield than a crop produced on plats which had received no manure. This result is considered due to the larger crops secured from the manured plats during the intervening years, which led to an actual exhaustion of soil fertility by reason of the manure applied 7 years earlier. Plats treated with commercial fertilizers in 1900 all produced much better crops in 1901 than the check plats but in 1907 after 5 crops had been removed during this period the yields on these plats were smaller than on the plats not treated with commercial fertilizers in 1900. In trials of Thomas slag, application in the drill, although favoring the early development of the plants, did not give as good results as applying the substance broadcast. The first year the application of the slag in the drill seemed to have reduced the proportion of straw and increased the proportion of grain as compared with broadcasting the fertilizer, but the second year the proportion of straw was the greater on the plats receiving the slag in the drill, while on the plats treated broadcast the proportion was the same as on the check plats. Harrowing winter cereals in the spring usually lowered the yield and was never of any apparent benefit. In 7 years' tests sowing oats broadcast gave larger yields than sowing in drills. Sugg'ested cropping systems for the black lands of Texas, B. Yottngblood (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Circ. 84, pp. 21, figs. 13). — This is a report of work which the author regards as " preliminary to a more extensive and detailed study of farm-management problems in the black-land belt." He suggests deep fall plowing and the rotation of resistant with nonresistant crops, and the incorporation of organic matter into the soil, as measures which will largely overcome the evil effects of Texas root-rot. As legumes are less affected cowpeas and alfalfa are suggested. Alfalfa is killed by root- rot in from 2 to 5 years but has proved a paying crop in a short rotation with grain. Cow- peas may be grown successfully on the black lands m the ordinary cotton, corn, and oats rotation by planting them in alternate rows with the corn, or after the oats in rows, and cultivating them 2 or 3 times. On one farm studied a 4-year rotation used provided for (1) wheat or oats, (2) legumes, (3) com, milo maize, or sorghum, and (4) cotton. The author believes that a mixed rotation similar to this one will be most satisfactory on most black-land farms. Alfalfa in Ohio— a field study, W. M. Cook {Ohio Sta. Circ. US, pp. S-56, figs. 26). — This paper, presented in connection with the agricultural survey of Ohio, is a progress report of a field study of the alfalfa crop on about 300 well distributed farms in that State. The principal topics discussed are the soil, climatic, fertilizer, and cultural requirements of alfalfa, nurse crops, and the 332 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. seeding and other problems connected with its production, harvest, and utiliza- tion. Flans for distributing Bermuda grass, O. O. Churchill (Oklahoma Sta. Circ. 17, pp. 3, fig. 1). — Suggestions for securing a stand of Bermuda grass, together with an outline of the plan adopted by the station for distributing the roots, are given. Selection of corn for seed and for show, C. B. Htjtchison {Missouri Sta. Circ. 50, pp. J 23-13 Jf, figs. 7). — A brief discussion of the characteristics of a good ear and directions for selecting corn for seed and for show are followed by a score card of the Missouri Corn Growers' Association and directions for the application of the points of this score card. Suggestions are also given for the preparation of ear cora for shipment. The story of cotton and the development of the cotton States, E. C. Brooks {Chicago and London, [1911], pp. X+370, pis. 2, figs. 101). — This book discusses the cotton industry in the United States from a historical, socio- logical, economic, and industrial viewpoint, and considers in the concluding chapters the culture of cotton and the by-products of the crop. German colonial cotton reports, 1900-1908, K. Supf {Deut. Kolon. Baum- woll Vnternehm., Ber., 1-10 (1900-1908), pp. IV +306, pis. 19, figs. 22).— This publication is a collection of reports on cotton growing in the German African colonies made by special commissions sent out by the government to study the field, and by the directors of experiment fields already established in those regions. Statements made by private parties actually engaged in the work are also included. The rice plant, J. Van Breda de Haan (Meded. Dcpt. Landl). [Dutch East Indies], 1911, No. 15, pp. 53+111, pis. 21). — An anatomical description of the rice plant, including a study of the glumes, the fruit, the embryo, the root, the stem, the leaves, and the flower. The rice plant, H. C. H. De Bie (Meded. Dept, Landb. [Dutch East Indies], 1911, No. 16, pp. 38). — This article is a brief description of rice culture as car- ried on by the native population of Java. The action of large applications of nitrogen on the sugar beet, A. Herke (Osterr, JJngar. Ztschr. Zuckerindus. u. Landw., JfO (1911), No. 5, pp. 669- 679). — A study of the relative growth of leaf and root and of the sugar-pro- ducing quality of beets grown on soils receiving applications of nitrate of soda supplying from 30 to 180 kg. of nitrogen per hectare (from 26.7 to 160.2 lbs. per acre) indicated that when a sufficient amount of water was present the yield of sugar beets was increased by the application of the nitrogenous fer- tilizer to sandy soils, but that the increase in growth of leaves was much greater than that of roots. The sugar content increased with the increase in amount of nitrogen applied, but the nitrogen content of the beets increased to a greater extent than the sugar, the increase of harmful nitrogen compounds being especially great, thus reducing the quality of the beets. When the nitrate was supplied in moderate amounts in connection with potash and phosphoric acid on soils poor in nitrogen, the sugar content of the beets was increased without injury to the quality through the formation of nitrogenous compounds. The pollination of the sugar beet by the field beet and its influence on the chemical composition of the progeny, K. AndrlIk, V. BartoS, and J. Urban (Ztschr. Zuckerindus. Bohmen, .35 (1910). No. 1. pp. 1-10, figs. 3).— One half of a sugar beet was planted among field beets, while the other half was set out in a field of sugar beets. The seed produced by each part was planted for comparative study of the progeny. Of the beets secured from the seed of the half pollinated with pollen from field beets, 19 per cent were white and 81 per cent red. The form of the beets FIELD CROPS. 333 also showed considerable change. The progeny of the half set out among sugar beets were uniform in shape and all specimens were white in color. The sugar content in the cross showed a reduction of 3.7 per cent in the red and of 3.4 per cent in the white beets. The dry matter in the root showed a loss of 18.8 per cent in the white and of 25.5 per cent in the red beets as compared with the pure-bred sugar beets. The total nitrogen suffered a reduc- tion of about 10 per cent in the cross while the pure ash was increa.sed about 27 per cent. The pure ash in the roots of the cross-bred beets contained more alkali and chlorin and less phosphoric acid, magnesia, and lime than was found in the roots of the pure-bred individuals. Sug-ar beets in water cultures, R. Schander and H. Rtjggebeeg (Ztschr. Ver. Deut. Zuckerindus., 1911, No. 610, II, pp. 969-974, fig. i).— This article reports the experimental culture of sugar beets in nutrient solutions for pur- poses of investigation. A specimen was secured weighing 485.2 gm. with 79.5 gm. of dry matter and 6.46 gm. of ash. The behavior of the plant during the different periods of growth is described and the method of culture followed is given in detail. Nicotin content of some Germau tobaccos and the distribution of nicotin in the tobacco plant, R. Gaze {Apoth. Ztg., 26 {1911), No. 90, pp. 938, 9.39).— The results of experiments reported indicate that the alkaloid content of the leaves as well as of the midrib varies in individual plants of the same type, and that the point is lower in alkaloid content than other portions of the midrib. Maryland weeds and other harmful plants, J. B. S. Norton ( Maryland Sta. Bui. 155, pp. 11, figs. 56). — This is a bulletin on the life habits of weeds, their injuries to agriculture, and the principal agi'icultural types. A key and other helps are given for the identification of the principal weeds of Maryland. Other topics dealt with are pure seed regulations, weed study in the public schools, weed eradication, and poisonous plants. A chart shows the results as to the growth of various grasses and weeds, and of treatment with various manures, potassium iodid, and iron sulphate. In general, the percentage of weeds was low on all plats and showed little variation. Iron sulphate has been found of special value in controlling chickweed and other early weeds in strawberries, alfalfa, and other crops. It was used at the rate of 1* to 2 lbs. per gallon of water during the dormant season, prefer- ably in the fall after frost when the weeds were small. A list summarizes the effect of iron sulphate on different species as observed by the author and as reported by others. Spraying horse nettle with iron sulphate killed the terminal portions but not the well-developed leaves and stems. In 1908 it was unsuccessful on winter cress in field spraying, but entirely killed the plants in the damp atmosphere of the greenhouse. The spray was much more effective if the plants were injured by insects, mowing, or otherwise. In tests of sprays of dissolved fertilizers, nitrate of soda proved best but was expensive and if used alone in sufficient strength added too much nitrogen to the land. The author prefers a mixture of 11 lbs. kainit and ^ lb. nitrate of soda per gallon. Salt proved as effective but lacked the fertilizing value. Fifty gallons per acre applied as a fine spray was necessary in case of either fer- tilizers or iron sulphate. Tests in March resulted in very little injury from the fertilizers, but field si^rayings made with the nitrate of soda-kainit mixture in the hot dry summer of 1909 killed almost everything except the grasses, the clovers being almost destroyed. Cuttings of various weeds and other plants were immersed, except the cut ends, in a number of strong solutions. After 2 hours they were removed, washed, 334 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOKD. aud the cut ends placed in water. The next day those taken from the potassium and sodium nitrate solutions had recovered except that some leaf tips were dead. Greater injury was observed in those taken from the iron sulphate, which showed black spots, while many of those from the sodium arsenite were still wilted or were turning yellow. A small alfalfa plat sprayed in March, 1909, with 2 lbs. of iron sulphate per gallon of water and another with a nitrate of soda-kainit mixture showed somewhat lower yields than the unsprayed plats, but practically no weeds except couch grass were present on any of the plats. July 3, 1907, 6 oz. each of the following substances were applied around the roots of peach trees diseased with yellows in the effort to find something that could be used to kill quickly trees: Chromic acid (i oz. in water), kerosene, copper sulphate (1 oz. in water), carbon bisulphid, caustic soda (2 oz. in water), salt (saturated solution in water), sodium hyposulphite (2 oz. in water), potas- sium cyanid (1 oz. in water), commercial sulphuric acid, 2 per cent corrosive sublimate, sodium nitrate (li oz. in water), iron sulphate (1* oz. in water), gas tar, sulphurous acid. The earth 2 in. deep was raked away from the tree and replaced after the chemicals had been poured in. Five days later, leaves on the copper sulphate and carbon bisulphid treated trees showed marked injury, but no others showed any effect. The copper sulphate-treated trees recovered but those treated with carbon bisulphid died in a short time. In the winter of 1909-10, sodium arsenite 4 to 8 oz. per gallon, salt 2 lbs. per gallon, 1 to 2 gal. to a linear rod, and kerosene i to 1 gal. per rod, poured around the roots of Japanese quince hedge failed to kill because of sprouting from the roots some distance from the base of the stems. In September, 1909, kerosene, sodium arsenite (i oz. per qt.), carbon bisul- phid, and chromic acid (i oz. per qt), were applied at the base of young i to 1 in. apple, peach, black locust and sumac trees, about 2 oz. per tree being given. When examined a few weeks later, it was found that the kerosene caused but little injury to the peach and apple, even when the bark was broken at the base. The sodium arsenite and the carbon bisulphid had killed most of the leaves and probably the whole tree in both peach and apple. No injury from the chromic acid was noted. Another trial with 1 to 2 in. apple trees, in which one of the large branches near the ground was cut and the liquids poured on, resulted similarly, showing marked injury from the sodium arsenite and carbon bisulphid, on the cut side especially, and none from kerosene and chromic acid. Very little injury was noted on the sumac or locust from any treatments. In 1908, when various substances were applied through the cut ends of branches, oxalic acid was found to penetrate and kill the wood and leaves quicker than any other substance tried. The problem of weeds in the "West, L. H. Pammel (Confrib. Bot. Dept. Iowa State CoL, 1911, ^0. //.'/, jtp- H-J,6, pis. 8).— This is a record of the author's personal observations on the geographical distribution of certain weeds in portions of the United States and Canada. Near the Canadian boundary line "{Eleagnus argentea) spreads rapidly where the surface of the soil has been removed, very much as the Cottonwood does in Iowa or in other parts of northern United States. " In the country from Winnipeg to Vancouver and the Rocky ^Mountain States, squirrel-tail grass {Hordeum jtihatnm) is one of the most striking weeds in fields and waste places. It is, of course, a striking weed also in Iowa, but it was rare here prior to 1876. . . . The wild oats (Avena fatua) is common in the Northwest as it is in parts of Minnesota and the irrigated districts of the Rocky Mountains, largely because the weed is spread with the culture of oats. The holy grass (Hierochloe horealis) a well-known native grass of the North FIELD CROPS. 385 is comparatively rare in Iowa, except northward and it is not known to be weedy in tliat section of the State. ... In Utah the Bromus tectorum and H. murinum- have become most troublesome weeds and rapidly spreading to Colorado." "The Canadian thistle (Cirsium arvense) has made its way across the conti- nent from Winnipeg west to Vancouver Island and Seattle. It has become naturalized at numerous points, Winnipeg, Winnipeg Beach. Emerson, Moose Jaw, Calgary, Portal, North Bend (B. C), Bremerton, Everett, Seattle, Wash- ington. It has spread extensively in Manitoba, occurring in fields, meadows, along roadsides and even occurring in woods. . . . They woolly thistle ( C canes- cetis) indigenous to the country and to the South, to western Iowa, to the Eocky Mountains in Colorado and Montana, is common east of Calgary. The field thistle (C. discolor) though a common weed in Iowa and Minnesota, is less common in the Red Elver Valley and only reaches across the border into Manitoba." "The sow thistle (Solidago oleraceiis) occurs in Winnipeg, more frequent on the Pacific coast, Seattle, and elsewhere; on the other hand, the perennial sow thistle (ended upon to ex- terminate the chinch bugs. This fungus is very dependent upon moist weather conditions for its rapid development and diffusion. . . . Attempts at artifi- cial introductions of the fungus in the fields have so frequently resulted iB com- plete failures that this method is not recommended." Piesma capitata as an enemy of sugar beets in Silesia, Grosser {Abs. in Prakt. Bl. Pflanzenlxni u. Schutz, 8 {IDIO), No. 12, p. 156; Internat. Inst. Affr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 2, pp. W, 450). — The tingitid is reported to be the cause of curly top of sugar beets in Silesia. As a remedy it is recommended that all weeds in the vicinity which attract the pest, especially species of Chenopodiacese, be destroyed. Aleyrodidae of economic importance, G. E. Bodkin (Jour. Bd. Agr. Brit. Ouiana, 5 {1911), No. 2, pp. 83-86, pis. 9). — The author describes a species of Aleyrodes which has been observed infesting species of Anona in Georgetown and cassava plants on the East Coast, where it has been the source of con- siderable damage. It is stated that when large numbers of Aleyrodidse appear on a plant a chalcidid parasite frequently attacks them. Pernicious scale (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911), No. 4, PP- -^88, 489). — It is stated that the government is attempting to eradicate the San Jose scale, recently discovered in a Pretoria nursery and from which it is thought to have been spread for several years on infested fruit trees and roses. Studies of comparative lepidopterology, C. OBERXHtJR (Etudes de L^,pidop- Urologie Comparee. Rennes, 190.'/, No. 1, pp. 77, t)Is. 6; 1906, No. 2, pp. 43, pis. 3; 1909, No. 8, pp. 415, pis. 25; 1910, No. 4, pp. 691, pis. 2//).— Among the sub- jects considered are dimorphism, mutation, sphingid hybrids, notes on the French and Algerian species, etc. Notes on the myrmecophilous lycenid cater- pillars, by H. Viehmeyer (pp. 342-349) and a list of animals associated with ants, by C. Janet (pp. 349-417) are included. The work is illustrated by colored plates. The willow caterpillar (Clisiocampa azteca), J. R. Inda (Estac. Agr. Cent. [Mexico] Bol. 63, 1911, pp. 16, pis. 4). — An accoimt is given of the life history, habits, and natural enemies of, and remedial measures for, C. azteca, which during March and April completely defoliates willows (Salix bahilonica and 8. pringlei), in Mexico City. Mimosa thorn caterpillar (Rhodesia Agr. Jour., 9 (1911), No. 1, pp. 81-84, pis. 3). — The Mimosa thorn caterpillar (Haplopacha punctifascia) is said to ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 349 be a serious enemy of the wild tliorny Acacia, whicli is prevalent on tlie higher veld of Matabeleland, and iu some seasons attains the proportions of a veritable plague in and around Bulawayo. The wax moth, T. B. Fletcher {Agr. Jour. India, 6 (1911), No. 4, pp. S99-404, pl. !)■ — Notes on the life history of the wax or bee moth (Galleria mellonella) as recorded at the Pusa insectary are included in this general ac- count. Codling moth control, G. Quinn (Jour. Dept. Agr. So. Aust., 15 {1911), No. 3, pp. 227-235). — A report of tests of the comparative value of several brands of lead arsenate, all of which proved satisfactory. Notes on the larvae of Toxorhynchites immisericors, C. A. Paiva (Rec. Indian Mus., 5 {1910), No. 3, pp. 187-190) .—The author reports that in the course of 1 night more than 100 Stegomyia larvae were destroyed by 3 larvae of T. inunisericors. When confined to small receptacles of water these car- nivorous larvae will feed upon any mosquito larvae without discrimination, ex- cept that apparently they do not begin to eat one another until other supplies are running short. Since the yellow fever mosquito is very common in vessels about Calcutta, the part played by T. immisericors in its destruction is of considerable importance. A monograph of the anopheline mosquitoes of India, S. P. James and W. G. LiSTON {Calcutta, 1911, 2. ed., rev. and enl., pp. VIII+128, pis. 32, figs. 17; rev. in Nature [London], 87 {1911), No. 2190, p. 511). — A second rewritten and en- larged edition of this monograph. Part 1 (pp. 1-5S) consists of a general account of mosquitoes, including a list of the described or named species of the anophelines of India, and instruc- tions for the collection, mounting, and examination of anopheline mosquitoes and their larvae, and the classification and identification of Indian anophelines. Part 2 (pp. 59-128) presents systematic descriptions of the anopheline mos- quitoes found in India. The life history of the Phlebotomus, P. J. Maeett {Jour. Boy. Army Med. Corps, 17 {1911), No. 1, pp. 13-29, pl. 1). — This subject, a preliminary account of which has been previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 56), is taken up under the following headings : Breeding experiments, life history, egg, larva, pupa, imago, preventive measures for breeding, and preventive measures for lowering the incidence of fever. Life histories of Syrphidse, II, C. L. Metcalf {Ohio Nat., 12 {1911), No. 1, pp. 397-405, figs. 18).— In this second pai^er (E. S. R., 25, p. 360), the author deals with Paragus Mcolor and P. tibialis. Observations of P. Mcolor indicate that there are 2 distinct generations annually, one appearing in the spring on dates varying from the middle of May to the middle of June, or a little later in different parts of Ohio; the second appearing in August and possibly later. Both species were found to be para- sitized by a small ichneumonid {Bassus sp.), which oviposits through the skin of the larvae. Fruit and pumpkin flies, E. E. Geeen {Trop. Agr. and Mag. Ceylon Agr. Soc, 37 {1911), No. 3, pp. 240-242, fig. i).— The author reports having found 6 species of trypetid fruit flies in Ceylon, 5 representing the genus Dacus and 1 the genus Ceratitis. Brief notes on observations of their habits are presented. Two species of Diptera of the genus Drosophila, H. R. Niswongee {Ohio Nat., 11 {1911), No. 8, pp. 374-377, figs. 8).— Biological and descriptive notes on Drosophila husckii and D. funehris are presented. The fleas infesting domestic animals, K. Wolffhugel (Ztschr. InfeTciions- krank. u. Hyg. Haustiere, 8 {1910), Nos. 2-3, pp. 218-236; 4-6, pp. 354-382, figs. 350 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. 17). — A summarized account is given of the fleas attacking domestic animals, togetlier with a bibliography of the more important literature on the subject. The origin of the pigment and the color pattern in the elytra of the Colorado potato beetle (Leptinotarsa decemlineata), R. A. Gortner {Amer. Nat., .1,0 (1911), No. 5^0, pp. 7Jt3-755). — " It has been shown that Tower's state- ments' as to the nature of the cuticula pigments, and the methods of pigment formation, are based upon wrong interpretations of his results, and upon errors in the application of chemical data. The cuticula pigment is not an azo com- pound but belongs to the melanins. The pigmentation of the elytron of the Colorado potato beetle is produced by the interaction of an oxidizing enzyni of the tyrosinase type, and an oxidizable chromogen. The color pattern is caused by the localized secretion of the chromogen." Calosonia sycophanta: Its life history, behavior, and successful coloniza- tion in New England, A. F. Burgess (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 101, pp. 9.'i, pis. 9, figs. 22). — This carabid beetle is one of the most important of the natural enemies of the gipsy and brown-tail moths. It was first success- fully importefl into this country from Italy and Switzerland in 1906, during which year 093 specimens, together with 289 specimens of C. inquisitor, were received at the Gii^sy Moth Parasite Laboratory. Since that time specimens have been imported each year, a total of 4,046 C. sycophanta having been re- ceived up to the close of 1910. Accounts are first given of methods of packing predaceous beetles for ship- ment, the European distribution of C sycophanta and hosts attacked, and the plan of work at the laboratory. A detailed account of the life history, habits, methods of rearing, etc., of C. sycophanta follows. The longevity of the adults rendered the investigations somewhat difficult, as is evidenced by the fact that nearly one-half of the beetles reared from eggs in 1907 that emerged from the earth in the spring of 1908 survived the sum- mers of 1908 and 1909 and went into hibernation in the fall. The eggs are deposited in the earth, the time spent in the egg stage varying from 3 to 10 days, depending largely uiwn the temperature. The average length of time spent in the egg stage, based on the hatching each mouth during the summer, was: May, 7 days; June, 5.2 days; July, 4.4 days; and August, 4 days. The larvae molt twice, the duration of time between the molts being influenced greatly by high temperatures and food supply. Records kept of 9 larvae that developed from eggs laid by beetles that emerged, normally show the average length of time to be 2 days for the first stage, 3 days for the second, and 9 days for the third, a total of 14 days. The larvse of this species secure food by searching for the caterpillars and pupae of various lepidopterous insects. In addition to feeding on the gi'ound they are able to climb trees and devour their prey upon the trunks or branches. The larvae " appear to feed both by day and night, but their activity in this direction is greatly stimulated if the weather is hot. As a rule the caterpillars are attacked from the side or in the middle of the back, and if they are hairy specimens the favorite place seems to be between the segments where the larvse can more readily pierce the integument with their sharp mandibles. Newly hatched larvae of C. sycophanta are able successfully to combat equally well all caterpillars regardless of size. After the body wall of a caterpillar has been cut, the Calosoma larvae feed upon the juices and apparently devour a large amount of the fat body of their prey. The entire internal tissues of the caterpillars are seldom eaten, and many specimens are injured to such an extent that they eventually die, and thus more caterpillars are prevented from transforming lUniv. Chicago Decen. Pubs., 10 (1903), p. 33. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 351 thau are actually eaten. The pupae of Lepidoptera, especially those which are destitute of a cocoon, suffer greatly from the inroads of the larvse of this Insect. In fact, so far as the gipsy moth is concerned, it is probable that the destruc- tion of the pupre is fully as great as that of the larvfe." In field colonies the larvae of C sycophanta have been found attacking and killing adult females of the gipsy moth. They apparently i^refer large caterpillars or pupae which have a considerable amount of fatty matter in the body cavity. Larvae observed in May, 1908, required an average of 28 days to complete their feeding while in June only 14 days were necessary, the number of cater- pillars consumed in May being considerably greater than in June. It was found impossible to induce the beetles of this genus to depart from their fixed habit of developing only one generation in a single year. The distance which the larvae of this species penetrate the ground for the purpose of forming their pupal chambers varies greatly, and seems to be gov- erned largely by the character of the soil and the amount of moisture which it contains. A record of 20 Calosoma pupae — 12 males and 8 females — ^which made cavities, during the fall of 1908 and 1909, shows that they penetrated from 4 to 8 in. below the surface in outdoor cages. In observations of 8 larvae in 1910 the length of time from cessation of feeding until pupation actually took place was found to be from 7 to 15 days, the average time being lOi days. During the same year, the time spent in the pupal stage, based on records of ]0 pupae, ranged from 12 to 15 days, the average being 13.4 days. The food of the adult beetles is similar to that of the larvae. The highest number of eggs laid in a single season by a female was 653, the next highest number recorded being 514. The average for 144 females ovipositing during 1908, 1909, and 1910 was 128.4 eggs. The colonization work is described at length. The data presented show conclusively that this beneficial species is firmly established in eastern Massachusetts, and although in most cases some traces of the insect's presence have been found the year following planting, it takes 3 years or more before they are sufficiently abundant to attract attention. " Its ability to survive and reproduce in New England has been clearly demon- strated when it is stated that as a result of the planting of 13 adult and 14 larval colonies from 1906 to 1908, the presence of the beetle was found over an area of about 9* square miles in the summer of 1909. During that year 3 adult and 29 larval colonies were liberated and in the summer of 1910 the insects were found scattered over about 106* square miles in Massachusetts. The aggregate rate of multiplication and dispersion increases with the age of the colonies. Future observations will show the precise value of this insect as an enemy of the gipsy moth." The blue pine Polygraphus bark borer (P. major), E. P. Stebbing ( [Indian Forest Dept.], Ser. Forest Zool., Leaflet, 1910, No. 5, pp. 7, figs. 6). — ^An account of the life history and habits of this beetle, its natural enemies, and remedial measures. The cotton fields invaded, W. E. Hinds (N. Y. Tribune Farmer, 10 (1911), No. 514, V- 18). — The exceptionally abundant occurrence of the cotton leaf worm resulted in severe defoliation of cotton in Alabama. The author points out the many advantages that powdered arsenate of lead has over Paris green in com- bating this pest. A weevil enemy of Caravonica cotton, H. Moestatt (Pflanzer, 7 (1911), No. 4, pp. 227- 230, pi. 1 ) . — This is a discussion of a weevil enemy of cotton that was first observed by Zimmermann^ in Morogoro, German East Africa, in October, 1910. The habits of this weevil and the injury caused appear to be much similar to those of the Mexican cotton boll weevil. ipflanzer, 6 (1910), p. 271. 352 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Weevil and dry wheat, T. B. Fletcher (Agr. Jour. India, 6 (1911), No. 4, pp. 333-343, pi. 1). — It is stated that stored wheat containing less than 8 per cent of moisture is immune from attack by weevils and that any weevils that may gain access to it are soon liilled off. Wheat when threshed contains about 8 per cent of moisture, but in India this may be reduced to about 4 per cent by exposure to the sun in April and May. A list of the type species of the genera and subgenera of Formicidse, \V. M. Wheeler (Ann. N. Y. Acad. ScL, 21 {1911), pp. ^57--? 75). —This list of the genera and subgenera, both living and fossil, is believed to be complete to June, 1911. Hymenoptera. — Family Ichneumonidae, G. V. Sz^pligeti (P. Wytsman's Oenera Insectormn. Brussels, 1911, No. 114, PP- 100, pis. 2). — This fascicle of the series edited by P. Wytsman deals with the Mesochoroidre, which includes the subfamilies Limnerinse, Mesochorinfe, Adelognathinse, Plectiscinse, Vanchinse, Neomesochorinae, Megacerinte, and Paniscinje. Descriptions of six new genera and thirty-one species of Ichneumon flies, H. L. ViERECK (Proc. V. 8. Nat. Mus., 40 {1911), pp. 113-196).— Among the species of economic importance from the family Braconidfe are: Apanteles (Protapanteles) chrysippi, reared from larvae of Danais chrysippus in Portu- guese East Africa ; A. grifflni, reported to have overcome a scourge of cut- worms at Quogue, N. Y. ; A. (Pseudapanteles) etiellw, reared from Etiella schisticolor, at Pullman, Wash. ; Diachasma crawfordi, taken while stinging maggot-infested mangoes at Cuernavaca, Mexico, and probably a parasite of Anastrepha ludens; Hormiopterus graciliformus, reared from a eurytomid in Agropyrou, at Wellington, Kans. ; Alacrocentrus {Amicroplus) crambivorus, reared from Crambus larvse at Corry, Pa. ; and Microplitis melianw, reared from Meliana albilinea, at Grand River, Iowa. From the family Ichneumonidae are described Aneniplieres diapkanice, reared from pupal cases of Dlaphania hya- linata, at Raleigh, N. C. ; Cremastus hymen/ice, reared from Hymenia fascialis, Oahu, Hawaiian Islands; Limncrium {Campoletis) prodenice, reared from Pro- denia ornithogalH, at Mount Washington, Ohio ; Mesoclwrus infenmlis, reared at Santa Maria, Tex., in connection with Apanteles {Protapanteles) flaviconchce, which is probably its host ; and Mesocliorus nigrisignus, from Grand River, Iowa, thought to be parasitic on Microplitis meliana;. Descriptions of one new genus and eight new species of Ichneumon flies, H L. ViERECK {Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 40 {1911), pp. 475-480).— The new species here described that are of economic importance include Apanteles lacteicolor, bred from Euproctis chrysorrhwa from Europe, and Pimpla porthetricv, bred from Porthetria dispar from Japan. The genus Cyanopteridea is erected to replace Cyanopterus of Szepligeti, C. {Iphiaulax) clypeolus being the type species. Descriptions of new Hymenoptera, II, J. C. Crawford (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 40 (1911), pp. //39-i//9).— This second paper (E. S. R., 26, p. 63) presents descriptions of 15 new species. Among those of economic importance are Tele- nomus benefactor', reared from the eggs of Tabanus twniola at Bebelein, Egyptian Soudan ; Tclenomiis kingi, reared from the eggs of Tabanus Tcingi at Kohr Arbat, Egyptian Soudan ; Telenomus gotvdeyi, reared from the eggs of Anaphe infracta at Entebbe, Uganda ; Habrocytus piercei, reared from Anthon- omus grandis at Tallulah, La. ; Zatropis deuterus, reared from a cecidomyiid larva injuring cotton in Antigua, British West Indies; Pleurotropis telenomi, reared from the eggs of Anaphe infracta, together with Telenomus gowdeyi, on which it appears to be a secondary parasite, at Entebbe, Uganda ; Horismemis apantelivorus and H. cockerelli, both reared from Apanteles sp. at Kingston, Jamaica ; Tetrastichus antiguensis, reared from C. floridensis at Antigua, West ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 353 Indies; Tetrasticlnis ovivonts, reared from eggs of Conchyloctenia parum- maculata, at Entebbe, Uganda; and Sympiesis felti, reared from Agromyza vielanopyga. On Ccelopisthia nematicida, a chalcid parasite of the large larch, sawfly, Lygaeonematus erichsonii, C. G. Hewitt (CanacL Ent., ^3 (1911), No. 9, pp. 297-303, figs. //). — In observations made on the development of this chal- cidid parasite, it was found that in the September and October broods the eggs, which are laid on the host larvre inside the cocoons, hatch in from 2 to 3 days. The larvae become full grown in from 10 to 12 days and the adults may emerge about 23 days after the eggs are deposited. The parasite feeds ex- ternally and hibernates as a mature larva inside the cocoon of the host. A number of broods of the parasite occurs annually. The root borer and its parasite, H. W. Davey (Jour. Dcpt. Agr. Victoria, 9 (1911), No. 7, pp. 451-.'f55, fig. 1). — This paper includes a technical descrip- tion, by H. L. Viereclj of this Department, of a new braconid parasite (Perilitus leptopsi) of the apple root borer (Leptops Jiopei). In many districts of Vic- toria this borer is one of the most formidable enemies of the fruit industry. The number of parasitic larvae contained in a beetle varies, an average of 25 having been found during the past season. On the Hymenoptera of the Georgetown Museum, British Guiana, P. Cameron (Timehri, Brit. Gmana, 3. scr., 1 (1911), No. 3, pp. 306-330) .—This second part of the paper previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 63), includes descrip- tions of numerous new genera and species of Braconidfe and Tenthredinidse. The occurrence of Heemaphysalis punctata on cattle in the District of Apenrade, P. Knuth (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 48, pp. S65-86S, figs. 12). — The author records the occurrence of this tick in the Dis- trict of Apenrade, which lies in the northern part of Schleswig-Holstein. This is the first record of the occurrence of this important species in Germany, Ixodes rieinus being the one which commonly transmits bovine piroplasmosis in that country. The hothouse milliped as a new genus, O. F. Cook (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mu^., J/O (1911), pp. 625-631). — Fleshy fungi are said to be the only living plants that are regularly eaten by millipeds. " Some of the native millipeds in the vicinity of Washington, D. C, feed to a considerable extent upon the local species of Amanita, Russula, and Lactarius. Damage is sometimes done to other plants when millipeds gain access to wounded surfaces of roots or cut- tings. Healing may be prevented or cuttings may be liept from rooting by continual scraping of the exposed surfaces." The genus Oxidus is erected for Fontaria gracilis, a species widely distrib- uted in the Tropics and in hothouses. The rubber slug (Mariaella dussumieri), E. E. Green (Circs, o/nd Agr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, 5 (1911), No. 22, pp. 337-3^3, pi. i).— This slug, which occurs commonly in both cultivated and uncultivated land to an eleva- tion of at least 2,000 ft. and probably higher, has attracted attention a& a pest only in connection with the rubber industry. It first came into notice in 1905 through frequenting the recently tapped Hevea trees and imbibing the latex as it oozed from the cuts. This habit results in an appreciable diminu- tion of the scrap rubber that can be collected after tapping. About two new hop pests, B. Wahl (Wiener Landw. Ztg., 61 (1911), No. 36, p. 416). — Hydroecia micacea and an undetermined cecidomyiid are men- tioned as enemies of the hop. Insect enemies and diseases of the tomato in Mexico, R. RamIeez and J. R. INDA (Estac. Agr. Cent. [Mexico^ Bol. 56, 1911, pp. 46, pis. 16, figs. 11).— 354 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECORD, An account of the more important insect enemies and fungus diseases of the tomato in Mexico with remedial measures therefor. Enemies of kapok {Philippine Agr. Rev. {English Ed.~i, 3 {1910), No. 2, p. 93; Trop. Agr. and Mag. Ceylon Agr. Soc., 3') {1910), No. 6, p. 503). — The beetle Batocera hector, though rare, is the most important insect enemy of kapok in Java. Other pests mentioned as occasionally attacking the crop are Earias faMa, Dysdercus cingulatus, and Helopeltis sp. The greatest injury is caused by the feeding of bats upon the young fruit. Mango insects, W. V. Tower {Porto Rico Prog., 2 {1911), No. 1, pp. 85-92).— A paper presented before the Porto Rican Horticultural Society, in which the author briefly discusses the insects attacking the native mango that may attack imported varieties as they become more extensively grown. The mango fruit fly is the most important pest, being especially fond of one variety that is grown on the island and practically ruining all its fruit. It has also been found at times infesting some of the choice imported varieties grown at the federal experiment station. There are, however, a number of native mangoes which seem to be immune to its attack. Insect enemies of Theobroma cacao on the island of St. Thomas, M. S. Camara and A. Cannas Mendes {Rev. in Ztschr. Pflanzenkrank., 21 {1911), No. 5, p. 310). — The insects mentioned as attacking cacao are Arwocerus fascicu- latus, Xyleborus perforans, Helopeltis sp., and Ephestia elutella. Preliminary notes on some insects affecting the coconut palm, F. "W. Urich and P. L. Guppy {Bd. Agr. Trinidad Circ. 5, 1911, pp. 30, pis. 3).— The insects briefly noted are the palm weevil {Rhynchophorus palmarum), the small weevil borer {Metarfiasius hemipterus decoratus), the coconut Sphenophorus, the bearded weevil {Rhina barhirostris), 5 species of CoccidiB, the coconut but- terfly {Brassolis sophorw), the coconut Saturnia moth, and the rhinoceros beetle {Strategus anachoreta). Insects destructive to books, W. R. Reinick {Amer. Jour. Pharm., 83 {1911), No. 11, pp. 503-515, figs. 2). — A second contribution on the subject (E. S. R., 24, p. 752). The use of soap to retard the settling of certain arsenicals, J. R. Parker {Montana Sta. Bui. 86, pp. 35-.'i5, fig. 1). — Laboratory tests made to determine the effect of soap on the settling of arsenate of lead and arsenite of zinc are here reported, of which the following is a summary : " The addition of common laundry soap, at the rate of 2 bars to 50 gal., to an arsenate of lead mixture retards the settling of the arsenate of lead, only half as much settling out of a soap mixtui'e in 15 minutes as settled out of a non- soap mixture in the same length of time. The amount that settled out of the soap mixture in 5 hours was the same as that which settled out of a nonsoap mixture in 30 minutes. Above a certain quantity, the amount of soap used appears to have little influence upon the amount of settling. Two bars to 50 gal. is about the least that can be used, and in practical work it would be safer to use 3 bars to 50 gal. Whale-oil soap gave slightly better results than the more expensive laundry soap. When mixed with soap there was little differ- ence in the amount of settling in the 4 brands of arsenate of lead that were tried. " The eft'ect of soap' upon the settling out of arsenite of zinc is even more striking than the effect upon arsenate of lead, more arsenite of zinc settling out of a nonsoap mixture in 15 minutes than out of a soap mixture in 15 hours. " By ordinary methods of applying arsenate of lead with a knapsack sprayer it was found that the distribution of lead was not uniform and that a surpris- ingly large amount (64.36 per cent) was left in the bottom of the spray can. By very careful methods of mixing and application slightly better results were FOODS — HUMAN NUTEITION. 355 obtained, but a far too large amount (55.45 per cent) was left in the bottom of the spray can. By the addition of soap at the rate of 2 bars to 50 gal. a more even distribution of arsenate of lead was secured and the amount left in the bottom of the spray can was reduced to about 25 per cent." FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. Treatise on the sophistication and adulteration of food materials, A. Vil- LiEES, E. Collin, and M. Fayolle {Traite des Falsifications et Alt6ratioiis des Substances Alimentaires. Paris, 1911, vols. 1, pp. VIII+Jf^8, figs. 83 ; 2, pp. Jfll, figs. 277; 3, pp. 39.5, figs. 206; J,, pp. 351, figs. Sh' 5, pp. 3^3, figs. 191; 6, '.pp. 880). — These volumes constitute an exhaustive treatise on the microscopical, physical, and chemical examination of foods and of condiments and beverages, and a summary of legislation pertaining to the subject. The volumes dealing with the examination and analysis of foods constitute a digest of data on these subjects. The majority of the botanical descriptions and many of the labo- ratory methods were contributed by the authors. Volume 1 treats of waters, beverages, and alcoholic beverages ; volume 2. the principal foods and condiments; volume 3, sugar and similar foods; stimulants ; volume 4, dairy products and fat ; volume 5, starchy foods, coloring materials, and preservatives ; and volume 6, legislation and official documents. Pure foods — their adulteration, nutritive value, and cost, J. C. Olsen (Boston and Neio York, 1911, pp. VII+210, pi. 1, figs. 29).— It has been the author's purpose to prepare a handbook suitable for the needs of teachers and students of domestic science. The mycology of food industries — an introductory text-book, A. Kossowicz (Einfiihrung in die Mykologie der Nahrungsmittelgewerbe. Berlin, 1911, pp. VIII +138, pis. 5, figs. 21). — The author deals with such general topics asi the micro-flora of foodstuffs, the cultivation of micro-organisms, and the preserva- tion of foods, and discusses specifically the spoiling and preservation of milk and butter, and meat, eggs, vegetables, and. fi'uit, the bakery goods, sugar making, and animal feeding stuffs. A bibliography is appended to the volume and a full index provided. The purin content of foods, K. M. Yogel (Milnchcn: Med. Wchn^schr., 58 (1911), No. 46, pp. 2-'i33, 2-^5//).— The author reports his determinations of the purin content of a number of foods in comparison with similar data reported by other investigators. Some of the material he examined was of American origin. Changes in frozen and cold storage meat, J. E. Richelet (Rev. Facult. Agron. y Vet. La Plata, 2. ser., 8 (1911). pp. 71-88).— The author has studied brown and black spot, " bonestink," and parasitic affections of frozen and cold- storage meat. A study of the neck and tail vertebrae of farm animals and related mam- mals, and the use of such data for forensic and meat inspection purposes, H. Knolle (Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Hals- nnd Schicanzivirbel der Haussduger und ihnen Verwandten Arten fiir Forensische und Fleischbeschauzwecke. Inaug, Diss., Univ. Bern, 1911, pp. 26, pis. 13). — The results of histological studies are reported, the text being supplemented by a large number of drawings. The nutritive value of buffalo flesh as com.pared with beef, G. Magini (Atti R. Accad. Lincei, Rend. CI. Sci. Fis., Mat. e Nat., 5. ser., 20 (1911), 11, No. 1, pp. 40-46, pi. 1; Clin. Vet. [Milan], Rass. Pol. Sanit. e Ig., 34 (1911), No. 20-21, pp. 881-889, pi. 1). — The data summarized led the author to conclude that buffalo flesh was superior to beef in nutritive value. The 2 sorts of meat were also compared with reference to their structure. 28727°— No. 4—12 5 356 EXPERIMENT STATION" EECOED. On certain changes in the composition of the nitrogenous constituents of meat extracts, A. M. Weight (Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 20, pp. 1197, 1198). — The author has studied the character aud extent of the changes which meat extract undergoes during the process of manufacture and compared the composition of extract concentrated in an open pan and that concentrated under partial vacuum, with the original liquor. " As but very small amounts of i>eptone-like bodies are present in vacuum- concentrated extract, and but little change in the composition of the nitrogenous bodies is found, it is probable that the prolonged action of heat on the nitroge- nous material in the presence of the normal flesh acids and salts, the amounts of which increase as the evaporation proceeds, is the cause of the marked change in composition found in the open pan concentrated extract. The so- called ' burned ' flavor, sometimes noticed in meat extracts, is doubtless due to the same cause, for in vacuum concentrated extract no such undesirable flavor is noted." The paper is followed by a discussion. The food value of sea mussels, I. A. Field {TJ. S. Depf. Com. and Labor, Bur. Fishenes Bui., 29 {1909), pp. 85-128, pis. 8, figs. 2).— A fuller account of investigations previously noted (E. S. R.. 25, p. 163). The baking qualities of flour as influenced by certain chemical substances, milling by-products, and germination of the wheat, J. T. Willard and C. O. SwANSON {Trans. Eans. Acad. Sci., 23-2Jf {1909-10), pp. 201-207).— The ex- periments showed that uuextracted bran caused a deterioration in the loaf with respect to both volume and texture, as compared with a check test in which starch equal in weight to the bran was added. Extracted bran exer- cised a less marked effect on loaf texture, while the volume exceeded that of a loaf in which starch was used. The loaf in which the extract from 40 gm. of bran was used was best of all. On the whole, extracts derived from wheat scourings were undesirable. The doughs produced were sticky, the bad effects being the more pronounced the greater the quantity of extract. When peptones in amounts from 0.1 to 1 gm. were added little effect was observed, but larger quantities affected both texture and volume unfavorably and there was a decided stickiness in the dough. Glycocoll was very pro- nounced in its effects, producing a dough which was sticky, runny, and stringj% resembling that made from flour from badly germinated wheat. The loaf volume was decidedly reduced and the texture impaired. Leucin exer- cised similar though less pronounced effects and caused the development of a very disagreeable odor. Aspartic acid had little effect but was beneficial rather than otherwise. Asparagin was injurious in its effect. " While it caused a shortening of the time of rising, probably by a stimulation of the growth of the yeast, it weakened the gluten, thus decreasing the oven expan- sion and loaf volume. Similar effects are observed with flour from germinated wheat, and asparagin is well known as one of the products of the proteid metabolism accompanying germination." Of the ammonium salts tried ammonium chlorid exercised so marked an effect that the quantities used were reduced to a minimum of 0.025 gm. This amount and quantities up to at least 16 times as much exercised a decidedly beneficial effect on texture and loaf volume, the salt apparently assisting the growth of the yeast, since the period of rising was shortened. Ammonium acetate had a similar though less marked effect. In larger amounts it lowered the quality of the loaf with respect to texture. Ammonium tartrate and am- monium phosphate exercised very slight effects. Sodium bicarbonate was dis- tinctly detrimental, increasing the time of rising and diminishing the volume FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 357 of the loaf. The results obtained v\ath sodium phosphate, sodium formate, aud potassium nitrate are not commented upon. " On the whole, it is evident that chemical substances in many cases have distinct, and in some cases very pronounced, effects upon the baking qualities of flour, and it is believed that a field has been opened that will repay further working. It is highly probable that the differences in the baking quality of flours are due to small differences in their content of these and similar sub- stances as much as to their differences in composition in respect to the chief constituents." Tests were also made in which flour from germinated wheat was mixed with sound flour, and, as was to be expected, since germination produces amino compounds, it was found that the germinated flour exercised an unfavorable effect upon the loaf. In the case of a sample of wheat which had germinated for 1 day and was then dried and heated in a steam bath for 2 days the bad effects were particularly noticeable. In a second series of tests in which flour from badly germinated wheat was mixed with standard flour the deleterious effects were strongly manifested, " even when only 1/30 of the mixture was flour from such wheat. With larger amounts the product showed that the mixtures were wholly unfit for bread making. The evil effects of mixing wheat damaged by germination with sound wheat were brought out for the first time by these experiments. Such wheat may be manipulated so that when mixed in small quantities with sound wheat it can scarcely be detected." Effect of common mill fumigants on the baking qualities of wheat fl.our, G. A. Dean and C. O. Swanson (Kansas Sta. Bui. 178, pp. 155-207, pis. 13). — The fumigants studied were hydrocyanic-acid gas and carbon bisulphid used at the maximum strength employed in flour mills and elevators. Patent, straight. and low grade hard winter-wheat flours and patent, straight, clear, and low grade soft winter-wheat flours were treated in an air-tight constant-pressure chamber, for periods of 12 hours at a temperature of 90° F. Immediately after each fumigation, baking tests were made and repeated under the same conditions two or three days later. Similar duplicate baking tests were made with the samples at the end of 30 days, and at the end of 60 days. For comparison, baking tests were also made under like conditions with the same flours not fumigated. From a comparison of photographs of the loaves, and from the recorded data regarding the baking tests, the authors conclude that " the effects of fumiga- tion are so small as to be negligible. It is only in the careful measurements employed in the test that any difference between the fumigated and unfumi- gated flour is apparent at all. The only notable difference appears in the maximum volume of the dough in the test made immediately after fumigation, but not after 30 days. The finished loaf shows no deleterious effect from fumi- gation in any of the tests." Method for recording graphically the appearance of bread, K. MoHS (Ztschr. Gesam. Getreidew.. 3 (1911). No. 8, pp. 175. 176, fig. l).—ln the method described impressions showing the texture of slices of bread are made by pressing them lightly upon paper inked with a mixture of soot and oil. The author believes that this method is more simple than photography for the permanent record of the texture of samples. The technology of bread making, W. and W. C. Jagg (Chicago, 1911, Amer. Ed., pp. VIII+908+XXIV, pis. 12, figs. 123).— In preparing the new edition of this volume (E. S, R., 7, p. 890), which deals v/ith the chemistry, analysis, and practical testing of wheat flour and other materials employed in bread making and confectionery, as well as with the technology of bread making, much new material has been added, the authors state, and results of investiga- 358 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. tions carried on since the earlier volume appeared have been incorporated as well as the results of special tests. New chapters have been added on the strength of flour, the bleaching of flour, wheat, flour, and bread improvers, the nutritive value and digestibility of bread, and the weighing of bread. " Subjects such as standard bread, and the use of additions to flour and bread have been critically and exhaustively ex- amined." Special chapters are devoted to the application of chemical and other tests to routine mill practices and to the chemistry of raw materials and processes used by confectioners. An idea of the scope of the volume as a whole may also be gathered from the following titles of some other chapters: Enzyms and diastatic action; fermentation; manufacture of yeasts; physical structure and physiology of the wheat grain; chemical composition of wheat; chemical composition of flour and other milling products ; bread making ; spe- cial breads and bread making processes ; bakehouse design ; the machine bak- ery; analytic apparatus; commercial testing of wheats and flours; and bread analysis. The volume is provided with an index. Studies in nutrition. — III, The utilization of the proteins of corn, L. B. Mendel and M. S. Fine (Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 {1911), No. 5, pp. 3Jf5-352).— Experiments on the nutritive value of corn proteins fed in comparison with meat led to the conclusion that, partially purified, they " were somewhat less thoroughly utilized than meat. Evidence was presented to indicate that this small difl'erence may in great part be attributed to the cell residues remaining in the corn preparation employed." For earlier work see a previous note (E. S. R., 26, p. 155). A brief discussion of the principles of candy making, Louise Stanley (Missouri Bd. Agr. [Puh.], 1911, Dec, pp. S). — In this summary, the author discusses candy making on the basis of the physical and chemical principles involved, and gives general directions and recipes for making candy of different types. Concerning food conditions of German rural and urban populations, W. Claassen (Arch. Rassen u. Gesell. Biol., 8 (1911). Nos. J/, pp. 458-487; 5, pp. 604-627 ) . — ^A large amount of data is summarized and discussed. According to the author's generalization, the average amount of digestible food consumed by the rural populataion per man per day, in the year 1907, supplied 146.1 gm. protein, 195.3 gm. fat, and 688.8 gm. carbohydrates. For the urban population, the values are 99.8 gm. protein, 140.6 gm. fat, and 466.9 gm. carbohydrates. The values for working men's families in German towns are 79.7 gm. protein, 129.4 gm. fat, and 419.7 gm. carbohydrates. Other similar values for men and women servants and for the proprietor and the manager of a large west Prussian farm are also given. Food and living conditions of Italian peasants in the southern Provinces and in Sicily (In Inchiesta Parlamentare suite Condizioni dei Contadini nelle Provincie Merldionali e nella Sicilia. Rome, vols. 1, 1911, pp. 70-74; 2, pt. 1, 1909, pp. 156-208, figs. 15; 3, pt. 1, 1909, pp. 480-540, figs. 22; 4, pt. 1, 1909, pp. 393-447, figs. 31; 4, pt. 2, 1909, pp. 11-13; 5, pt. 1, 1909, pp. 53-62, 140-150, 192-196, 221-224; 5, pt. 2, 1909, pp. 463-514, figs. 17; 6, pt. 1, 1910, sect. 3-5, pp. 449-461). — A large amount of statistical and other data regarding the food, clothing, and shelter of Italian peasants in the southern Provinces and in Sicily is included in the results of a parliamentary inquiry into rural condi- tions in these regions. The studies in the different Provinces were made and reported by the following experts : C. Jarach, E. Presutti, O. Bordiga, C. Gorio, L. dal A'^erne, A. Visocchi,oE. Azimonti, E. Marenghi, and G. Lorenzoni. FOODS — HUMAN NUTEITION". 359 Wages and prices of commodities ( V. 8. Senate, 61. Cong., 2. Sess., Docs., 1909-10, vol. 46, PP- 801, dgms. 11). — In this volijme are gathered together a number of papers from different sources, which have been reprinted and issued as Senate documents. Among others may be mentioned the following: In- crease in cost of food and other products; retail prices of food in the United States, 1900 to 1907, etc. ; labor conditions and cost of living in Great Britain, etc. (E. S. R., 21, p. 464) ; prices of commodities in the Navy; prices of farm products, 1900 to 1909 ; reiwrt of the Massachusetts commission on wages and prices of commodities (E. S. R., 24, p. 366) ; wages and prices of commodities in Canada ; and cost of living of the working classes in the principal indus- trial towns of Great Britain (E. S. R., 21, p. 464), the German Empire (E. S. R.^ 21, p. 405). France (E. S. R., 21, p. 465), and Belgium (E. S. R., 23, p. 169). Municipal ordinances, rules, and regulations pertaining to public hygiene {Puh. Health and Mar. Hosp. Serv. U. 8., Puh. Health Rpts., 26 (1911), No. 47, pp. 1842-1849) . — A summary of legislation regarding the preparation, care, and sale of foodstuffs, and similar matters, adopted in American cities and towns adopted since January 1, 1910. Is vegetarianism capable of world-wide application? A. E. Taylor {Pop. 8ci. Mo., 79 {1911), No. 6, pp. 587-593) .—This careful study of the question takes into account factors not usually considered in discussions of the subject. While the author admits the possibility of living in health on a vegetarian diet, he reaches the conclusion that " for the present ... it is certain and beyond speculation that to place the human race upon the basis of ethical vegetarianism would be to expose the race to the mercy of nature." The nature of the repair processes in protein metabolism, E. V. McCollum (Amer. Jour. Physiol., 29 {1911), No. 2, pp. 215-237). — Investigations were car- ried on with a view to securing data as to the relative value of proteins of dif- ferent origin, pigs being used as subjects. Accordiug to the author's summary, the results obtained in feeding a mixture of proteins occurring in individual grains, in quantity equivalent to the ani- mal's lowest possible level of protein metabolism, " do not indicate as wide differences irr the nutritive values of the protein of the wheat, oat, and corn kernels as would be expected from the known chemical differences in these proteins. " Experiments are described in feeding zein and gelatin, 2 proteins which are ' incomplete ' chemically, in that they lack certain cleavage products known to be present in animal proteins. It is shown that the animal can utilize the nitrogen of zein very efficiently for repair of the losses due to endogenous or tissue metabolism. The average utilization of zein nitrogen for this purpose was about 80 per cent, for gelatin 50 to 60 per cent. No evidence was obtained of the formation of additional body tissue from zein, even when the latter was fed in great excess over the maintenance needs of the animal. " Experiments in feeding casein as the only protein resulted in increases of the body protein of 20 to 25 per cent. These are the most successful growing experiments yet reported in which but a single protein was fed. " The experimental data presented are shown not to harmonize with the most widely accepted theories concerning the mechanism of protein metabolism. The repair processes are shown to be of a different character from the processes of growth. The results of the work here presented are believed to indicate that the processes of cellular catabolism and repair do not involve the destruction and resynthesis of an entire protein molecule." Studies of carbohydrate metabolism, F. Reach (Biochem. Ztschr., 33 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. 436-448). — From the experimental data presented the conclusion is reached that an increase in the blood sugar content follows the transition from 360 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. rest to work and that there is a change opposite in character when work follows rest. Fasting studies: V, Studies on water drinking. — XI, The influence of an excessive water ingestion on a dog after a prolonged fast, P. E. Howe, H. A. Mattill, and P. B. Hawic (Jour. Biol. Cherii., 10 {1911), No. 5, pp. 417-432).— Exijerimeutal data are reported in continuation of the authors' studies of fast- ing and of water drinking (E. S. R., 25, pp. 268, 572). The total nitrogen values, considered in connection with the values for creatin nitrogen and total pnrin nitrogen, the authors believe " furnish strong substantiation for the hypothesis that the increased nitrogen output associated with increased water ingestion is due to a true stimulation of protein catabolism rather than to a flushing of the tissues." The influence of underfeeding on the blood, A. E. Boycott and R. A. Chisolm (Jour. Path, and Bad., 16 (1911), No. 2, pp. 263-268).— From ^experi- ments with small animals (rats) the following conclusions were drawn: " Underfeeding with a diet deficient in proteid does not necessarily cause any wasting of the blood. It is suggested that this result throws some light on the duration of life of red cells in the circulation." Calorific values of urine, C. Vai.l6e {Compt. Rend. Sac. Biol. [Paris^, 11 (1911), No. 32, pp. 458-4G0). — A study of the energy value of urine; particularly that from a meat diet, an ordinary mixed diet, and a lacto-vegetarian diet. The force used in mastication in relation to the strength, and health of the peridental membrane, G. V. Black (In A tvork on operative dentistry. — /, The patliology of the hard tissues of the teeth. Chicago an4 London, 1908, vol. 1, pp. 161-171, pis. 2). — Instruments and methods are described and the results of experiments reported. The power of the human jaw (Sci. Amer., 105 (1911), No. 23, p. Jf93, figs. 5). — A summary of investigations of the work expended in biting and chewing food, carried on by Dr. G. V. Black (see above). ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Investigations on the changes in the nutritive value of feeds by fermen- tation in the silo and the accompanying loss in digestibility, F. Tangi. and S. Weisee {Landto. Vers. Stat., 7 J, (1911), No. 3-5, pp. 263-3-',2; aU. in ZentU. Agr. Chem., 40 (1911), No. 9, pp. 62 1 -627). —When gi'eeu alfalfa was put into an imwalled pit in July and taken out in March the weight had decreased from ?.0,000 to 20,010 kg. The outer layers were more or less moldy, and in some places the silage was partially charred. The analysis of the green alfalfa was as follows : Water 13, crude protein 14.55, pure protein 12.05, fat 3.38, fiber 20.65, and nitrogen-free extract 42.67 per cent, and energy in 100 gm., 390.1 calories. The analysis of the silage was water 48, crude protein 10.62, pure protein 7.2, fat 1.63, fiber 10.31, and nitrogen-free extract 24.98 per cent, and energy in 100 gm., 235.6 calories. On a dry matter basis there was an increase in amids, pure protein remained the same, and there was a loss in all other nutrients. In metabolism experiments with wethers it showed a loss in digestibility in all constituents. The digestion coefficients of the green alfalfa were crude protein 74.5, pure protein 71.7, fat 528, fiber 42.1, and nitrogen-free extract 63.9 per cent; of the silage, crude protein 48, pure protein 29.8, fat 44.9, fiber o8.2, and nitrogen-free extract 52.7 per cent. Beet leaves and tops when siloed in a stack on the gi-ound in October contained 6,556 kg. of dry matter, which at the end of January had decreased to 5,822 kg. The analysis of the fresh material was water 79.64, ash 4.05, crude in-otein 3.16, pure protein 2.14, amid 1.02, fat 0.48, fiber 2.3. nitrogen-free extract 10.38, ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 361 siigai' 4.54, and oxalic acid 0.33 per cent; of the beet silage, water, 73.8, ash 11.68, crude protein 3.13, pure protein 2.43, amid 0.7, fat 0.51, fiber 2.98, and nitrogen-free extract 7.9 per cent. Digestion experiments showed a high de- crease in digestibility for all constituents. Corn stover silage made in an iron-concrete silo suffered only a slight loss ill nutriment, as shown by digestion experiments, and this loss was offset by increased palatability. The analysis of the green fodder was water 15, crude protein 5.57, pure protein 4.89, fat 1.41, nitrogen-free extract 44.25, fiber 27.53, and ash 6.24 per cent. Analysis of the corn stover silage showed water 65, crude protein 2.51, pure protein 1.48, fat 0.95, nitrogen-free extract 17.1, fiber 11.64, and ash 2.8 per cent. Forage crops and forage conditions in the Philippines, C. V. Piper {Philip- pine Af/r. Rev. [English Ed.], .'/ {1911), Xo. 8, pp. 39^-428, pis. 3).— This con- tains statistics on the live stock of the Philippine Islands, a general discussion of the industry, and brief notes on about .50 species of grasses and forage plants which can serve as stock feeds in the Islands. The report is summarized as follows : " The natural pasture lands in the Philippines are enormous in area and capable of supporting many millions of cattle and carabaos. These pastures improve under heavy grazing, especially where the spread of finer grasses like Bermuda is encouraged. Other pasture grasses should be introduced with the view of still further improving these pas- tures. For finishing feeds for beef cattle and hogs there is a large variety of easily grown forages available. These include com, sorghum, teosinte. Japanese sugar cane, sweet potatoes, cassava, yams, chufas, peanuts, beggarweed, cow- peas, velvet beans, and soy beans. Other forages not yet introduced which should be fully tested are guinea corn and other grain sorghums, moth bean {Phaseolus aconitifuUus) kulthi {Dolichos biflorus), guar {Cyamopsis psora- Hoides), adsuki bean {Phaseolus angularis), and ragi millet {Elemine cora- cana). " Hay for American and other horses can be cured during the dry season in Luzon, November to INIay, and probably in other islands. Rhodes grass under irrigation can be cut three times during the dry season if planted about No- vember 1. Everything considered this is the best linown grass for the Philip- pines. Other grasses of promise for hay are Tunis grass, Natal grass, and Sudan grass. The last named usually grows too coarse to cure easily. Italian rye grass has given more promising results in the high mountain region than any other. It should be tested further as a hay grass. For green forage several coarser grasses do well and are valuable. These include guinea, ParS, and molasses grasses. Grains that can replace oats in part are palay (unhulled rice) and maize. Mayuen {Coix lachryma-jobi var. mavuen) is also worthy of careful trial and perhaps also guinea corn, a variety of sorghum. It also seems feasible to grow the seed of various beans for horse feed, especially horse gram (Dolichos biflorus), at present not grown in the Islands." Brief notes are given on the following forage plants : Andropogon aciculatus, A. contortus, A. halepensis propinquus, A. intermedins hwnkei, A. nitidus, A. serratus, A. sericeus, Apluda niutica, Arundinella setosa, Axonopus semiala- tus, Centotheca mosition of fat in the liver where it is deposited first in the cells immediately adjacent to a vein and later into those lying farther out. " The branched preadipose cell becomes rounded by the accumulation of fat in its interior. Its processes are absorbed. The cell membrane is differentiated ANIMAL PRODUCTION. • 367 from the peripheral protoplasmic layer of the cell. It begins to form when the cell is yet branched. The Altmann granules are found in the protojilasm of all fat cells. They are first observed when the cell is yet branched and before the first fat droplets are formed. "The mass of adipose tissue increases in amount in fattening (a) by the increase in the size of its cells, (b) by the formation and filling of new cells in the interior of the lobule, (c) by the formation of new lobules." " Fat droplets were found in the cells of the liver in nearly all the fetuses examined — the youngest being 4.7 cm. long. . . . Fat droplets were found inside the muscle fibers from the 7 cm. to the 28 cm. stage. No fat was found in this situation in older fetuses. . . . The cells of hyaline cartilage were found to contain fat droplets throughout fetal life (from the 7 cm. stage) and also in the adult. The renal cells of some fetuses contain fat droplets. In certain parts of the kidneys of 2 large fat steers, the cells of the renal tubules were loaded' with fat droplets. The fat droplets found inside epi- thelium, cartilage, and muscle, unlike the fat in the fat cells, is independent of the nutritive condition of the animal." " Three of the animals slaughtered were very fat. One of these, a well- known prize winner in the show ring, was 3 years old, and had been excessively fat for over a year. The subcutaneous fat was in some places over 8 cm. thick. None of these animals had any fat in the epithelium of the glands examined or inside the muscle fibers. Fat droplets were present in the cells of the articular cartilage. The second group of animals, 3 in number, were moderately fat. In 2 of these fat droplets were found in the hepatic cells. The cartilage cells of all three contained fat droplets. "A third group of 6 animals were comparatively thin, the subcutaneous layer of fat being only a few millimeters thick. In one of these some of the cortical renal tubules were full of fat droplets. The cartilage cells of all con- tained fat. Two animals showed a considerable amount of fat in the cortical cells of the adrenal. "A fourth group of animals were exceedingly thin, having been kept on sub- maintenance several months. They were fed so that they were made to lose weight at the i-ate of about half a pound a day. The connective tissue fat deposits were nearly exhausted. One of the animals showed a large amount of fat in the cortex of the adrenal. All three show fat inside many of the muscle fibers. The cartilage cells of one animal were examined and found to contain the usual amount of fat." Investigation on the rutting of cows, E. Webee {Arch. Wiss. u. Prakt. Tierheilk., 37 (1911), Nos. Ji, pp. 382-Ji06; 5, pp. 4-'/2W,5-'/).— A review of the work of many investigators, in which are included the observations of the author, on all phases of the phenomena of rutting. A bibliography is appended. The results of pasturing young cattle (Jahresber. Landw. Kammer Wies- baden, 1910, pp. 72-81). — Measurements are given of the gains made by young cattle on pasture in 1908, 1909, and 1910. Substitutes for skimmed milk in raising calves, E. S. Savage and G. W, Tailby, Jr. (New York Cornell Sta. Bui. 304, pp. 3-32, figs. 14). — ^A revision of a bulletin previously noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 73), with a supplementary statement in regard to the development of some calves used in the earlier work as 2-year-olds and 3-year-olds. As much constitutional vigor was manifested by the animals that were in poorer condition at 5 months of age, through hav- ing been fed substitutes for skim milk, as by the animals which had received skim milk and were in better condition at that ajge. " The heredity of the animal is of more consequence than any moderate influ- ence in the care or feeding for a short time at the beginning of the development 368 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD, of the individual. If tlie calf is not stunted permanently by continuing poor feed for too long a time, the lack of thrift, which might result from using a substitute for milk from the time the calf is 10 days or 2 weeks old until he is on hay and grain entirely, may be overcome in the later development of the tmimal if the dry food given from the time he is 5 months of age is proper and sufficient in amount." The origin of sheep, C. J. Davies (Live Stock Jour. [London], 74 (1911), Nos. 1963, p. 509; 1964, P- 533). — This contains data on the ancestry of sheep and the history of sheep breeding. Shearing twice v. shearing once, C. M. Mallinson (Affr. Jour. Union So. Africa. 2 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 432-434). — An argument is presented to show that it is less profitable to shear sheep twice a year, as is now the common practice in South Africa, than it is to shear only once. The castor oil plant (Ricinus communis) as a fodder, M. H. Reynolds (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911). No. 10, p. 888).— Brief notes on experience in allowing sheep to browse on frozen castor oil plants. The mutton was slightly tainted, but the flesh was normal in color. The cause of "apoplexy" in winter-fed lambs, H. H. Wing (New York Cornell Sta. Bui. 305, pp. 33-47, figs. 2). — A report is given of feeding tests sup- lilementary to those previously reported (E. S. R., 24, pp. 578, 588), 289 lambs being divided into 4 lots. The rations consisted of corn, oats, Ajax flakes, gluten feed, clover hay, pea and oat hay, and silage. In 110 days the lot on a wide ration 1 : 8.4, including silage, made an average gain per head of 22.7 lbs., at a cost of 10.6 cts. per pound. The lot on a wide ration 1 : 8.3, which contained no silage, made an average gain per head of 15.7 lbs., at a cost of 15.9 cts. per pound. The lot on a narrow ration 1 : 5.2, and which included no silage, made an average gain per head of 18.9 lbs., at a cost of 13.2 cts. per pound. The lot on a narrow ration 1 : 5.3. which included silage, made an average gain per head of 25.1 lbs., at a cost of 9.6 cts. per pound. Thus the narrow ration was superior to the wide ration, and silage was a great advantage in both cases. At the end of the test most of the lambs were sold, but some were reserved several weeks longer and kept on a wide ration. Though a few lambs died during the test there were no cases of so-called " apoplexy " as in the previous work. " In most of these animals there was found a congestion or inflammation of the intestines. It is probable that most of them died from intestinal trouble, either catarrhal inflammation or hemor- rhagic inflammation of the small intestines or cecum." Studies on the ancestry of Siska swine, S. Ulmansky (Ztschr. Landio. Versucfisw. Osterr., I4 (1911), No. 8, pp. 963-1021, pis. 3, figs. 8). — A more tech- nical account of these breeds, which have been previously noted. The author concludes that the Siska pig is a direct descendant of the common wild pig of Europe and was originally domesticated north of the Carpathian Mountains, and that the Syrmie-Mangalica and the Turopolje breeds are the result of a cross of the Siska and an Asiatic type. The skull of the typical Syrmie-Mangalica is different from that of the black type. The Bosnia wild pig is not identical with the wild pig of central Euroi)e but is a form of it. Many measurements of the skeleton are given. A bibliography is appended. Notes on the progenitors of certain strains of the modern American horse, C. NocKOLDs (Jour. U. 8. Cavalry Assoc, 21 (1910), No. 81, pp. 428-443; 21 (1911), Nos. 82, pp. 660-665; 83, pp. 864-880; 22 (1911), No. 87, pp. 437-450).— These articles contain data on the ancestry of the horse, history of horse breed- ing in ancient and modern times, and notes on some famous American horses. DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 369 Mustangs, busters and outlaws of the Nevada wild horse country, R, Steele (Amer. Mag., 12 {1911), No. 6, pp. 756-765, figs. 12). — A popular ac- count of the methods of capturing and training for service the wild horses in the western United States. There are said to be many thousand of these horses in Nevada alone. The army horse, F. von Damnitz {Das Armeepferd vnd die Versorgung der modcrneih heere mit Pferden. Lcipsic, 1911, pp. 111). — A small treatise on the desirable characteristics of horses needed in the army, and how the supply for the future can be maintained. Scheme for encourag'ing the breeding of Irish draft horses {Dept. Agr. and Tech. Instr. Ireland Jour., 11 {1911), No. 3, pp. 525, 528). — An official document outlining a method for government assistance for improving the draft horse in Ireland. The utilization of the zebra and its hybrids, H. W. Pitchford {Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 {1911), No. Jf, pp. 483-485). — The advantages of using zebras as draft animals are pointed out. Practical poultry keeping, A. W. Foley {Alherta Dept. Agr., Poultry Bui. 2, pp. 79, figs. 66). — This contains a table of temperatures taken in different types of poultry houses, and discusses poultry house construction, hatching, brooding, fattening, winter egg production, and related topics. English and Australian laying competitions, E. Brown {Jour. Bd. Agr. [London^, 18 {1911), No. 7, irp. 579-589, figs. 2).— A discussion of the results of these competitions, and the lessons to be drawn therefrom. The cold storage of eggs, G. Bradshaw {Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 11, pp. 994-1000). — A resume of methods for preserving eggs in various ways, and in particular the keeping of eggs in cold storage as practiced in New South Wales. Some statistical data on the extent of the industry are given. DAIRY FARMING— DAIRYING. Feeding experiments with milch cows, N. O. Hofman-Bang et al. {Ber. K. Vet, og Landhohojskoles Lab. Landokonom. Forsog {Copenhagen], 76 {1911), pp. 41+76). — A 5-year test in the comparative feeding values of different kinds of hay, grain, and roots. The trials were made on 6 different estates, with 51 lots of cows of 10 each, according to the plan adopted in the Danish cow-feeding experiments (E. S. R., 9, p. 9S3). The rations fed did not vary greatly from those ordinarily fed on Danish dairy farms. The results of the trials are briefly summarized as follows : Two and one- half kg. meadow hay and 1 kg. dry matter in roots could very nearly replace each other, and both easily replaced 1 kg. of mixed barley and oats both as re- gards the quantity and quality of milk and the health of the cows. Three kg. of meadow hay and 2| kg. of alfalfa hay could likewise replace 1 kg. oil cakes (a mixture of cotton-seed meal, peanut cakes and sunflower cakes). An addi- tion of 1 kg. of meadow hay or 1 kg. of alfalfa daily per cow caused an appre- ciable increase in the flow of milk, and the same held true with an addition of 5 kg. of straw daily per cow. Complete data relating to the rations fed, the amounts and quality of milk produced per lot during the different periods, weights of cows, and the Chemical composition of the different feeds and milk are given. Influence of sesame cake on the quality of butter, L. F. Rosengren {Meddel. Centralanst. Forsoksv. Jordbruksomrddet, 1911, No. .^7, pp. 4,' K- Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. 7, pp. 621, 622). — The experiments made by the author showed that sesame cake was similar to peanut cake as regards influence on the flavor of butter, and that it produced a good quality of butter in allowances up to 3 kg. per cow daily. 370 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, The danger of using milk from slop-fed cows, E. C. Aviragnet (Arch. MM. Enfants, 13 {1910), No. 12, pp. 881-903; rev. in Med. Rec. {N. Y.], 79 {1911), No. 18, p. 588). — ^According to the author's clinical observations, diseases of children are sometimes caused by milli from cows fed distillery slop. It is thought that a toxin is developed which passes into the milli. Milk produced by cows fed by-products of distilleries and beet-sugar factories is thought by the author to be unfit for feeding to children. The cell content of milk, H. E. Ross {Neiv York Cornell Sta. Bui. 303, pp. 775-793, fig. 1). — A modification of the volumetric method devised by Doane and Buckley for counting cells in milli (E. S. R., 17, p. 181), was used in this experi- ment, the method being described in detail. The following are some of the conclusions: " The relation between the number of cells present and the amount of sedunent is not definite. . . . An average variation in cell content of 12.32 per cent was obtained in the same sample of milk. . . . The cell content of milk from 50 different cows varied from 4,000 to 3,576,000 per cubic centimeter. All of the cows appeared healthy and nor- mal. Strippings have a higher cell content than either fore milk or middle milk. Fore milk usually has the least number of cells. Manipulating the udder increased the cell content of milk only when the manipulation was suffi- ciently vigorous. The number of cells per cubic centimeter of the milk of indi- vidual cows varies mostly within certain limits. Relation between number of cells and percentage of fat is not constant nor definite. The number of cells decreases relatively as the amount of milk decreases. The results obtained indicated that evening milk has a slightly higher cell content than morning milk. Colostrum has a higher cell content than has normal milk. Enough informa- tion concerning the real significance of leucocytes in milk is not available to warrant the establishment of so-called 'leucocyte standards.'" A count was made of milk taken from an injured quarter, which showed 62,400,000 cells per cubic centimeter, and from the 3 sound quarters, 407.000 cells per cubic centimeter. This showed that one quarter may be seriously affected without similarly affecting the other quarters. The action of animal extracts upon the secretion of the mammary gland, I. Ott and J. C. Scott {Ther. Gaz., 35 {1911), No. 10, pp. 6S9-69i ) .—This con- tains details of work previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 176). In regard to the complement of woman's milk, Kolff and Noeggerath (Jahrb. Kinderheilk., 70 {1909), No. 6, pp. 701-731; abs. in Hyg. Rundschau, 20 {1910), No. 9, pp. Ii82, 1)83) . — Woman's milk and colostrum contain very little hemolytic complement and no bactericidal complement. It is concluded that the small amount of hemolytic complement present does not warrant the exist- ing nutritional and physiological theories in this regard. Fat splitting by bacteria, N. L. Sohgen {K. Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, Versl. Wis en Natuurk. Afdeel., 19 {1910-11), pt. 1, pp. 689-703, pis. 4; abs. in Chem. Zentbl., 1911, I, No. 4, pp. 2^8, 2J,9; Jour. Cfmn. 8oc. [London], 100 {1911), No. 582, II, p. 319). — Numerous species of bacteria were found which could oxidize fats and also saponify them in the absence of oxygen. They de- nitrified nitrates and nitrites when present. The anaerobes made good growth when fat was the only source of carbon and ammonium chlorid the only source of nitrogen. The various processes were thought to be due to the secretion of lipase, and some species secreted 2 lipases. — a-lipase, which acts both in acid and alkaline solution, and a more active /3-lipase, which is found in acid media but becomes active only after neutralization. Milk was found to be a favorable medium for the fat-splitting bacteria, and in spontaneously infected milk their growth, rose and fell with the lactic-acid species of bacteria, since their activity de- I DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 371 pended upon the formation of acid. The deterioration of dairy products is supposed to be due to the lipolytic qualities of these bacteria, and also to the production of bitter substances and unpleasant odors from the splitting of the nitrogenous compounds. Bacteria as a cause of a strawberry-like odor in milk, O. Fettick (Ztschr. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., 21 (1911), No. 9, pp. 280-283). — A species of bacterium, thought to be the cause of a strawberry-lilie odor in milk, was isolated from a sample of millj and appeared to have the properties of Pscudomonas fragaroidea. [Ofl&cial methods of testing dairy products], O, F. Hunziker (N. Y. Produce Rev. and Amer. Cream., 33 {1911), No. S, p. 160). — A report of the chairman of the committee on official methods of testing dairy products of the Dairy Instructors' Association, which defines the requirements for Babcock glassware used in the official test for milk, cream, and skim milk. Babcock test errors, W. Andrews et al. (N. Y. Produce Rev. and Amer. Cream, 33 [1911). No. 2, pp. 90-92). — This consists of opinions of a number of practical creamerymen on the causes of error in testing milk and cream under average creamery conditions. "The investigations that have already been made into the accuracy of the Babcock test under average creamery conditions have usually disclosed inaccu- racies surprisingly large, and have furnished advocates of state control of testers through license and state inspection of the glassware used in these tests with very convincing arguments. We believe that many creamerymen would themselves be surprised at the errors their testing results reflected if they had their work examined and checked up. The Babcock test itself is not to blame for the many inaccuracies committed in its name ; it is the failure of so many operators to realize the delicacy of the test and the many chances of error if the utmost care is not constantly employed from the taking of the sample to the final recording of the reading." The certification of milk, J. P. Walker {Pub. Health [London], 25 {1911), No. S, pp. 93-97). — A discussion of that part of the report of the Royal Com- mission appointed to inquire into the relations of human and animal tuberculosis which relates to what is being done in different countries to produce clean, sanitary milk supplies. The report of the Philadelphia milk show, edited by A. B. Fost {Philadelphia, 1911, pp. 123, pis. Ji3). — xVn account of the milk show held in May, 1911, which- was very successful from an educational point of view. The list of papers read at the different meetings held in connection with the show is given. Annals of dairying in Europe. — Dairy husbandry from prehistoric times, L. M. Douglas {Cream. Jour., 22 {1911), Nos. 10, pp. 9-11, figs. 2; 11, pp. 1, 2, figs J,; 12, pp. 1, 2, figs. 2; IS, pp. 1, 8; U, pp. 1-3, figs. 4; 15, pp. 10-12, figs. 8; 16, pp. 1, 16; 11, pp. 21-23; 19, pp. 6, 18; 21, pp. h, 5, fig. l).—h. continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 25, p. 478). Report on mountain dairying- for 1910, N. Odegaard, O. T. Gillebo, and L. FuNDEB {Separate from K. SelsJc. Norges Aarsher. 1910-11, pp. 23). — This con- tains reports of work done at the 2 state mountain dairies in Norway, with discussions of the present condition of mountain dairying in different parts of Norway and proposed measures for the advancement of the industry. A re- port on the method of manufacture of Norwegian "old cheese" (gammelost) by K. Galgum is included. [Dairying in Wiesbaden! {Jahresher. Landw. Kammer Wiesbaden, 1910, pp. 81-11/f). — This discusses the general conditions of dairying in Wiesbaden, and reports the annual yields of several hundred cows belonging to the Lahn, Simmental, Vogelsberg, and Westerwiild breeds, 28727°— No. 4—12 6 ^ 372 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. The characters of Swiss butters, G. Koestleb (Landw. Jahrb. ScMveiz, 25 (1911), No. 4, pp. 249-27 6). -^A comparison of the characteristics of 4 kiuds of butters, made respectively from centrifuged cream, gravity cream, cream from centrifuged whey, and cream from whey which has been heated and •acidified. The last-named product is known as Vorbruch. Analytical data and enzym tests are reported. The method of making Vorbruch butter Is described in detail. On the chemistry of rennet action, with special reference to the manufac- ture of Emmental cheese, O. Allemann and W. MItller (Milchw. ZenlM., 7 {1911), No. 9, pp. 385-39^). — The amount of paracasein nitrogen in the curd was increased by adding acetic acid and by shortening the time of rennet action. It is suggested that some of this paracasein may be formed from noncasein pro- tein, and that the cause of " glilsler " and other defects which sometimes occur with a high acid curd may be due to the mixing of paracasein formed from different proteins. Though a larger yield of cheese may be produced by short- ening the time of fermentation no change in practice is recommended because of an accompanying deterioration in the keeping quality of the cheese. Caerphilly cheese making in Ireland {Dcpt. Agr. and Tech. Instr. Ireland Jour., 11 (1011), No. J/, pp. 669-675). — A description of the method of making this medium hard variety of cheese, which had its origin in the village of Caerphilly, South Wales. Originally it was made from skim milk, but at pres- ent the market calls for a whole-milk cheese. There are also statistics on the cheese industry in Ireland. The composition of sour pot-cheese made from cow's milk, G. Bir6 (Ztschr. Vntersuch. Nahr. u. Oenvssmtl., 22 (1911), No 3, pp. 170, 171). — Analyses are reported of a Hungarian cheese made from spontaneously fermented cow's milk. It is much like Liptau cheese, except that the latter is ordinarily made from sheep's milk. Analyses of 130 samples gave the following percentages: Water 63.48 to 77.99, casein 13.2 to 26.39, fat l.OS to 15.38, and ash 0.64 to 0.96 per cent, index of refraction of the fat at 40° C. to 40 to 44.6, and acidity 0.3 to 0.7 per cent. VETERINARY MEDICINE. Microbiology, C. E. Marshall et al, (Philadelphia, 1911, pp. XXI+72.'f, figs. 128). — This work, prepared for use by agricultural and domestic science students, contains the following chapters : Morphology and culture of micro- organisms, including molds by C. Thom, yeasts by F. T. Bioletti, bacteria by W. D. Frost, invisible micro-organisms by M. Dorset, and protozoa by J. L. Todd; physiology of micro-organisms by O. Rahn, with a few paragraphs on protozoal nutrition by J. L. Todd ; applied microbiology, under which are microbiology of air by R. E. Buchanan, micro-organisms in water by F. C. Harrison, micro- biology of sewage by E. B. Phelps, microbiology of soil by J. G. Lipman, meth- ods of soil inoculation by S. F. Edwards; the relation of micro-organisms to milk and some special dairy products by W. A, Stocking, and the acid-forming bacteria, and the relations of micro-organisms to butter and cheese by E. G. Hastings; microbiology of special industries, including dessication, evaporation, and drying of foods by R. E. Buchanan, heat in the preservation of foods by S. F. Edwards, the preservation of food by cold and chemicals and microbial food poisoning by W. J. MacNeal, the microbiology of alcohol and alcoholic products and manufacture of vinegar and fermented products by F. T. Bioletti, and manufacture of vaccines of antisera and other biological products related to specific infectious diseases by W. E. King; microbial diseases of plants by W. G. Sackett ; and microbiology of the diseases of man and animals, including methods, channels of infection, immunity, and susceptibility by E. F. McCamp- VETERINARY MEDICINE, 373 bell, microbial diseases of man and animals by various authors, and control of infectious diseases by H. W. Hill. Microbes and toxins, E. Burnet (Microbes ct Toxines. Paris, 1911, pp. XI+3Jf9, flfjs. 11). — The various chapters of this book deal with the general functions of micro-organisms; the carbon and nitrogen cycles; the micro-organ- isms of the human body : the form, structure, and physiology of micro-organ- isms; the pathogenic micro-organisms and infection; inflammation and phagocy- tosis ; the pathogenic protozoa ; the filterable viruses ; toxins and endotoxins ; tuberculin and mallein; immunity; anaphylaxis; applications of bacteriology to diagnosis, etc. ; vaccines and serums ; and chemotherapy. The book has an introduction by E. Metchnikoff. A veterinary dissection guide, S. Sisson (Columhus, Ohio, 1911, pt. 1, pp. 17+5^; rev. in Amcr. Vrt. Rev., 40 (1911), No. 3, pp. 385, 386).— This first part is devoted to the joints, muscles, and viscera of the horse. It gives instruc- tions for dissection, including care of the part being dissected, instruments to be used, clothing to be worn in the dissecting room, steps in dissecting each i-egion, etc. The work is interleaved with blank pages for notes or sketches by the student. Operative technique. — The value of habit, K. W. Stowder (Amcr. Vet. Rev., 39 (1911). No. 5, pp. 552-555). — A discussion which is treated under the follow- ing heads: "(1) The sterilization of the instruments and dressings, (2) the disinfection of the operative area, (3) the disinfection of the operator's hands and arms, and (4) the operative procedure." Can the fact that animals become accnstomed to ammonia gas be explained anatomically? E. Seifert (Arch. Hyg., 7-'/ (1911), No. 2-3, pp. 61-72; ahs. in Zcnthl. Biochem. u. Biophys., 11 (1911), No. 23, p. 958). — The animals under test were kept for 8 hours daily in a respiration appai-atus which contained a uni- form amount of ammonia at all times. It was found that animals could acquire a tolerance to from 2 to 4 times the amount which is usually set down as the maximum. Anatomical changes could not be noted. Memoranda on poisons, T. H. Tanner, revised by H. LeefmanN (Philadel- phia, 1911, 11. ed., rev., pp. VIII+167). — In this eleventh revised edition, among the additions are notes on synthetics used as substitutes for morphin. The work is meant primarily for those engaged in actual medical practice. Transactions of the International Veterinary Congress at The Hague (Trans. IX. Inteimat. Vet. Cong. The Hague, 3 (1909), pp. .3U; 4 (1909), pp. 2.'i6). — The first volume contains the proceedings of the opening, closing, and general meetings. The second continues the report of the work of the sections on public veterinary medicine (control of food), veterinary pathology and bac- teriology, practical veterinary medicine, zootechny and veterinary hygiene, and tropical diseases (E. S. R., 25, p. 282). For other reports see a previous note (E. S. R., 24. p. 280). Yearly report of the official veterinarians of Prussia for 1908, Nevermann (Veroffentl. Jahres-Vet. Bcr. Tierarzte Preuss., 9 (1908 [pub. 1910]), pt. 1, pp. VI +11,9, pis. 11). — This volume contains reports and discussions on anthrax, symptomatic anthrax, rabies, game and bovine diseases, glanders, inflammation of the brain and spinal cord in horses, lung plague, sheep pox, dourine in horses, vesicular eruption (exanthema vesiculosum coitale) in horses and bovines, scabies in horses and sheep, erysipelas in hogs, swine fever and swine plague, fowl cholera and fowl plague, and influenza and strangles in horses. Statistical report of the Royal Veterinary High School at Berlin for one year (1910-11), R. Ebeklein (Arch. Wiss. u. Praht. Ticrheilk., 38 (1911), No. 1-2, pp. l-'i3).—A report from April 1, 1910, to March 31. 1911, in regard to the activities of the anatomical institute, medical and surgical clinics and poly- 374 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. (jlinics for large and small domestic animals, ambulance service, the pathologic institute, and the hygienic institute. Annual report of the civil veterinary department, Burma, for the year ending March 31, 1911, T. Rennie (Ann. Rpt. Civ. Vet. Dcpt. Burma, 1911, pp. 5+29, pi. 1). — This report includes accounts of veterinary instruction, the occurrence and treatment of contagious diseases, etc. Polyvalent hemolytic serum, J. Novpaczynski and J. Leclercq (Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 69 (1910), No. 33, pp. J,32, 433; ahs. in Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Ref., 49 (1911), No. 1-2, p. i2).— Polyvalent, hemolytic sera were prepared by repeatedly Injecting subcutaneously the same amounts of ery- throcytes from men, horses, bovines, sheep, and guinea pigs into rabbits. The production of the hemolytic sera presented no difficulty, but this was not the case with the hemolysin for the various kinds of blood coiiDuscles. The largest amount of hemolysin was specific for horse's and sheep's blood, and the least for the man, pig, and guinea pig. An apparatus for determining the viscosity of serum and other animal fluids, L. VON LiEBEEMANN (BiocJiem. Ztschr., 33 (1911), No. 1-3, pp. 218-221, figs. 3). — A description and illustration of an apparatus with which it is pos- sible to determine the viscosity of fluids according to the methods of Coulomb, Helmholtz, Margules, etc. Haptines in bovine serum and in cows' milk, H. Kopf ( Ubcr Haptine im Rinderserum und in dcr Rindermilch. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1909, pp. 24; abs. in Milcliic. Zcnthh. 7 (19 tl). No. 2, pp. 94-95). — Hemolysis was never found to be attained with cows' milk, and, according to this, complement is not present. On the other hand, complement was always found to be present in colostrum, and was most active directly after parturition. The diminution of complement went hand in hand with the diminution of the cellular elements in milk. In the first stage after parturition amboceptor was also present, but after this it quickly vanisheoint out that the acid sodium molj'bdate of commerce should be employed, and not the normal salt. In order to obtain the right composition of the reagent they recommend the following method for preparing it : " Two solutions, A and B, are prepared, A by dissolving 95 gm. of molybdic acid and 30 gm. of dry sodium carbonate in 500 to 600 cc. of hot water, cool- ing, adding 200 cc. of pure nitric acid of 36 per cent, filtering and making up to 1 liter, and B by dissolving 2 gm. of neutral sulphate of strychnin in 90 cc. of hot water, cooling and diluting to 100 cc. One cc. of B is mixed with 10 cc. of A shortly before use, and the mixture filtered. To obtain a maximum of accuracy with the method, 2 tests should be carried out with 0.2 and 0.3 mg. of phosphoric acid respectively, to serve us standai'ds. the one most resembling in tint the actual experimental solution being used for the colorimetric com- parison." Standard solutions of phosphoric acid are prepared from monopotas- sium phosphate. Determination of phosphoric acid by Neumann's method, I. Bang {Biochem. Ztschr., 32 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. JfJ^S, Jfl't)-— The method was modi- fied as follows : Precipitate the phosphoric acid in the usual manner with ammonium molybdate, wash the precipitate, and then treat it with water and a definite quantity of semi-normal potassium hydx'ate solution until it is dissolved. Fifty cc. of formaldehyde solution, to which has been previously added from 5 to 6 drops of phenolphthalein and titrated until a slight red tint is produced, is then added. The solution is then titrated with half-normal sulphuric or hydro- chloric acid until the solution is colorless, and then with alkali to a distinct red coloration. The titration of alkali carbonates beside hydroxids or bicarbonates, J. TiLLMANS and O. Heublein (Ztschr. Angew. Chem. 2-'f {1911), No. 19, pp. 874-876). — Alkali carbonates can be accurately titrated with acid in a solution containing hydroxids or bicarbonates, using phenolphthalein and methyl orange as the indicators. The titration against phenolphthalein, however, must be in a closed flask in order to prevent the escape of carbon dioxid. An exact de- termination of alkali carbonates in such solutions can also be made by deter- mining the methyl orange alkalinity, and the amount of acid thus employed is used as a basis for a second test with a new portion of the solution. The carbon dioxid liberated in the latter test is titrated with sodium hydroxid against phenolphthalein in a closed flask. The end reaction in the latter method can be more easily noted. An improvement in the method for estimating humus in soils, J. B. Rather {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 {1911), No. 9, pp. 660-662). — Previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 614). The determination of the amount of dissolved oxygen absorbed by sewage eflluents containing nitrites, and of the amount of nitrite in sewage effluents AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY ^AGROTECHNY. 407 and water, R. W. Clarke (Analyst, 36 {1911), No. 425, pp. S93-396).— The Winkler method in the presence of nitrites and the Rideal and Stewart method when used for the sewage before dilution are entirely unsatisfactory. If the acid is neutralized in the latter method with magnesium carbonate, it can be applied to the estimation of both dissolved oxygen and nitrites, but only when some modifications are introduced. In regard to the temperature coefficients of the decomposition of invertase, H. EuLEB and S. Kullbebg (Hoppe-Scyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 11 (1911), No. 2, pp. 13^-142; abs. in ZentM. Biochem. u. Biophys., 11 {1911), No. 23, pp. 943, 944). — Continuing previous work (E. S. R., 26, p. 309), which was con- ducted with an extract of dried yeast, the authors report the results with a purer invertase preparation prepared from a juice obtained by autolysis. The results show a close agreement with those obtained previously, and furthermore demonstrated that the proteins, peptones, carbohydrates, etc., which are present in dried yeast, liave no or little influence upon the resistance of invertase against a certain degree of heat, i. e., 63±0.2° C. It is furthermore noted that the temperature coefficient a, tlie constant of /, ^ M stability I «^e~ / ''^ ST J' and particularly the thermal death point, which in a period of 30 minutes reduces the enzymatic activity (measured by the reaction constant k) to one-half of a definite hydrogen ion concentration (10~®), are values which can be accurately determined. The optimum temperature for invertase obtained from top fermentation yeast lies 25° C. above that obtained from bottom yeast. The stability of the enzyms in top yeast is also greater. Besearches concerning the composition of the wood and bark of a pear tree, A. Manaresi and M. Tonegutti {Staz. Sper. Agr. Hal., 43 {1910), No. 10, pp. 714-717; abs. in Chem. ZentM., 1911, I, No. 5, p. 333; Chem. Abs., 5 {1911), No. 16, p. 2663). — ^A branch from a 1-year-old pear tree having the leaves and buds removed was examined, with the following results : The ratio of bark to wood was 27.9 : 72.1. The substances determined were crude fiber, starch, pen- tosans, nitrogen, ash, and ash constituents. Bark was found to contain 3 times as much ash as the wood, was lower in phosphorus and iron, and richer in silica and calcium. The chemical composition of the woods from different branches of fruit trees, A. Manaresi and M. Tonegutti {Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., 43 {1910), No. 10, pp. 75S-773; abs. in Chem. Zentbl., 1911, I, No. 5, p. 333; Chem. Abs., 5 {1911), No. 16, p. 2663). — ^'arious types of branches were analyzed, some old and some young. Pear, apple, plum, and cherry twigs were used. The chem- ical composition of the wood and ash was determined, and many tables of analyses reported. The fruit-bearing wood was found much richer in nutrients than the foliage- bearing wood. Short morphological and chemical studies of the foliage of different branches of fruit trees, A. Manaresi and M. Tonegutti {Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., 43 {1910), No. 10, pp. 7S7-794; abs. in Chem. Zentbl., 1911, I, No. 5, pp. 333, 334; Chem. Abs., 5 {1911), No. 16, p. 2663).— The leaves of branches from pear, apple, plum, and peach trees bearing fruit and from others not bearing fruit were examined as regards the comparative dimensions of the leaves and length of stem. The leaves on the fruit-bearing branches were on the average longer stemmed, longer, narrower, thinner, and richer in nutrients than the nonbearing branches. The chromogenic substances of white grapes, S. Dezani (Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., 43 {1910), No. 5, pp. 428-438; abs. in Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 100 32355°— No. 5—12 2 408 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. (1911), No. 581, II. p. 223). — In white grapes 2 chromogenic substances are present', one of which is precipitated with lead acetate. With hydrochloric acid coloring matters can be obtained which are similar to cenocyanins. The conver- sion of these substances into coloring matters, according to the author, is not an oxidation process but is due to hydrolytic scission with the formation of a reducing body. The residue obtained from the chromogenic substances contains bodies which give a red coloration with alkali. Progress in the examination and judgement of foodstuffs and condiments during the years 1909 and 1910, Utz (Osterr. Chem. Ztg., U {1911), Nos. 12, pp. t. ',9-153; 13. pp. 1G5-1G7: 1',. pp. Ill, nS; 15. pp. 188-19.',).— This is a retrospect of the more important advances made in this regard. The optical behavior of lactic acid in a meat preparation, E. Salkowski (Hoppc-Seylcr's Ztschr. Vhysiol. Chem., 69 {1910), A"o. 6, pp. Iill-klS; ahs. in Jour. Chem. Soe. [London], 100 {19hl), No. 579, I, p. 6). — While examining the lactic acid contained in an American beef extract it was noted that after a time the lactic acid passed over into the optically inactive form. The transforma- tion was completed in one year. This change may be due to the presence in the extract of a large quantity of potassium dihydrogen phosphate. The quantitative microscopic detection of ustilaginous spores (Tilletia caries, etc.) in flour, bran, and cereals, G. Beedemann {Landw. Vers. Stat., 75 (1911), No. 1-2, pp. 135-151). — The existing methods for determining ustilagi- nous spores in cereals are only applicable to whole grain and not to ground or mill by-products. The author proposes the following method for this purpose: From 3 to 5 gm. of material is finely powdered so as to pass through a sieve having meshes 0.3 sq. mm., and dried in a water oven. A small portion of the powder is then placed upon a glass slide and mixed with a few drops of hydro- chloric acid-chloral hydrate-glycerin mixture (10 parts of chloral hydrate, 5 parts of water, 5 parts of glycerin, and 3 parts of 25 per cent hydrochloric acid, specific gravity 1.124), and heated to the boiling point on the slide. If the amount of spores in the cereal is not abnormal about 5 spores per field (magnification 150 diameters) will be present. The mixture in this case will serve directly for the quantitative determination. If, however, more spores than this are present 1 part of the mixture is diluted with 9 parts of rice starch in a porcelain mortar. Of this mixture from 5 to 8 mg. are care- fully weighed off on a slide, mixed with from 3 to 4 drops of the hydrochloric acid-chloral hydrate-glycerin mixture delivered from a capillary pipette, gently warmed over a micro burner until a paste is formed, allowed to cool, and covered with a 20 mm. cover glass without using pressure. The spores con- tained in the entire preparation are counted (magnification 165) with the aid of a searching table, and the results calculated to 10 mg. of sample. The figures thus obtained are divided by what is considered the normal amount of spores present in a good sample of cereal, viz, 450,000. Tests with the method are given. The colorimetric determination of copper in canned goods, H. Sergeb (Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 102, p. 935 ) .—Although the author obtained very satisfactory results with the Lakus electrolytic method (E. S. R., 2G, p. 208) with conserves colored by copper sulphate, he was not entirely satisfied, because of the time required for the execution of the process, and, furthermore, the fact that when minimal amounts of copper were present the method left much to be desired. Attempts were therefore made to use a colorimetric method where small amounts of copper were in question. The results with peas and spinach containing copper salts showed that the colorimetric method when properly applied will yield good results. The objection made to the pro- AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY. 409 cedure by Graff (E. S. R., 20, p. 1161), that the ammonia precipitated retains much copper, does not hold good. The estimation of small quantities of lead in beer, A. W. Knapp (Jour. Soc. Cliem. Indus., 30 (1911). No. ',. pp. 165, 166). — For determining iu beer the lead content which originates from the pipes through which the beer passes, the author uses the following method : " One hundred cc. of beer are evaporated to about 20 cc. in a porcelain dish, which is as large as will conveniently go into a muffle. Ten cc. of nitric acid are carefully added and the evaporation continued until there are about 4 cc. of a viscous liquid. One gm. of magnesia is well mixed with the sirup and the whole dried and ignited in an open muffle till the ash is white. The ash is dissolved in 15 cc. of dilute nitric acid (roughly 3 times normal strength), neutralized with dilute ammonia solution, made acid with 10 cc. roughly normal acetic [acid] and diluted to 100 cc. The small amount of insoluble matter is allowed to settle, and 50 cc. of this solution in a Nessler glass is treated with 3 cc. saturated sulphuretted hydrogen water and compared with standards put on at the same time. " To make the standard solution of lead, a strong solution containing 1.831 gm. of lead acetate and 6 cc. of glacial acetic acid per 100 cc. is first prepared. One cc. of this solution is diluted to 100 cc. to obtain the standard solution (1 cc. =0.0001 gm. of lead)." Analyses of sugar beets, 1905 to 1910, together with methods of sugar determination, A. H. Bryan (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chcm. Bui. lJf6, pp. .^S, pJs. 2, figs. 5). — This bulletin deals with and describes the methods used for sampling from the field, pile, wagon, or car ; laboratory sampling and pulping ; sampling and testing seed beets ; and the indirect and direct methods for deter- mining sugar. In connection with the indirect method for sugar, which is dependent upon pressing the juice from the beets and the determining of sugar in the juice, the author describes a hydraulic press which is used for obtaining the juice. Among the direct methods, in which the sugar is determined directly in the beet, are described the cold-water digestion methods of Pellet and Sachs le Docte, the hot-water digestion method, the hot-water digestion method of Sachs le Docte, Herzf eld's modification of the Sachs le Docte method (E. S. R., 25, p. 502), the alcohol, cold alcohol and hot alcohol digestion methods, and the alcohol extraction method. In discussing the methods it is pointed out " that for veiy accurate or control work the alcohol extraction method should be used, but for general work, one of the hot-water digestion methods will give good results and the analyst is less likely to introduce eri'ors in the manipulation. With the average sample of beets, the 2 methods when carefully applied will yield duplicate results, but in the case of very abnormal beets one method might give higher figures than another. The instantaneous methods (cold extraction) are only suitable with very fine pulp and the results can be depended upon only when they have been checked against a standard method. With these instantaneous methods as many samples of beets can be analyzed per day as by the indirect method, and it is claimed by many that the Sachs le Docte hot digestion method or the Herzfeld modification will yield as many determinations in a given time as the indirect method, with the same amount of work, provided the laboratory is fitted for the work." In addition, detailed analytical data in regard to numerous sugar-beet analyses are given. These were obtained from beets grown in practically all sections of the United States. The data are finally condensed to show the 410 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECORD. variability of the sugar eouteut and purity by years, and for tbe purpose of providing a basis for comparing the various States as sugar producers. An extended bibllograpliy arranged in chronological order is appended. The peroxydase of woman's milk, Marfan and B. Weill-Halle {Com-iit. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 69 (1910), Isio. 32, pp. 396-398; ahs. in Ann. Falsif., 4 {1911), No. 29, p. 160). — Woman's milk, when treated with guaiacol, water, and hydrogen jieroxid, may give 2 reactions, viz, a diffuse, brick-red color, and another one yielding a light orange-yellow tint. The first test indicates the presence of colostrum. The second represents a normal sample of milk. The absence of the above reactions indicates either a milk of pathologic origin or one of bad quality. Detection of watered milk by noting its electrical resistance, N. Favilli (Riv. Sci. Lattc, 1 (1911), No. 2, pp. 33-'tJ,, figs. 2).— The electrical conductivity method is not deemed entirely adapted for detecting milk which has been adultei-ated with water, as it presents many possibilities for error. The significance of the cryoscopic test for controlling the milk supply, L. Pins (Die Bcdeutung der Gefricrpunktsermedrigung dcr Milch filr die Mikhkoritrollc. Inaug. Diss,, Univ. Lcipsic, I&IO, pp. 5k)- — This investigation was conducted with normal milk, colostrum, milk containing various substances such as sodium chlorid, cane sugar, sodium bicarbonate, and glycerin, milk from animals having udder disease, and milk diluted with water. The depression of the freezing point of normal cow's milk was found to vary from 0.536 to 0.5G5, the extreme limits being from 0.529 to 0.509. The method of feeding, breed, age, and period of lactation had no influence upon this con- stant. According to the author, the method is to be given the preference over either the fat determination or the specific gravity determination methods. Determination of fat in buttermilk, M. Siegfeld and M. Kersten (Molk. Ztg. [Hildesheim-], 2k (1910), No. J/S, pp. 903, 904; ahs. in Milchw. Zcnthl., 6 (1910), No. I'J, pp. 522, 523). — During the past year various communications have appeared in regard to buttermilk which yielded on examination an ab normally low fat content. In this connection the authors made a comparative test between the Gerber acid butyrometric and the Rose-Gottlieb methods, which showed that the latter method yielded from 0.15 to 0.25 per cent more fat. This discrepancy in the result is said to be due to the fact that during butter making a portion of the fat becomes homogenized and does not separate out in the acid butyrometric test. If, however, the centrifuging process is continued a higher percentage of fat is obtained. A further influencing factor is that buttermilk, if examined according to the acid method, has a tendency to form plugs. The temperature is also a factor. The detection of margarin in butter, A. Eloire (Jour. Meat and Milk Hyg., 1 (1911), No. 8, pp. U9, 450). — An instrument (the oleobutyrometer), con- structed by Brulle for determining the density of butter fat for the purpose of detecting margarin in such samples, is described. With this instrument pure butter had a density of 865.5 gm. at 100° C, while butter with an addition of 10 per cent of margarin had a density of 864.95 gm. Estimation of total fatty acids, P. Simmich (Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Gcnussmtl., 21\ (1911), No. 1, pp. 3S-U, figs. 2; ahs. in Jour. Chem. Soc. [Lon- doti], 100 (1911), No. 581, II, p. 233).— Incorrect results are obtained if the fatty acids are dried in the free state before weighing. To avoid this loss the author recommends estimating the total fatty acids which have been liberated in the usual manner from fats, soaps, and oils by separating them with ether or petroleum ether, neutralizing the ethereal extract with one-half-uormal potassium hydroxid solution, and evaporating off the solvent in an atmosphere of hydrogen. The soap residue is finally dried at 100° C. in a partial vacuum AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY. 411 and weighed. The amount of fatty acids can then be elicited by subtracting from the weight obtained 0.01907 gm. for every cubic centimeter of one-half- uornial potassium hydroxid solution used for neutralization. Determ.ination of acids in oils and fats, H. Loebell {Seifensiedcr Ztg., 38 {1911), Xos. W, pp. 501, 502; 20, pp. 530^532, fig. 1; Cliem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 31, pp. 276, 277; ahfi. in Ghcm. ZenthL, 1911, I, No. 19, pp. 1J,52, lJ/53; II, No. 3, p. 163, fig. 1). — In this method from 5 to 15 gm. of fat is melted, if necessary, and vigorously shaken with 2.5 cc. of alcohol. Fifty cc. of water and from 2 to 3 drops of a 1 per cent phenolphthaleln solution are added and titrated with a decinormal sodium hydroxid solution until the color ceases to disappear. The tlask is then vigorously shaken and titrated with decinormal hydrochloric acid until colorless. Estimation of free fatty acids in fats, E. Bodtker (Cfiem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 61, p. 5-'f8; ahs. in Analyst, 36 {1911), No. Ji2J,, p. 355). — A description of the method noted above, which is deemed of special value for colored fats as the dyestuCfs are insoluble in water. The determination of glycerin in fats and soaps, A. Beythien et al {Ztschr. Untersuch. NaJir. u. Genussmtl., 21 (1911), No. 11, pp. 673-675).— The Benedlkt-Zsigmondy method, as modified by Allen,* is deemed an accurate and convenient method for determining glycerin. If, however, other substances are present in the fat or soap under examination which are oxidized to oxalic acid by an alkaline permanganate solution the acetin method must be employed. A new method for detecting dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol (Salvarsan), J. Abei.in {Miinchen. Med. Wohmchr., 58 {1911), No. 19, pp. 1002, i003).— The mthod is as follows : A small amount of Salvarsan is dissolved in from 2 to 3 cc. of water and from 3 to 4 drops of hydrochloric acid are added until the solution appears colorless. The solution is then cooled under running water and from 3 to 4 drops of a 1 per cent sodium nitrite solution are added, whereby a diazo body is produced which has a greenish, yellowish fluorescence. A 10 per cent solution of resorcin made alkaline with sodium carbonate is now added dropwise to the above solution, as a result of which a red coloration is produced. The method can also be applied to detecting Salvarsan in the urinary secre- tion. The determination of alkali in arsenical dip fluid, L. Cohen {Jour, and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8. Wales, J,J, {1910), pt 1, pp. 77-79).— "The determination of alkali in dip fluid by direct titration against standard acid is complicated by the presence of tar and finely divided foreign matter from the hides of the cattle, which it is impossible to separate by filtration, and the black color of which precludes the use of an indicator, except in the form of test paper. If litmusi paper is used, the carbon dioxid and perhaps also the arsenious acid Indicate an acid reaction before all the sodium carbonate is neutralized ; it consequently gives results a good deal too low." The method proposed is as follows : " To 50 cc. dip fluid in a small beaker, run in 5 cc. normal sulphuric acid from a burette, stir, filter at once through dry paper, take 10 cc. filtrate with a pipette, transfer to a beaker, and dilute with about 100 cc. water. The solution is now colorless. Add 2 drops methyl orange solution (cochineal is entirely imsuitable, being rapidly bleached by the arsenic) and titrate to neutrality with decinormal NaOH. The end reaction will be found perfectly sharp. Calling n the number of cubic centimeters deci- normal NaOH used, and p the number of grams Na2C03 per 100 cc. of dip fluid : p=.053X(10-H «)•" 1 Benedikt-Ulzer : Analyse der Fetto, 1908, .'5. ed., p. 197. 412 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOED. A sensitive test for the detection of phenol and salicylic acid, J. M. Wilkie {Jour. ,Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 7, pp. /^0,3-//(^.'/).— The test is based on the formation of tri-iodo-phenol by adding iodin solution to solutions containing phenol, salicylic acid, etc. Polarimetric determination of nicotin in tobacco juice and tobacco, J. De (JRAZIA (Fachl. Mitt. Ostcrr. Tabakregir, 10 (1910), Xo. 3, pp. 81-90, figs. 2; Jour. 8oc. Chcni. Indus., 30 (1911), No. H, pp. 506, 507; abs. in Chem. Abs., 5 (1911), No. 15, p. 2507). — The method is as follows: "Thirty gm. tobacco juice are mixed with 3.5 gm. CaO and 10 cc. ILO, and distilled rapidly with a cur- rent of steam until about ISO gm. distillate have been collected. The rotatory power of this distillate is determined in a 200 mm. tube and the percentage of nicotin calculated from the formula P=aGf/g; G is weight of distillate, g that of tobacco juice, and / is a factor ('rotation constant') taken from the table given. For tobacco, 20 gm. of the finely iwwdered material are treated with 7 cc. KOH solution (1:1) a few grams NaCl, and 130 cc. boiling concen- trated NaCl solution, and distilled first rapidly without steam until about 45 cc. have come over, and then with steam until the distillate amounts to 100 cc." Factor / is used for the purix>se of correcting the change of rotary ix)wer of the nicotin which is due to temperature. The determination of nicotin in concentrated tobacco juices, J. Schkodeb (Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. ^2, p. 382). — Results are reported in this paper of 4 analyses made with various methods and in different localities of the same tobacco extract. Analyst No. 1, using the Schlossing method, obtained 6.41 per cent of nicotin ; analyst: No. 2, using the Kissling method, 6.23 per cent ; and analysts Nos. 3 and 4, 9.4 and 8.8 per cent, respectively, their methods not being stated. The author announces an unpublished colorimetric method devised by Kissling and expresses the hope that it will soon be available to all making nicotin determinations in such extracts. A polemical discussion in regard to the Ulex method (E, S. R., 25, p. 211) is also included. Accurate estimation of nicotin in tobacco and in green plants of Nico- tiana tabacum, R. Mellet (Schweiz. Wchnschr. Chem. u. Pharm., 49 (1911), No. 9, pp. 117-120; abs. in Chem. ZentbL, 1911, I, No. 21, p. 1561; Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 424, p. 31/8). — The Toth method, according to this author, is a good one for estimating nicotin in solution or in tobacco extracts, but requires some modification in order to apply it to solids. The following method is the one the author employs : " Thii-ty gm. in the case of dry tobacco, and 250 gm. in the case of the green plant, are treated with boiling water in a well-closed flask, and after 24 hours the liquid is cooled and milk of lime added. The flask is again closed and allowed to stand for a further 24 hours with frequent agitation. The liber- ated nicotin is distilled off in a current of steam, in such a way that the volume of liquid in the flask is reduced. When the volume of distillate at- tains 2 to 3 times that of the original liquid the operation is stopped and the distillate is acidified with sulphuric acid. It is then evaporated to a small bulk with exclusion of air, and, after the addition of potassium hydroxid, the nicotin is extracted with ether. The ethereal solution, containing some ammonia, is concentrated until all the latter is eliminated. The remainder of the ether is evaporated at the ordinary temperature; the residue is dissolved in water and titrated with tenth-normal sulphuric acid. Estimations effected with known quantities of nicotin indicated that the total losses of the alkaloid amounted to 0.06 gm., which figure must be added to the values found." Estimation of nicotin in tobacco extracts, W. Koenig (Chem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. 58, pp. 521, 522; abs. in Analyst, 36 {1911), No. fy2}i, pp. 3Jt8, 349).— AGRICULTUEAL CHEMISTRY AGEOTECHNY. 413 Satisfactory results were obtaiued with a modification of the Toth method, which is described. The results obtained with it agreed well with those yielded by the Kissling method (E. S. R., 25, p. 16), but the author considers it im- possible to obtain correct results with the Ulex method (E. S. R., 25, p. 211). Comparative investig'ations in reg'ard to the examination of tobacco ex- tracts, J. Toth iCliem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 101, pp. 926, 927).— A comparative study of the Kissling, Ulex. De Grazia, Toth, and Koenig methods was made. The results show that the Ulex method gives the highest results. The De Grazia method is very simple and very quickly executed, and can therefore be used for the examination of tobacco extracts in general. The only objec- tion which can be raised against the method is that it is necessary to obtain more than 180 cc. of distillate in order to get accurate figures. For tobacco the results with the De Grazia method are unfavorable. The toluol solution used in the Koenig method was found to be too dark for polarization, but when xylol was used the results obtained by polarization corresponded well with those obtained by titration. The titration results with the Koenig method agree very well with those obtained by the Kissling and Toth methods. In reg'ard to the determination of nicotin in tobacco extracts, W. Koenig (Chem. Ztg., 35 {1911), No. IIJ/, pp. lOP, i 0^8). —Commenting on Toth's criti- cism of the Koenig method, this author points out that he never experienced any difficulties in polarizing the toluol nicotin solution of tobacco extracts. He believes that Toth probably used a very weak light. In addition, when xylol was employed the specific rotation of nicotin must be considered 173 instead of 170, which it has in toluol. Nicotin in wastes from tobacco plants, Chuard and Mellet (Abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 19, p. i77).— The stalks, shoots, etc., of the tobacco plant contain considerable amounts of nicotin. The author proposes to make in the near future a study of the distillates and the variations therein from the different parts of the plant. Wood turpentine: Its production, refi.ning', properties, and uses, F. P. Veitch and M. G. Donk (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Bill. lU, pp. 76, figs. Ji). — This bulletin discusses the feasibility of preparing wood turpentine (stump turpentine or wood spirits) from resinous woods, particularly from waste pine, fir, or spruce wood. This form of turpentine when properly distilled closely resembles gum turpentine. The subject is considered under the headings of methods of production, in- cluding destructive distillation, steam distillation, extraction with solvents, refining wood turpentine and wood oils; equipment for the manufacture of wood turpentine ; cost of producing wood turpentine ; yields of various products from the distillation of resinous woods ; properties and composition of wood turpentine ; pine oils ; principles of fractional distillation ; use of the periodic column still ; use of the pot still ; commercial opinions as to the value of wood turpentine ; and the value of wood turpentines as paint and varnish thinners. Some experiments in refining wood turpentine show " that the percentage of oils in the distillate furnishes the most reliable and useful information as to the progress of distillation and the nature of the oils at different times, and this is also the simplest means of acquiring such information. Neither the specific gravity of the oils nor the temperature of the distilling vapors at the top of the still furnishes as reliable information, nor are they so conveniently determined. The temperature of the vapors is materially affected by the volume and temperature of the steam entering the still and by variations in atmospheric pressure. The former can of course be made practically constant 414 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECOED. by the use of reducing valves, but corrections for atmosplieric pressure require more trainiug, experience, and care than can probably be given at such plants. " The si)ecific gravity of the samples taken during distillation often shows a decided conflict with the other data on the samples, but in the main it is a reliable indication of the progress of the distillation and the composition of the oil. But as this determination also requires more skill, and is in every way more difficult to make in the works, it is not as safe a guide as the volume relations of the distillate. "The column still will give sharper separations of wood turpentine from pine oils than can be obtained with the pot still, but the experiments here de- scribed do not indicate any great superiority of the column. The data avail- able, however, are inadequate to permit the drawing of definite conclusions as to the economy or efficiency of the two forms of stills." About 5 barrels of refined wood turi^ntine, which had been obtained in the refining experiments, and of which approximately 75 per cent distilled below 170° C, were turned over to the painter of the Department and used by him on all classes of paint and varnish work from ordinary house paintuig to high- class furniture varnishing. No inferiority in the finished woi'k or in behavior in applying was observed. Analyses of the turpentines and varnishes employed in the tests are included. [Potato desiccation in Germany in 1910] (Maschinen Ztg., 9 {1911), No. 2, pp. 20, 21; ahs. in Iiitcrnat. Inst. Agr. [Rome^. Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (.1911), No. 3, pp. 678, 679).— In 1910, 454,416 metnic quintals (about 50.000 tons) of potatoes were dried, and yielded 120,169 quintals of dried material, or 3.78 kg. of fresh potatoes to 1 kg. of dried potatoes. The yield varies greatly, however, according to the percentage of starch in the potatoes. Thus, in 1910, the maximum yield was represented by the ratio 3.17 : 1 between the weight of the potatoes and the weight of the flakes, and the minimum yield by 4.7 : 1. The cost of drying 50 kg. of potatoes was on the average 02 pfennig (about 7 cts. per pound) in the works dealing only in this commodity and 54 pfennig in other establishments. " In order that this industry may be profitable as a business, the factory ought not to work less than from 150 to 200 days a year." The extraction of olive oil, E. Mingioli (Bui. Off. Gouvt. Oen. Algerie, 17 (1911), No. 3, pp. 37-40; ahs. in Internet. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 2, pp. SSJ/, 38,5).— The results of tests with the Acapulco (Spanish) system for extracting olive oil are given. With the process a better cold extraction of the oil is possible, while with the hot method a higher yield is obtained than with the hydraulic press. The product obtained is less colored and more uniform. Other advantages are also de- scribed. In reg'ard to soy-bean oil, S. Keimatsu (Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 91, pp. S39, 8-'iO). — Soy-bean oil was found to contain 0.2 per cent of phytosterin (stig- masterin could not be noted) ; about 32 per cent of saturated acids, the greater portion of which was stearic and palmitic acids; and 80 per cent of nonsatu- rated fatty acids, of which 50 per cent is an isomeric linoleic acid, which yields an oxy acid having a melting point of 158 to 159° C, and 15 per cent consists of linoleic acid (oxy-sativic acid with a melting point of 173 to 175°) and oleic acid (oxy-dioxystearic acid with a melting point of 126 to 127°). Soy-bean oil, C. Oettinger and F. Buchta (Ztschr. Angeiv. Chem., 24 (1911), No. 18, pp. 858, 859; abs. in Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 424, p. S6i).— Crude and refined soy-bean oils were examined by the authors, with the result that the iodin and saponification values and melting points of the fatty acids obtained were found to be quite different from those usually reported in the literature. METEOKOLOGY WATER. 415 The congealing point as given by De Negri and Fabris (+8 to +16° C.) is deemed probably due to a typographical error. Alcohol from agaves, A. Pedroso {Jour. Agr. Trop., 11 (1911), No. 116, p. 64; abs. in Internat. Inst, Agr. [Rome^, Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Dis- eases, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 677, 678).— The results of a test show that 360 liters of alcohol were obtained from 2,160 liters of Agave rigida elongata, or hene- quen juice, with a specially prepared yeast. The preparation of alcohol from the juice of zapupe is also mentioned. METEOEOLOGY— WATER. Relation of temperature and rainfall to crop systems and production, J. F. VooRHEES ('J'cn»essee Sta. Bill. 91, pp. 23, figs. 16). — A number of charts pre- pared from reports of the Weather Bureau of this Department are given which show the length of the growing season from the last killing frost in spring to the first in fall, and the distribution of rainfall in Tennessee and other Southern States as well as in the north Central States. The meteorological conditions, as shown by these charts, are discussed with reference to the growth of crops in Tennessee and other States, more particularly the relation between climate and the double cropping system of the South. In this system as practiced at the Tennessee Station and to a greater or less extent by the most successful farmers in the State " the winter cover crop is sown during the comparatively dry months of September and October and oc- cupies the ground through the wet months of winter and early spring. It is ready to be turned under for green manure in March or April or to be cut for forage during May, which is drier than the months either before or after it and offers the most favorable opportunity for harvesting one crop and putting in another. This second crop put in in May covers the ground during the wet summer months, protects it from washing rains when they are most frequent, and is ready to harvest during the drier months of fall. In extending this study to cover the States east and south of Tennessee, it was found that the conditions are more favorable for the double-cropping system over this region as a whole than they are in Tennessee where the system originated." The system is especially adapted to the Southern States because it conserves the rainfall during the wet periods which occur both in winter and in summer and brings crops to maturity in the dry spring and fall periods. Crop rotations which are suited to the double cropping system are described. The influence of the weather on the quality of barley, potatoes, and sugar beets, A. Hecker (Landw. JahrJ)., Jfl (1911), No. 3-Jf, pp. J{17-526, figs. 3). — Data for sums of temperature, sunshine, and rainfall from April to October, 1883 to 1907, for 11 stations in beet and barley growing regions are given and correlated with the yield and quality of barley, potatoes, and sugar beets. With reference to barley, the conclusion was reached that a dry July is favorable to the quality of the grain. Moderate, somewhat less than normal, moisture combined with medium or perhaps below normal temperature affords the surest guaranty of good results in yield and quality, and it is safe to say that cool June, and especially July, weather is favorable to good quality. The effect of weather conditions is accentuated to a marked degree by the character of the soil. The poorer soils are not only directly but also indirectly unsuited for the culture of brewing barley. In case of potatoes it was found that very wet weather injured the quality. Very dry weather affected especially the quantity, but also reduced the quality. Dry weather followed by wet was very unfavorable to the quality, and wet 416 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. weather followed by dry was very unfavorable to yield. 'N'ariable, cloudy, cool, and wet weather in the middle period of growth was not markedly injurious to .rield. I^ow teniiieratures were apparently not so unfavorable as other factors. Damp, warm weather was invariably injurious to quality. The quality of the medium late and late varieties of potatoes was, as a rule, determined by the weather in August and September. The results indicate that abundant rainfall from June to the beginning of August is necessary for good yields of sugar beets. Wet summer weather is, however, injurious to quality, while dry weather from August until harvest time is favorable. Sunshine and warmth apparently did not, under the condi- tions of these experiments, exert a controlling influence on the yield or quality. The great weather cycle, T. W. Keele {Jour, and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8. Wales, JjJf (lillO), pt. 1, pp. 25-16, pis. 2). — In this article evidence drawn from ancient and' modern literature is presented to substantiate the theory of H. C. Russell that the salient meteorological features of the present century " are repetitions of the salient points in all past time and probably in all countries . . . [and] that those salient points are definitely connected with the climate of the world and will appear again regularly in the future." Swedish meteorological observations, 1910, H. E. Hamberg [Met. lakttag. Svcrigc (Obscrv. M^t. SuM.), K. Svenska Vetensk. Akad., 52 (1910), pp. Z+ 151 ; Bihang, pp. 215, pis. 16). — These are the usual meteorological summaries of observations made under the direction of the Central Meteorological Insti- tute of Sweden. Meteorological observations at the Massachusetts Agricultural Experi- ment Station, J. E. Ostrandek and R. N. Hallowell (Massachusefts Sta. Met. Buls. 215, 216, pp. 4 each). — Summaries of observations on pressure, tempera- ture, humidity, precipitation, wind, sunshine, cloudiness, and casual phenomena during November and December, 1911, ai'e presented. The general character of the weather for November is briefly discussed, and the December bulletin gives a summary for the year. The principal data in this summary are as follows : Pressure, reduced to freezing and sea level (inches). — Maximum, 30.72, March 7 ; minimum, 28.95, March 30 ; mean, 30.06. Air temperature, in ground shelter (degrees F.) — Maximum, 104, July 4; minimum, —3, February 16 ; mean hourly, 47.6. Humidity. — Mean dew-point, 38.3 ; mean realtive humidity. 75.2. Precipitation. — Total rainfall or melted snow, 44.21 in. ; number of days on which 0.01 in. or more rain or melted snow fell, 120 ; total snowfall, 35 in. Weather. — Total cloudiness recorded by sun thermometer, 2.023 hours, or 45 per cent; number of clear days, 106. Bright sunshine. — Number of hours recorded, 2,431, or 55 i>er cent. Wind. — Prevailing direc- tion, west; total movement, 58,242 miles; maximum daily movement. 605 miles, March 16 ; minimum daily movement, 14 miles, February 9 ; maximum pres- sure per square foot, 30.5 lbs., December 28, north-northwest. Dates of frost. — Last, May. 5; first, September 14. Dates of snow. — Last, April 19; first, November 14. Climate of Utah, H. Tfiiessen {Rpt. Bur. Statis. Utah, 8 (1909-10), pp. 49- 51). — The available records for temperature and precipitation are sum- marized', showing an average temperature for the State of 49° F., 42° in the north and 58° in the south. The coldest month is January, the lowest local mean for this month being 11.8° at Fort Duchesne, the highest 37.7° at St. George. Minimum temperatures below zero are recorded for nearly all stations during all winter months, the lowest, 38° below zero, being at Fort Duchesne in Janu- ary. " The hottest month as a rule is July, the local means varying from 84.4° at Hite and 82.2° at St. George, to 65.9° at Heber, making the average State METEOEOLOGY WATER. 417 range for July 18.5°. Temperatni*es of 100° or over have been recorded at most stations in all the summer months. " On the other hand, most of the stations have a record of freezing tem- perature during this season. The highest summer temperature on record is 116° at St. George in June, while the lowest is 20° at Richfield, in the same month. The average date of first killing frost in autumn varies from Sep- tember 2 at Heber to October 28 at Hite, while the earliest date on which frost ever occurred in autumn is August 11 at Heber. The average date of last killing frost in spring varies from April 11 at Hite to June 14 at Heber, while the latest date on which killing frost ever occurred in spring was July 30 at Heber." The precipitation for the State averages about 11 in., being about IS in. in the northern and 6 in. in the southern portion. Locally the precipitation varies from 5.4.3 in. at Green River, to 24.36 in. at Ranch, Kane County. As a rule, the heaviest precipitation occurs in the central portion of the State. The largest amounts fall in winter and spring, and the least in June and October. There are about 50 rainy days in the year. Locally the rainy days vary from 22 at Green River to 89 at Salt Lake City." Notes on evaporation in 1911, L. Dumas (Ann. GemMoux, 22 (1912), No. 1, pp. 12-32). — Observations during August and October, 1911, on evaporation from ordinary cylindrical drinking glasses placed 0.15 meter and 2 meters above the ground are reported. Discussing the results, it is shown that the amount of evaixtration is the resultant of numerous accelerating and retarding factors. Among the first are wind, heat, solar attraction, extension of the superficial area, and low barometric pressure. Among the factors which retard evaporation are oily substances, the mass of the liquid, salt content, cloudiness, lowering of the level of the water, and aeration or the solution of gases. The combination of such diverse causes renders superficial observations on evaporation very con- tradictory. During the summer of 1911, which was unusually hot and dry, there was appreciable evaporation during the night. With the lowering of temperature, however, evaporation ceased and there was even a slight gain in some cases due to condensation of moisture from the air on the sides of the glasses. The effect of subsoil water on the cotton crop, W. L. Balls (Yearbook Khedrv. Agr. Soc. Cairo, 1909, 8up., pp. 24). — This is a brief summary o:^ present information concerning the rise of the water level and its effect on the cotton crop in Egypt. It is believed that the water table is the main factor in the decrease of the cotton crop and that the rise in water level probably causes boll shedding, a phenomenon which is presumed to be " of great economic importance in its effect on the yield of the crop." The author makes suggestions to growers for conducting and reporting observations on water level, soil texture, and boll shedding, and emphasizes the need of systematic studies of the problem. An appendix contains a note on a method of taking water levels by F. Hughes in which brief directions are given for determining the nature of the subsoil and water conditions. Mississippi River levees and their effect on river stag'es during flood periods, S. C. Emeby (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Weather Bur. Bui. 38, pp. 21). — This paper describes the levee and jetty systems of the Mississippi River, and dis- cusses their effect in raising the flood levels of the river and increasing the depth and extending the area but shortening the period of flooding of the adjacent lands. 418 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Report of water resources investigation of Minnesota, 1909-10 {St. Paul. Minn.: HUitc Drain. Com., 1910, jrp. 3.'/7, pis. 6'6).— This is tlio first bieunial report of the State Drainage Commission, organized under authority of a joint resolution of the state legislature, approved April 20, 1909, and contains re- ports by George A. Italph, chief engineer of the State Drainage Commission, and Robert Follansbee, district engineer, U. S. Geological Survey. These re- ports deal with cooperative work of the State Drainage Commission and the U. S. Geological Survey, and include " measurements of the flow of water in nearly all of the important streams of the State; surveys, maps, and profiles of nearly 1,000 miles of rivers; evaporation records at five stations in this section of the United States; the preparation of a rainfall map showing the distribution of rainfall throughout the State; the preparation of a watershed map of the State, showing all principal drainage areas and a statement of square miles contained in all principal and subdrainage areas in the State; the collection of a vast amount of data relative to power development and the regulation and control of water resources in other States and European countries; [and] the draft of a proposed law for the creation of a water supply commission, and regulating and controlling the use of the waters of the State." Surface water supply of the Lower Mississippi basin, 1910, W. B. Free- man and J. G. Mathers (U. 8. Geoh 8i(rvey, Water-Siipphj Paper 287, pp. 91, pls^ 2), — This paper, one of the series on stream measurements in the United States, describes this basin, and gives the results of measurements of flow of the principal streams therein. Surface water supply of the Missouri River basin, 1910, W. A. Lamb ET AL. (V. 8. Geol. Survey, Water-8tipp1i/ Paper, 286, pp. Til +308, pis. .}, fig. 1). — This is one of the series of volumes reporting results of measurements of the flow of certain streams in the United States, and deals wnth measure- ments of the Missouri River and its principal tributary streams. Surface water supply of western Gulf of Mexico, 1910, W. B. Freeman and J. G. Mathers (U. 8. Geol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper 288, pp. U9, pis. 3, fig. 1). — This is one of the series of reiwrts on measurements of stream flow in the United States, and gives the results of measurements in the drain- age basins of the Brazos, Colorado (in Texas), and Rio Grande. Underground waters of the southern border of the Valley of Mexico, J. D. ViLLARELLo and J. S. Agraz {Bol. Inst. Geol. Mexico, 1911, No. 28, pp. 89, pis. 13). — This is a report on the hydrology of this region, including observations on the Jimount and composition of the underground waters. The analysis of water for household and municipal purposes, ft. M. Chamot find H. W. Redfield {Itliaea, N. Y., 1911, pp. 130, jigs. .',).— This is stated to be the first of a series of small treatises dealing in an elementary way with the methods used in the laboratoi-y of sanitary chemistry of Cornell University for examination of water and food. The subject matter is devoted to laboratory methods mainly, and is intended to supplement the lecture courses in sanitary chemistry. The influence of storage and various preservatives upon the dissolved oxygen in waters, A. Lederer {Jour. Amer. Puh. Health Assoc., 1 {1911), No. 10. pp. UiO-l-'iG). — From his study of this subject, the author concludes that " the percentage reduction of dissolved oxygen in waters which are stored in tightly closeil bottles and exposed to a constant temperature for a definite length of time, constitute a fair index of pollution. To unpreserved samples of pol- luted waters, the reagents for the determination of the dissolved oxygen must be added on the spot to avoid a reduction. . . . The addition of 1 cc. of 40 per cent formaldehyde solution to a sample of water, even if badly polluted, will preserve the amount of dissolved oxygen present for at least 2 days at SOILS FERTILIZEES. 419 22° C. storage, and for at least 4 days at 10° C. storage. If kept in a dark place, a sample of water taken under the necessary precautions to aAoid aera- tion can be preserved with formaldehyde for a reasonable length of time and shipped to the laboratory without danger." SOILS— FERTILIZERS. A beneficial organic constituent of soils: Creatinin {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Bid. S3, pp. 4'f. pis. 3). — This is a continuation of investigations on the nature and properties of the individual organic constituents of the soil (E. S. R., 25, p. 723). The bulletin contains an introduction by Oswald Schreiner on the importance of beneficial soil constituents, and the following papers: The isolation of creatinin from soils, E. C. Shorey (pp. 11-22). — The method of Balke for the separation of purin bases was adapted to the isolation of creatinin from soils as follows: "An alkaline extract of the soil, made by treat- ment for a short time with 2 per cent sodium hydroxid, was made exactly reutral with acetic or sulphuric acid and filtered. The neutral filtrate was heated to boiling and a little dextrose added and then Fehling's solution, slightly in excess of that required by the dextrose present. The precipitate formed was separated by filtration, well washed, and decomposed by hydrogen sulphid. The filtrate from the copper sulphid was concentrated to a small volume under reduced pressure, a small quantity of a concentrated solution of zinc chlorid and a little sodium acetate added, and the whole allowed to stand several days. Within a few hours crystals began to form, and in 48 hours these were observed to have the characteristic appearance of creatinin zinc chlorid. The crystals were separated from the mother liquor by filtration or, when the quantity of material was very small, by placing the whole mass on a porous plate. After separation the crystals were washed with a little cold water, suspended in water and boiled with some freshly precipitated lead hydroxid, filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to a small volume ; on standing a short time crystals formed having the appearance, solubility, and color reac- tion of creatinin." Creatinn was also obtained from portions of the same soil by alcoholic extrac- tion and by extraction with water. The compound was found in stable manure and cowpea vines, and in soils of widely different type and very widely sepa- rated areas. It is pointed out that, although the quantity of creatinin in soils is small, it is not negligible, being usually several parts per million of soil and comparable with that of nitrates normally present, and that like the nitrates it is probably a fluctuating quantity. The origin of creatinin in soils, M. X. Sullivan (pp. 23-32). — The particular phase of the question studied was " the presence of creatinin in plants and consequently in plant debris and the passage of the creatinin into the soil either by the disintegration of the plant debris or as a result of cell sloughing or direct passage from the living plant." It was found that " of samples of the same soil, planted and unplanted. kept side by side in the greenhouse, the planted soils gave larger amounts of creatinin. It would seem that the increase in the amount of creatinin was connected in some way with plant growth. Creatinin was also found in the water in which wheat seedlings had grown. The pres- ence of creatinin in plants has not been previously reported. Various plants were tested for creatinin and its presence definitely ascertained. It was found in wheat grains, seedlings, and bran, in rye, clover, alfalfa, cowpeas, and pota- toes. If, as suggested by several investigators, creatinin in the animal arises as the result of the breaking up of albumin, then it seems reasonable to expect that creatinin would be found in practically all plants. 420 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. "Creatlnin and creatin exist in vegetable matter to a slight degree. Though the amount of these compounds present is small it is worthy of attention, since by the decay of plants and by direct cell sloughing or even by osmosis the crea- ti'iiin and creatin are left in water and soil where they exercise an effect on subsequent plant growth. Creatinin seems to persist for a considerable time in soils and may indeed increase in the soil by accumulation. Since both crea- tin and creatinin have a favorable effect on plant growth, their presence in plants and in the medium in which plants grow has considerable bearing on soil fertility." Efff'ct of creatmin on growth an4 absorption, J. J. Skinner (pp. 33-44). — Wheat seedlings were grown in aqueous culture solutions containing monocal- cium phosphate, sodium nitrate, and potassium sulphate in varying combina- tions and proportions. "The concentration of all the solutions was 80 parts per million of the fertilizer ingredients, PsOb, NHs, and K2O. . . . Two sets of cultures were prepared; to one set were added merely the nutrient salts, to a similar set oO parts per million of creatinin in each culture, in addition to the nutrient salts." The results of these experiments are summarized as follows: "Creatinin and creatin have beneficial effects on plant growth. Plants grown in solution cultures containing only potash and phosphate show greatly in- creased growth when creatinin or creatin is added. When large amounts of nitrate are present in the culture solutions, creatinin or creatin produce no appreciable effect on the growth. Plants growing in cultures, whether low or high in nitrate, showed a greatly diminished absorption of this ingredient when creatinin or creatin was present, whereas the removal of potash and phosphate was practically normal. It appears, therefore, that creatinin and creatin can replace the effect of nitrate in plant growth." The isolation of creatinin from soils, E. C. Shorey {Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, 34 {1912), No. 1, i)p. 99-107). — Substantially the same article as that noted above. Some causes of soil granulation, E. O. Fippin {Proc. Amer. Soc. Agron., 2 {1910), PI). 106-121, figs. 8).— The effect of alternate drying and wetting, scari- fication, freezing, addition of sand, muck and muck extract, lime, and acids on soil granulation was determined by measurements of penetration. The results show that all these methods of treatment promoted granulation of the soil. Caustic lime was more effective for short periods than the carbo- nate lime in improving tilth. Notes on soil moisture, C. F. Juritz {Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 {1911), No. 6, pp. 739-758, figs. 4)- — The author discusses free, capillary, and hygro- scopic water of the soil in relation to plant growth, and reports the results of determinations of the hygroscopic water, organic matter, and nitrogen in typical Transvaal and Cape Colony soils. The results show that the soils which contained the maxima of water also contained much larger quantities of organic matter in general and of nitrogen in particular. In 23 Transvaal soils which contained the most hygroscopic water there was found an average percentage of water of 9.12; of organic matter, 14.31 ; and of nitrogen, 0.214. In soils containing the minima of hygro- scopic water there was found an average moisture content of 0.75 per cent ; of organic matter, 3.25 per cent ; and of nitrogen, 0.066 per cent. " In the soils containing the maxima of water, 1.5 per cent of the organic matter consists of nitrogen; in those containing the minima this ratio is higher, namely, 2 per cent." In 63 samples of Cape soils containing the maximum percentages of moisture the amounts of water, organic matter, and nitrogen were respectively 4.67, 8.84, and 0.131 per cent. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 421 The factor which controls the moisture content of the soils is held to be the relative sizes of the soil particles. " The texture of the soil is, therefore, an index of its behavior in relation to moisture in the field. For this reason, amongst others, there is a texture of soil which may be regarded as the optimum for certain plants exactly as there is an optimum proportion of soil moisture for such plants." Moisture equivalent determinations and their application, L. J. Beiggs and J. W. McLane {Proc. Amer. Soc. Agron., 2 (WIO), pp. 138-lJf7, pi. i).— The authors discuss the use of moisture equivalent determinations (E. S. R., 19, p. 416) in soil classification and in interpreting field determinations of soil moisture. Although it is not urged that the moisture equivalent determinations should supplant any other physical measurements made in connection with soil classi- fication, it is believed that the moisture relationship of the soil is expressed " far more definitely by means of the moisture equivalent than by mechanical analysis. In determining the moisture equivalent, we are not only measuring directly the property which we wish to compare, but we are dealing with single-valued expressions instead of trying to interpret the complex series of numbers represented by the mechanical analysis." It is pointed out that determinations of the moisture equivalent make it possible to decide whether irregularities in field determinations of soil moisture are due to changes in soil texture or to the movement of soil moisture. " If the ratio of the moisture equivalent agrees with the ratio of the observed moisture content within the limits of experimental error, then the irregularity was due simply to striking a pocket of soil having a different texture, and the 2 samples are in actual capillary equilibrium. If, on the other hand, the moisture equivalents are the same, a movement of moisture has taken place." Moisture and nitrate relations in dry land agriculture, H. O. Buckman (Proc. Amer. Soc. Agron., 2 {1910), pp. 121-138, figs. 4). — The results of deter- minations of the moisture and nitrate contents in Montana soil plats under different systems of cropping and fallowing used in dry farm practices are reported. The results in general show that fallowing conserved the water supply and increased the nitrate content of the soil. Intertilled crops after fallow did not seriously deplete the soil for a succeeding grain crop, either in moisture or nitrates. The author believes that enough moisture can be conserved in the soil to cause the decomposition of either green or barnyard manure and that, therefore, the fertility problem of arid lands hinges upon moisture conservation and a rational rotation embracing legumes and manure if the latter is available. Composition of the drainage water of a soil with and without vegetation, T. L. Lyon and J. A. Bizzell (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 (1911), No. 10, pp. 11,2, 11,3; abs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., SO (1911), No. 21, p. 1211).— Determinations of the amount and composition of summer and winter drain- age in 1909 and 1910 from concrete pits filled with 3^ tons of clay loam soil, some of which were planted to oats and com and others left bare, are reported and discussed. The total solids in the winter drainage from bare soil were 3 times as great as in drainage from j^lanted soil. The nitrogen was 12 times as great, amounting to about 100 lbs. per acre in uncropped soil from October 1 to May 1, and to about 8 lbs. per acre in cropped soil during the same period. Of the cropped soils the largest amount of available nitrogen was found under corn. Nitrate formation occurred largely in midsummer, although nitrates appeared most abundantly in the winter drainage. The loss of calcium was twice as great from bare soil as from cropped soil. Practically the same ratio of loss 422 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. also held for magnesia. From 5 to 10 lbs. per acre of potash and 50 to 90 lbs. of soda were lost from bare soils from October 1 to May 1. The basic materials were lost largely in form of nitrates. Observations on solutions circulating in cultivated soils, G. Gola {Gior. Gcol. Prut., 9 (1911), ^'o. 3--J, pp. 131-lo'J). — The author discusses the relation of composition and concentration of the soil solution to the physiology and the distribution of plants, on the basis of the results of his own work previously reported (E. S. R., 25, p. 21). On the importance of the reaction of the soil in soil studies and for its productivity, M. Weibull {K. Landthr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), Ao. 5, pp. 388-417; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 3 (1912), No. 1, pp. 61-63). — Another account of investiga- tions already noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 724). On the contents of nitrogen and the more important ash constituents in some farm crops grown on peat soils, H. von Feilitzen (Svenska Mosskul- turfor. Tidskr., 25 {1911), A'o. .'t, Hup. 1, pp. 329-^02, pis. 2).— Compilations of results of analyses made at the Swedish Moor Culture Stations during the past 15 years are given, with a colored chart showing the fertilizer ingredients removed by different crops from 1 hectare of peat soil. The relation of free living nitrogen-fixing micro-organisms to nitrogen assimilation in meadows, R. Burri {Abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 77, p. 704). — Seientitic evidence is presented to show that autotrophic nitrogen- fixing organisms play an important part in maintaining the nitrogen supply of meadow soils, and it is further suggested that perhaps the greater part of the present supply of fixed nitrogen on the earth's surface is due to the action of mici'o-organisms. The function of humus in cultivated soils, H. Kaseeee (Monatsh. Landw., 4 (1911), No. 11, pp. 324-328; Internat. Mitt. Bodenk., 1 (1912), No. 3-4, pp. 367-375; abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 118, p. 1103).— The author main- tains as a result of his investigations that the stimulating action of humus on the activities of nitrogen-fixing bacteria, as shown in experiments by Krzemen- ienski (E. S. R., 22, p. 221) and by Lohuis and Pillai (E. S. R., 20, p. 621), is due to the inorganic nutrients, especially aluminum and silicic acid, sup- plied to the micro-organisms through the humus. The theory of soil management, F. K. Cameron (Proc. Amer. Soc. Agron., 2 (1910), pp. 102-106). — The author discusses briefly the different factors which affect crop production, pointing to the fact that all these factors are dependent variables. Plat experiments with fertilizers should take accoimt of the physical and biological properties of the soil at least throughout the growing season. " More important at the present time perhaps is the determination of the kind and degree of the changes produced in different variables by the changes in any one of them." Experiments with fertilizers and field crops on important soil types of middle Tennessee, C. A. Mooers (Tennessee Sta. Bui. 92, pp. 27-95). — Experi- ments carried on during 1907 and 1908, reported in a previous bulletin of the station (E. S. R.. 21, p. 116), were continued on the sfime plan during 1909 and 1910. These experiments included fertilizer and cultural tests with com, wheat, oats, potatoes, peanuts, soy beans, cowpeas. alfalfa, millet, clover, to- bacco, tall oat grass, and miscellaneous hay crops on Highland Rim, Central Basin, and Cumberland Plateau soils, the main object of the experiments being to determine the fertilizer requirements of the principal types of soils. As regards the Highland Rim soils, it is stated that the investigation " has not progressed far enough to permit of accurate distinctions in all respects, but if the dark red soils be placed first in value, then the gray soils with red sub- SOILS FERTILIZERS. 423 soils come next, followed by those with yellowish subsoil, while the least valuable and the most difficult to handle are the light gray, silty soils, which are known as ' crawfishy ' and which are apt to be in need of drainage. " In regard to adaptability to different crops, the dark red areas are espe- cially well suited to wheat, corn, and various forage crops, including clover and grass. The gray soils are excellent for tobacco, peanuts, and various trucking crops; also for corn, wheat, and other general farm crops, although clover and grass are satisfactorily obtained with some difficulty. It should be considered, however, that for all the Highland Rim uplands, manure, ferti- lizers, and lime are important aids to successful farming." The experiments show that the Central Basin soils have declined in fer- tility. This is ascribed " to losses of soil nitrogen and of vegetable matter, owing in large part to erosion during heavy rains and in part to excessive grain growing, together with failure to care for the farmyard manure and the like. . . . The crop rotations followed in this section, although well suited to the rich soil of former years, are not the best under the present circumstances. Grain crops have played a too important part and the legumes, the nitrogen gatherers, have not had the place which they deserve. . . . The following rotation is recommended in particular for the consideration of those engaged in live stock farming : Corn, followed by a winter cover crop, such as rye or crimson clover and rye, soy beans or cowpeas, wheat, clover, and grass (2 years). This is a five-year rotation, which would be expected not only to give remunerative crops but also to do much toward increasing the productiveness of any of these soils." The experimental results on Cumberland Plateau soils " prove conclusively the great need of lime, phosphoric acid, and nitrogen, but that the supply of potash is relatively abundant, provided due care be taken to keep on the farm the residues from the straw, stover, grass, etc., produced." Maintenance of soil fertility: Plans of summary tables (Ohio Sta. Circ. llJi, pp. 21, fig. 1). — This is one of the annual statements on the subject (E. S. R., 23, p. 717) bringing the data for the experiments up to the end of 1910 and summarizing the results for 17 years (1894-1910). The experiments of which data are summarized were with fertilizers and manure on crops grown continuously on the same land in a 5-year rotation of corn, oats, wheat, clover, and timothy ; in a potato, wheat, and clover rotation ; and with fresh and reinforced manure, lime, and floats. The composition of Posen soils, and the results of fertilizer experiments, M. Gerlach (Mitt. Kaiser Wilhehns Inst. Landw. Bromberg, 3 (,1911), No. 5, pp. 295-330). — The results are reported of mechanical and chemical analyses of rye, barley, and wheat soils of the region and of 3 seasons' experiments with the ordinary fertilizers on rye, barley, and potatoes. The results in general point to the need of mineral fertilizers in addition to stable manure. Some soils were poor in lime. Some practical experiences in moor culture obtained by the Swedish Moor Culture Society, 1887-1909, H. von Feilitzen (SvensM MossJculturfor. Tidskr., 25 (1911), No. 4, Sup. 2, pp. 94, figs. 97). — This is a popular summary report based largely upon work at the Moor Culture Station at Jonkoping, Flahult, and other places in Sweden. Fertilizer and field trials with moor soils, 1910, H. von Feilitzen (Svenska Mosskulturfor. Tidskr., 25 {1911), Nos. Jf~5, pp. 405-465, figs. 9; 6, pp. 553-601, figs. 3). — This is the annual report of experiments conducted during 1910 at the Moor Culture Stations at Jonkoping, Flahult, and Torestorp. 32355°— No. 5—12 3 424 EXPERIMENT STATION KECORD. Cooperative fertilizer and field trials with farm crops, 1910, P. Bolin {K. Landthr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. 7, i)p. 538-593). — The experiments were conducted in 23 different counties of Sweden and include 804 series in all, viz, fertilizer trials with small grains, green forage crops, potatoes, and meadows, and variety tests with grains, legumes, root crops, and potatoes. Fertilizer experiments to determine the phosphoric acid and potash re- quirements of meadow soils, U. Grete (Landw. JaJirb. Schiveis, 25 {1911), Xo. 7, pp. 3S1-Jf69). — The results of 68 experiments in different parts of Switzer- land are reported, showing that in the majority of cases potash and phosphoric acid were beneficial, and that a combination of the two was the most profitable fertilizer to use on meadow soils. Comparative experiments with farm manures made with different kinds of litter, S. Rhodin {K. Landthr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. 7, pp. 529-537; Meddel. Centralanst. Forsoksv. Jordhniksomrddet, 1911, No. ^//, pp. 11). — These experiments were conducted for 8 years (1903-1910) on a stiff clay soil, plats of which were manured in the spring of 1903 at the rate of 35 tons per acre with farm manure made with peat litter, with straw, with even mixtures of these, and with annual applications of artificial fertilizers (285 lbs. Thomas slag, 570 lbs. kainit, and 285 lbs. nitrate of soda). The crops grown were from 1903 to 1907 and in 1909, potatoes; 1908, rutabagas; and 1910, oats. The total dry matter in the crops harvested from the different plats during this period was as follows : Unmanured, 22,538 lbs. ; manure with peat litter, 31,596 lbs. ; with straw litter, 30.967 lbs. ; with peat and straw litter, 30.912 lbs. ; rnd with artificial fertilizers, 29,474 lbs. The manure made with peat litter produced the largest crops and, economically, the best returns for the period considered. The peat litter manure and the mixed peat and straw manure produced the largest yields the first year, while the straw manure did not produce its maximum effects until the third year of the experiment. The importance of thorough mechanical treatment of the soil for a large crop production is emphasized in the paper. The action and value of stable manure, B. Schulze et ax. (Ar&. Deut. Landw. Gesell., 1911, No. 198, pp. 333). — This is a detailed report of 4 years' field experiments at the Breslau Experiment Station and at other places in Schleswig, a brief account of which has already been noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 716). The experiments were made at eight different places with different kinds of soil and with manures of varying composition. The crops grown included wheat, barley, oats, rye, leguminous plants, rape, flax, potatoes, and sugar beets. In the manures used the nitrogen varied from 0.34 to 0.78 per cent, the phos- phoric acid from 0.13 to 0.39 per cent, and the potash from 0.33 to 0.91 per cent. While the results were variable the average amount of the nitrogen of the manure assimilated during the 4 years was 23 per cent. Of this 43 per cent was assimilated during the first year, 27.8 per cent the second year, 16.6 per cent the third year, and 12.6 per cent the fourth year. Of the phosphoric acid 33.4 per cent was assimilated during the 4 years, and of this 45.1 per cent was assimilated the first year, 27.1 per cent the second year, 14.9 per cent the third year, and 12.9 per cent the fourth year. Of the potash in the manure 43.5 per cent was assimilated in 4 years, of which 57 per cent was assimilated the first year, 15.5 per cent the second year, 12.7 per cent the third year, and 14.8 per cent the fourth year. Tlie experiments with manure supplemented with commercial fertilizers gave inconclusive results. The denitrifying' action of straw manure, A. G. Doiarenko {Izv. Moskov. Selsk Klwz. Inst. {Ann. Inst. Apron. Moscou), 17 {1911), No. 2, pp. 259-265, pi. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 425 1, figs. 4). — The results of the pot experiments reported show that straw and ammonium sulphate were to a certain extent mutually compensating in fertiliz- ing effect. Green manure farming, M. Hoffmann (.4/?;. Dcut. Landw. Gesell., 1911\ No. 200, pp. 118, pi. 1, figs. 11). — A detailed account is given of experiments made during 1905 to 1908 on 9 estates in competition for money prizes offered by the German Agricultural Society. No generalization from the work is attempted, as this is to be done in a series of articles which are to appear later. The economics of green manure farming under German conditions receives special attention in the discussion of results. A list of publications of the German Agricultural Society on green manuring is appended. Manganese chlorid in the treatment of night soil, L. Chaptal {Prog. Agr. et Vit. (Ed. rEst-Centre), 32 (1911), No. 25, pp. 77S-7S2; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 7, p. 1622). — The successful use of residue from the manufacture of chlorin in the preservation of night soil is reported and discussed. The fixation of atmospheric nitrogen, A. Brocket (Rev. G&n. Set., 22 (1911), Nos. 22, pp. 863-869, figs. 2; 23, pp. 908-918, figs. 7).— This is a review of methods employed in the electro-chemical fixation of the free nitrogen of the air. The use of cyanamid as fertilizer, L. Malpeaux (Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 22 (1911), No. J,7, pp. 6Ii7-651; abs. in Bl. Zackerriihenbau, 18 (1911), No. 22, pp. 875, 376). — Comparative tests of calcium cyanamid, ammonium sulphate, sodium nitrate, and calcium nitrate on cereals, sugar beets, potatoes, rutabagas, and poppy are reported. The results showed that the effect of the fertilizers varied with the nature of the soil and the meteorological conditions. In general the calcium nitrate was comparable in effect with sodium nitrate, and cyanamid under the condi- tions of these exiieriments was slightly superior to ammonium sulphate. An objection to the cyanamid is the difficulty of its application. On the change of calcium cyanamid in the soil and its after-treatment in the factory, B. Carlson (Svensk Kern. Tidskr., 23 (1911), Nos. 3, pp. 63-66; If, pp. 70-88). — The history of calcium cyanamid and its application as a fer- tilizer is given, with a resume of our present knowledge of its composition and value for fertilizing purposes and the conditions under which deleterious results may follow from its handling and application. In order to avoid the latter treating the calcium cyanamid in the factory with carbon dioxid and water is recommended. The hygroscopicity of Norwegian nitrate, S. Hals (Cliem. Ztg.. 35 (1911), No. 121, p. 1130). — Determinations of gain in weight and change in composition of Norwegian nitrate in storage are reported, showing that in 312 days 100 kg. of the nitrate gained on an average 3 kg. in weight. The loss in nitrogen was not great. [Production and consumption of Chilean nitrate], E. Fishee (Asoc. Sal. Propaganda, Circ. Trimest. 56, 1911, pp. L-LXXVI). — According to the statis- tics reported by the Nitrate Propaganda the production of nitrate in Chile during 1910 was 2,722,076 tons and during the first 9 months of 1911, 2.055,780 tons; the world's consumption during 1910 was 2,605,877 tons and during the first 9 months of 1911. 2,260,549 tons. The consumption in the United States in 1910 was 578,808 tons and during the first 9 months of 1911, 509.659 tons. Experiments with different potash minerals, D. N. Prianishnikov and A. G. DoiARENKO (Izv. Moskov. Selslc. KJioz. Inst. (Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou), 17 (1911), No. 2, pp. 218-2JiO, figs. 8). — In continuation of previous experiments (E. S. R., 24, p. 24) various potash silicates were tested in sand cultures. 426 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The results showed not only orthoclase, sanidine, and microcline, but also leucite to be very slightly available as sources of potash for plants. Biotite and muscovite in finely ground condition were more available than minerals of the feldspar group, although biotite was always more available than muscovite. ^^■hen i)ure muscovite was replaced as a source of potash by mic;i schist contain- ing muscovite, still better results were obtained. Eleolite as a pure mineral in fine ground condition was very slightly assimilated. For this reason the author thinks that the previous good results obtained with rocks containing iiephaline were due not to uephaline but to the biotite which was present. Investig'ations on the chemical coniposition of the Plantegaarde salt deposits, 1909, D. J. Hissink and G. B. Van Kampen (Verslag. Landhouwk. Onderzoek. RijkslandJyouioproefstat. [Netherlands], 1911, No. 9, pp. 36-55). — The results are reported of chemical analyses of samples of salt obtained by borings near Winterswijk, Holland, in a search for potash deposits. The potash content varied considerably, the highest amount being 14.8 iwr cent obtained from a sample at a depth of about 8CK) meters. The author believes that although these deix)sits are not as a rule rich in potash they may become of economic iu)portance. The power of the neutral salts of potash to convert aluminum silicates into soluble forms, A. A. Stol'gane (Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. (Ann. Inst.- Agron. Moscou), 17 (1911), No. 2, pp. 359-363). — Various minerals containing potash were treated with ammonium chlorid and barium chlorid solutions and the potash extracted determined. It was found that muscovite and biotite yielded much more potash under this treatment than orthoclase, sanidine, and leucite. This agrees closely with the results of pot experiments. There was, howevei*, one exception, namely, uepha- line (eleolite), which yielded considerable potash on treatment with neutral solutions, although in pot exi>eriments the fertilizing effect of this material was vei"y small. Fertility experiments in a rotation of cowpeas and wheat, — I, The utiliza- tion of various phosphates, C. A. Mooers (Tennessee 8ta. Bui. 90, pp. 57-90, figs. 3). — This bulletin gives the results of comparative tests of acid phosphate, finely ground rock phosphate, bone "meal, and Thomas slag on a cowpea-wheat rotation at the station and on 3 other Tennessee farms, with analyses of the soils of the farms and of the phosphates used. All of the soils were poor in lime and all except one were poor in phosphoric acid. In each series of experi- ments one-half of each plat was limed and the other half was left unlimed. The first series of experiments, which covered 4 years, was conducted at the experiment station on a Cumberland loam which was deficient in lime but otherwise well supplied with plant food. The second series, also extending over 4 years, was made in Knox County on a reddish yellow silt loam which was somewhat deficient in lime and other plant food. The third series, lasting 3 years, was made in Warren County on a typical gray colored silt foam known to be vei-y poorly supplied with both phosphoric acid and lime and, as a rule, also with nitrogen. A fourth series of experiments, covering only 2 years, was made in White County on a typical dark red soil derived from lime- stone but known to be naturally deficient in phosphoric acid. The results obtained with wheat in the first 3 series of experiments are summarized in the table following. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 427 Increafsccl yields and calculated profits per acre of reheat after coicpeas and various phosphate applications. Treatment. Yield of wheat. Calculated increase of wheat from phosphate. a C3 . — O << ■^ "1 o o o o Calculated profit from phosphate. UnUmed. Limed. Unlimed. Limed. •6 ■a a .g o i .g rt (-1 O 1 .g O i .g a CO ■a 1 3 5 Cowpeas turned un- der: No phosphate . . Acid phosphate. Steamed bone Bu. 15.2 20.4 21.6 19.3 10.2 16.0 15.4 Tom. 0.99 1.19 1.34 1.20 .61 .94 .90 Bu. 18.2 24.5 24.2 21.1 15.2 20.8 15.2 Tons. 1.19 1.45 1.55 1.32 .87 1.17 .90 Bu. Tons. Bu. ^o?^s. Lbs. 8 3 5.2 6.4 4.1 0.20 .35 .21 6.3 6.0 2.9 0.26 .36 .13 229 218 383 .$1.83 3.27 1.53 ?3.37 3.13 2.57 S4.47 2.73 5 3 Phosphate rock. Cowpeas removed: No phosphate . . Acid phosphate. Phosphate rock. 1.37 4 3 6.3 5.2 .33 .29 5.6 .30 .03 261 385 2.09 1.54 a5.34 04.73 a 5. 98 0.77 " Value of the increased yield of cowpea hay included. The results show a distinct tendency of lime " to lower the availability of the roclv phosphate but not to affect the acid phosphate. . . . The steamed bone meal, although included among the relatively insoluble phosphates, ap- l)ears in these experiments to occupy an intermediate place, with returns little inferior to those from acid phosphate, . . . but . . . the nitrogen contained in the meal . . . probably gives it a higher standing than can be attributed to the phosphoric acid alone." The results with Thomas slag, although limited, " are very much in its favor, especially if a large enough application be made to take the place of liming, in which event it promises to be the most profitable of all the phosphates." A comparison of the relative profits shows that "without liming acid phos- phate ranks first, bone meal second, and phosphate rock third in profitableness of returns, whether the cowpeas be turned under for green manure or removed for hay, but any one of the three may be used with profit. Under liming, which is necessary in order to get remunerative crops of clover on these soils, and is therefore fundamental to their most successful management, acid phosphate is easily first, bone meal may be used with profit, but phosphate rock is liable to be used at a loss." The opinion that rock phosphate " increases appreciably in effectiveness with the lapse of time after incorix)ration with the soil " finds little supiwrt in the results of these experiments. "A consideration of the percentage of decrease in yield from the first to the last crop of wheat, for each phosphated and unphosphated plat where the cowpeas were turned under, shows that the unphosphated plats, as an average of the first three series, declined most and that phosphate rock, bone meal, and acid phosphate followed in the order named. . . . There seems ... to be little promise in phosphate rock on soils like those under consideration, unless liming be omitted, and even then . . . acid phosphate may be much more profitable than the untreated rock." Sand cultures with different phosphates, I. S. Shulov {Isv. MosJcov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. (Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou), 11 {1911), No. 2, pp. 177-198, figs. 10).— The results of these experiments agreed with those of previous tests In showing very good effects from many low percentage phosphatie slags. Leached ashes gave good results as a source of phosphoric acid when used with rye straw ash. Birch wood ashes were less effective, but still better than bone meal. When 428 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. calcium nitrate replaced one-half of the ammonium sulphate especially good results were obtained in those pots to which bone meal had been applied. Vivi- anite and pure ferrous phosphate ga^-e very good results. The phosphoric acid of iron and aluminum phosphates showed a relatively high availability, and iiicreasing amounts of calcium carbonate up to 1 per cent of the soil had very little depressing effect on their action, while producing very unfavorable effects on the action of tricaleium phosphate in the form of bone meal and phosphorite. Superphosphate, precipitated phosphate, and Thomas slag were, as in previous experiments, less unfavorably affected by calcium carbonate. On the after effect on moor soils of Palmaer phosphate, Thomas slag, and superphosphate, H. voN Feilitzen (Jour. Landtv., 59 (1911), No. 4. PP- 371-374; abs. in Jour. Chcin. 8oc. [London], 102 (1912), No. 591, II, p. 85).— These experiments were carried out in wooden casks, sunk in the soil, with thoroughly decomposed moor soil, rich in lime and nitrogen. The pants used were oats, potatoes, lupines, and kohl-rabi. The Palmaer phosphate appeared to be as effective the second year after ap- plication as superphosphate and in fact was in a few cases superior. The after effects of the Thomas slag were more pronounced than in the case of either of the other fertilizers. Influence of rice bran upon the manurial value of phosphoric acid con- tained in oil cakes, Y. Kida (Jour. Col. Agr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 1 (1911), ?Io. 3, pp. 367-379). — The experiments here reported were undertaken to determine whether the organic phosphorus, which is to a considerable extent in the com- paratively unavailable form of phytin in oil cakes, can be made more assimilable by plants by adding to the oil cakes a material like rice bran, which is rich in phytase, an enzym shown by Suzuki et al. (E. S. R., 19, p. 966) to be capable of splitting phytin into a soluble inorganic phosphorus compound and inosit. It was found that, although phytase occurs in both rape seed cake and soy bean cake, the materials used in the experiments reported, its action is very small. When rice bran was mixed with the oil cakes there was a marked increase in the production of soluble inorganic phosphorus from the organic phosphorus compounds, and the manurial value of the cakes was greatly in- creased. This result was obtained not only with pressed cakes freed from fats and oils but also with the untreated cakes. Some bacteriological effects of liming', P. E. Brown (loica Sta. Research Bui. 2, pp. 49-107, figs. 9). — These experiments, which were carried out with 20 earthenware pots, each containing 30 lbs, of sifted, fresh, typical Wisconsin drift soil, were designed to determine the effects of applications of ground lime- stone on certain groups of soil bacteria. The ground limestone was applied in amounts representing ^, 1, 2, and 3 tons per acre, and thoroughly mixed with the soil. Ten pots were left bare and 10 were planted to oats. By means of culture methods, which are fully described, studies were made of the total bacterial content and the ammonifying, nitrifying, dentrifying, and nitrogen fixing power of the soil. The general conclusions reached were that " applications of lime up to 3 tons per acre lead to an increase in the numbers of bacteria developing on ' modified synthetic ' agar. They also produce an increase in ammonification, nitrification, and in nitrogen fixation when these processes are tested by the beaker method. These increases are in all cases almost proportionate to the amount of lime applied. " Natural increases in numbers of bacteria tend to obscure the effects of appli- cations of lime, while natural decreases make them more pronounced. " Peptone solutions do not permit of the determining of the largest number of bacteria which will destroy humus with the production of ammonia. AGEICULTURAL BOTANY. 429 " The beaker metliod, with dried blood or cottonseed meal for ammonification, with ammouium sulphate or dried blood for nitrification, and with mannite for nitrogen fixation, is eminently satisfactory. " The ammonification of dried blood or of cottonseed meal runs parallel with the numbers of bacteria while there is very little relation between the ammonifi- cation of peptone solutions and numbers. " Increased nitrification leads to slight accumulations of nitrates in the soil. " Natural accumulations of nitrates in the soil tend to obscure the differences due to the lime treatment. " The solution method for nitrogen fixation is quite unreliable. "Applications of lime increase the yield of oats; 2 and 1 ton per acre very slightly, but 2 and 3 tons to quite a large extent. "Applications of lime up to 3 tons per acre increase the nitrogen content of the oats crop more rapidly than the yield itself." The use of street sweepings from Montevideo as a fertilizer, J. Schroder (Agros, 2 {1911), No. 11, pp. 315-317). — Analyses of this material are reported, and its fertilizing value is briefly discussed. The dried material contained 9 per cent of water, 0.3 per cent of nitrogen, 0.35 per cent of phosphoric acid, and 0.6 per cent of potash. The material is considered a valuable fertilizer when not too coarse and freed from stones and other inert matter. Fertilizers, 1911 (Lab. Inland Rev. Dcpt. Canada Bui. 227, pp. 23). — Analyses of 161 samples of fertilizers collected for inspection during May, 1911, in the Dominion of Canada are reported. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. A study on periodicity in plant growth as related to climatic variations, E. Vanderlinden {Sejjarate from Rcc. Inst. Bot. L60 Errera Bruxelles, 8 (1910), pp. 2J,7-323, pis. 16; abs. in Met. Ztschr., 28 (1911), No. 7, pp. 33-',, 335; Quart. Jour. Roy. Met. Soc. [London], 37 (1911), No. 160, pp. 364, 365).— Phenological observations covering a period of 14 years on 39 species of plants are recorded, and an attempt has been made to correlate these data with climatological data, experimental evidence, etc. The greatest differences between actual and normal dates of flowering were noticed in those plants which flower early in the spring. For plants flowering normally in May less difference was noticed, but beginning with June they gradually increased. Heat and radiation are said to be the only climatological factors that sensibly affect the flowering of plants, the other factors being practically negligible except occasionally with summer-flowering plants. The factors that hasten flowering in dormant plants are temperature and radiation above normal for several days. A low percentage of moisture in the air also stimulates flowering, while cold, cloudy weather, with considerable rain, retards it. Favorable or unfavorable conditions retain their effect for some time and they are not entirely counterbalanced by changed conditions. In general, plants flower at certain times, which are determined to a large extent by heredity, but when blooming is delayed flowers may be brought forth by stimulating effects much lower than would be required for precocious blooming. Autumn and winter climates are said to be without visible effect on spring and summer flowering. Species of plants that normally flower about the same time will, in most cases, be equally retarded or advanced in their actual dates of blooming. Second blooming, as sometimes occurs in late summer or autumn, is not due to earlier climatic conditions. An equal departure from normal temperature lias less effect on plants in summer than in spring. 430 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. In order that plants may flower a dormant period is necessary, as only then are they susceptible to the factors which are concerned in the opening of the flowers. In his experimental studies the author found that dormant twigs placed for several hours in hot water (28 to 30° C.) had their buds forced, while those not dormant were insensible to the treatment. Placing them in hot air also stimulated shoots, but the stimulus did not continue so long as on treatment with hot water. Phenological observations are held to furnish only approximate results concerning the effect of climatic influences on plants. The influence of light on the transpiration of succulent plants, Leclerc DU Sablon (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 2J,, pp. 123G-1238).— Experiments were conducted with a number of species of succulent plants to determine the effect of diffused and direct sunlight on their respiration, the claim having been made that sunlight increases the transpiration of chlorophyll- bearing plants only, while diffused light tends to increase the transpiration not only in green but also in etiolated plants. It was found that diffused light when compared with darkness exerted a greater influence than did direct sunlight when contrasted with diffused light. The stimulating effect of direct sunlight is held to be a result of the increased temperature following the exposure of the plant to the full effect of sunshine. On the infl.uence of ultraviolet rays on vegetation, J. Stoklasa et al. iCentbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 31 {.1911), No. 16-22, pp. Jf77-.',95, pis. //).— Con- tinuing previous contributions (E. S. R., 25, p. 125) the authoi's report further researches with the shorter wave lengths as related to chlorophyll synthesis, protoplasm destruction, and leaf development, with results as follows. Seedlings of pea, corn, oats, and rye gi'own in darkness for 10 days and then exposed to waves of from 0.000250 to 0.000575 mm. in length showed a dis- tinctly green color in 2 hours, while those exposed to direct sunlight remained a pale yellow. After 6 hours' exposure, however, both showed a deep green of about the same intensity, and thereafter the rates of change were about equal. Seedlings grown in darkness for about 21 days appeared to have been so weakened that these rays produced only slow and slight change in this experi- ment. Etiolated leaves of the sugar beet were exposed for 134 hours to rays of from 0.000250 to 0.000575 mm. length, others for 14 hours to diffused day- light, while still others were kept in darkness as controls. On comparison it was found that the leaves of the control plants were distinctly yellow and the edges curled sharply back upon the lower side, the primary veins being promi- nent while the secondary veins were scarcely noticeable. The leaves which had been exposed to daylight were of a greenish yellow, the edges were a little curled, the secondary as well as the primary veins being quite distinct. The leaves exposed to the short wave lengths were of an intense green, com- pletely unrolled, and sharply crisped at the edge, both primary and secondary nerves being very distinct and prominent. These leaves were unusually stiff and somewhat brittle, and when cut off and placed in water retained their fi-esh a])pearance for a week, whereas those of the other 2 groups did not last half so long. INIost of the wave lengths used in the above experiments were between 0.000300 and 0.000400 mm., but experiments were conducted also with the mercury-quartz lamp without the protective globe, giving additional wave lengths shorter than 0.000300 mm. These showed practically the same results in chlorophyll formation as previous ones, and apparently these shorter waves have no influence in this regard. No destruction of chlorophyll was noted after 2 hours' exposure. Young green leaves of different plants exposed to these direct rays for 2 hours showed a deep green color. In 4 hours they AGRICrLTURAL BOTANY. 431 had begun to shrivel, and in from 1 to 5 days' exposure to diffused daylight those parts of the leaves which had been directly exposed died. The I'est remained green, and the plant put out new leaves. Only the epidermal cells of the upper side of the exposed leaves turned brown, the cells beneath showing no change. Similar experiments with flowers showed them to be much more sensitive to the short rays than are leaves. Both flowers and leaves of hothouse plants were much more sensitive to short waves than those grown in the open. Neither color of the flower nor kind of plant seemed to bear any regular relation to the power of resistance to the rays. Alcoholic solutions of chlorophyll showed no alteration of spectrum after an exposure of from 5 to 60 minutes. The mycoplasm of bacteria was most sensitive to the influence of the ultra- violet rays. Under exposure to direct rays for from 8 to 10 seconds all cul- tures tried were killed, while none appeared to be killed by 300 seconds' ex- posure to the rays which passed through mica plates. The effect of different luminous radiations on the movement of zoospores of Chlamydomonas, P. Desroche (Compt. Rend. Acad. 8ci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 18, pp. 829-832, dgm. 1). — After subjecting Chlamydomonas to different por- tions of the solar spectrum, the author found that the radiation absorbed by the chlorophyll in the alga was of 2 classes. One group excited the movement, while the other checked or in some cases entirely inhibited it. The effect of absolute darkness on the growth of plants in laboratories, J. Feiedel {Compt. Rend. Aead. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 18, pp. 825, 826). — The author, by means of specially constructed boxes, claims to have been able to secure absolute darkness under conditions that would permit of plant growth. He found that it exercised a decided effect on the morphological development of the plants, exaggerating all the characters that are accompaniments of etiola- tion. The absence of light seemed to have no effect on the formation of an- thocyanin in red cabbage, castor bean, spinach, and in cuttings of Achryanthes. Absolute darkness was found to exert a definite effect on the germination of lentils, the leaves being much smaller, the internodes less numerous, and the stem less angular than where grown under the darkness obtained by black screens. Onion bulbs grown under complete darkness were completely deprived of chlorophyll, although ordinary darkness is not sufiicient to prevent these plants from taking on a green coloration. The occurrence of hemagg'lutinin in plants, M. voN Eisler and L. von Portheim {Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell, 29 {1911), No. 7, pp. 1,19-430) .—According to the authors, hemagglutinin is found present in various species of 2 genera of Euphorbiacefe, 1 of Solanacefe, and 6 of Legumiuosfe. The substance is present in the cotyledons or in the endosperm and very evidently acts as a reserve material for the development of the seedlings. Is iron indispensable to the formation of conidia of Aspergillus niger? M. Javillier and B. Sauton {Compt. Rend. Acad. Set. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 23, pp. 1177-1180). — A. niger was grown in solutions containing iron and various other substances. In the absence of iron and in the presence of a relatively high amount of zinc no conidia were formed. Later it was found that the zinc was the cause of this behavior. The authors claim that iron, although a very important element for the growth of molds, is not fundamentally necessary for the formation of conidia and their pigmentation. The influence of calcium on the development and ash constituents of Aspergillus niger, Mile. Egbert {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 23, pp. 1175-1177). — The author describes experiments on this mold, which was grown in Raulin medium to which was added various quantities of lime. 432 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOED. It appears that calcium did not favor tlie development of A. niger, or at least, if it did, it was when it was present in such small quantity as not to be recog- nized by the methods adopted. Calcium was fixed completely when present in small quantity in solution, and partially when the strength of solution was greater. The increase in weight under these conditions is taken simply as a result of the increase in the amount of calcium in the ash. On the presence of barium in the ash and extract of certain Kansas weeds, E. H. S. Bailey and L. E. Sayre (Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., 23-24 (1909-10), pp. 194-198). — On account of the suggested relation of barium to certain dis- eases, a study has been made of the ash and extract of a number of species of plants to determine the presence of barium, manganese, magnesium, and other constituents. Of 16 species of common weeds, barium was found in elder, ragweed, Aplo- pappiis ciliatus, Oxytropis lamberti, and agrimony. Some laboratory experiments are reported, in which the effect of barium in an extract of Astragalus upon guinea pigs was studied. These seem to indicate that while barium may be a factor in producing disease, there is another prin- ciple in the Astragalus that acts as a poison. The effect of tarring roads on the growth, of trees in the Bois de Boulogne, C. L. Gatin (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 3, pp. 202- 204). — ^An account is given of observations made upon catalpa (Catalpa higno- nioides) and 2 forms of Robinia pseudo-acacia, in which studies were made of the leaves of these trees along roads that had been given coatings of tar and along those which had not. In nearly every instance it was found that the normal plants had a much greater leaf development than where they had been subjected to the vapor and dust from tarred roads. The author proposes an experimental investigation on the effect of the dust and vapor from oiled or tarred roads on plants. The experimental reproduction of the injury to plants by the vapors and dust arising from tarred roads, C. L. Gatin (Compt. Ren4. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 15, i)p. 688-690).— In continuation of the above studies, the author covered the leaves of maple, lilac, walnut, ash, red currant, rose, and others with the dust such as arises from tarred roads, applying it once a week from July 1 to IS, and afterwards 2 or 3 times a week until the middle of Sep- tember. All the plants showed the effect of the application, the leaves of the ash and the walnut being burned, while the young leaves of the maple were scorched and perforated and the old ones were tux*ned brown. The effect of the treat- ment on the rose, in reducing the length of the leaves and the number and size of the leaflets, is also shown. Anatomical modifications produced on plants by dust from tarred roads, C. L. Gatin and Fluteaux (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 21, pp. 1020, 1021). — Studies were made in July and in October of leaves and branches of catalpa and 2 forms of locust, in which it was found that the plants which had been submitted during the season to dust from tarred roads had become considerably modified. The leaves were reduced in size, the parenchyma very much changed, the axial cylinder modified, and in the branches the medullai-y rays were greatly reduced. Plants under certain con- ditions seemed to protect themselves against the injurious action of the dust by the development of suberized tissue. The action of the dust on trees is a gradual one, and in the case of catalpa it was found to result in the complete removal of reserve starch. Floral anomalies in Japanese hops and hemp due to early seeding, J. TouRNOis (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 21, pp. 1017- AGKICULTURAL BOTANY. 433 1020). — Atteulion is called to abnormal occurrences in the flowering of these plants, the anthor stating that if they are planted very early, that is toward the close of winter, the first flowering will take place when the plants are very young, followed by a second normal flowering period. During the first period the anomalous changes in sexuality of the flowers appear. On the variations in tuberous Solanums, P. Berthault (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 18, pp. 827-829).— In continuation of previous investigations (E. S. R., 22, p. 626), the author has studied the variations observed in a number of wild and cultivated species of tuber-bearing Solanums. The variations brought about through cuttings or buds of the wild species as well as of 8. tuberosutn are not considered to be of sufficient importance to warrant the assumption of their origin from the same species. There was nothing found that would conflrm the assumption that S. commersonii, 8. maglia, or S. tuberosum present forms that are closely allied. The variations secured through seed of 8. tuberosum were found never to give characters that were completely new but were new combinations of existant characters. This is held to be due to the fact that the agricultural varieties of potatoes are in the nature of hybrids and do not produce mutations. Further experiments on the inheritance of " doubleness " and other characters in stocks, Edith R. Saunders {Jour. Genetics, 1 {1911), No. 4, PP- 303-376, pis. 2, figs. 2). — A continuation of previous experiments (E. S. R., 21, p. 45). Double stocks are said to be completely sterile, forming neither pollen nor ovules, and consequently they are always obtained from seed set by singles. The results of the investigations thus far carried on show that the relationship of the various factors concei'ned is by no means simple. The author claims that her statement of inheritance may be considered as a useful working hypothesis, although it may have to be tested by further experiments along several lines. An attempted analysis of parasitism, D. T. MacDougal {Bot. Gaz., 52 {1911), No. Jf, pp. 249-260, figs. 6).— The author states that about half of the total number of seed plants use complex food material which is derived from other organisms, either by mycorrhizal or parasitic arrangements. So far as his observations go, it api:)ears that dependent species which are advantaged by contact or association with other species undergo somatic modifications, consisting chiefly of atrophies or reduction of the shoots and root system, and that in plants of fixed parasitic habit, these reductions may bring about the total disappearance of the roots and reduce the shoot to a simple, unbranched, chlorophyll-less stem, upon which the leaves are represented by colorless bracts. In investigating the conditions under which 2 species may enter into the relation of host and parasite, the author found that in all cases the osmotic ratio between the sap of the 2 plants was the ruling factor. One plant can not become parasitic on another except by the aid of a superior osmotic pres- sure which withdraws solutions from the tissues of the enforced host. It is concluded that the evolutionary movement is generally toward increased de- pendency of the parasite, accompanied by accentuated and more or less com- plete atrophies. The view that such a movement may sometimes ultimately lead to extinction seems justifiable by influence. Induced and occasional parasitism, D. T. MacDougal {Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 38 {1911), No. 10, pp. 473-480, pis. 4)- — Continuing a previous account (E. S. R., 24, p. 428), the author describes the further development of a number of species of plants which had been placed in condition for parasitism on several species of cactus. 434 EXPERIMEKT STATION RECORD. It was found in his experiments, whicli were carried over 4 years, that plants may l)e induced to live as parasites when they are subjected to the necessity of securing their nutrition from the host and also of maintaining their turgidity as a necessary condition of growth and other constructive proc- esses. The change from an autophytic to a parasitic condition is apparently one that may be readily made by many species of plants. FIELD CROPS. Proceeding's of the American Society of Agronomy (Proc. Amer. 8oc. Agron., 1 (1907-1909), pp. 238, figs. 9). — This volume contains in condensed form the minutes of meetings of the American Society of Agronomy, held in Chicago, Ithaca, Washington, and Omaha, together with 39 of the 69 scientific papers presented at these meetings, as follows: Development and Proper Status of Agronomy, by M. A. Carleton ; The Neces- sity for Greater Care in the Identification of Crop Varieties Used in Experi- mental Work, by C. V. Piper ; The Testing of Varieties as Foundation Work in the Improvement of Farm Crops, by R. A. Moore, by A. T. Wiancko. and by A. M. Ten Eyck ; Some Desirable Precautious in Plat Experimentation, by H. J. Wheeler ; The Interpretation of Field Experiments, by C. E. Thorne ; The Size of Experiment Plats for Field Crops, by F. W. Taylor ; Some Experiments to Determine the Uniformity of Certain Plats for Field Tests, by J. O. Morgan ; The Use of Row Plantings to Check Field Plats, by V. L. Cory ; Breeding, Multiplying, and Distributing Improved Seed Grain by the Experiment Station, by A. M. Ten Eyck ; Plat Arrangement for Variety Experiments with Com, by L. H. Smith ; Selection in Vegetatively Propagated Crops, by W. J. Spillman ; The Row Method and the Centgener Method of Breeding Wheat, Oats, and Barley, by C. P. Bull ; The Relation Between the Size of Seeds and the Yield of Plants of Farm Crops, by C. A. Zavitz (see below) ; Methods of Studying the Relative Yielding Power of Kernels of Different Sizes, by W. M. Jardine; The Relation of Wheat to Climate and Soil, by T. L. Lyon ; Some Experiments in Breeding High-nitrogen Wheat, by R. W. Thatcher ; Factors which Determine the Composition of Wheat, by R. W. Thatcher ; Delayed Germination of Durum Wheat, by L. R. Waldron ; Experiments in Growing Alfalfa from Seed Secured from Different Sources, by J. M. Westgate, and by A. Mackay ; Sowing Alfalfa and the Common Clovers with and without a Nurse Crop, by R. A. Moore ; The Soy Bean as a Farm Crop, by C. A. Mooers; Basis for Estimating the Yield of Hay, by W. J. Spillman; Weed Control by Means of Chemical Sprays, by H. L. Bolley; Value of the Field Study of Soils, by G. N. Coffey; Physical Principles of Soil Classification, by G. N. Coffey; Methods of Soil Surveying, by E. L. Worthen; Relation of Soil Surveys to Crop Surveys, by E. O. Fippin; How Can Our Soil Surveys be Made of Greater Value to Agriculture? by W. H. Stevenson and by A. M. Ten Eyck; Increase in the Practical Efficiency of the Soil Survey, by E. O. Fippin; Instruction in Soil Physics, by A. G. McCall ; The Soil as a Limiting Factor in Crop Production, by W. J. Spillman ; Availability of Soil Nitrogen in Relation to the Basicity of the Soil and to the Growth of Legumes, by T. L. Lyon; Some Conditions Affecting Nitrification in Dunkirk Clay Loam, by J. A. Bizzell ; Some Results with Lime on Missouri Soil, by M. F. Miller; and Some Soil Problems in Oklahoma, by L. A. Moorhouse. The relation between the size of seeds and the yield of plants of farm crops, C. A. Zavitz (Proc. Amer. Soc. Agron., 1 (1907-1909), pp. 98-101,).— This paper presents full data obtained in tests of the yielding power of large, medium, and small seeds of oats, barley, field peas, spring and winter wheat, mangels, sugar beets, swedes, fall turnips, field carrots, rape, and potatoes. FIELD CROPS, 435 The author concludes from experiments conducted during the past 14 years that " it seems very evident that large seeds will give a greater yield than an equal number of small seeds, in the case of each of at least 12 different classes of farm crops." Experiments with rice and secondary crops, J. E. Van Dee Stok (Meded. Dcpt. Landb. [Dutch East Indies], 1910, No. 12, pp. 77+243).— The experiments reported in this publication were made with rice, cassava, peanuts, and sweet potatoes. Observations on the blossoming and the fruit development of the rice plant showed that in Java the blossoms do not open before 6 o'clock in the morning or after 3.30 o'clock in the afternoon. The greater number of blossoms opened from 10 to 12 o'clock, but a large number also opened from 9 to 10 and from 32 to 1 o'clock. In general, the number of undeveloped kernels was greater in the larger than In the smaller heads. A table is given showing how different varieties and strains of rice may differ in this particular and that, as a rule, the number of abortive blossoms in the head increases from above downwards. Tests in which seed rice was divided into light and heavy kernels by means of a chemical solution of high density showed that the method applied to the common varieties does not insure better results from the heavier kernels. In pure strains the heavier seeds were observed as generally superior to the lighter ones, but this is believed as having been due at times to greater regularity and uniformity of stand. Studies on correlation indicated that up to a certain point thickness of the kernel appears to be quite regularly correlated with its length, breadth, and weight. The grouping of the kernels according to length, breadth, and thickness showed that the greatest thickness coincided with the largest average weight per kernel, while in the other two groups the result did not show a similar coincidence. The results of various groupings based on these different factors indicated in general that the average thickness and the average length of the kernel stand in better corre- lation with its weight than does the average breadth. These observations were made on unhulled grain of pure strains, but the results were found to apply also to the hulled kernels. It was further observed that the upper por- tion of the head produced kernels greater in average weight and thickness than were produced by the middle portion, and that the lower portion ranked last in this regard. It was further indicated by the results that the average weight of hulled and unhulled kernels decreases as the number of grains per head, including fully developed and incompletely developed grains, increases. The results of observations on the transmission of characters in hybrid forms of rice are discussed at some length, and tables are given showing the variation between pure strains in the number of heads per plant and kernels per head. Special attention is given in this discussion to the transmission of color. The results of observations on cassava include variations in the yield of roots and tops expressed absolutely and on a percentage basis. It was noted that the seedlings with the higher root production, when propagated asexually, produced a higher average yield of roots than seedlings low in root yielding capacity. A collection of 53 different varieties and strains of cassava, including 21 native varieties, is briefly described. Of the native varieties only 7 have been observed to produce blossoms. A descriptive classification of the different types and varieties is presented and the yields of different varieties in a com- parative test are tabulated. Similar experiments and observations, including breeding experiments in the operation of Mendel's law in this connection, were made with peanuts. 436 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. A variety test of sweet potatoes is reported and the diCPerent varieties are described. Beport of the Aligarh Agricultural Station of the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh, for the year ending June 30, 1911, A. E. Parr {Rpt. Aligarh Agr. Sia. United Prov. Agra and Oudh, 1911, pp. 6+II). — Earlier work at this station has already been noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 142). In each of a number of tests cotton of the white-flowered type gave larger yields than that of the yellow-flowered type. Variety tests of wheat, sugar cane, and peanuts are also reported. There was little difference in the yields of sorghum sown broadcast and that planted after the plow in rows 1 ft. apart. Variety selection of hoed crops and leguminous plants and the methods of variety testing, K. von Rijmker (Tagesfrag. Mod. Ackerhau, 1911, No. 6, 2. ed., rev., pp. 53, pis. 6). — Variety selection with reference to iwtatoes, fodder beets, sugar beets, and other hoed crops, together with leguminous plants, oil- producing plants and maize, is discussed at some length and the value of pre- vailing methods of variety testing is considered. The dry matter content in root crops and the best methods of its deter- mination, P. BoLiN (jS:. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. If, pp. 286-318). — ^The author studied the loss of weight of roots kept in storage from 2 to 60 days, the variation of dry matter content in varieties and individ- ual specimens, the porosity of the roots, the evaporation of water during the preparation of samples, and the degree of fineness of the samples in their relation to the results of dry matter determination in ruta-bagas, mangels, and fodder beets. Analytical results secured in this connection are reported and a description of the methods of analysis recommended is given in German. The principal object of the work was to determine whether or not the dry matter content of roots is in correlation with the percentage of tops or with the weight of the roots. The work was done with 5 varieties each of ruta-bagas and fodder beets and 6 varieties of mangels, from 19 to 24 roots being included in each comparison. The results obtained are recorded in tables. The data secured indicated a correlation between the percentage of tops and the dry matter content of the roots, although the relation did not always appear in the individual root. The correlation between the dry matter content and the weight in the roots was less regular, and for this reason it is suggested that in sampling root crops quite as much importance be given to an average percentage of tops as to the prevailing average size. Manurial and variety tests with roots, G. de S. Baylis {Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 {1911), No. J,, pp. 286-290) .—A table states the results obtained in tests with mangels, swedes, and carrots. The data are tabulated under the heads of soil, cultivation, inter-cultivation, manure, and yield. On seed production with forage plants and some related questions, A. Elofson {Sveriges TJtsddcsfor. Tidskr., 21 {1911), Nos. 3, pp. 127-164; 5, pp. 257-301, pis. 4, figs. 10). — The author discusses seed production in Sweden, and describes the production of grass, clover, and alfalfa seed in other European countries. The seed improvement associations, possibility of the exportation of seeds from Sweden, and the preparation of seeds are also discussed. Report of an experiment on the renovation of poor pasture land carried out at several centers, T. Milburn and R. C. Gaut {County Council Lancaster, Ed. Com., Agr. Dept., Farmer's Bui. 22, pp. 25, pi. 1). — This work, which was conducted on several farms in different localities, indicated an advantage in the use of wild white clover in preference to ordinary white or Dutch clover in cow pastures. Lime gave decidedly satisfactory results at only one center. Generally the character of the original herbage was only slowly affected where the dressing used was of cob lime, ground lime, or ground limestone. Upon the FIELD CEOPS. 437 whole, pliosi:)hates proved the most efEective fertilizers in improviug pastures. Basic slag, superphosphate, aud boiled bones did uniformly well. Potash made no marked improvement. Varieties of corn in Ohio, G. T. Abbott (Ohio Sta. Circ. 117, ijp. 23-67, figs. 35). — This study of the' geographical distribution in Ohio of 27 varieties or strains of corn is offered as a contribution to the agricultural survey of the State. Notes on the several varieties present historical information and state their cultural and varietal characteristics. J. S. Leaming- and his com, W. A. Lloyd (Wooster, Ohio, 1911, pp. 20, figs. 10). — This paper gives a biographical sketch of J. S. Leaming and a brief history of the Leaming corn. Notes are given on the distribution and adapta- tion of this variety in a number of the corn growing States. Maize experiments at the experimental farm, Potchefstroom, T. O. Bell (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911). No. .}, pp. ^So-JiJ/G, figs. 6).— Rainfall data for 1909-10 are followed by reports of variety tests of corn during these years and during the 5 crop seasons 1906-1911. During the 6 years' experiments corn planted in rows 2 ft. apart gave greater yields than when the rows were farther apart. A new breed of maize: The " Mercer," J. Bubtt-Davy (Agr. Jour. Umon So. Africa, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 318-321, figs. 3).— The author describes a new white dent corn thought to have originated by the accidental crossing of Hickory King and Virginia Horsetooth. Cotton: From the raw material to the finished product, R. J. Peake (Lon- don, Bath, and New York, [1911], pp. IX-\-122, pis. 3, figs. iT).— This book deals with cotton as the basis of a great English industry, giving special prominence to the manufacture of cotton goods and related phases. The English cotton trade and the production and marketing of American cotton are also discussed. On the relation between weig'ht, specific gravity, and dry-m.atter content of mangels, R. K. Keistensen (Tidsskr. Landhr. Planteavi, 18 (1911), No. 2, pp. 277-309, figs. Jf). — The results obtained by the author in examinations of mangels grown at the Askov Experiment Station during 1909-10 showed that there is a general definite relation between the weight of mangels and their content of dry matter. On the average, an increase of 10 gm. in weight was found to be accompanied by a decrease in the percentage of dry matter of 0.014 per cent. When roots are grown under the same conditions there appears to be a correlation between the specific gravity and the dry-matter content that may be expressed by a simple formula, provided a sufficient number of roots are classed together, so that individual variations are done away wnth, but if the roots are grown under different conditions the relation between the specific gravity and the dry-matter content will be variable. Trials of the sampling of roots by crushing and by sawing or grating showed that if the saw teeth are sharp similar results are obtained as to the percentage of dry matter in the roots. Potato improvement work at Svalof, F. Lundberg (Sveriges Utsadesfor. Tidskr., 21 (1911), No. It, pp. 205-225).— The author gives the history, general principles, and methods of the improvement work with potatoes at Svalof, with the main results obtained up to and including the year 1910 in developing new strains of potatoes for factory and table purposes. Marsh potato (Solanum commersonii), A. J. Hansen (Tidsskr. Landbr. Planteavi, 18 (1191), No. 2, pp. 310-316).— In tests of the improved marsh potato imported from France and the Blaa-Kampe potato, the latter produced the larger yields during each of the 2 to 4 years during which the tests were conducted at 3 Danish plant culture stations. 438 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECORD. The improvement of local rice (Jour. Bd. Agr. Brit. Guiana, 5 (1911), No. 2, p_ g7). — This is a report of 7 years' tests of a number of local and imported kinds of rice. Wild rice in tropical Africa, A. Chevalier {Bill. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. \ Paris], 1910, No. 7, pp. -'tO-'i-JiOS). — A botanical study of Oryza barthii, with references to the literature of the subject. The soya bean of Manchuria, N. Shaw {Shanghai: Insp. Oen. Customs, 1911, pp. 32, pis. 8, fig. 1). — This is a manual of information on the varieties, production, uses, and products of the soy bean. The author deals with its uses both in the far East and in the western world. The soy bean in India, D. Hooper (Agr. Ledger, 1911, No. 3 (Veg. Prod. Ser.. No. ll'i), pp. 17-33). — These pages very briefly review soy-bean experiments, races and varieties, and cultural methods in India. Experiments on the influence of common salt and green manuring on the yield and composition of the sugar beet, together with their residual effect, J. C. De liuiJTER DE WiLDT, D. MoL, and A. D. Bekkiiout ( Verslag. Landbouwk. Onderzoek. RijkslandbouiDproefstat. [Netherlands], 1911, No. 10, pp. 94-122). — In these experiments common salt was applied at the rates of 150, 225, 300, 375, and 450 kg. per hectare in connection with the culture of sugar beets. The highest yield was secured where an application of 300 kg. per hectare (267 lbs. per acre) was made. The sugar content of the beets on this plat was not perceptibly affected and, therefore, the total yield in sugar was also heaviest with this application. In the green manuring experiment, vetch, serradella, and yellow lupines were used. Half of each field was plowed under in the fall and the other half in the spring. In addition to this treatment a general application of commercial fertilizers was given the entire tract. The sugar beets grown on these plats were the more vigorous where vetch had been turned under, and these plats also furnished the highest yield of beets. The fields on serradella and lupine plats were about the same but smaller than on the vetch plat. With vetch plowing under in the spring, and with the other two crops turning under in the fall, seemed to have the most favorable efliect. The sugar content in all three cases was highest on the spring plowing, the difference being greatest on the yellow lupine plat where it amounted to about 1 per cent. The results as a whole showed the highest sugar content on the serradella plat, the next highest on the yellow lupine plat, and the lowest on the vetch plat. When the yield and sugar content were both taken into consideration there was practi- cally no difference in the total sugar production on the spring and the fall plowing. The following year these plats were sown with Chevalier barley. The vetch plat again gave the largest yield. In this experiment turning under the green crop in the spring did not give as favorable results as where the crop was turned under in the fall. In a third test, sugar beets were grown on land which had been flooded with sea water, and contained, as shown by analyses, 35,000 kg. of common salt per hectare to a depth of 60 cm. The composition of these beets showed that the salt content of the soil had reduced the sugar content, changed the relation of potassium and sodium by greatly increasing the sodium content, and increased the chlorin and ash content. Although an increase of albuminoid nitrogen had taken place, the increase in the nonalbumioid nitrogen was so much greater that the relation between the two had been disturbed. The sexual reproduction of sugar cane, G. Wilbbink and F. Ledeboeb {Meded. Proefstnt. Java-Suikervndus., 1911, No. 6, pp. 61-88, pis. 5).— This article describes the process of blossoming and fruit setting in the sugar-cane FIELD CROPS. 439 plant aud gives detailed directions for carrying on hybridization work and the subsequent seed production from the seed secured. A bibliography of 27 references is appended. Yearbook of sugar manufacture, J. Bock {Jahresher. Ziickerfabrik. [Stam- mer], 50 (1910), pp. XI+319, figs. 11). — This publication is a compilation of articles with reference to the agricultural and the technical phases of the beet sugar industry for the year 1910. In addition to this matter statistics regarding production and manufacture in the different countries of the world and reviews of the laws passed bearing on the beet sugar industry are presented. Report on tobacco culture in Montgomery County, L. R. Nkel {.Tennessee Sta. Bui. 93, pp. 114-116). — This is a report on the status of tobacco culture in a typical tobacco county in the dark tobacco district. The author discusses the preparation and cultivation of the land and seed selection. He states that successful growers apply stable manure to the poorer poi'tions of the field and that a large part of the farmers apply about 100 lbs. per acre of a 3 : 8 : G or a 2 : 7 : 4 fertilizer. A rotation recommended for trial is first year, wheat ; second and third years, clover and grass; fourth year, tobacco or corn ; and fifth year, rye cover crop sown in tobacco or corn, and soy beans. Contributions to the systematic classification of wheat varieties, J. Franz {Beitrdge zur Sortensystemattk 6e* Weizen. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Giessen, 1911, pp. 82, pi. 1). — The author made determinations of the number of kernels and their individual weight, and of the total weight of the kernels in each spikelet in 10 fully developed spikes of 17 varieties of wheat, and further ascertained the weight of the spike, the number of kernels, the total weight of the kernels, the average weight of the kernel, the number of rachis joints, and the spike length in 15 heads each of 15 varieties of wheat. The data secured indicated that in general the second kernel in the spikelet is the heaviest, being followed in decreasing order by the first, third, fourth, etc. With reference to the weight of the spikelet, the head of wheat may be divided into 3 parts, the lower showing an increase in weight of spikelets from be'ow upwards, the middle portion containing the heaviest spikelets, aud the upper having a decreasing tendency in their weight as they are located neai'er the point. The normal spike shows a uniformly full development in each part. The following basis of classification is proposed : All varieties with rachis joints less than 0.4 cm. long are to be regarded as compact headed, those with the rachis joints from 0.400 to 0.499 cm. long as medium, and the varieties with the rachis joints 0.5 cm. long or longer as open-headed. The rachis joints of the spikelets, as a rule, were found to increase in length up to the end joint, which is smaller than the joint preceding it. A study of the number and distribution of the fibrovascular bundles in the rachis did not disclose a relation to the distribution of the individual kernel weight in the spike. Experiments with wheat varieties in the Cape Province, 1910, W. J. La- MONT {Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 305-308). — Notes on the rust resistance of numerous wheat varieties are followed by a table giving exact data on varieties tested in the Western Province during 1907-1910. Some wheat tests, A. MacPherson (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911*), No. 4, pp. 299-303, figs. 2). — An application of 1 cwt. superphosphate was fol- lowed by a greater increase in the yield of wheat than resulted from the use of the same amount of fertilizer with sulphate of potash or nitrate of soda and gypsum, but in another test the greatest gain was obtained by the use of a mixture of 1 cwt. superphosphate, i cwt. sulphate of potash, and i cwt. gypsum. Results of variety tests are also reported. 32355°— No. 5—12 4 440 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOED. Svalofs solhvete (sun wheat), H. Nilsson-Ehle (Sveriges Utsddesfor. Tidskr., 21 (1911), No. 3, pp. 123-126, pi. 1). — A new heavy-yielding winter wheat especially adapted to southern Sweden is described which at Svalof pro- duced 4,5S0 kff. of grain per hectare (G8 bu. per acre), excelling in yield 5 other varieties tested. Siruilar variety tests at 4 other points are reported. Eooibloem, H. H. W. Pearson (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911), No. S, pp. 266-268). — This is a preliminary report on an investigation of the life history of rooibloem or witchweed, in which the present Imowledge of the eco- nomic and botanical characteristics of the weed is outlined. The experimental work undertaken includes the burial of seeds for the purpose of testing the conditions of germination. HORTICITITURE. A contribution to the study of the nutrition of cultivated mushrooms, A. HUBERT and F. Heim (Ann. Sci. Agron., 3. ser., 6 (1911), II, No. 5, pp, 337-341). — ^A previous study on the nutrition of the mushroom (Agaricus cam- pestris) led the authors to conclude that both lime and potash fertilizers could be used with profit (E. S. R., 22, p. 339). A complementary study was made of the horse manures commonly employed in making mushroom beds to determine to what extent they supply nutrition to the mushroom. It is concluded that the manures suitable for the culture of mushrooms are, as compared with fresh manures, poorer in ammonia, fats, and especially cellulose and xylan and richer in nitrogen and in vasculose. The mushrooms find in the manure in readily available form both nitrogenous matter and minerals in sufficient quantity with the exception of sulphuric acid and mag- nesia. For this reason it seems wise to add to the manure a small quantity of magnesia and sulphate fertilizers, such as kainit, which would likewise furnish a certain amount of potash. Analyses were made of the manure in a mushroom bed at the beginning of the culture and at the end. Data are given which show the fertilizing elements lost in raising 1 kg. (2.2 lbs.) of mushrooms, for the growing of which it is concluded that 33 kg. of composted manure are necessary. Pollination in orchards, F. J. Chittenden (Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. [London'], 73 (1911), No. 2, pp. 350-361).— A brief review of previous experimental work in orchard pollination, including a discussion of the factors influencing pollina- tion. In connection with experiments being conducted at Wisley, a list is given showing the varieties of apples growing in the Wisley Garden, arranged in order according to the average date of full flowering for the 4 years over which observations have been made. Tabular data are also given in which the order of flowering of apples at Wisley is compared with that in other localities in England, in Victoria, and in the United States. From the data secured at Wisley, it is concluded that although there will be in any one year some deviations from the relative order, these will usually be slight. A comparison of the blooming periods of the same varieties in different localities leads to the conclusion that a list drawn up from a suffi- cient number of observations in one locality will be in general a safe guide for planting in other localities. Practical orcharding jon rough lands, S. W. Moore (Akron, Ohio, 1911, pp. 289, figs. SO).— This is a popular treatise on orcharding with special ref- erence to apple growing on the rough hill and mountain lands in the East. Consideration is given to the questions of location, site, preparation of soil, selection of trees, choice of varieties, planting, care and cultivation, pruning, HORTICULTURE. 441 spraying, picking, packing, and marketing. Tlie subject matter is based in part on the autlior's experience in orcliardiug on rough lauds. Sugg'estions on the storage of apples, E. Walker (Arkansas 8ta. Circ. 13, pp. -{). — A popular presentation of the principles involved in keeping fruit and in the management of storage houses. An index to illustrations of pears, E. A. Bunyard {Jour. Boy. Hort. Soc. [London], 37 {1911), No. 2, pp. 321-349).— As with the index of apples pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 26. p. 238), the present index comprises an alphabetical list of pears, vpith references to the illustrations appearing in publications of various countries. The avocado in Hawaii, J. E. Higgins, C. J. Hunn, and V. S. Holt (Ilaioaid Sta. Bui. 25, pp. 4S, pis. 7, figs. 13). — ^A popular treatise on the culture of the avocado in Hawaii dealing with its botany and history, natural reqviirements, cultural requirements, control of injurious insects and diseases, crop statistics, harvesting, and marketing. Information is also given relative to methods of breeding the avocado and its use as food, including methods of serving and preserving the fruit. The better known trade varieties, together with varieties under test on the mainland of the United States and varieties of special merit under test at the Hawaii Station, are described. The subject matter is based largely on the results of investigations conducted at the station for the past 2 or 3 years. On some natural citrus hybrids, L. Savastano and A. Parrozzani {Reprint from Sta.z. Agrum. e Frutticol. [Acireale], 1 {1911), pp. 37-63, pi. 1). — ^This comprises a study of several natural citrus hybrids with special reference to persistence of type. A number of hybrids, including a lemon X orange, lemon X lime, and an orangeXlime, are described, and analyses are given of several samples showing their content in sugar and acid. The sugar and acid content of the hybrid forms was found to be much more variable than that of the cultivated orange, lemon, and lime. It is concluded that the hybrid types are so inconstant as to be of little value as cultivated varieties. A bibliography relating to citrus fruits is appended. Mottled leaf not spread by budding', J. E. Coit {Pacific Rural Press, 83 {J 912), No. 2, p. 29, fig. 1). — In a budding experiment, here briefly reported, the author found that selected bud wood from trees of the Eureka lemon and Valencia orange, which were badly mottled owing to partial chlorosis, did not transmit this mottling when budded on healthy sweet stocks. On the other hand, the bud wood was so diseased that only a small percentage of the buds grew. The author does not recommend the use of such bud wood for propa- gating citrus trees. Pruning and training the grape, F. E. Gladwin {New York State Sta. Circ. 16, pp. 8, p/s. 4). — This circular comprises brief general considerations relative to pruning and training grapes, and describes the methods of training the vines according to the various systems in common use. Enological studies. — The chemical composition of American grapes grown in Ohio, New York, and Virginia, W. B. Alwood ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chcm. Bui. lJf5, pp. 35). — This summarizes the results of a 3-year investigation of the chemical composition of the principal commercial varieties of American grapes grown in the central and eastern sections of the country, including a number of varieties not generally cultivated. The samples grown in Ohio and New York were analyzed at Sandusky, Ohio. The tabular data for the 3 seasons, 1908 to 1910, show the name of variety and locality in which grown, number of samples and growers, the Brix reading, and the average, maximum, and minimum total 442 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. of solids, sugar-free solids, sugar as invert, and acid as tartaric. Siiuilar data are given for a smaller number of Virginia Piedmont grapes, analyzed at Charlottesville, Ya. As is the case in every grape-growing country, it has been found by these investigations that the character of the grape varies from season to season and often in the same vineyard or locality during a given season. In addition to furnishing tentative conclusions respecting the general character of the fruit produced with special reference to the sugar and acid content, it is believed that the data in hand will render possible more detailed investigations of certain specific features, such as the variability in composition of the more important varieties under different conditions of soil, climate, and culture. Fruit modeling', Truelle and P. Masseron (Bui. Soc. Nat. Agr. France, 71 {1911), No. 8, pp. 73S-7//9). — This comprises a historical sketch of fruit model- ing, together with a description of the methods used by the junior author in making fruit models. Grafting and propagating plants, W. H. Alderman (New Yoik State Sta. Circ. 17, pp. 8, pis. '/). — Popular directions are given for propagating plants by means of graftage, buddage, cuttage, and layerage. FORESTRY. New Eng'land trees in winter, A. F. Blakeslee and C. D. Jarvis {Connecti- cut Starrs Sta. Bui. 69, pp. 305-576, pis. Ill, figs. 8). — This bulletin comprises a guide to the winter identification of trees, for the most part growing wild in New England but also including some of the more frequently cultivated trees which are of value either for forestry or for ornamental planting. A list of the more important books of value to the student of New England trees is included. An analytical key to the genera and species precedes the descriptions. The order of arrangement of the species and the scientific names follow the usage of the seventh edition of Gray's Manual. The individual si>ecies are described relative to habit, bark, twig, leaf scar, leaves, buds, fruit, distinctive character- istics, distribution, and wood. The illustrations, which form an important feature of the work, include photographs of the whole tree in winter, the trunk, twigs, and fruit. Inasmuch as New England forms the meeting ground" for many species of both the northern and southern floras, the descriptive text and illustrations are of value outside of the geographically restricted region described. In connection with the height measurement of trees, a homemade modifica- tion of an expensive hypsometer is illustrated and described. The American woods, exhibited by actual specimens and with, copious explanatory text, XII, R. B. Hough {Lowville, N. Y., 1911, pp. F/Z+G^, wood sections 75). — The present volume contains sets of wood sections of 25 additional species of the Atlantic and Central States, each set comprising a transverse, radial, and tangential section (E. S. R., 23, p. 73G). The specimens are accom- panied by a systematic description of each species represented, including its botany, physical properties, and the uses of the wood. An index to the whole series to date is also included. Trees, forestry, and lumbering {Brooklyn, N. Y., 1911, pp. ^0).— A list of books and of references to periodicals in the Brooklyn Public Library. A confusion of technical terms in the study of wood structure, C. D. Mell {Forestry Quart.. 9 {1911), No. 4, pp. 57-^-576).— The author presents a list of names used for the same elements and makes an appeal for the adoption of uniform terminology. FORESTRY. 443 Canadian volume tables, E. Wilson {Forestry Qimrt., 9 (1911), No. If, pp. v89-59-'i ) . — Volume tables are given for white spruce, black spruce, balsam, and white pine. The tables are based on measurements made throughout the valley of the St. Maurice River, Quebec. Strength, values for structural timbers, M. Cline (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv. Circ. 189, pp. 8). — This circular contains in condensed form the average structural values resulting from a large number of tests made by the Forest Service on the principal structural timbers of the United States. The tables given show the results of bending, compression, and shear tests on green mate- rial and on air-seasoned material. A list is given of the Forest Service publications in which parts of the data have previously appeared. The Yale transplanting board, J. W. Toumey (Forestry Quart., 9 (1911), No. Jf, pp. 539-543, pis. 2, figs. 3). — A board for transplanting forest seedlings, which has been used for 4 seasons at the Tale Forest School and to a certain extent by various state foresters and by others in the eastern United States, is here illustrated and described. This implement is believed to be superior to others tested, both from the standpoints of rapidity and of uniform planting. Variation in time of nutrient absorption among forest trees and its practical importance in fertilization and silviculture, E. Ramann (Ztschr. Forst u. Jagdw., 43 (1911), No. 10, pp. 747-7J7). — In a previous investigation of Bauer, briefly noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 27), it was found that there was a varia- tion in the time of absori^tion of the principal inorganic fertilizers by different species. With the data secured from this work as a basis, the author here presents tables showing the time of the year in which the principal fertilizer elements are absorbed by spruce, pine, lai'ch, and fir seedlings. Similar data are also given for the nitrogen abson)tion by the beech and oak. The jiossible application of these data in the fertilization of forest trees and in the develop- ment of pure and mixed stands is discussed. On some experiments with mountain pine, E. Zederbauer (Cenfbl. Oesam. Forstw., 31 (1911), No. 7, pp. 297-310).— Ahout 1885 a large number of trees of the French mountain pine (Piniis tincinnata) were planted experimentally in vai'ious situations and soils in the Austrian Alps. Tabular data secured in 1909 are given showing the growth behavior of these trees under different condi- tions, some of the trees having been started from seed and others from young plants. The most significant observation made was that the trees growing nearest to the region of natural distribution of this species made the best growth. The experiments indicated that the mountain pine is worthy of cultivation within its region of natural occurrence. Regeneration of spruce in high altitudes, A. Schaeffer (Bui. Soc. Forest. Franchc-Comt^ et Bel fort, 11 (1911), No. 4, pp. 292-300).— A discussion of the regeneration of sjoruce in the alpine regions in which consideration is given to climate, soil, stand, and method of treatment. Results of rubber tapping at the experiment station, Peradeniya, during 1910—11, IM. K. Bambek and J. A. Holmes (Circs, and Agr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, 5 (1911), No. 19, pp. 307-316). — Comparative results secured from the use of different methods of trapping are given. Rubber tapping experiments, A. E. Collens (Ann. Rpt. Dept. Agr, Trinidad and Tobago, 1910-11, pp. 65-73). — Experiments in tapping and coagulating the latex of various rubber trees, including Hevea spp., CastiUa elastica, Manihot glaziovii, and others are reported. The author devised a simple method, herein described, of coagulating and smoking Castilla and other rubber which has produced some fine samples. 444 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Notes on the tapping of Hevea rubber by the method of paring, R. H. Lock (Circfi. and Ayr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, 6 {1911), No. 2, pq). 17-30, pis, 2). — This circular contains popular information relative to the use of pariiiK systems for tappin.tr Hevea rubber. Experiments in tapping Hevea brasiliensis, R. H. Lock (Circs, and Agr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, 5 (1911), No. 18, pp. 231-306, figs. 2).— This comprises the I'esults to date of experiments in tapping old Hevea trees at Henaratgoda since June, 1908. Experimental tapping of an old Hevea tree at Henaratgoda, R. H. Lock and M. K. Bamber (Circs, and Agr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, 5 (1911), No. 20, pp. 317-328).- — The tree described is one of the original seedlings sent out from Kew in 1876 and is now in its thirty-fifth year. Betweeu December 5, 1908, and January, 1911, the tree vpas tapped 600 times, the average interval between the successive tappings being 1.3 days. The total yield of dry rubber for the whole period was 174 lbs., or nearly 7 lbs. per montli. It was noticed tliat after the tree had been left untapped for 2 or more days the yield almost invariably rose. Each tapping consisted of a paring with the Bowman-Northway knife, followed by a single application of the sharp pointed pricker. Renewal of bark has been perfect over the whole area tapped. Report on the chemical and physical properties of samples of Hevea rubber from Henaratgoda Gardens, R. H. Lock and M. K. Bamber (Circs, and Agr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, 5 (1911), No. 16, pp. 209-216, fig. 1).— In connection witli a study of the effect of different intervals betvv'een successive tappings in Para rubber (Hevea brasiliensis) , samples of the rubber obtained were sent to England to be vulcanized and submitted to manufacturing tests. This circular reports on the analyses and tests and discusses the results obtained. On the collection of latex from Manihot glaziovii, A. Zimmermann (Pflanzer, 7 (1911), No. 10, pq). 570-576). — Some experiments conducted on various plantations in the districts of Tanga and Wilhelmstal, German East Africa, are reported. Annual report of the director of forestry of the Philippine Islands for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911, G. P. Ahern (Ann. Rpt. Dir. Forestry P. I., 1911, pp. -'i2, pis. 5). — This comprises a progress report on the work of the divisions of administration and investigation, including statistics relative to the certification of public lands, amounts of important timber species cut, revenues and expenditures, timber licenses in force, utilization of forest prod- ucts, and exports and imports. The public forests under tlie charge of the bureau cover 16,000,000 hectares (39,536,000 acres) of land and the value of forest products realized annually is approximately $2,500,000. During the year the total amount of registered private woodlands was increased to 229,622 hectares. Progress report of the Forest Research Institute for 1910—11, L. Mercer (Rpt. Forest Research Inst. [Dehra Dun], 1910-11, pp. 28). — This comprises a progress report on the work of the various branches of the Forest Research Institute, including working plans and silviculture, forest botany, forest economy, forest chemistry, and forest zoology. A list to date is given of all forest publications issued by the institute. Forest products of Canada, 1910.— Pulpwood, H. R. MacMillan, B. Robert- son, and W. G. H. Boyck (Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Bui. 26, 1911, pp. IJ,. figs. 2).— Statistical data are given for 1910 showing the quantity, value, and kinds of pulpwood consumed by the Canadian mills, including also the processes used. The amount exported is also indicated. Comparative data are given for 1909. The 51 mills reporting used 598,487 cords of wood in DISEASES OP PLANTS. 445 1910, and 943,141 cords were exported iu the raw state. Pulpwood was imported to Canadti for the first time. Forest products of Canada, 1910. — Tig-ht and slack cooperage, H. R. Mac- MiLLAN, B. Robertson, and G. Boyce {Dcpt. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Bui. 27, 1911, pp. 11). — A statistical review for 1910 showing the production of cooperage stock in Canada by classes, quantity, value, and species. DISEASES OF PLANTS. The present organization of the service in different countries for the protection against plant diseases and injurious insects, J, M. Saulniee {^Organisation AetvcUe dii Service de Protection Contre les Maladies des Plantes et les Insectes Nuisibles dans les Divers Pays. Rome: Interriat. Inst. Agr., 1911, pp. XVI+223). — This consists of a compilation of the regulations in Germany, Belgium, Bulgaria, Chile, Denmarli, Spain, France, Ttinis, Great Britain and Ireland, Australia, Canada, India, Mauritius, Italy, Luxemburg, Mexico, Holland, Roumania. Russia, Sweden, Switzerland, and Uruguay. The institutions and establishments concerned iu the study of plant diseases, in- jurious insects, and means for their control are described, together with the Ijersounel of the different services, the methods by which their investigations are brought to the attention of the public, the financial budgets of the different institutions, and the legislative and' administrative measures which have been put into effect in the different countries regarding plant diseases and in- jurious insects. California plant diseases, R. E. Smith and Elizabeth H. Smith (Cali- fornia 8ta. Bui. 218, pp. 1039-1193, figs. 102).— This publication is intended as a handbook of plant diseases occurring in California, giving a brief desci"ip- tion of the nature of the principal troubles, together with directions for their control. Many miscellaneous and less important troubles are also described, the plan being to record all the plant diseases of any possible interest which have been observed in California by members of the department. The authors give brief outlines of plant physiology, of beneficial or un- favorable soil, air, and climatic conditions, and of the general causes of dis- ease. Brief directions are given for the examination of plants for indications of disease, and lists of physiological and si>ecific plant diseases in California. Directions are given also for plant management and treatment, including formulas for the more common fungicides and directions for their use. A brief bibliography is appended. Fungus diseases, J. R. Bovell (Rpt. Local Dept. Agr. Barbados, 1910-11, pp. IfS, 46). — Brief accounts are given of some fungus diseases of sugar cane, cotton, mangoes, etc. The root disease of sugar cane (Marasmius sacchari) is said to be the most prevalent and destructive of the diseases which have come to the notice of the author. The stem disease {CoUetotrichum falcatum) is said to be particularly destructive to the Bourbon varieties of cane, on account of which their cul- ture has had to be abandoned. The rind disease [Trichosphwria sacchari) the author believes is of relatively little importance, as the fungus is thought to be only a saprophyte. The presence of the leaf sheath disease {Cercospora vagincE) and the eye spot disease (Leptosphceria sacchari) is briefly mentioned. Of the cotton diseases, the mildew, round spot, anthracnose, and angular leaf spot are briefly described. Plant diseases due to fungi, W. E. Collinge (Rpt. Econ. Biol., 2 {1912), pp. Jfl-49). — Brief descriptions are given of a number of diseases that have been under observation, together with suggestions for their prevention, Among 446 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. those noted are a stem disease of fruit trees (EutypeUa prunastri), beech seedling mildew {PInjtophthora ommvora), beet and mangel rot (Sphcerella tahi/ica), apple tree canker {Nectria ditissima), currant leaf spot {Septoria rihis), root and stem rot of potatoes {Rhizoctonia violacea), potato leaf curl (Macrosporium solani), cucumber collar rot {Ilypochnus ciicumeris), cucumber leaf blotch (Tlornwdcndron hordei), and gladiolus smut (Urocystis gUidioli). Diseases of agricultural crops during 1910, M. L. Morten sen, Sofie RosTRUP, and F. K. Ravn {Tidsskr. Landhr. Plam.tea-vl, 18 (1911), No. 2, pp. 317-350). — A general review of the principal plant diseases met with iu Den- mark during the year. Some interesting plant diseases from Bulgaria, I, F. Bubak and P. Kosa- ROFF {Centm. Bald, [cfc], 2. AM., 31 (1911), No. 16-22, pp. 495-502, pis. 2, figs. 3). — ^The authors describe and name 5 new fungi, which are listed as follows : Fusarium maydiperdtim n. sp. saprophytic on ears of maize, to which it is \ery injurious; Phyllosticta dzumajensis n. sp. and Microdiplodia viligena n. sp. both on living leaves of Vitis vinifera, neither being very injurious ; Cicin- nobolus ahehnoschi n. sp. on leaves of Hibiscus csculentus ; and Coniosporinm gecevi n. sp. saprophytic on ears of maize, which it blackens and otherwise damages. All were found near Rusc^uk in northeastern Bulgaria. Observations on Marasmius oreades and Clitocybe gigantea as parasitic fungi causing fairy rings, Jessie S. Bayliss (Jour. Econ. Biol., 0 (1911), No. 4, pp. 111-132, pis. 3, figs. 7). — A study has been made of the above species of fungi, which commonly cause fairy rings. It was found that M. oreades lives parasitically on grass. It attacks young roots, killing them by means of some toxic secretion. The fungus at first exerts a stimulating influence, and the grass assumes a darker color owing to better nitrogenous nutrition. This is believed to be due to the proteolytic enzyms acting on the dead roots. There can always be distinguished a zone of dark green grass outside as well as inside the zone of dead grass. The infected soil was found very impervious to moisture, owing probably to the air which is entangled within the meshes of the mycelium. It is thought that the fungus secretes a substance toxic to itself so as not to be able to grow in the same soil 3 years in succession. During the second year the fungus dies and the grass gains the ascendency and flourishes owing to the increased nitrogenous material available. The secretion of this toxic substance is believed to account for the disappearance of rings between the places of intersection when fairy rings meet. The conclusions for C giganfea agree in general with those given above for M. oreades. On the diseases of cereals caused by attacks of Fusarium, M. L. JMortensen (Tidsskr. Laiidbr. Planteavl, 18 (1911), No. 2, pp. 177-276).— A review of present knowledge of the subject, accompanied by a comprehensive bibliography. Danish experiments with the hot-water and copper-sulphate treatments ai*e reported, showing that the former if sufficiently high temperatures were used and the latter when correctly made were effective remedies against attacks of F. nivale, while the Ceres treatment was very unsatisfactory. Infection experiments with the grain rust occurring on Ehamnus, F. Muhlethaler (Centm. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 30 (1911), No. 16-18, pp. 386-^19, figs. 4; abs. in Ztschr. Landiv. Versuclisw. Osterr., I4 (1911), No. 9, p. 1133; Riv. Patol. Veg., 5 (1911), No. 8, pp. 115, 116).— The author reports infection experiments with seeidia from various species of Rhamnus on a number of species of grasses. He demonstrated that Piiccviiia coronata which occurs on Phalaris arxindinacea in central Europe forms it lecidia on R. frangula, R. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 447 purshiana, and R. californica, and that its nredo form is also probably found on Calamagrostis and Glyceria. The fecidia from R. cathartica produce 3 forms of Puccinia coronifcra, one occurring on Brotnus spp., another on various si)ecies of Festuca, and the third on Lolium. The secidia on R. alpina and R. pumila appear associated with the rust on Calamagrostis spp. The paper concludes with a discussion of the specialization of different species of Puccinia on grasses. On the intracarpellar prolification of Zea mays produced by smut infec- tion (Ustilago maydis), H. Iltis {tiitzbcr. K. Akad. Wiss. IVienna], Math. Natunv. EL, 119 (1910), I, No. 3-4, pp. 331-3^5, pis. 2).— The author describes the abnormalities observed in the case of 2 ears of corn. These presented in place of grain a sac-like body from 10 to 20 cm. long with a thread-like pro- longation from 1 to 20 cm. in length. This utricle contained as a prolongation of the axis an abnormal leafy shoot. He regards the whole structure as a result of infection by U. maydis, hyphse of which were found in the cells of the utricle and the leaves of the enclosed shoot. Mold on maize on the northern tablelands (Affr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 12, p. lOJ/S). — A brief note is given on the occurrence of the mildew or dry rot fungus (Diplodia ceo?) on corn. The specimens examined were of the variety American Wondei', and it is stated that this variety is the one most subject to attack. Bust in wheat and oats, R. W. Peacock (Agr. Oaz. N. S. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 12, pp. 1013-1016). — ^Attention is called to the varying resistance of differ- ent varieties of wheat and oats to rust in Australia, and it api^ears that the majority of bread wheats are liable to rust infection while the majority of macaroni wheats are practically resistant. Relatively more varieties of oats were found practically free from rust than of wheat. The so-called dry spot disease of oats, Hudig {Mitt. Dcut. Landiv. Oesell., 26 {1911), No. 21, pp. 380-3S2). — This disease, formerly confined apparently to the bog lands of Holland, is now reported on sandy soils in parts of Holstein, possibly in connection with the excessive use of lime fertilizers. The author gives results of his recent experiments with manganese sulphate, which gave considerable increases of yield in both grain and straw. On the control of stinking smut (Tilletia fcetans) in winter wheat, K. Stormer {Dent. Landiv. Presse, 3S {1911), Nos. 80, pp. 911, 91S; 81, p. 929).— In continuation of work carried on since 1908 (E. S. R., 20. p. 1042; 22, p. 741; 23, p. 34G) reports are made giving results and conclusions to date. Dry heated air alone applied as a fungicide to wheat appeared wholly insuf- ficient. Copper sulphate when used in a strength of 0.5 per cent or more for 16 hours gave good results. Formalin of from 0.1 to 0.25 per cent applied for from 15 to 30 minutes was effective in tests of both years, and is regarded as the surest of the means tested. Combination treatments are also recommended, and directions for them are given. Notes on the club root of cruciferous plants, N. van Poeteeen {Tijdschr. Plant en~icldcn, 11 {1911), No. 4-6, PP- 150-164). — Notes are given on observa- tions regarding the club root of cruciferous plants, due to Plasmodiophora hrassicce, and the author describes some experiments with cauliflower to deter- mine the effect of sterilizing the soil as well as cooking the infection material for periods of 15 and 30 minutes. It was found that where the soil was sterilized and uncooked infection mate- rial supplied to the pots all the plants were affected, but sterilization of the soil accompanied by cooking even for the shortest period resulted in a clean growth. The Corynespora leaf-spot disease of the cucumber, its dispersal and control, R. Laubeet {Deut. Landw. Presse, 38 {1911), No. 11, pp. 819, 820, 448 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. figs^ 2). — Leaves were examined containing specimens of a very injurious para- sitic fundus confined, so far as known, to one locality in Germany. The organism is described, and stated to be G. melonis. As protection against the spread of tlie infection it is suggested that seeds be carefully selected and steeped for 4 liours in a 0.5 per cent formalin solution, and that the plants be sprayed with the usual fungicides, all infected portions being removed and destroyed. Cultivation of resistant varieties is also recom- mended. A serious lettuce disease (sclerotiniose) and a method of control, F. L. Stevkns and J. G. Hall (North Carolina Sta. Tech. Bid. 8, pp. 89-143, figs. 31). — This is a technical bulletin giving the results of an investigation on a disease of lettuce caused by Sclcrotinia Uhcrttana, some of the popular features of which have been described elsewhere (E. S. R., 25, pp. 548, 846). After giving an account of the symptoms and the history of the disease, the morphology, systematic relationship, and physiology of the fungus are described at length. The ascospores and mycelium of the fungus are short-lived, the sclerotia being the resting stage. The authors claim that the ascospores can not directly infect healthy lettuce leaves, but must first sustain a period of sapro- phytic existence until the mycelium developing from the spores attains a certain degree of vigor. This can be done on any decaying organic matter, and if the saprophytic existence is near a lettuce leaf the vigorous mycelium rapidly passes over and parasitizes it. Infection from plant to plant is governed by the same conditions. If infected plants are within a few centimeters of sound ones the mycelium can cover that distance. On account of the fact that some species of Sclerotinia are associated with Botrytis, a study was made of this fungus, and the authors believe that there is no evidence to warrant the conclusion that there is any phylogenetic relation between them. A bibliography is appended. A new pepper disease, H. N. Ridley (Agr. Bui. Straits and Fed. Malay States, 10 {1911), No. 10, pp. 320, 321). — A description is given of a disease of I)epper due to Collctotrichum necator. This disease is recognized by the black- ening and withering of the fruits, and may be checked by the picking and burn- ing of all infected spikes. The pepper, according to the author, is usually cultivated from cuttings, and after many generations becomes so weakened as to be particularly liable to attacks of fungi of various kinds. A new disease of the potato, L. Tbabut (Bui. Agr. Alg6rie et Tumsie, 17 (1911) No. n, pp. ^29-436, figs. 3). — A description is given of the wart disease of ix)tatoes due to Chrysophlyctis endobiotica, and the distribution of the trouble is indicated. The author calls attention to its seriousness and gives the text of various governmental proclamations and decrees regarding the importation of infected potatoes. A bibliography of the literature relating to this disease is appended. On the cause of canker on fruit and foliage trees, J. Weese (Ztschr. Landw. Versuchsw. Ostcrr., 14 (1911), No. 6, pp. 872-885, pi. i).— This is a report of a study of the fungus found associated with cankers and galls on twigs of fruit trees, willows, etc. The author is of the opinion that Nectria galligena is responsible for the abnormalities hitherto attributed to N. ditissima, the confusion being due to imperfect description of the species. A technical description of N. galligena is given. Silver-leaf disease, F. T. Brooks (Jour. Agr. Sci., 4 (1911), No. 2, pp. 133-11/4). — In continuation of a brief account previously noted (E. S. R., 26, WSEASES OP PLANTS. 44^ p. 244), the author gives a detailed account of investigations conducted to determine tlie cause of rlie silver-leaf disease of plums and other fruit trees. His investigations, in which inoculations vpere made with portions of sporo- phores, mycelium, and sinn-es of Stercum purimremn, seem to indicate that this fungus is the active agent which causes silver-leaf disease in England. A study of the diseases of apples and pears, E. Griffon and A. Maublanc {Ann. Inst. Aat. Agroii., 2. ser., 10 (1911), No. 1, pp. 69-105, figs. 13).— The results of a study of diseases of apples and pears when gathered, in transit, and in storage are given. A number of diseases due to physiological causes are described, such as the formation of stone cells in pears, water core of apples, and various Ivinds of spotting that are not due to fungi. Among the troubles that are attributed to parasites are rots caused by several molds, brown rot, scab, and bitter rot. In addition notes are given on rots caused by Triclioseptoria fructigena on apples, and DiscocoUa pirina, Lasiostroma pirorum, Aposphceria pomi, and Phoma umbilicaris on i^ears, the last-named being described as a new species which attacks pears about the calyx while they are still attached to the tree. Leaf scald or fruit spot, D. McAxpine (Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria, 9 (1911), iVo. 8, pp. 512-515, pi. 1, figs. 2). — A description is given of the disease caused by EntoDiosporiitm maculatum, whicli has only recently been foiuid occurring on pear trees in Australia. A disease of the cultivated fig, F. A. Wolf (Ann. Mycol., 9 (1911), No. 6, pp. 622-624, fig. 1). — The author's attention was called in 1910 to a decay of figs, and an examination of the fruits showed the mycelium of a fungus. This was transferred and grown on various media, and soon pycnidia were pro- duced which were found to contain the spores of a species of Macrophoma. The author has compared his fungus with the known species of the genus occurring on figs, and concludes that it closely resembles M. flci. This species, however, has been previously reported as parasitic on the trees, and there seems to be no record of its occurrence in America nor of its presence on the fruit. The disease has been observed only on the purple varieties of figs; hence its early appearance is diflicult to recognize. Studies were made to determine how the fungus passed from one crop of fruit to the other, and there were found black pycnidia in the dead bark of branches which were identified by cultures and inoculations as associated with the disease. In addition to the Macrophoma there were found on twigs a species of Pleo- spora and also one of Phoma, but attempts to connect these with M. fid by means of cultures indicate that they are not related. The author concludes that the fungus is evidently parasitic on the twigs and larger branches and hibernates within the bark, and that if these be cut off early in tlie season little or no infection need be expected. Stem-end rot of citrus fruits (Phomopsis sp.), H. S. Fawcett (Florida Sta. Bui. 107, pp. 23, figs. 9). — Stem-end rot of citrus plants is a fungus disease appearing usually in August, causing fruits to drop or to soften at tlie stem end and decay, killing back the twigs and readily attacking wounded branches. Its progress is favored by the presence of scale insects on the fruits, and by warmth, shade, and dampness. The fungus (Phomopsis sp.) lives on dead branches and bark, on the mummified fruit, and in the soil under infected trees. Sound fruit can be infected, whether green or mature. Experiments with fungicides have not proved effective in the prevention of this disease. The remedial measures recommended are the destruction of all infected branches and fruit, culling and careful handling, cooling shipped fruit in transit, and spraying against scale insects. 450 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The "brusca" of coffee, R. Averna-Sacca (Bol. Agr. [Sao Paulo'\, 12. ser., 1911, No. 8, pp. 527-609, figs. 10). — The author describes a disease of coffee and claims that the same trouble occurs on olives, cacao, almonds, and other plants. He is convinced that the trouble, which is characterized by the drying and browning of the leaves, defoliation of twigs, etc., is due to confctitutioual dis- turbances resulting from too high or too low temperatures during the growing period of the plant. If the changes are sudden and of short duration the par- tial drying of the leaves is caused, but if more frequent and prolonged complete desiccation follows. In the leaves and in lesions on the branches various fungi are found, but none of them is believed to be primarily connected with the cause of the disease. A bil)liography is appended to the article. A new Nectria and its Fusarium generation appearing on diseased roots of raspberry, A. Osterwaldeb (Ber. Deut. Bot. Gcsell., 29 (1911), No. 9, pp. 611-622, pi. 1). — A disease on roots of Rubus idcnis which impeded growth of the fruiting twigs was investigated and found to be due to a fungus. This was studied through its conidia-bearing stage and found to be a new species of Nectria, to which the name 2V^. rubi was given. The infection of the grape with downy mildew (Plasmopara (Peronospora) viticola), and protection therefrom, H. MtJLLEB-THUEGAU {Weinbaii u. Wein- handcl, 29 (1911), Nos. 29, pp. S'lG, 3-',7 ; 1,6, pp. 521, 522).— In continuation of previous investigations the author varied and extended his former experiments with results confirming those already reported (E. S. R., 25, p. 352). He also sought to ascertain whether Bordeaux mixture applied to the under side of the grape leaves as recommended is likely to affect the rate of starch formation or transformation. The results obtained did not indicate any marked effect upon either process. His conclusions up to the present may be summarized as follows : Spraying the upper side of leaves of cultiA'ated grapes for downy mildew is effective only as the lower side happens to be reached thereby. Spraying the under side, if thorough, gives complete protection. Fungicides are less easily washed from the under side of the leaves by rains than from the upper side. Very small drops, if close together, are sufHcieut to prevent infection of the leaves. Suita- bly constructed nozzles with higher pressure will probably permit this new method of spraying to be used effectively and economically. The normal func- tioning of the leaf appears not to be materially affected by the method of spraying recommended. Some diseases in orchids, P. Soeauek (Ztschr. Pflansenkrank., 21 (1911), No. 7, pp. 387-395, figs. 3). — Four diseases are described affecting respectively Ccelogyne cristata, Cattleya mendelii, Cypripedlum Icevigatum, and Lselia. In causal relation with the first 2 the author describes a fungus which is held to be Glocosporium affine. Rose mildew, J. B. S. Noiiton and T. H. White (Maryland Sta. Bui. 156, pp. 73-80, figs. 6). — Powdery mildew of roses, which has been attributed in this country to Sphwrotheca pannosa and S. hiiniuli, was found to be favored in greenhouses by drafts of cool dry air coming in at ventilators, crevices, broken glass, etc., which currents also distribute the spores capable of repro- ducing the disease in 6 or 8 days. Low side ventilation retards the appearance and progress of the mildew, but this is often not considered practicable in a range of houses. Burning sulphur injured the leaves and did not seem to check the disease. Vaporizing sulphur without ignition, as by painting it on the heating pipes or warming it over lamps, is usually effective in controlling the fungus. A very heavy vapor, such ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 451 as results from boiling, injured tlae opening flowers without affecting the foliage. Two new bacterial enlarg'ements on the leaves of certain Rubiaceae, F. Boas (Bcr. Dent. Bot. Gcsell., 29 {1911), Xo. 7, pp. J,16-418, figs. 2).— The author describes enlargements on the leaves of Psychotria alsophiJa and P. lunbeUata, which are due to the presence of bacteria. These growths, however, he claims are not pathological or in the nature of bacterial galls but are more or less connected with the life history and functions of the leaves. Oak mildew, E. Cuif (Bui. Soc. Soi. Nancy, 3. ser., 12 (1911), No. 1, pp. 102-105, fig. 1). — A report is given of experiments carried on in 1909 and 1910 to prevent the mildew of oaks in nurseries by the application of sulphur. Seedlings dusted 2 or 3 times during the season were practically free from the fungus and attained an average height from 15 to 25 cm. above that of untreated trees. Lophodermium macrosporum on the spruce, E. Mee (Btil. Soc. Bot. France, 57 (1910), Sess. Extraord., No. 1, pp. XLI-LI). — The author recognizes two forms of a disease caused by L. macrosporum occurring on needles of the spruce, the first of which is characterized by a rapid discoloration early in the spring, and the presence of a great abundance of starch grains in the leaves, followed by the maturing of the fungus during the third year if the infection is produced before the end of summer. The spores are usually distributed from May to August. In the second form of the disease the discoloration of the needles takes place very slowly, requiring 5 or 6 months, or, under certain conditions, 2 or 3 years. The maturity of the fungus is effected during the summer of the second year, and the spores are disseminated in the beginning of autumn of the second year. The die-back disease and a note on the leaf diseases of Para rubber, K. Bancroft {Dept. Agr. Fed. Malay States Bui. 1^, 1911, pp. 23, figs. 7). — An account is given of the die-back of Hevea due to Diplodia, a stage in the fungus Thyridaria tarda, in which the occurrence of the fungus, symptoms and spread of the disease, and preventive and curative measures are given in some detail. A technical account has been noted elsewhere (E. S. R., 25, p. 753). A brief summary is also given of the leaf diseases which have been described on Para rubber from different parts of the world, with suggestions for their control. In the Malay States the leaf fungi are most commonly met with in nurseries and it is stated that they can be readily controlled by the application of lime-sulphur mixture. Additional data on the artificial medication of trees, S. A. Mokezhetsku (Dnevn. XII, S"iezda Russ. Est.-Isp. i Vrach \_Moscow], p. 527 ; ais. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 11 (1910), No. 4, pp. 608, 609).— Recent experiments of the author corroborate the applicability of nutrition outside the roots for protecting trees from some diseases, such as chlorosis, Phyllosticta, Septoria, etc. (E. S. R., 16, p. 982). ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. A list of the birds of the island of St. Lucia, A. H. Clark (West Indian Bill., 11 (1911), No. 3, pp. 182-193).— Sixty-one forms are recorded from the island of St. Lucia, together with a list of birds undoubtedly occurring on the island but which have not yet been actually taken there. The protection of native birds in St. Lucia is discussed at some length, and a note given on the introduction of birds. 452 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. The injurious birds of France, E. D'Aeenberg (Les Oiseaux Nuisibles de France. Orleans, 1911, vol. 1, pp. 109, pis. 21). — This first volume deals with vultures, eagles, hawks, and owls. Crows and the damage they cause in Denmark, J. E. V. Boas {Tidsskr. LaiHlhr. Phniteavl, IS (1911), No. 1, pp. 109-137, pi. i).— This is an investiga- tion of the character and extent of the damage done by crows in Denmark. The author finds that they are unquestionably the source of enormous damage to agriculture, while the good they do is insignificant. Remedial measures and legislation against crows are briefly considered. The physiological effects of low temperatures, Pictet (Abs. in ScL Amer. Sup., 12 (1911), No. 1878, p. J,23).— The author has found that the eggs of the silkworm can be cooled to —40° C. without affecting their viability. The eggs of birds were killed at a temperature of — 2 to — 3°. Report of the entomologist of the Arizona Horticultural Commission, A. W. Morrill (Ariz. Hort. Com. Ann. Rpt., 3 (1911). pp. 11-33, figs. 13).— This report for the year ended June 2.8, 1911, is divided into 2 parts, part 1 consisting of a review of the activities in insect control, etc., and part 2 dealing with insects notably injurious. Among the pests that were of special importance during the year were a species of Harrisina and a leaf hopper (Dicraneura cocJcereUi), which attacked the grape; E nth rips tritici, which killed many young peach and plum trees, seriously damaged others, and almost entirely destroyed the blooms of later varieties of peaches, plums, and apricots in many orchards in the Salt River Valley and also injured alfalfa ; a rose beetle ( Macrodactylus uniformis) , which attacked fruit and vegetable crops: the melon capsid (Pycnodercs quadrimaculatus), which seriously injuried melons and late squashes; a lace bug (Corythuca sp.), which injured vegetables at Yuma ; the beet leaf hopper ; the variegated cut- worm (Peridroma margaritosa saucia), which injured alfalfa; the clover seed chalcis fly, which injured clover and alfalfa seed; and the eastern peach tree borer, which was found to infest shipments of nursei*y stock ; etc. In remedial experiments conducted it was found that the flower thrips could be controlled by the use of lime-sulphur or a nicotin solution. Agricultural defense (An. Soc. Rural Argentina, Agr. and Live Stock, 1910, pp. 153-160, figs. 2). — This is an account of the woi'k being carried on in Argentina by the Institution of Agricultural Defense, which was originally organizetl in 1897-98 as a commission for the extinction of the locust. Au account is given of the work conductfid with the migratory locust, the West Indian peach scale (Aulacaspis [Diaspis] pentagona), leaf-cutting ants (Atta spp.), etc. Second report on economic biology, W. E. Collinge (Rpt. Econ. Biol., 2 (1912), pp. VII +70, figs. 15). — The more important pests of the year are briefly considered under the headings of animals injurious to farm and garden prod- uce, fruit trees, and forest and ornamental trees, plant diseases due to fungi, animal parasites and diseases, etc. Studies on the life history of the mangel or beet fly (Pegomyia betce), of Clonus scrophularia\ a new pest of mangels and beets, and of the locomotion and length of life of the young of Pulvinaria vitis ribesiw are included in the report. On smooth white paper or glass P. vitis rihesicB traveled nearly 8 ft. in a period of 2 hours in a temperature between 78° and 84° F.' On a teak boarded surface in the same length of time, at a slightly higher temperature, the rate of progress was just over 4 ft. in 2 hours. The larvse continued to live in a temperature of up to 105°, but higher than that the rate of mortality was great. Three larvae lived in a temperature of 105°, without any food, for a period of 20 days. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 453 Insects injurious to stored grains, seeds, etc., with special reference to their occurrence in Egypt, F. C. Willcocks (Yearbook Khediv. Agr. Soc. Cairo, 1909, pp. 195-227, pi. 1). — This is a discussion of ttie granary and rice weevil and the Angoumois grain moth, their injury to grain in Egypt, and remedial measures. A list of other grain feeding insects known to occur in Egypt, with notes on their life histories and economic importance, is appended. The species thus noted are flour beetles (Tribolinm confusiim and T. ferrti- gineiwi), the grain beetle (RhisopertJia pusilla), the drug store beetle (Sito- flrepa panicea), the cigarette beetle, the cadelle, the saw-toothed grain beetle (Silvanus surinamensis) , the corn cucujus (Cucujus sp.), Indian meal moth, and meal moth (Pyralis farinalis). Tobacco insects of Tennessee, A. C. Morgan (Tennessee Sfa. Bui. 93, pp. 101-113, figs. 8). — While much of the data presented in this paper have been noted from other sources (E. S. II., 23, p. 465), it is in part supplementary. The tobacco flea beetle (Epitrix parvula), cutworms, and hornworm {Phlege- thontius sexta) are the pests dealt with. While it has been a commonly accepted belief that the abundant occurrence of hornworms in late July and August is due to a second generation, the author states that such is not the case. In 1909 but 11 per cent of the hiber- nating pupse had emerged by July 10 and in 1910 only 3 per cent had emerged prior to this date. It has been found that 50 per cent of the emergence in 1909 took place between the dates of July 29 and August 9, and that in 1910 52 per cent of the total emergence occurred between the dates of July 30 and August 12. " Exi^eriments carried on at Clarksville, Tenn., for 2 seasons showed that of the 5,000 tobacco worms placed in hibernation under natural conditions in 1908, only 32.4 per cent emerged the following season. In the hibernation experiments in 1909 over 3,000 larvae were used. Of these only 16.4 per cent emerged in 1910. The smaller percentage of emergence in 1910 is undoubtedly due to the exceptionally severe winter of 1909-10." In experi- ments in 1908 in which hornworm pupce were placed in cages in September, it was found that under normal conditions 78 per cent died during hibernation, whereas in cages In which the soil was plowed in November 98.6 per cent died. In 1910 the mortality in the plowed cage reached 100 per cent. The experi- ments conducted show that disking does not increase the mortality of the hibernating form to anything like the extent that plowing does, since survival from the disked cages was 9.3 per cent. The author has found that powdered arsenate of lead, when specially pre- pared for use upon tobacco, can be applied in place of Paris green with no injury to the plant. By using this form of arsenic the injury to tobacco that frequently results in raiuy weather from the washing of Paris green into the axils of the leaves and into the wounds made , by the breaking out of the suckers, or by collecting along the midribs of the leaves, can be avoided. It is estimated that with 2 or 3 applications of Paris green practically all the hand picking can be dispensed with and at a cost not greater than $1 to $1.50 per acre. Experiments performed by the author in 1910 with arsenate of lead show that 4 or 5 lbs. per acre must be applied to give as good insecticidal results as can be obtained by an application of 11 lbs. per acre of Paris green. He finds that Paris green in the dust form can not be applied as evenly or thoroughly when mixed with a carrier. A carrier is absolutely necessary when arsenate of lead is applied, and he advises that only freshly burned and there- fore very dry, finely sifted wood ashes be used for this purpose. An abso- lutely even and thorough application must be mad^ to insure success, and can not be made with lime as a carrier, 454 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. The insect enemies of the beet, F. Picard {Prog. Ayr. et Vit. (Ed. VE fit- Centre), 32 {1911), ISlo. 32, pp. 157-162, pi. i).— Brief accounts are given of the more important insects attacking the beet in France. The cotton stainer bug, P. L. Guppy and T. Thornton {Bd. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago Circ. 6, 1911, pp. 23, pi. 1, figs. 11; abs. in Agr. News [Barbados], 10 (1911), No. 251, p. 394, fid- !)• — The cotton stainer bug {Dysdercus liowardi) is the worst pest of cotton in Trinidad and Tobago, being found wherever gemauve {Malachra capitata) grows, and this appears to be all over Trinidad. In Tobago it is abundant on the leeward side of the island. Studies of the life history and habits of the pest ai'e reported, together with a discussion of control and remedial measures. The chinch bug (Blissus leucopterus), H, A. Gossard {Ohio Sta. Circ. 115, pp. IJt, figs. 7). — This circular gives a summary of the life history and habits of, and remedies for, the chinch bug. An extension of the territoi-y infested by the chinch bug in Ohio took place during 1911, the damage caused amounting to a large sum. Should weather conditions during the fall and spring favor the increase of this pest, it seems probable that nearly the .whole State will become infested and the loss be even greater than during the past 2 seasons. Results of the artificial use of the white-fungus disease in Kansas, with notes on approved methods of fighting chinch bugs, F. H. P.illinus and P. A. Glenn {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 107, pp. 58, pis. 5, figs. ^).— The first part of this bulletin presents a historical summary of chinch bug diseases and the work with them prior to the inauguration of the investigations here reported. There are 2 fungus diseases of the chinch bug, one due to the form known to science as Empusa apMdis, commonly known as the gray fungus; the other due to Sporotriclimn globuUferum, and commonly known as the white fungus. The latter is the species with which the investigations here reported were conducted. In the early investigations as to the natural distribution of the fungus 32 counties in the infested area of Kansas were definitely shown to contain the disease among the chinch bugs, and in observations made among chinch bugs in grain fields during April, May, and June, 1910, >27 additional counties were shown to contain it. The authors found that this fungus is not dependent either on dead organic matter or on living chinch bugs, but may live as a para- site on other insects, some of which are present in Kansas. These include 3 common snout beetles, Triclwbaris tcxana, Conotrachelus erinaceus, and Antho- nomus fulvus; a common flea beetle, Disonyclia iriangularis ; a very common lady-beetle, Hippodamia convergcns ; a minute beetle of the genus Olibrus; 3 true bugs, one a rather rare insect belonging to the family Phymatidaj, the species undetermined, and the 2 common forms Microtoma carbonaria and Coriscus ferus; and 2 unidentified larvae, and many common pentatomids. During 1910 the authors sent out 1,363 packages of diseased chinch bugs with which to start infection boxes and artificially infect fields. The investigations inaugurated early in the year, continued until nearly the first of August, the puriwse being to ascertain the practicability of artificial infection and so far as possible the best method of fighting chinch bugs in case it were proved that artificial infection with fungus is not effective. Nineteen experimental fields, distributed over 5 different sections of the State, with all sorts of conditions of humidity, rainfall, and character of soil, were treated with Sporotrichum spores. " In some the artificial infection was confined to small plats of wheat 50 ft. square, with the expectation that the intensive infection would start an epi- demic of the disease that would spread and kill a large proportion of the bugs. But no results were forthcoming, for not only did the plats fail to become ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 455 centers of contagion, but there was little or no appreciable difference between the treated and the untreated, or check plats, which were always used as a basis of comparison. General field infections were likewise always failures. . . . The evidence in every instance was overwhelming against the artificial use of fungus, as being without effect, and hence useless, since the fungus naturally found in the soil really accomplished whatever destruction of chinch bugs there was. . . . " The fungus shows little tendency to spread from centers of artificial infec- tion. The apparent rapid spread of the fungus is due to favorable conditions bringing it into activity simultaneously over considerable stretches of terri- tory. . . . Spent adult chinch bugs succumb to attack more readily than younger ones, but as the old bugs have finished depositing their eggs, their loss by fungus disease accomplishes little else than increasing the amount of the infectious material. Laboratory experiments can be made to prove that artificial infection accomplishes results upon bugs confined in cramped quarters and without food, but in the field, where fresh and usually drier air prevails and food is abundant, an entirely different situation is presented." Remedial measures are discussed under the headings of fall and summer treatment, the dust barrier, oil barriers, crude-oil-straw barrier, a barrier in- closing a field versus a barrier along one side only, and spraying with kerosene emulsion and crude oil. A bibliography of 110 titles is appended. The chinch-bug fungus, F. H. Billings and P. A. Glenn (Univ. Press Bui. [Lawrence, Eans.], 1 {1910), No. ^0, p. 1). — This consists of a summary and the conclusions drawn from the Investigations of the practicability of the use of the chinch-bug fungus, as reported in detail in the bulletin noted above. The Psyllidae of Japan, S, Kuwayama {Trans. Sapporo ISJat. Hist. Soc., 2 {1907-S), Nos. 1-2, pp. 1J,D~189, pi. 1; 3 {1909-10), pp. 53-66, pi. i).— Fourteen genera of which 7 are new and some 90 species of which about one-half are new are characterized in this synopsis. San Jose scale in the Transvaal (Aspidiotus pemiciosus), C. B. Harden- BERG {Affr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 {1911), No. 3, .pp. 256-265, figs. 3).— A summarized account of the San Jos§ scale, its occurrence in the Transvaal, control and remedial measures, together with an appended note by C. P. Louusbury. Studies of comparative lepidopterology, C. Oberthub {Etudes de Lepidop- terologie Comparee. Renncs, 1910, No. 4 l)is, pp. 43, figs. 37; 1911, No. 5, pts. 1, pp. XXXVI+345, pis. 31; 2, pp. 136, pis. 75).— A continuation of the volumes previously noted (E. S. R.. 26. p. 348). Native silkworms of Africa, E. Michel {Bui. Agr. Congo Beige, 2 {191h), No. 2, pp. 310-322, pis. 3, figs. 3). — A number of native silkworms of Africa of the genus Anaphe are here dealt with. The Papilionidae of Japan, S. Matsumuea {Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc, 2 {1907-8), No. 1-2, pp. 67-78, pi. 1). — Thirty species are recorded, of which 4 are described as new. Cultural methods for controlling the cotton boll worm, C. K. McClelland and C. A. Saiir {Haicaii Sta. Press Bill. 32, pp. 8, figs. 2).— The small cotton boll worm {Gelechia gossypiella) is by far the worst pest of the cotton plant in Hawaii (E. S. R., 22, p. 59). In fields where this worm has been left undis- turbed as high as from 60 to 75 per cent of the bolls have been infested. Sea Island cotton has been found to be more subject to its attack than Caravonica, and Egyptian somewhat less subject, while upland cotton is the least subject to their attack of all varieties. 32355°— No. 5—12 5 456 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Since it occurs in large numbers only upon cotton, it will be possible in a measure to control it by cultural methods, which include (1) annual pruning, (2) clean culture, and (3) trapping the mature moths. The plants should be severely pruned in the fall in as short a time as possible and all the branches and bolls immediately burned. From experiments conducted in 1911, the authors conclude that fall pruning is imperative in order to allow proper development of the plants in the winter mouths when moisture is plentiful. " The increase in yield of fall pruned plants was nearly 46 per cent, the average yield per plant being 1.2 lbs. and 0.82 lb. of lint per tree for fall and spring prunings during the second year's growth of the plants." An improvised lantern trap recommended for use is illustrated and described. Bag'-shelter caterpillars of the family Liparidae that are reputed to kill stock, W. W. Froggatt (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1011), No. 5, pp. U3-W, pis. 2). — It is stated that when horses are fed on pastures which swarm with the slender hairy caterpillars of Ocinara Icwince, the hairs coming in contact with the mucous membrane of the mouth cause an ulceration which sometimes even results fatally. March flies, W. W. Fbogoatt (Dept. Agr. N. S. Wales Sci. Bui. 3, 1911, pp. 16, pi. 1). — This is a brief account of the moi'e important species of Tabanidse, together with a list of 109 that have been recorded from Australia and Tas- mania. The dying of pine in the Southern States: Cause, extent, and remedy, A. D. Hopkins (U. /S'. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. Jf76, pp. 15, figs. J/). — This bulletin consists of a series of revised circular letters which were used in 1911 in an active campaign by the Bureau of Entomology of this Department through a forest-insect field station, located at Spartanburg, S. C, the purpose of which was to study the character and extent of the dying pine and to give instructions and demonstrations to the owners within the worst affected areas on the most economical and effectual means of control. It is stated that in the areas designated as the shortleaf pine and loblolly pine belts, as well as in parts of the longleaf pine belt, the death of the pine has been caused by the southern pine beetle (Dendroctonus frontalis), while in Florida and certain other sections it is apparently due to a combination of other but similar bark-boring beetles. An account by the author of the life history and habits of D. frontalis, which was flr.st described in 1868 from speci- mens collected in North and South Carolina, has been previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 22, p. 157.) " Extended observations in all of the Southern States during the past 20 years led the writer to conclude that if all of the pine that has been killed during this time by this beetle was living to-day its stumpage value would amount to from $10,000,000 to $20,000,000 or more. ... It is also evident that if active steps are not taken this winter by the principal owners in the infested areas this loss will be increased to another million dollars within the next year." A description is given of the more important evidences of the presence and work of this beetle, directions for locating infested trees, together with the essential details in methods of control, and i-equirements for success. The method of control consists in locating the infested trees during November, December, January. February, and March and destroying the overwintering broods in the bark of the main trunks in the manner herein described in detail. Practical information for beginners in bee keeping, W. Newell (Texas Sta, Bui. 142, pp. 5-Jtl, figs. 22).— This revision of a bulletin on the subject ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 457 previously noted (E. S. R., 14, p. 890), gives information needed by those about to take up bee l^eeping. Results of the cooperative experiments on the control of swarming', M. Pkttit (Ann. Rpt. Ontario Agr. and Expt. Union, 32 (1910), pp. 48-53).— A brief report of experiments. A bee disease due to a protozoal parasite (Nosema apis), H. B. Fantham and Annie Porter (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1911, III, pp. 625, 626).— The authors record the discovery of the occurrence of N. apis among bees in Cam- bridgeshire and Hertfordshire. Some of the infected combs were brown in color instead of tlie normal yellow, while the infected bees suffered from a sort of di*y dysentery which rapidly proved fatal. Spores of N. apis fed in honey proved fatal to healthy hive-bees, mason-bees, and wasps, as did the placing of hive-bees dead of the disease among healthy hive and mason-bees and wasps, and tlie direct contamination of healthy bees with infected fecal matter. The virulence of the parasite appeared to vary in bees at different times of the year and in different localities. Bad seasons are usually followed by increase of disease. Some bees became chronics, forming reservoirs of spores and so acting as parasite-carriers. In the authors' opinion this parasite has been responsible for much of the bee disease recorded in England since 190(3. Other parasites found in bees, chiefly in the gut, include several species of gregarines, a flagellate apparently belonging to the genus Crithidia, a new amoeba (Entamoeba apis) very like E. coli of the human intestine, a spirochete, and various fungi. Concerning' the relation of food to reproductive activity and longevity in certain hymenopterous parasites, S. B. Doten (Nevada Sta. Bui. 78, pp. 30, pis. 10). — In this paper the author presents (1) an account of a method of feeding and confining certain small parasitic hymenopters and of observing copulation and oviposition in these species; (2) the manner of recording and grouping these observations; (3) methods of photographing some phases of the feeding and oviposition of these species, together with a series of photogi-aphs showing the oviposition and feeding in Pteromalus, Meraporus, and Micro- bracon. The parasites under observation were kept in glass tubes 80 by 16 mm., rounded at one end, open at the other. To the open end similar tubes were attached with adhesive plaster. In the top arch of one tube there was placed a single small drop of honey water resting on the surface of a little patch of beeswax melted to the surface of the glass, the air in the tube being kept moist by a bit of blotting paper wet in distilled water. The tubes were all kept at a temperature between 70° and 75° ; hence the observations recorded are A^alid only for those average temperatures. The photographs were made by flash light with explosive flash powder. This was put up in gelatine capsules for immediate use and exploded by electricity. The camera consisted of a wooden box screwed to the wall in an upright position and focusing was done by the light of a tungsten incandescent bulb. Six species of parasites were studied. The first is an apparently undescribed native species of Meraporus that parasitizes the codling moth, as many as 16 having been bred from a single codling moth pupa. The codling moth caterpil- lars appear to die from the effects of ovipositor thrusts ; such thrusts are never or at least very rarely accompanied by true oviposition. The author has ob- served nothing, however, which would go to prove that these thrusts were ac- companied by the injection of such a poison as Microhracon juglandis injects when it stings the caterpillars of Ephestia Icueliniella. Pieris rapw chrysalids punctured in this way invariably died later. " In not a single instance out of scores punctured by Meraporus females did maggots of Meraporus develop 458 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. within tlio chrysalids. This is the more astonishing from the fact that the female Meraporus certainly finds the fluid sucketl from these chrysalids nutri- tious, and from the fact that such females lived for 2 weeks or longer on no other food. . . . Puncturing of Pieris chrysalids is plainly in response to an ovipositing impulse; for they will oviposit in smears of fluid from these chrys- alids; or in drops of such fluid on cover glasses. The impulse to oviposition and the impulse to feeding are plainly closely allied ; for the female will either oviposit in or feed on fluid from chrysalids." Both the male and female Mera- porus, with or without oviposition or copulation, may easily be kept alive for 3 or more months if they are fed honey water, but they will not survive unfed for more than from 3 to 5 days at an average temperature of 70° F. Three additional parasites of the codling moth, namely, Aenoplex sp., Pimpla sp., and Tetrastichus sp., were studied. Males and females of the species Tetrastichus lived for several days when kept at temperatures between 70° and 80° F. without access to food. Both males and females lived for several months when kept supplied with honey water. The flfth species studied was Pteromalus puparum, a parasite of the cabbage w^orm (Ficris rapa'). Males of this species do not live much longer than 3 days unless fed, but when fed honey water they live for from 4 to 6 weeks. Unfed females will not survive over 4 days, but will live on the fluid from punctures in chrysalids for 1, 2, or even 3 weeks. " Females constantly fed on honey water and given opportunities for oviposition, may live for 2 months or more on the mixed diet so obtained. Two months from their date of emergence, after many ovipositions, they will still oviposit successfully. Females fed honey water, but given no chance to oviposit, may live for 2 months or even 3, prob- ably even longer than those which have been fed honey water but given oppor- tunities for oviposition. Oviposition is plainly an automatic reaction to an olfactory stimulus. The antennte probably receive this stimulus, though the mouth parts may have a part in its reception." The sixth species studied was Microbracon juglandis, a parasite of Ephestia kvchniella. " Males in copulation or not may be kept alive for an indefinite number of months at temperatures close to 70° F. if fed honey water. If not so fed, they die in a week or 10 days. Females live longer than males under these conditions. Females not fed at all die In from 11 to 15 days at the tem- peratures quoted. At freezing temperatures the/ will live without food for 4 months or more. When fed honey water they may live 3 or even 4 months in oviposition on caterpillars of E. kuehniella. When fed honey water and given no chance to oviposit, they will live for an undetermined number of months. The ovipositing female punctures the Ephestia caterpillar from time to time with the ovipositor, and feeds on fluids which she sucks from such punctures. Females will live for many weeks in oviposition on fluids sucked from cater- pillars on which their own maggot-larvae may be developing. A little group now under observation have lived thus for 75 days and are still alive and active." Millipedes destroying' veg'etables, C. French (Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria, 9 (1911), No. 8, p. 5.'t9). — The spraying of vegetable leaves with arsenate of lead and digging them into the soil, and the application of benzol emulsion to the soil are said to be of use in combating millipedes. The cattle tick as affected by climate (Tennessee Sta. Bui. 94, pp. 119-164, figs. 42). — This bulletin consists of 2 parts. Life history imcstigations, E. C. Cotton (pp. 119-131).— The life history in- vestigations reported, extending over a period of 5 years under various condi- tions as to exposure, temperature, etc., at Knoxville. have proved that cold is the climatic factor which destroys the cattle tick. Thus whenever the tempera- ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 459 ture conditions, whicli have proved fatal in tlie Northern States, prevail over any portion of the territory now infested a large i)ercentage of those not upon the host will be destroyed. When upon the host, however, the stages are not seriously affected by low temperatures, for the body heat of the host animal tends to offset the cold of the surrounding air. Twenty-four degrees F. was the highest temperature at which adult ticks were killed. At 17° all of 139 adult ticks exposed were killed, and at 16° and 15°, 91 and 92 per cent, respec- tively. All of the adult ticks exposed at 14° were killed as well as those at 13°, 12°, and 8°, thus the author assumes that 14° is fatal to all exposed adult ticks. It was found that ticks that have laid a part of their eggs are most easily killed by cold than those that have not commenced oviposition. "Adult ticks proteced by a covering of chaff or fine litter, such as would be found about stables or barnyards, are able to endure much lower tempera- tures [12°] than those exposed to the air. If the cover be damp, however, they will be killed almost as readily as if unprotected. In barnyards the litter is very liable to be moist, if not wet, and as a consequence there is little danger of adult ticks in such situations surviving the winter. This is also true for ticks that drop from host animals on pastures and woodlands, for the leaves and other soil coverings are very liable to be excessively wet during the winter. In the stables, on the other hand, the litter or chaff is more than likely to be dry. , . . " Ticks dropping from the host during the period when the daily mean tem- perature is between 75° and 69° lay eggs which may hatch the same season or may go over until the following spring, depending upon the temperatui'e during the fall and winter months. Ticks dropping from the host after the tempera- ture has fallen below 69° may lay eggs if not killed by freezing, but these eggs will remain dormant during the winter, hatching in the spring. In our investigations here we have found that engorged ticks dropping from the host animal during a short period in late fall have their egg laying interrupted several times by low temperatures and are finally killed by freezing before the process is completed. Those eggs which they do lay fail to hatch. Fol- lowing this period is another during which all of the ticks are killed by freez- ing before egg laying has begun. This period is longest on the extreme north- ern edge of the tick area, becoming gradually shorter as one proceeds south- ward, until it disappears entirely under average conditions along the Gulf Coast." The author has found that the water content makes up about 75 per cent of the weight of the normal egg. Experiments showed that when more than 25 per cent of the original weight of the eggs was lost they would not hatch. It was found that when unprotected by chaff, litter, or other mulches 78 per cent of the eggs were destroyed at 4° above zero and all are destroyed at 2° above. Forty-six per cent of the larvae were killed at 8° above zero and all at 4° above. Relation of climate to life history, J. F. Voorhees (pp. 132-164). — The author has made a study of the relation of temperature to the development and control of the cattle tick, using the data published by H. A. Morgan (E. S. R., 10, p. 389; 11, p. 588) ; Hunter and Hooker (E. S. R., 19, p. 664) ; Newell and Dougherty (E. S. R., 18, p. 987) ; and the author of the first part of this bulle- tin, on the life history of the tick ; and the temperature records of the Weather Bureau of this Department, as a basis. The methods followed are briefly described and illustrated. Charts have been platted which show the time necessary for the cleaning up of pastures by the starvation of seed ticks, beginning with the first of each month, and th£ average date when eggs laid the first of any month may be expected to hatch at various localities in the tick-infested area. Maps are also given which show 460 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. for each station the dates on which the mean temperature normally reaches 75° and 69°. Attention is called to the fact that the usefulness of the set of maps showing when seed ticks will have starved to death is not limited to the starvation method of eradication, since if the dipping method is used it is just as important to know when the fields will be cleared, for to dip too long causes unnecessary expense, while to stop dipping too soon Is to throw away a whole season's work. The cattle tick, H. A. Reid {Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 4, pp. Sl-'i, 315, figs. 2). — The author records the occurrence of Ixodes ricimis in New Zealand for the first time. New species of ticks (Haemaphysalis, Amblyomina), L. E. Robinson {Para- sitology, Jf {1911), No. //, pp. -'/7'S-//i'//. figs. //). — Two species and 1 variety are described as new, namely, //. silacea, taken at East London, South Africa, from cattle allowed to run on a " starvation camp " from which stock had been ex- cluded for 2 years; A. flebrigi, collected at San Bernardino, Paraguay (host not specified) ; and A. variegatum nocens, which has "become notorious among Ehodesian stock owners as the 'pysema tick.' It is attributed to be the causa- tive agent in the transmission of pyolymphangitis in equines ; its bites are so severe as to cause violent inflammation and sloughing of the mammse in cows. It also attacks the heads of native children, causing sloughing of portions of the scalp." Some researches on the life cycle of spirochetes, H. B. Fantham {Ann. Trop. Med. and Par., 5 {1911), No. 3, pp. 479-1,96, figs. 6).— "The spirochetes considered in this paper are Spirochwta dutioni, 8. recurrentis, and S. marchotixi {'=gallinarxim) among blood-inhabiting forms, also S. balManii In Ostrea edulis and Tapes aures, S. anodontw in Anodonta eygnea and 8. soJenis in Soleuensis. Both living and stained material have been used. True longitudinal division, as well as transverse division has been observed in these spirochetes. There is a periodicity in the division of the blood-inhabiting spirochetes, transverse divi- sion occurring when the parasites are numerous in the blood, longitudinal divi- sion occurring at the beginning and end of infection. . . . "Certain 8. duttoni, when ingested by Omithodorus moubata, and certain 8. galliiiarum ingested by Argas persicus pass through the Intestinal wall of their ho.sts, and then form minute coccoid bodies, spores, or ' granules ' by multiple transverse fission. Such granules, as well as spirochetes, may be found in the haemocoelic fluid of the ticks, in the Malpighian tubules, and in tlhe gonads. Some of the spirochetes and spores reach the ovaries and ova of the infected parent tick. The spores concentrate in the Malpighian tubules of the developing embryo, which may be born infected. Many nymphs of O. moubata born of infected parents are themselves capable of infecting. In the case of nymphs of Argas persicus, although various observers have recorded negative results, more experiments are necessary before it can be asserted that nymphs born of infected pax'ents are themselves not infective. The main source of infection from both adult and young ticks is the white excrement passed from the Malpighian tubules. Elongation of the coccoid bodies, spores, or ' granules ' to form short rods, and growth of these rods to form longer (or vibrio) forms has been observed in the tick. In this way young spirochetes are developed." A bibliography of 26 titles is appended. On the life cycle of Spirochseta gallinarum, E. Hindle {Parasitology, 4 {1911), No. Ji, pp. J,63-Jfl7, figs. 6').— "The life cycle of 8. gallinarum may be briefly summarized as follows: Commencing with the ordinary parasite in the blood of the fowl, the spirochete grows until it reaches a certain length (16ai-19m) and then divides by the peculiar mode of transverse division de- scribed above. This process is repeated and is probably the only method of FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 461 multiplication of the parasite within the blood. When the spirochetes disap- pear from the circulation some of them break up into coccoid bodies which, however, do not usually redevelop in the fowl. When the spirochetes are in- gested by Argas pcrsicus, some of them pass through the gut wall into the coelomic fluid. From this medium they bore their way into the cells of the various organs of the tick and there break up into a number of coccoid bodies. These intracellular forms multiply by ordinary fission in the cells of the Malpighian tubules and gonads. Some of the coccoid bodies are formed In the lumen of the gut and Malpighian tubules. The result is that some of the coccoid bodies may be present in the Malpighian secretion and excrement of an infected tick and when mixed with the coxal fluid may gain entry into another fowl by the open wound caused by the tick's bite. They then elongate and re-develop into ordinary spirochetes in the blood of the fowl, and the cycle may be repeated." Reports and papers on suspected cases of human plague in East SufEolk and on an epizootic of plague in rodents (Ann. Rpt. Local Govt. Bd. [Gt. Brit.], 40 (1910-11), Sup., Rpt. Med. Officer, pp. 36-122, pis. 3).— Three reports are here presented: (1) Report on Suspected Pneumonic and Bubonic Plague in East Suffolk and on the Prevalence of Plague in Rodents in Suffolk and Essex (pp. 3S-75), by H. T. Bulstrode; (2) Observations on Rat Plague in East Suffolk (pp. 76-90), by C. J. Martin and S. Rowland; and (3) Report on the Pathological and Bacteriological Examination of Rodents (pp. 91-122), by G. F. Petrie and G. H. Macalister. Further observations on a plague-like disease of rodents with a pre- liminary note on the causative agent, Bacterium tularense, G. W. McCoy and C. W. Chapin (Jour. Infect. Diseases, 10 (1912), No. 1, pp. 61-12).— In a paper previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 355)' one of the authors described a disease found in nature in California ground squirrels (Citcllus beecheyi), which is experimentally transmissible to other rodents and which in practically all susceptible animals gives rise to plague-like lesions. In the present paper the authors report certain observations based upon a larger experience with naturally infected ground squirrels and upon considerable experimental work, including the cultivation of the organism that causes the disease. An experi- ment is reported which proves conclusively that squirrel fleas (Ceratophyllus acutus) may at times transmit the infection from squirrel to squirrel. FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. [Food analyses and other pure food and drug topics], E, F. Ladd and Alma K. Johnson (North Dakota Sta. Spec. Bwl. 3G, i)p. 397-J,20) .—This bulle- tin discusses short-weight packages of lard, and other pure food topics ; reports the examination of a number of samples of ice cream and miscellaneous food products, of drugs, and proprietary remedies; gives some data regarding the inspection of restaurants; and reports briefly studies by T. Sanderson which have to do with the milling and baking of wheat. In a test undertaken to determine whether durum wheat can be sufficiently tempered, i. e., moistened, to make it mill as easily as other spring wheat without injuring its baking quality, the data obtained led to the conclusion that proper tempering improves very materially the flour produced and the condition of the wheat for milling, the durum flour milling very much the same as hard red spring wheat. A long tempering period was also markedly bene- ficial with respect to expansion and color in baking, especially with the patent and first clear grades. When kept 3 months in summer, to determine how aging 462 EXPERIMENT STATION BECOBD. would affect the baking quality of the flour, it was found that in general some improvement in quality was noticeable. Data regarding the relative milling and baking quality of winter and spring wheats grown in North Dakota and Montana indicate that the advantage from a baking standpoint is with the spring wheat, but, as it is pointed out, general conclusions can not be fairly drawn, since the data presented are insufficient for the purpose. [Food analyses and other pure food and drug topics], E. F. Ladd and Alma K. Johnson (Aort/t Dakota Sta. Spec. Bid. 37, i)p. ^2^-436).— Data are given regarding the examination of a number of miscellaneous food materials and of drug products and proprietary articles. Some dairy scores are also reported and a number of food and drug topics discussed. [Food analyses and other pure food and drug- topics], E. F. Ladd and Alma K. Johnson (North Dakota Sta. Spec. Bui. 38, pp. 437-452) .—In addition to data regarding the examination of miscellaneous food products, a study of terpeneless lemon extract and a number of proprietary articles, and the exami- nation of confectioners' establishments, the results of work with wheat and spelt are reported. Information is given regarding the moisture content of wheats grown in 1908 to 1911, inclusive, as well as a summary of data regarding the moisture content of hard red winter wheats grown in the same period. In a test on the milling of spelt for bread making, the grain was handled in the same way as wheat, but owing to its brittle character there was an unusual loss due to the breaking of the kernels, which amounted to 12.7 per cent. The re- sult of the milling test showed that spelt yielded 5 per cent of bran, 29.4 per cent of shorts, and 67 per cent of flour, an apparent gain in milling of 1.4 per cent. The grain contained 14.69 per cent of protein, and the flour 13.31 per cent. The flour was very dark in color, the straight grade being no better in this respect than ordinary low-grade wheat flour. However, it is pointed out that the products are entirely different and should no more be studied wholly on the standard of color than w^ould be the case with corn meal. The absorption of water in making dough was about medium as compared with spring flours, and as to the strength of the gluten in relation to the contents of the loaf, spelt compared favorably with the soft winter wheat flours. " It is clearly evident . . . that this product is capable of being utilized as a food for man, and further experiments may give interesting results." Influence of the method of cooking on the water content of food materials, H. Labbe [2. Cong. Intcrnat. Hijg. Alimcut. Bntxcllcs [Proc], 1910, Sect. 1, pp. 254-260). — This paper summarizes cooking tests made by the author in which the gain or loss in weight of various food materials cooked under special conditions was measured. Fresh and dried vegetables, cereals, fruits, and fish were used. The change in weight varied from a loss of 52 per cent in the case of toma- toes to a gain of 634 per cent in the case of tapioca. In general, the author concluded that in certain vegetables, notably some which have naturally a high water content, the gain or loss of weight is slight, iadicating that the osmotic exchanges are not active. The presence of salt in the water in which a vegetable food is cooked may have an important influence on the gain or loss. Those in which salt increases the loss of weight are more numerous than those in which it decreases it. All fruits lose weight in cooking, but less when sugar or salt is added to the water than when pure water is used. The tests with fish indicate that the loss of weight during brief cooking is slight, and is augumented by the use of salt. The loss was greater when the fish was fried. These studies are to be continued. FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 463 The cooking' and chemical composition of some English fish, Katherine I. Williams (Chem. Xews, lOJf {1911), No, 2715, p. 271). — Continuing previous ■work (E. S. R., 19, p. 259), the author studied the composition of fish com- monly eaten in England, with special reference to the loss of weight during cooking and the proportion of waste, and reports analyses of many samples of cooked fish. The average loss of weight during cooking of 22 specimens was found to be 23.5 per cent. Table waste varied from 6.5 per cent in the case of salmon to 47.0 per cent in the case of gurnet. The waste or refuse was carefully weighed, " crushed with a pestle and mortar, boiled in distilled water, the filtrate siphoned off, and evaporated over a water bath until the weight of the residue was constant; this was weighed as gelatin." The phosphoric anhydrid and sulphuric anhydrid were calculated " for the materials in their natural moist condition as served at table." Tables of composition of the moist and water- free materials are also given. The aging of flour and its effect on digestion, J. A. Weseneb and G. L. Teller {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 {1911), No. 12, pp. 912-919).— Arti- ficial digestion experiments were conducted with cornstarch, with starch from flours bleached with nitrogen oxids, with breads from unbleached flour to which nitrogen oxids were added, with unbleached flour, and with fibrin com- bined with nitrite nitrogen. The conclusions reached were as follows : " Xitrites do not interfere with diastase in its action on starch, even when present as sodium nitrite to the extent of 1 part in 1,000. " Nitrous and nitric acid do not inhibit the action of peptic digestion, and may wholly replace hydrochloric acid in this essential first stage of digestion, while digestion by pepsin without acids will not take place. " While pancreatic digestion will not take place in the presence of free acids, It is not inhibited by the presence of relatively large quantities of nitrites, nor Is its action restrained on the proteid which has been previously subjected to appreciable quantities of nitrous and nitric acids. " The nitrite-reacting material of flour, as far as we have been able to de- termine, is entirely due to the direct union of the coloring matter and the nitrogen oxid." Concerning' stringiness in bread, M. P. Neumann and O. Kttischewsky (Ztschr. Gesam. Getreidew., 3 {1911), Nos. 9, pp. 187-191; 10, pp. 215-220; 11, pp. 242-245). — Experiments were made to determine the nature of the bacterial disease causing stringy or slimy bread— a disease occuring in bak- eries in all parts of Germany, especially during periods of prolonged heat, and due to the potato bacillus. Its spores survive the heat of cooking and produce the slimy or stringy character in the crumb within 2 to 4 days after baking. The authors made tests with different flours, yeasts, and leavens, on the in- fluence of varying water content, the addition of rice and potato starch, storage conditions, etc., and reached the following conclusions: The bacillus is present in flours and meals of all grades and kinds, and the danger of infection can not be wholly avoided. Rice and potato starch are somewhat more favorable to its growth than wheat or rye flours. The acid present in breads made with leaven tends to check the growth of the bacilli and such breads are less likely to be affected than those raised by yeast. The spores develop best at a temperature of 40° O., so their growth can sometimes be checked by cooling the bread, there- fore cool, airy storerooms are to be recommended. The water content of the bread also Influences their virility, large, moist loaves proving more susceptible than dry and small ones. Storing the flour in cool, airy rooms is also believed to be beneficial. 464 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Army bread, J. Chevalieb and C. Heudebekt {2. Cong. Internal. Hyg. Aliment. Bruxelles [Proc], 1910, Sect. 2, pp. 186-189) .—The difficulty of pro- ducing a satisfactory bread for armies in the field is discussed and a new type of bread is described. Gluten bread — ^breads for special diets, J. Chevalieb (2. Cong. Internat. Hyg. Aliment. Bruxelles [Proc], 1910, Sect. 2, pp. 181-185). — Analyses are reported of gluten bread and other special food preparations on sale in Paris. The ordinary baker's bread now produced in Paris the author considers less digestible because more quickly raised and less carefully baked than was formerly the case. He recommends that all labels be required to state the in- gredients of the goods represented and that standards be set by which the therapeutic value of different sorts may be measured. Soluble carbohydrate of chestnut flour, G. Leoncini (Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., U {1911), No. 2, irp. 113-118; abs. m Chem. ZentU., 1911, I, No. 26, p. 1873).— Flour prepared from chestnuts was extracted with water and a little lead acetate, and the filtrate was polarized. About 26 per cent of surcose was found to be present. Erythro-, amylo-, and acro-dextrin were absent. It is suggested that possibly these may be formed when chestnuts are roasted at too high a temperature. Volna, a meat substitute, Kochs {Pharm. Zentralhalle, 52 {1911), No. 50, p. 13-'f4). — ^An analysis with the calculated energy value of this German com- mercial meat substitute is reported and the cost of its nutrients per pound computed. The presence of arsenic in food gelatin, O. Kopke (Ar&. K. Gsndhtsamt., 38 {1911), No. 8, pp. 290-293). — Twelve specimens of commercial gelatin in- tended for use as human food were tested for arsenic, the amounts found vary- ing from minute traces to 0.3 mg. in 10 gm. of material. Since gelatin is frequently prepared from waste products of tanneries, leather factories, etc., the arsenic used in tanning or later in preserving leather may be the source of the arsenic in the gelatin. On the other hand, arsenic may not have been in- tentionally used with materials selected for gelatin making, but may have been unintentionally introduced with the reagents used, for many chemicals accidentally contain minute traces of arsenic. This may, for example, be the case when gelatin is made from bones. The protection of public health, the author believes, demands further investigation along these lines. The composition of tincture of ginger, H. C. Lythgoe and L. I. Nurenbeko {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 {1911), No. 12, pp. 910-912). — Tinctures of ginger were prepared from powdered Jamaica, African, and Cochin ginger root, and from a sample of ginger oleoresin. Alcohols of strength varying from 95 to 30 i>er cent were used. Commercial tinctures of ginger were also analyzed. It appeared that the amount of alcohol-soluble materials was the same when alcohols of any strength over 70 per cent were used; the amount extracted with weaker alcohols was less. Oleoresin required 95 per cent alcohol to pro- duce a tincture of the same strength as tincture of ginger root made with 70 per cent alcohol. Concerning the sale of food materials exposed in public streets, M. HoN- NOBAT and E. Kohn-Abrest {2. Cong. Internat. Hyg. Aliment. Bruxelles [Proc], 1910, Sect. 3, pp. 155-161). — ^The authors cite various recent investigations into the dangers of bacterial contamination of foods exposed in streets or in unclean shops, or produced under insanitary conditions, and summarize the regulations recently adopted by the municipal and departmental authorities in Paris for the protection of the consumer, esi>ecially in the case of vegetables and fruits likely to be eaten raw. FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 465 The influence of environment on diet, Z. Kotchetkova (2. Cong. Intemat. Hyg. Aliment. Bruxelles [Proc], 1910, Sect. 1, pp. 261-264).— The author com- pares the results of dietary studies made in different urban and rural sections of Belgium and of others made in various countries, including the United States. He concludes that the environment is a controlling factor in the diet, and that on changing his environment, as when he emigrates, man rapidly adapts his diet to the conditions prevailing in tiis new home. The manag'ement of children predisposed to nervousness, L. F. Barkh:e (Bui. Med. and Chirurg. Facult. Md., 3 {1911), No. 9, pp. 113-121).— This paper discusses the conditions which influence the nervous system of the child and niakes practical suggestions regarding the mental, moral, and physical disci- pline to which children predisposed by inheritance or environment to nervous- ness should be submitted. In regard to nutrition, the author says : " Plenty of good simple food including milk, meat, vegetables, and fruit with avoidance of condiments, coffee, tea, and alcohol, is approved by all authorities. " Many parents make the mistake of allowing the caprice of the child to Influence its diet. We now know the foods tMt are suitable for children and, knowing these, the children should be provided with them in suitable amounts and should be required to eat of them, largely independent of choice. The child tliat learns to eat and digest all wholesome foods and who is not permitted to cultivate little food antipathies makes a good start and avoids one of the worst pitfalls of life with which medical men are very familiar, namely, a meticulous anxiety concerning the effects of various foods, all too likely to develop into a hypochondriacal state." The work of the kidneys and the specific dynamic action of nutrients, F. Tangl {Zenthl. Physiol., 25 (1911), No. 19, p. SS9).— Experiments were made with dogs on which tracheatomy was performed. In 9 series of experiments it was demonstrated that the gaseous exchange decreased after the kidneys had been isolated. The absolute amount of this decrease seemed to bear no relation to body weight. The kidneys of a dog weighing 6 kg. were estimated to consume 4.4 cc. of oxygen per minute and produce 2.2 cc. of carbon dioxid, and their work demanded 7.9 per cent of the total energy transformations of the body. The oxidation was increased by the introduction of albumin, as was also the energy transformation ; uric acid and a solution of common salt produced the same effect. From ttds, the authors conclude that the specific dynamic action of albumin can not explain increased activity of the kidneys. How far can protein catabolism in inanition be diminished by feeding' on carbohydrates? W. Wimmer (Ztsclir. Biol, 57 (1911), No. 6-7, pp. 185-236, dgms. 3). — In experiments with dogs, the authors found 55 per cent of the pro- tein could be protected by feeding carbohydrates. The influence of gelatin as a protein sparer was less marked. "When starch and dextrose were given at intervals throughout the day, their effects were about equal. Any pathological condition in the dogs seemed to affect the result of the experiments. Secretion of gastric juice with decrease in the chlorin supply of the body, R. RosEMANN (Pfliiffer's Arch. Physiol., 142 (1911), No. 3-6, pp. 208-234).— In experiments which were made with dogs fed on a diet poor in salts, no impor- tant decrease in the body supply of chlorin was noted, the organism protecting itself by decreasing the amount secreted by the kidneys. The removal of gastric juice by means of a fistula was more effective. A decrease in the chlorin supply was followed immediately by a decrease in the amount of acidity of the gastric juice and by loss of appetite. 466 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECORD, The author concludes that needs for gastric secretion can be met by 20 per cent of the normal reserve of chlorin in the body. He suggests that the sensa- tion of hunger may be influenced by the chlorin content of the cells of the stomach, and that pathological changes reducing the capacity for storing chlorin in these cells may explain certain cases of anorexia and subsequent under- nutrition. The gastric secretion is, however, dependent upon the general con- dition of the subject as well as upon the chlorin supply. Under-nutrition may impair gastric secretion even if the chlorin supply is unaffected, and hence highly restricted diets intended to induce gastric " rest " may defeat their own purpose. Influence of certain accessory foodstuflEs (tea, coffee, etc.) on gastric secre- tion, F. C. MooRE and H. E. Allanson {Lancet [London], 1911, II, No. 23, pp. 1551, 1552). — Using 15 subjects the author studied the comparative influence of water, tea, coffee, cocoa, milk, albumin water, meat extracts, and alcohol upon gastric digestion. Test breakfasts consisting of fixed amounts of break- fast biscuit and the particular beverage to be tested' 'were given to fasting sub- jects. At the end of an hour the gastric contents were removed and tested for hydrochloric acid, total acidity, and peptic reaction. Tea, a weak infusion of caffein, coffee, cocoa, and meat extract all increased the three factors noted, as compared with water. Milk decreased the hydro- chloric acid and the peptic reaction, but increased the total acidity to a marked extent. A comparative study of temperature fluctuations in different parts of the human body, F. G. Benedict and E. P. Slack (Carnegie Inst. Washington Puh. 155, 1911, pp. V+13, fig. 1). — The purpose of the work here reported was to determine the accurate measurements of body temperature, " the temperature gradient of the body, and esjDecially whether or not the temperature fluctuations occurring in the different parts of the body are uniform." Si^ecially devised thermal-junction thermometers were used in 38 experiments with normal sub- jects, measurements being taken in the rectum and other parts of the body. The authors' general conclusions are expressed as follows : " It can be stated that an examination of all the results obtained shows in the temperature curves a remarkable trend toward parallelism, a parallelism that would be exact, there is every reason to believe, if the thermometers could re- main in precisely the same position and if the cavities could remain absolutely constant in their closure. We feel justified, therefore, in summing up this work by stating that, aside from the skin temperature, a rise or fall in rectal tem- perature is accompanied by a corresponding rise or fall in the temperature of all other parts of the body." In addition, they observed that body temperature showed a tendency to drop during repose following slight muscular work and also after drinking cold water, while muscular exercise and drinking hot coffee raised it. The chemistry and energy metabolism of sleeping children, J. Howland (Hoppe-Seylcr's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 74 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1-12; Trans. Assoc. Amer. Physicians, 26 {1911), pp. 399-Jf09; abs. in Proc. Soc. Expt. Biol, and Med., 8 {1911), No. 3, pp. 63, 64). — Experiments were made with infants between 3 and 7 months old in a respiration calorimeter of the Atwater-Rosa-Benedict type. Food, excretory products, heat production, etc., were studied and the results obtained with healthy children compared with those from ill-nourished or feeble ones. It is only in the case of well-nourished children that the law holds that the heat produced is in proportion to the surface area of the body. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 467 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Physiological effect on growth and reproduction of rations balanced from restricted sources, E. B. Hart et al. (Wisconsin Sta. Research Bui. 17, pp. 131-205, figs. 24). — A preliminary report on the physiological value of rations for the cow, in which the feeds were limited to a single species of plant. One lot of animals was fed on corn meal, gluten feed, and corn stover ; another lot on ground wheat, wheat gluten, and wheat straw; a third lot was given oat meal and oat straw; while the ration for the fourth group was a mixture of these rations. Salt was given to the animals ad libitum, but only 29^ lbs. was used by the oat-fed animals the first year, while the mixture-fed lot consumed a total of 377 lbs. in the same period, the wheat-fed lot 143^ lbs., and the corn-fed lot 150^ lbs. After the first year there was a tendency toward a more uniform consumption of salt by all the lots, though 2 of the oat-fed heifers still con- tinued to consume small quantities throughout the entire experimental period, which began May 31, 1907, and continued for 3 years. As a result of these methods of feeding, the cows fed nutrients from the wheat plant lacked vigor, size, and strength of offspring, and capacity for milk secretion. Those receiving their nutrients from the corn plant were strong and vigorous, in splendid condition all the time, and produced young of great weight and vigor. The animals receiving nutrients from the oat- plant were able to perform all the physiological processes of growth, reproduction, and milk secretion with a certain degree of vigor, but not in the same degree as manifested by the corn-fed animals. " Where a mixture of all the above plant materials was used the animals responded to the ration with less vigor than to the corn and oat ration alone, but with more vigor than to the wheat ration. . . . Monotony of diet was not a troublesome factor and is not of such importance in nutrition problems as usually supposed. ... At present we have no solution for the observations made." When the wheat-fed animals were changed to the corn ration a marked improvement resulted. The reverse was true when corn-fed animals were taken to the wheat ration. The urines from all animals on all rations were Invariably acid to phenolphthalein. The urines of the wheat-fed animals were acid to litmus; those from the other lots were alkaline or neutral. Correction of this acid reaction by feeding alkaline carbonates did not restore the wheat- fed group to full vigor and proper condition. Allantoin was absent from the urines of this group during the period of growth; during gestation it was present. The degree of oxidation of sulphur in the urines of the several groups was not greatly different. The composition and character of the milk fat was in most respects remark- ably constant with the different rations. The only important variant was the high melting point of the fats on the oat ration. There was a decided con- sistency of the distribution of nitrogen in muscle and blood, and in the chemical and physical constants of the carcass fats. The starch equivalents of feeding stuffs, W. Goodwin {Jour. Bd. Agr. [London^, 18 (1911), No. 9, pp. 721-735).— A discussion of Kellner's term " starch equivalent " and the method of using it in compounding rations for live stock. Commercial feeding stuffs, J. W. Carson and G. S. Fraps (Texas 8ta. Bui. IJfl, pp. 3-97). — A report of the feed control inspection, with analyses of cracked corn, corn chop, milo maize chop, Kafir corn chop, crushed Kafir ecru 468 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECOED. heads, oar corn claop, crushed shucked com, hominy feed, corn bran, wheat bran, shorts, middlings, corn and cob meal, alfalfa meal, tankage, blood meal, meat meal, beef scrap, rice bran, rice polish, ground rice hulls, ground rough rice, cotton-seed meal, bean meal, corn meal, ground oats, cold pressed cotton- seed cake, peanut cake, cotton-seed hulls screenings, dried brewers' grain, ground barley, and mixed feeds. Industrial by-products of feeding stuffs, L. Wutts and F. Courtoy (Jour. Soc. Agr. Brabant ct Ilaiiiaut, 56 {1911), Nos. 7, pp. SJf, 85; 8, pp. 99, 100; 9, pp. Its, ll-'i). — These articles discuss the feeding value of gluten meal, cotton-seed cake, peanut cake, dried yeast, sugar-beet pulp, molasses, and cacao shells. Stack ensilag'e (Queensland Agr. Jour., 21 (1911), No. 5, pp. 218, 219). — Directions are given for making ensilage out of doors, thus dispensing with the cost of erecting a silo. This method seems to be popular in Australia, although there is always more or less loss of food material. Feeding experiments with, ground grapevine trimmings, O. von Czadek (Ztschr. Landw. Versuchsw. Ostcrr., 11^ (1911), No. 9, pp. 1104-1122).— Feeding tests with horses, cows, and draft oxen showed that the feeding value of trim- mings from 1-year wood of grapevines was inferior in feeding value to that of straw. An analysis is given. Further investigations on the digestibility of dried potatoes, F. Honcamp, B. GscHWENDNER, and D. Engbebding (Jour. Landw., 58 (1910), No. 4, PP- 363-384). — Dried potatoes in the form of flakes, chips, and pressed potatoes were fed to wethers in connection with clover hay and sesame cake. The average digestion coefficients of the jwtatoes were as follows: Pressed potatoes (papka), organic matter 87, nitrogen-free extract 95.6, and fiber 7.5 per cent; potato flakes, organic matter 89; protein 37.1, and nitrogen-free extract 94.6 per cent; potato chips, organic matter 87.1, protein 36.1, nitrogen-free extract 92.9, and fiber 48.7 per cent; a second brand of potato chii)s, organic matter 86.5, protein 44.2, nitrogen-free extract 95.4, and fiber 22.7 per cent; a third bx'and of potato chips, organic matter 87.7, protein 32.3, and nitrogen-free extract 96.3 per cent; and potato pulp, organic matter 81.6, nitrogen-free extract 90.4, and fiber 36.5 per cent. Green color of rape-seed or colza cakes, L. Bussaed (Ann. Falsif., 4 (1911), No. 28, pp. 75-77; abs. in Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 425, p. 411).— The author found that Indian rape-seed cake was frequently treated with from 0.75 to 1 per cent of sodium carbonate in order to simulate the green color of the Euro- pean cake. The European colza is Brassica oleracea, but the Indian colza cake includes B. juncea, Sinapis dichonita, 8. glauca, Eruca sativa, and other Cruciferse. Composition and feed value of rice by-products, J. E. Halligan (Amer. Hay, Flour, and Feed Jour., 20 (1912), No. 2, pp. 20-22). — This contains statis- tics on the rice industry, a description of the processes of milling rice, analyses of rice and its products, a discussion of the feeding value, and sample rations for stock in which rice products are a prominent ingredient. Beport on cattle feeding experiments with soy-bean cake, W. Beuce (Edinh. and, East of Scot. Col. Agr. Rpt. 25, 1911, pp. 16). — Feeding tests simi- lar to those previously reported (E. S. R., 24, p. 371) indicate that soy-bean cake, when used as a supplement to feeding stufl's in bullock fattening to the extent of from 4 to 5 lbs. daily, is a healthful cattle food and a satisfactory beef producer, but weight for weight is not equal to linseed cake. On the feeding value of animal meals, E, Pescheck (Jour. Landw., 58 (1910), No. 4, pp. 345-362). — Analyses of several brands of bone and meat meals are given, and metabolism experiments with dogs are reported. Although ANIMAL. PRODUCTION. 469 they are highly digestible, it is pointed out that in the use of these meals there is a possibility of transmitting infectious diseases. '*' Romauxankalk " in animal metabolism, O. Hagemann (Pfliiger's Arch. Phi/sioL, IJfO {1911), No. 1-^, pp. 158-16^). — Metabolism experiments with wethers showed that this proprietary compound of organic phosphorus is easily assimilated. Karroo soil, lucern, and the ostrich feather, P. D. Hahn and D. S. Steven- son {So. African Jour. ScL, 7 {1911), Wo. 3, pp. 122-128). — Analyses of lucern and karroo soil are reported. It is stated that in South Africa lucern removes more phosphorus, potash, and lime from the soil than in European countries. Analyses of ostrich feathers showed that those from ostriches fed on lucern contained less ash than feathers from the veld-fed and wild ostriches. On the movement of feeding stuffs through the alimentary tract, particu- larly of swine, J. Schneideriieinze {Ucber die AufentJiaUs- unci Durchgangs- seiten der Nahrung bez. Hirer Reste im Magendarmkanal, spezicll i/m Magen des Schweincs. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 89, tables 6, figs. 2)). — After reviewing the literature on the subject, the author reports his own experiments with swine, in which dissimilar rations were given at the last feeding period before slaughtering. The exact location of the feed at successive intervals, the action of the different parts of the alimentary tract, the length of time required to reach the different portions, and other data are described in detail and presented in tabular form. Investigations on the mechanism of rumination, C. FoA {Pfiilger^s Arch. Physiol., 133 {1910), No. ^-6 pp. 111-200, figs. 16).— The author has studied spontaneous rumination in sheep, the effect of cold water on the paunch of sheep, and the mechanism of regurgitation by stimulation of the vagus nerve in sheep and dogs. The results indicate that regurgitation is not induced because of intra- thoracic suction, as it can take place with an open thorax. Furthermore, neither intrathoracic nor Intratracheal pressure is altered. Regurgitation takes place through a strong contraction of the diaphragm, which compresses the paunch and reticulum and raises the intra-abdominal pressure. It is a series of coordinated reflexes, which originate volunfcirily, but once started can not be stopped by a slight narcosis or nervous stimulation. As in the case of vom- iting, there was no antiperistaltic contraction of the esophagus. Contribution to the knowledge of rumination, A. Aggazzotti {Pfliiger's Arch. Physiol., 133 {1910), No. ^-6, pp. 201-22-i, figs. S).— The author con- tinued the studies along the same lines as in the article above. In sheep the cardia is normally open, but is closed when the main branch of the peripheral vagus nerve is stimulated. This did not explain the failure to regurgitate and ruminate, for this failure occurs on poisoning with curare. Electrical and mechanical stimulation of the mucous membrane of the reticu- lum and rumen caused the muscular walls to contract, but without regui'gita- tion. Apomorphin and tartar emetic did not cause regurgitation or rumina- tion. The esophageal furrow functions and assists in the act of regurgitation. The fermentation processes of digestion in ruminants, I. Markoff {Biochem. Ztschr., 34 {1911), No. S-4, pp. 211-232, fig. i).— Gases were withdrawn by means of tubes from the paunch and colon of oxen and goats. The amount of carbonic-acid gas from the stomach was sometimes less and at other times exceeded that of methan, whereas in the colon it was always less. In an animal on a diet composed wholly of hay, or when in a condition of hunger, there was considerable less carbonic acid than methan. On a diet of beets and hay the proportions were about equal, whereas the addition of oats increased the proportion of carbonic acid and hydrogen. 470 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECOED. Whenever the stomach coutents were removed and fermented in vitro there was 3 or 4 times as much carbonic acid as methan. This indicated that the carbonic acid was absorbed in the stomach. The quantity of hydrogen was much less than that of methan iu both stomach and colon. In fermentation experiments the amounts of both hydrogen and carbonic acid were increased when soluble carbohydrates were added to the fermenting contents of stomach and colon. Annual review of investigations in general biology, edited by Y. Delage (Ann. Biol. [Paris], J3 (1908), pp. XVII+5n).—A bibliography of literature published in 1908 on the cell, reproduction, heredity, variation, the origin of species, and related topics. Abstracts are given of the more important pub- lications. Some neglected factors in evolution. — An essay in constructive biology, H. M. Bernard (Netv York and London, 1911, pp. XXI+JtS9, figs. JP). — A study of the finer structure of protoplasm, and in particular of those tissues which can not be satisfactorily explained by the cell theory, which is accordingly replaced by the protomitomic network theory in which the cell is conceived primarily as a continuous linin chromatin network with a differentiated center, which is a storehouse for chromatin, the whole being imbedded in an albuminous semifluid matrix. According to this theory, the linin network within the nucleus and the cytoplasmic meshwork outside are fundamental parts of one and the same reticulum, though possibly coated over with different substances, and the nuclear membrane is a felting of the threads of the protomitomic network. The network of the nucleus as the organic center is continuous with the network of the cell body. The common belief that chromatin is the hereditary substance is said to be only consistent with total ignorance of the existence of the underlying reticulum of linin threads, and scattered observations as to chromatin are difficult to correlate into a coherent doctrine of its functions and importance. Part 1 closes with a chapter on growth in which a psychic force is invoked to account for ordered growths. In part 2 evolution is explained by means of 5 structural units. The factor commonly neglected which is here most emphasized is cosmic rhythm. The development of the germ cells in the mammalian ovary, with special reference to the early phases of maturation, A. Louise McIlroy (Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 31 (1910-11), No. 1, pp. 151-178, pis. 6).— A report of studies of the ovary in embryo and newly bom young of the rabbit, cat, dog, pig, and man. Among many conclusions are the following : The same general plan of devel- opment is followed among the varied types of mammalian ovary, the variation depending upon the rate of ante and post-natal development, the cells maturing from the periphery inwards. Mitosis occurs among the oogonia, and also among the primary oocytes of the reticular stage, but ceases at a given stage in the development of the ovary. The follicle cells, which form the cells of the stratum granulosum, are derived from the oogonia and not from the stroma cells. The reserve cells (oogonia and regressive oocytes scattered throughout the ovarian tissue) may function as follicle or as interstitial cells, and may become absorbed as pabulum for the developing oocyte. The nucleolus persists during all of the stages of transition of the nucleus, although its staining capacity may vary. Experiments on the time required to fertilize the egg of the fowl, J. L. Fratettb (Rev. G&n. Agron., n. ser., G (1911), No. 8, pp. 31.'i-317). — Eggs were fertile on the second day after the cock was put Into the yard in the case of 2 groups of hens. In other cases it required from 3 to 4 days to fertilize eggs. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 471 Abnormal bone growth in the absence of functioning testicles, A. C. Gedde.s (Proc. Roy. Soc. Eilinb., 31 (1910-11), No. 1, pp. 100-150, pis. 3).— This article reports anatomical, histological, and physiological studies of fowls, dogs, guinea pigs, cattle, and man, in which the subjects were castrated or had nonfunctional testicles. In the absence of fimctioning testicles the process of endochondral ossifica- tion is stimulated and prolonged, but all cartilages are not affected equally. The bones most marliedly affected are the bones of the leg, next those of the forearm, next the thigh and arm, limb girdles, and vertebral column. Observations at the slaughterhouses showed that a bull's epiphyses joined the bone shafts by the time he was 2 years old, whereas in the bullock endochon- dral ossification is not complete until he is 3 or 4 years of age. The effect of castration is to cause an excess of nutritive material to be absorbed by the car- tilage cells, which proliferate rapidly and are liable to die by surfeit, accom- panied by an increased rate of growth in the epiphysial cartilages. A bibliography is appended. The effects of semispaying and of semicastration on the sex ratio of the albino rat (Mus norvegicus albinus), Helen D. King (Jottr. Expt. Zool.. 10 (1911), Xo. If, pp. 381-392) .—To test the right and left ovary hyix)thesis the ovaries and testicles were removed from one side of albino rats, with the follow- ing results : " Each ovary produces eggs that are capable of developing into males and also eggs that can develop into females. Each testicle contains spermatozoa that are able to fertilize the eggs from either ovary, and eggs thus fertilized develop either into males or into females. The sex ratio is not altered in any way by semispaying or by semicastrating the breeding animals. It follows, therefore, that (a) if sex is determined in the ovary, female-producing and male-producing eggs are developed in approximately equal numbers in each cvary of the normal female; (b) if the male is responsible for sex, female- producing and male-producing spermatozoa are developed in approximately equal numbers in each testicle of the normal male." Studies in the experimental analysis of sex. — VII, Sexual changes in the blood and liver of Carcinus maenas, G. Smith (Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. [London], n. sen, .57 (1011), No. 226, pp. 251-265).— In earlier work (E. S. B- 25, p. 772), it was pointed out that the adult female organism at the time of the ripening of the ovary is engaged in elaborating reserve material, especially of a fatty nature, and that this substance is conveyed in the body fluids to the ovary and may have some connection in the development of many female secondary sexual characters. A further study of the changes in the bood and liver of Carcinus mwnas indicates that the blood of the female at the time of the ripening of the ovary contains more than twice as much fatty material as the blood of the male, even when the latter is mobilizing its fat to the greatest extent, and that Sacculina exerts a marked influence upon the fat metabolism of the host. This is en- tirely consistent with the view that it influences the host to assume the female characters by acting the same part in the fat metabolism as the ripening ovary does in the normal female. The effect of Sacculina upon the fat metabolism of its host, G. C. Robson (Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. [London], n. ser., .51 (1911), No. 226, pp. 267-278, figs. 2). — This is work along lines which support the results reported in the abstract noted above. Is early maturity in domesticated animals a sign of degeneracy similar to cretinism, or a normal condition due to high breeding? W. Bormann (1st die FrilJvcife der Haustiere eine Degenerationserscheinung (cretinistischer, cre- 32355°— Xo. 5—12 6 472 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. tinoider oder anderer Art) oder ist sie ein normaler Zustand hochgeziichteter Rasscn? Iikukj. Disi^., Univ. Bern, 1911, pp. 31). — From studies of swine the author concludes that early maturity is not a pathological condition, similar to cretinism, but that it is an abnormal tendency toward the deposition of an excessive amount of fat in the tissue brought about by changes in feeding and breeding. A bibliography is appended. Studies of brachymelia in domesticated animals, E. Plattnee (Studien ubcr die " B rachymclie " bei Haustieren und deren Ursachen. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1911, pp. 77+///, i)ls. 10).— A study of fetal tissues of brachy- melic animals led to the conclusion that short-leggedness as in the dachshund, Ancon sheep, etc., is a condition quite diffei'ent from rachitis, being a hypo- plastic form of Chondrodystrophia fcetalis. It appears as a mutation and is inherited similarly to other dominant characters. A bibliography is appended. A study of dark pigmentation in domesticated animals, H. Thal (Sttidien iiber die DunkcJfdrhiiiig hoi Haustieren. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 48). — As a result of his own observations, and a survey of the literature on the subject, the author reaches the conclusion that a strong constitution in animals is associated with dark pigmentation. A bibliography on the subject is appended. Mutations in living beings, L. Blakinghem (Les Transformations brusques des etres Vlvants. Paris, 1911, pp. 353, figs. .'/9). — This is a general treatise on heredity and variation, in which considerable stress is laid on the importance of mutation in the evolution of species and that mutations may be brought about by mutilation. "Genotype" and "pure line," H. S. Jennings {Science, n. ser., 3-J {1911\), No. 885, pp. SJfl, 8It2). — The diversities in the usage of the terms "genotype" and " pure line " are pointed out. [Mendelian inheritance], T. H. Morgan {Science, n. ser., 34 {1911), Nos. 873, p. 384; 880, pp. 636-638; 887, pp. 918, 919; Jour. Expt. Zool., 11 {1911), No. 4, pp. 365-421, pi. 1; Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 21 {1911), pp. 87-117, pis. ,9).— These articles report the inheritance of coat colors in crossing different varieties of mice. The factors concerned in the inheritance of coat color are discussed. and the association hypothesis is proposed to explain cases where the presence and absence hypothesis is inadequate. [Mendelian inheritance] {Science, n. ser., 34 {1911), Nos. 877, pp. 512, 513; 878, p. 563). — These are criticisms by R. A. Emerson and C. C. Little on the articles noted above. Studies on the cattle of Africa and Polynesia and their relation to each other, E. Breitung {Studien ilber die Kinder Afrikas und Polynesiens und ihren Zv,sammenliang untereinander. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910. pp. 76, tables 5, pi. 1). — Measurements of cattle in the Mariana Islands and the different types in Africa are given. It is concluded that the cattle of Polynesia are of the same general types as those of Africa. They were brought from South America to Polynesia and Melanesia in the sixteenth century. A bibliography is appended. Investigations of the skulls of Japanese Bovidse, K. Iguchi {Jour. Col. Agr. Tohoku Imp. Univ., 4 (1911), No. 4, pp. 191-213, j)ls. 5).— The author re- ports measurements of skulls of different types of Japanese cattle, and compari- sons are made between these and European breeds. East Indian cattle in Jamaica, J. D. Dreher {Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. S.], 15 {1912), No. 2, p. 38). — An account of tlie progress made in crossing the zebu from India with the different breeds imported from England. ANIMAL PEODUCTION. 473 Measuring prize animals, C Voitellier (Bui. Mens. Off. Renscig. Agr. [Purls], 10 (JOll), No. 9, pp. 106.'t~1077 ).^Th[s article describes the methods of taking measurements of cattle. Measurements are given of prize animals belonging to the Normandy, Durham, Parthenaise, Jersey, and Briton breeds. Slaughtering of young calves (Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 {1911), No. 5, pp. 400-1/05). — An editorial which calls attention to the shortage In store cattle, due in large part to the slaughtering of young calves for veal. Remedial measures are suggested. Committee on the British export trade in live stock (Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], IS (1911), No. 9, pp. 769-772). — This contains recommendations of the official committee appointed to report on the export trade in live stock. Annual wool review (Bui. Nat. Assoc. Wool Mcmfrs., ^1 (1911), No. //, pp. 499-558). — This contains an estimate of the domestic wool clip of 1911, and other statistical tables. A study of kemps, H. Peiestman (Bui. Nat. Assoc. Wool Manfrs., 41 (1911), No. 2, pp. 245-26.'i, figs. 12). — A study of dead fibers in wool, which cause much trouble in the manufacture of woolen goods. Hygroscopic qualities of wool, W. D. Haetshobne (Bui. Nat. Assoc. Wool Manfrs., Ijl (1911), No. 1, pp. 108-118, pis. 9). — ^A continuation of a discussion previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 75). West Virginia as a poultry State, H. Atwood (West Virginia 8ta. Bui. 135, pp. 109-159, figs. 12). — This is a popular work on methods of raising poultry, with special reference to the advantages which West Virginia offers to this iudusti-y. The poultry industry in Germany, Denmark, Sweden, Holland, Belgium, France, and England, D. Maechiori, L. Vianello, and O. Muneeati (Bol. Min. Agr., Indu^. c Com. [Rome], 10 (1911), Ser. C, No. 5, pp. 9-33).— A report of the commission which investigated the conditions in European countries in order to gather information for the encouragement of the poultry industry in Italy. [Instruction in poultry raising], E. W. Benjamin (Metropol. and Rural Home, 26 (1912), No. 1, pp. 5, 7, 18, figs. //). — This is an account of the equip- ment and methods of instruction used, with a list of the publications issued by the poultry department at Cornell. Profitable poultry production, M. G. Kains (New York, 1910, pp. IX-\-278, pis. 7, figs. 9'/). — This book treats of all phases of poultry raising, and points out the advantages of poultry as a means of making money. Special emphasis is laid upon the most essential practices to be observed by one wishing to meet with success. Studies on hybrid ducks, H. D. Goodale (Jour. Expt. Zool., 10 (1911), No. 3, pp. 2/il-254, figs. 10). — A preliminary report of the reciprocal crosses made with Pekin and Rouen ducks. Breeding ostriches for plumes, C. E. Holden (Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 188-193, figs. 3).— This is an account of ostrich breeding as conducted on a farm in southern California. Supplementary observations on the development of the Canadian oyster, J. Stafford (Amer. Nat., 1/6 (1912), No. 541, pp. 29-1/0). — A continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 23, p. 478). The author studied the British Columbia oyster and the Prince Edward Island oysters which had been transplanted to the vicinity of Vancouver Island. Comparisons are made between the 2 species of oysters, and details are given for collecting oyster larvte by the plankton net. The method is thought to be of great economic importance in oyster culture. 474 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. DAIRY FARMING— DAIRYING. The cost of producing Minnesota dairy products, 1904-1909, T. P. Cooper (Minncfiota Sta. liiil. 12.',. pp. 89-188, figs. 12; U. 8. Dept. Ar/r., Bur. Statis. Bui. 88, pp. 84, pis. 2, figs. 13). — The work reported in tliese bulletins was done by the Minnesota Station in cooperation with this Department, and is an investi- gation of the cost of producing dairy products on 3 groups of Minnesota farms. The purpose was to determine the cost of production as represented by .3 different phases of agricultural development, (1) at Halstad, Minn., where grain growing is the prominent feature. (2) at IVIarshall. where agriculture is in the Iransitioti stage from grain growing to live stock production, and (3) at Northfield, where dairying is the most important industry. There were from 8 to 10 farms in each community, and tlie methods of collecting data were similar to tliose previously reported (E. S. R., 21, p. 188). The feeds consumed were charged at the farm price and not at the cost of production. Average cost of milk production and income per cow on dairy farms. Northfield. Marshall. Halstad. Year. Cost of milk per hun- drodweight. Income per cow from milk.i Cost of milk per hun- dredweight. Income per cow from milk.i Cost of milk per hun- dredweight. Income per cow from milk.i 1904 Cents. Cents. Cents. 124.2 116.9 123.0 129.9 131.1 126.5 $25. 57 1905 104.8 115.9 113.2 132.2 126.9 $53. 04 52.27 57.44 63.83 65.15 31.18 1906 .... 126.6 150.7 97.4 111.2 $29. 67 35.47 46.72 48.93 32.30 1907 33.26 1908 .... 48.12 1909 51.33 > Average from sales and from use in house and on farm. It was found that the rise in income during the periods studied has been almost directly proportional to the rise in prices, while the increases or de- creases in cost of maintenance have been very closely related to increased or decreased prices for feeds and labor. A noteworthy point is the small proportion of daii'y products used on the farm at Northfield. a district engaged in the sale of whole milk, and the great use of them at Marshall and Halstad, the creamery districts. The almost constant increase in tlie income from year to year was ascribed, first, to tlie advance in prices of dairy products, and second, to the increased production of milk or milk fat per cow. At Northfield the income was affected to a greater extent by an increase in prices than in the other sections. It is pointed out that a serious error in feeding the farm cow is tlie lack of liberality, and that at ordinary prices the cow giving only average yields must often be kept at a money loss. The increased profits from cows of high pro- ductivity are well illustrated by a comparison between the cow giving 10,000 lbs. and one giving 4.000 lbs. of milk. " The data accumulated show very clearly that under average farm condi- tions tlie cost of milk or butter fat production is high and that, based upon cost alone, the income from products sold is not sufficiently high to cover cost of production. It should be remembered, however, that this investigation is con- cerned with the cost or income as obtained from groups of farms; that these groups, as nearly representative as can be obtained, are managed by individuals operating the enterprise at varying profits or loss. Some attain a high profit, others invariably operate at a loss, depending upon managerial skill and the DAIEY FARMING^ — DAIRYING. 475 productivity of their lierds. Averages reflect tlie practice, usage, and returns from the group, but do not reflect the cost of production that may be attained by the skilled individual manager. . . . " The financial results, as shoviTi in the appendix, give the effect that the daily enterprise has had upon net income irrespective of its relation to fertility of the land or upon crop productions. On the Northfield route, 1905-1909, the net income as obtained from tlie dairy enterprise, which takes into considera- tion not only the sales of product, but also profits obtained through the sale of dairy stock, was $10,444.99, or $2,089 per year for an average of 116 cows. This profit has been obtained through sales of live stock rather than from the milk, but has had a vei-y marked effect upon the profits of the farm as a whole. At Marshall, 1906-1909, the dairy enterprise was operated at a net loss of $438.97, or $109.74 per year, an a^•erage of $2.88 per cow annually. Halstad also showed an operating loss, amounting to $4,222.19 for 1904-1909, or $703.70 per year, an average of $8.91 per cow annually. However, in spite of the operating loss in direct income, due chiefly to uneconomical forms of production, the dairy enter- prise has aided materially in making the farm business, as a whole, more profit- able. Detailed study of cost of production and of the items of cost which affect efficiency, hence, the cost of production per unit of product, indicates clearly the possibilities of direct profit that may be obtained from this entei'prise.' A digestion trial with, two Jersey cows on full ration and on maintenance, C. H. EcKLES {Missouri Sta. Research Bui. //, pp. 5-22, pi. 1). — This bulletin is devoted to a summary of work previously noted (E. S. R., 24. p. 76), with some additional data. A digestion trial is also reported with the same 2 cows when dry and on a maintenance ration. " The ration used was the same in both trials except in quantity. When on full ration the percentage digested was lower with both animals and for each constituent of the ration than the average figures in common use. " The cow which received the most liberal ration digested 66.27 per cent of the entire ration. According to the digestion coefficients in common use she should have digested 70.81 per cent. The same cow on maintenance digested 73.79 per cent of the ration. The average figures for the same ration are 69.1 per cent. The second cow, receiving about 50 per cent less feed, during the trial when in milk digested 66.95 per cent of the ration. On maintenance the same animal digested 72.19. According to the average figures in use she should have digested 70.79 per cent in the first trial and 69.7 for the second. " These results suggest that the average digestion coefficients in use are somewhat high as applied to cows producing large quantities of milk which requires a heavy ration and that accurate figures for this purpose s;hould be obtained from experiments with cows in milk." Maintenance trials with five Jersey cows, C. H. Eckles {Missouri Sta. Research Bui. 5, pp. 2.5-.'/S, figs. 3). — The maintenance requirement was deter- mined for the 2 cows used in the work noted above, and for 3 other high-class .Tersey cows for periods ranging from 120 to 180 days. Four of these received the same ration, except in amount, as when in full flow of milk, namely, corn silage 4 parts, alfalfa hay 1 part, and grain mixture 1 part. The fifth cow received the ration used at the station for fattening steers. Chemical analyses were made of all the food consumed. " The data presented show that while there was some variation with the individuals the 4 receiving the normal dairy ration averaged 6.08 therms per 1,000 lbs. calculated by using Armsby's ' Production Value ' tables. " A comparison was made with Haecker's standard by reducing it to energy value by using Kellner's ' Production Values.' Calculated in this way the energy value of Haecker's ration is 8.42 therms for 1,000 lbs. live weight. 476 EXPERIMENT STATION BECOED. Calculated in the same manner the average energj- value required by the 4 cows receiving the normal ration was 8.G1 therms. " The average energy value of the ration given 2 cows, with which a diges- tion trial was made that admits of more accurate calculation, was 6.00 therms, while for animals of this weight the energy value required is estimated at 5.56 therms by Armsby. " The general conclusion from the results with 4 Jersey cows is that the average maintenance requirements of these animals is quite close to the stand- ard, suggested by Armsby and by Haecker." Feeding experiments with, milch cows, N. O. Hofman-Bang (Ber. K. Vet. og Landbohdjskoles Lab. Landokonom. Forsog {Copenhagen^, H {1911), pp. 78). — The reiwrt gives an account of extensive experiments conducted under the direction of the Copenhagen Experiment Station for the purpose of determining the feeding value of wet brewers' grains and of soy-bean cakes for milch cows. On replacing oil cakes by wet grains, the basal rations consisting of hay, straw, ruta-bagas, cotton-seed meal, peanut cakes, or soy-bean cakes, it was found that 5 kg. of wet grains was equivalent to 1 kg. of the high-protein cakes. Neither the milk production, the chemical composition of the milk, nor the condition of the cows was affected by the introduction of the wet grains into the feed rations in this proportion. In other tests 1 kg. of soy-bean cakes fully replaced 1 kg. of the other high- protein cakes fed (cotton-seed meal, peanut cakes, sunflower cakes) without affecting the milk production, the condition of the cows, or the chemical com- position of the milk. When good, fresh soy-bean cakes were fed, no deleterious influence of feeding the cakes was traceable in the flavor or taste of the butter, even when these were fed excessively. In the latter case they produced butter of a hard consistency, so that tlie winter grain feed of the cows should not, therefore, be made up too heavily of soy-bean cakes. Further investigations on the utilization of ammonium acetate and aspara- gin for maintenance and milk production, A. Morgen, C. Beger, and F. West- HAUSSER {Landw. Vers. Stat., 75 {1911), No. 3-Jt, pp. 265-320).— The authors have continued their earlier work (E. S. R., 24, p. 369). Whenever asparagin or ammonium acetate was given in the place of pure protein there was a decrease in milk pi'oduction of about 25 i>er cent. When carbohydrates were substituted there was a decrease of 36 per cent. These results in general confirm those previously noted. There was no favorable effect of ammonium acetate or asparagin on the quality of milk or uix>n the weight of the animal. No proof was obtained of indigestible pure protein, and it is thought that the increase of protein in the feces was due to a depression of the digestion coefficient. When the protein was replaced by amids there was no change in the products of metabolism, but in the case of carbohydrates there was an increase. The record breakers of the dairy breeds {Breeder's Gaz., 60 {1911), No. 25, pp. 128S, 1289, figs. 6). — This contains the milk records of champion cows of the 6 leading dairy breeds. Beport of the Malmohus County cow-testing associations, 1910-11, L. Nannesson {Malino. Llins Hushdll. SdTIsk. KvrtJsskr., 1911, No. 3, pp. 39^- 511). — The number of cow-testing associations in the county during the year was 160, with 2.479 different herds and 47,832 cows. The average production of the cows for the year was 3,501 kg. of milk and 112.69 kg. of butter fat, with an average of 3.22 per cent of fat. The cows ate on the average 2.322.6 " feed units," and produced 150.8 kg. of milk and 5.35 kg. of butter for each 100 feed units. The returns per 100 feed units at the price obtained for butter amounted to 11.45 crowns, or $3.07. The improvement in the production of the DAIRY FAEMING DAIRYING. 477 COWS and in the returns per unit of feed consumed from year to year since the associations were organized in the county is very marked. Cattle breeding and dairying in Sweden, Winkler (Osterr. Molk. Ztg., 18 {1911), IS! OS. 22, pp. 337-339; 23, pp. 353-356, figs. 2).— A general account of dairy husbandry in Sweden, and the methods of maliing butter and different kinds of Swedish cheeses. Twenty-fourth annual report of the Bernese Dairy School at Riitti- Zollikofen, A. Peter et al. (Jahresber. Molk. Schidc Riltti-ZoUikofen, 24 (1910-11), pp. 64)- — This contains a report of the activities of the school, the chemical and physical constants of milk, butter, and buttermilk, statistics on the production of cheese, and feeding tests with swine, in which corn-germ cake was found to be inferior in feeding value to corn. Report on the activities of the dairy institute at Proskau, Klein (Ber. Milchw. Inst. Proskau, 1910-11, pp. 11). — The chemical and physical constants of milk are reported, and a brief account of the activities of the school is given. On the presence of sulphocyanogen in milk and its origin, Stoecklin and Crochetelle {Bill. Sta. Agron. Somme, 1910-11, pp 24-30, figs. 2). — The pres- ence of sulphocyanogen was found to be due to feeding colza cakes which had been adulterated with other cruciferous plants. The authors then studied, under the conditions which normally obtain in the stomach, the production of the poisonous principle with pure colza cake made in Amiens, France. The maximum amount was produced in about 5 hours after coming in con- tact with water. The action was accelerated by small quantities of hydro- chloric acid. The action on the organism of dead tubercular microbes and of toxins not destroyed by heat in sterilized milk, Bruynoghe {2. Cong. Internat. Ilyg. Aliment. Bruxelles {Proc.^, 1910, Sect. 8, p. 162). — A discussion of the question of whether sterilized milk from tuberculous cows can be a source of infection. The author made experiments with tuberculous guinea-pigs, administering Koch's tuberculin with their food, but without observing any reaction. He considers that while Koch bacilli which have been killed during sterilization may possibly enter the lymphatic circulation, this is not a means of infection. On the other hand it may possibly render the organism immune. The fat globules of milk in relation to churning, W. F. Cooper, W. H. Nuttall and G, A. Freak (Jour. Agr. Sci., 4 {1911), No. 2, pp. 150-176, pis. 3, figs. 8). — This article reviews the literature on the subject, and contains some additional data to those previously noted (E. vS. R., 25, p. 5S2). Investigations on skim milk and buttermilk, W. D. Kooper {Milchw. Zentbl., 7 {1911), No. 11, pp. 50.5-511). — The average analysis of 4 samples of skim milk was as follows: Water 91.551, protein 3.147, casein 2.313. albumin 0.S34, fat 0.1S2, milk sugar 4.274, lactic acid 0.137, and ash 0.659 per cent. Four samples of buttermilk gave the following average analysis: Water 91.509, pro- tein 3.115, casein 2.1S2, albumin 0.933, fat 0.297, milk sugar 4.279, lactic acid 0.137, and ash 0.646 per cent. The viscosity of buttermilk was less, and the catalase and reductase greater, than that of skim milk. Attention is called to buttei'milk and skim milk as exceedingly cheap foods. At present prices in Germany the author estimates that 1 mark would purchase 2,562 food units in skim milk, 2,311 in buttermilk, 1,615 in whole milk, 552 in eggs, and 538 in lean beef. The influence of salts upon the action of rennet on milk, A. F. S. Kent (Joiir. Physiol., 43 {1911), No. 5, p. XXIV). — A preliminary report, in which the author draws the following conclusions: " The weight of dry curd obtainable from a given quantity of milk by the action of rennet is influenced by the nature and amount of the salts present. 478 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. It is possible to increase the weight of dry curd obtainable from a given quan- tity of milk by an appropriate addition of suitable salts. The additional weight obtained ... is apparently due principally to the presence of an increased amount of fat in the curd. The increase in the amount of protein in the curd brought about by the addition of salts to the milk appears to be small. It is possible to modify the physical character (the 'strength') of the curd by the addition of salts to the milk." "What factors affect the specific gravity of rennet whey? H. Hoft {Molk. Ztg. [Hildcsheim], 25 {1911), No. 8Jf, pp. 1587-1589).— A study of the effect of the strength of rennet, length of time of ripening, temperature, and other factors affecting the specific gravity of whey, with a view of determining the yield of cheese. The work thus far indicates that the duration of the action of rennet before the separation of the whey is of the greatest importance. Report on the results of experiments on the propagation of culture starters in dairying, W. Stevenson {West of Scot. Agr. Col. Bui. 50. 1909, pp. 78-105).— A trial of several varieties of starters propagated under different conditions. The disinfection of dairies by dry methods, O. Laxa {Rev. G6n. Lait, 9 (1911), No. 1, pp. 8-16). — The author reports experiments as to the effective- ness of different disinfectants used in sterilizing dairies in order to kill organisms which cause defects in butter and cheese. The resistance of numer- ous types of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to each method is given. The public milk supply, H. A. Macewen {London, Glasgow and Bombay, 1910, pp. TIII+182, figs. 36). — This book discusses what a satisfactory milk supply should be and how it can be obtained. It is written chiefly for the use of health ofBcers in the United Kingdom. Existing and prospective legislation re milk supply, J. Lindsay {Jour. Meat and Milk Hyg., 1 {1911), No. 12, pp. 671-695).— A brief statement of the law on this subject as it appears in the several statutes relating to Scotland, England, and Ireland, with a few observations and criticisms thereon. Should the sale of market milk containing less than 2.7 per cent of fat be legalized? K. Schulz {1st es ZweckmUssig und Bcrechtigt, in den Polizeiver- ordnungen von der in den Verkehr gebrachten Milch eirien MindestfettgehaU von 2.7% zu verlangen? Inatig. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1909, pp. 3Jf). — The author determined the fat content in the milk of 767 cows, and in only 20 cases was there less than 2.7 per cent of fat. The mixed milk of each herd always contained more than that amount. Three outbreaks of typhoid fever traced to milk infection, E. O. Jordan and E. E. Irons {Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, 58 {1912), No: 3, pp. 169-172).— The cases reported were outbreaks found to be due to bacilli carriers employed on dairy farms. Milk and cream contests, A. C. Baer {Hoard's Dairytnan, 42 {1911), No. Ifl, pp. 1 'I'lO, I'iGO). — Attention is called to the educational value of these contents, which were first held at the National Dairy Show in 1906 under the direc- tion of the Dairy Division of this Department. Awards are made for the best average score on the following points: Flavor and odor, visible dirt, fat, solids-not-fat. acidity, bottle and cap, and bacterial content. It is pointed out that local contests would be a great aid in improving the quality of milk. A bacteriological study of Danish butter, O. Jensen {Rev. G4n. Lait, 8 {1910), No. 18, pp. .',09-417; Centhh Bakt. [etc.^, 2. AM., 29 {1911). No. 23-25, pp. 610-616; Molk. Ztg. Berlin, 21 {1911), No. 18, pp. 205-207).— Lactic-acid bacilli were found to multiply much more rapidly in unwashed than in washed butter, but the reverse was true of streptococci. The most frequent species of yeasts were DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 479 typical Torulae, some of which did not decompose butter unless associated with bacteria. An increase of acidity favored the development of other undesirable yeasts. See. also a previous note (E. S. R., 25, p. 780). New Danish butter law, trans, by J. H. Monead (N. Y. Produce Rev. and Atner. Cream., 33 {1911), Xo. 10, p. U2 ; abs. in Milchw. Zenthl., 7 {Wtl), No. 7, 332-336). — This contains the text of the new law which became effective De- cember 10, 1911, in regard to the sale of butter. All butter containing between 16 and 20 per cent of moisture must be labeled "water butter." Cheese and cheese production, G. Ellbrecht ( Ost og Osteproduktion. Copen- hagen, 1911, pp. 26.'t, figs. l-'f6). — The first part of this text-book deals with the general principles of cheese making, with special reference to the manufacture of Danish cheese of the Cheddar type, includiug cheese made from pasteurized milk. In the second part the methods of manufacturing casein and the following kinds of cheeses are discussed : Roquefort, Cantal, Laguiole, Camembert, Swiss, Stilton, Cheddar, Chester, Gouda, Edam, Leidner, Gorgonzola, Parmesan, Lim- burg, Backstein or Algau Limburg, Sap Sago, Swedish Estate, Norwegian Gammelost, and whey cheese (Myseost). A bibliography is appended, and also statistical tables showing Danish cheese imports and exports from 1865 to 1909, the cheese imports and exports in Euro- pean countries and America from 1890 to 1905, the international trade in cheese, cheese tariffs of different countries, and metric and Danish systems of weight and measures. The book is intended to be used as a text-book and for reference purposes. On the investigation and judg'ing of cheese, A. Behre and K. Frerichs (Ztschr. Vntersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 21 {1911), No. 12, pp. 74i-7//7).— Analyses are reported of the following varieties of cheese : Roquefort, Gervais, Schweiz, Tilsit, Edam, Camembert, Brie, Liptau, Romadur, Neufchatel, Limburg, Harz, Thiiring, breakfast, Lauterbach, Allgjiu, and Altenburg zeigen (goat). Touareg cheese, G. de Gironcourt {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris'], 153 (1911), No. 3, pj). 191-191,; ahs. in Rev. G6n. Lait, 9 (1911), No. 1, p. 19).— The author reports the analysis of samples of cheese made by the Touaregs: as fol- lows : Water 8.9, protein .38.59, soluble protein 1.77, ammonia 0, fat 36, ash 3.94, volatile acids 0, and lactic acid 5.08 per cent. The following organisms have been isolated from this cheese: Mucor racemosus, Rhizopus nigricans, Penicil- lium glaucum, O'idliim lactis, Cryptococctis glntinis. Bacillus subtilis, and Micro- coccus prodigiosus. The methods of manufacturing cheese, as practiced in different localities, are described. The cause of a black coloration of Emmental cheese, O. Allemann and J. KuRSTEiNEE (Molk. Ztg. Berlin, 21 (1911), No. //S, pp. 566-568) .—An abnormal black color in the cheese mass was found to be due to a bacterium and not to the presence of iron. A review of studies of other cases of cheese discoloration is given. On the cause of the reddish brown spots on the rind of Emmental cheese, W. Staub (Landw. Jahrh. Schweiz, 25 (1911), No. 6. pp. 371-380; Centbl. Bald, (etc.), 2. Alt., 31 (1911), No. 16-22, pp. ^54-466, pi. 1, fig. i).— This defect was found to be due to a mold and given the name Penicillimn casci. The difference between this and other species of the genus is discussed, and measures for preventing the defect are suggested. Annual review of imported dairy produce for year ended June 30, 1911 (Weddell and Co. Ann. Rev. Imported Dairy Produce. 17 (1911), pp. 10). — This contains statistics of the amounts and prices of butter and cheese im- ported into the United Kingdom from different countries. 480 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. VETERINARY MEDICINE. Vade-mecum of veterinary medicine, H. Mollereau, C. Poecher, and E. Nicolas (Vade-Meciim du V^Urinaire. Paris, 1911, J^. ed., pp. XIV+SS9). — The fourth revised edition of this work. Comparative histologic investigations of the surface and glandular epi- thelium of the intestinal mucous membrane of domesticated animals, F. P. Martin {ycrgleichend-liislioloyischc JJntersuchungen iihcr das Oberfldchen- und DrUsenepithci dcr Dunnschleimhuut der Haussdugertiere. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Leipsic, 1910, pp. 130, pis. 6). — The results of a detailed examination of the epithelium of the intestinal tract of the horse, mule, bovine, sheep, goat, and cat, are given, with a bibliography embracing 400 titles. The urine and other excretions and body fluids of man and animal, C Neitberg et ax. {Der Ham sowie die Ubngen Ausscheidungen und Korper- flilssigkciten von MunscJi und Tier. Berlin, 1911, vols. 1, pp. XXXIX-\-955, figs. 101; 2, pp. 956-1823, pis. 3, figs. 132). — ^This massive work, which deals with the physical, chemical, and biological examination of urine and other body fluids and excreta and their composition under normal, pathological, and experimental conditions has been prepared for use by physicians, chemists, pharmacists, agricultural experiment stations, etc. In regard to paratyphoid infections by meat products, with a contribution to the bacteriological examination of meat, E. Glaser (Ztschr. Hyg. u. Infelc- tionskrank., 67 {1910), No. 3, pp. ^59-511). — In meat and bologna, particu- larly in smoked goods, the paratyphoid bacillus was detected by cultural methods and the agglutination test. The city of Vienna, where these samples were collected, is comparatively free from typhoid fever. The presence of these organisms in meats and meat goods intended for consumption in the uncooked state, and in animals necessarily slaughtered, even when they are boiled before eating, is to be condemned. The germs were found most often in meats. The cultural detection of paratyphoid B bacilli by enrichment in papayotin and sodium chlorid bouillon followed by plating is considered a good method for detecting these organisms. Basenau's method is deemed worthless. The proteus varieties grow not only upon malachit green-, Drigalski-, and Endo- agar, but also behave in Loffler's solution as do the paratyphoid strains. As the bacteria of the coll group, especially paratyphoid B. Gartner, and the pro- teus bacilli, have reducing properties, they can produce nitrites in meat which, when introduced into the alimentary canal, may produce an enteritis that will allow a passage of these organisms into the system, and thus lay a way open for a generalized infection. Bacteriological investigation of raw chopped meat with particular refer- ence to the bacilli of the paratyphoid group, E. Zweifel {Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig., 58 {1911), No. 2, pp. 115-125). — Pathogenic bacilli were never found in raw chopped meat. There were, however, 23 suspicious strains noted which simulatod the paratyphoid bacillus and 6 ethers which resembled the typhoid bacillus. On feeding these cultures to animals no pathological results could be noted. Dunsickness, F. A. Verney {Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 24 {1911), No. S, pp. 226-229). — The equine affection here considered, which is prevalent in cer- tain parts of Natal, is said to resemble very closely that described by Gilruth from New Zealand as Winton disease or hepatic cirrhosis (E. S. R., 16, p. 1021). The disease was experimentally proved by Gilruth to be due to eating Senecio jacobwa. The author found 8. latifolius, S. coronatus, and »S. rudiralis, the first named in abundance, on a farm of 500 acres where the disease occurred VETERINARY MEDICINE. 481 among i-ecently introduced animals. The plant proved fatal when fed to guinea pigs, one animal dying in 16 hours after eating a good supply. Toxic substances in Ascaris megalocephala {Jour. Trop. Vet. ScL, 6 {1911), No. Jf, pp. 550, 551). — A brief review of some recent literature on the subject. Disinfection, disinfecting substances, and their examination, A. Reitz (Ztsclir. Angew. Chem., 23 (1910), No. J,'1, pp. 2i.93-220i).— This is a critical discussion in regard to disinfection and disinfectants in general, and the methods utilized to determine the efficiency of the disinfectants. New treatment of infectious diseases; immunity, E. Doyen (Nouveau Traite- mcnt cles Maladies hifccticuses ; L'lmnmnite. Paris, 1911, pp. Ii2.'t). — This book deals with the treatment of infectious and other diseases by mycolysins. The theories of immunity with particular regard to phagocytosis are discussed in detail. The material is presented in the form of lectures. The detection of parasites with the complement fixation method, B. Busson {CentN. Bald, [etc.], 1. Aht., Orig., 60 (1911), No. 5, pp. //26-7/33).— With the complement fixation method and employing alcoholic extracts of the parasites as the antigens, it is possible to obtain a positive reaction in only a part of the cases. Negative results were obtained where the parasites were present for a long time and in large numbers. In a rabbit serum it was noted that there are often substances normally present which give complement fixation with alcoholic extracts of tapeworms or with an extract of heart muscle. This property can be stimulated by injecting substances usually indifferent to this reaction, such as leucin, tyrosin, and heart muscle extract. The serum of luetics will give the same complement fixation reaction as obtained with heart muscle extract or with alcoholic extracts of the tapeworm or echino- coccus. The present status of anaphylaxis, R. Doere (Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Thcr., IT, Ref., 2 (1910), No. 7-8, pp. 1,9-132).— A. retrospect of the work done and theories in this regard. A bibliography of 232 titles is appended. Hemagglutination, H. Raubitschek {Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 2 (1910), No. 11, pp. 181-200).— A review of the principal work done along this line, with a critical discussion. A bibliography of 239 titles is ap- pended. The relation of the reaction of the culture medium to the production of hemolysin, E. E. Atkin (Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge], 11 {1911), No. 2, pp. 193-201, dgm. 1). — "Many bacteria have an extensive range of growth in bouillon of varying reactions; some have a much more restricted range, as the strep- tococci obtained from the blood stream. There seems to be roughly a common optimum of growth when the reaction of the bouillon is neutral to phenolph- thalein, provided that the medium is always prepared in the same way as de- scribed above. Although small differences may be desirable for individual bacteria, this reaction can be recommended for ordinary laboratory routine work. Most micro-organisms have some power of overcoming the inhibitory effect of excess of NaOH. This is much commoner than the capacity for over- coming excess of HCl which was observed in a few instances. The hemolysin production of Vibrio nasik is not limited to an optimum reaction, but is prac- tically coextensive with its range of growth in media of varying reactions. In a series of bouillon cultures containing different quantities of alkali and acid, the amount of hemolysin produced was about the same in each case, but the time at which the maximum was reached was influenced by the reaction. This was modified in such a way that the most alkaline cultures produced hemolysin soonest and lost it again before the most acid ones. There seemed to be an optimum as regards length of duration of hemolysin in the culture in the case of the sample bearing the reaction, acid 5." 482 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The precipitation of plant proteins, M. Wilenko (Ztschr. Immdmitatsf. v. Expt. Ther., I, Orig., 5 {1910), No. 1, pp. 91-lOJi). — Extracts of seeds were found to give the complement binding and precipitation reaction with proteins of animal origin and when present in a definite ratio. Heterologous phytal- bumins were found to produce precipitates, but when they were heated to 80° C. this property was lost without acquiring any fixing power. An excess of serum, however, showed powers of fixation. The capacity of animal sera to produce precipitates with phytalbumius is not destroyed if the sera are heated to 80°. The specificity of the serum-precipitin reaction of the proteins, W. A. Schmidt {Cairo Sci. Jour., 5 {1911), No. 62, pp. 211-2S9). — The author dis- cusses the general theory of serum-precipitin reactions and their practical ap- plication in medico-legal practice and food inspection, the relationship reac- tions between animals of different species, the specificity of precipitins from different kinds of proteins from one and the same species, the influence of heat and alkali upon the specificity of the precipitins, and the practical value of heat-alkali precipitins in the inspection of suspicious food preparations. The effect of nuclein on the blood, B. F. Kaupp {Amer. Yet. Rev., 40 {1911), No. 3, pp. 306-315). — These experiments, which were conducted with 9 horses, were made for the purpose of determining the following points: (a) The effect of nuclein on erythrocytes, (b) the effect of nuclein on the hemaglobiu, (c) the effect of nuclein on the time of coagulation, (d) the effect of nuclein on the power of phagocytosis, (e) the effect of nuclein on leucocytes, both in quantity and differentially, and (f) the effect of nuclein in vitro on the power of phagocytosis. The nuclein used was obtained from the wheat germ. The author concludes that nuclein increases the total number of leucocytes in the blood, the polymorphonuclear leucocytes, and the power of phagocytosis of the individual leucocyte. It has no effect upon the erythrocyte or hemaglobin, or on the power of phagocytosis in vitro. It deci'eases the time of coagulation of the blood, and promises to be of great value in stopping hemorrhage in cases of wound seepage or injuries. To obtain the best results in cases of infectious diseases nuclein should be given hypodermatically, and in cases of hemorrhage intravenously. Report on live stock conditions in Imperial Valley, C L. Roadhouse {Cali- fornia Sta. Bui. 219, pp. 1195-1222, figs. 20). — Investigations of diseases of cattle in Imperial County are reported. This is one of the most important stock pro- ducing sections in California, live stock being shipped in from New Mexico, Arizona, and INIexico and fattened for the Los Angeles market. The status of the industry is briefly described and the water supply of the valley discussed. During the course of these investigations, the author found acute keratitis to occur on several ranges, this disease being incorrectly known among stock- men as " pink eye." Nine of 204 cows tested with tuberculin reacted. Summer sore in horses was found to be of frequent occurrence. In studies of 4 cases examinations of blood, made with a view to determining the presence of filaria embryos, resulted negatively. Many animals are affected with chronic dermatitis to a greater or lesser extent and while not incapacitated for work, they have an unthrifty appearance and fall off in condition due to the irritation and rubbing of the skin, mane, and tail. Losses of hogs in the valley are due largely to the death of young pigs from necrotic dermatitis and to the lack of thrift in young pigs and grown hogs due to the presence of the hog louse. Necrotic dermatitis is said to appear in 3 forms : In the first the ears dry up, form crusts, and peel off ; in the second scurf forms over the back, shoulders, and head, while in the third the disease appears as scale on the muzzle and face of young pigs. Several raisers in i VETERINAEY MEDICINE. 483 Imperial County report having had many pigs killed by ants; the species con- cerned is supposed to be Pogonomyrmex californicus. The occurrence of ab- scesses in hogs has been recognized and complained of by the meat packers buying hogs in this locality. Report of special investigations in Imperial County, June 5 to 15, 1911, V. M. Hayes [Calif ornia Sfa. Bui. 219, pp. 1223-1229) .—After the investigations noted above had been completed the Califecific. Besistance of the Micrococcus melitensis during lactic-acid fermentation, P. Darbois (Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 10 {1911), No. 3, pp. 102-lOJ,; abs. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 9 {1911), No. 13, p. 613). — M. melitensis was found to survive 3 weeks in sour milk, or in cheese prepared from milk containing the lactic-acid bacillus. The treatment of pneumonia and pleurisy, H. P. Hoskins {Amer. Vet. Rev., JfO {1911), No. 1, pp. Ji9-55). — A discussion in regard to the various forms of treatments required for these conditions. Poll-evil, K. C. MooEE {Ayner. Vet. Rev., 40 {1911), No. 2, pp. 207-21/,, fig. 1). — In this article the etiology, tissues involved, course, prognosis, and treatment (conservative and radical surgical and bacterium therapy) are considered. Tuberculosis among ground squirrels (Citellus beecheyi), G. W. McCoy and C. W. Chapin {Jour. Med. Research, 25 {1911), No. 1, pp. 189-198) .—'' Fixe cases of natural tubercle infection in ground squirrels have been observed. The gross pathology in these animals was as follows : Two had lesions of the lymph glands alone, one of the lungs alone, one of the lungs and the omentum, and one of the liver alone. As compared with a human strain of the same age and number of generations the growth on artificial media was far less luxuriant than that of the culture derived from man. The virulence of the squirrel cultures, judged by their effect on rabbits, agrees with that of the bovine type of BaciUus tuberculosis." The influence of fresh and autolyzed organ extracts on experimental tuber- culosis, W. C. White and E. Zeublin {Jour. Infect. Diseases, 8 {1911), No. 2, pp. 176-189). — ^Autolyzed extracts of rabbit lungs contain a factor which when incubated with the tubercle bacillus changes its virulence. This, however, is said not to be due to a dissolution of the bacillus. Various hypotheses are pre- sented in regard to the possible causes for this phenomenon. In regard to tuberculosis of the bladder, M. Breton {Ami. Inst. Pasteur, 2^ {1910), No. 24, pp. 820-825; abs. in Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., 49 {1911), No. 15-16, p. 455). — The production of tuberculosis of the bladder by way of the urethra was found to be possible in the guinea pig, but very difficult in the rabbit, indicating that a difference in regard to receptivity of infection must exist among the various animals. No initial trauma was necessary for the production of infection in the guinea pig. In all cases the kidneys remained intact. The common method of infection in human and bovine tuberculosis, J. McFadyean {Vet. Jour., 67 {1911), No. 430, pp. 197-217).— A discussion of work already published on the channels of infection in tuberculosis, from which it is concluded that inhalation is the most common source of infection. This is a return to the original Koch theory. The clinical diagnosis of bovine tuberculosis, FtJESTENAu {Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No: 39, pp. 706, 707).— A discussion of the methods of auscultation, sputum catching, and the ophthalmic reaction for diagnosing tuber- culosis. Special stress is laid upon the first 2 methods. The precipitating reaction for the diagnosis of tuberculosis in bovines. G. FiNzi {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 68 {1910), No. 3, pp. 127-131; abs. in Ztschr. Immumtdtsf. v. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 2 {1910), No. 6, pp. 20, 21). — The test was conducted by diluting 4 parts of the serum with 1 part of glycerin VETERINARY MEDICINE. 485 bouillon culture. In all of the 12 cases of tuberculosis examined definite pre- cipitates were obtained. Tuberculin preparations are deemed of less value for conducting the test than glycerin bouillon cultures. Tuberculin as a diag'nostic agent, A. R. Litteljohn (Vet. Jour., 61 (1911), No. Ji32, pp. 330-3-'f-'i). — This article considers practicallj' all of the well-known tuberculin tests, and compares their respective values, both for man and ani- mals. The therapeutic value of tuberculin is also considered. In regard to the value of the microscopic examination and the newer staining methods for diagnosing tuberculosis in the urinary channels, G. Schuster (Dcut. Med. Wchnschr., 36 (1910), No. 39, PP- 1806, 1807; abs. in Ccntbl. Balct. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., J,9 (1911), No. 15-16, pp. Ift2, hl3).—\t smegma bacilli and tubercle bacilli are present at the same time the danger exists when decolorizing the smegma bacillus (which is a strong acid-fast organism) of also decolorizing the tubercle bacillus. It is, therefore, recommended to use the urine obtained by catheterization and to conduct the first staining carefully, using only dilute nitric acid. If a positive finding is then obtained tlie urine itself is treated with antiformin and finally with corallin. A negative finding with this method does not point definitely to the nonexistence of tuberculosis, and when in doubt the animal test must be employed. Prophylaxis in bovine tuberculosis, Bauza (Tuberculosa, [3Iontcvicleo'\, 1910, No. 12; abs. m Internat. Ccntbl. Clcsam. Tuberkiilose Forsch., 5 (1911), No. 10, pp. 528, 529). — In Montevideo there exists a national committee on the sup- pression of tuberculosis in animals. The percentage of tuberculous animals is less in Uruguay than in some of the European countries. All animals con- demned as tuberculous are bought by the State at a rate of 25 per cent ad valorem. A treatise on the diseases of cattle, G. Moussu (Traite des Maladies du B^tail. Paris, 1911, 3. ed., pp. VI+1003, pis. 18, figs. 3^8). —This is a third revised edition. An English edition has been previously noted (E. S. R., 17, p. 804). Quiet rabies in bovines, M. Heks (Allatorvosi LapoJc, 32 (1909), No. 50, pp. 614-616; abs. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 21 (1911), No. 39, p. 110).— lu a barn containing a number of valuable animals 11 died within 2 weeks time. On autopsy the animals were found to be victims of rabies. The campaign against the ox warble in Denmark, N. Villemoes (Ztschr. rieisch u. Milchhyg., 21 (1911), No. 9, pp. 271-219; abs. in Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 24 (1911), No. 3, pp. 248-250).— A brief account is given of the manner in which the campaign against the warble fly inaugurated in the Skjserum district about 10 years ago has been conducted and the progress made. During the period 1902 to 1910 the number of cows treated averaged about 2,200 and the number of young animals about 1,700. The number of larvse destroyed dropped from 22,.394 in 1902 to 3,875 in 1910. The decrease, how- ever, was not regular, there being increases in the years 1907 and 1909. The results obtained in this district show that if the destruction of the fly is carried on energetically and methodically good results may be expected. A "ring" dipping bath (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 4, p. 284, figs. 3). — A circular type of dipping vat which has been in use at Tapanui for some time is described and illustrated. Which muscles should be examined for trichinae? Bergman (Ztschr. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., 21 (1911), No. 8, pp. 243-249; abs. in Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 24 (1911), No. 3, pp. 215-218).— The author's conclusions are as follows: " In practical inspection for trichinae the pieces of tissue should be taken from 486 EXPEKiMEiSIT yiATiON itECUKD. the pillars of the dlapliragm. One piece only should be taken from each pig. Twenty-four preparations the size of an oat grain should be examined from each piece taken. The piece of tissue removed should always contain tendon tissue. If trichinae are found, fresh pieces should be taken for control exami- nations." Cause and treatment of pulmonary emphysema, W. G. Hollingwobth {Amer. Vet.. Rev., JfO (1911), No. 2, pp. 223-228).— This is a discussion in regard to the supposed etiological factors of the various forms of this condi- tion and the curative, or palliative treatment. A discussion is also included in regard to the setting aside of a contract or sale on the basis of diagnosing the presence of broken wind in horses. Administration of Salvarsan for the treatment of contagious pleuro- pneumonia in horses, Rips (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 21 (1911), No. IS, pp. 321-323).— A description of the methods and the precautions to be taken while administering Salvarsan for the treatment of the pectoral form of equine influenza. The trypanosomes found in two horses naturally infected in the Gambia, W. YoRKE and B. Blacklock (Ann. Trap. Med. and Par., 5 (1911), No. 3, pp. 4IS-43I1, pi. 1). — The trypanosome found in one of the horses is thought to have been Trypanosoma dimorphon. A long form found in the other horse ap- peared to be T. vivax, but a short form was not assigned a position. It is thought that it may have been either a dimorphon-like trypanosome of low pathogenicity or simply a modification of the long parasite. The distribution of Piroplasma canis in infected dogs that have been treated with arsenic preparations, E. Goldschmid (Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., I, Orig., 5 (1910), No. 6, pp. 663-6S8, pi. i).— This work reports investigations of the patho-anatomical changes in dogs infected with a Russian virus of P. canis which in part were treated with arsenic preparations. Contributions to the pathological anatomy of fowl cholera, O. Preuss (Beitrag sur Pathologischeii Anaiomie dcr Gcflilgclcholcra. Inaiig. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1909, pp. 63). — The material for this work was obtained from an enzootic which involved the death of 30 chickens. All animals came to autopsy. It is concluded from this investigation that the pathological changes in the air sacs and other serous membranes of birds succumbing to fowl cholera are not constant ones, and therefore can not serve as a criterion for determining the length of time the disease is present or fixing the extent of the infection. The small grayish white to grayish yellow caseous foci in the liver were pres- ent in acute, subacute, and chronic cases. Their presence indicates infection with small amounts of fowl cholera bacteria. The receptivity of animals for the fowl cholera bacteria and the development of the pathological processes are not characteristic of a few types or species of birds, but vary among the individuals themselves. Guinea pigs and mice which were infected with this bacterium do not show any particular changes in the organs. The intestinal tract is the chief area infected. Pellagrous symptoms produced experimentally in fowls by feeding maize spoiled by inoculation with a specific bacterium, C. C Bass (Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, 57 (1911), No. 21, pp. 1681,, 1685, figs. 2).— The author, for a series of years, has collected bacteria from the stools of pellagra patients and from corn meal or bread supposed to have been the food of such patients at the time of intoxication. The cultures obtained were inoculated on sterile corn meal and fed to chickens from 2^ to Si months old. One of the chickens so fed con- tracted a disease which symptomatically resembled pellagra in man. Tuberculosis of fowls, S. F. Edwards (Ontario Dept. Agr. Bui. 193, 1911, pp. 20, figs. I'f). — This bulletin deals with the extent and distribution of avian J RURAL ECONOMICS. 487 tuberculosis in the United States and Canada, the nature of avian tuberculosis, the seriousness of the losses, kind of birds affected with the disease, dissemina- tion from outside sources and in the flock, detection of the disease, control of the disease, and disinfection of the premises. The bulletin is plentifully illustrated with pathological material. A bibliog- raphy is appended. On the so-called blackhead of turkeys, Y. Watanabe (Trans. Sapporo Nat. llist. 8oc., 3 (1909-10), pp. 67-8i).— Blackhead has destroyed large numbers of turkeys on the farm of the agricultural college of the Tohoku Imperial Uni- versity. The studies here reported lead the author to conclude that the disease is caused by a species of Amoeba and not by bacteria found in the ceca. Whether or not Amwba meliugridis is the species concerned has not been determined. The following is a summary of the studies reported: "The parasite attacks first the ceca, the histological structure of which is destroyed by it. Some of the parasitic organisms escape from the ceca through the Lieberkiihn's crypt, into which it comes out, breaking up the crypt's walls. Passing through the portal vein, it comes then to the liver which is converted by it at last into hard plates. The parasite escapes from the liver through the bile-ducts. The parasite from the hver, together with that from the ceca, is cast off from the enteric canal through the vent, being intermingled with the excrement to in- fect other individuals. The direct mortal cause is the destruction of the ceca or liver, or of both the organs." Some diseases and parasites of ostrich chicks, W. Robertson (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911), No. 3, pp. 309-317). — Notes are presented on dronk- ziekte, ophthalmia, eversion of rectum, tapeworm (Twnia struthionis), and wireworin (Strongylus (louglassii). RURAL ECONOMICS. Management of farm land. — Different systems of renting land as they affect both landlord and tenant, D. G. Beaty (Farm and Home [Mass.], 33 (1912), No. 687, p. 17). — This article gives concrete illustrations of different systems of renting land as applied to a farm in South Dakota and the returns to both landlord and tenant. In 1903 the owner rented his 160-acre farm, valued at $5,600, for $320 cash. The tenant grew wheat, oats, and corn from which he received a net profit of $409. The following 2 years the owner furnished the seed and received half of the crops. His profits averaged $377 per year and the renter's $424. For the next 3 years the tenant furnished the seed and received two-thirds of the crop. The average profit per year to the owner was $386 and to the tenant $479. The ])roportion of the total net receipts accruing to the owner under the 3 systems was about 43, 47, and 44 per cent, respectively. Owner's oversig'ht of rented land, C. W. Holman (Farm and Ranch, 30 (1911), Nos. 51, pp. 5, 6; 52, p. 16. figs. 5). — This article describes the run down condition of a farm due to mismanagement and the lack of the owner's oversight because of his absence, and shows by actual illustration what effect his moving back to the farm had upon the social and economic conditions of the tenants, the annual yields of the farm, and his net income. Renters can pay for high-priced land, L. Young (Farm and Ranch, 31 (1912), No. 1, p. 1). — This article gives the experience of 2 brothers, to illus- trate the possibility of tenants paying for high-priced land. Diversified farming with tenants in Louisiana (Farm and Ranch, 31 (1912), No. 1, pp. }f, 5, figs. 8). — This article i)resents the experience of a large cotton 32355°— No. 5—12 7 488 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. planter in Louisiana who decided to dispense with cotton as a special crop, diversify his crops, and adopt a part wage and part share system. He pro- ceeded to grow as many commodities needed on the farm as possible. He re- quired his tenants to reduce their cotton acreage to one-third of their custom- ary amount, advancing no money on the cotton crop, but giving to each tenant sufficient wage employment ou the farm to sustain himself and family, while the women and children worked the cotton, exceirt the plowing. It is j)olnteer acre, produc- tion, and farm value of tobacco by types and districts, 1909 to 1911, inclusive; AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 491 range of prices of agricultural products at important markets ; cotton produc- tion of 1911 ; and monthly receipts and stocks of eggs in the United States. " The total vahie of the . . . corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, buckwheat, flax- seed, rice, potatoes, hay, and tobacco, based upon prices paid to producers on December 1, in 1911 amounted to $3,769.562,000 ; in 1910, $3,581,844,000 ; and in 1909, $3,736,780,000. The index number of total production of these crops combined in 1911 was 13.6 per cent less than in 1910 and 10.4 i>er cent less than in 1900. The index number of average prices of these crops in 1911 was 21.8 I>er cent higher than in 1910 aud 12.6 per cent higher than in 1909." Foreign crops, Nov.— Dec, 1911, C. M. Daugherty {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. titatis. Circ. 26, pp. 16). — It is noted in this circular that the production of corn in 1911 in the United States, Argentina, Hungary, and Italy, which produce more than 86 per cent of the total yield of the world, is about 556,000.000 bu. less than in 1910 aud 250,0<30,000 bu. less than in 1908. The exports of corn from these countries range from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000 bu. annually. Tables are given showing the exports of corn by countries of origin and countries to which consigned ; production of olives and olive oil in Spain in 1911 ; that the estimate of the area under cotton in British India is more than 2.000,000 acres less for 1911-12 than for 1910-11 ; area aud production of speci- fied crops in Algeria for 1911 ; in Great Britain, Germany, Bulgaria, Canada, France, and Russia for a period of years. Amount of chief agricultural products in Japan (Ann. Statis. Rpt. Tokyo Vhamber Com., 1911, p. 110). — Tables show the amount of the chief agricultural products in Japan for each year from 1900 to 1909 inclusive. The yield of rice increased from 205,673,253 bu. in 1900 to 260,100.803 bu. in 1909. The yield of wheat in 1900 was equivalent to 92,967,886 bu. and in 1909 to 106,709,3.59 bu. Average prices of commodities in the city of Tokyo {Ann. Statis. Rpt. Tokyo Chatnber Com., 1911, pp. 81-^). — Tables show the average prices of agricultural products and various other commodities in Tokyo, Jai^an, from 1900 to 1910, with the average price of these commodities for each month in 1910. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Memorandum on the principles and methods of rural education {London: Bd. Ed., 1911, pp. V-\-Jf8)- — This memorandum includes a comprehensive sur- vey of that part of the agricultural education work for which the Board of Education is resiwnsible, including county staffs and agricultural institutes, rural elementary schools, rural secondary schools, rural evening schools, farm schools, itinerant instruction in manual processes, farriery and dairying, scholarships in agricultural colleges, the supply of teachers, advisory work, and appendixes giving data by counties as to the schools in rural districts in which agi-iculture is taught. The desire of the board in issuing this memo- randum is " again to call the attention of the county education authorities to the far-i'eaching importance of a well-conceived scheme of rural education in its bearing upon agriculture, and through agriculture, upon the general con- ditions of rural life," and " to illustrate and enforce the need for a compre- hensive rather than a piecemeal treatment of the problem of rural education." Report of the Rural Education Conference on county staffs of instructors in agricultural subjects (London: Bd. Agr. and Fisheries and Bd. Ed., 1910, pp. 9). — This first report of the Rural Education Conference, which was con- stituted in 1910 by the presidents of the boards of agriculture and fisheries and of education, deals with the question as to whether each county should 492 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. have its owu staff of instructors in agriculture, horticulture, and other allied subjects or whether the services of a single staff should be made available for groups of contiguous counties, and as to the training and qualifications which such instructors should possess. From the replies received from 38 counties to an inquiry made by the County Councils Association and from the report of the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries on the distribution of grants for 1908-9, it was found that in 14 counties agricultural instruction is conducted entirely by the county staff. In 12 counties the main work is done by the county staff, supplemented by courses provided by a central institution usually available for more than one county. In 16 counties the instruction is given mainly by the staff provided by a central institution, with additional instructors provided by the county, and in 15 counties it is provided wholly by the staff of a central institution. In 4 counties there do not appear to be definite arrangements for giving county agricultural instruction. The conference thinks that it may be laid down as a general principle that every county should be associated, in combination with other counties, with an efficient center, or, if not in combination, should have a minimum efficient staff of its own, and also that it is desirable, in view of the difficulty of ob- taining qualified teachers and organizers, to concentrate higher agricultural education, as far as possible, in a few really efficient centers. Advice is given as to how a minimum staff should be made up, how it should be supplemented by scientific investigators, analysts, and instructors in special branches of the industry, such as forestry and the economics of agriculture, and as to what should be the qualifications of the members of the staff. The conference con- siders it of vital importance that the agricultural staff" of a county should work under a special committee or subcommittee on agricultural education. An appendix shows the staff' actually provided in some typical counties of varying sizes and systems of farming. Agricultural and related instruction in Prussia, tog'ether with agricul- tural statistics for 1906, 1907, and 1908, H. Thiel (Landio. Jahrb., 39 (1910), Sup. 2, pp. XXII+786, pis. 2). — This report contains an account of the historical development and organization of the various phases of agricultural instruction in Prussia, and detailed statements concerning the organization, faculty, income, courses of study, attendance, etc., for 1906, 1907, and 1908. of the individual agricultural education institutions of different grades in Prussia. Detailed information is also given concei-ning itinerant instructors, agricultural house- keeping schools, si^ecial courses for adults, rural continuation instruction, and normal schools for the training of teachers of agriculture. Agricultural education, R. W. Thornton [So. African Jour. Sd., S {1912), ISlo. 6, pp. 203-208). — This is a discussion of the agricultural education problems in South Africa to-day, including (1) the education of young men who have completed their elementary education and who intend taking up farming, (2) the instruction of those who have already taken up farming, and (3) the train- ing of those who are to teach these two classes. The importance and orga^nization of agricultural instruction in the German army {Arch. Dent. Laiidiv. Rats.. 3o {1911), pp. 658~0SS). — This comprises a detailed account by Agricultural Chancellor Maier-Bode of the extent and scope of agricultural instruction in the German army, the time devoted to it, accom- modations available, cost, attendance, interest of the participants, opinions concerning the results in the various Provinces, genei-al remarks, rules for guidance, and other data. It is shown that in the 4 years since its initial introduction into the army, agricultural instruction has been given in nearly every garrison in the Empire. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 493 Instructlou is usually offered in the winter half-year on Saturday afternoons, and extends through from 1^ to li hours. It is given in the majoritj^ of cases in the barraclis, but in some cases in agricultural winter schools. The number of lectures varies from 6 to 32, and in many Provinces the lectures are followed by discussions. In East Prussia a pamphlet containing an outline of the subject is placed in the hands of the soldiers. Demonstration material from agricul- tural schools, the question box, lantern slides, etc., have been successfully used. In some of the garrisons the theoretical instruction is supplemented by excur- sions to well-managed farms and experiment fields, the planting of trees and demonstrations in orchards, plowing, mowing, and milking contests, fertilizer tests, etc. The instruction is conducted by directors of agricultural winter schools, agricultural teachers, officials of the chambers of agriculture and other agricultural organizations, and occasionally by veterinarians, practical fai'mers, and army officers. Recom^mendations for the work of the department in assisting the agri- cultural shows of Bengal, E. J. Woodhouse (Dcpt. Agr. Bengal Recommenda- tioH.'i, 1910, A'o. 2, PI). 87, i)ls. 10). — The author outlines the nature of the assist- ance now being given by the department of agriculture to agricultural shows and suggests a scheme for greatly increasing the efficiency of this work. The extension work of the College of Hawaii, 1908—1911, V. MacCaughey (Haa-aii. Forester and Agr., 8 (Wit), No. 7, pp. 197-20.''i).—The author gives a brief account of the establishment of the college, a synopsis of the short courses in botany, economic entomology, horticulture, soils, farm crops, plant breeding, and forestry offered in 1908, and a list of the 26 short courses offered in 1900. Movable agricultural schools were conducted in 1909 in Hilo, Hawaii, and Wailuku, Maui. Instructions in elementary botany, zoology, and nature study is given to the free kindergarten noi'mal class, and other special courses are held from time to time. Outlines are given of correspondence courses suc- cessfully established in September, 1910, in soils and crops, plant life, poultry husbandry, domestic science, and zoology. An outline for agricultural work in the grammar school grades, A. A. Upham (New York and Chicago, 1912, pp. 22). — The exercises and references contained in the 21 chapters into which this outline is divided have been pre- jtared to assist teachers in the use of the author's text-book, An Introduction to Agriculture (E. S. R., 23, p. 294). Beautifying our schools (Richmond. Va.: Dept. Pub. Instr., 1911, pp. 17, pis. 3, figs. 12). — In this pamphlet may be found an account of one of the main lines along which the cooperative education association is working in Virginia, viz, the beautifying of schools and school grounds. A study of food, I, edited by Mary P. Vanzile (Agr. Ed. [Kans. Agr. Col.], 3 [1910], No. 1, pp. 6Jf, figs. 10). — A pamphlet prepared for correspondence students in home economics. Cattle and their products, A. W. Nolan (W, Va. School Agr., 2 (1911), No. I,, pp. 69-87, figs. 12). — Seven lessons are given, which deal with breeds of dairy and beef cattle, dairy products, judging cattle, calves, and feeding and caring for cattle. Practical exei'cises, review questions, problems, score cards for daii'y and beef cattle, and references to helpful literature are included. NOTES, Arkansas TTniversity and Station. — The college of agriculture is now oEEering ten correspondence courses in agriculture. Over 32.5 students are taking these courses, representing 67 counties of the State. C H. Tourgee. professor of dairy husbandry in the university and dairy hus- bandman in the station, is no longer connected with the institution. Purdue University and Station. — C. E. Cx'aig has resigned as instructor in agronomy to become agi'onomist in the Polytechnic School at Porto Alegre, Brazil. J. W. Wellington has resigned as assistant horticulturist to engage in practical fruit growing in Massachusetts, and has been succeeded by Joseph Oskamp. Iowa Station. — T. J. Maney has been appointed assistant experimentalist in horticulture, and has entered upon his duties. Maryland College. — A three-weeks' course on the breeding and care of farm live stock and dairying has been offered, beginning February 26. and a course in home economics extending from March 18 to 23. Mississippi College and Station. — A new board of trustees has been appointed, consisting of the following: Gov. Earl Brewer and State Superintendent of Instruction J. N. Powers, of Jackson, ex officio ; T. W. Carter, Calhoun City ; E. M. Clark, Natchez; Robert Powell, Jackson; J. W. Cutrer, Ciarksdale; T. B. Franklin, Columbus; O. F. Lawrence, Grenada; and James Gordon, Okolona. W. F. Kirkpatrick has resigned as instructor in poultry husbandly and poultry- man to accept a position with the Connecticut College and Station. Missouri University. — The college of agriculture is offering for the first time five-day courses in a limited number of localities in the State, employing two men for the work. Nebraska University. — The department of agricultural extension has organ- ized two corresix)ndence courses, one in soils and the other in field and forage crops. These courses have been prepared primarily to meet the needs of high- school teachers of agriculture. Rutgers College. — The total enrollment in the short courses this year was 128, which was much larger than at any previous session. Oregon College. — A course in highway chemistry has been added, to give si>ecial prominence to the testing of materials and the study of surface pro- tection of roads. Pennsylvania College and Station. — A course in agricultural education ex- tending over four years will be offered next year. The primary object of this course will be to prepare teachers of agriculture for secondary schools. H. R. Fulton, associate professor of botany in the college and botanist in the station, has been appointed botanist and vegetable pathologist in the North Caro- lina College and Station. H. P. Baker has accepted a position at Syracuse Uni- versity as denn of the State College of Forestry, established in 1911 by the New York legislature with an initial appropriation of $55,000. 494 NOTES. 495 Clemson College and Station. — The offices of director of the agricultural de- partment and director of the station have been combined, and Director Harper elected to the position. \V. L. English, formerly director of the Oklahoma Station, has been appointed superintendent of the division of extension work and state agent of the Farmers' Cooi:>erative Demonstration Work in South Carolina, the entire work now being centered at the college. Texas Station. — A conference of the various heads of substations was recently held for the purpose of systematizing the work of the institution. Particular attention was directed to the value of the project method of outlining experi- mental work and the need of maintaining permanent records. E. M. Johnson has been appointed superintendent of the Beaumont substation. Plans are under way for the construction of a laboratory building at Beaumont, the improvement of the grounds, and the extension of the work in rice growing, rotation trials, and poultry raising. Utah College.— Correspondence instruction in agriculture has recently been organized as a branch of the extension division. Vermont University and Station. — A new greenhouse has been completed at an approximate cost of $7,000. It contains a main structure, divided into a labora- tory, a potting room, and an office, and three glass houses, of which one is for the use of the station. Virginia Station. — At the session of the general assembly just closed an ap- propriation of $10,000 annually for the next two years was made to the station, $5,000 annually being for experiments with tobacco and crops grown in rotation with it, and $5,000 for district substations. This is an increase of $5,000 over the appropriation made to the station by the previous assembly. The substa- tions to be established with this fund, as well as the five tobacco stations already in operation, are in the nature of itinerant experiment plats rather than permanent substations. At each point from 5 to 25 acres of land are leased for a short term of years, and when satisfactory results have been secured the work is transferred to other sections of the State and to other problems. One-half of the appropriation will be used for experiment orchards and one-half for experiments with field crops. Virginia Truck Station. — B. D. Adams, of Red Oak, has been elected president of the State Board of Agriculture and Immigration, vice J. M. Barker, deceased, and thereby becomes an ex-offlcio member of the governing board of the station. Wisconsin University. — County horse breeders' clubs are being organized among horsemen, farmers, and others interested in horse breeding. The initial club, in Dane County, has a membership of 125. Consolidation of Agricultural Agencies in the British West Indies. — A depart- ment of agriculture has recently been organized for the islands of Trinidad and Tobago through the consolidation of the government analytical department, the experiment station at St. Clair, the botanic gardens, the government stock farms, and the River and St. Augustine estates. A board of agriculture has also been established, which will consist of the director of the department of agriculture and from ten to twenty persons representing the agricultural interests of the colony. A similar consolidation has taken place in Jamaica, where a department of agriculture has taken over the duties of the board of agriculture, the depart- ment of public gardens and plantations, the island and agricultural chemists' department, and the control of sugar experiments. Its functions will be to carry on the experimental work, the collection of data respecting tropical agri- culture, and the seed and plant introductions, while the work of popularizing results will continue to be entrusted to the agricultural society. 496 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Agricultural Research Institutions in Great Britain. — President Runciman, of the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, has announced the selection of four of the six research institutions in agriculture to be maintained by grants from the Development Fund. Those for the study of plant breeding and animal nutrition are to be located at Cambridge University, and the soil studies at Kothamsted. The institution for dairy research is to be attached to the Uni- versity College, Reading, and maintained at an estimated cost of about $18,000 per annum. Two-thirds of tliis amount will be met from the Development Fund, which will also provide half the cost of the necessary buildings. Proposed Horticultural Institution in Wales. — The County Council in Carnar- vonshire has recently acquired the estate of 2,500 acres at Madryn Castle, in- cluding substantial buildings and several hundred acres of rich agricultural land. It is proposed, with the approval of the commissioners under the De- velopment Act, to transfoi-m the castle into a residential school of practical horticulture, market gardening, and general farming. A park of 150 acres, which surrounds the castle, is to be utilized as an exiierimental and demonstra- tion area, special attention being given to methods of intensive culture. Demonstration Farms in Northern Italy. — A recent report of the British For- eign Office on the trade of Venice gives data as to the demonstration farms in the Provinces of Venetia. It is stated that all the schools of agriculture in these Provinces have adopted the plan of equipping demonstration farms. Among them is one at Gambarare of about 47 acres, small tracts of which are leased to farmers for use according to directions from the school. Other demonstration farms are maintained at the Lido, chiefly for the cultivation of horticultural crops, at Binsegana in the Province of Padua, at Conegliano in the Province of Verona, and at Sant' Osvaldo and Pozzuolo in the Province of Udine. Demonstration Farms in Mississippi and Louisiana. — It is announced in Breeder's Gazette that the Illinois Central Railway is to establish 15 demon- stration farms along its lines in Mississippi and Louisiana. Each farm will contain 40 acres, and will be worked by the owners under the supervision of the agricultural colleges of the respective States. Agricultural Extension by Automobile. — An experiment in disseminating agri- cultural information by automobile was inaugurated at Saluda, S. C, in 1911, under the personal supervision of the state commissioner of agriculture. A force of speakers and demonstrators from state and federal sources was sent out, and in this way remote rural districts were reached with which the agri- cultural trains, farmers' institutes, and similar agencies have previously been unable to come into contact. The itinerary was arranged several days in advance and published in the local papers. At the designated stops the party was met by farmers in num- bers ranging from 25 to 300. The exercises were more or less informal, and often supplemented by visits to individual farms and frequent demonstrations. From two to four meetings were held daily, and a wide range of farm prob- lems was considered. Great interest was manifested in the campaign and many beneficial results are predicted. Farmers' Week at Lyndon Institute. — A farmers' week was recently held at l^yndon Center, Vt.. under the auspices of the State Department of Agricultui'e and the agricultural department of Lyndon Institute. The speakers were drawn from the state institute force, the state universitvV, the Randolph State School of Agriculture, and the Lyndon Center Agricultural School. The average attendance for each evening session was 200, and for the forenoon and afternoon sessions 175. Fruit Growing Clubs in Kentucky.— The State Normal School at Richmond, Ky., is organizing fruit growing clubs in many counties of the eastern portion NOTES. 497 of the State. When a club of 25 is organized and officers selected, the school t>ends a man with demonstration material to instruct the members in making i-oot grafts, storhig them until spring, and setting, cultivating, and protecting them through the summer. Country School Poultry Clubs.— According to the Oklahoma State Farmer, the state suiierintendent of public instruction is advocating the formation of poultry clubs in all Oklahoma schools. Instructions have been issued as to the organization of these clubs through the initiative of the teachers. It is also held that every school district should maintain a pen of some breed, with incubators, a small' i)Oultry house and yard, and other equipment on the school grounds or at some other convenient place in the district. Gardening by the Boy Scouts in England.— The scouts' headquarters at Lon- don has initiated garden work and awards badges to scouts who pass in the following tests before their local committee: They must dig not less than 12 sq. ft. of ground, know the names of a dozen plants in an ordinary garden, understand what is meant by pruning, grafting, and manuring, must plant and srow successfully 6 kinds of vegetables or flowers from seeds or cuttings, and must cut and make a walking stick or cut grass with a scythe under supervision. This work may develop into a garden club in which each member takes one or more shares and is marked for attendance at garden working hours besides receiving a ixjrcentage on all his sales. A club of this kind has been formed in Macclesfield and at the end of the first year's work showed a considerable profit in the form of dividends and bonus. Normal School Agriculture in Kansas.— The Kansas Manual Training Normal School, Pittsburg. Kansas, offers agriculture as an elective in the third year t)f its normal secondary courses, and also conducts a 2-year normal college course with one semester each of instruction in soils, plant husbandry, animal husbandry, farm manufactures, and agricultural bacteriology. This college course also includes zoology and botany as required subjects and biology, physics, and physiography as electives. The institution also offers both secondary and collegiate courses in domestic science and art, the secondary course extending over four years and the collegiate course two years. Agriculture at the North Carolina State Normal and Industrial College.— Ac- cording to the Trucker and Farmer for January, the State Normal and Indus- trial College of North Carolina has organized an agricultural department. This includes particularly such work as will be useful for the women and the teachers of the State— landscajie gardening, dairying, school gardening, poultry raising, etc. The college is also cooi)erating with this Department in its farm demonstration work, and especially in the organization of tomato clubs. Home Study Course in Agriculture for Teachers.— The State Normal School at Madison, S. Dak., has organized four new courses which are intended to give teachers in service a knowledge of the essential facts of agriculture, and an acquaintance with practical methods of work for rural and village schools. The courses include studies in soils, farm crops, farm animals, and agricultural biology. A New School of Agriculture.— The Chautauqua Institution has added a school of practical agriculture to its other activities. Hereafter agriculture will be taught both as a course in the regular summer schools, and in the new school where students will live on the new 110-acre farm near the institution grounds. It is announced that the school will be equipped as rapidly as possible with pure-bred animals and improved machinery, and that suitable buildings will 498 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. be erected in the near future. Some of the buildings, notably the poultry houses, are to be constructed by the students. They will also be given an opportunity to participate in the farm operations. Agriculture in Secondary Schools in California. — During 1911 the Imperial County Union High School, the Oxuard Union High School, the Kern County Union High School, and the Hanford High School established agricultural courses. There are at least five other high schools in which agriculture is being definitely taught as correlated or applied science, viz, those at Gardena, Glendale, Ventura, Santa Cruz, and Yreda. These schools are well distributed over the State and, together with the University Farm School at Davis and the State Polytechnic School at San Luis Obispo, form the basis of a well- organized system of secondary agricultural instruction. Agricultural High Schools in New York. — It is reported that 17 high schools in Now York have now met the requirements of the State Department of Edu- cation as to course of study, equipment, and teachers, entitling them to state aid for agriculture, home economics, and manual training, and that 23 other high schools have inaugurated agricultural work without state aid. The state legislature of New York at its last session appropriated $50,000 for a state school of agriculture at Cobleskill, and the govei-nor appointed a board of trustees, but as yet the school has not been organized. The State School of Agriculture at Morrisville now has an enrollment of 64, of whom 13 are girls. A New School of Agriculture in Mexico. — A recent number of the Boletin de la Sociedad Agncola Mexicana announces the establishment of a new school of agriculture at San Francisco de Borja, in Lower California, by the Brothers of Christian Schools. The instruction will be theoretical and practical and will extend through four years. Agricultural School in Morocco. — An agricultural school is to be established in Melilla, Morocco, under Spanish auspices. This school will have for its ob- jects the disseminating of practical instruction regarding improved methods, and their demonstration upon the estate, which will be conducted as a model farm, and also on demonstration fields in adjoining sections. It is estimated that about $48,000 for buildings and equipment, and $21,000 annually for mainte- nance, will be required. Farrer Research Scholarship in New South Wales. — A Farrer memorial fund of about $5,000 has been subscribed by the public for the establishment of a research scholarship, tenable for three years, at the Hawkesbury Agricultural College. This scholarship is to be offered for competition among students de- siring to undertake research work on wheat growing, both in Australia and abroad. Society for the Improvement of Spanish Agriculture. — Under the name of the Rural Spanish Society, an organization has been formed at Bilbao, Spain, for the promotion of agriculture through the fostering of agricultural education, the introduction of modern farm machinery, improved plants and seeds, com- mercial fertilizers, insecticides, and fungicides, and the use of improved methods of combating animal diseases. A large tract of land with extensive buildings has been acquired near Guernica, which will be utilized for the establishment of an institute of agri- cultural instruction. The instruction will be for the present of an elementary nature, but will be both theoretical and practical in scope. Experimental work is also contemplated. Funds will be provided in part by the development on a commercial scale of the agricultural estate which forms a part of the proi>erty. Conference on Agricultural Education for Dependent and Delinquent Boys. — A meeting in New York City, January 26 and 27, of principals, superintendents, NOTES. 499 and others interested in institutions for dependent and delinquent boys, was devoted entirely to the discussion of agriculture and its place in the education of such boys The value of agriculture in this connection was discussed by R R Reeder of New York, E. K. Eyerly, of the Massachusetts Agricultural College and William R. George, founder of the George Junior Republic. On the subject of equipment there were papers by G. F. Warren, of Cornell, K C. Davis of Rutgers College, and O. S. Morgan, in charge of extension teaching in agriculture at Columbia University, all of whom emphasized the importance of good equipment. _ _ ^^ , , ^^ The curriculum was discussed by G. T. Powell, of New York, G. A. Hubbell president of the Lincoln Memorial University, and others; the management of the institution farm, by Rev. Brother Barnabas, of the Lincoln Agricultural School H W Geller, of the Baron de Hirsch Agricultural School, and J. H Washburn, of the National Farm School. Cooperation with other agricultural agencies was discussed by D. J. Crosby, of this Office, R. A Pearson, late Cor^missioner of Agriculture of New York, and W. D. Hurd, of the Massachu- setts Agricultural College. At an evening meeting Dr. E. E. Brown, chancellor of New York University, spoke on the Corrective Influence of Agriculture, and H B Fullerton, director of the Long Island Railroad Experiment Station, gave an illustrated address on the Lure of the Land and Its Promise for Boys """throughout the discussion there was general agreement that rural locations are advantageous for such institutions and that instruction in agriculture with a companying outdoor work is almost imperative. One great difficulty that many of the institutions encounter is that of keeping the boys long enough to give sufficient instruction in agriculture to be of permanent value. Proposed Country life Hall.-The Spokane Chamber of Commerce, which has taken an active interest in country life improvement, is considering the ad- visability of erecting country life halls as community centers in the open country One feature suggested is the employment of a salaried secretary to be in charge of such a hall, his duties to include the collection of data as to the crop production of the district and the rendering available of information supplied by the publications of this Department, the state experiment stations, ""^New^York^XTanization of Agricultural Teachers.-Scftoo? Agriculture an- nounces the recent organization of the State Association of New York Agricul- tural Principals and Teachers. The object of this association is to promote and improve the teaching of agriculture in the public intermediate and sec- ondary schools. The president, F. W. Howe, has also been designated editor-in- chief of its official organ, which will be known as The Agricultural Educator. Miscellaneous.-In accordance with an order of January 19, 1912, the French Minister of Agriculture has appointed a commission to make a study of the reorganization of the National Agricultural Institute and the three national schools of agriculture, including a definite statement of their aim, the co- ordination of their work, and the regulation of the relations which they should have with each other and with other agricultural education institutions. The Roval Agricultural College at Cirencester has incorporated its collegiate instruction with that of the University of Bristol. Three-year degree courses in agriculture and forestry have been provided, the first year to be spent in Bristol and devoted to general science and similar subjects, and the second and third years at Cirencester. Mr. H. J. Elwes has placed a portion of his at- forested land at Colesbome at the disposal of the college for research purposes. Dr Paul Noel, director of the agricultural-entomological laboratory of the Department of Seine-Inferieure, Route de Neufchatel, 41, Rouen, France, de- sires to publish a paper on the properties of the females of certam species of 500 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, insects to attract the males fi-om long distances, and asks entomologists to in- form him of facts in this connection which may have come to their notice. He will send in exchange some of his entomological publications and also a copy of the paper when printed. Prof. Friedrich Czapek, of the University of Prague, has been appointed to the chair of plant physiology and pathology in the Imperial College of Science and Technology, London. It is announced that this chair has been recently established to meet the needs for training students to act as advisers in matters connected with agriculture, especially in England and the British Colonies. The publication of Milch Zciiung, the oldest dairy journal in the world, has been merged with that of its former scientitic supplement, MilchivirtschaftUches Zentralblatt, under the name of the latter but continuing the volume notation of the former. It is expected that the new publication will give attention to both scientific and practical phases. H. N. Ridley has retired from the directorship of the Botanic Gardens in Singapore. With his departure the AgricuUiiral Bulletin of the Straits and Federated Malay States, which has been under his direction since its establish- ment in its present form in 1902, has suspended publication. The Agricultural News Bulletin is being published bimonthly at Madison, Wis. Its purpose is announced as to be to promote the teaching of agriculture, and it is to contain editorials, news items, and similar information which will contribute to that end. The University of South Carolina is offering a course of 20 lectures on agri- culture, in cooperation with this Department, with a view to affording oppor- tunity for keeping its students in touch with the trend and opportunities of country life. Nature states that Mr. Clement Stephenson has offered $25,000 to Armstrong College, Newcastle, toward a proposed building for the new agricultural de- partment of the college for advisory work among farmers in the northeast o? England. The Deutsche Landwirtschaftliche Pressc of January 27, 1912, contains a detailed description of the new building and equipment of the division of plant breeding of the Institute for Plant Production at the University of Breslau. William G. R. Paterson has been appointed principal and professor of the West of Scotland Agricultural College, vice Sir R. P. Wright, now agricultural adviser to the Scottish Education Department. The Russian Department of Agriculture has founded at the Riga Polytechnic a school for specialists in swamp reclamation. A three-year course in agriculture, leading to a certificate, is to be given at the Colonial Pi-actical School of Agriculture at Fort-de-France, Martinique. The experimental farm at Ruakura, New Zealand, has established a course of practical farm training which is being attended by ten young men. The recent death is noted, at the age of 85 years, of Lord Lister, widely known through his introduction of antiseptic methods into medicine and surgery. Paul de Vuyst, formerly inspector-general of agriculture, has been made director-general of agriculture for Belgium. Dr. G. Fingerling, of the Agricultural High School at Hohenheim, has been appointed director of the Royal Agricultural Experiment Station at Mockern, Saxony. ADDITIONAL COPIES of this publication -t 1. may be procured from the Supeeintend- ENT OF Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C, at 15 cents per copy. Subscription price - - - - §1 per volume. EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Editor: E. W. ALLEN, Ph. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPARTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzer, Ph. D., M. D. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers era- tures of 18.2° over grass land at a height of from 2 to 3 cm., and 23.7° in air surrounding cultivated plants in the flowering stage were observed. In some cases the wind reversed the differences in temperature resulting from the nature of the soil, the plant cover, and exposiire as a result of its effect on evaporation. Among the more general conclusions, therefore, of these investigations is that each six>t of soil area has a distinct and independent set of conditions and activities, which are determined primarily by the physical properties, especially the structure of the soil. In other words, the moisture and temperature condi- tions and to a large extent the plant growth of a given area are, especially in case of wild soils, a function of the soil structure, although, as already indicated, the wind may become an important factor in reversing conditions brought about by the soil structure. An appendix to the reiwrt gives a blooming calendar, detailed observations on humidity of the air and wind movement, and a short bibliography of the subject. The data of geochemistry, F. W. Clarke (U. 8. Geol. Survey Bui. 491, pp. 782). — This is a revised and enlarged second edition of a bulletin which appeared first in 1908 (E. S. R., 20, p. 609). It is described as "a manual of geologic chemistry, including chapters on the nature, distribution, and relative abundance of the chemical elements, the composition of the atmosphere and of volcanic gases and sublimates, the mineral content of surface and underground waters, the nature of saline residues, the molten magma of the earth's interior, the rock-forming minerals, the composition of igneous, sedimentary, and meta- morphic rocks, rock metamorphism and decomposition, metallic ores, natural hydrocarbons, coal, lignite, and peat." Numerous references are given to the literature from which the data are drawn. Soils of the Eastern United States and their use, XXVI-XXVIII, J. A. BoNSTEEL {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Circs. 49, pp. 11; 50, pp. 14; 51, pp. 11). — These circulars deal respectively with the following soil types, as surveyed and mapped by the Bureau of Soils: Circular Ifi. — The Houston clay, of which a total of 763,688 acres in 21 areas in 4 States has been surveyed and mapped by the Bureau of Soils. " The surface soil to a variable depth is a brown or black granular clay loam or clay. This is underlain by a lighter brown or yellow plastic clay snbsoil 518 EXPERIMENT STATION KECORD. to an average depth of about 20 in., where the gray or whitish chalk or rotten limestone is usually encountered. . . . The drainage of the type is usually fairly well established, although upon the more level areas the internal drainage of the subsoil may be defective. Erosion is one of the principal difficulties experienced in the occupation of this land, and slopes in excess of 10° should be covered with grass for pasturage purix)ses." This soil type is stated to constitute one of the best alfalfa soils in the upland portion of the Gulf States. It is also an important cotton soil, and fairly well adapted to the production of corn, oats, and hay. Circular 50.— The Houston black clay, of which a total of 1.402,392 acres in 15 different areas in 3 States has been surveyed and mapped. This soil type is stated to be probably the best and most productive of the extensive upland cotton soils of the Southern States. It is also an excellent corn soil and fairly well adapted to wheat, oats, and hay. " More recently alfalfa has been grown upon the Houston black clay and the better drained areas of the type are well suited to this crop." Circular 51. — The Susquehanna fine sandy loam, of which a total of 1,686,528 acres in 27 different areas in 5 States has been surveyed and mapped. This soil type is stated to occur to a considerable extent in Alabama and adjoining States, but chiefly in northern Louisiana and eastern Texas. It occupies roll- ing to hilly areas, and is subject to severe erosion. Cotton and corn are the principal crops grown on it. Its improvement requires protection from erosion, deeper plowing, and incorporation of organic matter. Clay County soils, C. G. Hopkins et al. {Illinois Sta. Soil Rpt. 1, pp. 32, pis. 2, figs. 2). — This is the first of a series of Illinois County soil reports and deals with a county which is representative of the common clay soils of south- ern Illinois. It is the purpose to make these reports so complete for each county that "a study of the soil map and the tabular statements concerning crop requirements, the plant food content of the different soil types, and the actual results secured from definite field trials with different methods or sys- tems of soil improvement, and a cai'eful study of the discussion of general principles and of the descriptions of individual soil types " which are given in each report " will furnish the most necessary and useful information for the practical improvement and permanent preservation of the productive power of every kind of soil on every farm in the county." The prevailing soil types of the county are gray silt loam on tight clay (37 per cent) and yellow silt loam, but there are smaller areas of a number of other types. It is shown that as a rule the soils of Clay County are deficient in nitrogen and phosphoric acid but abundantly supplied with potash. A sys- tem of cropping and fertilizing (including use of ground limestone and phos- phates and green manures) to correct this condition is described. Moultrie County soils, C. G. Hopkins et al. {Illinois Sta. Soil Rpt. 2. pp. 40, pi. 1, figs. 8). — This is the second of a series of Illinois County soil reports, and gives the results of a soil survey with a soil map of Moultrie County, which is representative of the prairie lands of the corn belt. The soil formation and types of the region are described, and estimates, from chemical analyses, of the plant food content per acre of the soils are given, with a compilation of data on fertilizer requirements as determined by experiments on similar soil types in other parts of the State. " The most significant fact revealed by the investigation of Moultrie County soils is the low phosphorus content of the common brown silt loam prairie, a type of soil which covers more than three-fourths of the entire county. The market value of this land is about $200 an acre, and yet an application of $30 worth of fine-ground raw rock phosphate would double the phosphorus content SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 519 of the plowed soil. Such an application properly made would also double the yield of clovei* in the near future; and, if the clover were then returned to the soil either directly or in farm manure, the combined effect of the phos- phorus and nitrogenous organic matter with a good rotation of crops would soon double the yield of corn on most farms." An appendix contains a discussion of soil survey methods and of the general principles of soil fertility and its maintenance. A geological and agronomical study of the oolitic deposits of the Depart- ment of Yonne, C. Brioux (Ann. Inst. Nat. Agron., 2. ser., 10 {1911), Nos. 1, pp. H9-2Ji2, flffs. 8; 2, pp. 21t3S19). — This article reports in detail the results of a study of the physical and chemical characteristics, crop adaptations, and fertilizer requirements of the soils derived from the geological formations of the region. Statistics on the extent of production of the principal crops in 1850 and in 189S are also given and discussed with regard to the economic factors which have influenced the acreage of the more important crops, par- ticularly that of the grape. A bibliography of the literature of the subject is added. The determination of colloids in cultivated soils, J. Konig, J. Hasen- BAUMER, and C. Hassler {Landw. Vers, mat., 75 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. 377- UI, fig- 1; a&s- m Cliem. Ahs., 6 {1912), No. 3, p. 1,02; Jour. Soc. Cliem. Indus., 31 {1912), No. 2, p. 83). — In continuation of previous investigations (E. S. R., 19, p. 718; 20, p. 713; 24, pp. 521, 522) the authors report tests of the colorimetric method of determining soil colloids; determinations of colloids by absorption of salts; determination of absorbed and adsorbed ions in soils when dried at 200° C, treated with steam, oxidized with hydrogen peroxid, and treated with a strong, constant electric current ; and a study of the relation between yield and the results of chemical and physical investigation of the soil. The general conclusions, bri^y stated, are that soils contain important amounts of substances of a more or less colloidal character which can be deter- mined by their absorptive power for certain coloring matters and mineral salts. Methyl violet seems best adapted to colorimetric determination of colloids, and in most cases three concentrations, namely, 1, 2. and 3 gm. per liter, will suffice. The absorption of the coloring matter depends primarily upon the content of colloidal clay substances in the soil. For determination of colloids by means of absorption of salts a fiftieth-normal solution of dipotassium phosphate is recommended. In this case the potash is absorbed mainly by the colloidal clay, and the phosphoric acid by the lime, iron oxid, and especially alumina. The potash is loosely combined in soil colloids and can be to a large extent or entirely set free by steaming, by oxi- dation with hydrogen peroxid, and by the action of an electric current. The phosphoric acid is combined in the form of insoluble calcium phosphate. It is more firmly fixed by heating, and can not again be entirely set free even by strong action of the electric current. The relation between the yield and the absorptive capacity for coloring mat- ter and dipotassium phosphate was quite close for surface soil and subsoil of the same soil type, but not for different kinds of soil. A new method proposed in this article for the determination of the easily soluble matter in soils is treatment with a strong, constant electric current. Advantage is taken in this method of the fact that when such a current is passed through a wet soil between platinum electrodes the soil acts more or less (depending upon the colloid content) as a semipermeable membrane, with the result that a certain amount of electrolysis takes place with separation of the soil constituents at the electrodes. The apparatus and method employed are in brief as follows : 520 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. A glass cylinder with a parchment bottom is suspended in a second and larger glass cylinder. One platinum electrode (cathode) is placed above and the other (anode) below the parchment membrane, with the soil between them in the small cylinder. The soil is first well mixed with distilled water and then washed into the small cylinder, in which the water level is brought to a height of 4 cm. above the soil and to the same level in the larger cylinder. The cur- rent is so regulated as not to exceed a strength of 3 amperes, and is allowed to flow until the water reaches a temperature of 50° C. The effect of the current is to produce an inward flow of the alkaline solution to the cathode, with ac- companying precipitation of the colloid substances. The humus acids pass through the parchment membrane to the anode and there form a brown colored solution. In this way a separation of alkaline and acid solutions is effected, and these may be drawn off, fresh water added, and the operation repeated until there is no further action by the current. It was found, however, that one treatment with the electric current gave amounts of soluble material, espe- cially potash, closely agreeing with those obtained by treatment with steam or oxidation by hydrogen peroxid. and is believed to furnish a reliable method of determining the easily soluble plant food in soils. Only in case of potash was there close agreement between the amounts of mineral matter taken up by plants and that yielded by the three methods of solution. The amounts of potash yielded by oxidation and by treatment with steam were almost identical with those taken up by the plant in all of the soils tested. The single electrical treatment gave results slightly higher than the other two methods. When the electrical treatment was continued until no further action was produced twice as much potash was dissolved as when the soil was subjected to the single electrical treatment. In case of phosphoric acid the relations between amounts dissolved and taken up by crops were not very close. In general, treatment with steam and a single treatment with the electric current yielded 2 to 5 times the amount assimilated by plants. In case of lime the relationships were still more in- definite. The treatment of soils with a strong constant electric current, J. Konig, J. Hasenbaumeb, and C. Hassler (Ztschr. Angew. Chem., 2.'t {1911), No. 49, pp. 23.'il-23Jt8, fig. 1; abs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 31 (1912), No. 2, p. 83). — An account of these investigations is included in the article noted above. Bacteria of frozen soil, II, H. J. Conn (Centhl. Bakt. [etc.}, 2. AM., 32 (1911). No. 3-5. pp. 70-97, figs. 7). — Further investigations on this subject con- firm the conclusions of a previous article (E. S. R., 24, p. 529) that bacteria actually multiply in frozen soil. The increase during the winter was, however, almost wholly in one group, many of the most vigorous summer bacteria dis- appearing during the cold weather. The results indicate that the increase in frozen soil is due not to the favoring influence of cold weather, but to its repressing effect on the rivals of that group of bacteria which is capable, when unhindered, of making the greatest growth. The present status of soil inoculation, K. F. Kellerman (AJ)s. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 893, pp. 228, 229).— The following is an abstract of a paper presented at the Washington meeting of the Society of American Bac- teriologist? in December, 1911 : " The method of pure-culture inoculation is less certain than the use of soil from old well-inoculated fields, but has, however, the advantage of cheapness and greater ease of ti'ansportation and application, as well as the important advantage of the absence of introducing weeds and plant diseases. . . . SOILS FEETILIZEBS. 521 " Reports received from farmers who have conducted iuoculation tests with cultures distributed by the Departmeut of Agriculture during the past 7 years give an average of 76 per cent success and 24 per cent failure, if only those reports are considered that make possible some determination regarding the action of cultures. If previously inoculated fields, crop failures, and such other doubtful cases are included with the failures the percentage of success for this same period is reduced to 38. "The organism producing nitrogen-fixing nodules on the roots of legumes has been isolated and cultivated since 1903; di Rossi's contention that the proper organism had not been isolated prior to his work in 1907 appears with- out foundation. " By a new technique it has been possible to stain the flagella of this organ- ism. Instead of bearing a single polar flagellum it is supplied with several peritrichic flagella. The proper designation of the organism, therefore, is BaciUus radicwola."' Azotogen, nitragin, or inoculated soil? H. von Feilitzen (Svenska Moss- kulturfor. Tidski:, 25 (1911), No. 3, pp. 211-227, figs. 10).— The substance of this article has been noted elsewhere (E. S. R., 25, p. 123). Bacteriological studies of the fixation of nitrogen in certain Colorado soils, W. G. Sackett {Abs. in ^Science, n. ser., 35 (1912). No. 893, p. 228). — The paper of which this is an abstract is published in full in Bulletin 179 of the Colorado Station (E. S. R., 25, p. 815). A study of the assimilation of the mineral matter of the soil by plants (Bui. Sta. Agron. Somme, 1910-11, pp. 37-42, figs. 3). — In pot experiments with colza grown in various combinations of sand and loam soil it was found that the largest yield was obtained in the pot containing pure sand above and increasing proportions of loam from the top downward. All of the plants which were started in sand produced longer and more numerous fruits than those started in soil. In the pot which was filled with equal amounts of sand and soil, sepa- rated vertically, the smallest plant was produced in the sand, the largest in the soil, while the plant growing midway between the two was of medium size. The author is of the opinion that this indicates that the growth of plants is largely dependent upon the action of the roots upon the soil in which it grows and not upon the composition and concentration of the soil solution, since he thinks it reasonable to suppose that during the 3 months of the experiment referred to the soil solution should have become uniformly distributed through- out the pot and contributed as freely to the nourishment of the plant in the sand as of that in the soil half of the pot. Fertility and fertilizer hints, J. E. Halligan (Easton, Pa., and London, 1911, pp. VI I +155, figs. 12). — This is an abridgment of a larger book by the chemist of the Louisiana State Station entitled Soil Fertility and Fertilizers. The book is intended for the use of farmers, students, and general readers. It discusses principles and maintenance of soil fertility, farm manures, lime, gypsum and green manures, commercial fertilizers, and the home mixing of fertilizers, and gives advice regarding the purchase of fertilizers. References are given to the other work of which this is an abridgment for fuller informa- tion on many of the topics discussed. How the scientific farmer fertilizes his soil, W. H. Beal (Sci. Anier., 106 (1912), No. 6, pp. 130, 131, figs. 5).— The more important scientific principles underlying the efl5cient use of fertilizers are briefly discussed in the light of recent investigations on the subject. Water and fertilizing, Gerlach (lUtis. Landw. Ztg., 31 (1911), Nos. 96, pp. 889, 890; 97, pp. 896, 897). — Experiments are reported which show that the use 522 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. of fertilizers was profitable on light soils even in dry seasons, but that irriga- tion increased their action in such seasons. The loss of nitrogen from thin layers of manure on the soil, J. Jannes {Ber. Physiol. Lab. u. Vers. Anst. Landw. Inst. Halle, 1911, No. 20, pp. .5-69, figs. 3). — An aceoimt of investigations already noted from another source (E. S. R., 25. p. 826). The action of increasing amounts of mineral fertilizers with and without addition of stable manure, A. Eineoke (Loiulic. Jahrh., ffl {1911), No. .?-.), pp. 373-387). — This article refers to previous exiieriments by M. Maercker from which the conclusion was drawn that the highest yields of beets can not be ob- tained with commercial fertilizers alone, and reports experiments made near Berlin on 0.02 acre plats to determine the effect of mineral fertilizers — nitrate of soda, kainit, and Thomas slag — in three different amounts, alone and com- bined with stable manure, for fodder beets grown in 1906 followed without further application of fertilizer or manure by oats in 1907 and wheat in 1908. The highest yields of beets were obtained with mineral fertilizers combined with manure, especially with the smaller amount of fertilizers. When the largest (triple) amounts of the mineral fertilizers were used, namely, 660 lbs. of nitrate of soda, 1,980 lbs. of kainit, and 1,320 lbs. of Thomas slag per acre the yields were but slightly less than when the same amounts of mineral fer- tilizers were combined with stable manure, 22 tons per acre. Stable manure alone produced about the same yield as the smallest application of mineral fertilizers (1/3 of the amounts given above). There was a decided after effect of the fertilizers, and especially of the manure, upon the oat crop in 1907 but no effect upon the wheat crop of 1908. The mineral fertilizers were more active alone than in combination with the manure, since the increased yield with added manure was not proportional to the amount of fertilizing matter which the manure sui>i)lied. Apparently the manure unfavorably affected the utilization of the mineral fertilizers the first year. The results, however, did not bear out B. Schulze's conclusion (E. S. R., 22, p. 716; 26, p. 424) that after the first year there is an increasing action of the mineral fertilizers accompanying a decreased effect of the manure. Conducting an experiment farm during twelve years with green manures and artificial fertilizers, von Bleze {Trudy Opytn. Stantsn Kurliandsk Obshch. Selsk. Khoz., 1 (190^-1909), pp. 3-32; abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. {Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 1, pp. 9Jf-96). — The severe climatic conditions of the Baltic provinces do not permit the maturing of lupines which are so largely used in Germany as the foundation of farming without manure, and this has resulted in the almost complete absence of crop raising without manure in this region. In 1893 the Curland Agricultural Society, on the initiative of the author, undertook experiments to determine whether farming without manure could be profitably carried on with the aid of vetches and clover as green manures, rotating with rye, oats, potatoes, and barley. In the course of this rotation each field received during the first and fourth years Thomas slag and kainit, the second year bone meal, and the third and sixth years lime and nitrate. The general conclusion reached was that profitable farming could be carried on under the climatic conditions with green manures and artificial fertilizers alone even on very poor soils. Fertilizers, 1911, E. H. Jenkins and .J. P. Street {Connecticut State Sta. Rpt. 1911, pt. 1, pp. 100) .—Thi's, report deals briefiy with the requirements and observance of the state fertilizer law, the distribution and classification of the fertilizers collected, and analyses ^nd valuations of 780 samples of fertilizers and SOILS FERTILIZERS. 523 fertilizing materials examined during tlie year. For ttie first time " ttie analyses of mixed fertilizers include deterniinations of the solubility of the organic nitrogen both in water and in an alkaline solution of ix>tassium permanga- nate." The results are stated as (1) water-soluble organic nitrogen, (2) active insoluble organic nitrogen, and (3) inactive insoluble organic nitrogen. The reasons for this are stated as follows : " Organic nitrogen costs four or five times as much as phosphoric acid or potash, and the forms in which it is used in mixed fertilizers differ greatly in market price as well as in agricultural value. Some method for distinguishing the forms which have real agricultural value from those which are comparatively inert is most desirable, and after several years of study and experiment both here and elsewhere methods have been devised to determine the solubility of organic nitrogen and thus to dis- tinguish between the two forms of nitrogen with enough accuracy to make their use helpful in judging of the quality of organic nitrogen." Experimental work on the availability of organic nitrogenous fertilizers at the Connecticut Station is presented in 3 papers by J. P. Street as follows : A modification of the neutral pennanganate metJiod to determine the solu- bility of organic nitrogen (pp. 9-11). — It was found that the method originally proposed by the author (E. S. B... 23, p. 706) gave misleading results when used with certain mixtures of acid phosphate and organic nitrogen, but this difficulty was overcome and satisfactory results were obtained by adding 1 gm. of sodium carbonate just before the permanganate solution was introduced. SoluMlity of organic nitrogen of raw inaterials by the alkaline permanganate method (pp. 12-14). — Results of tests of 55 samples of fertilizer materials by this method are reported and compared with results of tests by the neutral permanganate method with dried blood, tankage, dried fish, and castor pomace. The neutral permanganate method gave decidedly higher results than the alka- line permanganate method. " There is no question that either method serves as a useful means of distinguishing between such materials as blood, bone, tankage, and fish on the one hand, and materials like peat and leather on the other. ... In a valuable material, such as castor pomace, the alkaline method shows an average solubility of 48.2, classing it, if judged by this figure alone, with the inferior materials. The neutral method gives castor pomace a solu- bility of 88. close to that obtained with other high-grade materials. In such instances as this, if tlie alkaline method is to be used with any certainty, strict attention must also be given to the amount of water-soluble organic nitrogen." which averages 78 per cent in castor pomace but is present only in traces in peat. Pot experiments on nitrogen availability (pp. 14-23). — The main object of these experiments was to compare hair tankage, garbage tankage, and treated leather used in the " wet mixing " process of fertilizer manufacture, which is described, with such materials as sodium nitrate, cotton-seed meal, and peat. The tests were made in ordinary 8-in. flower pots containing 13 lbs. of mixed soil (7 parts sand and 1 part garden soil) to which was added a basal fertilizer of 1.5 gm. of potassium sulphate, 4 gm. of acid phosphate, and 2 gm. of calcium carbonate. The nitrogenous fertilizers were as a rule applied at rates supply- ing 0.15 gm. of nitrogen per pot. Millet and oats were the crops grown. The results measured in crop yield and nitrogen recovery " indicate that the ' wet- mix ' acid treatment of materials, like hair waste, treated leather, and garbage tankage, yields a fertilizer of high crop-producing power with millet and oats, and one whose nitrogen availability to these crops is superior to that of cotton- seed meal, and from 60 to 75 per cent of that of nitrate of soda. Furthermore, in these tests the value of the base-goods nitrogen rested almost entirely on the 35693°— Xo. 6—12 3 524 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOED. portion which is sohible in water, this portion showing an availability of from 63 to 74 per cent of that of nitrate of soda with millet and oats.'' Commercial fertilizers, J. S. Bxjrd (California Sta. Bui. 221, pp. 35-97). — The results of analyses and valuations of fertilizers inspected by the California Fertilizer Control during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911, are reported in this bulletin with a brief discusssion of the methods, purpose, and practical importance of valuation of fertilizers. Certain modifications of eastern sched- ules of trade values to make them applicable to California conditions are pointed, out. The sworn returns of fertilizer dealers indicate that the sales of fertilizer in the State during the year ended June 30, 1911, was 46,000 tons as compared with 36,634 tons the preceding year. [Imports of fertilizer raw materials] (Amer. Fcrt., 35 {1911), No. U/, pp. 34, 35). — A table is given showing imports into the United States during 1909, 1910, and 1911 of various fertilizer materials and by-products of fertilizer factories. The Indian saltpeter industry, J. "W. Leather and J. N. Mukerji (Agr. Research Inst. Pusa Bui. 24, pp. 19, pis. 5; ahs. in Oil and Colour Trades Jour., 40 {1911), Nos. 688, pp. 2097, 2098, flg. 1; 689, pp. 2174, 2175, fig. 1; 41 (1912), No. 690, pp. 37, 38, flg. 1; Nature [London'], 88 (1912), No. 2201, pp. 330, 331; Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bill. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 3 (1912), No. 1, pp. 86-89). — It is shown that this industry is a very ancient one in India, but apparently the production is slowly declining. The export amounts at the present time to about 200,000 tons of potassium nitrate per annxim. The native methods of extraction of the nitrate from soil collected in villages and of refining the crude product are fully described in this article, and possible improvements, especially of the methods of refining, are suggested. The methods now in use are substantially as follows : The village earth, which usually con- tains from about 3 to 5 per cent (sometimes as low as 1 or as high as 29 per cent) of potassium nitrate associated with chlorids and sulphates, is mixed with wood ashes and carefully packed in layers from 6 to 8 in. deep in an earthen chamber called Kuria made of wet mud which is afterwards allowed to dry and harden. " The floor of this slopes somewhat from back to front, where a hole is made at the lowest point for the escape of the nitrate liquor. Raised a few inches above the floor, and supported by a few loose bricks, is a false bottom made of bamboos and matting, on which the saltpeter earth is laid with the greatest care and so trodden in that no crevices shall exist. ... A small piece of matting is then laid on the top, and water is poured in until about 1 in. lies on the surface of the soil." After several hours the percolate '' usually emerges as a fairly concentrated clear solution, colored brown by organic matter. The first runnings are put into a pan and further concentrated by exposure to the sun, or by boiling over a fire until a mixture of sodium chlorid and potassium nitrate, with varying quantities of sodium sulphate and mag- nesium nitrates, separates out. This is sold to the refiner as crude saltpeter. The mother liquor is thrown on to the heap of saltpeter earth, the so-called factory, to which are also added the wet soil from the ' Kuria ' and the weaker solution of nitrates coming out in the later stages of the percolation and requiring too much fuel to make further concentration worth while. After a time the heap can again be extracted, and so the process goes on perpetually. Fresh village earth is constantly being added, but no special additions of organic matter seem to be made. "At the refinery the crude saltpeter, the impurities of which are soil, sodium sulphate, sodium chlorid, and magnesium nitrate, is added to a boiling mother liquor from a previous operation. This liquor, being already saturated with SOILS FERTILIZERS. 525 sodium clilorid aud sodium sulphate, only dissolves the nitrate. When the insoluble matter has subsided, the clear liquor is run into wooden vats, and on cooling deposits a good deal of potassium nitrate, that only requires to be drained and slightly washed to be ready for market. The insoluble material still contains some potassium nitrate, and is thrown out on to the factory heap of niter earth, from which more nitrate is subsequently again extracted as before. The mother liquor can not be used indefinitely for the purification of the crude saltpeter, but it is not wasted. When it becomes too impure for further use, it is concentrated to deposit some of the sodium chlorid, and the final liquor is simply thrown on to the factory heap again. While the extrac- tion process is remarkably efficient, considering that it has been evolved by the natives themselves without outside help, the refinery process is admittedly wasteful." A product containing as high as 96 per cent of potassium nitrate is obtained by the processes described, the principal impurities being sodium and potassium chlorids and sulphates. The principal by-product is common salt. Anim.onia evaporation and transformation in soils, J. von Wlodeck (Diss. Berlin, 1911, pp. 88; ais. in Zenthl. Agr. Chem., 40 (1911), No. 11, pp. 729-734; CcntU. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 82 {1912), No. 6-12, p. 270; Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 102 (1912), No. 591, II, pp. 85, 86).— The lower fertilizing efficiency of ammonium sulphate as compared with sodium nitrate has been ascribed to various causes including slowness of nitrification, fixation of nitrogen in or- ganic forms, and evaporation of ammonia. The author reviews work of other investigators on the subject, and reports experiments on soils in sunken cylin- ders to determine the loss and transformation of ammonia from soils contain- ing varying amounts of lime, silt, and clay, and with vai-yiog applications of ammonium sulphate, either alone or in combination with superphosphate. The loss of ammonia by evaporation, when the ammonium sulphate was used under conditions as nearly natural as possible, was very small. With a high lime content of the soil and heavy applications of ammonium sulphate the loss was larger. There was little or no loss when a mixture of ammonium sulphate and superphosphate was used. Deep applications of the ammonium sulphate greatly reduced loss of ammonia. The results of observations on fixation of the ammonia in organic forms were not entirely conclusive, but indicated that fixation in case of a loam soil was practically the same whether the ammonium sulphate was used alone or mixed with superphosphate. On a light soil, however, the superphosphate appeared to increase nitrogen fixation. The addition of supeiT)bosphate apparently did not affect nitrification. Lime nitrogen and lime niter as nitrogenous fertilizers, B. Heinze (Jahres- ber. Ver. Angew. Bot., 8 (1910), pp. 79-94, ZZ-ZZ//).— This article briefly de- scribes the preparation and properties of calcium cyanamid and calcium ni- trate, and discusses their value and behavior as nitrogenous fertilizers (E. S. It.. 22, p. 621). Pot experiments with these materials in comparison with other nitrogenous substances are referred to, the most important new conclusions reached being that while ammonia is quickly formed from calcium cyanamid in the soil it is slowly converted into nitrates, and that "the ammonia is formed, in part at least, by purely chemical processes. The hygroscopicity of certain new nitrogenous fertilizers, H. von Feilitzen and I. Lugner (Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 108, pp. 985, 986, figs. 2).— These investigations have already been noted from another source (E. S. E., 25, p. 727). [Experiments with potash fertilizers in Pas-de-Calais], L. Malpeaux (Jour. Agr. Prat., n. scr., 22 (1911), No. 50, pp. 754-757). — In experiments car- 526 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. ried out mainly at the agricultural school of Berthonval it was found that sul- phate of potash was particularly beneficial to clovers, and improved the char- acter of herbage in natural grass lands. Equally beneficial results were ob- tained in experiments with potassium chlorid applied to oats. With sugar beets and potatoes the best results were obtained with sulphate of potash and kainit, and the chlorid was apparently not well suited to these crops. Summarizing the results of a large number of tests, the author concludes that potassium chlorid is more particularly suited to oats; the sulphate to tobacco, beets, and potatoes; and kainit to flax and grass lands. In case of beets and potatoes the potash salt should be applied in autumn or winter. Potash lime, von Seelhorst {Rev. in Dent. Lnndic. Pressc, 39 {1912), No. 1, pp. 3, /f). — The fertilizing value of this material, obtained by treating the waste waters of potash factories with caustic lime, was tested in pot experiments with barley and beans grown on sandy and loam soils. The results were inconclusive but seem to warrant further investigation in view of the fact that the material contains considerable amounts of valuable fertilizing constituents and utilizes a by-product which would injuriously con- taminate streams if allowed to flow into them. The material used in these experiments contained total nitrogen 0.07 per cent, water-soluble potash 1.92 per cent, lime in the form of caustic lime and carbonate 40.9 per cent, and phosphoric acid 0.15 per cent. Phonolith as a fertilizer, R. P. Skinner {Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. S.], 15 {1912), No. 26, pp. 490, If 91). —This article notes briefly the attempt to put this material, which is a silicate of potash found in volcanic rocks occur- ring in the Eifel Mountains, in competition with the Stassfurt potash salts. The material is stated to contain from 8 to 10 per cent of potash, and can be mined and ground for $4.76 per carload. It is shown that, while tlie results of tests of this fertilizer on different kinds of crops have been somewhat con- flicting, they generally indicate a very low fertilizing value for the material as compared with potash salts. Alunite, a newly discovered deposit near Marysvale, Utah, B. S. Butlee and H. S. Gale {U. S. Geol. Survey Bui. 511, pp. 6Jf, pis. 3).— The location, character, extent, and commercial importance of this deposit are described, as well as the geology of the region in which it occurs. Notes are also given on the occurrence of alunite in other parts of the United States and in foreign countries. The discovery is of particular significance because of the fact that this mineral can be made to yield potassium sulphate by a comparatively simple process of heating or calcination and may thus become a comparatively cheap source of potash. " The Marysville deposit, so far as now known, is not of such magnitude as to afford a source of all the potash salts now consumed in the United States, but it may prove to be an important factor in providing an American supply that will perhaps be especially available to local and western markets, particularly in meeting the demand for higher grade salts." A sim- ple field test for alunite is given. The potash search in America, G. E. Mitchell {Amer. Rev. of Revieivs, 45 (1912), No. 1, pp. 13-11, 'pgs. 3). — A brief account is here given of the efforts which are being made by the U. S. Geological Survey and the Bureau of Soils of this Department to develop a domestic supply of potash, including deep borings for salt deposits, the study of methods of extracting potash from potash- bearing minerals, and the utilization of giant kelps of the Pacific coast. The German Potash Syndicate, T. J. Albert {Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. -S'.], U {1911), No. 265, pp. 760-162).— The present organization of this SOILS — FEETILIZERS. 527 syndicate as compared with that of an American trust is described, and refer- ences are given to previous consular reports on the German potash industry. The effect of phosphorus manuring on the amount of inorganic phos- phorus in flat turnip roots, B. L. Haetwell and F. S. Hammett (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 (1911), No. 11, pp. 831, 832). — In view of the suggestion that the flat turnip may furnish a reliable means of judging of the available phosphorus in soils, the authors undertook to devise accurate methods for the determination of the inorganic phosphorus of turnips. The method finally adopted was as follows : " Grate portions of fresh turnips in the presence of sufficient acetic acid to equal about 2 per cent of the moisture, finally squeeze the juice from the pulp, filter, add to an aliquot barium chlorid solution with constant stirring, then carefully neutralize with ammonium hydroxid, allow to stand about a day, filter, wash, dissolve as much as possible of the contents of the filter in hot water and dilute nitric acid, wash, and determine the phosphorus in the filtrate by molybdenum and magnesium mixtures in the usual way. In calculating the percentage of inorganic phosphorus in the turnips it was assumed that the per- centage of phosphorus in the expressed juice was the same as that in the moisture remaining with the pulp. A determination of moisture in the turnips, therefore, made it possible for the results to be calculated on the basis of dry turnips." The results of a number of analyses by this method showed " that although the content of total phosphorus in turnips was nearly doubled by the addition of a liberal amount of acid phosphate, the content of inorganic phosphorus was increased about six-fold." The influence of calcium carbonate on the action of different phosphates, D. Prianishnikov (Landw. Vers. Stat., 75 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. 357-376; abs. in Chcm. Zcntbl., 1911, II, No. 22, p. 1706). — The effect of calcium carbonate in amounts varying from 0.1 to 1 per cent on dicalcium and tricalcium phosphates, bone meal, phosphorite alone and combined with ammonium sulphate and sodium nitrate, Thomas slag, iron and aluminum phosphates, and monopotas- sium phosphate in sand cultures with wheat, oats, barley, peas, and buckwheat are reported. As a result of these experiments the author divides the phosphates of calcium into two groups, one containing monocalcium and dicalcium phosphate and Thomas slag, which are little affected by addition of calcium carbonate, the other group including tricalcium phosphate, bone phosphate, and phosphorite, the assimilation of which is depressed to a marked extent by the addition of calcium carbonate. When, however, ammonium sulphate was substituted for nitrate nitrogen as a source of nitrogen, the addition of lime was beneficial in every case, at least under the conditions of these experiments. Calcium car- bonate had no appreciable depressing effect upon the assimilability of iron and aluminum phosphate. These phosphates showed a fairly good degree of assimilability and were gradually decomposed by water. It therefore appears that root secretions do not play the important role in the assimilation of these phosphates that has heretofore been ascribed to them. The action of gypsum on nitrification, S. Dezani {Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., U {1911), No. 2, pp. 119-137; abs. in Chem. ZentU., 1911, II, No. 3, p. 157; Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 100 {1911), No. 589, II, p. i0i9).— Experiments with natural and artificial soils and culture solutions showed no material in- crease of nitrification when gypsum was added in amounts varying from 0.5 to 2 per cent. Peat moss litter manure {Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 {1911), No. 9, pp. 756-758). — It is stated that the use as a stable litter of peat moss obtained from 528 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Denmark is increasing in England, but that the niainire prodnced, although cheaper than straw made manure, is considered less valuable by market gardeners. In experiments at the Kew Botanical Gardens it was found that fresh peat litter manure was decidedly injurious to flowering plants. An analysis of a sample of this manure by J. A. Voelcker indicated nothing unusual in its composition except a somewhat high percentage of organic acids, and its injurious effect is attributed to this acid condition. Experiments on the agricultural utilization of vinasse from sugar beet distilleries, Pelissier and Le Couppey de la Forest (Ann. Dir. Ilydraul. et Anu'lior. Agr., Min. Agr. [France^, 1908, No. 3S, irp. 274-30J,, ?)7.s. J,, figs. 4).— This article rejiorts the results of practical experience in the use of this vinasse in irrigation for sugar beets and also of experiments to determine the most efficient means of utilizing the material. It is strongly recommended that the material should be used for irrigation wherever this is feasible, although purification by means of artificial filter beds is an efficient means of disposal where utilization for irrigation is not possible. Studies on the waste waters of starch factories, A. C. Girard (Atm. Dir. Hydraul. et Amelior. Agr., Min. Agr. [France], 1908, No. 38, pp. 2-'i5-273, fig. t). — It is shown that there is much loss of fertilizing matter in the waste waters from starch factories in France, although the waters are very dilute, containing as a rule something over 99 per cent of water. The dried residue, however, contains 6.56 per cent of nitrogen, 2.78 per cent of phosphoric acid, and 13.64 per cent of ix)tash, with 2.11 iier cent of lime. The agricultural use of the wastes is considered highly desirable, but with such dilute solutions as are now produced is not practicable except for small factories. A method of extracting the juice of the potatoes by means of presses before washing for the preparation of starch is recommended, and it is believed that this will furnish a concentrated extract which can be profitably handled as a fertilizer. Analysis of a juice obtained in this way showed dry matter 5.03 per cent, nitrogen 0.35 per cent, phosphoric acid 0.12 per cent, potash 0.65 per cent, and lime 0.01 iier cent. It is estimated that by this method 1,000 lbs. of potatoes may be made to yield as a by-product fertilizing material worth 58 cents. Cassia hirsuta as a green dressing', R. D. Anstead (Planters'' Chron., 6 (1911), No. 52, pp. 801, 802). — The use of this plant with good results as a green manure for coffee is reiwrted. An analysis is given showing in the air- dried plant (leaves and stems) 9.6 per cent of water, about 2.3 per cent of nitrogen, 0.31 per cent of phosphoric acid, 1.07 i>er cent of iK)tash, and 1.82 per cent of lime. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Plant life and evolution, D. H. Campbell (Neic York, 1911, pp. ir+360, figs. 22). — The author considers life and its origin, heredity, environment, selec- tion, etc., as factors in evolution. The origin of the lower plants, land plants, and seed plants is traced, after which chapters are devoted to environment and adaptation, plant distribution, the human factor in evolution, and. the origin of species. It is claimed that no one of the theories that have been advanced can fully explain evolution in the plant kingdom. The author thinks there is nothing to support the view of a si>ecial germ plasm directly associated with the trans- mission of hereditary characters. The view that the laws of heredity are exclusively physiological is believed to be an extreme one, nor does it. seem necessary to assume the presence of an infinity of morphological units. The AGRICULTUEAL BOTANY. 529 author thinks it possible that the proLoplast couUiius invisible organs, but that the development of the organism depends quite as much on their response to stimuli as to their actual form or chemical nature. Whatever the origin of new forms, their survival, he claims, depends uiK)n natural selection. The variegation of leaves and its transmission through grafts, E. Griffon {Bui. Soc. Bot. France, 58 {1911), No. 4-5, pp. 289-297).— A discussion is given of the possibility of transmitting variegation to stock from scions, and the author gives the results of investigations which have been carried on for several years at Grignon, in which a considerable number of variegated orna- mentals have been grafted on green stock of the same species. He claims that his investigations confirm those of others which show that plants with colored leaves react toward the stock in different ways. When the color of the leaves is red or violet, indicating the presence of anthocyanin in the cell sap. the variegation is not transmitted by the graft to the leaves of the stock, nor is the white variegation commonly transmitted. However, when the variegation is yellow, especially when the leaves present a marbled ap- pearance, it is nearly always transmitted by the graft. In this case the results agree with the conclusions of Lindemuth and Baur (E. S. R., 20, pp. 131, 1047) regarding what is called infectious chlorosis. A botanical study of some varieties of Solanum tuberosum and of related wild species of Solanum, P, BEP,TH.AtrLT (Ann. Sci. Agron., 3. ser., 6 {1911), II, yos. 1, pp. 1-59, figs. 20; 2, pp. 87-1^3, figs. 16; 3, pp. 173-216, figs. 12, dgm. // 4, PP- 2-'f8-291, pis. 9, figs. 3). — Anatomical and morphological studies were made of about 350 varieties of cultivated potatoes and of 35 species of Solanum that are more or less closely related to 8. tuberosum, the object being to learn if possible the origin of the cultivated potato. The author claims that the cultivated potato differs from all the spontaneous species of Solanum and that its ancestry was probably a S. tiihcrosum which was a spontaneous variation now very rare or long since disappeared. The only species that closely resemble the cultivated potato are believed to be aberrant forms or possibly hybrids of S. tuberosum. On the parentage of a wheat, B. Kajanus {Bot. Notiscr, 1911, Xo. 6, pp. 293, 29.'i). — The splitting into several types of a stock of wheat (Triticum turgidum) under observation called attention to a supposed spontaneous cross- ing occurring probably 4 years ago. The parentage on the male side is in doubt, being attributable to T. vulgare or to T. spelta. Although von Tscher- mak found on crossing T. vulgare with T. spelta that the posterity resembled T. spelta rather than T. vulgare in the ratio of 3:1, the author believes that these descendants show the inverse ratio of more or less resemblance to T. spelta as opposed to uonresemblance. He considers T. spelta as probably the male parent. Concerning a new species of shepherd's purse, P. Becquerel and S. Buchet (Bui. Soc. Bot. France, 58 {1911), No. 4-5, pp. 376-380). — A discussion is given of the origin of a species of Capsella, called by Blaringhem C. vigiiieri, which very often bears 4 carpels. This species has been held to be a mutant from the common C. bitn'sa-pastoris, but the authors in their discussion seem to be inclined to doubt its reputed origin or recent appearance. Anatomical researches on cactus from the viewpoint of its being adapted to a dry climate, J. Bedelian (Nnovo Gior. Bot. Ital., n. ser., 18 (1911), No. 4, pp. 399-458, pis. 3). — Sixty-three species included in 14 genera of cacti from the botanic garden at Palermo were examined as to peculiarities of structure, and also with regard to the character of the cell contents as related to the absorption, retention, transmission, and ti'anspiration of water. The species are described in detail and numerous measurements are given. 530 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Evidences of adaptation to conditions of exposure to very dry air and to the hot sun are noted. The adaptive devices mostly fall into 2 general categories, one of elements contributing to the accumulation of water, as storing spaces and tissues generally, and the second of elements retarding loss, as reducetl evaporative surfaces, thickness of cuticle, scarcity of stomata, gelatinous cell contents, etc. A brief bibliography is appended. The water relations of desert plants, D. T. MacDougal (Poj). Sci. Mo., 7.9 (1911), No. 6, PI). SJfOSSS, figs. 5). — This is a popular presentation, in part of matter previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 219). After some general discussion of desert types nwd. of their behavior under natural or controlled desiccation, the results of further investigations are given. It vpas found that the transpiration of a leaf increases from early morning until some time in the forenoon, vphen it suddenly drops. An explanation offered is that the film of moisture on the internal leaf cells thins out and breaks, and that thereafter evaporation can take place only from the edges of the water layers in the interstices. This breaking point shows no regular rela- tion to the wilting point of a plant. A discovery was also made that there is a large daily variation in the acidity of the succulents, the amount of acid present at the maximum in the morning being frequently about 4 times that found at the minimum in the evening. The change seems to be related to the course of the temperature, and it may be significant in connection with the water-holding capacity of the cell colloids. Concerning the value of the great water balances of the succulent plants, a review of the extensive data accumulated establishes the fact that Echinocactus may live for nearly 3 years at the expense of its water balance, which may be depleted as much as 50 per cent before death results. Carnegiea loses nearly 30 per cent before serious results follow, and its seedlings may live when re- duced to only one-third of the original weight. The role of individual nutritive elements in the activity of the plant, A. G. DoiAKENKo (Dnevn. XII. S"iezda Russ. Est.-Isp. i Vrach [Moscow], p. 673; aljs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landiv.), 11 {1910), No. Jf, pp. 600, 601). — Experiments were conducted to determine the influence of a deficiency or excess of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash on the total yield, the relative yield of the different plant organs, and the accumulation of various organic substances in plants. The data obtained seem to indicate that the nitrogenous materials influence the predominance of leaf organs, and potash the predominance of the stem organs. Potash, in the case of flax, increased the amount of fiber. A detailed study of the formation of various nitrogenous compounds seems to show that under the infiuence of potash nutrition nonalbuminoid nitrogen is accumulated as well as organic bases and amids. The role of silica in the nutrition of plants, A. Sprecher (Bui. Soc. Bot. Oenivc, 2. set:, 3 {1911), No. //, pp. 155-192, figs. 4). — Experiments with Avena steriUs grown in 4 culture solutions with and without silica are reported. The Knop-Pfefter solution gave the best results. This is believed to be due to the slight acidity from the iron chlorid and potassium acid phosphate. The addition of silica to the solutions in general increased the dry weight as well as the important constituents, such as ash, proteid substance, crude fiber, and carbohydrates, although there was some variation in the proportion, due prob- ably to the different culture solutions. "Where the same compounds were available silica was less abundant in the well grown plants than in those poorly develoi>ed. The percentage of mineral salts absorbed by the plants diminished with the addition of silica, although AGRICtJLTURAL BOTANY. 531 the absolute ash became greater. In the lots without silica the plants con- tained greater amounts of lime, phosphoric acid, and iron in proportion to potash. Without afiirming that it is necessary to plants, the author believes that silica has an important biological function in stimulating plants to greater growth, and that it probably plays the role of maintaining a physiological equilibrium in the nutritive solutions in the soil. A bibliography is appended. The oxyg'en minim.um and the germination of Xanthium seeds, C. A. Shull {Hot. Gaz., 52 (1911), No. 6, pp. 7/53-'/ 77, fig. i).— Attention is called to the fact that while there have been many studies on delayed germination, little has been done toward solving the problems presented by this phenomenon. During the past 2 years the author carried on investigations on the rela- tion of oxygen pressure to the germination of Xanthium seeds. He found that the naked embryos of the dimorphic seeds of Xanthium exhibit a marked diffei*- ence in their demand for oxygen for germination, the minimum for the ger- mination of the decorticated upper seeds at a temperature of 21° 0. being approximately 12 mm., while for the lower it was about 9.5 mm. Increasing the temperature 10° lowers the minima to 7 and 3 mm., respectively. The variation of the total atmospheric pressure was found not to influence the oxygen minimum for germination. The author found that there was very little after-ripening, or at least that the after-ripening was not visible in an altered germination behavior at atmospheric pressure and ordinary temperatures. There is evidence, however, of a decrease in the oxygen requirement or an increase in permeability of the coats to oxygen as ripening progresses. There is said to be a slow progressive deterioration of the seeds, which after a few years entirely lose their power to germinate. The general conclusion that the organs of the seeds of higher plants can grow in entire absence of free oxygen is not supported by the results obtained. On the other hand, it appears that they can not grow without comparatively large amounts of oxygen. The oxygen pressure required for the germination of the coeklebur seeds was found to be much higher than that reported by Lehmann for sunflowers, zinnias, Glyceria fluitans, etc. The high oxygen demand, and the difference in this demand in the two seeds, act with the coats to secure delay and a difference in delay, in the ger- mination of the two seeds. The origin of osmotic effects. — IV, Note on the differential septa in plants with reference to the translocation of nutritive materials, H. E. and E. F. Armstrong (Proc. Roy. 8oc. [London], Ser. B, 84 (1911), No. B 571, pp. 226- 229). — In a previous paper (E. S. K., 25, p. 26) the authors call attention to the osmotic phenomena in plants which are correlated with effects produced by substances to which they have extended the term hormone. Subsequent studies have shown that the osmotic effects conditioned by hormones indicate that the translocation of nutritive materials takes place periodically. The authors' observations show that the outer differential septa in plants are permeable only by substances of a particular type, apparently those having but slight affinity for water. If this is true, other substances such as sugars, for example, can not pass through the septa unless in some measure they are broken down. Studies of Saxifraga sarmeniosa indicate that the cells generally are lined with a septum which is differentially permeable, and it is supposed that the difference in osmotic tension is conditioned by the differential permea- bility of this thin protoplasmic membrane. Experiments are cited in which the authors studied the special effect pro- duced by hydrocyanic acid in relation to hydrolysis. If the hormone used is 532 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. hydrocyanic acid, altliongh changes may take place within the leaf no reducing sugar passes into the solution when the leaves are placed in water. This dif- ference has been noticed in the case of a varie'y of leaves and roots as well as in unripe fruits of the cherry and currant, unripe seed pods, etc. The differences in the blackening of leaves on exposure to water saturated with chloroform or toluene seem to be proof that differential septa which break down under the influence of most hormones remain intact when hydi'ocyanic acid is used, although hydrolytic changes take place within the leaf under the influence of the hydrocyanic acid. The authors state that, taking into account the manner in which leaves change in appearance when exposed to water saturated with a substance such as toluene, there can be little doubt that the coloration is at least mainly an oxidation effect, and bearing in mind what is known of the effect which hydrocyanic acid has in inhibiting oxidation, it appears probable that differential septa remain intact because the oxidase effect is eliminated in the presence of hydrocyanic acid. It is also stated that oxidation processes are at a maximum in plants during the period when light is inactive, and that growth takes place chiefly during this period. The trans- location of nutritive materials which necessarily sets in during this period may well take place because the septa are broken down and rendered i^ermeable by oxidation. The differential sejita are Itelieved to be subsequently repaired when assimilatory processes become ascendent. Light intensity and transpiration, B. E. Livingston (Boi. Gaz., 52 {1911), No. 6, pp. 417-fi38, pg. 1). — The author has tested a number of forms of appa- ratus to determine their value in estimating quantitatively various light inten- sities to which plants in the open are subject. He found that the black and brown atmometers and the Hicks integrator are valuable instruments for estimating the solar intensity, so far as transiiiration is concerned. He thinks they should be suitable for comparing light intensities in different habitats and that they are especially to be recommended on account of their power of automatic integration, and also on account of the fact that they give their results in terms of vaporization of a liquid, thus resembling the plant in its transpiration activity. The black bulb thermometer was found one of the best of the nonintegrating devices. Photographic papers are not to be recommended, mainly on account of their failure to record effects of other than restricted wave lengths. It is possible that photographic papers are more valuable than the other instruments tested when the effects of light variation on photosynthesis rather than transpiration are to be determined. The microscopic analysis of smoke-injured plants, P. Sorauer (Saniinh Aihandl. Ahgase u. Raiichscliadcn, 1911, No. 7, pp. 58, pi. 1). — The author undertook a series of investigations on the anatomical characters of plants injured directly or indirectly by smoke or vapors of various sorts. Confining attention to the pine he gives an account of the supposed characteristics found in plants subject to smoke or fumes of sulphuric and hydrochloric acids, asphalt, etc. It is stated that the amount of damage due to efiluvia of industrial estab- lishments, etc., depends not alone upon the quantity of poison received, but that the mode of its working, as by constant but weak or short attacks of highly concentrated poisons, is also a factor in the degree of injury. The work is claimed to be only a preliminary attempt at differentiating clearly and safely the typical smoke effects from those due to other causes. FIELD CROPS. Seedtime and harvest: Cereals, flax, cotton, and tobacco, J. R. Covert ([/. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Statis. Bui. 85, r)p. 152, figs. 27).— This is the first of a series of treatises on the dates of planting and harvesting. " The series includes FIELD CROPS. 533 about 50 crops grown in tliis country and many crops in foreign lauds, and tlie data are designed for the use of this Department and the agricultural experi- ment stations, and to meet the demands of correspondents. The basis of the undertaking is the information obtained as the result of a world-wide inquiry addressed to thousands of practical and intelligent farmers, to agricultural teachers, and to the experiment stations. The collection and preparation of this information combine to make this a large undertaking and provide ma- terials for future work by phenologists and expert agi'iculturists." The treatise is divided into 2 parts. Part 1 deals with corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, buckwheat, flax, cotton, and tobacco. The dates and length of the ])lanting and harvesting season of each are presented by tables and are dis- cussed. Part 2 deals with the northward and southward movements of the planting and harvesting of the various crops and presents planthig curves. The length of the growing season and the relation of the statistical data presented to farm practice are discussed. Preparation of new land for crops, A. Keysep. (Colorado Shi. C'lrc. ]0, pp. 11). — Brief suggestions are given as to the preparation of sagebrush, small timber, and other lands for crops. [Moisture content of fallowed land at Poltava], S. Tretyakov {Khuto- rianin, 1910, No. 16; abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw).. 11 (1910), No. 5, pp. 7.'i3, 7//-)).— At the Poltava experiment field corn-fallowed land showed a moisture content July 7 of 14.24 per cent in the surface 25 cm. of soil and 16.6 per cent in the surface 100 cm. as compared with 9.57 and 16.22 per cent, resi^ectively, on black fallow. After a winter of light snowfall it was found that the cornstalks left on the land had been conducive to the accumula- tion and retention of soil moisture. Such laud showed a moisture content of 6.35 per cent in the surface 100 cm. as compared with 5.83 per cent in case of black fallowed land. Data presented show that there was a deficiency of winter wheat on corn fallow, but that it was more than offset by the better yield of the summer crop and by the corn crop. Experiments in the improvement of old pasture, 1908—1910, W. Bruce (Eflin. and East of Scot. Col. Agr. Rpt. 23, 1911, pp. 8).— This reports thd results of the application of fertilizers to old pastures as indicated by the number of pounds of muttou produced. A 4-acre fertilized plat produced in 3 years 655 lbs. live weight more mutton valued at £3 13s. M. than was produced on an unfertilized plat. Report on experiments on the improvement of poor permanent pasture, J. Hendkick (West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 (1911), pp. 1-J,0).— The results obtained have been noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 372). Report on experiments on the improvement of poor permanent pasture by manuring, Pi. P. Wright (West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 (1911), pp. 171-1S3). — The pasture on which this experiment was conducted was covered with moss and its soil was a uniform pure peat to a depth of about 10 ft. and thoroughly drained. The grasses consisted mostly of common bent grass (Agrostis vulgaris) and Yorkshire fog (Holciis lanatus). The results of applications of basic slag and kainit are reported and compared in terms of the effects produced upon sheep gi'azed on the fertilized and unfertilized plats during the period 1904-1910. Basic slag alone, 10 cwt. per acre, produced a considerable and profitable effect, but the addition of 8 cwt. of kainit greatly increased the profits and produced a more permanent improvement in the pasture. Tables state the weights of the sheep pastured on these plats during each of the grazing seasons of the experiment. 534 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Report on an experiment on the improvement of poor permanent pasture by manuring, R. P. Wright {West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 (1911), pp. 187-192). — This experiment was similar to the above except that the soil of this Perthshire field was a light stony loam and its grasses were hard fescue (Festtica duriuscula), common bent grass {Agrostis vulgaris), bedstraw (Galium withcringii) , and tufted hair grass (Aira ccespitosa) . The application of basic slag at the rate of ^ ton per acre appeared profitable. The moss could be effectively destroyed by applications of basic slag, espe- cially if kainit wei'e added also, but the author believes that the additional advantage derived from kainit may prove insulBcient to defray its cost. Tables state in detail the effect of the fertilizers upon the live weight of the sheep pastured on the fertilized and unfertilized plats. [Fertilizer and variety tests with field crops], T. S. Parsons {Wyoming Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 41-45). — In a test of 8 alfalfa varieties, German Seed and Grimm produced the highest yields, 3,300 and 2,900 lbs. per acre, respectively. In a test of 12 applications of ammonium sulphate, dried blood, nitrate of soda, phosphate, potash, and stable manure, singly or in various mixtures, or the use of rye and peas as green manuring crops, the highest yield of oats followed an application of nitrate of soda at the rate of 120 lbs. per acre. [Experiments with field crops, Barbados, 1910—11], J. R. Bovell {Rpt. Local Dcpt. Agr. Barbados, 1910-11, pp. 48). — This is a continuation of work already noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 32). [Experiments with field crops], F. Watts et al. {Rpts. Bot. Sta. [ctcl St. Kitts-Nevis, 1910-11, pp. 9-13, 15-33). — Liming numerous peanut plats was followed by variable results, in some cases being apparently decreased while in others it remained exactly the same or was increased up to about 18 per cent. The results of variety tests of yams, cassava, peanuts, and sweet potatoes are reported. Fertilizer tests with cotton occupying 38 plats were divided into a nitrogen, a phosphate, a potash, a cotton-seed meal, a salt, and a copper sulphate series. A table reports the yield obtained on each plat in 1910-11 and the 7-year aver- age. The highest yield followed an application of nitrate of soda, sulphate of potash, and basic slag, but yields almost as high followed applications of (1) sulphate of ammonia, sulphate of potash, and basic slag, (2) sulphate of am- monia, sulphate of potash, and a larger amount of basic slag, (3) basic slag and cotton-seed meal, and (4) sulphate of potash, basic slag, and cotton-seel meal. Tables also report the yields and quality of tree cotton. Reports on the botanic station and experiment plats, Montserrat, 1910—11, F. Watts {Imp. Dept. Agr. West Indies, Rpts. Bot. Sta. [etc.] Montserttad, 1910-11, pp. 1-21). — Reports of the results of spinning trials and cotton im- provement by selection are followed by a brief discussion of germination tests with cotton seed. During a severe attack of cotton stainers the lint was discolored and weak- ened while the seed in the bolls attacked had a germinating power of 21 per cent as compared with 90 per cent in case of bolls not attacked. Seed protected during the development but exposed to the feeding of insects after harvesting showed no effect on germinating power. Bengal beans {Stizolobinm aterrimum) when allowed to cover lime trees until November 22 effectively freed them from gi-een scale {Coccus viridis) and purple scale {Lepidosaphes heckii), but when removed from the tree September 20 the scale was not completely eradicated. Variety tests of peanuts and sweet potatoes are also reported. Report on the results of rotation experiments in the counties of North- umberland and Durham, D. A. Gilchrist {iSlewcastle-upon-Tyne, 1911, pp. FIELD CROPS. 535 7). — This is a report on the fourth rotation of a series begun in 1894, con- sisting of swedes, barley, hay, and oats. The results obtained at 2 points are stated in full, including the j'ields obtained after applications of various amounts and combinations of natural and artificial fertilizer. The application of 12 tons of dung per acre to swedes in drills at the time of sowing was followed by higher yields than when commercial fertilizers were added to this application, particularly if the previous hay crop had received a phosphate as basic slag. Nitrogen for the barley crop proved undesirable since it caused lodging. A potash fertilizer gave excellent results when only commercial fertilizers were used. How to raise the yields of summer cereals in Novo-Ilussia, K. G. Man- KOvsKi {Abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Rioss. Jour. Expt. Laridw.), 11 (,1910), No. 3, pp. 399, 400). — Neither the application of manure nor increasing the depth of plowing from 34 to 10 in. increased the yield of cereals, but early and shallow replowing proved of considerable benefit. The roots of some North African desert grasses, S. R. Price (New Phytoh, 10 (1911), No. 9-10, pp. 328-340, pi. 1, figs. 2).— These pages state the results of anatomical and physiological studies of the roots of Aristida ptingens, A. obtusa, Lijgum spartum, Bronius tectonitn, and other North African desert grasses. Adhering sand particles which formed a sheath to the roots and inter- fered with section cutting were dissolved with dilute hydrofluoric acid. Report on an experiment on the cultivation of lucern iu Scotland and on. the effects of inoculation, 1905-1909, R. P. Wbight ( West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 (1911), pp. 157-170).— The author found that alfalfa grew quite successfully on a cold clay soil in the wet, smoky climate of Glasgow, but must not be sown with a nurse or companion crop. Seeding in rows for cultivation proved desirable. The application of nitrate of soda and inoculation with bac- terial cultures proved equally effective in increasing the yield but the latter was more economical. Variety test of corn and cotton, 1911, M. V. Calvin (Georgia Sta. Circ. 67, pp. 2). — In a test of 17 varieties of corn Vallenweider Blend, Harley Im- proved, and Whatley Improved produced 25 bu. or more of shelled corn per acre each. Vallenweider Blend stood second in shelling percentage and small- ness of number of ears required to make a bushel of shelled corn. In a test of 28 cotton varieties McElhenny Cleveland and Wannamaker Cleve- land produced over 1,700 lbs. of seed cotton per acre each and had 99.5 and 97.2 per cent, respectively, of the cotton picked by October 3. An improved method of artifi.cial pollination in corn, G. N. Collins and J. H. Kempton (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Circ. 89, pp. 7, figs. 2). — Directions are given for insuring self-pollinated seed by the use of strong paper tubes about 4 in. in diameter and 40 in. long which lead from the tassel to the ear to be fertilized. Papers and reports on cotton cultivation, W. R. Dunstan (London: In- ternat. Assoc. Trop. Agr. and Colon. Development, 1911, pp. VIII+320, pi. 1). — This is supplementary to a reiwrt already noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 233). It is made up of the papers submitted by the cotton authorities of different coun- tries and presented to the International Congress of Tropical Agi-iculture, Brussels, May, 1910. Sug'g'estions on growing Egyptian cotton in the Southwest, C. S. Scofield (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Doc. 717, pp. 10). — Directions for the pro- duction of Egyptian cotton in the Southwest are followed by a statement of the advantages of cooperation in shipping, marketing, ginning, baling, seed pro- duction, and the exclusion of Upland and other types of cotton. 536 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Flax growing', A. Keyser (Colorado 8ta. Circ. 11, pp. S). — A discussion of tlie soil requirements of flax with si>ec-ial reference to Colorado conditions is followed by directions for producing the crop in that State. Potato experiments, 1910-11, G. Valdek (Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 {1911), ]\o. 10, pp. 819-881). — Approximately equal yields of potatoes followed applica- tions of (1) 8 cwt. dried blood, 8 cwt. superphosphate, and 4 cwt. sulphate of potash, and (2)4 cwt. sulphate of amnionia, 13 cwt. superphosphate, and 3 cwt. sulphate of potash, each applied at the rate of 4 cwt. per acre. Tests of 11 varieties in a number of districts are also reported. Experiments with potatoes, 1910, W. Bruce (Edin. and East of Scot. Col. Agr. Rpt. 2.'t, 1911, pp. 10). — These exi>eriments are a continuation of those previously noted (E. S. R., 23, p. 236). Potatoes brought from Banffshire and planted in Fifeshire showed remark- able vigor and in the following year the sui)eriority of the seed originally from Banffshire was still very apparent. Up-to-date potatoes secured from 3 other sources considerably excelled in yielding power those grown in East Lothian, but the Langworthy variety apparently lost vigor when bi'ought to the higher elevation. The results of fertilizer and spraying tests are also reported. Report on experiments on the manuring of potatoes in 1907 and 1908, R. P. Wright (West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 (1911), pp. 107-132).— These experiments were conducted in 1907 on 17 different farms and in 1908 on 14 farms in central and southwest Scotland. They tested farmyard manure, superphosphate, sulphate of ammonia, sulphate of potash, basic slag, sulphate of iron, potash manure salt, nitrogen lime, nitrate of lime, and nitrate of soda, either singly or in various combinations and in various amounts. The author concludes that the most successful and profitable mixture of com- mercial fertilizers when used in conjunction with 10 tons of farmyard manure per acre was 1^ cwt. sulphate of ammonia, li cwt. sulphate of potash (94 per cent pure), 3 cwt. supei-phosphate (30 per cent soluble), and sufficient basic slag to contain as much citric-acid soluble phosphoric acid as is contained in 3 cwt. of superphosphate. This mixture produced a larger and more profitable yield than a similar one in which only 1 cwt. of sulphate of ammonia was used, or another in which all the phosphate was applied as superphosphate. Neither the 30 per cent potash manure salt nor muriate of potash equaled the 94 per cent pure potash manure. Calcium cyanamid, when used in quantities supply- ing no more nitrogen than that contained in 1 cwt. sulphate of ammonia, ap- peared even more effective than the latter on some farms, but distinctly inferior on others. During 1 year nitrate of lime gave results almost equal to those which followed the use of sulphate of ammonia. Nitrate of soda and sulphate of ammonia gave practically equal increases in the yield of the potato crop. Tables state in detail the yields of diseased potatoes and of potatoes of dif- ferent sizes obtained by the use of each of the fertilizer applications at each of the farms during the 2 years of the test. Smaller tables summarize the effect of the use of farmyard manure in large and small applications, both alone and with commercial fertilizers, and compare basic slag and superphosphate. Pot- ash manure salt is also compared with sulphate of potash, muriate of potash with sulphate of potash, and nitrogen lime with sulphate of ammonia and with nitrate of soda. Literature on the races of rice in India (Agr. Ledger, 1910, No. 1 (Veg. Prod. Ser., No. 113), pp. 335-594). — This is the concluding portion (L-Z) of the index previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 236). [Green manuring' for swedes], P. McConnell (Jour. Neiv Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 2, pp. 102-lOJt)- — Each of the 4 plats in this test was green manured, and 3 of them were given additional fertilization with bone dust, FIELD CROPS. 537 slag, superpliospliate, sulphate of potasli, and sulphate of ammonia in various mixtures. The plat which receiA-ed no commercial fertilizer had almost as good an appearance as the fertilized plats. Among the fertilized plats the lowest cost of gain per ton followed the use of 2 cwt. of basic superphosphate and J cwt. of sulphate of potash per acre. Swedes remained perfectly sound although growing side by side with kohl-rabi badly diseased with club root. [Variety and manurial tests of mangels], P. McConnell (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 2, pp. 107, 108).— In a test at the Moumahaki farm of 3 different mixtures of basic slag, kainit, and basic superphosphate, the highest yield of mangels followed the application of 2 cwt. basic superphosphate and f cwt. of kainit per acre. A cross-dressing of A cwt. of sulphate of ammonia had no apparent effect on any of the plats. On the influence of th.e arrowing of the sugar cane on the production, R. A. QuiNTUs (Internat. Sugar Jour., 13 (1911), No. 152, pp. Jf31-.'f3-'f) . — In this experiment the samples averaged 100 canes each and " were so taken that one arrowing and one nonarrowing cane were alternately picked from 50 stools. The canes were cut as far under the ground as possible, the non- arrowing varieties being pruned exactly at tlieir vegetation point ; while from the arrowing specimens all spongy joints were removed." The numerical data obtained is stated in full. The author concludes that in case of the early ripen- ing varieties " no harmful influence of arrowing can be established ; while with the late ripeners, on the other hand, there is a loss in the production of sugar." The sugar industry in the island of Negros, H. S. Walker (Manila: Dept. Int. Bur. 8ci., 1910, pp. I'/S, pis. 11). — This is a compendium of information on sugar growing in the island of Negros. A discussion of the physiography of the island is followed by notes on the status of cane growing, the principal sugar-producing districts, soils and canes, directions for producing, harvesting, and manufacturing the crop, suggestions for improvements in the cultivation of sugar cane, and the manufacture of sugar in the island. Report on experiments on the manuring of turnips in 1906 and 1907, R. P. Weight (West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 (1911), pp. 133-155).— These experiments were conducted on 16 fiirms in 1906 and 20 farms in 1907 in the central and southwest counties of Scotland. The author concludes that potash is an essential fertilizer but that nitrogen is less important. A 30 per cent potash manure salt proved as effective as kainit in supplying potash. Phosphoric acid applied half in the form of super- phosphate and half in the form of basic slag produced as large a crop as when applied entirely in the form of superphosphate. Better results were obtained by applying nitrate of soda in drills than as a top-dressing, but this appeared to vary with the season. Lime nitrogen appeared to be as valuable a source of nitrogen as either nitrate of soda or sulphate of ammonia, and on soils to which it was adapted it appeared capable of giving better results. Tables give in detail the yields obtained at each farm by the use of each of the 12 mixtures of superphosphate, basic slag, sulphate of ammonia, nitrate of soda, and kainit tested, and other tables summarize comparisons of various fer- tilizers. Wheat fertilizer trial, Cowra Experiment Farm, 1910, F. Ditzell {Agr. Gas. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 10, pp. 8-}5-S//9).— In a test of bone dust, superphosphate, rock phosphate, bone charcoal, and Thomas phosphate as phos- phorus sources, each used in conjunction with other commercial fertilizers, the yield of wheat was apparently increased somewhat by the use of phosphates, but less than 10 per cent variation was observed on various plats. The rock phosphate plat produced a lower yield than the check plats. 538 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Wheat fertilizer trial, Wagga Experiment rarm, 1910, R. W. McDiarmid (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 10, pp. 8-'id-Sol).—li\ a phosphate test similar to the above slight increases in yield apparently followed the use of all the phosphates except Thomas phosphate. Wheat Fertilizer trial, Bathurst Experiment Farm, 1910, R. G. Downing {Agr. Gas. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 10, p. 852).— In a phosphate test similar to those noted above the most advantageous results apparently followed appli- cations per acre of (1) 63 lbs. of bone dust and 29 lbs. sulphate of potash, and (2) 21 lbs. of blood, 50 lbs. bone charcoal, and 29 lbs. of sulphate of potash. Cooperative field experiments. — Testing wheat, A. MacPherson (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 1, pp. 11, 12). — In a fertilizer test each plat treated with superphosphate alone showed a lower wheat yield than the check plat, but when (1) nitrate of soda and gypsum or (2) sulphate of potash and gypsum were applied with 1 cwt. of superphosphate per acre there was a slight increase in yield. The results of a test of 5 varieties are also stated. [Variety and fertilizer tests of wheat], A. MacPherson (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 5, pp. 38SS90, figs. 2).— Each of the 5 applications of superphosphate in various quantities with or without sulphate of potash, nitrate of soda, or gypsum, was followed by a smaller yield of wheat than was secured upon the check plat. The results of a test of 6 varieties are also reported. Report on the storage and handling of grain in Europe, United States of America, and Canada, T. R. Price (Pretoria: Govt., 1911, pp. F+76, pis. 12). — This is a summary of data on the storing and handling of gi'ain, its movement in commerce, and its utilization. Characteristic weeds on cultivated marsh soils, E. Haglund (Svenska Mosskulturfor. Tidskr., 25 (1911). No. 3, pp. 238-245).— This article reports observations on the weeds that will be found on marsh soil cultivated mider different conditions and by different methods. The weed situation, A. L. Stone (Rpt. State Conserv. Com. Wis., 1911, pp. 60-67). — These pages report data obtained from 499 replies to circular letters. " Of the 499 farmers 228 report quack grass with an average area of 3.32 acres ; 262 Canada thistles with an average of 5.6 acres ; 112 wild mustard with an average of 20.5 acres per farm ; and other weeds in gradually lessening areas." In a weed census taken by a farm to farm canvass in 5 counties selected as typical sections of the State, the total area of the 404 farms visited was 60,025 acres, of which 3,073.03 acres were seriously infested with noxious weeds. Weed pests of Idaho and methods of eradication, O. M. Osborne (Idaho Sta. Bui. 11, pp. 36, figs. 17). — This bulletin deals with a number of the worst weeds with which the Idaho farmer has to contend. A description of each is followed by a statement of the method or methods of eradication suggested. The extermination of thistles, W. Brijckner (Ztsehr. Landir. Kammer Schlesien, 15 (1911), No. 2If, pp. 750, 751). — The author gives the results of his attempts to kill thistles by spraying with strong acids, etc. He describes the apparatus used, which he claims is applicable to the plants individually and is effective, economical, and safe. HORTICULTURE. Vegetable gardening, R. L. Watts (New York and London, 1912, pp. XIII +511, figs. 110). — This is a treatise prepared to meet the demands of in- structors desiriug a text-book on vegetable gardening as well as to present in HOETICULTURE. 539 organized form data of value to all classes of vegetable growers. Considera- tion is gi\eu to the fundamental principles involved in the various operations of vegetable gardening, and cultural methods are discussed in detail, with frequent references to the practices of vegetable growers in various sections of the United States and Canada. The subject matter is based upon the author's own experience and observa- tions, as well as on the literature on vegetable gardening. Veg'etable growing (Mass. [Bd.^ Agr. Bui. 5, 1911, pp. I.'i2, figs. 14). — A com- pilation of articles on the culture of different vegetables, some of which have previously appeared in different publications of the Massachusetts State Board of Agi'iculture, and others being adapted from Farmers' Bulletins of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The production of the Lima bean: The need and possibility of its im- provement, G. W. Shaw and M. E. Shebwin (California Sta. Bui. 224, PP- 201-246, figs. 28). — In this bulletin the Lima bean is considered relative to its classification, description, nativity, geographical distribution, and limiting factors. The industry as conducted in California is then described in detail, after which the authors discuss the need and possibility of improvement, the desirability of better selection, and suggest a practical plan of seed improve- ment. The special improvements desirable in the Lima bean here noted are early maturity, and increased yield, hardiness, and quality. A plan of improvement undertaken in 1908 cooperatively with several grower.s, together with the re- sults thus far secured, is described. Thus far a number of promising strains showing prepotency in high yield have been developed and seed from the more desirable ones is now being increased. Garden management, II, A. G. B. Bouquet (Oregon Sta. Circ. 14, Veg. Growing Ser. 2, pp. 9). — In continuation of a previous circular (E. S. R., 25, p. 38), this contains a popular discussion of the cultivation and irrigation of vegetables, including notes on the culture of tomatoes, celery, lettuce, radishes, spinach, peas, squash, and cucumbers for market and for exhibition. Insecticides for the gardener, H. F. Wilson (Oregon Sta. Circ. 14, Crop Pest Ser. 4, pp. 4). — Popular directions are given for controlling insects attack- ing vegetables and small fruits. Calendar for the treatment of plant diseases and insect pests, W. J. Green, A. D. Selby, and H. A. Gossard (Ohio Sta. Bui. 232, pp. 23-52, figs. 3).— This is a revised edition of Bulletin 199 of this station (E. S. R., 20, p. 1055). The methods described include treatments of seed and soil, as well as the use of sprays and spraying machinery. Spray calendar, F. W. Faubot (Missouri Fruit Sta. Circ. 5, pp. 6). — This comprises a spray calendar for apples and for peaches and other stone fruit, including directions for making Bordeaux, the lime-sulphur sprays, and arsenate of lead. Horticulture; model orchard reports; nursery inspection report, H. A. Surface (Bi-Mo. Zool. Bui. Perni. Dept. Agr., 2 (1912), No. 1, pp. 44). — This bulletin contains instructions relative to pruning and the treatment of various orchard pests during the dormant period, together with reports of expenditures and receipts of the cooperative model orchards (E. S. R., 24, p. 149) and a re- port on nursery inspection work for the season of 1911. A comparative test of fuel oils and appliances used in orchard heating to prevent frost injury, P. J. O'Gara (Medford, Oreg., 1912, pp. 28, figs. 3).— The comparative test which is reported in detail was conducted in the Rogue River Valley. The object of making the test was to compare the behavior of a 35693°— No. 6—12 4 540 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. number of fuel oils, including stove distillate, slop distillate, Richmond smudge oil, and crude oil when burning in various types of smudge pots. The data are presented in tabular form and the results are summarized. Parthenogenesis among fruit blossoms as a protection against damage from frost and insects, R. Ewert (Zlschr. Pflanzenkrank., 21 (1911), No. -'/, pp. 193-199). — In continuation of previous investigations of parthenogenetic fruit (E. S. R., 24, p. 340), the author studied 2 varieties of pears with special reference to the influence of frost and insect attacks on the fruitfulness of parthenogenetic blossoms. From the data secured the conclusion is drawn that for varieties of fruit which have particular parthenogenetic tendencies, fruiting is not materially interfered with by either frost or insect attack. With such fruit as apples, among which parthenogenesis is not so frequent, the breeding of new varieties possessing this characteristic is recommended. Apples of the colder regions of the United States and Canada, W. T. Macoun {Cornell Countryman, 9 (1912), No. 5, pp. 135-137). — A brief account of the varieties of apples which have originated in and have proven adapted to the colder parts of the United States and Canada. An apple orchard survey of Ontario County, Harriett M. Martin (New York Cornell Sta. Bui. 301, pp. 163-215, pi. 1, figs. 10).— This bulletin reports the fourth of a series of orchard surveys being made of the apple-gi-owing coun- ties of New York (E. S. R., 23, p. 538). The field work was conducted imder the supervision of C. S. Wilson and the task of collating and tabulating, as well as drawing conclusions from the data, was executed by the author. An appendix contains a discussion of statistical methods as applied to orchard surveys, and a brief bibliography relating to statistical methods. The complete survey consisted of 391 orchards covering an area of approxi- mately 2,700 acres. Owing to incomplete returns secured in many instances, however, the results are tabulated from 3 different groupings of orchards. Group 1 comprises the data on 161 orchards for which complete returns of yield and nicome for the years 1904 to 1907 inclusive were recorded. With this group as a basis, deductions are made relative to the influence of the various factors in orchard condition and management on yield and income per acre. In group 2 are included the available data from the 391 orchards con- cerning the distribution of orchards and general orchard management. Group 3 consists of 315 orchards for which yield and income were reported for 1907 and 1908. The 4-year average yield for group 1 is 58.4 bbls. per acre and the 4-year average income $111.51. Less than 50 per cent of the orchards produced mure than 60 bbls. or more than $120 per acre. The smaller orchards ran higher in both yield and income than the general average, while the larger orchards ran below. Orchards which have been kept in good condition gave the best results. Orchards situated on level ground gave the highest yield and income, while those sloping to the west were the lowest in the scale. Within the range of elevation included (500 to 1,100 ft.) there appeared to be no relation between the elevation and the yield and income. About 79 per cent of the orchards contained trees 30 years old or more and 14 per cent were 50 years old or more. The greatest 4-year average yield occurred in the group of orchards between 25 and 29 years of age, which produced 65.3 bbls. per acre. Trees between 40 and 44 years of age gave the best 4-year average income of $128.15 per acre. The low yield and income from old trees is attributed chiefly to neglect of various kinds. The chief commercial varieties planted in the county are Baldwin, Rhode Island, Northern Spy, Tompkins King, and Roxbury. Practically all of the HOETICULTURE. 541 orchards are planted either on the square or rectangular plan at a typical dis- tance of 33 by 33 ft. Less than 24 per cent of the orchards were well pruned. The chief method of pruning is to thin out the trees a little every year. The chief soil types are the gravelly and sandy loams, the highest yield being pro- duced on the latter. Sixty-four per cent of the orchards were either wholly or partly tile drained. Natural drainage gave the highest yield and income. Orchards in sod were the general rule but the highest yield was produced by orchards tilled 5 years or more. As a rule sod orchards were not pastured, but those pastured with hogs and sheep gave the highest returns. Stable manure was used by 76 per cent of the growers, either alone or in combination with commercial fertilizer or cover crops. The latter were not very generally used. Stable manure applied at the rate of from 10 to 15 loads per acre every year or from 15 to 20 loads every other year resulted in high yields and incomes of about $147 per acre, as compared with an income of $71.54 per acre for unfertilized orchards. The chief orchard pest reported was the blister mite which was found in 305 orchards. The codling and tussock moths were the chief chewing insects. Of plant diseases canker and twig blight were the most troublesome. Practi- cally half of the orchards were essentially unsprayed. Bordeaux was the chief spray mixture used, less than one-third of the orchardists using arsenical poisons and only about 6 per cent using such sprays as lime and sulphur to combat suck- ing or scale insects. The unsprayed orchards gave a 4-year average income of $67.66 and the orchards sprayed 3 times gave an average income of $140.26 per acre. As summarized in the preface by J. Craig, under whose direction the sur- veys have been conducted, the results as a whole prove that profits are secured largely in proportion to the application of intelligent, up-to-date methods. Spraying, fertilizing, and cultivation appear to be indispensable to the fullest returns. Vermont, an apple growing State (Vt. Agr. Bill. 11, 1911, pp. 31, pis. 4). — This is a popular bulletin, prepared by M. B. Cummings, relative to apple growing in A'erniont. The apple districts of the State are described and con- sideration is given to varieties, planting operations, pruning, tillage, cover crops, orchard enemies, orchard renovation, educational factors, and the future of the industry. [The Ray peach] (New England Homestead, 63 {1911), No. 25, p. 565, fig. 1). — This peach, which was fruited in Connecticut for the first time in 1911, is here illustrated and described. Small fruits and berries (Mass. [Bd.] Agr. Bui. 4, 1910, pp. 113, pis. 2, figs. 2). — This comprises a compilation of a number of articles dealing with the culture of orchard and small fruits, which have previously appeared in bulletins of the Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture. The cost of producing oranges in California, G. H. Powell (Citrus Protec. League, Cal., tables 5). — Tabular data are given showing the detailed cultural cost of producing oranges in California in 1910 for 271 groves, comprising 8,095.9 acres. The data do not include depreciation or interest on the invest- ment. Superintending and administration are included only when actually paid for. The average results show an expenditure of $136.06 per acre from the begin- ning of the season until harvesting. Of this amount $83.24 was expended for materials and $52.82 for labor. The average yield for the 5-year iieriod, 1906-7 to 1910-11, was 157.6 packed boxes per acre. The cultural cost was 86.33 cts. per box and the cost of picking, hauling, and packing was 43.04 cts. per box. 542 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOED. The average wholesale cost, including transportation and marketing charges, was $2.2706 per box, or IS.l cts. per dozen. The cacao of the world (Bui. Fan Amer. Union, SJf {1912), No. 1, pp. 15- 85, figs. 9). — A brief general account, including statistics of the world's produc- tion and consumption of cacao beans for 1911 with total statistics of the pro- duction and consumption for the previous 8 years. The estimated total produc- tion in 1911 was 275,795.46 tons and the estimated total consumption 255,954.06 tons. A method of budding' the walnut, E. J. Kkaus (Oregon Sta. Circ. 16, pp. 8, figs. 7). — The author describes the use of the shield and of the flute bud methods as adapted to the propagation of walnuts. In making the incision of the stalk an I-shaped cut from which is here derived the term "hinge" bud has been found more successful than either a T or an inverted T cut. Instead of taking buds of the current year's gi'owth, as is commonly done in propagating the walnut, the use of dormant 1-year-old buds taken from the base of the current year's growth has been found to give much better results. Classification of the peony, L. D, Batchelor (New YoNc Cornell Sta. Bui. 306, pp. 55-159, pis. ^). — This comprises the fourth report on the peony investi- gations being conducted by the Cornell Station in cooperation with the American Peony Society. Since the last report (E. S. R., 23, p. 541) many additional varieties have been identified and a large number of sjTionyms established. Lists are given of varieties suitable for cut flowers and landscape or border planting, together with additional notes and corrections to previous descriptions, and a list of synonyms. The varieties observed in 1910 are described in detail relative to their type, color, species, characters of bloom and of plant, and commercial value. An index to the variety descriptions in the various reports is appended. Although a few prominent varieties are still missing from the trial plats, it is believed that the classification thus far made contains at least 95 per cent of the important commercial A^arieties. FORESTRY. The forest, its role in nature and society, A. Jacquot {La ForSt, son Role dans la Nature et les Societ^s. Paris anil Nancy, 1911, pp. XX-^324)- — This work comprises as a whole a course of lectures on forestry adapted for the use of regular lecturers and others speaking in the interests of conservation and reforestation. In part 1 are grouped together subjects relating to forestry from an economic standpoint. Part 2 deals with the physical role of the forest, and part 3 treats of the forest in relation to social problems. In addition to the regular chapter divisions, the subject matter is also divided into lectures. A bibliography is included. Forestry (Colon. Rpts., Ann. [Gt. Brit.], No. 695, 1911, pp. 10-15).— A short pi'ogress report on forest operations in Southern Nigeria in 1910, including data relative to alterations in area, regeneration of forests, exploitation of major and minor forest products, and financial returns for the year. Report on scenery preservation for the year 1910-11, W. C. Kensington (New Zeal. Dept. Lands, Rpt Scenery Preserv., 1910-11, pp. 6, pis. 6). — This comprises a progi-ess report on the acquirement and reservation of lands under the New Zealand scenery-preservation act. Descriptive notes are given of some of the principal reservations, together with a financial statement for the year. Report on state afforestation in New Zealand for the year 1910-11, W. C. Kensington {Ne^c Zeal. Dept. Lands, Rpt. State Afforest., 1910-11, pp. 74, pis. FORESTRY. 543 14). — Part 1 of this report explains the relation of the government to afforesta- tion in New Zealand and shows the methods adopted in each island at the state nurseries and plantations. Part 2 comprises a progress report by the officers in charge of tree planting operations. The report is well illustrated and plans of each island are attached showing the locality of the various state nurseries and plantations. The afforebtation of sand dunes on the Hela Peninsula, Schttltz (Mitt. Deut. Dendrol. Gesell., 1911, No. 20, pp. 82-92, figs. 4). — A descriptive account dealing with sand binding and afforestation on the Hela Peninsula in West Prussia. Forest planting in the northeastern and lake States (U. 8. Dept. Agr\, Forest Serv. Clrc. 195, pp. 15, fig. 1). — This circular has been revised to super- sede Forest Service Circular 100 (E. S. R., 19, p. 147). The planting suggestions contained herein are applicable to the New England States, New York, northern New Jersey, all of Pennsylvania, western Mary- land, the high plateau region of West Virginia, and the higher portions of the Appalachians south of it, and to Michigan, Wisconsin, and eastern Minnesota. Forest nursery stock for distribution in the spring of 1911, A. F. Hawes (Vermont Sta. Clrc. 6, pp. 8, j)ls. Jf). — This circular continues previous an- nouncements (E. S. R., 24, p. 447) and contains brief cultural notes on trees recommended for planting, infox*mation relative to prices and methods of pro- curing state nursery stock, directions for planting, and estimates on the cost of planting. Cultural suggestions are also given relative to the transplanting of seedlings into private nurseries. The influence of age and condition of the tree upon seed production in western yellow pine, G. A. Pearson (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv. Clrc. 196, pp. 11). — The results are given of a study made in 1909 relative to the condi- tions affecting the germinative quality of seed of the western yellow pine (Pinus ponderosa) growing in Arizona at an elevation of about 7,200 ft. Seed were collected from 100 trees representing different ages, sizes, and conditions of soundness, and general health. The data secured are presented in tabular form. Examination of the data as a whole indicates that seed from very young trees has a higher germination than seed from old, mature, or overmature trees. Certain injuries appear to increase the germinative power while others decrease it. As compared with sound, healthy yellow pine, yellow pine affected by heart rot showed a 3 per cent increased germination percentage; yellow pine possessing spike tops showed a 15 per cent higher germination percentage, as did also pine marked by fire scars. Mistletoe infected trees, on the other hand, showed a germination 17 per cent below that of infected trees. The effect of suppression on germination was not clearly demonstrated. The highest quality of seed was produced in dense stands. The age and condition of the tree appeared to have no material effect upon the rate of germination. An exact study of the factors influencing the yield of seed was not under- taken, but the data secured show the older trees to yield the most cones. Spike tops showed a yield only one-half as great as that given for healthy yellow pines, and the yield of trees suffering from suppression, attacks of bark beetles, and mistletoe were all much below that of normal trees of their class. The yield deci-eased as the density of the stand increased. The influence of basal burns upon yield was not fully demonstrated. The circular concludes with suggestions relative to the application of the re- sults in regeneration operations. 544 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Progress report on -wood-paving experiments in Minneapolis, F. M. Bond {U. 8. Dcpt. Agr., Forest Serv. Circ. lOJi, pp. 19, figs. 5). — This circular gives the results obtained after 4 years of heavy traffic in a service test on wood paving blocks of various species laid in cooperation with the city of Minne- apolis, Minn. (E. S. R., 19, p. 951). From the results thus far secured the species used are tentatively grouped in order of their value for creosoted paving material as follows: (1) Longleaf pine; (2) Norway pine, white birch, tamarack, and eastern hemlock; (3) western larch; and (4) Douglas fir. At the beginning of the summer of 1911, nearly 5 years after laying the test pavement, the Douglas fir blocks were in such bad condition that it became necessary to re-lay this portion of the pave- ment. This was done partly with first-class Douglas fir paving stock and partly with regular southern yellow pine blocks. Specifications of the city of Minneapolis for good paving block oil for the years 1906 and 1911, together with records of the treatment of the blocks made in 1911 and travel records for different years, are appended. Dry rot investigations, TV(Haus'iclnvammforschungen, IV. Jena. 1911, pp. 95, figs 19). — The present part of Hausschwammforschungen, edited by A. Mciller (E. S. R., 23, p. 254), comprises a report of the fourth and fifth ses.sions of the Prussian Advisory Commission for investigations relative to dry rot; the results of tests made by Falck with various chemical solutions used for pro- tecting wood from dry rot ; and the following articles : The prevailmg methods for protecting timber used for pile work from, fungus injury, Briistlein (pp. 15-47). — ^This describes the methods of protecting the wood in the forest during transportation and at the sawmill, and includes painting, absorption, and impregnation processes. The protection of construction timber from rot, H. C. Nussbau^ (pp. 48- 69). — This deals with methods employed during actual construction work. Condensed tcater formation as a factor in the destruction of beam ends in exterior walls by wood-destroying fungi, R. Niemann (pp. 70-95). — A theoret- ical and technical discussion of this subject, including suggestions relative to improved methods of construction for the purpose of lessening the formation of condensed water and for protecting beam ends from decay. Forest products of Canada, 1910. — Lumber, square timber, lath, and shingles, H. R, Macmillan, B. Robertson, and W. G. H. Boyce [Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Bui. 25, 1911, pp. 39, figs. 2). — ^The statistics here reported are based upon the reports of 2,763 firms operating nearly 3,000 saw- mills. The data show the quantity and value of lumber, lath, and shingles used throughout the Dominion of Canada and its sevei'al Provinces, including also the quantity and value of the wood of each species used and square timber exported. The lumber, square timber, lath, and shingles produced in Canada during 1910 had a total value of $83,989,197. Manufacture and utilization of hickory, 1911, C. F. Hatch (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Scrv. Circ. 187, pp. 16). — In continuation of a previous investiga- tion of the commercial hickories in the United States (E. S. R., 24, p. 243) the Forest Service in cooperation with the National Hickory Association conducted an investigation to ascertain the present methods employed in the manufacture, marketing, and utilization of hickory with a view to suggesting improvements. The results of the investigation are embodied in this circular, including recom- mendations relating to a closer and better utilization of the hickory stumpage. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 545 DISEASES OF PLANTS. The symbiosis of bacteria with plants, H. Miehe (Biol. Centbl., 32 (1912), No. 1, pp. .'i6-50). — The author describes bacterial tumors foimd. on the leaves of Ardisia crispa and Pavetta spp. in addition to those recently reported by Boas (E. S. R., 26, p. 451) on 2 species of Psychotria. There do not appear to be any symptoms of parasitism on the part of the bacteria, and the author believes the relation is one of symbiosis. Patholog'ical fungus forms, E. Voces (Ztschr. Pflo/nsenkranlc., 21 (1911), No. Ji, pp. 207-213, figs. 5). — The author describes and discusses certain abnor- malities of form and habit observed in the development of certain cultures of Septoria apii and Marssonia potentilUe gi'own on substrata of plum and straw- berry decoction and of gelatin. He considers the peculiarities as pathological and accidental, being expressions of the artificial nature of the substratum. He does not explain the fact that he found abnormalities resembling some of these in Marssonia growing naturally on leaves of its proper host, Potentilla anserina. Intumescences in Araliaceas, P. Soraueb (Ztschr. Pflanzcnkranlc, 21 (1911), No. 6, pp. 336-3-'tl, fig. 1). — The author made a careful study of the distortions, discolorations, and cell changes in the leaves of Aralia sieboldi, A. palnutta. Panax arborcus, and Hedera helix, but was not able to state any regular re- lation between these abnormalities and the organisms found in connection therewith. Study of fungi on Lolium, J. FucHs (Hedivigia, 51 (1911), No. 5, pp. 221- 239). — The author gives an account of his investigations on the relations of Lolium as host to certain fungi parasitic or symbiotic thereon. Attempts to obtain the fungus from the host directly by means of cultures from small portions of the mycelium-containing aleurone layer of infected embryos resulted in the separation of 2 different fungi, a Pleospora and a Fusarium. By utilizing the fact pointed out by Stingl that an embryo of one species can be made to grow on the endosperm of another, it was found that in almost every case where the transferred embryo failed to grow, Fusarium developed, apparently of the same species that had already been obtained by the separating pi'ocess mentioned, but now living not as a parasite but saprophytically. The author holds that these results support the view that the normal life of the fungus is here really symbiotic rather than parasitic. Fungus-free Lolium seeds inoculated with the fungus separated as above appeared after from 2 to 4 weeks to have been penetrated by the fungus. Combating stalk disease of rye (Tylenchus dipsaci) in Westphalia, A. SniXKERMANN (Luudio. Jalirh., J/O (1911), No. 3-.'i. pp. Ji75-515; abs. in Centhl. Bald. [etc.'\, 2. Abt, 31 (1911), No. 23-25, pp. 600-603) .—AUer giving a brief history of this nematode disease the author presents an account of the investi- gations carried on looking to its control. The experiments were conducted mainly in sandy soils, more or less loamy, and of vai'ying fertility in a region where rye is the leading crop, especially on the lighter soils. The industrious removal of the infected plants produced but little improve- ment in seriously infected fields. Disinfection was found practicable only on small spots of recent infection. Carbon disulphid, mixed carbolic and sulphuric acids, and in a degree petroleum, have been fovmd efficacious in this connec- tion. On weak soils the improvement of nutrition on application of proper fertilizers, si>ecifically nitrate of soda, has been found to check the disease. No marked iufiuence of seed time on the disease can be stated, except that early plantings following mild winters suffer more than late sowings, while late seed- 546 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. ings after hard winters are more in clanger than early ones. Turning under the surface mold to a depth of 30 cm. reduces considerably the number of plants attacked. Drill cultivation did not tend to reduce the attaclis, but the plants individually withstood the attaciis better. Rotation proved ineffective, as a number of the crops most grown in that region are attacked by the nematode. These include, besides rye of both winter and summer varieties, oats and buck- wheat. Barley, clOA-er, and other plants suffer but little, if at all. Control of loose smut of wheat (Ustilago tritici) and of barley (U. nuda), O. Appel and E. Riehm {Arb. K. Biol. Anst. Land u. Forstiv., 8 (1911), Xo. 3, pp. 3Jf3--'t26, pi. 1, figs. 2). — Continuing their communications under this head (E. S. R., 25, p. 453) the authors submit a rather elaborate report, giving a brief history of investigations on these destructive fungi and on means and methods employed for their control. Special attention is given to the applica- tion of heat to the seed grain through the medium of air and water. Various forms of apparatus tested are discussed and recommendations given as to Ivinds preferred and also as to temperatures to be employed and their duration; these are (in the principal treatment) for water a temperature of 50 to 52° C. maintained for from 7 to 10 minutes, and for air 50° for 5 minutes only. Cabbag-e disease in Lang'endijk, J. Ritzema Bos and H. M. Quanjee (Tijdschr. Plantenziekten, 16 (1911), No. Jf-6, pp. 101-11(8, figs. 2).— The authors give the results of a 10 years' study of local diseases affecting varieties of Brassica oleraeea and of means for their control. The diseases in ques- tion include those due to bacteria and fungi, among which are mentioned Pseudomonas campestris (black rot) and Phoma oleraeea; those due to insects; and those due to unfavorable soil conditions. Safeguards and remedies are discussed in some detail and recommendations made as to means and methods of application. The brunissure of cotton in Algeria, A. Maige and G. Nicolas (Bui. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord, 2 (1910), No. 4, pp. 65-68).— The authors describe a disease of cotton to which the name brunissure is given and which has proved somewhat destructive in parts of Algeria. It causes a premature falling of the leaves and bolls, and its presence is largely indicated by the roughened, brown, warty condition of the leaves, which bear spots with grayish centers surrounded by violet. An examination of the lesions failed to reveal the presence of any parasite whatsoever. The palisade parenchyma and the spaces between were much thickened in the affected areas. The authors think the disease is due to physio- logical causes, such as sudden variation in temi^erature, humidity, etc., agreeing in this respect with the claim of Ducomet regarding brunissure of grapes ( E. S. R., 12, p. 260) . Control of blackleg disease of the potato, W. J. Morse (Blaine Sta. Bui. 191,, pp. 201-228, pi. i).— In a previous publication (E. S. R., 23, p. 248), the author discussed the character, appearance, distribution, and economic impor- tance of the blackleg disease of the potato. This disease has been investigated extensively in Europe and is attributed to a number of different species of bacteria. For the purpose of the present report the author considers blackleg a type characterized by the blackening of diseased tissues rather than a term applied to a single disease caused by a specific organism. Investigations on the control of the disease have been carried on in which tubers were submitted to drying, exposure to simlight, various fungicides, etc. Drying and exposure to sunlight were found to kill the organisms, and the treatment of the tubers with disinfectants was followed with good results. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 547 A series of cooperative experiments is reported upon in which seed tubers sufficient to plant 142 acres were treated, formaldehyde solution being used for those required for planting 88 acres and formaldehyde gas for 54 acres. The results as a whole indicate that preventive measures are exceedingly efficient. Where the seed tubers were selected and treated the disease was absolutely eliminated, and where the seed was treated with formaldehyde solu- tion or gas there was considerable reduction in the proportion of diseased tubers. Field observations extending over 5 years indicate that the disease is not carried over in the soil, but is transmitted by the tubers. It is recommended that tubers, where used for seed purposes, be treated with formaldehyde, the solution being used where small quantities are to be treated, and the gas where the treatment is to be made by seed dealers or others who have a considerable amount of stock to be grown. Observations made in the cooperative experiments des(?ribed above showed that the treatment did not affect the vigor of plants when properly applied, nor was there any indication of a stimulating effect similar to that attributed to etherization. The result of better stand and growth is attributed to the freeing of seed pieces from bac- teria and fungi which might attack them and set up an early decay. On tumor and canker in potato, A. S. Horne {Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc, 37 (1911), No. 2, pp. 362-389, j)ls. 9). — A discussion is given as to the proper identification of the fungus causing the black scab or tumor of potatoes, and attention is called to the apparent fact that 2 diseases, one caused by Chrysophlyctis endoMotica and the other by Spongospora solani, are very com- monly confused. The author believes from the evidence at hand that the trans- fer of Chrysophlyctis to Synchytrium is not warranted. For the disease due to Spongospora the name potato canker is preferred, and for the other disease potato tumor or black scab is considered the more distinctive name. A bibliography of the subject is appended. Bacterial fibrovascular disease and leaf-roll disease of the potato, A. Spieckkrmann (Jahresher. Ver. Angew. Bot., 8 {1910), pp. 1-19, 173-177 ; abs.m Centm. Bakt. [efc], 2. AM., 31 {1911), No. 23-25, pp. 598-600).— This is an ex- tension of previous work (E. S. R., 23, p. 744) in which the author after review- ing briefly work previously done and the views lield by others in regard to the relations of these 2 diseases presents details of his own later investigations as to the migration of material from the tuber during the vegetative period, the results of which may be briefly stated as follows : As regards consumption of organic materials no differences were observed be- tween the diseased and the sound plants. On the other hand, the ash material was carried more rapidly and completely from the tubers of sound than from those of diseased plants to the above-ground portions. Nevertheless, the ash content of the above-gi'ound portion of diseased plants was higher than that of the sound plants. The transfer of nitrogen compounds was less rapid and less complete in case of sick than of sound plants, and the nitrogen content of the above-ground portions of sound plants was greater than that of diseased ones. The simplest explanation for the persistence of the diseased seed tubers is that in plants which produce limited quantities of dry substance the salts and nitro- gen compounds of the seed potatoes can not be utilized, and, therefore, these I'e- main in the sick tubers, which thereby can survive longer. Biochemical researches on the leaf-roll disease of the potato. — II, The oxidases of resting' and sprouted tubers, G. Doby {Ztschr. Pflanzenkrank., 21 {1911), No. 6, pp. 321-336, figs. 5).— Continuing investigations on the leaf- roll disease of the potato (E. S. R., 24, p. 552), the author claims to have found 548 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. in general that in the case of all of the 3 enzyms studied — oxygenase, peroxidase, and tyrosinase — the activity was greater in diseased than in healthy tubers. Protection of tubers from potato disease by spraying with Bordeaux mix- ture, H. M. QuANjEE {Tijdschr. Plantenziekten, 17 (1911), No. 1-2, pp. 35- 47). — The author answers complaints from some sections to the effect that Bor- deaux mixture was found to be ineffective or detrimental as regards the tubers, by giving observations and experiments of himself and several potato raisers, dealers, and investigators. He concludes that it is possible not only to protect the foliage from the disease, but also to keep it almost entirely from the tubers, and thereby to increase the value of the crop, by spraying with Bordeaux mix- ture in sufiicient quantity before the warm wet weather releases the swarm spores and carries them down to infect the tubers. Heterosporium variabile, its relation to Spinacia oleracea and environ- mental factors, II. S. Rked and J. S. Cooley (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 32 (1911), No. 1-2, pp. ^OSS, figs. 9). — Investigations were made on the disease called rust, affecting the nearly mature plants of the variety of spinach known as the Norfolk Savoy gi-own in the open fields about Hampton Roads, Va., dur- ing the winter months. This disease was found to be due to a fungus, H. varir al)ile, and in-evious accounts of it have been noted elsewhere (E. S. R., 25, p. 846). The report thereon may be summarized as follows: H. variaMJe is not a strong parasite, as is evidenced by its attacking only such plants as have been weakened or injured by other agencies, for example, leaf cutters, other parasites (among which may be named Peronospora effusa, Maarosporium sp.. and Phyllosticta chenojwdii?) , acids, vapors, cold, unfavor- able soil conditions, etc. Once inside the plant it ranges freely from cell to cell. The fungus seems to exert a positive toxic influence upon the cells of the plant, probably because of one or more of several enzyms found in the cultures. Close study justified the name of the fungus by confirming its variability in form and habit. When first isolated it grows poorly as a saprophyte, but in the course of time, during which it undergoes changes of form and habit, it grows luxuriantly as a saprophyte. One of the most striking illustrations in the development of the fungus is the process by which the spores arise by budding either from hyphae or from one another. The budding process appears to be uninfluenced by the acidity of the solution, by the presence or absence of oxygen, or by the dilution of the medium, and seems rather to be due to the conditions imposed by the saprophytic mode of life in artificial cultures. Blight of the sugar beet and protection therefrom, D. Hegyi (ZtscJir. Pflanzenkrank., 21 {1911), No. 5, pp. 269-276). — This most destructive disease, it is stated, appears to be due to the presence of one or the other of 2 fungi, Phonia hetw and PytMum de Ixinjanum, or of certain soil bacteria. It may ap- pear on plants from infected seed, or in case of infected soil may attack plants sprouted from perfectly healthy seed. The author found that in case of seeds, either artificially or naturally dried but containing only from 10 to 12 per cent of water, the plants on germination were entirely free from blight, and remained so even when the soil contained the bacteria and spores of the fungi. Seeds that contained 16 per cent of moisture, however, germinated more slowly and produced fewer and weaker seedlings, showing 17 per cent or more of blight, which soon spread to all the plants. Drying the seed artificially is therefore urged, and strengthening the plants by appropriate fertilization and proper cultivation of the soil is also insisted upon. The red rot of sugar cane, C. W. Edgerton {Louisiana Stas. Bui. 133, pp. 22, pJs. 4). — Some 2 years ago the author announced the discovery of the red rot of sugar cane due to Colletotrichum falcatum in Louisiana (E. S. R., 23, DISEASES OF PL.\NTS. 549 pp. 450, 648). Since that time he has carried on studies on the organism and the effect it produces upon tlie cane, and has proved by inoculation experi- ments that the fungus is actually the cause of the disease. The progress of the disease throughout the stalk is traced, and the fact that some varieties seem resistant is pointed out. In the previous account attention was called to the nearly related species of Colletotrichum w^hich have been observed, and infection exjieriments were carried on with C. lineola and C. cereale, but without results. The various natural methods of infection are suggested and discussed, and it appears that infection commonly follows the attacks of the cane borer. It is usually stated that the red rot fungus passes from the diseased stalk to the young plant, but the author found no evidence to show that the young plants are infected by the fungus growing up into them from diseased seed. The injury to the pLint and the losses due to the fungus are discussed, one of the principal effects of its presence being the reduction in the amount of sucrose and the gain in glucose in the infected plants. For the control of the disease the author recommends the destruction of all diseased cane material and of the cane borer and more careful attention to the matter of selection of seed cane. Notes on tomato diseases with results of selection for resistance, S. H. EsSAEY (Tennessee Sta. Bill. 95, pp. 12, figs. 7). — A brief report of progress on the investigation of the blight disease of tomatoes in Tennessee is given. This disease, which is well recognized by growers, is characterized by the yellowing of the lower leaves, followed in a few days by the wilting and dying of these leaves. Within a week from this time the whole plant may wilt and die. The blight, or wilt, as it is more properly called, appears to be due to a species of Fusarium, which enters the plants through their roots. A systematic study of the fungus has been begun, and attempts are being made to find a remedy for it. This has led to a study of I'esistance, and marked differences have been noted for different varieties of tomatoes. One strain, characterized as No. 7, is said to be remarkably resistant and to possess a fruit of desirable quality. Diseases of citrus fruits, P. H. Rolfs, H. S. Fawcett, and B. F. Floyd (Florida Sta. Bui. 108, pp. 25-47, figs. 14). — Attention is called to the principal diseases to which citrus fruits are subject in Florida. Many of the troubles described affect other parts of the plants than the fruit, and the notes pre- sented were mostly obtained incidental to other studies. Among the troubles described are the russeting due to mites, melanose, russeting and tear-streaking caused by the withertip fungus, buckskin, silver- scurf, sun scald, die-back markings, anthracnose, chemical injuries due to too large applications of fertilizers and sprays, various forms of mechanical in- juries, blue mold rot, stem end rot, Diplodia rot, and black rot. Some of these diseases have been reported upon in other publications of the station. Where preventive measures are definitely known the authors describe them. Blemishes of citrus fruits, J. E. Coit (Proc. Fruit Growers' Conv. Cat., 39 (1911), pp. 22-25). — Some 48 blemishes of citrus fruits are outlined which operate to reduce the profits from the citrus industry. These are divided into 4 classes, viz, insect, fungus, mechanical, and physiological blemishes, and are discussed very briefly as to their prevention, most attention being given to the brown spot of the navel orange. A Loranthus affecting' citrus trees (Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 4 (1911), No. 12, p. 679). — The presence of L. secundiflorum on citrus fruit trees, particularly Citrus decumana, is reported. 550 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD, The method of infection of grape leaves by Plasmopara viticola, L. Ravaz and G. Verge (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 26, pp. 1502- 150J,; Prog. Agr. et Vit. (Ed. VEst-Centre) , 33 (1912), Nos. 1, pp. 6-10, figs. /// Jf, pp. 99, 100). — ^The authors hold as a result of a study of the biology of P. viticola, the cause of the downy mildew of grapes, that the principal infection comes from spores that find lodgment on the upper surface of the leaves. The zoospores have been found very motile, and in the case of heavy or prolonged rain they would doubtless find their way to the lower sides of the leaves. The authors claim that if the upper surfaces of the leaves are well covered with fungicides the zoospores will be destroyed and little infection follow. Recent investigations on the development and treatment of downy mil- dew of grapes, H. Faes (Rev. Vit., 36 (1911), Nos. 933, pp. J,89-493; 93-',, pp. 517-524, figs. 4 ; 935, pp. 545-550). — A report is given of observntions on the development of the grape downy mildew (Plasmopara viticola) and means for its control. The author, as a result of his investigations, maintains that infection is almost exclusively through the stomata which are located on the under side of the leaf. Spores of the mildew were placed on both faces of many leaves rep- resenting the leading varieties of grapes, and in almost every instance no infection followed where they were placed upon the upper side of uninjured leaves, while a considerable proportion of infections followed their application to the under surface of the leaves, or to the upper surface when the leaves had been injured by hail. The author claims that his experiments show the necessity of modifying the usual method of spraying grapes for the control of downy mildew, and that the fungicide should be directed upon the under sides of the leaves. The development of the disease on the fruits remains to be investigated. The simultaneous occurrence of downy mildew on June 30, 1911, in several distant localities, J. Capus and M. Bailly (Rev. Vit., 36 (1911), No. 920, pp. 129-133). — The authors have investigiated the occurrence of the downy mildew of grapes in its relation to atmospheric and other conditions in Bur- gundy, Poitou, and about Bordeaux. In the 3 regions the meteorological con- ditions between June S and 14 were essentially the same, and the downy mildew made its appearance about June 30 in all 3 regions, indicating that the infection is closely associated with atmospheric conditions of a general character. A study of roncet of the grape, R. Aveena-Sacca (Atti R. 1st. Incoragg. Napoli, 6. ser., 62 (1910), pp. 113-1^3). — The author reports upon a study of roncet or court noue of grapes, one of the striking characteristics of which is the greatly shortened internodes. In addition the stems are weak and often fasciated. The leaves ai'e commonly less developed, sometimes chlorotic, dried along the margins, and the tips extended and often blackened. The fruit, if any is produced, is abortive and deformed. A review is given of various theories that have been advanced as to the cause of this disease. From his investigations the author is led to consider it a functional disorder, characterized by a partial degeneration of the parenchyma- tous tissues of the plant followed by the production of a mucilaginous substance which is noninfectious when applied to sound plants. There appears to be a connection between this disease and sudden changes in temperature during the early spring. The disease may be distinguished from anthracnose and mal nero, both of which it somewhat resembles in gross appearance, by the absence of the pustules formed by the fungus Oloeosporium ampelophagum, the cause of anthracnose, and by the infectious character of the gum in mal nero. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 551 Diseases of the prickly pear, H. Tryon (Queensland Agr. Jour., 27 {1911), No. 2, pp. 76-80). — A list is presented of different fungi tliat liave been reported uix)n prickly pears (Opuntia spp.), and suggestions are given regarding the possibility of some of them being utilized in destroying prickly pears in Australia. The chestnut bark disease, F. W. Rane (Boston: State Forester, 1912, pp. 10, pis. 4, niap 1). — An account is given of the history and distribution in Massachusetts of the chestnut bark disease, due to Diaporthe parasitica. The author states that the disease is almost universally distributed through the State, infection in the western half being quite general. On account of the severe infection and the small proportion of chestnut timber that could be saved, he thinks the State would not be justified in- making any attempt to eradicate the disease. The fate of the chestnut tree, H. Hitier (Rev. Hort. [Paris], 8^ (1912), No. 1, pp. 17, 18). — Attention is called to the severe losses in Fi-ance and else- where due to the black canker of chestnut trees, the author stating that fully 10,000 hectares of plantations of this species have been devastated. He points out that Mangin attributes the disease to the presence of a para- site, Mycelophugus castanece. This destroys the mycorrhiza and young roots of the trees, diminishing the absorbing surface of the plants. It has been ^ggfested that grafting chestnuts upon oaks might give favorable results, as well as the use for stock of the Japanese chestnut, which so far has proved resistant. Notes on the oak Oidium. in France, G. Aenaud and E. Foisx (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 154 (1912), No. S, pp. 124-127).— Aceording to the authors, perithecia of the fungus which occurs so abundantly in the oidium stage on the oak in France and other parts of Europe were found on the leaves of Quercus sessiliflora in December, 1911. The presence of these fruiting organs made it possible to determine definitely the relationship of the conidial with the perfect stage. Studies of material and comparisons with specimens received from America, where the fungus has long been known, led the authors to decide that it be- longs to Miorospli(era quercitm. M. aim of some authors is held to be a synonym of the first mentioned species, the name of which is preferred. Notes are given on the distribution of the fungus in France and some of its most prominent characters. It is stated that while the Oidium on the oak has long been known, it is only recently that the perithecia have been recognized. Expert opinion on dry rot, C. Wehmer (Jahresber. Ver. Angeio. Bot., 8 (1910), pp. 178-198). — This is an account of the examination, microscopical and cultural, of certain woods and other structural materials from buildings alleged to be attacked by dry rot, with the opinions of botanists on the cases. Three fungi werf identified, viz, MeruUus lacnjmans (true dry rot), Condo- phora cerebella, and Polyporus xaporm-ius, of which characteristic appearances are briefly given. Other species may have been present in one instance. Cul- tures were not very successful. Recommendations are made as to prevention of attacks and treatment of infected woods. A disease of sweet peas, asters, and other plants, G. Massee (Roy. Bot. Card. Kew, Bui. Misc. Inform., 1912, No. 1, pp. H-52, pi. 1). — The author de- scribes a disease attacking asters, sweet peas, and various other cultivated plants, especially during their seedling stages, by a stage of the fungus Thie- lavia Tiasicola. The form of the fungus described is that called Miloivia nivea, from its abundant white mold-like growth. The symptoms of disease in different plants are described, and the treatment of seed beds by sterilizing with formaldehyde or by heating is advised. Where 552 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. this is not possible, it is thouglit that the use of coal ashes, volcanic scoria, or other similar material for the formation of seed beds would probably prove advantageous. On the biolog'y of the anther smut of Melandrium album, E. Werth {Arb, K. Biol. Anst. Land n. Forstw., 8 (1911), No. 3, pp. .'i21--'i')0, figs. //). — A report in continuation of those previously made is here given on the author's investi- gations with TJstUngo antlierarum, in which the conclusions, mainly confirm- atory of those previously announced (E. S. R., 23, p. 654), are in brief as follows : This smut may infect flowers of either sex, causing more or less change of form, and in some cases producing a resemblance to hermaphroditism with loss of function. Seed from an infected plant produce healthy flowers, due prob- ably to the fact observed that the infection does not make its way directly into the cells of the host so long as these are fresh and plump, but only after death and decay of some of the cells have given the fungus a foothold sapro- phytically. Infection advances apparently by repeated production of conidia. lu a few eases young leaf shoots were infected with spores directly, and in one case this infection spread gradually to neighboring parts. Infection of young plants occurred but very sparingly, possibly from spores in the soil. It appears that visits of insects play an important role in the spread of infection in wild plants which, so far as examined, confirm these conclusions. Parasitic bacteria on leaves of Elodea, E. Merker (Ccntbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 31 {1911), No. 23-25, pp. 578-590, pi. 1, figs. 11). —The author investi- gated certain injuries found on leaf edges of E. canadensis, E. crispa, and E. densa, most noticeable in autumn, which appeared to be the work of micro- organisms. Two bacteria were isolated which were thought to cause the injuiy. These appeared to be new si^ecies, and to them the names Micrococcus cytophagus and M. melanocyclus were given. Technical descriptions of both are submitted in the article. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. Economics of ornithology in South Africa, A. Roberts {Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 1 {1911), No. 3, pp. 352-369; ahs. in Aulc, 29 {1912), No. 1, pp. 121- 123). — The species of economic importance are briefly considered in their rela- tions to the grain, fruit, poultry, and stock-raising industries, and as scavengers. In view of the backward state of the knowledge of the real economic value of the birds of South Africa, the South Afi'ican Ornithologists' Union advises the establishment of a government department to deal solely with this subject. Conifers damaged by squirrels, A. W. Hill (New Phytol., 10 (1911), No. 9-10, pp. 3.'iO-3'i2, pi. 1). — The nature of the injury caused by squirrels to Thuya plicata and Cupressus lawsoniana in Cornwall, England, is discussed. Nomenclature of economic insects, H. M. Lefroy (Jour. Econ. Biol., G (1911), No. 3, pp. 91-102). — A paper read before the Association of Economic Biologists, at Birmingham, in July, 1911. Our insect friends and foes, F. M. Duncan (London, 1911, pp. XI +296, pis. 16). — A popular work in which are taken up the study of insect life, insect communities, aquatic insects, insects in commerce, insects and flowers, beneficial beetles, and insect pests of various sorts. The principal insects injurious to agriculture durin'g 1908—9, M. H. SwENK (Ann. Rpt. Nehr. Bd. Agr. 1910, pp. 362-369). — Brief accounts are given of the occurrence of the more important insect pests of the year under report. Insect pests (Rpt. Local Dept. Agr. Barbados, 1910-11, pp. ^2-Jf5). — In ex- periments with remedial measures for the root borer Daiprepes abbrcviatus ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 553 which was again iu evidence during the year, cyanid of potassium, carbon bisulphid, and fusel oil were found to be the most effective. The author states that he has never seen a clump of sugar canes attacked by the root borer that had not been previously attacked by the root fungus (Marasmius sacchari). Several cotton pests, scale insects on mangoes, cherry, citrus, guava, etc., are briefly noted. Two apparently new species of mites were found, one keeping in check the purple scale on citrus and the other parasitizing the star scale {Yin- sonia stelUfera) on Eugenia jamhos. The author records the occurrence of (1) a species of Tetrastichus, bred from the star scale; (2) an undetermined hymen- opterous parasite of rrotopuTvinaria pyriformis ; and (3) a fungus which was found at times attacking Dactylopius caJceohniw. A fungus found parasitiz- ing Lecanium viride and P. pyriformis was determined by H. S. Fawcett of the Florida Station as Cephalosporimn Iccanii. Injurious insects and other animals observed in Ireland during the year 1910, G. H. Carpenter (Econ. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc, 2 (1911), No. 3-4, pp. 31-51, pis. 5, figs. 6). — The author reports briefly upon the occurrence of insect enemies of corn, cabbage, turnips, mangels, and. potatoes, and of the orchard, forest, garden, and storehouse. Report of the g'overnment entomologist, E. E. Green (Admin. Bpts. Roy. Bat. Gard. Ceylon, 1910-11, Ed., Sci., and Art., pt. If, pp. c5-cS). — This report includes brief notes on the insects attacking tea, rubber, cacao, cotton, tobacco, and Albizzia, and miscellaneous pests. A bacterial epizootic among locusts in Mexico, F. H. d'H^relle (Jour. Agr. Trop., 11 (1911), No. 122, pp. 238-240; ahs. in Agr. Neivs [Barbados], 10 (1911), No. 252, p. 410). — Previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 26, p. 246). Some new California and Georgia Thysanoptera, P. R. Jones ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 23. pt. 1, tech. ser., pp. VI+24, pis. 7). — In this paper the author describes 1.3 new species of thrips, representing 9 genera, that were col- lected during the course of investigations of the pear and orange thrips. Tables for their separation are included. Tetrastichus gentilei and its relation to the olive PhlcEothrips, G. del Guercio (Atti R. Accad. Econ. Agr. Georg. Firenze, 5. ser., 8 (1911), No. 8-4, pp. 222-227). — This is a preliminary paper dealing with an endophagus para- site of the olive thrips (Plilwotlirips olea), which the author places in the genus Tetrastichus under the specific name gentilei. The eggs are deposited in the young larvai of the thrips. the winter being passed in the larval stage in the host and the transformation completed in the spring. The parasites are very abundant in Liguria, as high as 90 per cent of the hosts having been observed to be parasitized. In Lucca, however, the parasite could not be readily found. The author suggests the cutting of branches fi'om trees bearing parasitized material and shipping them to infested points for distribution. On a new species of Phloeothripidae of Japan, H. Okamoto ( Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc, 3 (1909-10), pp. 89-91). — Under the name Liothrips glycinicola the author describes a new species of thrips which appears to damage the pollen grains of certain leguminous plants, such as daizu (Olyoine hispida), azuki (Adzukia subtrilobata), sasage (Vigna sinensis), etc. The red or orange scale (Chrysomphalus aurantii), H. J. Quayle (Cali- fornia Sta. Bui. 222, pp. 99-150, figs. 37).— This bulletin deals with the subject under the following headings : History, distribution, economic importance, food plants, descriptions of the stages, life history and habits, seasonal history, loco- motion and spread, parasites, predatory enemies, the yellow scale (C. aurantii citrinus), and the systematic position of C. aurantii. 554 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The red scale, originally described from New Zealand iu 1878, was first observed in this country in 1880, in which year it was found infesting orange trees at San Gabriel and Los Angeles. While recorded from many other food plants than citrus trees, in California it is limited as a pest entirely to the citrus, so that its distribution is governed largely by this host plant. The red scale is deemed the second most important insect enemy of citrus trees in California and the total amount of control work directed against it and the yellow scale, which is a variety of the red, nearly, if not quite, equals that against the black scale. " No citrus scale in California so quickly and so permanently injures the tree as the red scale. . . . Practically the entire tree may be killed . . . sometimes in one or two years' infestation. It infests all parts of the tree, leaves, branches, fruit. It not only causes a dropping of the leaves, but actually kills large branches. Aside from this permanent and serious injury to the tree, the presence of the scale on the fruit renders it unmarketable. Trees that do not have a severe infestation of the scale, and where the tree itself is not seriously injured, may have fruit badly infested by the scale." As regards the life history, " The average length of the life cycle from the active young to the appearance of young again is about 3 months. During the warmer weather it will run slightly under this, and during the coldest weather it will run considerably more, the extremes being from 72 days to nearly 150 days. Four generations a year will be the largest number in a season. It is not unlikely that this number occurs in the warmer sections — as Redlands and Riverside. But in most sections 3 generations, with a partial fourth, will represent the actual conditions. Starting with April 1, the beginning of the next generation will be about July 1. Those young api>earing at this time will be producing young themselves by the first of October. This will make 2 generations during the months of greatest activity. Those young appearing in October may not, as our life history work has shown, give rise to young again before February or March. This makes 3 full generations, with a partial fourth, for conditions as they obtain at Whittier." An account by the author rela^ng to the locomotion and spread of this and other scale insects has been previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 149). Aphelinvs diaspidis is its most common parasite at the present time. Ex- aminations and counts made at various times during the past 3 years have failed to show that its parasitism exceeds 10 per cent. Descriptions of its stages and a brief account of its life history and habits are presented. Other parasites noted are Prospaltella aurantii, Coccophagus Innulatus, Signiphora occidental is, Aphycus immaculatus, and Alaptus criococci. RhizoMus lopanthw and the steel-blue ladybird beetle (Orchiis chalyheus) are mentioned as preda- tory enemies. The yellow variety of this scale (C. aurantii citrinus) is widely distributed over the citrus belt of southern California and often associated more or less with aurantii. In addition to its occurrence in the southern part of the State, it is also found on the citrus trees of the Sacramento Valley. Aspidiotiphagns citrinus, formerly known in California as the golden chalcid, which has beeu met with largely in connection with the yellow scale, is said to be most abundant in Santa Barbara County. A bibliography of the literature issued since the publication of Mrs. Fernald's catalogue of the Coccidte in 1903 (E. S. R., 15, p. 278), furnished by E, R. Sasscer of the Bureau of Entomology of this Department, is appended. The black scale (Saissetia oleae), H. J. Quayle and E. W. Rust (California 8ta. Bui. 223, pp. 151-200, pis. 8, figs. 2.'f). — This scale, which was described in 1782 from specimens taken on the olive, was first recorded from this country in ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 555 1880 at which time it was found to be well established in various parts of Cali- fornia. In America it has also been recorded from Brazil, the West Indies, Mexico, Massachusetts, South Carolina, Ohio, and Florida. In California it occurs to a greater or less extent in practically all of the counties, but is limited as a pest to the citrus belt of southern California, the different deoiduous trees in the coast counties about San Francisco Bay, and to some extent on olive trees of the interior valleys. " In the citrus area of southern California, the black scale is the most widely distributed of all the scale pests. It occurs in all of the counties from Santa Barbara to San Diego. It is less abundant in the interior counties of Riverside and San Bernardino; but even here in some sec- tions it becomes an important pest. But the black scale becomes most abundant nearer the coast, since it is a scale that is more adapted to the cooler and moister climate of such sections." The important injury to citrus fruits is due to the sooty mold fungus (Meliola camellia'), which develops in the honeydew which the scale excretes. In Cali- fornia the scale ranks first as a pest on citrus trees. "On the olive, pepper, and oleander, it also occurs in abundance, and often does much injury, but it is only rarely that control work is imdertaken on these trees. Of the deciduous trees the apricot and prune are the worst attacked. On these trees Lecanium corni is often associated with the black, and is the more important pest of the two in the deciduous fruit sections. But the black scale often does reach the status of a pest on these trees and spraying is done to control it It is not uncommon to see apricot trees completely covered with sooty mold fungus as a result of black scale infestation." Technical descriptions are given of the stages in connection with a detailed report of studies of the life history and habits of this scale, which are taken up under the following headings: The egg; the active larva, including experiments on the rate of travel over sand and orchard soil, a report of which has been pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 149) ; the fixed young; the adult female; the de- velopment of the male; and seasonal history. " There is usually but one complete generation of the black scale in a season. The great majority of these come to maturity in the spring months, so that most of the eggs are deposited by midsummer. The time of maturing of the bulk of the black scales will vary somewhat from year to year, and in some years there will be a much more uniform hatch than others. Taking a specific season, as 1910 in the Los Angeles district, the height of egg-laying was during the third week in May. The greatest production of young was about the third week in June. Eggs will be deposited by a single scale during a period of 2 months. By the middle of July, therefore, most of the young had already ap- peared." In summarizing the length of the life cycle of the male during the summer months, it was found to be as follows: First stage Is months; second stage, 1 month; propupa, 8 days; pupa, 10 days; adult, 3 days; total 96 days, or about 3 months. A somewhat detailed account is given of the life history, habits, etc., of ScuteUista cyanea, the most important insect enemy of the black scale in Cali- fornia. This parasite was first successfully introduced into this country from Italy in 1900 and has since become well established in California in most of the sections where the scale occurs in injurious numbers. The percentage of scales parasitized often runs as high as 75 per cent, but this varies greatly in different sections and in the same section in different years. A brief account is also given of the hyperparasite Cerchyskis sp., which is occasionally found under the old black scales ii stead of the ScuteUista pupa at the expense of which it de- velops, of Tomocera calif ornica,which parasitizes the eggs of the black scale, and of 35693°— Xo. 6—12 5 556 EXPERIMENT STATION BECOED. Aphycus flavus a parasite of the male black scale in tlie second stage. Rhisobius ventraUs, Orcus chalybeus, and several other coccinellids are mentioned as predaceous enemies of the black scale. Other species of unarmored scales men- tioned as associated with the black scale are the hemispherical scale (»S'. hemi- sphwi'ica), the soft brown scale (Coccus hesperidum), the European fruit lecanium (Lecanium comi) , the frosted scale (L. pruinosum), etc. A bibliography of 53 titles, furnished by E. R. Soccer, is appended, covering references since 1903. Parasitism of the black scale {Agr. News [Barbados], 10 {1911), No. 239, p. 202). — ^An account is given of the parasite Zalophothrix mirum, which at- tacks mature black scales that are about to begin or have already begun egg laying. But very rarely is more than one larva found in a single black scale, although in a few instances 2 have been observed. " In a recent examination of a large number of black scales on cotton in one field in Antigua, it was found that nearly every scale insect which had reached the egg-laying stage harbored a grub of this parasite. There were very few punctured scales to be seen, and it is very difficult to obtain specimens of the adult parasite by means of the insect net." On the locomotion and length of life of the young of Pulvinaria vitis ribesiae, W. E. Collinge {Jour. Econ. Biol., 6 {1911). No. 4, pp. 139-142).— The data here presented have been previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 452). Bird enemies of the Chinese cotton scale, W. W. Arnold {Auk, 29 {1912), No. 1, p. 113). — Redpolls {Acanthis linaria) were observed by the author during the winter of 1910-11 to feed daily on the Chinese cotton scale on maples at Colorado Springs, Colo. Frequently a number of pine finches would associate with the redpolls and feed upon this pest, which is said to have threatened the destruction of shade trees, especially maples and black locusts, as well as orna- mental shrubs and vines, at Colorado Springs. Preliminary note on the silk glands of Bombyx mori, Y. Tanaka {Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc, 3 {1909-10), pp. 19-26). — This paper is preliminary to the account noted below. Studies on the anatomy and physiology of the silk-producing insects, Y. Tanaka {Jour. Col. Agr. Toholcu Imp. Univ., 4 {1911). No. 2, pp. 28, pis. 7 ) . — This paper deals with the structure of the silk glands and the silk forma- tion in Bombyx mori. A bibliographical list of 19 titles is appended. The leopard moth (Zeuzera pyrina), W. E. Britton and G. A. Ckomie {Connecticut State Sta. Bui. 169, pp. 3-24, P^s. 8, figs. 6).— This bulletin dis- cusses the appearance of infested trees, the occurrence of the moth in Europe and other countries, the history of its spread in America, distribution and spread iu Connecticut, descriptions of its stages, its life history and injury, natural enemies and checks, and remedial treatment. " The pest has been especially destructive to elm and silver maple trees in the coast cities and towns of Connecticut, but is not so abundant in the open country. It has caused much damage also in the cities of New Jersey, New York City, Providence, Cambridge, and Boston. . . . " The moths appear about July 1. the males being very common around elec- tric lights, and the females lay eggs singly or in groups of 2, 8 or 4, in the crevices of the bark or near the buds. The larvfe, hatching in a few days, begin to tunnel in the twigs, and by the end of the season are about 1 inch in length. They leave the small branches and crawl over the bark to enter larger ones, cutting large galleries in them and expelling the frass through round holes, which they soon close with silk webs.^)uring October the borers ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 557 go deeper into the wood, and remain tlirough tlie winter 2 inclies or more be- neath the bark. They pupate in their burrows the second spring, and before the moth emerges the pupa works itself partly out of the opening, and the adult flies away, leaving the empty case protruding from the burrow. " There are few natural checks, only one parasite being known in this country and four in Europe. It is believed, however, that certain birds, especially woodpeckers, prevent the spread of the leopard moth in the open country. Many larvae are doubtless killed by the breaking off of the branches, which in cities are carted away and destroyed. "Removing infested branches, injecting carbon disulphid (bisulphid) into the burrows, and stopping the opening, and probing with a hooked wire for the larva are some of the methods of control. " Planting species of trees not badly infested, like oaks, honey locust and sycamore, and especially those kinds that do not grow very large and have a smooth bark ; placing trees farther apart, so that the larvae can not easily crawl from one to the other ; and keeping the trees well nourished and vigorous, are the chief preventive measures." A bibliography of 84 titles is appended. See also a previous note (E. S. R., 21, p. 458). A parasite of the eggs of the cochylis and eudemis moths, P. Mabchal and J. Feytaud (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. lit, pp. 633-636, fig. 1). — ^An egg parasite of the cochylis and eudemis moths found during August and September in the Departments of Saone-et-Loire, Gironde, and Dordogne has been identified as OophtJiora semiUdis. This si>ecies has been recorded by Vassiliew,"' under the name Penta/iihron carpocapsw, as develop- ing in the eggs of various moths, including Malacosoma neustria, Euproctis vhrysorrhcea, and DendroUmus pini, and by Schreiner ° under the same name as parasitizing 65 per cent of the eggs of Carpocapsa pomoneUa, in orchards in Astrakhan, Russia. It has also been recorded as parasitizing the eggs of Elamestra hrassicw, of the neuropteron Semblis lutria, and of the tenthredinid Lyda stellata. The plum leaf -miner (Nepticula slingerlandella), C. R. Crosby {New York Cornell Sta. Bui. 308, pp. 219-227, flgs. lit). — This is a report of studies com- menced by the late M. V. Slingerland in October, 1907, and continued by the author. The plum leaf-miner is an enemy of the plum that first came to attention in an orchard at Rochester in 1907, at which time the infestation was reported to have been increasing for a number of years. A brief account of the occurrence of the pest by Slingerland has previously been noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 654). On hatching from the egg tlie larva penetrates the tissue of the leaf and first eats a narrow linear mine an inch or less in length, then widens the mine so as to produce an irregular, more or less ovate blotch about i in. long. The part of the leaf so injured turns brownish and dies. From 3 to 12 mines are often found in a single leaf. The trees become partially defoliated and the fruit may fall prematurely. When continued for a series of years this injury tends to weaken the vitality of the tree and to injure the size and quality of the crop. The pest has shown a decided preference for certain varieties : German and Italian prunes are most severely infested; French and Shropshire Damsons are less subject to attack, although some years ago the former variety was badly infested; Diamond, Bradshaw, Lombard', and Rheinclaude are nearly immune. °Ztschr. Wiss. Insektenbiol., 3 (1907), Nos. 7, p. 219; 12, p. 386. 658 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The moths emerge from the cocoons at or near the surfiice of the gi-onud during the daytime in the latter part of May and in early June. During the day they remain quietly on the bark of the trunk and larger branches, none be- ing found on the leaves. Several huiKlred moths are often found on a single tree; when disturbed they suddenly take flight and most of them settle on the opposite side of the tree. They gradually decrease in numbers and about the middle of June they disappear. The act of egg-laying has not been observed, but is thought to take place in the evening or at night, as the moths are rarely seen on the leaves during the day. The eggs are attached to the undersurface of the leaves, usually at the forks of the more prominent veins. " The exact time required for the hatch- ing of the eggs has not been determined, but it can not be far from 2 weeks. On June 2, 1908, an examination of the orchard showed that a gi-eat number of eggs had been laid ; on June 9 no eggs had hatched, and on June 18 hatching had just nicely begun. " In hatching, the larva eats its way out of the eggshell on the underside next to the leaf, and enters the leaf directly without coming out on the surface. This is a point of great practical importance, as showing the futility of attempt- ing to kill the larvc^e with an arsenical spray. When full grown the larva is about i in. in length, greenish white in color with the head light brown. . . . When full grown the larva leaves the mine through a cut in the upper surface of the leaf, falls to the ground, and there constructs a small flattened brownish cocoon in cracks in the soil, under loose stones, or between the base of the tree and the surrounding soil. Where the gi'ound is undisturbed, the cocoons are rarely found more than an inch below the surface. Sod furnishes ideal winter quarters for the cocoons. . . . After forming the cocoon the larva appar- ently does not transform at once ; a cocoon opened August 4, 1908, contained a larva. The winter, however, is passed in the pupal stage. On October 10, 1011, the writer opened a number of freshly gathered cocoons and found that all the larvae had transformed to pupte." A chalcidid parasite (Derostenus salutaris) has increased in abundance to such an extent that in the fall of 1911 nearly one-half of the cocoons examined were infested. The genus Nepticula to which this leaf-miner belongs contains over 40 species from the United States and over 70 species are known to occur in the British Isles. The larvae of all species of this genus so far as known are leaf-miners, feeding within the leaf just below the upper epidermis. As a rule each species is confined to a particular food plant, or at most to 2 or 3 closely related food plants. A list of the American si:»ecies of Nepticula. together with their food plants Is given, as is a brief account of the European plum leiif-miner (Nepticula plagicolella), a closely related form. " The plum leaf-miner has proved to be a difficult insect to control, owing to the fact that from the time the larva leaves the egg it feeds entirely within the leaf out of reach of any poison spray. Measures directed against the moths, eggs, and larvae have all proved failures, and only partial success has been attained by thorough cultivation to destroy the larvae and pupae in their cocoons." The structure of certain dipterous larvae with particular reference to those in human foods, N. Banks (U. 8. Dept. Affr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 22, tech. ser., pp. 44, pis. 8, fig. 1). — The author here presents the results of a study made of the structure of certain dipterous larvse that may be suspected or concerned in internal myiasis. The bulletin first discusses the occurrence of and manner in which dipterous larvae may be ingested, the life history of these flies, their classification, and general characters, with a synopsis of the groups concerned. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 559 Attention is called to the fact that the larvae of a considerable number of flies either regularly or occasionally live in substances used by man as food, and that the great majority pass through the intestinal tract without his knowledge, as most cause little or no trouble. "The dipterous larvje that may be swallowed by man belong to several families included in the old gx'oup of Muscidte. These families are the true Muscidje, Sai-cophagidte, Anthomyiidse, and Trypetidje. Other groups, as Drosophilidae, Sepsidse, and Ortalidaa, are of much rarer occurrence. The flies of the Ortalidse, Trypetidfe, and Sepsidte are quite different from those of the other groups, but the adults of the 3 other families are very similar in structure, and the limits of the groups or the number of groups is not constant with differ- ent specialists in Diptera." The work concludes with a brief discussion on the classiflcation of these Diptera and a bibliography of 23 titles. The cheromyias, new Diptera with larvae which suck the blood of mammals, E. Roubattd (Compt. Rend. Acad. 8cL [Paris], 153 {1911). No. 11, pp. 553-555). — T-wo new flies from the Soudan, the larvae of which suck the blood of thin-haired mammals, particularly porcines of the genera Phacochoerus and Orycteropus, are described as Chceromyia boueti and C. chcerophaga. The new genus Chceromyia with Auchmeromyia, which Is represented by the Congo floor maggot (A. luteoJa), forms a special tribe of the Muscidse. Systematic studies of the hematophagous Muscidae of the genus Ljrperosia, M. Bezzi (Arch. Par., 15 {1911), No. 1, pp. 110-143, pi. 1, figs. 15).— Ten species of this genus are dealt with. The paper concludes with a synonymic catalogue of the species of stomoxydines described to the end of 1910. A bibliography of 59 titles is appended. Mosquito sucked by a midge, F. H. Gravely (Rec. Indian Mus., G {1911), No. 1, p. Jf5). — The author records having observed a small chironomid fly, apparently belonging to the genus Culicoides, with its proboscis inserted and apparently engaged in sucking blood from the abdomen of a mosquito {Myzomyia rossii) . Some experiments on larvicides, R. Ross and E. S. Edie {Ann. Trap. Med. and Par., 5 {1911), No. 3, pp. 385-390). — The results of experiments with a number of larvicides, in each of which about 50 larvse of Culex pipiens were used, are reported. A larvicide prepared by dissolving resin in crude carbolic acid, and treating the solution with caustic soda gave the following results : " One part larvicide in 500 parts of water killed 80 per cent of the larvfe (C. pipiens) in 2 hours, and the remainder in 3^ hours. One part larvicide in 1,000 parts of water killed 70 per cent of the larvse in 4 hours, and most of the remainder by next morning (18 hours). One larva, however, lived in this solution for 22 hours. One part larvicide in 2.000 parts of water killed about 30 per cent of the larvae in 6 hours, but the rest of the larvae were killed very gradually, some surviving for about 50 hours." In an experiment with an emulsion called " Sanitas-Okol " which appears to contain a large proportion of phenols and allied compounds, and when much diluted mixes well with water, a dilution of 1 in 5,000 killed 50 iier cent of the larvae in If hours, and all but 3 in 3* hours, the Jast 3 being dead in about 5 hours. One part Sanitas-Okol in 10,000 parts of water killed all the larvae except 2 in 6 hours, the last 2 dying in the course of the night. One part cyanid in 240,000 parts of water killed all the larvae in the course of a night or in less than 16 hours from the time the cyanid was added. One part cyanid in 303,000 parts of water killed about 50 per cent of the larvae in 560 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Gi Lours, and all except one larva in 22 hours. Strychnin in dilutions greater than 1 in 50,000 parts of water appeared to have no effect on larvse. lu experiments with the larvie of Anopheles hifurcatus, it was found that one pai't Sanitas-Okol to 5,000 i)arts of water killed IS larvje out of 20 in 2\ hours, the other 2 living for 3? hours. One part Sanitas-Okol in 10,000 parts of water killed 23 larvfe out of 26 in 5i hours and the rest in about 8J hours. Among the agents experimented with that gave poor results are mercuric chlorid, cojjper sulphate, oxalic acid, and saponin. A catalogue of the Coleoptera {Coleopterorum Catalogus. Berlin, 1911, pts. 28, pp. 355-5S5; 29, pp. 87-190; 30, pp. 32; 31, pp. 8; 32, pp. 61; S3, pp. 96; S'l, pp. 106; 35, pp. 94; 36, pp. 102).— In continuation of this work (E. S. R., 25, p. 158) part 28, by H. Gebien, takes up the Tenebrionidse, III ; part 29, by M. Bernhauer and K. Schubert, the Staphylinidse, II ; parts 30 and 31, by K. W. von Dalla Torre, the Cioidte and. the Aglycyderidse and Proterrhinidte, respec- tively ; part 32, by E. Csiki, the Hydroscaphidse and Ptiliidie ; part 33. by K. W. von Dalla Torre, the Nosodendridie, Byrrhidre, and Dermestidse; part 34, the family Erotylidse, by P. Kuhnt, and the Helotidse, by C. Ritsema ; part 35, by J. Weise, the Chrysomelidse : Hispinse ; and part 36, by M. Pic, the Anthicidse. Two apple tree borers, H. F. Wilson {Oregon Sta. Circ. 15, pp. 4). — This circular consists of brief accounts of the flat-headed and round-headed apple tree borers, with remedial measures. The dying hickory trees: Cause and remedy, A. D. Hopkins (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Circ. l-'i'i, pp. 5, figs. 4)- — Examinations made of hickory trees, a large percentage of which have died in various sections throughout the northern tier of States from Wisconsin to Vermont and southward through the Atlantic States to central Georgia and to a greater or less extent within the entire range of natural growth of the various species, have revealed the fact that the hickory bark beetle (Scolytiis quadrispinosus) is by far the most imiwrtant insect enemy concerned in their destruction. This circular gives information by means of which the work of the pest may be recognized, and its habits and remedial treatment are briefly considered. Remedial measures in general consist in locating and disposing of the hickory trees within an area of several square miles, that have died during the previous summer and fall, together with those of which part or all of the tops or large branches have died. In order to destroy the broods of the beetle before they begin to emerge, the work must be completed before the flrst to the middle of May. The occurrence of Necrobia and Dermestes in cotton bales, J. Mangan (Jour. Econ. Biol., 6 (1911), No. 4, irp. 133-138, figs. ^).— The author records an infestation of bales of cotton to a depth of several inches by the larvtie and adults of Neci'ohia ruflpes, Dermestes vulpinus, and D. frischi. The infestation, which took place while the cotton was in transportation in holds of ships, was due to a migration from hides, dried bones, etc. being carried by the vessel. The tobacco beetle and a method for its control (Lasioderma sp.), D. B. Mackie {Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 4 {1911), No. 11, pp. 606-G12, pi. 1, fig. 1). — This is an account of a cigarette beetle which has recently become a very serious menace to the export tobacco trade in the Philippines, and of the means by which it can be controlled. The bark beetles of northern and central Japan, Y. Niisima {Trans. Sap- poro Nat. Hist. Soc., 3 {1909-10), pp. 1-18).— The Scolytid89 of Sachalin, Hok- kaido, and Honshu are dealt with. See also a previous note (E. S. R.. 22, p. 557). Insect damage to standing timber in the national parks, A. D. Hopkins {V. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Circ. 143, pp. 10). — This paper, which was read at a conference of national park superintendents, September 11-12, 1911, deals with ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 561 the character and extent of the insect damage; tlie principal depi'edators, namely, the mountain pine beetle, western pine beetle, Jeffrey pine beetle, Douglas fir beetle, red turpentine beetle, Eugelmann spruce beetle, and Black Hills beetle; favorable and unfavorable conditions for the beetles; and general methods of control. Dysentery in bees and Nosema apis, F. R. Beuhne {Jour. Dept. Agr. Vic- toria, 9 (1911), No. 8, pp. 550, 551). — The author states that microscopical examinations of bees from all parts of Victoria have shown that JV. apis is present in some bees in nearly every apiary, even in localities where losses have never occurred and where colonies are in a prosperous and highly produc- tive condition. Recent publications on the occurrence of, and experiments with, N. apis in bees in Germany, by W. Hein and A. Maassen, are briefly reviewed. On the biology of Phryg'anea grandis, C. Wesenberg-Lund {Internat. Rev. Gesam. HydrobioL u. Hydrog., 4 {1911), No. 1-2, pp. 65-90, pis. 2; abs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc, 1911, No. 6, pp. 150, 751). — An account of studies of the life history and habits of the caddis-fly, P. grandis. Avian cestodes, P. Solowiow {Ccntbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Orig., 60 {1911), No. 1-2, pp. 93-132, figs. 26; abs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc, 1911, No. 6, p. 760).— The author deals with MonopyUdium infundibulum from a fowl to which he had fed from 15 to 20 house flies {Musca domestica) daily, thus corroborating Grassi's view that the fly is the intermediate host of this tapeworm. Hymeno- lepis villosoides n. sp., //. megarosteJlis n. sp. (?), and Aploparaksis fuUgulosa n. sp. are described from Fuligula cristata. The author also describes ScMstocephahis dimorphus taken from Podiceps nigricolUs. A bibliography of 126 titles is appended. The efficacy of carbolineum as an insecticide, E. Molz {Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AU., 30 {1911), No. 7-12, pp. 183-203, pis. 4).— This paper presents the re- sults of investigations of the value of carbolineum as a contact poison in com- bating (1) scale insects {Diaspis piri and Aspidiotus ostrewformis) ; (2) the woolly apple aphis; (3) the grape vine gall mite {Eriophyes vitis) ; (4) the cabbage worm {Pieris brassicw) and brown tail moth; (5) also as a stomach poison for caterpillars of the brown tail moth; (6) as a repellent for cater- pillars; and (7) for subterranean insects. Dosage tables, C. W. Woodwoeth {California Sta. Bui. 220, pp. 33, pi. 1, figs. 3). — This is the fifth of a series of fumigation studies conducted by the author (E. S. R.. 11, p. 64; 15, p. 384; 16, p. 77; 23, p. 265). " The study of the leakage of fumigation tents has now reached the point where it becomes possible to present tables of dosage so calculated that there may be approximately equal killing power under tents of varying degrees of leakage. If it were possible to figure on the tent always maintaining the same degree of leakage, a single dosage schedule would be sufficient, though different tents might not require the same schedule. The fact is, however, that variation in leakage proves to be the most important factor to be con- sidered, and as long as it is neglected will result in errors in dosage several times gi'eater than those that are liable to occur through mistakes in guessing the size of a tree, which heretofore has been supiwsed to be the most important cause of irregularity in results secured." It is stated that the full explanation of the method of calculation of the leakage factor and the detail of the experi- ments upon which it is based will be given in another bulletin. " Only the very wide margin of safety, permitting the use of gas very much stronger than necessary to kill the scale insect, has enabled fumigators to obtain fairly uniform results, notwithstanding the variation in loss of gas through the tent. When trees are dosed according to leakage it will probably 562 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. be found safe to economize materially in the amoimt of chemicals used. In these tables, however, the full strength of chemicals now commonly used is indicated, since there must be considerable more data secured before it will be safe to recommend a material reduction. The use of these tables, therefore, simply insures greater uniformity in results." The tables presented allow for 0.10, 0.15, 0.20, 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, and 0.40 per cent leakage in fumigating for the black, red, and purple scales. Illustrations are given of a new rule prepared by the author which is graduated for use in measuring trees to be fumigated for the black scale and gives the dosage re- quired for each degree of leakage. It is proposed to produce similar rules for the red and purple scales. FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. [Nutrition], J. B. E. Haeffel^ (2. Cong. Aliment. Li^ge, 1911 [pt. 1] ; Rev. Gen. Agron., n. ser., 6 {1911), No. 9, pp. 360-368). — A discussion of food and nutrition topics with a summary of data regarding nutrition, dietary standards, and similar data. Hung'arian wheat flour, C. H. Beiggs (Northwest. Miller, 89 {1912), No. Jf, pp. 203, 20.'i, fig. 1). — Samples of 3 kinds of Hungarian wheat (Tisza, Bacska, and BanSt) and various flours prepared therefrom were analyzed and used for baking tests. Hungarian wheats in general are medium hard winter varieties, spring wheat being generally grown only when the autumn sown crop has failed. The method of classifying the Hungarian flours is described and corresponding American grades indicated. In the author's opinion, while it is unfair to generalize from a few tests only, it can safely be claimed that American flours in general do not suffer in comparison with Hungarian flours, while American springs and hard winters possess, at least for the crop of 1911, a strength decidedly above that of the Hungarian flours. Concerning bread and pastry, E. Gaujoux {Rev. Hyg. et Pol. Sanit., 33 {1911), No. 12, pp. 1176-1180). — The author discusses bakeshop products as sources of infection for tuberculosis and other diseases, and reports experiments in which the interior heat of bread during baking was measured. The con- clusion was reached that the Koch bacillus can not survive in bread when baked, but may do so in forms of pastry which are subjected to less heat. The author also points out the danger of extenial contamination from the time when the bread, etc., leaves the oven until it is consumed. Salt-rising- bread and some comparisons with bread made with yeast, H. A. KoHMAN {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chcm., 4 {1912), Nos. 1, pp. 20-30; 2, pp. 100-106).— Continximg earlier work (E. S. R., 25, p. 666), the results of an ^ extended study of salt-rising bread and bread made with leaven are presented. The leaven in salt-rising bread is not yeast, as stated in literature on the sub- ject, but consists of bacteria of certain sorts which aerate the bread by decomposing certain of it constituents, principally sugar, into gaseous products and not, as has been suggested, by producing acids which liberate carbon dioxid from bicarbonate of soda used in making the bread. " The microbic flora involved varies greatly, depending upon the temjierature to which the meal is subjected in setting the ' batter.' The organisms that pre dominate in the batter when it is made by stirring the meal into boiling milk or water are only occasionally found upon plates made from batters that were not subjected to temperatures which destroy nonspore-bearing organisms. The chief source of the bacteria is not the air and utensils, as has been sug- FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITIOIT. 563 gested in the literature, but the com meal used in making the batter. One organism was isolated which in pure culture produces the gas necessary to properly aerate bread. This bacterium seems to be a member of the Coli group and was never found in batters that were heated to 75° C. It in all prob- ability belongs to the same group as the organism described by Wolffln and Lehman, which they call Bacillus levans. This organism could be propagated in liquid media, such as milk, or could be grown in a batter and subsequently dried, to be used in the preparation of bread. " When the liquid used in making the batter is taken sufficiently hot to bring the temperature of the batter to 75° C. or higher, certain spore-bearing organisms prevail whicli readily produce the gas necessary to aerate bread. These bacteria soon lose their gas-producing power when kept in liquid media or when transferred to fresh media at intervals of 12 to 24 hours. From this fermenting batter no culture was isolated that retained its ability to produce gas when kept in the liquid state. A dry product consisting for the most part of starchy material was prepared, however, which could be used at will in making uniform bread." Bread made with leaven, i. e., the "Sauerteig" method, differs from salt- rising bread in that the leavening is due to yeasts and not to bacteria and it is a question whether in bread making by this method the bacteria present, some of which are gas-formers, are desirable or not. The 2 breads differ also in that salt-rising bread is made from fi-esh materials each time, while in making leavened bread a portion of the dough is saved to start the fermen- tation of the next baking. "The gases produced by the salt-rising bacteria, as found in these experi- ments, consist of nearly § hydrogen and rather more than J carbon dioxid and no hydrocarbons. " The losses of materials, due to decomposition and volatilization of some of the constituents, are much smaller in salt-rising bread than in bread made with yeast, and the losses in the latter vary with the amount of fermentation to which it is subjected. The difference in the losses of materials in the prep- aration of the 2 kinds of bread is to be explained by the fact that (1) there is no alcohol found in the former; (2) that owing to inherent difference in the nature of the ferments involved it is subjected to far less fermentation ; and (3) the gases are mucli lighter." The occurrence of some organic bases in flesh of wild rabbits, K. Toshi- MURA {Biochem. Ztschr., 37 (1911), No. 5-6, pp. /f77-Jt81). — According to the author's study, the flesh of wild rabbits contained 2 gm. creatin. 0.04 gm. hypoxanthin, and 2.23 gm. carnosin per kilogram. Xanthin was also present. The lutein of hen's egg yolk, R. Willstatter and H. H. Escher (Hoppe- Seyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 76 (1912), No. 2-3, pp. 2U-225, pi. i).— Accord- ing to the authors' studies, lutein from egg yolk is identical in chemical compo- sition and properties with zanthophyll and with lutein of vegetable origin. It differs from carotin with reference to its behavior when treated with ethyl alcohol or methyl alcohol and gasoline. The banana as a foodstuff, K. Thomas (Arch. Anat. u. Physiol., Physiol. Abt., 1910, Sup., pp. 29-38; ahs. in Zentbl. Physiol., 25 (1911). No. 21, p. 1001). — Accqrding to the author, the degree of ripeness of the banana influences the thoroughness of digestion, 11.4 per cent of overripe fruit, 8.93 per cent of ripe fruit, and 22.32 per cent of half ripe fruit remaining unabsorbed. Bananas can not long be taken with relish when they constitute the sole article of diet. The author does not regard the banana as a general foodstuff since nitrogen equilibrium is not obtainable with it. 564 EXPERIMENT STAT?ON RECORD. The tannin-colloid complexes in the fruit of the persimmon (Diospyros), F. E. Lloyd (Biochem. Bui, 1 {1911), No. 1, pih 7-41, pis. 3).— The data here presented have for the most part been previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 310). Olive oil, A. McGill (L«6. Inland Rev. Dept. Canada Bui. 229, pp. 15). — Of 152 samples of olive oil examined, 139 were found to be genuine. Standards for olive oil are proposed. Distribution of sand in ground cinnamon, G. Kappellek (Ztschr. TJnter- such. NaJir. u. Genussmtl., 22 {1911), No. 12, pp. 129, 730).— The analytical data reported did not indicate that there is a tendency for any sand, which appears in powdered cinnamon, to accumulate in the lower portion as has been claimed. Some objections to the use of alum baking powder, W. J. Gies {Jour. Amer. Bled. Assoc, 57 {1911), No. 10, pp. 816-821).— Upon, the basis of his own investigations and those of his associates (E. S. R., 25, p. 573), and experi- mental data which he has interpreted, the author discusses the use of alum in baking powder. It is his opinion that the observations summarized justify the general conclusion that " unless it can be shown definitely, and beyond a reasonable doubt, that aluminized foods are harmless, the use in food of such aluminum carriers as alum baking powder should be prohibited by law in the interest of conservation of the best of our natural resources — the public health." The adulteration of foods — detection and prevention, A. Beythien {Samml. Chem. u. Chem. Tech. Yortrdge 16 {1910-11), pp. l-l-'fO). — An important sum- mary and digest of data. The necessity for new legislation regarding saccharin, C. von Scheele {K. Landthr. AJcad. Eandl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. .',, pp. 273-285) .—A con- sideration of legislation regarding the use of saccharin in food in Sweden and in other countries, and a plea for a tariff: upon its importation into Sweden. The use of antiseptics in the preparation or preservation of food materials {Ann. Falsif., k {1911), No. 38, pp. 6-'i6, 6-'/7). — A summary of the exceptions permitted under the French pure food law of 1905. Report of chemist, J. O, Haxveeson {Bui. Dept. Food and Drug Insp. Mo., 3 {1911). No. 7-9, pp. 96, fig. J).— Of the 892 samples of foods, drugs, and medicines examined, 56.8 per cent were not passed. The lunch room, P. Richards (Chicago, 1911, 1. ed., pp. 190, pi. 1, figs. 13, dgms. JfO, charts 15). — This volume takes up plans, equipment, management, and accounting of lunch rooms, the sale of foods, coffee, tea, etc., and gives a collection of bills of fare. R^ecipes for dishes considered particularly suited to lunch room trade make up the bulk of the volume. Some questions of metabolism and nutrition, A. Gigon {Munchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 {1911), No. 25, pp. 13.'i3-13-'i7). — From a summary of data and the results of his own experiments, the author concludes that he has proved with certainty that the greater part of the carbon of protein remaining after the cleavage of urea is used by the normal body for fat formation, a smaller part being used for carbohydrate formation. Studies in nutrition — IV, The utilization of the proteins of the legumes, L. B. Mendel and M. S. Fine {Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 {1911), No. 6, i>p. 433- 458). — Soy bean flour free from starch, a product prepared from the white bean by thoroughly disintegrating the cells and dissolving and washing out the starch, phaseolin (a protein isolated fi-om the white bean), and an uncoagu- lated globulin from the garden pea, were the materials selected for study. In comparison with vegetable proteids used in earlier studies of this series (E. S. R., 26, p. 358), the legume products were found to be less well utilized. FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 565 "The unfavorable results with the soy bean and white bean preparations can be explained only in part by the presence of cellulose and hemi-cellulose in these products. Such considerations can not be applied to the data for phaseolin and pea globulin. . . . The observations regarding the soy bean are of special interest in view of the fact that this product has lately been introduced quite widely as an adjuvant to the dietary of diabetics." Attention is called to the desirability of further work on the isolated legume proteins, and on the influence of indigestible nounitrogenous materials upon the utilization of meat. Differences in the tryptic and peptic cleavage of casein, paracasein, and calcium paracasein of cow's milk and g'oat's milk, J. Hosl ( tjher Unter- schiede in der tii/ptischeti und prptischen. Spaltiing rfe.s Caseins, Paracaseins und des Paracascinkalkes aus Kiik- und Ziegcnimlch. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 31). — According to the author's artificial digestion experiments, paracasein from both cow's milk and goat's milk was more easily and more thoroughly digested with pepsin-hydrochloric acid than was casein. Creatin and creatinin metabolism in dogs during feeding and inanition with especial reference to the function of the liver, Caroline B. Towles and C. VoEGTLiN {Jour. Biol. Chem., 10 (1911), No. 6, pp. ^79-//97).— According to the authors' conclusion, " the more or less constant excretion of creatinin in an animal on a fixed diet is explained by the constancy of the 3 factors whicii determine it, viz, production in the course of catabolism, destruction through the action of enzyms, and kidney secretion, " In the dog creatinin and creatin are not true end-products of metabolism. That portion of these substances which appears in the urine is due to the fact that it is excreted by the kidney before destruction occurs. " It is shown that the liver does not play the important role in reference to the creatin metabolism that has been ascribed to this organ. " The occasional appearance of creatin in the urine after creatinin adminis- tration, as well as the occasional increase of urinary creatinin after creatin administration, suggests the possibility of creatinin hydrolysis being a reversi- ble reaction in the animal organism." Concerning the digestion of fat, S. von Pesthy (Biochem. Ztschr., 3i (.1911), No. 1-2, pp. 1 ',7-169; abs. in Chem. Zenthl., 1911, II, No. 10, p. 705).— According to the author's conclusions, the amount of glycerin liberated is an accurate measure of fat cleavage, while the determination of the fatty acids often does not give reliable data. Fat cleavage noted in the stomach is not ascribable to intestinal enzyms which have regurgitated into the stomach, since they lose their activity in the acid stomach contents. Both components of fat, namely, glycerin and fatty acids, are found in the intestinal tract but not in proportion to the chemical formula for fat. Experiments on the nutritive value of phosphorus compounds, W. Heubneij (Miinchen. Med. Wchnschr., 58 (1911), No. ^8, pp. 2543, 25-'/^).— In experiments with animals, no differences in phosphorus gains were noted when phosphates and lecithin were supplied in comparison. Additional experiments are planned. The influence of taking food upon gaseous exchange and energy metab- olism, A. GiGON (Pfliiger's Arch. Physiol., 1J,0 (1911), No. 11-12, pp. 509- 592). — From his own investigations and a digest of data on the subject, the author concludes that the body carries on its fundamental metabolic process independent of the act of taking food. Digestion involves a certain amount of work, and even when fasting, the digestive organs perform a little work. Under ordinary conditions as regards nourishment, and also when the body possesses a store of glycogen, intermediate metabolic changes take place when either carbohydrates or proteids are sup- 566 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. plied. Sugar is changed in part to fat, and carboliydrates and fat are botli formed from pi'otein, fat being stored. Each nutrient has a pronounced specific effect which is manifested much less through energy changes tlian through changes of matter. These specific effects are noted whether tlie foodstuffs are talien alone or together. The law of isodynamic proportions, the author con- cludes, does not apply to the immediate uses of food as manifested in the formation and storage of reserve materials. Studies on water drinking, VIII— X, H. A. Mattill and P. B. Hawk {Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, 33 {1911), No. 12, pp. 1978-2032).— FuW details are given of 3 papers previously noted from brief summaries (E. S. R., 25, p. 572), as follows : The utilization of ingested fat under the influence of copious and moderate water drinking with meals (pp. 1978-1998) ; the distribution of bacterial and other forms of fecal nitrogen and the utilization of ingested protein under the influence of copious and moderate water drinljing with meals (pp. 1999-2019) ; and fecal output and its carbohydrate content under the influence of copious and moderate water drinking with meals (pp. 2019-2032). The potassium, sodium, and chlorin content of plain and striated muscles of different animals, A. Costantino (Bwchem. Ztschr., 21 {Wit), No. 1-2. pp. 52-77). — Muscles from a number of farm and laboratory animals and poultry were studied. The water content of the nonstriated muscles, the author concludes, is greater than that of the striated. There are undoubtedly differences in the sodium and potassium quantity of the 2 classes of muscles, but no fixed rule can be given to describe them. Other conclusions have to do with specific variations in the muscles studied. Concerning' metabolism in old ag'e, R. IThlmann {Intcrnat. Beitr. Path. u. Titer. Erndhrungsstor. Stoffio. u. VerdaunngskranJc, 3 {1911), No. 3, p-p<. 239- 2^f4)- — The income and outgo of nitrogen was determined with a woman 90 .years old, in good health except for the infirmities of age, and weighing 57.2 lbs. On an average the simple mixed diet which consisted of milk, eggs, bread, rice, and potato, did not differ materially from her accustomed diet, and Sup-, plied 25.G5 calories per kilogram of body weight. The average nitrogen con- sumption in a 6-day period was 4.4 gm., the average daily excretion in the urine was 2.9 gm. and in the feces 1.2 gm., or a daily gain of 0.3 gm. of nitrogen. Data are also given for the metabolism of another period of 2 days, in which the simple diet contained a proprietai'y foodstuff containing some predigested pro- tein. According to the author, the amount of nitrogen required was about one-third of the normal quantity, the low value being due in part to diminished absorption but chiefly to low functional activity of body cells in general. Some observations on body temperature, P. Davidson and N. D. Walktu {Jour. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 17 {1911), No. 3, pp. 263-27^).— It being a well- known fact that body temperature normally rises during muscular activity, the authors attempted to determine this normal rise during marching so that it might be possible to determine when a rise of temperature under such con- ditions is to be considered pathological. The body temperatures of 5 subjects were taken per rectum at hourly intervals on days which included 5 hours of marching, and conclusions were based on the average of results. In general, the authors found that the amount of exertion did not cause much change in the body temperature, nor did such variations of clothing or of the external temperature as the experiments included. The effect of eating was usually, though not invariably, to raise the temperature slightly. The men in question were all used to walking, so that the question of training did not ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 567 enter iu, uor did that of fatigue. Individual idiosyncrasies were comparatively slight. In the opinion of tlie authors, the optimum temperature for marching may vary between 37.8° and 38.3° C. Similar observations made with subjects riding bicycles and playing squash rackets showed much the same general results. Data obtained with soldiers in India are discussed and compared with the experiments reported. How to prevent typhoid fever, L. W. Page, J. R. Mohler, and E. F. Smith (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. Jf78, pp. 8). — This is a statement of the nature of typhoid fever and the means of preventing it, and was originally prepared with special reference to the needs of employees of this Department in field service. Antityphoid vaccination as a method of protection against the disease is recommended for well persons exposed to field service conditions. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. On the value of feeds of animal origin for herbivorous animals, F. Hon- CAMP, B. GscHWENDNER and D. Engbebding (Landw. Vers. Stat., 75 {1911). No. 3-4, pp. 161-184). — This reports digestion experiments in feeding animal prod- ucts, such as fish and meat meals, to sheep, with clover hay as a basal ration. The following table gives the percentages of air-dry matter and the coefhcients of digestibility of the feeds used : Analyses and digestion coefficients of aninml products. Kind of meal. Herring meal (dry matter basis) Whale meal (dry matter basis) Meat meal, I (dry matter basis) Meat meal, II (dry matter basis) Blood meal (water insoluble). Blood meal (water soluble). Composition. Crude protein. Per ct. 58.30 71.08 54.48 62.61 86.61 89.09 Pure protein, Per ct. 56.28 58.22 40.54 54.22 86.20 81.50 Fat. Nitro- gen-free extract . Per ct. 13.57 23.74 22.66 8.80 .21 .62 Per ct. 3.98 2.51 2.30 2.89 Ash. Per ct. 23.65 2.94 20.56 25.70 4.38 2.52 Coefficients of digestibility. Organic matter. Per ct. 93.7 51.0 87.3 87.0 96.5 Crude protein Per ct. 87.7 75.1 78.9 84.1 86.4 %.5 Fat. Per ct. 97.4 100.0 93.0 100.0 100.0 Nitro- gen-free extract . Per ct. 49.2 36.7 On the utilization of dried yeast for preparing molasses feeds, O. Fallaua {Osterr. Ungar. Ztschr. Zuckerindus. u. Landw., 40 {1911), No. 5, pp. 709- 714). — Analyses are reported of dried yeast and a mixture of dried yeast and molasses. After standing 10 weeks there was no appreciable loss of nutriment in the yeast-molasses mixture, and it is recommended for stock feeding. The analy- sis of the mixture in a fresh condition in the proportions of 1 kg. of molasses to 800 gms. of dried yeast is as follows : Water 13.71, pi'otein 20.81, amino acids 8.19, fat 1.8, sugar 28.8, invert sugar traces, other nitrogen-free extracts 18.09, fiber traces, and ash 8.6 per cent. The methods of making these analyses are also discussed. The toxic principle in cruciferous cakes, C. Brioux {Ann. Sci. Agron., 3. ser., 6 {1911), I, Nos. 4, pp. 241-282; 5, pp. 321-337; abs. in Rev. Gen. Agron., n. ser., 6 {1911), No. 8, pp. 317-319). — The optimum temperature for the pro- duction of toxic substances in mustard cakes used in stock feeding was about 37° C. It is iK)inted out that mustard cakes must be fed with discretion and 568 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. must be given in a dry condition and only in small quantities until the animal becomes accustomed to them. If any intestinal irritation results they should be discontinued. It is also stated that treating the cakes with boiling water destroys the en- zyms that cause the production of mustard toxin. The availability of phosphorus compounds in rations for ruminants, G. FiNGERLiNG (BiocJiem. Ztschr., 37 {1911), No. 3-Jf, pp. 266-271). — (Jrowing lambs and lactating goats were given phytin, lecithin, and other phosphorus com- pounds, but there appeared to be no essential difference as to their digesti- bility. Further work showed that all phosphorus compounds were better util- ized in tender grass and in concentrated grains than in hay. Further work along this line is promised. [Registered feeding stuffs] (Kansas Sta. Feeding stuffs Buls. 17-22. pp. 4 each). — These contain a list of manufacturers and the name of feeding stuffs registered for the months of December, 1910, and January, February, March, April, and May, 1911, respectively. Concentrated commercial feeding stuffs. J. D. Turner and H. D. Spears (Kent tick If 8ta. Bui. 156. i)p. 63-180).— This reports the results of the state feed inspections, including the protein and fat content of the following feeds: Alfalfa meal, beef scrap, ground bone, dried beet pulp, corn bran, corn chop, crushed corn, corn meal, gluten feed, hominy meal, cotton-seed meal, linseed meal, rye feed, wheat by-products, distillers' dried grains, brewers' dried grains, and mixed feeds. In some cases the number of weed seeds was also deter- mined. " The feeds in which we found the higher amount of sand were mixed feeds containing finely ground materials and masked in other ways, and they were found to contain various amounts of screenings, weed seeds, etc. This would seem to indicate that the sand had found its way into the feed by the use of sweepings and screenings, and probably not by the Intentional addition of sand. " The ash of the various feeds was also determined and ... it is seen that those feeds containing high percentages of this constituent are those running high in the amount of sand present. Whether sand or soil is added inten- tionally or not, it is evident and the fact remains that such materials should not be in feeding stuffs in appreciable quantities, at least." Report of commercial feed stuffs, J. E. Halligan (Louisiana Stas. Feed Stuffs- Rpt. 1910-11. pp. 133). — This presents the results of feed inspection for the season of 1910-11. Analyses are reported of 10,399 samples of cotton-seed meal, rice bran, rice polish, wheat bran, shorts, corn chop, molasses feeds, brew- ers' gi-ains, beef scrap, alfalfa meal, corn-and-cob meal, hominy feed, and mixed feeds. Feed stuff analyses, H. B. McDonnell et al. (Md. Agr. Col. Quart., 1911, No. 51f, pp. 8). — Analyses are reported of beef scrap, gluten feed, meat meal, cotton-seed meal, hominy feed, maize oil meal, linseed meal, and proprietary mixed feeds. Stock feeds, G. M. MacNider and H. Hill (Bui. N. C. Dept. Agr.. 32 (1911), No. 11, Sujp., pp. 68). — This presents the results of the annual feed inspection for 1911. Analyses are reported of wheat bran, shorts, middlings, red dog flour, shipstuff, wheat screenings, rye middlings, rice meal, rice bran, alfalfa meal, dried beet pulp, corn chop, hominy feed, cotton-seed meal, peanut meal, peanut hulls, old process linseed meal, gluten feed, cracked corn, blood meal, meat meal, mixed feeds, condimental stock feeds, and poultry tonics. Winter steer feeding, 1909-10 and 1910-11, J. H. Skinner, F. G. King and H. P. Rusk (Indiana Sta. Bui. 153. pp. 3-67). — A continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 22, p. 269), and containing data on the value of corn silage ANIMAL PEODUCTION, 569 and clover hay as a roughage for fattening steers, the best methods of utilizing the roughage produced on the farm, influence of cotton-seed meal as a supple- ment, and a comparison of the relative profits from long and short feeding periods. The feeding tests were undertaken in 1909-10 and 1910-11, using in general lots of 10 steers each. The tests are described in detail and the daily gains per month are given. The follow^ing table shows the results of feeding clover hay and corn silage as supplements to shelled corn and cotton-seed meal as a basal ration for steers : Steer feeding tests. Lot. Supplementary feed. Clover hay and com silage . Clover hay Coira silage '. Clover hay and com silage . ...do Clover hay Com silage Clover hay and com silage . Year. 1909-10. ...do... ...do... ...do... 1910-11. ...do... ...do... ...do... Average daily gain. Pounds. 2.58 2.28 2.33 3.63 2.59 2.43 2.37 2.42 Cost of feed per pound of gain. Cents. 9.76 10.98 9.42 9.56 8.82 9.71 8.49 8.71 Initial value per pound. Cents. 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.65 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 Selling value per pound. Cents. 7.25 7.30 7.20 7.60 5.95 5.85 5.75 5.85 Profit or loss per steer (without pork). Dollars. -1-13.02 -MO. 12 -fl4.64 +18.09 - 0.50 - 4.57 - 1.34 - 0.86 In the spring of 1910 the market price of all classes of meat animals was abnormally high, while in the spring of 1911 the market was very unsatisfac- tory. On including the amount of pork produced, the balance sheet for 1910-11 test shows a profit for each lot. Labor and interest on investment wer« not taken into consideration in estimating the cost of gain. In a study of different proportions of cotton-seed meal on a basal ration of shelled corn, clover hay, and corn silage, 2.5 lbs. of cotton-seed meal per day per 1,000 lbs. live weight was found to be more profitable than only half as much cotton-seed meal. This was due quite largely to a more rapid gain, as the cost of making gains was not greatly affected. With corn above 40 cts. per bushel the cost of gain was less where the larger amount of cotton-seed meal was fed. but the reverse was true when corn cost less than 40 cts. In a similar test but with the silage omitted the rate of gain and the feed required to make a pound of gain was very little affected. The cost of gains was greatly increased by the use of the larger amount of the concentrate, but a better finish was produced. The profit per steer was less in 1909-10 on the larger amount, but in 1910-11 the profits were in favor of it, due to the changed market conditions. The short-fed cattle in the trials of 1909-10 made more rapid gains than the long-fed. Corn silage and clover hay proved eflficient for carrying the heavy flesh feeders for the first part of the feeding period. The cattle in the trial of 1910-11, carried on clover hay and corn silage and then short fed, made less gain and returned a shorter profit than the long fed. One lot of 15 short-fed cattle in 1909-11 was marketed and returned a profit, including pork, of more than $28 per steer, while the cattle used in the second trial and marketed 120 days later returned a profit of less than $10 per head, notwithstanding the fact that the latter made more rapid and cheaper gains than have ever been made by any other lot of steers fed experimentally at the station. This was due in part to the condition of cattle when started on feed in the second trial, but more largely to the influence of market conditions. 570 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Among conclusions drawn are the following : " The kind of cattle should determine to a large extent the length of time to feed." " Corn silage in all rations where it was fed proved a more economical and a more profitable roughage than clover hay alone for fattening cattle." " The addition of corn silage to a ration of shelled corn, cotton-seed meal, and clover hay increased the rate, and decreased the cost of gain, and effected equally as good finish on the cattle." " In order to induce sufficient grain con- sumption to insure satisfactory gains it was necessary to limit the amount of silage fed during the latter part of the feeding period." " The consumption of frozen silage scoured the cattle." Sheep manag'ement, F. Kleinheinz (Madison, Wis., 1911, pp. XIII +225, pi. 1, figs. 59). — A brief guide to practical problems in sheep management which confront those engaged in sheep husbandry. The information is based on the many years' experience as a shepherd of the author, who has had charge of the flock at the Wisconsin Station since 1890. Mutton finishing on silage, J. E. Poole {Breeder's Oaz., 60 {1911), No. 25, pp. 1296, 1324, 1325, figs. Jf). — Details are given of the methods practiced where feeding silage to sheep has been undertaken on a large scale. Studies on the strength and elasticity of the wool fiber. — I, The probable error of the mean, J. A. Hill {Wyoming Sta. Rpt. 1911, Sup., pp. 139). — Con- tinuing earlier work (B. S. R., 21, p. 73), the stretch of 5,000 and the breaking strength of 59,400 wool fibers were measured. The fibers were taken from 26 fleeces, representing a wide I'ange as to character of fiber, breed of sheep, and geographical distribution. In a single sample the breaking strain and the relation between breaking strain and area of cross section was found to be more variable than the relation be- tween the two characters, when subsamples of 100 fibers each were drawn from unmixed samples. By this method, however, more than half of the means of the hundreds differ from the means of the thousands by more than the probable error of the means of the hundred. The variation of the means of subsamples of 1,000 fibers were determined as drawn from unmixed samples, but all of this work pointed to the conclusion that the probable error calcu- lated by the formula 0.6745a-/V->i, where er is the standard deviation and n the number of variants, is of little or no value as a measure of the accuracy of the means obtained by the methods which hitherto have been used in this investi- gation. It is thought that the fault may be that the groups of hundreds and thousands studied have not fulfilled the conditions necessary to make them random samples. The investigations were continued by changing the method of drawing the fibers, but the study of deviations of the means in all cases furnished evidence that the changed methods of drawing subsamples still failed to follow the laws of the means of random subsamples. A final test was made to determine whether or not very small samples of wool which contained barely the total number of fibers tested can be so mixed that the accuracy of the means of thousands is described by the probable error cal- culated by the standard deviation of the individual measurements, and also to determine whether these means of thousands are accurate enough to be used in measuring the effect of change of condition on the strength of wool. The re- sult, however, was somewhat contradictory, and if it can be said to prove any- thing at all, it is that mixing very small samples before testing can not be de- pended upon to give means of thousands whose theoretical probable errors are good measures of their accuracy. Tables are given which show the comparison of the theoretical with the true probable errors of the means of hundreds for all the samples studied, and com- parisons of the means of thousands for samples from which 5,000 or more fibers ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 571 were measured. They showed to what extent the true as compared with the theoretical probable error was reduced by mixing the sample before drawing the subsamples for testing. After measuring the stretch on 5,000 fibers it was also concluded that mixing before drawuig subsamples in measuring stretch would have no more effect in making the facts coincide with the theory than it did in the case of breaking strain. The frequency constants showed that stretch was more variable than breaking strain, that SO per cent of the deviations exceed the theoretical prob- able error, and that the difference between the highest and the lowest means of hundreds is over 40 per cent, all of which shows an exceedingly high degree of variability in stretch of wool fiber. The author states that results of these studies are for the most part negative and in many points self-contradictory, but they at least show the necessity of painstaking experiments in developing and trying out methods for use in wool investigations. It shows that under ordinary room conditions and mixtures the probable error calculated from the standard deviations of the individual fibers is not a good measure of the variability of the means of hundreds and thousands for both breaking strain and stretch ; that the variation of the means of hun- dreds is so great that the mean of this small number of tests is a very inaccu- rate measure of the mean of a sample of wool containing only a few thousand fibers ; and that the means of thousands can scarcely be used for anything more than the most general work. "There are, moreover, certain classes of work, e. g., the comparison of the strength of wool from 2 breeds of sheep, or even of 2 sheep, in which it will be necessary to measure the diameter of the fiber, but before this is at- tempted there should be a careful study made of the variability of the diameters of single fibers by taking measurements at small intervals throughout the length of fibers as well as on different fibers. Such a study as this might throw some light on the question of changes in cross-section due to permanent elongation before rupture, which is one of the difiiculties of finding the relation between breaking strain and cross-section." Report on seven experiments on the feeding of pigs, W. Stevenson (West of Scot. Agr. Col. Bvl. 57, 1911, pp. 255-334 ) .—This is a report of a series of ex- periments intended to illustrate the best methods of utilizing skim milk and whey for feeding pigs. The supremacy of the American hog, J. O. Armour {Breeder's Gaz., 60 (1911), A'o. 25, pp. 1290, 1291, 1337, 1338, 13J,0, 1342, figs. 10).— A statistical account of the swine industry in the United States. Slaughtering operations and comparisons (Cincinnati Price Current, 69 (1912), No. 1, pp. 1, 2). — A statistical review of the growth and extent of hog slaughtering operations' in the West from 1872 to 1911. Horses and horse breeding, H. K. Bush-Brown (Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 (1911), Nos. 2, i)p. 85-97; 3, pp. 175-188, figs. 25).— A discussion of the Celtic, Prezewalskii, forest, Arab, and Thoroughbred types of horses, with remarks concerning their use for foundation stock and breeding. The inheritance of cal- losities is discussed. The book of the horse, Sa'adat Yar, trans, by D. C Phillott (London 1911, pp. XX+83; rev. in Nature [London], 88 (1911), No. 2197, pp. 172-173).— A translation of a classic work on the horse by a native of British India. The horse: His breeding, care, and use, D. Buffum (Neiv York, 1911, pp. 160, figs. 8). — A popular work on buying, breeding, and managing horses. Breeding poultry for egg production, R. Pearl (Maine Sta. Bui. 192, pp. 113-176, figs. 9). — A review is given of the history of the work at the Maine 35693°— No. 6—12 6 572 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Station in the experimental breeding of poultry with reference to egg produc- tion, with some additional data not hitherto published regarding obscure and doubtful points of interpretation. It is concluded that trap nesting for the purpose of improving egg produc- tion by the selection of the best layers has not that degree of practical useful ness and importance which it was popularly supposed to have some 10 years ago. Its only profitable function in practical or commercial poultry keeping, as distinguished from experimental, is deemed to be in connection with special needs or problems, as in the work of the fancier who desires to keep individual pedigrees of his stock. In the interpretation of earlier work the author finds that the percentage of mortality fluctuated in amount from year to year. These variations are ac- counted for by differences in general environmental factors and to accidents. There was a general trend downward, however, during the period 1S99 to 1908, when egg pi'oduction was showing a slightly downward trend. There is no evidence that either artificial incubation or any other environmental con- dition affected adversely the constitutional vigor of the strain. The percentage of infertile eggs was distinctly high, because the eggs for hatching were used soon after mating, being 19.3 per cent in females of high fecundity lines and 18.8 per cent in those of low fecundity. The hatching quality as indicated by the percentage of fertile eggs hatched was somewhat below what may be con- sidered normal for the station's stock at the pi-esent time. Taking all the records together, in the high fecundity lines it required 2.6 eggs in the incubator in 1911 to produce 1 chicken 3 weeks old, while in the low fecundity lines it required 3.2 eggs to make 1 chick 3 weeks old. There was no substantial dif- ference between the females of the high and low fecundity lines in respect to hatching records. An experiment in out-crossing, involving a large number of individuals, indi- cated that the infusion of new blood failed to produce any change in the egg production of the progeny. Therefore, it is concluded that the amount of in- breeding practiced during the mass selection had no unfavorable influence on either egg production or on the general vitality of the stock. As there was no increase in egg production by mass selection in the laying year 1907-8, a new plan of breeding was adopted as a working hypothesis, having for its basis the genotype concept of Johannsen, which is explained in detail. Data are presented showing that it has been possible to isolate and breed stock strains or lines in which high fecundity has not been changed during 4 generations at least. This indicates that high fecundity and low fecundity segregate in accordance with Mendelian principles. Poultry notes, 1910, R. Pearl (Maine 8ta. Bui. 193, pp. 111-200, figs. 8).— A report of progress in the poultry work at the station in 1910. The brooder which had been used proving unsatisfactory, a new type was devised which proved satisfactory. A description and working plans of the new brooder are given. Experience has shown that the roosting closet was of no advantage and has been abandoned. A study of the residual error of trap-nest records is presented in detail. With the old trap nests the residual error was 4.01, with the new 1.24 per cent. The relative amount of unrecorded egg production was not closely related to the total egg production. The absolute number of unrecorded eggs tended to increase as the nest eggs increased. During the first 2 years the tendency for the unrecorded production diminished relatively. The longer the same in- dividual birds used the trap nest the smaller became the production of im- recorded eggs, which suggests that there is an element of learning in the ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 573 operation of trap nests, looked at from the standpoint of the bird. There are always a few which have to be taught to use the trap nest. The third year seemed to furnish a contradiction to the first 2 years, though this may be accounted for by the behavior of certain cross-bred birds in respect to broodi- ness. It is stated that there will also remain some unrecorded egg production be- cause of laying on the floor of the house, laying in broody coops, and dropping eggs whole on the roosts. A brief review is given of a portion of the more technical scientific work with poultry already noted from other sources (E. S. R., 24, p. 675; 25, p. 77). Live stock in Argentina {An. Soc. Rural Argentina, 1910, Agr. and Live Stock, pp. 177, pi. 1, figs. 255). — This contains an account of the meat trade, live-stock exhibitions, and statistics of the live-stock trade in Argentina. The price of animals and animal products in 1910 and the first half of 1911 in 22 cities and markets in Switzerland (2Jitt. Bern. Statis. Bur., 1911, No. 2, pp. 101). — This contains statistical tables and a brief account of the meat industry in Switzerland. Text-book of animal breeding, G. Puscri (Lehrbuch der AUgemeinen Tier- zucht. Stuttgart, 1911, 2. ed., rev. and enl., pp. XV+Jf80. figs. 219).— In this new edition (E. S. R., 16. p. 586) sections treating on the following topics have been added : The mind of animals, unnatural sexual instinct, artificial impreg- nation, Mendelian laws, inheritance of acquired characters, and the influence of care and feed upon the mature form of the animal. On the relation of the mechanism of the hind and fore limbs of cattle to the differences of the low and highland breeds, H. Behm (Untersuchiingen iiber den Mecfianismus der Hinter- und V order extremitdt des Rindes in seiner Verschiedenheit bci Tieflands- und Eoliensclildgen. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1911, pp. 101, pis. 4)- — From an anatomical study of the vertebral column and its correlations, the author concludes that the sloping crupper of the lowland breeds of cattle is caused by the mechanical effect of feeding on level ground, whereas pasturing on sloping ground tends to raise the posterior extremity of the coccyx bone. The coccyx in calves of both breeds is nearly horizontal. Measurements which were made on different cattle are given, and a bibliography is appended. The anatomy and histology of the psalterium in ruminants, E. Schwaez (Zur Anatomic und Histologie des Psalters der Wiederkduer. Inaug. Diss., Vniv. Bern, 1910, pp. IfS, figs. 7). — ^As a result of his studies the author con- cludes that resorption as well as the mechanical preparation of the food takes place in the psalterium. On the occurrence, ancestry, and origin of rumpless fowls, G. Libon (Ansichten iihcr das Vorkommen, die Abstammung und Entstehung des schwanz- losen Haushuhnes. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1911, pp. 53, pis. .'/). — ^Anatomical and embryological studies showed that this pathological character is due to the atrophy of the uropygium and caudal vertebrae. Though the rudiments of the caudal vertebrse can be seen in the young embryo, they disappear between the ninth and tenth day of incubation. A bibliography is appended. A case of yolk formation not connected with the production of ova, O. Riddle (BtoL Bid. Mar. Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, 22 (1912), No. 2, pp. 107- 111). — An account of the formation of true yolk in spaces within the connective tissues which lie externally to the follicular membrane of capsules which had previously liberated ova. This peculiar yolk formation was found in the case of 6 or 8 ovaries of full-grown hens. 574 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOBD. DAIRY FARMING— DAIRYING. Dairy farming', J. Michels (Milwaukee, Wis., 1911, 3. ed. rev., pp. 296, pi. I, figs. 81). — A pi-actical work on dairying, intended to be nsed as a text and reference book in American dairy scliools, and wliich contains results of the autlior's experience in dairy farming and as a teacher of dairy husbandry in agricultural colleges. Soiling" and summer silage, H. O. Daniels (Amcr. Cult., 73 (1911), No. 49, pp. 2, 3, fig. 1). — This is a comparison of these 2 systems of furnishing succu- lent feed for dairy cows throughout the year, based on the experience of the author. He found that growing clover and either oats, rye, or wheat for ensiling in June was a more economical and satisfactory method, and required less laboi", than summer soiling for keeping up the milk supply when the summer pastures began to dry up in the summer time. In September, when the clover and rye or wheat silage has been used up the silo was filled with corn silage, which lasts until the summer silage is again ready for harvest. Details are given for raising the crops. On the feeding value of fresh grass and hay made from the same, A. MoBGEN, C. Beger and F. Westhausser (Landw. Yers. Stat., 75 (1911), No. 5-6, pp. 321-3't8). — ^Analyses of fresh grass and hay indicated that the loss of organic matter through drying was slight. There was a loss of organic phosphorous when dried in the open air, but not when dried in an enclosed box. In tests with 3 sheep and 1 goat there was little difference in the milk flow or live weight, although the hay was not quite so readily digested as the grass. The greatest loss of nutrient material was in fat and pure protein. The decreased digestibility was due to the changed physiological condition of the hay. The external characteristics of dairy cows of different breeds (Cnlfura, 23 (1911), Nos. 270, pp. 74-93; 271, pp. 123-138).— A study of conformation as a guide to the milking capacity of cows. Red Polls as milkers, T. A. J. Smith (Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria, 9 (1911), No. 11, pp. 778-781, fig. 1). — This reports the milk yields of 13 Red Polled cattle kept at the tobacco farm of the department at Whitfield. Concerning the nutritive value of the milk of buffaloes and cows, G. Magini (Atti. R. Accad. Lincei. Rend. CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat., 5. ser., 20 (1911), II, No. 8, pp. J,39-US, pi. 1; Clin. Vet. [Milan], Rass. Pol. Samt. e Ig., 34 (1911), No. 23, pp. 933-1000). — Comparative analyses were made under corresponding conditions of the milk of cows and Indian buffaloes obtained in and about Rome. The buffalo milk was found to contain considerably less water, one-third again as much fat, and more albuminoids and milk sugar. The author concludes that it is likely to become of increasing economic value in the Roman campagna. The dirt content of evening' and morning milk, F. Reiss (Mollc. Ztg. [Hildeshcim], 24 (1910), No. 88, pp. 1655, 1656).— A number of tests showed that the morning milk as a rule had a higher dirt content than evening milk. A preparation for increasing the secretion of milk, K. Basch (German Patent 238,995, Aug. 21, 1909; ahs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 127, Repert., p. 527). — ^A note on a patented process for extracting from animal placentas a substance which induces milk secretion. It is claimed that it can be used for both animals and humans. The problem of city milk supplies, P. G. Heinemann (Pop. Sci. 3Jo., 80 (1912), No. 1, pp. 66-75, figs. 9). — A popular article on the importance of having a pure milk supply. The fact is emphasized that consumers must be taught to realize that at present prices milk is a cheap food as compared with meat. DAIRY FABMTNG DAIEYTNG. 575 A review of practical methods for supervising the milk supply of cities, J. B. Thomas {Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc, 1 (1911), No. 11, pp. 798-807).— The different methods of collecting samples, keeping records, and supervising dairy farms are discussed. A summary of milk regulations in the United States, E. H. Schobee (Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc, 1 (1911), No. 11, pp. S// 7-856). —The state and urban official regulations concerning the sale of milk are discussed from the standpoint of efficiency in increasing the supply of clean milk. Practical municipal milk examinations, D. M. Lewis (Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc, 1 (1911), No. 11, pp. 778-782).— A discussion of the results of testing milk for streptococci, pus cells, dirt, and blood. An outbreak of tonsilitis or septic sore throat in eastern Massachusetts and its relation to an infected milk supply, C. E. A. Winslow (Jour. Infect. Diseases, 10 (1912). No. 1, pp. 73-112, figs. J). — This outbreak, which occurred in 2 different districts, was thought to be due to a carrier case. There was no well-defined case of tonsilitis among the dairy employees, although it oc- curred in the families, and the farms and cattle were systematically inspected by an expert veterinarian. " The lesson to be drawn from the outbreak is that even a most carefully supervised milk supply is open to the danger of grave infection from carrier or unrecognized cases of disease. The only real safeguard against such catas- trophes lies in pasteurization, carried out by the holding system and preferably in the final packages. " Numerous outbreaks of similar throat disease have occurred in Great Britain, and have been clearly traced to infected milk supplies. From the English experience it appears that ' septic sore throat ' is by no means rare as a milk-borne infection ; and sanitarians in this country must add this to the list of dangers that surround a raw milk supply." The Society of American Bacteriologists (Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 893, pp. 222-2^0). — These pages consist of abstracts of some of the papers read at the Washington meeting, December, 1911, which relate to dairy bacteriology. A comparison of streptococci from milk and from the human throat, E. C. Stowell and C. M. Hilliard (p. 223). — ^A study of a method for distinguishing between organisms isolated from these 2 sources led to the following conclu- sions : " Streptococci from the human throat and from milk very generally ferment one or more of the sugars, dextrose, lactose, and saccharose, attacking them m(»st readily in the order named. They do not generally ferment raffinose or mannite. The streptococci of the sore and the normal throat show no cultural differentiation in relation to the carbohydrates used. Virulence tests would perhaps have separated the 2 groups. Milk streptococci are much more facultative than throat strains in relation to the temperature at which they are grown. This is, perhaps, the most valuable information obtained as a differential feature between chained cocci from the 2 sources." A study of thirty-fivo strains of streptococci isolated from samples of milk, G. F. Ruediger (p. 22S) .—Streptococcus lacticus could be differentiated from S, pyogenes by means of blood agar plates, and has no sanitary significance as it is found in nearly all samples of clean, soured, or fresh milk, and very often in the healthy milk ducts. S. pyogenes, on the other hand, is indicative of the existence of the inflamed condition of the udder of the cow. A biometrical study of milk streptococci, J. Broadhurst (pp. 223. 224). — A comparative study of carbohydrate fermentation reactions based on streptococci isolated from milk plates made from samples of commercial milk in New York City. One hundred strains were isolated. 676 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Casein media adapted to milk analysis, S. H. Ayers (pp. 229, 230). — A method of prepiiring casein media is given, wliieh is thought to be of considerable value in bacteriological milk analysis. A study of the bacterial growth upon casein agar and on infusion agar led to the following results : " The 24 hours' count at 37° on casein agar was almost always lower than on infusion agar when raw milk is being examined. When pasteurized milk was examined the casein plates showed a higher count in 37 per cent of the samples. After 6 days' incubation at 30° C, out of 50 samples of raw milk plated. 44 per cent of the samples showed higher counts on casein agar. With 50 samples of pasteurized milk, 78 per cent of the samples showed a higher count on casein agar. From a study of the bacteria from about 50 samples of both raw and pasteurized milk it seems that acid-forming bacteria do not develop quite as well on casein agar. It does, however, favor the growth of the alkali formers, the peptonizers, and inert bacteria. " The number of peptonizing bacteria in a sample of milk may be determined directly from a casein agar plate. After counting the plate it should be flowed with tenth-normal lactic acid ; this causes the precipitation of the casein, giving a white opaque plate except where the casein has been dissolved about a colony of peptonizing bacteria. There is then left a clear zone around the colonies of peptonizing bacteria which enables one to determine their numbers in the sample of milk under examination. It has been found from a study of a large number of samples that this method of determination is accurate." A study of gas-forming bacteria in milk, L. A. Rogers and B. J. Davis (pp. 230, 231). — Cultures of gas-forming organisms were isolated from milk and milk products in various parts of the country, and studied with special reference to the relation to the fermentation of carbohydrates and the amount of gas and ratio of hydrogen to carbon dioxid. When plotted on the frequency basis this ratio gave four more or less distinct nodes. The proper classificatiou of the cultures showed a close relationship between the ratio and the amount of gas. The gas ratio was further correlated in some cases with the fermentation of certain carbohydrates. " The group giving a ratio 1 : 1.6 to 1 : 2 shows a distinctly greater ability to ferment saccharose, raffinose, and starch than the group giving the ratio 1 : 1.1. It is probable that these tentative groups are somewhat heterogeneous and that further refinement by the use of new test substances will bring out sharper distinctions." Some actions of micro-organisms tijjon the constituents of butter, C. W. Brown (p. 231). — One lot of butter was made from cream pasteurized at from 160 to 170° F., while the other was not pasteurized. Both the churn and butter were placed in storage at from — 3 to -f3°. Fifty-seven species of bacteria and 31 species of yeast, besides molds, were isolated. It was noticed " that 24 of the bacteria and 15 of the yeasts will grow on 12 per cent salt at 20° C. Four of these bacteria and 6 of these yeasts grow well on 12 per cent salt at 6°. The ratio of the number of species of liquefying bacteria to the number of nonliquefying bacteria isolated from ordinary agar is the same as the liquefying to the nonliquefying isolated from 12 per cent salt agar. Twelve per cent of salt has a much more inhibitive action upon the species of liquefying yeasts than it does upon the nonliquefying. The lactose in both the pasteurized and unpasteurized butter decreased from 0.315 per cent and 0.325 per cent to 0.285 per cent and 0.290 per cent, respectively, in 428 days; 50 per cent of the decrease in lactose took place within tlie first 10 days; when the butter was taken from storage at the end of 428 days and placed at room temperature very little further decomposition of lactose oc- DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 577 curred. The soluble nitrogen recorded in percentage of the total nitrogen in the butter increased in 428 days from 6.25 per cent and 7.G9 per cent to 6.29 per cent and 7.84 per cent for the pasteurized and unpasteurized, respectively. The acidity of the pasteurized butter I'emained constant, while that of the un- pasteurized increased from 25.5 to 33.9° (Fuller's scale). When the growth upon synthetic agar was compared with the growth upon the same agar to which 1 per cent butter fat — freed from impurities by melting and decanting — was added, 9 species of the bacteria showed a more luxuriant growth in the presence of fat, 11 were inhibited and 37 were indifferent, while 20 of the yeasts grew more luxuriant, 5 were inhibited, and 6 indifferent." A bactenological study of the milk supply of Washington, D. C, J. J. Kin- youn and L. V. Deiter (p. 231). — The milk was examined to ascertain the actual conditions of the milk supply during a period of 14 months. The average bacterial content for all samples was 9,300.000, and in no instance below 1,000,000. Fifty-five per cent contained Bacillus coll and streptococci. The examination of pasteurized milk showed that it was far from satisfactory. The bacteriological improvement of a milk supply 6y other than laboratory means, H. A. Harding (p. 232). — Attention is called to the fact that the estab- lishment of a maximum permissible germ content in market milk is undesirable; that bacteriologists must translate the results of their studies in terms of dairy practice, which may well take the form of a score card ; and that any perma- nent improvement in the milk supply must rest on the conditions which make it more profitable to furnish a cleaner milk than to furnish a dirtier one. Suggestion of a new method of stating com^posite results of bacterial milk counts, E. C. Levy (p. 233). — The average bacterial count of market milk samples is thought to be of little value Therefore, a new method called the " bacterial index " is suggested, and is explained in detail. The control of pasteurized milk by physical and bacterial standards, W. R. Stokes and F. W. Hachtel (pp. 233, 234).— The importance of the control of the pasteurization of milk and the milk after it has been pasteurized is emphasized. The percentage of cases in which colon bacilli were present before and after pasteurization is given. " The article then considers the recontamination of pasteurized milk, showing by the work of Koehler and Tonney that while the average count from a large number of freshly pasteurized milks was only 125,000, yet the average count from pasteurized milk 1 day old was 602,0(X) bacteria per cubic centimeter. Some of this milk showed counts varying between 1,000,000 and 4,800,000 per cubic centimeter. These authors think that this recontamination can best be obviated by a strict enforcement of a maximum standard for the temperature of milk of 50° C. " The conclusions are that the physical and bacterial standards of Koehler and Tonney are reasonable, and that the question of an additional safeguard establishing a maximum amount in which colon bacilli can be present in pasteurized milk is still open for debate." Recent developments in pasteurization of milk for a general market, PI H. Schorer (pp. 234, 235). — A general discussion of the necessity for pasteurizing market milk. " The most efficient method of pasteurization is that under official supervision, controlling the quality of the milk pasteurized, pasteuriza- tion in the sealed bottle at 145° F. for 30 minutes, allowing at least 30 minutes to heat the milk to the pasteurizing tempei''ature, and labeling such milk properly. This will insure suflBcient temperature to destroy pathogenic bacteria, will inactivate the ferments but little, leave a good, cream line, and give a preferred milk." 578 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Milk and cream testing and grading dairy produce for school, farm, and factory, G. S. Thomson {London, 1911, pp. XA'+20.'/, pi. 1, figs. 10; abs. in Dairy, 23 {1911), No. 276, p. 326). — This book contains directions for milk inspectors, daiiymen, and others who wish to test cream and milk. Nearly one-third of the book is devoted to the topic of grading milk, cream, and butter. Concerning the Gervais cheese of commerce, G. Heuser and G. Ranft {Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 23 {1912), No. 1, pp. 16-19). — Analyses of 35 samples of Gervais cheese are reported, in which the percentage of fat varied from 5.12 to 38.53, and of water from 41.15 to 69.14. VETERINARY MEDICINE. Haubner's veterinary medicine for the agriculturist, edited by O. Koder {Haubner's LancUoirtscJiaftliche Tierheilkunde. Berlin, 1911, 15. rev. ed., pp, XII+782, figs. 170). — This work is divided into 3 parts: The first deals with internal diseases (pp. 13-459) ; the second with external diseases (pp. 463- 725) ; and the third with therapeutics (pp. 729-775). A guide to the dissection of domestic animals, M. Schmey {Sektionstechnik del- Hmistiere. Stuttgart, 1911, pp. VIII+22^, figs. 58). — This is a practical guide to the dissection of domestic animals intended for use by veterinarians and students of veterinary medicine. Common sense treatment of farm animals, C. D. Smead (Pittsburgh, Pa., 1911, pp. 63, figs. 15). — A popular treatise on the subject. Practical methods of disinfecting stables, G. W. Pope (Z7. ;S. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. J/SO, pp. 16, figs. S). — This calls attention to the necessity for disinfecting stables, briefly describes the nature of disinfection and the more important disinfectants, and furnishes information I'egardiug their use. A more detailed account by Dorset of disinfecting agents has been previously noted (B. S. R., 20, p. 884). Annual report of the Bengal Veterinary College and of the Civil Veteri- nary Department, Bengal, for the year 1910—11, D. Quinlan (Ann. Rpt. Bengal Vet. Col. and Civ. Vet. Dept., 1910-11, jyp. 5+ ll-\-VIII+2).— The first section includes reports of the epizootic diseases department in Calcuttn and its vicinity and of the Raymond Research Laboratory. The second section deals with veterinary instruction, the occurrence and treatment of diseases, breeding operations, etc. Handbook of serum therapy and serum diagnosis in veterinary medicine, M. Klimmer and A. Wolff-Eisner (Handbuch der Serumtherapie imd Sermn- diagnostik in der Veterindr-Medisin. Leipsic, 1911, vol. 2, pp. VIII-{-495, pis. Jf, figs. 12). — This is volume 2 of the handbook on serology which has been pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 23, p. 681), and contains contributions by various experts in their respective lines. Its contents include discussions of protective vaccination against hog cholera and swine plague ; immunity against swine plague, hog erysipelas, and anthrax ; protective vaccination against blackleg ; protective vaccination against and curative treatment for foot-and-mouth dis- ease; treatment against pox in domestic animals; diagnosis of tuberculosis with tuberculin preparations; methods of combating tuberculosis; protective vaccination against tuberculosis; vaccination against calf diseases and infec- tious abortion; specific prophylaxis and therapeutic measures against strep- tococcic diseases; serum therapy of fowl cholera; protective and' curative treat- ment against canine distemper ; vaccination against bradsot or braxy ; pro- tective and curative vaccination against tetanus; vaccination against lung plague in bovines ; rinderpest and active immunization against it ; mallein as a diagnostic agent for glanders ; protective and curative treatment of glanders ; VETERINARY MEDICINE. 579 vaccination against rabies; immunizing against African liorse siclcness; vaccine tlierapy; pyocyanase; agglutination, precipitation, and complement fixation; anaptiylaxis ; destruction of mice and rats withi bacteria; and a survey of tlie commercial sera, diagnostic sera, bacterial products, and vaccines for veterinary medical purposes. Immune sera, C. F. Bolduan (Netv York and London, 1911, 4. ed., rev. and enl., pp. XI+226, figs. 10). — Tliis is the fourtli edition of this worli (E. S. R., 20, p. 1080) which has been entirely rewritten, and enlarged and brought up to date. The book, while it presents Ehrlich's views at length, shows wherein and why this investigator differs from others. Its chapters contain discussions of antitoxins, agglutinins, bacteriolysins and hemolysins, precipitins, cytotoxins, opsiuins, snake venoms and their antisera, anaphylaxis, infection and immunity, bacterial vaccines, leucocyte extracts in the treatment of infections, and principles underlying treatment of syphilis with Salvarsan. Appendixes present (a) the Wassermann test for syphilis, (b) Noguchi's modified Wassermann reaction, (c) blood examination prepara- tory to transfusion, and (d) the conglutination reaction, the Much-Holzmann cobra venom reaction, the meiostagmin reaction, Weil's cobra venom test in syphilis, and antitrypsin determinations. Immune bodies and biological reactions, A. Eichorn {Amer. Jour. Yet. Med., 6 {1911), Xo. 11, pp. 803-817). — A clear, concise discussion of this sub- ject, with particular regard to veterinary medicine. On the local production of antibodies, L. Hektoen {Jour. Infect. Diseases, 9 {1911), No. 2, pp. 103-114, fig. 1). — "The results obtained from the experi- ments recorded in this article do not point to any local production of specific antibodies in dogs injected with goat or rat corpuscles, at least not so far as concerns the tissues about the anterior chamber of the eye, the tissues of the pleura, and the subcutaneous tissues." Visible detection of antigens; antibody fixation in vitro; the epiphanin reaction, W. Weichardt {Miinchen. Med. Wchnsclir., 58 {1911). No. 31, pp. 1662, 1663). — A polemic in regard to the epiphanin and meiostagmin reactions. Further studies of antistreptococcus serum, G. H. Weaver and Ruth Tun- NiCLiFF {Jour. Infect. Diseases, 9 {1911), No. 2, pp. 130-146). — "Antistrep- tococcus serums rapidly lose their opsonic ix)wer, which may for some time be largely restored by the addition of fresh human or guinea-pig serum. " Guinea pigs may be protected against virulent cultures of streptococci by previous injection of antistreptococcus serums. The protective power of immune serums continues so long as they can be reactivated by fresh serum. Injections of immune serums in guinea pigs may be followed by increased activity of leucocytes of short duration and by an increased, opsonic power for streptococci in the blood serum persisting for about 10 days. The immunity in guinea pigs produced by injection of immune serum persists for about 8 days. " Of 3 fresh commercial serums manufactured in the United States which were tested 2 were active and 1 inactive. The 2 European serums wei'e active. Fresh normal human serum and fresh human serum from persons in- fected with streptococci are able to reactivate antistreptococcus serums. This indicates that such serums may have some protective and curative effect in man in cases of streptococcus infections. " The siDecific antistreptococcus bodies are resistant to heat and chemicals (tricresol, 0.4 per cent chloroform) and are closely associated with the pseudoglobulins of the immune serum. It would be desirable to have some guaranty of the activity of antistreptococcus serums offered for sale." 580 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Bacterins as an aid in wound healing, C. H. Jewell {Amer. Vet. Rev., JiO (1911), No. 1, pp. 14-25). — ^According to this author, one-half the time usually necessary, and the labor, expense of drugs, and dressings required for in- fected wounds may be saved by treating all such wounds with bacterins. In chi-onic suppurative conditions bacterins will bring about healing where all other methods have failed. A description of 14 cases treated by the bacterin method is given in detail. A new cell proliferant: Its clinical application in the treatment of ulcers, C. J. Macalister (Brit. Med. Jour., 1912, No. 2662, pp. 10-12) .—Analyses have shown that the common comfrey {8ymp1iytum officinale) is rich in allantoin, which has been discovered to be a potent cell proliferant. The new cell proliferant: A note on the Symphytura officinale or common comfrey, W. Bramwell (Brit. Med. Jour., 1912, No. 2662, pp. 12, 13, fig. 1).— The author reports that on more than one occasion he has cured old ulcers, which have resisted other treatment, by the simple extract from the root of 8. officinale, applied on lint. The role of antithrombin and thromboplastin (throniboplastic substance) in the coagulation of blood, W. H. Howell (Amcr. Jour. Physiol., 29 (1911), No. 2, pp. 187-209). — The following summary is drawn from the investigations reported : " By the use of solutions of pure fibrinogen and thrombin it is shown that an antithrombin is present in normal mammalian plasma, as well as in bird's plasma and in the so-called peptone plasma. Tissue extracts contain a sub- stance (thromboplastin) which neutralizes the effect exerted by antithrombin upon the reaction between fibrinogen and thrombin. On the basis of the fore- going results the following hypothesis is suggested to explain the normal coagu- lation of blood. Circulating blood contains noi'mally all the necessary fibrin factors, namely, fibrinogen, prothrombin, and calcium. These substances are prevented from reacting, and the normal fluidity of the blood is maintained, by the fact that antithrombin is also present, and this substance prevents the calcium from activating the prothrombin to thrombin. In shed blood the re- straining effect of the antithrombin is neutralized by the action of a substance (thromboplastin) furnished by the tissue elements. In the mammalia the thromboplastin is derived, in the first place, from the elements of the blood itself (blood platelets). In the lower vertebrates the supply of this material, in normal clotting, comes from the external tissues." Newer therapeutic agents, P. A. Fish (Amer. Vet. Rev., JfO (1911), No. 1, pp. 26-34). — A discussion in regard to the nature, use, and value of acetone- alcohol, acidum nucleinicum, afermol, bacterins or bacterial vaccines, basedow- san, camphora, chromii sulphas, cocainre hydrochloridum, cupri sulphas, echina- cea augustifolia, fibrolysin, formaldehyde, gallogen, hordenin sulphate, horsine, iodipin, perhydrol, radium, serum leucocygenic, and yohimbine. In regard to the treatment of parturient paresis with adrenalin and suprarenin, R. Metzger (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 21 (1911), No. 16, p. 285). — The animals recovered much quicker when 5 cc. of a 1:1,000 solution of adrenalin or suprarenin hydrochlorid (synthetic) was injected subcuta- neously than when given the usual air-infusion treatment. Detection of colchicine, H. FIthner (Arch. Expt. Path. u. Pharmakol., 63 (1910), No. 5-6, pp. 357-373; ais. in Chem. Zenthl., 1910, II, No. 25, p. 1838; Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 419, pp. 73, 7^). — The author could isolate colchicin from animals poisoned by this substance by extracting the stomach and intestinal con- tents and excreta with ether, extracting the residue thus obtained (after evap- orating off the ether) with water, removing the fat with petroleum ether, and VETERINARY MEDICINE. 581 finally extracting the colchicin from the aqueous-solution residue with chloro- form. The chloroform residue may be hydrolyzed with hydrochloric acid and tested with ferric chlorid. which gives a blue coloration, or it may be tested as regards toxicity by injection into white mice. Lysol poisoning in various domestic aniraals, B. Potting {Berlin. Tier- arztl. WchnscJir., 27 (1911), No. 16, p. 286). — In most of the instances where symptoms of poisoning could be noted this antiseptic had been applied exter- nally. The pig was the most sensitive. No cases were noted in bovines. Upon the proteolytic bacteria and the intestinal flora of man and animals, A. DiSTASO (Cciithl. Bald, [ctc.^, 1. AU., Orig., 59 (1911), Xo. 2, pp. 97-103, figs. 9). — A description of the following organisms and a discussion in regard to their relation to man, animals, nutrition, cheese, milk, and putrefaction : Bacillus putriflcus coagulans n. sp., B. putriflcus filamentosus n. sp., B. sporo- genes sooglcicns n. sp., B. sporogenes saccharolyticus n. sp., B. sporogenes regu- laris n. sp., B. multiformis n. sp., B. tenuis spatuliformis n. sp.. Staphylococcus liqiiefacicns aiira)itiaciis n. sp., Coccoiacillus liquefacicns n. sp., B. rigidus n. sp. Research in regard to infectious diseases at the present time, P. Fkoscii (Berlin. TierarzU. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 21, pp. 373-^77).— This is a de- tailed lecture upon the present status of research in infectious diseases, deliv- ered at the Royal Veterinary High School of Berlin. Infective methaemoglobinaemia in rats caused by Gaertner's bacillus, A. E. Boycott (Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge], 11 (1911), No. 4, pp. U3-Ii72, figs. 3). — "A spontaneous epidemic of Gaertner infection among rats was found associated with methsemoglobinfemia and, in some cases, antemia. Strains of Gaertner's bacillus isolated from these rats reproduced niethtemoglobinfemia in fresh rats but not in rabbits, guinea pigs, or mice. Other strains of Gaert- ner's bacillus from rats, guinea pigs, and human sources also caused methremo- globinaemia either before or after passage through rats. Other organisms pathogenic for rats did not produce methtemoglobiuoemia." Is paroxysmal hemoglobinemia an infectious disease? C. Cuny (Jour. M6d. V^t. et Zootech., 61 (1910), Mar., pp. 129-139; abs. in Berlin. Tierdrstl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 30, p. 540).— The author does not believe that this is a bacterial disease. Cold seems to be one of the chief etiological factors. In the cases observed by him fever was never present before the hemoglobinemia proper set in. Bush disease, B. C. Aston (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 5, pp. 394-399, figs. 3). — The evidence obtained during a period of over 14 years is said to show that the condition of live stock, known locally as "bush disease" or " bush sickness," which occurs in the Rotorua, Matamata, and Tauranga Counties, is a condition resulting either from a food supply wanting or deficient in some essential nutrient, which therefore results practically in starvation, or a food supply containing naturally or adventitiously (1) some toxic com- pound, or (2) some normal constituent present in abnormal quantity, resulting in chronic poisoning. The spirochetes of gangrene of the lungs and ulcerating carcinoma, G. Arnheim (C'entbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig., 59 (1911), No. 1, pp. 20-3^ pis. 2). — The spirochetes which occur in the carcinomas in man and animals represent a species of sui generis. The colonies can not be distinguished from one another. No proof as regards the etiological relations of spirochetes to carcinoma has thus far been established, but according to the author it seems peculiar that they are often present in carcinoma. The spirochetes which are usually present in gangrene of the lung were found to be identical with those usually found in the buccal cavity (Spirochwta dentium). 582 EXPEBIMENT STATION RECORD. "Wassermann's method in the diagnosis of dourine, T. Pavlosevici (Arhiva Vet., 7 (1910), No. 2, pp. 69-82; abs. in Jour. Trap. Vet. Sci., 6 (1911), No. 2, pp. 203-205). — The author concludes that "antibodies demonstrable by "Was- sermann's method are formed in the serum of animals suffering from acute forms of trypanosomiasis. These antibodies are not specific either for races or for the genus. The serum of such animals does not show Landsteiuer's phe- nomenon." The author was unable to demonstrate antibodies in dourine by Wasser- mann's method by the use of the antigens he employed. Foot-and-mouth disease in suckling's, D. Geeo {AUuiorrofii Lapolc, S.'f (1911), No. 16, pp. 1S5-J87; ais. in Berlin. Tierfirzih Wc^ivfichr., 21 (1911). No. 3'h p. 612). — Death was found to be most frequent with 2 to 3- weeks-old ani- mals. On section some animals were found to have an acute g;istro-intestinal catarrh and parenchymatous and waxy degeneration of the heart muscle. In many instances, however, the autopsical findings were negative. After these observations were made the milk was boiled before feeding, as a result of which the mortality has been reduced considerably. The meiostagmin reaction in foot-and-mouth disease, A. Ascoli (Ztschr, InfektionHlcrank. u. Hyg. Haustlcre, 8 (1910), No. .'i-o, pp. 308-321).— As a result of his work the author believes that this reaction will eventually be of value for detecting carriers of the virus of foot-and-mouth disease. The meiostagmin reaction can also be employed for diagnosing tuberculosis and glanders (E. S. R., 24, pp. 779, 780). The laboratory diagnosis of glanders, B. L. Asms (Jour. Amer. Pub. Health Assoc, 1 (1911), No. 11, pp. 839-846). — A discussion of the procedures and value of the various methods proposed for the laboratory diagnosis of glanders, with particular reference to the complement fixation method. The eye test in glanders, ScHNiJRER (Deut. Tierarztl. Wchnschr., 18 (1910), No. 5, pp. 65-69; abs. in Ztschr. Imnmnitatsf. n. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 2 (1910), No. 6, p. 7). — A critical discussion in regard to the work of various authors with the opthalmo reaction. According to this author the method is a good one, and the unsatisfactory results obtained with it by various workers are probably due to the use of nonuniform mallein preparations. Vaccinating against rabies by a dilute virus, T. Oshida (A 6s. in Ztschr. Immunitdtsf. u. Expt. Ther., II, Ref., 2 (1910), No. 13-lJf, p. 323).— Fresh " virus fixe " is diluted 100, 200, 400, 800, 1,600, 3,200, and 6,400-fold, so as to produce emulsions which finally contain from 0.3 to 0.5 per cent of carbolic acid. For the initial vaccination 1 cc. of the 6,400-fold dilution is given, and for the second, the 1-3,200. Treatment is continued until each dilution has been given. After this the whole cycle is repeated. The results with 80 cases were good. The resistance of tubercle bacilli to dry heat, C. Krumwiede, Jr. (Jour. Infect. Diseases, 9 (1911), No. 2, pp. 115-116). — The material employed in this work consisted of 8 three-weeks-old cultures of the human type of bacillus isolated on glycerinated egg media. The results show that air-dried tubercle bacilli are more resistant to dry heat than bacilli heated in fluids or steam. The reaction curve in glycerin broth as an aid in differentiating the bovine fi'om the human type of tubercle bacillus, M. Grund (Jour. Med. Research, 25 (1911), No. 2, pp. 33-5-357, fig. 1). — A large number of strains iso- lated from 478 unselected cases in man and some in cattle were tested with this method. In most instances tests were begun only after the various strains had been cultivated on artificial media for some time. The final reaction recorded represents the average of 3 flasks, except in a few instances where extensive VETERINARY MEDICINE. 583 evaporation, poor growth, or contamination tooli place, making some elimination of flasks necessary. " Broadly speaking, the reaction cnrve in glycerin broth divides tubercle bacilli into 2 types. The bacilli which possess a low degree of virulence for rab- bits and the power to grow well on glycerin media in the early generations produce one type of reaction curve, while those which are virulent for rabbits and which in the early generations grow slowly and with difliculty on glycerin media form the other type of curve in glycerin broth. These 2 types of glycerin reaction curve are again divisible into groups accox-ding to their final reactions. " The curves of adjacent groups show much the same general direction and there is a gradation from one group to the next ; but the reaction curves of the groups at both extremes are widely divergent. When any large number of viruses is examined there will be found a small percentage of cases, which, by cultural characteristics and virulence, belong to one type of tubercle bacilli while they would be classed with the opposite type of bacilli if judged by their glycerin reaction curve alone. On repeated tests this reversed glycerin reaction curve may, or may not, be a constant feature of these particular viruses, although the conditions under which they have been cultivated are apparently the same in the several tests. Undetected variations of the culture medium must be taken into consideration ; it is not advisable to depend on the reaction curve obtained from one lot of broth only, but several examinations of a virus are desirable. In from 30 to 40 per cent of the viruses retested, the reaction curves belong to different groups, that is, the end reaction may be high in one test, and low or medium in the next. In only 3 instances was the variation so great as to justify the classification of the reaction curves into different types. In about half the cases the degree of acidity produced has been in direct ratio to the amount of growth. " There is also no constant relation between irregularities of culture and viru- lence on the one hand, and irregularity of the glycerin reaction curve on the other. Some viruses which culturally and in virulence showed nothing unusual have given very atypical curves, while perfectly normal reaction curves were produced by viruses which from cultm-al and virulence tests could not be called quite typical. " The glycerin reaction curve is undoubtedly a valuable corroborative evi- dence of a division of tubercle bacilli into 2 types. Its value is lessened, how- ever, by the number of irregular and atypical reactions encountered, while as a practical aid in determining the type of an individual virus, it is also much handicapped by the length of time required to carx'y it out." Report in regard to avian tuberculosis in mammals, D. A. De Jong (Ann. Inst. Pasteur, 2.'f (1910), No. 11, pp. 895-906). — According to this author avian tubercle bacilli can spontaneously infect, in addition to man, the ape, pig, bovine, rabbit, rat. and white mouse. He assumes that such cases will be observed much oftener as soon as it can be proved that the mammalian tubercle bacillus can be converted by simple mutation into the avian type of bacillus. The tuberculin test and its limitations, E. G. Hastings {HoanVs Dairy- man, 42 (1912), No. 50, pp. 1525, 1537-15-'t0).— This article points out the fact that the tuberculin test has cei'tain limitations which must be taken into con- sideration by those using and interpreting the test. The intracutaneous test for detecting' tuberculosis in bovines, M. Cheis- TiANSEN (Maancdskr. Dyrlwger, 22 (1910), No. 16, pp. 337-352, figs. J,; ahs. in Berlin. Tlcrdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 28, pp. 509, 510).— Out of 75 animals, .30 gave a positive reaction with this test, and on slaughter 27 of the 30 animals were found to be tuberculous. The author recommends a further critical study of the test. 584 EXPERIMENT STATION KECOED. The ophthalmo reaction with, phymatin, W. Assmann {Berlin. Tierdrztl. M\-hnfichr., 27 (1911), ^'^- i6, pp. 287, 2. 3-19, figs. 20). — Directions are given for the use of explosives in removing stumps from lands and in blasting bowlders. Mileage and cost of pviblic roads in the United States in 1909, J. E. PiJNNYPACKER, Jr.. and M. O. Eldridge [U. S. Dept, Ayr., Office Pi(h. Roads BuJ. J/l, pp. 120). — This bulletin supplements Bulletin 32, previously noted (E. S. R., 19, p. 486), presenting data to December 31. 1909. The total mileage of public roads in the United States at the close of 1909 is estimated at 2,199,645.14 miles, of which 102.870.44 miles were surfaced with gravel. 59,237.35 with stone, and 28,372.52 with other materials, or a total of 190,476.32 miles or 8.66 per cent as compared with 7.14 per cent in 1904. The average cost i>er mile of improved roads is estimated at $723 for sand clay. $2,047 for gravel, $4,989 for macadam, and $10,348 for bituminous construction. New Hampshire highways, C. II. Hoyt ( V. S. Dept. Agr., Office Pub. Roads Bui. 1/2, pp. 35, i)ls. Jfl). — This embodies a report of an inspection of practically the entire system of about 500 miles of improved highways in New Hampshire, with a discussion of the highway problem in the State. Among the recommendations for future work are the establishment of a patrol system on state roads, the continuance of state aid to towns both financially and by engineering assistance, the construction of a system of state- aided cross-state roads, the building of native stone macadam in preference to gravel roads, the use of trap rock as a top course underlaid by native rock and with a bituminous binder, the use of the split-log drag on all earth and gravel roads, the replacement of wooden culverts by reinforced concrete construction, and the investigation of grade crossings with a view to their elimination. Coke-oven tars of the United States, P. Hubbard ( U. ^. Dept. Agr., Office Piih. Roads Circ. 97, pp. 11). — This circular gives the results of examinations of the various coke-oven tars at present manufactured in this country, together with a brief discussion of their properiies in relation to their use as road ma- terials. The analyses disclosed wide variations in the composition of the coke-oven tars produced in this country, even in tars from the same tyiie of oven. In general, however, the free carbon content and proportion of total distillate to pitch residue are considered well adapted to use as road builders. It is esti- mated that because of the use in this country of beehive coke ovens, in which the by-products are not recovered, sufficient tar alone is lost each year to build 9,(KK) miles of tar macadam road 15 ft. wide. The general adoption of by- product ovens is strongly advocated, as it is believed that they will eAentually play a most important part in the road' material industry. Practical poultry buildings, H. 1;. Bi.anchard (Washington Sta. Bui. If, spec, ser., pp. 3-36, figs. 11). — This is a new edition of a bulletin previously noted (E. S. R., 23, p. 691), to which has been added a plan and description of another laying house. '* The Kellerstrass way " of building poultry houses, brooder houses, in- cubator cellars, coops and appliances, E. Kellerstrass (Kansas City, Mo., 1910. pp. 92, figs. fiG). — Plans and descriptions of iwultry houses and various kinds of iwultry appliances are presented. 592 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. RURAL ECONOMICS. The logged-off lands of western Washington, H. F. Giles (Olympia, Wash.: Bur. Statis. and Iminigr., 1911, pp. 71, pis. 2, figs. 13). — This publication was prepared especially for the purpose of giving to prospective settlers aud outside inquirers information relative to what has been done, and the iwssibilities of what may be done, along agi-icultural lines on the logged-off lands In the western half of the State of Washington. It is noted that some of the land may be bought as low as $10 i)er acre. The leading agricultural products are hay, potatoes, oats, etc., the soil and climate being deemed especially adaptetl to the raising of fruits, nuts, and grain. Dairj-- iug promises to be one of the leading industries. Southern agriculture, plantation system, and the negro problem, L. C. Gkay (Ann. Amer. Acad. Polit. and Soc. Sci., J,0 {1912), Xo. 129, pp. 90-99).— This article discusses at length several phases of the economic institutions which relate particularly to southern agriculture and the negro problem, among which are the growth and status of the plantation system, agricultural methods, large v. small scale industry, suijervisiou of labor, merits and defects of the different forms of tenancy, sources and effect of credit, labor legislation, and the relation that the negro's social, ethical, educational, and religious life bears to his economic development. Small holdings, G. Symons (Agr. students' Gaz., n. ser., 1.5 (1911), Xo. 5, pp. 153-156). — The author discusses the effect and workings of the small holdings act as applied to the district in East England. As regards those v/ho require a 40 to 50-acre farm, and intend to make their entire living off it, it is stated that the outlook for them is not very hopeful, for, as a rule, they are at considerable distance from the nearest market and station, and have no choice but to grow the same crops as the larger farmers in their neighborhood and thus enter into direct competition with them. " It is very doubtful whether such holdings can be largely increased with any certainly of success," the chief cause of failure being due to the lack of sufficient capital on the part of the average small holder. It is suggested that the class who require from 2 to 10 acres to work in addition to or in conjunction with other occupations, and who run compara- tively little risk, should in most cases be successful. The measure of success of any of the small holders, according to the author's point of view, will depend largely to what extent they amalgamate themselves into cooperative societies, especially cooperative credit societies which will enable a man to bori-ow money for short iieriods on reasonable terms. Small holdings and the small holder, T. Smith (Jour. Roy. Hart. Soc, [London], 37 (1911), Xo. 2, pp. 295-301). — This paper inquires into the causes of rural depopulation and the circumstances which make a recolonization of the country districts by means of small holdings desirable. It discusses the con- ditions under which the small holder should work and the qualifications he should possess in oi'der that he may have a reasonable propect of success. Tenants v. occupying owners, W. Rr.^dwood (Abs. in Field [Londoni, 119 (1912), Xo. 3082. p. lOJf). — This ai-ticle presents a brief «bstract of an address recently delivered by Lord Carrington regarding the small holdings of England. In his opinion " an occupier is better off as tenant than as freeholder, inasmuch as purchase entails a locking up of capital which might otherwise be profitably employed in the business, or at the high prices of land could be invested in securities aud yield a tangible margin of surplus after deducting the holding's rent. RURAL ECONOMICS. 593 The need for long leases, E. E. Miller {Country Gent., 77 (1912), 2\'o, 5, p. IS). — In discussing the systems of land renting practiced in the United States the author here emphasizes the economic difference between short- and long- term leases, stating that short-term leases give the tenant little or no incen- tive to look beyond the crop he is producing. The landlord, on the other hand, not expecting any improvement in his soil often tries to obtain from his tenant the largest possible immediate return, with the result that both become soil robbers and the farm steadily decreases in productiveness. It is suggested that the long-term system would tend to eliminate the slovenly fai-ming methods and short-sighted business dealings common on tenant farms of short-term leases. Economic significance of changes in country population, T. X. Carver {Ann. Amer. Acad. Polit. and Soc. 8ci., 40 {1912), No. 129, pp. 21-25).— In dis- cussing the distinct and noticeable tendency of the old rural population to give way to a new type of population, the author thinks that the economic significance is not so much in the difference in race and language as in that of religion and social position ; not so much whether the incoming population is to be a land owning or a tenant population, as whether it is to be, as it has always been, one of a lower standard of living than that which is displaced. To prevent this displacement of the American standard of living, restricted immigration and a minimum wage law are suggested, but it is noted that this would not stop the farmer with a lower standard from buying or renting the land away from farmers with a higher standard. Another remedy suggested is to educate the people up to a higher standard, but this, it is said, would create international competition, imless. in the increase of the standard, productive efficiency is correspondingly increased. The author argues that the only way of preventing the displacement of the American standard of living is by its " becoming a rational and efficient stand- ard instead of merely an expensive standard. That is to say, if the increased expenditure of the American farmer's family can be made to yield returns in greater efficiency, greater intelligence, greater mental alertness, more exact scientific knowledge and calculation, then the American farmer will not be displaced by the foreigner. But if the rising cost of living for the American farm family is due to a mere demand for luxury, for expensive vices, and for ostentation, there is no power on earth which will protect his standard o^ living, Such a farmer is handicapped in competition with the more simple- minded foreigner, and the latter will offer such prices for land as the former will not be able to pay. Being unable to maintain a family on such a standard, This type of American farmer will sacrifice his desire for a family, will have fewer children or none at all, and, in a few generations, will disappear alto- gether," Decline of a rural community. A, Martix (Ae&r. Farmer, '/'/ (1912), No. Jf, p. 83). — This article gives concrete illustrations as to how rural depopula- tion is affecting a Nebraska county by showing that within the past 10 years, since land began to increase in price, 11 families from one neighborhood have moved to town. The effect has been to reqiiire a larger contribution from those who remain toward good roads, better schools, etc. The enrollment of the neighborhood school has dec-reased from 35 to 12. and instead of the school- house being as foi'merlj^ a social center at small cost, the few people now remaining go to town and pay cash for their entertainment. Town lads on New Zealand farms, T, E, Skdgwick (United Empire [Gt. Brit.], n. ser., 2 {1911), No. 12, pp. S72-875). — This article presents a concrete illustration of where 50 boys, ranging from 16 to 10 years of age, were drawn from the various occupations and trades in I>ondon and Liverpool, taken to New 594 EXPERIMENT STATTOX R?:CORD, Zealaud, and hired to farmers for wages ranging from 5 to 10 s. a weelv. in addition to board, lodging, clotlies, instruction, etc. One shilling of this wage was given to each boy weekly for pocket money, and the balance banked in the name of the secretary of labor as trustee. It is reported that the boys made good farm laborers and their wages, in many cases, were more than doubled the second year. The project is looked upon as one which, if developed along proper lines, would not only relieve con- gested conditions in large cities, but also aid greatly in solving the agricultural labor problem. Agricultural credit, M. Dufotjemantelle, trans, by Pauline C. Riddle (Philadelphia, 1912, pp. 43). — This is an English edition of a French publication setting forth the general theory of cooperative credit, the uses to which rural credit may be applied, the guiding principles of the organizations, and the work- ing system of agricultural credit. Agricultural credit in Mexico, A. G. Granados (Agr. Mexicano, 10 (1910). 1^0. 10, pp. 21-2S; 11 (1911), Nos. 1, pp. 21-2.',; 2, pp. 18-20; 3, pp. 6-8; 4, pp. 17-19; 5. pp. 2U-.^S; 6, pp. 20-22; 7, pp. 17-19; 8, pp. 17, 18; 9, pp. 17, 18; 10, pp. 17, 18; 11, pp. 4-6; 12, pp. 7-10; 12 (1912), Nos. 1, pp. 13-15; 2, pp. 15, 16). — This is a series of articles in which are discussed in a general way such questions as agricultural credit ; agricultural banks ; establishment and increase of fai'ms; land cultivation; exodus of rural population; agricultural syndicates; cooperative rural societies; and methods of solving the professional, industrial, social and economic problems of rural communities. WTiy does cooperation succeed in some cases and fail in others? L. S. Tenny (N. Y. Trihune Farmer, 11 (1912). No. 533, pp. 3, IS, figs. ;^).— This is a paper read before the annual meeting of the New York State Fruit Growers' Association at Rochester, Januai'y 4, in which the causes assigned for the success or failure of cooperative organizaticfiis are discussed in detail. The underlying requisites of successful cooperation are classified as follows: (1) A common need or at least some common ground between farmers, (2) incorporating the organization, (.3) putting in the money for the capital stock on a nonprofit sharing biisis, and (4) a signed contract between the central organization and the individuals shipping through it. Successful niutiial company, J. P. Thiessen (Nebr. Farmer, .'/ff (1912), No. 4, p. 99). — This article describes the working of a mutual fire insurance society in Jefferson County, Nebr., which insures against loss by fire and lightning. The charge for new insurance is 20 cts. per $100 insured, of which 15 cts. goes to the treasury to pay losses. Thirty-five years' experience indicates that it requires about 15 cts. to meet losses. Mutual insui-ance, J. R. Huffman (Nebr. Farmer, 44 (1912), No. 4, P- 95). — It is here noted that 18 years ago the farmers of Nemaha County, Nebr., organized a mutual insurance company, which now has 22G members with no salaried officers, and nearly $500,000 insurance in force. Efficient use of farm labor, E. H. Thompson (Cornell Countryman, 9 (1912). No. 4, PP- 110-113, figs. 2). — This article presents a brief discussion of the possibility of applying scientific management to farm and farm labor, the problem being to keep laborers, horses, etc., efficiently employed throughout the year. It is suggested that this may be best accomplished by diversification, or so planning the rotation of the farm as to have the work on the crops come at separate periods. Charts are given illustrating (1) the distribution of man and horse labor on a farm where small grain was the only crop grown, and (2) the actual cost of man labor per month on an eastern dairy farm. The business of the small farm, edited Ity W. P>R00MnALL (Country Gent. Estate Book, 1911, pp. 277-280). — A discussion as to the business side of farm AGRICULTURAL, EDUCATION, 595 life iind the importcance of farm records, together with simple illustrations of methods for keeping a record of farm income and expenditures. Bookkeeping' for farmers, P, G. (tIlokr {Dci)t. A'/r. N. »s'. M'ales, FarDicrs' Bill. /f3, 2. cd., 1911, pp. 20). — This bulletin presents reasons for keeping farm accounts and suggests methods by which such accounting may be simplified and made practicable. Cost of living- iii France, J, E, Dunning iDaihi Cons, and Trade Rpt.^. [U. 8.], 15 (1912), No. 21, pp. ^Oi-//0//),— In discussing the cost of living in France as compared with other countries it is noted that despite the high price of food it is still possible for the small French family to live comfortably according to its own standards at a much lower rate than will be paid in the United States for the support of an equal number of individuals. The differ- ence is said not to arise from the fixed charges of life, such as rent, food, cloth- ing, and fuel, but from the tendency of the American family to live up to or beyond its income in supplying itself with comparative luxuries, which the French family of equal station has so far considered beyond its reach. Another source of difference noted is in the character of the i^eople, the average ambition in France being to live comfortably on a comparatively fixed income, whereas in the United States income is regarded as ever subject to increase through effort. The report notes further, however, that the present increased cost of living, in view of the French law, is not due to combinations in restraint of trade and augmentation of prices, but simply to a demand for better, and therefore more exjiensive, conditions of living. The remedy as suggested by the French them- selves is reduction of the tariff on mutton and pork and an increase of the wage scale or purchasing power of the people. Crop Reporter (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bin: ,S7r;?/.N\ Crop Reporter, I'l (1912), No. J, pp. 8, figs. 10). — Notes and statistics are given showing the stocks of potatoes January 1. 1912, the proposed scope of ci'op reports in 1912, value of farm prod- ucts on dates indicated, range of prices of agricultural products at important markets, wheat supply and distribution by States, exports of farm and forest products from the United States during the years ended June 30, 1910, and June 80, 1911, monthly receipts and stocks of eggs and poultry in the United States, and the quantity of wheat and oats sown per acre by States. There is also a brief summary of Bulletin S.5 of the Bureau abstracted on page 532. and charts illustrating the 1911 production of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, flax seed, tobacco, and Irish potatoes by States. [Exports and imports of agricultural products in France] (Bui. Mens. Off. Renscig. Agr. [Paris], 10 (1911), No. 11, pp. 1369-137.',). —Tables are given showing the quantity and value of the principal agricultural products Imported and exported by France during the first 0 months of 1909, 1910, and 1911, AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Report of the committee on instiniction in agriculture, 1911 (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Office E.rpt. Stas. Circ. 115, pp. i9).— Previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 10). The committee recommends the use of the term " home economics " to desig- nate subjects and departments heretofore variously designated as " domestic science." " home science," and " domestic art," etc. Training teachers to teach agriculture, C. H. Winkler (Farm and Ranch, 31 (1912), No. If, p. 9). — The author holds that ignorance among teachers regarding the most elementary facts in agriculture, together with an utter lack of interest in farm life, constitutes one of tlie chief obstacles to the intro- 596 EXPERIMENT STATION KECOED. ductiou of agriculture into the public schools. He believes that teachers of agriculture must be well versed in the fundamental principles of both the biological and physical sciences and their relation to the science and art of agriculture. As taught in the high school, agriculture should deal primarily with a study of laws and principles, rather than mere facts. Agricultural subjects must be taught by the nature-study mode, but method is of secondary importance. The teacher's training should begin in the grades, and laboratory work, school gardening, and outdoor study constitute an essential part of such training. Agriculture in the rural schools, E. C. Bishop (Bui. Fust Dist. Xormal School, Mo., 11 {1911). Xo. 2, pp. l.'f-19). — The topics discussed in this paper are (1) The cause of the exodus from country to city and from city to country, (2) what agriculture includes, (3) means of arousing interest in the study of agriculture, (4) what, how much, when, and where shall agriculture be taught in the rural schools, (5) the consolidated school, and (6) special winter courses. The author believes that the work in agriculture in the rural school should begin with the study of those concrete topics which are of most importance to the community, such as corn growing, rotation of crops, dairying, gardening, canning and preserving, sewing, spraying, beautifying die home, etc., and that these subjects should, as they are taken up. form a basis for language work, arithmetic work, geography, orthography, reading, writing, drawing, and economics. Agriculture in rural schools, II, W. H. French (Moderator-Topics, 32 (1912), Xo. 22, pp. .'io5-.'i57). — Besides blowing that the agricultural work in the rural school should be adapted to local conditions, and furnishing a list of essential simple apparatus, the author outlines 12 exercises dealing with seeds, cuttings, potato experiments, soil types, soil moisture, and soil cultivation. A course of study for the preparation of mral school teachers, F. Mutch- i.ER and W. J. Craig (17. S. Bur. Ed. Bui., 1912, Xo. 1, pp. 23).— After indicating the cultural branches which should be studied by rural school teachers, the uthors enumerate as necessary for their " proper training, nature study, ele- mentary principles of practical agriculture, sanitary science and hygiene, domestic economy, and practical principles and problems in elementary chem- istry and physics as applied in the study of these subjects." These special courses are discussed in detail, accompanied with detailed outlines of the ground to be covered, and the manner in which the several courses should be treated. The need of specimen or supply cabinets in public schools, H. L. Bolley (Dakota Farmer, 32 (1912), Xo. .',, pp. 1S6, i87).— There is outlined in this article the essential permanent and reasonably permanent equipment for the proper teaching of agriculture in a rural school. A course in meteorology and physical geography, W. N. Allen ( U. 8. Dept. Agr., Weather Bur. Bui. 39, pp. 35). — Most of this course treats of meteor- ology, to which the other portions are cognate and introductory. The 20 exer- cises included deal with such subjects as the globe, change of seasons, the atmos- phere, wind direction and rainfall, seasonal change in temperature, daily change in pressure, weather maps, and the ocean. Each exercise includes directions for work, questions for a written review, and a list of reference books. Practical botany, J. Y. Bergen and O. AV. Caldwell (Boston, Xew York, Chicago, and London [1911], pp. VII+545, figs. 388). — In this text those aspects of plant life are presented which have the largest significance to the public in general, and which are of most interest and educative value to students begin- ning the subject. It includes the principles of plant nutrition and its relation AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 597 to soils and climate and to the food of animals and men ; discusses some of the diseases of plants, animals, and men, which are produced by parasitic plants; and gives in an elementary way the propagation of plants, plant breeding, for- estry, and the main uses of plants and plant products. The material in the book is designed for a year's course, but is so arranged that it can be adjusted to a half-year course when desirable. It contains numerous bibliogi-aphies and is copiously illustrated. Planting an orchard, A. J. Norman (Fucts for Farmers [Mass. Agr. CoL'\, 2 (1912), yo. 5, pp. .'i, figs. 2). — This pamphlet deals in an elementary way with the preparation of the land, laying out the orchard, etc. Lessons from the forest, A. W. Nolan (W. Va. School Agr., 2 {1911), No. 3, pp. 49-66, figs. 11). — The author here presents some elementary principles and practical exercises in forestry which may be correlated with work in nature study and elementary agriculture, together with 6 lessons on tree studies, tree societies, the farmers' woodlot, nut crops, and trees in the landscape. Judging dairy cows, J. A. McLean (Facts for Farmers [Mass. Agr. CoL], S (1911), Xo. .), pp. Jf). — A practical discussion. Course in the use and preparation of vegetable foods for movable and correspondence schools of agriculture, Anna Barrows (U. S. Dept. Agr., Office Expi. Stas. Bui. 2-'i5, pp. 9S). — The author has endeavored to reduce the subject of the preparation of vegetable foods to such pedagogical form that the student may be brought to know in a comparatively brief period not only how food of this character should be prepared, but also be taught the relative value of different vegetable foods and the principles which underlie their rational use. Queries, experiments, and practice work follow each of the 1.5 lectures, which have been prepared with particular reference to use in correspondence courses. The appendix contains lists of reference literature, apparatus, and supplies required. Housekeeping notes, edited by Mabel H. Kittredge (Boston, 1911, pp. V-\-97). — This series, prepared for use in the Association of Practical House- keeping Centers in New York, includes lessons in cleaning, hygiene, cooking, the rearing of children, personal health, and the most economic use of limited means, as well as cost data for suitable furnishings for a model housekeeping flat. A syllabus of household management, Mary L. Furst (Teachers Col. [N. Y.] Bui., 3. ser., 1911, Xo. 2, pp. ,?/()• — An outline of the course of study in household management offered in the school of household arts, Teachers College. Syllabus of illustrated lecture on farm homes, J. Hamilton and G. N. McCain (U. S. Dept. Agr., Office Expt. Stas., Farmers'' Jnst. Lecture 12, , pp. 25). — This syllabus, for which 53 lantern slides have been prepared, is \y intended to direct attention to the points that make up a well-kept, attractive, and convenient home and has been prepared for the special use of farmers' institute lecturers. A list of 12 references is ap]>euded. On the teaching of gardening in public elementary schools and the forma- tion of school gardens, A. Hosking (West of Scot. Agr. Col. Bui. .J.O, 1909. pp. Ifl-lJi). — The author outlines the purpose for which school gardens are formed, showing that they are primarily educational and that gardening is as educational for girls as for boys. Detailed information is given for selecting the site and laying out the school garden, including plans showing the arrange- ment of the various crops and how they may be changed from year to year, together with practical hints on the management of the garden, labeling the plants, qualifications of teachers, disposal of the produce, prizes, benefits of a school garden, and pupils' observations and work. Appendixes include among other data a list of crops that may be grown and times of sowing, data as to 598 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. the cost of school garden tools, etc., suflicieut for 12 pupils, a school teachers" examination in cottage and allotment gardening, a suggesteercentage of oxygen in the soil atmosphere for all of the plats during this period was 20.51 per cent. The aA'erage amount of carbon dioxid was 0.252 per cent. These figures indi- cate that tlie total percentage of carbon dioxid and oxygen in the soil atmos- phere is about the same as in the air. It was found that an increase of moisture and temperature as well as tillage operations was followed by a more rapid decomposition of the organic matter in all of the plats. There was, however, wide A^ariation in rapidity of decom- position of the organic matter and it was apparently determined more by the chai'acter than the amount of organic matter present. For example, a plat which contained a high percentage of humus derived from peat showed the lowest amount of carbon dioxid in the soil atmosphere. The movement of nitric nitrogen in soil and its relation to nitrog'en fixa- tion, R. Stewart and J. E. Greaves (Utah Sta. Bui. IL'i, pp. 181-19 Ji; abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 893, p. 228). — This is a paper presented at the Washington meeting of the Society of American Bacteriologists in December. 1911, summarizing studies made at the Utah Station during the past 8 years on the influence of irrigation upon the production and movement of nitric nitrogen in the soil (E. S. R., 22, p. 617), and stating that these investigations, which have been conducted on what is considered soil ideally adapted both chemically and bacteriologically to support rapid bacterial action, have shown an amount of nitric nitrogen to a depth of 10 ft. not exceeding 300 lbs. per acre — much less than has been foimd in other western soils and attributed to fixation in place of atmospheric nitrogen. From an examination of the analytical data for soils containing very high percentages of nitrate reported by W. P. Headden (E. S. R., 23, p. 221; 25. p. 814), the authors conclude that there is a certain parallelism between the accumulation of nitric nitrogen and chlorin, indicating a common origin. " This origin is indicated by the deposits occurring in the country rock, such as noted in the shales of Colorado, the sandstones of Idaho, and the rocks of southern Utah and Nevada" (E. S. R., 26. p. 226). Although the authors do not maintain " that nitrogen fixation may not take place to a certain extent i SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 6 1 7 in the Colorado soils, and in some places to an appreciable extent." they do maintain " that whatever theory is nsed to account for the accumulation of chlorids in the Colorado soils will also account for the greater portion of the nitrates present." Ammonia and nitrate assimilation by micro-organisms of the soil, J. YoGEL {Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 32 {1912), No. 6-12, pp. 169-179; abs. m Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 31 (1912), No. J,, pp. 195, 196).— The experiments with culture solutions and with natural soils here reported led to the conclu- sion that while there is an appreciable formation of albuminoid matter from ammonia and nitrate in culture sojutions there is no such fixation of nitrogen in natural soil, and that the fixation of ammoniacal nitrogen is promoted by the addition of calcium carbonate in culture solutions but not in the case of natural soils. When calcium carbonate was present in soils containing am- monia salts there was considerably greater loss of nitrogen than could be entirely accounted for by the volatilization of the ammonia, and the author is of the opinion that under the conditions prevailing in these experiments, involving imperfect aeration, there was a loss of nitrogen due to denitrification. Inoculation experiments with Azotogen, M. Popp (Dent. Lfindw. Pressr, 38 (1911), No. J,2, pp. .',!I2, J,9.] ; ahs. in Centhl. Bald, [etc.], 2. Abt., 32 (1912), No. 6-12, p. 269). — Comparative tests on horse beans of (1) seed inoculation with gelatin cultures, (2) seed inoculation with soil cultures, and (3) soil inocu- lation with soil cultures, made on upland moor soil which had never grown horse beans, showed decided benefit from inoculation in all cases, but especially fi'om seed inoculation. The direct assimilation of inorganic and organic forms of nitrogen by higher plants, II. P>. Hutchinson and X. H. J. Miller (Jour. Agr, Sci., Jf (1912), No. 3, pp. 282-302, pi. 1; abs. in Jour. Hoc. Chcm. Indus., 31 (1912), No. Jf, p. 195). — This is a somewhat more detailed account of investigations of which a brief report has already been noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 32). It is stated that the results which were obtained in water cultures with peas are not yet sufficiently numerous to make it possible to trace any connec- tion between the assimilability and the composition of the nitrogenous com- pounds. In the experiments reported the best results were obtained with urea and barbituric acid if humus, which is of indefinite chemical composition, is excluded. Next in ox'der were acetamid, ammonium sulphate (without calcium carbonate), formamid, alloxan, glycin, alanin, peptone, oxamid, guanidin, and cyanuric acid. Leguminosas and Gramineae grown separately and in mixture, with especial reference to utilization of nitrogen, F. Pilz (Ztschr. Landw. Versuchsw, Osterr., 1!^ (1911), No. 10, pp. 1150-1210; abs. in Intemat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 11-12, pp. 248i-2'/86).— Peas and barley and oats and vetch were grown separately and combined, as indicated, in pot exi>eriments, and these and corn and horse beans were grown in field experiments with and without applications of fertilizers. The results obtained show that the yield of diy matter per unit of area was greater for the mixtures than the sum of yields of the crops grown sepa- rately, but was smaller as compared with the amount of seed used. The yield of dry matter was affected less by fertilizers in the case of mixtures than in the case of the separate crops. Leguminous plants grown in the mixtures were poorer while cereals were richer in nitrogen than in case of the crops grown separately. There was an increase in the nitrogen content of the leguminous crops only when these made poor growth and the soil contained a sufficient amount of nitrates. The increased nitrogen content of cereals grown with leguminous plants is attributed to the diminished gi'owth of the cereals and 618 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. not to the presence of the leguminous plants. The lower nitrogen content of leguminous plants in the mixtures is attributed to their smaller growth. The fertilizers applied had more effect on the nitrogen content of the cereals than on that of the leguminous plants. The nitrogen production per unit area was greater with the mixtures than the sum of nitrogen production by the separate crops, but was influenced to a greater extent by fertilizers in case of separate crops than in mixtures. The formation of calcium, carbonate in the soil by bacteria, C. T. Giming- jiAM {Jour. Agr. Sci., // (1911), No. 2, pp. I'f5-l/i9). — Continuing investigations by Hall and Miller (E. S. R, 17, p. 1048) which indicated that calcium salts of organic acids such as oxalic are oxidized to carbonate by the action of molds and bacteria, the author confirmed this conclusion and succeeded in isolating from Rothamsted and Wye soils 6 types of bacteria which were capable of converting calcium oxalate into carbonate. The rate of conversion varied with the different types and with different conditions of culture. The best results were obtained with a clear soil extract. The possibility of enzymic action was removed by ti-eating the culture solutions with toluene or chloroform which completely prevented carbonate formation. The formation of carbonate was more rapid with mixed than with pure cultures, but it was impossible to secure any action with either under anaerobic conditions. The 6 types of bacteria isolated are not described. Changes in the so-called physical properties of soils by freezing, heating, and the addition of salts, W. Czermak (Landw. Vers, ^tat., 16 {1912), No. 1-2, pp. 75-116). — The author studied the hygroscopicity as determined by a modification of the Rodewald-Mitscherlich method (E. S. R., 15, p. 847) and the soluble nitrogen of (1) soils which had been alternately frozen and thawed, (2) soils which had been subjected for 2 hours in succession to steam under a pressure of from 1.5 to 2.5 atmospheres, and (3) soils to which calcium chlorid and aluminum sulphate had been added. Pot experiments were also made with soils so treated, as well as with those to which electrolytes — calcium and thorium chlorids — had been added ; those fertilized with monopotassium phosphate and potassium and anunonium nitrates; and those treated with a 0.025 ampere current of electricity for 24 hours. The modification of the Rodewald-Mitschelich method consisted in reversing the usual order of procedure, namely, starting with soils with their natural water content, bringing them to moisture equilibrium in a vacuum desiccator over 5, 7.5, and 10 per cent sulphuric acid, and finally determining the moisture content by drying over phosphorus pentoxid. Freezing, heating, and the addition of electrolytes reduced the soil surface and consequently the hygroscopicity by coagulating the soil colloids. Coagu- lation of the soil colloids was increased by alternate freezing and thawing and by the length but not by the intensity of the freezing. Soil colloids, coagulated by freezing, absorbed a part of the nitrogen in the soil solution and thus re- duced the amount readily available. Heating with steam under pressure fre- quently increased the solubility of the nitrogen as a result of purely chemical changes. The addition of calcium chlorid and aluminum sulphate reduced the hygroscopicity cf soils, the reduction being more pronounced in the case of the former. The results with pot experiments were inconclusive, the electrolytes — calcium and thorium chlorids — added proving toxic to the oat plants used in the experi- ments. The author concludes that pot experiments are not suited to the study of physical changes in soils. SOILS FERTILIZEKS. 619 The penetration of the soil by frost and its importance in relation to plant growth and soil culture, W. Naeglek (Wetter, 28 (1911), No. 9, pp. 210, 211).— This is a brief compilation of information on this subject. Aeration of the soil by earthworms, J. N. Fkiend (8ci. Prog. Twentieth Cent., 6 (1912), No. 23, pp. 393-401, fig. 1).—A study of the carbon dioxid exhalation of Lumhricti^ rubellus, AUolobophora longa, Aporrectodea chlorotwa, Octolasium cyaneum, and Dendrobaeua showed that the amount of carbon dioxid exhaled was not proportional to the body weight of the worms, but increased as the size of the worms decreased. It was practically the same as that of human beings in a similarly quiescent state. It increased with a rise in temperature and under the influence of daylight. The ways in which the worms mechanically and chemically promote aeration in the soil are explained. It was found that the ferric oxid of the sand had been dissolved in the castings of the worms, suggesting that this may be an important factor in rendering plant food available. The flow of water and air throug'h soils, J. W. Leather (Join: Agr. ScL, 4 (1912), No. 3, pp. 303, 304). — Referring to a previous article by Green and Ampt (E. S. R., 25, p. 620), it is pointed out that Poiseuille's formula is not applicable to soils. Laboratory apparatus for the determination of the absolute water capacity and of the complete water capacity (also rate of percolation and of ab- sorption) of soils, F. Maeshall (Lcmdw. Vers. Stat., 76 (1912), No. 1-2, pp. 125-134, figs. 5). — Special forms of apparatus for determining "the absolute water capacity," by means of the amount of water absorbed by capillarity, and " the complete water capacity," measured by the amount of water retained when the soil is saturated with water added at the surface, are described, and their use is explained as is the application of the data thus obtained in the calculation of the rate of percolation and of absorption of soils. Tests of the method described on different mixtures of sand and clay showed that the rate of capillary rise of water decreased and the water capacity increased with the proportion of clay. The author is of the opinion that, although laboratory determinations of the water capacity of the soil have no direct practical value since the soil in such cases is not in its natural state and conditions are abnormal, they may be useful in studying the relationships of different soil groups. Investigations on the amount and composition of drainage water, M. Gee- LACH (Mitt. Kaiser WiJliehns Inst. Landiv. Bromherg, 2 (1910), No. 4, pp. 319- 387, figs. 4; 3 (1911), No. 5, pp. 351-381; Illus. Landw. Ztg., 31 (1911), No. 80, pp. 755, 756; abs. in Zentbl. Agr. Chem., 39 (1910), No. 10, pp. 647-653; Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bill. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 11- 12, pp. 2469, 2470). — Observations extending over several years on the amount and composition of field and lysimeter drainage waters as affected by such factors as precipitation, and the character of the soil, fertilizers, and cropping, are reported in considerable detail. See also a previous note (E. S. R., 24, p. 711). Ten lysimeters 2 meters square, 1.2 meters deep, and containing 4 cubic meters of soil, were used. The construction of these lysimeters is fully de- scribed and illustrated. Five of the lysimeters were left without fertilizer and five were fertilized with calcium carbonate, ammonium sulphate, and dipotas- sium phosphate. The cropping was fallow the first year, followed in order during the four succeeding years by potatoes, oats, rye, oats. Five different kinds of soil, varying from moor soil to light, sandy loam, were used. 620 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The total precipitation during the period of ol)sorvation (1,540 days) was 2,236.2 mm., corresponding to 8,944.8 liters per lysimeter. The amount of drain- age water obtained varied from 847.2 liters per lysimeter for fertilized moor soil to 2,720 liters for unfertilized humus sand. The amount of drainage was uniformly greater with unfertilized than with fertilized soils. The latter, there- fore, evaporated more water, but this water was more economically utilized by crops as shown by the amount of water required to produce 1 kg. of dry matter, this varying from 359.4 kg. on fertilized moor soil to 1,149 kg. on unfertilized humus loam. The drainage waters contained no phosphoric acid. There were, however, considerable losses of nitrogen, potash, and lime iu the drainage waters, the losses of these constituents in the drainage water of the lysimeters being much larger than in that obtained from field drains. With one excei»tion the nitrogen in the drainage water was greater and the potash was smaller in the unfer- tilized than in the fertilized soils. In all cases the drainage water of fertilized soils contained smaller amounts of lime than that of unfertilized soils. There was more drainage water and greater loss of plant food during fallow periods than during periods when the soils were growing crops. Investigations on the influence of high ground water level on cultivated plants, J. KtJHN and U. Golf (Ber. Physiol. Lab. u. Vers. Anst. Landw. Inst. Halle, 1911, No. 20, pp. 113-153) .—Pot exixjriments conducted from 1902 to 1910, inclusive, to determine at what height the ground water level becomes injurious to plants, are reported, using winter rye, summer rye, oats, barley, and potatoes as the experimental crops. The results show that the best yields were obtained with permanent water levels between 60 and 80 cm. and with temporary or fluctuating water levels between 50 and 70 cm. Ground water levels which were permanently below SO cm., or permanently or temporarily above 50 cm., reduced the yield of crops. The length of roots (potatoes) increased with the lowering of the water level. The root tips were as a rule either a few centimeters above or below the water level. The depth of penetration of the roots under temporary water levels varied considerably. Applying the water at the time of planting so that the water level stood at 80 cm., as compared with similar applications 2 weeks after germination, reduced the total and average yield of tubers, the weight and length of leaves, and to a less degree, the weight of roots. Hardpan in Norway — in arid climate, K. O. Bjorlykke (Norsk Oeol. Tidsskr., 2 (1911), No. 2, Art. 5, pp. 12, fig. 1). — It is shown that while most of Norway is humid there are areas in the upper portions of the great eastern valleys where the annual rainfall is only from 300 to 500 mm. (11.8 to 19.7 in.), and where the climati': and soil conditions present many of the characteristics of arid regions. Samples of so-called saltpeter earth, high in water-soluble salts, from northern Gudbrandsdalen, and calcareous hardpan from northern Osterdalen, are described. First report of the Temir experiment field of the Turgai-TJral Colonization District, 1907-8, S. K. Chaianov (Isv. Peresel. TJpravl., St. Peterb., 1910, pp. 166; ahs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 {1911), No. 2, pp. 20^-207). — This experiment field was established in 1907. The annual pre- cipitation in 1908 was only 202 mm. (7.95 in.). Evaporation was very intense, amounting to 866.3 mm., or four times the annual precipitation. In July alone it amounted to 246.8 mm. The minimum soil moisture was found at a depth of from 50 to 75 cm. The summer rains appeared to be without influence on the soil moisture except in the sui'face layers. Black (bare) fallow and April fallow on virgin soil con- tained 4.7 per cent of moisture at the time of sowing winter cereals, and May SOILS FERTILIZERS. 621 fallow contained 2 per cent less moisture. June fallow contained as much mois- ture as the vii'gin soil, but in neither case was it available for plants. Depth of plowing had no effect upon the soil moisture. The yields of cereal crops during the first year on the virgin soils were very small. Reports on investigation of the soils of Asiatic Russia, K. D. Glinka et al. {Trudy Pochv.-Botan, Eksped. Izslied. Kolon. Ralnov Aziat. Ross. I, Pochv. Iszlied., 1908; ahs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landic), 12 (1911), Nos. 2, pp. 209, 210, 211-21.',, 21Ji-218, 219-222; 3, pp. Sol-S-W).— Abstracts are here given of soil investigations made by expeditions organized by the Colonization Administration of Russia in 1908, under the direction of the author. Descriptions of soils of Asiatic Russia, N. V. Blagovieshcenskii and B. A. Skalov Mater. Izslied. Kolon. Raionov Aziat. Ross., 1910; abs. in Zhur. Skalov (Mater. Izslied. Kolon. Rawnov Aziat. Ross., 1910; abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. {Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 {1911), Nos. 2, pp. 222, 223; 3, pp. 3o9-361). — Abstracts are here given of reports of soil investigations made under the direction of K. D. Glinka by esi»editions organized by the Colonization Administration of Russia In 1908. Water and soils of the Neva drainage basin, A. A. Inostrantsev (Abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 2, p. 223). — This is an abstract of a report of a study of the soils and of the spring, stream, and soil waters of this basin, as well as of the geological formations of the region. Classification of Turkestan soils, K. D. Glinka (PochvoviMienie (Pcdologie), 1910, No. 4j «&«• *» Zhur. Opytn. Agron. {Russ. Jour. Expt. Landiv.), 12 (1911). No. 3, pp. 361-363). — A classificatiou based upon the character and arrangement of vertical soil zones is given. A contribution to the question of the utilization of inferior sandy soils, J. KtJHN and H. Bode (Ber. Physiol. Lab. u. Vers. Anst. Landw. Inst. Halle, 1911, No. 20, pp. 155-217, fig. 1). — An account is given of experiments in build- ing up a tract of land of the deforested belt of inferior sandy soils ou the estate of the late Julius Kiihn. Experience showed that cutting the original forests destroyed the stand and that the soil was not suited to the production of cultivated crops. It was de- cided, therefore, to test the feasibility of improving these lands by growing legumes with an application of mineral fertilizers. The amounts of fertilizers applied never exceeded 53 lbs. of phosphoric acid, 71 lbs. of potash, 35 lbs. of nitrogen, and 534 lbs. of lime per acre. After several years, during which the legumes were grown extensively, the land produced profitable crops of rye and potatoes, and it was possible to maintain a number of dairy cows and sheep on the feed produced. An effort was made to grow broom corn in conjunction with other grasses for sheep pasture but without success. The soil, however, was believed to be in favorable condition for reforestation since much organic matter had been incorporated. The report includes the results of mechanical and chemical analyses of a large number of samples of typical sandy forest soils and of the ashes of different parts of forest trees, made with a view of studying the proportion of plant food constituents in the soil and in the trees growing on it. The results in general point to phosphoric acid as the limiting element of plant food in the growth of the trees. Plant food in relation to soil fertility, C. G. Hopkins (Illinois Sta. Circ. 155, pp. 10). — This is an address delivered at the Washington meeting of the Ameri- can Association for the Advancement of Science. It answers affirmatively the question of whether the plant food applied increases plant yields in harmony with recognized soil deficiencies and crop requirements, and negatively the 622 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. question of whether the rotation of crops maintains the productive power of the soil by avoiding injurj^ from possible toxic excreta from plant roots. Plant food combinations for sundry crops, J. L. Hills ( Vermont Sta. Circ. 7, pp. IJf). — This is a summary of the more important information originally publishetl in Bulletin 116 of the station (E. S. R., 17, p. 230). Experiments with lime nitrogen alone and mixed with lime niter, H. G. SoDERBAUM (Meddcl. Centralamt. Forsoksv. Jordhruksomrddet, 1911, No. 50, pp. 13, figs. 2; K. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 {1911), No. 8, pp. 701-710, figs. 2). — In order to overcome the injurious effect of lime nitrogen on young plants, it has been suggested to use it in mixtures with lime nitrate. The author made pot experiments on oats with these materials separately and in mixtures of 1 and 2 parts of lime nitrogen to 1 of lime nitrate applied as top-dressing or thoroughly mixed with the soil before seeding, the soil in every case receiving a basal fertilizer supplying the necessary amounts of other fertilizing constituents. When the materials were mixed with the soil before seeding, the lime nitrate was as effective as sodium nitrate in increasing the yield. Lime nitrogen also gave good results and produced a slightly greater yield of grain than sodium nitrate. No injurious effects from its use were observed. Mixtures of lime nitrogen and lime nitrate gave somewhat better results than either material separately. The best mixture appeared to be 2 parts of lime nitrogen to 1 part of lime nitrate. When applied as top-dressing the fertilizing effect of the 2 nitrates was appreciably increased. Lime nitrogen, however, ap- plied as top-dressing proved injurious and in some cases killed the plants. The yields with lime nitrogen applied in this way were less than without nitrogen. A mixture of 1 part of lime nitrogen to 1 of lime nitrate was the least injurious, but even with this the increase in yield was very small. The phosphate nutrition of plants, A. Baguley (Jour. Agr. ScL, .'/ {1912). No. 3, pp. 318-322, fig. 1; aJ)s. in Jour. Soc. Ghem. Indus., 31 {1912), No. If, p. 195). — Comparative tests of normal orthophosphates of calcium, iron, and aluminum were made with oats, peas, and Swedish turnips grown on artificial soils of sand and chalk. Better results were, as a rule, obtained with iron and aluminum phosphates than with calcium phosphate or even with sui:)erphosphate. Experiments were also made with iron and calcium phosphates which had been ignited and ex- tracted with boiling water. It was found that this treatment affected the availability of the phosphates to a considerable extent. The insoluble calcium phosphate was much less effective than iron phosphate in the case of oats, but there was little difference in the case of Swedish turnips and peas. These results are in accord with those of H. G. Soderbaum and t». N. Prianishnikov (E. S. R., 14, p. 434; 18, p. 539). Fertilizing' value of certain phosphates, H. G. Soderbaum {Meddel. Cen- traJanst. Forsoksv. Jordhruksomrddet, 1912, No. 56, pp. 18, figs. J/; K. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och. Tidskr., 51 {1912), No. 1, pp. 42-56, figs. 4).— The relative value of Tunis phosphate, bone precipitate from a gelatin factory, so-called Palmaer phosphate (electrically precipitated dicalcium phosphate), artificial ferric phosphate, and so-called Bernard phosphate (calcined low grade Belgian raw phosphate) was tested in pot experiments with oats. Taking the action of sui^erphosphate as 100, the relative action of the Tunis phosphate was 22.2 and of bone precipitate from 111.2 to 116.6. Slowly precipi- tated dicalcium phosphate was somewhat less effective than the ordinary kind. The increase of yield produced by the ferric phosphate was at best only about one-fifth that produced by superphosphate. The Bernard phosphate was en- tirely without effect. SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 623 Soils on which phosphorite is effective, K. K. Gedroits {Zhur. Opytn. Agi'on. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 6, pp. 811-818, fig. i).— The experi- ments reported in this article were untlertalveu to ascertain the relation be- tween the action of phosphorite and the degree of saturation of the mineral constituents of the soil. In pot experiments it was found that the phosphorite was much more effective on a sandy loam soil which contained, an excess of acidic over basic constituents than on a saturated light loam soil. It was found also that a productive chernozem soil which did not respond to applications of phosphorite in its natural condition was much benefited by applications of phosphorite after it had been subjected to the action of carbonated water, which materially reduced its basicity. Phosphate lands withdrawn from entry (U. S. Geol. Survey Press BuL, n. scr., 19 J 2, .Yo. ///, /). /). — It is stated that up to the end of January, 1912, there had been withdrawn from entry in Idaho a total of 1,167,137 acres of phosphate land; in Wj-oming, 1,266,668 acres; in Utah, 107,745 acres; in Montana, 33,950 acres; and in Florida, 35,640 acres, making a total of 2,611,140 acres. Potash-bearing rocks of the Leucite Hills, Sweetwater County, Wyoming, A. K. ScHULTz and W. Cross (U. »S'. Geol. Survey Bui. 512, pp. S9, pi. 1, figs. 9). — This bulletin "describes briefly the rocks in the Leucite Hills, "Wyoming, and estimates the amount of leucite-bearing rock available and the approxi- mate amount of potash that these rocks may yield as soon as a process is dis- covered by which the potash can be dissociated from the rock cheaply enough for commercial use." It is estimated that the available leucite-bearing rock in this region amounts to 1,973,000,000 tons, which, on a basis of 10 per cent of potash and 10 per cent of alumina, is capable of yielding 197,000,000 tons each of these materials. The fertilizing action of common salt, H. G. Sodekbaum (Meddel. Cen- tralanst. Forsoksv. Jordbruksomrddet, 1911, No. 51, pp. 12; K. Landthr. Aked a greater respiratory energy and a higher respiratory quotient. This difference in the respiration to a large degree is due to the greater ease of penetration of the gas to the young leaves. The wilting coefiicient for diffei-ent plants and its indirect determination, L. J. Briggs and H. L. Shantz (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 230, pp. 83, pis. 2, figs. 9; Bot. Gaz., 53 {1912), No. 1, pp. 20-37; ahs. in Science, n. scr., 35 (1912), No. 891, pp. 158, 159). — A study was made to determine whether the wilting coefficient of a soil could be computed from physical measurements of its moisture retentivity. The experiments reported were conducted with a variety of plants, in which a comparison of the wilting coefiicient was made with the moisture equivalent, the hygroscopic coefficient, the moisture-holding capacity, and the mechanical analysis, for a series of soils ranging from pure sand to clay. From this comparison a series of relationships was established which form g means of computing the wilting coefficients when direct determinations are not feasible. The authors found that the wilting coefficient was equal to moisture equivalent. hygi-08Copic coefBcient. moisture-holding capacity— 21. 1.84(1±0.007) ' 0.68(1±0.018) ' 2.90 (1±0.021) ' ^^ 0.01 sand + 0.12 silt -f 0.57 clay ^, , ^ „ ^, ,.^ -.u- ^v. ri^002^^ '' second term of the quantity withm the parenthesis is believed to show the probable error of the relationship in each case. On page 77 in the bulletin the last formula for wilting coefficient should have the signs in the numerator plus ( + ) instead of minus ( — ). A study of summer evaporation and plant distribution, B. E. Livingston {Plant World, 14 {1911), No. 9, pp. 205-222, figs. 3).— The results are given of a study of the evaporation from iwrous cup atmometers at 38 stations in the United States and Canada, covering a period of 15 weeks during the summer. The author claims that the summer evaporation intensity furnishes a climatic criterion for studying the different vegetation centers, and that the results of I'lELD CROPS. . 620 such a study are as promising as tliose furnished by a study of any other meteorolof^ical element. Biological researches on protective contents of plants, W. Peyee (Flora, n. ser., 3 {1911), No. //, pp. 4Jf1-Jf78). — This is a report on certain proi^erties of plants studied in relation to their protection against animals. These protective properties are apparently either chemical or mechanical, and are objectionable probably because of taste, smell, structure (hairy or crystalline), etc., or perhaps on account of some subtler effect which suggests their hurtful or deadly nature, as in the case of poisons. Details are given and tabulated, with effects observed on animals eating objectionable plants after 24 hours of hunger, etc. The needle-like crystals of oxalate of lime are found in many plant cells. These are mechanically offensive to mucous membranes, more so than broken glass, coal splinters, copper filings, or fish bones, besides which by wounding surfaces they give quicker circulation to poisons, etc. This makes their presence a peculiarly effective form of pro- tection. The same is true in a less degree of other common crystals. Literature of tropical economic botany and agriculture, 1899—1910, I, II, J. C. Willis ([Ceylon: Roy. Bot. Gard.], pts. 1, pp. 62; 2, pp. Jf5). — This is a list of the more important articles that have appeared in books, journals, and other publications relating to tropical plants of economic importance. Seeds and plants imported during the period from January 1 to March 31, 1911— Inventory No. 26 (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 233, pp. 98).- — A list is given of 1,134 seeds and plants which were introduced during the period indicated above. These represent miscellaneous collections. A considerable portion, however, was secured by Mr. F. N. Meyer in Asia. FIELD CROPS. Guide to experiments for 1911, D. A. Gilchrist (Coimty Northum'h. Ed. Com. Bui. 16, pp. 5-13, figs. 2). — This reports a continuation of work at Cockle Park, previously noted (E. S. R.. 24, p. 34). In view of the results of fertilizer experiments on meadows, pastures, and various rotations, the author concludes " that dung is of considerably more value than artificials for this light soil, but both give satisfactory results." The use of dung alone was followed by practically as heavy crops of roots as when artificial fertilizers also were used, but the residual effect upon the 3 fol- lowing crops was greater in the case of the mixture. In rotations the best results followed the use of dung only for swedes and a complete mixture of commercial fertilizers on the hay crop. A division of the total amount of fertilizer over 3 hay crops in the rotation did not prove advantageous. " Lin- seed cake fed to sheep when eating off the roots has greatly increased the following corn crop, but the subsequent crop to a small extent only." " Sulphate of ammonia has had distinctly exhausting results except on the crops to which it was applied." In the absence of a potash source almost no gains were ob- tained from artificial fertilizers, but a moderate application of dung did much to remedy this deficiency on this light soil. A table states the results of a variety test of oats conducted during the period 1906-1910 inclusive. In 1910, 10 varieties were tested, the highest yield being produced by Payrent which yielded 65J bu. of 42 lbs. each per acre. In a test of varieties introduced from Canada, Thousand Dollar yielded 57f bu. and Banner 56^ bu. Both varieties gave from 13 to 15 bu, more per acre when brought directly from Canada than after they had grown at Cockle Park for some years. In a test of 6 barley varieties the highest yield in 1910 was pro- 630 EXPEBIMENT STATION RECORD. duced by Maltster. Among 4 wheat varieties the highest yield of good grain In 1910 was produced by Scholey Squarehead. In a test of dung, slag, muriate of potash, superphosphate, and lime mud, singly and in various mixtures and amounts, the highest yields of beans followed applications of (1) 10 tons dung, 6 cwt. slag, and 1 cwt. muriate of potash, and (2) 6 cwt. slag and 1 cwt. muriate of iwtash. Every application tested was followed by at least li times as great a yield as was secured from the check plat. In a fertilizer test with mangels on a loam soil with a mixed clay and sand- stone subsoil, the results showed a considerable advantage of nitrate of soda over sulphate of ammonia, of slag over superphosphate, and of sulphate of potash over muriate of potash. A considerable advantage followed the use of common salt. It appeared " that complete artificials should be used with dung for this crop, the loss being greatest when nitrogen is withheld." Two tons of lime per acre appeared to decrease the quantity of mangels during the 3 years following its application, while 4 tons of lime mud apparently reduced the yield about 4^ tons per acre. Applications of 128 lbs. of lime nitrogen and 112 lbs. of sulphate of ammonia to oats were followed by yields of 71J and 72i bu. of good grain per acre, respectively, as compared with 69i bu. after the use of 140 lbs. of nitrate of soda and 572 bu. per acre on the check plat In another test applications of 112 lbs. of nitrate of soda and 134 lbs. of nitrate of lime were followed by yields of 38 and 46f bu. of oats respectively as compared with 31 bu. secured from the check plat. In an experiment on clay loam soils applications of 112 lbs. of nitrate of soda and 134 lbs. of nitrate of lime were followed by yields of 43 and 434 bu. of oats per acre, respectively, as compared with 38f bu. after 87 lbs. of sulphate of ammonia, 32f bu. after 87 lbs. of nitrolim, and 34 bu. on the check plat. In a test at still another point applications of 112 lbs. nitrate of soda, and 134 lbs. nitrate of lime were followed by hay yields of 44^ and 46i cwt. per acre, respectively, as compared with 47^ cwt. after an application of 87 lbs. of sulphate of ammonia and 36| cwt. on the check ijlat. In a test of applications supplying 80 lbs. of nitrogen per acre to mangels the yields following nitrate of soda and niti'ate of lime were 37 tons 4^ cwt. and 37 tons 4 cwt. respectively, as compared with 29 tons 4 cwt. and 31 tons 2 cwt. respectively after the use of nitrolime and sulphate of ammonia. One- third of the nitrate of soda and nitrate of lime was supplied at time of sowing and the remainder in 2 equal top-dressings. Other experimental work on which notes or brief reports are presented include flax growing, tests of various grass and clover seeds and seed mixtures, a new scheme for fertilizing mangels, a fertilizer test with cabbage, variety, tests of swedes, turnips, and potatoes, and studies of the effect of applications of lime upon the finger-and-toe di.sease of swedes. Eeport on the Cawnpore Agricultural Station in the TJnited Provinces for the years ended June 30, 1910 and 1911, B. C. Burt (Rpt. Cawnpore [India} Agr. Sta., 1911, pp. 1-43). — Tables state in detail the data secured in rotation and fertilizer tests of corn and wheat. In a test of calcium nitrate and calcium cyanamid as fertilizers for wheat in 1909 applications of the 2 fertilizers at the rate of 25 lbs. of nitrogen per acre were followed by yields of 1,628 and 1,543 lbs. of grain per acre, respectively, as compared with an average yield of 1,403 lbs. on the unfertilized plat. In 1910 the figures were 1,505, 1,480, and 1,075 lbs., respectively, and in 1911, 1,800, 1,843, and 1,695 lbs. A test of nitrate of lime as a poppy fertilizer showed a marked increase but was discontinued because of the rapid reduction in opium cultivation. FIELD CROPS. 631 In a test of neem cake, night soil, and cotton refuse applied at the rate of 200 lbs. of nitrogen per acre, the highest average yield of potatoes during 1904-1909 followed the use of neem cake. Each was followed by a yield more than twice as great as that secured on the unfertilized plat. During 1910- 1911 the plats were unfertilized and the residual value of these applications was tested. In 1910 the greatest yield was obtained from the neem cake plat but in 1911 this plat produced the lowest yield, much the highest being secured from the cotton refuse plat. Sugar refuse or filter press mud also applied at the rate of 200 lbs. of nitrogen per acre did not compare favorably with any of these fertilizers for potato growing. During 2 years' work cottonseed cake appeared to be a valuable fertilizer for potatoes but was surpassed in 1910-11 by both karanj cake and neem cake. In another experiment sugar refuse applied at the rate of 50 lbs. of nitrogen per acre was followed by a considerably greater yield of wheat than when applied at the rate of lOO lbs. of nitrogen per acre. Tables state the results of variety tests of peanuts and wheat, and of date of planting tests of pigeon pea varieties sown mixed with sorghum. Report on the operations of the department of agriculture, Punjab, for the year ended June 30, 1911, W. S. Hamilton et al. {Rpt. Dept. Agr. Punjab, 1910-11, pp. II +2+2+5 +XXXVir). — The author gives brief notes and tabular dnta on fertilizer tests with corn and sugar cane, which included the use of calcium nitrate, subsoiling and variety tests with sugar cane and wheat, tests of calcium nitrate as a wheat fertilizer and its residual value, green manuring with hemp, fertilizer and rotation tests with cotton and fodder crops, and the water requirements of various cotton varieties. Report on the agricultural station, Orai, Jalaun, of the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh for the years ended June 30, 1910 and 1911, B. C. Burt {Rpt. Agr. Sta. Orui, Jalaun [India], 1911, pp. 1-12, pis. 5). — In a test of varieties the large Virginia peanut produced the highest 4-year average yield. V^ariety tests were also conducted with cotton, sorghum, wheat, pigeon peas, and gram. Fertilizer and rotation tests on various soils are reported. Feeding crops and live stock experiments in South Africa, E. R. Saweb (Cedara Memoirs on South African Agriculture. Pietermaritzhurg: Govt., 1911, vol. 2, pp. SIS+XXIV, pis. 20). — Volume 1 of these memoirs has already been noted (E. S. R., 23, pp. 22, 31). In this volume discussions of the principles of liY.e stock feeding and of crop rotations are followed by detailed statement of the results of fertilizer and variety tests with turnips, swedes, mangels, carrots, sugar beets, chicory, alfalfa, vetch, lentils, sweet clover, lupines, sainfoin, clover, cowpeas, velvet beans, soy beans, peanuts, peas, Lima or Kafir beans, beans, horse beans, po- tatoes, cabbage, kale, rape, kohl-rabi, mustard, chard, sorghum, and prickly comfrey. In the case of the potato the experiments reported deal also with rate and time of planting, size of sets, disease resistance, irrigation, and the control of diseases and insect pests. Notes on the botanical and chemical com- position of the veld herbage are followed by statements of the results of fer- tilizer experiments with grasses. The author also summarizes other available data. [Field crops experiments in South Australia], A. E. V. Richardson (Rpt. Min. Agr. 8o. Avst., 1909-10, pp. 19-25). — In fertilizer tests with wheat the highest yields followed applications of (1) 1 cwt. mineral superphosphate, J cwt. sulphate of potash, and i cwt. nitrate of soda, and (2) 1 cwt. mineral superphosphate and 5 cwt. lime per acre. Soil which was disked, plowed 6 in. deep, and thoroughly surface cultivated during the summer but not subpacked, produced 1 bu. more than that which was subpacked before sowing, but almost 632 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. 4 bu. less than that which was similarly treated except that it was subpacked immediately after plowing. Three other plats similarly treated but plowed only 4 in. deep produced much smaller yields. Other work reported includes tests of wheat varieties and hybrids and alfalfa varieties. Forage experiments in Southern District, H. Ross (Agr. Gaz. 2V. 8. Wales, 22 {.1911), \So. 10, pp. S76-S78). — In a test of the forage-producing power of different plants Early Learning corn was excelled only by Early Amber sorghum. North Coast experiments, G. Marks (Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 10, pp. 869-872). — The results of fertilizer tests on corn and of tests of the forage yields of different varieties of corn, sorghum, millet, and cowi>eas are reported. [Variety tests], G. de S. Baylis (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 5, pp. 378-385). — Tables or brief notes state the results of variety tests of wheat, oats, barley, and peas, and of tests of fertilizer mixtures and of mixed forage crops. Field manuring experiments (Agr. Students' Gaz., n. ser., 15 (1911), No. 5. pp. IJfl, lJi2). — These pages report the results of fertilizer tests with swedes, mangels, and oats in 7 localities in Gloucestershire. Alfalfa, L. R. Waldron (North Dakota Sta. Bui. 95, pp. 355-42Jf, figs. 15).— This bulletin consists of two parts. I. Practical information for alfalfa grotoers. — This is a digest of information relating to alfalfa production and utilization in North Dakota. The results reported in a number of experiment station and other publications already noted are briefly summarized. A bibliography of 12 titles is given. II. Alfalfa studies made at Dickinson ; particularly drought resistance, water requirements and seed production. — This paper reports the results of experi- ments conducted for the purpose of determining what constitutes a proper stand of alfalfa under the climatic conditions of North Dakota. Seeding at the rate of 10 lbs. per acre apparently gave too thick a stand, while stands much thinner than are usually regarded as normal gave very satisfactory yields. Plants from thin stands had much better developed root systems than those grown in thick stands. A table states the hay yields secured during 1909-10 in a test of 18 varieties or strains of alfalfa, but the author regards the data as " of little value in showing the comparative yields of the various strains " because variations in stand, root development, and inoculation were great enough to offset difference in yield. Studies in drought resistance may be summarized by the following table : Alfalfa yields and quality of hay from definite distance transplant plats, 1910. Spacing. Plants per sq. yd. Pounds per acre by cutting. Character of third cutting. First. Second. Third. Total. Leaves. Stems. In. 8by 8 16 by 16 24 by 24 36 by 36 20.3 5.0 2.3 1.0 2,296 3,026 2,382 1,888 933 1,169 1,180 944 494 579 612 632 3, 723 4,774 4,174 3,464 Per cent. 56.7 Per cent. 43.3 .57.0 53.4 43.0 46.6 The roots of the plants from these plats had a better development than the roots of the plants from the field. Photogi'aphs show that some at least of these transplanted plats had many roots acting as tap-roots but that they were rather small and did not go down to a great depth. FIELD CROPS. 633 Brief accounts are given of what were to the author unexpectedly good results from thin seeding, self-seeding, and the plowing under of stands that were apparent failures. Alfalfa apparently well plowed under in the spring of 1908 produced 2 cuttings from the plants which survived and made a third growth which had bloomed and attained a height of from 15 to 20 in. by the latter part of September. A table states the soil moisture content found in successive feet of soil for plats of alfalfa that had been sown broadcast or in rows and in some instances cultivated. Samples were taken to depths ranging from 10 to IS ft. In gen- eral the moisture content was higher in the soil where alfalfa grew in culti- vated rows, or where the stand was thin. Under a thick stand " the moisture was so depleted that growth could not take place, the growth of the plants being further hampered by the diminished root system." The moisture content in each of the upper 6 ft. of the soil of a plat on which the alfalfa was planted in 6-in. rows and left uncultivated and of another plat on which it was cultivated in oO-in. rows showed an average moisture content for the uncultivated plat of 16.68 per cent April 1 and 9.52 per cent June 24, as compared with 15.45 and 12.70 respectively on the cultivated plat. This corre- sponded to a saving of 3.88 in. of water on the cultivated plat. The average seed yield per plant obtained from 264 Turkestan plants was 13.6 gm. as compared with 14.5 gm. in case of 19 selfed plants and 22 gm. secured from 754 plants other than Turkestan. In 1910 a good yield of seed was secured from second gi'owth alfalfa as compared with a failure on another portion of the same plat on which the first growth was left for seed. Alfalfa cultivated in 3 ft. rows, however, gave a yield of 109 lbs. of seed per acre during the same year. Under a cage containing bumblebees 83 per cent of the 437 flowers in bloom were found to be tripped as compared with 91 per cent under a cage containing wild bees and wasps. No flowers were found tripped under the control cage or under a cage containing moths and butterflies. Report of alfalfa specialist, P. K. Blinn {Colorado Stn. Rpt. 1910, pp. 76-78). — The year's work on the alfalfa breeding project has been along two lines, (1) a search for traits desirable for perpetuation, and (2) an investigation of the factors that influence the setting of alfalfa seed. There seems to be a direct relation between the stooling habits of an alfalfa plant and its tendency to winterkill. " The type of plant with the deep crown- ing habit that sends out root stalks beneath the surface of the soil, with the bud areas protected with earth, characterizes the nonwinterkilling strains, while the plant that has a small stool that throws out its shoots almost upright at, or very near the surface, has its bud areas exposed and is therefore easily winterkilled." The Baltic variety, which originated as a strain at Baltic, S. Dak., a little more than 10 years ago, showed marked resistance to a bacterial disease which seriously injured 9 other varieties growing under the same conditions. The disease seemed to be associated with frost injuries. In a variety test Baltic yielded 5,702 lbs. of hay per acre as compared with 4,126 lbs. or less from other varieties. Notes regarding- the yield of alfalfa, E. H. Jenkins (Connecticut State St a. Rpt. 1911, pt. 3, pp. 237, 256-258). — The author states that a sufficient number of successes on a considerable scale have now been attained to prove that under proper conditions alfalfa can be successfully grown in Connecticut. A measured acre from an 80-acre field yielded 5,542 lbs. at the first cutting, 1,663 lbs. at the second, and 2,420 lbs. at the third. Proximate analyses indi- cated that the first cutting, which was more mature, contained a lower per- 634 iEXf»EEIMENT STATION RECORD. centage of i)rotein and a liijilier percentage of fiber in the water-free substance than the later cuttings. On November 5, 1011, after abundant fall rains, alfalfa soil and potato soil had 20.49 and 18.06 per cent of moisture in the surface 6 in. and 18.72 and 15.94 per cent, respectively, in the next 6 in. of soil. Each had 0.251 per cent of nitrogen in the surface soil, but the alfalfa land had a somewhat higher per- centage of nitrogen in the subsoil. Trials of imported lucern seed, E. Baring et au (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), iVo. 10, pp. SHS-909). — Notes and tables present data secured in tests on a number of experimental farms of see^l of a considerable number of varie- ties of alfalfa grown in America. Crossbreeding corn, C. P. Hartlky et .\l. (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur, Plant Indus. Bui. 218, pp. 72, fig. ./).— This bulletin states the results obtained in 190&-10 in field tests at various points in Califoi'uia, Georgia, Maryland, and Texas in such a way as to show the relative productiveness of first generation crosses and their parent varieties. Nineteen tables state numerical data obtained in growing numerous varieties and crosses. From the data presented the authors draw the conclusions which follow: Frequently iutermediaey was observed in such characters as productiveness, height of stalk, length of growing season, and moisture percentage, although the varieties used were those locally popular, and therefore not radically different in their characters. Consequently, iutermediaey was not as apparent as in these of a cross of very unlike parents. Since exceptions in one direction are offset by those in the other direction, the averages of many crosses usually indicate iutermediaey, but in so few instances did the first-generation crosses average less in yield than the 2 parents that the authors believe that "the average productiveness of first-generation corn crosses is usually above the average of the parents." Reports of other tests of this nature have also indi- cated that these first-generation crosses excel in yield the average of the parents, but the authors regard it as uncertain how far these results have been affected by differences in the age and vitality of seed or the factors of adaptation, selection, and environment. " If further tests should show that with all con- ditions equalized there still exists a tendency for first-generation crosses to produce better than the average of the 2 parents, it might be taken as au indication that the higher yielding parent is usually prepotent." Just as somew^hat variable results followed the crossing of varieties, varia- tions were also observed in crossings of different ears within the same variety, and ditferent ears from different varieties. Just as some varieties nick well and others do not, individual plants also give variable results. "This shows the results obtained by crossing 2 varieties without reference to individual plants to be but an average of the results that would be obtained by crossing many individual plants of those varieties." It is noted that the most profitable varieties for given localities will often be varieties that have not been crossbred or mixed with other varieties for many years, and their merits are doubtless largely the results of selection, acclimatization, and adaptation. The determination of the particular first- generation crosses best suited to a given locality is attended by many com- l)lexities. Careful tests are necessary before the local grower can be intelli- gently advised whether to continue planting a pure-bred strain, or to use a first-generation cross of certain strains. Maize at Grafton Experiment Farm, A. H. Haywood (Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. JO, pp. 8S9-897. pis. .'/, figs. C).— A full statement of the methods used is followed by notes on the corn varieties tested. FIELD CROPS. 635 Studies of Egyptian cotton, W. L. Balls (Yearbook Khediv. Agr. Soc. Cairo, 1909, pp. 1-1 'f7, figs. 53). — A general discussion of Mentlelian cotton breeding is followed by an extended statement of the experimental results from a single cross of Aflfi and Truitt. Extended studies of unit characters include the obser- vations made on red spot, hairiness, and shape of the leaf ; height and branching of the stem; color, foi-m, and formation of the flower; surface glandulation, shape, and number of divisions of the boll; weight, fuzz distribution, and fuzz color of the seed ; and length, color, regularity, weight, and quality of the lint. Other chapters discuss the natural crossing of cotton, the output in ginning, and the history, present status, and future of the cotton crop in Egypt. Report on the manurial trials on cotton carried out during the season 1908, F. Hughes (YeurbooJc Khediv. Agr. Soc. Cairo, 1009, pp. 159-19Jf). — These pages report the results of tests of superphosphate, sulphate of ammonia, and nitrate of soda as fertilizers for cotton in Egypt. Numerous tables state the physical and chemical analyses of the soils upon which the tests were con- ducted, the yield at the various pickings, and the ginning output obtained in the work at the various localities. The work was conducted in both Upper and Lower Egypt, but as the trials in Upper Egypt were all considered more or less unsatisfactory the general conclusions drawn refer only to trials in the Delta. But little difference was observed among the yields obtained after the use of various amounts and mix- tures of fertilizers. No relation was shown between the nitrogen in the soil and the effect of the application of nitrogenous fertilizers. Other topics of which the author gives a general discussion in view of the results of these experiments are the relation of the average yield to the chemical composition and physical properties of the soil, the effect of fertilizers on ginning output and weight of seed, and the effect of early sowing on the time required for maturity. Agricultural varieties of the cowpea and immediately related species, C. V. Piper (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Ivdus. Bill. 229, pp. 160, jjIs. 12).— The larger portion of this bulletin is devoted to a catalogue of the names and descriptions of the agricultural varieties of the cowpea and some related species, and to a consideration of the names that have been applied to the varieties, in the literature of the subject, especially in experiment station bulletins. It also presents the results of extended studies along botanical and other lines of the cowpea Vigna sinensis, the catjang V. catjang, and the asparagus bean V. sesquipedalis. They are treated as 3 separate species, although the author states that they intergrade fully and all of them hybridize. In 8 years' work involving 370 lots of foreign seed, and about 630 lots from the United States, 220 varieties of cowpeas, 50 of the catjang, and 35 of the asparagus bean were found to be agronomically distinct. As all of them hybridize "practically every combination of seed, color and shape, with habit and life period can be obtained," i. e. a practically unlimited number of varieties may be obtained. Among the types recognized viz, prostrate, pro- cumbent, low half bushy, tall half bushy, and treelike or erect, the author considers the tall half bushy type to be the most valuable agriculturally. Color and other seed characters are discussed with special reference to their importance in the identification of species and varieties. At Madison, Ind. and at the ]\[iehigan Agricultural College, natural hybrid- ization has occurred freely, but it is rare in the field in most localities. From 30 to 100 varieties have been grown side by side at the Arlington (Virginia) Farm of this Department during the last 5 years without noticeable contamina- tion. 636 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECORD. Heterozygote seeds are not infrequent in foreign lots, btit are rare in Ameri- can varieties. Natural crossing is probably the work of large bumblebees. The author believes the breeder of co\vi>eas purely for forage purposes should emphasize particularly size and vigor, habit, with esi>ecial reference to erectness and height, prolificacy, disease resistance, weevil resistance of seeds, retention of leaves late in the season, time of maturity or life period, and even- ness of maturity. The ideal forage variety is described in detail, and the Whippoorwill, New Era, and Iron are cited as existing varieties approachir.g this ideal. The author finds that it is impossible to identify many of the varieties that have been used in experimental work. " In the main the names have been preserved only in a traditional way by seedsmen. This method of identification is often unreliable, as different varieties in many cases have very similar seeds." Some varieties such as Whipixiorwill, New Era, Iron, Taylor, and Blackeyed Lady can be satisfactorily identified because no other common varieties have similar seeds. Many names, however, as Black, Clay. Unknown, Red Ripper, Blackeye, Browneye. and Crowder apply to groups instead of varieties, as they indicate primarily a color or shape of seed. In these studies foreign varieties of cowpeas were found inferior as a rule. " Everything considered, the best varieties of cowpeas tested are Whippoor- will, New Era, and Iron, and recent hybrids of these, including Brabham and Groit." Report of experiment (1909) on the best seed of Potato oats, A. N. M'Alpine {West of Scot. Agr. Col. Ann. Rpt. 10 {1911), pp. 225-229, figs. -'/).— The author divides oat seed samples into large seeds and small seees of tobacco, the data being given for each of the principal tobacco-growing States and districts. Another table presents "by States and geographical groups of States the acreage, production, and value of tobacco as reported by the Census for 1909 and 1S99. The crop conditions of 1911 and the quality of that year's crop in each of the principal tobacco States and districts are briefly outlined. Notes on some wheat-breeding experiments at the botanical experiment station, Pretoria, J. A. T. Walters (Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 2 (1911). No. 6, pp. 765-777, figs. 10). — The author gives brief notes on 6 years' work conducted for the purpose of (1) securing pure strains of local wheats, and (2) improving the existing breeds by the selection of the best strains. Wheat manuring- experiments, 1911 {Queensland Agr. Jour., 27 {1911), No. 6, pp. 289-291). — These pages state the results of tests of nitrolime, super- phosphate, sulphate of potash, stable manure, and a proprietary fertilizer, singly and in various combinations, in growing wheat on sandy soils. HORTICULTURE. Thirteenth report of the Woburn Experimental Fruit Farm, Duke of Bed- ford and S. U. Pickering {Woburn Expt. Fruit Farm Rpt., 13 {1911), pp. 151 + VII+258-284+11, pis. 10, figs. 9). — In continuation of previous investiga- tions additional studies relative to the effect of growing fruit trees in grass land are reported and the results secured from the work as a whole are re- viewed. The previous experiments dealt with dwarf and standard apples. (E. S. R., 15, p. 474). In the recent work, the experiments have also Included pears, plums, cherries, and forest trees. Various pot experiments with trees were likewise conducted to test out numerous suggeslions relative to the cause of the stunting effect of grass on trees. Summing up their work for the past 16 years, the authors And that the action of grass on fruit trees is often so deleterious that it arrests all growth and often causes the death of the tree. None of the trees thus stunted have recovered from the effect, except in cases where the roots began to extend be- yond the grassed area. The stunting effect is greatest where the ground around young trees is grassed over immediately after planting. Trees where the ground becomes grassed over gradually during the course of several years ap- parently accommodate themselves to the altering conditions and suffer much less than when the grass is actually sown over their roots. Nevertheless, the grassing over of the ground around well-established trees has sometimes proved very detrimental to the growth of the tree. Some varieties of apples were found to be more susceptible to injury than others, but no difference was found between the standards on the free stock and dwarfs on Paradise. Pears, plums, and cherries were likewise affected, though with these trees the standards suffered less than the dwarfs. The conditions of these experiments have been such as to emphasize the in- jurious effect of grass. The authors are of the opinion that in some soils, 38038°— No. 7—12 4 640 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. where the effect protluced is not great, grass may be beneficial from a com- mercial point of view in promoting fruitfulness and by increasing the color of the fruit. The proportion of roots extending into the grassed ground, although sufficient to make the grass effect apparent, was remarkably small, in some cases amounting to only 1/2000 of the weight of the whole tree. A test of 6 different kinds of forest trees indicates that they are affected by grass in the same way as fruit trees, when the grass is sown immediately after planting. Conifers planted in light soil suffered less than other trees and some recovery occurred with them as time went on. Of 18 different grasses grown under apple trees the deleterious action was greater with the strong- growing grasses than with the weaker ones. Clovers had a similar stunting effect but the color of the leaves was not impaired as with trees growing in grass. In their search in various directions for the cause of the grass effect the authors have been unable to trace tbe injurious effect of the grass to the vari- ation in depth of good soil available for root development; to interference with soil aeration, soil temperature, and soil moisture ; to its influence on food supply ; or to a physical alteration in the soil. Experiments in which the soil was made alkaline indicated tbat the grass effect could not be attributed to alkalinity produced by the grass in its growth. The bacterial condition of grassed and tilled soils was also partially investigated without revealing any positive relation between the grass effect and either beneficial or harmful soil bacteria. See also a previous note (E. S. R., 20, p. 737). Likewise the general behavior of grassed and tilled soils toward germinating seeds of various kinds gave no direct evidence in favor of a toxic substance in grassed soils. Finally, in some pot experiments with trees, the authors found that when trays containing grass growing in sand were placed on the surface of the soil or sand in which the trees were growing so that the leachings from the grass reached the tree roots witb practically no exposure to the air, the leachings had a very deleterious effect. When the grass leachings were exposed to the air, however, they had a beneficial effect on tree growth. From this evidence the authors conclude that a toxic substance is formed by growing grass, which substance is readily oxidized into some substance which favors plant growth. This explanation, it is pointed out, is in full accordance with what has been established as to the behavior of heated soils toward plants (E. S. R., 24, p. 421). The appendix of this report contains reprints of papers by S. IT. Pickering on Studies of the Changes Occurring in Heated Soils (E. S. R.. 24, pp. 301, 420) and Plant-Growth in Heated Soils (E. S. R., 24, p. 421). Some additional work on the germination of seeds in heated soils, here reported, confirms the previous conclusion that there is a continuous increase in the toxic effect from the lowest temperatures of heating upwards. The appendix concludes with a discussion of Experimental Error in Horticultural Work, by the above author.'^ Agrologic conditions in relation to asparagus culture (8ta. Agron. Aisne Bill., 1911, PI). 79-85). — This comprises a brief survey of soil conditions, in- cluding analyses of soils from the asparagus region in the vicinity of Laon, France. Tomatoes. — I, Varieties, culture, and canning, H. P. Stuckey and J. C. Temple (Georgia 8ta. Bui. 96, pp. 37-68, figs. 7). — This consists of a collection of notes on varietal, cultural, and canning experiments with tomatoes, conducted at the Georgia Station principally during the past 8 seasons. Introductory considerations deal with the classification and history of the tomato, construc- « Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 1911, Nov., Sup. 7, pp. 38-47, HOETICULTURE. 641 tion of hotbeds, management of young plants, and transplanting the plants to the field. Data are given on variety tests conducted in 1901 and from 1909 to 1911, together with descriptive notes on varieties tested in 1911. A study of blossom-end rot is elsewhere noted (p. 64S). Summarizing the data on varieties, the authors find that no one variety maintains its position at the head of the list from one season to another. The terms " early " and " extra early " often bear little relation to the period of ripening of the fruit. In 1911 vines which were pruned to 1, 2, and 3 stems, resi^ectively, and staked were compared with vines receiving no pruning and staking. All the pruned and staked plats gave a much higher yield than the unpruned and unstaked plat. Vines pruned to 3 stems gave the highest yield and vines pruned to 1 stem gave the least yield. The bearing season of the pruned and staked plats was twice as long as that of the unpruned and unstaked plat, and the fruit was larger and freer from defects, except blossom-end rot. Pruning and staking is not recommended unreservedly, however, since in experiments previously re- ported (E. S. R., 20. p. 1036) the poorest yields were secured from the staked plat, which likewise showed a greater percentage of disease. In 1911 also a staked and an unstaked plat in an area for the control of blossom-end rot gave results in favor of the unstaked plat. Data are given showing the iiercentage of loss from different varieties in the process of canning. Notes are also given on the use of a home canning outfit. The varieties found to be particularly adapted for canning were Paragon, Chalk Early Jewel, Maryland, Beauty, and Acme. A preliminary study of the forced curing of lemons as practiced in Cali- fornia, A. F. Silvers and R. H. True (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. BuJ. 232, pp. 38, figs. 4)- — This comprises a progress report on a study conducted cooperatively by the Bureau of Plant Industry and various lemon organizations iu California to determine the effective factors involved in the process of hasten- ing the coloring of lemons known as forced curing or sweating. The methods used in both curing and the forced-curing processes are described and the experiments thus far conducted are reported in detail. Experiments have shown that heat and humidity are, contrary to common oi)inion, of minor importance iu coloring lemons and that the pungent, gaseous combustion products given off by the oil stoves used produce the desired effects. The effectiveness of these gaseous products was unimpaired even when conducted to distant rooms by means of pijies. which fact suggests the possibility of using a central generating plant and thereby reducing the risk of fire iu the curing rooms. The coloring of lemons was noticeably hastened when confined in spaces constructed of materials of a porous nature, such as earth, brick, or concrete. A common result of the sweating process is the loss of stems from the fruit. The available evidence, however, does not indicate that the loss of stems increases the amount of decayed fruit, although it may mar the appearance of the fruit. The experiments indicate that the gaseous products applied alone will cause the stems to drop and that humidity and heat are less important factors. The investigation is to be continued. The cultivation and manufacture of tea in the United States, G. F. Mitchell (C7. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 234, PP- W, j)ls. 2, figs. 11).— This bulletin brings together the most important results of experiments in commercial tea culture begun a number of years ago by C. U. Shepard and later continued by him cooperatively with the Bureau of Plant Industry at Summer- ville, S. C. The various phases discussed include history of tea growing in America ; description, commerce, and statistics of the tea plant ; the details of establishing and maintaining a tea plantation ; curing or manufacture ; finishing 642 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. processes; storage; cost and profit of tea production; and conditions in the experimental tea gardens at Sumnierville. The experience with tea culture at Sumnierville indicates that the quantity of tea produced varies and is influenced by the seed, soil, climate, cultivation, pruning, plucking, and many other causes. A large production seems to be made always at the expense of the quality of the product. It is believed that this experiment "has gone far to demonstrate the practicability of growing tea commercially in suitable parts of this country." Coconut cultivation in the West Indies (Imp. Dcpt. Agr. West Indies Pamphlet 70, 1911, pp. /F+46, figs. 19). — This pamphlet, which was prepared by F. W. South and H. A. Ballon, discusses the establishment and maintenance of a plantation, and gives an account of the i>ests and diseases of the coconut palm as at present known in the West Indies, together with a short outline of the preparation and use of various commercial products obtained from this palm. Cocoa production and trade (Spec. Cons. Rpts [U. S.] 1912, No: 50, pp. 51). — This comprises a statistical review of cocoa production and trade in the various producing and consuming countries. A project for the valorization of cocoa is also outlined. FORESTRY. Tolerance of eucalyptus for alkali, R. H. Loughridge (California Hta. Bui. 225, pp. 2-'i7-317, figs. 17). — The first part of this bulletin comprises the results of experiments conducted to ascertain as near as possible the alkali tolerance of the principal eucalypts. The results are based chiefly on a study of seed- lings planted at the Tulare Substation. The conditions under which the experi- ments were conducted are described and the behavior of the different species under alkali conditions, both at the substation and on other plantations, is reported in tabular form and discussed. The remainder of the bulletin, which deals with cultural methods as well as descriptions and uses of various eucalypts, is largely reprinted from a previous bulletin (E. S. R., 20, p. 542). A general review of the work thus far done shows that the limit of tolerance of alkali salts by eucalypts, as well as in other cultures, increases with care in cultivation and irrigation of the young trees. Alkali tolerance, especially of carbonate of soda, may be increased if the alkali be kept below the roots or at a depth of several feet until the roots have passed beyond the alkali bed, both downward and laterally and the bark of the roots has become sufficiently thick to resist corrosion. Carbonate of soda proved to be the chief hurtful ingredient. The sulphates and chlorids even in large amounts did little injury, except when a thick crust was formed on the surface of the ground. A per- centage of carbonate of soda of over 0.07 for many of the species and 0.09 for E. rudi-s and rostrata seems to have a retarding effect on the growth. In gen- eral a percentage of 0.04 of carbonate of soda in 3 ft. of depth (or about 5,000 lbs. per acre) was usually tolerated without injury by each of the species tested. British trees, including' the finer shrubs for garden and woodland, C. A. Johns, edited by E. T. Cook (London and New York, [1911], rev. ed., pp. XVI+285, pis. 56, fls. 41). — This is a revised edition of the late author's Forest Trees of Britain. It is essentially a handbook of popular information relative to the distinguishing characteristics, adaptation, and planting value of the principal trees and shrubs grown in England. Seeds and seedlings of native and commonly cultivated trees and shrubs in France. — I, Conifers, R. Hickel (Grames et Plantules des Arl)res et Arbustes Indigenes et CommuiK'inent Caltives en Franee. Versailles, 1911, pp. 179, figs. 93). — In this work the author aims to present sketches and detailed descrip- tions of seeds and seedlings of French trees and shrubs, based upon personally FORESTRY. 643 selected and studied material. Tlie present part, which deals with conifers, is divided into 2 jreneral chapters, chapter 1 containing keys and descriptions based upon a study of the seeds, and chapter 2 dealing in a similar manner with coniferous seedlings. Forest species of western Morocco, A. Brives {BuI. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord, 1910, No. 6, pp. 97-99). — Brief notes on the occurrence and distribution of forest species in western Morocco are presented. An isolated prairie grove and its phytogeographical significance, H. A. Gleason (Bot. Gaz., 53 (1912), No. 1, pp. 38-'i9, figs. 2).— In this pai>er the author attempts to explain by the existing distribution certain historical fea- tures of the relation of the forest and prairie in central Illinois. Sketch map showing timber conditions along part of the proposed route of the Hudson Bay Railway, J. R. Dickson and G. S. Proctor (Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Map, 1910). — This map was prepared to accompany Bulletin 17, previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 450). The forests and ligneous plants of Eritrea, A. FiORi {Agr. Colon, lltaly], 3 (1909), No. 6, pp. 369-391; Jf (1910), Nos. 1, pp. 2-23; 2, pp. 73-tiS; 3, pp. 171- 186; 6, pp. 285-302; 8, pp. 365-^86; 5 (1911), Nos. 2, pp. Jil-61; 3, pp. 81-100; 4-5, pp. 1S2-206; 6, pp. 266-296; 5 (1911), No. 12, Sup., pp. 173, pis. 5, figs. 177). — Part 1 of this contribution comprises a report to the Eritrea Minister of Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce, relative to forest conditions in that colony, including suggestions on reforestation and forest protection. In part 2 the various vegetative zones of Eritrea are described, and part 3 consists of botanical descriptions of the ligneous plants in Eritrea including notes on their economic importance. Timely forest topics with special reference to forestry in Baden, K. Philipp (Forstliche Tagesfragen mit hesonderer Beructcsiclitigung der Badis- cJien Waldioirtschaft. Ft'icl)urg-ini-Breisgau, London, and St. Louis, 1912, pp. VI +171). — This comprises an economic discussion of forest conditions in Baden, in which consideration is given to the various factors influencing the working capital, receipts, and expenditures. The most suitable size for forest ranges in Wurttemberg, P. Wornle (Die ZwecJctniissige G-rosse der Forstbezirke in Wiirttemhurg. TUMngen, 1911, pp. IV-\-54). — This embodies the result of an inquiry among Wurttemberg forest- ers relative to the size for forest ranges most commensurate with the best development and returns. [Report on forestry] (Colon. Rpts., Ann. [Of. Brit.], 1910, No. 694, pp. 20-24). — This comprises a brief report on forest conditions, timber species, and trees of economic value in Sierra Leone. Annual progress report upon state forest administration in South Aus- tralia for the year 1910-11, W. Gill (Ann. Rpt. State Forest Admin. So. Aust., 1910-11, pp. 12, pis. 7). — Summarized data are given showing alterations in forest areas, and planting and other forest operations, together with a state- ment of revenues and expenditures. Forest conservancy, T. J. Campbell (Admin. Rpts. Forest Conserv. Ceylon, 1910-11, pp. D 10). — This is the customarj- annual report of the conservator of forests in Ceylon for the year 1910-11. Summarized data dealing with the con- stitution, management, exploitation, and administration of the forests are given and discussed, including also a summary of revenues and expenditures for the year. Facings, Champsaur (Rev. Eaux et Forets, 51 (1912), No. 4, PP- 97-101, pi. 1. fig. 1). — The methods employed in the Lower Alps in facing or building up ravines to promote the establishment of vegetation and. also to prevent further loss from soil erosion are described. 644 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Forest surveying: A text-book and manual, P. Schill (Forstvermessung. Bin Lchr- niid Iluiidbiich. Eisenach, I'JIl, 2>i>- ^+2-'/6, tables S, figs. 216). — The l)resent work has been designed to meet the needs of forestry students and prac- titioners in surveying and platting forest areas. Introductory remarks deal with the general principles of surveying. Part 1 treats of the various aids and necessary instruments for forest surveying; part 2 discusses the methods and operations involved in making measurements; part 3 treats of map making; and pai't 4 deals vk^ith the computing and division of areas. Wood used by the manufacturers of furniture and cars, agricultural im- plements and vehicles, and veneer in Canada, 1910, H. R. MacMillan, B. Robertson, and W. G. H Boyce {Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Bui. 2'i, li)l2, pp. Ji2). — In the present report an attempt is made to trace the further manufacture of lumber after it leaves the sawmill by the above classes of manufactures in Canada. The data show the amounts of wood used both by species and by Provinces, together with prices paid for different species. The amount of timber and veneer wood imported is also considered. The preservation of power transmission poles, W. R. Wheaton {Engin. Rec, 65 {If) J 2), No. 3, pp. 7S-7.9). — ^An account is given of an experimental line of treated western yellow pine poles set by the San Joaquin Light and Power Corporation in 1908. At the end of 27 months 27 per cent of the ix)les given a brush treatment with creosote, 29 per cent of the poles painted with carbolineum, 45 per cent of those treated with crude oil, and 28 per cent of those treated with zinc chlorid showed signs of decay, whereas the iwles treated with creosote in the open tank (over 50 per cent of the entire line of 600 poles) were all perfectly sound and showed no signs of decay. Similar results are being obtained with western red cedar. Creosote is i>referred to zinc chlorid because when the poles are in the middle of iiTigated fields the zinc is washed out and they have to be replaced after a brief service. Treating seasoned v. unseasoned ties, F. J. Angieb (Engin. News, 61 (1912), No. 6, p. 2Jtl). — This is an abstract of a paper presented at the annual meeting of the Wood Preservers' Association, at Chicago, January, 1912, and containing data showing the comparative costs and values of seasoned and unseasoned ties as treated by the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad. In addition to the better penetration of preservatives in the seasoned ties, there appears to be a difference of 1.33 cts. i)er tie in favor of treating seasoned ties. The evaporation of creosote and cmde oils, P. E. Fredendoll {Engin. Rec, Go {1912), No. 3, pp. 79, 80). — Data are given on evaiwratiou studies of rail- road ties treated with creosote at different times by the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad. Tiaboratory tests of different mixtures were also con- ducted. Comparing the analyses of the creosotes before and after evaporation, those showing the largest loss were the ones originally having the largest per- centages of the low-boiling oils. The author concludes that there is need of more work toward finding some oil or tar that mixed with creosote will lessen the rate of evaporation of the creosote from the mixture. The exact effect of the addition of a high-boiling crude oil has not been determined as yet in these tests. Scientific management of timber treating plants, D. Burkh alter (Engin. Rec, 65 (1912), No. 3, p. 78). — This i>aper briefly discusses the general prin- ciples of scientific management of industrial plants, and points out the appli- cation of certain of these principles to specific problems of timber treating. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 645 DISEASES OF PLANTS. A plant disease survey in the vicinity of San Antonio, Tex., F. D. Heald and F. A. Wolf (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. riant Indus. Bui. 226, pp. 129, pis. J9, fi(js. 2). — During 1909 and 1910 the authors made a plant disease survey of a portiou of Texas included within a radius of 100 miles from San Antonio. The object of the work was to determine the diseases which were prevalent with a view to more detailed investigation of those which are either new or imperfectly knowni. Especial attention has been paid to the diseases due to bacteria, fungi, and other parasites, but those induced by environmental factors have also been considered to some extent. After discussing the physiography, soils, and climatology of the region, the different diseases are briefly described under the headings of diseases of fruits, truck crops, field croi>s. forage plants, trees and shrubs, ornamentals, and native plants. The smut fung'i of Switzerland, H. C. Scheu-enberg (Beitr. Kryptogamen- flora Schicciz, 3 {1911), A'O. 2, pp. XLV+ISO, figs. 79).— This is a work intended to have direct bearing upon the practical protection of plants, and gives (1) a condensed account of the author's investigations on the smut fungi orf this region and their spread, relations, and control; (2) a list of the local plants subject to diseases in connection with their infecting fungi; (3) an alphabetical index of hosts and one of fungi; and (4) an alphabetical list of authors, with their writings in this connection. Cultures of Uredineae in 1911, J. C. Abthxje (Mycologia, 4 (1912), No. 2, pp. Ji9-65; abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 891, pp. 150, i5i).— This is an account of the thirteenth year of culture work with rusts. Due to the unsea- sonable hot weather many failures in inoculation were reported. Among the more important results during the year was the discovery of an fecidial host for Gymnospomngium speciosum on Philadelphus, belonging to the family Hydrangiaceie, the previous host plants belonging to the family Rosacese. It was also found that both the Uromyces and Puccinia on Distichlis spicata produce indistinguishable secidiospores on the same hosts. This together with culture work has led to the conclusion that in some cases forms are placed in the 2 genera which are not worthy of generic differences and scarcely entitled to specific differences. They are held to represent races, or possibly varieties, of 1 species rather than 2 species belonging to 2 genera. Variations in Grlomerella, C. L. Shear {Ahs. in Science, n. ser.,^35 {1912), No. 891, p. 152). — The results are given of studies of various races, strains, varieties, and species of Glomerella from 46 different host plants. Variations in morphological characters were observed and great variation in physiological character was also found to occur. Most of the variations showed no direct relation to the culture medium or other conditions of environment, and more or less distinct races or strains were found to occur on the same host. These strains maintained their principal characteristics in cultures as long as they were grown. Plus and minus strains in an ascomycete, C. W. Edgerton (A6.s. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 891, p. 151). — In cultures of Glomerella cultivated from the petiole of a cottonwood leaf in Louisiana the author has found that the original culture has separated into 2 distinct strains, which he calls plus and minus. The plus strain develops mature perithecia in masses occasionally, these being identical with other species of Glomerella. The minus strain de- velops the perithecia singly or in two's or three's, scattered over the medium. When the 2 strains are grown on the same plate there is a well marked boundary line where they come in contact. The author believes there is a 646 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. cross-fertilization between tbe 2 strains, as is shown by the fact that ascospores in the same perithecinui develop both strains on culturing. On some resemblances of crown gall to human cancer, E. F. Smith {Science, n. set:, 35 (UIU), No. 802, irp. 161-172). — This is the address of the retiring president of the Botanical Society of America, delivered December 28, 1911, a preliminary account of the investigations having been given elsewhere (E. S, R., 25, p. C)r)0). The relation of stem diseases to soils, K. Ewert {Dent. Ohfithau Ztg., 1912, A^o. 2, J}]). 29-Sl, fly. 1). — The author calls attention to the necessity of a closer study of the underground life of plants and of the relations of pomologj' to geology. Report of the bacteriologist, W. G. Sackett {Colorado 8ta. Rpt. 1910, pp. 91-93). — This contains a summary report of investigations on the bacterial disease of alfalfa (E. S. R., 23, p. 54G), bacteriological studies of alkali soils (E. S. R., 25, p. 815), and studies of the hold-over blight in the pear and apple (E. S. R., 25, p. 848) and of raspberry yellows. The raspberry disease mentioned is said to have been quite troublesome in the vicinity of Loveland, the accompanying canes being small, brittle, discol- ored, and the young shoots in the spring showing a decided tendency to turn yellow and shrivel. A number of factors seem to be responsible for this condi- tion, among them winter injury, spring freezing, and the presence of the fungus Sphcerella ruhina. Spraying with Bordeaux mixtui-e for the control of the fungus has been carried on with success. A revision of the North American species of Puccinia on Carex, F. D. Kern and Mary A. Fitch {Ahs. in Science, n. sen, 35 {1912), No. 891, p. 150). — Notes are given on about 25 species of Puccinia which can be recognized on Carex in North America, the majority of them being endemic. About three-fifths of the species have had their life histories worked out. Sclerotium rhizodes on Calamagrostis canadensis, A. B. Stout {Ahs. in Phytopathology, 1 {1911), No. 2, p. 69; Science, n. so:, 35 {1912), No. 892, p. 200; Torreya, 12 {1912), No. 2, pp. Ji2, IfS). — A partial account is given of the '' author's investigations of the fungus 8. rhizodes, which has for its principal host plant C. canadensis. The fungus is coexistent in the leaves, buds, stems, rhizomes, and roots of the infected plants. Filaments of the fungus were also found to form a thin weft on the exterior of the roots and to extend out into the soil. The fungus is shown to have a varying degree of parasitism in the different parts of the host. On the leaves it is said to be vigorously parasitic. In the culms the filaments are most abundant in the region of the nodes, but there is almost no destruction of tissues. In the underground parts of the cuhns and in the rhizomes Ihe hs^phfe completely digest the cell couteuts of cortical cells, t)ut appear to have no effect on the cell walls except at the points of actual penetra- tion. In the older portions of the roots the hyphte are scattered throughout the cortex, where they occupy empty cells. In the younger lateral roots the fila- ments of the fungus were found penetrating living cells and exhibiting charac- teristics w^hich have been ascribed to mycorrhizal fungi. Ultimately, however, the cell contents disappeared, while the fungus remained intact. The fungus is said to be perennial in the soil and in the underground por- tions of the host. It is present in the buds, but is apparently unable to penetrate into the growing apex. Infection experiments with powdery mildew of wheat, G. M. Reed {Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 891, p. 152).— The author reports experiments in which 80 different varieties of Triticum, belonging to 9 different species, were inoculated with couidia of Erysiphe graminis occurring on wheat. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 647 By far the larger number of these varieties proved entirely susceptible to the fungus. Of the 7 immune varieties found, 5 belonged to T. dicoccum and 2 to T. ralgare. The enmiers as a group iiroved quite free from infection, although some were quite susceptible. In none of the 9 species of Triticum tested was complete immunity found, as in every case one or more varieties of each species gave infection. On the rust of wheat (Puccinia glumarum), E. Sz^kacs (Wiener Lttndw. Ztg., 61 {1911), No. 53, p. 609; abs. in Bot. CeiitU., 117 {1911), No. 21,, p. 633).— The author gives the results of his investigations, in brief as follows: Those wheats which show no resistance to infection were found to be full of rust as early as May 15. Neighboring plants were either only partially rusted or wholly intact. This is held to show that the rust is transmitted not only as primary infection (by secidiospores), but that it also breaks out as inherited disease with favoring weather. The seed is the carrier of the infection, the author believes. An improved seed stock obtained in 1906 by selection was further sifted, so that from 214 elite stocks only 14 remained for breeding. These stocks show decidedly less rust than those which spring from less pure tyiies. By selective breeding it is evidently possible to control the rust. The author appears to be a warm supporter of Eriksson's mycoplasm theory. A new root disease of malt, H. Sciinegg (Ztschr. Gcsam. Bra mo., 35 {1912), Nos. 1, pp. Jf-l, fig. 1 ; 2, pp. 13-15, figs. 3). — This is a noteworthy case of dis- ease ascribed to parasitism by a fungus said to be Rhizopus nigricans {Mucor stolonlfer) . Illustrations and descriptions are given of the way in which this fungus was found occupying the interstices between rootlets and sheaths in the case of sprouts 3 days old, attacking both of these structures. It seems not to enter the cells but to force its way between them, loosening the tissue but not penetrating to the vascular bundles, or at least in most cases, to a greater depth than 3 or 4 cell layers of the cortex. The cells are discolored and distorted by the presence of the fungus. Investigations on Sclerotinia libertiana, Johanna Westerdijk {Meded. Phytopath. Lab. Willie Cornmelin Scholten, 1911, pp. 5-26; abs. in Intemat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 5, p. 1153). — This fungus is said to do considerable damage in Holland to lettuce, beans, carrots, clover, and mustard. It passes readily from one plant to an- other and does not appear to form biological races. Under favorable condi- tions of growth the fungus does not seem to lose its properties as a parasite. Infection is favored by ruptures in the cortex of the host and by a considerable {(mount of atmospheric humidity. Cotton anthracnose, H. W. Barre {South Carolina 8ta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 23- 43). — In continuation of a previous account (E. S. R., 24, p. 741), the author presents a progress report on his investigations relating to the cotton an- thracnose, and the relation the fungus bears to distribution under field condi- tions. The investigations indicate that the seed are one of the most important factors in the distribution of this disease, and that where clean seed are used one year's rotation will eliminate the disease. The vitality of the fungus in buried bolls and in the seed, and the vitality of the mycelium and spores on the outside of the seed were investigated, and it was found that buried bolls did not give any viable spores after the middle of March, while bolls that had been allowed to lie on the edge of the field against the fence contained the viable fungus up to September. The indica- tions are that the fungus loses its vitality to some extent in the seed, although not entirely so. A study was made of the progeny from seed of a number of diseased bolls which contained one or more badly diseased or compact locks. The highest g48 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. percentage of disease was found on the stalks grown from the seed from the open locks which were badly diseased. The work on the elimination of disease by seed selection has been con- tinued and seems to offer a practical method of eradicating this disease. The detection of anthracnose in cotton seed, H. W. Barre and W. B. Aull, Jr. (.S'o«//( VdroHna Hta. Rpt. 1911, pp. //3-//9). — A description is given of a method for determining the amount of anthracnose on the outside of seeds by means of a centrifuge, the results being checked by germination tests and a s-tudy of the resulting seedlings. The leaf-roll disease of potatoes in Saxony, 1910, K. Stobmeb and O. MoR- GENTHALEB (Natufiv. Ztsclir. FoTSt. u. Latid'W., 9 {1911), No. 12, pp. 521-551, figs. 2). — Tlfis is a report on the appearance and progress of this disease and the growth of potatoes in relation to such factors as seed, soil, weather, and cultural methods, the last including fertilization, spacing, seed time, etc. The method is semi-statistical, and the work is based on correspondence and re- ports from some 25 divisions of Saxony. On potato rot, H. Kuhl {CcntU. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AJ)t., 31 (1911). No. l-I,, pp. lOG-lOS). — The author describes the appearances characteristic of tubers infected by Fusarium and by Phytophthora. He also gives an account of his experiments, during which he found that sound potatoes were infected from diseased ones in a damp receptacle, but not in a dry atmosphere; also, that infected potatoes planted in sterilized soil sprouted while rotting in the way characteristic of the disease. He thinks it probable that the potato rot has reached its present extensive range through insufficient precautions heretofore taken in handling the crop. Suggestions for the combating of diseases and insect pests affecting thf sugar beet (Ann. Amei: Rpt. Sugar Beet Seed Breeding Sta. Wohanka tC- Co., S (1910), pp. 30-51}). — Information is given concerning the nature, spread, and ravages of several important diseases of the sugar beet, with remedies recom- mended. These include leaf spot (Cercospora beticola), root rot (Rhisoctonia riolacea), black root rot (Phoma hetce), sugar beet webworms (Loxostege sticti- calis) and worms of similar habits, sugar beet nematode or eelworm (Heterodera schachtii). sugar beet root louse (PempMgus hetw and Tychea brevicornis) , crown gall, etc. Suggestions are made that sugar factories and seed raisers combine resources and unite on various measures for the prevention, control, or eradication of various pests. Blossom end rot of tomatoes, H. P. Stxtckey and J. C. Temple ( Georgia Sta. Bui. 96, pp. 69-91, figs. 7). — The authors present their conclusions relating to the cause and methods of control of the blossom end rot of tomatoes. According to their investigations, this disease is of nonparasitic origin and is not infectious. They claim that the organism found accompanying it can not produce the disease except when the plant is under unfavorable conditions. Experiments to control the disease were carried on both in the laboratory and in the field, in which spraying, effect of nitrogenous manures, crop rotation, variety resistance, and soil moisture were tested. Rotation of crops and pick- ing and destroying rotten fruit were of no value in the control of the disease. Staking the plants, instead of diminishing the loss, increased it. Spraying had little or no effect. There was nothing observed in the experiments to indicate that the use of nitrate of soda or stable manure increased the tendency to rot. Only the small varieties of tomatoes proved resistant to the disease. The dis- ease, it is concluded, can be controlled, if not entirely prevented, by keeping an abundant supply of water in the soil. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 649 Tomato diseases, G. E. Stone (Massachusetts Sta. Bid. 138, pp. 32, figs. 9). — The principal portion of this bulletin is taken tip with a discussion of the blos- som end rot of tomatoes, and an account given of experiments for its control. The different theories regarding the cause of this disease are summarized., and the author states that his observations on the particular organism causing the rot confirm those of Miss Smith to the effect that the disease is of bacterial origin, as previously mentioned (E. S. R., 19, p. 49). Soil moisture was found to be an important factor in the control of the blossom end rot in the greenhouse, but there were many other factors, such as light, transportation, plant food, etc., which played an important role in its occurrence. The observations of the author on the use of Bordeaux mixture for the control of this disease have not been encouraging. His experiments indi- cated that subirrigation greatly reduced the percentage of blossom end rot as compared with top-watered plants and that a greater proportion of tomatoes were affected in bright sunshine than where the plants were shaded. Notes are given on a number of other diseases of the tomato, among them timber rot (Sclerotinia Ubertiana) , tomato scab (Cladosporiurn fulvum), sleep- ing disease or wilt (Fusarium lycopersici) , downy mildew (Phytophthora infcs- tans), anthracnose {Colletotrichum sp.), leaf blight (Cylindrosporium sp.), leaf blight (Scptorin sp.), leaf mold (Alternaria solani), blight (Bacillus sola- nacearnm), nematodes (Heterodcra radicicola), and surface molds. The effect of Gymnosporangium upon the transpiration and photosynthesis of apple leaves, H. S. Reed and J. S. Cooley (Ahs. in Science, n. scr., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 155). — In connection with pathological studies, the authors determined the water elimination and carbon dioxid consumption of healthy and rusted apple leaves of the varieties York Imperial ajid Ben Davis. Trans- piration was measured on twigs on the trees and determined in grams per square centimeter per hour. An average of 5 tests of Ben Davis apple leaves showed that in rusted leaves the water elimination was about 50 per cent of that from healthy leaves on the same trees. For determining the rate of photosynthesis Ganong's photosyn- thometer was used, and the diseased leaves showed marked diminution in power to consume carbon dioxid. The history and cause of the coconut bud rot, J. R. Johnston (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 228, pp. 175, pis. U, figs. iO).— This bulletin deals with a destructive and widespread disease of coconuts, which is said to have been known in Cuba for more than 30 years and also occurs in Jamaica, British Guiana, Trinidad, British Honduras, and elsewhere. The author has conducted an investigation covering a period of about 4 years on the nature and cause of this disease, a preliminary account of which has been given elsewhere (E. S. R., 25, p. 552). Repeated inoculation experiments have showTi that the disease is of bacterial origin, and the organism seems to be identical with Bacillus coll. Inoculations into coconut seedlings with B. coU of animal origin have given rise to infections similar to inoculations with the coconut organisms. A bacterial disease of vanilla, G. L. Pavarino (Atti R. Accad. Lined, Rend. CI. Set. Fis., Mat. e Nat., 5. ser., 20 (1911), II, No. 3, pp. 161, 162; ahs. in Riv. Patol. Teg., 5 (1911), No. 8, pp. 125, 126). — A description is given of a bacterial disease of vanilla that appeared in the botanic garden of Pavia. It is char- acterized by the appearance on the leaves of small, irregular spots of a pitch black color. Later the leaves may become perforated through the disintegra- tion of the diseased tissues. The author repeatedly produced the disease through subepidermal inoculations with the bacteria isolated from diseased (J50 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. leaves. Tlie organism is considered liitberto imdescribed and the name Bacte- rium briosianum n. sp. is given it. Investigations on hollyhock rust, J. Euiksson {CentU. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 31 (1011), Xo. l-'i, pp. V3-'J5). — The author's findings on his study of Puccinia malvaeearum are compactly summarized, and support, he claims, his theory of a plasma stage in which the rust is alleged to pass the winter in symbiotic relations with the protoplasm of its host (E. S. R., 25, p. 850). The perfect stage of the rose Actinonema, F. A. Wolf {Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (.1912), No. 891, p. 152). — The author describes the fruiting bodies of A. rosce, and includes that the development exhibited is not that of an Asterella, but includes characters that necessitate a new generic grouping. This study connects for the first time the conidial and ascospore stage of the organism causing the black spot of roses, and the name Diplocarpon roscb is given to tbe fungus. A bacterial disease of tropical orchids, S. HoRi (CentU. Bakt. [e/cj, 2. Abt., SI (1911), No. l-Jf, pp. 85-92, figs. 2). — Tlae author gives a somewhat detailed discussion of the disease called brown rot observed in greenhouses in Tokyo and also on orchids grown in the open air on the Island of Oki in the Japan Sea. This disease is declared to be identical with tliat called brown spot (on plants of tougher texture) and to be due to a bacterium. This oi'ganism is described by the author and named Bacillus cypripeiUi, although he states that it may be identical with that described by V. Peglion and by him named Bacterium oncidii. The disease seems to prefer the finest orchids, those having thick, fleshy, succulent leaves, several species being attacked. The parasite seems to enter the leaf tissue chiefly through wounds made by careless washing. The chlorophyll of the infected cells collects near the center, while the bacteria swarm in the surrounding cell sa]i. The infection spreads rapidly, browning, rotting, and ruining the plants. Preventive measures recommended are the use of a soft six)nge for washing soaked in a 0.1 per cent solution of sublimate, and also avoidance of excess in watering, which seems to favor the disease. The influence of Uromyces pisi upon Euphorbia cyparissias, G. Tischleb (Flora, n. ser., Jf (1911), No. 1, pp. 1-64, fiffs. 26). — An account is given of the author's studies on the life relations of this fungus to its host, of which a partial summary follows : Shoots of E. eyparissias infected with U. pisi may under favorable conditions outgrow and free themselves from the injurious effects of the fungus. Early production of pycuidia and secidia by the latter favors and hastens this change. Ordinarily the fungus remains in the growing point of the shoot as strictly intercellular mycelium, but upon the formation of vacuoles in these cells haustoria strike in at once and range freely, apparently influenced by something ' in the cell sap. Conditions favoring rapid growth may retard or prevent such invasion of the cells. The growing point, once free of mycelium, remains so. The fungus is apparently unable to grow into this region from the rhizome, where it winters. The hyphse (but not the haustoria) grow in the vessels, by preference. Cam- bium cells are not attacked. Hji^hse are to be fomid in the pith, and to a small extent, in the bark. The growing mycelium dies off from below upward, and disappears from the vessels, leaving the knotted haustoria in the degenerated cells. Stems are very slightly affected as to form, etc. An extensive dependence seems to exist between the sugar content of the tissue and the localization of the fungus. Infected leaves have high osmotic pressure despite their higher water content. Characteristic alterations in the leaf structure attending in- fection are (1) changes in cell form, (2) readier cell division, and (3) enlarge- DISEASES OF PLANTS. 651 nieut of the intercellular system. The symbiosis of the host cell uiu\ the haiis- toria iu a cell goes on peacefully for a time, but finally they become separated by a plasmoderm. It is possible by plasmolyzing the cells to separate them quite distinctly. The leaf cells do not show the characteristic signs of iX)isoning by the infection until just before their death. An extensive bibliography is appended. A leaf disease of Hevea in Surinam, J. Kuyper (Rcc. Trav. Bot, l^eerland., S (1911), Xo. 3-4, pp. 371-3S0, pis. 2).— A leaf disease of II. brasiliensis and H. guyanensis due to Fusicladium rnacrosporum n. sp. is described. Three stages of the disease are mentioned. The first is on the young leaves, which show olive or dark green spots on plants in the seed bed. In the second stage black fruiting bodies appear on the older leaves of nursery stock and of larger trees. The third form attacks the petioles and stems of more mature plants. The fungus appears endemic, occurring throughout Surinam in plantations as well as on wild trees. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture, it is believed, would control the fungus. The chestnut tree disease, M. Manson {Science, n. ser:, 35 {1912), No. 894, pp. 269, 270). — On account of the destruction of the chestnut by the so-called chestnut disease, the author calls attention to the desirability of testing the giant chinquapin {Castanopsis chrysophiUa) of the Pacific States for planting in the Southern States. This plant is said to occur in 2 forms, one a large tree, the other a shrub, and the author believes that the tree form could be used to reforest the Eastern States devastated by the chestnut tree disease and that it would probably stand the eastern conditions from Maryland south. Pine leaf cast, Haack {Ztschr. Forst u. Jagdio., 43 {1911), Nos. 4, pp. 329- 357, pi. 1; 5, pp. 402-423; 6, pp. 481-505, fig. 1; ais. in Hedwigia, 51 (1911), No. 3, BeiM., pp. 202, 203). — The author gives an extended discussion of this widespread and dangerous disease of pines, ascribed to the fungus Lophoder- mium pinastri. Pines of all ages show attack in varying degrees. Young pines are usually killed by loss of their leaves, but after attaining an age of 8 or 10 years they usually appear to be able to withstand the injuries. Infection occurs not through conidia but through the spores, which are freed more rapidly in damp weather and are carried by wind and water to considerable distances. The needles which fall in early spring become a new source of infection in summer and autumn. The parasitic mycelium seems i:)referably to live intercellularly. Spraying with a weak solution of copper sulphate is recommended, care- fully applied, when the apothecia first open in spring and summer. Grass should be kept out of the way of spraying operations, and infected portions of the pine trees should be removed at once. Leaf cast and nativity of the pine, H. Mayr {Forstio. Centbl., n. ser., 33 (1911), No. 1, pp. 1-14; al)S. in Ilcdivigia, 51 (1911), No. 3, Beibl, p. 204).— The author gives his views, as the result of his studies on the pines of Europe, regarding the resistance offered to the fungus (Lophodermium- pinastri) causing leaf cast. The Norway pine is asserted to suffer least and the southern and southeastern pines most from this disease, while the pines of the Alps and Scotland stand between these in resistance. Accordingly, the author recommends breeding from the Norway variety as a means of securing a hardy stock for German culture. He mentions the fact that his views are opposed by various other investigators. Notes on Cronartiuni ribicola, P. Spaulding (Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 891, pp. 146, 147). — Attention is called to a number of points that have been worked out in connection with the life history of this fungus during the past year. A coarse yellow mottling of pine needles and of the bark on the twigs 6'52 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. has been observed that is said to be very characteristic of the disease when it occurs, but it is usually observed only on trees that have had the disease for more than one year. In 1910 the author made an attempt to select out the infected trees in a lot of 10,000 3-year-old pine seedlings, and the remainder were planted in the open field in a locality where Ribes was absent for a considerable distance. An examination the next summer showed a considerable number of swellings of the bark, indicating the impossibility of the removal of all infected trees by a single insjiection. The author reports having discovered the disease in 1911 in New Jersey and Virginia. The teleutospore stage of the fungus was found affecting the stipules and bracts of leaves of Ribes sp. in the greenhouse, and it is believed that this explains the anomalous appearance of this fungus on Ribes at Geneva, N. Y. (E. S. R., IS, p. 747). Experiments in the greenhouse with inoculations on Ribes showed that the teleutospore stage develops only after the cool weather of autumn sets in. Suc^ cessful inoculations have been made in the greenhouse on young white pine trees with teleutospores secured by inoculation on R. amcricanum of 0ecidiosix>res borne upon imported trees of Pinus strohus. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. Textbook of zoology, J. E. \. Boas {Lehrbuch der Zoologic. Jena, 1911, 6. rev. and enl. ed., pp. X-\-690, figs. 618). — This is the sixth revised and enlarged edition of a work first issued in 1S90. A zoological dictionary, etlited by H. E. Ziegler (Zoologisckes Worterbvch. Jena, 1911, 2. rev. and enl. ed., pt. 1, pp. XXI+208, figs. 788).— The second revised and enlarged edition of a work first issued in 1907-1910. This first part begins with the word Aal and ends with Elasiiwden. Mammals of the West Indies, G. M. Allen {BuJ. Mus. Compar. ZooL, 5't (1911), No. 6, pp. 115-26S). — This is a list of the mammals known to occur in the West Indies with a summary of their recorded distribution and its zoogeo- graphical bearing, based on a study of the collection of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology and collections made by the author on the island of Grenada. Three new island races are described. A bibliography, which includes most of the important papers dealing with mammals of the West Indies, is appended. Report on condition of elk in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, in 1911, E. A. Preble (JJ. 8. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Biol. Survey Bui. JjO, pp. 23, pis. 7). — Jackson Hole, in the Snake River Valley in northwestern Wyoming, has long been the principal winter home of large numbers of elk, or wapiti {Cervus canadensis) , but increased settlement has resulted in a shortage of the forage available and large numbers of elk have died from starvation during the past 3 winters. This bulletin reports 3 months' preliminary investigations as to the feasibility of feeding, protecting, and removing the elk in the vicinity, under a special appropriation (E. S. R., 24, p. 405). The author presents a general description of the region, discusses the value of elk to the community, the feeding of elk in winter, and their life history, enemies, illegal killing, transportation, and winter refuge. The herd is esti- mated to number about 20,000. It is pointed out that the problem of trans- portation is a difficult one, because the Teton Range, 2,000 ft. higher than the Snake River Valley, must be crossed on the way to the railroad. A dozen of the more vigorous animals of various ages were, however, successfully trans- ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 653 ported to the National Bison Range at Ravalli, Mont., and the Wichita Game Preserve in Oklahoma. The establishment of a winter refuge, where the feed can be preserved by excluding stock during the summer, is essential for the proper protection of the elk, and is recommended. The deer of Chantilly forest decimated by helminths, E. Bbumpt {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 (.1911), No. 13, pp. 906-909; abs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc. [London], 1911, No. 6, p. 760). — For 4 or 5 years deer living in the forest about Chantilly have suffered from a disease, marked by cachexia, which has resulted fatally to a large number, a score or more of fawns of 10 or 11 months of age dying during the single month of February, 1911. In exami- nations to determine the infestation of 26 deer, the author found 23 to be in- fested by Dictyocaulus nosrneri, 11 by CEsophagostomum venulosum, 2 by D. fllaria, 8 by Capillaria n. sp., 4 by Strongle sp.?, 8 by Nematodirus roscidus, and 3 by Trichocephalus affinis. In 3 deer on which post-mortem examinations were made, death was found to have been due to pulmonary strongylosis, com- plicated in 2 cases by intestinal helminthiasis. The cultivation of an acid-fast bacillus from a rat suffering with rat leprosy, H. T. Hollmann (PuT). Health a)id Mar. Hosp. Sere. U. ,s'., PuJ). Health Rpts., 21 (1912), No. 3, pp. 69, 70).— In this preliminary report the author records having " succeeded in cultivating in pure culture an acid-fast bacillus from a rat suffering with rat leprosy by the method described by Clegg "■ in the cultivation of the human lepra bacillus. Of the 8 rats inoculated with the pure culture subcutaneously acid-fast bacilli were found in all, in the lesion of the skin of 8. in the lungs of 2, and in the nasal discharge of 1. Of the 3 rats inoculated intraperitoneally no lesions of the skin nor of the Internal organs were found, but the splenic pulp in 2 of them contained acid-fast bacilli." A microfilaria (Microfilaria rosenaui n. sp.) from the California ground squirrel (Citellus beecheyi), G. W. McCoy (Parasitology, // (1911), No. 3, pp. 220, 221, pi. 1). — The nematode here described as new to science has been found in squirrels coming from all parts of California east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, and between the Mexican border and the Sacramento River. " Ro- dents from the southern sections of the State seem to show a higher percentage of infestation than those from farther north. It is probable that at least 5 per cent of the squirrels from the part of the State in which the parasites are found harbor the worm. There is no evidence that the nematode exercises any dele- terious influence on the host. The adult forms of the parasite have not been found though careful search for them has been made." The tarbagan (Arctomys bobac) and plague, P. Preble (Pui. Health and Mar. Hosp. Serv. U. 8., Pub. Health Rpts., 27 (1912), No. 2, pp. 31-39).— T^e author summarizes evidence from which he concludes, a priori, that the tarbagan, a marmot common in Siberia and Mongolia, may perform a role similar to that of ground squirrels in the transmission of plague. " This has, however, only the Aalue of an hypothesis since bacteriological and pathological proofs are as yet lacking." A bibliography of 24 titles is appended. Sixth report on plague investigations in India (Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge] Plague Sup. 1, 1912, pp. 206, pis. I4, figs. 15).— This sixth report includes chap- ters on Some Recent Observations on Rat Fleas (pp. 7-10) ; Preliminary Ob- servations on the Protective and Curative Value for Rats of the Serum of a Horse Immunized with a Toxic Nucleo-Protein Extracted from the Plague "Philippine Jour. Sci., B. Med. Sci., 4 (1909), No. 2, pp. 77-79, 654 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. r.acillus, by S. Rowland (pp. ll-IJ)) ; and Observations on the Breeding of llvs rattus in Captivity dip. l!)3-206). A book on birds, A. W. Bombkruicr {rjiihidclphia, ID 12, pi). VII +209, pis. 33). — This is a popular account. The birds of Guiana, F. P. and A. P. Penard {Dc Yogels van Guyana. The Hague, 1910, vol. 2, pp. 587, figs. 122). — This second part (E. S. R., 23, p. DHii) deals with the orders Picaria; and Passeres. Studies of bird life in Uganda, R. A. L. and V. G. L. van Someren {London, 1911, pp. 22, pis. 25). — Accounts are given, together with plates, of 25 of the land and water fowl of Uganda. Report of entomological section, C. P. Gillette {Colorado ^ia. Rpt. 1910, pp. 98, 99). — Observations have been made upon the migratory habits of Aphis cornifolUe, which leaves the dogwood, Svida {Conius) sfolonifcra riparia, in the spring and takes up its abode chiefly upon the sunflower (Helianthus) leaves, and then sends return migrants from the sunflowers to dogwood again in the fall. A. helianthi and A. gillcttci are deemed almost certainly synonymous with A. cornifolke. A new corn root worm, Diabrotica virgifcra, and its variety filicomis, have done serious injury in limited localities in Colorado for the past 2 years. Report of entomologist, A. F. Conradi {South Carolina Sfa. Rpt. 1911, pp. 52-60). — In experimental spraying work carried on in several sections of the State during the year with the cottony maple scale and the gloomy scale, lime- sulphur applied in December satisfactorily controlled the gloomy scale but, like kerosene emulsion, had no appreciable effect on the cottony maple scale. Sum- mer sprays of caustic potash whale-oil soap at the rate of 1 : 4 were beneficial against the cottony maple scale. The use of Phinotas oil in springs infested by crawfish resulted in the de- struction of the pest. Life histories of Indian insects. — III, The rhinoceros beetle (Oryctes rhinoceros) and the red or palm weevil (Rhynchophorus ferrugineus), C. C. Ghosh {Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Ent. 8cr., 2 {1911), No. 10, pp. 193-217, pis. //). — This paper deals with the rhinoceros beetle (0. rhinoceros) and the red or red palm weevil {R. ferrugineus) , both of which are very destructive to palm trees, especially in southern India, the damage being done by the former as a perfect beetle and by the latter as a larva. Some important insects of Illinois shade trees and shrubs, S. A. Forbes (Illinois Sta. liul. 151, pp. Jf63-529, figs. 67). — This is a popular account of some 2.5 of the more important insect enemies of trees and shrubs in Illinois. The possible etiological relation of certain biting insects to the spread of infantile paralysis, C. T. Brues and P. A. E. Sheppard {Mo. Bui. Bd. Health Mass., n. ser., 6 {1911), No. 12, pp. 338-3//0).— This is a brief account of in- vestigations conducted from July 30 to September 26, 1911, in which the homes of 88 patients in 17 cities and to-mas were investigated as to the presence of biting flies and insects in close proximity to affected individuals. " Nothing absolutely definite has hitherto been ascertained regarding the chamiels of infection of acute epidemic iwliomyelitis. Many facts connected with the distribution of cases and the spread of epidemics of this disease, together with histories of insect bites, suggest at least that the disease may be insect-borne. From our field work during the present summer, together with a consideration of the epidemiology of the disease, it has been suggested that Stomoxys calcitrans may be responsible for the spread of acute epidemic polio- myelitis. No facts which disprove such hypothesis have as yet been adduced. Experiments based upon this hypothesis are now in progress." ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 655 Notes on the Pediculidae, II, L. G. Neumann (Arch. Par., H (1911), No. 3, pp. 'lOl-.'il.'i, /ig>;. «). — A seconcl article (E. S. R., 24, p. 754), in which the author describes 2 species and 1 variety, Hwmatopinus suis adventicus from the hog, as new to science. The genus Pedicukis and the camel louse are also briefly considered. Sheep parasites. — A new species of louse, H. A. Reid (Jour. New Zeal. Dcpt. Ayr., 3 (IDll). No. G, pp. J^Jio-Jt-'fl , figs. 3). — ^A brief account of a louse, which infests the legs of sheep in the Banks Peninsula district, and to which has been given the name Ilccnmtopinus microcephalus. Analysis of grasshopper conditions in 'Nebraska, M. Swenk (Nebr. Fanner, Ji-'f (1912), Xo. 7, pp. 119, 182, 183). — A discussion of the occurrence of grass- hoppers in Nebraska. The Aphididse of Nebraska, T. A. Williams (Unir. [Ncbr.] studies, 10 (1910). No. 2, pp. 91). — This, a posthumous publication, is a synopsis of the Aphididie of Nebraska. Thirty-five species and 2 varieties, previously listed as manuscript names in the author's Host-Plant List of North American Aphi- didfe." are characterized. Life history of Schlechtendalia chinensis (a gall producing insect), C. Sasaki (In Festschrift ziiin sccJnigsten Geburtstag Richard Hei'twigs (Miin- ehcn). Jena, 1910, vol. 2, pp. 239-252, pis. 2). — The galls produced on Rhus sciiiialata by the aphid, the life history of which is here recorded for the first time, form one of the commercial products of Japan, being largely employed for dyeing, tanning, and other purposes. This insect is distributed in nearly- all of the prefectures of Japan and also in the central and southern districts of China. Coccid enemies of the grapevine, F. Picard (Prog. Agr. ct Vif. [Ed. VEst- Centre], 33 (1912),. No. 1, pp. 10-18, pi. 1). — Brief accounts are giA-eu of the coccid enemies of the grape, including Aspidiotus (Targionia) vitis, Aulacaspis (Diuspis) pentagona, Lecanium persicie and L. corni, Pulvinaria vitis, Dac- tylopius vitis, and Rhizcccus falcifer. A new enemy of the gooseberry bush, W. J. Goverts (Garten flora, 61 (1912), No. 2, pp. 'i0-'i3, fig. 1). — This is a brief account of Pulvinaria vitis, which the author has found to attack the gooseberry. Apiosporium olege, a parasite of the olive scale, J. Ruby and L. Raybaud (Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 11 (1911), No: 26, pp. 2U-216).—T\ie authors consider the experiments which they have conducted to demonstrate that there is a specific relation between the yeast forms found in Lecanium olem, and the sooty mold fungus {A. olea) which occurs on the leaves of the olive. Butterflies damaging lucerne, W. W. Froggatt (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 12, p. 1022).— One of the small blue butterflies (Zizera labradus) is reported to have been the source of considerable injury to alfalfa. Longevity in saturniid moths: An experimental study, P. and Nellie Rau (Jour. Expt. Zool., 12 (1912), No. 2, pp. 179-204, pl- i).— This is a report of experiments undertaken in order to discover the value of some of the theories that have been advanced to account for the duration of life. On the presence in France and the biology of the potato tuber worm (Phthorimoea operculella), F. Picard (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 15 'i (1912), No. 2, pp. 84-86). — A discussion of the occurrence and biology of this pest. Concerning the traubenwfcklers (Cochylis ambiguella and Polychrosis botrana), and methods of combating them, Schwangart (In Festsehrift zum sechzigsten Geburtslag Richard Herticigs (Miinehen). Jena, 1910, vol. 2, pp. « Univ. Nebr. Spec. Bui. 1, 1891, pp. 28. 38038°— No. 7—12 5 656 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. J,63-'j3.'h pfs. 3). — This siccoimt of the grape-beny moths deals with their biology and remedial measures, including insecticides, mechanical and physical means, insect enemies, and fnngns diseases. A bibliography of 90 titles is appended. Revision of Australian Tortricina, B. Meyrick {Proc. Linn. 8oc. N. 8. Wales, 35 (19 JO), pt. 1, pp. 130-29 >i; 36 (1911), pt. 2, pp. 224-303) .—fieveatj genera and 443 species are here described, many of which are new to science. Indexes to the generic and specific names are included. Experiments on overwintering pupae of Lepidoptera, W. Reiff (Zischr. Wiss. Imelctcnhiol., 7 (1911), Nos. 5-6, pp. 156-159; 7-8, pp. 235-231; 9, pp. 267-270; 10, pp. 308-312; 11, pp. 3^ 3-3// 7). —The species, studies of which are here reiwrted, include Puptlio glauciis tiirmis, P. troUus, P. thoas crcsphontcx, P. polyxcnes, Samia cccropia, Telca polyphemus, Basilona imperialis, P. inacJmon, and Hyles (Dcilephila) euphorhUe. Experiments were conducted to determine the effect of (1) exposure to various temperatures and (2) impregnation with a mixture of sugar and gum arable with and without silver nitrate. ]Sotes by C. T. Brues on the parasites, Diiiotomus exesorius and D. cccruleator, that were reared during the experi- ments, are appended. Note on Leishmania and mosquitoes: The Leishm.ania donovani can live and develop in the intestinal tract of the Anopheles, G. Franchini {Lancet [London^, 1911, II, No. 19, pp. 1268, 1269, figs. J;2).— The author here reports briefly the studies which have led him to conclude that L. donovani can de- velop in the intestinal tract of Anopheles. The sand-fly and pellagra, S. J. Hunter (Jour. Anier. Med. Assoc., 58 (1912), No. 8, pp. 5'i7, 5.'f8). — A paper presented before the American Association of Economic Entomologists, at Washington, D. C, in December, 1911. On August 1, 1911, the author commenced a survey of the region about Oswego, where in July the first authentic cases of pellagra in Kansas were diagnosed. Simuliiivi vittatum is said to be the only species as yet found in the State. Thus far it has been found distributed in Kansas along Turkey Creek, a tributary of the Kaw in Wyandotte County, along the Marais-des- Cygues in Franklin County, along the Neosho and its tributaries in Labette County, and along the Arkansas in Sedgwick County, the most western point at which it has been found. A careful survey of the southwestern part of the State. has thus far revealed no breeding places for adult forms of this insect. It is stated that the survey will be continued until the entire State has been covered. Experimental attempts were made to transmit the disease from a human, case to 10 guinea pigs and 2 monkeys, 499 live flies being exposed to the pellagrin and then to the guinea pigs, and 197 to the pellagrin and then to the monkeys. Of 488 specimens counted, 219 were females, which alone bite. Studies of the brain and spinal cord of a monkey, suspected of having contracted the disease, are now under way. Phlebotomus papatasii and pappataci fever in South America. C. Tira- BoscHi (Arch. Par., U (1910), No. 2, pp. 330-331,).— In. recording the occur- rence of P. papatasii in the State of Para, Brazil, the author takes the oppor- tunity to review the present status of knowledge as to this fly and the disease which it transmits. The disease, which is known to be due to a filterable virus, is thought to be hereditarily transmitted in the fly. Whether or not the disease occurs in Brazil remains to be determine!!. [Transmissioaa of Trsrpanosoma hippicum by Musca domestical (Rpt. Dept. Sanit. Isthmian Canal Com., 1911, Dec, jjp. J,2, //S ) .— Exi)eriments conducted in which the house fly was fed for 3 or 4 minutes on blood from an infected guinea pig and then, after an interval of about 30 seconds, placed over the ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 657 scratched skiu of mules for about 5 minutes, show that T. hippicum may be thus transmitted. It is stated that no new cases of murrina have been detected in the Canal Zone since May, 1910. The percentage and quality of hides injured by the ox warble in the reg-ion of Lyon, N. Lehmann and C. Vaney {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Parish, 15.i (lOlJ), Xo. 20, pp. 13. ',3-13 1,5 ; abs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc. [Londoti], 1911, Xo. 5, p. 619). — In observations made at Lyon extending throughout 1908, 1909, and 1910, warbles were found in hides in every month, but from Septem- ber to March inclusive they were either retarded larvfe beginning to degenerate or only larval remains. From March to June, when there are no living adults, there is a growing percentage of larvae in the skin. This fact can only be ex- plained as due to a migration from the viscera. The penetration of the larvae from the alimentary tract is supiwrted by the following facts: "(1) The winter restriction of the very young larvae to the submucosa of the anterior portion of the alimentary canal; (2) the growth of the larvae in the esophageal region; (3) the occurrence in February and March of more developed larvae in the membrane of the spinal cord and in the subcutaneous tissue of unperforated skiu; (4) the increasing abundance of sedentary larvae in the skin from May to July," The authors find that while bullocks with thin skins show a greater percent- age of warbles present, it is the opposite with cows. This leads them to con- clude that there is no relation between the skin thickness and the percentage of infestation. The relation of weather conditions to the frequency of ox warbles, N. Leh- mann and C. Vaney {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 {1911), No. 22, pp. 1508-1510). — The authors find that in the region of Lyon warm, dry weather during July and August favors oviposition and is followed by a high percentage of warbled hides the following year. The species of Brachyacantha of North and South America, C. W. Leng {Bill. Amer. Mus. Xat. Hist., 30 {1911), pp. 279-333, pi 1, figs. 4.5).— Thirty- three species and 11 varieties of coccinellids of this genus are described, of which 6 siiecies and 6 varieties are new to science. The wild passion-fi'uit weevil (CEmethylus triangularis), W. W. Froggatt {Agr. Gas. X. S. Wales, 22 {1911), Xo. 10, pp. 910, 911, pi. i).— This weevil has been found infesting the fruits of the wild passion-vine {Passiflora Herbert iana) over a very large area. Its range is thought to be that of its food plant, which grows in Australia throughout the semitropical scrubs, trailing over low scrub trees. A comparative study of four digestive ferments in some species of Coleop- tera, L. Bounouee (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 152 {1911), Xo. I,, pp. 228-231; abs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc. [London], 1911, Xo. 5, p. 619).— A study of the digestive ferments of Dytiscus vmrginalis, Rydrophilus piceus, Geotrupes sylvaticus, Melolontha vulgaris, and Polyphylla fiiUo. A contribution toward the life history of Emphor bombiformis, J. A. Grossbeck {Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 19 {1911), Xo. J,, pp. 238-21,',, pi. 1, figs. 2).— Studies of the biology of one of the larger digger bees are here reported. A hymenopterous parasite of the bee moth, A. Conte {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Pans], 15J, {1912), Xo. 1, pp. 1,1, 1,2). — Two hymenopterous parasites of the bee moth, Galleria meUonella {cereana), have been recorded, one the chalcidid Eupelmus cereanus by Rondani in Italy, the other Bracon brevicornis by Marshall in France. The author here reports having observed a third species, Apanteles lateralis, to be very abundant in the vicinity of Lyon and apparently of considerable importance, since it has been reported to attack the larvae of several moths in England and Germany, including Eupithecia, 658 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. (i.sfiiinihifd, HymooihiH o.rydcantlieUa, 11 uponihmnita padclln, and Elachista twniateUa. The larvai of the bee moth are attacked while quite yoimg and do not attain a large size. A single parasite usually develops in each larva. The author has introduced this parasite into hives and finds that the bees pay no attention to its presence. Descriptions of some new fungus-growing ants from Texas, with Mr. C. G. Hartman's observations on their habits, W. M. Wheeler {Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, J!> {19 It), No. .'/, pi>. 2'i5-2.j'j, pi. 1) . — One subspecies and 4 varieties of ants of the genus Atta are described as new to science. British bee keeper's guide book, T. W. Cowan {London, 191 1, 20. rd., pp. Vni+226, pi. 1, figs. 158). — A small pocket guide to the management of bees in movable comb hives, and the use of modern bee appliances. The cecidia of central and northern Europe, H. Ross (Die Pflanzengallen (Cecidien) Mittcl- tind Nordeiiropas Hire Erreger und Biologie und Bestim- mungstabellen. Jena, 1911, pp. VIII+350, pis. 10, figs. 233).— The first part of this work (pp. 1-SO) is devoted to a general discu.ssion of plant galls, their causal agents, development, etc., and the second part (pp. 81-341) to host tables for the separation of tlie various forms. Indexes to the text and to the gall-forming agents, arranged both by genera and by species, are appended. Slugs injuring field and garden crops in the Government of Moscow, X. Vavilov (Abs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.). 11 {1910), No. 5, pp. 7^.5, 746)- — In combating slugs the best results have been obtained by siiraying with copper sulphate at the rate of 3 lbs. to a pail of water, or by pulverizing and scattering it over the field. The parasites that inoculate disease germs, J. Guiabt {Les Parasites Inoculateurs de Maladies. Paris, 1911, pp. VI +362, figs. 101). — This work con- sists of 2 parts, the first dealing with insects and the diseases the germs of which they inoculate (pp. 11-184) and the second part with intestinal worms and the disease germs inoculated thereby (pp. 1S5-.3.58). Insecticide decisions {U. 8. Dept. Agr., Insecticide Decisions 5, p. 1; 6, pp. 2). — The first of these decisions relates to the combined arsenious oxid in Paris green and the second to the inert and active ingredients of Bordeaux mixture. FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. Principles of human nutrition — a study in practical dietetics, W. II. Jordan (New York, 1912, pp. XXI +1,50, pi. 1, figs. J6).— This handbook, according to the author, is designed for the instruction of students with moderate scientific requirements, whether in colleges, secondary schools, short courses, schools of domestic science, or correspondence schools, rather than students who have specialized in organic and biological chemistry. Part 1 considers the principles of human nutrition, and part 2 practical dietetics. Some of the subjects discussed are the chemical elements involved in the nutrition of the human body, the compounds of human nutrition, the digestion of food, the distribution and transformations of the digested food, the selection of food or the regulation of diet, food economics, special dietetic methods, the nutrition of the child, the character and food value of certain com- mercial articles, the preparation of food, and food sanitation. • The physiology and metabolism of growth, W. Biedermann {Physi- ologic des Stoffwechsels Physiologie der Zeugung. Jena, 1. half, 1910, Nos. 1-5, pp. VI+980; 1911, Nos. 6-7, ;)/). 981-1563+X, figs. //75).— This second volume of the Handbuch der Vergleichenden Physiologie, of which H. Winterstein is the editor, takes up in detail the physiology and metabolism of plants and FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION". 659 animals. The different parts treat of tlie nutrition of plants and their relation to animals, the nutrition of Protozoa, sponges. Coelenterata, worms, achene, Crustacea, Arachnids, insects, mollusks, fish, and the higher vertebrates. A bibliography and index are provided. As a whole the volimie, which is designed as a reference handbook, presents an exhaustive digest of available information on the subject. Manual of practical physiology, J. C. Hemmetkr (PJiiUidelplihi, V.U2, Pft- XXII +223, figs. 55). — This volume is designed as a laboratory handbook for medical students. Some of the subjects considered are the law of contraction, electromotive phenomena of muscle and nerve, the effect of chemical substances and poisons on the heart, the blood, respiration, nervous system, vision, fermentation, inter- nal secretion, immunity, and vasomotor nerves. An index of authors cited and a general index are provided. A text-book of physiology for medical students and physicians, W. H. PIowELL (I'liUadelphia and London, 1911, Jf. ed., rev., pp. 1018+16, pis. 9, fiffs. 297). — In preparing the new edition of this work the author has aimed to include the results of recent investigations but at the same time, as in previous editions, to avoid too great detail. As a whole, the volume is a comprehensive handbook. The chapters of special interest in connection with nutrition are as follows: General methods — history of the protein food; nutritive history of carbohy- drates and fats; nutritive value of the inorganic salts and the accessory articles of diet ; effect of muscular work and temperature on body metabolism — heat energy of foods — dietetics ; and the production of heat in the body — its measure- ment and regulation, body temperature, calorimetry, physiological oxidations. In addition, the volume contains in an appendix a section on proteins and their classification and one on diffusion and osmosis. State and municipal documents as sources of information for institution managers and other students of home economics, C. F. Lang worthy (Jour. Home Econ., 4 {1912), No. 1, pp. 59-73). — A digest of data on food, nutrition, and other topics related to home economics, designed to show the great value of state and municipal documents as sources of information. Sixteenth report on food products and fourth report on drug products, 1911, J. P. Street (Connectieut State Stu. Rpt. 1911, pt. 2, pp. 101-218).— A total of 1,406 samples of miscellaneous food products and drugs were examined, including those collected by the station, by the state dairy commissioner, and secured through other sources. Among the foods examined were a large number of samples of chocolate and cocoa. As shown by average values, the so-called " soluble " cocoas contain about the same amounts of fat and nitrogen as the untreated cocoas, and, as might be expected, show a higher total ash, higher water-soluble ash, and higher alkalinity of ash. " The most strilving fact brought out by these averages is that while 1.7 per cent more of the total cocoa is soluble in boiling water, over 3 per cent less of organic matter is soluble in cold water. In other words, the apparent slightly increased solubility is due to the added all^ali and not to any change in the cocoa mass itself. On the average, the ' soluble ' cocoas show a lower water-solubility of the cocoa mass than those brands making no claim to superior solubility." A number of gluten preparations are included among the foods examined. One of these was relatively low in starch and high in protein. The others con- tained from 32.27 to 68.85 per cent starch. A carbohydrate food recommended as a substitute " for cane sugar, honey, sirup, and all artificially prepared sweets, which produce diabetes," was also 660 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. examined, which analysis showed to agree substantially with the composition claimed. " From the label, however, it appears that this preparation is espe- cially recommended as a diabetic food, a recommendation which is not justified by our analysis. That the articles named, sugar, honey, sirup, etc., ' produce diabetes' would be startling if true." The composition is reported of a cereal coffee and of a prepared coffee which was apparently "a finely gi-ound dried coffee extract." A sample of alfalfa bread was found to have the following composition : Water, 20.48; protein, 10.62; fat, 1.32; nitrogen-free extract, 63.98; crude fiber, 0.95; and ash, 2.65 per cent. Among other foods examined may be mentioned soda water and soda water sirups, dried egg, table sauces, grape juice and other fruit juices, condensed son])s. and ice cream and ice cream powders. [Pure food topics], R. E. Rose and A. M. Heney (Fla. Quart. Bui. Dcpt. Afff., 22 {1912), No. 1, pp. 100-123). — Data are reported regarding the examina- tion of a large number of samples of miscellaneous food prodwcts. Report of the state chemist and other information in regard to the pure food and drugs act, R. E. Stallings et al. {Bui. Oa. Dept. Agr.. 1910, No. 51, pp. 17S). — Data regarding the examination of miscellaneous food and drug products are included. [Pure food work and inspection] {Ann. Rpt. Dairy and Food Comr. Mich., 17 {1910), pp. 216). — Data are given regarding the examination of 1,946 sam- ples of miscellaneous food products and waters, of which 1,285 were not found to be adulterated. Details of insi>ection work and similar matters are included as well as a compilation of state laws regarding the inspection and adulteration of foods and drugs. Adulteration of food, A. McGill {Bpts. [etc.] Inland Rev. Canada, 1910-11, pt. 3, pp. 371). — During the year under consideration 3,746 samples of foods and drugs were examined. Details of this work are reported. The occurrence of bacteria in the flesh of normal slaughterhouse animals and the technique of the bacteriological examination of meat in cases of forced slaughtering, Zwick and Weichel {Arb. K. Osndhisamt., 3H {1911), No. 3, pp. 327-337). — Tlie iK)ssible occurrence of bacteria in the flesh of slaugh- tei'ed animals is discussed in relation to the methods of ofiicial meat inspection and in the light of tests made by the authors, and the results are reported of examinations by 5 methods of 77 samples from the organs and muscles of slaughtered beef animals and swine. Of the samples examined, 5 of liver and 1 of neck muscle contained bacteria (Bacillus coli communis), but it is not certain that the organisms entered the flesh before slaughtering. In general, the conclusions drawn have to do with experimental methods. The bacterial content of flesh of normal beeves slaughtered for the trade, BuGGE and Kiebig {Ztschr. Fleisch. u. Milchhijg., 22 {1911), No. 3, pp. 69-80).— The authors conclude that the flesh of normal animals shows micro-organisms when studied by the Conradi method (E. S. R., 22, p. 183), but they consider it an open question whether the micro-organisms are introduced into the meat from the intestines of the living animals or represent a iX)st-mortem infection. Cbnradi's method of developing micro-organi.sms in meat is considered a reliable indication of the presence of small quantities of micro-organisms, but is not regarded as very well adapted to a regular bacteriological inspection of meat. The poison content of chicken meat after feeding cantharides, GtrNTHEB {Tierdrztl. Zcnthl., 3^ {1911), No. 18, pp. 273-276; abs. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 31, pp. 569, 570).— The author has found that fowls may ingest great numbers of insects containing cantharides {Meloe var.) yet FOODS — HUMAN NUTEITION. 661 without affecting tlie meat wben fed to niau or animals. He now points ont tliat fowls ingesting sucb insects will yield eggs containing cantliarides. Tlie amount found was exceedingly small, and therefore not injurious. Nitrog'en and phosphoric acid in wheat and flour, L. Vuaflart {Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 22 {1911), No. 39, pp. 395, 396). — In connection with other work the author has sought to determine the relation between the nitrogen and phosphoric acid present in wheat and flour. He finds that while the nitrogen varies considerably with the season, the amount of phosphoric acid present remains approximately constant under otherwise similar conditions. Experi- ments are being made to determine whether or not it is possible to increase the phosphoric acid by means of fertilizers rich in phosijhates. Acidity in wheat flour influenced by factors other than unsoundness, C. O. SwANSON {Amer. Miller, 40 {1912), No. 2, pp. 12^, 125). — From the analytical data reported, the author concludes that "in a normal sound flour the greater part of the acidity value is due to phosphates normally present in the flour, and the rest of the acidity is, mostly if not all, due to amino compounds also normally present in the flour. Further, as the phosphates and the amino com- pounds occur to the smallest extent in the interior of the wheat kernel and to the largest extent in the outer portions and in the bran, the flour streams from which a flour is made up and the method of milling will be the great factor in determining the acidity value. . . . "A high acidity value does not necessarily mean that the flour is made from unsound wheat. It means that it contains a large proportion of those streams which should go into a lower commercial grade or that the method of milling in regard to cleaning or purification is faulty." Vegetables as a possible factor in the dissemination of typhoid fever, R. H. Creel {Puh. Health and Mar. Hosp. Ser v. U. 8., Pul). Health Rpts., 21 {1912), No. 6, pp. 187-193). — The author concludes from experiments reported that "plants cultivated in contaminated soil will take up on the leaves and stems, as they grow through the soils, organisms existing therein. The Bacillus typhosus was recovered from the tips of leaves that were, to the naked-eye appearances, free from soil, although it is presumable that microscopic particles of earth were adherent to the leaves. Rainfall will not free vegetables from infected material. . . . Under conditions most unfavorable to the B. typhosus, the infection lasted at least 31 days, a period sufliciently long for some varieties of lettuce and radishes to mature." A study of maple sirup, A. McGili. {Lah. Inland Rev. Dept. Canada Bui. 228, pp. Ifl ) . — The author reports the results of the examination of 456 samples of maple sirup, proposes standards for maple sirup, and outlines and dis- cusses methods of examination. Cheap confectionery, C. H. La Wall {Penn. Dept. Agr. Bill. 21G, pp. 21). — Data are given regarding the examination of 259 samples. Sixty-two samples were in a condition described as "dirty," and the wrap- ping of each piece of candy in waxed paper as a protection from dirt is recom- mended. Forty of the sami)les examined were thus protected. The practice of combining toys with candies, or of making articles of candy which are to be played with before they are eaten, the author believes should be discouraged, as it " largely increases the chances of dangerous contamination." Neither talc, terra alba, nor similar earthy materials were found, nor was saccharin, nor preservatives such as salicylic or benzoic acids. "No instance was found in which any but the authorized colors were used when single colors were present. Where a mixture or a number of colors occurred in the same piece of striped candy no attempt was made to effect a separation. . « . 662 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOBD. It is interesting also to note tliat there is very little evidence of the use of the resinous glazes which were so extensively employed formerly." So-called " ethereal " flavors were especially noticeable in only 21 of the samples. Sulphur dioxid in detectable amount was found in only 1 sample. The data presented show that there was a wide variation in the amount of candy received for 1 ct. at the prices asked for in the goods sampled, '• the variation . . . ranging from 0.21 to 2.11 [oz.] indicating a cost to the con- sumer of from 70 cts. a pound down to 7i cts. a pound." In general, the author concludes that "while marked improvement is observed in the quality of cheap candies as regards freedom from actually harmful in- gredients, there is still room for great improvement in the quality of some of the ingredients used, in the form in which candies are made and sold, as well as in the manner of their handling so as to keep them free from dirt." Cocoa and chocolate — their chemistry and manufacture, R. Whymper (Philutleliiliia, J!)J,2, pp. XI-{-327). — This volume discusses the history, botany, and agriculture of cacao, the manufacture of chocolates and cocoa powders, and the chemistry of cacao with respect to the components of cacao and choco- late and methods of analysis. A bibliogi-aphy is provided and also an index. The cost of living', B. Soucail {Egypte Conteniporaine, 1912, No. 9, pp. 1-26). — Some information regarding food customs and living conditions is included in this discussion of the cost of living. Experiments on the digestion of vegetables by man, W. Pieper (Versuche iiber GemHsererdanung beim ]\Iensclirn. Inaug. Diss., Vnic. Halle, 1911, pp. 23). — The author conducted experiments with normal persons and also witli hospital patients suffering from various digestive d-isorders. Small pieces of carrots preserved in alcohol and then soaked for 2 hours in water were tied in little sacks of silk gauze and given to the patients in capsules. The time of their reappearance in the feces and the condition of the contents of the sacks were carefully noted. The conclu-sions reached follow : The presence of hydrochloric .''.cid in the gastric juice is a requisite for the digestion of vegetables, preparing the vege- tables for complete digestion, and absorption in the intestines. Its action is somewhat supplemented by long retention of the material in the intestines where bacterial activity takes place. Disturbances of intestinal digestion result in a decreased digestion of cellulose which is believed to be due to a disturbance of the normal alkalinity of the intestines. In the digestion of vege- tables both gastric and intestinal digestion are of equal importance; only by the cooperation of the two is a satisfactory assimilation iwssible. Digestion of casein, L. Gaucher {Compt. Rend. Acad. Set. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 19, pp. 891, S92; abs. in Jour. Chcm. Sac. [London], 100 {1911), No. 590, II, p. 1109). — In his study of the digestion of milk, the author made experiments on a boy with a fistula at the opening of the jejunum, from which he deduced that the curdling of milk in the stomach is not necessary for diges- tion. A large proportion passes into the intestines uncoagulated. The move- ments of the stomach break up the larger clots under normal conditions, and if the organ is unable to accomplish this, digestion may be hindered by the curdling. No peptonization of the milk takes places until it has passed the duodenum. Studies in nutrition. — V, The utilization of proteins of cotton seed, L. B. Mendel and M. S. Fine {Jour. Biol. Vhcm., 11 {1912), No. 1, pp. i-3).— The experiments here reported were undertaken to learn to what extent cotton seed, which in the form of flour bids fair to become an imiwrtant article in the human dietary, is utilized by dogs. FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 663 The coefficients of digestibility found for cotton seed were from 67 to 75 per cent, as contrasted with from 88 to 93 per cent for meat diets containing comparable or greater amounts of indigestible nonnitrogenous substances. While the authors give no opinion regarding the cause of this manifestly poor utilization of cotton-seed nitrogen, they suggest that the cotton-seed flour may have contained some constituent which inhibited secretion or promoted pre- mature evacuation. Studies in nutrition. — VI, The utilization of the proteins of extractive- free meat powder; and the origin of the fecal nitrogen, L. B. Mendel and M. S. Fine (Jour. Biol. Vhcm., 11 (1<)I2), A'o. /, pi). .5-26).— The authors call attention to the literature of the subject and describe digestion experiments with dogs in which a powdered meat residue containing 13.2 per cent of nitrogen was fed. They summarize their results as follows : " The utilization of the nitrogen of meat powder is distinctly, althqugh slightly, lower than that of fresh meat. The relatively high nitrogen concen- tration of the meat powder feces is indicative of a loss of this material through the excrement." In the second part of the paper the nitrogen of the feces under a variety of conditions is discussed briefly from the historical aspect; data purporting to show to what extent indigestible nonnitrogenous sub.stances may influence the amount and character of the feces are presented ; and a plan of experimenta- tion is proposed, with which it seems possible to determine approximately to what degree the nitrogen excreted in the feces is derived from undigested or indigestible nitrogenous constituents of the ingesta. This involves (1) the determination of nitrogen of feces resulting from the material under investiga- tion; (2) the determination and subtraction from the above-mentioned quan- tity of the fecal nitrogen resulting from a nitrogen-free diet to which has been added an amount of indigestible nonnitrogenous matter that will yield approxi- mately the same volume of feces as was obtained from the material specially studied. Any excess of nitrogen is presumably due to undigested or unabsorbed nitrogenous matter of the food material. "About the thorough utilization of the proteins of wheat there is no question. The probability that those of barley and corn are equally available was pointed out in previous papers of this series. With regard to the legume proteins we must for the present conclude that the presence of indigestible nonnitrogenous materials can not entirely account for their low coefficients of digestibility. These proteins appear to be less readily affected by the digestive processes than those of barley or corn. This resistance is even more pronounced in the case of the cotton-seed protein. Nevertheless, future research with the isolated pro- teins may modify our opinion with regard to these last 2 classes of materials. " The lack of animal extractives in vegetable materials has at times been thought to be the cause of the apparently poor utilization of plant foods in comparison with those of animal origin. . . . The fact that the proteins of wheat, and probably those of barley and corn also, are thoroughly utilized lends support to the view that the secretory influences of the extractive materials play a minor role in the ultimate utilization. It was pointed out in an earlier paper (E. S. R., 25, p. 864) that certain wheat preparations evoked intense nausea in man, and necessitated forced feeding in the dog experiments, but were, nevertheless, thoroughly digested. This would suggest that psychic secretion does not influence the ultimate utilization to any great extent." The relation between the protein condition of the body and the amount of protein in the diet, M. Rubner (Arch. Anat. u. Physiol., Physioh Aht., 1911, No. 1-2, Pit. 61-66; ahs. in Chem. Zentbl., 1911, II, No. 9, p. 626). — Theoretical 664 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. considerations are advanced, wbicli bear particularly upon the relation between protein supply and muscle mass. The protein which is lost from the body immediately after the stored protein, in a case of transition from a protein- rich diet to a nitrogen-minimum is designated " protein of transition " ( iJher- ganffseiweiss) . The loss of such protein is not to be regarded as harmful to the cell condition of the body. Concerning protein gains, M. RuBNEaj {Arch. Anat. u. Physiol., Physiol. Abi., 1911, No. 1-2, pp. 67-84; a&s. in Chcm. Zetitbl., 1911, II, No. 9, p. 626).— Con- tinuing the above studies, the author considers the physiological function of that part of the nitrogen of the food which remains in the body. The protein which serves for the reconstruction of the cells to their optimum protein con- dition is designated as " repair protein " or " amelioration protein." It is not possible to continue the storing up of " repair " protein after the maximum nitrogen condition has been reached. Metabolism in extreme age, R. Uhlmann (Beitrag sum Stoffwechsel im Greiseiihalter. Inaug. Diss., Munich, 1911, p. 13; ahs. in ZentU. Blochem. u. Biophys., 12 {1911), No. 11, p. ^16). — Metabolism is greatly decreased in old age. In many cases an essential factor in this decrease is the poor utilization of the food. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. The maintenance rations of farm animals, H. P. Aemsby (Z7. Si. Dept. Agr., Bur. Aniin. Indus. Bui. I.'/S, pp. HO, fig. 1). — A summary and a critical d.is^• cussion of investigations on the maintenance requirements of the principal farm animals, which, in its technical sense, means the minimum required simply to sustain life when doing no work and yielding no material product, in dis- tinction from the popular definition which signifies the total amount of feed required for the animal to perform its daily work, or, in the case of young animals, to make normal growth. The fasting katabolism, material katab- olized, ratio of protein to -total katabolism, influence of body fat, relative con- stancy of energy katabolism, and the factors affecting the energy requirement for daily maintenance are discussed. Averaging the results of the main requirements of cattle, which have been studied more extensively than those of other species, it appears that thin cattle require about 10.5 therms, and fat cattle 15.05 therms of metabolizable energy per 1,000 lbs. live weight, or, exiH-essed in terms of available energy, 6.31 and 8.83 therms, respectively. This available energy is not necessarily identical with the energy values in terms of which the values of feeding stuffs and requirements of animals have been expressed by Kellner and others, since Kellner's results were obtained by comparison of productive rations. From the available records, however, the two are probably about the same in the case of concentrated feeds, but the available energy of coarse feeds below maintenance may be greater than their productive values above the point of maintenance. If this should prove to be the case, the estimated requirement of 6 therms of Kellner's production values will give a maintenance ration ample for practical purix)ses, but w^hich will be a somewhat too large deduction to make in estimating the productive part of the ration. In discussing the minimum of protein, the author concludes that on a diet containing an abundance of carbohydrates a supply of protein equivalent to the fasting protein katabolism is sufficient to meet the needs of the organism, while it is possible that a less amount will suffice. Fats appeared to be dis- tinctly less efficient than carbohydrates in keeping the protein katabolism at the minimum. From data obtained it is estimated that 0.6 lb. of crude protein, ANIMAL, PRODUCTION. 665 or 0.5 lb. of true protein per 1,000 lbs. of live weight represents the minimuui protein requirement of mature cattle, with a probable range of 0.1 or 0.2 lb. either way under varying conditions. For actual maintenance feeding it is probable that a somewhat more liberal supply of protein would be advisable. For sheep the estimate is 0.55 lb. With 2 swine the nitrogen excretion was equivalent, respectively, to 0.44 and 0.35 lb. of protein per 1,000 lbs. of live weight, or about the same amounts which appeared to be required for cattle and sheep, but no experiments are on record to demonstrate the sufficiency of this amount as a maintenance ration. In the experiments with horses the crude protein digested was equivalent to 0.59 lb. per 1,000 lbs. live weight. These data indicate a striking uniformity in the minimum requirement of 0.4 to 0.6 lb. per 1,000 lbs. live weight to maintain nitrogen equilibrium under favorable circumstances for the different Species. With an excess of protein in the feeds it seems to be a comparatively simple process to transform It into a nonnitrogeiious fuel material, with but slight loss, getting rid of the useless nitrogen as urea in the urine. Hence on a high protein ration the protein can serve as a source of energj-, but on the whole a considerable surplus of protein over the minimum requirement has not been proved to be of any material advantage. Investigations thus far have not shown that nonprotein nitrogen has any material value for production purposes, and the conclusion is reached that for the present, pending further investigation. It is desirable to consider ordinarily only the digestible true protein in the computation of rations for productive purposes. The percentage of amino acids in the different proteins which have been studied are presented, in tabular form and their significance discussed. In the synthesis of proteins in the animal body it is pointed out that the pro- portions of the different cleavage products in the protein of the feed is a matter of great imix>rtance, although future work may show the possibility that one amino acid may be transformed into another in case of need. Commercial feeding- stuffs, E. H. Jenkins and J. P. Street {Connecticut State 8tii. Rpt. 1911, pt. 3, pp. 219-236, 238-255, 258).— Analyses are reported of cotton-seed meal, linseed meal, wheat by-products, red dog flour, gluten feed, homuiy feed, corn meal, cob meal, rye middlings, buckwheat middlings, oat hulls, ground oats, malt s]n-outs, dried brewers' grains, dried distillers' grains, dried beet pulp, alfalfa hay, alfalfa meal, beef scrap, bean straw, bean pods, and mixed feeds. A sample of ears of corn from a crop of 8,435 lbs. of ears to a measured acre yielded 6,690.64 lbs. of shelled corn and 1,744.36 lbs. of cob. The shelled corn contained 27.9 per cent, the cob 43.93 per cent, and the stover 56.87 per cent of water. Commercial feeding- stuffs (Bui. Ga. Dept. Agr., 1911, No. 53, pp. 95). — Analyses are reported of rice bran, rice polish, dried beet pulp, beef scrap, wheat pi'oducts, dried brewers' grains, pea meal, alfalfa meal, cotton-seed meal, cracked corn, hominy feed, corn bran, corn chops, poultry feeds, and mixed feeds. Inspection of commercial feed stuffs, P. H. Smith, C. L. Pekkins and J. C. Reed (Massachusetts Sta. Bui. 139, pp. 3-32). — This reports analyses of 322 samples of commercial feeding stuffs, and includes cotton-seed meal, linseed meal, gluten feed, distillers' dried grains, malt sprouts, brewers' dried grains, rye feed, corn meal, ground oats, rye meal, hominy meal, provender, fortified starchy feeds, dried beet pulp, meat scraps, bone meal, alfalfa meal, cut clover, and mixed feeds. The results of inspection are discussed. A tabular list of wholesale cost of feeding stuffs from January, 1911, to August, 1911, is given. 666 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. On the composition of barley meal, maiiie meal, pea meal, bean meal, and sharps (Agr. Students' Gas., n. ser., 15 {1911), No. 5, pp. i//5-i-i9).— Analyses are reported of barley, bean, pea, and maize meals, and of sharps. [Ensilage methods in Bavaria], G. N. Ifft (Daily Cons, and Trade Rpti^. [U. S.], 15 {1012), No. ///, irp. 282, 2S3).—ln Bavaria alfalfa and maize are sonietinies grown for ensilage, bnt the favorite seeding for this purpose is a mixture of forage plants in the following proportions per acre: Giant spurry 19 lbs., mustard 19 lbs., buckwheat 16 lbs., Victoria pea 5.4 lbs., and vetch 2.6 lbs. The silage is generally preserved in water-tight vats sunk in the ground about 15 ft. deep, with cemented sides and bottoms. The fodder is packed into these vats and covered with boards, to which pressure is applied. [Stock raising] (Jahresher. Landw., 25 {1910), pj). 260-331; SS/f-Ul).— This contains abstracts of literature published on investigations and important popular articles on the breeding, feeding, and management of live stock. Breeders' associations for the year 1911 {Mitt. Deut. Landw. Gesell., 26 {1911). No. 50, pp. 673-677). — Statistical and other data on breeders' associa- tions in Germany are presented. [Live stock feeding in South Africa], E. R. Sawek (In Cedura Memoirs on South African Agriculture. Pietermaritzhurg : Govt., 1911, vol. 2, pp. 1-73, 353- 36'f). — This discusses the general principles of live-stock feeding and the method of cultivating and feeding crops which are grown in South Africa for feeding live stock. Tables are given summarizing data as to the average composition and digestibility of feeding stuffs. Animal industry in the Philippines {Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.}, // {1911), No. 9, pp. J,67-528, pis. 6, fig. 1).—An account of the types of live stock in the Philippines and the general condition of the industry. All classes of live stock have steadily increased in numbers since the American occupation, but there is a shortage due to the increased demand. There are many natural advantages for keeping stock in the Philippines, and less danger ft-om epizootic diseases than is commonly supposed. The Philippine stock is thought to be better adapted to the conditions than imported stock, though the native stock would be vastly improved by selection, with possibly a few out- crosses. More animals die of neglect than from contagious diseases. What is needed above all other things is an increase of hardy and energetic settlers to develop the industry. The Philippine horse apparently is largely a result of the blending of the Sulu horse with the Spanish and Chinese horses, the Sulu horse being a de- scendant of Equus sivalcnsis. Cattle are traced back to the advent of the Chinese and Spaniards, and are therefore of 2 types. The Euroi>ean breeds and zebus which have been imported are proving valuable for cx'ossing with the natives. Swine outnumber other kinds of stock, though the carabao is the most important domestic animal. Good results have been obtained by crossing Berkshire with native swine. Many types of goats are raised, though but little attention has been given to sheep. Chickens are largely distributed throughout the islands, and there are many large flocks. Appendixes contain statistics on the live stock industry, an official report on beef, and an article by D. J. Fairchild on the breeds of milch cattle and carabao for the Philippine Islands. Some phases of the problem of importation of cattle into the Philippines, A. R. Ward {Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], If {1911), No. 12, lip. 6Ji3-6li6, pis. 2).— Indo-China has been the main source of carabaos and draft and beef cattle for the Philippines, but because of the prevalence of contagious diseases it has been arranged to have the export animals gathered upon several islands ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 667 for a considerable time previous to shipment. Hongljoiig has been the chief port on the China coast for shipment of cattle to the Philippines, but can not be relied uixm as a source of healthy cattle. Therefore, importation of cattle and carabaos has recently begun from Timor. There was no evidence of con- tagions animal diseases on the island among the immense herds of carabaos, and it is estimated that it can furnish about 2,000 carabaos for exportation each year, costing in Timor from $20 to $40. The original stock of this cattle is said to have been imported from Java many years ago and of a variety of Bos banteng. Studies on the red cattle of Denmark, with special reference to the so- called "dollar" spots, F. Balzek (Studicn ilbcr das diinischc Rotvieh, soicie das Rotrich iihcrhduiil, iiiit bcsondcrer Bcriicksichtif/iinij dcr bci dicsrn Ticren auftretcndcn sogcimnnteii Talcrflcclce und dcrcn Bcnutzung zur DiagnostiJc des SchlacJitwcrfcs. Inaug. Diss., Uiiir. Bern, 1911, pi). //.J, pis. ^). — The author's studies lead him to conclude that Danish red cattle originated from a cross between breeds of Mecklenburg and North Schleswig, they being an entirely different type from the other red breeds of Germany. The colored "stars" in the coat are thought to be a good sign of ability to fatten readily. A bibliography is appended. Concerning "blue-gray" cattle, E. N. Wentworth (Amcr. Breeder, 5 (1912), No. 2, pp. 9, 10, figs. 3). — This is an account of the blue-gray cattle in Great Britain, with a report of an experiment at the Iowa Station in which 47 Galloway cows, 24 of which were pure bred, were mated to one white and one roan Shorthorn. The average birth weight of the first lot of 24 calves was 68.75 lbs. ; 20 were blue-gray and 20 were polled; 4 were red-roan, 1 of them by the white bull; {'.nd 3 had seurs and 1 had horns. Fifteen sold as a 2-year-old carload, and topped the market on a dull day at $7.25, the average weight being 1,181 lbs. The average gain of steers was 1.69 lbs. per day, and of heifers 1.53 lbs. The heifers dressed 63.79 and the steers 63.87 per cent. The second lot of calves were all sired by the white Shorthorn. The average birth weight was 76 lbs. All were blue-gray and polled. The third lot, also sired by the white Shorthorn, averaged 82 lbs. at birth ; all were polled, and all but 1 blue-gray. " In conclusion it may be stated that as market animals and as show animals the blue-grays have demonstrated their equality or even superiority, while the opportunity for the use of hardy dams offers hope to countries whose environ- ment has hitherto been considered too rigorous for beef production." Breeds of Indian cattle, E. W. Or.iVEn and C. W. Wilson (AJlaliahad, 191t, pp. 26, pis. 17). — This contains descriptions and measurements of breeds of cattle in the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh. Beef prodviction in Pennsylvania, W. A. Cochel (Pouisylvania .s7rt. Bui. 112, pp. 3-16, figs. 7). — The author advocates increased attention in Pennsyl- vania to beef production. Suggestions are given concerning the type of steer to feed, methods of feeding, and the value of shelter for steers. These are based on data obtained from experiments at the station, which have been pre- viously noted from other sources. [Feeding tests], N. Hansson (Mcddcl. Ceiitralanst. Ffirsoksv. Jordbruksom- rddet, 1911, No. 1,3, pp. 52; K. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och Tidskr., 50 (1911), No. 6, pp. Jilf6-I{59). — For fattening swine potato flakes had from 9 to 10 per cent higher feeding value than barley, and from 6 to 7 per cent higher feeding value than maize. Gray starch, a by-pi"oduct of starch factories, had about the same feeding value as barley. Soaking maize in warm water did not increase its feeding value. Four kg. of cooked potatoes, containing 2.5 per cent of dry matter, had a higher feeding value than 1 kg. of barley, and about equal to 568 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. 1 kg. of dried potato, while 1.2 kg. of oats was not quite equal to 1 kg. of maize or of dried potatoes. Potato flakes made a satisfactory feed for work horses. Dried yeast compared with meat meal for fattening swine, Richaisdsen (Detit. Landw. Presse, 39 (1912), Nos. 5, pp. 42, 43; 6, pp. 49, 50).— On a ration of potato flakes and meat meal the average gain per head and day for a period of 9S days was 0.633 kg. (1.39 lbs.), at a cost of 76.4 pfennig (10.1 cts. ) ; on a ration of potato flakes, dried yeast, and linseed meal the corresponding gain was 0.587 kg., at a cost of 78.5 pfennig per kilogram. Pressed potatoes and potato fl.akes for fattening swine, H. Nex'^bauer et al. (Bcr. Landiv. Rcichsaintc Inncrn, 1911, No. 23, pp. 105). — In a series of co- operative feeding tests at 8 stations a combination of protein feeding stufl's and potato products was fed to 166 pigs. The average gain per head and day with pressed potatoes was 0.63 kg. and with potato flakes 0.59 kg. The hog book, H. C. Dawson {Chicago, 1911, pp. 414, pi. 1, figs. 52). — A prac- tical treatise on breeding and raising swine, based on 50 years of experience in handling hogs in the corn belt. There are also considerable data on the history of swine breeding in the United States. The concluding chapter consists of letters written by animal husbandmen of the state experiment stations to illustrate the methods of feeding swine in the different sections of the United States. Classification of the horse, P. Hicks (Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 {1911), No. 4, pp. 254-259). — The author thinks that the domesticated horse is descended from one species instead of several, as is commonly supposed. The characters which distinguish the different species such as lumbar vertebrse, callosities, color, and the articulation of the head and vertebra are regarded as so variable that they are of little diagnostic value. Historical evidence is also presented. The Mongolian and the so-called Assyrian wild horse, H. Kraemer {Mitt. Dent. Landw. GcselL, 21 {1912), No. 3, pp. 33-31, figs. 5).— The author fails to find convincing evidence that the oriental horse is a descendant of Equiis prze- tcalski, although future osteological study may provide a common ancestor for both. Scale of points for Philippine pony {Philippine Agr. and Forester, 1 {1911), No. 1, pp. 138, 139). — This is a scale of points used in teaching the classes in animal husbandry of the Philippine College of Agriculture. Modern riding and horse education, N. Birch {Ncid York, 1912, pp. 301, pis. 25, figs. 8). — A popular work on equitation. Considerable attention is given to the psychology of the horse and the evolution of the saddle. The psychology and training of the horse, S. von Maday {Psychologic des Pfcrdes und dcr Drcssur. Berlin, 1912, pp. IX+349, figs. 1). — A treatise on the mental characteristics of horses, based on our knowledge of the physiology of the equine nervous system and sense organs. Clever Hans: A contribution to experimental animal and human psy- chology, O. Pfungst, trans, by C. L. Rahn {Nexo York, 1911, pp. V 1+21 4, pl. 1, figs. 15). — An account of experiments in testing the mental capacity of an unusually intelligent horse, with a brief description of the methods by which he had been trained. [Cost of raising a horse in Denmark] {Hoard's Dairyman, 43 {1912), No. //, p. 148). — The different items given in this estimate of raising a horse in Den- mark to the age of 2* years amount to a total of $121.50. Domestication and acclimatization of wild mammals, D. B. Lantz {Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 {1911), No. 4, pp. 264-269). — The wapiti, white-tailed deer, and native fur-bearing animals are among those mentioned as perhaps worthy of breeding in captivity on a large scale. ANIMAL. PRODUCTION. 669 The economic significance of rabbit breeding, Attingek {Landiv. Jalirb. Baijcrn, 1 {1911), No. 13, mk 901-912). — Au argument in favor of extending the rabbit and Belgian hare industry as a source of cheap meat for urban popula- tions. Comparisons are made with other Ivinds of live stock to show the rela- tive profits and economy of production. Principles and practice of poultry culture, J. H. Robinson {Boston, New York, and London, 1912, pp. XVI +611, pi. 1, figs. 570). — ^A profusely illustrated work on poultiy, written from ihe practical point of view. Though there are many breeds described, this feature is made subordinate to the broader aspect of the problems of the poultryman. Tlie economic status of the poultry indus- try is discussed, and the views of practical poultrymen and the results of scientific investigation are presented in popular form. The numerous illustrations include many looultry houses and appliances now in use at the state experiment stations. The bibliography which is appended contains over 250 references, including many bulletins of the experiment stations and publications of this Department. Feeding tests with meat meal in rations for poultry, K. Greggers {Fiitter- Hugsvcrsuche hci Gcfli'igel mit Fleisch und proteinreichen Futterviittchi tier- ischer Proverdenz. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 123). — In a test with several meals of animal origin the digestion was normal and there was no unfavorable effect on the skeletal system. Egg production ceased earlier tban with normal hens. Fish meal was more favorable for egg production than meat meal. The eggs were of poorer flavor than normal eggs, but could be l)reserved in the usual way. The meat meal increased the intensity of the yellow color of the yolk. The flesh of birds fed meat meal was normal as regards taste and odor, though slightly changed in color, melting point, and fat, which were higher than normal but lower than normal with fish meal. In all cases the iodin number was much below normal. When fed cadaver meal the flesh of the fowl had a rancid taste, and whenever fed should be as free from fat as possible. Tuberculous beef did not cause tuberculosis in the hens. These results and other data are presented in tabular form. A bibliogi-aphy is appended. A new high egg record, W. R. Gkaham {Breeder's Gaz., 61 {1912), No. o, p. 257). — A note on the record of 6 Barred Rock hens at the Ontario Agricul- tural College. Between October 1, 1910, and October 1, 1911, the egg records of the 6 hens were 213, 252, 256, 256,. 268, and 282 eggs, respectively. In regard to transporting poultry into Germany {Min. Bl. E. Preuss. Verivalt. Landw., Domdncn u. Forsten, 7 {1911), No. 9, pp. 194-197; abs. in BcrUn. Tierarstl. Wchnsclir., 27 {1911), No. 40, pp. 736, 737).— This is a state- ment of the laws in regard to the shipment of poultry into Germany, with par- ticular reference to the prevention of poultry diseases. The prehistoric origin of the common fowl, F. J. Stubbs and A. J. Rowe {Zoologist, //. ser., 16 {1912), No. 181, pp. 1-14, figs. 6). — Evidence is presented which indicates that the common fowl was present in Babylonia in the fiftieth century B. C. ; that it was introduced into Egypt about 4600 B. C. ; to the Mediterranean countries from Mesopotamia at some unknown but very early date ; and to India by a race from the northwest, known as Dravadians, at an unknown date. It is assumed that the original wild stock is long extinct as in the case of many other domesticated animals. No evidence has been found that the fowl originated in India, but the species is now feral there as in many other parts of the world. Experiments on xenia and inheritance in fowls, P. Holdefleiss {Ber. Physiol. Lab. u. Vers. Anst, Landw. Inst, ilalle, 1911, No. 20, pp. 93-111, pi, 1). — 670 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. To supplement observutious on the plienomeua of xenia in maize (E. S. R., 23, p. 38) the author mated an Italian cocli, of partridge color, with a Plymouth Rocli hen. The shells of some of the eg,gs subsequently laid by the hen were white, which indicated that the formation of the shell was in part a function of the germ. This is considered to be of the same nature as the xenia in plants. Observations were also made on the inheritance of the feather color in the hybrids. The development of certain instincts and habits in chicks, F. S. Breed (Behavior Monographs, 1 {1911), No. 1, jjp. 78, fiys. 11). — A study of the in- stinctive reactions, such as drinking and pecking, and of acquired reactions to color, form, and size. The early post-embryonic life of the chicks continued the scope of activities already begun in the egg. The water was usually found by fortuitous pecking, or by performing the drinking movement in imitation of other chicks. The stimulus for the pecking reaction did not have to be some object of the size convenient for -eating. The bill of the chick was used as a testing organ. It did not appear that the effect of social influence was such as to increase the rate of improvement in the accuracy of the pecking reaction. The chicks responded selectively to 1 of 2 objects of different size. The results of the form tests reported were purely negative. The color quality, as well as intensity, was assumed to be a determining factor in reactions. For the acquired reac- tions the " index of modifiability " is considered a more satisfactoiy name than " trial and error." Studies on the physiology of reproduction in the domestic fowl. — V, Data reg'arding the physiology of the oviduct, R. Peabl and Maynie R. Cuktis (Jour. Expt. ZooL, 12 (1012), \o. 1, pp. 09-132, figs. .}).— A study of the lower portions of the oviduct led to the following conclusions : "After entering the infundibulum the yolk remains in the so-called albumin portion of the oviduct about 3 hours, and in this time acquired only about 40 to 50 per cent by weight of its total albumin and not all of it as has hitherto been supposed. During its sojourn in the albumin portion of the duct the egg acquired its chalazse and chalaziferous layer, the dense albumin layer, and (if such a layer exists as a distinct entity, about which there is some doubt) the inner fluid layer of albumin. " Upon entering the isthmus, in passing through which portion of the duct something under an hour's time is occupied instead of 3 hours as has been previously maintained, the egg receives its shell membranes by a process of discrete deposition. At the same time, and during the sojourn of the egg in the uterus, it receives its outer layer of fluid or thin albumin which is by weight .50 to 60 per cent of the total albumin. This thin albumin is taken in by osmosis through the shell membranes already formed. When it enters the egg in this way it is much more fluid than the thin albumin of the laid egg. The fluid albumin added in this way dissolves some of the denser albumin already present, and so brings about the dilution of the latter in some degree. At the same time, by this process of diffusion, the fluid layer is rendered more dense, coming finally to the consistency of the thin layer of the laid egg. The thin albumin layer, however, does not owe its existence in any sense to this dilution factor, but to a definite secretion of a thin albumin by the glands of the isthmus and uterus. The addition of albumin to the egg is completed only after it has been in the uterus from o to 7 hours. Before the acquisition of albumin by the egg is completed a fairly considerably amount of shell sub- stance has been deirosited on the shell membranes. For the completion of the shell and the laying of the egg from 12 to 16, or exceptionally even more, hours are required." ANIMAL, PRODUCTION. 671 On the ovarian factor concerned in the recurrence of oestrus, F. H. A. Marshall {Jour. Physiol, J,3 (1911), .A^o. ,5, pp. XXI, XXII).— The ovaries of dogs were exposed and every follicle showing ou the surface was pricked with a knife or needle. The subsequent period of heat was of normal duration and severity. Post-mortem examinations revealed the remains of the artificially ruptured follicles. It is thought that heat in dogs is not brought about by the ripening follicles, and that the phenomena of prooestrum and oestrus are both results of some further factor which is probably to be sought for in the ovarian interstitial cells. This conclusion, though contrary to the prevalent view, is in conformity with Heape's observations upon monkeys, in which menstruation was found not to be necessarily associated with either mature follicles or corpora lutea. The permeability of the ovarian eg'g' membranes of the fowl, O. Riddle (Science, n. sei\, 34 (1911), No. 886, pp. 887-889). — Laying hens receiving a normal ration were arranged in 5 lots each. To one lot hexamethylentetramin (urotropin) was fed; to another, sodium benzoate; and to a third, sodium salicylate. The test lasted for a period of 8 or 10 days, and all of the eggs laid during the week preceding the beginning and all laid during the second week after the close of the period were kept as control. The amount of drugs given in each case was 0.4 gm., administered in gelatin capsules twice each day. Two birds were not in good condition on the fifth day of the dosing and were withdrawn from the experiment. All eggs were kept at moderate temperatures (12 to 18° C.) until the last of the control eggs were laid, then all were placed at a temperature which fluctuated from 20 to 32°, in order to compare the keeping qualities. The eggs of the series were laid between June 30 and July 30, and known therefore as summer eggs, which are sj^ecially difficult to keep. Comparisons of the eggs were made August 20, September 17, October 12, and November 10. Those from the lot fed hexamethylentetramin were more palatable and left no doubt whatever as to the preservative effect. On the latter dates eggs from the control lot almost without exception were quite unpalatable, while the dosed eggs could be eaten, although they would ne^-er be mistaken for really fresh eggs. The albumin had also been changed somewhat in consistency. When tested for formaldehyde by the Rimini and other tests, abundant quantities were yielded. In fact, such eggs were spontaneously giving off formaldehyde in quantities sufficient to be absorbed by and detected in some control eggs left in the same box. The eggs from hens dosed with salicylate, and less markedly than from those dosed with benzoate, appeared better preserved than the control eggs, though numerous chemical tests failed to demonstrate the presence of either benzoate or salicylate from birds fed these substances. It is suggested that larger doses of these substances would probably yield more striking i-esults. From this work it would appear that hexamethylentetramin when fed to hens passes through the follicular and vitellin membranes and is deposited in the egg, where it undergoes decomposition, setting free formalin, which acts as a preservative. The behavior of fat-soluble dyes in the org'anif m, L. B. Mendel and Amy L. Daniels (Proc. 8oc. Expt. Biol, and 21e(l., 8 (1911), No. 5, pp. 126, 127).— A study was made of the movements of the dye Sudan III in starvation and in phlorhizin and phosphorus poisoning. It was found to migrate readily into the blood with the fat under these conditions, but is rarely found in the liver tissue because it is excreted with the bile into the intestine, from which it may be reabsorbed. It is insoluble in water and is not excreted through the kidneys except where alimentary lipuria is induced. Thus, a path of elimination for fat-soluble substances is provided for through the biliary secretion. 38038°— No. 7—12 6 572 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Tlip (lisfribiitioii of fat-soluJ)le dyos within the organism depends upon the presence of fat and its migrations. Thns they may be carried to and from adipose tissues, deposited in the egg yollv, or secreted in the company of fat in the milk of animals, but apparently do not trauverse the placenta. No in- ability on the part of animals to utilize fats in which Sudau III has been de- posited was noted. Some aspects of cytology in relation to the study of genetics, E. B. Wilson (Amcr. Nat., J,6 {l'.)12), No. 5.'i2, pp. 57-67). — The author is not convinced that the hei-edity of particular traits can be traced to cell elements, though unit characters may be in some way connected with material substances. The " determiners " or chemical substances are thought to be differential factors of ontogenetic reactions that belong to the germ cell as a whole, and though present conceptions of cell organizations are extremely crude, they are deemed of value in suggesting methods for further inquiry. Heredity one of the large controllable forces, W. M. Hays (Amrr. Breeders Mag., 2 {Id 11), No. 4, pp. 276-284). — An address before the American Breeders' Association, February, 1911, in which is emphasized the importance to the human race of controlling heredity in plants, animals, and man. Inheritance of nontraumatic eye defects in horses, E. Ehrensbkrgek (Die Vererbung nicJil TramnatiscJicr Augcndefckte beim Pfcrde. Inavg. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1010, pp. 55, pis. J/). — Inheritance charts of a number of strains of horses are presented to show that congenital eye defects are a dominant character in inheritance. The "chestnuts" in Equidas, F. Hock (Die Kastcmie der Equidcn. Inang. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. 50, pi. 1). — ^A histological study of the "chestnuts" and a review of theories as to their nature. It is suggested that they are of glandular origin and have become abnormal through friction. A bibliography is apiiendod. DAIEY FARMING— DAIRYING. Report on milking machine trials in 1909 and 1911, W. Goodwin (Midland Agr. and Dainj Col. Bnl. 1, 1911-12, pp. 16). — As a result of these trials the following conclusions are drawn : " With a milking machine of the type in question the milk yield appears to decrease more rapidly than is the case where the cows are milked by hand. The fat in machine-drawn milk compares favorably with, and is often higher than, that in hand-drawn milk. When the machine is used the cows must be stripped by hand. The strippings may be as little as 5 per cent, but are often more if the machine is worked with ordinary unskilled labor. The difficulty of preventing the teat cups falling off was not overcome in the trials in ques- tion, although great attention was paid to this point in view of the prevention of contamination of the milk. It was difficult to keep various parts of the machine in a suitably clean state, and the milk was in consequence often of a bad flavor. In the second trials a marked improvement was shown in the clean- liness of the machine milk, due to the special care which was taken. " It would appear that the various parts of the milking machine harbor bacteria, which are often detrimental to the production of a good, clean-flavored product. While such organisms are certainly present in ordinary hand-drawn milk to a slight extent, the contamination is commonly nullified by the natural bacterial flora of the milk. Whilst the number of bacteria in the machine- drawn milk was in excess of that in hand-drawn milk, many of the organisms had no action upon milk. The mere counting of bacteria is, therefore, not an absolute guide in such cases. DAIRY FAEMING DAIRYING. 673 " The cheese made from milk which has been drawn by a machine is very unsatisfactory unless great pains are taken to keep the parts of the machine thoroughly clean. The slower development of acidity in the case of the cheese made from machine-drawn mi Hi points to very considerable difference in the variety of organisms present in the two cases. When starter was added, a greater proportion was necessary in the case of the machine-drawn milk than in that drawn by hand, to bring about the production of a marketable cheese, because of the fact that the numbers of deleterious bacteria present in the machine-drawn milk were such that a heavier inoculation of the starter was required to overcome them. "A point of paramount importance to the dairy farmer, and one which pre- sents considerable ditliculites, is, how to obtain a proper disinfection of the milking machine without an expenditure of time and money of which ordinary farm practice and current prices of dairy products will scarcely permit, while the operator must needs have no little mechanical skill." Milking' machines and disease, M. Henry (Agr. Gas. N. >S'. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 12, j)p. 1023, 1024). — It is maintained that the use of milking machines will not cause disease in the dairy providing they are kept scrupulously clean, are not used on diseased cows, and are of the right type. Cow-testing' associations in New York, A. J. Nicoll and J. Davis {N. Y. Dept. Agr. Bui. 30, 1911, pp. 333-359, pis. 3).— A record of what has been accomjiliished by the cow-testing associations of the State, with data on milk production, cost of feed, and returns from milk. A test in feeding niger cake to milch cows, J. Seissl and N. Westermeieb (Ztsclir. Landic. Versuchsw. Osterr., I4 (1911), No. 10, pi). 1211-1223).— Niger cake was found to be a good feed for dairy cows, although not quite so valuable as soy-bean meal. Influence of extracts from fodder beets and beet chips on the fat content of milk, A. MoRGEN, C. Beger and P. Westhausser (Landw. Vers. Stat., 75 (1911), No. 5-6, pp. 349-356). — In continuation of work previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 369), it was found that amid extract from fodder beets and beet chips when added to a ration low in fat increased the yield of milk, but not the fat content, in the case of 2 out of 3 gi'oups. The use of saltpeter to remove turnip flavor from milk, F. Reiss (Ztschr. Untersncli. Nahr. u. Gcnussmtl., 22 (1911), No. 12, pp. 131, 132).— On testing a sample of market milk it was apparent that saltpeter had been added to counteract the turnip flavor. Composition of milk as drawn from the cow by the calf, O. Wellmann (Milchic. ZentU., 7 (1911), No. 7, pp. 301,-312, fig. i).— The milk was obtained from a calf by inserting a cannula through a fistula in the esophagus. At the beginning of the meal the fat content was less and the saliva content greater than toward the end of the meal. The percentage of solids-not-fat remained fairly constant. On the change from colostrum to milk, with special reference to the nitro- gen content, S. Engel and L. Dennemaek (Hoppe-8ajlrr\s Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 16 (1912). No. 2-3, pp. 148-158). — In cows there is no essential differ- ence between the colostrum of the first and successive lactation periods. Milk fever prolonged the colostrum period. The colostrum of sheep was similar in nature to that of cows, though nearer the condition of normal milk. The colostrum of the mare was much richer in casein than the milk. The acidity of colostrum in all cases was very high. [Infection of milk in the home], C. C. Mobrell (Brit. Med. Jour., 1911, No. 2658, pp. 1531, 1532). — Cockroaches were obtained from a new steamship which had a daily inspection as regards cleanliness. " Each specimen was kept 574 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. under aseptic conditions until defecation toolc place. The freshly deposited feces were emulsified in a drop of sterile water; from this emulsion slides were prepared, and cultures were made on bile-salt neutral red lactose agar and in litmus milk. When colonies of bacilli formed on the bile-salt medium they were picked off and subcultures were made in litmus milk, gelatin, and peptone solution and in fermentation tubes containing 1 per cent solutions of glucose, lactose, and saccharose in peptone water. Incubation was conducted in all cases at 37° C. " Cultures were made from 17 specimens ; of these, 5 produced colonies of bacilli upon the bile-salt medium with subculture results as follows: Four produced acidity and clotting of milk, acid and gas in glucose, lactose, and saccharose, and production of indol ; the bacilli were Gram-negative, and did not liquefy gelatin, thus corresponding in their reactions with BaciUns lactis (fTOffcncs. One specimen produced gas in glucose and lactose, liquefieil gelatin, and coagulated milk with subsequent peptonization, thus corresponding with B cloavw. " In 5 cases after acidification had been brought about by fecal emulsion inoculated into litmus milk, the development of greenish molds of the Asper- gillus variety occurred, and in 1 case the spores of the fungus were present in sufficient numbers to be easily identified by the microscope in the freshly made fecal emulsion. " In order to prove the transmission of known organisms, I fed several specimens upon the sputum from a tuberculous patient, upon pus containing staphylococci, and upon spores from cultures of an Aspergillus fungus. In the first case the insects were preserved until defecation took place, and after the feces had been examined and proved free from acid-fast bacilli, the cockroaches were fed upon the tuberculous sputum, which they all devoured voraciously. " The B. tuherculosis was present in feces passed within 24 hours of feeding and was readily identified by the Ziehl-Neelseu staining reaction. In 1 case an insect vomited salivary fiuid within a few minutes of feeding and died within a few hours, but whether or not death was brought about by indigestion of the morbid material I am quite unable to say. " Two specimens which fed upon staphylococcic pus showed staphylococci in their feces, and cultures upon agar were obtained from these. Four speci- mens fed upon morsels of bread dusted with the spores of Aspergillus fungus showed the spores in great numbers in the feces some few hours later, and cultures of the fungus grew luxuriantly upon milk which was inoculated with these feces." These experiments indicate that cockroaches, and probably other insects, may be active agents in souring milk and in disseminating molds and other patho- genic bacteria in pantries and cellars. Dairy fundamentals, O. Erf and O. C Cunningham (Columbus, Ohio, 1911, pp. 96). — A quiz compendium, accompanied by laboratoi-y exercises, on milk and milk products, and testing milk, cream, butter, and cheese. The application of the theory of errors to investigations on milk, S. H. Collins {Jour. Bd. Agr. {London], 1911, Hup. 7, pp. JfS-oo, fig. 1). — ^A demon- stration of the value of the theory of errors in testing milk, and a discussion of the relative ac-curacy of different methods of determining the specific gravity in estimating the amount of fat and total solids in milk. Milk and other liquids were first tested with a 20 cc. plummet on a balance turning to a tenth of a milligram, and then tested with the lactometers. The error of the plnniuiet was about ±0.00003, a small amount compared with from ±0.00018 to ±0.002 in the errors of the lactometers. DAIRY FAEMING^ — DAIRYING. 675 The total solids were determined " by drying from 1 to 2i gm. of milk in dishes from 4 to 10 cm. diameter, some platinum, some porcelain, some dried in an air-oven, some in a steam oven, some quiclily, some slovrly. It -was found that the probable variation of a single determination from the mean is ±0.068. This figure represents the probable variation from the mean, not the probable variation from a superior method, as in the case of the lactometers. " Where the conditions are rigidly uniform, the probable variation from the mean will be less than this figure ; but when results from difiiereut laboratories are compared, I think that ±0.068 per cent total solids reasonably represents the variation of a single determination in one laboratory from the mean of many results in many laboratories. Where laboratories are not well equipped the error may be greater." The fat was determined by the use of the Gerber method. Without any attempt at standardization the probable variation of a single determination from the mean of all determinations was ±0.036 per cent. The methods of calculating the probable error in determining solids-not-fat are given and show that these calculations produce the important result that the small lacto- meters often sold are quite useless for determining the solids-not-fat, but that if a lactometer with a fairly open scale be used quite good results can be obtained. The results of testing the morning milk of a herd of 5 cows at Offerton Hall for 5 years are given in the form of a frequency curve, showing that the distri- bution of fat percentages follows quite closely the normal probable curve. The use of the slide rule is recommended in applying the theory of errors. Other conclusions reached are the following: "The error of sampling small quantities of milk by experienced men is negligible, but the error of sampling large quantities of milk by inexperienced men is so great that the analysis is a mere farce. The error due to the milker is a personal matter, impossible to express in general terms. The error due to the times of milking is a subject on which much work has incidentally been done. By compiling many statistics on the subject, I calculate that if cows are milked 24 minutes later in the morning than they used to be, no other change taking place, the fat will, on the average, be 0.1 per cent lower than it used to be in the morning. Hence, irregularity in times of milking will cause variations. "At Offerton Hall, with the experimental herds of 5 cows, the average differ- ence between to-day's test and yesterday's test is 0.22 per cent fat. It is quite impossible to say whether this figure is representative of any general state of affairs. It is quite clear that the errors of experiment are greater than the errors of analysis, and it should be obvious that the fluctuations of practical dairying are greater than the errors of experiment. " The error of the solids-not-fat depends upon the method used, but by the use of the Gerber machine, a good lactometer and a slide rule, the error can be reduced so that 8.45 per cent solids-not-fat can be read as S.45±0.05; that is, that the truth probably lies between the limits 8.40 and 8.50." Roumanian sheep cheese, D. Frangopol (Milchw. ZcntU., 7 (1911), No. 7, pp. 289-296). — The methods of making several varieties of cheese are described and analyses are reported. The cause of the dark coloration on the surface of Harz cheese, A. Wolff (Milchw. ZentU., 7 (1911), No. 7, pp- 296-303) .—The organisms present on the surface of the cheese were isolated, and the cause of the defect was thought to be due to the action of several organisms, the chief one being a species of bacteria to which the name of Bacterium denigrans was given. Subsidiary causes were i)eptonizing bacteria, Mycoderma casei, and other organisms. (376 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. On the influence of pathological milk in the manufacture of cheese, F. W. J. BOEKHOUT and J. J. Oit de Vries (Centbl. Bakf. [etc.], 2. Abt., 31 {1911), No. 23-25, pp. 559-567). — The acidity, catalase, bacterial, and leucocyte contents of pathological milk are given. When not over 10 per cent of mastitis milk was used for making Edam cheese it interfered but little with the normal process of ripening, though the use of such milk is condemned from a hygienic stand- point. VETERINARY MEDICINE. Handbook of the technique and methods for immunity research, edited by R. Kraus and C. Levaditi {Handb. Tech. u. Methodik Iinmnnitdtsforsch., 1 (1908), pp. IV +V +1138, pis. 3, figs. 127; 2 {1909) pp. IV +1219, pi. 1, figs. 133; 1 (1911), Sup., j)p. 664, pis. I'h figs. 25). — The first volume of this work is a comparatively complete treatise on methods of immunity research, and em- braces both veterinary and human medicine. Its topics include antigens and antibodies; toxins concerned in blackleg; bacterial hema toxins; snake venoms; ricin, abrin, and robin ; preparation of antigens by chemical and physical methods; methods of vaccinating against rabies, anthrax, blackleg, hog ery- sipelas, fowl cholera, tuberculosis, peripneumonia (lung plague) in bovines, rinderpest, and foot-and-mouth disease; immunizing against swine plague bacteria and protozoan diseases; the use of tuberculin for diagnostic puri'oses; the cutaneous and conjunctival tuberculin reactions; and mallein. The second volume treats of the following topics : Technique for producing antibodies in large animals; method of immunizing small experimental animals and of obtaining antibacterial and antitoxic immune sera from large animals; production of antibodies by chemical and physical methods; tetanus and black- leg antitoxins; bacterial antihematoxins; phagoc.ytosis; opsonins; bacteriolytic, streptococcic, anthrax, hog erysipelas, fowl cholera, hog cholera, swine plague, rinderpest, sheep pox, and rabies serums; agglutination (technique and methods) ; technique and methods of protein differentiation (iirecipitin method) with particular reference to forensic blood and meat examinations; bacterial pre- cipitins ; anaphylaxis ; and the technique of the Bordet-Gengou complement fixation method with particular reference to diagnosing infectious diseases. The first supplementary volume of the work treats of the following topics: Avidity and determination of the avidity of antigens and antibodies, tetanus toxin and antitoxin ; the intracutaneous valuation of diphtheria antitoxin ; dysentery and cholera toxins and antitoxins; meningococcic and anthrax serums; technique and methods for tropin research; phagocytosis and opsonins (Wright's technique of vaccination); the local tuberculin reactions; anaphylaxis and expei^imental analysis of anaphylactic poisons; serovaccination against hog erysipelas; vaccination against tuberculosis; tuberculin preparations for diag- nostic and curative puriwses; cutaneous and conjunctival tuberculin reactions in the bovine; diagnosis of glanders with the aid of the new immunity reac- tions; protective vaccination against rabies and antirabic serum; technique for investigating acute poliomyelitis; vaccines for smallpox; the clinical utili- zation of the agglutination and complement fixation tests; antibodies and tuberculosis ; serum reactions with malignant growths ; hemagglutinins of plant origin and their antibodies; and pathogenic micro-organisms against pests (rats, field mice, etc.). In regard to filterable virus, Doerb (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Ref.. 50 (1911), Beiheft, pp. 12-23). — A critical discussion in regard to filterable viruses and the factors limiting the passage of micro-organisms, etc., through a bisque filter. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 677 In regard to chemotherapy, Ehrlich (Centhl. Balct. [e/c], 1. Aht., Rcf., 50 {1911), Bciheft, pp. O^f-lOS). — A critical discussiou of the various factors which influence the results of arseuo-therapeutics. Method for administering Salvarsan, Rips (Berlin, Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. .'i-'i, pp. 79S-800, figs. 3). — A description of the apparatus as em- ployed by the author for giving intravenous infusions of Salvarsan. The advisa- bility of giving diluted solutions of Salvarsan is particularly pointed out. The technique of Salvarsan injections, Miessneb (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 21 (1911). No. J,5, pp. 817, 81S). — A criticism of Rips' article noted above. It is not deemed necessary to use a diluted solution of alkaline Sal- varsan. The chief precaution to be taken is to avoid an excess of alkalinity. Fixation of the minimum mortal, toxic, and therapeutic doses of barium chlorid, when administered subcutaneously, for the frog, pigeon, and rabbit, E. Maurel (Compt. Rend. Sac. Biol. [Paris], 72 (1912), No. 5, pp. 1H2-Wt).— The investigations here reported led to the conclusion that 0.08, 0.05, and 0.04 grains, respectively, are the minimum fatal, toxic, and therapeutic doses for the pigeon, and 0.05, 0.0.3 or 0.04, and 0.02 grains, respectively, for the rabbit. Aerial contamination as a fallacy in the study of amebic infections by cultural methods, R. T. Wells (Parasifolof/U, 'i (1911), No. 3, pp. 20'i-219, pL 1). — "Amebse of at least 2 different types are, in this part of India at any rate, commonly present in the air, just as are many molds and bacteria. These amebse can readily gain access (1) to specimens of feces, however carefully collected, (2) to specimens of pus or other material which has, either before or after removal from the body, been exposed to the air, and (3) to any mate- rial after it has been inseminated on Musgrave's medium contained in Petri dishes." Text-book of clinical diagnosis of the internal diseases of domestic ani- mals, J. Marek (Lchrhiich dcr Idinischcn Diagnostik dcr inneren Kranlchciten der Haustiere. Jena, 1912, pp. XII +957, pis. 26, figs. Ji65). — This work presents the subject under the following headings: General remarks on the investigation of disease (pp. 1-31) ; anamnesis (pp. 82-34) ; description of animals (pp. 35, 3G) ; conformation of the body and state of nutrition (pp. 37-40) ; general be- havior of sick animals (jip. 41^8) ; the skin (pp. 40-122) ; the lymph glands and lymphatic tissue (pp. 123-137) ; the visible mucous membrane (pp. 138-140) ; body temperature (pp. 141-172) ; respiratory organs (pp. 173-361) ; circulatory organs (pp. 362-442) : digestive organs (pp. 443-632) ; urinary organs (pp. G.33-726) ; genital organs (pp. 727-760; organs of locomotion (pp. 761-772); nervous system (pp. 773-861) ; blood (pp. 862-896) ; clinical microscopy and bacteriology (pp. 897-908) ; and immunity reactions (pp. 909-932). Text-book of pathogenic micro-organisms, P. von Baumgarten (Lchrbuch der Pathogenen Mikroorganisnien.. Lcipsic, 1911, pp. X+955, pi. 1, figs. 85). — This book is divided into a general and a special part. The general part deals with the position of the bacteria in the botanical kingdom, general morphology and biology of bacteria, the occurrence of pathogenic bacteria outside of the body, general methods for investigating bacteria, and methods for the detec- tion of pathogenic micro-organisms in the air, water, and soil. The special part deals with the classification of pathogenic bacteria, bacte- rial blood parasites and bacterial tissue parasites of various kinds. Parasitological and pathological investigations of man and the lower animals in Tonkin, C. Mathis and M. Leger (Recherches de Parasitologie et de PathoJogle Iluinaincs et Animales an Tonkin. Paris, 1911, pp. YIII-\-Ji51, pis. 15, figs. 21). — This collection of papers deals largely with the protozoan diseases of man and the lower animals in Tonkin, French Indo-China. An account of the anopheline mosquitoes of that Province, including 15 species, is included. 678 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Annual report of the veterinary pathologist for the year 1910-11, R. E. Montgomery (Dept. Agr. Brit. East Africa Ann. Rpt. 1910-11, pp. 6Jf-118).— This report of work of the year includes appendixes which discuss investiga- tions of East Coast fever, swine fever, variola of sheep and goats, Nairobi sheep disease, and gastroenteritis fcoccidiosis) of cattle. Report of veterinary bacteriologist, G. Garden {Ann. Rpt. Dept. Agr. Nyasaland. 1071, pp. 2.)-27). — A report of the occurrence of and work witli dis- eases of animals in the Nyasaland Protectorate. On the lesions produced in the appendix by Oxyuris vermicularis and Trichocephalus trichiura, R. L. Cecil and K. Bulkley {Jour. E.vpt. Med., 15 (1912), No. 3, pp. 225-2Jf5, pis. //). — The authors conclude from the studies here reported that 0. vermicularis and T. trichiura are. when they occur in a diseased appendix, in most cases the existing cause of the pathological changes found. Restraint of domestic animals, G. R. White {NashviUe, Tenn., 1909, pp. 302, figs. 332). — This work is divided into 5 iiarts. dealing respectively with restraint of the horse in a standing posture (pp. 11-70) and recumbent position (pp. 71-216), of the ox (pp. 217-246), of the dog (pp. 247-271), and of the hog (pp. 273-2S6). A contribution to the study of the vesicular bile of bovines, A. Daniel- Brunet and C. Rolland {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 71 {1911), No. 28, pp. 298, 299). — The authors I'eport analyses made of the contents of the bile bladder of bovines. Examination of the urine as a diagnostic aid for detecting foreign bodies in bovines, Neidingeb {Osterr. Wchnschr. Thierheilk., 1910, p. 43; abs. in Berlin. Tlerdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 3',, p. ei2).— Many of the condi- tions caused by the presence of foreign bodies in the reticulum are accompanied by peritonitis, and the urine from bovines was therefore found to contain albumin which was detected by the nitric acid test. Twenty-nine cases out of 33 gave a positive test. All cases were due to the presence of foreign bodies. A mild venereal disease of horses and cattle (vesicular exanthema), C. J. Reakes {Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 {1911), No. 6, pp. J/o-'h -'iSo). — The author here reports upon 2 cases of vesicular exanthema. Anthrax and tick fever, W. H. Dalbymple {Amer. Vet. Rev., J/O {1912), No. 5, pp. 601-GlO). — The chief deductions made from practical experiments with anthrax are as follows : "(1) In these experiments at least, no anthrax infection was found in the excreta of buzzards fed animals dead of the disease; (2) buz- zards, after feeding upon anthrax flesh, have their bills and feet contaminated with anthrax infection, which they may carry considerable distances and create fresh foci of the disease; (3) after feeding upon anthrax flesh, the vomitus from the buzzard, which is frequently emitted after a full meal, may be infected, and may also produce fresh centers of the disease; and (4) the house fly and the ant, and probably other forms of insect life, after feeding upon or otherwise coming in contact with anthrax flesh may become extremely dangerous as car- riers of the infection." In regard to increasing the efiiciency of the Strassburger method for de- tecting anthrax, M. MtJLLER and A. Engleb {Ztschr. Infcktionskrank. u. Hyg. Haustiere, 8 {1910), No. Jf-5, pp. 347-353; al)s. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No. 28, pp. 509). — The author sought to increase the efiiciency of the Strassburger method, which employs gypsum rods for the purpose of obtaining sporulation, in the diagnosis of anthrax. Pasteboard, elder wood, and cedar wood were found to be without value. Lime-gypsum rods and rolled paper were less efficient thau gypsum rods, while brick was found to bring about a quick sporulation of the organisms, but presented difficulties when attempts VETEKINARY MEDICINE. 679 were made to scrape off the culture on the surface. Moist chalk and moist clay were found to be much better than gypsum rods. Diagnosis of glanders with the precipitin reaction and the relation of these precipitins to the glanders agglutinins, M. Mijller {Ztschr. Immuni- tdisf. u. Expt. Thcr., I, Orig., 3 {190'.)), A'o. //, pp. 401-^21, fig. 1; ahs. in Hyg. Rundschau, 21 (1911), No. 8, pp. J/JjO, J/.'/l). — The precipitin method can be used for the diagnosis of glanders provided the various specifications prescribed by the author are observed. In guinea pigs the precipitin content of the blood first increases and then the agglutinin content. The reverse is the case with the rabbit. The layer test is to be given the preference over the mixing test. For the precipitin reaction filtrates from bacterial emulsions which were not pre- viously shaken are advised. Kapid diagnosis of glanders with the aid of the complement fixation method, Miessner {Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Orig., 60 {1911), No. 3-1,, pp. 327-329). — After pointing out that he had already devised a rapid, agglutina- tion method, the author states that by the use of a water bath instead of a thermostat regulated to 37° C. for the complement fixation method judgment can be passed within an hour as to whether the horse is glanderous or not. Rapid diagnosis of glanders, M. MiJLLER {Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. AM., Orig., 61 {1912), No. 7, pp. 607, 60S). — A polemic in regard to priority in the use of the agglutination-centrifuging method " for diagnosing glanders. Microscopic diagnosis of rabies, S. B. Moon (Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc., 57 (1911), No. 9, p. 735). — A modification of the Van Gieson technique, which is employed at the Pasteur Institute of Virginia, and has furnished good results, is as follows: " Smears containing pyramidal cells of the hippocampus, or Purkinje cells of the cerebellum, are prepared in the usual manner, allowed to dry, and fixed for 2 minutes in ethyl or methyl alcohol. They are then dried with blotting paper and stained. Two or 3 drops of a saturated solution of rosauilin in acetone (U. S. P.) are added to 10 cc. of water, which is agitated with a pipette, and soon becomes a brilliant rose-red color. Then 2 drops of a half-saturated aqueous solution of methylene blue are added, and the satin is applied to the smears. Staining is completed in 1 or 2 minutes, without heat. The slide is then washed under the tap, dried, and examined. Should a weaker than saturated solution of rosauilin be employed, it is only necessary to add more of it, drop by drop, to the water, till the usual brilliant rose-red tint is ob- tained, when the result will be found about the same as that obtained with the saturated solution." The essential features of the lesions caused by Trypanosoma hippicum, S. T. Darling (Compt. Rend. 8oc. Biol. [Paris], 72 (1912), No. 5, iip. 150- 152). — The author has studied lesions in mules and horses, monkeys (Cebus and Nyctipithecus), coati (Nastia narica), raccoon, dog, rabbit, guinea pig, rat, and mouse, and with 'the exception of Nyctipithecus and the raccoon com- parisons have been made with normal tissues. " The lesions, similar in type to those caused by other pathogenic tryiianosomes, are due to an intoxication resulting in cellular degenerations, anemia, lymphocytosis, terminal ecchymoses of serous and mucous membranes, edema and extensive hyperplasia of lymphoid and myeloid tissue, with focal, cellular infiltrations which are partly inflam- matory and partly hemopoietic in function." A method for the bacteriological detection of tuberculosis in bovines, E. ScHARR and Opalka (Berlin. Ticrdrztl. WchnsGhr., 27 (1911). No. 46, pp. 833-80, figs. 5). — The method consists of swabbing the walls of the trachea of a Berlin. Tieriirztl. Wchnschr., 1908, No. 34, pp. 595, 596. 680 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. the suspected animal with a small wad of cotton fastened upon a piece of thin flower wire and jiassed thi-ough a special cauula which has been previously in- serted into the trachea between the intertracheal rings. The material obtained on the swab is used for the bacteriological examination. The relative importance of the bovine and human types of tubercle bacilli in the different forms of human tuberculosis, W. H. Park and C. Krumwiede, Jr., ET AL. (Jour. Med. Research, 25 {1911), 2Vo. 2, pp. 3J 5-333). —Continuing previous work (B. S. R., 25, p. 287) the authors have reviewed some of their later results and the results of other workers. They now conclude that "bovine tuberculosis is practically a negligible factor in adults. It very rarely causes, pulmonary tuberculosis or phthisis, which causes the vast majority of deaths from tuberculosis in man and is the type of disease responsible for the spread of the virus from man to man. In children, however, tlie bovine type of tubercle bacillus causes a marked percentage of the cases of cervical adenitis leading to operation, temporary disablement, dis- comfort, and disfigurement. It causes a large percentage of the rarer types of alimentary tuberculosis requiring operative interference or causing the death of the child directly or as a contributing cause in other diseases. In young children it becomes a menace to life and causes from 6J to 10 per cent of the total fatalities from this disease." The experimental transference of tuberculosis from man to bovine, A. Ebeb (Centhl. Bait, [etc.l, 1. Aht., OHg., 59 (1911), No. 3, pp. 193-36 J,). —The ma- terial utilized in this work was obtained from 15 eases of tuberculosis in man, 7 of which were pulmonary cases and 8 surgical cases. For comparison 2 cases of tuberculosis in boviues were employed. The material from the above cases was injected subcutaneously and in- traperitoneally into rabbits and guinea pigs for propagation. Simultaneous subcutaneous and intraperitoneal injections were then made into bovines with the material obtained from the guinea pigs and ralilMts. The results show that the bacilli reisolated from 3 out of 7 of the lesions produced in cattle by the jmlmonary tuberculous material had the character- istics of the bovine type of bacilhis, although the original material was unques- tionably of the human type. From a granulation case of tuberculosis of the knee joint in a 9-year-old child which contained the human type of bacillus and which was injected into bovines, the bovine type was isolated. The vaccination of cattle against tuberculosis, II, T. Smith (Jour. Med. Research, 25 U911), No. 1, pp. 1-33, figs. //). — This article deals with the path- ogenic effects of certain cultures of the human type of tubercle bacillus in calves (E. R. R., 20, p. 1187). The results show that " calves may succumb to a tubercular pneumonia, not seen in the spontaneous bovine disease, after an intravenous injection of cer- tain cultures of the strictly human type. The initial rise of temperature usually appears within 10 to 15 days and death may ensue after 1 or 2 months. Tuberculosis of both eyes associated with complete blindness may be a result. The culture used in the foregoing experiments, which proved fatal to calves, was rather below than above the average virulence of the human type for rabbits. The sensitiveness to tuberculin may persist in calves to from 8 to 12 months after an injection of living bacilli of the human type. A second, and a third, larger dose of the same strain is quickly and easily disposed of by the calves which have survived the first dose." My method for combating tuberculosis in bovines, W. BUROW (Berlin. Tieriirstl. M'chnschr., 21 (1911), Nos. 30, pp. 637-GJ,5 ; 37, pp. 669-6Q2; aS'm/j. Table, pp. 32). — A general discussion in regard to 1,200 vaccination tests con- ducted with Tuberculosan, a preparation made from several kinds of bacteria VETERINARY MEDICINE. 681 of the hemorrhagic septicemia group. The tests were conducted by 62 veteri- narians, 58 of whom rei)orted favorable results. The detailed protocols of 206 animals ai"e included. Vaccinating against tuberculosis in bovines with Tuberculosan (Burow), KiRSTEiN (Deut. Landw. Pressc, 38 {1911), No. 90, p. 1021; ahs. in Molk Zty. [Hildesheim^, 25 (1911), No. 98, pp. 18U, iS//5).— Practically the same ma- terial as noted in the abstract above. In regard to therapeutic measures for tuberculosis in bovines, with particular regard to Tuberculosan (Burow), T. Fleischhauer (Arch. Wiss. u. Frakt. Tierheilk., 37 (1911), No. 3. pp. 2^3-270; abs. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. ,'/5, p. 823). — Favorable results were obtained with this preparation, and the author recommends a systematic study of its value. Contagious abortion of cows, W. J. MacNeal and H. W. Mumford (Illinois ^ta. Bui. 152, pp. 530-5-'i3). — The purpose of this bulletin is the brief presenta- tion of a number of facts which concern the cause, preventive measures, and restriction and eradication of this disease, as established by the results of recent researches. Bacteriological examinations were made of the afterbirths of 18 cows, of which 6 appeared to be clinical cases of contagious abortion, and in 2 cases the authors isolated the organism originally described by Bang and Stribolt. In order to eradicate the disease from the herd the authors recommend that " the affected cows should be isolated, and their genital passages cleansed once or twice daily with an antiseptic solution until all discharge has ceased, when they may be returned to the herd; all infectious material (afterbirth and dis- charges) should be burned ; infected stalls should be cleaned and disinfected ; the sheath of the herd bull should be cleansed with a disinfectant solution before and after service, and a separate clean bull should, be used for heifers and clean cows." The recommendations of the conmiittee appointed by the Board of Agricul- ture and Fisheries of Great Britain to inquire into epizootic abortion of cattle (E. S. R., 22, p. 584) are critically discussed, and the results of other investiga- tors are reviewed. The complement fixation reaction in the diagnosis of contagious abortion of cattle, W. P. Larson (Jour. Infect. Diseases, 10 (1912), No. 2, pp. 178-185).— The conclusions drawn from the study here reported are as follows : " Contagious abortion of cattle in this country is caused by a micro-organism identical with that causing the disease on the European Continent. The com- plement fi.xatiou reaction is a reliable and accurate method of diagnosis. All animals do not contract the disease, even if in an infected herd and living under the same conditions as those which become infected. An animal may react positively, indicating that she has at some period been infected, and yet may not abort. This brings up the question of immunity, which will be the subject of a future study." Filterable viruses, F. Loeeflek (CentU. Bakt. [efc], 1. Abt., Ref., 50 (1911), Beiheft, pp. 1-12). — A survey of the diseases known to be caused by filterable viruses and with particular reference to foot-and-mouth disease. Contributions to the etiology of foot-and-mouth disease, L. von Betegh (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.'], 1. AM., Orig., 60 (1911), No. 1-2, pp. 86-90, i)ls. 2).— The author observed in the contents of the vesicles cocci-like formations, the smallest of which were from 0.25 to 0.3 ix and the largest 1 /n in diameter. Many of these cocci were enclosed in leucocytes, and detected with the aid of the dark field illumination apparatus. They are held to be the causative organisms of foot-and-mouth disease. 682 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Pure culture of Cytorrhyctes vaccinae, J. Siegel (Ccntbl. Bakt. [etc.'], 1. Abt., Orig., 59 (1911), No. 4, pp. JfOG-J/l.'), pis. 2; ahs. in Berlin. Tivrarzth Wchnschr., 28 (1912), No. 2, p. 30). — In the blood aud spleen of vaccine calves cocci were detected microscopically which could be cultivated only with diffi- culty. Enriching methods were almost always necessai-y in order to get them to grow on solid media. The cocci differentiate themselves from others by morphological and biological characteristic-s ; for oxample, they grow best at 25° C. aud produce minute cocci in the earlier stages. Under extraordinaiy conditions of nutriment the organisms are converted into the larger forms by the formation of nuicous capsules. The cocci described, large and small, are similar to those known under the name of Cytorrhyctes (Guarnieri) which are obtained by inoculating the cornea of a rabbit with the lymph from cow pox. Some additional remarks in regard to the detection of Cytorrhyctes cocci in foot-and-mouth disease, J. Siegel (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 2S (1912), No. 2, pp. 27-29, figs. 3). — The author reports the results of some further in- vestigations with 4 hearts taken from animals affected with foot-and-mouth disease, 2 of which were fresh and the others recently preserved in formalde- hyde. The Cytorrhyctes cocci wei-e found in all instances. A study was also made in regard to making the organisms more visible in their usual localities, that is, in the cells and nuclei of the skin. The best re- sults were obtained with carbol-fuchsin (Ziehl). It was found that in each section examined in which lesions were present the characteristic cytorrhycte was present. The symptom complex of variola and foot-and-mouth disease are compared, and photomicrographs are given. Report on the outbreaks of aphthous fever in Pennsylvania in 1908—9, L. Pearson (Pcnn. Dcpt. Agr. Bill. 211, 1911, pp. 72, pis. i.T). — This rej)ort has been previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. ,381). Combating foot-and-mouth disease, F. Wulfp (Berlin. Tierarztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. /fl, pp. 7Ji5, 71/6). — A criticism of the more i-ecent methods pro- posed by Hoffmaim for combating epizootics of foot-and-mouth disease in Germany. Dysentery in calves, H. L. Sommer (Amer. Vet. Rev., .'/O (1912), No. 5, pp. 626-632). — The author has found polyvalent dysentery serum a good immuniz- ing, as well as a reliable curative, agent, and recommends Its use. A new protective and curative medium against calf dysentery, Piorkowski (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 38, pp. 6'S/)-6-.9i).— Finding that yoghurt bacteria when given per mouth destroy many of the micro-organisms causing dysentery, the author prepared a yoghurt serum which is to be given in 10 cc. injections to calves directly after birth (passive immunity). He finds it still more rational to give the mothers JMaya-yoghurt powder with the food in order to confer active immunity upon them and their offsi:)ring. In regard to yoghurt and its prophylactic and therapeutic use against calf dysentery, R. Standfuss (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 39, pp. 705, 706). — This is a comment on Piorkowski's work noted in the article above. The author points out that he, too, is working on the calf dysentery problem, but prefers to administer the highly active yoghurt organisms with the milk to the calves. The use of serum or feeding yoghurt powder is not considered of any value. In regard to the use of yoghurt for calf dysentery, Piorkowski (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. /y2, pp. 768, 765).— This is a reply to Standfuss in which the author states that his purpose in giving yoghurt bacteria for the preparation of serum is to stimulate the production of opsonins. In regard to yoghurt, Standfuss (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. JfS, p. 821).— This is a polemic in which the author points out that the VETERINARY MEDICINE. 683 injeotion of yoghurt organisms will stimulate tlie production of a serum (opso- nins), which is specific for the yoghurt bacterium but not for the organism caus- ing calf dysentery. Feeding the mother animal with yoghurt organisms will have no effect in regard to preventing dysentery in the offspring. A new species of piroplasm found in the blood of British cattle, J. M'Fadyean and S. Stockman {Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 2fi {1911), No. If, PP- 3fi0-35fi, figs. 8). — The authors describe the occurrence in the blood of British cattle of what appears to be a new species of piroplasm. The name PiropJasma divergens is applied to this species, the name being suggested by the wide angle which is commonly formed by the twin parasites in the same corpuscle. In addition to cases in which the piroplasm in question was observed, there were others in which inoculation with similar material had either entirely negative results or was followed by a temperature reaction (103° to 106°) during the course of which no piroplasms were found. The experiments reported show that P. divergens is an inoculable piroplasm, and that the period of incubation after inoculation with blood varied from 4 to 8 days. The experi- ments also prove the persistence of the parasite in the blood of recovered ani- mals. The blood of one bull was found to be infective 135 days after the piro- plasms were last seen in it. " In the case of one experiment an animal which had been inoculated 2^ years previously with the P. higeminum (African strain), and had then reacted, became infected when inoculated with the P. divergens. We hope, however, at a later date to publish other experiments designed to show more conclu- sively whether the one piroplasm protects against the other or not. "Lastly, special attention may be called to the fact that in the 2 cases in which affected animals (Heifers 3 and 208) were treated with trypanblue the drug appeared to have no serious effect on the P. divergens.'^ Inimunization of South African born cattle against redwater from a practical standpoint, W. Robertson {Agr. Jour. Union So. Africa, 3 {1912), Xo. 1. pp. 30-37, figs. 5). — A detailed account of the methods now in use. Observations in regard to the decrease and increase of streptococcic mas- titis in barns, W. Rullmann {Gentbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig., 59 {1911), No. 5-7, pp. 500-509). — In a barn where cleanliness was a feature no cow's milk showed a leucocyte content which would point to the presence of strepto- coccic mastitis. In another locality, in a barn having no modern methods of dis- infection for either the animals or the milkers, a number of cows were found which had mastitis and others which had none. The uninfected animals had recently been introduced into the herd. The new animals were re-examined after a period of 3 months, and the results showed that these also were rapidly becoming mastitic. According to the author, soap and water should be freely used, as they are particularly destructive to the streptococcus. Streptococcic infection in sheep, J. Wiemann {Ztschr. InfeJctionskrank. u. Hyg. Haustiere, 9 {1911), No. 3-.'i, pp. 233-256; fl&s. in Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 28 {1912), No. S, pp. 48, 49). — The examination of some cadavers of sheep revealed the presence in 6 instances of streptococci in all organs of the body. The author describes the symptoms of the disease from which these sheep died, and points out that the disease has its origin from infectious material which is present on the floor of the stalls. It can also be conveyed from sheep to sheep. Glycogen and its relation to henioglobinemia, Ohler {Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), No, 32, pp. 573, .57'/). — Horses which were fed while at rest on a high carbohydrate diet eliminated sugar when put to work abruptly 684 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOBD. in windy weather. This was due to a hydrolysis of the glycogen present in the muscles, particularly the muscles of the buttocks, causing a myositis — pri- marily due to the abstraction of water from the muscle — and a secondary acute nephritis. The author observed that when hemoglobinemia was diagnosed at the outset of the disease there was also a discharge of dextrose with the urine. Twist or displacement of the pelvic flexure of the colon in the horse; differential diagnosis between that condition and simple impaction of the same portion of the bowel, together with remarks on the spontaneous reduc- tion of twist and the comparative rarity of enteritis, II. C. IIeeks {Jour. Compnr. Path, and Tlicr., 21t (1911), No. 4, pp. 306-328, figs. S).— The main object of the notes here presented is to point out that " in the great majority of our fatal cases of colic it is this displacement of some portion of the double colon that occasions the animal's end." Treatment of pleuro-pneumonia of horses by autoserotheraphy, L. Teppaz (Bui. Soc. ScL Vet. Lyon, HJJO, Jutij, p. :i2D ; aJj.s. in Jicrllii. Ticnirzlt. Wctinschr., 21 (1911), No. 35, pp. 626, 627). — A 7-year-old horse was treated successfully with subcutaneous injections of its own pleural exudate, 15 cc. being given under the skin of the neck. The pleural fluid when sown on gelatin was found to contain the Staplnjlococcus albiis, which was not very toxic for dogs. Note on certain protozoan organisms observed in the rectal and cecal contents of the turkey and fowl, W. Jowett (Jour. Compar. Path, and Thcr., 2'i (1911), No. .'1, pp. 303-305, fig. 1). — A brief account is given of certain flagel- lated and spirally-formed organisms encountered in the course of examination of the fluid and semifluid rectal and cecal contents of the turkeys which formed the subjects of study of the blackhead disease (E. S. II., 2G, p. 588). Researches on the spirochetosis of fowls from Tunis and on Argas persi- cus, which transmits the disease, B. Galli-Valerio (Gentbl. Bakt. [etc.}, l.AU., Orig., 61 (1911), No. 6, pp. 529-537, figs. 4).— In investigations conducted at Lausanne, the author has found the fowl tick (A. persicus) from Kairouan to transmit the chronic form and those from Houmt-Souk (island of Djerba) to transmit the acute form of spirochetosis. The author considers this disease of poultry to be caused by a single spirochete (Hplrochwta anserina of Sacharoff). In studies of the biology of the fowl tick, the author found that this parasite had a marked predilection for the blood of birds but that it may at times even attach to cold-blooded animals if their skin be warmed. Warty typhilitis of the pheasant and the parasite which causes it (Hete- rakis isolonche), A. Lucet and A. Henry (Bui. Soc. Cent. Med. Vet., 88 (1911), No. I'l, pp. 320-333, figs. 15). — Fathological and systematic studies are reported and a bibliography of 7 titles is appended. RURAL ENGINEERING. The present stage of irrigation development and a forecast of the future, S. FoRTiEK (Inig. Age, 27 (1912), No. J,, pp. 128-130) .—This article briefly reviews the development of arid regions during the past 20 years by irriga- tion, discussing government aid to irrigation, the importance of irrigation to the Western States, money invested in irrigation works, agencies in irrigation development, the geographic distribution of irrigation enterprises, and improve- ment in irrigation practice. In order to safeguard all interests, the author advocates the speedy settlement of lands now irrigated, the aiding of settlers on irrigated farms, a readjustment of laud values, the more economical use of appropriated water supplies, better state irrigation laws, and more efficient administrative systems. RURAL ENGINEERING. 685 The irrigation situation, G. M. Bull {Engin. Rcc, 65 (1912), No. S, pp. 222, 223). — The author discusses the present system of financing public irrigation projects by bond issues to private investors, and states that in the majority of cases the bonds have been considered simply as a means of securing money, with practically no regard as to their having behind them sufficient property to safeguard the investor. He concludes that the entire system of financing should be so changed that tlie bonds be held by the underwriters until such time as the water is actually applied to the land and their value ceases to be speculative. Underdrainag'e of alluvial lands, J. A. Harman {Engin. Rcc, 65 {1912), jSIo. S, pp. 21Jt, 215). — The need of underdrainage for flat or rolling uplands and of both surface drainage and underdrainage for the adjacent lowlands is pointed out. The general soil texture and topography are discussed in their immediate relations to uplands and alluvial lands, and it is stated that these are the 2 factors to be especially considered in designing underdrainage for alluvial lands. Tests of concrete drain tile, A. O. Anderson {Engin Rec, 65 {1912), No. 11, p. 308, fig. 1). — Results of tests of concrete drain tile conducted at the engi- neering experiment station at the Iowa State College are reported. When the increments of load were added uniformly and continuously the strain was approximately proportionate to the stress, but on allowing a few minutes' time to elapse between increment additions, it was found that near the bi'eaking point the pii)e would rupture under a considerably lower load. These tests advance the theory that fatigue of concrete is an explanation of failure under load, and they also show that the deformation of drain tile is so small before fracture occurs that but little support can be secured from the tamping of earth at the sides of the pipes when placed in the trench. Camden chert as a road-making' material in Tennessee {Engin. Rcc, 65 {1912), No. 9, p. 250). — Camden chert is considered a promising road mate- rial in Tennessee. Its chemical composition of quartz, limestone, and clay allow of the formation of a good bond, its physical texture allows it to break into small, sharp fragments when blasted, it is easily handled after blasting, and it is economically distributed in the State. A novel road machine, A. B. McDaniel {Engin. Ncics, 65 {1912), No. 10, p. Ji60, figs. 2). — This article briefly describes a machine for the maintenance of country roads. It consists of an iron bar framework with a steel, concrete- filled roller in the rear, guide trucks in front, and a scraper suspended in the center. The scraper and roller have an effective width of 7 ft., and the total weight of the machine and operator is approximately 1 ton. The scraper is controlled by hand levers from the operator's seat over the roller. It is claimed that about 3 miles of rough earth road and 5 miles of average road may be put in first-class condition in a 10-hour day at a cost of $6. Uses of the traction engine in highway grading, G. H. Main waring {Engin. Rcc, 65 {1912), No. S, p. 223). — These are notes from exi^eriments conducted by the highway commissioner of Richland County, Wis., with traction engines for highway grading. The advantages over horsepower pointed out are the ease of operation, steadiness of motion, better centered and controlled power, and greater efficiency. The notes on a 16-horsepower engine show a daily expense of $14, the same as for 4 teams, but the engine does daily from 40 to 75 per cent more work. The rural motor vehicle, E. L. Ferguson (Sci. Amcr., 106 {1912), No. 6, pp. 133, IJfO, figs. 5). — This article points out and discusses the advantages of the motor vehicle for the social and commercial advancement of rural life. 686 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. The care of dry batteries (Farm Machinery, 1912, No. 1066, p. 26). — This article conmients briefly on the care that should be taken to prevent short cir- cuits and bad connections in dry batteries, and points out the necessity of keep- ing the coil in good condition and the switch and commutator points clean iu order to set the best service from engines that operate from the dry cell. Making the '' tractioneer," I.. W. Ellis (Sci. Amer., 106 {1912), No. 6, pp. 126-128, figs. 8). — Attention is called to the rapidly increasing demand for men skilled in the operation, care, and upkeep of steam and gas tractors for agri- cultural purposes, men who have a combination of common sense, average en- gineering skill, some farm experience, and good executive ability. It is noted that short courses of instruction along these lines are being introduced into the agricultural colleges and that tractor manufacturing companies are conducting schools for the same purpose in their factories. The econoinics of silo construction of permanent materials (concrete and clay tile); construction methods and costs, M. L. King (Enrjin. and Contract., 37 (1912), No. 10, pp. 256, 257, figs. 2). — In view of the increasing demand for silos the author discusses the economic advantages of building them of perma- nent materials. A brief outline of the essentials in the materials and details of construction of masonry silos is also given. Silage and concrete silos {Wyo. Farm Bui., 1 (1911), No. 5, pp. 69-72, figs. 2). — This article discusses the use of silage and the need for solid-wall silos, and gives a table for use in deciding on the size of silo. Essential details for the location, foundation, and general construction of reenforced concrete silos are given with a bill of materials and costs. Parm equipment: Buildings and machinery, P. McConnell (London and "New York, 1910, pp. XV +108, pi. 1, flys. i//).— This handbook of information for the farmer deals principally with the methods of laying out the farm and its homestead, the design and construction of farm buildings and their appur- tenances, sanitation and drainage, farm machinery, and the different types of farm motors. RURAL ECONOMICS. Tenancy in the North Central States, B. H. Hibbard (Quart. Jour. Econ., 25 (1911), No. -'i, pp. 710-729, flys. 2). — This article presents a discussion of many phases of the tenancy problem in the North Central States, showing that tenancy is not a constant and uniform factor throughout the United States, but varies according to geographical divisions and local influences. A close parallelism is noted between the value of land per acre and the percentage of tenancy, as shown in the following table prepared from data reported in the thirteenth census: Value of land and percentage of tenancy. State. Value per acre. Per cent of ten- ancy. Rank in value. Rank in ten- ancy. State. Value per acre. Per cent of ten- ancy. Rank in value. Rank in ten- ancy. Illinois S94. 90 83.00 fi2. 00 53. .30 43. 30 41.84 41.4 37.8 30.0 2S. 4 13.9 38.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 5 7 12 2 Missouri Minnesota $41. 76 37.00 35.50 34.70 32.00 25.70 29.9 21.0 .30. S 24. fl 16.0 14.3 7 I 10 11 12 6 9 4 8 10 11 Indiana Ohio... South Dakota. . . Michigan North Dakota... Wiscon.sin Nebraska A comparison of groups of counties within a State brings out this relation- ship even more closely. It is further noted that there is a corresponding rela- RURAL ECONOMICS. 687 tion between the increase of tenancy and the inci'ease in the wze of the farm, also in the tyi>e of farming. Maps illustrate the increase of tenancy in the pro- duction of corn, this being attributed more to the inability of the tenant to enter the more profitable business of stock raising than to any other cause. The author concludes, "that the system of farming is a factor equally important, if not more important, than the price of land in turning the scale in favor of ownership or in favor of tenancy." Tenancy in the North Atlantic States, B. H. Hibbard (Quart. Jour. Econ., 26 (1911), No. 1, pp. 105-117). — This article contrasts the status of tenancy in the North Atlantic States with that of the North Central States noted above, following very much the same method. Further discussions relate to the per- centage of selected crops grown by tenants in ditferent States, and the relation between dairy farming, live stock raising, and fruit growing and tenancy. A general decrease in tenancy is noted in the North Atlantic States during the past decade, this being attributed to a combination of causes. " The most important of these are, first, the low price of land per acre; second, a set of circumstances resulting in comparatively small fai-ms, these two facts combin- ing to gi-ve a low value to the farm as a unit ; third, the relatively small amount of farming such as lends itself easily to a system of tenancy, and in its stead a type requiring ownership of the land in order to insure good results." Ownership or tenancy of agricultural land, edited by W. Broomhall (Country Gent. Estate Boole, 1911, pp. 7'//-7'9). — This article presents a dis- cussion of the advisability, from an agricultural point of view, of changing from a tenant system of farming to that of occupying ownership, showing that there were in Great Britain on June 4, 1909, 62,063 holdings owned or mainly owned, and 447,108 holdings rented or mainly rented. Concrete illustrations are given to show that a change from position of tenant to that of owner would not be beneficial financially to the average farmer in Great Britain, because of the larger amount of capital required. It is noted, however, that the conditions of climate, mode of life, and similar factors should be considered, as these may be such in some countries as to warrant ownership in preference to tenancy. A method of making' a social survey of a rural community, C. J. Galpin (Wisconsin tecifled crops in Canada, 1910-11, and of cereals, hay, potatoes, etc., in Ireland, 1910-11, together with final estimates of the crops of France, 1908-1910, and other data pertaining to agricultural crops and live stock in foreign countries, are here presented. It is noted that the development of cooperation in the sale for export of cer- tain animal products in Denmark has given an effectual stimulus to the growth of the live stock industry, notably in the raising of swine and chickens, their number having increased 77 and 107 per cent, respectively, between 1893 and 1909. Crop Reporter {U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Statis. Crop Reporter, II, {1912), No. 2, pp. 9-16, figs. 6). — Notes and statistics as to the number and value of live stock, meat consumption per capita by countries, monthly prices of live stock and wool for 1910-11, weight of live stock when marketed, poultry and bees in the United States in 1910 and receipts of eggs at 7 of the leading markets, 1891- 1911, slaughtering and meat packing, and range of prices of agricultural prod- ucts at important markets, and other data, are here presented. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Agricultural education, R. J. Huergo {La Ensenamsa Agricola. Buenos Aires, 1909, pp. ISO). — This paper, presented at the first Pan-American Scien- tific Congress at Santiago, Chili, on December 25, 1908, by the chief of the division of agricultural instruction, gives a detailed account of the system of agricultural education in Argentina, together with its rules and regulations. Establishment of the farm and home management school in Austria {Land u. Forstw. Unterrichts Ztg., 25 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1-16). — In this article a very complete account is given of the conditions leading up to the establish- ment of the first farm and home management school in Austria, which was opened at Otterbach, near Schilrding, in the fall of 1911, and of its buildings and equipment, rules and regulations, 2-year theoretical and practical course of instruction, and staff of instructors. In connection with this school is a rural housekeeping school with a 1-year course of instruction. [Agricultural and forestry instruction in Austria] {Land u. Forstw. Unterrichts Ztg., 23 {1909), No. 1-2, pp. 165 +LV I). —This report contains (1) 690 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. the following special articles: Awakening and Increasing the Pleasure of Learn- ing by L. Fleiscbner, Individualizing the Work of the Teacher in Special Agri- cultural Schools by E. Vital, Concerning the Reorganization of Agricultural Secondary Schools (Mittelschulen) by R. Wessely, Elementary Foresti*y In- struction with Special Reference to the Austrian Alpine Regions by K. Pusch, the Agricultural Winter School and Its Plan of Instruction by H. Knesch, New Rules and Regulations for the Agricultural Winter Schools in Bohemia and for the Permanent Housekeeping Courses at These Schools; (2) statistical infor- mation and miscellaneous notes concerning the agricultural and forestry insti- tutions in Austria in 1908-9; and (3) other data. [Agricultural and forestry instruction in Austria and other countries] (Land. v. Forstw. Untcrrichts Ztg., 25 {.1911), No. 1, pp. IV+108). — This num- ber includes among other data special articles on The Establishment of the Farm and Home IVIanagement School in Austria ; On What Momentum Does the Success of Agricultural Instruction Depend, by V. Schumy ; Promoting Nature Protection In our Vocational Schools, by Bruno Schweder ; Agricultural and Forestry Instruction in Bosnia and Herzegovina, by W. Slawkowsky (see be- low) ; Concerning Horticultural Schools in Belgium, by Dr. Stanislaus R. v. Ramult ; and Agricultural Instruction in the Canton of Bern, by Dr. Leopold Freih. v. Hennet. [Agricultural and forestry instruction in Austria and other countries] {Land u. Forstio. Untcrrichts Ztg., 2-5 (1911), No. 2, pp. IV +109-219+ LXIV). — This report includes 2 special articles noted below and 1 by V. Schumy entitled On What Momentum Does the Success of Agricultural Itiner- ant Instruction Depend ; statistical information concerning agricultural and forestry instruction in Austria in 1910-11 ; and other data. The statistics show that in 1910-11 there were 219 agricultural and forestry institutions in Austria, an increase of 5 over the preceding year. They include 3 high school institutes, 3 agricultural academies and 1 brewing academy, 8 agricultural and 5 forestry high schools, 2 high schools for viticulture, fruit culture, or horticulture, 42 farm schools, 88 agricultural winter schools, 11 elementary forestry schools, 24 dairy and housekeeping schools, 28 elementary special schools for horticulture, fruit culture, viticulture, vegetable, flax, hop, and meadow culture, alpine farming, or apiculture, and 2 brewing and 2 dis- tillery schools. Agricultural and forestry instruction in Bosnia and Herzegovina, W. Slaw- kowsky (Land u. Forstw. Viiterrichts Ztg., 25 (1911), Nos. 1, pp. Jtl-59 ; 2, pp. 119-132). — This is a detailed account of the system of agricultural instruction in Bosnia and Herzegovina, including the Training School for Teachers, at Sarajevo, in which agricultural instruction is obligatory ; elementary public schools, in which systematic agricultural instruction is given ; 4 farm and fruit culture schools located, respectively, at Ilidez near Sarajevo in Bosnia, Modric in northern Bosnia, Livno on the Dalmatian border, and Gacko in Herzegovina, which offer 3-year and 1-year coui'ses of instruction and have experiment sta- tions connected with them ; itinerant agricultural instruction and special courses; and the forestry school at Sarajevo with a 3i-months course for forest overseers and a 2-year course. Beport on agricultural instruction for 1908-1910 (Dept. Landh., Nijv. en Handel, Verslag en Meded. Dir. Landb. [Netherlands], 1911, No. 3, pp. VIII+ 197). — This includes the Royal Agricultural, Horticultural, and Forestry High School at Wageningen, the Royal Agricultural School at Wageningen, the Royal Dairy School at Bolsward, the agricultural and forestry winter schools, and the Gerard Adriaan van Swieten Horticultural School at Frederiksooi'd. Detailed AGRICULTURAL. EDUCATION. 691 information is also given on itinerant courses in agriculture and horticulture; courses for agricultural and horticultural teachers; agricultural instruction in the army; special courses in animal husbandry, horse breeding, and horseshoe- ing; work of the agricultural, horticultural, and dairy instructors and of state subsidized associations; and agricultural instruction for women and girls on the farm. Agricultural instruction in the Netherlands, S. R. v. Ramult (Land it. ForsHv. Unterrichts Ztg., 25 {1911), No. 2, pp. 1^8-192). — This article gives a detailed account of the system of agricultural instruction in the Netherlands. Education for rural life, O. H. Benson (Proc. Conf. Ed. Soutli, 11, (1911), pp. 171-189). — In 1907, before any attention had been given to rural life educa tion in the Wright County, Iowa, schools, the author selected 34 rural schoo i in the county and inquired of the boys and girls above the fourth grade as ,o their intentions as to farm life when grown up. Of the 164 boys, 157 repl.ad that they would have nothing whatever to do with farming, and 163 of the 174 girls made a similar reply. After 3 years of instruction in elementary agriculture and home economics by effective correlation, organizing rural life clubs, and eventually by the teaching of elementary agriculture and home economics in regular and daily class work, the questionnaire was repeated in the same schools. Out of 174 boys, 162 of them answered that they intended to be farmers, and 161 of the 178 girls an- swered that they planned to be home-keepers, farmers, etc. Of the remaining boys and girls all but 4 were in advanced grades, and from 13 to 15 years of age. Problems in the experimental pedagogy of elementary agriculture, G. A. Bricker (Jour. Ed. Psychol., 3 (1912), No. 1, pp. 29^.'i). — The pedagogical problems discussed are (1) the portions of agriculture adaptable for use in the elementary school, (2) the grades in which it may be taught, (3) the applica- bility of prevailing pedagogical principles to the efficient teaching of elemen- tary agriculture, (4) shall experience in practical agricultural methods pre- cede the study of the scientific principles involved, (5) the pure science vs. the economic-applied science method of approach, and (6) the feasibility of or- ganizing and teaching a series of " agricultural " habits in the elementary school. Agriculture, J. T. Johnson (Normal School Quart. [Macomb, III.], 1910, No. 8, pp. 38, pis. 12, flffs. 18). — This number outlines an advanced course in {igriculture at the Western Illinois State Normal School, which requires from 2 to 3 double laboratory periods each week, and recitations alternating with the laboratory work. The laboratory work provides for the study of the physical and chemical properties of the soil ; soil fertility, including fertilizers, the manner of mixing fertilizers for crop production, and experimental prac- tice on the soil experiment field, which is located on the campus; dairying; poultry and farm animals ; feeding and mixing rations ; and farm manage- ment. One year each of physics, chemistry, and biology are prerequisites to this course. Productive farming, K. C. Davis (Philadelphia and London, [1911], pp. VIII +357, pi. 1. figs. 22^). — It has been the author's aim to furnish a book which would interest the children in both rural schools and graded village and city schools in farming. In an elementary way he introduces the reader to the fundamentals of plant and animal production and farm management. It is also shown how useful Farmers' Bulletins are when used in the proper way. The book is gotten up in the form of a text-book with review questions at the end of each chapter. The appendixes contain tables and formulas to be used in farming. 692 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Publications of the Department of Agriculture classified for the use of teachers (U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Puhs. Circ. 19, pp. 36). — This is a revision of Circular 94 of this Office (E. S. R., 22, p. 693). MISCELLANEOUS. Twenty-third Annual Report of Colorado Station, 1910 (Ann. Rpt. Bd. Agr. Colo., 32 {VJIO), pp. 13, 68-106). — These pages contain a financial report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1910, a rer)ort of the director on the work and publications of the station, and departmental reports, the experi- mental features of which are for the most part abstracted elsewhere in this issue. Twenty- third Annual Report of Kentucky Station, 1910 (Kentucky Sta. Rpt. IlilO. pp. XX+20+33S, pis. U,, fiy^. / J). —This ccutaius the organization list, a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1910, a report of the director on the work of the station during the year, reprints of the Report of the Director on the Enforcement of the Food and Drugs Act for the Years 190S and 1909, and of Bulletins 147 to 152, previously noted, and reports of analyses of mineral waters and meteorological data, abstracted elsewhere in this issue. Biennial Report of Missouri State Fruit Experiment Station, 1909—10 (Missouri Fruit Sta. Rpt. 1909-10, pp. 12, pis. 2). — This includes a financial statement for the biennial period ended December 31, 1910, and a report of the director on the work of the station for the bieunium, and its present needs. Director's report for 1911, W. H. Jordan (New York State Sta. Bui. 342, pp. Jf01-Ji20). — This contains the organization list and a review of the work and publications of the station for the year. Twenty-fourth Annual Report of South Carolina Station, 1911 (South Carolina Sla. Rpt. 1911, pp. 65). — This contains the organization list, a repoi't of the director on the work of the station, a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911, departmental reports, of which that of the entomolo- gist is noted on page 654, and a number of special articles abstracted elsewhere in this issue. Annual Report of South Dakota Station, 1911 (South Dakota Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 32). — This contains a report by the director on the organization, work, and publications of the station, a list of exchanges, a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911, and departmental reports. Publications on hand (Vermont Sta. Circ. 8, pp. 6). — A list is given of the publications of the station which are available for distribution. Annual report for 1911 of the Rothamsted Experiment Station, A. D. Hall (Rothamstcd Expt. Sta., Ifarpendcn, Ann. Rpt. 1911, pp. 23). — This includes a brief history of the station, a review of the work and publications of the year, and tables summarizing the principal results in 1911. Reports of the experiment stations of Austria (Ztschr. Landw. Versuchsw. Osterr., H (1911), No. Jf, pp. 321-110, pis. .^).— These are the reports for 1910 of the activities of the various agricultural, chemical, seed control, botanical, and food laboratories of Austria. Yearbook of the Chief Administration of Land Improvement and Agri- culture of the Bureau of Agriculture (Ezheg. Dept. Zeml. [Russia], 1910, pp. LXXIII+727, ids. 61, fiys. 3U). — This volume contains a survey of the activities of the Russian Bureau of Agriculture and its various experiment sta- tions for the year 1910, and 19 monographs on various agricultural questions and branches of industry connected with agriculture, among them the follow- ing : The chief agricultural expositions and congresses in Russia in 1910 ; MISCELLANEOUS. 693 wheat and its cultivation in Russia ; origin of tlie superphosphate industry on the Volga ; the Russian beet sugar industry ; pigeon raising as a branch of agri- culture; the Palibinka Government breeding station for Simmental cattle; out- line of the distribution of the most important injurious animals and fungus dis- eases of plants in Russia in 1910 ; and a historical sketch of the Imperial Nikita Garden. Supplements are added giving statistics of crops and live stock in Russia in 1910, of exports from Russia in lfK)9 of agricultural products, of imports of agricultural products and machinei-y into Russia in 1909, a list of publications by the Bureau of Agriculture in 1910, and a list of agricultural education institutions. The Imperial Department of Agriculture for the "West Indies (West Indian Bill., 11 (1911), No. 4, PP- 23 1-Jf50) .—This number is devoted to an ex- tended resume of the work of the Imperial Department of Agriculture for the West Indies and a discussion of problems awaiting solution. Farm and garden rule-book, L. H. Bailey (Xeiv York, 1911, pp. XXIV+587, figs. 22). — The present work has been prepared to cover a much wider field than The Horticulturist's Rule-Book (E. S. R., 7, p. 131), which it supersedes. It is offered as a manual of ready rules and reference with recipes, precepts, formulas, and tabular information for the use of general farmers, gardeners, fruit-growers, stockmen, dairymen, poultrymen, foresters, rural teachers, and others in the United States and Canada. Agricultural laws of Nebraska (Ann. Rpt. Nehr. Bd. Agr., 1910, pp. IJfO- 261). — The text of the various Nebraska laws pertaining to agriculture is given. NOTES. Georgia College. — Dr. William Bradford of Cedartown, J. K. Giles of At- lanta, M. C. Gay of Augusta, J. Walter Hendricks of Savannah, G. V. Cunning- ham of Tifton, and C. M. James of Columbus, have been apiwinted district com club organizers in cooperation with this Department. Idaho University. — H. A. Wadsworth, assistant in forestry, has resigned to accept a commission in the United States Army and has been succeeded by E. W. Cook of the E'orest Service of this Department. The students' stock judging teams of the school of agriculture won first and third places in an intercollegiate contest at the Pacific Northwest Live Stock Show at Portland. March 18-20. Illinois University and Station. — The college of agriculture will offer the coming year a series of extension schools of one week each, beginning in October and ending in February, each school to be conducted by a faculty of five. A. W. Nolan, associate professor of agricultural education of the West Virginia University, has been appointed assistant professor of agricultural education in the extension department. H. W. Anderson, assistant in patho- logical floriculture, has resigned to become head of the department of botany at Wabash College. Miss Catherine Mclntyre, secretary of the station, died February 25. The scope and value of her services are indicated in the following extracts from resolutions adopted by the station staff : " The death of Miss Catherine Mclntyre severed from the staff of the agri- cultural experiment station of the University of Illinois one who had been associated with this institution since it was established in 1888. While her oflicial duties did not make her widely known, yet her service to the public, as secretary of the experiment station, was invaluable to the State. ... To sys- tematize the bookkeeping in the use of half a million dollars a year, distributed in more than sixty different funds, to supervise the publication and distribution of all experiment station bulletins, circulars, and reports in editions reaching as high as sixty thousand copies, to organize and maintain a clerical force in the general office, and to advise and assist in the management of all depart- mental offices, was the ts'ork of ■Miss Mclntyre; and into this service she brought accuracy of accounting, proficiency in her knowledge of the English language, and rare tact and genuine helpfulness, both to those employed under her direc- tion and to her official superiors." Purdue University and Station. — R. C. E. Wallace has been appointed in- structor in agronomy vice C. E. Craig, whose resignation has been previously noted. The hog cholera serum plant is being doubled in capacity. Iowa College. — Dr. Raymond A. Pearson, formerly commissioner of agri- culture in New York, has accepted the presidency of the institution. He will visit a number of agricultural institutions in Europe during the summer and enter upon his duties in the fall. Massachusetts College. — The fourth annual farmers' week attracted an at- tendance of 1,200, an increase of 25 per cent over the preceding year. Lectures 694 NOTES. 695 and demonstrations were offered in farm crops and farm manures, dairying and animal liusbandry, horticulture, and tiome economics. The Grinnell stoclv judging pavilion, named in honor of the late Hon. James S. Grinnell, who was for 22 years a trustee of the college, was dedicated March 13. The dedicatoiy address was by Dr. Carl W. Gay, of the University of Pennsylvania, upon the subject The Livestock Industry of New England. A. J. Norman, extension instructor in pomology, has resigned to engage in practical fruit growing. Missouri University and Station. — The governing board of the university has authorizetl the appointment of a limited number of county administra- tion men who will devote their entire time to helping the farmers in the com- munity in which they are located. The college of agriculture is to pay 25 per cent of each man's salary, and the county or community receiving his services the balance. The men will be entirely under the direction of the college and they will be located where the most interest is shown and the best support promised. The establishment of 4 additional experimental fields has been authorized, to be located in northeast and southeast Missouri and the Ozarks. Arrangements have been perfected for a permanent forestry summer camp as a part of the required work in the department of forestry. The camp will be located in the Ozark region in the midst of 50,000 acres of native forest lands. Attention will be given to timber estimating, tree planting, lumbering, forest surveying, the laying of logging roads, trails, and fire lines, and the making of lumber and forest working plans. W. J. Hendrix, assistant in agronomy, has resigned. H. G. Lewis, E. C. Hall, and L. V. Davis have been appointed assistants in the soil survey. C. B. Hutchison of the department of agronomy has been gi'anted leave of absence for the next academic year. Nebraska Station. — The station has purchased a 160-acre farm at Culbertson for demonstration purposes, and will secure immediate possession. A portion of the land will be used for dry-farming work and the balance for cropping under irrigation. Homer L. Nye has been appointed foreman. Nevada Station. — President J. E. Stubbs has resigned as director of the station, and has been succeetled by Gordon H. True. New Jersey Stations. — A tract of 135 acres of land, adjoining the college farm, has recently been purchased for dairy experiments. Harry B. Weiss has been appointed acting state entomologist and Herman H. Brehme acting executive officer in charge of mosquito extermination work. New Mexico College and Station. — The post-office address of the institution was changed on April 1 from Agricultural College to State College. New York State Station. — Richard F. Keeler, a graduate of the University of Michigan, has accepted a position as assistant chemist in soil work and entered upon his duties early in April. Ohio Station. — The plan of cooperative management of the farms belonging to the Institution for the Feeble Minded and the State Penitentiary has been so modified that the station now exercises merely an advisory function. J. W. Klinefelter has resigned the position of superintendent. W. O. Gloyer has resigned as assistant botanist to accept an appointment as associate botanist at the New York State Station, and has been succeeded by J. B. Demaree, who will be assigned to the study of diseases of truck and forage crops. Don C. Mote has been appointed assistant in animal husbandry to conduct investigations in animal parasitology. Pennsylvania College and Station. — W. A. Cook has resigned as assistant in dairy husbandry to assume the management of a farm in Illinois. 696 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Porto Rico Sugar ■ Growers Station. — A series of meetings known as " planters' conferences " is being held every one or two months, at convenient points on the island. Addresses are made by the members of the station staff, with an opportunity for discussion by the planters. It is hoped in this way to bring the work of the station directly to the planters and to obtain from them their Yiewi)oint. experience, and suggestions. The first conference was held at Ponce, ]\rarch 1.3, with the subject insects and diseases of sugar cane. Clemson College and Station. — Recent appointments include M. S. Gardiner as assistant professor of agronomy and farm mechanics, T. F. Jackson as ex- tension assistant in animal husbandry, T. W. Tate as herdsman, H. C. Eager- ton as extension assistant in entomology, and W. F. Burleigh as assistant state veterinarian. South Dakota College and Station. — An appropriation has been made by the legislature of $100,000 for the erection of a building to be known as the agri- cultural and administration building. This is the largest appropriation ever made for a single building at any of the seven state educational institutions. Plans for the new structure are being perfected. It is expected to provide ample room for several members of the station staff, as well as for a general student assembly room. Washington Station. — W. J. Young of the microchemical laboratory of this Department has been appointed assistant horticulturist and has entered upon his duties. West Virginia University and Station. — Samuel B. Nuckols has been ap- pointed instructor in agronomy and assistant agronomist, and E. W. Sheets assistant in extension work in charge of boys' and girls' agricultural clubs in cooperation with this Department. Wyoming ITniversity. — Dr. Charles O. Merica has tendered his resignation as president, to take effect July 1. Fifth Graduate School of Agriculture. — The prospectus of the fifth Graduate School of Agriculture has recently been issued. This session will be held at the Michigan Agricultural College, July 1-26. The usual public exercises in connection with the opening of the school will be held July 3. when addresses will be given by President J. L. Snyder and Dean R. S. Shaw, of the Michigan College, President W. E. Stone and Dr. H. P. Armsby, representing the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations, and Dr. A. C. True, of this Ofiice, who will again serve as dean of the school. The instruction offered will be given in seven main lines — soils and plant physiology, animal physiology, agronomy, horticulture, animal husbandry and poultry, rural engineering, and rural economics and farm management. The course in soils and plant physiology will include such matters as the part played by the soil solution in the nutrition of plants, the relation of the physiology of plants to the soil pi'oblem, colloids in relation to soil fertility, and soil bactei'i- ology. In the course in animal physiology will be considered such topics as the physiology of the cell, the physiology of reproduction, the biology of sex, and various phases of nutrition investigations. The courses in agronomy and in horticulture will embrace lectures on plant breeding and physiological faC' tors in the breeding and adaptation of plants, problems in field crop produc- tion, and the transportation, handling, and storage of fruit. In animal hus- bandry there will be one series of lectures on beef and dairy cattle running throughout the four weeks and another series divided equally in point of time between swine husbandry and poultry husbandry. Under rural engineering special attention will be given to rural sanitation, machinery, road making, drainage, and irrigation. NOTES. 697 The conferences thus far arranged, with their leaders, are as follows: Agri- cultural Research, Dean H. L. Russell, of the University of Wisconsin ; College Instruction in Agriculture, Dean T. F. Hunt, of the Pennsylvania College ; Sec- ondary Instruction in Agriculture, Professor W. H. French, of the Michigan Col- lege, and D. J. Crosby, of this Office ; and Extension work, Director L. H. Bailey, of Cornell University, and Superintendent G. I. Christie, of Purdue University. The faculty will include about 50 members of the staff of this Department and various agricultural colleges and experiment stations, and the following addi- tional specialists: A. D. Hall, director of the Rothamsted Station, F. H. A. Marshall, professor of agricultural physiology, Cambridge University. Dr. Oscar Riddle, of the Carnegie Institution, Dr. L. B. Mendel, of Yale University, Dr. H. C. Sherman, of Columbia University, and Dr. T. N. Carver, of Harvard University. The fourth session of the Graduate School of Home Economics will also be held during July at the college, under the auspices of the American Home Economics Association. Additional information may be obtained from the registrar, A. M. Brown, of the Michigan College. The National Education Association at St. Louis. — The winter meeting of the National Education Association at St. Louis, February 26-29, included the regular winter meeting of the Department of Superintendence, special meetings of the National Council of Education and the Department of Normal Schools, and regular sessions of six affiliated organizations, among which was the National Committee on Agricultural Education. The enrollment was the largest ever recorded at a winter meeting — about 1,900 — and the program was full of interest to those concerned with vocational education. The Department of Superintendence devoted one round-table session to agri- culture in the rural school, at which several interesting papers were read, including The Educative Value of the Study of Agi'iculture, by Earl Barnes, of Philadelphia ; To What Extent Can Agriculture be Taught Below the High School, by Hon. P. P. Claxton, U. S. Commissioner of Education ; and The Next Step in Teaching Agriculture in the Rural Schools, by E. C. Bishop, of Iowa State College. The National Committee on Agricultural Education held several sessions dealing with courses of study in agriculture. A joint session with the Depart- ment of Normal Schools afforded opportunity for a discussion of the place of the normal school in agricultural education. The National Society for the Study of Education held one session for the discussion of its annual yearbook, which as usual was published in two parts, the first devoted to industrial edu- cation, and the second to agricultural education in secondary schools. This latter publication was prepared under the direction of D. J. Crosby, of this Office, and was by him discussed at the convention. It included the following papers : The Training of Teachers for Secondary Courses in Agi'i- culture, by A. C. Monahan : The Vocational Agricultural School, by R. W. Stimson ; State-Aided Departments of Agriculture in Public High Schools, by D. J. Crosby; High-School Agriculture Without State Subsidy, by W. H. French; Short Courses and Extension Work in Agriculture for High Schools — In the South, by H. F. Button, In the North, by F. R. Crane ; In Public High Schools Should Agriculture be Taught as Agriculture or as Applied Science? by W. R. Hart ; and In the Public High Schools Agriculture Should be Taught as Agri- culture, Not as Applied Science, by G. F, Warren. Conference for Education in the South.— The Fifteenth Conference for Educa- tion in the South was held in Nashville, Tenn., April 3-5, its purpose being the improvement of economic and civic conditions in the South through education. 698 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. In the Nashville meeting more than ever before was emphasized the im- provement of rural conditions. Rural school work was extensively discussed by experts from several States, farm demonstration workers and the country church had a place on the pi-ogram, and invitations were sent out to a thousand farmers and six hundreP- 1601-1603).— The results obtained with this method for the determination of fat in whole, butter, and skim milks show that the method is excellent for examining fresh, unpreserved whole and skim milks. For buttermilk it was without value. With the old form of apparatus (acid butyrometric) the method could not be applied for examining whole, butter, or skim milks to which preservatives had been added 24 hours previously. Some of the diificulties in connection with the question of analytical standards for milk, butter, and butter fat in Egypt, A. Lucas (Cairo 8ci. Jour., 5 (1911), No. 63, pp. 297-317). — This is a pai>er read before a meeting of the Cairo Scientific Society, November, 1911. A high Reichert-Meissl value was characteristic of Egyptian buffalo milk fat, and was as a rule higher than that for Egyptian cow milk fat, which is different from the results obtained by Parodi. Despite this high value a mini- mum of 32 adopted by one analyst is considered too high. A minimum of 25.4 adopted by another is deemed too low, except possibly for the cow, goat, or sheep milk fat. The Reichert-Meissl value for Egyptian butter fat is lowest during the sum- mer when animals are fed on chopped straw, field peas, a few beans, or a little oil cake. It gradually increases as the food is changed to maize stalks and subsequently to clover as the year advances. Thus, the fat in butter is sub- ject to seasonal variations. A low Reichert-Meissl value and a high Polenske AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY. 7 13 value is characteristic of Egyptian goat and slieep uiilk fat, aud also of Syrian, butter fat, wliich is principally from the sheep. The paper was followed by a discussion by the other members of the society. The judging of butter fat on the basis of the Ewers test, E. Nockmann (Ztschr. Uniersuch. Xahr. ii. GcnussmtL, 21 {1911), Xo. r>, pp. 75.'f-757 ; abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 128, Repert., p. 535).— A fat obtained from the millj of old lactatiug animals, which usually shows low Reichert-Meissl figures, was examined according to the Ewers method (E. S. R., 23, p. 417). This fat, if judged by the limits set up by Ewers, would point to an addition of 10 per cent palm fat. The same was found to be true when the cows were heavily fed on coconut cake or beets. The quantitative determination of coconut fat in edible fats, W. Aknold (Ztschr. Vntersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 21 (1911), No. 10, pp. 587-59S; abs. in Chem. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 128, Repert., p. 555).— The saponification, Reichert- Meissl, and Polenske numbers are adequate guides for distinguishing coconut oil from other fats such as bovine and hog fats, oleomargarin, and compounded edible fats. The saponification and Polenske numbers for coconut oil on the one hand, and the figures for the remaining fats mentioned on the other, are so constant that the amount of coconut oil in a given sample can be calculated with ease. The relation of the Polenske number to the Reichert-Meissl figure will decide whether the fat contains appreciable amounts of butter fat. In margarin or other edible fats which contain other fats besides coconut oil, which are only detectable by means of a color reaction (sesame aud cotton- seed oil), the coconut oil can be determined from the iodin figure or from its refraction. According to the author, the Hanus and Thian ethyl ester figure (E. S. R., 25, p. 108) can be dispensed with. Detection of rape oil, P. Tortelli and V. Foetini (Ann. Falsif., 4 (1911), No. 29, pp. 139--l.'i5 ; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 3, p. 678). — Previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 24, p. 11). A chemical investigation of American spearmint oil, E. K. Nelson (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. 92, pp. -j). — This circular reports the results of an examination of an authentic sample of Michigan spearmint oil, which was distilled from specially selected stock free from weeds. " The object of the investigation was twofold, first, to determine the chemical and physical con- stants on a pure sample of the oil, and second, to determine the nature of the constituent which carries the characteristic spearmint odor." The author believes dihydrocarveol to be the substance which gives the characteristic spearmint odor. A careful search for dihydrocuminyl alcohol, which is considered by others to be the odoriferous principle, was made with negative results. A sample of dihydrocarveol prepared from carvone and then acetylated yielded a product which reminded one of spearmint. Investigations in regard to betains occurring in plants, I, E. Schulze and U. Pfenninger (Hoppc-Seyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 71 (1911), No. 2, pp. 17-i-185). — This work was done for the purpose of determining whether the phosphatids fi'om plants when cleaved will yield betaiu in addition to cholin. Phosphatids were prepared from the seeds of Yicia sativa, containing betain, and Pisum sativum, Phaseolus vulgaris, and Avena sativa, which contained trigonellin. Oat (Avena sativa) phosphatid was the only one which yielded betain on decomposition. Determination of fat in feeding' stuffs, B. Sohitlze et al. (Landw. Vers. Stat., 75 (1911), No. 3-4, pp. 185-230). — This investigation was conducted for the purpose of determining the following points: (a) What infiuence the time of drying a sample before extraction has upon the final results; (b) how long 714 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. the ether extract should be dried after driving off the solvent; (c) the effect of pre-drj'ing the sample and drying the ether extract for various lengths of time in the usual water-jacketed drying oven, or in a stream of illuminating gas. The feeds examined were peanut cake, cotton-seed cake, sunflower cake, sesame cake, hemp cake, coconut cake, linseed cake, palm cake, rape cake, rice feed meal, millet polish meal, and dried distillery slops. Ten examinations of each of the 12 feeding stuffs were made. The results show that the substance must be so ground that the individual grains are 1 mm. in size. The extraction must be conducted with water-free ether. The material must be dried previous to extraction and the fat after evaporating off the solvent must be dried for a definite time. In the case of peanut cake, cotton-seed cake, sunflower cake, sesame cake, hemp cake, and rape-seed cake the ordinary drying orven Is to be employed. The time of pre- dryiug of the feed and the fat extracted therefrom must be 2 hours in each case. Linseed cake and its fat ought to be dried in an oxygen-free gas for a period of 2 hours. If this method is not convenient, then dry for 1 hour in an ordinary drying oven. Coconut cake, palm cake, rice feed meal, millet polish meal, and distillery slops are to be dried in the usual water-jacketed drying oven foi* 1 hour, while the fat extracted from them is dried for 2 hours. In this instance compensation is made for residual water and volatile fat. The drying temperature should fluctuate between 98 and 100° C. Determination of the purity of linseed cake, L. Vuaflart (Ann. Falsi/,, 4 {1911), No. 33, pp. 381-388). — This article considers the microscopic detection of the impurities, and the determination of cellulose and gum, in linseed cake. In regard to the determination of rice spelts or hulls in rice feed meal, J. A. EzENDAM {Verslag. Landbomck. Onderzoelc. Rijkslandbomvproefstat. [Nethcrlandsl, 1911, No. 9, pp. 77-89, pi. 1). — As the result of his work the author finds that the chemical and microscopical methods when compared with one another yield noncoucordant results. The method with which he obtained the best results was as follows : Fifty gm. of the rice feed meal was dried at from 100 to 105° C. and passed through a 0.5 mm. mesh sieve. The spelts remaining in the sieve are then finely ground and are mixed with the material which has passed through the sieve. Of the material thus prepared from 0.5 to 1 gm. (according to the amount of hulls present) is weighed off and boiled successively for 1/2 minute with 50 cc. of 10 per cent nitric acid and 50 cc. of 2.5 per cent sodium hydrate. After each operation the residue is washed with water on a cloth having 43 threads per centimeter (the meshes of the wet cloth are 100 n) ; the substance remaining upon the cloth is placed in a porcelain dish and enough rubber solution is added to make a bulk of 12 gm. The mass is thoroughly mixed. The counting chamber is then filled evenly with the mixture and brought upon the object table of a preparation microscope (previously leveled with a spirit gage) and allowed to stand until the particles have settled to the bottom of the chamber. The rice spelts which appear in 3 rows 8 cm. long each in a field of 1.5 sq. mm. are then counted and reported with reference to 1 gm. of substance employed. The normal figure found was 20. The results of tests with the method are given. See also the Katayama method (E. S. R., 24, p. 310). Analyses of miscellaneous materials, A. J. Patten {Michigan Sta. Spec. Bui. 55, pp. 3-12). — Analyses are reported of alfalfa meal, barley bran, apple pomace, red kidney beans (refuse), beet-seed meal, brewers' grains, brewery mash, buckwheat bran, buckwheat fiour, cotton-seed meal, gluten feed, linseed meal, middlings, pea bran, pea-vine hay, salvage wheat, salvage corn, and mixed feeds; alfalfa stems and leaves; nicotin in tobacco compounds; lime, METEOROLOGY WATER. 715 limestone, and marl; ashes (corncob and wood) ; paunch manure, barnyard manure, guano, fertilizer constituents in tobacco products, ground beans, peat filler, and garbage tankage; lime-sulphur solutions; and arsenate of lead and Paris green. Quality in dry wines, E. Jordan, Jr. (San Francisco, 1911, pp. I'lG, pis. 2, figs. 4)- — This is a discussion in regard to obtaining quality in dry wines through proper fermentation procedures. The various chapters of the book are as follows : The use of pure yeast and its action, settling or defecation of white musts as a basis of quality, aeration of the must before and during fermentation, the cooling of musts and control of fermentation, the artificial heating of musts, and fermentations in general. On pulque and pulque drinking- in Mexico, J. Bland-Sutton (Lancet [Lon- don], 1912, I, No. 1, pp. JtS-JfG, figs. 4). — This is a concise description of the manufacture of pulque as practiced by the Mexicans. The history of its use as a beverage is also discussed. Marking porcelain and silica crucibles, etc., P. A. Yodee (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chcin. Circ. 93, pp. 3; ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 897, p. 380). — " Consecutive numbers in platinum or china colors may conveniently and neatly be put upon porcelain or silica crucibles, etc., by use of rubber [stamps]. To apply china colors, a sizing like ' fat oil,' is first stamped upon the crucible, the dry pigment then dusted on, and after the varnish has set, the excess brushed off and the crucible fired in a muffle at a red heat for an hour. Blacks, especially ' lettering black,' gave very satisfactory results and the numbers resisted treatment with hot nitric acid and alkali solutions." METEOROLOGY— WATER. International catalogue of scientifi.c literature. F — Meteorology (Internat. Cat. Sci. Lit., 9 (1912), pp. r//7+23S).— The literature indexed in this ninth annual issue of the international catalogue (E. S. R., 24, p. 517) "is mainly that of 1909, but includes those portions of the literature of 1901-1908 in regard to which the index slips were received by the central bureau too late for inclusion in the jjrevious volumes. There are also entries dated 1910." Division of meteorology, N. Helme (Rhode Island Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 130- IJ/S). — Daily observations at Kingston on temperature, precipitation, wind, and cloudiness for each month of the year ended June 30, 1911, are summarized in tables and notes. The mean annual temperature was 47.2° F. ; the maxi- mum, 92°, July 9, 1910; the minimum, —1°, December 16, 1910. The annual precipitation was 41.71 in., the number of clear days 153, and the prevailing direction of the wind west. The climate of Ohio, F. Carney (Bui. Sci. Lahs. Denison Univ., 11 (1912), Art. J,, pp. 191-201). — ^The characteristic climatic conditions and the Weather Bureau service of the State are briefly described. The climate of the Continent of Africa, A. Knox (Cambridge, England, 1911, pp. XIY+552, maps 1',; rev. in Nature [London], 88 (1912), No. 2201, pp. 305, 306). — This book describes from personal observations as well as from the available meteorological records the climatic conditions prevailing in differ- ent parts of Africa, giving detailed records of temperature and rainfall and a number of rainfall maps. Different sections of the continent are treated sepa- rately, the natural products as well as the climatic conditions of each region being described. How one billion of us can be fed, W J McGee (World's Work, 23 (1912). No. 4, pp. JfJfS-JtSl, figs. Jf). — This is a discussion of the water supply of the United States as limiting food production and population. 716 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. It is estimated that the rainfail of the United States is barely 5,000,000 acre- feet, capable of maintaining a population not exceeding 1,000,000,000, which, at the present rate of increase, will be reached in three centuries. The author is of the opinion " that the time-honored standards for measuring capacity for pro- duction and population must change, and that the potential strength of coun- tries must be expressed in terms of water supply rather .than in terms of acres or square miles." Sterilization of potable water by ozonized oxygen and chlorin compounds in a nascent state, E, Rouquette {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 15^ (1912), No. 7, pp. J/47-.'/o0). — The author proposes a treatment of water with mixtures of (1) sodium bisulphate and hydrogen peroxid and (2) sodium sulphate and calcium hj-pochlorite, which he believes to be a practical method of rapidly sterilizing public water supplies and preventing epidemics due to water. Water so treated contains no objectionable substances or offensive taste or odor. Irrigation with sewage, C. C. Williams {Engin. Rcc, 65 {1912), No. S, p. 22Ji). — This is a brief article in which it is maintained that "irrigation with sewage as ordinarily practiced is not the most economical method of treatment." The author states that so far as he is aware " there is not a city in the United States where the practice of disposal by broad irrigation can be called a suc- cess," and cites in support of this statement the experience at Pullman, 111., Los Angeles and Pasadena, Cal., Colorado Springs and Greeley, Colo., and Salt Lake City, Utah. Studies of sewage from the point of view of purification and utilization in agriculture, A. Muntz and E. Lain:6 (Monit. Sci., 5. ser., 2 {1912), I, No. 842, pp. 95-111; Bui. Soc. Encour. Indus. Nat. [Paris], 116 (1911), No. 8, pp. 133-166; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 3 (1912), No. 1, pp. 81-86). — Summarizing investigations which have been previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 619), the authors call particular atten- tion to the large losses of nitrogen (from 60 to 70 per cent) occurring in bac- terial purification beds and the little or no loss occurring when sewage is spread on the land. The average composition of Paris sewage is given as follows : Ammoniacal nitrogen, 21.61 gm. per cubic meter; organic nitrogen in solution, 7.66 gm., in suspension, 25.85 gm. ; nitric nitrogen, 0.73 gm. ; total nitrogen, 55.85 gm. ; phos- phoric acid, 12 gm. ; potash, 45.65 gm. ; lime, 377 gm. ; magnesia, 104.4 gm. It is estimated that a cubic meter of this sewage is worth about 0.105 franc (about 2 cents) for fertilizing purposes, to which about 0.0025 franc should be added for irrigating value. In experiments with this sewage on light soil, it was found that at the end of 7 months the subsoil had grown poorer in nitrogen but that the surface soil had been enriched in nitrogen by accumulation of organic matter which withstood the action of micro-organisms. The increase in phosphoric acid was also local- ized in the surface soil. Potash, lime, and magnesia were also partly retained in the surface soil and were partly carried into the lower depths, while still another part was removed in the drainage. The best results with sewage as a fertilizer were obtained with grasses and forage plants. Sewage, however, is not considered a complete fertilizer and to yield the best results must be supplemented by other fertilizing materials. It is estimated that, when supplemented with phosphates. 800 cubic meters of sewage per hectare annually is sufficient for natural grasslands ; from 500 to 600 cubic meters for wheat; and 1.400 cubic meters for a 3-year rotation. Since sewage water must be disposed of in winter as well as in summer, the area devoted to such disposal must be from 10 to 15 times in excess of what is needed for good fertilizing and irrigation. SOILS FERTILIZEES. 7 17 The agricultural use of sewage water, A. Muntz and E. Lain:^ {Vie Agr. et Rurale, 1912, No. 10, pp. 2-'il, 2.J2). — This is a summary account of investigations more fully reported in the article abstracted above. Sewage sludge (New York and London, 1912, pp. XI +272, figs. 42). — This book contains translations of articles on Treatment and Utilization of Sludge, by A. Eisner (E. S. R., 25, p. 213) ; The Drying of Sludge, by F. Spillner (E. S. R., 26, p. 118) ; and Operation of Mechanical Sewage Plants, by Spillner and Blunk; as well as an article on Sludge Treatment in the United States, by K. Allen. The last article summarizes what has been done by various cities and towns in the United States in the treatment and utilization of sludge. It is shown that up to the present time this subject has received little attention in America as compared with Germany or England, but it is believed that it is becoming in- creasingly important and will therefore command more attention. It is pointed out that European methods can not be applied in this country without modifica- tion on account of the highly dilute character of the average sewage in America. Numerous analyses are given of typical domestic and manufacturing city sewage, as well as of sludge obtained from various city sewage works. The method employed by the city of Baltimore in disposing of night soil on farms near the city is described, and the general subject of land application of sludge is briefly discussed. The general conclusion on this point is that the economical use of sludge as a fertilizer is exceptional and therefore the laud disposal of this material is reduced to either drying or burying. SOILS— FERTILIZERS. The theory and practice of soil management, F. K. Cameron (Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci., 13 {1911), pp. 55-63). — The author discusses the different soil factors of crop production, stating that the practice of soil management " is rapidly becoming a highly developed art which needs for its best application a compre- hensive coordination of the labors of the physicist, chemist, biologist, and other Investigators, and a clearer understanding between the layman and the expert as to how they may be mutually helpful." See also a previous note (E. S. R., 26, p. 422). Soil and soil problems from the standpoint of the physicist, J. A. Jeffery {Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci., IS {1911). pp. 36^39, fig. i).— As one of the factors of crop production on Michigan soils, attention is being given to the study of soil temperature. Some of the questions to be determined are the normal tempera- ture of the different soil types, the variations of any individual of a type below normal, the practicability of raising the temperature toward or above normal by proper practice, and the effect of such rise in soil temperature on crop production. Experiments at the Michigan Station " show that an application of 10 tons of manure per acre, worked to a depth of 6 in. into the soil when apparently no other influences are at work, results in a temperature rise of about 0.15° F. In sunshiny weather the temperature of the soil receiving this 10 tons of manure per acre is raised over 2°, apparently because of the increased capacity of the soil to absorb the sun's heat." Soil and soil problems from the standpoint of the chemist, A. J. Patten {Rpt. Mich. Acad. Sci., 13 {1911). pp. J/O-'fS). — In this discussion the author emphasizes the fact that investigations on the chemistry of the soil must take account not only of the inorganic plant food constituents but of the organic compounds as well. In his opinion none of the methods proposed for determin- ing the availability of the inorganic plant food has a sound, scientific basis, but 718 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. "with a more complete knowledge of tlie composition of the organic matter of soils one will be able to predict more detiuitely in regard to the possible avail- ability of some of the plant food elements in combination with it." Soil and soil problems from the standpoint of the microbiologist, O. Rahn (Kpt. Midi. Acad. -S'c/., 13 (IVll), j)p. .'iG-oJ). — The important problems of soil bacteriology, in the author's opinion, are the determination of the humus forming organisms and their habits and food requirements, the constancy of the numbei' of bacteria, bacterial action in soil and in solution, the influence of organic matter on bacterial development, and the relation of micro-organisms to the physical structure of soils. Soil and soil problems from standpoint of botanist, W. H. Brown (Rfjt. Mich. Acad. Sci., 13 (1911), pp. 52-5.'i). — In the author's opinion the important studies of the future, both from a scientific and a practical standpoint, are the form in which substances enter the plant, the relation of soil condition to plant physiology, the origin of toxic substances in the soil, and the oxidizing and reducing power of roots. The influence of the soil type on the plant variety, J. L. Burgess {Bui. N. C. Dept. Affi:, 33 {1912), No. 1, pp. 16). — This paper shows the importance of a more careful study of the crop adaptations of the different soil types of the State and points out the value and wisdom of the work of mapping and analyzing the different soils. Field operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1909 (eleventh report), M. Whit- ney ET AL, {JJ. 8. Dept. Agr., Field Operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1909, pp. 1756, 2)ls. 25, figs. 58, maps 53). — This reix)rt contains a general review of the field operations of the Bureau of Soils during 1909 by the chief of the Bureau, together with detailed accounts of the following surveys : Orono area. Me., by O. Lee, jr. ; Nashua area, N. H., by C N. Mooney and W. C. Byers; Washington County, N. Y., by M. E. Carr, G. A. Crabb, V. J. Frost, and D. W. Hallock ; Berks County, Peun., by W. J. Geib, E. L. Worthen, F. S. Welsh, J. C. Britton, and C. R. Zappone, jr. ; reconnoissance survey of southwestern Pennsylvania, by H. J. Wilder and C. F. Shaw; Anne Arundel County, Md., by J. C. Britton and C. R. Zappone, jr.; Campbell Coimty, Va., by R. A. Winston ; Gaston County, N. C, by W. E, Hearn, L. L. Brinkley, and F. P. Drane; Lake Mattamuskeet area, N. C, by W. E. Hearn; Pitt County, N, C, by W. E. Hearn, R. B. Hardison, J. W. Nelson, and F. P. Drane; Scot- land County, N. C, by R. B. Hardison, J. W. Nelson, and D. D. Long; Conway area, S. C, by W. J. Latimer and C. Van Duyue; Anderson, Franklin, and Saluda counties, S. C, by W. E. McLendon ; Hancock County, Ga., by G. B. Maynadier and W. J. Geib; Pike County, Ga., by C. N. Mooney and G. B. Maynadier ; Tift County, Ga., by J. C. Britton and P. O. Wood ; Marianna area, Fla., by G. B. Jones, R. W. Rowe, J. C. Britton, R. B. Hardison, and C. R. Zappone, jr.; Chambers and Tallapoosa counties, Ala., by H. C. Smith and P. H. Avary ; Hale County, Ala., by R. W. Rowe, W. G. Smith, and C. S. Wal- drop ; Baldwin County, Ala., by W. E. Tharp, H. Jennings, C. S. Waldrop, W. L. Lett, P. H. Avary, and L. Cantrell; Coffee County, Ala., by L. A. Hurst and A. D. Cameron ; Clay County, Miss., by E. L. Worthen ; Scranton area. Miss., by O. Lee, jr., R. T. Allen, and R. A. Winston; Lincoln Parish, La., by C. J. Mann and L. A. Kolbe; Grayson County, Texas, by F. Bennett, C. Lounsbury, R. T. A. Burke, A, T. Sweet, and P. O. Wood ; Morris County, Texas, by E. B. Watson and R. T. Allen; Titus County, Texas, by T. D. Rice and E. B, Watson; reconnoissance survey of south Texas, by G. N. Coffey et al. ; Auglaize County, Ohio, by W. J. Geib; Sumner County, Tenn., by C. N. Mooney, O. L. Ayrs, and J. L. Burgess; Spencer area, W. Va., by W. J. Latimer and F. N. Meeker; Waushara County, Wis., by J. W. Nelson, G. Conrey, and A. K. Kuhlman; re- SOILS FERTILIZERS. 7 19 connoissance survey of Mariuette County, Wis., by S. Weidman and P. O. Wood; Rice County, Minn., by E. T. A. Burke and L. A. Kolbe; Atchison County, Mo., by C. J. Mann and II. Kruseliopf; Cedar County, Mo., by E. B. Watson and H. F. Williams ; Cooper County, Mo., by A. T. Sweet, E. S. Vanatta, and B. W. Tillman; reconnoissance survey of western South Dalsota, by G. N. Coffey et al. ; Fallon area, Nov., by A. T. Strahorn and C. Van Duyne; reconnoissance survey of the eastern part of the Puget Sound basin. Wash., by A. W. Mangum et al. ; Marshfield area, Oreg., by C. W. Mann and J. E. Ferguson ; Woodland area, Cal., by C. W. Mann, J. F. Warner, H. L. Westover, and J. E. Ferguson ; and Marysville area, Cal., by A. T. Strahoni. W. W. Mackie, H. L. Westover, L. C. Holmes, and C. Van Duyne. During the calendar year 1909, 24.188 square miles, or 15,480,320 acres, were surveyed and mapped in detail on a scale of 1 in. to the mile, making the total area surveyed and mapped up to the end of that year 195.975 square miles, or 125,424,000 acres. In addition to the detailed surveys, there were conducted hi 1909 reconnois- sance surveys in Pennsylvania, Texas, Wisconsin, South Dakota, and Washing- ton covering a total area of 78.104 square miles, or 40,986,560 acres. Plans were formulated for taking up the same kind of work in the Ozark region of Missouri and Arkansas. Analyses of Arg'entina soils (In Esposizione Internazionale delle Industrie e del Lavtjro di Torino, 1911, Catalogo Speciale Ufficiale delV Esposizione delta Republica Argentina. Buenos Aires, 1911, pp. 80-83). — The results of mechani- cal and chemical analyses of cultivated and forest soils from different sec- tions of the country are reiwrted and briefly discussed. Mechanical analyses of tropical soils, E. C. J. Mohr (BuJ. D^pt. Agr. Indes Necrhtnd., 1911, Xo. 47, pp. 73, pis. 4, figs. 65). — The author reports a compara- tive study of the physical composition, as determined by mechanical analyses, of soils derived from the different kinds of rocks of Java. The resnlts in gen- eral confirmed the principle that rocks which contain the highest percentages of the weather resistant minerals form the lighter classes of soil. The mechanical analysis of arid soils, W. Beam {Rpt. Wellcome Research Labs. Gordon Mem. Col. Khartoiun, /, {1911), B. Gen. ScL, pp. 3^-45, figs. 3).— This has been noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 513). Soils of the Gezira, W. Beam {Rpt. Wellcome Research Lais. Gordon Mem. Col. Khartoum, // {1911), B. Gen. Sci., pp. li5-59, figs. //). — Noted from another source (E. S. R., 25, p. 722). Notes on some Catlin's River soils, B. C. Aston {Jour. 'New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 {1911), No. 6, pp. 478-482, figs. 2). — Mechanical and chemical analyses of samples of soil from the region are reported and briefly discussed. The results showed that the soils were well supplied with total nitrogen and contained large quantities of available potash and phosphoric acid, but were poor in lime and humus. All showed an acid reaction to litmus. The distribution of bacteria in certain New York soils, H. J. Conn (A 6s. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. S93, pp. 226, 227).— " Extensive work for 2 years with a certain clay loam at Ithaca has resulted in the isolation and study of about 500 cultures. These cultures have been classified into 34 types, which are essentially species. Grouping these types into 6 easily distinguished classes, their relative frequency can be thus stated : " Five to 10 per cent spore-producing liquefiers, large rods (e. g.. Bacillus subtilis and B. mycoides) ; 5 to 10 per cent nonspore-producing, rapid liquefiers, small rods with polar flagella (e. g., Pseudomonas fluorescens) ; 40 to 70 per cent nonspore-producing, slow liquefiers, short rods, immotile (except one with polar flagella), growing very poorly in ordinary laboratory media; about 10 per 720 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. cent nonspore-producing, nonliquefiers, short rods, immotile or with polar flagella ; trace, Micrococci, like the last group physiologically ; 15 to 45 per ceut Actinomycetes. " Of these 6 groups all are strict aerobes except a few iu group 1 ; almost without exception none produce gas from sugars; while acid production, although common, is always very weak. " Each group comprises about 7 or 8 types, except the last two, in which there are l)ut 1 or 2 types." In later investigations 40 more cultures were isolated from 4 different kinds of soil fi'om other places in New York. " With few exceptions these cultures seem to be the same kinds as those previously studied, although the relative frequency of the types is different." The need of the development of a technique to determine the relative abun- dance of different kinds of soil organisms is pointed out. Regarding' humus acids, B. Tacke, H. Suchting, et al. (Landw. Jahrb., J/l {1911), Xo. 5, pp. 717-75-'f). — The results of experiments to test the accuracy of the conclusion reached by A. Baumann and E. Gully from their investiga- tions (E. S. R., 23, p, 715), namely, that there are no free humus acids, are reported in detail, and include studies on the amount of acids liberated by peat moss as compared with that liberated by starch, cellulose, and stearic acid from tricalcium phosphate (1.5 and. 10 per cent solutions), sodium ace- tate, barium acetate, and calcium oxalate under varying temperatures; the absorption by peat moss, as compared with starch and gelatin, of alumina and iron from their respective chlorids, and of iron from ferric hydroxid ; the electric conductivity of peat moss extracts as compared with that of different organic acids and of solutions of potassium chlorid; the acidity of leached and unleached plant substances; the blue coloration of a mixture of potassium iodid and iodate, and starch paste by different acids and acid-containing sub- stances ; the inversion of saccharose by humus extract ; and the liberation of hydrogen from a mixture of iron and. humus extract. It was found that the amount of phosphoric acid liberated from the tri- calcium phosphate by peat moss increased with the proportion of peat moss used, the amount of water remaining constant. With given amounts of peat moss more phosphoric acid was rendered soluble when larger amounts of tricalcium phosphate were used. Changes in the surface area of the soil colloids by drying produced no change in the solubility of the phosphoric acid. The colloidal character of the peat moss had no noticeable effect on the reac- tion with tricalcium phosphate. Starch as a neutral colloid, did not render soluble any phosphoric acid from tricalcium phosphate. Starch and cellulose, as neutral colloids, liberated no noteworthy amounts of acetic acid or mineral acid from the salts of the alkalis or alkaline earths. Peat moss, on the other hand, liberated considerable amounts of acetic acid from the acetates and small amounts of oxalic acid from calcium oxalate. No effect of the colloidal character of the peat moss was noticeable in the reactions of these salts. Peat moss decomposed solutions of iron chlorid, decreasing the concentra- tion to such an extent that nearly all the iron was precipitated from a 0.001- normal solution. Peat moss adsorbed the iron from a solution of colloidal ferric hydroxid, decreasing the concentration so that all the iron was adsorbed from a 0.01-normal solution. Heating greatly decreased the adsorption of iron from ferric hydroxid. Gelatin and starch adsorbed very small and, as compared with peat moss, substantially smaller amounts of iron from dilute solutions of ferric chlorid. Gelatin adsoi-bed very much smaller amounts of iron from ferric hydroxid solutions than peat moss and adsorbed no iron from a SOILS FERTILIZERS. 721 0.5-normal solution but did adsorb water. The adsorption of iron by peat moss was accompanied, by an evolution of hydrogen suggesting a possible chemical reaction. Neutralizing the soil acids with calcium carbonate checked the evolution of .hydrogen almost completely. There was no definite relation between the extent of evolution of hydrogen and the adsoii^tion of iron from ferric chlorid and colloidal ferric hydroxid. The colloidal character of the peat moss had no effect on the evolution of hydrogen. The electrical conductivity was not a reliable indication of the absence of humus acids in the soil. It was found that other organic acids which are difficult to dissolve in water also showed a low electrical conductivity. Neutral colloids like starch did not give the blue coloration of a mixture of potassium salts of iodin, and starch paste. Only acids or acid containing substances, such as Sphagnum acutifolium, Hylocoirvium schreberi, Cladonia rangiferina, stems of TrifoUum liyhridum, stearic acids, humus acids, and peat moss, gave this reaction. Leaching the adsorbed bases of plants which contain colloidal substances did not affect the acidity. Peat moss inverted 96 per cent of saccharose invertible by hydrochloric acid. The authors assert, on the basis of the foregoing investigations, that the position taken by Baumann and Gully is untenable. Investigations on nitrogen transformation in different soils, H. Fisciieb ET AL. {Landw. Jahrb., l/l {1911), No. 5, pp. 155-822). — The investigations here reported consisted of a series of pot experiments with different soils to deter- mine the rate of ammonification, nitrification, and denitrification in added ammonium sulphate, dried blood, and sodium nitrate, using, respectively, 2.9537 gm., 4.65 gm., and 3.7S16 gm. per 2,837 gm. of soil with and without applica- tions of lime, humus extract, and gi'ape sugar. The soils used were a loamy sand and a light sand in one series of experiments, and a light loamy sand which had been used in a 3-year fertilizer test with sodium nitrate and am- monium sulphate. There was a larger and more rapid nitrification of ammonium sulphate in the heavy soils than in the very light, sandy soils. Applications of lime increased nitrification — the heavy applications (1 per cent) more so than the light ones (0.3 per cent). The theoretical amount of lime (200 gm. of CaCOs) required for the nitrification of ammonium sulphate (132.7 gm.) was not sufficient for complete nitrification, but about three and one-half times the theoretical amount was required. Ammonification of dried blood was more intense in light than in heavy soils. Ammonification did not check nitrification in the least but rather stimulated it in soils which nitrified ammonium sulphate only very slightly or not at all. In the heavier soils there was besides nitrification a noteworthy fixation of nitrogen ; this was not noted in light soils. The application of dried blood stimulated nitrification irrespective of previous stimulation from appli- cations of lime. There was a small but distinct variation in the bacterial activity of the soils taken from the unfertilized, the ammonium sulphate, and the sodium nitrate plats of the 3-year fertilizer test. Peat extract and grape sugar stimulated nitrification. In light sandy soils receiving applications of dried blood the loss of nitrogen by denitrification was greatest, being 7.29 per cent for a period of 11 weeks. In the heavy, loamy sands there was very little denitrification. The soils which nitrified poorly suffered the greatest loss of nitrogen. There was no denitrification with medium applications of sodium nitrate. Loss of nitrogen due to volatilization of ammonia occurred not only with applications of quicklime but with the unbumed ground marl as well. The lime in the soil seemed to have much less effect in this respect than even very small amounts of added lime. Organic substances checked ammonilica- 722 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. tion and nitrification to a marked extent. lioss of nitrogen by volatilization of ammonia increased with the amonnt of sand in the soil. A comparison of the results of pot experiments with those obtained by Ilemy's water-culture method showed that the bacterial characteristic of a soil was brought out more clearly and naturally in experiments with soils than with culture solutions, but even with soils the results were reliable only when fre- quent determinations were made of the different forms of nitrogen. A bibliography of the literature on the subject is added. Why do some soils nitrify organic nitrogenous substances and the am- monium salts of organic acids faster than they do ammonium sulphate or ammonium chlorid? J. C. Temple (/16s. in Science, n. sci\, 35 (1912), No. 893, pp. 227, 228).— "Of 26 Georgia soils tested for nitrification, 24 were found to nitrify tankage more readily than ammonium sulphate. In some cases the amount of nitrate recovered from tankage was 10 times that recovered when ammonium sulphate was the source of nitrogen. Tankage, cotton-seed meal, cowpea vines, gelatin, peptone, asparagin, urea, ammonium citrate, ammonium oxalate, ammonium tartrate, ammonium bicarbonate, and ammonium hydrate were nitrified faster than ammonium sulphate or chlorid. This condition was not due to the nature of the nitrifying organism in the soil, as the same thing held true when the nitrifying organisms were supplied as pure cultures, obtained from a number of sources. When calcium carbonate was added to the soil, ammonium sulphate was nitrified as well as any of the other substances. "The explanation offered for this condition was that these soils (all of the Cecil group) were acid, and that the soil organisms decomposed the substances of organic origin in a way that more ammonia than acid was produced, thus correcting the acidity and bringing about a condition favorable for the growth of the nitrifying organisms. When ammonium sulphate or ammonium chlorid was added to the soil there was no chance for a similar decomposition and the soils remained acid." The awakening of the soil, A. Muntz and H. Gaudechon {Conipt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 154 (1912), No. J,, pp. 163-168, fig. 1; ahs. in Rev. Sci. [Paris], 50 (.1912), I, No. 5, p. 156). — From a study of nitrification, which is considered the most pronounced and characteristic bacterial action of soils, the authors trace a relation of cause and effect which they designate as the awakening of the soil. That is, there is a maximum action and activity in the multipli- cation and function of micro-organisms in the soil at the time of the spring awakening between March 28 and April 25 in the climate of Paris. After a period of maximum intensity of nitrification there succeetls a pronounced slack- ening of activity which continues for a certain length of time, and if there is a further increase in nitrification it is never as great as at the period of maximum activity. The gain in nitrogen during a five-year pot experiment with different legumes, B. L. Habtwell and F. R. Pember (Rhode Island Sta. Bui. Up', pp. 3-l.'f, pis. 2). — "This bulletin contains the details of a 5-year experiment in pots 12 in. in diameter, to ascertain the amount of nitrogen secured from the air, whether through the influence of nodule bacteria or of other micro- organisms, during the growth of legumes in a light gravelly soil, without the addition of nitrogenous manure but with optimum amounts of other manures. "Vetch was grown in all the pots each winter in the greenhouse and was mixed with the soil at blossoming time. This was followed separately each summer by cowpea, soy bean, white-podded adzuki bean, and crimson clover. The summer legumes, exclusive of the roots, were usually removed from the soil and the nitrogen content determined. Preparatory to growing the vetch, the pots were usually transferred to the winter greenhouse." feOILS FERTILIZERS. 723 The results with crimson clover and vetch were vitiated by injury by nema- todes, which also injured adzuki beans to some extent but caused no damage lo cowpeas and soy beans. It was found that the approximate gain in nitrogen during 5 years with cowpeas and soy beans and with vetch, which was grown alternately with each, " was a ton of nitrogen per acre, about seven-tenths of which was contained in the 25 tons of moisture-free summer crops remo^■ed, and the remainder in the soil itself. " These quantities should be considered with reference to the following facts, namely, the soil in the pots was 10 in. deep, somewhat deeper than the surface soil in many localities; the winter vetch was grown in a heated greenhouse; and, furthermore, sufficient water was given to supply all the needs of the plants." Nitrates in soils, F. L. Stevens (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 893, p. 227). — Results of investigations are cited as throwing doubt upon the usual assumption that nitrates are the chief source of nitrogen for green plants, and the need of bacterially and chemically controlled tests under natural con- ditions to determine what forms of nitrogen are most readily available to the leading crop plants is pointed out. Nitrification and denitriflcation are dis- cussed. " In particular, question was raised as to the influence of organic mat- ter mixed with nitrates in fertilizers (a common practice) upon loss by denitri- flcation. Stress was laid upon the need of conducting tests in soils, not in solutions." Azotogen, nitrag'in, and natural soil inoculation, H. von Feilitzen (Centbl. Bald, [etc.], 2. Aht., 32 (1912), No. 13-19, pp. 7,i9-//.5i).— This is a reply to criticisms by A. Koch of the author's work on this subject. A contribution to the knowledge regarding Loew's lime-magnesium ratio, R. Stewart (Jour. Indus, and Engim. Chem., 3 ^1911), No. 6, pp. 376-378; abs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 30 (1911), No. 13, p. 821). — An examination of the soil of one of the Utah Experiment Station farms showed from 30 to 41 per cent of calcium carbonate and from 11 to 20 per cent of magnesium carbonate to a depth of 8 ft. This soil has been cropped for 40 years without manure as far as the records show. The results " show quite clearly that the high percentage of magnesia has no loxic action on the gi'owth of the plants. It is evident that the magnesia does not have any toxic action on plant growth for one of two reasons: First, the ratio of magnesia to lime, which falls within the ratio (1:3), as recently sug- gested by Loew, is favorable to plant growth, or, secondly, the calcium and magnesium are present in the form of a double salt such as CaMg (063)2, and therefore magnesium carbonate, as such, exists in this soil only in small amounts. It seems possible that such a double salt would have a different action on plant growth than would either the magnesium carbonate or calcium carbonate alone," and this suggests the advantage of using magnesian lime- stone for correcting soil acidity. Green manuring or bioculture, C. Lumia (Atti R. Accad. Lvncei, Rend. CI. Sci. Fis., Mat. e Nat., 5. ser., 21 (1912), I, No. 2, pp. U0-U5).— The use and (advantages of systems of soil improvement by means of leguminous green manures and mineral fertilizers, as first proposed by Ville and called by him sideration are discussed. The influence of bacteria on the soluble phosphorus of manures, W. E. ToTTiNQHAM (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 897, pp. 390, 391).— An abstract of a paper presented at the "Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 3911. 42049°— No. 8—12 3 724 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. It is stated that in a " study of reactions between farm manure and reen- forcins substances, such as feldspar, rock phosphate, and peat, investigation of fermenting manures has shown in all cases decrease of water-soluble phos- phorus. Fermenting mixtures of manure and rock phosphate have shown greater decreases than manure alone. A typical experiment with mixed cow and horse manure fermented G months without and with rock phosphate (25 lbs. fresh manure and i lb. rock jihosiihate) involved 10.45 gm. soluble phos- phorus in the manure and 18.49 gm. in the phosphate mixture at the start. The water-soluble phosphorus of the manure decreased from 86.7 per cent to 65.6 per cent of the total, a decrease of 24.3 per cent of the original water- soluble phosphorus. The sample with phosphate gave a decrease from 34.3 per cent to 14.7 per cent of the total phosphorus, a loss of 57 per cent of the water-soluble phosphorus. Common solvents for inorganic phosphates, such as carbonatcxl water, ammonium citrate solution, and fifth-normal nitric acid recovered the depressed phosphorus only partially. " Two and one-half months' standing with and without antiseptics produced the following changes of water-soluble phosphorus in manure-rock-phosphate mixture : Normal fermentation, decrease from 33.26 to 17.64 per cent of total ; saturated with chloroform, decrease from 32.61 to 28.11 per cent; saturated with formaldehyde, decrease from 29.36 to 26.85 per cent. The losses amounted to 47, 13.8, and 8.5 per cent, respectively, of the water-soluble phosphorus. The results seemed to indicate that the losses observed were not due primarily to ' reversion ' of inorganic phosphates, but chiefly to bacterial activity. " Manure bacteria grown on media prepared from extract of fresh manure- rock-phosphate mixture reduced the soluble phosphorus of the media 23.8 to 63.6 per cent. Fresh intact bacterial cells of specific organisms and manure flora contained 34 to 53 per cent of their phosphorus in water-soluble form. Drying in vacuo at room temperatures did not alter the solubility of the phos- phorus appreciably. The residual phosphorus was partly recovered from crushed cells by water and did not appear especially resistant to 0.2 per cent acid or alkali solvents. These results aiipear to point conclusively to bacteria as the chief cause of loss of soluble phosphorus in fermenting manures. " Further work is in progress with acid phosphate and involving also the roles of soil organisms and the plant in rendering phosphorus of manure bacteria available to crops." The sprinkling of manure, M. Ringelmann {Jour. Agr. Prat., n. scr., 23 {1912), No. 6, pp. 179-182, figs. -//). — Various methods and devices for sprinkling manure to prevent harmful fermentation are described. Fertilizer chemistry: A report of progress, P. Rudnick {Ahs. in Science, n. scr., 35 {1912), No. 898, pp. J,25, ^26).— This is an abstract of a paper read at the Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911, in which some of the more important developments in the fertilizer industry are re- viewed, including the increase in consumption of commercial fertilizers, advance in cost of materials supplying nitrogen, growth in the demand for nitrogenous materials of higher availability, the proposal to use raw rock phosphate in place of superphosphate, the effect of the German potash controversy in stimulating the search for new sources of commercial potash in the United States, and the need of a comprehensive and scientifically accurate theory of fertilizers. The rational use of commercial fertilizers, A. M. Soxjle {Bui. Univ. Ga., 1911. No. 172, pp. 2!i, figs. 8). — The general principles underlying the use of fer- tilizers are discussed with especial reference to their employment in a perma- nent system of agriculture adapted to Georgia conditions. It is stated " that when used with any degree of skill, fertilizers are a profit- able investment " for Georgia farmers, but it must be borne in mind in using SOILS FERTILIZERS. 725 fertilizers " that a number of agencies are concerned in crop production, and that in order to secure the best results and develop a permanent system of agriculture all these factors must be taken into consideration." Fertilizer economics, H. G. Bell (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. S9S, p. .J~'7). — This is an abstract of a paper presented at the Washington meet- ing of the American Chemical Society in 1911, dealing with the economic im- portance of the rational use of fertilizers. The American fertilizer handbook, 1911 (Philadelphia, 1911, pp. 296, figs. IS). — In addition to the usual fertilizer manufacturers', cotton-seed oil mill, allied fertilizer trades, and foreign directories, this handbook contains the fol- lowing special articles: The Florida Phosphate Deposits, by E. H. Sellards; The Three Essential Elements of Plant Food, by W. H. Bowker ; Florida Phosphate Rock Shipments, 1909-10; Phosphate Rock Statistics; The Value of Ccmimercial Fertilizers, by J. D. Toll; Sulphuric Acid Tables; Fertilizer Materials (annual review of the New York market) ; Chicago Ammoniate Market, by A. L. Sardy; Inorganic Nitrogenous Plant Foods, by F. J. Machalske ; and Average Yields of Farm Crops. Report of cooperative fertilizer and variety tests, 1911, O. H. Laesen (Ber. Landhofor. Virks. PJanlcarl. ier cent in one example reported). Soot in flues from ordinary fireplaces burning coal was found to be comparatively rich in nitrogen (from 2.33 to 6.89 per cent), but in this case also the nitrogen con- tent increased with the height in the chimney. The point especially emphasized is the very great variability in composition and fertilizing value of soot. "As a general rule, the lighter, the more springy and the bulkier the soot, the higher its nitrogen content, and the greater its value as a fertilizer will be." Estimates are given of the amount of soot in the air of Leeds and the imme- diate surrounding country, and the harmful efi:ect of air so contaminated upon plant growth is discussed. Inspection of commercial fertilizers, H. D. Haskins kt al. (Massachusetts »S7«. Bui. l.'fO, pp. 86). — "This bulletin gives a detailed report of the fertilizer inspection for 1911. It gives the full text of the new fertilizer law recently enacted, states the number of fertilizers inspected, gives trade values of ferti- lizer ingredients, provides a summary showing average composition of unmixetl fertilizing material as well as pound cost of each element of plant food fur- nished. Special attention is called to commercial shortages existing in both unmixed fertilizing materials and mixed goods. Particular emphasis is laid upon the economy of purchasing only high-grade fertilizers. A summary table shows the general standing of each manufacturer's brands. A discussion is made of the quality of plant food found present in the mixed goods, particu- larly with reference to the activity of the organic nitrogen. Tables of analyses give the detailed composition of all fertilizers sold in the State." Inspection and analyses of commercial fertilizers on sale in the State, W. F. Hand et al. (Mississippi Sta. Cire. 33, pp. 53; Bui. 150, j}p. 5-Z ) .—Analyses and valuations of fertilizers insi^ected during the season of 1910-11 are reported and discussed. Tabulated analyses of commercial fertilizers, W. Fbear (Perm. Dept. Agr. Bui. 212, 1911, pp. 111). — This bulletin gives the results of fertilizer inspection, including analyses and valuations, in Pennsylvania from January 1 to August 1, 1911. 728 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Inspection and analyses of cotton-seed meal on sale in Mississippi, W. F. Hand kt al. (Mississippi Sta. Buls. L',8, pp. 35; lot, pp. 29). — These bulletins give the results of analyses and valuations of samples of cotton-seed meal iusi)eoted during the season of 1910-11. Fertilizer trade in Spain, li. Fkazer, Jr.. and E. J. Norton {Daily Cons. and. Trade Rpts. [U. 8.}, 15 (1912), No. J,8, pp. 8^0, 8-',l).— It is stated that the use of fertilizers, especially pf)tash fertilizers, is rapidly iucreashig in Spain, the imports of fertilizing materials through the port of Valencia having a value of .^r>,000,000 in 1909 to $0,000,000 in 1910. No fertilizing materials are imported directly from the United States. Eeferring to the efforts to exploit calafatite (alunite) deposits near Almeria, it is reported that the ore was found to be of low grade (2 per cent) and the deposits of little or no commercial importance. AGRICULTTJEAL BOTANY. An elementary inquiry as to the origin of species, R. H. Firth (Jour. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 16 (1911), No. 5, pp. J/Dl-SOJi). — The author places on record the results of several years' observations on a number of strains of Epilobium. Some of them vary quite "decidedly from the parent species, E. hirsutum, and reproduce by seeds true to the strain. The author also records observations on a number of pedigreed strains of CEnothera and Epilobium to test the effect of environment, nutrition, and external disturbing agencies on their development. The plants were watered with solutions containing various mineral constituents. In one instance aber- rant forms were observed. This was in the case of E. parviflorum watered with potassium nitrate. The plant produced in this aberrant form did not conform to any variety of the type, and it had been perpetuated through the second generation. Other experiments were conducted in which injections of various solutions were made into the ovaries containing unfertilized ovules, but in most cases the ovules were killed. In plants of E. roseum injected with a solution of common salt and ammonium carbonate a number of aberrant forms quite unlike the common type were obtained. The author draws the conclusion from his observations that new species may result not only by hybridization but by mutations, the majority of cases being probably through hybridization. The root habits of desert plants, W. A. Cannon (Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 131, 1911, pp. 96, pis. 23, figs. 17). — A study has been made on the influence of environment, including moisture in the soil and temperature of the soil, on root development, the observations being made on Tumamoc Hill, the flood plain of the Santa Cruz River, and on the sloping mesa or bajada near Tucson, Ariz. It was found that the roots of most annuals do not penetrate the soil deeper than 20 cm. The largest development of lateral roots from annuals takes place fi'om 4 to 5 cm. from the surface of the ground. The root systems of summer annuals, which are distinct from winter annuals, are especially well developed, and this characteristic is due to the great luxuriance of roots of the summer forms, owing to the favorable vegetative conditions of the season. Perennial plants were found to have 3 types of roots, the generalized type, with the tap root and laterals well developed, and 2 sijecialized forms, one of which has a prominent tap root, and the other prominent laterals. The most shallow rooted perennials observed were Opuntia arhasciila and Echinocactus icislizeni, the roots of which are frequently not more than 2 cm. below the surface. AGRICULTUBAL BOTANY. 729 Most cacti are found to have two divisions of tlie root system, an anclioring and an absorbing system. In some cases flesliiness is developed, and in tlie roots of opuntias tliis is a condition resulting directly from an abundant supply of water. A sunllnr phenomenon was observitl in BiodUea cdpihita. Perennials with the generalized type of root system were found to have the widest local distribution, while those with a pronounced development of the tap root are limited in their distribution. The anatomy and some biological aspects of the ball moss, Willie I. BiRGE {Bid. Univ. Texas, Sci. 8cr. No. 20, 1911, pp. 2'/, pis. 10). — A study was made of the ball moss (Tillandsia recurvata) to determine some of its biological aspects. From the anatomical as well as the morphological structure of the plant it is claimed that it is epiphytic rather than parasitic. The holdfasts do not pene- trate beyond the dead cortex of the bark, and there is a lack of organs for the absorption and conduction of food, making it impossible for the plant to get its nourishment through the roots, which mei'ely attach it to its substratum. An inquiry was made regarding the effect of this plant on the trees bearing it, the common belief being that it often destroys trees by too much shading. It appears that possibly some buds are smothered by the dense growth of the moss on the young branches. Experiments in spraying with a 10 per cent solution of kerosene were conducted, with the result that all the younger plants were killed by the spraying. A somewhat stronger solution should be used for the older plants. Investigations on the respiration of plants, W. Zaleski and A. Reinhard (Biochem Ztschr., 35 {1911), Xo. 5-//, pp. 228-^J,5 ; ahs. in. Jovr. Chem. Soo. [London], 100 {1911), No. 589, II, p. 1021).— Seeds, seedlings, and etiolated leaves of peas, lupines, wheat, beans, and cucurbits, leaves of a begonia, and buds of Populus sp. were ground in a mortar and the effect of the destruction of their cells on respiration was determined. In some cases the respiration, as measured by the carbon dioxid output when compared with that of living material, was increased after grinding, while in others it was diminished. When sugar solutions fermented with zymin were added to cultures containing pulverized wheat and pea seedlings, or where yeast extract was employed, respiration was considerably accelerated. Quinin had no effect on the respiration of pulverized or germinating pea seed. The influence of the partial suppression of the reserve material in seed on the development of the plant, Delassus {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 {1911), No. 26, pp. Ili91f-l/i97). — Experiments are reported on beans, vetches, and lupines in which portions of the reserve material were removed. Tlie seeds were soaked in water for 24 hours, and from seed of different lots one-half of a cotyledon, an entire cotyledon, and one and one-half cotyledons were removed, after M'hich the seeds were planted in open soil. The germination, growth, number and size of leaves, fresh and dry weight of plants, and period of flower- ing and fruiting of the different lots were noted. In general it was found that the injury retarded the development of the plants through the different stages of growth, and that the influence was almost in direct proportion to the extent of the mutilation. An interesting observation was also made, that the weaker vetch plants which were grown from mutilated seeds were much more injured by fungus attack than were the plants from uninjured seed. On protein formation in ripening seeds, E. Schulze {Hoppe-Seuler's ZtscJir. Physiol. Chem., 11 {1911), No. 1, pp. 31-Ji8). — This is a continuation of work done by the author in connection with E. Winterstein (E. S. R., 24, p. 531) and 730 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. contains, besides a brief notice of other contributions, a summary of the progress made by bim to date, in substance as follows : Without expecting to arrive at an immediate explanation of the progress of protein synthesis in plants, the investigator aimed at the collection of more ob- servation material upon which possibly to base a theory of such process. In the first comnninication on this subject attention was called to the fact that for answering the question as to which nitrogen compounds serve chiefly in ripen- ing seed as material for protein synthesis, the conclusions reached by investiga- tions of such seed are in themselves of no great importance. It is reasonably certain that for this rapidly advancing process many nitrogen compounds move rapidly from elsewhere in the plant, while others move slowly or not at all, so that the rest of such compounds which are found in unripe seeds along with the protein may vary widely from the mass of nitrogen comiX)unds which go to these seeds out of other parts of the plant. This mass was investigated, and it is claimed that information was gained not only on the seed hulls as receptacles for reserve materials, but also on leaves and stems as such receptacles in the case of young legumes. It appears that of these, asparagin is present in quan- tities greater than that of any other nonproteid nitrogen compound. The unripe seeds contain amids in very small amounts only. Seeds of Phaseoliis vulgaris tested for asparagin gave negative results. This is in keeping with the view that in the ripening seeds asparagin is employed in pi'otein building. This amid probably finds like employment in the young leaves. Doubtless in the case of the legumes the mixture of nonproteid nitrogen com- pounds that travel toward the ripening seeds have a great similarity with that which goes to the young leaves of the rest of the plant. This points to the con- clusion that in the ripening seed the protein synthesis goes on much as in the young leaves, but the manner of this process is unknown at present. In unripe legume seeds there are found along with proteins small quantities of asparagin, monoamiuo acids, arginin, histidiu, etc. This is easily explainable, for it may be accepted that the building of protein out of nitrogenous material from the hulls as well as from leaves and stems requires a certain time, and is complete only with the full ripening of the seeds. If unripe seeds were ex- amined at any stage tliere would be found along with proteins other uiti'ogen compounds. By comparing these with the mass of nonproteid nitrogen com- pounds going to the seeds, it was found that only in unripe seed hulls, not in the vmripe seeds, was tryptophan to be found. This is comprehensible on the view that the tryptophan is transferred from the hulls into the ripening seeds, there to be employed in protein synthesis, and in consequence is not present in appreci- able quantities. On the other hand, it was found that the unripe seeds contain some glutamin, while this amid was not yet to be found in the seed hulls nor in the leaves and stems. This may be explainable on the supposition tliat minute quantities of glutamin, along with asparagin, migrate toward the ripening seeds to the end of protein synthesis, and that being more slowly changed than asparagin the glutamin accumulates there in sufficient quantities to respond to test. That one can in like manner account for the great difference as regards arginin con- tent which shows itself between the unripe seeds and the rest of the plant must be considered questionable. It seems that one must here also think of a synthetic manufacture of arginin in the ripening seeds. The author claims that the question left open by A. Emmerling as to which particular materials migrate to the ripening seed from the rest of the plant may be partially answered, since in the case of the legumes not only out of the reserve-holding seed hulls but also out of the leaves and stems a number of AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 731 nonproteid compounds have been isolated. Along with these are doubtless others not yet identified. The influence of oxygen upon the alcoholic fermentation in peas, L. IWANOFF (Bcr. Dent. Bot. Gcsell, 29 {1911), No. 9, pp. 622-629).— This is a study of the behavior of oxygen in connection with the evolution of carbon dioxid in the case of peas, both living and when dried and pulverized, and under conditions of its aerobic and anaerobic separation. It was found that not only in air but also in a vacuum after exijosure to air for a time the amount of carbon dioxid was increased. Such increase also followed the reduction of the dried peas to powder in air, a result ascribed to expansion of the absorbing surface. Evolution of carbon dioxid under anaerobic conditions after exposure to air was ascribed to the oxidation of incompletely oxidized products of the anaerobic destruction of the fermenting body. The nutrition of green plants with formaldehyde and formaldehyde-, yielding substances, T. Bokorny (Biochem. Ztschr., 36 {1911), No. 2-4, pp. 83-97; al)S. in Jour. Chem. 8oc. [London], 100 {1911), No. 589, II, pp. 1021, 1022). — The author shows in experiments with spirogj-ra, cress, celery, parsley, and other plants that free formaldehyde in too concentrated solution is injurious to plants. When sufficiently diluted, and especially in water cultures to which monopotassium phosphate, calcium nitrate, and magnesium sulphate were added, spirogyra was able to synthesize starch. The effect of some formaldehyde-yielding substances was investigated, and with methylal starch formation took place in algte only when placed in the light. Algfe were found able to synthesize starch from a sodium bisulphite compound of formaldehyde, the light again playing an important role. The results with flowering plants were less conclusive. Methyl alcohol in 0.5 to 1 per cent solution was found to stimulate the germination and growth of peas. On the influence of camphor, thymol, and menthol upon growing hya- cinths and tulips, F. Kryz {Ztschr. Pflanzenkrank., 21 {1911), No. .'t, pp. 199-201. figs. 2).- — In view of the well-known stimulating effect exerted by the vapors of ether and other anesthetics upon certain plants the author instituted experiments to ascertain the effect of camphor, thymol, and menthol fumes upon hyacinths and tulips in the stage of rapid development when just ready to flower. The first series related to the influence of the vapors on the plants through the parts above ground. The second tested the effects of the fumes acting upon the underground parts. In the first series the plants kept for 10 hours daily under bell jars filled with the vapors showed generally at first some acceleration of growth with slight yellowing, soon followed by lowering of turgor and wilting, with increas- ing transpiration associated with apparent loosening of structure. This showed earliest and most markedly in the upper younger parts of the leaves and un- opened flowers, their growth being quickly checked and remaining backward or stationary. The tulips appeared to be the most easily influenced by the vapors. In the second series the finely comminuted volatile bodies were intimately mixed with the soil in which the plants were set. Little change was notice- able at first, but after 10 or 12 days a progressive wilting set in and growth was retarded or stopped. The roots appeared abnormal and the plants seemed to be deficient In acids. Menthol gave the greatest retarding effect upon growth, but all showed the injurious effect of the unfavorable medium after the first brief period of slight stimulation had passed. 732 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. FIELD CROPS. The experimental error of field trials, W. B. Mekceb and A. D. Hall {Jour. Affi: ScL, .'/ {1911), Xo. 2, pp. 107-l.i2, jiys. 10). — The authors discuss two methods of reducing experimental error, (1) by repetition over a number of years, and (2) by multiplying a number of plats on a given field. Tables state the relative location and yields secured from 20<) plats of mangels and 500 plats of wheat. In connection with the mangels, tables state the varying weight of rows of plats, the relation between the weights of roots and leaves, and the standard deviation with different numbers of competent units. In connection with the wheat yields, tables state the relation between grain and straw, vary- ing weight of rows, influence of ix)sition on land, and the standard deviation in one-fifth acre plats composed of different numbers of units. In view of the data presented the authors draw the following general con- clusions : " In all field trials, however uniform the land and careful the management of the experiment, there will be an exiDerimental error attached to the result, due to so many incalculable factors that it may be described as casual. The error diminishes with the size of the plat, but the reduction is small when the plat grows above one-fortieth of an acre. The error may be best diminished by increasing the number of plats similarly treated and scattering them about the area under experiment, but there is not much to be gained by increasing the number of plats above five. " For practical purposes the authors recommend that in any field experiment each unit of comparison (variety, method of manuring, etc., according to the subject of the experiment) should be given 5 plats of one-fortieth of an acre each, systematically distributed within the experimental area." On land at all suitable, this will reduce the experimental error to within 2 per cent of the result, but will not eliminate the unequal effects of different seasons upon the varieties or the action of fertilizers. An appendix by "Student" outlines a plan w^hereby "the experimental error may be still further reduced when only a single comparison is desired, as for example between 2 varieties or 2 methods of manuring, by taking advantage of the correlation which exists between adjacent areas." Field trials and their interpretation, A. D. Hall and E. J. Eussell {Jour. BJ. Agr. [London'], Sup. 7, 1911, Nov., pp. 5-11,, figs. ,?).— The authors dis- cuss the probability, causes, and magnitude of the experimental error in field trials. They arrange the sources of variation in two groups, (1) those which decrease as the size of the plat decreases, such as soil variation and conditions of growth, and (2) those which Increase as the size of the plat decreases, such as individual variations and the incidence of disease. Differences are least in the first grouji when plats are narrow and lie side by side. On the Broadbalk field at Rothamsted such plats similaiiy treated differ by from 5 to 7 per cent as compared with differences of from 7 to 12 per cent in the case of plats placed end to end. A table states the probable error for simple and scattered unit plats of various sizes. In the case of simple one-fiftieth acre plats, for instance, the probable error is 4.2 per cent as compared with 2.4 per cent when made up of 5 scattered units. One-fifth acre plats made up of 5 scattered one-twenty-flfth acre plats have a probable eri-or of 1.3 per cent as compared with 1.1 per cent when made up of 10 one-fiftieth acre plats, 1.7 per cent when made up of 2 one-tenth acre plats, and 3.1 per cent as simple plats. The interpretation of experimental results, T. B. Wood {Jour. Bd. Agr. {London], Sup. 7, I'Jll, Nov., pp. 15-37, figs. 2). — These pages contain the sub- FIELD CROPS, Y33 stance of an earlier contribution by tlie author In collaboration with A. B. Bruce and F. J. M. Strattou, previously noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 633). A table of odds has been added and its use is explained. Methods of farming- in older settled districts (Ann. Rpt. Dept. Agr. Sas- katcheican, 6 (1910), pp. S5-90). — The author summarizes the answers received from the older settled districts of Saskatchewan to inquiries sent out to deter- mine the average size of farms and changes in agriculture, resulting princi- pally from the fact that the soil has been under cultivation for a considerable period. Of those replying, 22 per cent farm a section, 23 per cent three-fourths of a section, and 33 per cent half a section of land. Seventy per cent state that they secure as good wheat yields as when they began farming in this prov- ince. Twelve per cent report increased yields, while 15 per cent report de- creased yields which some attribute to variable seasons. Practically all state that better cultivation is now necessary in order to maintain the high yields. Ninety per cent state that the land is now easier to plow, but 40 per cent complain of the soil " blowing." Packing is reported to have obviated this difficulty in a number of cases. Weeds have caused changes in farming methods in 58 per cent of the cases, but the use of crop rotation is still in the experimental stage and no definite percentage of farmers reporting it is stated. One third are experimenting in the growing of grasses and alfalfa, while 67 per cent have done nothing in the way of growing leguminous crops. Variety tests during- 1910, O. Leiimermann and P. Liebau (Landic. JaJvb., ffl (1911), Xo. S-Jf, pp. 3S9--'ilo). — These pages present in tabular form the results of tests of varieties of winter i-ye, winter wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, oats, sugar and other beets, red clover, alfalfa, and corn. In connec- tion with most of the crops the date and rate of sowing, date of harvesting, the method of fertilization, and the crop which occupied the land during the preceding year are stated. These tests were conducted on the experiment fields of the Royal Agricul- tural High School at Dahlem. Eaiiier variety tests by the same authors have already been noted (E. S. R.. 24, pp. 731, 732). [Experiments with fi.eld crops], F. Watts et al. (Rpts. Bot. Sta. [etc.] Antigua, 1910-11, pp. 8-31). — Meteorological data are followed by notes on the cotton industry and numei'ous lines of experimental work taken up by the station during 1910-11. Tables state in full results obtained in tests of cassava varieties during 4 and 6 year periods, and of sweet potato, yam, cot- ton, eddoe, tania, and broom corn varieties during briefer periods. Notes are also given on an experiment for the control of the root disease of corn. [Corn, sugar cane, rice, and cotton experiments], F. A. Stockdale (Rpt. Bot. Ganl. Brit. Guiana, 1910-11, pp. ll-l'i). — These pages give brief progress reports of work with corn and sugar cane and of hybridization experiments with rice and cotton. Winter cereal report for 1910: State farm, Rome, Bungeworgorai (Queens- land Agr. Jour., 26 (1911), Nos. 2, pp. 5S-62; 3, pp. 11 1-llS).— This article reports the results of variety and fertilizer tests, hybridization work, and miscellaneous sowings of cereals. Infl.uence of low temperature and of the snow covering on the winter- ing- of cereals, A. Stebut (ViestnJk Russ. Selsk. Ehoz., 1910, Nos. 38, 39; abs. in Zhnr. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 1, pp. 13.'i, 135). — After a comparative study of the yields and meteorological data for a series of years, the author concludes that cold winters are followed by wheat yields somewhat below the average and rye yields somewhat higher 734 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. than the average. Rye yields below the average and wheat yields above fol- lowed warm winters. An abundance of snow was followed by somewhat lower yields of rye and considerably lower yields of wheat than the average. Every winter with little snow the contrary was the case for both rye and wheat. Severe cold :iud lack of snow during the first half of the winter did not cause winterliilling, but the coldest March weather (1905) was followed by the lowest wheat yield. The 8-year average wheat yields on sheltered fields was less than two-thirds as great as the 6-year average on open fields. Laying' down land to grass on the Clifton Park system, J. Hunter (Irish Farming World, 24 (1911), Nos. 1242, p. 1265; j). 1243, pp. 1288, 1289; 25 (1912), Nos. 1244, P' 13; 1245, p. 36; 1246, p. 57; 1247, pp. 82, S3).— This is an address given before the agricultural society of the University of Wales. The author presents data which he regards as demonstrating that roots are the cheapest, deepest, and best tillers, drainers, and warmers of the soil, and that the cheapest manure for soil is a turf composed largely of deep rooting plants. Experiments on permanent grass land, 1911 (Agr. Students' Gaz., n. ser., 15 (1911), islo. 4, PP- 113-117). — In a test of 19 different amounts and mixtures of natural and artificial fertilizers, the greatest hay yield followed an applica- tion of kainit and ammonium sulphate. Notes state the results of a botanical examination of the growth following these applications. Establishing a breed of alfalfa for the irrigated lands of Colorado, W. H. Olin (Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 (1911), No. 4, pp. 284-287).— The author out- lines the methods followed in the origination and establishment of a new breed of alfalfa based upon a single plant selected from among several thousand. Among the important criteria in the selection of plants for further use were the percentage of leaf to stem, the character of stem and root growth, and the stooling power of the unit plants. The green weight of the leaves from the plants studied varied from 14J to 90 oz. per plant, while the weight of air-dried leaves ranged from 5| to 28 oz., and the percentage of leaf to stem from 23 to 58. A strain designated as No. 19, which was preserved as espe- cially promising, had leaves from f to f in. wide, and from 1 to Ig in. long as compared with a normal width ranging from i to | in. and a length from I to 11 in. During this work a difference in vitality of alfalfa plants was observed, to which the author attached importance. In seeking the cause of this difference T. K. Blinn, who subsequently continued the work, observed a similar dif- ference in the plants in alfalfa nurseries throughout the country, and as a result of his observations was enabled to divide all alfalfa plants into 2 classes on the basis of root growth. "All plants, seed for which came from warm climates, have a pronounced tap root, with but few if any side or lateral roots; all plants from northern or cooler climates have a dominant tap root but carry pronounced and important side or lateral I'oots. For this reason if any accident occurs to this tap root, cutting or rotting it off, there remains enough strength in the lateral roots to enable the plant to reestablish itself. In case of the southern type the plant dies." Growing alfalfa, M. Nelson (Arkansas Sta. Circ. 14, PP- -'/). — Directions for growing and curing alfalfa in Arkansas are given. The personal equation in breeding experiments involving certain char- acters of maize, R. Pearl (Biot. Bui. Mar. Biol. Lab. Woods Hole, 21 (1911), No. 6, pp. 339-366, figs. 5).— These pages state the results of classifications of the kernels from 4 ears of corn by 15 competent, and, with one exception, speci- ally trained observers. The observers worked independently and classified the J FIELD CROPS. 735 kernels of each ear into yellow starchy, yellow sweet, white starchy, and white sweet groups. The 4 ears used were selected at random from about 2 bu. of ears bearing Fs kernels, and secured by crossing a white sweet with a yellow dent variety. Both varieties used were pure in the sense that each bred true to the general type to which it belonged. Tables state the names of the observers, the classifications of kernels made by each, the range of variation shown by the classification, the mean deviation from the mean (total and net), and the total deviations of the counts of all observers. The original and second counts of certain observers are also stated. In view of the data presented the author concludes that no two observers agreed in the observed F2 Mendelian ratios because their classification of kernels disagreed by reason of (1) somatically intermediate kernels, and (2) the personal bias or idiosyucracy of the observer. These differences were so great as to demonstrate " that the personal equation is a factor which can not safely be neglected in work of this character." The personal equation was smallest in the case of the observers most experienced in the observation of variation in connection with the particular class of material here observed. No evidence appeared of the difference between the progeny of somatically intermediate kernels and that of distinctly nonintermediate kernels of the same gametic constitution. Corn culture, J. M. Kimbkough (Georgia Sta. Bui. 97, pp. 93-101). — Earlier results of these or similar experiments have already been noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 633; 25, p. 232). In a test of 17 corn varieties for which seed was donated by the growers, the yields ranged from 15.07 to 26.15 bu. per acre. Vallenweider Blend, Harley Improved, and Whatley Improved yielded over 25 bu. per acre. In the nitrogen test in which " 3 formulas were made to carry precisely the same amounts of phosphoric acid, potash, and nitrogen " the 3 years' aver- age yield secured from the cotton-seed meal formula was 28.94 bu. of shelled corn per acre as compared with 31.57 bu. with nitrate of soda, 31.92 bu. with sulphate of ammonia, and 25.38 bu. on the check plat. " The cotton-seed meal formula made less corn than nitrate of soda and sulphate of ammonia formulas every year during the test." The experiment has been conducted on a different part of the farm each year. In another experiment the 3 years' average yield secured after the use of the cotton-seed meal formula was 33.96 bu. of shelled corn per acre as compared with 35.25 bu. after a tankage formula and 35.52 bu. after a half tankage and half cotton-seed meal formula. From these 2 experiments the author feels warranted in concluding that " there is a great loss by the southern farmers using cotton-seed meal as a source of nitrogen." Detasseled corn produced an average yield of 68.04 bu. of shelled corn as compared with 67.25 bu. when detasseling was not practiced. The 2 years' average yields of seed from the butts, middles, and tips were 25.7, 22.85, and 25.97 bu. of shelled corn per acre, respectively. The average yield for 2 years' planting of 2 stalks per hill was 55.04 bu. per acre as compared with 42.45 bu. from only 1 stalk. The hills were 3A ft. apart in each direction and all plats were fertilized with 300 lbs. of 16 per cent acid phosphate, 60 lbs. nitrate of soda, and 60 lbs. of muriate of potash per acre. The 3 years' average yield secured by the Williajnson method was 32.62 bu. per acre as compared with 34.18 bu. secured by the ordinary method. The methods followed are described in detail. Cotton culture, J. M. Kimbrough (Gcor0a l^ta. Bui. 98, pp. 101-122, fig. 1).— The earlier results of these or similar experiments have already been noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 635; 25, p. 233). 736 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. In 1910 the yields of seed cotton per acre secured in a test of 33 varieties ranged from 1,4S9 lbs. to 2,250 lbs. and averaged l,S9-i lbs. In 1911, 2S varieties were tested and the highest yielding variety as in 1910 was McElhenny Cleve- land. A table states the yields given by each of the 33 varieties at their first, second, and third pickings, in order to indicate their relative earliness. In the 3 years' nitrogen test an average yield of 1,320 lbs. of seed cotton per acre was obtained from the cotton-seed meal plat, as compared with 1,367 lbs. from the nitrate of soda, 1,416 lbs. from the sulphate of ammonia, and 940 lbs. from the check plats. In an oat, pea, cotton rotation a 3 years' average of 1,634.39 lbs. per acre of seed cotton was secured from the cotton-seed meal plats, as compared with 1.6S2.78 lbs. from the tankage, 1,648.67 lbs. from the half tankage and half cottou-seed meal, and 1,364.32 lbs. from the check plats. The use of muriate of potash was followed by a 3 years' average yield of 1,589 lbs,, as compared with 1,609 lbs. after the use of kainit. Rust develoi>ed during only 1 year of the experiments and from this year's experience the author advises the use of kainit on land which is subject to I'ust, but prefers the use of muriate on other land because of the higher cost of kainit as a potash source. After 3 years' work the author feels warranted in stating that he believes a variety of cotton immune to anthracnose can be produced. On the plats de- voted to this woi'k he obtained a plant which had 66 matured bolls besides blooms and squares, and yielded seed cotton at the rate of 1 lb. for each 45 bolls. Culture of Sea Island cotton in Cuba, H. P. Starrett (Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. 8.], 15 (1912), No. Jfi, p. 727). — No trouble was experienced with the boll weevil during 3 years' tests conducted to determine whether or not such trouble would result from planting cotton in Cuba during September. Sea Island cotton seed from Florida was planted the first year and all trash was burned immediately after harvesting during each of the 3 years. .. Studies in Indian cotton, H. M. Leake (Jour. Genetics, 1 (1911), No. 3, pp. 205-272, pis. 2, figs. 6). — ^After a discussion of the genus Gossypium and the monopodial and sympodial types used in this investigation, the author states the results of expexnmeuts dealing with the color of the corolla, the red coloring matter of the sap, the leaf factor, the type of branching, the length of the vege- tative period, and the leaf glands. A discussion of the correlations observed and a bibliogi-aphy of 23 titles are followed by 29 tables which present the correla- tion and other numerical data obtained. Report on the manurial trials on cotton carried out on the state domains, 1910, F. Hughes and H. C. Jefferys (Agr. Jour. Egypt, 1 (1911), No. 1, pp. 8-16). — Physical and chemical analyses of the soils of the experiment fields accompany tables stating the results of fertilizer and ginning tests of cottons. Chinese cotton production, G. E. Anderson (Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. S.], 15 (1912), No. ^2, p. 752).— Statistical data on the acreage of cotton grown in China and the amount imported and exported in recent years are fol- lowed by the statement that " with cotton supplanting opium on many Chinese farms, reduced imports and increased exports of cotton may be expected." Yield of potatoes under different methods of cultivation, K. K. Vasil'ev (Selsk. Klioz. 1910, No. J/l; ahs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Riiss. Jour. Expt, Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 3, pp. 1,25, 426).— At the Umau Agricultural School the Early Rose potato was used in cultural tests during a number of years. The 3 years' average yields secured by planting 14 in. apart each way were practically equal to those secured by planting 17^ in. apart each way during a 5-year period, and somewhat greater than those secured by planting 21i in. apart each way during 6 years or 28 in. during 4 years. In wet years planting 21 in. apart each way was followed by the higher yields while in dry years 14 in. apart each way appeared the best distance. FIELD CROPS. 737 In the rather wet year 1908 potatoes ii!aute<;l 21 in. apart each way on ridges gave lower yields than those planted in furrows, but the usual method of plant- ing gave considerably better I'esults than the use of either furrows or ridges. In the dry year 1909, however, the best yields were obtained by planting on ridges. The use of small tubers with an average weight of 19 gm. each resulted in a smaller growth of foliage than when medium sized tubers averaging 43 gm. in weight were used, but the yield of tubers was about the same in each case. Depth of planting appeared to make little difference, as the yields following planting to depths of 1| and 5^ in. were almost equal. The 4-year average yield secured from planting the transverse halves was somewhat greater than the 3-year average secured by the use of the longitudinal halves, and both were excelled by the 4-year average resulting from the use of whole tubers. In dry years the yield from the halves was considerably lower than that secured by the use of whole tubers, but in wet years the reverse was the case. In the dry year 1909 the making of hills proved injurious, but in the wet year 1908 it appeared advantageous. [Cultural tests with rye at the Zmiyev experiment field], M. F. Keama- REVSKi (Yiizli. Ross. 8dsJ:. Khoz. Ghaz., I'JOS, yos. 11, 20; ahs. in Zhur. Opytn. Affi-on. (Riiss. Jour. Expt. Landiv.), 11 {1010), No. 3, pp. IjOl, .',08).~ These pages report the results of tests of different rates of sowing rye, and different depths and times of plowing. Early sowing and deep plowing gave higher shields of grain and straw on April fallow than on black fallow. The grain yields increased with the depth of plowing in the case of wheat, barley, and millet, but the shallow plowing gave lai'ger oat yields. Early sow- ing of millet gave larger yields. Other things being equal, the different fallows ranked in the following order so far as yields were concerned: With deep plowing — April fallow, black fallow, May fallow, a fallow with vetches, and the June fallow ; with shallow plowing — • black fallow, April fallow. May fallow, June fallow, and a fallow with vetches. Methods for the improvement of sorghum, A. H. Leidigh {Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 (1911), No. Ji, pp. 29^, 295). — This is a very brief review of work done by a number of investigators on the improvement of sorghum. The author sug- gests the use of bagging as especially valuable in this connection, and cites a strain of Orange sorghum grown 2 years from seed bagged each year as pos- sessing extraoi'dinary vigor, purity, and uniformity. Sug-ar beet: Some facts and some illusions, J. W. Robertson-Scott (London, 1911, pp. XIX+.'i2-'i, pis. 72, figs. 37).— Information on the status of the sugar- beet industry is followed by chapters on the botany, agriculture, manufacturing processes, and economic and political problems connected with sugar-beet pro- duction and the beet-sugar industry. The absorption and utilization of the principal plant foods by the sugar beet, A. Dushechkin (Vi^stnik Sakh. Promuish., 1910, pp. 714-732, 791-797, 828-835; 1911, pp. jiO-J,6, 74-78, 130-133, 162-173, 203-212, 2Jil-2Ji9, 274-282, 306- 312, 334-3.'i3; oljs. in Zhur. Opytn. Agron. (Russ. Jour. Expt. Landic), 12 (1911), No. 3, pp. 385, 386). — These pages report the results obtained on un- fertilized and phosphate fertilized plats on the Trostyanetsk estate in Bogo- dukhov County in the Kharkov government. During the investigation exami- nations were made every 10 days after the appearance of the beet sprouts. Observations were made of the weights of leaves and roots and the ash, nitrogen, phosphoric acid, potash, and sugar contents of the roots. Some of the more important conclusions drawn by the author are as follows: Under normal meteorological conditions the increase in weight proceeded with- out interruptions. The leaf mass at first predominated, later that of the 738 EXPEEIMENT STATION KECORD. roots. The percentage contents of the various nutrients in the raw mass varied Jittle, but varied more marliedly in tlie dry matter and diminished toward the end of the vegetation period, particularly in the roots. The absorption of plant food occurred during almost the entire growing period, the maximum being reached in the case of potash and phosphoric acid somewhat before growth was completed. In case of nitrogen and ash the maximum was reached simultaneously with the maximum weight of organic matter. After this maximum had been attained the total nutrients in the beets dimin- ished. The decrease was greater In the leaves than in the roots; it was most marked in the case of potash and least in the case of nitrogen. The main cause of the decrease in the nutrients appeared to be the unfavorable climatic and meteorological conditions which caused the leaves to dry and fall. The absorp- tion of nutrients was relatively gi-eater in the first period of growth and out- stripped the increase of organic matter. Fertilization favored regularity of growth, increased absolute weight, and enabled the beet sooner to reach the point of maximum utilization of plant food. The percentage and absolute weight of sugar in the beets increased con- rinuously duj-ing growth, but the largest increase took place in August and September. The ratio between the amount of sugar in the roots and the dry matter in the leaves increased toward the end of the vegetation peri(jd. The influence of precipitation on the yield and quality of sugar beets, S. HfRKk (Kiserlet. Edzlem., IJt {1911), No. 6, pp. 820-832) .—The author pre- sents data from which he concludes that the more moisture there is available to the sugar beet during the growing season the greater will be the yield. The weight of foliage increases more rapidly than that of roots and the sugar per- centage falls as precipitation increases, although the total sugar yields is in- creased. The nitrogen content, especially that of injurious nitrogen, decreases as precipitation increases. Data on the chemical composition of sug'ar beets of different sizes, S. Herke (KisMet. Edzlem., 1 !, (1911), No. 6, pp. 833-8.^2 ) .—The author reports analyses of sugar beets of different weights from which he concludes that as the size increases the percentage content of sugar and dry matter decreases. On the other hand, the percentage content of nitrogen increases with the size. Potash, sodium, and crude ash continue to increase as long as the weight in- creases. The phosphoric acid percentage increases until the beet has reached a moderate size, after which it decreases. Examination of the beets of the crop of the year 1909-10, Dushki, Mints, and Pavlenko {Viestnik Sakh. Promuish., 1910, Nos. 31, 38, 39, 42, 43; ads. in Zhur. Opyitn. Agron. (Riiss. Jour. Expt. Landw.), 12 (1911), No. 1, pp. 131, 132). — These pages indicate that the sugar content of Russian beets increased from 13.55 to 16.56 per cent between 1899 and 1909. Growing' tobacco for nicotin purposes (Dept. Agr. and Tech. Instr. Ireland Jour., 11 {1911), No. 4, PP- 685, 686). — An experiment conducted for the purpose of determining the profitableness of growing tobacco for use as an insecticide resulted in a considerable financial loss. Yellow Pryor and Nicotiana nistica were used in the experiment. 2V. rustica has been found to contain 6.53 per cent of nicotin. The author concludes that it is not commercially profitable to grow tobacco for nicotin production and cure and handle it in the ordinary manner, as this costs nearly as much as growing it for smoking purposes but yields a lower income. Wheat and flour investigations, IV, R. W. Thatcher (Washington 8ta. Bui. 102, pp. 18). — This bulletin consists of 2 papers, and continues previous work (E. S. R., 25, p. 859). HORTICULTURE. 739 I. A basis for selection of desirable seed for breeding for improvement of nitrogen content. — Following a summary of available data, the author reports (lata based on analyses of 47 pUints bearing 212 spikes, secured from 5 different varieties and grown in 3 different localities. He concludes that the composi- tion of 1 row of spikelets is a sufficiently accurate counterpart of the other row of the same spike to serve as a basis for selection. The total and average weight of kernels and the weight of nitrogen vary with the length of straw, but the percentage of nitrogen decreases as length of straw increases. Differ- ences in the comix>sition of different spikes of the same plant are largely or wholly due to difference in nutrition or other environmental conditions and probably not hereditary. Eliminating the abnormally short or tall spikes, those remaining are fairly similar in composition, so that one spike may be selected from them for analysis as a representative of the other heads of the plant. II. The distribution of nitrogen in different parts of a wheat spike. — Tables state the results of analyses made for the purpose of determining the distribu- tion of nitrogen among the various parts of the individual spikes. The tabu- lated results as presented indicate that " the composition of the 2 opposite rows of spikelets, on the longitudinal halves of a spike of wheat, is practically identical," especially after rejecting the terminal spikelet which differs from the others. The average weight of kernel and of nitrogen is about the same in ilie upper and lower spikelets of the same head, but the kernels of the middle spikelets have the greatest nitrogen weight per kernel. The nitrogen percent- age increases quite regularly from the tip of the spike downward. The outer I'ows invariably furnished the greatest weight of nitrogen and had the highest nitrogen percentage. Results of seed analyses, J. B. S. Norton (Maryland Sta. Bui. 162, pp. 235-241, figs. 5).— The author quotes a table of standards of purity and germi- nation of agricultural seeds from a source already noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 440), and states in another table the results of analyses of red, alsike, and crimson clovers, timothy, redtop, alfalfa, and vegetable, flower, and other seeds during 1910 and 1911. Weeds: Their peculiarities and distribution, W. Brenchley (ScL Prog. Twentieth Cent., 6 (1912), No. 23, pp. 413-431).— A. brief article already noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 536) reported most of the data found in these pages. The author discusses methods of propagation of weeds and the classes of weeds associated with various soil types and crops, and describes briefly a number of parasitic weeds of special interest. HORTICULTUEE. Miscellaneous greenhouse experiments, C. P. Close and T. H. White (Mary- land Sta. Bui. 1.5S, pp. 97-109). — The results of various experiments conducted during the past few years are reported. An experiment was conducted for 3 years with roses, carnations, chrysanthe- mums, and sweet peas to determine the detrimental effect, if any, of sawdust bedding in cow manure. The plants were grown in soils enriched with cow manure and sawdust bedding, cow manure and litter, and cow manure without bedding. From the data as a whole the authors conclude that litter bedding in cow manure is not the best material and that sawdust in cow manure is not harmful, but that everything considered cow manure without any bedding material whatever is preferable. Soil and fertilizer experiments with violets conducted for several years in- dicate that the violet plant is very impatient of any excess of soluble salts 42049°— No, 8—12 4 740 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. in the soil, espec-ially in hot weatlier. For tliis reason the antliors recommend the use of plain cow excrement without the urine, to be worked into the soil a month or two previous to setting the plants. The soil should be a rather stiff garden loam, which has been preferably rested from cultivation for a season under some shade plant such as cowpeas. In previous investigations conducted at the statioii in which chrysanthe- mums and lettuce were grown on the same soil for 8 years, it was found that although the soil was uot disease-infected the plants did not grow as well as they should, notwithstanding the addition of lime (E. S. R., 20, p. 238). In 1907 the upper 6-in. layer of this old soil, which had previously formed a solid bed 20 in. deep, was placed in a new greenhouse on a 6-iu. layer of coal ashes. Chrysanthemums, lettuce, and sweet peas were grown on this soil and on an annually renewed sod compost as ordinarily used for greenhouse work, the old soil being fertilized each year. The results for a period of 5 years indicate no material difference between the growth of the plants on the 2 beds. It is suggested that in the old bed of earth which was 20 in. deep any in- jurious salts or other matter that may have been carried downward immedi- ately began to rise again as soon as evaporation at the surface commenced, whereas when only 6 in. of the soil was used on the bed of coal ashes, the injurious substances were washed down into the coal ashes by a hea\'y watering. As tried for one season there appears to be no material difference in the yield of roses grown in a house extending north and south and in one extend- ing east and west. A test of sprinkling roses from overhead water inpes as com- pared with the ordinary method of hose watering resulted in a considerable increased yield for the overhead system, although it appears that hose watering is more effectual in combating the red spider. [Keport on horticulture] (Philipinne Ayr. Rev. [English Ed.], 5 {1912), No. 1, Pi). 3t-oo). — An outline is given of experiments with fruits and vegetables being conducted by the Philippine Bureau of Agriculture. Vegetable growing in Alabama, P. F. Williams and 11. M. Conolly (Ala- batiui Col. 8ta. Circ. IJf, pp. Ji2, figs. S). — This circular contains popular direc- tions for growing the more important commercial vegetables, as well as vege- tables for the home garden and those which have hitherto received little atten- tion in Alabama. The subject matter is based both on experiments conducted at the College Station and on data collected in different sections of the State. Truck crop potatoes, T. C. Johnson {Virginia Truck Sta. Bui. 7, pp. 131- 15 'h flO'i- 6)- — A popular treatise on potato culture in the tidewater region of Virginia. The phases discussed include soils, preparation of soils, rotations, manures and fertilizers, seed potatoes, planting, cultivation, treatment of potatoes for scab, spraying, harvesting, and marketing. Some preliminary tests were conducted at the Truck Station to determine tlie relative merits of Virginia summer-grown, Virginia fall-grown, and Maine- grown Irish Cobbler potatoes for seed purposes as truck potatoes. In the test the northern-grown seed gave the best early yield but practically the same total yield as the Virginia fall-grown. The summer-grown seed gave the smallest yield throughout the test. It was also found impractical to carry Virginia summer-grown seed through the winter for planting the following spring, although it does appear feasible to hold potatoes which are harvested in the late fall for planting the next July. In the latter case, however, " it is deemed best to hold the crop in good root cellars until the middle of the winter and then place in cold storage. They should go into storage before the eyes begin to swell," HORTICULTURE. 741 Orchard management, C. I. Lewis (Oregon Sta. Bui. Ill, pp. 96, figs. ^1). — This is a popular treatise on fruit and nut growing in Oregon. Consideration is given to ttie adaptability of the State to fruit growing, clearing and pre- paring land, planting operations, intercropping and fillers, tillage, cover crops, shade crops, fertilizers, mulching, irrigation, pruning various fruits, orchard rejuvenation, thinning, dwarf fruits, varieties for various localities, the home orchard, pollination, winterkilling, frost and frost fighting, budding and graft- ing including also walnut grafting and nursery grafting, and protection from rodents and sunscald. The appendixes contain a bibliography on fruit culture and a list of fruit growers' associations in Oregon. Orchard heating-, C. G. Woodbuky and J. W. Weixington (Indiana Sta. Bui. 154, PP- 71-96, figs. 17). — This bulletin describes a comparative test of various coal- and oil-burning orchard heaters conducted in May, 1911. Since the tem- peratures were not sufficiently low to destroy the fruit blossoms, the data secured have to do with the comparative value of the heaters rather than with the crop saving effect of the heat developed in these tests. At the price quoted for oil and considering the slow and unsatisfactory per- formance of the coal heaters in the test, the oil heaters appear to be preferable for use in Indiana. The effective burning time of the heaters is about 4 hours, or considerably less than is usually advertised. Considering the necessity of a reserve of extra heaters for emergency, fuel supply for several successive nights, and cost of labor, the initial investment to prepare for protecting a 10-acre orchard from frost injury is estimated at about $500. The authors conclude that in the vast majority of Indiana orchards spruying, pruning, and good management mu'st become a rule instead of an exception before orchard heating will pay. Orchard heating-, C. G. Woodbury and J. W. Wellington (Indiana Sia. Bnl. 154, popular ed., pp. 3-8, figs. 7). — A iwpular edition of the above. Lime and sulphur solutions, G. E. Stone (Massachusetts 8ta. Circ. 31, pp. .}). — A popular circular based upon the literature on the subject relative to the use of self-boiled and concentrated lime-sulphur mixtures as summer sprays for fruit diseases. Pedigreed nursery stock, U. P. Hedrick (Xcw York State Hta. Che. 18, pp. 8). — A discussion of this subject in support of the author's contention that there is nothing to gain in the purchase of nursery stock sold with a pedigree. Popular fruit growing-, S. B. Green (St. Paul, Minn., 1912, 4- ^d., rev., pp. 328, figs. 132).— In the present edition of this work (E. S. R., 21, p. 546) some rearrangement of the subject matter has been made in order to conform more closely to the usual plan of teaching fruit growing in American schools and colleges. Suggestions for growing home finiits, A. B. McKay (Mississippi Sta. Bui. l-'f6, pp. 17). — This bulletin contains ixtpular suggestions for the planting and care of home fruits, including orchard and bush fruits, grai)es, and strawberries. Fruits of the Hawaiian Islands, G. P. Wilder (Honolulu, 1911, rev. cd., pp. 2//7', pis. 121). — This work comprises descriptions and illustrations of the indigenous and naturalized fruits of the Hawaiian Islands. Marketing horticultural products, P. Work (Penn. Dept. Agr. Bui. 202. 1911, pp. 35, pis. 34). — In this popular treatise introductory considerations deal with the imiwrtance, history, complications, and general principles of market- ing. The methods practiced by successful horticulturists are then discussed under the general headings of preparation, transportation, and disposition. A short bibliography on the subject is ai)pended. 742 EXPERIMENT STATION KECOED. Commercial apple growing-, C. G. WoonnxRY and W. M. Richards (Indiana Sta. Circ. 30, pp. 3-12.'i, flgs. 72). — This circular discusses in detail the various problems of commercial apple growing in Indiana under the following general headings: History and present status of Indiana apple growing, the young orchard, pruning, orchard management, spraying, and renewal of old orchards. An appendix contains information relative to horticultural publications, books, and materials needed by the commercial horticulturist. Apple growing in Mississippi, H. C. Thompson {Mississippi Bta. Bui. lift, pp. 15, figs. 5). — A brief popular treatise on apple culture, discussing the future of the apple industry in Mississippi, location and site, soils for apples, varieties to plant, laying out the orchard, buying trees, planting operations, cultivation, orchard cropping, fertilization, pruning, and insects and diseases of the apple and their control. Peach culture, C. P. Close, W. R. Ballard et al. {Maryland >ita. Bnl. 159, pp. 111-190, figs. 31). — This constitutes a popular treatise on peach growing in Rlaryland. The phases discussed include natural conditions, soils and soil im- provement, exposure and drainage, nursery and planting operations, pruning, cultivating and cropping young orchards, cover crops, fertilizers, orchard renova- tion, thinning the fruit, orchard heating, harvesting and packing, propagation of peaches, varietal descriptions, estimated data on the cost of growing a peach orchard, and peach diseases and insects and their control. Grape culture, F. W. Gladwin {New York State Sta. Circ. 19, pp. S). — This circular contains directions for growing grapes. The phases discussed include location of the vineyard, soils, drainage, preparation of soil, selection of vines and varieties, cross pollination, planting and planting distances, tillage, cover crops, intercropping, fertilizers, manuring, and spraying. Variation in the floral structures of Vitis, M. J. Dorset {Bui. Torrcij Bot. Clul), 39 {1912), No. 2, pp. 3~-.52, pis. 3).— In this paper the author brings together some general facts and observations relative to variation in the flower? of Vitis and records in tabular form some studies on the structure and numerical variation in the floral parts of certain species and varieties. A brief bibliog- raphy is appended. Summing up the variations, the author concludes that variations in the flower of Vitis as a whole may be grouped into 2 classes: First, meristic, which in- cludes differences in the number of the organs of the flower, and second, func- tional, including variations in the extent of development of the pollen, stigma, and ovules. The defoliation of grapes, R. Villepigue {Rev. Vit., 36. {1911). No. 9Jil. pp. 724-727, fig. 1). — A summarized account is given of experiments conducted dur- ing the past 3 seasons relative to the value of defoliation as an aid in the destruction of the cochylis and eudemis. Where defoliation was not so severe as to interfere with the nutrition of the fruit, it appears to have augmented its weight and sugar content. The applica- tion of sprays was facilitated and in certain cases the attacks of the cochylis were lessened owing to the greater exposure of the vines to the sun. The greatest benefit was derived by defoliating early in the season. The decreased amount of foliage permitted the flowers moistened by rains to dry out and become more perfectly fertilized, hence the dropping of fruit was considerably lessened. Defoliation also appeared, to a certain extent at least, to prevent gray rot among the matured berries. The defoliation of grapes, L. Ravaz (Ami. Ecole Nat. Agr. Montpellier, n. ser., 11 {1912), No. 3, pp. 216-2'i5, figs. 2). — ^Au experimental study of the prac- tice of defoliation is reported. HORTICULTURE. 743 The results of the study as a whole indicate that defoliation is a special prac- tice which may sometimes be used to advantage on weak-growing vines which, owing either to their nature or to their training, make a vertical growth. Vigorous-growing vines trained to wire trellises seem to benefit less or even to suffer from defoliation. The improvement by defoliation is manifested chietly in a better quality of wine. Reconstitution of vineyards in the Province of Trapani, Sicily, R. Makes {Bui. Off. Gouvt. G6n. Alg&ric, 1912, No. /,, Sup-, PP. 3J-M).— This report, which consists of a review of the work of reconstituting phylloxera-infested vineyards in Sicily, is presented with special reference to the reconstitution of similarly infested vineyards in Algeria. Strawberries, C. P. Close, W. R. Ballard, T. II. White et al. ( Maryland Sta. Bui. 160, pp. 193-220). — This bulletin contains descriptions of the new varieties which have been fruited at the station during the past 4 seasons, and also of the older varieties not described in the station's previous bulletin on strawberries from which the cultural directions herein given have been largely taken (E. S. R., 19, p. 1144). In addition to the descriptive notes, data are given for all the newer varieties showing the sex, percentage of stand, blooming period, season of ripening, and yield. The 10 best-yielding varieties for each of the past 4 seasons are tabulated. Experiments in mulching strawberries with straw were continued during the seasons 1908 to 1911 inclusive. As indicated by the yields for the 4 years a plat not mulched but cultivated in the spring has yielded an average of 3,612 qt. per acre; a plat mulched in early winter and cultivated in the spring averaged 4,101 qt. per acre; a plat mulched during the winter but not culti- vated in the spring averaged 4,275 qt. per acre; and the check plat, which was neither mulched nor cultivated, averaged 3,800 qt. per acre. In addition to the increased yield, the berries from the mulched plats were always brighter, cleaner, and much larger than those from the unmulched. Brief notes are appended on strawberry diseases by J. B. S. Norton and on insect pests by T. B. Symous. Strawberry culture, P. T. Cole (Tirginia Truck Sta. Bui. 6, pp. 103-128, figs. 7). — A popular account of the methods used in growing strawberries in eastern Virginia, including a description of varieties tested on the grounds of the Virginia Truck Station. Annona diversifolia, a custard apple of the Aztecs, W. E. Safford {Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 2 {1912), No. 5, pp. 118-125, figs. 4)-— A new species of custard apple {A. diversifolia) is here described and illustrated. The development of the avocado industry, F. W. Popenoe (Pomona Col. Jour. Econ. Bot., 1 {1911), No. 3, pp. 135-lJf8, figs. 8). — A general survey of the results obtained in growing avocados, both in southern California and in Florida. The mang-o in southern California, F. W. Popenoe {Pomona Col. Jour. Econ. Bot., 1 {1911), No. It, pp. 153-200, figs. 13).— In this paper the author discusses the present status of and prospects for mango culture in California, describes the varieties which have proven promising in that State, and gives an annotated list of all of the better known mangoes. The white sapote, F. W. Popenoe {Pomona Col. Jour. Econ. Bot., 1 (1911), No. 2, pp. 83-90, figs. .5).— The author gives an account of the results obtained in growing and fruiting the white sai)ote {Casimiroa edulis) in southern California, including a description of varietes now grown. Coconut culture, O. W. Barrett {Philippine Bur. Agr. Farmers' Bui. 17, 1911, pp. 19, pis. //; Proc. 8oc. Trinidad and Tobago, 11 {1911), No. 8, lyp. 744 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. 383-JfOO). — A popular treatise with special reference to the Philippine Islands. The principal phases discussed include seed, nursery, transplanting, cultiva- tion, harvesting, copra, diseases and enemies, irrigation, and fertilizers. Varietal adaptability (Amer. Fruit and Nut Jour., 6 (1912), No. 93, pp. 13-15). — This conii)rises a report to the National Nut Grovpers' Association, relative to the commercial value and the adaptability of some 92 varieties of pecans now grown in the South. Our house plants and flowers, A. Dammer ( TJnsere Blum-en und Pflanzcn im Zinniicr. Lcipsir, 10} I, pp. IIf-\-10D, fujfi. 6'.7). — In this pojiular work consider- ation is given to the care and management of indoor plants and flowers, together with notes on the principal characteristics and special cultural treatment of the more important kinds. FOEESTRY. Report of the superintendent of forests, C. R. Pettis {N. Y. State Forest, Fish and Game Com. Ann. Rpt., 16 {1910), pp. 13-126, pJs. 49). — ^This comprises a report of the New York State Department of Forestry for the year 1910. The subject matter is presented under the general headings of forest fires, forest products, reforesting, trespass. State forest problems, and the forest jtreserve. The appendix contains an account of forest conditions in Warren County, by F. F. Moon (pp. 79-107) ; and in Oneida County, by J. W. Stephen (pp. 109-126). Cooperative forestry work, E. Secrest (Ohio Sta. Circ. 119, pp. 91-93). — This circular outlines the nature of the cooperative assistance given to Ohio landowners in the management of timber tracts and woodlots and in the estab- lishment of commercial tree iilantations, shelter belts, etc. The development of forestry in Vermont, A. F. IIawes (Ann. Rpt. State Forester Vt., 3 (1911), pp. J/'i, pis. 5). — This comprises a progl'ess report of forest operations in Vermont for the year ended July 1, 1911. Beport of the superintendent of forestry, R 11. Campbell et al. (Dept. Int. Canada Ann. Rpt. 1911, pt. 7, pp. 133, figs. 21/) . — This comprises the report of the work of the forestry and irrigation branch for the year 1910-11, including also the reports of the olBcials in charge of the different divisions. Report on forest statistics of Alsace-Lorraine (Beitr. Forststatis. Elsass- Lothrinfjcn, 1910, No. 29, pp. 129, figs. 17). — This is the customary statistical review for the year 1910, relative to the administration of the state, public, and community forests in Alsace-Lorraine. Detailed and summarized data dealing with forest areas, silvicultural ojieratifms. products, revenues, expenditures, etc., are given, including a comparative summary for each year since 1872. Official proceedings of the division of forestry of the Royal Prussian Ministry for Agriculture, Domains, and Forests, 1910 (Anitl. Mitt. Abt. Forsten K. Preuss. Min. Landiv. [etc.], 1910. pp. IV +51). — This is the cus- tomai-y statistical review of the administration and management of the Prussian state forests and domains. Communication on the results of the Saxony state forest administration in 1910 (Tharand. Forsil. Jahrh., 62 (1911). No. 2, pp. 13S-l'i>).—A statistical and financial statement of the work and results of the forest administration in 1910. Swedish forestry, F. Diepenhorst (Tharand. Forstl. Jahrh., 62 (1911), No. 2, pp. 192-216). — An economic study of state, corporation, and private forestry in Sweden, including also an account of the wood-using industries. On the determination of the plant food requirements of forest soils, H. Vater (Tharand. Forstl. Jahrh., 62 (1911), No. 2, pp. 2J7-27J).— In continua- tion of previous studies conducted by the Saxony forestry experiment station (E. S. R., 22 p. 713), a further repprt is given of methods used in studying the • FOEESTRY. 745 composition ami fertilizer requirements of forest soils, ineludinj; the resnlts secured to date from IG experiments. From the investigation as a whole, the author is led to conclude that the fertilizer requirements of forest soils can be detei-miued more accurately by the use of pure chemicals In preference to costly manures. By using pure chemicals the soil requirements of many other substances in addition to lime, potash, phosphoric acid, and nitrogen can be more readily studied. Likewise the results secured from pure chemicals are more uniform than are those securetl with variously constituted manures. In order to counteract the effect of the varying comi)osition of forest soils, it is recommended that each chemical be tested in from 3 to G different jilats. Light as a production factor in forestry, R. Reck {Tharand. Forstl. Jahrh., 63 (1912), No. 1, pp. Ii-28). — ^A review of the present knowledge of the subject, in which consideration is given to the physiologic and economic importance of light in the forest. Lig-ht measurements in spruce stands, E. Ramann (AlUj. Forai it. Jugd Ztg., 87 {191 1), pp. J/Ol-.'/OO). — Since 1005 the author has made measurements of the light intensity in various forests by the use of a seleni)hotometer. The present pajier comprises a study of the measurements secured in spruce stands. Chestnut in Tennessee, W. W. Ashe (Tcnn. Oeol. Stirvci/ Bui. 10, Extract B, 1912, pp. 33). — This comprises the results of a survey conducted cooperatively by the Forest Service of this Department and the State Geological Survey of Tennessee. The study is presented under the general headings of the com- mercial outlook, distribution, silvical characteristics, diseases and defects, forest types and associatetl trees, growth of individual trees, and management with reference to both pure and mixed stands. Varieties of willows, W. P. Ellmore and T. Okey (Jour. Bd. Afir. [London^, 18 (1912), No. 11, pp. 906-915). — This comprises economic descriptions of the important basket willows. Notes on Western Australian eucalypts, including description of new species, J. H. Maiden (Jour. Nat. Hist, and Set. Soc. West. Aust., 3 (1911), No. 2, pp. 165-190). — These notes are based on field observations made b.y the author in Western Australia during 1909, together with a few additional notes from other sources. Tapping experiments with high and low crowned Manihot glaziovii trees, A. ZiMMERMANN (Pflanzer, 8 (1912}, No. 1, pp. 1-6). — The author finds that although the branches of low-crowned trees yield about 12 per cent more rubber than the corresponding trunk parts of high-crowned trees, the cost of tapping is at least 30 per cent higher. The results in general indicate the advisa- bility of growing trees with relatively high trunks. The gutta-percha and rubber expedition of the Colonial Economic Com- mittee to Kaiser Wilhelm Land, 1907-1909, R. Schlechter (Die Gullapercha inul Kautschuk Expedition des Kolonial Wirtschaftlichen Komitees wlrtschaft- liclier Ausscliuss der Deutschen Koloniulgesellschaft nuch Kaiser Wilhclins'land, 1907-1909. Berlin, 1911, pp. VI+171, pis. iO).— This rei)ort to the German Colonial Society embraces the results of an expedition made to Kaiser Wilhelm Land in 1907 to 1909 to study the gutta-percha and rubber industries of that country. Part 1 consists of a chronological account of the expedition. Part 2 contains the information secured relative to the production of rubber, gutta- percha, and other useful plants, as well as botanical notes and maps showing areas of production and the course of the expedition. Rubber and gutta-percha, edited by W. R. Dxtnstan (Colon. Rpts., Misc. [Gt. Brit.], 1912, No. 82, pp. IV-\-263-'i-'i7).—The reports on rubber here brought together relate chiefly to the composition and quality of the rubber furnished 746 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECORD.^ by well-known rubber-producing trees, tlie reports having nearly all been made at the request of the governmeuts of the British Colonies concerned and being based upon investigations and analyses conducted in the Scientific and Tech- nical Department of the Imperial Institute. A summary of reports relating to the utilization of the oil of the seeds of the Para rubber tree as a substitute for linseed oil and of the meal as a feeding stuff for cattle is appended. DISEASES OF PLANTS. The principal plant diseases in 1906, J. L. Sheldon {West Virginia Sta. Rpt. isan Jose Scale, etc., 1905-6, pp. 29-39, pJ. 1). — Lists are given of some of the principal plant diseases observed, the arrangement being alphabetical by host plants. The injury due to smut fungi, I, D. Hegyi (Kis6rlet. Kozlem., Iff (1911), No. 5, pp. 728-732). — The author gives in Hungarian the findings from his investigations on the loss to the wheat crop through stinking smut. Injuries are divided in this report into evident and hidden, the former afCecting the ears of the maturer plants and the latter the younger plants. The injuries of these 2 sorts were found to be variable both as to their abso- lute quantity and their ratio. One lot gave percentages of 34.35 and 28.27, respectively, or a total of 62.62 per cent of plants injured ; a second gave only 8.95 and 15.54 per cent, respectively, or a total of 24.49 per cent. On the chemistry of the higher fungi. — VIII, Stinking smut of wheat (Tilletia levis and T. tritici), J. Zellner (Monatsch. Chem., 32 {1911), No. 10, pp. 1065-107 Jj). — In continuance of former reports (see page 750), this com- munication gives the results of a comparative examination of the chemical composition of T. levis and T. tritici. These at first sight are in close agreement, although differences appear. It would be possible, it is claimed, to distinguish between the spores of the 2 species by chemical means alone. The author, therefore, suggests the employ- ment of chemical means in separation of species where other methods are not practicable. Experiments with smut preventives, K. Soutter {Queensland Agr. Jour., 28 {1912), No. 1, pp. 1-5). — A report is given on experiments on the treating of wheat for the prevention of stinking smut. The grain was infected by breaking the smut balls over the wheat .and thoroughly mixing, after which it was treated and sown. As treatments the author tested solutions of car- bolized wheat protector, formalin, sheep dip, copper sulphate, copper sulphate and lime, brine, and arsenic. Of the lots treated with carbolized wheat protector, formalin, and arsenic 100 per cent was clean, as compared with 42 per cent for the control plat. The use of brine was without any appreciable effect, as was also the sheep dip. The author states that the results, which are based on a single year's ex- periments, show little except that treatment with copper sulphate and copper sulphate and lime were of value, and indicate the desirability of continuing the experiments. Root and culm infections of wheat by soil fungi in North Dakota, T. D. Beckwitii (Phytopathology, 1 (1911), No. 6, pp. 169-176).— In continuation of a preliminary report (E. S. R., 23, p. 451), the author gives an account of investigations conducted at the North Dakota Station on the infection of wheat by various fungi from the soil. This subject has been under investigation since 1907 and has included quantitative analyses made from soil solutions, as well as studies of the culm, roots, etc. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 747 From soil samples taken at a depth of 2 in. below the surface cultures of fungi were made, and the author found 2 species of Fusarium, 2 of Colleto- trichuni, and 1 each of Macrosporium, Alteruaria, Spicaria, Verticillium, Rhapalomyces, Cephalothecium, and Helminthosporium. Following these studies a series of cultures was carried on to determine what species would affect the wheat culm. These investigations showed that Colleto- trichum, Macrosporium, Helminthosporium, and Cephalothecium were all found on the nodes and internodes of the wheat. In 1910, when the season was much drier than in 1909, the observations were continued and extended to include studies of the fungi occurring on the roots. In nearly all cases Colletotrichum, Fusarium, or MacrosiDorium developed from specimens of wheat roots sterilized and placed in cultures. Check tests from virgin soil did not show these fungi in any considerable amount, and this is believed to be additional evidence that a part at least of the deterioration in yield in wheat fields in the Northwest is due to infection from soil fungi or from spores of the same in wind-blown diseases. A new disease of lupines, G. Severini (Staz. Sper. Agr. Jtal., J^Jf (1911), No. 5-6, pp. J/Uf-JflG). — The author reports on a disease of wild lupine (Lupinus perennis) observed in the summer of 1910 near Perugia and claimed not to have been previously described. Descriptions are given both of the diseased plant and the new fungus. The fungus is thought to be a species of Anthosto- mella. The question is discussed as to whether or not this is identical with the species found by L. Montemartiui ro infect sulla {Hedysariun coronarium) causing a leaf spot disease thereon, and by him named A. sullw (E. S. R., 24, p. 47). Variation of varieties of beans in their susceptibility to anthracnose, M. F. Barrus {PMjtopliatlwlogy, 1 {1911), No. 6, pp. 190-195, pi. i).— During the spring of 1910 a study was made of 161 varieties of beans planted in hills in a field and a duplicate set in tin cans placed in soil out of doors to determine their susceptibility to the bean anthracnose fungus {Colletotrichum lindemii- tJiianum). Considerable difference in the susceptibility of varieties was noticed in the field, although most of the varieties of the common bean were found more or less susceptible. During tlie fall of the year some students continued the study. The fungus was isolated from diseased beans, and with these cultures inoculations were made of some varieties that had proved susceptible as well as one that had hitherto proved resistant. The experiments were repeated several times with the same general result, indicating that there is a considerable difference in the infecting power of different strains of the organism. In conclusion the author states that he has not found any variety of Phaseolus vulgaris that is resistant to every strain of the bean anthracnose fungus tested. Some are less susceptible than others, and it may be that cer- tain varieties theft have not come under his observation may prove entirely immune. Black root rot of beets, D. Hegyi {Bui. Trimest. Soc. Mycoh France, 21 {1911), No. 2, pp. 153-159; abs. in Bot. CentU., 119 {1912), No. 1, p. i9).— The author asserts that this rot, ascribed to Phomrum in the botanical gardens of Florence. The author believes that the withering of the tree and the gradual decline of its foliage is due to the presence of this fungus, which has caused a special decay of the wood, transforming it into a white fibrous mass which breaks on the slightest occasion. The fungus is believed to be a wound parasite with a very feeble reaction opposed to the tree's activity, which accounts for its slow spread in living trees. Injury to Pinus strobus caused by Cenangiuni abietis, K. Fink (Phytopntli- ology, 1 (1911), No. 6, pp. 180-183, pi. l).—ln the summer of 1909 a group of 6 white pine trees at Oxford, Ohio, was found to be in a diseased condition, and an examination made by the author showed that a large proportion of the leaves and twigs on the northeast sides of 3 of the trees were dead or dying. On the twigs bearing the dead leaves were found black spherical tubercles, which upon identification proved to be C. abietis. The diseased trees were from 1.5 to 2 ft. in diameter and about 55 5'ears old. Other white pines growing within a few rods of the diseased ones were not affected, so far as could be observed. The 2 trees most severely affected died in August of the year in which the disease was first noticed. These were on the' highest ground and were probably injured more than the other trees by the severe drought of the previous year. The disease is said to occur only occasionally and after periods of prolonged drought. This is apparently the first report of serious injury by this fungus in Korth America. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. Insect pests of farm, garden, and orchard, E. I^. Sanderson (New York and London, 1912, pp. XII+68J1, figs. 513). — This work discusses the more important insects of farm, garden, and orchard at sufficient length to give a clear idea of their life history and habits and the best means of control. It is intended for use both by the student of economic entomology and by the practical farmer, gardener, or fruit grower. With the exception of citrus fruits, the insect enemies of practically all of the leading crops are considered. The author states that in general the discussion of insects and their control is based upon conditions east of the Rockies and that practically no con- sideration has been given to the conditions of the Pacific Coast or of the irri- gated country of the far West. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. ' 753 Index-catalogue of medical and veterinary zoology, C. W. Stiles acd A. Hassall (U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Auhn. Indus. Bui. 3D, pt. 36, pp. 2705-2706).— This part consists of addenda and corrigenda to parts 1 to 35. Zoological record, D. Sharp (Zool. Rec, .'i6 {1909), pp. XII+lJiOJ,; J,! {1910), pp. XII + l-'i06). — These volumes record the zoological literature relating chiefly to the years 1900 and K»lo, re8])GCtively. Annual report of the entomologist for the year 1910-11, T. J. Anderson (Dcpt. Agr. Brit. East Africa Ann. Rpt. 1910-11, pp. 161-171). — A brief account is given of the work of the year, including notes on insects injurious to wheat, coffee, and maize. Report of the work of the experiment station for the years 1905 and 1906 on the destruction of the San Jose scale, etc., J. 11. Stewart (West Virginia t^ta. Rpt. San Jose Scale, etc., 1905-6, pp. 39, pis. 8). — This is a report of the work of the station under a state law for the destruction of the San Jose scale and other dangerous insects, etc., daring the year ended September 30, 1906. It contains a reiwrt of the entomological department by W. E. Rumsey and F. E. Brooks (pp. 9-26), which discusses nursery inspection work, the occurrence of San Jose scale in the State, and experiments with insecticides, and gives notes on other important insects of the year, including the codling motli, plum curculio, fall webworm, periodical cicada, rose chafer, woolly apple aphis, the greater chestnut weevil (Balamnus prohoscidcus) , the lesser chest- nut weevil, shot-hole borer, the catalpa sphinx, grape curculio, and scurfy scale, and a report of the bacteriologist noted on page 746 of this issue. Insect notes for 1911, O. A. Johannsen and Edith M. Patch (Maine Sta. Bui. 195, pp. 229-2-'f8, pis. 2). — Tests were made of various methods which have been recommended for the extermination of wareworms in corn. " TTie poisons and repellents used, usually so successful in combating insects under other conditions, were not efficient against wireworms in our tests. The successful growth of the peas leads one to believe that a rotation involving peas, or pos- sibly peas and oats, a common fodder crop in this State, or clover, may be effectively employed, though whether wireworms are thereby actually reduced in number in the field so they may be less injurious u^ion susceptible crops planted later, future experiments alone will decide." Among some of the more important insects mentioned are Haltica cariaata, which attacked elms at Orono; the poplar weevil {Cryptorliijnchus lapathi), which is a serious pest in some localities; the bean maggot {PhorMa fusciceps), which was reported to be the source of damage to young plants in various parts of the State; the apple maggot, which continues to be the most serious dip- terous pest in the State; the brown-tail moth, which in many localities fed sufficiently upon the apple to be troublesome at picking and to destroy the foliage to a con.siderable extent; the spruce bud moth {Tortrix fuinifcrana), whicli occurred in alarming numbers; Monodontoinerus ccrcus, a parasite of the brown-tail moth imported from Europe, which has gradually been spreading in Massachusetts and was discovered in Maine for the first time; etc. An account of Pemphigus tessellata (acerifolii) on alder and maple, by Edith M. Patch is appended. Observations subsequent to those previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 856) are said to confirm the previous evidence and leave no room for doubt that the alder and maple represent 2 hosts of a single species, the alder being the summer home of the progeny of the migrants from the maple. It is not a simple case of alternate hosts, for the alder besides serving for summer host for the progeny of the maple migrants maintains a continuous series of apterous, viviparous, parthenogeuetic females. How contact insecticides kill, G. D. Shafer {Michigan Sta. Tech, Bui. 11, pp. 65, pis. 2, figs. 7). — This bulletin consists of 2 parts, the first of which (pp. Y54 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. 8-53) deals with the effects of certain gases and insecticides upon the activity and respiration of insects, and the second (pp. 53-64) with some properties of lime-sulphur wash that make it effective in killing scale insects, especially San Jose scale. Abstracts of these have been previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 665). The investigations conducted and here reported in detail have been summarized by the author in the following general conclusions : "Usually contact insecticides do not depend upon one property or means, alone, for their effectiveness, yet as a rule some one property is chiefly concerned. Alkaline washes, corrosive sublimate solution, and other fluids, which are capable either of dissolving or of precipitating certain constituents of insect tissues, are able to penetrate the chitin of insects into the tissues slowly. The weaker the surface tension of the fluid, apparently, and the thinner the chitin with which it is in contact the more rapid- the penetration. Gases and vapors may penetrate the chitin of insects, especially through the trachefe, into the tissues far more rapidly than liquids. " It is through absorption into the insect tissues of the volatile portions of kerosene, gasoline, creolin, pyrethrum and such contact insecticides that they mainly become effective agents against insects. Vapors from these insecticides enter the tissues and become effective long before the liquids as such have time to penetrate the chitin. Kerosene, miscible oils, etc., are able to enter the spiracles and trachesB of insects even when a 'closing apparatus' is present; but the comparatively rapid influence which such insecticides exert does not come from the plugging of the tracheae alone. "The general effects of vapors from gasoline, kerosene, carbon disulphid, creolin, and the rest upon insects are very similar to the effects of the vapor of ether. The nervous system seems to be especially affected. Small amounts of such vapors produce, at first, more or less excitement ; then a period of uncer- tain movements; and finally in larger amounts anesthesia or narcosis. The respiratory activity is usually increased until after the insects become deeply affected, and it is then depressed. "Certain gases and vapors (e. g., sulphur dioxid, ammonia, and hydrocyanic- acid gas), when present in respired air continue to be absorbed by insects wMle they are alive. For the most part, these gases are not given oft" when the insects are exposed to fresh air but become rather firmly fixed within the tissues. " Insect tissues quickly become saturated with any certain percentage of the vapor of carbon disulphid, carbon dioxid. kerosene, gasoline, or similar vapor and no more (at that percentage) is taken up. Then when the insects are ex- posed to pure air, practically all of such vapors or gases are given off from the tissues again— but not quite as readily as they were absorbed. " Starvation, serious mechanical injury, and ammonia gas were all found to reduce the value of the respiratory quotient below the value given when healthy strong insects are breathing pure air. "The vapors of gasoline, carbon disulphid, kerosene, and To-bak-ine (i. e., nicotin), when present in sufficient amounts to bring the insects near death, cause the value of the respiratory ratio to rise above the value given by healthy, strong insects breathing pure air— i. e., these vapors depress the activity of oxygen absorption more than they do the carbon dioxid excreting activity. The insects tried could continue to give off small amounts of carbon dioxid when no oxygen was present to be taken up, as when they were kept in tested nitrogen, hydrogen, or carbon dioxid. "The evidence gathered seems to indicate that the vapors of gasoline, kero- sene, carbon disulphid and the like, after absorption into the insect body, be- come mainly effective through some tendency their presence exerts to prevent oxygen absorption by the tissues. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 755 '- Liine-sulphur is a special rntlier thau a general contact insecticide. Its strong, persistent reducing power, and its ability to soften the wax about tlie margin of a scale insect like the San Jose scale are the imiwrtant properties tliat make it efficient as a scaleciile." Concerning- the action of potassium tellurate as a fly repellent, A. Mayer (Mondtsh. Prakt. Tierheilk., .i.i (1911), No. 2-3, pp. 49-59).— The action of kalium telluricum as a repellent for mosquitoes, flies, ticks, etc., when admin- istered to domestic animals internally, as reported by Ochmann," led the author to conduct the investigations here presentetl. Tests were made on 9 horses and a cow by admrnistering 10 gm. in doses of from 1 to 5 gm. in their drinking water. Negative results were obtained, the exiierimental animals continuing to be annoyed by flies. Experiments with oleum lauri show it to be a good insectifuge. The existence of Schizotrypanum cnizi, Chagas, 1909, in Bahia (Matta de Sao Joao). Biology of Conorhinus megistus, E. Brumpt and Piraja da Silva (Bui. Soc. Path. Exot., 5 (1912), No. 1, pp. 22-26, pg. i).— The occurrence of ,^. vruzi at IMatta de Sao Joao, Bahia, situated about 800 km. from the point at which it was discovered by Chagas (E. S. R., 23, p. 585) is recorded, and notes are given on the life history and habits of C megistus, the reduviid through which it is transmitted. American Psyllidae, V, D. L. Crawford (Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., 3 (1911), No. .'f, pp. 628-632, fig. I). — This paper, continuing previous work (E. S. R., 26, p. 148) includes descriptions of 4 species and 1 variety of psyllids new to science. Natural enemies of the citrus plant lice, E. O. Essig (Pomona Col. .Jour. Ent., S (1911), No. 4, pp. 604-616, figs. 10). — The insect enemies of citrus plant lice here considered are Chrysopa californica, lady beetles (Coccinella calif ornica, Hippodamia convergens, Coccinella abdoniinalis, and Hcymnus sordidus), syr- phids (Lasiopfitliicus pyrastri and ^yrphus aniericanus), and the 2 internal parasites Aphidius trstacelpes and Charips xanthopsia. Aphididae of southern California. VIII, E. O. Essig (Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., S (1911), No. .'/, pp. 586-603, figs. 6). — This contribution continues previous ar- ticles (E. S. R., 26, p. 149), and deals with all the commonly injurious plant lice of citrus in southern California, namely. Aphis cookU n. sp., A. gossypii, Macrosiphum citrifolii, the green peach aphis (Myzus persicw), and the citrus aphis (Toxoptera aurantiiv). Systematically eradicating the white fly in Texas, E. R. Kone (Gulf Coast Citrus Fruit Grower, 1 (1911), No. .), p. 18). — A brief account of eradication work in Texas. It is stated that the freeze of January 2 and 3 defoliated all of the citrus fruit trees, thus confining white flies almost exclusively to other host plants, especially the cape jessamine. The white flies of Japan, S. I. Kuwana (Pomona Col. Jour. Ent., 3 (1911), No. 4, pp. 620-627, figs. 2). — This paper deals with 11 species of Japanese Aleyrodidte, of which 3 have been previously recorded and 8 are new to science. Treatment for the San Jose scale and terrapin scale insects, T. B. Symons, E. N. Cory, and O. G. Babcock (Maryland Sta. Bui. 161, pp. 221-234, figs. 3).— This bulletin reports the results of experiments conducted during the season of 1910-11, the first part (pp. 222-227) dealing with the San Jose scale, and the second (pp. 227-231) with the terrapin scale. The authors' observations and experiments show that there is little, if any, difference in the effectiveness of control work with the San Jose scale, whether done in the fall or spring. The exi^eriments and observations in 1910-11 «Ztschr. Veteriniirk., 23 (1911), No. 4, pp. 193-195. 42049°— No. 8—12 5 756 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. tlirougliout the State lead them to believe that a standard miscible oil, applied just before the buds open in the spring, is the best treatment for the terrapin scale. " The solution should be diluted at the rate of 1 part to 15 parts water. Treatment applied as late in the spring as jiossible before the buds open is less likely to prove injurious to buds or twigs. There is no doubt that treat- ing peach trees with any of the oil sprays may at any time be attended by injury, either to buds or twigs, or both. Nevertheless, this is the only treatment that seems available, and even if some injury to the tree is occasioned, it is better to run the ri.sk than allow the terrapin scale to continue to develop in the orchard." The purple scale (Lepidosaphes beckii), H. J. Quayle {California Sta. Bui. 226, pp. 319-3JiO, figs. 12). — This important scale was first described by New- man in 1SG9 in England as Coccus beckii and the following year by Packard in this country as Aspidiotus citricola. In 1876 Glover reported that it had been found in 1857 in Jacksonville, Fla.. on imported lemons. It ai)pears to have been introduced into California directly from Florida in 1888 or 1889. It is stated that at the present time the purple scale occurs in California in the counties of San Diego, Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, and Santa Barbara. In addition to Florida and California, it is known to occur in this country in Lou- isiana and Colorado. Next to the black and red or yellow scales, it is the most important scale occurring in the southern California citrus belt. " Its distribution is not so general as that of either the black, red or yellow, but where it does occur it is the most serious of them all, because it yields less readily to treatment. Where this scale occurs among others, fumigation work is directed primarily against the purple, and usually successful treatment against it readily controls the red or black scales. The purple scale infests leaf, branch, and fruit, often becoming completely incrusted upon these, but it is usually only a portion of the tree that becomes thus infested. The lower side or interior of the tree is where the insect thrives best, and here it is that the injury is most evident. . . . The scale causes a marked yellowing of the leaves and there is consequently a heavy dropping so that many of the branches will be completely denuded. "The injury is due directly to the feeding, as is the case with the red scale, since no honeydew is excreted. The scales on the ripening fruit often have a tendency to delay the coloring, and a marked green spot will be seen about the scale while the rest of the surface is yellow. On account of their firm attach- ment to the fruit they are with great difliculty removed therefrom, so that the ordinary brushing or washing of the packing-house has little effect upon them. " The economic status of this scale is due largely to its resistance to such treatments as fumigation or spraying. It is not a particularly prolific insect for the maximum number of eggs will not exceed SO, and there are not more than 3, or at most 4, generations a year. It is in the egg stage that it is most resistant to fumigation. This must be largely on account of the very complete protection afforded the eggs by the secretion of the ventral scale, which together with the dorsal scale completely envelops them. The only opening is at the posterior tip where the young upon hatching emerge." " The complete list of food plants from which L. 'beckii has been recorded is as follows : Orange, lemon, citron, grapefruit, fig, olive, croton, oak, Elseagnus, Banksia integrifolia, Taxus cuspidata, Cercidiphyllum japonicum, Pomaderris apetala." Technical descriptions are given of its stages, together with an account of its life history and habits. " The time required for the life cycle, from young to young, during the summer months is about 3 months and in winter may be prolonged a mouth or more longer. . . , During May, and also in June, young ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 757 scales begiu fippearing in large niimbers, which is the tirst definite spring hatch. It is altogether likely tliat in many cases these are the progeny of the third generation. During the remainder of the summer young scales will be found continuously in considei'able numbers. Eggs will be found at any season of the year, but during the winter mouths the young will appear mostly during the warmer ])eriods." Aspidiotiphagiis citrmus, the only parasite thus far reared from the purple scale, has been known to occur in the State since 1891. Although in many sections of the citrus belt where the purple scale occurs little or no trace of the parasite has been found, in certain places parasitism is as heavy as with the red or yellow scale. A. citrirms is a strictly internal feeder, and attaclase of the silkworm which he finds to be due to B. effusa n. sp. 'J'he work concludes witli a bibliograjihy of ol titles. Fighting the cotton worm (Alabama arg'illacea), W. E. Hinds (Alabama ars at Bethany Center. X. Y. The insecticidal action of pyridin and quinolin when used in combating' the cochylis and eudemis moths, I'. Cazeneuve (Rev. Vit., SG (1911), No. 921, lip. 1.j3~160; Rcr. Hort. {Paris], g.i (1911). No. l.'u pp. 319, 320).— In combat- ing the cochylis and eudemis moths, the author made use of commercial pyri- din. which can be purchased at the rate of 2 francs per kilogram (about 17.5 cts. per pound). Two applications consisting of 2CK) gm. of pyridin to a hectoliter of Bordeaux mixture (or Paris green, which is preferred by the author) were made before the blossoms opened and a third application while the vines were in bloom and the larvje located in the blossoms. This resulted in the immediate de- struction of many, while others dropped and succumbed on the groinid, or transformed to pnpie on the stalks. As a result of this treatment, the second generation of moths, which emerge toward tlie end of July, is reported to have been small. In combating the pest at this time the author has used a fourth application consisting of 300 gm. of pyridin to a hectoliter of Bordeaux mix- ture, care being taken that the grapes are well covered with the spray. A powder consisting of flowers of stilphur aud hydraulic lime 35 kg. e;u-li. laic 28 kg., copper carbonate 1 kg., aud trioxyniethylene 1 kg. applietl at the same time and while the grapes are yet wet is said to act as a repellent, formaldehyde gas being liberated and iirevonting the moths from ovi])ositing on the vines. On the early stages of certain geometrid species, W. Barnes and J. McDun- NouGH (Psyche, 19 (1912), No. 1. pp. Vi-2(j). — Studies of 7 species are re- corded. Destruction of flies abroad (Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. 8.], 15 (1912), No. 60, pp. 1031-1033). — Brief notes are given in regard to the occurrence of the house fly aud of the use of fly paper, etc., abroad, particularly in Euro- pean countries. Report on fruit fly control, W. M. Giffakd (Haivaii. Forester and Ayr., 9 (1912), No. 1, pp. 28-31). — It is stated that up to the present time the Medi- terranean fruit fly has been found in Hawaii infesting the following fruits: Strawberry and all other garden varieties of guava; peach, avocado, Chinese orange, mandarin orange, sweet orange, green peppers, fig, rose apple, star apple, mountain apple, coffee berry, wild guava, Chinese plum (Roronhia emar- ginata). mango, overripe papaya, varieties of lime, baby papaya (Carica quercifoUa), Carissa arduina, Chinese ink berry, grapefruit, prickly pear, Eugenia iini flora, loquat. and "kamani " (umbrella tree) nut. The mode of transmission of leprosy, T. L. Sandes (Brit. Med. Jour., 1911. No. 26'i.'i, pp. .'i69, 'flO). — From the data presentetl, the author concludes that " considering the enormous numbers of lepra bacilli in the infiltrated or ulcer- ated skin and nasal mucosa of an active ' tubercular ' leper and the ingestion of bacilli by certain insects, direct contact and transmission by flies, fleas, mos- ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 759 quitoes, or other insects, are possible modes of spread of tlie disease; but sucli infection, if it ever does talj;e place, is accidental and exceptionaL Having found acid-fast bacilli answering as far as our imperfect tests permit to the characteristics of lepra bacilli in a considerable proportion (about 30 per cent) of specimens of Acanthia lectularia up to 16 days after feeding on lepers, there is reason to believe that this species of insect constitutes a very important agent in the spreading of leprosy." The cacao beetle (Dept. Agr. Trinidad and Tobago Bui., 10 (1911), No. 69, pp. 218, 219). — A brief report of effective results obtained from trapping the cacao beetle as recommendetl in a paper previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 465). Shot hole borers (Scolytidae and Bostrichidae), E. E. Green (Troi). Agr. and Mag. Ccijlon Agr. 8oc., 38 [1912), Xo. 1, itp- 37-39, fig. 1). — This paper includes an annotated, list of 14 species of Scolytidse that have been found associated, with various economic plants in Ceylon. The three destructive snout beetles that attack apples, F. E. Beooks (Better Fruit, 6 (1912), No. 8, pp. 21-26, 73-75, figs. 11). — The data here presented relating to the plum curculio, apple curculio, and apple weevil (PseudantJiono- iiius cratcegi), are included in an account previously notetl (E. S. R., 23, p. 160). The present state of the knowledg'e of foul brood in bees, S. Korolev ( Viest- nik Bakt. Agron. Stantsii V. K. Ferrein, 19lO, No. 17, pp. 30-99; J911, No. 18, pp. 15-33). — In addition to an extended survey of the literature on the subject, the author describes the results of bacteriological examinations of honeycombs. Ichneumonids and tachinids as intermediate hosts of Chlamydozoa, Wolff (Mitt. Kaiser Wilhelms Inst. Landw. Bromberg, 3 (1910), No. 1, pp. J,9, 50).— The author repoi'ts having found the yellow disease or jaundice (grasserie) in jjupte, princiijally of Bupalus piniarius, received from West Prussia. Attention is called to the fact that the virus from Chlamydozoa carriers (ichneumonids and tachinids) will infect the caterpillar of the nonne moth, when inoculated, and that this will take place even after months of drying. Some North American Cynipidse and their g-alls, W. Beutenmijller (Bui. Amer. Mas. Nat. Hist., 26 (1909), pp. 277-281, pi. 1; 28 (1910), pp. 117-136, 137-lU, 253-258, pis. 10; 30 (1911), pp. 3-'i3-369, pis. 6).— These jjapers, which constitute the sixth to tenth of a series of articles by the author on North American Cynipidae and their galls (E. S. R., 22. p. 255), deal with the genera Eumayria, Belenocnema. Solenozopheria, and Compsodryoenus ; Neuroterus; Aylax ; Aulacidea ; and Dryophaiita, res]iectively. The transmission of typhus fever, with especial reference to transmission by the head louse (Pediculus capitis), J. Goldberger and J. F. Anderson (Pub. Health and Mar. Hasp. Serr. V. H., Pub. Health Rpts., 27 (1912), No. 9, pp. 297-307, figs. 6). — Exi^erimeuts conducted with the body louse and head louse, here reported, have led the authors to conclude that the body louse (P. vesti- menti) and the head louse (P. capitis) may become infected with typhus. The virus is contained in the body of the infected louse and is transmissible by sub- cutaneous injection of the crushed insect. It may also be transmitted by the liite of the body louse, and. it is believed, by that of the head louse as well. Papers on deciduous fruit insects and insecticides. — Notes on the peach bud mite, an enemy of peach nursery stock, A. L. Quaintance (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 97, pt. 6, pp. 103-11. 'f, pis. 5). — " For the past 15 or 20 years nurserymen in the East have complained of a well-defined trouble of peach nursery stock, resulting from injury to the tender terminal bud of the prin- cipal shoot. The injury causes the cessation of further upward growth of the shoot and results in the development from the lateral buds of numerous branches, a condition very objectionable in stock of this class where a single vigorous shoot is desired. There have been several references in literature to 760 EXPEKIMENT STATIOIS' EECOKD. this trouble, and entomologists are divided as to the cause, though iu most instances a minute mite has been noted as associated with it." This mite lias recently been found by Nathan Banks to be new to science and the name Tnr- sonemus icaitei has been given to it. In this paper the author has brought together the recorded facts concerning it, together with remarks on the injuries caused by some other species of Tarsonemus, including T. oryzw, which infests the culms of the rice plant in Italy and produces the malady described by Negri under the name "bian- chella; " T. spirifex (E. S. R., 19, p. 252) ; T. ananas (E. S. R., 11, p. 256) ; T. banerofti, which injures sugar cane in Barbados and also occurs in Queens- land; T. culinicolus (E. S. R., 12, p. 970) ; T. latus, which was foimd by Banks in some small mango plants in one of the Department greenhouses in Wash- ington ; and T. pal1ieriod and while the nitrogen ingested was gradually reduced to about the minimum of nitrogen consumption. Notes are given on the various products of nitrogen metabolism as they appear in the excreta. Concerning metabolism in nitrogen hunger, G. Kinbebg {Skand. Arch. Physiol., 25 {1911), No. J,-5, pp. 291-31/,, flgs. 5; abs. in Chem. Zenthh, 1911, II, No. l/f, p. lOJfl). — Nitrogen excretion under the experimental conditions sank during the nitrogen hunger peilod with increasing rapidity and reached a minimum of 5.17 gm. on the ninth day. FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. 765 Treatment of uric acid diathesis, M. Hindhede (Ber. Hindhedes Kontor Ernwringsundersog., 1 {1912), pp. 50, dgms. 9; Skand. A)Ch. Physiol., 26 (1912), Xo. 4-6, pp. 384-406, dgms. 3). — The author reports experiments conducted on himself and 5 other subjects with different dietaries made up of food materials with varying contents of purin substances. It was found that the urine from a diet made up largely of potatoes was but slightly acid and did not contain uric acid. The urine from a meat, graham i)read. rye bread, or boltetl flour bresid diet, on the other hand, contained uric Mcid. The urine from the potato diet was able to dissolve at blood temperature many times its own content of uric acid (from 11 to 3^ gm. in all daily), and urine of a similar property was obtained when strawberries or milk, or both, were added to the fare. Milk diet produced an acid urine which could dissolve about 2 gm. of uric acid daily, at blood temperature, beyond that already con- tained therein. Tomatoes aud apples showed similar results. These and other data reported are discussed at length. The influence of carbohydrates and fats on protein metabolism, E. P. Cathcart (2. Cong. Iiitcniaf. Uyg. Aliment. Bru.rcUcs [Proc], I {1910), tiect. 2, pp. 231-235). — The author presents data in supiwrt of his hyj>othesis that cai'bo- hydrates or products arising from the breakdown of carbohydrates are abso- lutely essential for endocellular synthetic processes in connection with protein metabolism. The relation of nitrogen to sulphur in metabolism, O. Gross {Ztschr. Expt. Path. M. Ther., 9 {1911), No. 1, pp. 171-1S9, dgms. 10; abs. in Chem. Abs., 6 {1912), No. 3, p. 382). — The ratio of nitrogen to sulphur in the excreta under normal conditions follows that in the intake. In starvation the sulphur in the output remains fairly constant to the nitrogen decrease. This would indicate (hat proteins rich in sulphur, or cleavage products, are lirst utilized during starvation. The lecithin fed apparently did not spare protein. Phosphoric acid metabolism, R. Berg {Chem. Ztg., 34 {1910), No. 118, p. 10-',9; (ibf!. /«. Chem. Abs.. 6 (1912), No. 2, pp. 243. 2'/ '/ ) .— Such inorganic anions as II2PO4, 112804. etc., act simply as irritants in the human body and their neutralization accompanying their removal robs it of cations, especially calcium. The calcium phosphates are mainly removed in the form of Ca3(P04)2. Officinal dicalcium phosphate removes calcium instead of supplying it. Two- thirds of the calcium of calcium hypophosphite is retained in the organism and tends to cause an acidosis possibly dangerous in rachitis aud other pathological conditions. It is valueless for supplying phosphorus. Either calcium sulphate or calcium chlorid may be used to increase urine secretion or peristalsis, but Ihey leave part of their calcium in the organism and rob it of sodium or IKitassium. Calcium carbonate must be converted into calcium chlorid by the gastric juice in order to be effective. Acid carbonate appears to be in a meas- m-e absorbed. Lecithin and also phytin are decomposed in digestion. In- organic '• nutrient salts " have value as irritants, but are useless as building materials. Experiments on the nutritive value of phosphorus compounds, W. Heub- NER ET AL. {Munchcu. Med. Wehnsehr., 5S (1911). No. 48, pp. 2543, 2544). — I" experiments with animals no marked differences in phosphorus gain were noted when phosphates and lecithin were fed in comparison. It is proposed to study further the distribution of phosphorus in the organs and whether there is a difference in the character of the stored phosphorus. Lecithin metabolism, A. Bickel {Internat. Beitr. Path. u. Ther. Erndhrungs- stor. Stoffw. u. Verdaimngslcrank.. 3 (1911), No. 2. pp. 171-179; abs. in Chem. Abs., 6 (1912), No. 2, p. 242). — The nitrogen and phosphorus balance was deter- mined in the case of a man fe{l with common lecithin preparations, such as 766 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. ))iocitiii Mnil ovulecitbin. The lecithin phosphorus appeared to be resorbed aiul deposited. Influence of lecithin upon calcium and magnesium excretion, A. Loeb (Intcrnat. Beiii: Path. u. Ther. Erndlirungsstor. Stofftc. u. Verdauutigskrank., 3 {1911), No. 2, pp. 235-237; ahs. in Chem. Abs., 6 {1912), No. 2, p. 2-^2).— In experiments with a man fed lecithin the phosphoric acid appeared to be re- tained, but this was not the case with the calcium and magnesium. Inorganic lione substance was not increased. Experimental investigations concerning the significance of lipoids in nutrition, W. Sticpp {Ztfivhr. Biol., 57 (1911). No. 5, pp. 135-170). — Confirnung earlier work," the author found that white mice could not be kept alive on a diet of rice and milk subjected to thorough extraction by alcohol and ether, and that the addition of salts to such a diet produced no improvement. How- ever, when the evaporated extract was added, and particularly extract from substances containing an abundance of material soluble in ether and alcohol, the mice throve. The addition of butter, tripalmatin, tristearin or triolein, lecithin or chlores- terol to the extracted food did not sustain life, but with the addition of an alcoholic extract of 200 cc. of dried skim milk to each 100 gm. of extracted food the mice were in normal condition at the end of 6 weeks. Boiling the milk had an effect not clearly explained. In half the tests the addition of the extract from boiled milk did not sustain life. While the author realizes the complexity of the whole subject, his experi- ments lead him to conclude that regarding the substances in question only this much miay be said, that since they are soluble in alcohol and ether and are not fats, they fall under the head of lipoids. For the physiology of digestion the experiments are significant in so far as they indicate clearly that it is not enough to judge a diet purely by its caloric value. The metabolism of the hypophysectomized dog, F. G. Benedict and .7. HoMANS {JoHi: Med. Research, 25 {1912). No. 3, pp. .'i09-502, pi. 1, dgnis. 8).— In general, when the hypophy.sis was removed a general tendency to retard the normal growth of the animal was observed and gain in weight was principally due to the deposition of fat. There was a tendency to slightly lowered body temperature, as well as a marked fall in pulse rate which occurred a few days after operation and then continued, and a fall in the respiration rate approximately parallel and similar to that of the pulse rate. The total metabo- lism as measured by the carbon dioxid production was decidetlly lowered. The small respiration apparatus used in the experiments is described. The influence of moderate changes of temperature of the surrounding atmosphere on the respiratory exchange of infants, A. Schlossmann and H. MuRSCHHAUSEE (Biochem. Ztschr., 37 {1911). No. 1-2, pp. 1-22. dgms. 12; abs. in Jour. Chem.. Soc. [London], 102 {1912). No. 591, II, p. 57).— It was found that moderate changes of temperature exercised practically no influence on the respiratory exchange. The influence of crying on the respiratory exchange of infants, A. Schloss- mann and H. Murschhauser {Biochem. Ztschr., 37 {1911). No. 1-2, pp. 23-29, dgms. 2; abs. in Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 102 {1912), No. 591, II, p. 57).— When the respiratory exchange of infants was studied by means of a calorimeter during periods of rest and crying, it was found that crying increased the con- sumption of oxygen 44 per cent and the carbon dioxid excretion 59.4 i>er cent. The secretion, salt content, and reaction of sweat, C. Kittsteiner {Arch. Hyi).. 73 {1911), No. S-Jf, pp. 275-306, dgms. 3). — The author and other persons "Biochem. Ztschr., '22 (19W), p. 452. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 767 ill normal health were subjects, i>erspiratiou being collected from the face, the arm, and the lower leg by means of glass tubes fastened to the body with rubber tissue. The face apparently secreted sweat most abundantly. The amount of sodium chlorid contained iu sweat was directly proportional to the rate of secretion. Temperature, humidity, muscular activity, baths, psychic influences, and other conditions exercised only an indirect influence on the salt content, but a per- ceptible increase in the amount of salt taken iu food produced a corresponding increase in the salt excretion in perspiration. Under ordinary conditions sweat is acid in reaction, the acidity increasing when the secretion is heated. In general, the arm yielded the most acid l)erspiration and the lower leg the least acid of the sam]iles studied. Muscular activity, baths, and other means of increasing perspiration have no direct influ- ence upon acidity. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. The interpretation of the results of feeding experiments, T. B. Wood (Jour. Bd. Affi: [London], Sup. 7, 1911, Nov., pp. 32-37). — A method of determining the probable error of feeding trials is discussed, and examples of its use iu interpreting the results ;ire cited. .See also a previous note (E. S. K., 24, p. QSo). The results of 2 feeding trials with sheep, in which concentrated cakes were compared, were inconclusive. Combining the results of 3 trials, which included .*>8 animals for each food, it was found that a mixture of decorticated cake and barley gave 9.1 per cent greater increase iu live weight than linseed cake. The probable error on this increase was 3.1 per cent. The difl'erence was 2.9 times the probable error, which corresponds to odds of 20:1. Therefore, the author states that the conclusion that a mixture of decorticated cake and barley is a better food for sheep than linset^d cake is justified. The theoretical foundations of the principles of feeding, Kleberger (I'iiltlinf/.s Landw. ZUj., 61 {Id 12), No. /, /*/). l!)-26). — A brief historical resume of the progress made in experimental studies of the nutritive value of feeding stuffs, with special reference to the work of Kellner. The beet sugar industry and live stock production, AV. I^. Petrikin (Denver [1911], pp. I'l). — Attention is called to the advantages of utilizing waste products of sugar beets for feeding domesticated animals. Samples of rations containing beet pulp are given. Feeding experiments with cattle and sheep, 1910—11, D. A. Gilchrist (Count!/ North unib. Ed. Com. Bui. 17, 1912, pp. 17). — When young cattle were fed a larger proportion of protein than called for by the Wolff-Lehmann stand- ard somewhat faster gains were made but at less profit. Decorticated cotton cake as a concentrate caused slightly faster gains than soy-bean cake, but in one experiment was less economical. In a feeding test with sheep, when maize meal and straw were substituted for swedes, the gains were more rapid but the cost of gain was increased. Analyses of meadow hay, straw, swedes, soy cake, decorticated cotton cake, and Bombay cotton cake are given. On the spontaneous heating of hay, H. Miehe {Arb. Dent. Lan&w. Gesell., 1911, No. 196, pp. 36, figs. 3; ahs. in Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 (1912), No. 11, pp. 9.'i4, 9-'i5). — Up to 40° C. heating the hay stacks was found to be due chiefly to Bacillus coli, but if the grass was not quite dead the first stage was caused mainly by respiratory activity. From 40 to 75° B. caJfuctor was mainly respon- sible; above 75° the heating was purely chemical. O'idiuin lactis and Aspergil- lus niger were also found to assist in the production of heat. [Analyses of feeding stuffs], R. E. Rose and E. P. Greene (Fla. Quart. Bui. Dept. Agr., 22 (1912), No. 1, pp. 72-9-'t). — Analyses are reported of wheat. 768 EXPERIMENT STATION KECORD. whe.it luidclliDgs, cotton-seed meal, bran, east-coast grass, ground clover, ship stuff, gluten feed, rice flour, dried beet jmiIj), alfalfa meal, and pro]irietary feeds. Inspection and analyses of commercial feeding stuffs, 1910—11, W. F. Hand et al. {Mississiijpi Sta. Buls. If/O, pp. 3-37; 152, pp. 3-31). — Analyses are reported of 280 samples of rice bran, wheat bran, wheat shorts, wheat mid- dlings, rice polish, ship stuff, corn chops, and mixed feeds. Chicag'o farmers' and drovers' journal: Yearbook of figures, 1912 (Chicago, 1912. pp. IK)).' — A brief statistical resume of the live stock movements In the United States for 1011, including tables of prices, receipts of live stock, and data on the principal feeding stuffs. Britain's sources of meats (Breeder's da;:., 61 (1912), No. o, pp. 2.50, 251). — Statistics are presented showing the decline in the exports of live cattle and sheep and dressed beef from the United States and Canada to Great Britain during the past 7 years, and the increase in the exportation of dressed beef from Argentina. The live stock trade, C. A. Penning (Jaarb. Dept. Landb. Xederland. Indie, 1910, pp. 269-286, pi. 1). — This contains statistics on the live stock industry in the Dutch East Indies. Cattle breeding, F. B. Lohnis (VersJag. en Meded. Dir. Lnndh. Dept. Landb., Nijv. en, Handel, 1911. No. 6, pp. 10 f/). — A genei'al and statistical article on cat- tle breeding, breeders' associations, and related matters. Annual report of the general manager, Naivasha stock farm, for 1910—11, X. A. McGreook (Dept. Agr. Brit. East Africa Ann. h'pt. 1910-11, pp. 119-^ 132). — This contains notes on the adaptability of imported breeds of do- mesticated animals and their crosses under East African conditions. The period of rutting in cattle, swine, and horses, J. Struve (/•'»/( /(hj/'.s Landio. Ztg., 60 (1911), No. 2^, pp. S33-83S) .—This contains data on the fre- (luency and duration of the rutting period. The figures given for the average length from the beginning of one to the occurrence of the next period is 20.15S days for cows and 20.66 for swine. The exact time was found to be more ditHcult to determine in the case of horses, but is thought to be about the same. The cattle in the region of the central Pyrenees, J. Girard (Rev. Vet. \Totilouse], 37 (1912), Nos. J, pp. 7-lIi; 2, pp. 75-86; 3, pp. 13-^-146, figs. -}).— A description is given of the origin and characteristics of the cattle in the highlands and vales of southwestern France. All are of the same general type but they are known by many different names. A new form of a small diluvial primitive ox (Bos urus minutus n. sp.), K. VON DEN Malsburg (Bul. Internat. Aead. Sci. Cracovie, CI. Sei. Math, et Nat., 8er. B, 1911, No. 5, pp. 340-S48, pis. 3; abs. in Arch. Rassen u. Gesell. Biol., 8 (1911), No. 6, p. 802). — A description is given of 3 imperfect bovine skulls obtained from diluvial strata, which closely resemble B. primigenius except in size. The author thinks they represent an intermediate form brought about by unfavorable conditions. Contributions to the physiology of the nutrition of growing animals. — III, The protein requirements of growing cattle, G. Fingerling (Landic. Vers, ^tnt., 76 (1912), No. 1-2. pp. /-?'/). — From a series of metabolism ex- periments with 4 calves on different rations the author concludes that 1.5 kg. of digestible protein per 1,000 kg. live weight per day gives as satisfactory results for calves from 5 to 9 months of age as a larger proportion of protein, provided thei'e are sufficient carbohydrates in the ration. Notes on the primitive breeds of sheep in Scotland, H. J. Elwes (Scot. Nat., 1912, Nos. 1, pp. 1-7; 2, pp. 25-32; 3, pp. 49-52, pis. 3).— A discussion of the origin and characteristics of the native breeds of sheep in the islands of ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 769 Shetland, Orkney, Soay, Hebrides, and Man, and of the Keerie or Rocky sheep of Caithness. Horns in sheep as a typical sex-limited character, T. R. Arkell and C. B. Davenport (Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 897, pp, 375-377). — Matings of the sheep used and their hypothetical somatic and gametic composition are presented in tabular form, and it is stated that the results agree with the theory that the male is heterozygous in sex and that there is an inhibitor of horn formation which is located in the sex chromosomes. Sheep farming in America, J. E. Wing {Chicago, 1912, 3. ed., rev. and cnl., pp. 368, pi. 1, fig% 68).— X revised edition of this work (E. S. R., 19, p. 1068). The sheep industry in Canada, Great Britain, and United States, W. A. Dryden and W. T. Ritch (Canada Dept. Agr., Branch Lire Stock Comr., Spec. Rpt., 1911, Nov., pp. 187, pis. 57). — This contains data and methods of breeding and feeding sheep in the different sections of Canada, Ignited States, and Great Britain. There are also statistics of the world's sheep and wool in- dustry, and recommendations for improving the sheep industry in Canada. Sheep breeding' in New Zealand, J. Linton (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 3 (1911), No. 6, pp. 48-'f--iS6). — This contains data obtained from flock books of each breed of sheep in New Zealand. Energy required for the work of digestion in sheep, W. Ustjanzew (Bio- chcni. Ztschr., 37 (1911). No. 5-6, pp. .'/J7'-.i76). — The determination of income and outgo of energy was made by the respiration calorimeter. The average energy required per minute per kilogram of live weight with sheep was 12.86 calories for mastication, 3.92 calories for rumination, 21.6 calories for digestion in one experiment, and 22.89 calories in another test containing a large amount of fiber. In all cases the rations containing a large amount of hard fiber required more energy for mastication, rumination, and digestion than rations containing a small amount of fiber. The value of fiber testing machines for measuring the strength and elas- ticity of wool, J. A. Hill (Wi/oming Sta. Bui. 92, pp. 3-23, fig. 1). — A discus- sion of work previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 570), with special reference to the usefulness of the fiber-testing machine for measuring strength and elas- ticity of the wool fiber. It is concluded that the great variability of the wool fiber with respect to these 2 characters renders the most j^erfect fiber-testing machine valueless as au instrument to be used for commercial and industrial purposes as far as wool is concerned. The remains of swine from Friesian mounds, L. Broekema (Cultura, 2^ (1912), No. 282, pp. 71-77). — Measurements of subfossil bones of swine obtained from mounds in Friesia are presented in tabular form and compared with those found in other places. There is also a discussion of the ancestry of European swine. Feeding experiments with swine, K. Hofmann and J. Hansen (Landw. Jahrb., JiO (1911), Ergdnzmigsb. 1, pp. 190-210). — This is a continuation of earlier work (E. S. R.. 21. p. 173). Steamed potatoes and potato flakes were of about equal feeding value, but the flakes produced a better quality of pork. Better gains were made with barley than with rye. Jkleat meal produced excel- lent gains, but was considered too expensive for economical gains. Feed requirement of brood sows, F. Lehmann (Jour. Landw., 59 (1911), No. 3, pp. 317-363, pi. 1). — A high protein ration increased the birth rate of the young and faster gains were made after birth than where sows remained on a ration low in protein. Feeding experiments with swine, O. Kellner, F. Lehmann and J. Konig (Bcr. Landir. Rcichi^awfr Inncni inoD, No. 15. pp. 71). — A report of a number of miscellaneous feeding tests made at 3 different stations. The feeds tested 770 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. included Russian feeding Ijiirk-y, (iernian I)re\ving barley, barloy bran, rye meal, rj'e bran, wheat bran, fish meal, meat meal, potatoes, dried potatoes, sugar beets, sugar chips, milk, skiui milk, red clover, lucern, vetch, beet-leaf silage, oats, field beans, dried distillery slops, dried brewers' grains, wlieat straw, maize, cotton-seed meal, sesame cake, and coconut cake. Analyses of the feeds are given. The basis of swine fattening', F. Lehmann (Molk. Ztg. [Hildesheim], 25 (toil), Nos. 07, pp. 182.3, 182',; 08, pp. 18.W, 181,-',; 99, pp. 1857, i8.5.S).— This is chiefly a discussion of the feed re(_iuirements of swine. Eugenics and the breeding of light horses, .7. C Ewart ( Field [London], 119 (1912), No.s. 3083, pp. 288, 289; 3086, p. 3 ',6, //>•. i2).— Attention is calltnl to the need for fmproving light horses for army remounts, which can be done only by conducting breeding operations on scientific principles. If pure breed- ing strains are to be obtained, pui'e-breeding females as well as pure-breeding males must be used as foundation stock. " To breed economically light horses suitable for military purposes it will be necessary to form at least one pure-breeding (homozygous) strain of thorough- breds of the hunter type, and at least one pure-breeding strain with, say, the characteristics of the old Irish draft horse or of the old English pack horse. If, as is highly probable, a homozygous thoroughbred hunter strain yields with a pui'e-breeding draft horse strain hybrids or crosses relatively as uniform and valuable as the hybrid red-roan Shorthorns, the jiroblem of breeding light horses for military and general utility pur])oses would be solved. . . . Though homozy- gous strains or lines of thoroughbreds have not yet been formed, there actually exists now ... a number of thoroughbreds (of what may be known as the chaser or Red Prince type) which invariably breetl true. By forming a stud made up of, say, a score of pure-breeding mares and of 3 or 4 pure-breeding stal- lions which invariably produce offspring of the Red Prince type, the foundation would be laid of an invaluable thoroughbred strain." What horse for the cavalry? S. Borden (Fall River, Mass., 1012, pp. V+t06, pi. 1, figs. 57). — Types of horses bred in Hollaud, (Jermany, Austria, and Hun- gary that are suitable for remounts are illustrated and described. Horse breeding- in Italy, H. von Albert (Deut. Landw. Presse, 39 (1912), No. 19, p. 222, Jigs. 2). — This contains brief descriptions of the more common breeds of horses in Italy. Some experiments with poultry, C. L. Opperman and R. H. Waite (Mary- land Sta. Bill. 157, pp. 79-95, figs. J,). — In a study of the egg production of 60 white Leghorn hens in 3 successive years, the average number of eggs per bird was 171.3 the first year, 149.1 the second year, and 151.1 the third year. The estimated cost of the maintenance of the flock was $90 for each year. The profit per hen was $2.07 the first year, $1.61 the second year, and 90 cts. the third year. The yearly individual records obtained by trap nests are given. All of the .5 hens which produced 200 eggs and over laid their first egg in November, whereas of the fowls producing 100 and under only 3.7 per cent laid their first egg in November, 44.4 per cent laid the first egg in January, and 13 per cent laid the first egg in February. One fowl made the best record in the third year, 13 the second year, and the remainder during the first year. " The percentage of shrink in egg production during the third year proves conclusively that birds of this age are being maintained at a serious financial loss." The adoption of some method for marking fowls is advocated as a means for increasing egg production. A study as to the time required for eggs to become fertile led to the follow- ing results : " On the fourth day after the male was added in the first test ANIMAL PKODUCTION. 771 with Leghorns 10 eggs were laid by the 20 birds, of which 7 were fertile. Fifty per cent of the eggs laid on the third day (less than 54 hours after the male had been put in) were fertile. In the next test, using tlie same birds, 13 eggs were laid on the fourth day, of which 10 w^ere fertile. In the next test, using 18 Rhode Island Red pullets and 1 White Plymouth Rock cockerel. 4 eggs wei'e laid on the" seventh day and all were fertile, 6 were laid on the eighth day, 3 being fertile. In the next test, using another pen of the same breeds, 8 eggs were laid on the eighth day. all being fertile. In the next test, using still another pen of the same breeds, 5 eggs weve laid on the eighth day, 4 of which were fertile. The next day, however, 4 infertile eggs were laid ■•md from then on the fertility was not as high as in the other tests. ... In the case of the pen of 20 Leghorns an egg was found to be fertile that was laid after the male had been removed 20 days. In this pen the fertility held up well for 11 days. The fertility of the eggs from the Plymouth Rock pen held up well until after the tenth day. One egg was found to be fertile which was laid 16 days after the male had been removed." From a study of the effect of feeding corn on the color of the yolk of eggs the following conclusions were draw'u : " Yellow corn, when fed to hens in the proportion of 9 parts corn to 12 parts mash, gives a very deep yellow color to the yolk of the resulting eggs. Yellow corn, when fed to hens in the proportion of 4i parts corn to 16i parts of other feeds, gives a noticeably yellow tint to the resulting eggs. Wheat, when fed ui the same proportions as above, does not give any yellow color to tlie eggs. White corn is no better than wheat so far as furnishing a tint to the yolk of the resulting eggs is concerned.' A cooperative investigation on the profitableness of poultry wlien kept under farm conditions, W. A. Lloyd and W. L. Elser (Ohio 8ta. Circ. J 18, pp. 69-00, figs. 7). — A cooperative investigation on the cost of keeping poultry under the usual conditions for a period of 1 year. No advice was given to the cooperators as to the feeding and care of the flocks. About one-half of the flocks were of mixed breeds, but there were pure-bred flocks of Barred Rocks, Rhode Island Reds, Brown Leghorns, and other breeds. The average figures given for 18 flocks kept on farms were as follows : Number of fowls 121, eggs per hen 71, labor cost per fowl 28 cts., feed cost per fowl 61 cts., total value of eggs sold $121.14, value of ix)ultry sold $45.67, value of eggs used $18.41, value of poultry used $13.76, and profit per fowl 87 cts. The corresponding figures for 12 town flocks w^ere: Number of fowls 46, eggs per hen 70, labor cost per fowl 60 cts., feed cost per fowl 97 cts., total value of eggs sold $41.36, value of poultry sold $29.28, value of eggs used $16.77, value of poultry used $9.95, profit per fowl 36 cts. The largest number of fowls kept in the town flocks was 97, and the fewest 18. Four of the town flocks showed a loss, the greatest averaging a loss of 93 cts. per fowl. The greatest profit of the town flocks was from a flock of 26, averaging a profit of $1.64 iier fowl. The profit on the farm flocks ranged from 14.5 cts.. from a flock of 149 fowls, to .$2.47, from a flock of 9() fowls. None of the farm flocks showed a loss. Three flocks exceeded 300 fow^ls, from which the average profit was 86 cts. per fowl. The average cost of equipment of the 18 farm flocks was $65.61, of the 12 town flocks $88.54, and of 1 commei'cial iwultryman $401.50. The following figures are given relative to the cost of poultry used in fami- lies: The average per individual in town was 229 eggs, valued at $4.19, and 5 fowls valued at $2.48. The figures per individual in the country were 264 eggs, valued at $4.60, and 7 fowls at a value of $3.44. Other conclusions reached are : " Both in town and country small flocks have given greater profits per fowl than large flocks. Flocks with unlimited range 42049°— No. 8—12 6 772 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. have shown better profits tbau flocks that were partly or wholly conlinetl. Farm flocks have been more profitable than village or city lot flocks. . . . Poultry ' systems ' requiring close confinement of the flock and a large amount of personal attention are out of place on a general farm. The poultry should be incidental to the main business of the farm. Farm and village lot ix)ultrymen are serious competitors with the commercial poultrymen. The surplus from all these small flocks pours upon the market a continuous stream regardless of profit. ... A better system of marketing eggs and poultry is needed ; one which Avill encourage the production of a high-class product and insure expedi- tious and careful transi)ortation to the consumer." [Hatching chickens on a large scale] (\. Y. Produce Rev. and Aincr. Cream., 33 {iyi2), x\o. 17, pp. 7.2',, 7..'J).— A note on a hatchery with a capacily of ;J().(;kjO eggs at one time. " The principle of the hatchery is the use of a fan to drive the heat from gas burners downward through the eggs, instead of allowing it to rise to the higher elevations as hot air will always do if left to itself. The fan principle enables the placing of the eggs in the hatchery 20 layers deep, instead of 1 or 2, as in the small incubators. Therefore, one man can attend to the hatching of the entire contents of the hatchery, as thermostats and other scientific attach- ments jtositively control the heat in the incubator to 100.5°, which is the exact heat for hatching eggs. In case a stronger or lesser flow of gas in the heater is required, the thermostat controls it automatically." The method of turning eggs by the incubating hen, J. L. Feateur (Rev. Gen. Agron., n. ser., 6 {1911), No. 11-12, pp. J,12-'i77). — By numbering the eggs the exact location of each egg was determined from day to day during the incu- bation period. It was found that the position was changed daily, the eggs occupying the center of the nest being moved to the iTeriphei'y and vice versa by rotating on the longer axis. The formation of organic phosphorus from inorganic phosphates, G. Fin- GERLiNG (Biochem. Ztschr., 3S {1912). No. 5-6, pp. -)}8--j6'7). — Analyses of eggs laid by geese showed that lecithin and nuclein were synthetically formed fi-om inorganic phosphorus supplied in the ration. Effect of narcotics upon the development of hen's egg, A. M. Reese (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), A'o. 892, p. 191). — An abstract of a preliminary account of the effect of reagents on the development of the hen's egg. Alcohol was fatal in about 75 per cent of the experiments, ether in about 35 per cent, and chloroform, chlorotone, and magnesium chlorid were generally fatal, though with the 2 latter compounds some deaths may have been due to faulty technic. White-faced black Spanish, R. A. Rowan (Rel. Poultry Jour., 19 (1912), No. 1, p. 75, fig. 1). — Brief notes on the revival of interest in what is supposed to be the oldest breed of the Mediterranean type of fowls. What's a capon and why, G. Beuoy (1912, pp. ^0, pi. 1, figs. S5). — The ad- vantages of caponizing are discussed, and methods for performing the operation are described. Ostrich breeding, W. Bassermann (Der Strauss und seine Zucht. Berlin, 1911, pp. yiII + 157, pis. 15). — A general treatise on the breeding, feeding, and management of ostriches. The fur trade, E. Brass (Aus dein Rcichc der Pcl^^e. Berlin, 1911, pp. JXI+709, figs. i83).— The first part of this book is devoted to the history of the trade in fur, skins, and hides of animals. The second is devoted to the natural history of fur-bearing animals, both wild and domesticated. History and criticism of inbreeding, Strang (Deut. Landw. Tierzucht, 15 (1911), Nos. J,9, pp. 5S5-5S7; 50, pp. 597-601; 51, pp. 612-616; 52, pp. 622-621,).— ANIMAL PEODUCTTON. 773 A review of the literature ou tliis topic, with suggestions as to wlieu inbreeding can be practiced with safety. A literary note on Mendel's law, W. AV. Stockbebger (Amer. Nat., -}6' {1912), No. ').'fS. pp. 151-151). — This is a synoptic statement of the fundamental prin- ciples of Mendel's work, with many biblio2;raphical notes. Tables of statistical error, R. Ross and W. Stott {Ami. Trop. Med. and Par., 5 (IDll), No. 3, pp. 3'i7-369). — This contains tables specially constructed for practical work in biology, eugenics, pathology, and sanitary science. Ex- amples are given showing how to find the percentage of statistical error in pro- portionately small samples, propoi'tionatelj^ large samples, and in things of one class. The law of vast numbers (Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 {1911), No. 4, pp. SOS- 307). — An editorial containing suggestions for a method of procedure in breed- ing experiments. Reference is made to circuit breeding methods in Minnesota and North Dakota, wherein a selection of breeding animals can be made from a much larger number than is possible among individual breeders. The determination of sex and Mendel's law, F. E. Peck {Hoard's Dairy- man., .'t3 {1912), No. S, p. 309, fiff. 1). — Mendel's law as applied to sex determi- nation is discussed and illustrated by diagram. New arguments in favor of the action of the suprarenal glands in the determination of sex, R. Robinson {Compt. Rend. Acad. Hci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 21, pp. 1026, 1027). — From chemical observations the author thinks that pathological conditions of the suprarenal capsules in females interfere with the normal functioning of the ovaries, and that sex is closely associated with the activity of these glands. The problem of sex determination in Dinophilus gyrociliatus. — I, The sexual cycle, C. Shearer (Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. [London], n. ser., 57 (1912), No. 227, pp. 329-371, pis. 5, figs. 5).— A study of the factors in sex deter- mination in fertilized and in parthenogenetic eggs. The details of fertilization and oogenesis are given, and it is concluded that the presence of large eggs, which invariably give rise to females, seems to be due to fertilization, the unfer- tilized eggs being smaller and giving origin to the males. Sex determination in daphnids, R. Woltereck (Internat. Rev. Gesam. Hijdrohiol. lo. Hijdrog., // (1911), No. 1-2, pp. 91-128. figs. 6; ahs. in Jour. Roy. Micros. Soc. 1911, No. 6, pp. 757, 758). — In continuation of earlier work (B. S. R., 25, p. 171) the author concludes that external conditions may some- times have a distinct influence on the sex of the developed ovarian ova, as well as on the ova to be subsequently formed. The view is expressed that in the ovum are competing sex substances, one of which becomes active as the egg matures, while tlie other remains latent. This inhibition may occur at 2 different periods, one shortly before the ovum leaves the ovary, and the other much earlier, as in the undifferentiated germ layer of the ovary, in the gonail primordium of the winter egg. or in the ripening female egg. External influ- ences act only when the internal conditions of maturation and activation are approximately the same for the 2 sex substances. " If we adopt the author's suggestion of applying the ideas of the ferment and antigen theory to these substances and processes, we can suppose that the alternating appearance and suppression of inhibiting substances ('paraly- sators'i, or of activating substances ('activators'), are the I'eal causes of the periodicity of sex determination. The sex substances themselves may be con- sidered as somewhat like pro-ferments (if latent), and ferments (if activated)." The determination of sex in the human species, Mrs. D. McConnel (Cal. Htate Jour. Med., 9 (1911), No. 9, pp. 37(?-^72).— Experience and observations 774 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. with cattle, fowls, and the liiimau species are cited iu siipport (jf the theory that sex is deiieudeut ui)oa the condition of the ovum at the time of fertilization. On the determination of the secondary sexual characters in Gallinaceae, A. PiizABD {Compt. Rend. Acad. ScL [Pariis], 133 (I'.Hl), Xo. ,.'/, pp. 1021- 1029, figs. 2). — The author reports changes iu plumage and other character- istics induced by castration of Orpington fowls and golden and silver pheasants. DAIRY FARMING— DAIRYING. Balanced rations for dairy stock, J. B. Lindsey (Masfiuchufictfs Sta. Circ. 30, pp. 7). — This information has been prepared, iu cooperation with the State Board of Agriculture, to furnish information to practical dairymen on the com- position and digestibility of cattle feeds, combining coarse and concentrated feeds, and types of balanced rations for milch cows and young stock. The influence of calving time, length of dry period, and age upon milk production, Spann (Dcut. Laiidw. Tlcrziu-lit, 16 {11)12), A'o. 2, pp. 16-lS). — The average yearly milk production of 3.000 cows of the Algau breed w-as 3,1.30 kg., containing 3.643 per cent of fat. Those cows calving from November to Decem- ber, inclusive, averaged 3.193 kg. of milk per year, while those calving at other seasons averaged 3,031 kg. per year. The fat content decreased as the cows grew older, and a high percent;ige of fat was not correlated with a low yield of milk. Other results are shown in the following table: Correlation Iciwccn lenyth of dry period and of tmeeessivc lavtution periods and the yield of milk. Number of cows. Length of dry period. Yield of milk. Number of cows. Number of lactation period. Yield of milk. 44 liO las 165 188 193 206 183 131 102 170 Bai/s. 1- 10 11- 20 21- 30 31- 40 41- 50 51- 60 61- 70 70- 80 80- 90 90-100 100 Kg. 3,026 3,143 3,181 3,269 3,390 3,450 3,375 3,281 3,197 3, 189 2,874 628 600 551 455 322 215 219 First Kg. 2,697 2,951 3, 252 3,339 3,468 3,443 3,156 Third Fourth Fifth Sixth Seventh or more [Milk yields of cows in Trinidad], H. S. Shrewsbury (Dcpt. Ayr. Trinidad and Tohago Bill, 10 (1011), Xo. 69, pp. 220-22 J, ).—M\\k yields are reported of pure-bred Holsteius and Guernseys, and grade zebus. Red Polls, Guernseys, aii, pi. 1). — By inserting a U-shaped tube into the teat the pressure of milk within the mammary gland was determined. DAIKY FARMING — DAIRYING. 775 The length of time after luilkuig, the ;iiiiomit of milk in the lulder, and the position of the animal were factors which afl^'ected more or less the amount of l»ressure, which was not much greater than the atmospheric pressure at any time. More pressure was in the hind than in the fore quarters. The anatomy and physiology of milk secretion are described. [Papers on the chemistry of milk] (Science, n. sei:, 35 (1912), No. 897, pp. 3H8, 392. 393). — These are abstracts of papers read before the section on biolog- ical chemistry at the Washington meeting of the xVmerican Chemical Society, December. 1911. Gases of Stciss cheese, II, W. M. Clark (p. 388). — It was found that the gas of normal "eyes" consists largely of CO2 and. niti'ogen. Hydrogen is some- times present in very small percentages. The gas produced by normally devel- oping cheese during the period of its maximum " eye " formation is chiefly carbon dioxid. but the normal production of gas, which takes place frequently tlie first day, is accompanied by large percentages of nitrogen. The absorption of oxyf.'en was studied, as well as the permeability of cheese to different gas^s. The interchange of gases and the relation of these to theories concerning the formation of the eyes is discussed. The cholesterol content of milk vnder normal and pathologieal conditions, Jj. W. Fetzer (p. 388). — TTnder pathological conditions there was a deci'ease in the cholesterol content of milk and a corresponding decrease in the fat content but when the cholesterol content was compared witli the milk fat on the basis of TOO parts of ether extract the cholesterol seemed to be increased. A study of the decom position products of millc caused l)y Bacillus lactis erythroyenes, M. Louise Foster (p. 392). — Sterile milk inoculated with R. lactis erythrogenes gave a faintly red solution after standing a few days at room temperature. On long standing it became blood red on the coagulation of the milk. In from 2 to G mfniths the red liquid became viscous, then fluid again, with the formation of a white granular precipitate. The reaction was alkaline and it gave the biochemical tests, which showed that the organism had at- tacked the protein molecule as well as the carbohydrate. From 5 to 8.6 per cent of the total native protein remained unattacked, while the remainder was identified as proteoses and monoamino acids. An enzym was isolated in the usual way, which was found to coagulate milk, giving a supei-natant liquid acid to litnms. This acidity was found to be due to the presence of acetic and formic acids. No lactic acid was found. The influence of phosphorus compounds on the yield and composition of yoaVs millc, A. R. Rose and J. T. Cusick (p. 393). — There was an increase of fat and a decrease in milk volume when the phosjihorus content of rations for milch cows was increased, and vice versa. The other constituents of the milk wei-e not aft'ected. These results do not agree with those obtained with goats by Fingerling. Studies on the flavor of the green mold cheeses, J. N. Currie (p. 394). — Fat was found to midergo a mai'keended. Reports on the excretion into the milk of cows and goats, and into the milk sinuses of the undeveloped udders of heifers, of tubercle bacilli which had been subcutaneously or intravenously inoculated, A. S. Griffith (Roy. Com. Tuherciilosis, Fiiuil Rpt., II, App., 3 (1911), pp. 79-lJ/',).—To determine whether or not tubercle bacilli were excreted in the milk from a normal udder. 4 cows and 7 goats which had not reacted to the tuberculin test were inoculated with cultures and their milk tested subsequently on guinea pigs. Three cows and 5 goats were inoculated subcutaneously, 1 of the cows being subsequently inoculated intravenously; 1 cow and 1 goat intravenously only; and 1 goat was fed. Tubercle bacilli of relatively slight virulence appeared in milk within 24 hours of their inoculation, and continued to be eliminated therein for long periods subsequently. There arises, therefore, a strong presumiitiou that the 778 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. milk of natiinilly tuberculous cows without udder tuberculosis will contiuit tubercle bacilli whenever in the course of the disease the bacilli circulate in the blood stream. Further experiments were made to ascertain whether the vaccination of calves intended eventually to supply milk for human consmup- tion is free from the danger which would attend the vaccination of milch cows. " In 7 out of ]] heifers tubercle bacilli of various types, whicb had been inocu- lated in large dose into the subcutaneous tissue, had found their way into the milk sinuses of the undeveloped mamma, and in 4 cases at least were present- hi such niuubers as to suggest that since their arrival there they had under- gone multiplication. . . . Though there is not complete evidence that bacilli excreted into the milk sinuses of the immature udder do remain alive therein until the period of lactation begins, tlie facts established point strongly to tin desirability of testing, before permitting its use as human food, the milk of all cows which have been vaccinntetl as calves with living human tubercle bacilli.' Creamery butter making, J. Michels {Milwaukee, Wi.oi(ls used in these experiments were obtained from cestodes. The variability of the bacteria of the enteritidis group, F. M. Schmitt (Ztschr. Jiifcktioitskrank: u. II yg. HausUere, 9 {1911), Xo. 3-J,, pp. 188-22J,).— As a result of this work the author points out that the marked changes in the agglutinin-fixing properties of some Fliigge strains of the enteritidis bacterium probably support the view that both of the chief members of the enteritidis bac- teria group (that is, the B«c///».s' enteritUlis (Gartner) and the/f. jxiraliiphokl^) which seem to be different according to various immunity reactions, are in reality variations of the same organism. Cotton-seed poisoning of live stock, R. R. Dinwiddie and A. K. Short (Arkansas >S7rt. Bui. 1U8, pp. 395-^/10). — The experiments here reported were undertaken mainly to tost the effects of various methods of treatment of cotton- seed meal in removing or lessening the toxic action of this feed; also to learn if any substance was removed from cotton-seed meal by simple methods of extraction with aqueous and acid solvents, or by cooking, which would produce in animals symptoms compnrable with those produced by the mitreated meal in corresponding amounts. The following is a summary of the investigations as drawn by the authors: "It was found, in one trial, that 'fermentation' or decomposition of cotton- seed meal for 48 hours at a temperature of 20 to 28° C. did not lessen its toxic action when fed to pigs. " Cotton-seed meal, from which 2 i^er cent moi-e of fat had been removed by extraction with gasoline, showed no diminution of toxicity. "In 2 trials it was found that cold aqueous extraction removed from cotton-seed meal no substance which could be shown to be toxic for pigs. "The extract similarly obtained by dilute hydrochloric acid proved nontoxic in one ti'ial. In a second test a temporary sickness occurred in one animal, the identity of which with cotton-seed poisoning was not established. " The fluid strained from cotton-seed meal, after prolonged steaming, caused death with symptoms and post-mortem changes of cotton-seed poisoning in one case. This fluid, however, was not a clear solution of matters extracted from the meal, but contained much material in suspension. The meal itself after such cooking and sepai'ation of the fluid also proved toxic. "In young cattle (fattening steers) symptoms of poisoning appeared after a consumption of cotton-seed meal (along with hulls) equal to from Tf) to lOS per cent of the body weight. The anatomical lesion of cotton-seed poisoning of cattle is an interstitial keratitis whicli may end in complete blindness. " In hogs there is a degeneration of the muscular tissue of the heart and of the parenchyma of the liver and kidneys, viith extreme passive congestion of all the viscera and fluid eft"usion into the serous cavities, especially the pleura. Hogs which have recovered and regained their thrift did not show, after slaughter, any microscopic changes in these organs. " It may be noted, finally, that -the ill effects resulting from the feeding of cotton seed may be due to a prolonged absorption of poisonous products gen- erated in the digestive tract by decomposition or putrefactive changes peculiar to this feed. The problem, however, has not yet been approached fi'om this point of view." The causation of molteno, pictou, or Winton disease in cattle and horses (Bill. Imp. Inst. [So. Kensington], 9 (1911). No. //, pp. 3. 'iG-3 51). —This is a brief summarized account. The insect parasites of domestic animals in Argentina, K. WoLFFHiJGEL (Rev. Mtd, \'ct. Montcikleo, 2 (1911), Xos. 8-9, pp. 3r,.',-312; 10-11, pp. .'/.57-'/8/, VETERINARY MEDICINE. 781 flg. I). — The first paper deals witli the Mallophaga and Siphouaptera, the secoud with the Diptera. Among the parasites considered at some length are the lleas PuJex irritans, Ctcnocephalus canis, and C. felis; the muscids Chrysoniyia inaceUaria and Stomoxys calcitrans; the sarcophagid Sarconefsia chlorogaster; the sheep tick {Alelophagus ovinus) ; the braulid Braula cceca; the oestrids CEstrus oris, Gastrophilus nasalis, and G. pecorum, the ox warble {Hypoderma hovis), and Denuatobia hominis, particular attention being given to the last mentioned. A contribution to the knowledg'e of the survival of Bacillus coli and anthrax spores, B. Blsson {Vcntbl. liakt. [ctc.\, 1. Abt., Oriy., J8 {19J1}, Xo. 0, pp. o0o-o09). — The author found that anthrax spores dried upon silk threads re- mained alive for 17 years and were capable of giving rise to a growth pathogenic for white mice. The influence of the culture medium on the germination of anthrax spores, with special reference to disinfection experiments, R. T. Hewlett and G. N. Hall {Jour. Hyy. [Vainbridyc\, 11 U911), No. J,, pp. Jp3-Jf80). — "The experi- ments show that a broth medium is quite unsuitable as a test culture medium to determine the vitality of anthrax spores in disinfection experiments, whereas agar is a suitable and delicate medium for the purpose, even when considerable traces of the disinfectant are carried over with the inoculation. "The reason for this inefficiency of broth is not obvious. We thought it might be due to the absence of bacillar forms in the sporing material, but the emulsion of spores heated to 80° C. for 15 minutes and then inoculated directly into broth gave good growths. Absence of oxygen might be another factor, but the results were the same when splinters of sterilized wood infected with tinthrax spores were treated. The wood floated on the surface of the broth and so was subjected to a free supi>ly of oxygen, yet no growths were ob- tained in broth when the splinters were soaked in the disinfectants, while good growths were obtained on agar. The control splinters gave good growths in broth. It may be that the anthrax spores are partially devitalized by the action of the disinfectant and that in this condition broth is a comparatively unsuitable culture medium for them. Prolonging the time of incubation of the liroth cultures up to 10 or 14 days makes no difference. If a culture in broth shows no growth in 48 hours, a growth hardly ever appears with more pro- longed incubation. Nor is this superiority of agar over broth as a culture medium confined to the emulsified disinfectants employed in these experiments, for similar results have been obtained with phenol and with formaldehyde, the latter both in the fluid (formalin) and in the gaseous conditions." The prevention of anthrax infection due to imported hides and skins, C. W. Ponder {Lamet [Lond()tl^, 1911, II, No. 19, pp. i^^6'6t-/26i).— Previously noted from another source (K. S. R., 2.^», p. 883). Protective action of the capsule of the anthrax bacillus, F. Fischoedeb (Centbl. Bald, [eic], h Abt., Oily., 60 {1911), No. 1-2, pp. 1J,2-1.',8).— The author here points out the advantages of using encapsulated anthrax bacilli for shortening the course of the disease. Some findings in foot-and-mouth disease, Huntemuller {Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig., 61 {1911), No. Jf-5, pp. 375-378, pin. 2).— The contents of fresh, unbroken apthae from the lips and tongues of bovines which were present 24 hours after the inception of the disease were examined in the hanging drop. In addition to this, sections were made of the tongues of shoats which died of the disease. In all cases small globules about the size of the usual cocci were noted which had in their interiors a highly refractive body. On a warm stage it was ob- served that these refractive bodies within the larger of the cells underwent 782 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. (livisicm into 2 such bodies, aud so on. Tlie smaller cocci could be made to pass through a Berkefeld filter and a colloidal filter. The treatment of foot-and-mouth, disease by Doyen's method, G. Moussu (Rec. MM. V^t., 88 (1911), No. 17, pp. 533-5 il).— A critical discussion in regard to this method and its origin. The results obtained with it were unfaAorable. The probable influence of the open water trough in the spread of glanders, A. T. Kinsley iAiiicr. Vet. Rec, JiU (I'JJJ), Xo. 5, pp. Ii3.i-(i.is). — A paper pre- sented at the fifteenth annual meeting of the United States Live Stock Sanitary Association, held at Chicago in December, 1911. The incidence of Mediterranean fever in Malta and its relationship to the size of the goat population, J. W. H. Eyre (Lancet [London], 1912, I, No. 2, pp. 88, 89, figs. 3). — It is pointed out that the main causative factor in reducing the prevalence of Malta fever on the Island of Malta w^as the destruction of large numbers of milch goats, many of which produced milk containing Micro- cnrciis melitcnsiii. The goat population of Malta was reduced from 17.110 in 1907 to 7,619 in 1910. About the sero-diagnosis of Malta fever, Rouslacroix (Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 10 (1911), No. 10, pp. 397-399).— The results .show that in most instances where a serum specific for the Micrococcus mclitensis was employed no agglutination reaction with the Bacillus typhosus was obtained. In only 1 out of 56 cases (1.84 per cent) did the serum agglutinate positively for both organisms. The dilution of the specific serum used was 1 : 50. In cases where a double reaction is obtained an infection with both organisms must be suspected. Piroplasms of zebus and of their crosses in Tunis, W. L. Yakimoff and Nina Kohl-Yakimoff (Bui. 8oc. Path. E.rot., 7/ (1911), No. 7, pp. 451, .',52).— The authors have examined the blood of 2 zebus, of 12 zebu crosses with native cows, and of a cross with a French cow, and found piroplasms to be present in the blood of both the zebus and in 10 of the 13 hybrids. The piroplasms ob- served appear to belong to a single species, either Piroplasma bacilliformis or P. parva. In no instance was P. bigcminum discovered. Whether or not the organism is pathogenic in these animals was not determined. Attention is called to the double importance obtaining, first, in the zebu and zebu hybrids furnishing a reservoir for the virus in its transmission to native stock and that imported from France, and. sec-ond, in the lowered resistance of the zebus and their crosses to other infectious di.seases. Immunizing against rabies, C. Fermi (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig., 61 (1912), No. 7, pp. .^)96, 597). — The method utilized consistetl of giving normal and rabid nerve substances i>er mouth. All animals were found to be immune upon feeding for a period of 2 months. This was determined by subcutaneous infection with the street and fixed virus. No deaths resulted. An antirabic vaccine, D. Semple (Brit. Med. Jour., 1911, No. 26^2, p. 392; abs. in Vet. Rec, ,?'/ (1911). No. 1209. p. 171). — As the methods commonly used for preparing antirabic vaccine are somewhat unsatisfactory, the author recom- niends making " an 8 per cent clilution of rabies virus in normal saline, to which 1 per cent carbolic acid is added, and to keep this at a temperature of 37° C. for 24 hours. By this means the virus is killed. The mixture diluted with an equal bulk of saline solution gives a vaccine containing 4 per cent virus and 0.5 per cent carbolic acid. This was found to confer a high degree of immunity on monkeys, dogs, and rabbits, and the serum obtained from these animals had a well-markeil rabicidal action on living virulent virus." The action of formaldehyde upon tetanus toxin and other bacterial toxins, M. VON EisrEB and E. Lowenstein (Centbl. Bait, [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig.. 61 (1911), VETERINARY MEDICINE. 783 No. 3, pp. 271-288). — Tetanus toxin (bouillon) containing from 1 to 2 per cent of formaldehyde, when exposed to a 1/4 ampere Nernst light for from 2 to 3 weeks, either lost its toxicity completely or was reduced considerably in strength. When the toxin was in an atmosphere of hydrogen the action of the Nernst light was less effective. Ordinary temperatures (30° C. on the average) were found to affect the tetanus toxin in the same manner, but the process did not p) on quite so rapidly nor was it so complete. AVhen such toxins were placed in a refrigerator containing 3 per cent or more of formaldehyde the activity of the toxins was also affected. The toxins obtained fi'om the various strains of bacilli were found to behave differently as regards resistance, incubation time, and the immmiity which they produced. By injecting guinea pigs and rabbits with toxins treated in the above-mentioned manner, an immunity of high degree could be produced, and which depended upon the production of specific anti- bodies. The toxin of the vibrio, denoted as El Tor V, was weakened con- siderably by exposure to the Nernst light, and particularly in its power to hemolyze the red blood corpuscles. Only slight changes were produced in dii>htheria and dysentery toxins, and none at all in tuberculin. Tetanus successfully treated with mag'nesiuni sulphate, W. A. Dykins (Vet. Rec, 2} (1911). 'So. 1213, p. 218). — A description of a case in a heifer calf which was treatetl by giving subcutaneous injections of a st^turated solu- tion of Epsom salts into each side of the neck. Twenty cc. was given in each instance, and the injections were continued for a few days. The owner of the animal had previously administered 2 lbs. of magnesium sulphate per os. A new method for distinguishing the bovine type and the human type of tubercle bacillus, P. Chausse (Compt. Rend. Acad. >S'c/. [Paris'], loJf (1912), Xo. 3, pp. I.'i3, I'i'i). — Inhalation tests were conducted with the sputum and caseous material from human and bovine tuberculous subjects and cats and dogs. Certain differences wei'e noted in the nature of the development of the tubercles in the lungs of these animals. The author believes that these differ- ences can be employed for determining what type of bacterium has caused the disease in the respective subjects. The dog can be used to better advantage than the cat for this purpose. Tuberculosis and tuberculin, J. Ligniebes {Bid. Soc. Cent. Med. Vet., 88 (1911), Xo. 20. pp. .'iSS-Ji36). — After discussing the limitations of the usual sub- cutaneous tuberculin test, the author points out that where a positive reaction is obtained tuberculosis is surely present, but that when the reaction is nega- tive there is no certainty as to whether tuberculosis is present or not. It is, therefore, a good plan to conduct some of the other forms of tuberculin reac- tions, such as the oi)htha]n)ic test, in conjunction with the subcutaneous test. In regard to the preparation of tuberculous antigens, A. Calmette and L. Massol (Compt. Rend. tioe. Biol. {Paris], 11 (1911), No. 29, pp. 3U-SU)-— A description is given of a method for preparing antigens for use in the com- plement fixation reaction which are capable of combining with the various groups of antibodies contained in the serum of tuberculous subjects. A method for isolating and cultivating the Mycobacterium enteritidis chronicae pseudotuberculosae bovis, Johne, and some experiments on the preparation of a diagnostic vaccine for pseudo-tuberculous enteritis of bovines, F. W. Twort and G. L. Y. Ingram (Proc. Roy. Soc. [London], Ser. B, 8.'f (1912), No. B 515, pp. 511-5Jf2). — From the experiments detailed in this paper, the authors find it possible to deduce certain conclusions, the most im- portant of which are as follows: " The acid-fast bacillus present in eases of pseudo-tuberculous enteritis of bovines, and known as Johne's bacillus, fails to grown outside the animal body on any of the artificial media at present used by bacteriologists. The bacillus 784 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. sliuws no (lotinite growth on fresh bovine tissue or fresh extracts of bovine tissue removed aseptically and placed into sterile tubes. There is no evidence that Johne's bacillus grows in symbiosis with an ultra-microscopic virus. "The specific bacillus will grow on media containing the dried and powdereil growth of certain acid-fast bacilli which have been previously killed, and this is so even when the dead bacilli have been kept for a period of 8 years, and subjected to a temperature of 115° C. in tlie autoclave for 1 hour. The most suitable bacillus to incorporate in the medium is the timothy-grass bacillus, and to a somewhat less degree the smegma bacillus of Moeller and the nasen- schleim bacillus of Karlinski. The human type of tubercle bacillus is also good, but on media containing the avian type Johne's bacillus grows very slightly, if at all. With the few bovine strains tested in media we were unable to get any definite evidence of growth with Johne's biicillus. Tubercle bacilli isolated from cats also gave negative results. The essential substance or substances necessary for the growth of Johne's bacillus can be extracted from the various acid-fast bacilli which give positive results by means of hot ethyl alcohol. We have isolated Johne's bacillus from 0 consecutive cases of pseudo-tuberculous enteritis, and have proved the moiThological and biological characters of the bacilli isolated to be identical in every respect. . . . " The specific bacillus, when inoculated intravenously or given by the mouth to bovines, reproduces pseudo-tuberculous enteritis in the animal, and this can not be distinguished from the original disease either clinically during life or post-mortem. Further, the bacillus can be recovered from the lesions in the intestine of the inoculated animal, and shows characters in every way iden- tical with the bacilli isolated fi*om the original cases. "Animals suffering from pseudo-tuberculous enteritis, either normally con- tracted or experimentally produced by the inoculation of pure cultures of Johne's bacillus, give no definite reaction with diagnostic vaccines prepared from cultures of the timothy-grass bacillus or from the avian tubercle bacillus. Vaccines can be prepared from cultures of Johne's bacillus similar to those prepared from other acid-fast bacilli. Diagnostic vaccines prepared from cul- tures of Johne's bacillus grown on tubercle bacillus medium gave positive reac- tions with tubercular animals, which proved the medium used to be unsuitable for the preparation of a s]jecific diagnostic vaccine for pseudo-tuberculous enteritis. Vaccines prepared from cultures of Johne's bacillus on a timothy-grass bacil- lus medium gave negative reactions with normal and with tubercular animals, and also with bovines suffering from pseudo-tubercular enteritis. We believe this to be due, partly to the small amount of growth in the fluid media, and partly to the fact that most of the growth was obtained from solid media and therefore not made in the same manner as diagnostic tuberculin. We also believe that a highly concentrated vaccine will be required, and that we shall be able to prepare this now that one of our strains of Johne's bacillus has started to grow on the surface of fluid media containing the timothy-grass bacillus." A biblography of 4.2 titles is appendetl. Infectious abortion of bovines, ZwicK (Deut. Tiemrztl. Wchn^cJu:, 19 {1911), l\'o. 51, pp. 181-78.'}: abx. in MiiDchcii. Tirrarzil. Wchm^cJir., 56 (1912), No. 2, pp. 36-88). — Previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 24, p. 785). A flagellated organism encountered in a vulvo-vaginal pustulo-ulcerous eruption in a buffalo, I. Poenaru {Compt. Riind. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 70 {1911), No. 15, pp. 621,, 625; Vet. Rec, 21, (1911). No. 1215, p. 2.',6).—A microscopical examioation of the scrapings from ulcers obtained from a case of pustulo- ulcerous inflammation of the vagina, which later involved the urethra and the bladder, revealed the presence of an organism, among many others, which " had VETERINARY MEDICINE. 785 the ;ii)nearimce of a spermatozoon, with au ovoid body from 6 to S ^a long aud a flagellum of from 30 to 55 /». '• Tlie protoplasm of tlie body showed but little differeutiatiou aud was cov- ered by a cuticle. The organism was slow in its movements, and together with its associated micx'obes lived for a long time in pure water and in sugared bouillon, especially at the bottom of the glasses in which the scrapings from the ulcers had been collected. [The author] did not succeed, however, in either inoculating it or cultivating it. Repeated examinations of hanging drop preparations made for a perioti of some days did not reveal the least multi- plication of the organism. At the end of 3 months the flagellum fell away. The body of the organism still remained visible in the bouillon for some time, aud then in its turn became disintegrated. " This organism evidently represents a flagellate, and seems somewhat similar to the one which Grimm, in 1894, discovered in the pus of pulmonary and hepatic abscesses in a Japanese peasant woman, and which Blanchard desig- nated Monaspyophila, although it does not possess the small flagellum of Monas. . . . Several attempts [were made] to infect rabbits by inoculating them in the vagina with scrapings from the ulcers, and also with the vaginal dis- charge, and in every case failed to transmit the disease, the flagellates only living a few days in the vaginas of the rabbits." Bacteriolog'ical finding's with hog cholera, Haendel and Gildemeisteb (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Ref., 50 (1911)), Beiheft, pp. i37-i40).— Comment- ing on Gliisser's {Bacillus typhi suis) and Dammann's (B. suipestifer Vol- dagseu) work in regard to the causative agent of hog cholera, the authors give their results of a study of these aud some other related organisms. The findings do not agree with any of the work previously reported, and the authors are inclined to believe that the presence of these organisms in cases of hog cholera is due to secondary infection. Studies of agglutination reactions in hog cholera during the process of serum production, W. Giltner (Michigan Sta. Tech. Bui. 8, pp. 40)- — On con- tinuing the investigations previously reported (E. S. R., 22, p. 586), it was found that Bacillus cholene suis was present in many cases of hog cholera, and was capable of producing a disease in pigs which is quite similar to hog cholera. On the other hand, a living virus capable of producing hog cholera was found to pass through a Chamberland filter. A filtrate was obtained free from organ- isms demonstrable by the existing methods. It was furthermore noted that "the blood of normal (untreated) pigs may agglutinate virulent cultures of B. cholerw suis in dilutions as high as 1 : 250. usually less. The blood of young pigs contains less agglutinin as a rule than that of old pigs. " The blood of pigs having hog cholera as a result of virus inoculation may agglutinate B. cholera suis in dilution as high as 1:800 but usually at a less dilution. Here again age is a factor in that old pigs develop more agglutinin than young ones. (Old pigs are likewise more resistant to hog cholera infection.) "The blood of pigs treated by the serum-simultaneous method may aggluti- nate B. cholerw suis in dilutions as high as 1 : 500. " The agglutination reaction seems to be one of immunity, not of infection, at least, agglutinins develop in connection with immunity but perhaps not as a factor in the condition of immunity. This deduction is based upon the obser- vation that a large percentage of pigs treated by the serum-simultaneous method shows a low agglutinative power, in the event of death, while of those that live 50 per cent shows the highest agglutinative power. 786 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. '■ LMiiing the process of liyperimmiinizatiou. the agglutinin content of a pig's serum increases as a rule as the amount injected increases, and may fall during the tail bleedings unless more virus be injected. " If the agglutinogen in the virus is B. cholerw suis then the quantity of agglutinogen (number of B. cholerw suls) injected into a large serum bog during the whole process of hyperimmunization would ordinarily (if only freshly drawn virus is used) be less than would be contained in 0.1 cc. of a 24-hour bouillon culture of B. cholerw suis. "The injection of a number of B. cholera- suis, in bouillon culture, equal to that fouud in the total quantity of virus sufficient to hyperimmunize a large pig fails to stimulate the production of agglutinin to such an extent as is the case when the virus is injected. "Over one-third of the cases of serum hogs studied furnish a serum aggluti- nating at a dilution of 1 : 50,000. " The Dorset-Niles serum retains its agglutinative power for several days, almost unimpaired, when preserved in 0.5 per cent carbolic acid, trikresol, or formalin. The agglutinative power of a serum may diminish 50 per cent, more or less, after a period of 6 to 8 months. "The potency of the Dor set-IS' lies serum, the biological test being the stand- ard, can not be measured uniformly by its agglutinative power for B. cholerw suis. However, the biological test with pigs is a variable standard. " Serums of high agglutinative power, i. e., reacting at 1 : 2.000 or above, were potent in 85.71 per cent of cases and not jwtent in 14.28 per cent : serums of low agglutinative power, i. e., reacting at 1 : 1,000 or less, were potent in 45.45 per cent of cases and not potent in 54.54 per cent. "The agglutinability of the different cultures used by us indicates that they belong to the same strain. They were isolated from the spleen of virus pigs treated by virus having a common origin. We therefore believe that these cul- tures originated in the original virus and not in an alleged normal habitat in the pig's intestine. " |The author] believes that the relation of B. cholerw suis to the porcine organism and to the filterable virus, and all the interrelation of these 3 fac- tors in the prodiiction of a swine disease should be settled." For Instance, it was found that " the protection offered by the Dorset-Niles serum against the filterable virus may also extend to virulent cultures of B. cholerw suis. Whether it is necessary to protect against B. cholerw suis in practice was not deter- mined. The relation of B. cholerw suis to the filterable virus or to natural out- breaks of hog cholera was not determined by this work or to the satisfaction [of the author J by the researches of others." " A scientific understanding of hog cholera is impossible without this solution. The economic problems involved in the production of the Dorset-Niles serum or any other biological therapeutic agent for hog cholera and the sanitary police control and eradication of this disease demand it." Investigations of the pathological histology, pathogenesis, and post- mortem diagnosis of contagious cerebro- spinal meningitis (Borna disease) of the horse, E. Joest and K. Degen (Ztsehr. Infektionskrank. u. Hyg. Hau- sticrc, 9 (.1011), No. 1-2, pp. 1-98, pis. 6; abs. iu Berlin. Tieriirztl. Wchnschr., 27 (1911), No. 25, pp. .',53, J,51t; Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 2/, {1911), No. .'f, pp. 369, 370). — " The disease is an acute, diffuse, infilti-ative, nonpurulent, meningo-encepha litis and myelitis of the lymphocyte type and chiefly meso- dermal (vascular) in character. The albumin and chlorin contents of the cerebro-spinal fluid of horses suffering from the disease do not differ from those found in horses not suffering from diseases of the nervous system. RURAL ENGINEERING. VS? " Histological examination of the pia mater shows a slight meningitis of a mononuclear type, which plays quite a secondary part compared with the inflammatory alterations in the nervous tissue. It is probably a so-called meningeal irritation. The vessels of the brain and, to some extent those of the spinal cord show, as a rule, pronounced inflammatory infiltration of their external coats, and partly also of their perivascular lymph spaces. The infil- trating cells are principally lymphocytes ; polyblastic and other kinds of cells and polynuclear leucocytes are not seen. The same inflammatory cellular infll- trations are diffused widely through the substance of the brain and spinal cord. They are in close connection with the vascular infiltrations. " The disease does not resemble epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis in man as regards its pathological anatomy. The lesions of Borna disease show con- siderable resemblance to those of rabies, fowl plague, trypanosomiases, and, above all, to those of anterior poliomyelitis. As a result of his investigations, Joest names the disease ' infectious inflammation of the brain and spinal cord of the horse' (encephalitis et myelitis euzootica equi)."' A bibliography of 3S titles is appended. Pectoral form of equine influenza and acute actinomycosis, Schutt (Berlin. Tierdrztl. Wchnschr., 28 {1912), No. 2, pp. 25-27).— As a result of examining particles from the lungs of horses and some grain moths ( species not described), the author concludes that contagious pleuro-pneumonia is an acute actinomycosis. The moth is supposed to be the carrier of the infection. Practical experiences in regard to vaccinating' against canine distemper, C. Berndt {Berlin. Ticrarztl. Wchnschr., 27 {1911), Xo. J,3, pp. 777, 778).— The author points out here as a result of his experiences with antidistemper serum that it can be used to great advantage by veterinarians having i\ canine practice. RURAL ENGINEERII^TG. Report of investigations of methods of clearing logged-off lands in west- em Washington, H. W. Sparks ( Washington Sta. Bid. 101, pp. 3-2S, figs. 5).^ Studies carried on in cooperation with the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department are reported with reference to the most economical use by the small farmer of fire as an agent for clearing logged-ofl: lands. Three methods in successful use by the farmers who are regarded as the origi- nators are described. Cost data and other figures obtained in tests of these methods are reported. Detailed directions are given for using the " char-pit " method of destroying stumps, which consists essentially in firing around the stump and building a tight soil cover up from the bottom to retain the heat. Air enters freely at the bottom and the heat rises but is reflected back against the burning stump. The method derives its name from the supposed similarity of its principles to those used in burning charcoal in commercial work. The re.sults of 16 different experiments carried out by the author show that the " char-pit method " may be successfully practiced in both clayey and sandy soils and with wet stumps where proper precautions are taken. Fuel oil mixed with dry sawdust may be economically and satisfactorily used to kindle fires around the base of stumps where cheap fuel is not available. Boots that have not burned deeply enough may be burned a second time. The practical design of irrigation works, W. G. Bligh (New YorTc, 1910, 2. ed. rev. and enl., pp. XXVII+4^9, pis. 12, figs. 24 't)- — This volume consists of a general study of the essentials of design of irrigation works. 42049°— No. S— 12 7 788 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Irrigation works, H. Brown (London, 1910, pp. 34, pis. 2). — This pamphlet contains lectures on the scope of irrigation works and features of their design and construction. Irrigation by gravity, L. Fontaine (Rev. Tit., 86 (1911), No. 928, pp. S58~ 863, figs. 10). — This article points out the benefits of irrigation and outlines the general methods of surveying and computing profiles and grade lines for gravity irrigation. The more practical and economical methods of conveying water down hillsides are described and the details of a practical method of gravity irrigation are explained. Different styles of headgates to regulate the flow of water into these laterals are discussed. Irrigation in correct practice, A. Wolf (Northwest Hort., 25 (1912), No. 3, pp. 72. 73). — This is an abstract from an address made by S. O. Jayne before the Ellensburg Farmers' Institute. The author states that the essentials of successful irrigation are an adequate supply of water and the right use of the water. Inasmuch as the chief function of water is that of a medium by which the nutrients in the soil may be taken up by the plant roots, the soil should be carefully prepared and the flow of water well regulated in order to secure a uniform distribution of moisture. The char- acter of the soil and nature of the crop should be considered in preparing the soil for irrigation and in regulating the amount of irrigation, as these factors vary with different crops and kinds of soils. In regulating the irrigation flow the irrigator should exercise judgment as to when to begin irrigating, when to stop, and how much cultivation and fertilization is required. Chart for solution of problems in irrigating waters, H. C. Ogden (En gin. Rec, 65 (1912), No. 10, p. 275, fig. 1). — A chart for use in calculating deliveries of irrigating water on the second-foot or acre-foot basis is described. A preliminary report on drainage reclamation in Georgia (Geol. Survey Ga. Bui. 25, 1911, pp. 123, pis. 12). — This includes a preliminary report on Drainage 'Conditions in Georgia, by S. W. McCallie, state geologist, and a report on drainage examinations and surveys conducted by the Drainage In- vestigations of this Office, 1908-1911. The investigations show that the Georgia swamp lands aggregate 2,700,0ert's reagent as a teat for salicylic acid, McCrae 805 [Analysis of milk and wine]. 805 The determination of total solids in milk, Poetschke 806 The determination of moisture in butter, Briinnich and Smith 806 The Reichert-Meissl number and the relation of butter fat constants, Hunziker. . 806 Report on methods of detection of certain preservatives for milk, cream, et(^. . . 806 Estimation of lime and potash in the ash of cereals, Thompson and Morgan, jr . . 807 Determination of starch in brewers' grains, Kreuzer 807 Notes on investigations on some South African tobaccos, Lundie 808 Qualitative reactions of the vegetable tanning, Stiasny and Wilkinson 808 The qualitative analysis of the tannins, Thuau and De Korsak 809 The chemistry of the urine, Autenrieth 809 Report from the analytical department for 1909-10, Golding 809 Comparison of maceration and diffusion of sugar beets for alcohol, Ammann. . . 809 Grape vinegar, Bioletti 809 Products of the soy bean 809 The potato-flour industry of Germany 809 METEOROLOGY — WATER. Forecasting weather, Shaw 809 The economic climatology of the coffee district of Sao Paulo, Brazil, Ward 810 Meteorological observations at Massachusetts Station, Ostrander and Hallowell . . 810 Report of water resources investigation of Minnesota, Ralph and Follansbee... 811 Pond fertilizing experiments, Kuhnert 811 SOILS — FERTILIZERS. Surface geology of the Northern Peninsula of Michigan, Leverett 811 A preliminary study of soils of Mississippi, Lowe 811 Bibliography of Tennessee geology, soils, drainage, forestry, etc., Cockrill 812 Reconnoissance soil survey of part of northwestern Wisconsin, Weidman et al. . 812 Black soils (chernozem), Kossovich 812 Red bowlder clay. Van Baren 813 SoU acidity and its significance for soil cultivation, Solenow 813 The fineness of the soil and quality of wine, Chappaz 813 Factors influencing percentages of mineral plant foods in soils, von Engeln 814 A brief study of the phosphorus associated with the matifere noire, Stewart 814 Nucleic acids in soils, Shorey 814 The action of nucleic acid on soils and plants, Schreiner and Skinner 814 Origin of creatinin in soils, Sullivan 815 Studies on soils subjected to dry heat, Clark and Seaver 815 Partial sterilization of glasshouse soils, Russell 815 Partial sterilization of soil for glasshouse work, Russell and Petherbridge 815 Bacterial activities in frozen soils. Brown and Smith 816 The determination of Rhizobia in the soil, Greig-Smith 816 Certain factors limiting nitrification, McBeth and Wright 816 Mobilization of phosphoric acid of soil under influence of bacteria, Sewerin 817 The Swedish Moor Cultm-e Society, 1886-1911 817 Farming with green manures, Harlan 817 Field experiments on individual farms, \\Tieeler 817 Chemical analysis of vegetables in relation to their fertilization, Mazzaron 818 Applied electrochemistry, Thompson 818 Suggestions regarding lime nitrogen, Stutzer 818 The natural phosphates of Tennessee, Kentucky, and Arkansas, Waggaman. . . 818 Phosphate mining in relation to the fertilizer industry, Memminger 819 On the fertilizing action of sulphur, Demolon 819 Conversion of marc into fertilizer, Roos 819 Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers and bone, Cathcart et al 819 Fertilizer analyses, McDonnell et al 819 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. Viability of seeds, fungi, and bacteria subjected to chemical agents, De Zeeuw. . 810 The persistence and vitality of bacteria on alfalfa seed, Prucha 820 The influence of light on the germination of seed, Lubimenko 820 The effect of freezing seed on their germination, Kinzel 821 ■CONTENTS. in The investigation of a climatic gradient, Shreve 821 The nature of the absorption and tolerance of plants in bogs, Dachnowski 821 Observations on evaporation and transpiration in prairie and forest, Shimek... 821 Shade. as a factor influencing evaporation, Burns 821 A method for differentiating absorption and transpiration, Briggs and Shantz.. 822 Influence of temperatm-e on the respiration of the higher plants, Kuyper 822 Daily fluctuations of respiration in leaves in darkness, Meyer and Deleano 822 Influence of phosphates on the separation of carbon dioxid by plants, Iwanoff . . 822 Permeability of protoplasm to ions and the theory of antagonism, Osterhout. . 823 Investigations on localization and function of potassium in plants, Weevers.. 823 Observations on the physiological significance of caffein, Weevers 823 Influence of anesthetics on osmotic properties of plasma membranes, Lepeschkin 823 On the phototropic results of bilateral illumination, Hagem 824 The morphology and biology of the tubercle bacteria of legumes, Zipfel 824 Assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen through bacteria, Pringsheim 824 Nitrogen compounds in growing mustard, Densch 824 The behavior of Pseudomonas radicicola in the soil, Duggar and Prucha 824 Soil organisms which destroy cellulose, Kellerman and McBeth 825 The green fluorescent bacteria of maple sap, Edson and Carpenter 825 The deposition of iron on the mycelium of an aquatic fungus, Moore 825 Observations on the effects of toxic substances on the olive tree, Petri 825 Winterkilling and smelter injury in the forests of Montana, Hedgcock 826 Wound stimulation and wound closure in plant organs, Schneider-Orelli 826 Endotrophic mycorrhiza of the horse chestnut, Jaccard 826 Inhibiting factors in Lychnis and Papaver, Shull 827 Inheritance in Capsella, Hus 827 The relationship of the wheats, Schulz 827 Anatomical structm-e of wood of Cytisus adavii, Janssonius and Moll 827 Ingrowing sprouts of Solanum ticberosuvi, Gager 828 The breeding of trcfpical orchids from seeds, Burgeff 828 The microscopic differences between hemp and flax fiber, Sonntag 828 FIELD CROPS. Some principles of dry farming, Waldron 828 Report of division of agronomy, Etheridge 828 [Agricultural development of Nyasaland], McCall 829 Agricultmal development of Nyasaland 830 [Field crops work at Dikopshof |, Hofmann and Hansen 830 Report of the Imperial Bavarian Moorculture Station, 1909, Baumann 830 Second annual report of the demonstration area, Peacock 830 Experimental forage plats, 1910-11, Smith 830 Summer crops for grain and eilage, western district, Reynolds 830 Revegetating experiments on depleted country, MacPherson 830 Fodder plants indigenous to Australia 830 Breeding experiments with grasses, Dix 830 The grama grasses: Bouteloua and related genera, Griffiths 830 Meadows and pastures, Wing 830 Report on field trials on the manuring of seeds hay, 1910, Harrison 831 Hybridization investigations with oats and wheat, Nilsson-Ehle 831 Manuring of oats and mangels. Dyer and Parke 833 Test of different rates of planting rye and potatoes, Bieler 833 Stack-building at Wagga Experiment Farm, Fuller 833 Chou moellier 833 Productive power of red clover from different sources, Liebau 833 Romance of a clover, McDonald 833 Crossbreeding of maize and the Mendelian theory, Pfister 833 Maize at Bathurst Experiment Farm, Peacock 834 Maize fodder experiments on the south coast, Makin 834 A cotton variation with a self-fertilized ancestry. Bain 834 [Cotton on the experimental farms of Bengal, 1910-11], Sherrard 834 Cotton growing in Sind 834 Proceedings of the cotton production commission 835 Guar 835 Trials of varieties of kale 835 Report on field trials with varieties of mangels in 1909, Milburn " 835 Field trials with varieties of mangels in the year 1910, Harrison 835 IV CONTENTS. Page. Report on field trials on the manuring of mangels in 1910, Harrison 835 Rojinrt on field trials on the manuring of mangels in 1908 and 1909, Blackshaw.. 835 Varieties of oats, Bedfordshire 835 Pea variety trials, Baylis 835 Electrical treatment of crops, Dudgeon, .j 835 Report on field trials with iDotatoes in 1909, Wakerley 836 Results of field trials on the manuring of potatoes in 1910, Wakerley 836 Work of the German potato station in 1911 836 Potato experiments in Northwest district, McDonald 836 The danger of using foreign potatoes for seed, Stuart and Orton 836 [Variety and maniirial experiments with sugarcane], d' Albuquerque and Bovell. 836 Seedling canes and manurial experiments for the season 1909-1911 837 [Variety and manurial tests with sugar cane], Cousins 837 Manurial experiments. Watts et al 837 Experiments with varieties of sugar cane. Watts et al 837 Report on field trials with varieties of swedes in 1909, Milburn 837 Results of field trials on the manuring of swedes in 1910, Stokes 837 Results of field trials on the manuring of swedes in 1909, Milburn 837 Types of Cuban tobacco, Hasselbring 837 Field experiments with wheat, Ditzell 838 Wheat manurial trial, Cowra Experiment Farm, 1910, Ditzell 838 Development of wheat production in Canada, Bishop 838 The wheat varieties of Alsace-Lorraine and neighboring countries, Krause 838 Seed inspection 838 Small seed improvement, Frier and Merick 838 Sale of seeds in Canada 839 Canadian Seed Growers' Association 839 Viability of weed seeds after passing through the digestive tract, Korsmo 839 Iron sulphate and lime nitrogen for weed eradication, Rhodin 839 Canada thistle and its eradication, Johnson • 839 HORTICULTURE. Report for 1907-8 for destruction of San Jos6 scale, etc., Stewart et al 840 Report for 1909-10 for destruction of San Jos6 scale, etc., Stewart et al 840 Insecticides and fungicides, Harcourt and Fulmer 840 The red sunflower, Cockerell 840 Tomatoes, Tumey 840 Yams, Barrett 840 Apple orcharding in Ontario 840 Diseases of the apple caused by fungi and insects, Hewitt and Hayhurst 840 State bog report, Franklin 840 Cranberry bog construction for Wisconsin, Malde 841 A study of the arsenic content of grapes and wine, Mathieu 841 The avocado in Florida, its propagation, cultivation, and marketing, Rolfs 841 The mango. Wester 841 The embryony of the mango. Wester 841 Irises, Dykes 841 Making a rose garden, Saylor 842 Saxon gardening, Koch 842 FORESTRY. On the economic principles that should govern forestry, Andersson 842 Forest preservation. Graves 842 Forest conditions in western North Carolina, Holmes . 842 On the distribution of forest trees in Karafuto (Saghalin), Miyake 842 Results of direct seeding in the Black Hills, Murdock, jr 842 Methods for determining the germination power of conifer seeds, Schotte • 842 New tools for transplanting conifers. Mast 842 Method of taking impressions of year rings in conifers, Higgs 842 Reproduction of lodgepole pine in relation to its management, Brown 843 Yield tables for pine, Maass 843 The red beech: Economic and statical investigations, Schwappach 843 The host plants of the sandal tree, Rama 843 Vitality of rubber seed. Spring 843 Rubber 843 CONTENTS. V DISEASES OF PLANTS. Page. Bacterial diseases of plants, Potter 844 Plant diseases and crop rotation, BoUey 844 Notes on vegetable pathology, Griffon and Maublanc 844 . Plant diseases of 1909-10, Giddings 844 Okra wilt, Fusarium vasinfectum, and clover rhizoctoniose, Stevens and Wilson. 844 The present status of the question of rust propagation, Beauverie 844 Perennial gametophy tic and sporophytic generations in Puccinia obtegens, Olive . 844 Infection experiments with parasitic fungi, Treboux 845 Myxofusicoccum, a new genus of Sphaeropsidearum, Diedicke 845 O'idium tuckeri and Uncinula americana in Poland, Brzezinski 845 Neutralizing nematode injuiy, Kriiger 845 A canker of Glycine, Pavarino 845 Bunt and germination experiments, Hurst 845 Combating rust of cereals, Tonnelier 846 Rusted grain and the wintering of the rust fungus, Eriksson 846 A new smut of grass, McAlpine 846 Downey mildew of alfalfa, Brittlebank 846 The control of cotton wilt and root knot, Orton and Gilbert 846 A bacterial disease of onions, Giampietro 846 Bacterial rots of the potato, Schuster 846 A bacterial disease of the potato plant in Ireland, Pethybridge 847 (3n the cause of blindness m potato tubers, Dale 847 A bacterial disease of potato leaves, Dale 847 Experiments with potatoes resistant to wart disease 847 Potato spraying in 1909 and 1910, Giddings 848 Spraying potatoes, Pinn 848 A review of literature relating to pests of the sugar beet, Stift 848 Biochemical study of the curly- top disease of sugar beets, Bunzel 848 Observations on the smut disease of sugar cane, Basu 848 The root rot of tobacco caused by Thielavia basicola, Gilbert 849 Tomato leaf rust 849 European and American Glceosporiumfructigenum, Schneider-Orelli 849 Monilia on fruit trees, Voges 849 Different wintering over of two species of Monilia and its significance, Ewert. . 849 A study of diseases of olives, Petri 849 The Cycloconium on the olive, De Michele 850 Present knowledge in regard to the natvire of peach yellows, Morse and Fetzer. . 850 Investigations on the dying of plum trees, Rabate 850 Double blossom of the dewberry and the blackberry, Reimer and Detjen 850 The leaf spot fungi of currants, Voges 850 The chlorosis of grapes during the spring, Provost-Dumarchais 851 How is the grape infected by mildew? Miiller-Thurgau 851 Influence of temperature on conidia of downy mildew, Ravaz and Verge 851 Roncet, Pantanelli 851 The fungus diseases of cacao. Van Hall 851 Diseases of orchids caused by bacteria, Pavarino 851 A disease of tulips, Lendner 851 The brown leaf spot of colt's foot. Wolf _ 852 The development and cytology of Rhodochytrium, Griggs 852 Tree diseases due to fungi, Farquharson 852 A disease of pine due to Hypodermella, Lagerberg 852 A new cryjitogamic disease of pine, Doroguine 852 Disease of Pinus strobus due to Lophodermium brachysporum, Fron 852 Recent observations on some diseases of white pine and yew, Fron 853 A black knot disease of Dianthera americana, Lewis 853 A disease of rubber during curing, Lonay 853 A new wood-penetrating alga, Moore 853 Copper fungicides, Pickering ' 853 The use of copper oxychlorid as a fungicide, Chuard 853 Testing sulphur and sulphur-copper sulphate mixtures, Slaus-Kantschieder 854 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. Annual report of the governor of Alaska on the Alaska game law, 1911, Clark 854 West Virginia forest, game, and fish laws, and the Lacey bird law, 1911.- 854 A note on a peculiarity of plague on the Hamakua Coast of Hawaii, McCoy 854 VI CONTENTS. Page. New state quarantine law 854 A history of the birds of Colorado, Sclater 854 The finches and weaver birds of the Sudan, Butler 855 The starling (Sturnus vulgaris) at Springfield, Mass. , Morris 855 The composition of taxonomic papers, Muttkowski 855 A bibliography of the principal writings of Daniel William Coquillett 855 Eleventh rejwrt of the state entomologist of Connecticut for 1911, Britton 855 Keport of entomologist, Smith 856 Entomological investigations 856 Notes on two important parasites of economic insects, Gahan 857 The enemies of peas, Noel 857 Cranberry Insects, Franklin 857 Insects injurious to citrus fruits and methods for combating them, Tower 858 California redwood attacked by Termes lucifugus, Parker 858 A true internal parasite of Thysanoptera, Russell 858 A new insect pest ( Trioza alacris), Crawford 859 Two new aphids from California, Davidson 859 The white fly {Aleyrodes citri) in California, Merrill 859 The white-fly work at Marysville, Merrill 859 A new pest of ealtbush: Wliite fly {Aleyrodes atriplex n. sp.), Froggatt 859 The CoccidiB of Louisiana, Barber 859 A structural study of some caterpillars, Forbes 859 A structural study of the caterpillars. — II, The Sphingida3, Forbes 859 Spraying for the codling moth in 1910, Rumsey 860 Observations on the biology of the eudemis, Marchal 860 Hosts and galls of American gall midges, Felt 860 New species of gall midges, Felt 860 Sewage works and street gullies as breeding grounds of mosquitoes, Nash 860 A danger to our citrus belt, Oawford 860 Review of work by Pantel and Portchinski on muscoid flies, Townsend 860 Further results secured in the study of muscoid flies, Townsend 860 The house fly (Musca doviestica), Smith 861 The life history of weevils, Fuchs 861 Host plants and parasites of some North American Bruchidse, Cushman 861 Studies in the biology of the boll weevil in Louisiana, Cushman 862 Preliminary report of investigations with the corn billbug, Smith 862 A classification of the suborder Chalastogastra of the Hymenoptera, Rohwer. . 863 Notes on the pear slug {Eriocampoides limacina), Webster 863 Note on Theroniafulrescens, Aldrich 863 Two new Hymenoptera, Crawford 863 Scale insect parasitism in California, Quayle _. 863 Notes on the life history of the tick parasite, Eunterellus hookeri, Wood 863 The acariasis of the vine, Pantanelli 864 A new species of Dermacentor and notes on other Ixodidee, Bishopp 864 A serious chicken pest (Argas vdniatus), Carnes 864 Use of sweetened poisons against grape root-worm and rose chafer, Hartzell 864 Carbon disulphid explosion from heated corn. Hinds 864 Methods of determining the toxicity of hydrocyanic acid gas, Coleman 864 The parasite fauna of Colorado, Hall 865 Handbook of pathogenic protozoa, edited by Von Prowazek 865 POODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. Rice as food, Aron and Hocson '..-_- 865 Action of heat on peroxydiastase of wheat grains during ripening, Khrennikoff . . 866 Causes of modification of quality of gluten during heating of grain, Apsit 866 Acidity in wheat flour, Calvin and Dunton 866 Experiments on bread, with special reference to dental caries. Wallace 867 Action of dissolved substances on autofermentation of yeast, Harden and Paine . 867 Spices, prepared mustard, honey, and gluten flour. Woods . . ._ _. 867 The chemical action of organic acids of canned goods upon tin. Barilla 867 Saccharin in food 868 A new vegetable adulterant, Kraemer 868 Pure-food laws of Indiana and the rules regulating their enforcement 868 Food, drug, and dairy laws of Nebraska and rules of their enforcement 868 Texas food and drug law 868 Food sanitation 868 CONTENTS. Vn Page. The diet of Trappist monks, Van Romundo 868 Feeding experiments with cleavage products of nutrients, Abderhalden 869 Protein metabolism from point of blood and tissue analysis, I, Folin and Denis 869 Protein metabolism from point of blood and tissue analysis, II, Folin and Denis 870 Contribution to the study of beri-beri, Lebredo 871 Maize diet and sunlight in reference to pellagra, Rondoni 871 Carbon dioxid output with static and negative muscular work, Hammarsten . . 871 Expenditure of energy in walking, Amar 871 Energy expenditure in walking, Brezina and Kolmer 872 A new form of differential miciocalorimeter. Hill 872 Calorimetric methods, Glikin 872 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Treatise on zootechny . — I, General zootechny, Dechambre 873 Zootechnical associations in Italy and foreign countries 873 [Analyses of feeding stuffs]. Rose and Greene 873 Molasses and molasses feeds, Halligan 873 The lime and phosphorus content of hay and straw, Neubauer and Hillkowitz . 873 On the question whether dextrose arises from cellulose in digestion, Lusk 873 Examination of liver of oxen, Daniel-Brunet and Rolland 873 Cattle feeding and soil improvement 873 The Tuxer (Duxer) breed of cattle, Ulmansky 873 European markets for meat, Richelet 874 The live-stock situation in 1909 and 1910 874 [Feeding trials with sheep], Skinner 874 The types of caracul breeds, Adametz 874 The "stone " sheep, Fuhrer 874 Suffolk sheep, Prentice 874 The wool yearbook, 1911 874 Fattening hogs in Nebraska, Snyder 874 The breeds of horses, Wrangel 875 The thoroughbred horse as a product of systematic selection, von Weinberg. . . 875 A study of the Arab horse in northern Africa, Vatin 875 The Anglo-Norman horse, Rau _- 875 The most important breeding lines of the Rhenish cold bloods, Frizen 875 Differences between the so-called "warm" and "cold-blooded" horses, Miiller. 875 Relation between cranial cavity, lung capacity, and thoracic cavity, Molthof . 875 Italian breeds of poultry, Guardasoni 876 Egg-laying competitions, 1910-11, Laurie 876 Size iriheritance in ducks, Phillips 876 The utilization of bird feathers in France, M6n6gaux and Content 876 Treatise on histology, cytology, and microscopic anatomy, Prenant et al 876 Recent progress in some lines of cytology, Guyer 876 Protozoan germ plasm, Calkins _. 876 Biological individuality of tissues and fluids of animal species, Robertson.. . . . 876 Anatomy and histology of the male reproductive organs of birds, Trawinski 876 Some experiments in fertilization and incubation of hens' eggs 876 The effect of spermatoxin on the female organism and the ovum, Tuschnow. . . 877 Can the spermatozoon develop outside the egg? Loeb and Bancroft 1 877 On the isolation of oocytase, Robertson 877 Uric acid production and nucleoproteid formation in chick embryo, Fridericia 877 On the interchange of the limbs of the chick by transplantation, Peebles 877 Light thrown by the experimental study of heredity upon evolution, Davenport 878 Problems of evolution and present methods of attacking them, Conklin 878 Further remarks on the law of ancestral heredity, Pearson 878 Biotypes and phylogeny, Clark 878 An alleged specific instance of transmission of acquired characters. Brown 878 On the origin of a pink-eyed guinea pig with colored coat. Castle 878 Another case of sex-limited heredity in poultry, Davenport 878 DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. The feeding of dairy cattle, Isaachsen 879 Feeding experiments with dairy cows, Hofmann and Hansen 879 The effect of diminishing the rations of dairy cows, Clauss 879 On the feeding value of sesame cake for milch cows, Hansson 879 VIII CONTENTS. Page. Report of division of dairy husbandry, McNutt 879 Testing different breeds of cattle, Hofmann and Hansen 879 West Siberian dairying and daiiy associations, von Borowski 880 The growth of some milk bacteria at different temperatures, Luxwolda 880 The fermenting capacity of the single cells of Bacterium lactis acidi, Rahn 880 Tubercle bacilli and uncooked food 880 Ropy milk, Gelding 880 Investigations on the composition of milk and cheese, Leskowsky 880 Relation of the acid rennet bacteria of cheese to lower temperatures, Gorini . . 881 The bacterial flora of "gomolya," Gratz and Rdcz 881 VETERINARY MEDICINE. Report of the veterinary director general, Rutherford et al 881 Report of the government veterinary bacteriologist for 1909-10, Theiler 882 First report of the director of veterinary research 882 A practicum of bacteriology and protozoology 882 Pharmaceutical bacteriology, Schneider 882 Veterinary calendar for the year 1911, edited by Rautenberg 882 Parasitology of domestic animals, Neveu-Lemaire 882 Some blood parasites (Haemoproteus and Ha^mogregarina), Darling 883 The role of the infective granule in certain protozoal diseases, Balfour 883 Investigations in regard to the germicidal properties of leucocytes, Weil 883 Ascaris poisoning, Goldschmidt 883 The etiology of infectious absorption in live stock. Good 883 An undescribed organism simulating black quarter, Baldrey 883 Comparative studies of symptomatic anthrax and pseudoblackleg, Markoil. . . 883 Anthrax, Mack 883 A "milk" outbreak of diphtheria suggestive of bovine origin, Robertson 883 The transmission of gall sickness by ticks, Theiler 883 Diagnosis of glanders with the ophthalmo reaction, Reinhardt 883 Reduction of virulence in a strain of Trypanosoma hippicum, Darling 884 Infection with Trypanosoma hippicum by Musca doviestica, Darling 884 Investigation of viruses from cases of tuberculosis other than lupus, Griffith. . . 884 Investigation of viruses obtained from cases of lupus, GrifHth 884 Reports on investigations dealing with tuberculosis, Griffith et al 884 Investigations into the tuberculosis occurring naturally in animals, Griffith. . . 885 Comparative histological and bacteriological investigations, Eastwood 886 The newer staining methods, I, Rosenblat 887 Investigations in regard to bovine tuberculosis, Nieberle 887 Tuberculosis of the central nervous system of bovines, Hjortlund 887 The alimentary intoxications of the horse, Mouilleron 887 Occurrence of two parasites in equine piroplasmosis, Nuttall and Strickland . . . 887 The diagnosis of pernicious anemia of the horse, Abderhalden and Buchal 888 Inhibition of saponin in anemia and glanders, Abderhalden and Weil 888 "Aphis foot" of horses in the Tamworth district, Froggatt 888 Report of the veterinary department, Craig 888 Feeding experiments with Tilletia, Scheunert, and Lotsch 888 Treatment of piroplasmosis by arsenobenzol, Levaditi and Nattan-Larrier 889 Bacteria the cause of polyneuritis gallinarum, Kohlbrugge 889 The pathology of roup and chiken pox, Haring and Kofoid 889 The occurrence of Cheilospirura hamulosa in the United States, Ransom 890 Attempts to transmit "fowl pest" by Argas persicus, Hindle T 890 RURAL ENGINEERING. The state administration of public highways in the United States 890 Good roads and how to build them. Page 890 Bituminous roads and pavements and their materials of construction, Hubbard . 890 [Material and construction of highway bridges and culverts], Edy 890 Roads and road materials of Alabama, Prouty 891 Biennial report of highway commissioner [of Connecticut], 1907-8, MacDonald. 891 Report of the Illinois Highway Commission, 1908-9, Johnson et al 891 Sixth annual report of the commissioner of highways of Maine, 1910, Sargent. . 891 Report of the commissioner of public roads [in New Jersey], 1910, Gilkyson 891 Surplus products of counties — Good roads and drainage 891 CONTENTS. IX Page. Neighborhood irrigating systems, Swaren 892 Savage irrigation in Luzon, Wright 892 The Laramie-Poiidre tunnel, Coy 892 Report of the State Board of Irrigation of Nebraska, 1909-10, Simmons 892 Second report of the ten-itorial engineer of New Mexico, 1909-10, Sullivan 892 Fourth biennial report of State engineer of North Dakota, 1909-10, Atkinson. . . 892 Imgation and drainage, Wade ". . 892 Methods of tile draining gumbo, hardpan, and seepy land in Kansas 892 Drainage reclamation in Tennessee, Ashley, Morgan, and McCrory 893 German development of the hydraulic ram. Skinner 893 Agricultural electricity. Petit 893 The gas pump 893 Mechanical plowing, Costantini 893 Tests of machinery for vine cultivation 893 An automatic motor-driven vine cultivator, De la Bathie 893 Practical barn plans and all kinds of farm buildings, Radford 894 Portable hog fence 894 RURAL ECONOMICS. The cause of high prices, Burton 894 Cooperation and cost of living in certain foreign countries 894 Cooperative enterprises of the Farmers' Union, Davis 894 [Cooperative stores in the Northwest] 895 Splendid record of cooperation, Ingling 895 Agricultural societies and cooperative credit banking, Jones 895 Statistics of agi-icultural cooperative credit societies in England and Wales 895 An outline of the European cooperative credit systems 895 Observations on European agriculture, Fraps 895 The new agriculture of Japan, Ahan 896 Economic movement in Canada, Leroy-Beaulieu 896 [Immigrants from United States to Canada] 896 Observations upon government assistance to agriculture in Europe, Arkell . . . 896 Sales for agricultural purposes bill 896 Farm accounting an aid to better farming, Thomson 896 Theories of farm management, Laur 897 The choosing of a farm 897 Crop Reporter 897 Agricultural statistics 897 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Henry Hill Goodell, Stebbins 897 New England's advance, Phelps 897 Present status of agricultural education in public secondary schools, Robison . . . 898 A brief history of elementary education, Southard 898 Agricultural education in the public schools, Davis 898 What and how in agriculture for women teachers, Clarke 898 Farm boys and girls, McKeever 899 The garden primer. Tabor 899 MISCELLANEOUS. Twenty-fourth Annual Report of Indiana Station, 1911 899 Thirty -fourth Annual Report of North Carolina Station, 1911 899 Work of the agricultural experiment station for 1910-11, Frear 899 Index to acts of Congress involving the Department of Agriculture, Gates 899 Monthly Bulletin of Department Library, December, 1911, and January, 1912. . 899 LIST OF EXPERIMENT STATION AND DEPART- MENT PUBLICATIONS REVIEWED. Stations in the United States. Arkansas Station: PS'g^- Bui. 109, 1911 840 California Station: Bui. 227, 1912 809 Connecticut State Station: An. Rpt. 1911, pt. 4 855 Indiana Station: Circ. 31, Jan., 1912 838 Circ. 32, Jan., 1912 839 Twenty-fourth An. Rpt. 1911. 80G, 874, 888, 899 Maine Station: Off. Insp. 34, Nov., 1911 8G7 Off. Insp. 35, Dec, 1911 868 Off. Insp. 3G, Jan., 1912 838 Massachusetts Station: Met. Buls. 277-278, Jan.- Feb., 1912 810 Nebraska Station: Bui. 123, Feb. 22, 1912 874 Nevada Station: Circ. 13, Oct. 1911 883 New Jersey Stations: Bui. 241, Dec. 2, 1911 819 North Carolina Station: Thirty-fourth An. Rpt. 1911. . 828, 844, 850, 856, 861, 862, 879, 899 North Dakota Station: Bui. 96, Jan., 1912 828 Pennsylvania Station: Bui. 113, Feb., 1912 899 Porto Ptico Station: Bui. 10 (Spanish ed.), 1912. ... 858 z Stations in the United States — Continued. Rhode Island Station: Page. Bui. 148, Jan., 1912 817 Texas Station: Bui. 143, Dec, 1911 895 West Virginia Station: Rpt. San Jos6 Scale, etc., 1907-8 840 Rpt. San Jos6 Scale, etc, 1909-10 840,844,848,860 Wisconsin Station : Bui. 213, June, 1911 841 U. S. Department of Agriculture. Food Insp. Decision 142 868 Bureau of Biological Survey: Cii'c 85 854 Bm-eau of Plant Industry: Circ. 92 846 Circ 93 836 Bureau of Soils: Bui. 81 818 Bureau of Statistics: Crop Reporter, vol. 14, No. 3, Mar., 1912 897 Office of the Solicitor: Index to Acts of Congress In- vohang Department of Agri- culture 899 Library: Mo. Bui., vol. 2, No. 12, Dec, 1911 899 Mo. BuL, vol. 3, No. 1, Jan., 1912 899 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Vol. XXVI. Abstract Number. No. 9. RECENT WORK IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. The chemistry of the proteins, O. Cohnheim (Chcmie der Eiweisslcdrjyer. Brunswick, 1911, 3. ed., rev., pp. Z7/ +388). —This work (E. S. R., 16, p. 439) has been entirely rewritten, and includes literature up to nearly the end of 1910. The action of hydrogen peroxid on the autolysis of plant proteins, T. Schp:stoff {Trudy Imp. S. Pcterb. Obshch. Estestro. {Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. St. Petersh.), 41 (1910), I, No. 2-^, p^p. 89-100; abs. in Zentbl. Allg. u. Expt. Biol., 2 {1911), No. 5-6, p. 121). — This work was conducted with a yeast preparation (hefanol), ordinary yeast, and wheat seedlings. It was found that the de- struction of catalase by hydrogen peroxid had no influence upon the autolysis of proteins. Hydrogen peroxid stimulates the autolytie process. The hydrolysis of potato protein, B. Sjollema and I. J. Rinkes {Hoppe- Seyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem.., 76 {1912), No. 5-6, pp. 369-384) .—One hundred gm, of potato protein, estimated to contain 16 per cent nitrogen, yielded the following: Ammonia, l.S gm. ; histidin, 2.3 gm. ; arginin, 4.2 gm. ; lysiu, 3.3 gm. ; cystin, 4.4 gm. ; glutaminic acid, 4.6 gm. ; prolin, 3.0 gm. ; alanin, 4.9 gm. ; leucin, 12.2 gm. ; valin, 1.1 gm. ; valin+alanin, 8.2 gm. ; valin+leucin, 1.9 gm. ; phenyl- alanin, 3.9 gm, ; and tyrosin, 4.3 gm. In reg'ard to casein, G. Gnadebeeg {Milch Ztg., 40 {1011), No. JfG, pp. 456- 458). — A description of a method for preparing a faultless acid casein. The formation of fat in oleaginous fruits, F. Scukti and G. Tommasi {Ann. R. Stas. Chim. Agr. Sper. Roma, 2. ser., 4 {1909-10), pp. 253-286; Rend. Soc. Chim. Ital., 2. ser., 3 {1911), No. 4, pp. 69-75).— This is a chemical study of the composition of the wood, leaves, and fruit of the olive tree, including a special study of the fatty substances in the olive gathered during the various periods of ripening. The immature olives were found to contain an alcohol (waxy) which had the composition CaiHcoOa. This alcohol was found to begin to diminish as the ripen- ing progressed, with the resulting formation of free fatty acids. When the fruits were ripe it was found that these acids had disappeared and that neutral fats were present instead. In regard to the formation of fatty acid in oleaginous fruits, F. Scukti und G. ToMMASi {Rend. Soc. Chim. Ital, 2. ser., 3 {1912), No. 13, pp. 3.58- 363). — A continuation of the studies reported above. This work was done with the privet {Ligustrvm vulgare), and practically confirms the findings with the olive. 801 802 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Myristone obtained from alfalfa, C. A. Jacobson (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc, S3 {1911), No. 12, pp. 2048-2051) .—From alfalfa (Mcdicago sativa) grown from carefully selected seed and cut during the early blooming period, cured, and dried a Ijetone was obtained having the formula (Ci3H27)2CO. This compound, which in all probability is myristone, is combined with another substance or substances in the plant. It can be extracted with hot 95 per cent alcohol and isolated by weak nitric acid. Attempts to oxidize the ketone to the correspond- ing acid were unsuccessful. A secondary alcohol, however, was obtained. An improved extractor, C A. Jacobson (Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc., 33 (1911), No. 12, pp. 2051, 2052). — A description of the apparatus used in the above work. The ordinary forms of extraction apparatus found upon the market proved to be inefficient for the purpose. Alfalfone, a ketone of the formula C21H42O, obtained from, alfalfa. — Alfalfa investigation, II, C. A. Jacobson (Jour, Amer. Chem. Soc, S'l (1912), No. S, pp. 300-302). — Continuing the work noted in the abstracts above, the author re- ports extracting a ketone from the heavy green precipitate obtained from alfalfa by extraction with 95 per cent alcohol. The name given to this ketone, which is a white, amorphous powder, having the formula C21H42O, is alfalfone. Two samples of alfalfone purified with petroleum ether gave a melting point varying between 88.5 and 88.8° C. "Alfalfone is insoluble in water, hot and cold acetone and ether, insoluble in cold alcohol, but dissolves slightly when this solvent is heated to boiling. Chloroform and carbon disulphid dissolve it to some extent in the cold but easily on warming. . . . Alfalfone manifests the same electrical properties as the myristone with which it is associated in alfalfa. It gives negative tests with bromin for unsaturation, with ferric chlorid and alkali for phenolic character, and with acetic anhydrid for hydroxyl. It does not give the characteristic color reactions for the cholesterol group. Its chloroform solution does not show any absorption bands either in the visible or ultraviolet part of the spec- trum. It is neutral to litmus and phenolphthalein. Continuous exti'action of alfalfa for several months was necessary before enough of this material could be obtained to work with, as the yield is only a small fraction of 1 per cent. . . . "Like myristone, this ketone did not yield an acid (at least not to any appreciable extent) when oxidized with a chromic-sulphuric acid mixture, but when it was heated with a large excess of sodium in 95 per cent alcohol, the corresponding carbinol was obtained whose properties differ somewhat from the mother substance. . . . Not enough material was available for determining the location of the carbonyl group in the ketone or the hydroxyl in the carbinol." Saccharification of inulin by the ultraviolet rays, L. Massol {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 70 (1911), No. 13, pp. 509-511).— The ultraviolet rays were found to saccharify inulin with the production of levulose and dextrose. Levu- lose was produced in excess. Chemical composition of some higher fungi, A. Goris and M. Mascb6 (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sd. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 22, pp. 1082-108!,; ahs. in Jour. Chem-. Soc. [London], 102 (1912), No. 591, II, p. 79).— Fungi such as Lactariiis piperatus, PsalUota cam^pestris, and others were included in this study. Carbamid, the author concludes, is not invariably present in the higher fungi, the extent to which it occurs depending upon the season and mode of cultiva- tion. Two cholesterols were isolated from fungi of different species, and a new compound, apparently not a cholesterol, was found. Chemistry and biochemistry of lipoids, I. Bang (Chemie und Biochemie Oer Lipoide. Wiesbaden, 1911, pp. XI+IST). — The first part of this book deals with the general chemistry of the lipoid substances, fats, cholesterols, phos- AGRICULTURAL. CHEMISTRY — ^AGROTECHNY. 803 phatids, and cerebrosids, and the second part with the biochemistry of these bodies. Lipase produced by microbes, N. L. Sohngen {E. Akad. Wetensch. Amster- dam, Proc. Sect. 8ci., 13 {1911), pt. 2, pp. 1200-1210, pi. 1, fig. 1).—It was found that tlie composition of the medium was of no consequence as far as the secre- tion of iipase by various lipolytic micro-organisms was concerned. Therefore, every source of carbon and nitrogen which can be utilized will serve as a producer of lipase. Acids secreted by microbes will, however, diminish the secretion of lipase. Hydroxyl ions accelerate the activity of the lipases, while hydrogen ions check it. " Calcium and magnesium ions favor the action of lipase ; likewise trime- thylamin and sodiumglycocholate ; monovalent alcohols counteract the process, sugars and glycerin exerting no influence. Presence of oxygen and light favor the decomposition of fat by the action of liptsse. By means of microbic lipase fat may be synthetically obtained. From oleic acid and glycerin chiefly the monoglycerid results, but besides, probably a little di- and tri-glycerid. Microbic lipase shows great similarity to liver and pancreatic lipase." In regard to the physiolog'y of plant catalase, B. Preobraschen'sky {Trudy Imp. 8. Pcterh. Obshch. Estcstvo. {Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. St. Petersh.), IjO {1909), I, No. I, pp. 276-287; ahs. in ZentU. Allg. u. Expt. Biol., 2 {1911), No. 5-6, p. 121). — Substances such as acid sodium and potassium phosphates, which stimulate alcoholic fermentation, also increase the catalytic power, while those which inhibit alcoholic fermentation also inhibit catalytic activity. Catalase is therefore active in anaerobic processes. The work was conducted with zymin and wheat seedlings. Note on a peptid-splitting' enzym in woman's milk, L. M. Warfield {Jour. Med. Research, 25 {1911), No. 1, pp. 235-237).— Human milk was found to con- tain a ferment capable of splitting the dipeptid glycyltryptophan. This enzym was quickly destroyed by acidity, but an amount of formaldehyde capable of inhibiting bacterial growth, or pasteurizing at a temperature of 60° C, will not destroy it. The separation of rennin and pepsin by the passage of a direct electric current, W. E. Burge {Am,er. Jour. Physiol, 29 {1912), No. 3, pp. 330-33/,, fig. i).^The results indicate that in a solution containing both rennin and pepsin the passage of a direct electric current of 10 milliamperes for 25 hours will de- stroy all the peptic power, while the rennetic action is apparently unchanged. Effect of ignition on solubility of soil phosphates, G. S. Fraps {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., S {1911), No. 5, p. 335). — It is a well-known fact that the ignition of soil samples will increase the amount of phosphates soluble in an acid solution. This author has, therefore, investigated Stewart's method (E. S. R., 23, p. 423) for estimating the organic phosphorus in the soil. He found that " ignition increases about 10 times the solubility of the phos- phoric acid of wavellite, dufrenite, and variscite in fifth-normal nitric acid. Ignition renders variscite, dufrenite, and wavellite almost completely soluble in 12 per cent hydrochloric acid. Ignition of the soil will probably render inor- ganic phosphates soluble in acid, and therefore is not a method for estimating organic phosphoric acid. Ignition of the soil also renders considerable quanti- ties of iron and aluminum oxids soluble in acid." The determination of nitrogen in commercial ammoniates of high nitrogen content, C. H. Jones et al. {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 3 {1911), No. .9, pp. 691-699). — This is the first report of the committee on nitrogen of the divi- sion of fertilizer chemists of the American Chemical Society. It gives the re- sults for moisture by the vacuum and usual methods, and for nitrogen by the Kjeldahl with permanganate, Kjeldahl without permanganate, Kjeldahl-Gun- 804 EXPERIMENT STATION" RECORD. ning with permanganate. Gunning, Kjeldahl-Gunning, Gunning with copper sulphate, and Kjeldahl with copper sulphate, reported by 48 cooperating labora- tories. The agreement obtained between the results of moisture determinations was found to be much inferior to that obtained in the determination of nitrogen. Analysis of calcium cyanamid, H. Kappen (Chejn. Ztg., 35 (1911), No. 104, PP- 950-952; ahs. m Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 42S, pp. 560, 561).— ^o differ- ence in the results was noted in determining nitrogen by the ordinary Kjeldahl method as compared with the results obtained after adding zinc dust and sali- cylic acid or sodium thiosulphate and salicylic acid. Adding water to the ma- terial before adding the sulphuric acid was also found to have no effect upon the results. The author, therefore, concludes that commercial calcium cyanamid " yields all its nitrogen as ammonia when 0.5 gm. is digested with 30 cc. sul- phuric acid." For estimating cyanamid nitrogen when distinguishing this from total nitro- gen the author employs a modified Perotti method (E. S. R., 21, p. 419). See also the work of Dinslage (E. S. R., 26, p. 606), Stutzer (E. S. R., 25, p. 805), and Monnier (E. S. R., 26, p. 109). Detection and determination of cyanamid in the presence of other fertiliz- ing materials, L. Vuaflart (Ann. Falsif., 4 (1911), No. 32, pp. 321-324).— The presence of calcium cyanamid in a mixture containing other fertilizers can be detected by its odor, alkaline reaction, the large amount of calcium present, the black residue which is left after treating the sample with water, and the yellow precipitate obtained with silver nitrate which is insoluble in ammonium hydroxid but soluble in nitric acid. An impurity often present in the latter is a black acetylene silver insoluble in nitric acid. If organic fertilizers are present in the mixture these can be detected by dissolving the cyanamid in hydrochloric acid, when the organic matter will remain behind as a black residue. Sulphuric acid added to such fertilizers will yield a brown solution. For the determination of total nitrogen in such materials the Kjeldahl method can be employed, while the cyanamid and dicyanamid present as such may be estimated with Brioux's modification of Caro's method (E. S. R., 24, p. 623). The method does not furnish accurate results when other fertilizing materials, such as dried blood, are present. International conference on food analysis (Analyst, 36 (1911), No. 428, pp. 536r-539). — The I'ecommendations of the international conference at Paris, June 27, 1910, together with the rules proposed for the unification of the ex- pression of analytical results, are presented in detail. Use of triketohydrindene hydrate for the detection of proteins and their derivatives, E. Abderhalden and H. Schmidt (Hoppe-Scyler's Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 72 (1911), No. 1-2, pp. 31-43; ahs. in Analyst, 36. (1911), No. 421, p. 514). — ^Triketohydrindene hydrate was found to yield a blue coloration with a-amino acids, polypeptids, peptones, and proteins. Exceptions to this are prolin, hydroxy prol in, and pyrrolidon carboxylic acid. " For carrying out the test a solution of 0.1 gm. of the reagent in 300 cc. of water is employed; 1 to 2 drops of this reagent are added to 1 cc. of the liquid to be tested, and the mixture is heated to boiling. The liquid to be tested must have a neutral reaction." The determination of starch, W. Geeifenhagen, J. Konig, and A. Scholl (Biochem. Ztschr., 35 (1911), No. 3-4, pp. 194-216.). — The polarimetric methods of Lintner (E. S. R., 20, p. 1008; 21, p. 611; 23, p. 708) and Ewers (E. S. R., 21, p. 108) can be employed for all varieties of starch. The specific rotation for the different starches with the Lintner method is fairly uniform and is on the average +202°. With the Ewers method it is very variable, but for corn, AGRICULTURAL. CHEMISTRY — ^AGROTECHNY. • 805 rice, wheat, rye, barley, and oats can be taken as 183 or 183.4°. Before sac- charification the authors advise, when examining feeding stuffs or other starch- containing materials with the polarimetric method, washing these samples with water, alcohol, and ether for the purpose of removing foreign substances which may be optically active. The polarimetric method can also be em- ployed for cacao, cinnamon, pepper, etc. See also previous notes (E. S. R., 22, pp. Ill, 30G: 24, p. 11). Determination of gelatin, W. Geeifenhagen, J. Konig, and A. Scholl (Biochem. Ztschr., 35 {1911), No. 3-Jf, pp. 2i7-227).— The authors point out that the Beckmann method for the determination of gelatin does not yield re- sults which are of practical value. They find that the Vamvakas method, in which the gelatin is precipitated with Nessler's reagent in an acid solution, will yield quantitative results for gelatin, but a separation of gelatin from proteoses when the latter are present is not possible. Proteoses are not pre- cipitated quantitatively, but the method can be employed as a qualitative test. An excess of trichloracetic acid, as employed by Obermayer, yields only a tur- bidity in dilute gelatin solutions, and also does not precipitate the proteoses quantitatively. Corrosive sublimate produces no precipitate in a neutral solu- tion of gelatin, but yields a precipitate of proteoses. Nothing more than the approximation of the gelatin content of jellies, mar- malades, etc., can be expected from the above-mentioned methods. Advances made in the chemistry of bee honey during- 1911, A. Hasterlik {Leipzig. Biencn Ztg., 27 {1912), No. 2, pp. 19-23). — A review of the literature. The detection of olive husks in pepper, C. V. Garola and V. Braun {Ami. Falsif., 4 {1911), No. 35, pp. 467-Ji69, figs. 2).— A discussion of methods, with particular regard to the use of the polarizing microscope for detecting adultera- tions in pepper. Determination of tartaric acid in cider, perry, vineg-ar, etc., A. Kling and L. Gilbert {Ann. Falsif., 1/ {1911), No. 30, pp. 185-192). — Two ciders examined by this method (E. S. R., 23, p. 418) showed 4.02 per cent and 3.22 per cent of tartaric acid respectively. Of 2 perries 1 gave a negative result, while the sec- ond contained 1.97 per cent of tartaric acid. The results obtained in most in- stances were higher than those obtained with the ether-alcohol method. The method can also be applied to the examination of vinegar and kindred products (see below). Estimation of tartaric acid in apples, pears, cider, and perry, G. Warcol- LiER {Ann. Falsif., 4 {1911), No. 35, pp. 485-/,90; abs. in Analyst, 36 {1911), No. .'{28, pp. 5-'i5, 546). — The author sought to apply the Kling method to the estima- tion of tartaric acid in apples and pears and their products. Neither the apple, pear (ripe or unripe), nor the cider or perry therefrom showed a trace of tartaric acid. Kobert's reagent as a test for salicylic acid, J. McCrae {Analyst, 36 {1911), No. 428, pp. 540, 541)- — This reagent, which consists of 3 drops of formaldehyde solution in 3 cc. of sulphuric acid, when added to salicylic acid or its salts, gives a rose-red coloration. The color, however, does not appear immediately. The same result is obtained with aspirin (acetyl-salicylic acid) and salol, but in the case of the latter the color develops much more quickly. " Robert's reagent gives the following characteristic colors with other sub- stances: Phenol, red-violet; catechol, violet (redder than the morphin color); resorcinol, deep orange-brown ; quinol, dirty greenish-brown ; pyrogallol, brown ; a-naphthol, dirty green ; /3-naphthol, dirty brown ; cinnamic acid, brown ; man- delic acid, yellow." [Analysis of milk and wine] {Mitt. Lchensm. JJntersuch. u. Hyg., Schweis. Osndhtsamt., 2 {1911), No. 7, pp. 425-J,80). — This is a description of the revised gQg EXPERIMENT STATION KEOORD. methods for analyzing milk and wine which are recommended for introduction into the Swiss food booli. The determination of total solids in milk, P. Poetschke (Jowr. Indm. and Engin. Chcm., 3 (1911), No. 6, pp. J,05-m, flffs. S).— In this article is described the Deghuee lactometer, which possesses an advantage over the New York Board of Health lactometer and the Quevenne hydrometer in that it requires only 4 oz. of milk for each determination. In addition, the author describes a pipette which will deliver exactly 5 gm. of milk of a known specific gravity, and which for convenience sake is gradu- ated in the degrees of the New York Board of Health hydrometer. The pipette can be used to good advantage for determining nitrogen by the Kjeldahl process and total solids. It will not yield good results with sour milk. The determination of moisture in butter, J. C. BRiJNNiCH and F. Smith (Queensland Agr. Jour., 28 (1912), No. 1, pp. 9, 10).— This is a comparative study of the rapid factory method of drying in a metal dish over an alcohol flame and the laboratory procedure in which the drying is done in a steam bath on pumice stone. In the first method " the sample, consisting of approximately* 5 gm., is placed in a shallow metal dish with a glass rod, and heated on a wire gauze over the flame of a spirit lamp. During heating the sample is constantly stirred, and the dish is removed from the flame after active frothing has ceased, and immediately the curd becomes a rich brown color." The authors also sought to determine whether the presence of boric acid in butter would affect the results obtained with the usual laboratory method. "The conclusion reached is that the percentages of water found by drying on pumice in the steam bath are but inappreciably affected by the presence of boric acid ; whereas, where the volatilization of water is assisted by the addition of alcohol (a rapid method occasionally recommended), boric acid is largely ex- pelled and is calculated as moisture." Investigations concerning the Reichert-Meissl number and the relation of butter fat constants in butter analysis, O. F. Hunzikeb (Indiana 8ta. Rpt. 1911, p. 34). — Variations in the time of saponification from 15 minutes to 2.5 hour's were without effect upon the Reichert-Meissl number, contrary to the findings of Delaite and Legrand (E. S. R., 18, p. 309). " The rate of distillation of the volatile acids was also investigated. Fifteen and six-tenths per cent of the total volatile acids were distilled in the first 10 cc. of distillate. The eleventh fraction of 10 cc. distillate contained only 3 per cent of the total volatile acids. Eighty-six per cent of the total volatile acids were distilled over by the Reichert-Meissl process." Beport to the Local Government Board by G. W. Monier-Williams on analyses and methods of detection of certain proprietary substances sold as preservatives for milk, cream, etc. (Rpts. Local Govt. Bd. [Gt. Brit.], Pub. Health and Med. Subjs., n. ser., 1912, No. 60, pp. 7).— " Mystin." which is a preservative recently introduced into England, was found to have the following composition : Sodium nitrite 9.85 per cent, formaldehyde 0.3 per cent, and water 89.85 per cent. Its specific gravity was 1.067 at 17° C. The claim is made for this preparation that it can not be detected by chemical methods. On account of the large percentage of sodium nitrite the ordinary Hehner test, which is the one usually employed for detecting formaldehyde, is inhibited. It was found, however, that if " 5 cc. of milk to which ' mystin ' has been added are treated with 0.05 gm. of urea (0.25 cc. of a 20 per cent solution) and 1 cc. of normal sulphuric acid, heated in a boiling-water bath for 2 minutes, and cooled, the resulting liquid gives a well-defined Hehner reaction. The AGRICULTURAL. CHEMISTRY — ^AGROTECHNY. 807 formaldehyde may be estimated with a fair approach to accuracy by Shrews- bury and Knapp's method." Some other proprietary preservatives are also considered. The estimation of lime and potash in the ash of cereals, F. Thompson and H. H. Morgan, Jr. (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chcm., S (1911), No. 6, pp. 398- ffOO). — ^Analyzing the ash in corn and wheat by the official method (E. S. R,, 20. p. 512) was found to yield unsatisfactory results, and existing methods were also found not rapid enough. Methods were therefore devised for calcium oxid and potassium oxid. P'or calcium oxid the following method is recommended : " Fifty cc. of the hydrochloric acid solution of the ash, corresponding to 0.5 gm., are heated to boiling, made slightly ammoniacal, and then acidified again with acetic acid, adding about 10 cc. of 50 per cent acetic acid in excess, making the total volume not more than 75 cc. The precipitate is boiled for a few minutes, allowed to settle, and the combined phosphates of iron and aluminum filtered off and washed thoroughly with hot water. Since this precipitate is usually very small a reprecipitation has not been found necessary. About 10 cc. of saturated ammonium oxalate solution are added to the filtrate while still hot and the CaO determined in the usual way, either by ignition or titration with permanganate." The method for potassium oxid consists in neutralizing the hydrochloric acid solution containing 0.5 gm. of ash with sodium hydroxid acidifying again with acetic acid, boiling " the solution, and washing the precipitate of iron and aluminum phosphates filtered off thoroughly with hot water. The filtrate is concentrated to about 75 cc. and allowed to cool. Twenty-five cc. of cobalti- nitrite solution, made according to the method of Adie and Wood (E. S. R., 12, p. 18), is now added. After standing over night at the room temperature the material is filtered on an asbestos felt in a Gooch crucible, and washed several times with cold 10 per cent acetic acid and finally once with cold water. The asbestos and the precipitate are transferred with water to a small beaker, and 40 cc. of a saturated Ba(0H)2 solution added and heated to boiling, when a copious precipitate of cobaltic hydroxid will be formed. The precipitate is allowed to settle and while still hot filtered into a 200 cc. graduated flask, wash- ing thoroughly with hot water, cooled, and made up to 200 cc. " Measure off 25 cc. of standard i>ermangauate solution into a casserole, add 5 cc. of 1 : 1 H2SO4 and 150 cc. of hot water and run in the alkaline nitrite solu- tion slowly from a burette until the color disappears. "On the basis of the formula K2NaCo(N02)e,H20, 1 cc. of tenth-normal per- manganate is equivalent to 0.0007S5 gm. K2O. It has, however, been found to be more convenient to use a permanganate solution of such strength that 1 cc. is equivalent to 1 mg. of K2O, which would be 0.1274 normal." Determination of starch in brewers' grains, C. Kreuzee (Ztschr. Oesam. Brauw., 3!^ {1911). Nos. 23, pp. 277-280; 2If, pp. 290-293; ahs. in Analyst, 86 (1911), No. 427, pp. 500, 501). — As none of the methods so far published gives an accurate determination of the amount of starch present in brewers' grains, the author proposes the following one for this purpose : "An average sample of the grains is ground as finely as possible in a Seek (cutting) mill, and 2.5 gm. of the powder are mixed thoroughly with 10 cc. of water. Twenty cc. of sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.7 are then added, with stirring, and, after the lapse of 15 minutes, the mixture is rinsed into a 100 cc. flask with sulphuric acid of specific gi'avity 1.3, this acid being used to dilute the whole to a volume of 100 cc. after 5 cc. of an 8 per cent phosphotungstic acid solution have been added. The contents of the flask are now shaken, filtered through a double filter, and 50 ce. of the filtrate are cooled in a stop- 44616°— No. 9—12 2 808 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. pered 200 cc. flask to a temperature of 0° C. Five ce. of hundredth-normal iodiu solution are then added, the mixture is shaken, again cooled in ice water, 100 cc. of petroleum spirit cooled to 1° C. are added, the contents of the flask are shaken for 1 minute, cooled in ice water, and the excess of iodin is then estimated by titrating 50 cc. of the petroleum spirit with hundredth-normal thiosulphate solution, starch solution being added as an indicator toward the end of the titration. The amount of iodin which has combined with the starch in the grains may then be calculated, and from this the quantity of starch present is obtained, 1 cc. of hundredth-normal iodin solution corresponding with 0.025 gm. of starch. " The author finds that brewers' grains of A'arious origin contain fx'om 0.90 to 4.8 per cent of starch." Notes on investigations on some South African tobaccos, M. Lundie (So. African Jour. Set., 8 (1912), Wo. 6, pp. 186-191). — After discussing the culti- vation of tobacco in South Africa, the author gives the results of analyzing some African tobaccos, as follows: Virginia leaf (Hester), flue-cured Rhodesian grown, 2.14 per cent nicotin and 12.15 per cent ash; Turkish tobacco (Rhode- sian grown), 2.52 per cent nicotin and 10.25 per cent ash; Pondo tobacco (Elliotdale district, Pondoland), 1.45 per cent nicotin and 14.58 per cent ash; Kafir tobacco (Willowvale district, Transkei), 1.13 per cent nicotin and 14.26 per cent ash; Karoo tobacco (Oudtshoorn), 4.92 per cent nicotin and 19.16 per cent ash; and Cango tobacco (Oudtshoorn), 1.44 per cent nicotin and 12.02 per cent ash. The following method was used in the investigation : " The tobacco leaves are first dried at a temperature of between 60 and 70°, or in a desiccator, to remove all moisture. The ribs are then removed and the leaves crushed in a mortar to a fine powder. Twenty gm. of this fine tobacco powder are weighed out in a porcelain dish, 10 cc. of the sodic hydrate solution added (6 gm. of solid sodic hydrate dissolved in 40 cc. of water and filled up to 100 cc. with alcohol of 96 per cent volume), and the contents of the dish mixed, trans- ferred to a Soxhlet apparatus, and the nicotin extracted by means of ether. This is allowed to continue for about 2 hours, when all the nicotin contained in the 20 gm. taken will be in solution in the ether. The ether is recovered by attaching the flask of the Soxhlet apparatus containing the nicotin in ether to a long Liebig condenser and distilling over the ether. The residue in the flask will be the nicotin, chlorophyll, etc. (The ether may also be expelled by plac- ing the flask in a water bath previously heated to about 50° C. and placed at a safe distance from any flame. Even the hot sun suffices to drive off the ether. ) " To the residue in the flask'add 50 cc. of sodic hydrate solution made by dissolving 6.4 gm. of solid sodic hydrate in 100 cc. of water. Attach to this flask a cork with a glass inlet connected to a boiler, and the outlet to a Liebig condenser, and hence distill over the nicotin until the distillate measures 500 cc. . . . Remove 100 cc. of this by means of a pipette into a clean beaker, and titrate by means of a deci-normal solution of sulphuric acid, using cochineal as indicator, until violet-blue turns onion-red. . . . Repeat, using 100 cc. each time, and take the average number of cubic centimeters of deci-normal sulphuric acid used. Let a?=average number of cubic centimeters used for each titration. Then a? X 0.0162X25= percentage of nicotin." A comparison is made with the tobaccos grown in the West Indies and in North America. Qualitative reactions of the vegetable tannins, E. Stiasny and C. D. Wil- kinson (Collegium, 1911, Nos. 475, pp. 318-324; 476, 325-332; ahs. in Jour. Soc. CJiem. Indus., 30 (1911), No. 19, pp. 1172, 1173).— A discussion of methods. METEOROLOGY — WATER. 809 The qualitative analysis of the tannins, U. J. Thuau and P. de Korsak (Collegium, 1911, Nos. 468, pp. 258-260; 469, 262-265; abs. in Jour. 8oc. Chem. Indus., 30 {1911), No. 19, pp. 1173, 1174).— A study of methods. The chemistry of the urine, W. Autenkieth (Die Chemie des Hams. TUbin- gen, 1911, pp. XII+344, figs. 28). — This book, which is prepared for students, physicians, druggists, and chemists, states iu a clear and concise way the methods of urine analysis, and gives detailed descriptions of the constituents of the urine under normal and pathological couditions. Report from the analytical department for 1909—10, J. Golding (Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 10, 1909-10, pp. 93-103). — Analyses are reported of linseed cake, undecorticated cotton cake, soy cake and meal, compounded cakes and meals, offals, fertilizers, etc. Comparison of results obtained by maceration and diffusion of sugar beets for the production of alcohol, L. Ammann (Compt. Bend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 154 (1912), No. 5, pp. 29/,, 295).— The figures show that good results can be obtained by both the maceration and diffusion processes. The diffusion process, however*, is more rapid and best suited for large plants, while the maceration process is the one to be preferred for smaller factories. Grape vinegar, F. T. Bioletti (California Sta. Bui. 227, pp. 337-366^ figs. 8).— This bulletin gives an exposition of the manufacture of vinegar from grapes. The contents include discussions of definitions and standards ; classes of vinegar and raw materials ; wine vinegar ; alcoholic and acetic fermentations ; yield of vinegar ; processes of manufacture — domestic methods, industrial methods, and the rapid or German process; after treatment — clearing, decoloration, pas- teurizing, aging, fining, filtering, and bottling ; vinegar diseases ; an outline of the operations of vinegar making; and tests of use to vinegar makers for sugar, alcohol, and acid. Some experiments are also included which have for their object to show that the 2 fermentations, alcoholic and acetic, can not profitably go on at the same time. Where conditions unfavorable to the yeast exist the acetic-acid bacteria gain the upper hand and produce acetic acid, which checks the activity of the yeast, thus allowing much sugar to remain untransformed. "Acetic acid in quantities approaching 0.5 per cent interferes with the work of the yeast and at 1 per cent stops it entirely." " Under favorable conditions vinegar bacteria will attack sugar and produce acetic acid directly." Products of the soy bean (Pure Products, 8 (1912), No. 3, pp. 157-160).— In this article the following topics are considered : Vegetable cheese, condensed vegetable milk, and soy sauce or fermented soy. The potato-flour industry of Germany (Jour. Boy. Soc. Arts, 60 (1912). No. 3092, pp. 416, 4^7). — This article discusses the present status of this indus- try in Germany, and gives a brief resume of the methods utilized in preparing this product. METEOROLOGY— WATER. Forecasting weather, W. N. Suaw (London, 1911, pp. XXVII-\-380, pis. 9, figs. 158; rev. in Nature [London], 88 (1912), No. 2209, pp. 575-577).— This book is based mainly upon the 11 years' experience of the author as director of the British Meteorological Oflice, and as such responsible for its forecasting work. It embodies the results of the most recent research in meteorology, and contains a definite formulation of results of investigation by the author and his associates of the meteorological oflice. 810 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECORD. The book deals with the subject of weather forecasting largely from the point of view of experimental physics. The difficulty of such a presentation of the subject on account of the lack of uniformity in units of measurement commonly in use is pointed out. and the author describes and suggests the use of a modified C. G. S. system of meteorological units, although these are not used in the book. The first chapter explains and illustrates the construction of synoptic charts and their use in forecasting. Then follow discussions of the relation of wind to pressure, Abercromby's views of the order of weather changes in a cyclone, types of weather, and local weather in relation to weather types. The next 3 chapters deal, respectively, with physical processes of weather, life history of surface air currents, and the minor fluctuations of pressure, embodying more particularly results of investigations made by the author and his associates. The succeeding chapters deal " with si^ecial departments of the work of forecasting, such as gales and storm warnings, anticyclonic weather, land and sea fogs, night frosts, colliery warnings, and forecasts for aeronauts. " These are followed by a consideration of recent developments of the prac- tice of forecasting by the use of weather charts as exhibited by the work of Ekholm upon isallobaric charts and that of Guilbert on the approach" of depres- sions and local deviations from the ' normal ' wind. A chapter has been devoted to statistical methods for long-period and seasonal forecasts." The final chapter discusses the practical utility of the system of weather forecasting in use in the British Meteorological Office. In this chapter stress is laid upon the necessity for trained intelligence and more knowledge of meteor- ology on the part of the public in order that the greatest benefit may be derived from weather forecasts. Particular attention is also called to the efforts of the meteorological office to improve and increase the use of forecasts of special value to agriculture — the so-called harvest forecasts. The econoniic climatology of the coffee district of Sao Paulo, Brazil, R. Dec. Ward (Bui. Amer. Geogr. Soc, J^S {1911), No. 6, pp. Jt28-U5, fig. 1).— This district is described, and it is stated that it is singularly favorably situated with regard to climate, having abundant and well-distributed rains in summer during the growing season of the coffee and dry weather in winter during the harvesting and curing of the product. On account of the relatively high alti- tude the temperatures are not high enough to make shading of the young coffee plants necessary, and while damaging frosts occur, on the average, every 5 or 6 years the danger from this source is said to have been greatly exaggerated. It is stated that the district " comes within Koppen's * subtropical belt of the temperate zone,' whose characteristics are that 4 to 11 months are ' hot ' (mean temperature over 68°) and 1 to 8 months are ' temperate' (50 to 68°). The mean annual temperatures average between 65 and 70°. January is usually the warmest month and June the coolest. The ranges, annual, monthly, and diurnal, as a rule, increase inland. The mean annual ranges in the coffee country average from 12 to 15°. In summer the thermometer may rise to near, or even above, 1(X)°. The extremes of summer heat are brought by northwest- erly winds from the interior, which are also extremely disagreeable." The annual rainfall of the district averages between about 45 and 60 in., being heaviest on the coast (about 90 in.) and lower (about 50 in.) at the higher interior points. The relation of the climatic conditions to the culture of coffee is discussed. The planting of shade among the older plants is the only means employed for protection against excessive heat or frost. Meteorological observations at the Massachusetts Agricultural Experi- ment Station, J. E. Osteander and R. N. Hallowell {Massachusetts Sta, Met. SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 811 BuU. 277, 278, pp. 4 each). — Summaries of observations at Amherst, Mass., on pressure, temperature, humidity, precipitation, wind, sunshine, cloudiness, and casual phenomena during January and February, 1912, are given. The data are briefly discussed in general notes on the weather of each month. Report of the water resources investigation of Minnesota, 1909—10. G. A. Ralph and R. Follansbee (Bien. Rpt. State Drainage Com. Minn., 1 (1909-10), pp. 347, pis. 18+51). — This report on the water resources of Minne- sota combines the report of the State Drainage Commission and that of the U. S. Geological Survey. The report of the State Drainage Commission con- tains measurements of flow in most of the important streams of the State, evaporation records from 5 stations in the Minnesota neighborhood, data rela- tive to power development and the regulation and control of water resources in other States and foreign countries, a map showing the distribution of rain- fall throughout the State, and the draft of a proposed law for the establishment of a water supply commission to regulate and control the use of the waters of the State. The I'eport of the Geological Survey contains data from the investi- gation of the water supply of the State, from surveys relative to the fall of the streams, and on drainage, rainfall, evaporation, developed and undeveloped water power, and water storage. Accompanying these reports, under separate cover, is a set of plates con- taining topographical maps and profiles of about 1,000 miles of streams. The topographical maps show the true stream courses, the mean water elevations, the complete topography of the stream basins, and the locations relative to township and section lines. The profiles show the fall of the streams in feet per mile. The information contained in these plates shows the possibilities for power development, drainage outlets, flood prevention, and navigation. Pond fertilizing experiments, Kuhnert (Deut. Landw. Presse, 39 (1912), Nos. 11, pp. 115-117, figs. 4; 12, pp. 128, 129; 13, pp. 140-l/,2) .—Experiments with various fertilizing materials to increase the growth of food plants in fish ponds are reported, showing as a rule a profitable return from such fertilizing. SOILS— FERTILIZERS. Surface geology of the Northern Peninsula of Michigan, F. Leverett (Mich. Geol. and Biol. Survey Puh. 7, Geol. Ser. 5, 1910, pp. 91, pis. 8, figs. 7, map 1). — This report, which was prepared in cooperation with the U. S. Geolog- ical Survey, includes studies of the physiography, glacial, and lake features, climatic and agricultural conditions, water power, and water supply of the region. The glacial drift is deposited irregularly over all the rock formations of the peninsula, the most prominent of the features of the drifts being moraines. These areas have a prevailing loose texture deposit. About 30 per cent of the region is sandy till and 12 per cent a clay till. A preliminary study of soils of Mississippi, E. N. Lowe (Miss. Geol. Survey Bui. 8, 1911, pp. 220, pi. 1, figs. 23). — This bulletin is preliminary to the detailed county soil reports made in cooperation with the Bureau of Soils of this Depart- ment. The bulletin outlines in some detail the nature, origin, and formation of soils, their preparation and crop adaptation, and reports results of a study of the geological structure and physiographic regions of Mississippi. A chapter on soil erosion and analyses of typical soils is given in an appendix, the mechan- ical analyses being made by the Bureau of Soils and the chemical analyses compiled from reports by E. W. Hilgard and made by the state university. 812 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The topographic regions of the State are discussed with reference to their extent, soil characteristics, vegetation, state of cultivation and crops raised, and water supply. Bibliography of Tennessee geology, soils, drainage, forestry, etc., Elizabeth Cockrill {Tcnn. Geol. Surrey Bui. 1, Extract B, 1911, pp. 119). — This contains a list, with subject index, of the available reports and papers published on the geology, soils, drainage, and forestry of Tennessee, also a list of publications of the State Geological Survey. Reconnoissance soil survey of part of northwestern Wisconsin, S. Weid- MAN, E. B. Hall, and F. L. Musback (Wis. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Bui. 23, 1911, Econ. Ser. 14, pp. vni-\-102, pis. IJ^, figs. 16, map i).— The results of a survey of the geological formations, combined with a study of the soils and the climatic and agricultural conditions of the region, including Eau Claire, Chip- pewa, Rusk, Barron, Dunn, Pepin, Pierce, St. Croix, and Polk coimties, and covering an area of 6,705 square miles, are reported. The region is well watered. The soils are classed on the basis of texture into 14 types which are mapped and described with respect to area, surface features, forest growth, general character and origin, crop adaptation, and value. They include the Baldwin loams, Colby silt loam, Keunan silt loam, Chelsea loams, Milltown loam, Thornapple sandy loam, Gushing loams, Rice Lake loam, Chetek sandy loam, Meridean sandy loam. Sterling sand, Hartland silt loam, Auburn loam, and peat and muck. Mechanical analyses of each type of soil were furnished by the Bureau of Soils of this Department. An appendix on the correlation of the soils of the region with those of north- central Wisconsin (E. S. R., 16. p. 27) is added. Black soils (chernozem), P. Kossovich (Internat. Mitt. Bodenk.. 1 {1912), No. 3-Jf, pp. 199-35-'i, figs. 20). — The author gives a complete characterization, based on his own investigations and a study of the literature, of the black or chernozem soils of Russia, including their origin and history, distribution, topo- graphic features, vegetation, climatic conditions, and physical and chemical properties. It is stated that the chernozem territoiy covers almost the entire southern half of European Russia, besides isolated areas in western and eastern Siberia. It is an undulating plain, with occasional extensive elevations and ravines. In it are distinguished 3 climatic zones, the northern, central, and southern. In the central zone the typical chernozem soil predominates, whereas along the boundary of the north zone the soil is somewhat modified in that it merges into the gray forest soil of upper Russia. Aloug the southern boundary the cher- nozem merges into the chestnut soils of the dry steppes. In virgin steppes, the chernozem is usually covered with a layer of vegetable debris and mineral matter from 2 to 4 cm. in thickness. The surface soil is uni- formly dark in color and has a more or less granular appearance. As the soil merges into the subsoil, the color becomes irregular. The surface zone, called zone A in the Russian terminology, usually extends to a depth of 60 cm. and is the resultant of many genetic factors. Below this depth, called zone B, the character of the soil is determined largely by the parent rock. It is coarser in structure and the size of the granules increases in it as it also does with the clay content of the soil. In very sandy soils the granular structure may be entirely absent. The depth of the humus layer of the soil in general varies from 70 to 100 cm. It appears that the depth of soil decreases from west to east and from the center of the chernozem region to the northern and to the southern boundaries. It has also been observed that with few exceptions the depth of the humus layer is greatest for the soils derived from the coarse-grained rocks, which is ex- SOILS — FERTILIZEES. 813 plained on the ground that the roots of phmts and the humus material can penetrate the rock crevices more easily. The depth of the humus layer seems to be less for soils derived from limestones and crystalline rocks. The physical properties of a chernozem soil are determined largely by its high content of fine particles and humus. In general the soils have a porosity varying between 50 and 60 per cent, which decreases with the depth of soil, a high water capacity and hygroscopicity, and conduct heat poorly. The specific gravity varies between 2.5 and 2.6. The size of the soil particles is not determined by the parent rock alone, but is the resultant of many genetic factors. The humus content in general varies between 6 and 10 per cent, but in certain cases it has fallen as low as 4 per cent and exceeded 20 per cent. The humus is but slightly soluble in water, the soluble amount varying between 0.02 and 0.05 per cent. The chernozem soils are rich in all the mineral elements of plant food. The soils have a high zeolite content, which varies considerably (15 to 30 per cent) for the different soils and is determined to a large extent by the character of the parent rock. The zeolites contained about 50 per cent silicic acid. The l)hosphoric acid content varies from 0.12 to 0.25 per cent and is much higher for the surface than for the subsoil. It is believed that the total phosphoric acid content is from 20 to 25 per cent higher than that soluble in hydrochloric acid. • Eed boulder clay, J. Van Baren (Intemat. Mitt. Bodenk., 1 (1912), No. 3-1^, pp. 855-366^ pi. 1). — In his studies of the glacial deposits of the Netherlands, the author has encountered a red boulder clay, which occurs in a small area near the coast of the Zuider Zee, between the Vecht and Yssel rivers. The soil is described as a very dry sandy clay, resembling in its typical state the laterite of the Tropics. Analyses showed a low content of the mineral ele- ments of plant food. The iron silicates were covered with a thin coating of iron oxid, in which respect the soil differs from the overlying gray boulder clay to the east. This led the author to believe that the red boulder clay is a dis- tinct glacial formation, which owes its characteristic red color to the weather- ing processes of the interglacial period. Reference is also made to the occurrence of soils similar in characterstics in northern Germany, Russia, northern Italy, Great Britain, and the L'nited States. Soil acidity and its significance for soil cultivation, N. Solenow (Die Bodenaciditdt und Hire Bedeutung fur den Kulturboden. Diss. Univ. Jena, 1909, pp. 68; abs. in Chem. Al)s., 6 {1912), No. 2, p. 268).— The nature of the acids in soils and their effect upon the germination of seed and the growth of plants are discussed. It is shown that the number of bacteria in acid soils is small, while fungi are numerous. It is stated that difficultly soluble acids in humus exert a harmful effect by liberating toxic mineral acids. Methods of determining soil acidity are discussed and an improvement of the method of Tacke and Siichting (E. S. R., 19, p. 1009) is proposed. The fineness of the soil and the quality of wine, G. Chappaz (Proc. Agr. et Vit., 28 (1911), No. U, pp. 509-51Jf; abs. in Rev. Sci: [Paris], 50 (1912), I, No. 9, pp. 279, 280). — This article reports and discusses the proportion of coarse material, rocks, and gravel in the soil of typical vine-growing regions in France Soils containing more than 50 per cent of rocks and gravel are considered infertile. When present in smaller proportion rocks and gravel are considered beneficial for grape growing by absorbing heat during the day and lessening evaporation. It is a matter of common observation that the best wines are obtained from vineyards on gravelly soils, although it is not maintained that 814 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. quality is entirely due to this cause. Attention is also called to the fact that stony soils are favorable to the ri])ening and quality of cereals. Some factors influencing the percentages of mineral plant foods contained in soils, O. D. von Engeln {Anier. Jour. Sci., Ji. ser., 32 (1911), No. 191, pp. 350-358; abs. in Chem. Abs., 6 (1912), No. 3, p. Ji02).— In this article an attempt is made to correlate selected soil analyses with soil history " in order to ascer- tain if any correspondence exists between the present chemical composition of soils and the formative processes involved in their production." The general conclusion reached is that there are not sufficient reliable data on the chemical composition of soils in the United States to warrant broad generalizations regarding the effects of varying amounts of mineral plant food on soil fertility, and that further systematic investigation along this line is needed. The results, however, " indicate a relationship between chemical composition and the geologic-physiographic conditions of soil origin and state." For ex- ample, residual soils are apparently notably deficient in plant food (phosphoric acid, potash, and lime) as compared with their parent rocks. Soils of the younger glaciatiou uniformly show more plant food (phosphoric acid and potash) than those of the older glaciatiou, the residual soils being intermediate in this respect. The author is of the opinion that soil classification should follow physiographic principles and that " the names of soil series might well correlate with recognized physiographic and geologic formations in the United States." A brief study of the phosphorus associated with the matiere noire, J. Stewart (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 897, p. 319). — In this paper, which was presented at the Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911, the author "attempts to answer the question: Is the phos- phorus in the matiere noire organic or inorganic? " Treatment of the soil with ammonium hydroxid fails to extract any phos- phorus. Partial removal of acid-soluble phosphorus and complete removal of acid-soluble phosphorus, followed in each case with ammonium hydroxid ex- traction, gives ammoniacal solutions with practically identical phosphorus con- tent, viz, approximately 0.0103 per cent on soil. The conclusion is that all the phosphorus associated with the matiere noire is organically combined. Prac- tically all the iron and aluminum present in the matiere noire are organic. Hydrolysis takes place during extraction with alkali and a large part of the phosphorus and some iron and aluminum are converted into inorganic forms. " Several precipitating reagents for separating inorganic phosphorus from organic were tried, but results were unsatisfactory." Nucleic acids in soils, E. C. Shorey (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 897, p. 390). — This is an abstract of a paper presented at the Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911. It is stated that " nucleic acids have been obtained from soils by extraction with dilute sodium hydroxid, neutralizing and concentrating under reduced pres- sure, acidifying with acetic acid and addition of several volumes of alcohol, as a light-colored amorphous body, which on hydrolysis gave pentose sugars, purin bases, pyrimidin compounds, levulinic acid, and phosphoric acid. Xanthin and hypoxanthin were identified among the purin bases and cytosin among the pyrimidin compounds." The action of nucleic acid and its decomposition product on soils and plants, O. ScHREiNEE and J. J. Skinner (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 897, p. 390). — In a paper presented at the Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911, of which this is an abstract, it is stated that " nucleic acid as well as some of its decomposition products occur in soils, and the effect SOILS — FERTILIZERS. 815 of some of these compounds has been studied with wheat seedlings. Mineral nutrient solutions with phosphate, potash, and nitrate in varying proportions were used, and to these were added 50 parts per million of the compound tested. " The neutralized nucleic acid as well as its nitrogenous decomposition prod- ucts, hypoxanthin and xanthin, had a beneficial action on the plants, promoting growth and decreasing the nitrate absorption. The plants appear to be able to utilize these compounds directly in their metabolism and require under these circumstances less nitrate for maximum growth." Orig'in of creatinin in soils, M. X.. Sullivan (Ahs. in Science, n. ser., S5 (1912), No. S97, p. 390). — This is an abstract of a paper presented at the Wash- ington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911 and containing results previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 419). Studies on soils subjected to dry heat, E. D. Clark and F. J. Seaver (A6s. in Science, n. ser., 3-5 (1912). No. 897, p. 389). — The paper presented at the Wash- ington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911, of which this is an abstract, reports an extension to green plants of earlier observations by the authors on the effect of heating soils on the growth of fungi. It was found that " different degrees of dry heat give soils whose aqueous ex- tracts have a brown color the depth of which is proportional to the intensity of the heat. The amount of soluble matter, organic, inorganic, nitrogen, etc., was also proportional to the different temperatures (90 to 180° C). The dark extracts from strongly heated soils were favorable for fungus growth but were distinctly unfavorable to lupine seedlings grown in them, this inhibiting action being greatest in the darkest-colored extracts. Oats sown in a series of soils heated to different temperatures showed a slight stimulation for the temperature up to 125°, when compared with the unheated soil as a control, while above 125° the heated soil had a very toxic effect. The organic matter of the darker extracts gives nearly all the tests for reducing sugars, is largely precipitated by acetone, smells like caramelized sugar, and has a strong acid reaction to litmus." Partial sterilization of g'lasshouse soils, E. J. Russell (Gard. Chron., 3. ser., .51 (1912), Nos. 1312, pp. 97, 98, figs. 3; 1313, pp. 113, 111,, fig. 1).—A brief account is here given of the application of the results of the author's inves- tigations on partial sterilization of soils (E. S. R., 22, p. 121) to the sick soils thrown out from commercial cucumber and tomato greenhouses. The results led to the conclusion that by partial sterilization, preferably by heating to about 200° F., growers of tomatoes and cucumbers under glass may at small cost be saved from what has hitherto been the expensive necessity of frequently renewing their soils. Partial sterilization of soil for glasshouse work, E. J. Russell and F. R Petherbeidge (Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 (1912), No. 10, pp. 809-826, pis. //).— This is a more detailed account of the investigations briefly referred to above, and includes studies with chrysanthemums, spinach, radishes, tomatoes, cucum- bers, and various ornamental plants. The conclusions reached are summarized as follows : " Partial sterilization of soil increases the supply of food for the plant, some- what alters the growth of the plant, and kills insect pests. " It may cause a temporary retardation in germination and in early growth, the amount of which varies according to the nature of the soil, the seed, and the general conditions. " In our experiments it has not proved advantageous for pot work where abundant supplies of clean virgin soil and manure are available. " It is, however, very useful for work with borders, cold frames, and for plants that are to run for some time without manure. It leads to better root 816 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. development, sturdier and healthier plants, earlier flowering, more prolific fruiting, and better quality of fruit. " It is particularly useful for commercial glasshouses where soil pests are a source of trouble, and soil ' sickness ' sets in. "At present the most effective method of partial sterilization is to heat the soil to a temperature above 140° F., but not exceeding 212° F. Very satis- factory results have been obtained between ISO and 200° F. ; i cwt. or less fuel is required per ton of soil ; capital and labor charges depend on the speed at which the process is to be worked. Our experiments indicate that effective chemical treatment is also possible, and would, of course, be much simpler, but we have not yet tested a sufficient number of commercial products to discuss the problem from the grower's point of view." Bacterial activities in frozen soils, P. E. Brown and R. E. Smith {Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 897, p. 380). — In this paper, which was presented at the Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1011, the authors report investigations made during the winter months of 1910-11, in which it was found " that bacteria which developed on synthetic agar plates, ammonifying, nitrifying, denitrifying, and nitrogen-fixing species whose activities were tested by the beaker method, were alive and multiplied in frozen soils. " In explanation of this, the theory is advanced that when soils freeze the hygroscopic water remains uncongealed, because of the surface tension exerted by the soil particles on the film water, its normal concentration in salts, and its increased concentration occurring when the main body of soil water begins to freeze. " Temperature exerted more influence than moisture on the bacteria develop- ing on the agar plates." > Contributions to our knowledge of soil fertility, II. — The determination of Ehizobia in the soil, R. Greig-Smith {Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 36 (1911), pt. 3, pp. Ji92-503). — The author reports upon the method of growing soil organisms by which he is able to demonstrate the number of Azotobacter in soil. In the course of his investigation it became apparent that the most numerous nitrogen-fixing organism present was the Rhizobium, and a report is given on the determination of this organism in various samples of soil by the selective medium method. To a certain extent, there seemed to be a parallel between the fertility of the soil and the number of Rhizobia contained in it. The effect of cultivation is to increase greatly the numbers of these organisms in a given soil. Summarizing his results, the author states that the number of nitrogen- fixing Rhizobia in agricultural soils A'aries from 3 to 4 millions per gram, and that the number present affords an indication of the comparative fertility of the soil. Certain factors limiting' nitrification, I. G. McBeth and R. C. "Weight (Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 891, p. 392). — The following summary of a paper presented at the Washington meeting of the American Chemical Society in 1911 is given : " Two per cent of glucose and 2 per cent of starch disappeared from soil in less than 7 days. Cellulose disappeared more slowly. The addition of glucose and starch caused a rapid disappearance of nitrate from eastern and western soils ; with cellulose the reduction of nitrate was less rapid. " Two per cent of fresh horse manure caused only a partial disappearance of soil nitrate. After 7 days in eastern soil and 21 days in western soil nitrifica- tion became active, causing an increase in nitrate. " Nitrification took place rapidly in rotted manure ; the addition of 5 per cent of cellulose caused rapid denitriflcation. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 817 " Nitrification In the soil is iuliibited by carbonates, cblorids, and sulphates, the former having the strongest effect and the latter the least effect. " There are certain seasonal variations in the rate of nitrification in soil." The mobilization of the phosphoric acid of the soil under the infl.uence of the life activity of bacteria, II, S. A. Sewerin (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 32 (1912), Xo. 20-25, pp. Jf98-520). — Continuing experiments previously noted (E. S. R., 24. p. 530), the author found that there was a decrease of easily soluble phosphoric acid, both with and without addition of phosphates, in soils which were first sterilized and then inoculated with soil bacteria. No relation was clearly shown to exist between the production of carbon dioxid and in- crease in bacteria and the amount of easily soluble phosphoric acid. The end effect appeared to be a resultant of complex changes standing In close relation to the individual characteristics of the bacteria involved. The Swedish Moor Culture Society, 1886-1911 (Svenska MosskuUurfnr. Tidskr., 25 (1911), \o. 7, pp. 607-667, pis. 3, figs. 8).— The proceedings of the society at the twenty-fifth anniversary meeting at Jonkoping. November 24, 1911, are given. The two main addresses were by H. von Feilitzen on What has the Swedish Moor Culture Society accomplished during the past Twenty- five Years, and by E. Haglund on The Peat-Geological Investigations of the Swedish Moor Culture Society. Farming with green manures, C. Harlan (Wilmington, Del., 1912, 7. ed., rev. and oil., pp. 155, figs. 7). — It is stated that in this edition the book has been completely revised " by an agronomist of the Agricultural Department of the U. S. Government ... in the light of the important scientific discoveries made since the earlier editions were issued." The fundamental puiiiose of the book is to point out how soil fertility can be maintained on the ordinary farm with the least possible outlay of labor and money. Field experiments on individual farms, H. J. Wheeler (Rhode Island 8ta. Bui. IJfS, pp. 17-1(4+11, 1)1. 1). — Brief accounts are given of miscellaneous ex- periments in different parts of the State, mainly with fertilizers on various crops. These experiments included tests of complete fertilizers and of acid phosphate, basic slag, floats, slaked lime, and ground limestone on grass, drill- ing and broadcasting fertilizers for potatoes, effect of fertilizers on the color of Baldwin apples, the effect of ground limestone on oats, effect of lime on beets, comparative value of basic slag and acid phosphate for beets and turnips, a comparison of basic slag and acid phosphate in fertilizers for cantaloups and asparagus on iimed and unliraed soil, and comparisons of various fertilizer combinations for corn. The results obtained under a gi-eat variety of conditions do not permit of broad generalizations. They indicated in one case a decided profit from the use of fertilizers, especially those containing a liberal proportion of acid phosphate, on grass. In another case acid phosphate with air-slaked lime and ground limestone gave smaller yields of grass than acid phosphate alone. Floats and air-slaked lime gave as good results as acid phosphate alone, while slag and air-slaked lime gave better yields than the acid phosphate. The inadvisability of top-dressing grass lands which contain only an imperfect stand of desirable grasses with fertilizers was shown in one case. Drilling was a more effective method of applying fertilizers to potatoes than broadcasting. The color of apples seemed to be improved by application of double sulphate of potash and magnesia. Slag increased the yield of beets and turnips more than acid phos- phate. Liming was decidedly beneficial to beets, mangel-wurzels, and canta- loups. Basic slag was especially effective in increasing the yield of asparagus. Large applications of fertilizers to corn in a dry season were unprofitable. 818 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECORD. Chemical analysis of vegetables in relation to their fertilization, A. Maz- ZARON (Bitl. R. Soc. Toscana Ort., 3. ser., 11 (1912), Nos. 1, pp. 15-20; 2, pp. 40-51). — The fertilizer requirements of peas, lettuce, and onions as indicated by chemical analyses showing the fertilizing constituents of these vegetables are discussed. Applied electrochemistry, M. deK. Thompson (New York, 1911, pp. XII -\- 329, flgs. 137; rev. in Amer. Chem,. Jour., Jf7 {1912), No. 4, pp. 357, 3oS).— The chapter of this book which is of special agricultural Importance is that dealing with electrical fixation of atmospheric nitrogen. Suggestions regarding lime nitrogen, A. Stutzer (Mitt. Dent. Lamhv. Gesell, 27 (1912), No. 11, pp. 166, i67).— Experiments in which from 40 to 50 kg. of nitrogen per hectare, in the form of lime nitrogen, was mixed with from 60 to 100 kg. of iron oxid with marked benefit as regards the increase of yield of oats, wheat, and rye are briefly referred to. A report on the natural phosphates of Tennessee, Kentucky, and Arkansas, W. H. Waggaman (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Bui. 81, pp. 36, pis. 4, figs. 3).— The phosphate deposits of Tennessee are cousidex'ed to rank next in importance to those of Florida. The bulletin describes conditions in these phosphate fields, outlines the modern methods of mining and handling the rock, and shows what is done with the finished product and by-products of the industry. It is stated that " the conditions in the Tennessee fields have changed considerably within the last few years, mining methods have improved, deposits of lower-grade rock are being exploited, and many of the old mines and dumps are being re- worked." The Tennessee deposits " occur in what is known as the Central Basin of Tennessee (elevation, 600 ft.) and in the valleys of the western part of the Highland Rim (elevation, 1,000 ft.) surrounding this basin. The Central Basin . . . covers an area of approximately 7,000 square miles of gently un- dulating country. The phosphate deposits have been developed only in the western part of this area, workable beds lying in parts of Sumner, Davidson, Williamson, Lewis, Maury, Hickman, and Giles counties. . . . " There are 3 economically important classes of phosphate rock in Ten- nessee, namely, the brown phosphate, or Ordovician rock, which is divided by Hayes and Ulrich into several groups; the blue, or Devonian phosphate, of which there are several classes, and the white rock deposited from solution in caverns. The nodular and conglomerate phosphates, though widely distributed, are not found in sufficient quantities to be profitably mined by themselves." These classes are discussed separately and in detail in the bulletin. " The [Kentucky] phosphate area so far examined lies in Woodford, Fayette, Scott, and Jessamine counties, but the most thoroughly prospected properties lie in Woodford County, in the vicinity of the little town of Midway. . , . The phosphate occurs in the Ordovician ('Lower Silurian') system, at the top of the geologic formation known as the Lexington limestone. . . . Up to the spring of 1911 work on the Kentucky phosphate area had been confined to prospecting. A small plant is now in course of construction, which will start operations this year and will probably accelerate greatly the development of the area. . . . " The phosphate deposits of Arkansas are not generally regarded as of great economic importance. Compared with the product of the Tennessee and Florida fields the rock is rather low grade. The deposits are well situated to supply the growing demand for fertilizers west of the Mississippi River, and, though much of the material is too low in phosphoric acid and too high in iron to make it desirable for the manufacture of superphosphate, the increasing consumption of ground rock phosphate for agricultural purposes will no doubt AGRICULTTJEAL. BOTANY. 819 liasten furtlieF development in these fields. . . . The portion of the phosphate fields now being worked lies in the northwestern part of Independence County, along Lafferty Creek, north and east of the White River. The deposits, how- ever, extend over a considerable area in north-central Arkansas, and the phos- phate horizon has been recognized in Stone, Izard, Searcy, Marion, Baxter, and Newton counties. . . . There is every probability that the mining opera- tions in the Arkansas phosphate fields will be extended." Phosphate mining in relation to the fertilizer industry, C. G. Memminger {Manfrs. Rec, 61 {1912), No. 7, pt. 2, pp. 55-57; Amer. Fert., 36 (1912), No. 7, pp. Ji6-o0). — This article discusses briefly the sources of phosphate in the United States, the companies engaged in mining phosphate, shipments of phos- phate from 1900 to 1910, and a comparison of fertilizer consumption in the South in 1901 and 1910. The figures show a rapid growth of the phosphate and fertilizer industries. On the fertilizing action of sulphur, A. Demolon {Compt. Rend. Acad. 8ci. [Paris], 15It (1912), No. 8, pp. 52-^-526; ahs. in Rev. Sci. [Paris], 50 (1912), I, No. 9, p. 285). — In a study of the cause of the fertilizing effect of crude am- monia, which contains on an average 40 per cent of free sulphur, the author tested the effect of adding flowers of sulphur (10 gm. per squai-e meter of soil) to ruta-bagas, beets, and parsnips in pot experiments, and found a marked in- crease in yield in every case. He also studied the rate of transformation of the sulphur into sulphate in the soil. He found that the sulphur was slowly converted into sulphate in certain soils, and he is of the opinion that this has an important bearing upon the fertilizing effect of the sulphur. Field experiments to test the matter more fully are in progress. Conversion of marc into fertilizer, L. Roos (Prog. Agr. et Vit. (Ed. VEst- Centre), 32 (1911), No. 38, pp. 351, 352).— The composting of marc with lime, phosphates, and potassium sulphate is briefly described. Analyses and valuations of commercial fertilizers and ground bone, C. S. Cathcart et al. (Neiv Jersey Stas. Bui. 2Jtl, pp. 3-.il). — This bulletin, with Bulletin 240, already noted (E, S. R., 26, p. 225), giA^es the complete results of fertilizer inspection in New Jersey during 1911. This involved the collection of over 1,000 samples and analyses and valuations of 514 brands of complete fertilizers and 23 miscellaneous fertilizers representing 105 manufacturers. Particular attention is called to the new method of determining and report- ing the character of organic nitrogen in fertilizers as agreed upon by the ex- periment stations of the New England States, New York, and New Jersey. This involves the reporting of water-soluble organic nitrogen, active insoluble organic nitrogen, and inactive insoluble organic nitrogen. The fertilizers examined during the year furnished on the average the amount of plant food which they were guarantied to contain, although in many cases deficiencies in one constituent wei'e made up by excess in others. " There was apparently more nitrogen used in the form of nitrate of soda and ammonia salts and a smaller quantity of organic nitrogen, than in former years." Fertilizer analyses, H. B. McDonnell et al. (Md. Agr. Col. Quart., 1912, No. 55, pp. S2). — This bulletin gives tables showing analyses and valuations of fertilizers inspected from August, 1911, to January. 1912, inclusive. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. The comparative viability of seeds, fungi, and bacteria when subjected to various chemical agents, R. de Zeeuw (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Aht., 31 (1911), No. 1-If, pp. k-23, fig. 1). — For certain physiological experiments seeds free from bacteria and fungi are essential. This work was undertaken to show 820 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. whether or not the present methods of disinfecting seeds are adequate to fur- nish material safely free from such infection. Lots of 25 each of the seeds of white lupine, peas, wheat, barley, corn, and white mustard were used in the experiments, similar lots in each case being treated for various lengths of time with each of the following disinfectants: Cleaning fluid, mercuric chlorid, hydrogen peroxid, potassium bichromate, ammonium persulphate, bromin water, and formaldehyde gas, on dry seeds and on seeds soaked in water for 5 minutes. In the first series of experiments the efforts were directed toward determining the length of time each kind of seed could be left in each one of the disinfect- ants and still yield from 70 to 80 per cent of good seedlings. The second series was used to determine the effects of the different treatments on the fungi and bacteria when applied for as long a period as had been found to be safe. The results obtained by the author are rather strikingly opixised to those of other workers, showing quite uniformly a failure to destroy the contaminating organisms within the periods of safety to the grains, except in a few instances. Of the 48 lots tested only 2 lots of white mustard and 3 lots of white lupine were completely freed from bacteria and fungi. The only disinfectants wholly successful in this respect were cleaning fluid and peroxid of hydrogen. Bromin water was successful in the case of white lupine. The author concludes that the majority of cases of so-called disinfection are merely cases of antisepsis, and that antisepsis and not disinfection must probably be looked to for practical results in the future. This he claims will ordinarily suffice, since in most physiological experiments it is not the mere presence of dead or dormant organisms in or on the grains, but their active growth and multiplication, that impairs the value of the results. Absolute dis- infection, which seems out of the question at present, is not considered essen- tial in most cases. An extensive bibliography is appended. The persistence and vitality of bacteria on alfalfa seed, M. J. Pbucha (Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 803, p. 229). — Attention is called to the difficulty of sterilizing seeds such as wheat, corn, peas, alfalfa, etc., without killing them. It has also been found that bacteria of disease are carried on beans and corn, and the author conducted experiments to determine to what extent bacteria may persist on seeds. Quantitative and qualitative studies were made of 19 samples of alfalfa seed, grown and collected in 1909, from 11 different States. The study was pursued for 2 years. In the fresh seed the bacterial content varied from 12 to 16,000 per seed. With increasing age the germ content decreased. A typical sample which when fresh had an average of 7,780 bacteria per seed, at 2 years of age gave 340 bacteria per seed. Of the 84 different group numbers determined, 35 were Bacillus, 21 Bac- terium, 19 Pseudomonas, 1 Streptococcus, and S yeasts. The influence of lig'ht on the germination of seed, W. Lttbimenko [Rev. G^n. Bot., 23 (1911), No.27Jf, pp. 418-436, dgms. 2; abs. in Trudy Imp. S. Peterb. Obshch. Estestvo. (Trav. Soc. Imp. Nat. St. Petersb.), 42 (1911). I, No. 3, pp. 142, 152, 153). — Studies were made of the germination of the seeds of Pinus syl- restris, C'aragana arborescens, Bettda alba, and Picea excelsa in different con- ditions of light and darkness. The author found that from a physiological standpoint it is necessary to dis- tinguish two types of germination, one germination in the light and the other in darkness. For the first type of germination light is believed to play a stimu- lating effect, and the maximum germination is attained under an optimum illumination. For the second type light has a retarding and sometimes a detri- mental effect unless it is very feeble. In the first class P. si/lv8St)-is and B. alba AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 821 seem to be best adapted to germination in strong illumination, while P. excelsa prefers a feeble illumination or darkness. The seed of C. arborescens seems to be adapted to germinate equnlly well in the light or in the dark. The effect of freezing seed on their germination and the relation be- tween frost influence and light influence, W. Kinzel {Prakt. BI. Pflanzenban u. Schutz, n. SC7'., 9 (1911), No. 8, pp. 105-llJt). — This is a detailed account of recent and extensive investigations by the author on seeds of 375 species rep- resenting many families. These were made for the purpose of ascertaining the several and joint effects of temperature (especially below the freezing point) and light on the time and percentage of germination of such seeds, having in view their bearing upon the control of agricultural weeds, numerous species of which were represented in the test. With many kinds the minimum or absence of light seemed as essential to germination as its abundance to others. With some, also, a period of exposure to cold appeared to be as essential to ultimate germination as a subsequent period of warmth, in concurrence with other necessary conditions. The various combinations of these factors gave results which were numerous and practically suggestive. The investigation of a climatic gradient, F. Shreve (Abs. in Science, n. ser.. 33 (1912). No. 891, pp. 157, 158). — The author describes the distribution of plants on the slope of the Santa Catalina Mountains, stations being located at intervals of 1,000 ft. and the temperature, rainfall, soil moisture, humidity, evaporation, and soil temperature determined. It is claimed that the factors of soil moisture supply and atmospheric humid- ity, modified by slope exposure, determine the lower limits of forest and the trees of the chaparral zone. The factors of winter cold, modified by topog- raphy through the operation of cold-air drainage, determine the upper limits of the characteristic desert species. The nature of the absorption and tolerance of plants in bogs, A. Dach- NowsKi (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 156). — The author claims that a study of the quantitative nature of habitat factors, which are rightly desired as a basis for a theory of physiologically arid habitats, does not explain the nature of the absorption of plants in bogs and the nature of their tolerance to toxic substances in peat soils. The phenomena of absorption and of resist- ance to desiccation deal with considerations of the permeability of the absorb- ing protoplasmic membrane, its power of endurance, and its ability to trans- form the injurious bodies into insoluble, impermeable compounds. Observations on evaporation and transpiration in prairie and forest, R. Shimek (Abs. in Science, n. scr., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 157). — An effort has been made to determine the differences between forest and prairie plants which would account for their distribution, observations being made on the transpira- tion on certain forest and prairie plants in their native habitats and their transposed ones. Two stations were selected on a ridge, one side of which is prairie and the other forest, one station being located in each. Two plants, one from the forest and one from the prairie, were placed at each station, and the loss of water was determined at 2 hour intervals. In addition to this, observations were made at each of the stations on evaporation, and the meteor- ological conditions affecting it. The general results showed that transpiration and evaporation are not coincident. Shade as a factor influencing evaporation, G. P. Burns (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 157). — A description is given of some experiments to determine the evaporation in forest nurseries, in which plants were sub- 822 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. jected to full shade, half shade, consisting of lath cover and wooden sides, and half shade with wire sides, and in pine woods. The data gathered seemed to show that the shading of young trees is a matter of evaporation rather than one of light, as is generally stated. The average amounts of daily evaporation at the different stations were as follows: Control 45 cc, full shade 19 cc, half shade with solid sides 20 cc, half shade with wire sides 43 cc, and in pine woods 16 cc. Of these amounts from 17 to 25 per cent was lost during the 12 hours from 6 o'clock p. m. to 6 o'clock a. m. A balancing method for differentiating between absorption and transpira- tion, L. J. Briggs and H. L. Shantz [Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 15S). — -The authors give a description of a form of apparatus for dif- ferentiating between absorption and transpiration by plants. This consists essentially of potted plants suspended upon knife edges in a horizontal position and so balanced by counterweights and the center of gravity so adjusted as to secure the required sensibility. By means of this method water loss through transpiration may be determined. The method is said to be also adapted to the determination of the wilting coefficient of plants, which, owing to structural peculiarities, do not wilt when the moisture content of the leaves is reduced. A further study of the influence of temperature on the respiration of the higher plants, J. Kuypeb (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 2. ser., 9 {1911), pi. 1, pp. Jfo-oJi, pis. 2). — The author continued his investigations along the lines previously marked out by F. F. Blackman, A. M. Smith, H. M. Ward, and himself (E. S. R., 17, p. 234; 18, p. 923; 24, p. 533; 25, p. 220; 26, p. 227) with reference to the respiration of tropical plants. From the results of his ex- periments he concludes in brief that the influence of temperature in the case of the tropical plants investigated is the same as that found to operate in plants of the Temperate Zones, and that his findings are in general confirmatory of Blackman's views. Periodical daily fluctuations of respiration in foliage leaves in darkness and their possible bearing upon carbon-dioxid assimilation, A. Meyek and N. T. Deleano {Ztschr. Bot., 3 {1911), No. 10, pp. 657-701, figs, ii).— Besides discussing the results of their own previous work and that of others in this connection, and giving a rather extensive bibliography, the authors report in some detail on their own later experiments. These were carried out with leaves of Vitis vinifera, Acer psencloplatanus, and Rubiis idwiis to ascertain the daily variation of carbon-dioxid evolution both during and after a period of traumatic stimulation due to the separation of the leaves from the plants. During that reaction period, which tended to be repeated with each injury to the leaves, there was normally a heightening of the process to a maximum reached in from about 1 to 3 days, and after this a lowering to a medium rate of carbon-dioxid evolution for each case. About this medium the rate showed a daily fluctuation, differing in degree in different experiments, the daily curve exhibiting such factors as time, temperature, nature and degree of wounding, etc. The stomata seemed to have no sig- nificance in connection with this daily periodicity. Different kinds of leaves were found to possess specific capacities for carbon-dioxid production. The maximum rate tended to be reached in the daytime, or in the period of stimu- lation following illumination. This tendency lends support to the hypothesis that respiration is an essential part of the process of assimilation. The influence of phosphates on the separation of carbon dioxid by plants, L. IwANOFF {Biochem. Ztschr., 25 {1910), No. 2-3, pp. 171-186).— The author re- ports that he finds from his investigations on wheat and pea seeds, as well as with yeast fermentation, that both aerobic and anaerobic evolution of carbon dioxid is accelerated by the influence of phosphates. AGBICULTTJEAL. BOTANY. 823 The permeability of protoplasm to ions and the theory of antagonism, W. J. Y. OsTERHOUT (Abs. in Science, n. sen, 35 (1912), No. 891, pp. 156^ 157). — A description is given of experiments performed to test the electrical conduc- tivity of living tissues in various solutions. The results show conclusively that a great variety of ions readily penetrate living cells, and that antagonism between salts may be explained by the fact that they hinder or prevent each other from entering the protoplasm. The ions of sodium chlorid readily penetrate the protoplasm, but the addition of a small quantity of calcium chlorid hinders this penetration. Such salts as the chlorids of potassium, magnesium, caesium, rubidium lithium, and ammonium, and the bromid, iodid, nitrate, sulphate, and acetate of sodium act in general like sodium chlorid, while barium and strontium chlorids act like calcium chlorid. The mechanism of this action is not fully understood, but it is believed that calcium, barium, and strontium chlorids bring about visible changes in the plasma membrane which are quite different from those produced by such salts as sodium chlorid. Investigations on the localization and function of potassium in plants, T. Weevers (Rec. Trav. Bot. N^erland., 8 (1911), No. 3-4, pp. 289-332, figs. 3). — A study is reported of a large number of plants representing the principal groups and families of both the higher and lower plants to determine the localization of potassium in their tissues. In all plants except the Cyanophycese potassium was found by the micro- chemical method wherever employed. The nucleus was never found to contain potassium, nor was it positively recognized in the cytoplasm. The greatest amount of potassium in the cell is to be found in the vacuoles, none being present in either the chromatophores or chlorophyll. Potassium salts can be extracted from algal filaments and pollen tubes with a 50 per cent solution of alcohol, and from dead spirogyra by water. The seeds and leaves of the horse chestnut give up most of their potassium compounds in water cultures. Among the phanerogams the potassium reaction is most pronounced in the paren- chymatous tissues, especially in the growing points and resen'e organs. In the vessels the reaction is weak, and in the path of the transpiration stream the solution is very dilute. Potassium was found especially abundant in the living wood, medullary rays, cambium, and in the unlignifled portion of the bark parenchyma, while in the vessels and tracheids the reaction was very slight. The medullary rays and other living portions of the plant seemed to serve as storage organs for this substance. The localization of potassium leads to the hypothesis that it is specially con- nected with the formation of protoplasm in the growing points. Its function in the expanded leaf is unknown, but it is believed to be associated with the synthesis and metabolism of proteids. In the vacuoles it is thought to regulate turgidity. Observations on the physiological significance of cafEein, T. Weeveks (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, 2. ser., 9 (1911), pt. 1, pp. 18-24). — A somewhat polemical article, in which the author holds that caffein, like theobromin, is formed as the result of secondarj' processes in the assimilation of albumin, that it remains for a longer or shorter time as a storage product, and that it is then used again in the synthesis of albumin. The presence of caffein in con- siderable quantities in the seeds is explained by its assumed function as an economical form of nitrogen storage. The influence of anesthetics on the osmotic properties of plasma mem- branes, W. W. Lepeschkin (Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell., 29 (1911), No. 6, pp. 349-355; abs. in Bot. CentU., Ill (1911), No. 24, pp. 626, 627).— This is an 44616°~No. 9—12 3 824 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. account of the results obtained by the author from experiments with chloroform and ether on Spirogyra and Tradescantia discolor as exhibited by their absorp- tion of coloring matters. In the case of Spirogyra, the narcotized portions showed decidedly less per- meability than did the normal portions of the same threads. Experiments with Tradescantia were held to show that the iTermeability of sodium nitrate (which is easily soluble in water, but sparingly so in chloroform and ether) is lessened by narcosis. The author claims that the decrease in permeability of plasma membranes by narcosis tends to support a hypothesis previously advanced by him that in the medium of the plasma membrane fatty bodies— perhaps lecithin and cholesterin — are to be found; also, that the manner of diffusion of salts and other bodies easily soluble in water is similar to that of anesthetics. On the phototropic results of bilateral illumination, O. Hagem {Bergens Mus. Aarholc 1911, No. 1, Art. 3, pp. 1-lS, pi. 1, fjfis. 3).— This is a study along lines already marked out by Wiesner of the positions taken by plants illumi- nated from 2 directions. The principal findings are as follows : Bilaterally illuminated seedlings tend to place themselves so that their curves lie in the vertical plane of the resultants of the 2 light intensities. This posi- tion can be calculated by graphical representation of the intensities as forces. The amount of their curvature appears to depend upon the value of such result- ant. Experimental results conform closely to theoretical values. Contributions on the morphology and biology of the tubercle bacteria of legumes, H. Zipfel (Oentbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 32 {1911), No. 3-5, pp. 97- iS7), —Besides noticing briefly the conclusions of other investigators in this con- nection, the author gives the results of his owm researches, some of which may be stated as follows : The bacteria of the root nodules of legumes will thrive in cultures of legume decoction, or in weak solutions of animal or vegetable albumin. They are not very sensitive to the reaction of the culture medium, which may vary from weakly acid to slightly alkaline without checking their growth. The zone of optimum temperature is between 18 and 20° C. ; the limits of growth are 3 and 45° ; and the upper limit of life is from 60 to 62°. They are not pathogenic as regards animals and are claimed to be not simple varieties of one species but of several distinct species the relationships of which are not yet clearly ascertained. The assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen through thermophilous bacteria, H. Pringsheim (Centbl. Bakt. {etc.], 2. AM., 31 {1911), No. 1-4, pp. 23-27).— The author claims that the heat-loving bacteria isolated by him were able to fix atmospheric nitrogen in considerable quantities, employing glucose as a source of necessary energy, but only when to the Winogradsky culture medium was added a decoction of soil, although what part this latter plays he did not ascer- tain. He reports also, as in his previous experiments (E. S. R., 23, p. 30), to have found that the lower concentration of glucose seemed to favor the higher utilization of energy material. It was strikingly noticeable that the fermen- tation and accompanying assimilation of nitrogen by the thermophiles proceeded much more rapidly than in the case of the anaerobic nitrogen-fixing bacteria. Nitrogen compounds in growing mustard, Densch (Mitt. Kaiser Wilhelms Inst. Landw. Bromherg, 3 {1911), No. 5, pp. 387-393).— K report of a quantita- tive study of the several compounds of nitrogen present in mustard during its growth, and preliminary to a contemplated more general study of nitrogen trans- formations in cultivated plants. The behavior of Pseudomonas radicicola in the soil, B. M. Duggae and M. J. Pbtjcha {Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 893, p. 229).— A prelimi- nary report is given showing the effects of conditions, especially drying, on the AGEICULTTJEAL, BOTANY. 825 vitality of the germ, and its maltiplication iu soil under the influence of various factors. The results seem to indicate that there are imdetermined factors which afEect the vitality after drying, yet it seems certain that after the rapid or sudden drying out of soil cultures there remains a considerable number of living organ- isms. When soil cultures are directly and rapidly dried out the number of organisms found by the plate method may be not more than one-twentieth of those present when the drying began. This relates, however, to excessive drying. In cultures of this germ in sterile soil, 16,000,000 organisms per gram were found after 5 days, which was considerably more than the number occurring per cubic centimeter in control bouillon cultures. In other experiments sterile and unsterile soils were mixed in various proportions, and the mixed material inoculated. It was found that the addition of unsterile soil inhibits the multi- plication of the legume germ in proportion as the amount of unsterile soil is increased. Soil organisms which destroy cellulose, K. F. Kellebman and I. G. McBeth (Ahs. in Science, n. set:, 35 {1912), No. 893, p. 227).— Attention is called to the paucity of our knowledge regarding cellulose destruction in soils. It is claimed that Omeliansky's conclusions that cellulose is destroyed only under anaerobic conditions and gives rise either to hydrogen or methan are erroneous. Most of the species isolated by the authors were found to grow readily upon such media as beef agar, gelatin, starch, potato, and dextrose. Some of them had the power of liquefying gelatin, and although several were isolated under anaerobic conditions they were found to grow equally well or better in the presence of air. This shows that the destruction of cellulose by bacteria is an aerobic rather than an anaerobic process. It has been usually supposed that filamentous fungi were of little importance in agricultural soils, but the authors' investigations indicate that they play as important a role as bacteria in destroying cellulose. The green fluorescent bacteria of maple sap, H, A. Edson and C. W. Cab- PENTER {Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 893, p. 225).— A study was made of the bacterial flora of maple sap, in which it was found that the green fluores- cent bacteria are the most important agents in its deterioration. The bac- teria feed upon the traces of protein present in the sap, but have little effect upon the sugar. Forty-two strains of this group of bacteria were isolated from maple sap. Thirty-three of them correspond closely with Bacterium fluorescens liquefaciens, 2 resemble B. fluorescens mesentericus, and 7 are similar to B. fluorescens tenuis. The deposition of iron on the mycelium of an aquatic fungus, G. T. Mooee (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 153). — The author reported the encrustation with iron of the mycelium from germinating spores of an aquatic fungus. The deposition of iron was not considered a vital one, as has been supposed for the so-called iron bacteria. Observations on injurious effects of toxic substances on the olive tree, L. Petri (Centbh Bald, [etc.], 2. Abt., 28 (1910), No. J,-5, pp. 153-159, figs. 2).— This is a study of the effects of metallic salts on olive seedlings. The sub- stances employed were sulphates of copper, zinc, and lithium, chlorids of sodium, cobalt, and nickel, and acetate of uranium. These were applied to the roots either in the form of solutions mingled with the usual water supply of the plants, or as powder sprinkled upon the surface of the earth in which they stood and carried down with the regular watering. The experiments, begun in March, 1907, did not yield definite results until the summer and autumn of 1908. 826 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Of the observed effects of the poisons the more important may be listed as follows: (1) Accumulation of the toxic substances, particularly in the older leaves, the chlorophyll of which is in part destroyed or the laminse are in part dried out by the treatment; (2) a checking of the growth of the young shoots by cobalt; and (3) development of parasites (otherwise too weak to invade the vigorous plant) in the leaves the energy of which has been lowered by the in- jurious action of sodium chlorid. Ascoehyta olece, Stictis panissei, Phyllosticta insulana, Coniothyriuin olece, and Septoria olccc are mentioned as being favored by the weakening influence of the salt. In this connection suggestions are made as to the probable effects of soil solutions in nature in favoring parasitic and physiological diseases, and as to the study of such natural conditions. Winterkilling and smelter injury in the forests of Montana, G. G. Hedg- cocK (Torreya, 12 (1912), No. 2, pp. 25-30). — The author has made an extended study of the winter injury of trees in the region about Anaconda, Mont., com- paring this injury with that produced by smelter fumes from the large smelters situated nearby. In both cases the needles of the pine trees are reddened, but the smelter injury causes a brighter color and does not so often kill the whole leaf as the winter injury. In the case of lodgepole pine and of Douglas fir trees the winter injury in the acute form killed not only the leaves but often the terminal buds and twigs, and the whole tree died the following season. In the acute form of smelter or sulphur dioxid injury the leaves die more gradually, and the terminal buds are usually the last portions of the tree to show injury. In the less acute form the injury by smelter fumes causes a slow defoliation of coniferous trees, while in the case of winter injuiy only a few terminal buds or twigs and the leaves are affected. A third form of smelter injury consists of a gradual premature defoliation of the trees, accompanied by slight chlorosis and change of appearance in the leaves. • In all the forms of smelter injury the effect on the annual rings is very pronounced, the size of the rings being gradually reduced, while in the case of winter injury there is usually a sudden stopping of growth. In case the winter injury was less severe but little growth was noticed in the year following the injury, followed by an increased growth the subsequent season. Great difference in the ability of conifers to withstand the effect of smelter fumes is noted, and the ability of trees to withstand the winter injury is not in the same ratio as that of their resistance to smelter fumes. Trees in the inner portion of the smelter zone bear few if any seed, and reforestation is not progressing in this region, while outside of the smelter zone, where only winter injury has occurred, reproduction is said to be gradually taking place. Investig'ations on wound stimulation and wound closure in plant organs, O. Schneider-Orelli (CentU. BaU. [etG.^, 2. Aht., 30 {1911), No. 16-18, pp. 1,20- 1,29). — Experiments carried on with apples, pears, wounded potato tubers, and those attacked by fungi are reported. In apples and pears plucked unripe, as well as in old tubers, it is claimed that the ability to supply a wound periderm ceases before the close of the trau- matic respiration stimulation. At low temperatures apples form no cork over the wounded surface and permit infection thereat. Normal wound periderm forms at the cut surface of potatoes without the participation of deeper-lying tissue. Infected tubers usually respire more vigorously than sound ones, but this appears to be referable to the stimulation of the host cells much more than to the strong respiration of the parasite. Endotrophic mycorrhiza of the horse chestnut, P. Jaccard {Bui. Sac. Vaud. 8ci. Nat., 5. ser., ^7 {1911), No. 113, pp. XXV-XXVII ; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Bome}, Bui. Bur. Apr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 {1911), No. 7, pp. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 827 1181, 1782). — In 1904 the author made an examination of the root system of a horse chestnut tree growing in the garden of the School of Forestry at Zurich, and found the kiteral rootlets full of hyphse and transformed into typical endo- trophic mycorrhiza. Roots of this and of Pavia were obtained from several places, and some showed infestation while others were entirely immune. To determine the cause of the unequal distribution, horse chestnuts were set out in 1907, some of the younger trees being cultivated in garden beds, others placed in pots in sterilized soil and grown near wild trees, and an examination made of the roots in 1911. Only those which were grown in pots without direct communication with the soil were infested. Those grown in the open beds or in pots the bottoms of which were open contained no trace of hyphse. The trees grown in the confined soil area that showed the presence of mycor- I'hiza were small, though healthy and normal. It is believed that the develop- ment of the trees was retarded by the small amount of soil present, thus ex- plaining the foi'matiou of mycorrhiza. The results of the author's investigations led him to the conclusion that the penetration and development of hyphse in the root system of ^T^^sculus and Pavia, especially in the short roots, is a phenomenon of parasitism and not of symbiosis. The parasitism, however, is considered almost harmless. The specific nature of the organism has not been determined. It was found that the activity of the fungus ceased with the drying of the rootlets. Inhibiting' factors in Lychnis and Papaver, G. H. Shull (Ahft. in Science, 11. ser., 35 {1912), No. S91, p. 159). — A cross between white-flowered and purple- flowered forms of L. dioica from Germany is described, which in the Fi genera- tion is predominantly white-flowered, though previous crosses have given onlsj- purple-flowered offspring. The white-flowered form from Germany, in crosses with a recessive white American strain, produced, in one case a white-flowered and in the other a purple-flowered form in the Fi generation. In P. rhceas white has usually proved, recessive to color, but in a cross between red and white, white progeny in the Fi were produced. The experiments suggest the existence of 2 complementary inhibiting factors, which have no effect except when coexisting in the same plant. Inheritance in Capsella, H. .Hus {Ahs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. 891, p. 159). — The author states that seedlings from a single plant of C. tursa pastoris can be classed into 3 groups, broad leaved, narrow leaved, and linear leaved. These forms occur approximately in the proportion 2:2:1. This pro- portion has been maintained for 3 generations, and is considered as a simple Mendelian splitting in the F2 generation of the Zea type, complicated by a defective inheritance ratio. The relationship of the wheats, A. Schulz {ZtscJir. Gcsam. Getrcidew., 3 (1911), No. 10, pp. 209-211). — This is a brief discussion of the supposed re- lationships as to descent existing among the several species of Triticum. The 8 forms considered are here placed in 2 main divisions, viz (1), the group of bearded wheats, including T. monococcum, T. spelta, and T. dicoccum, and (2) the group of naked or beardless wheats, comprising T. vulgarc, T. compactum, T. turgidum, T. durum, and T. polonicum. The 2 main groups are further dis- tinguished by the manner of breaking of the ripe ear spindle, the time of ripening, etc. Their possible relations as group forms to cultivated forms are also touched upon. The anatomical structure of the wood of the graft hybrid Cytisus adami and its components, H. H. Janssonius and J. W. Moll (Rcc. Trav. Bot. N6erland., 8 (1911), No. 3-4, PP. 333-368, figs. 6).— A report is given of an anatomical study of the wood of C. adami, which is claimed to be a graft 828 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. hybrid, and of its component species, C. laburnum and C. purpureus. The authors claim to have found tlie same differences and resemblances in the wood of known sexual hybrids as were recognized in C. adami. Ingrowing' sprouts of Solanum tuberosum, C. S. Gagee {Abs. in Science, ti. scr., 35 (1912), No. 891, pp. 159, 160). — ^A description is given of potatoes in which the sprouts had grown through the tubers that bore them, ramifying freely and producing roots and small tubers within the large seed tuber. In- vestigation failed to show the presence of any enzyms by which the channels of the ingrowing sprouts could have been digested, and there appeared positive evidence that the sprouts made their way through the tissue by mechanical pressure. The experiments, in connection with the behavior of the original abnormality, led the author to believe that it is a case of the reversal of polarity in the shoots. The breeding of tropical orchids from seeds, H. Bubgeff (Die Anzucht troinschcr Orchideen aus Samen. Jena, 1911, pp. 90; abs. in Bot. Centbl., Ill (1911), No. 25, pp. 655, 656). — This relates to the author's attempts to germi- nate orchids from seeds with and without fungi (E. S. R., 23, p. 133). The methods described have as a basis the symbiotic relations of the orchid to its root fungi. The author also gives an elementary but thorough discussion of the individual cultures. The microscopic differences between hemp and flax fiber, P. Sonntag (Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell., 29 (1911), No. 10, pp. ()69-67i ) .—Findings are given from the author's studies on the markings of the bast cells of Linum and Cannabis, which have hitherto been either neglected or pronounced structureless. He reports several characteristic differences, notably as regards their twist on being wet, which in flax was found in every case left handed, and hemp only right-handed. FIELD CROPS. Some principles of dry farming, L. R. Waldkon (North Dakota Sta. Bui. 96, pp. Jt25-Ji65, figs. 11). — Discussions of the structure, mechanical composi- tion, and texture of the soil ; of moisture and its absorption and use by plants, and of the theory of the dirt mulch, are followed by a statement of the general principles to be considered when farming under dry-farming conditions. Special applications of these and other principles are made to the production of wheat, flax, oats, barley, winter grains, corn, alfalfa, and live stock. Disking stubble at the time of harvesting in 1911, at Dickinson, apparently increased the amount of moisture found a month later in each of the first 6 ft. of soil, excepting the second foot, the net gain for the G ft. being 1.57 in. Subsoiling the clay soil of the Red River Valley at the station 8 in. below a 6-in. furrow increased the yields of the last season's crop when done in the fall, but was followed by a decrease when done in the spring for the same season's crop. The increased yields were insufficient to pay for the added cost. Photographs of the cereal yields, taken from square yard areas of plats given various cultural treatments during 1911, indicate the I'elative yields. Data obtained at Dickinson in 1911 indicate the loss of soil moisture from the surface foot of soil at the rate of 10 tons per acre per day for the period from June 12 to July 1. From other data it is concluded that cultivation con- served 1.88 in. of water in the surface 6 ft. of soil between May 1 and harvest time. Report of division of agronomy, W. C. Ethekidge (North Carolina Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 16-21). — These pages report the results of tests of 59 corn varieties, 39 cotton varieties, 23 fall-oat varieties, 26 varieties of cowpeas, 21 of soy FIELD CROPS. 829 beans, 11 of Adsuki beaus, aud 2 of Seta beans, in addition to a considerable number of cooperative tests. Field counts aud measurements indicated that suckering of corn depended mainly upon the amount of plant food with which the main stalk was supplied. A considerable loss resulted from the removal of suckers in case of plants 30 in. apart in the row on rich land, but in case of plants 20 in. apart there was a slight gain in combined value of grain and stover. Earlier results obtained with planting at these distances have already been noted (E. S. R, 25, p. 232). In 5 years' variety tests Purple Straw has usually stood among the 31 best wheat yielders. In the fertilizer tests " the 1910 results are in general accord with those of former years for cotton [E. S. R, 25, p. 233], but are somewhat at variance with previous results for corn." In the case of both corn and cotton, phos- phoric acid and nitrogen apparently gave better results when combined with potash. Two tons of stable manure per acre in combination with 160 lbs. of phosphate yielded over 100 lbs. more lint per acre than did 204 lbs. of phos- phate rocli in combination with 144 lbs. of dried blood. Peruvian guano alone applied at the rate of 250 lbs. per acre apparently about doubled the yield of cotton, while the use of 500 lbs. per acre produced more cotton by about one- fifth than the application of 250 lbs. The use of 37 lbs. of kainit, 97 lbs. of acid phosphate, 130 lbs. of nitrate of soda, and 110 lbs. of Peruvian guano was followed by more than twice as great a yield of cotton per acre as was obtained from the check plat. The use of 100 lbs. of sulphate of ammonia on June 27 apparently increased the corn yield by between 4 and 5 bu. of corn and 300 lbs. of stover per acre. When 200 lbs. of either nitrate of soda or sulphate of ammonia were applied to wheat in addition to 200 lbs. of acid phosphate and 25 lbs. of muriate of potash per acre, slightly better yields were secured than when only the phosphorus and potash were added. In tests of solubilized organic nitrogen, potash manure, beet-refuse compound, and calcium cyanamid, none of the newer fertilizers equaled nitrate of soda, sulphate of ammonia, or dried bloocl in cotton lint production, but " in produc- tion of shelled corn per acre beet-refuse compound, sulphate of ammonia, calcium cyanamid, and potash manure gave better results than dried blood, solubilized organic nitrogen, and nitrate of soda." In cooperative tests of 8 varieties of corn and 7 varieties of cotton, Sanders Improved and Biggs Seven-ear consistently stood high among corn varieties, while Toole Prolific and Cook Improved made a good showing among the cotton varieties. The results of the third j-ear's work seemed to indicate that corn ears grown from seed shelled from the middle of the ear had a decidedly higher shelling jiercentage and produced more shelled corn, but less stover, than corn taken from other parts of the ear. [Agricultural development of Nyasaland], J. S. J. McCall (Ann. Rpt. Dept. Agr. Nyasaland, 1911, pp. 1-13). — The report shows a considerable increase in the area of cotton cultivated under European management, the area in 1909-10 being 8,975 acres, in 1910-11 12,752 acres, and in the present season 23,314 acres. The average yield of lint per acre was 81 lbs. in 1909-10 and 103 lbs. in 1910-11, some of the estates yielding as much as 200 lbs. per acre. The British Cotton Growing Association has given considerable assistance to the industry by providing seed for planting and guaranteeing to purchase the crop at a fixed price. Other notes and statistics are given as to the area, yield, and value of corn, rubber, tobacco, coffee, tea, beans, etc. 830 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Agricultural development of Nyasaland {Bui. Imp. Inst. [So. Kensington], 0 (1911). J\'o. '/, 1)1). 3S0-SS7). — The data here preseuted are noted above. [Field crops work at Dikopshof], K, Hofmann and J. Hansen {Landw. Jahrb., J/O (1011), Ergdnzungfih. 1, pp. 1-129). — This is a second report, giving a detailed statement of the work on an estate operated in connection with the Royal Agricultural Academy at Bonn-Poi)pelsdorf. The results of numerous A'ariety and fertilizer tests conducted during 1908-9 are stated. Report of the work of the Imperial Bavarian Moorculture Station, 1909, A. Baumann (Landw. Jahrh. Bayern, 1 (1911), No. 3, pp. Sl-Sl-'t). — A report of a considerable number of variety and fertilizer tests with various crops in numerous localities. Second annual report of the demonstration area, Bathurst experiment farm, R. W. Peacock (Agr. Gas. N. S. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 11, pp. 949-960).— Tables present the results of variety, rate of seeding, date of seeding, and other work with wheat. Other tables state in detail the cost of production and the returns secured in growing wheat, alfalfa, corn, and a fodder crop of rape and barley. Experimental forage plats, 1910-11, T. A. J. Smith (Jour. Dept. Agr. Vic- toria, 9 (1911), No. 8, pp. 553-556, figs. 2).— A brief report of fertilizer and variety tests with corn, soy beans, millet, and broom corn in different localities is given. Summer crops for grain and silage, western district, M. H. Reynolds (Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 9, pp. 762-769, j)ls. 2, figs. 5).— A'ariety tests of corn cut for silage in a number of localities, a fertilizer test with corn and sorghum, and miscellaneous work with cowpeas, soy beans, and other crops are reported. Re vegetating experiments on depleted country, A. Macpherson (Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Atgr., 4 (1912), No. 1, pp. 21, 22, fig. i).— Brief notes on tests of 26 grasses and 3 grass-seed mixtures. Fodder plants indigenous to Australia (Bui. Imp. Inst. [So. Kensington], 9 (1911), No. 3, pp. 272-280). — The author groups the fodder plants with which he deals as grasses, Australian saltbushes, pasture herbs, and shrubs and trees. The grasses are further subdivided into those suitable for general pasture and hay, silage, cultivation for grain, winter growth, wet or undi-ained land, ridges and very dry soils," and those for use in binding littoral sands. Another list in- cludes those objectionable because their sharp-pointed leaves injure the mouths of sheep or because the ripe seeds are injurious to the eyes or wool. Breeding experiments with grasses, Dix (Ilhis. Landiv. Ztg., 31 (1911), Nos. 98, pp. 903-905; 99, pp. 912, 913, figs. 13).— The author states the results of 1 year's work with Italian, English, and French rye grass, and with or- chard grass. A study of each showed the presence of many types and of great variation in height, rate of growth, and thickness of foliage, especially in the case of the rye grass. The numerical and other data presented in the tables deal almost entirely with the Italian rye grass Lolium italicum, but similar data for 1 specimen of L-. pcrenne are given for comparison. The grama grasses: Bouteloua and related genera, D. Griffiths (V. S. Nat. Mus., Contrih. Nat. Herharium, IJ, (1912), pt. 3, pp. Z/+5//3--i2S, pis. 17, figs. j}-5). — This botanical study of numerous species of Bouteloua and related genera describes the various species dealt with and states where herbarium specimens may be found. Meadows and pastures, J. E. Wing (Chicago, 1911, pp. 418, pi. 1, figs. 59). — The author states the soil and other requirements of each of a number of grasses and legumes, including cowpeas, Canada peas, and soy beans, used for FIELD CROPS. 831 hay or grazing. Full directions for growing these crops and combating their enemies accompany suggestions on the management of pastures and meadows. Data dealing with local grasses and problems and submitted by many of the state experiment stations are appended. E-eport on field tripds on the manuring of seeds hay (rye grass and clover, one year's ley), 1910, E. Harrison (Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 2, 1910-11, pp. 8-15, tahle 1). — Tables present data secured in fertilization tests with rye grass and clover in 20 localities during the 4-year period 1907-1909. Nitrate of soda, sulphate of ammonia, superphosphate, muriate of potash, sul- phate of potash, and kainit were tested in various quantities and mixtures supplying 20 lbs. of nitrogen, 25 lbs. of phosphoric acid, and 25 lbs. of potash, except that 2 plats received no potash. A table states the average yields fol- lowing each of these applications. The author concludes that a greater average profit followed the use of sul- phate of ammonia than that of nitrate of soda, when both were used with superphosphate, and that the profit from sulphate of ammonia was more than 3 times as great as that from nitrate of soda when both were used with super- phosphate and potash. A complete fertilizer tested gave a greater profit than an incomplete one. Muriate of potash gave more than twice as great profit as sulphate of potash when applied with sulphate of ammonia and superphosphate. In this mixture it gave somewhat greater profits when applied in March than when applied in April. In some cases kainit brought a greater profit than muriate of potash, but the results were somewhat variable. Sulphate of potash with sulphate of ammonia and superphosphate brought about the same returns whether applied in April or in March. Muriate of potash brought somewhat greater returns when applied in March, while kainit brought more than twice as great returns when so applied. The fertilizer mixtures which the author recommends for rye gi*ass and clover are (1) 200 lbs. kainit or (2) 50 lbs. muriate of potash each applied with 100 lbs. sulphate of ammonia and 208 lbs. superphosphate. Hybridization investigations with oats and wheat, H. Nilsson-Ehle (Lands Univ. Arsskr., n. ser.. Sect. 2, 5 (1909), No. ?, pp. 1-122).— The results here described are based upon work inaugurated at Svalof in 1900. The author discusses at some length the principles of hybridization and points out the views held by other leading investigators on this subject. The characters of which account was taken in these experiments were the color of the glumes in oats and of the spike and the kernel in wheat, the ligules and type of panicle in oats, and the type of spike in wheat. The reasons for the deductions made are given as based upon the different breeding phenomena observed, and mainly upon the principles of segregation. A list is given of the pedigreed varieties which entered into the investigation. The investigations with oats indicated that the dark color of the flowering glumes may be brought about by 2 units which are indistinguishable qualita- tively, and that small gradations of this character, capable of transmission, may be affected by the united action of different units. It is suggested that this may also be true of quantitative characters, and that the numerous trans- missible gradations which certain characters show are the result of the dif- ferent groupings of a comparatively limited number of units. The many trans- missible gradations of the dark color in the glumes of oats, ranging from a dark chestnut brown to a light cinnamon brown, are considered as coming about either as a consequence of combinations of other characters or as the result of concerted action of independent color units. From the results of hybridization work continued into the second and third generation, it is concluded that the black, yellow, and gray colors of the glumes 832 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. of oats represent 3 complete and independent nnit characters. New color forms appearing in the crosses as observed in this breeding work were fonnd to be new combinations of groupings of unit characters of the parents. The author states that in none of his crosses did he observe unit characters which were not present in the parents. Work with wheat was conducted with varieties having brown and light colored heads. Tlie crosses of spring wheat varieties in the F3 generation showed upon the one hand the ordinary Meudelian segregation, the exceptions being apparent rather than real, and on the other hand that in such mono- hybrid segregations different transmissible gradations of the brown color are formed. Of 7 ci'osses of spring wheats with brown colored heads only one gave evidence of dihybrid segregation or of the presence of 2 unit characters with reference to the brown color, but these were not discernible from external appearance. In crosses between deep brown and white-headed forms the color of heterozygotes was always plainly brown even if reduced, and the mouohybrid segregation was in the proportion of 3 brown-headed individuals to 1 of the white-headed. Crosses between light brown and white forms showed little or no brown color in the heterozygotes. The color of the grain was studied in 5 crosses between red and white- grained varieties of wheat. Two of the crosses plainly segregated in the pro- portion of 3 : 1, and one, a cross between a white-grained variety and Swedish velvet wheat (a red-grained sort), showed a constantly red-grained strain in the second generation. These and other results in this experiment were taken as indicating with considerable certainty that the red color of the kernel in Swedish velvet wheat includes 3 independent unit characters, each one by itself capable of producing the red color in the grain. The author maintains that the differences outwardly apparent in the effect of these various units are so small that quantitatively they may be considered as practically equal, and he points out that the units clearly mendelize in the same manner. Germination experiments indicated tliat the pigment in the seed coat of the wheat kernel seems to retard germination when exposed to the air under conditions of tem- perature and moisture favoring growth. In another series of breeding experiments a variety of yellow-glumed side oats, Jaune Geant a Grappes, which is one of the few varieties having no ligules, was crossed with several varieties provided with ligules. The results showed a definite connection between the presence of ligules and the type of panicle. In all cases the progeny in which the absence of ligules was constant was of the side-oat type, while the progeny in which ligules were present was of the spreading panicle type. It was further shown by experiment that the ligule character of one of the varieties was determined by 2 units segregating independently of each other. One of these determined the spreading type of panicle, the other a rather loose form of the side-oat type, while the absence of both units determined the compact form of side-oat head, together with the absence of ligules. In view of the results secured, the spreading panicle type is regarded as the more complicated form, brought about by the presence of unit characters more or less numerous and influencing the position of the spikelet stems. The segregation observed in the F- generation Indicated the presence of 3 unit ligule characters in 2 varieties, and of 4 in 1 variety. Eight crosses were made between spreading panicle and side-oat varieties to study the influence of the type of panicle as a character. It was found that 2 varieties had each a special unit determining the character of spreading panicle. In crossing these 2 varieties it is pointed out that since the presence and the absence of each unit constitutes a character pair, forms must arise in which both units are absent and this determines the side-oat type of panicle. FIELD CROPS. 833 The combined influence of the 2 units gave a more pronounced spread to the whorls of the panicle than either of the units acting by itself. Manuring of oats and mangels, B. Dyer and E. Parke {Agr. Gaz. [London \, 75 (1912), No. IDSo, p. 55). — In a fertilizer test with oats on a heavy clay soil, poor in phosphoric acid but sufficiently rich in available potash, the highest 9 years' average yield, 66^ bu. of grain per acre, followed the use of 3 cwt. of superphosphate and 2 cwt. of nitrate of soda, as compared with 57* bu. after 3 cwt. of superphosphate and 1 cwt. of nitrate of soda, 49f bu. after 3 cwt. of superphosphate alone, and 40i bu. on the check plant. On the same soil an application of 4 cwt. of superphosphate and 6 cwt. of nitrate of soda was fol- lowed by an 8 years' average yield of 43 tons, 11 cwt. of mangels as compared with 37 tons, 2 cwt. after the use of 4 cwt. of nitrate of soda and 4 cwt. of superphosphate; 32 tons, 1 cwt. after 2 cwt. of nitrate of soda and 4 cwt. of superphosphate; 24 tons, 15 cwt. after 4 cwt. of superphosphate alone; and 17 tons, 15 cwt. of mangels on the check plat. Test of different rates of planting rye and potatoes, Bieler (Illus. LandiD. 7Ag., 31 {1911). No. 98, p. 905).— After 2 years' tests of sowing rye at rates ranging from 40 to 70 lbs. per morgen (from 63 to 111 lbs. per acre), the author concludes that the rate of seeding may safely be reduced to 40 lbs. per morgen. In case of potatoes the use of small tubers required 500 kg. per morgen (1.743 lbs. per acre), while the use of medium and large tubers required 900 and 1,500 kg., respectively. The crop produced by the large tubers was somewhat greater in the case of 2 of the 3 varieties and somewhat higher in starch content in each case. The experiments will be continued. Stack-building at Wagga Experiment Farm, A. P. Fuller {Agr. Gaz. N. ^. Wales, 22 {1911). No. 9, pp. 741-747, pis. 2, figs, ii).— Directions are given for stacking grain in accordance with the methods followed at the Wagga Experi- ment Farm. Chou moellier {Jour. Neic Zeal. Dept. Agr., // {1912). No. 1, pp. 25, 26, fig. 1). — Chou moellier stood rough and unfavorable weather better than corn, millet, soy beans, mangels, carrots, or cowpeas planted in the same field. It also did well " in a field where humus was practically nonexistent." Productive power of red clover from different sources, P. Liebau (Illus. Land ID. Ztg., 31 (1911), Nos. 2//, pp. 233, 234; 25, pp. 246, 247).— A test of red- clover seed grown in England, Fi-ance, Russia, Hungary, and various provinces of Germany was conducted at the Agricultural High School at Dahlem in 1909-10. Seed from each source gave a much higher yield during the second year it was grown in the new locality than during the first. Romance of a clover, D. McDonald (Gard. Chron., 3. ser., 49 (1911), No. 1262, p. 139). — The author notes that a plant of the strawberry clover (Trifolium fragiferum) accidentally introduced into the colony of Victoria proved " much more drought resisting than the ordinary species known to farmers." Crossbreeding of maize and the Mendelian theory, G. A. Pfister (Jour. Nat. Hist, and Sci. 8oc. West Aust., 3 (1911), No. 2, pp. 98-101).— The author reports the results of some experiments in crossing maize for the purpose of securing a type adapted to ensilage purposes. Although he does not regard maize as a suitable plant for Mendelian experiments, he states that the parent plants in this case were from seed which had proved constant through many generations, and that fertilization took place in separate rooms, where there was no possibility of casual pollination through wind by other maize plants. The varieties used were White American Horsetooth (W. H.), Ninety Days maize (N. D.), and Peruvian maize (P. M.). In the first crosses, W. H.XN. D. and W. H.XP. M., W. H. proved dominant and the other varieties recessive. The Fi generation of the W. H.XN. D. cross was an early ripening variety of 834 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. medium height, long leaf, and white seed, and of the F2 generation the W. H. N. D. variety was most promising. In the F2 generation of the W. H.XP. M. cross the author considered the P. M. W. H. variety most promising. It was very prolific and the kernels, which ripened rather late, were blue-gray in color. The Fi generation of a W. H. N. D.XP. M. W. H. cross consisted of tall, single stalked, early ripening, prolific plants with white, blue-gray, yellow, and brown kernels, while in the F2 generation there appeared a number of plants which proved on further breeding to be P. M. W. H. AY. H. N. D. A new characteristic of this hybrid was its millet-like stooling, because of which it produced a greater amount of green fodder. In the Fi generation about 75 per cent of the kernels of GO ears were white, and 25 per ciMit dark, indicating the dominance of white. This hybrid did not breed true, as typical P. M. specimens appeared. In 1909, when cultivated in a very hot, dry climate where irrigation was necessary, 6 out of the 20 plants grown stooled out and produced both male and female flowers, and 13 produced only 1 stalk, each bearing the male flower only, while 1 bore the female flower. The author does not regard this phenomenon as explainable by Meudelian methods, but attributes it to the abnormally high temperature, which caused the male flower to develop earlier. A progress report is given of work with the lupine and Sturt pea {Clianthus (lanipicri) . Maize at Bathurst Experiment Farm, R. W. Peacock (Agr. Gnz. N. S. Wale.9, 22 {1911), No. 11, pp. 961-966, figs. -^).— These pages describe in detail the cul- tural methods by which corn was produced at a cost of 2s. 3d. per bushel. A table states the results of a variety test and gives the dates of tasselling and ripening of the varieties tested. Maize fodder experiments on the south coast, R. N. Makin {Agr. Oaz. N. S. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 9, pp. 759-761).— These pages state the results of fertilizer and variety tests with corn in 8 different localities. A cotton variation with a self -fertilized ancestry, S. M. Bain {Amer. Breeders Mag., 2 {1911), No. J,, pp. 272-276, figs. 2).— Seed of a typical plant of the Tennessee Greenseed cotton was taken in 1905 from within 4 miles of the Mississippi River in Lauderdale Couuty, to the experiment station at Knoxville, Tenn. Local adjustment variations, similar to those previously noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 36), were observed. The progeny of the selected plant showed no apparent deterioration in vigor after 4 generations of self-fertilization secured by baggiug. In 1910, 3 rows grown from the seed saved from a single plant in 1909 showed a distinct variation from the remainder of the crop. " Every plant in these 3 rows was stout, strict in habit, and at least a third taller than its cousins in the other rows. Moreover, the crop was quite late in maturing." The seed was distinctly larger than that of the other rows, and tended toward smoothness or absence of tuft. [Cotton on the experimental farms of Bengal, 1910—11], C. Sherraed {Dept. Agr. Bengal, Quart. Jour., 5 {1911), No. 2, pp. 59-67,). — These pages report the results of variety tests. Among 10 tests for which the financial re- turns of cotton growing are stated, 2 resulted in profits and S in losses. Cotton growing- in Sind {Bui. Imp. Inst. [80. Kensington], 9 {1911), No. 3, pp. 2i7-227).— During the years 1909 and 1910 the department of agriculture of the Bombay Presidency has conducted extensive tests of American Upland and other varieties of cotton in Sind. The author regards American Upland cotton of several varieties as very promising. Brief notes are given on samples of Egyptian Mitaflfi and Egyptian Abassi samples produced, and on samples of FIELD CROPS. 835 the American ITpland varieties Triumph, Peterliin, Toole, Griffin, Blacli Rattler, and Allen Improved Long Staple. Proceedings of the cotton production commission of the colonial agri- cultural committee (Verhandl. Kolon. Wirtschaftl. Kom., 1911, No. 2, pp. OS, pis. 3, figs. 2). — This report outlines the status of cotton enterprises in the German colonies, reviews the cotton market and industry, and reports briefly the proceedings of a convention of textile workers in Berlin. Separate chapters deal with cotton substitutes, particularly kapok, and with estimates given by commercial authorities of the value of samples of fiber crops in various countries. Guar {Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 11, p. 1000). ~A brief statement of the results of rather unsuccessful tests of guar {Cyamopsis tetragonoloM) at 3 different experimental farms. Trials of varieties of kale (Agr. Gas. N. S. Wales, 23 (1912), No. 1, pp. 36-38). — These pages state the results of tests of the yielding power and feed- ing value for various animals of borecole, Chinese kale, chou moellier, and other similar crops. The tests were conducted on 4 different farms. Report on field trials with varieties of mangels in 1909, T. Milburn {21id- laml Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 3, 1909-10, pp. 27-39).— This is a report of a variety test of mangels conducted in 1909, 8 varieties being tested in each of 7 localities. The methods followed are briefly stated and the data obtained pre- sented by means of tables, which state both the total yields and the percentage of dry matter. Field trials with, varieties of mangels in the year 1910, E. Harrison. {Mid- land Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 5, 1910-11, pp. 27-3^, tabic i).— Results of the sixth years' test of different varieties grown in each of 6 localities during 1910 are reported. Report on field trials on the manuring of mangels in the year 1910, E. Harrison {Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 4, 1910-11, pp. 23-26, table 1).— This is a report of the results secured during the third year of fertilizer tests with mangels, a 12-plat experiment being carried on in each of 3 localities. The author regards the data as indicating clearly that a fertilizer mixture for mangels must contain nitrogen, soluble phosphates, potash, and common salt. The highest average profit followed the use of 180 lbs. of nitrate of soda at thinning and 100 lbs. of sulphate of ammonia, 750 lbs. of phosphate, and 120 lbs. of potash at seeding time. A March application of 21 cwt. of common salt is recommended with the above mixture. Report on field trials on the manuring of mangels in 1908 and 1909, J. F. Blackshaw {Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 5, 1909-10, pp. 51-57). — This is a report of the first 2 years' trials in the work noted above. Varieties of oats, C. C. Bedfordshire {Abs. in Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 {1912), No. 10, p. 859). — The yields secured in 1911 and 5 previous years in a variety test of oats are reported. A high percentage of grain was found usually to accompany high weight. Pea variety trials, G. de S. Baylis {Jour. New Zeal. Dept. Agr., 4 {1912), No. 1, pp. 43-45). — The results of fertilizer tests of peas on different soils and a number of farms are given, together with notes on the varieties used. Electrical treatment of crops, Miss E. C. Dudgeon (Abs. in Jour. Bd. Agr. [London^, 18 {1912), No. 10, pp. 862, 863).— This article reports the results of work on 8 acres of potatoes in 1911. Electrical treatment was applied by means of the Lodge-Newman high-tension discharge apparatus. The potatoes were planted during the third w^eek in April and the discharge applied about 4 hours per day from May 1 until August 18, or 413 hours in all. On dull days it was 836 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. applied both morning and afternoon, but on bright days 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours in the afternoon. Four varieties were tested and each showed an increase in yield. The in- creases ranged from 13 cwt. to 2 tons, 4 cwt. per acre. The total cost of applying the treatment was £5 19s. 6d., but the same expense would have cov- ered the cost of electrifying 15 acres instead of 8. Report on field trials with potatoes in 1909, F. Wakerley (Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bid. 6, 1909-10, pp. 59-62). — In view of the general impression that Scotch and Irish seed potatoes are superior to those locally grown because of the fact that tliey are harvested before reaching complete maturity, this work was undertaken to determine the effect of harvesting September 1, October 1, and November 6. Potatoes harvested on these dates were planted on 2 farms, but there was little difference in the yields. The author regards it as signifi- cant, however, " that one station showed a slight superiority of the early lifted seed, and the other gave the most disease and chats from the late lifted ones." Results of field trials on the manuring of potatoes in 1910, F. Wakerley (Midland Aar. and Dairy Col. Bui. 3, 1910-11, pp. 16-22, tahle /).— These trials were conducted in 5 different localities for the purpose of comparing li cwt. of sulphate of ammonia, 2 cwt. nitrate of soda, 267 lbs. nitrate of lime, 188 lbs, calcium cyanamid, and 387 lbs. of fish meal with 2 proprietary fertilizers. Each supplied 35 lbs. of nitrogen, and was applied in conjunction with 4 cwt. super- phosphate and li cwt. sulphate of potash, except in case of the proprietary mixtures. The greatest increases in profit followed the use of sulphate of ammonia and calcium cyanamid. Work of the German potato station in 1911 (Dent. Landiv. Presse, S9 (1912), Nos. l-'i, j>p. 150, 151; 15, pp. 16//, 165). — Variety tests conducted in 1911 with special reference to starch content and disease resistance are reported. Potato experiments in Northwest district, A. H. E. McDonald (Agr. Gaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 (1911), No. 10, pp. 881-885). — Notes are given on the earliness and other qualities of 9 varieties of potatoes which were tested in 3 different localities. A table states the yields secured. At each center an. application of 4 cwt. of sulphate of ammonia, 13 cwt. super- phosphate, and 3 cwt. sulphate of potash was followed by a greater profit than an application of 8 cwt. dried blood, 8 cwt. superphosphate, and 4 cwt. of sulphate of potash. Each of these mixtures was applied at the rate of 4 cwt. of the mixture per acre. The danger of using foreign potatoes for seed, W. Stuart and W. A. Orton (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant. Indus. Circ. 93, pp. 5). — The authors state that foreign potatoes should not be used for seed because of the danger of intro- ducing the leaf-curl disease from Germany or the black-scab or wart disease from England. This Department has tested over 100 foreign-grown varieties and the results during their first year show lower yields than the best American varieties. American growers and seedsmen have coi-roborated these results. The few foreign varieties that proved fairly satisfactory required from 2 to 3 seasons for acclimation. [Variety and manurial experiments with sugar cane], J. P. D'Albuquerqui: and J. R. Bovell (Rpt. Agr. Work Barbados, Imp. Dept. Agr. West Indies, 1908- 1910, jyp. 4-109). — This report is largely made up of tables stating the results of variety and fertilizer tests conducted during the period 1908-1910. Experi- ments along the same lines have been conducted for considerable periods, and the summary of results presented here are in harmony with those which have already been noted (E. S. R., 24, p. 542). FIELD CROPS, 837 Sulphate of ammonia gave 2.31 tous and nitrate of soda 1.31 tons of cane more per acre than calcium cyanamid, when all were applied at such rates as to supplying 60 lbs. of nitrogen per acre. Experiments conducted to ascertain the effect, if any, of cutting out dead hearts resulted in a yield of 672 lbs. of sugar cane less when the dead hearts were cut out than when they were allowed to remain. Seedling' canes and manurial experiments for the season 1909—1911 (Local Dcpt. Agr., Barbados, Seedling-Canes and Manurial E.rpis., 190D-W11, pp. 65).— This gives a fuller report of the sugar-cane work referred to above, and sum- marizes the results of IS years' manurial experiments at Dodds. Better results- were obtained by planting cuttings made from plant canes than when cuttings from first ratoon canes or seventh ratoon canes were used or when the small cuttings were used from these 3 tests. [Variety and manurial tests with sugar cane], H. H. Cousins (Rpt. Jamaica Sugar Expt. Sta., 3 (1908-1910), pp,. 1-107, i)Is. ii).— This is a report of the results of manurial and variety tests conducted on a number of estates. Manurial experiments, F. Watts et al. (Imp. Dept. Agr. West Indies, Sugar- cane E.rpts. Leeward Isl. 1909-10, pt. 2, pp. 35, pis. 2). — This is a detailed report in tabular form of a continuation of manurial tests with sugar cane at Antigua and St. Kitts, already noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 540). Experiments with varieties of sugar cane, P. Watts et al. (Imp. Dept. Agr. West Indies, Sugar-cane Expts. Leeward Isl. 1909-10, pt. 1, pp. 81). — This is a similar report of the results of variety tests with plant and ratoon canes, in continuation of work already noted (E. S. R., 21. p. 540). Beport on field trials with varieties of swedes in 1909, T. Milburn (2Iid- land Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 8, 1909-10, pp. 73-80).— This is a report of the third year's results in a variety test of swedes. Ten varieties were tested in 4 different localities. The author does not regard any variety as having shown special merit, although satisfactory yields were given by most of the varieties. Their dry matter percentages ranged fi'om 7.95 to 9. Results of field trials on the manuring of swedes in the year 1910, E. E. Stokes (Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 7, 1910-11, pp. 43-47, table i).— Six years' work have indicated that the most profitable fertilizer for swedes is 150 lbs. sulphate of ammonia, 500 lbs. superphosphate, and 60 lbs. sulphate of potash. Sulphate of ammonia proved a more profitable nitrogen source than nitrate of soda, and superphosphate proved more profitable than dissolved bones, bone meal, or basic slag. Sulphate of potash excelled both kainit and muriate of potash. A new series of experiments was conducted on the 11 plats at each of 5 centers during 1910. One of its minor objects was the testing of nitrate of lime as a nitrogen source. Although the author regards it as misleading to draw con- clusions at this stage, he states in full the yields and other data secured in this test. The greatest average profit per acre in 4 of the localities followed the use of (1) 230 lbs. nitrate of lime, 500 lbs. superphosphate, and 60 lbs. sulphate of potash, and (2) 250 lbs. Charleston phosphate alone. Results of field trials on the manuring- of swedes in 1909, T. Milburn (Midland Agr. and Dairy Col. Bui. 4, 1909-10, pp. 41-49).— ThQ results of work begun in 1904 are summarized, including the sixth year's work. Types of Cuban tobacco, H. Hasselbring (Bat. Gas., 53 (1912), No. 2, pp. 113-126, pis. 7). — The author finds that the tobacco grown in Cuba consists of a mixture of a large number of forms which maintain their characteristics from generation to generation. The crop in any one field lacks uniformity and the plants show a bewildering variety of forms among which some types predom- 838 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. inate. It is not, however, possible to delimit the groups definitely, or to group all the plants by a mere taxonomic study. As a result of cultural experiments the author concludes that pure strains which breed true to type can be selected and that such strains do not break up into new types when grown in northern climates. After modifications appear, they appear in all plants of a strain alike. Notes are given on a number of types of the macrophyUa and havanensis groups. Field experiments with wheat, F. Ditzell (Agr. Gaz, N. 8. Wales, 23 (1D12), No. 1, pp. 13-22). — These pages record the results of fertilizer tests with wheat at the Cowra Experiment Farm during the 4-year period 1907-1910. Applications of sulphate of ammonia, superphosphate, and sulphate of potash singly and in various mixtures and amounts were tested on plats (1) planted continuously to wheat, (2) after bare fallow, and (3) planted to wheat after a fodder crop. The work along each of these lines was further subdivided to include tests of the effect upon the yielding power of the land of methods of harvesting the crop. On the land planted to wheat each year, burning the straw, plowing it under, and removing it with a binder were followed by average yields of 22.78, 20.88, and 19.27 bu. per acre, respectively, as compared with 28.07, 27.66, and 27.07 bu. per acre, respectively, were planted in alternation with bare fallow, and 28.72 27.97, and 27.97 when wheat was planted in alternation with fodder crops. Tables state in full the numerical data from these tests, grouped to bring out a number of different comparisons. Wheat manurial trial, Cowra Experiment Farm, 1910, F. Ditzell (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 23 (1911), No. 11, pp. 922-925).— In a fertilizer test with wheat the applications used, in the order of their merit, -were (1) superphos- phate, (2) dried blood, (3) sulphate of potash. (4) dried blood and superphos- phate, (5) sulphate of ammonia, superphosphate, and sulphate of potash, (6) superphosphate and sulphate of potash, (7) dried blood, superphosphate, and sulphate of potash, and (8) dried blood and sulphate of potash. Development of wheat production in Canada, A. L. Bishop (Bui. Amer. Geogr. Soc, H (1912), No. 1, p. 10-17). — These pages trace the development of wheat growing in Canada since 1871, each province being treated separately. A table states the wheat yields and the number of acres devoted to wheat in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta in 1900 and each year during the period 1906-1910, and the acreage for 1911. Estimates of the possible future extension of the wheat acreage in Canada are given. The wheat varieties of Alsace-Lorraine and neig'hboring countries, E. H. L. Krause (Landw. Jahrb., 41 (1911), No. 3-J,, pp. 337-371, fig. i).— The author states briefly the principal characters and the history of each of 13 wheat varieties. There is a separate bibliography for each variety, and numerous foot notes give citations to the sources of information summarized. Seed inspection (Maine Sta. Off. Insp. 3&, pp. 12). — The chief requirements of the law regulating the sale of seeds in Maine are stated, and the results of the 1911 inspection are reported much as in earlier years (E. S. R., 22, p. 638; 24, p. 640). " There has been a very remarkable improvement in the quality of grass seed which is handled, and there were practically no violations of the law in this State in 1911." Small seed improvement, G. M. Friee and Lovina S. Merick (Indiana Sta. Circ. 31, pp. 15, figs. 5). — This circular describes the work of the branch seed laboratory of the extension department and reports results to July 1, 1911. From analyses of 2 samples each of high and low grade red clover, alfalfa, and timothy seed it appeared that the average cost per bushel of pure seed FIELD CROPS. 839 that would grow in the case of high and low grade red-clover seed was $10.15 and $27.53 per bushel, respectively, $13.12 and $19.66, respectively, in case of alfalfa seed, and $2.62 and $3.17 in case of timothy seed. Sale of seeds in Canada (Abs. in Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 (1912), No. 10, pp. 870, 871).— This contains a statement of the standards fixed by the Cana- dian teed control act of 1911 for certain grades of timothy, red clover, alsike clover, and alfalfa seed, or any mixture containing them. Canadian Seed Growers' Association (Camid. Seed Growers' Assoc. Rpt., 7 (1911), pp. 12Jt, pis. 3, figs. 2).— This contains the minutes of the seventh annual meeting and the papers and addresses presented. One of these papers presents a resume of plant breeding in Sweden, dealing with results obtained at Sviilof. The viability of weed seeds after passing through the digestive tract of farm animals, E. Korsmo {Tidsskr. Norske Landbr., IS {1911), No. J, pp. 223-230). — The literature on the subject is reviewed, and an account is given of original experiments in feeding weed seeds to a horse, a cow, and a hog. The percentages of viable seeds of different kinds of weeds that were found in the feces were as follows: Sorrel {Rumex acetosella), 26.4, 70.6, and 5 per cent for the horse, cow, and hog, respectively; lamb's quarters (Chenopodium album), 2.5, 16.3, and 20.4 per cent; chamomile (Matricaria inodora), 10.4, 24, aijd 0.02 per cent; Rumex domesticus, 23, 90.4, and 11.3 per cent; bird rape (Brassica campestris), 5.1 and 2,2 per cent for the horse and cow, respectively; stinkweed (Thalaspi arvense), 37 per cent, and wild mustard (Sinapis arvensis), 5.4 per cent for the horse; and ox-eye daisy (Chrysanthemum leucanthemum) , 7.5 per cent for the cow. Iron sulphate and lime nitrogen for weed eradication, S. Rhodin (K. Landtbr. Akad. Ilandl. och Tidskr., 50 (1911), No. 6, pp. 433-445, figs. 2; Meddel. Centralanst. Forsoksv. Jordbruksomrddet, 1911, No. 40, pp. 15, figs. 2). — Iron sulphate in solution proved preferable to lime nitrogen in the form of powder for the eradication of mustard and muUen. Lime nitrogen was found to be a sure and strong poison for mullen, and did not injure oats when applied as a powder any more than iron sulphate in solution. Barley, however, is very sensitive to lime nitrogen, and if a long, dry warm period should follow the application it would be likely to be injured or at least retarded in its development. A series of plats was seeded with oats which contained 5 per cent white mustard seed and treated with iron sulphate, lime nitrogen, and hand cultiva- tion. The grain yields resulting were 1,740, 1,830, and 1,600 kg. of grain per hectare, respectively, as compared with 950 kg. on the check plat. The straw yields varied in the same order, except that the check plat excelled all the others. The mustard-seed yields were 178, 348, and 828 kg. p^r hactare, re- spectively. The profit arising from the treatment was 30 crowns per hectare ($3.25 per acre), as compared with 68.1 and 71.32 crowns per hectare, respec- tively, in case of treatments with iron sulphate and lime nitrogen. Similar treatment of a natural weed flora on a marshy soil was followed by yields of 2.640, 2,871, and 2,356 kg. of oats per hectare after hand cultivation iron sulphate, and lime nitrogen, as compared with a yield of 1,812,5 kg. per hectare on the check plat. The total wheat yields were 67.5, 104, and 43 kg. per hectare, as compared with 367 kg. on the check plat. The estimated profits in this test were 69.67, 114.55, and 26.05 crowns per hectare, respectively. Canada thistle and its eradication, A. G. Johnson (Indiana Sta. Circ. S2, pp. 12 figs. 3). — This circular gives the text of the Indiana laws pertaining to the Canada thistle and gives directions for the eradication of this pest 44616°— No. 9—12 4 840 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. HORTICULTURE. Beport of the work of the experiment station for the years 1907—8 for the destruction of the San Jose scale, etc., J. H. Stewart et al. (West Vir- ginia 8ta. Rpt. San Jos6 Scale, etc., 1907-8, pi). 6'i, pU. 19, fig. 1). — This contains a report of the director on the work and expenditures of the station for the bi- ennium ended September 30, 1908, under the provisions of the state law for the destruction of the San Jose scale and other insect i>ests and for the promotion of horticulture, results of nursery inspections, and a reprint of Bulletin 113 and of portions of Bulletins 110 and IIG, previously noted. Report of the work of the experiment station for the years 1909—10 for the destruction of the San Jose scale, etc., J. H. Stewart et al. {West Vir- ginia Sta. Rpt. San Jos6 Scale, etc., 1909-10, pp. 208, pJ. 1, figs. 70). — Data simi- lar to the above are presented for the biennium ended September 30, 1910, in- cluding special articles for the most part abstracted elsewhere in this issue, and reprints of Bulletins 117, 119-123. and 126-128, previously noted. Insecticides and fungicides, R. Harcourt and H. L. Fulmer (Ontario Dept. Agr. Bui. 195, 1912, pp. 40). — A revised edition of Bulletin 154 of the same series (E. S. R., 18, p. 853) in which recent information relative to insecti- cides and fungicides has been incorporated. The red sunflower, T. D. A. Cockerell (Pop. Sci. Mo., SO (1012), No. //, pp. 373-382, figs. 4)- — The author discusses the progeny of a red sunflower which was discovered in Colorado in 1910 and later crossed with other forms. Tomatoes, A. G. Turney (Ontario Dcpt. Agr. Bui. 196, 1912, jtp. 32, figs. 9).— This comprises a reprint of a previous report on the tomato industry of Ontario (E. S. R., 21, p. 333). Yams, O. W. Barrett (Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 5 (1912), No. 2, pp. 67-7 Jf, pis. 2). — A brief descriptive account of yams relative to their habit of gi'owth, method of culture, and importance as a food. Apple orcharding- in Ontario (Ontario Dept. Agr. Bnl. 19^, 1911, pp. 64, figs. 47). — A popular treatise with special reference to Ontario conditions. The phases discussed in<;lude selection of varieties, site, soils and their preparation, setting out an orchard, the management of a young orchard, cover crops, main- taining the fertility, pruning, reclaiming old neglected orchards, spraying, poisons, cost of spraying, top grafting, sun scald, thinning, picking, marlvcting, cooperative fruit growers' associations, packages and packing, inspection and sales regulations, profits, keeping accounts, and cold storage. Diseases of apple trees and fruit caused by fungi and insects, J. L. Hewitt and P. Hayhurst (Arkansas Sta. Bui. 109, pp. 409-4-'i5). — This is a popular treatise on the most important fungus and insect pests affecting the apple in- dustry, including methods of conti'ol. The subject matter is based in part upon original work of the station and in part upon recent literature. State bog report, H. J. Franklin (Ann. Rpt. Cape Cod Cranberry Growers' Assoc, 24 (1911), pp. 16-28). — This comprises a progress report on the con- struction of the state experimental cranberry bog at Wareham, ]\Iass., together with a report on experimental work now under way. The investigations during the past season have dealt principally with insects (see p. 857), fungus diseases, fertilizers, weather observations, and pollination of the cranberry blossom. Experiments in cross pollination indicate thus far that bees are necessary to the successful fruiting of the cranberry and that a pink coloring of the blos- som may be an index to the failure of pollination. Since a small number of pink blossoms fruited, however, the possibility that pollination may take place to some extent after the blossom has taken on the abnormal pink color is also suggested. An examination of a considerable number of varieties on a large HORTICULTURE. 841 number of bogs indicates that witliin certain limits failure to fruit is a varietal cliaracteristic. It is concluded tliat it pays to Iveep hive bees in cranberry bogs during the blossoming season in years when wild bees are not plentiful. Breed- ing work is being conducted to secure a more prolific variety of cranberry than is at present known. General observations are also made relative to indirect water injury, the setting of the blossoms, and the failure of fruit to mature from apparently nor- mal pollinated young berries. It was observed that contrary to the general impression many top blossoms matured fruit. Cranberry bog construction for Wisconsin, O. G. Malde {Wisconsin Sta. Bui. 213, pp. 3-24, fios. 20).— The author outlines the chief requirements for success in cranberry culture and describes in detail the methods of constructing and planting a cranberry bog. The subject of cranberry bog management in Wisconsin is to be treated in a later bulletin. A study of the arsenic content of grapes and wine, Mathieu {Ann. Falsif., 5 {1912). No. .',0. pp. 7S-S0). — Analyses were made of grapes and wine from vines treated with arsenical sprays and from untreated vines. Traces of arsenic were found in the grapes and wine from the untreated vines. Although slightly higher amounts were found in the treated products, the analy- ses in which the maximum quantity was found showed an arsenic content of only 0.05 nig. per kilogram of fresh grapes, or 0.05 gm. per liter of wine. Arsenical treatment during a season when the conditions are favorable for the distribution of the arsenic appears to increase slightly the arsenic content of the products. The avocado in Florida, its propagation, cultivation, and marketing, P. H. Rolfs {Fla. arowcr, 5 {1911), No. 5, p. 3).— A brief popular account in which, in addition to the phases mentioned in the title, the author points out that the avocado has some severe diseases. One of the most common is due to a prob- ably undescribed species of Gloeosporium, which attacks the leaves and also the fruit in various stages of development. Spraying with Bordeaux on the first appearance of the trouble appears to control it without much difficulty. The mango, P. J. Wester {PhiUppine Bur. Agr. Farmers^ Bui. 18, 1911, pp. 60, j}ls. 9). — A treatise on the mango with special reference to its culture in the Philippines. General consideration is given to the nomenclature, origin, geographical dis- tribution, bibliography, and botany of the mango. The Philippine and fiberless Indian varieties are described and the methods of propagation and cultivation are discussed in detail. Other phases discussed include the comix)sition and uses of the fruit, other uses of the mango, marketing, the embryony of the mango, breeding, diseases, insects affecting the mango, insect control, spraying, and fumigation, with formulas for fungicides and insecticides. The embryony of the mango, P. J. AVesteb {Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 5 {1912), No. 2, pp. 80-82, pi. i).— The author points out the relation between the monoembryonic character of the seed of many cultivated mangoes and the failure of these varieties to reproduce the type. Irises, W. R, Dykes {London and Edinburgh, [1912], pp. XIII+llO, pis. 8).— In this work the author gives a short account of the structure of the iris plant and of the groups into which the genus may be conveniently divided, describes the leading characteristics and requirements of the several cultivated si^ecies, and gives suggestions including cultural information relative to the utilization of irises in the rock garden and in the herbaceous border. An iris calendar .showing the planting season and. time of flowering of differ- ent species is also given. 842 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Making a rose garden, H. H. Satlor (New York, 1912, pp. 53, j)h. S, fig. 1). — A popular concise treatise on rose growing. Saxon gardening, H. Koch (Sdchsische Gartenkunst. Berlin, 1910, pp. XVI + ^07, pis. 13, figs. 300). — A historical account of architectural and landscape gardening in Saxony. Part 1 deals with the architectonic garden, consideration being given to the Saxon landscape, ancient gardening, and gardening during the renaissance, baroque, and rococo periods. In part 2 the landscape garden is considered relative to the transition period, sentimental and romantic effects, and the at- tempts to secure landscape effects. An extensive bibliography of European literature on ornamental gardening is included. FORESTRY. On the economic principles that should govern forestry, E. Andersson (Skogsvdrclsfor. Tidskr., 1911, Allm-dnna Delen, Nos. 7, pp. 285-332, figs. 3; 12, pp. JiSi-Jf40). — This comprises an address on the general principles of forestry with a discussion following. Torest preservation, H. S. Graves (Ann. Rpt. Smithsn. Inst., 1910, pp. Ji33- Jj45, pis. 7). — ^A survey of the progress made in the United States during the past 10 years with reference to forest preservation. Forest conditions in western North Carolina, J. S. Holmes (N. C. Geol. and Econ. Survey Bui. 23, 1911, pp. Ill, pis. 8). — This comprises the results of a cooperative study undertaken by the North Carolina Geological and Economic Survey and the Forest Service of this Department. The region as a whole is considered relative to its physiographic features, accessibility, classification and valuation of land, forest distribution by types and by species, the timber industries, and transportation. The forest and economic conditions in each county are discussed and recommendations are also given relative to the proper management and protection of forest holdings, in- cluding a brief account of forestry on the Biltmore estate. On the distribution of forest trees in Karafuto (Saghalin), T. Miyake (Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc, 2 (1907-8), No. 1-2, pp. 93-102).— A descrip- tive account, including a list of 48 forest trees occurring in Karafuto. Results of direct seeding in the Black Hills, J. INIurdock, Jr. (Forestry Quart., 10 (1912), No. 1, pp. 27-32). — A brief account of experimental forest seedings made in the Black Hills during the period 1905-1910, including sum- marized data showing the species and method used, extent of each area, quantity of seed, and cost per acre. On the importance of different methods for determining the germination power of conifer seeds, G. Schotte (Skogsvdrdsfor. Tidskr., 1911, Fackafd.. No. 12, pp. Jf23-/i57; Mcddel. Stat. Skogsforsolcsanst. (Mitt. Forstl. Vers. Anst. Scliicedens) , 1911, No. 8, pp. 2^/5-279). — A comparison of differeit forms of germination apparatus, with discussions of the factors that influence the results obtained in the germination of tree seeds. A bibliography of the subject is appended. New tools for transplanting conifers, W. H. IMast (Forestry Quart., JO (1912), No. 1, pp. 3-8, pis. 3). — Some transplanting tools, which have been evolved at the Halsey nursery on the Nebraska National Forest, are described and illustrated. Method of taking impressions of year rings in conifers, L. S. Higgs (For- estry Quart., 10 (1912), No. 1, pp. 1, 2, pi. 1). — A method of recording annual rings on white blotting paper is here illustrated and described. FORESTRY. 843 Reproduction of lodgepole pine in relation to its management, N. C. Beown {Forestry Quart., 10 (1912), A'o. 1, pp. 17-23, pi. 1).—A paper on this subject based on data secured on the National Forests of southwestern Montana. Yield tables for pine, A. Maass (Skogsvdrdsfdr. Tidskr., 1911, Fackafd., No. 12, irp. 375-422, figs. 13; Meddel. Stat. Skogsforsoksanst. (Mitt. Forstl. Vers. Anst. ScJnccdcns), 1911, No. 8, pp. 197-2.',. ',, figs. i3).— Yield tables for pine constructed by the author are given and discussed. The red beech: Economic and statistical investigations of the forest divi- sion, Eberswalde Forest Research Station, A. Schwappacii (Die Rotbuche: WirtschaftlicJic und statische Untersuchungen der forstlichen Abteilung dcr Hauptstation des forstlichen Versuchsicesens in Ebersicalde. Neudamm, 1911, pp. YI+2S1, pis. 7). — Part 1 of this report comprises the statistical results of long-continued investigations relative to the influence of various degrees of thinning and of crown density on increment development of beech stands. The author points out that the data as a whole serve to show the need and utility of combining statistical investigations with silvicultural research. Part 2 contains yield tables based on data secured from pure beech stands, which have been under investigation for the past 30 years. Part 3 reports a study relative to the revenue-yielding capacity of beech forests. The appendix contains caliperiug tables both for thinning and yield-experimental areas. A similar study of the pine has been previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 644). The host plants of the sandal tree, M, Rama (Indian Forest Rec., 2 (1910). No. If, pp. 159-207, pis. 8).' — This embraces the results of a study of the host plants of the sandal tree (Santahim album) undertaken to ascertain which species of plants the tree likes best and which of them help to produce the largest quantity and the best quality of scented wood. After having presented evidence of the complete dependence of the sandal tree on other species of plants for its nourishment, the author outlines the nature of the investigations ; enumerates the different species of plants, the roots of which were found to have been attacked by sandal roots, including a brief description of the extent and nature of the attack, etc. ;, and points out the association of the sandal with other species, the roots of which have not yet been examined. No definite conclusion has been drawn thus far as to the best host plants for the sandal tree. A list of associates of the sandal tree in its natural habitat and elsewhere is appended. Vitality of rubber seed, F. G. Spring (Agr. Bui. Straits and Fed. Malay States, 3. ser., 1 (1912), No. 2, pp. 1-4). — A test made of the vitality of seeds from tapped and untapped Hevea rubber trees shows that the seeds from un- tapped trees averaged 50 per cent higher in germination than those from tapped trees. Tapping appears to lessen the weight and size of the seeds, as well as to reduce their germinating power. It is concluded that seeds intended for export should be selected from untapped trees. A large number of seeds were coated, respectively, with beeswax, hard paraffin, and vaseline to determine the preserving effects of these substances. Seeds coated with beeswax showed an increased germination of about 30 per cent over the uncoated seeds. Seeds coated with hard paraffin gave better results than untreated seeds, but not so good as those coated with beeswax. The seeds treated with vaseline did not germinate. In no case was there apparent a large falling off in germinating power from the third to the tenth week. Rubber (Rev. Econ. Internal., 9 (1912), I, No. 2, pp. 227-350) .—A symposium containing the following articles relating to the rubber industry : Rubber Yield- ing Species, by E. De Wildeman (pp. 239-258) ; Rubber Culture, by P. Van Romburgh (pp. 259-275) ; The Financial Evolution of the Rubber Industry, by 844 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. E. L. Vincent (pp. 276-303) ; Commerce in Rubber, by H. Wright (pp. 304-324) ; and Industrial Use of Rubber, by G. Lamy-Torrillion (pp. 325-350). DISEASES OF PLANTS. Bacterial diseases of plants, M. C. Potter (Jour. Agr. Set., ^ {1912), No. 3, pp. 323-337). — This is a paper read before the British Association for the Advancement of Science as an introduction to the discussion of plant diseases due to bacteria, in which the author gives a general description of the patho- genic properties of some of the more typical forms. Plant diseases and crop rotation, H. L. Bolley {Northwest. Miller, 8'J {1912), Nos. 10, pp. 565, 566, 585, figs. J,; 11, pp. 623, 62.',, G.',l, 6J,2, jigs. //).— This is a discussion of the relation of certain fungi causing diseases of cereals, flax, etc., to their host plants, and the necessity of crop rotation to avoid continued loss is pointed out. Previous accounts of the author's work along this line have been noted elsewhere (E. S. R.. 25, p. 649). Notes on veg'etable patholog-y, E. Griffon and A. Maublanc {Bui. Trimesf. Soc. Mycol. France, 21 {1911), No. 1, pp. 1,7-67, figs. 3).— After giving a discus- sion of a disease of the Christmas rose, Helleborus niger, ascribed to Cfmiothy- rium Jicllebori, brief reports and discussions are given of various plant diseases and their progress during 1910. Notes on vegetable pathology, E. Griffon and A. Maublanc {Bui. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France, 27 {1911), No. J,, pp. J,69-.',75).—T\\q authors state that the tumescent growths observed on melons, celery, and garden sorrel near Nantes and ascribed by E. Marchand to the presence of Plasmodiophora brassicw are really caused by Heterodera radicicola. They also give brief notes on certain diseases of the inne, olive, and pear. Plant diseases of 1909—10, N. J. Giddings {West Virginia Sta. Rpt. San Josd Scale, etc., 1909-10, pp. J,9-52). — Brief notes are given on a number of diseases observed upon apples, cherries, grapes, peaches, pears, plums, potatoes, etc. Okra wilt (fusariose), Pusarium vasinfectuni, and clover rhizoctoniose, F. L. Stevens and G. W. Wilson {North Carolina Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 70-73, figs. 1/). — A description is given of the okra wilt caused by F. vasinfeetum, a disease which apparently has not been hitherto recorded in North Carolina. In general the disease agrees closely with the wilt of cotton. The fungus when isolated grows readily in cultures, producing the characteristics which agree with those of F. vasinfectuni on cotton. During the season covered by the report complaints were received from a number of localities regarding a disease of clover. An examination of the roots showed that they were infested by Rhizoetonia sp., which was clearly the cause of the trouble. The present status of the question of rust propagation, J. Beaxjverie {Ren. Gen. ScL, 23 {1912), No. 3, pp. 106-118). — A critical review is given of literature relating to the general subject of rust propagation, specialization, etc., the sum- mary being brought down to 1911. Special attention is given to Eriksson's mycoplasm theory and Zach's criticism of it (E. S. R.. 25, p. 652). Perennial gametophytic and sporophytic g'enerations in Puccinia obtegens, E. W. Olive {Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 {1912), No. 891, p. 150). — A description is given of a form of this rust, better known under the name of P. suaveolens, which was found at Brookings, S. Dak., on an European variety of the Canada thistle. As commonly described, this fungus is said to possess 2 distinct gen- erations, one resulting from a general infection throughout the whole plant, and the second a strictly local infection, in which only uredospores and teleuto- spores are produced. DISEASES OP PLANTS. 845 Preliminary investigations by the author of tlie so-called first generation showed that both iniinucleated gametophjtic and binucleated sporophytic mycelia ramified together throughout the infected plants. The general infec- tion of the Canada thistle is held, therefore, to be due to the growth of 2 generations by a mixture of the mycelia, and evidence appears to show that both forms winter over together in the undergi-ound parts of the plant. Infection experiments with parasitic fungi, O. Tbebous {Ann. Mycol., 10 (1912), No. 1, pp. 13-16). — A brief summary is given of infection experiments ■with 10 species of Uredinefe to determine the host plants of their alternate generations. Myxofusicoccum, a new genus of Sphaeropsidearum, H. Diedicke {Ann. Mycol., 10 {1912), No. 1, pp. GS-12, flg. 1). — The author proposes the name Myxofusicoccum for a number of parasitic fungi that have been referred to the genera Phoma, Fusicoccum, and Myxosporium. In all IG species are referred to this new genus. Oidium tuckeri and Uncinula americana in Poland, J.'Bbzezinski {Buh Internat. Acad. Sci. Cracovie, Ch Sci. Math, et Nat., Ser. B, 1911, No. 1, pp. 1-6). — ^A 3-years' study of O. tuckeri and U. americana (necator?), which is here as elsewhere (E. S. R., 23, p. 151) claimed to be the perithecial form of O. tuckeri, leads the author to conclude that not only has this mildew become acclimated in Poland but that in that climate it now passes through the entire cycle of its normal development. Neutralizing nematode injury, Krugee (Ztschr. Ver. Dcut. Zuckerindus., 1911, No. 661, II, pp. 802-811). — After a discussion of nematode injuries and of means of opposing such attacks, the author gives a preliminary account of his own investigations carried on in open fields as a practical test of theoreti- cal conclusions regarding the relations of nutrition to injury by parasites. The experiments, though not yet complete, have progressed for 3 years, altei'uat- ing sugar beets with barley on heavily infected plats of ground, part of this time under conditions unfavorable to normal crops. Fertilizers containing compounds of nitrogen, potassium, and phosphorus were carefully adapted to the several soils, and it is claimed that the results obtained thus far justify the view that loss from eelworm injury may be mate- rially decreased by careful adaptation of fertilizers to soils. A canker of Glycine, L. Pavarino (Riv. Patol. Veg., 5 {1911), No. 5, pp. 65-68, pi. 1). — Roots of Glycine were received in the laboratory showing dark, irregular, depressed areas of considerable size. An examination of the diseased areas showed that the cortex had been destroyed and that the lesions extended well into the vascular portion of the root. The diseased area was found to be in- fested with bacteria, which were isolated and grown on various culture media. Inoculation experiments left no doubt as to the disease being caused by bacteria. The organism from its characters appears to be an undescribed one. and the name Bacterium montemartinii n. sp. is given it. Bunt and germination experiments, R. J. Hurst {Agr. Qaz. N. 8. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 9, pp. 1. '{9-152) . — A number of experiments are described in which wheat was treated with copper sulphate solution, copper sulphate solution and salt, and formalin to test their effect on germination and also on the percentage of diseased plants. The formalin uniformly gave the best results. The copper sulphate solutions destroyed about 25 per cent of the grain. An experiment to determine whether the smut of barley grass would attack wheat gave negative results, none of the plants inoculated with the grass smut being in any way affected. 846 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Other experiments are reported in whicli tlie effect of the different fungi- cides on the germination of different varieties of wheat was tested, those ti-eated with formalin giving the best results in every case. In other experiments it was found that the spores of the unbroken stinking smut balls would retain their vitality from one season to the next, but that when crushed and placed in the bottom of a drill, covered and allowed to remain for some weeks, the grain sown with them did not contract the disease, indi- cating that the spores germinated in the soil but died on account of the lack of a suitable host. Combating- rust of cereals, A. C. Tonneliee (Min. Agr. [Argentina'], Div. En^enanza Agr. [Pub.], Jf. ser., 1910, No. 1, pp. 13). — This gives a summary of investigations and opinions concerning rust on grains, with recommendations as to treatment for its prevention. Rusted grain and the wintering of the rust fungus, J. Eriksson (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Ait., 32 (1912), No. 13-19, pp. 455-^59).— This is a discussion dealing with certain grains of wheat affected with rust, as bearing upon the author's theory of a mycoplasm (E. S. R., 26, p. 650), also a bibliography of literature related thereto. A new smut of grass, D. McAlpine (Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 36: (1911), pt. 1, pp. 45, 46, pi. 1). — ^A description is given of Ustilago ewarti, a new species of smut found on grass, Sarga stipoidea. The genus of grass is also said to be a new one. Downy mildew of alfalfa, C. C. Brittlebank (Jour. Dept. Agr. Victoria, 10 (1912), No. 1, pp. 65, 66). — ^A description is given of a disease of alfalfa due to Peronospora trifoliorum. The specimens noticed by the author had a stunted, unthrifty appearance, the upper portions of the stems and leaves being cov- ered by a thick grayish downy layer. Many of the leaves were coated with the fungus on both surfaces, and in some cases the stalks were almost bare of leaves. Only a few specimens of this disease have thus far been noted, but attention is called to it on account of its possible economic importance. The control of cotton wilt and root knot, W. A. Orton and W. W. Gilbert (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Circ. 92, pp. 19, figs. 12). — ^Attention is called to the wilt and root knot, two serious diseases of the cotton plant par- ticularly on sandy land, and suggestions are given for their control. These diseases have been previously described (E. S. R., 20, p. 450; 26, p. 343). The method of control consists in the planting of resistant varieties. For the development of supplies of seed, as well as for the possible obtaining of addi- tional varieties, a cooperative breeding plan has been arranged between the Bureau of Plant Industry, the South Carolina Experiment Station, and the Georgia State Board of Entomology, the details of which are explained. A bacterial disease of onions, A. W. Giampieteo (Riv. Patol. Veg., 5 (1911), No. 4, PP- 49-52). — ^A preliminary account is given of a disease of onions, which is said to be due to Bacillus coli. It is thought that this disease is the same as that described by Delacroix, which was attributed to B. cepivorus (E. S. R., 18, p. 745). Bacterial rots of the potato, J. Schuster (Arb. K. Biol. Anst. Land u. Forstw., 8 (1912), No. 4, pp. 452-492, pi. 1, figs. 13).— This is an account of a general study of potato rots, of bacteria which cause them, and of means for protection of the plants or tubers against such injury in the field or in storage. The conclusions arrived at may for the most part be summarized as follows : Potato (soft) rots may be due to (a) obligate parasites which can primarily cause such diseases (as Bacillus solaniperda) ; (b) facultative parasites, which require the cooperation of other factors for their success (as Bacterium fluoreS' DISEASES OF PLANTS. 847 cens at 35° C.) ; (c) saprophytes, which can flourish and infect only through dead material (as Bacillus amylobacter) ; and (d) faculative parasites, that is, the adapted plant-infecting races of generally harmless saprophytes (as Bac- terium xantlwcMorum n. sp.). These soft rots show various forms, attacking either tubers or stems. B. xnnthochlorum n. sp. is a plant-pathogenic parallel of the harmless sapro- phyte B. fluoresccns from which it appears to have developed phylogenetically through the altered conditions due to culture. It is able through wounds to infect potatoes, vetch, and lupines. It secretes a series of enzyms and toxins which kill the protoplasm of the plants attacked. Rot of the tubers follows wound infection only. The bacteria do not enter the plant by way of the lenti- cels but may invade the leaves through the stomata when the loaves are wet. B. phytophthorum causes blackleg through infected tubers, as well as the wound infection of the stem, with or without aid from insects. B. atrosepticum produces a dry rot of tubers, but at ordinary temperatures does not attack the stems. The most resistant tubers are those which form a wound-cork layer within about 24 hours after being injured. A bibliography is appended. A bacterial disease of the potato plant in Ireland, G. H. Pethybridge (Gard. Chron., 3. so:, 50 {1911), No. 1290, pp. 199, 200).— A description is given of a disease of the potato plant, including the tubers, in Ireland, due to Bacillus melanogenes, a preliminary account of which has already been given (E. S. R., 25, p. 454). On the cause of blindness in potato tubers, Elizabeth Dale {Ann. Bot. [Londoni, 26 {1912), No. 101, pp. 129-131). — This disease is so called on account of its completely destroying the eyes of tubers so that they are worthless for seed. The mycelium of the fungus Verticilliumi albo-atrum was found present in the blind potato tubers. It grows up into the new shoots when they are formed, and in some cases may pass into the subaerial shoots. In other cases it never goes beyond the subterranean stems and it creeps along them into the newly formed tubers. If a blind tuber is cut across, the disease may be seen to be confined exclusively to the eyes and to a narrow zone immediately below the cortex. The tubers may be infected by means of vegetative mycelium only, without the formation of any kind of spore. Tubers have been grown for 3 successive years from the original diseased crop, and in each year some have been blind and have had a warty, corky outer surface. A bacterial disease of potato leaves, Elizabeth Dale (Ann. Bot. [London'\, 26 {1912), No. 101, pp. 133-15 Jf, pis. 2).— In the course of investigating the cause of blindness in potatoes (see above) the author found a second disease which proved to be due to bacteria and quite independent of the fungus. In this disease the plants almost invariably show marked symptoms of leaf curl. In 1910 and 1911 the disease appeared spontaneously in plants grown in pots in a cool greenhouse. A study was made of them showing that the trouble was due to bacteria which, are apparently different from those previously described as pathogenic to the potato. The name Bacillus tuhifex n. sp. is given this organism, which is technically described. The disease seems to be of little practical importance, as a dry, hot summer would render the cuticle of the potato leaves too thick to allow penetration by the organism. The disease so far has been most marked in plants grown in a cool greenhouse. Experiments with potatoes resistant to wart disease {Jour. Bd. Agr. [Lon- don], 18 {1912), No. 11, pp. 9-?5-9i9).— Experiments begun in 1910 to test the power of resisting the wart disease by various varieties of potatoes were re- ported in 1911, and in 18 centers where wart disease is known to have been recently present, and in most cases the soil badly infected, potatoes were planted 848 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. to determine their susceptibility. Tlie varieties tested in 1911 were Aberlady Early, Snowdrop, Southern Queen, Sutton Supreme, Sutton Abundance, Chis- wicli Favorite, Davie Laird, Suttou White City, Crofter, and Provost. The season was not a very favorable one for potatoes, but the results ob- tained on the whole were very satisfactory, and every one of the varieties proved to be disease resistant as a rule. Potato spraying in 1909 and 1910, N. J. Giddings (West Virginia Sta. Rpt San Jos6 Scale, etc., 1909-10, pp. 18-22, figs. 6). — The results are given of ex- periments carried on at Morgantown in 1909 and at Reedsville in 1910 for the control of potato diseases by spraying with Bordeaux mixture. The field in 1909 received 3 applications of Bordeaux mixture, and the mar- ketable crop as a result of the spraying was increased by 53.5 per cent. In 1910, 4 applications were given the potato field, with the result that the crop was increased, due to the spraying, 39.3 per cent. The conclusions drawn by the author from these experiments are that careful potato spraying in West Virginia is profitable, and that the standard method often recommended for the preparation of Bordeaux mixtui'e for use on potatoes is not so important as has usually been supix)sed. Spraying potatoes, A. J. Finn (Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 22 {1911), No. 9, pp. 808-811/, fig. 1). — An account is given of a number of experiments for the con- trol of potato blight by the use of Bordeaux mixture. Different plats were sprayed with strong Bordeaux mixture, from 2 to 5 applications being given during the season, and gains of from 27 to 90 bu. per acre are attributed to the use of the fungicide. Directions are given for the preparation and application of the mixture, and difiierent forms of spraying apparatus are briefly described. A review of literature relating to insect and fungus pests of the sugar beet, A. Stift (Bl. ZuckerriihenMu, 18 {1911), Nos. 2, pp. 21-24; 5, pp. 81-8J,; 7, pp. 112-115). — A summary is given of some of the more important contributions in 1910 to the literature of sugar-beet pests. Biochemical study of the curly-top disease of sugar beets, H. H. Bunzkl {Ahs. in Science, n. scr., 35 {1912), No. 897, p. 389). — The results are given of the measurements of the oxidase in diseased and healthy beets, on leaves as well as roots, and under various conditions and stages of development. The re- sults obtained indicate that the diseased leaves have a higher oxidase content than the healthy ones, and this was confirmed in field investigations. The gen- eral result of the experiments indicates that the oxidase content is higher in the leaves in all cases where the normal growth of the plant has been interfered with, whether the retardation of growth is brought about by excessive drought, excessive watering of the soil, the curly-top disease, or other diseases. Observations on the smut disease of sugar cane, S. K. Basu {Dept. Agr. Bengal. Quart. Jour., 5 {1911). No. 2, pp. 10^-107). — Notes are given on the smut disease of sugar cane caused by Ustilago sacchari. This fungus produces large quantities of black spores on the surface of the diseased shoots which are sometimes prolonged into whip-like structures and are readily recognized in the cane fields. Observations were made on a number of varieties grown in the experimental tract, and while the disease could hardly be called epidemic, yet on one variety, Khari, 80 diseased canes were observed in 38 stools. All the seed cane that was planted had been previously treated with Bordeaux mixture to reduce the possibility of infection. On account of the presence of such a large amount of disease from treated canes the author recommends the uprooting and burning of all infected plants and the exercising of great care in the selection of seed cane. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 84l The root I'ot of tobacco caused by Thielavia basicola, W. W. Gilbert (Bol. Tec. Coltiv. Tahacchi [Scafati], 11 (1912), No. 1, pp. 9-54, P^s. 5).— This is a translation of Bulletin 158 of the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department, previously noted (E. S. R., 22, p. 49). Tomato leaf rust (Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 18 (1912), No. 11, pp. 920, 92J, pi. 1). — The tomato leaf rust (Cladosporium fulvum), which has proved very destructive to tomatoes grown under glass in England, is described. Spraying with fungicides has not proved satisfactory unless the applications were made early. When the plants are young it is recommended that they be sprayed with half-strength Bordeaux mixture, to be followed by a solution of potas- sium sulphid, 1 oz. in 4 gal. of water, when flowers and fruit are present. European and American Gloeosporium fructigenum, O. Schneider-Orellt (Ccntbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. AM., 32 (1912). No. 13-19, pp. 459-467).— The work here reported on an outgrowth of a previous investigation by the author (E. S. R., 26, p. 749), is a comparative study of the G. fructigenum of middle Europe with that found in North America. In this it was found that, while the two are too nearly alike morphologically to class as separate species, the American kind is more active physiologically and as a parasite, attacking twigs as well as fruit in its habitat. A connection is suggested between this activity and the fact that the American fungus inhabits a climate some 5° C. warmer than does that of middle Europe. Monilia on fruit trees, E. Voces (Ztschr. Pflansenkrank., 22 (1912), No. 2, pp. S6-105, figs. 2). — The author gives an account of his studies on Monilia in relation to tip burn and die-back in apple and cherry trees, attributed to at- tacks of M. cinerea and M. fructigena. While moisture was found to play an important role in infection, these fungi readily attacked wounded twigs, flowers, or ripe fruit. Conidia of M. fructigena lost their power of germination early in winter. The behavior of M. fructigena on apple trees was very similar to that of J/, cinerea on cherry trees. Different wintering over of two species of Monilia and its biological sig- nificance, R. Ewert (Ztschr. Pflanzenkrank., 22 (1912), No. 2, pp. 65-86). — la continuation of the author's investigations on the wintering over of fungi (E. S. R., 23, p. 346), he studied for 2 winters the behavior of Monilia fruc- tigena and M. cinerea on mummified fruit. According to tbe findings here announced, the spores of tbe former lose their power of germination early in the winter even when colonized on plums, a very favorable situation; while spores of the latter remain all winter capable of in- fection and awaken early to activity if given warmth and moisture. This difference in these otherwise closely similar fungi is not attributed to a differ- ence in resistance to cold. A study of diseases of olives, L. Petri (Studi sulle malattie delV olivo. Rome, 1911, pp. 151, pis. 2, figs. 25; noted in Riv. Patol. Veg., 5 (1911), No. S, pp. 37-39). — An account is given of the establishment of a laboratory for the study of olive diseases, with a detailed report on a study of the " brusca " of olives. This disease appears to be a constitutional one that is not affected by soil conditions but seems to be dependent on temperature and moisture as well as factors that tend to destroy the mycorrhiza on the roots and reduce their ab- sorbing power. Such conditions bring about a weakened state of tbe olive trees and render the leaves subject to fungus attack. In the case of the brusca disease it becomes possible for weakly parasitic fungi to attack the trees, and such fungi as Stictis panizzei, Phyllosticta insulana, and Coniothgrium olece readily attack the foliage. ^\ 850 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The Cycloconium on the olive, G. De Michele (Italia Agr., 1911, No. 15, pp. 3'/7-3o2, figs. 3; abs. in Riv. Patol. Vcg., 5 (IDll), No. 7, pp. 103, 104).— On account of reports that spraying olive trees with Bordeaux mixture failed to reduce the leaf fall due to C. olcaginum, the author investigated the subject with somewhat contradictory results. Solutions of copper sulphate were found to be not altogether efficient in preventing the defoliation, but this is attributed to the physiological effect on the olive tree and not to the effect on the fungus. It is believed that the presence of lime or potash renders trees less subject to the fungus and that the lack of these elements favors leaf fall. A solution of copper sulphate is said to have proved very eflScient against fumagiue of the olive. The present knowledge in regard to the nature of peach yellows disease, E. W. Morse and L. W. Fetzek {Abs. in Sdcnce, n. set:, 35 {1912), No. 897, p. S93). — The authors present a summai-y of the present state of knowledge regard- ing the disease of peach trees known as yellows, and conclude that it is a consti- tutional disease which is inheritable. The symptoms of the disease, such as premature ripening of the peach, the appearance of superficial red spots and streaks throughout the flesh, and the yellowing of the leaves, are held to point to the hypothesis that the disease is a metabolic one, due to a disturbance of equilibrium among the enzyms of the plant. Investigations on the dying of plum trees, E. Rabate {Pr-og. Agr. et Vit. {Ed. I'Est-Centre), 32 {1911), Nos. 33, pp. 191-202; 5//, pp. 2U-222) .—An inves- tigation was made of the cause of the rapid destruction of plum trees during 1911 in certain portions of France. The conclusion was reached that the trouble was due to the asphyxiation of the roots through a prolonged saturation of the soil, to root rot fungi, or to both causes acting together. Most of the recent loss is attributed to saturation of the soil, and draining and a better sanitary condition of established orchards and more careful selec- tion for new plantings are recommended. Double blossom of the dewberry and the blackberry, F. C Reimeb and L. R. Detjen {North Carolina Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 41-50, figs. 5). — In continua- tion of a preliminary report on this disease (E. S. R., 25, p. 849), the authors give an account of their investigations which have led to the conclusion that it is due to the fungus Fusarium rubi. This fungus lives in the leaf buds of the young canes, and as the buds develop it spreads and involves the entire rosette. Later, instead of normal shoots growing from the bud, an indefinite number may appear, giving it the appearance of witches' broom. For the treatment of the disease spraying experiments, although not carried on sufficiently long to give conclusive results, indicate that spraying will not prove a practical remedy. It is suggested ^-hat probably the best treatment would be cutting the canes at the surface o' .,he ground as soon as the picking season is over and burning them. The leaf spot fungi of currants, E. Voges {Centbl. BaJct. [etc.'], 2. AU., 30 (1911), No. 21-24, pp. 573-579, figs. 5). — The results are given of a study made by the author of a fungus found in the early spring of 1909 on the leaves of currants that had remained green over winter. This fungus he pronounces to be the pycnidia stage of the Mycosphgerella, the same species that is found in nature in the leaf spots of gooseberry and raspberry and known on the former as Phyllosticta grossularice and on the latter as P. ruboriim and P. rubicola. The unlikeness of the leaf spots is attributed to the differences in the hosts, also possibly to the presence of other parasites associated with this in the affected spots, such presence being both effect and cause of weakness in the leaves affected. DISEASES OP PLANTS. 851 The chlorosis of grapes during the spring G. Peovost-Dumarchais (Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 22 (1911), No. 33, pp. 210, 2ii).— Attention is called to the disappearance of chlorosis in some of the vineyards of France in the spring of 1911 following a period of hot, dry weather. The author believes that this teuds to substantiate his theory that downy mildew and chlorosis are in some way correlated, and that as there was no mildew the chlorotic conditions was out- grown. He thinks it a mistake to consider that chlorosis is due solely to a superabundance of lime in the soil. How is the grape infected by mildew? H. MiJLLER-THURGAtr (Prog. Agr. et Vit. (Ed. VEst-Centre), 32 {1911), Nos. 39, pp. 367-371; Jf2, pp. //5^-^59 ) .—The results are given of an investigation on the infection of grapes by the downy mildew (Plasmopara viticola). The conclusions, which are essentially the same as given elsewhere (E. S. R., 26, p. 450), indicate that in general infection takes place through the under surfaces of the leaves. The influence of temperature on the germination of the conidia of downy- mildew, L. Ravaz and G. Verge {Prog. Agr. et. Vit. {Ed. VEst-Centrc), 33 {1912), No. 6, pp. 170-177, figs. 3).— A study was made of the effect of tempera- ture on the germination of the conidia and zoospores of Plasmopara viticola. The development of the zoospores and the conidia was found to take place rapidly at all the temperatures which are favorable to the growth of grapes, especially during rain or mist. Temperatures above 29° C, such as prevail on fine days, were found unfavorable to their development. The germination of the zoospores always took place at the low temperature, as in case of the conidia, and was quite constant. Roncet, E. Pantanelli {Reprint from Vit. Moderna, 17 [1911], No. 10-11, pp. 35; Ztschr. Pflansenlcranlc, 22 {1912), No. 1, pp. 1-38, figs. 29).— -This dis- cussion summarizes available data as to this disease, and gives the results of the author's anatomical and physiological investigations therewith. The fungus diseases of cacao, C. J. J. van Hall {Agron. Trop., 3 {1911), No. 3, I, pp. 33--'f3). — Attention is called to the fact that there are many errors in the literature relating to cacao diseases, and to rectify some of them the author, in a paper presented before the International Congress of Tropical Agriculture at Brussels in 1910, briefly describes some of the more important diseases, their causes, and methods for their control. The diseases enumerated are those caused by Phytophthora sp., Fusarium colorans, Diplodina cacaoi- cola, Corticittm javanicum, CoUetotrichiim hixificxmi, Stilbella nana, Hymcno- chcete noxia, and Taphrina hussci. Diseases of orchids caused by bacteria, G. L. Pavaeino {Atti R. Accad. Lincei, Rend. Ch, Sci. Fis., Mat. e Nat., 5. ser., 20 {1911), II, No. 5, pp. 233- 237). — Technical descriptions are given of some new species of bacteria causing diseases of cultivated orchids. Among those described are Bacterium cattleyce on Cattleya si^p., BaciUus poUacii on Odontoglossuni citrosmum. Bacterium krameriani on Oncidium kramerianurn, and BaeiUus farnetianus on Oneidium ornithorincum, and C. crispa. A disease of tulips, A. Lendner {Bui. Soc. Bot. Oendve, 2. ser., 3 {1911), No. 3, pp. 126-131, figs. Ji; Bui. R. Soc. Toscana Ort., 3. ser., 16 {1911), No. 12, pp. 3.'fJf-3.'t9, figs. 4). — A disease of tulips is described in which the bulbs are attacked by Botrytis parasitica. The author believes that a Sclerotium causes part of the trouble, and he states that the differences in size of the sclerotia as well as their structure indicate that B. parasitica and what he calls Sclerotium tiiliparum are not identical. Previous notes on this disease have been given (E. S. R., 15. p. 48S; 16, p. 1095). 852 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. The brown leaf spot of colt's foot, F. A. Wolf {Ann. MycoL, 10 (1012), 2V'o. i, pp. 65-67, fig. 1 ) . — ^A study has been made of the leaf spot disease of colt's foot {Tussilago farfara), which is caused by RamuJaria hruiwca. This disease is prevalent about Ithaca, N. Y., in the late summei', causing the formation of large characteristic brown spots on the leaves. A study was made of the fungus, and its different stages were worlced out. It wjis found to be associated with SplKcrrlla tiiKsilaginis, and since the asciger- ous and eouidial stages of the fungus have not been previously connected, a com- plete description of it is given. The development and cytology of Khodochytrium, 11. F. Griggs (Bot. Gaz., 53 (1912), No. 2, pp. 127-173, pis. 6).— The results are given of a study on B. spilanthidis, a parasite of ragweed, reported upon by Atkinson in 1908 (E. S. R., 20, p. 550). This parasite has been reported in 3 widely separated regions. It has been considered by some as an alga, but it has no chlorophyll and is strictly parasitic in its mode of life, being limited, however, to definite host species. The author states that if it be classed simply on definition, Rhodochytrium would be in- cluded among the fungi, but if from a consideration of its relationships, its near- est affinities are with the algpe. A detailed comparison is made between this parasite and Synchytrium, which it resembles in some respects but to which it is not believed to be closely related. Tree diseases due to fungi, C. O. Farquh arson (Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., 1911, No. 80, pp. 2'fO-2Ji2). — Notes are given on a number of tree diseases due to fungus parasites that have been recently observed in the vicinity of Aberdeen, Scotland. Tbese include the yew leaf scorch due to Splucrnlina taxi, and diseases of Douglas fir attributed to Sclerotinia fuckeliana, Phnma pithya, and Sclerodcrris livida. The latter fungus appears hitherto to have been reported only as a saprophyte, but it was observed doing considerable damage on trees from 15 to 20 years old. The lower part of the stem for distances of 2 or 3 ft. in some cases was completely covered by a dense brownish mycelium, which disappeared later in the season, and was succeeded by abundant apothecia. In addition notes are given on the rust of alders due to Melampsora hctulina, attacks of the black poplar (Populus nigra) by Taphrina aurca, and of the white pine by Hypodcrma stroMcola. A disease of pine due to Hypodermella, T. Lagerberg (Meddel. Stat. SkogsforsoJcsanst. (Mitt. Forstl. Veis. Anst. Schwedens), 1910, No. 7, pp. 127- 17Ii-\-XVII-XXn, figs. U; ahs. in Riv. Patol. Vcf^., 5 (1011), No. 3, p. 35; Ztschr. Pfianzenkrank., 22 (1912), No. 1, pp. ^6, //7). — A description is given of a leaf disease of Pinus sylvestris due to H. siilcigena. This fungus is said to present pycnidia indistinguishable from those of Hcndersonia acicola, the cause of a leaf disease in Germany. The author is inclined to believe that the species of Lophodermium should also be referred to this genus. A new crytogamic disease of pine, M. Doroguine (Bui. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France, 27 (1911). No. 1, pp. 105, 106, fig. 1). — This is a brief account of a dis- ease of Pinus montana alleged to be caused by a new species of fungus herein de- scribed under the name Cytosporina septospora n. sp. The organism attacks the needles parasitically, causing spots of discoloration which cover from one-fourth to one-half of the leaf surface, due to the presence of the fungus in the leaf tissue. Disease of Pinus strobus due to liophodermium brachysporum, G. Fron (Bui. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France, 27 (1911). No. 1, pp. V/--}6, fig. 1).—A brief account is given of a leaf-fall disease of the pine claimed to be now first reported in France and ascribed to the fungus named. This is said to produce black spots on the fresh needles of young pine seedlings, causing them to turn DISEASES OF PLANTS. 853 brown and fall, also to attack the branches, causing them to die back, and finally destroying the whole plant. This malady is declared to be totally inde- pendent of that said to be caused in the same neighborhood by Peridennium strohi though the two may exist simultaneously and be confused in consequence. Recent observations on some diseases of white pine and yew, G. Fron {Bill. Trlmcst. Soc. MycoL France, 27 (1911), No. /,, pp. J,16--'iSl, ftf/s. 2).— In con- tinuation of work noted above and previously (E. S. R., 20, p. 549) the author considers further the disease due to Lophodcnnium hrachijsporurn, here asserted to be confined rigorously to young plants of Pimis strohus. A more detailed description of the parasitic fungus is given, followed by a brief discussion and description of the development of Gloeosporium taxicolum, said to be sapro- phytic on yew (Taxus Mccata), together with notes on the effects of the disease caused by its presence and progress. A black knot disease of Dianthera americana, I. M. Lewis {Mycologm, .'/ (1912), No. 2, pp. 66-71, pis. //). — A description is given of a disease of the water willow (-D. americana) , in which the aerial portions of the plant exhibit numerous hypertrophied areas m the internodes. The general appearance of the disease is somewhat like that of the black knot due to Plowriglitia vi-orbosa. It is believed to be due to the fungus Bagniesiella dianthcrw n. sp., a technical description of which is given. A disease of rubber during' curing', H. Lonay (Agron. Trop., 3 (1911), No. 6-7, 1, p. 90). — According to the author, there are frequently noted in the Straits Settlements on Para rubber crape, during its drying, blood-red spots sometimes attaining the size of an inch in diameter. These are due to the chromogenic bacterium Micrococcus prodigiosus. They usually appear from the twelfth to the fourteenth day of drying, develop rapidly, but disappear on the complete drying of the rubber. After a period of (i weeks or more their presence can not be detected, and apparently their occurrence has not in any way injured the quality of the rubber. It is thought that they live orf the starch which is con- tained in the rubber and disappear upon its consumption. A new wood-penetrating alga, G. T. Moore (Abs. in Science, n. ser., 35 (1912), No. S91, p. 153). — A brief note is given on the penetration of the cells of a yellow-pine board, which had been submerged in the aquarium for several years, by an alga which is believed to be allied with the Cladophoracete. Copper fungicides, S. TJ. Pickebing (Jour. Agr. Sci., Jf (1912), No. 3, pp. 273-281). — Previous investigations reported by the author (E. S. R., 28, p. 50) have led to the conclusion that the efficacy of such substances as fungicides depends on the proportion of copper in them which is rendered soluble by the carbon dioxid of the air, and that if a deficiency of lime is used one of the lower basic sulphates of copper is obtained, from which carbon dioxid liberates a much larger proportion of copper than it does from the more highly basic sulphates present in ordinary Bordeaux mixture. Experiments with the so- called Woburn Bordeaux were believed to show that from IS to 20 times more copper was rendered soluble than that. from ordinary Bordeaux mixture, and it was recommended that the proportion of Woburn Bordeaux should not be reduced below ts of that of ordinary Bordeaux mixture. Recent experiments have indicated that ordinary Bordeaux mixture is equivalent in its fungicidal action to Woburn Bordeaux containing only about i as much copper. The principal portion of this paper is taken up with a discussion of the theory of Barker and Gimingham on the solution of copper by fungi (B. S. R., 25, p. 458). - The use of copper oxychlorid as a fungicide, E. Chuaed (Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 22 (1911), No. 38, i)p. 37//, 375).— The question of the possible injurious effect of copper adhering to grapes that had been sprayed with copper oxychlorid 854 EXPEKIMENT STATION KECOED. having been raised, the author states that as this compound contains about 4 times as much copper as is present in copper sulphate, less of it can and should be used. Any copper present on the grapes, he says, would be precipitated in the wine as an insoluble sulphid through the sulphuretted hydrogen liberated during the fermentation. In a similar manner he claims that barium chlorid may be substituted for arsenic compounds used as insecticides, the barium being rapidly precipitated in an insoluble form during the fermentation of grapes in the process of wine making. Testing powders of sulphur and sulphur-copper sulphate mixture for use in vineyards, J. Slaus-Kantschiedeb {ZtscJir. Landw. Versuchsiv. Osterr., i) (1911), No. 12, pp. 1378-13S3) .—Detailed directions are given for the employ- ment of the Chancel method for determining the fineness and consequent value of the powders to be used and the percentage of copper sulphate in the mixture. The mixture should be employed when Peronospora is present on the vines in addition of Oi'dium, but the powdery mildew when alone is best combated by the application of sulphur reduced to an impalpable powder. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. Annual report of the Governor of Alaska on the Alaska game law, 1911, W. B. Claek (C7. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Biol. Survey Circ. 85, p. i2).— This report deals with the game supply, violations of the law, nonresident hunters, wardens, licensed guides, needed amendments of the law, hunting and shipping licenses, receipts, and game or trophies shipped from Alaska during 1911. A summary of the provisions of the game law and regulations is appended. West Virginia forest, game, and fish laws, and the Lacey bird law (federal law), 1911 {Charleston, W. Ta. [1912], p. 59). — A handy pocket guide. A note on a peculiarity of plague on the Hamakua Coast of Hawaii, G. W. McCoy (Pm.6. Health and; Mar.-Hosp. Scrv. U. 8., Pub. Health Rpts., 27 {1912), No. IJf, pp. '189, 490). — It is stated that at present this disease occurs rather extensively among rats on the north coast of the island of Hawaii, known locally as the Hamakua Coast. " It seems clear that, regardless of the direct mode of infection, rj'.ts are the primary source of the human cases, as large numbers of plague-infected rats are being taken on the Hamakua Coast." New state quarantine law {Mo. Bui. Com. Hort. Cal., 1 {1912), No. 2, pp. 42-44). — The text of the quarantine law of January 2, 1911, is presented. This act prohibits the introduction of insects, diseases, or animals, injurious to fruit or fruit trees, vines, bushes, or vegetables, and provides for a quarantine for its enforcement. A history of the birds of Colorado, W. L. Sclateb {London, 1912, pp. XXIV-r 576, pis. 18). — This volume is said to be founded upon the very complete col- lection of Colorado birds formed during the last 35 years by C. E. Aiken, of Colorado Springs, and which was recently presented to the museum of Colorado College. The author gives keys to the orders, families, genera, and species of birds that occur in the State. In additon to references to literature, descrip- tions, and distribution, the habits of many of the species are considered at con- siderable length. The number of Colorado birds included in the work is 392, of which 225 may be considered regular breeders within the State. Sixty-seven are resident throughout the year, 118 are strict migrants which, so far as known, never winter within the limits of the State, and 40 are birds which breed within the State but in winter are imdoubtedly less numerous, so that they may be con- ' sidered partly migrant and partly resident. Of tlae 167 nonbreeding birds, 106 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 855 are casual or rare species, which have only been recorded on very few occa- sions, 28 are winter residents, and 33 are birds which pass through the State on the spring and fall migration. A bibliography of 19 pages is Included, together with a list of the various localities mentioned in the work and a complete index. The finches and weaver birds of the Sudan, being notes on the group con- taining' the birds injurious to grain crops, A. L. Butler (Ri)t. WcUcome Research Lahs. Gordon Mem. Col. Khartoum, -i (1911), B. Gen. Sci., pp. 157-177, pis. 2). — It is stated that this paper includes all the finches known to occur in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, although it is thought that only a small proportion of them will be found to be appreciably destructive to agriculture. So far as known the damage is done entirely by sparrows and the extremely abundant weaver birds of the genera Hyphantornis, Xanthophilus, Quelea, and, in a smaller degree, Pyromelana. The starling (Sturnus vulgaris) at Springfield, Mass., R. O. Morris (Auk. 29 (1912), No. 2, p. 2'f3). — Since 1908, when the presence of a single starling was observed in the vicinity of Springfield, the species has rapidly increased until in the winter of 1912 flocks of 100 individuals were frequently seen, oc- casionally coming into the very center of the city, and frequenting the spires and cupolas of the churches and public buildings. The composition of taxononiic papers, R. A. Muttkowski (Ann. Ent. Hoc. Amer., Jf (1911), No. 2, pp. 19-'f-217). — The author discusses standards for descriptions, colors, nomenclature, keys, indexes, titles, and reprints. A bibliography of the principal writings of Daniel William Coquillett (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 13 (1911), No. 4, pp. 199-210).— This bibhography, which is arranged in chronological order, includes publications Issued from 1876 to 1911. Eleventh report of the state entomologist of Connecticut for the year 1911, W. E. Britton (Connecticut Sta. Rpt. 1911, pt. J,, pp. IV+259-3>i6, pis. 16, figs. 10). — A brief financial statement and reiwrt of the chief lines of work, ento- mological features of 1911, and inspection of nurseries, including a list of nursery firms in Connecticut receiving certificates in 1911, is first presented. This is followed by an account of Inspection of Imported Nursery Stock (pp. 271-275), by W. E. Britton and B. H. Walden, of the inspection of apiaries in 1911 (pp. 275-277), of Progress in Controlling the Gipsy Moth in Connecticut in 1911 (pp. 277-280) and Checking the Spread of the Brown-Tail Moth in Connecticut in 1911 (pp. 281-286), the last two by W. E. Britton and D. J. Caffrey. During the year but 3 gipsy-moth egg masses were discovered at Stonington, and but 23 egg masses, 1,551 cateiTillars, 15 cocoons, and 2 adults, at Walling- ford. The result of the work with the brown-tail moth shows that this pest, in the course of its natural spread from the adjoining infested area in Massa- chusetts and Rhode Island, has established itself in the towns of Thompson, Woodstock, Putnam, Pomfret, and part of Killingly in Connecticut. An account of the onion maggot (Phorhia ceparum), including the character of its damage, life history, description, natural enemies, control methods, pre- ventives, remedies, and literature, is presented by D. J. Caffrey (pp. 286-292). Under the heading The Pyralid (Omphalocera dentosa), a Pest of Barberry Hedges, the author describes the feeding habits of this moth. The caterpillars were found feeding not only uix)n the common barberry, Berheris -vulgaris and its purple-leaved form, but also on the Japanese barberry, B. thunhergii, which is used rather extensively for hedges, and on other species of barberry. 44616°— No. 9—12 5 856 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. By n postal card canvass it was deterinined that Brood II of the periodical cicada, or 17-.year locusts, appeared in 1911 in the same localities as in previous cicada years, being present in Hartford, New Haven, and INIiddlesex counties. The maple-leaf stem-borer {PHopliorus accTic(iuli,s) was again found in 1911. "Apparently it was more abundant in 1911 than it has been since 1906. . . . The petioles or stems of the leaves are tunneled by the larvre, and break off at a point half to quarter of an inch from the blades. The blades fall late in May and early in June, often covering the ground, while the stems or petioles remain upon the tree until 10 days or 2 weeks lator, when they are shed and drop to the ground." A brief account of preliminary tests to prevent damage by the white pine weevil {Pissodes strobi) is presented by W. E. Brittou and B. H. Walden (pp. 307-309). This is the most serious insect pest of young white pines in Con- necticut; while it has been present in the State for a great many years, its injury has greatly increased during the past few years owing to the fact that white pine is being extensively planted as a forest tree. Although the experi- ments conducted were not extensive enough to form any definite conclusions, they indicate that considerable injury from the weevil can be prevented by spraying leaders with lead arsenate at the proper time. A brief account is given of the cherry tent-maker or cherry tortrix (Archips cerasivorana) which, as it attacks chiefly the choke cherry, can scarcely be considered an injurious insect. This is thought to account for the small num- ber of references to it. The poplar mocha-stone moth or tent-maker, MeJaloplia {IcMhyura) inclusa, continued to be abundant in 1911. The caterpillars feed gregariously upon the different kfbds of poplars and willows, and make small webs which remain on the twigs and resemble the winter nests of the brown-tail moth. Accounts of The Colorado Potato Beetle (pp. 311-313) and of The Peach Saw- fly (PampJiilius persicum) in Connecticut in 1911 (pp. 314, 315), are given by B. H. Walden. An account of The Leopard Moth, here presented (pp. 317-638), has been previously noted as Bulletin 1G9 (E. S. R, 26, p. 556). Brief notes are also given on the migration of the cotton moth (Alabama argillacea) into Connecticut, of a tachinid parasite (LatreilUtnyia hifasciata) of the imperial moth (Basilona imperialis), a borer (Dioryctria abicteUa) in spruce twigs, the prevalence of the hickory bark borer (Scolytus quadrispino- sns), the apple-leaf crumpler (Mineola indiginella) , the chrysanthemum leaf- miner (PJiytomyza chrysanthcmi) , the occurrence of tent caterpillars, woolly pine aphids (Chermcs pinicorticis and C. pinifoliw), the woolly apple ajihis, the elm scale, the woolly maple leaf scale (Phenacoccus acericola), the locust borer (CyJlcne robimw), and on ortho-arsenite of zinc. Report of entomologist, R. I. Smith (North CaroUna Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 3^-37). — This is a brief report of the work of the year with notes on the occur- rence of insect pests, including the spring grain aphis (Toxoptera gramimim), which was unusually numerous and injurious to oats and wheat at West Raleigh; corn flea beetles (Chwtocnema parcepunctata and C. pulicaria), which were very abundant and destructive to young corn during May and June ; and red spiders (Tetranychus gJoveri), which appeared in remarkable numbers in gardens in the vicinity of the station, many reports of their presence on cotton also being received. Entomolog'ical investigations (Philippine Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 5 (1912), No. 1, pp. 37-.'i0). — This report covers the year ended June 30, 1911. It is stated that considerable damage is caused in tobacco factories of Manila by a cigarette beetle, in the field by the tobacco aphis, stem borer, cutworms, budworms, etc., and in warehouses by the tobacco moth. In some of the mango ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 857 districts insect pests recluco the crop uioi-o tlian one-half, the principal pests I)eing the so-called leaf hopper (Idioccrus sp.), which attacks the flower pan- icles, sucking the sap from the pedicels and thus weakening the minute fruits so that they drop off, and a fruit fly which does considerable damage to imma- ture fruits in Luzon. In November a twig borer was noted on mango trees at Santa Mesa, and the same or a similar pest has been observed near San Fran- cisco, Cavite. Two maize pests have been observed, one attacking the stem by boring into it, and another, probably the tobacco leaf caterpillar, attacking the developed ears. A small moth has been found defoliating citrus trees at Cagayan, Mis- amis, and larvse of a species of Papilio were noted attacking lemon trees at Daraga, Albay. A bagworm has been found to attack bananas in several localities. Studies of the banana leaf roller have shown that it is parasitized by Chalcis thracis and 2 other hymenopterons and a dipteron. A root beetle (Holotrichia vidua) is the most serious cane pest in the islands, in some areas temporarily necessitating abandonment of the field. A red weevil (Spheuophoruf?) has been noticed in Negros canes. A woolly aphid (Oregma Janigera) is troublesome in some areas, and a fulgorid {Pliemce moesta) has been noted on cane in Occidental Negros. The cabbage butterfly (Pieris sp.) is said to have been more or less troublesome on cruciferous crops. During the year locusts were reported from something over 100 municipalities and barrios. Serious losses were suffered from rats in cane and coconut dis- tricts. It appears that at least 3 and probably 5 species of rats are concerned with cane and coconut damage. Notes on two important parasites of economic insects, A. B. Gahan {Jour. Econ. Ent., J/ (1911), No. 5, pp. 4^3-'/25) .—The author presents biological notes upon TcJenomus quaintaiicci, an egg parasite of the peach tree borer, which was reared from eggs collected at College Park, Md., and ApMdiiis nlgripes, which parasitizes the European grain louse (Macrosiphum granaria). The enemies of peas, P. Noel (Bui. Lah. Regional Ent. Agr. [Rouen], 1911, No. 4, pp. 12-Vi; abs. in Internat. Inst. Agr. [Rome], Bui. Bur. Agr. Intel, and Plant Diseases, 2 (1911), No. 11-12, p. 2626).— The author lists 26 insect enemies. Cranberry insects, H. J. Franklin (Ann. Rpt. Cape Cod Cranberry Growers' Assoe., 2'i (1911), pp. 20-25). — The work of the year with insect pests was largely devoted to the fruit worm (Mineola vaccinii) and black-headed cran- berry worm or fireworm (Endcniis vacciniana). Spraying for the fireworm as previously recommended (E. S. R., 21, p. 150) is said to have been nearly universally successful. The density of the vines has been found to be an imiwrtant factor, not hitherto recognized, in dealing with the fireworm. Thick vines shade the eggs laid on the lower leaves with the result that the hatching period is often so much prolonged that there is no period during the year when the eggs of either the first or second brood are not present in considerable numbers. It is stated that if a bog is winter flowed and not reflowed at all in the spring and not sprayed with arsenical poisons, thin vines are as likely to become ip- fested with the fireworm as are thick ones. If the bog is regularly reflowed only once after about May 25, it is apparently much more likely to become infested if it has thick vines. " It is evidently a very difficult matter to free a heavily vined bog from this insect or even to keep it from doing very serious injury year after year, either with water or with poison. On the other hand, as far as my observation goes, this insect can easily be controlled and kept from doing any considerable injury on a thinly vined bog either by spraying with arsenate of lead or by reflowiug once. This insect only rarely gets into 858 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. a bog to any extent, when it is reflowed with quiclv retlowago (i. e.. quiclily put on) 2 or 3 times regnlai-ly after May 25, and if it does get in it never stays long, whatever the condition of the vines." In further worlc witli tlie fruit worm, it was found that 4 lbs. of resin fish oil soap to 50 gal. of water used in conjunction with Bordeaux mixture and Paris green causes trouble by clogging the valves of the spray pump. Thus it is recommended that the amount be reduced to 2 lbs. to 50 gal. of water, the formula to consist of stone lime 5 lbs., copper sulphate 2i lbs., resin fish oil soap 2 lbs., Paris green 1 lb., and water 50 gal. Work with parasites of the fruit worm was eomiueuced during the year. Heavy fall and spring sanding for the girdler (Cnimhus JiortiicUus), where reflowing could not be done after picking, has in some eases proved successful, while in others it failed to give satisfaction, the failure in every case observed being due to the fact that the sand was not applied evenly over the infested bog. Two new cranberry insect pests, one a scale somewhat similar in appearance to the San Jose, the other the larva of a June beetle, were found to cause con- siderable injury in some places on cranberry bogs. Quite extensive obsex'vations and experiments were made on the fertilization of the blossoms of the cranberry with a view to discovering the important agents in cross pollination and the determination of the value of the honeybee. In conducting this study 3 tents of mosquito netting were erected on the bog. The season's experience is said to confirm the conclusions of the previous year, namely, that it will often pay to keep hive bees near cranberry bogs during the blooming season. Insects injurious to citrus fruits and methods for combating them, W. V. Tower (Porto Rico Sta. Bui. 10, Spanish Ed., pp. 36, pis. 5). — This is a Spanish edition of the bulletin previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 253). California redwood attacked by Termes lucifug'us, W. B. Parker (Jour. Econ. Ent.. Jf (1911), No. 5, pp. 1/22, Jj23). — The work of these insects upon the string pegs and trellis iwles in the hop yards near Sacramento shows that under some circumstances, at least, this wood is subject to attack by T. lucifugus. A true internal parasite of Thysanoptera, H. M. Russell (Proc. Ent. Sof. Wash., 13 (1911), No. k, PP- 235-238) .—The author records the rearing of the parasite Thripoctenus russelU from Heliothrips fasciatus, Thrips tctbaci, and Euthrips tritici in Los Angeles County, Cal. " This parasitism first becomes evident 2 or 3 days after the thrips larvte have changed to the prepupal stage and often after the normal insects have further changed to the pupal stage. . . . The parasitic larvje emerge and pupate within from 2 to 11 days after the parasitism becomes evident, but, in over 66 per cent of the cases observed, in from 3 to 4 days. . . . During the summer the pupal stage varied in length from 16 to 28 days, but over 66 per cent of the speci- mens reared completed this stage in from 17 to 20 days. . . . Field collections this past summer (1911) have shown it to be breeding extensively in the onion thrips and bean thrips (Heliothrips fasciatus), the parasitism in some cases running as high as 70 per cent. The gi-eatest number of adults reared from the eggs deposited by a single female so far has been 91 siiecimens. " The time from the laying of the egg until the parasitism is indicated in the host prepupa varies from 6 to 15 days, but is 7 days in the greater number of cases. The time required from oviposition to the pupation of the parasite varies from 8 days in the case of a very few, to 24 days in a few cases, but over 56 per cent change in from 10 to 14 days. The whole life cycle, then, requires from 28 to 48 days, with a mean average temperature of about 65° F. The winter is undoubtedly passed in the pupa stage, but the writer hopes to settle this point definitely during the coming winter. At present this parasite is known to occur ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 859 at Compton, Wbittier, Puente, and Hollywood, all situated in Los Angeles County, Cal., and making up an area of nearly 150 square miles." In regard to its abundance the author states that between 40 and 50 adults were counted on a single plant of A'icotiana glauca infested by the bean thrips and that it is now almost impossible to collect II. fasciatus at Compton, where this parasite was first discovered. A new insect pest (Trioza alacris), D. L. Crawford (Mo. Bui. Com. Jlort. Cal., 1 (1912). No. 3, pp. 80, 87).— T. alacris, a gall-making psyllld. which for more than 25 years has been known to attack and seriously disfigure the leaves of certain ornamental shade trees all over I^urope, is reported to have made its aitpearance in California, having been brought into the State on nursery stock. Specimens in all stages, together with the disfigured leaves, were found by O. E. Bremner, state quarantine deputy, on the ornamental laurel (Laiirus noMlis) in the nursery yards at Oakland. The infested trees are said to have been imported from Belgium several years ago. The pest has also been found in Sau Mateo County on laurels. Two new aphids from California, W. M. Davidson (Jour. Econ. Ent., If (1911), No. 6, pp. 559-562, figs. 9). — Hyadaphis iimbellulariw, taken from the leaves of California laurel { UiiihcUuIdria calif ornica). and Cryptofsiphum ta- hoense, which occurs in galls on leaves and flower or fruit stalks of at least 2 species of manzanita (Arctostaphylos pumilla and A. tomentosa) are described as new to science. The white fly (Aleyrodes citri) in California, G. E. Merrill (Mo. Bui. Com. Hort. Cal., 1 (1911), No. 1, pp. 14, 15). — A brief account of the occurrence of this pest in California and the measures taken to eradicate it. The white-fly work at Marysville, G. E. Merrill (Mo. Bui. Com. Hort. Col., 1 (1912), No. 2, pp. 62, 63). — This is a brief account of an attempt to defoliate infested citrus trees and other host plants by spraying with a mixture of 5 per cent distillate in water with 6 lbs. of caustic soda added to each 100 gal. The desired defoliating effect was not manifest at the time of writing, due appar- ently to the dormant condition of the trees, but the larger part of the white-fly larviB present was thought to have been destroyed through the action of the spray, thus materially diminishing the possibility of spread of the insect. A new pest of saltbush: White fly (Aleyrodes atriplex n, sp.), W. W. Froggatt (Ayr. Gaz. N. S. Walcfi. 22 (1911), No. 9, pp. T.'^T, 758, figs. 6).— A new species of white fly found fees6 Scale, etc., 190',)-10, pp. 29-31, figs. 5). — ^The spraying experiments conducted in 1909 and previously noted (E. S. R., 23, p. 259) were repeated. For the purpose of testing the relative merits of 4 mist sprays and 1 coarse high-pressure spray against the codling moth Ben Davis trees were used in 1910. The details, which are presented largely in tabular form, have led to the following conclusions: " The 2 years' work on spraying for the codling moth in West Virginia seems to indicate that the coarse-high-pressure spray is the proper one to use just after the petals fall and then. use a good mist spray about tlie middle of July to catch the second brood of larvre (worms) that are attacking the fruit at this time. It appears that enough side wormy apples would be prevented by this second spray to justify the cost of material and time required to apply it. Two sprayings, therefore, are enough to prevent losses from the ravages of the codling moth, but where diseases are prevalent more fungicidal sprays are undoubtedly necessary." Spraying experiments with the plum curculio in 1910 presented in tabular form, " indicate that the proper time to spray apple trees to prevent injury by the plum curculio is at the same time the first application is made for the codling, moth." Observations on the hiology of the eudemis, P. Marchal (Rev. Vit., 36 (1911), Nos. 9J,0, pp. 690-695; 9.',1, pp. 721-72.'i) .—In this paper the author con- siders the succession of generations during the year, the feeding liabits of the moth, oviposition, number of eggs deposited, incubation period of the egg, the effect of insecticides upon the eggs, the hatching of the egg, the first migration and first attack, action of nicotin on the larvse at the time of emergence, etc. Hosts and galls of American gall midges, E. P. Fklt (Jour. Econ. Ent., Jf {1911). No. 5, pp. Ji51-.'il5). — This list summarizes our knowledge concerning the food habits of the American gall midges or Itonidiie, including certain St. Vincent and otlier South American forms studied by the author. New species of gall midges, E. P. Felt {Jour. Econ. Ent.. // {1911), Nos. 5, pp. Jf76-/i8Ji, fig. 1 ; 6, pp. 5Ji6-559). — One genus (Kronomyia) and 41 species are described as new to science. Sewage works and street gullies as breeding grounds of mosquitoes, E. H. T. Nash {Surveyor, J/1 {1912), No. 1052, pp. i,3Ii-h36, figs. 5).— A report by the medical officer of health of work against Culcx pipiens at Wimbledon, England. A danger to our citrus belt, D. L. Crawford {Mo. Bui. Com. Hort. Cal., 1 (1912), No. 2, pp. Ji6-'i9, figs. 2). — This pajier consists of some of the more im- portant facts relating to tiie Mexican orange maggot {Anastrepha [Trypeta] ludens) given in a paper previously noted (E. S. R., 25, i>. 56). Review of work by Pantel and Portchinski on reproductive and early stage characters of muscoid flies, C. H. T. Townsend {Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 13 (1911), No. 3, pp. 151-110). — Largely a review of work previously noted (E. S. R., 23, p. 562). Announcement of further results secured in the study of muscoid flies, C. H. T. Townsend (Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., Jf (1911), No. 2, pp. 121-152).— This is an announcement of studies of the female reproductive system, eggs, and first-stage maggots of the tachinid flies and their allies, conducted in con- tinuation of investigations previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 456). ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 861 The house fly (Musca domestica), 11. 1. Smith {Nuith Carolina Sta. Itpt. 1911, pp. 62-69, figs. 2).— This paper deals with the breeding habits of house flies and reports experiments in which formalin in milk was used as a fly- poison, a brief account of which has been previously noted (E. S. R., 25, p. 662). To determine the feasibility of preventing the maggots from developing in cow manure and at the same time adding to its fertilizer value, tests were made of IG per cent acid phosphate by mixing lots of 200 lbs. and 400 lbs. with about 2,000 lbs. of mauure. Entirely negative results were secured from tlie standpoint of killing the maggots, as they were present by the thousands in all piles when the experiment was discontinued and the maggots had com- menced to mature. The manure treated with acid phosphate contained as many maggots as the untreated pile. Similar results were obtainetl on substituting 400 lbs. of floats. The application of a 4 per cent water solution of formalin to a pile of manure gave negative results. "The liberal use of disinfectants, such as creolhi, zeno- leum, etc., applied 3 or 4 times a week to the walls and floor of box stalls serves to keep flies out to some extent, but the writer's observations lead him to believe that such applications are of comparatively little value as usually used. . . . All the work conducted shows that the weekly removal of all stable manure, and that accumulating in the yards or piletl outside, is the only way to really prevent flies from breeding around the barns." Formalin was tested in various proportions, using 1 oz. to from 10 to 20 oz. of whole milk or diluted milk. It was found that all proportions were quite effective, but in some cases the strongest mixture seemed to repel the flies, while the weakest did not kill them quickly, and probably a few at least revived, after being partly disabled by the formalin. The mixture which the author recommends consists of 1 oz. of 40 per cent formalin and 16 oz. of equal parts milk and water. The work of poisoning flies in a calf barn and pig pen is briefly reported. It is stated that in one experiment, which was started about 4 p. m., about 1,000 flies were dead or partly overcome by formalin within 30 minutes. Little pigs at once commenced to eat the dead flies and consumed large numbers with- out showing any ill effects. Dead flies killed by the formalin mixture were also fed to chickens without any in.1ury. The life history of weevils, G. Fuchs (Naturw. Ztschr. Forst u. Landio., 10 (1912), No. 1, pp. J/S-SJi). — This paper consists of 2 parts, the first dealing with the life history and bionomics of Otiorhynchus sensitivus (planatus), and the second with the bionomics of IlyloMits ahictis. The author has occasionally found the larvae of O. sensitivus to be parasitized by Mcgastigmus acideafus. Bracon hrachycerus is said to be an important enemy of //. abictis. Notes on the host plants and parasites of some North American Bruchidae, E. A. CusHMAN (Jour. Econ. Eiit., 4 {1911), No. 6, pp. Ji89-510).— In this paper the author has brought together the information relating to the host plants of the various species of Bruchidoe and their parasites, gained during the course of investigations of the cotton boll weevil. " This group of beetles, at least in breeding habits, approaching closely many of the weevils, attracts many of the parasitic enemies of that group. A number of the most important of the parasites of the boll weevil have been found to attack bruchids, and for this reason many lots of infested material were collected and placed in breeding cages and the issuing parasites recorded. All but 2 of the bruchid species discussed here breed in the pods of leguminous plants." "At least S of the species of parasites reared from bruchids are known to attack the boll weevil. Of these Ceratnbycobiiis cyaniceps is, on account of its wide geographical and host range, by far the most important. It has been 862 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, definitely reared from at least 7 species of brucliids ranging from New Mexico to tbe District of Columbia, and from many other hosts in stems, fruits, and buds, as well as from the boll weevil throughout the range of that species in the United States?." Studies in the biolog'y of the boll weevil in the Mississippi Delta region of Louisiana, R. A. Cushman {Joiir. Econ. Ent., .'i {Id 11), No. J. /*/). ,'/33-.'/ '/ears, therefore, that normal foods sweetened with saccharin are adulterated under the law. . . . "A product containing saccharin and plainly labeleil to show that the mix- ture is intended for the use of those persons wlio, on account of disease, must abstain from the use of sugar, falls within the class of drugs and is not affected by tliis decision." A new vegetable adulterant, H. Kraemer (Amer. Jour. Pharm., 83 {1911), No. 8, pp<. 377-381, fig. 1). — A study of the outer layers of the pericarp of the fruit of Jtiglans regia, recently introduced as an adulterant in place of walnut shells, olive pits, etc., is reported and methods of detection outlined. Pure-food laws of the State of Indiana and the rules of the state board of health regulating their enforcement, compiled to May 1, 1911 {Indian- apolis, [1911], pp. 63). — The text of the pure-food laws. The food, drug, and dairy laws of the State of Nebraska and rules and regulations of their enforcement, compiled at the end of the legislative ses- sion, 1911 {University Place, NeW., 1911, pp. 81). — The text of the food, drug, and dairy laws and rules and regulations of their enforcement are given. Texas food and drug law {Austin, Tex., 1911, pp. 9). — The text of the food and drug law. Food sanitation {Maine Sta. Off. Insp. 35, pp. ^25-^36).— Information is summarized, secured as a result of the inspection of a number of food factories, bakeries, creameries, drug stores, hotels, restaurants, and other similar places. Some data are given regarding the analysis of foods under the state pure food law and also regarding the examination of oysters and clams. In discussing the marketing of clams, it is stated that the practice of soaking the opened clams in fresh water results in a swelling of the clam meat similar to that obtained when oysters are floated. The difference in composition of fresh clam meat and soaked clams is illustrated by analyses showing that the drained meat of fresh clams opened in the laboratory contained 24.9 per cent of total solids as compared with 15.9 per cent dry matter in clams from a lot which had been soaked. In some of the clams analyzed the dry matter " ran as low as 12 per cent. " There is no reason why clams should not be sold in as solid a condition as oysters are sold at the present time. Clams which are properly dug, washed, opened, rinsed, and drained will not carry much, if any, more free liquid than the best oysters which are found upon the market at the present time, and clams which are not soaked in any way should contain at least 20 per cent total dry matter." The diet of Trappist monks, L. H. Van Romunde {K. Akad. Wctensch. Amsterdam, Versl. Wis en Natmirk. Afdeel., 19 {1910-11), pt. 2, pp. I.'i06, 1407; noted in BiUiograpJiia Physiol., 3. ser., 7 {1911), No. 3, p. 226).— As the author points out, a Trappist community is very largely self-supporting since it makes most of the materials it uses. The brothers supervise and the lay brothers carry on the work. Bread, potatoes, and buttermilk are the principal food- stuffs with green vegetables, dairy products, oil, and vinegar. Beer, coffee, and a little fruit are sometimes used. During 70 days in the year the food FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 869 consists of vegetable products exelusivoly or of vegetables with milk iiroducts. The diet is much like that of farmers iu the same region, though somewhat better, in tlie author's opinion. The dietary study reported covered 1 week. According to the author's calculations, the brothers' diet supi)lied 130 gm. of protein and 3.500 calories of energy per day and that of the lay brothers 155 gm. of protein and 4,540 calories. The work of the brothers was light to moderate and that of the lay brothers severe, being equivalent, the author estimates, to 3,300 and 4,250 calories, respectively. The average body weight was about 70 kg. The diet though simple is regarded as palatable and satisfactory. A study of the creatin excretion did not show that it bore any direct relation to the diet or to the amount of work performed. Feeding experim.ents with cleavage products of nutrients — solution of the problem of the artificial synthesis of nutrients, E. Abderhai,den ( Hnppc- Seyh'r''s Ztschr. I'liysioi. Chcm., 77 (1912), No. 1. pp. 22-58). — Continuing pre- vious work (E. S. R., 22, p. 769), the author found it possible to sustain the organism on a diet consisting exclusively of the final cleavage iiroducts of various proteins. Experiments were also made in which monosaecharid and a mixture of glycerin fatty acids were used with protein cleavage products. From his experi- mental data the author reaches the important genei'al conclusion that the ani- mal body can build up all its cell constituents from the simplest nutrient substances. The author finds that a protein which contains amino acids in a proportion unlike that found in the body tissues is not so well utilized as one which under hydrolysis yields them in the quantities in which they are found in cell pro- tein. From this point of view most plant proteins are less well utilized than those of animal origin ; and less protein of animal origin is required by the organism. The practical application of this seems to the author to be in favor of a mixed diet. In general, the animal organism is able to build up all its parts from the simplest cleavage products, being much better able to accomplish such syn- thesis than is generally supposed. The question arises whether chemistry to-day is in a position to reproduce all the cleavage products in the laboratory. According to the author, this is quite possible, and only time and money are required to complete the demonstration. Under ordinary conditions the fact that nutrients and their cleavage products may be artificially jn-oduced is not likely to be of great practical importance, but in therapeutics, etc.. the author believes that, in the future, artificial prepa- rations of cleavage products will be used for all subcutaneous and intravenal applications. An appendix contains the results of studies of several protein cleavage products. Protein metabolism from the standpoint of blood and tissue analysis, I, O. FoLiN and W. Denis (Jour. Biol. Chcm., 11 (1912), No. 1, pp. S7-.95).— The work here reported is an attempt to discover the fate of the amino acids formed in the intestine as a result of the digestion of protein. According to the authors, nearly all previous workers, besides being ham- pered by the lack of suitable analytical methods for investigating the nonpro- tein nitrogen of blood, " have conducted their investigations from a point of view which almost completely eliminated the possibility of accounting for the amino acids absorbed as such from the digestive tract. The blood has been regarded as essentially a closed system, closed physiologically as well as anatomically, and except for the supiK)sed effective deamidizing power of the liver they have worked on the assumption that the amino acids absorbed from the intestine should heap up in the blood to such an extent that they could 870 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. not fjiil to find them. As a matter of fact the nonprotein nitrogen of blood does rise and sinJc lilie a tide with reference to absorption from the digestive tract and the variations appear to be adeqnate to acconnt for all the nitrogen when considered fi'om the right point of view. "An all-important function of the blood is to transport food from the digestive tract to every tissue in the body ; this being so there is a priori no reason why the transport of the amino acids from the blood to all the various organs should be less prompt than the transport of those same amino acids from the digestive tract into the blood." In connection witli their work the authors found " that while the liver almost wholly abstracts the ammonia from the portal blood and probably converts it into urea, it does not 'deamidize' the amino acids." This discovery led to the hypothesis that the blood promptly transports the amino acids from the intes- tine to every tissue in the body. Experiments were made with cats, in which solutions of urea, glycocoll, pan- creatic digestion mixture, and egg albumin were injected. Each animal was etherized, and a sample of blood taken from the right carotid artery and ffom the portal vein. Ligatures were applied to prevent the escape of the materials under absorption, and 45 minutes after injection the blood was again tested. The authors conclude as follows : " We have confined ourselves to the presentation of analytical results which seem to show what becomes of tlie amino acids absorbed from the intestinal tract. The muscles and other tissues as well evidently serve as a storehouse for such reserve materials. The existence of such a reservoir must be taken Into account in our theories of protein metabolism, for it certainly ought to make at least some points clear which were not clear before. The peculiar lag extending over several days in the establishment of a constant level of nitrogen elimination when extreme changes are made in the nitrogen intake is probably due to a filling or a depletion, as the case may be, of the reservoir. The differ- ent results obtained when a single substance like creatin or an amino acid is fed together with diets rich or poor in nitrogen would also be determined by the condition of the reservoir. When full the creatin is eliminated and the amino acid augments the urea output; when nearly empty both are retainetl. . . . " The analytical methods used are adaptations of colorimetric methods for the determination of nitrogen, urea, and ammonia in urine. None of these have a? yet been published in detail." Protein metabolism from the standpoint of blood and tissue analysis. — II, The origin and significance of the ammonia in the portal blood. O. Folin and W. Denis (Jour. Biol. Chcni., It {J912), No. 2, pp. 161-167).— The authors refer to previous work and suggest the need of more refined analytical methods in studying the question. The experiments which they carried on were made by methods similar to those referred to above. T*hey conclude that the large intestine clearly is the chief or at least the most constant source of the ammonia found in the portal blood, and that it is also the chief seat of bacterial action. Since many of the bacteria, such as the Bacillus coli, rapidly produce ammonia from albuminous materials, especially in the absence of carbohydrates, the condition in the large intestine is ideal for the production of ammonia. " Further, since the large intestine is prac- tically never empty, there are always present the conditions for this ammonia foi'mation, and that is why the ammonia in fasting animals is often as abundant in the portal blood as during digestion." The total amount of ammonia which I'eaches the portal blood, it is pointed out, is, as the experiments show, not very large, and in the authors' opinion it is extremely unlikely that this ammonia is the cause of the disturbance pro- FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 871 diiced by meat feeding iu dogs with an p]ck fistula which has been noted. " On the other hand, since this anuiionia is not elaborated in the walls of the intestine as a part of the normal animal metabolism, but clearly comes straight from the fecal matter in the large intestine, it is not at all strange that dogs with Eck fistulas do not thrive on much meat. No one would suppose that the ammonia is the only product absorbed from that region. The Eck fistula dogs seem to fur- nish the first really definite illustration of 'auto-intoxication' by way of the large intestine. The definitely fecal breath met with in many persons with ' indigestion ' acquires a somewhat unpleasantly definite significance in this connection. " AVhether this and other symptoms of indigestion are due to the excessive production of putrefactive flecomposition products in the large intestine or to an unusual failure of the liver to render those products harmless is an open question. But it looks at all events as if one of the most important functions of the liver is to dispose of the toxic materials coming from the large intestine. "As an essential part of animal metabolism the portal ammonia is hereby largely robbed of the peculiar interest which has been attached to it for the past 15 years, and since the amount of ammonia in other blood is almost infinitesimal under ordinary normal conditions this too becomes a rather unimportant fea- ture of normal metabolism. The ammonia in the tissues, the ammonia of ex- perimental acidosis, and certain obvious clinical applications remain to be in- vestigated. We have already begun on this work, but some little time will necessarily elapse before we can report upon it." Contributions to the study of beri-beri, M. G. Lebredo (Saidad ij Benefic. BoJ. Of. Sec. [Cuba], 6 {1911), No. 5-6, pp. 6//3-6V/5).— Notes on cases of beri- beri observed in Cuba. The author believes that cases caused by starvation, akin to scurvy and char- acterized by apolyneuritis should be distinguished from true beri-beri. although similar anatomically. A bacteriological study of samples of rice eaten by beri- beri patients showed the presence of numerous spores capable of resisting a temperature of 100° C, continued for 20 minutes. Cultures of these were made and intraperitoneal and intradural injections caused the death of guinea pigs in a few hours. Subcutaneous injections and injections by the mouth produced no immetliate effect. In the latter case, however, if the gastric mucus membrane was previously irritated, death was produced by the injec- tion, with the same symptoms as in the case of peritoneal Injections. Maize diet and sunlight in reference to the photodynamic theory of pel- lagra, P. RoNDONi (Sperimctitale, 65 [1911], pp. 307-316; abs. in ZentbL Biochcm. u. BiopJiys., 12 (1912), No. 17-18, p. 716).— The author was not able to detect an increased effect of maize diet due to light. Researches into the carbon dioxid output with static and negative mus- cular work, E. Hammarsten (Skand. Arch. Physiol., 26 (1912), No. 1-3, pp. 212-220, figs. J,, dgms. 2). — Continuing work by Johansson (E. S. R., 13, p. 5S0, and 14, p. 992), and using a similar respiration apparatus and ergometer, the author attempted to discover whether any difference can be ex-perimentally determined between the muscle processes during negative and static work as measured by the carbon dioxid output. He concludes that negative work is accompanied by no other carbon dioxid outimt than that which corresponds to the maintenance of muscular contraction. Expenditure of energy in walking, J. Amar (Jour. Physiol, et Path. 0(^n.. IS (1911), No. 2, pp. 212-219, figs. //).— The subjects referred to in the experi- 44616°— No. 9—12 6 872 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. meuts here reported were men of normal health from 30 to 40 years of age. Chauveau's respiration apparatus was used with slight modifications. The carbon dioxid eliminated was measured when the subject was sitting, standing, lifting his feet alternately without moving from the spot, walking over an 11-meter track without a burden, and walking with a knapsack weighing 7^ kg. on his shoulders. The excess of carbon dioxid eliminated when standing, walking, etc., over that eliminated when the subject was merely sitting was taken as the measure of energy expenditure for the various exercises. The length of the step and the number of steps per minute were noted. In walking without a knapsack a rate of 130 steps per minute and each 0.517 meter long was found to involve the inost_ economical consumption of oxygen. This the author estimates corresponds to walking at the rate of about 4.5 kilometers (2.8 miles) per hour. Increasing the rate above this produced a rapid increase of expenditure, that at 7 kilometers per hour being twice that at 4.5 kilometers. When the knapsack was worn the most economical rate was found to be 2.5 kilometers per hour, but the increase in energy expenditure did not become great until 4.5 kilometers had been reached. After that the rise was rapid. (See also E. S. R.. 25, pp. 269, 270.) Energy expenditure in walking as affected by speed and burden carried, E. Bbezina and W. Kolmer (Biocficni. Zffichr., 38 {1912), No. 1-2, pp. 129-153, dgms. 9; 06'?. in ZmtU. Biochcm. u. Biophys., 12 {1912), No. 19-20, p. 188).— The respiratory quotient was measured with a portable respiration apparatus. Among the conclusions drawn are the following: The most economical speed for a subject walking without burden or carrying a light load (up to 21 kg.) was found to be about 85 meters (about 279 ft.) per minute, the value being lower when a heavier load was carried. With increased burden the respiratory volume per minute was incrensed both as to frequency and depth of respiration. A new form of differential microcalorimeter, for the estima'tlon of heat production in physiological, bacteriological, or ferraent actions, A. V. Hill {Jour. Physiol., 43 {1911), No. 3-^, pp. 261-285, dgnis. 11).— A microcalorim- eter of special construction is described and experiments briefly reported on various topics, among them the heat production during the souring of milk ; the heat production of yeast cells acting on cane sugar, particularly the effect on heat production of increasing the concentration of the sugar used ; and the action of saliva on starch. In the last mentioned tests attention is directed particularly to the fact that the heat production is extraordinarily small. " The combustion energy of starch is some 5,000 calories per gram. The heat lost in the transformation of starch into maltose we know is very small ; that it should be so small how- ever— only some 1/10,000 of the total energy of the starch — speaks very sug- gestively as to its suitability to the plant as a store of energy. Starch and maltose seem to be mutually transformable, practically without energy changes of loss — just as pence into shillings and shillings into pence." Calorimetric methods, W. Glikin {KalorimetriscJie Mcthodik. Berlin, 1911, pp. VII+208, figs. 51). — Heat of combustion, heat of solution, calorimeters, metliods of making corrections in calculating the heat loss of calorimeters, methods for estimating heat of combustion, adiabatic calorimeters, measuring the heat production of the animal body, and other similar topics are considered in this summary of data. Tables are also given showing the heat of combus- tion of a large number of organic compounds and foodstuffs, the heat of solu- tion of organic compounds, and similar data. Appai'ently, the author's attention has not been directed to some of the later calorimetric work carried on in the United States. EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. 873 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Treatise on zootechny.— I, General zootechny, 1'. Dechambre (Traitc de Zootechnic. — /, Zootechnie G^neralc. Paris, 1911, 2. ed., rev., pp. XI+i27, figs. 7). — A new and revised edition of a treatise of general interest to animal liusbandmen. The principal topics treated are growth, reproduction, production of meat milk, and wool, variation, heredity, and the improvement of animals by- breeding. Zootechnical associations in Italy and foreig'n countries (Ann. Agr. \ftn1ii\, 1911, No. 267, PI). CXXII+.',21).— The organization of live-stock associations in Italy is described in detail. The principal associations of other countries are briefly described. [Analyses of feeding' stuffs], R. B. Rose and E. P. Greene (Fhi. Quart. Bui. Dcpt. Agr., 22 {1912), No. 1, pp. 72-9// ) .—Analyses are reported of wheat, cotton-seed meal, molasses feeds. East Coast grass, ground clover, royal palm seed, wheat bran, wheat middlings, ship stuff, gluten feed, alfalfa meal, rice flour, and proprietary mixed feeds. Molasses and molasses feeds, J. E. IIalligan (Ainer. //«//, Flour, and Feed Jour., 20 (1912), No. 5, pp. 17-20). — A summary of information on the value of molasses feeds for live stock, including an account of the chemical nature of the materials used and a compilation of analyses of molasses and molasses feeds. The lime and phosphorus content and nutritive value of hay and straw, H. Neubauer and G. Hilukowitz (Landw. Ztschr. Rlieinprovinz, 13 (1912), No. 8, pp. Ill, 112). — Percentages of lime and phosphorus in meadow hay, alfalfa, oat straw, wheat straw, rye straw, and barley straw are reported. On the question whether dextrose arises from, cellulose in digestion, G. LusK (Amer. Jour. Physiol., 27 (1911), No. 5, pp. J,67, //6S).— In both the dog and cat the ingestion of cellulose did not increase the sugar content of urine when the animals were phlorhizinized. The chemical and physiological examination of the liver of oxen, A. Daniel-Brunet and C. Rolland (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 153 (1911), No. 19, pp. 900-902; aJ)S. in Jour. Chcm. Hoc. [London], 100 (1911), No. 590, II, p. 1111). — "The livers of the animals gave water 689 to 755.2; ash free from carbon, 16.2 to 20.49 ; glycogen. 28.8 to 83.4 ; carbamid. 0.615 to 0.683 ; PzQ^, 2.9 to 3.48; chlorids (as NaCl), 1.95 to 2.86. The figures represent parts per 1.000 of fresh substance. . . . The bile of oxen gave the following analytical results, stated to be more complete than any hitherto published. The weights are in grams per kilogram of fresh material. The amount of bile from one animal varied from 395 to 630 cc. It had D" 1.024 to 1.027, and gave an extract, dried in a vacuum, of 90.3 to 90.5; dried at 100°, 88.5 to 92.5; at 110°, 86.8 to 89.6. Ash, 12.5 to 14.3; chlorids (as NaCl), 2.38 to 2.68; P,0,, 1.31 to 1.58; Fe, 0.016 to O.OIS. Nitrogen, 2.3 to 2.5; fat, 27.8 to 28.8; bile salts (sodium glycocholate and taurocholate), 15.3 to 15.8; nucleoprotein, 1.15 to 2.25; lipoids, 1.1 to 2.13. The latter contained cholesterol, 0.41 to 0.813. with lecithin and neutral soaps 0.69 to 1.317." Cattle feeding and soil improvement (Breeder's Gaz.. 61 (1912), No. 9, pp. 519, 520, figs. «;).— An editorial on the mixed farming methods practiced in Pike County, 111., where exclusive grain growing has been abandoned for a system of mixed farming and steer raising. The yield of wheat, corn, and clover has increased enormously since the change. The Tuxer (Duxer) breed of cattle, TTlmansky (Wiener Landw. Ztg., 62 (1912), Nos. IJt, pp. 157-159; 15, pp. 177, 178, figs. 2).— The measurements and characteristics of this breed of cattle are given. 874 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. European markets for meat, J. E. Richelet {Bol. Min. Agr. [Buenos Airesi, l.'f (1912), No. 1, pp. 7Jf-126). — A general and statistical account of the cattle liroduction of Argentina, and tlie meat consumption in different countries of Europe. The live-stock situation in 1909 and 1910 {Bnl. Agr. et Hort. {BrusscJs^, / (J 912), No. 7, pp. 3.51-36.'i). — This contains data on Belgian imports and ex- ports of breeding animals, and other statistical matters relating to the improve- ment of breeding stock. [Feeding trials with sheep], J. H. Skinner (Indiana Sta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 19, 20). — A progress report of a feeding trial with fattening sheep lasting 90 days. All lots were fed shelled corn. The gains i>er head and day and costs of the different supplements were as follows: Timothy hay. 0.198 lb., at a cost of 6.45 cts. per pound ; cotton-seed meal and timothy hay. 0.293 lb., at a cost of 5.39 cts. per ixiund ; clover hay, 0.32G lb., at a cost of 4.92 cts. ; cotton-seed meal and clover hay, 0.343 lb., at a cost of 5.06 cts. ; silage and clover hay, 0.342 lb., at a cost of 4.44 cts.; cotton-seed meal, silage (in morning), and clover hay (evening), 0.334 lb., at a cost of 4.92 cts.; and cotton-seed meal, silage (morning and evening), and clover hay (evening), 0.339 lb., at a cost of 466 cts. per pound. The types of caracul breeds, L. Adametz (Mitt. Landio. Lehrlcanz. K. K. Hochsch. BodcnJcul. Wien, 1 (1912), No. 1, pp. 57-89, figs. 2). — The character of the different subbreeds of caracul sheep is discussed in detail, and some observa- tions of Young (E. S. R., 25, p. 675) are criticized. The "stone" sheep, L. Fxjhrer (Mitt. Landw. Lchrkanz. K. K. Hochsch. Bodenlcul. Wien. 1 (1912), No. 1, pp. 91-1 1'l). — Measurements and descriptions of these sheep and their crosses, which are native to the Austrian Alps, are given. Suffolk sheep, E. Prentice (Suffolk Sheep Soc. Flock Book, 2.5 (1911), pp. XIII-XXXII). — A brief account of the origin, history, and characteristics of this breed of sheep. The wool yearbook, 1911 (Manchester, 1911, pp. XLIX-\-If6S, figs. 112).— This manual is now in its third year of issue. It contains a brief history of the woolen industry, a classification of raw wools, statistics on the wool trade, technical information on weaving and other processes in the manufacture of worsted and woolen goods, and a glossary of terms used in the woolen industry. Fattening' hogs in Nebraska, W. P. Snyder (Nebraska Sta. Bui. 123, pp. JfO, figs. 7). — ^A continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 25, p. 675). Of the many rations tried for fattening hogs none were equal to a combination of corn and a small percentage of unchopped alfalfa in the ratio of about 9 : 1. The substitution of 5 parts tankage. 5 parts bone meal, or 25 parts shorts, for corn, in a ration containing 90 parts corn and 10 parts chopped alfalfa, increased the cost of gains and decreased the profit per pig during the fattening period. The substitution of 25 parts emmer, barley, wheat, or milo, for corn in the ration increased the cost of gains and decreased the profit per hog during the fattening period, excepting emmer, which in this test increased the profit per hog and the gain. The result of one test indicated that a bushel of corn was worth as much as a bushel and a half of sorghum seed when fed with alfalfa for fattening hogs. " Where fall pigs were wintered and turned on alfalfa pasture in the spring, there was more profit per pig from those grown out largely on pasture and then fattened than from those fed out more quickly. Four seasons' records show that old sows being fattened on corn and alfalfa pasture gained 2 lbs. per head ANIMAL PRODUCTION. §75 daily, ate 355 lbs. of corn for KM) lbs. of gain, and gave a net profit of over 5 cts. each daily. "A summary of the [earlier] results, together with data from this bulletin, indicates that the cost of feed to produce a 225-lb. market hog was $.3.35 per 100 lbs., aud that keeping the hog until it weighed 325 lbs. increased the cost to $3.57 per 100 lbs. This includes only the cost of feed and does not include the cost of labor, equipment, unusual risk, or interest on investment." The breeds of horses, C. G. AVrangel (Die Rassen den Pfcrdea. Stuittjart, 1909, vol. 2, pp. VII+J,!}G, pi. 1, figs. 81).— A treatise ou the origin, history, and characteristics of the different breeds of horses throughout the world. A'ohmie 1 of this work has been previously noted (E. S. R.. 20, p. 75). The thoroug'hbred horse as a product of systematic selection, A. von Wein- berg (Ber. Senckciib. Nattirf. (Ir.-tcU., //;? ( 1911), No. 2, pp. l'i5-17J,, figs. 2.'/).— A study of the pedigrees of some foundation thoroughbred stock. A study of the Arab horse in northern Africa, F. Vatin (Etude sur le Cheval Arahe daih9 le Nord de VAfriquc. Commercy, 1909, pp. XT +38, j)ls. 21). — A popular account of the Arab horse in Morocco, Algeria, Tunis, Tripoli, and Egypt. The Anglo-Norman horse, G. Rau (Arb. Dent, Landio. Gescll., 1910, Yo. 170, pp. IX+12'i, pis. 15). — A history of this breed and its adaptability to Germany. The pedigrees of the principal stallions now in service in Germany are apjiended. The most important breeding- lines of the Rhenish " cold bloods," .J. Fkizen (Arb. Deut. Geseli. ZiicUtungsk., 1911, No. 9, pp. 69, tables 12, pis. //,'?). — A short history of the breeding of heavy horses in Rhenish Prussia, with pedigrees of some of the important breeding stock. Studies on the function of adaptation and anatomical and physiological differences between the so-called *' warm " and " cold-blooded " horses. M. MiJLLER (FiiJiling's Landic. Ztg., 60 [1911), No. 16, pp. 5-'io~562). — Measurements were made of light and heavy horses and the internal organs were weighed after slaughtering. The lung capacity of light horse.s, as determined by inflation, was less than that of heavy horses, but in proportion to the weight of the animal was rela- tively greater, and, as in earlier work (E. S. R., 22, p. 776), the author does not agree with the findings of Lutzow (E. S. R., 21, p. 571). The lung tissue was of finer structure and of greater elasticity in the light horses. The capacity of the heart, as determined by Von Bohr's method, and the average weight of the liver, spleen, and the amount of blood were also relatively but not absolutely greater than in heavy horses. The actual hemoglobin content of the blood was higher in light than in heavy horses. It is concluded that the thoracic organs of the light horse as a whole have a relatively greater function of capacity. There is a discussion of the significance of the angle of the different bones in the fore and hind limbs of diffei-ent types of horses. Investigations on the relation between the cranial cavity, lung capacity, and the thoracic cavity, K. Molthof (Untersuchungcn an Pferden iibcr dns Verhdltnis der Kophohlen- sur Lnngenkapazitdt und Bennerkungcn iiber die letztere im Verhdltnis sum Brustraum. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1910, pp. SI). — From measurements of 36 horses of different types the author concludes that there is a correlation between the small head, small cranial capacity, and large lung capacity. This is more pronounced in oriental tyi)es. There is no correlation between lung capacity and weight er day being supplied at the start and the amount being gradually increased until he received 1.5 lbs. per day. The calf died after being on this feed 71 days. " The results seem conclusive that cotton-seed meal should not be fed to calves under 10 months of age." Testing different breeds of cattle, K. Hofmann and J. Hansen {Landw. Jahrl)., JfO {1911), Ergunzungsb. 1, pp. 210-305, 3J,5--',30, pin. i-J).— This is a con- tinuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 21, p. 173). It contains measurements of 880 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. cattle, and data as to the yields and compositiou of milk. The results are sum- marized in the following table: Average milk yields of GervKtn breeds. Breed. Angler Jeverland East Prussian Hol- land a East Friesian a Lower Rhine Breitenburg Live weight, Kg. 443 5(13 .599 591 547 551 Annual yield of milk. I^g. 5,222 6,725 7,238 6,674 5,S80 5,999 Fat con- tent. P.cl 3.51 3.09 3.n5 3. 09 3.31 3.36 Total solids con- tent. P. ct. 12.51 11.86 11.54 11.80 12.12 12.34 Breed- Red Holstein Wesennarsch Schwyz vSimniental... Westerwald. . Glan Live Annual yield Fat con- tent. weight. of milk. Kg. Kg. P.ct. 602 5,0,8.5 3.27 570 5,423 3.24 567 5,1.50 3.00 059 5,565 4.05 323 2,678 3.79 418 2.760 4.16 a First lactation. West Siberian dairying', with special I'eference to the dairy associations, W. VON BoROWsKi {Mitt. Landw. Inst. Lcip.zig, 1911, Xo. 10. pp. 8fi-163).—A general and statistical article on the dairy industry in western Siberia, to which are appended a bibliography and analytical data on milk and butter in Siberian dairies. The growth of some milk bacteria at different temperatures, W. B. Lux- woLDA {Centlil. Bald, [etc.], 2. AM.. 31 (1911), A^o. .5-10, pp. 129-17.1).— A study of the optimum and range of temperatures of Streptococcus avidi lactici. Bacillus coli communis, B. fluorcscens liquefaciens, B. suhtilis, B. proteus, and Staphy- lococcus pyogenes albns. Milk kept at low temperatures for a long time was found to contain an aston- ishing number of bacteria without becoming acid because of the growth of the psychro-tolerant nonacid producing types, but the changes in milk were more harmful than if the acid forms were prevalent. At 20° C. lactic forms were much stronger and had a restraining influence on all other types, but this restraining influence was very much diminished at 15°, and still more so at 10°, when B. fluo7'escens liquefaciens and other si^ecies became quite numerous. At from 3 to 5° very few types of bacteria grew except the last-named species. A bibliography on the subject is appended. The fermenting capacity of the sing'le cells of Bacterium lactis acidi, O. Rahn (Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 32 {1912), No. 13-19, pp. 315-W6, fig. 1). — This has been previously noted from another source (B. S. R., 26, p. 708). Tubercle bacilli and uncooked food {Vt. Bd. Health Bui., 12 (1912), No. 2, pp. 58-60). — Samples of market butter obtained from different creameries were examined for tubercle bacilli by guinea pig inoculation. Tubercle bacilli were found in 3 samples, while 2 samples gave negative results. Pathological condi- tions were produced by inoculations of 5 other samples, but the cause of the lesions was not determined. Ropy milk, J. Golding (Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], IS (1912), No. 12, pp. 991-1005, pi. 1). — A resume of investigations of bacteria which were the cause of ropy milk. A bibliography is appended. Investigations on the composition of milk and cheese prepared from the same, Laskowsky (Milehw. Zenthh, 7 (1911), No. 12, pp. 5^5-576) .—This con- sists largely of tabulated data of the chemical composition of milk and the fol- lowing varieties of cheese: Cream, Camembert, Romadour, Limburg, Tilsit fat, Tilsit half-fat, and Tilsit one-thifd fat. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 881 The protein couteut of milk was luiuid to vary more than the fat content. There seemed to be no correlation between the protein content of the milk and that of the cheese. In Limburg and Komadour tliere seemed to be a slight cor- relation between the fat content of the milk and that of the cheese, whereas in Camembert there was a correlation between the fat content of the cheese and that of the whey, bnt not between the fat content of the cheese and of the milk. There was a correlation between the fat content of milk and the half-fat Tilsit cheese, but not when whole milk was used in the manufacture of this variety. The relation of the acid rennet (acidoproteolytic) bacteria of cheese to lower temperatures, and their effect on the ripening of cheese, C. Gokini {Cenm. BaJct. [etc.], 2. Abt., 32 (1912), No. 13-19, pp. J,06^J,11; Rev. G6n. Lait, 9 (1912), No. 5, pp. 97-102).— In continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 25, p. 582) the author finds that Micrococcus acido protcoJyticm I and II and Bacillus casei proteohjticus, developed in cheese kept at low temperatures (under 10° C), assisted in the process of ripening, and that the enzyms formetl by these organ- isms may effect changes at 5° and even lower temperatures. The bacterial flora of " gomolya," O. Gratz and L. Racz (Kiserlet. Kozlcm., l-'t (1911). No. 6, pp. 912-925).— The most common types of bacteria found in the curd of sheep's milk (known as gomolya), from which Hungarian Brinse cheese is made, were Bacterium lactis acidi, B. casei, and Micrococcus acido pro- teolyticus I and II. Other organisms often present, but in smaller numbers, were tyrothrix, Actinomyces odorifrra, O'idimii lactis, nonsporing forms of casein-digesting bacteria, and other yeasts and bacteria. VETERIITARY MEDICINE. Report of the veterinary director general and live stock commissioner, J. G. Rutherford et ae. {Rpt. Vet. Dir. Gen. Canada, 1911, pp. 391, pis. 9). — In the main part of this report (pp. 3-94) the author discusses the work of the year ended March 31. 1911. Appendix 8 (pp. 123-135) consists of the report of the pathologist, C. H. Higgins. Investigations in regard to hog cholera are summarized as follows: " Hog cholera is caused by an ultra-microscopic virus capable of passing the finest porcelain filters. This confirms again the original statements of Dorset, McBryde, and subsequent investigators. Contact with infective material seems to be very nearly as potent in inducing infection as direct inoculation. An in- contact-immune hog does not necessarily carry infection in its system for an extended period. No opinion can be offered indicating a relationship between human tyjihoid and hog cholera from our experiments." Tuberculosis and cnteroliepatitis are also considered. Api>endix 9 (pp. 136-144), which consists of a report of the first assistant pathologist, S. Hadwen, deals with investigations of hematuria or hemorrhagic cystitis, a disease occurring among cattle in British Columbia, and the cause of which is still uncertain. This disease is said to be confined entirely to bench lands having an elevation of from 1(X) to 300 ft. above .sea level. In appendixes 10, 11, and 12 the second assistant pathologist, A. Watson, dis- cusses investigations relating principally to dourine, its diagnosis, pathogenicity, and a practical test of the efficacy of drug treatment with especial reference to the action of atoxyl and arsenophenylglycin. Appendix 13 (pp. 157-177) consists of a report of investigations of swamp fever of horses, by J. L. Todd and S. B. Wolbach. Among the other subjects pre- sented in the 23 appendixes are the text of the animal contagious diseases act and the regulations relating to animals' quarantine, the text of the meat and canned food's act, as amended in 1910, report of the International Commission on Bovine Tuberculosis, etc. 882 EXPEKIMENT STATION RECORD. Report of the government veterinary bacteriologist for the year 1909-10, A. Theiler (Rpt, Govt. Vet. Bad. Union 80. Africa, J90<)-10, jrp. 17/,, pis. 30).— This report contains the following papers : The Artificial Transmission of East Coast Fever, by A. Theiler (pp. 7-55) ; Notes on the Nature of Koch's Grannies and Their Role in the Pathogenesis of East Coast Fever, by K. F. Meyer (pp. 56-GS) ; The Development of Thcileria pai-va, the Cause of East Coast Fever of Cattle in South Africa, by R. Gonder (pp. G9-S3) (E. 8. R., 25, p. 285) ; Stiff- Sickness or Stijfziekte in Cattle, by A. Theiler (pp. 84-94) (E. S. R., 25, p. 88) ; Notes on Crotalaria 'burkeana and other Leguminous Plants, by J. Bnrtt-Davy (pp. 95-103) (E. S. R.. 2.5, p. 282) ; Anaplasma marginale, by H. Sieber (pp. 104^ 116) ; Notes on the Chemotherapeutic Treatment of Biliary Fever in Dogs, by K. F. Meyer (pp. 117-1.50) ; Notes on the Treatment of Canine Piroplasmosis with Trypanblue, by J. B. Botelho (pp. 1.51-155) ; On the Sero Diagnosis of Glanders, by K. F. Meyer (pp. 156-169) (E. S. R., 25, p. 684) ; and Preliminary Communication on the Fixing of Complement in Horse Sickness and East Coast Fever, by G. Lichtenheld (pp. 170-174). First report of the director of veterinary research {Rpt. Dir. Vet. Research, Union So. Africa, 1 (1911). pp. 275, pis. 21, figs. 2). — In addition to the report on Further Investigations into Anaplasmosis of South African Cattle, pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 584), the following papers are presented: Prog- ress Report on the Possibility of Vaccinating Cattle against East Coast Fever (pp. 47-207) ; Some Observations Concerning the Transmission of East Coast Fever by Ticks (pp. 208-222), by A. Theiler; The Development of Theiieria parva, the Cause of East Coast Fever of Cattle in South Africa, II (pp. 22.3- 228), by R. Gonder (E. S. R., 25, p. 285) ; The Transmission of Amakebe by Means of Rhipicephalus appcndiculatus, the Brown Tick (pp. 229-231), by A. Theiler (E. S. R., 25, p. 882) ; The Culicidsae or Mosquitoes of the Transvaal (pp. 2.32-272), by F. V. Theobald; and An Infectious Foot Disease In Sheep (pp. 273-275), by A. Theiler (E. S. R., 26, p. 383). A practicum of bacteriology and protozoology (PraJctiJcum der Balcteriolngie und Protozoologic. Jena. 1909, 2. cd. cnh, pt. /. pp. VT+111, figs. JfO; 1910, pt. 2, pp. VT+106, figs. 76). — A second enlarged edition of this work (E. S. R., 19, p. 982). The first part, by K. Kisskalt. deals with bacteriology; the second, by M. Hartmann, deals with protozoology. Pharmaceutical bacteriology, A. Schnetder {Philadelphia, 1912, pp. VIII + 238, figs. 86). — Following a brief introduction and history, the subject is taken up as follows: General morphology and physiology of bacteria; range and dis- tribution of bacteria; bacteriological technique; bacteria in the industries; immunity, bacterial activities, and bacterial products; the manufacture and use of sera and vaccines; yeasts and molds; protozoa in disease; disinfectants and disinfection — food preservatives — insecticides ; sterilization and disinfection in the pharmacy; communicable diseases, with suggestions on preventive medicine; and a bacteriological and microscopical laboratory for the pharmacist. Veterinary calendar for the year 1911, edited by Rautenberg (Veterinur- Kalender fiir das Jahr 1911. Berlin, 1911, 1. AM., pp. XII+Jf95, pi. i).— This is a pocket A-ade-mecum. Parasitology of domestic animals, M. Neveu-Lemaire {Parasitologie des Animaxix Domestiques: Maladies Parasitaires nan Bacf^riennes. Paris, 1912, pp. 11+1257, figs. 770).— This work, which deals with the parasites of domestic animals other than the bacteria, is divided into 2 parts; the first taking up the vegetable parasites (pp. 15-182), the second the animal parasites (pp. 18.3- 1129). A host list of parasites of mammals, birds, and insects (honeybee and silkworm), arranged according to the parts of the animal attacked, is appended (pp. 1130-1179),- together with a short bibliography. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 883 Some blood parasites (Hsemoproteus and Haemogregarina), S. T. Darling iliul. i^nc. Path. Exnt., 5 (1012), No. 2, pp. 71-73).— The author deals with the occurrence of Hwmoproteus danilcicski and 5 other parasites of the turkey buzzard; a hemogregarine, resembling Ilcemogregai-ina muris and Ucpatozoon pcrniciosuni, and 6 other parasites of Mus norvcgicus ; a hemogregarine of iguanas. Iguana tuberciilata; several other hemogregarines of the reptiles; and a hemogregarine of Bufo Diarinus, for which the tick Amhlyomma varium ap- parently acts as an intermediate host. The role of the infective granule in certain protozoal diseases, A. Balfouk (Brit. Med. Jour., 19] 1, Xo. 26.1.',. pp. 126S, 1269).— \ further consideration of this subject (E. S. R., 25, p. SSI). Investigations in regard to the germicidal properties of leucocytes, E. Weil (Arch. Hyg., 7.'^ (1911), No. 7-8, pp. 289-3///, ) .—The results are given of an ex- amination of the behavior against leucocytes of 10 saprophytic organisms ob- tained partly from the air in rooms and partly from drinking water. Ascaris poisoning, R. Goldschmidt (Munchen Med. Wch7ischr., 57 (1910), No. SS, pp. 1991-1993; ahs. in. Vrf. lire, 2/, (1911), No. 1219, pp. 308, 309).— A general discussion with references to the literature. The author calls attention to the striking resemblance of the symptoms of ascaris poisoning to those of hay fever. The etiology of infectious abortion in live stock, E. S. Good (Amer. Vet. Rev., J/O (1912), No. 4, pp. //73-/,8/,). — A paper presented by the author at the forty-eighth annual convention of the American Veterinary Medical Association, at Toronto, Canada, in August, 1911. An undescribed organism, pathogenic to laboratory animals, cattle, and sheep, and simulating black quarter, in its pathogenicity, F. S. H. Baldrev (Jour. Trap. Vet. Hei., 6 (1911), No. 3, pp. 2S3-291, pJs. 3, figs. 5).— The mor- phology, cultural characteristics, and ])athogenicity of this organism are dealt with. Comparative bacteriological and serological studies in regard to symp- tomatic anthrax and pseudo-blackleg, W. N. Markoff (Centhl. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Orig., 60 (1911), No. 5-//, pp. 1 88-222) .—The author concludes that the disease known as birth blackleg is caused by a series of, but different, anserobes, and is therefore not a specific condition. It can occur as a result of a typical symptomatic anthrax or as a typical malignant edema infection. At times it may appear as one of the varieties of malignant edema. A differential diagnosis can not be made with certainty on the basis of a microscopic examina- tion. Cultural and serological methods are much better. Anthrax, W. B. Mack (Nevada Sta. Circ. 13, p. 11).— This is a popular account, dealing with the occurrence and nature of the disease, its prevention, and remedial measures. A " milk " outbreak of diphtheria suggestive of bovine origin, W. Robert- son (Pub. Health [London], 25 (1912), No. J,, pp. 11,8, i/,9).— An outbreak of diphtheria in which 9 consecutive cases occurred in 8 days is thought to be traceable to a bovine source. Examinations made of scrapings taken from an ulcer on the udder of a cow showed that a majority of the organisms present were staphylococci with g, few streptococci, but bacilli which exhibited the cultural and microscopical characteristics of the Klebs-Loeffler bacillus were also found to be present. The transmission of gall sickness by ticks, A. Thieler (Agr. Jour. Vnion So. Africa, 3 (1912), No. 2, pp. 173-181, figs. 2).— The data here presented are included in an account previously noted (E. S. R., 2fi, P- I'S). Diagnosis of glanders with the ophthalmo reaction, R. Reinhardt (Monatsh. Prakt. TicrhciJk., 23 (1912), No. /,-J, pp. 178-107).— The ophthalmo reaction is 884 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. deemed liie simplest and most convenieiit method for diagnosing: glanders iu a large number of animals, and is very certain. Occult cases can be easily de- tected by this method. In this work a comparative study was made between the ophthalmo, cutaneous, subcutaneous, precipitation, agglutination, and comple- ment fixation methods. Reduction of virulence in a strain of Trypanosoma hippicum selected frora a g'uinea pig-, S. T. Darling (BuL Soc. Path. Exot., 5 (1912), IVo. 3, pp. 184- 187). — "A strain of T. hippicum thnt had survived in a guinea pig the excep- tionally long period of 336 days showed upon subinoculation on the two hun- dred and seventy-ninth and three hundred and thirty-sixth day very feeble pathogenic pofs'ers when compared with all other strains, and with the same strain at an earlier period of the infection in the guinea pig. " The reduction of the A-irulence was temporary, for after residence in a mule its virulence for mice, rat, and guinea pig was regained." Experimental infection of the mule with. Trypanosoma hippicum by means of Musca domestica, S. T. Darling {Jour. Expt. Med., 15 (1912), No. 4, pp. 365, 366). — A brief account of this work has been previously noted (E. S. R., 26, p. 056). Investig'ation of viruses obtained from cases of human tuberculosis other than lupus, A. S. Griffith (Roij. Com. Tuberculosifi. Final Rpt., 11. App.. 1 {1911), p. 543, pis. 7, figs. 29). — This volume records the results of investigat- ing new cases of human tuberculosis other than lupus, and includes a full account of the cultural and pathogenic properties of the 2 types of tubercle bacilli isolated from them and of experiments to ascertain whether any of the properties of these bacilli could be altered by residence in the bodies of mam- mals or birds. Tabular summaries are^iven of inoculation experiments performed on differ- ent species of animals, together with full post-mortem notes of the larger animals groupetl together according to the virus used. A series of photographs illustrating the types of growth of the cultures is appended. Pictorial charts exhibiting the lesions produced in calves, pigs, and goats by viruses obtained from cases of human tuberculosis other than lupus are included with other similar charts in a supplementary volume. Investigations of viruses obtained from cases of lupus, A. S. Griffith {Roy. Com. Tuberculosis, Final Rpt., II, App., 2 {1911), p. 480, pis. 2, figs. 22). — This is a study of the cultural characters and pathogenicity (ordinary virulence for calves, rabbits, rhesus monkeys, guinea-pigs, and other species of animals) of the cultures isolated from cases of lupus vulgarus in man. Reports on investigations dealing with certain human viruses of irregular type, the excretion of tubercle bacilli in the milk of animals, swine tuber- culosis, and immunity, A. S. and F. Griffith et al. {Roy. Com. Tuberculosis, Final Rpt., II, App., 3 {1911), p. 355, pis. 2, fig. 58).— This A^olume gives the results of 4 investigations. " The material used in the investigations with swine were obtained from 63 cases of tuberculosis occurring naturally in swine; iu 21 of these the disease was apparently localized to the lymphatic glands (submaxillary and mesenteric) of the alimentary tract from which the material uged for investigation was taken; in 33 the disease was generalized; in the remaining 9 the condition of the rest of the body could not be ascertained with certainty. In every animal in the series with two exceptions the disease appeared to be alimentary in origin. . . . " Natural tuberculosis in swine may be the result of infection either with the bovine tubercle bacillus, the human tubercle bacillus, or the avian tubercle bacillus. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 885 " The bovine tubercle bacillus is the most couiuiou cause of tuberculosis iu swine, and has been found in every case iu this series where there was dissemi- nated tuberculosis, as well as in more than half (10 out of IS) of those in which, so far as could be ascertained, the disease was localized. " The tuberculous lesions iu the pig's lymphatic glands caused by the human tubercle bacillus or the avian tubercle bacillus can not be distinguished from the lesions sometimes produced liy the bovine tubercle bacillus." The results of the immunity experiments " clearly show that by the inocula- tion of large doses of living human tubercle bacilli, as well as by the inocula- tion of small doses of bovine tubercle bacilli, the resistance of a calf can be raised sufficiently to protect it against the inoculation of a dose of bovine tubercle bacilli which has been shown to be capable of setting up severe and fatal tuberculosis in a calf not so protected. They show further that this degree of resistance is not always produced, and that calves which have been vaccinated once, and even twice, with slightly virulent human biicilli may de- velop fatal tuberculosis when inoculated with virulent bovine bacilli." Results of the tests in regard to the excretion of tubercle bacilli in the milk of animals have been noted elsewhere (E. S. R., 26, p. 777). Reports submitted to the Commission in 1900 on the stability of Tubercle Bacilli in the Living Animal and on Experiments with Mixed Viruses, by L. Cobbet, are also included. Investigations into the tuberculosis occurring naturally in certain ani- mals other than man, and modification experiments, F. Griffith (Roy. Com. Tuberculosis, Final Rpt., II, Apjh, 4 (1911), pp. Ji~>l, pis. 3). — This report gives the results of 5 investigations, which were as follows: Tubercle bacilli derived from 5 cases of tuberculosis occurring naturally in the horse; viruses obtained from casual tuberculosis of various mammals (gnu, antelope, rhesus monkey, chimpanzee, and cat) ; avian tubercle bacilli obtained from birds and swine (9 avian sources, 3 fowls, 3 pheasants, a pigeon, a demoiselle crane, and a Senegal touracou) ; modification experiments with tubercle bacilli derived from animals other than man (bovine and avian) ; and artificially mixed cultures with calves and rabbits. In the first investigation the cultures from 3 viruses, E I, E III, and E V, cor- responded exactly in their behavior on artificial media and in their high virulence for rabbits and guinea pigs to those cultures isolated from bovines. Two of the 3 viruses E I and E III which were inoculated subcutaneously into calves and pigs produced a lethal generalized tuberculosis, such as follows the intro- duction of bovine tubercle bacilli. The remaining 2 cultures, E II and E IV, behaved more like the human type of bacillus in calves and other animals. " The virulence of 3 of the equine viruses was tested on horses. The culture of virus E I inoculated intravenously in a dose of 10 mg. caused fatal tubercu- losis in 17 days. The horses inoculated intravenously with equivalent doses of viruses E II and E IV died of general tuberculosis in 40 and 98 days, re- spectively. The culture of virus E II did not cause progressive tuberculosis after subcutaneous inoculation. A horse inoculated subcutaneously with virus E IV was killed when very ill after 125 days and had general tuberculosis. The experiments on horses with bovine tubercle bacilli [did] not result in the production of progressive tuberculosis after either subcutaneous inoculation or feeding with moderately large doses, but by the intravenous inoculation of 10 mg. acute tuberculosis was set up fatal in 20 days." The results of the second investigation show that a gnu and an antelope. " belonging to the order of ruminants, had acquire-25). — This is a brief history of the growth of agricul- tural education in this country, beginning with the year 1747 and closing with the Ohio law requiring elementary and high-school teachers to pass an exami- nation in agriculture on and after September 1, 1912. Agricultural education in the public schools, B. M, Davis (Chicago, 1912, pp. YlI+163). — In this volume have been brought together the articles pre- viously noted as appearing in the Elementary School Teacher. As a whole the volume reviews the work of the following agencies and their contributions to the promotion of agricultural education : The U. S. Department of Agriculture, U. S. Bureau of Education, state departments of education and state legisla- tion, the agricultural colleges, the state normal schools, the National Education Association and other teachers' associations, educational periodicals, periodical literature, state organizations for agriculture — farmers' institutes, agricultural societies, boys' agricultural clubs, elementary and secondary schools, and text- books. In assembling these articles for publication in book form the author has revised them to include the latest available information, in many cases bringing the data up to 1912. An annotated bibliography of 202 references is included. There is also an introduction by C. H. Judd, director of the School of Education, University of Chicago. What and how in agriculture for women teachers, J. R. Clarke (Ohio Teacher, 32 (1912), pp. 2.U-2Jt6). — After discussing what the young city or village high-school graduate can do toward teaching agriculture to country boys and girls the author offers the following suggestions : (1) Have an exhibit of the work done at least every 2 weeks to which the patrons are invited. Use the best of these exhibits for a general school ex- hibit of the township or village, and send the best of the township exhibits to the county fair exhibit. Garden products, soils, grains, fruits, harmful insects, seeds of all kinds, flowers, and plans for the garden or farm fields are stated to make excellent exhibits. (2) Organize an agricultural club in the school and invite into it all the young people of the vicinity. (3) Besides observation MISCELLANEOUS. 899 trips, lessons on birds, seed testing, and weed seed studies, give attention to home sanitation. Farm boys and girls, W. A. McKeever (Neio York, 1912, pp. XVIII +326. pis. 32).— This booli belongs to the Rural Science Series, edited by L. H. Bailey, and was prepared both for the rural parents and the many persons who are interested in carrying forward the rural work discussed in the several chapters. The first 2 chapters constitute an outline of some of the fundamental prin- ciples of child development. Among the subjects subsequently discussed are the transformation of the rural school, the farm boy's choice of a vocation, the kind of schooling the country boy and girl should have, social training for farm boys and girls, and juvenile literature in the farm home. References are given at the close of the chapters suitable for more extended discussions. The g-arden primer, Grace Tabor (New York, 1911, rev. and enl. ed., pi>. IG.'f, pis. 30, figs. 6).— This volume presents only the elementary priciples of gardening. Some of its features are the gardener's calendar for each month in the year, a spraying table covering both the orchard and garden, a detailed vegetable planting table, and tables giving particulars concerning plants for rocky, wet, shady, and dry, arid places, and the best annuals and perennials. MISCELLANEOUS. Twenty-fourth Annual Eeport of Indiana Station, 1911 (Indiana yS7a. Rj^t. 1911, pp. 59). — This contains the organization list, reports of the director and heads of departments, of which portions of those of the animal husband- man, dairy husbandman, and veterinarian are abstracted elsewhere in this issue, and the financial statement for the federal and miscellaneous funds for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911, and for the state funds for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1911. Thirty-fourth Annual Report of North Carolina Station, 1911 (North Carolina 8ta. Rpt. 1911, pp. 265, figs. 66). — This contains the organization list, reports of the director and heads of departments, the experimental work of which is for the most part abstraetetl elsewhere in this issue, a financial state- ment for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911, numerous special ai'ticles ab- stracted elsewhere in this issue, and reprints of Press Bulletins 22, Fse of Lime on the Farm, and 23, How to Suppress House Flies, find of Bulletins 209-216, previously noted. Work of the agricultural experiment station for 1910-11, W. Frear (Pennsylvania 8ta. Bui. 113, pp. 3-22). — This is a brief summary of the prin- cipal lines of work of the Pennsylvania Station for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1911. Index to legislative history of acts of Congress involving the United States Department of Agriculture, O. H. Gates (U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Office Solicitor, Index to Acts Cong. Involving Dept. Agr., 1912, pp. 53).— This index includes references to the Congressional Record and committee reports on legis- lative acts through the Sixty-first Congress, and the annual appropriation acts beginning with that for the fiscal year 1901. A detailed topical index is appended. Monthly Sulletin of the Department Library, December, 1911, and January, 1912 (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Library Mo. Bui, 2 (1911), No. 12, pp. 3Jfl-366; 8 (1912), No. 1, pp. 3-32). — ^These numbers contain data for December, 1911, and January, 1912, resi)ectively, as to the accessions to the Library of this Department and the additions to the list of periodicals currently received. NOTES. Missouri TTniversity. — In order to encourage the basket-willow industry in Missouri, the forestry department of the college of agriculture has established a willow holt on the university farm for the purpose of determining species best adapted to the climate of the State. Under direction of the dairy department, the college of agriculture has arranged to rent to farmers of Missouri forms for the construction of reenforced concrete silos, and also to give such personal assistance in their use as is found necessary. The expense is borne by the farmers who receive the service. Cornell University and Station. — The trustees have approved a recommenda- tion from the faculty of the college of agriculture to grant hereafter the degree^ of bachelor of science instead of that of bachelor of science in agriculture at the completion of the four-year course in the college of agriculture. Dr. B. M. Duggar, professor of plant physiology and plant physiologist, has been appointed professor of plant physiology and applied botany in Washington University, vice Dr. George T. Moore, whose acceptance of the directorship of the Missouri Botanic Garden has been previously noted. Rhode Island College and Station. — The general assembly has made an appropriation of $75,000 for a new science building to accommodate the college departments of chemistry, botany, zoology, physics, and geology, and the station work in biology. Ground for the new building will be broken in the near future, and it is hoped to have it ready for occupancy on September 1, 1013. A three- story stone structure, 156 by 72 feet, is contemplated. Tennessee University and Station.— The thirty-ninth annual session of the East Tennessee Farmers' Convention was held on the station farm May 21 to 23, with an attendance of over 2,000. The program was divided into 7 sections, viz, general farming, live stock, dairy, poulti-y, horticulture, home making, and boys' corn club. A notable feature of the convention was the dedication of the new convention hall and live-stock pavilion, in which the larger sessions were held. The build- ing is being erected on the farm through the cooperation of the convention and the station, and will cost when complete approximately $13,000. It is named the Oliver Perry Temple Hall, in honor of a founder of the association whose daughter has contributed liberally toward the building fund. The balance of the cost has been provided for by the members of the convention. Texas Station. — ^A. K. Short, formerly of the Arkansas University, has been appointed superintendent of the Temple substation and has entered upon his duties. H. C. Holmes, formerly superintendent at Temple, has been transferred to College Station as superintendent of the new feeding and breeding department. Washington College and Station. — W. T. McDonald has resigned as professor of animal husbandry in the college and animal husbandman in the station to become live-stock commissioner of British Columbia, the change taking effect July 1. 900 O ADDITIONAL COPIES of this- publication -l\- may be procured from the SuTEKrN"TEXD- ENT OF Documents, Government J'rinting Office, Washington, D. C, at 15 cents per copy; subscription price, per volume ... - si INDEX OF NAMES. Abbe, C, 316. Abbott, G. T., 437. Abderhalden, E., 106, 112, 265, 804, 869, 876, 888. Abelin, J.,411. Abrest, E. K., 464. Achalme, P., 504, 505. Acton, H. W., 280. Adametz, L., 874. Adams, B. D., 495. AdorjAn, J., 171. Agee, H. P., 213, 235. Agg, T. R., 891. Aggazzotti, A., 469. Agnew, M. A., 795. Agraz, J. S., 418. Ahem, G. P., 444. Aicher, L. C, 395. Aiken, C. E., 854. Aitken, R. G., 27. Aiton, G. B., 391. Albert, H. von, 770. Albert, T. J., 526. Albrecht, 177. Albuquerque, J. P. d', 836. Alderman, W. H., 194, 442. Aldrich, J. M., 863. Alexander, A. S. 168. Alice, G., 42. Allan, J., 114. Allan, R. G., 232. Allanson, H. E., 466. Allemann, O., 372, 479. Allen, E. R., 397. Allen, E. T., 49. Allen, E. W., 16, 196. Allen, G. M., 652. Allen, H. T., 269. Allen, K., 717. Allen, L., 114. Allen, L. A., 273. Allen, R. T., 718. Allen, W. J., 47. Allen, W. M., 69. Allen, W. N., 596. Alsberg, C. L., 106, 099. Alter, J. C, 214. Alvarez, T., 132. Alvin, J., 896. Alwood, W. B., 441. Amar, J., 871. Ambler, J. N., 338. Amison, E. E., 185, 186. Ammann, L., 809. Ampt, G. A., 619. Andersen, A. C, 161. Anderson, A. O., 685. 50596°— 12 2 Anderson, G. E., 736. Anderson, H. W., 694. Anderson, J. F., 759. Anderson, R. A., 271. Anderson, T. J., 753. Andersson, E., 842. Andouard, A., 727. Andouard, P., 727. Andrd, E., 100. Andree, H. J., 27. Andrews, F., 293. Andrews, W., 371, 779. AndrHk, K., 110, 332. Anelli, G., 511. Angier, F. J., 644. Angier, H. W., 117. Anstead, R. D., 339, 528. Antal, K., 512. Antram, C. B., 61. App, F., 396. Appel, O., 546. Appleman, C. O., 626. Apsit, J., 866. Arenberg, E. d', 452. Arkcll, H. S., 896. Arkell, T. R., 769. Arloing, F., 178. Arloing, S., 85, 178. Armani, G., 506. Armour, J. O., 571. Arms, B. L., 582. Armsby, H. P., 10, 71, 167, 196, 197, 664, 696. Armstrong, E. F., 531. Armstrong, H. E., 326, 531. A maud, G., 551. Arnheim, G., 581. Arnold, C, 364. Arnold, V., 201. Arnold, W., 713. Arnold, W. W., 556. Aron, H., 865. Arthur, J. C, 340, 645. Ascoli, A., 375, 582. Ashby, S. F., 613. Ashe, W. W., 745. Ashley, G. H., 893. Ashton, J., 168, 269. Assmann, W., 379, 584. Aston, B. C, 318, 581, 719. Astruc, H., 256. Atherton, L. G., 392. Atkin, E. E., 481. Atkinson, A., 38, 39. Atkinson, G. F., 852. Atkinson, T.R., 892. Atterberg, A., 220. Attinger, 669. Atwood, A. C, 38. Atwood, H., 171, 473. Auchter, E. C, 195. Aull, W. B.,jr.,048. Autenrleth, W.,809. ■ Auzinger, A., 710. Avary, P. n., 718. Averitt, S. D., 515, 614. Averaa-Sa. C, 99. Johnson, T. B., 300. Johnson, T. C, 740. Johnston, J. R., 143, 649. Johnston, T. H., 52. Jolles, A., 307. Jolly, N. W., 799. Jones, C. H., 34, 35, 803. Jones, C. O., 69. Jones, C. P., 600. Jones, D. H., 144. Jones, D. T., 895. Jones, G. B., 718. Jones, J., 27, 214. Jt)nes, K. K., 97. Jones, L. L., 395. Jones, L. R., 53. Jones, P. R., 553. Jones, T. H., 248, 300. Jong, D. A. de, 583. Jonson, T., 338. Jordal, O., 288. Jordan, E. O., 478. Jordan, R., jr., 715. Jordan, W. H., 8, 16, 658, 692. Jorgensen, G., lOS. Joseph, 180, 181. Jowett, "W., 382, 384, 483, 588, 684. Juckenack, A., 209. Judd, C. H., 898. Judd, C. S., 51. Jull, M. A., 398. Juritz, C. F., 420. Kadonsky, J. F., 591. Kains, M. G., 473. Kajanus, B., 529. Kallauner, O., 607. Kalle, F., 794. Kamnitz, G., 132. Kampen, G. B. van, 126, 426. Kanngiesser, F., 86. Kantschieder, J. S., 854. Kappeller, G., 260, 564. Kappen, H., 804. Karaoglanoff, Z., 109. Kamy, H., 60. Karsten, F., 176. Karsten, G., 613. Kaserer, H., 129, 422. Kato, Y., 109. Katona, J., 177. Kaufmann, G., 25. Kaumanns, N., 15, 190. Kaupp, B. F., 89, 482. Kayser, E., 512. Kebler, L. F., 99. Keeble, F., 399. Keele, T. W., 416. Keen, G., 488. Keim, P., 725. Keimatsu, S., 414. Keller, C, 267. Keller, R. F., 695. Kellerman, K. F., 520, 825. Kellerstrass, E., 591. Kelley, W. P., 41. Kellner, O., 169, 769. Kellogg, H. S., 327. Kellogg, J. W., 98. Kellogg, R. S., 49. Kelly, E. O. G., 347. Kelly, H. J., 135. Kemp, H. P., 229. Kempster, H. 'L., 386. Kempton, J. H., 535. Kendall, A. I., 289, 308. Kennedy, P. B., 224, 233. Kennerly, C. H., 237. Kensington, W. C, 542. Kent, A. F. S., 477. Kern, F. D., 646. Kerp, 209. Kerr, A. P., 382. Kerr, E. W., 90, 384. Kerr, W. J., 16. Kersten, M., 410. Keyser, A., 533, 536. Khrennikoff, A., 866. Kida, Y., 428. Kiebig, 660. Kiesselbach, T. A., 795. Kiessling, L., 130. li^bEX OF i^AMES. 911 Killebrew, J. P., 639. Kimbrough, J. M., 735. Kinberg, G., 764. King, C. M., 128, 237. King, F. G., 568. King, F. H., 290. King, H. D., 471. King, J. A., 398. King, M. L., 686. King, W. E., 83, 372. Kinney, E. J., 134. Kinsley, A. T., 782. Kinyoun, J. J., 577. Kinzel, W., 821. Kipp, H. A., 590. Kirchner, A., 157. Kirkland, B. P., 51. Kirkpatrick, W. F., 494, 797. Kirstein, 681. Kirsten, 288. Kisskalt, K., 882. Kittredge, M. H., 597. Kittsteiner, C, 766. Kleberger, 767. Klein, 477. Klein, F., 205. Klein, P., 513. Kleinheinz, F., 570. Klimmer, M., 578. Klinefelter, J. W., 397, 695. Kling, A., 805. Klinkert, D., 180. Klobb, T., 106. Kloeker, A., 308. Klotz, M., 263. Knapp, A. W., 409. Knapp, B., 698, 702. Knapp, S. A., 702. Knccht, E., 114. Knesch, H., 690. Knibbs, G. H., 189, 291. Knolle, H., 355. Knop, 218. Knopf, H., 614. Knowles, (Mrs.) N. S., 20. Knox, A., 715. Knudson, L;, 203. Knuth, P., 84, 285, 353. Kober, P. A., 107. Koch, A., 319, 625. Koch, E., 262. Koch, H., 842. Koch, J., 281. Kochs, 464. Koehler, 60. Koenig, W., 412, 413. Koeppen, 383. Koestler, G., 372. Kofoid, C. A., 889. Kohl, H., 284. Kohl-Yakimofl, N., 782. Kohlbrugge, J. H. F., 889. Kohler, A., 266. Kohman, H. A., 562. Kohn-Abrest, E., 464. Kojo, K., 258. Kolbe, L. A., 718, 719. Kolenev, A. M., 779. Kolff, 370. Kolmer, W., 872. Koloczek, A., 213. Kone, E. E., 200. Kone, E. R., 755. Konig, J., 217, 519, 709, 769, 804, 805. Kooper, W. D., 112, 202, 212, 477. Kopf, H., 374. Kopke, O., 464. Koppen, W., 613. Komauth, K., 95. Korolev, S., 759, 776. Korsak, P. de, 809. Korsmo, E., 839. Kosaroff, P., 446. Koslow, 284. Kossovich, P., 812. Kossowicz, A., 355, 799. Kostytschew, S., 627. Kotchetkova, Z., 465. Kovarzik, K., 381. Koves, J., 383. Kowalewsky, S., 365. Kraemer, H., C68, 868. Kraflt, 184. Kramik, S., 65. Kramarevski, M. F., 737. Kranich, 180. ICraus, E. J., 542. Kraus, G., 516. Kraus, R., 676. Krause, A. K., 181, 182. Kraiise, E. H. L., 838. Krauststrunk, T., 587. Kregenow, 183. Kreidl, A., 610, 711. Kreuzer, C, 807. Krieger, 606. Kristensen, R. K., 437. Kriiger, 845. Krumwiede, C, jr., 582, 680. Kmsekopf, H., 719. ICrj'z, F., 731. Krzemenienski. S., 422. Kiihl, H., 68, 648. Kuhlman, A. K., 718. Kuhn, B., 712. Kiihn, J., 620, 621. Kuhn, P., 150. Kuhnert, 811. Kiihnt, P., 560. Kuichling, E., 515. Kuischewsky, O., 463. Kullberg, S., 309, 407, 504. Kuntze, W., 315. Kurashige, T., 281. Kiirsteiner, J., 479. Kusano, S., 343. Kuster, E., 242. Kuttenkeular, H., 405. Kuwana, S. I., 755. Kuwayama, S., 455. Kuyper, J., 651, 822. Kuzirian, S. B., 708. Labb^, H., 462, 764. Laby, P., 138. Lachs, H., 314. Ladd, E. F., 69, 86, 461, 462. Lagerberg, T., 852. Lagrifloul, 377. LahiUe, F., 7G0. Lain6, E., 515, 716, 717. Lakus, K., 208. Lamb, A. R., 84. Lamb, \V. A., 418, 515. Lambe, L. M., 59. Lambeth, W. A., 140. Lamon, H. M., 78. Lamont, W. J., 439. Lamy-Torrilhon, G., 844. Lander, G. D., 206. Landolt, A., 506. Langer, J., 710. Langkau, R., 286. Langlois, E. C, 194. Langstein, L., 112. Langworthy, C. F., 059, 701, 794. Lantz, D. E., 668. Lapasse, de, 513. Lapworth, A., 405. Larrier, L. N., 889. Larsen, O. H., 725. Larson, W. P., 681. LaRue, E. C, 27. Laskowsky, 880. Latimer, W. J., 718. Laubert, R., 447. Laughlin, H. H., 366. Laughlin, J. L., 489. Laur, E., 897. Laurie, D. F., 168, 876. Lauwick, M., 93. Laveran, A., 84. La Wall, C. H., 661. Lawrence, 0. F., 494. Laws, H. E., 153. Laxa, O., 204, 478. Lea, A. M., 143. Leake, H. M., 736. Leaming, J. S., 437. Leather, J. W., 524, 619. Leavltt, S., 133. Leber, A., 865. Lebredo, M. G., 871. Leclainche, E., 384. Le Clerc, J. A., 133. Leclerc du Sablon, 430. Leclercq, J., 374. Le Couppey de la Forest, 528. Ledeboer, F., 438. Ledent, 314. Lederer, A., 418. Ledingham, J. C. O., 251. Ledschbor, II., 381. Leduc, S., 364. Lee, A. R., 76. Lee, C. 11., 27, 220. Lee, H., 192. Lee, O., jr., 718. Leffevre, J., 265. LefTmann, H., 373. Lefroy, H. M., 552. Leger, M.,677. Legrand, J., 806. ^12 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Legiiia, 69S. Lehmann, F., 311, 769, 770. LehmanB, N., 057. Lehmann, P., 208. Leidigh, A. II., 737. Leiningen, W. Graf zu, 322. Leister, J., 510. Lellek, A., 586. Lemaire, M. N., 882. Lemmermann, O., 320, 321, 733. Lendner, A., 851. Leng, C. W., 657. Lenk, E., 610, 711. Lenz, W., 24. Lenzen, H., 507. Leonard!, G., 247. Leoncini, G., 464. Lepeschkin, W. W., 823. Leroy-Beaulieu, P., 896. Leschke, S3. Lesne, P., 151. Lesourd, E., 379. Lett, W. L., 718. Levaditi, C, 676, 889. Leverett, F., 811. Levy, E. C, 577. Lewis, C. I., 741. Lewis, D. M., 575. Lewis, H. G., 695. Lewis, I. M., 853. Lewis, J., 97. Lewis, M. R., 164. Lewis, W. H., 164. Libon, G., 573. Lichtenheld, G., 882. Liebau, P., 733, 833. Liebermann, L. von, 374. Liechtenstein (Prince), 700. Liesse, C, 205 Ligniferes, J., 783. Ligot, O., 33. Lind, G., 117. Lindemuth, H., 529. Lindsay, D. E., 363. Lindsay, J., 478. Lindsey, J. B., 29, 72, 73, 79, 80, 95, 774. Ling, A. R., 405. Linklater, W. A., 385. Linsbauer, K., 326. Linton, J., 769. Lipman, C. B., 123, 218, 322. Lipman, J. G., 33, 98, 124, 372. Lippincott, W. A., 168, 194. Lipschutz, B., 865. Lister (Lord), 500. Listen, W. G., 349. Litteljohn, A. R., 485. Little, C. C, 472. Livingston, B. E., 532, 627, 628. Lloyd, E. R., 96. Lloyd, F. E., 310, 327, 564, 627, 699, 795. Lloyd, J. W., 237. Lloyd, R. E., 346. Lloyd, W. A., 437, 771. Lochhead, W., 341. Lock, R. H., 444. Lodewijks, J. A., 133. Loeb, A., 766. Loeb, J., 271, 877. LoebeU, II., 411. Loeffler, F., 681. Loew, O., 322. Loewe, S., 378. Loewy, A., 161. LofHer, 376. Lohnis, F., 422. Lohnis, F. B., 768. Lohrisch, H., 363. Lommel, V., 126. Lonay, 11., 853. Long, D. D., 96, 718. Lopez y Parra, R., 47. Lord, N. W., 127. Lorenz, 85. Lorenz, N. von, 108. Lorenzoni, G., 358. Lory, C. A., 17. Lotsch, E., 888. Lott, C. L, 111. Loughridge, R. H., 642» Louise, E., 508. Lounsbury, C, 718. Lounsbury, C. P., 455. Lowe, E. N., 8U. Lowenstein, E., 782. Lowrey, L. G., 167. Lowry, T. M., 405. Lubimenko, W., 820. Lucas, A., 712. Lucas, E., 45. Lucet, A., 684. Luckhardt, A. B., 277. Ludlow, C. S., 61. Lugner, I., 226, 525. Luhrig, II., 608. Lumia, C, 723. Lund, C. W., 561. Lund, R., 207. Lundberg, F., 437. Lundie, M., 324, 808. Lusk, G., 873. Liistner, G., 144, 247, 749. Lutman, B. F., 53, 341. Liitzow, K. L. von, 875. Luxwolda, W. B., 880. Lyne, R. N., 800. Lyon, T. L., 197, 421, 434. Lythgoe, H. C, 99, 464. Maass, A., 140, 843. Maassen, A., 561. McAbee, W. D., 111. McAdie, A. G., 136, 214. Macalister, C. J., 580. Macalister, G. II., 461. M'AlpLne, A.N., 636. McAlpine, D., 449, 846. McAtee, W. L., 58. McBeth, I. G., 816, 825. McBryde, J. M., 397. McCabe, G. P., 268. McCain, G. N., 597. McCall, A. G., 197, 392, 434. McCaU, J. S. J., 829. McCallie, S. W., 788. McCallum, A. B., 163. McCampbeU, E. F., 372. McCaughey, R. S., 202. MacCaughey, V., 296, 493. McCleUand, C. K., 455. McClintock, C, 83. McCoUom, W. C, 139. McCollum, E. v., 359, 364. McCormell, (Mrs.) D., 773. McConnell, P., 536, 537, 686. McCoy, G. W., 59, 245, 280, 461, 484, 653, 854. McCrae, J., 805. I\IcCrory, S. II., 590, 893. McCuUoch, L., 54. McCunn, J. N., 516. McDaniel, A. B., 685. McDermott, F. A., 114. McDiarmid, R. W., 538. Macdonald, A. C, 793. McDonald, A. H. E., 836. McDonald, D., 833. Macdonald, J. II., 891. McDonald, W. T., 900. McDonnell, C. C, 98. McDonnell, H. B., 568, 819. MacDougal, D. T., 227, 433, 530. McDowall, G. W., 27. McDunnough, J., 758. Macewen, IT. A., 478. M'Fadyean, J., 178, 484, 683. McGee, W J, 715. McGehee, J. S., 235. McGill, A., 68, 564, 600, 661, /62. McGil\Tay, C. D., 376. McGinnis, N. M., 200. McGregor, N. A., 768. Mach, E., 512. Mach, F., 126, 266. Machalske, F. J., 725. McIIattie, A. C. N., 317, 615. Maehiedo, L., 205. Mcllroy, A. L., 470. Mclntire, W. H., 397. Mclntyre, C, 694. Mack, W. B., 883. Mackay, A., 434. McKay, A. B., 97, 741. McKeever, W. A., 299, 899. Mackenzie, A. G., 791. Mackie, D. B., 347, 500. Mackie, H. G., 50. Mackie, W. W., 719. McKillop, A. T., 399. McLane, J. W,, 421. McLean, J. A., 597. McLendon, W. E., 718. McLin, B. E., 157. MacMillan, H. R., 242, 444, 445, 544, 644. McMiUan, J. G., 274. McNair, A. D., 235. MacNeal, W. J., 372, 681. MacNider, G. M., 99, 508. McNutt, J. C, 879. Macoun, W. T., 540. MacPherson, A., 439, 538, 830. INDEX OF NAMES. 913 Macpherson, M. P., 300. McPheters, L. E., 365. McSparran, W. F., 253. McWeeney, E. J., CO. Mdday, S. von, 66S. Maeffskij, 181. Magini, G., 355, 574. Mahoney, D. O., 195. Mahoux, J., 256. Mai, C, 210. Maiden, J. H., 745. Maier-Bode, 193, 492. Maige, A., 546, 028. Maillard, L., 876. Main, J., 190. Mainwaring, G. H., 685. Makin, R. N., 630, 834. Malde, O. G., 841. Male, G. P., 380. Mallinson, C. M., 368. Mallory, F. B., 276. Mallory, W. L., 274. Malpeaux, L., 425, 525. Malsbiirg, K. von den, 708. Malzew, A., 135. Manaresi, A., 202, 407. Mandel, H., 287. Mandel, J. A., 201. Mandelbaum, M., 183. Maney, T. J., 494. Mangan, J., 560. Mangham, S., 229. Mangum, A. W., 719. Mankovski, K. G., 535. Mann, A. R., 94. Mann, C. J., 718, 719. Mann, C. W., 719. Manning, D., 614. Manns, T. F., 300, 397. Mansfield, G. R., 125. Mansfield, M., 260. Manson, M., 651. Mantelli, C, 100. Marcellus, F. N., 194. Marchal, P., 557, 860. Marchand, E., 844. Marchiori, D., 473. Marchlewski, L., 229. Marek, J., 82, 677. Marenghi, E., 358. Marfes, R., 743. Maresch, 865. Marett, P. J., 349. Marfan, 410. Margoci, 398. Markoff, I., 469. Markofi, W. N., 883. Marks, G., 632. Markus, n., 178. Marlatt, C. L., 248. Marpmann, G., 24. Marquart, B., 169. Marqueyrol, 511. Marre, F., 81. Marsh, F. L., 398. Marsh, H. L., 711. Marsh, H. O., 249. Marshall, 657. Marshall, C. E., 6, 18, 372, 600. Marshall, F., 019. Marshall, F. H. A., 399, 071, 697. Martel, H., 275. Martelli, G., 149, 151, 252. Marti, W. C, 396. Martin, A., 593. Martin, C. J., 300, 461. Martin, F. P., 480. Martin, G., 180. Martin, H. M., 540. Martin, O. B., 598, 698. Martindale, F. C, 59. Martini, 279. Mascr§, M., 802. Masini, G., 483. Masoni, G., 226. Massee, G., 56, 551. Masseron, P., 442. Massol, L., 783, 802. Mast, "W. H., 842. Matausch, I., 148. Mathers, J. G., 418. Matheson, R., 797. Mathews, J. W., 167. Mathewson, W. E., 99, 506. Mathieu, 841. Mathis, C, 677. Matlock, (Mrs.) J. D., 200. Matruchot, L., 800. Matschke, 179. Matschke, J., 283. Matsuimira, S., 455. Mattel, G. E., 237. Matthes, F. E., 214. Matthes, H., 607. Mattill, II. A., 101, 360, 506. Maublanc, A., 51, 449, 844. Maurel, E., 677. Mavor, J., 791. Maxwell, II., 50. Maxwell, W. D., 214. May, A. W., 185. May, P., 277. Mayer, A., 755. Mayer, J. L., 112. Mayer, P., 161. Maynadier, G. B., 222, 718. Mayne, D. D., 391. Mayr, H., 651. Maz6, P., 243. Mazon6, B., 203. Mazzaron, A., 818. Mazzetti, L., 364. Meade, R. M., 40. Meeker, F. N., 718. Meier, F., 363. Meigs, A. v., 711. Melander, A. L., 136, 757. Melhus, I. E., 342. Melikow, P., 778. Mell, C. D., 51, 338, 339, 442. Mellet, R., 412, 413. Memminger, C. G., 819. Mendel, L. B., 155, 158, 358, £64, 662, 663, 671, 697, 764. Mendes, A. C, 354. M^n^gaux, 876. Mengel, C. W., 590. Mcngershausen, 285. Mer, E., 451. Mercer, L., 444. Mercer, W. B., 732. Mercior, W. B.,323. Meredith, L. B., 139. Merica, CO., 096, 797. Merick, L. S., 838. Merker, E., 552. Merrill, G. E.,859. Merritt, T. A., 791. Messerli, R., 286. Metalnikov, S., 250. Metcalf, C. L., 349. Metcalf, H., 146. Metchnikoff, E., 373. Mctte, U., 43. Mctzger, R., 580. Meyer, A., 822. Meyer, D.,319. Meyer, F. N., 128, 629. Meyer, K., 779. Meyer, K. F., 173, 882. Meyer, M., 379. Meyrick, E., 656. Mezger, 258. Michaelis, L., 175. Michel, E., 455. Michele, G. de, 850. Michcls, J., 574, 778. Micko, K., 201. Miehe, H., 545, 767. Miessner, 077, 679. Miklaszcwski, S., 318. Milburn, T., 79, 436, 835, 837. Millard, W. A., 322. Millardet, A., 700. Miller, E. E., 593. Miller, E.H., 775. Miller, F. B.N. ,271. Miller, J. H., 199. Miller, M. F., 434. Miller, M. R., 298. Miller, N., 346. Miller, N.H. J., 32, 617,618. Miller, T. S., 190. Miller, W., 337. Milner, R. D., 761. Milon, 164. Minami, D., 159. Mindling, G. W.,214. Mingioli, E., 414. Mints, 738. Mmz, J. R.,1I6. Mitchell, A. S., 98. Mitchell, C. A., 258. Mitchell, G, E., 526. Mitchell, G. F., 641. Miyakc, T., 842. Mohan, R. T., 117. Mohler, J. R.,88, 567. Mohr, E.G. J., 719. Mohs, K., 357, 761. MokrzhetskH, S. A., 451. 914 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Mol, D., 438. Molinari, M. de, 33. Molisch, H., 230, 326. Moll, J. W., 827. MoUer, A., 544. Mollereau, H., 480. Mollers, B., 178. MolUard, M.,229. Molthof, K., 875. Molz, E., 561. Monahan, A. C, 198, 697, 797. Monier-Williams, G. W., 806. Monneyrte, G., 344. Monnier, A., 109, 804. Monrad, J. H., 274, 479, 779. Monroe, J. F., 342. Montemartini, L., 747. Montgomery, C. W., .397. Montgomery, E. G., 40, 97, 197, 325. Montgomery, R. E., 678. Monvolsin, A., 171. Mooers, C. A., 197, 422, 426, 434. Moon, F. F., 744. Moon, S. B., 679. Mooney, C. N.,397,718. Moore, B., 307. Moore, F. C, 466. Moore, G. T , 825, 853, 900. Moore, J. J., 378. Moore, R. A., 434. Moore, R. C, 484. Moore, S. W., 440. Moorliouse, L. A., 434. Mooser, W., 209. Mooskopf, 209. Moreau, E., 208, 312, 505, 710. Morgan, A. C, 453 Morgan, A. E., 893. Morgan, H. A., 459. Morgan, H. H., jr., 807. Morgan, J. O., 194, 434. Morgan, L. E., 235. Morgan, O. S., 499. Morgan, T. H., 272, 472. Morgen, A., 476, 574, 673. Morgen thaler, O., 648. Morrell, C. C, 347, 673. Morrill, A. W., 247, 452. Morris, R. O., 855. Morris, R. S., 588. Morse, E. W., 850. Morse, F. W., 24, 44. Morse, S. F., 398. Morse, W. J., 546. Morstatt, H., 253, 351. Mortensen, M. L., 446. Moruzzi, G.,374. Moser, E., 379. Moser, L., 205. Mote, D. C, 695. Mott, F. E., 261. Mouilleron, E., 887. Moulton, C. R., 99. Moulton, D., 61. Moussu, G.,485, 782. Mowry, J. L.,398. MuS, W.,175. MtihletliaJer, F., 446. Mukcrji, J. N., 524. Miiller, 258. Miiller, E. M., 306. Miiller, H. C, 38, 142. Mullcr, K., 345. Miiller, M., 678, 679, 875. Muller, W., 372. Miiller-Thurgau, H., 450, 851. Mullie, G., 378. Mumford, F. B., 16, 18, 163. Mumford, H. W., 681. Munerati, O , 54, 473. Hunger, T*. T., 241. Miinter, F., 319. Miintz, A., 515, 716, 717, 722. Muraour, J., 504. Muravyev, I. A., 779. Murdock, J., jr., 842. Murphy, R. M.,395. MurriU, W. A., 56. Murscliliauser, H., 766. Musback, F. L., 812. Musselman, H. H., 398. Mutchler, F., 596. Muttelet, F., 506. Muttkowskl, R. A., 855. Myers, J. E., 406. Nadler, H. A., 90, 384. Naegler, W., 619. Nagel, C, 156. Nakao, M., 325. Nannesson, L., 476. Nash, E. n. T., 860. Nasmith, G. G., 214. Nasmyth-Miller, F. B., 271. Nattan-Larrier, L., 889. Natusch, E., 184. Neal, D. C, 382. Neel, L. R., 439. Nehbel, H., 117. Neidinger, 678. Neiva, A., 400. Nelson, E. K., 713. Nelson, n. N., 488. Nelson, J. B., 38. Nelson, J. W., 718. Nelson, M., 734. Nelson, W. L., 92. Neresheimer, E., 246. Nestreljaew, A., 80. Neubauer, H., 668, 873. Neuberg, C, 160, 161, 480. Neufeld, 209. Neumann, L. G., 655. Neumann, M., 267. Neumann, M. P., 463, 761. Neumann, R., 507. Nevermann, 373. Neveu-Lemaire, M., 882. Newell, W., 456, 459. Newman, L. F., 120. Nicholson, F. T., 490. Nickels, L. J., 254. Nicolas, E., 480. Nicolas, G., 546, 628. Nicoll, A. J., 673. NicoU, W., 251. Nieberle, 887. Niemann, R., 544. Nierenstein, M., 202. Niisima, Y., 560. Nilsson-Ehle, H., 440, 831. Nipher, F. E., 214. Niswonger, 11. R., 349. Nitobe, I., 896. Nitsche, M., 268. Nivens, L. A., 194. Nocht, R., 246. Nockmann, E., 713. Nockolds, C, 368. Noda, I., 109. Noeggerath, 370. Noel, P., 147, 246, 499, 8.57. Noflray, E., 243, 342. Nolan, A. W., 297, 392, 493, 597, 694. Nolen,J.,3.38. Norman, A. J., 597, 695. Northrup, Z., 776. Norton, E. J., 728. Norton, J. B., 44. Norton, J. B. S., 55, 333, 450, 739, 743. Norton, T. II., 126. Novy, F. G., 187. Nowaczynski, J., 374. Nuckols, S. B., 696. Nurenberg, I^. I., 464. Nussbaum, IT. C, 544. Nussbaumcr, T., 171. Nuttall, G. n. F., 177, 887. Nuttall, W. n., 477. Nye, n. L., 695. Oberthur, C, 348, 455. Obrecht, R. C, 74. O'Brien, R. A., 182. O'Callaghan, M. A., 275. Ochmann, 755. Ocock, C. A., 91, 188. Odegaard, N., 371. Gettmger, C, 414. Offner, J., 228. O'Gara, P. J., 539. Ogden, H. C, 788. OgUvy, L., 385. Ohler, 683. Okamoto, H., 553. Okey, T., 745. Older, C, 891. Oldys, H., 245. Olin, W. H., 734. Olive, E. W., 142, 844. Oliver, E. W., 667. Olsen, J. C, 355. Oman, A. E., 51. Opalka, 679. Oppenhetmer, C, 306. Opperman, C. L., 78, 770. Orelli, O. S., 749, 826, 849. Orton, W. A., 836, 846. Osborne, O. M., 538. Oshida, T., 582. Oskamp, J., 494. Osterhout, W. J. V., 823. INDEX OF NAMES. 915 Ostermayer, A., 268. Osterwalder, A., 450. Ostrander, J. E., 117, 416, 810. Ott, I., 370. Ott de Vries, J. J., 676. Otte, W.,380. Otto, C, 375. Otto. IT., 169. Outerbridge, A. E., jr., 114. Owen, I. L., 124. Paczoski, J., 135. Paddock, F. B., 97. Page, L. W., 567, 789, 890. Paine, S. G., 326, 867. Paiva, C. A., 349. Palazzi, A., 503. PaUadin, W., 326. PaLmans, L., 209. Palmer, A. II., 214. Palozzi, A., 67. Pammel, L. II., 128, 327, 334. Panisset, L., 483. Pantanelli, E., 851, 864. Panzer, T., 69. Park, W. II., 680. Parke, E., 833. Parker, J. R., 354. Parker, W. B., 858. Parkinson, E. K., 700. Parks, T. n., 347. Parr, A. E., 436. Parra, R. L. y, 47. Parrozzani, A., 138, 441. Parry, E. J., 312. Parsons, T. S., 534. Passy, P., 61. Patch, E. M., 753. Patcrson, W. G. R., 500. Paton, S., 271. Patten, A. J., 98, 100, 325, 714, 717. Patten, II. E., 122, 218. Patterson, IT. J., 100. Patterson, J. T., 271. Patton, C. A., 214. Paul, A. E., 98, 99. Pavarino, G. I-., 649, 851. Pavarino, L., 845. Pavlenko, 738. Pavlosevici, T., 582. Pawlenlvo, W. P., 116. Pawlowsky, A. D., 85. Peacock, R. W., 447, 830, 8-34. Peake, R. J., 437. Pearl, R., 162, 196, 365, 571, 572, 670, 698, 734. Pearson, G. A., 543. Pearson, H. H. W., 440. Pearson, K., 878. Pearson, L., 682. Pearson, R. A., 499, 694. Peavy, G.W.,240. Peck, F. E., 275, 773. Pedroso, A., 415. P6e Laby, 138. Peebles, F., 877. Peglion, V.,650. Pelissier, 528. Pellerin, G., 65. Pellet, 11., Ill, 116, 207, 505. Pellew, C, 399. Pember, F. R., 196, 722, 725. Pemberton, C, 148. Penard, A. P., 654. Penard, F. P., 654. Penning, C. A., 768. Pennypacker, J. E., jr., 591. Perkins, C. L., 90, 665. Perrier, 710. Perrot, E., 139. Pescheck, E., 468. ' Pesthy, S. von, 565. Fetch, T., 52. Peter, A., 477. Peter, O., o84. Peters, E.T., 294. Peters, M. S., 87. Peters, R. C, 212. Petersson, E., 774. Petherbridge, F. R., 815. Pethybridge, G. H., 53, 847. Petit, A., 893. Petri, L., 825, 849. Petrie, G. F.,4G1. Petrikin, "W. L., 767. Petry, E. J., 96. I'ettersson, M. A., 177. Pettis, C. R., 744. Pettit, J. n., 221. Pcttit, M., 457. Peyer, AV., 629. Pgzard, A., 774. PfeiUer, K., 219. Pfeiler, W., 587. Pfenninger, U., 713. Pfister, G. A., 833. Pflugradt, H., 210. Pfiingst, O., 668. Phelps, C. S., 774, 897. Phelps, E.B., 67, 372. PhUipp, K., 643. Philippe, E., 25, 610. Phillips, J. C, 876. PhUlips, J. v., 788. Phillott, D.C., 571. Pic, M.,560. Picard, F., 454, 655. Pick, H., 220. Pickering, S. U., 6.39, 749, 853. Pictet, 452. Pieper, W., 662. Pierce, G. H., 396. Pierce, W. D., 253. Pillai, N. K., 422. Pilz, F., 617. Puichot, G.,391,798. Finn, A. J., 848. Pms, L., 410. Piorkowski, 682. Piper, C. v., 361, 434, 635. Piraja da Silva, 755. Pitchford, H. W., 369. Pittuck, B.C., 198. Plato, G. de, 228. Plattner, E., 472. Plunkett, H., 797. Pocock, R. I., 269. Poels, 381. Poenaru, I., 784. Poeteren, N. van, 447. Poetschke, P., 806. Poirault, G.,699. Poll, II., 305, 399. PoUe, R., 327. Pompeu, J., 189. Ponder, C. W., 781. Poole, J. E., 570. Pope, G.AV., 578. Popenoe, C. H., 65, 252. Popenoe, F. W., 743. Popp, M., 617. Poppe, K., 113. Porcher, C, 480. Porter, A., 457. Porter, A. E.,283. Porter, T. S., 271. Portheim, L. von, 431. Possanner, von, 213. Post, A. E., 371. Potcbnja, A., 46. Potter, M. C, 844. Potting, B., 581. Pouget, J., 400. Poulton, E. B., 398. Powell, G. II. ,541. Powell, G. T., 499. Powell, R., 494. Powers, J. N., 494. Pratt, D. S., 110, 509. Preble, E. A., 652. Preble, P., 653. Prenant, A., 365, 876. Prentice, D. S., 271. Prentice, E., 874. Preobraschensky, B., 803. Presutti, E., 358. Preuss, O., 486. Prianishnikov, D. N., 425, 527, 622. Pribram, B. 0., 709. Price, J. C. C, 1-37. Price, S. R., 243, 535. Price, T. R., 538. Pricolo, A., 384. Priestley, J. H., 136. Priestman, II., 473. Prieto, G.G., 798. Pringsheim, H., 824. Prinsen Geerligs, II. C, 115. Pritchard, F. J., 142, 113. Probeck, E., 114. Proctor, G. S., 643. Proffitt, E. F., 2%. Prouty, W.F., 891. Provost-Dumarchais, G., 344, 85L Prowazek, S. von, 240, 865. Pnicha, M. J., 112, 820, 824. Pnissia, L., 504. Przibram, 11., 163. Puchner, H., 218. Punnett, R.C.,399. Puppel, R., 777. Purvis, J. E., 317, 615. Pusch, G., 573, 700. Pusch, K., 690. Putney, F. S., 169, 916 EXPEEIMENT STATION KECOKD. Quaintance, A. L., 759. Quanjer, H. M., 546, 548. Quayle, H. J., 149, 154, 553, 554, 756, 863. Quinlan, D., 578. Quinn, G., 144, 349. Quintus, R. A., 537. Quisenberry, T. E. 270, 271. Rabak, F., 612. Rabate, E., 850. Race, J., 504. Kdcz, L., 881. Radford, W. A., 894. Kacder, R., 292. Raflow, B., 306. Rahn, C. L., 668. Rahn, O., 372, 708, 718, 880. Raiford, L. C, 503. Ralph, G. A., 418, 811. Rama, M., 843. Ramann, E., 215, 223, 398, 443, 745. Ramirez, R.,353. Ramnek, G., 129. Ramult, S. R. v., 690, 691. Raoc, A., 308. Ranck, E. M., 97. Rand, F. v., 56. Rane, F. W., 15, 651. Ranft, G., 578. Rankin, F. H., 199. Ransom, B. H., 255, 890. Rappin, 177. Raquet, D., 204. Kast, L. E., 96. Rather, J. B., 406. Ran, G., 875. Rau, N., 655. Ran, P., 655. Raubitschek, H., 481, 607. Rauchbaar, G., 84. Rautenberg, 882. Ravaz, L., 239, 550, 712, 851. Ravn, I . K., 342, 446. Raybaud, L., 655. Reach, F., 359. Reakes, C. J., 586, 678, 778. Redfleld, H. W., 110, 418. Reed, C. D., 27. Reed, CO., 398. Reed, G. M., 046. Reed, H. S., 48, 54, 55, 143, 518, 649. Reed, J. C, 665. Reed, W. F.,jr.,214. Reed, W. G., 614. Reeder, G.,237. Rceder, R. R., 499. Reeks, H. C, 68-1. Reese, A. M., 772. Reese, J. C, 397. Regand, 588. Regelsperger, G., 268. Rehder, A., 240. Reichard, O., 107. Reichel, J., 203. Reid, H. A., 460, 586, 655, 778. Reid, W. J., 398. Reifl, W., 656. Reimer, F. C, 850. Reinecke, 85. Rein hard, A., 729. Reinhardt, R., 211, 212, 284, 883. Reinick, W. R., 354. Reiss, F., 574, 673. Reiter, H., 85, 180. Reitz, A., 481. Rengniez, P., 260. Ren nor, V., 273. Rennie, T., 374. Repaci, G., 374. Hew, R. 11., 688. Rexford, E. E., 391. Reynolds, M. H., 368, 830. Rhodin, S., 424, 839. Rice, J. E., 698. Rice, T. D., 718. Richards, E. H., 699. Kicharas, P., 564. Richards, R. W., 125. Richards, W. M., 742. Richardsen, 167, 668. Richardson, A. E. V., 631. Richardson, C, 269. Richardson, E. S., 200. Richardson, R., 79. Richardson, W. D., 611. Richelet, J. E., 355, 874. Richmond, H. D., 80. Richter, M. C, 128. Ricks, J. R., 96. Riddle, O., 164, 573, 671, 697. R ideal, S., 68. Ridgway, R., 346. Ridley, H. N., 448, 500. Riehm, E., 546. Rievel, II., 210, 779. Riggs, W. M., 16. Rignano, E., 365. Rijn, W. van, 606. Riley, H. W., 398, 797. RUcy, W. A., 797. RiDdell, A., 123. Rinehart, E. F., 797. Ringelmann, M., 724. Kinkes, I. J., 801. Ripke, O., 203. Rips, 384, 486, 677. Ritch, W. T., 769. Ritsema, C, 560. Ritter, G., 36. Ritzema Bos, J., 546. Roadhouse, C. L., 482. Roaf, II. E., 307. Robel, J., 229. Robert (Mile.), 431. Roberts, A., 552. Roberts, G., 134, 187. Robertson, B., 242, 444, 445, 644, 644. Robertson, T. B., 876, 877. Robertson, W., 487, 683, 8&3. Robertson-Scott, J. W., 737. Robinson, B. F., 300. Robinson, J. H., 669. Robinson, L. E., 460. Robinson, R., 773. Robison, C. H., 898. Robson, G. C, 471. Rochaix, A., 379. Rodenburg, J., 21. Rodenwaldt, E., 246. Roder, O., 578. Roochlmg, H. A., 317. Roemer, H., 316. Roger, 377, 586. Rogers, C. A., 168. Rogers, J. S., 99. Rogers, L. A., 576. Rogers, R. L., 51. Rogers, W. S., 47. Rohrig, A., 258. Rohwer, S. A., 63, 152, 863. Relet, A., 275. Rolf, A. F., 797. Rolfs, P. H., 363, 549, 841. Rolland, C, 678, 873. Romanjko, W. R., 132. Romanowskij-Romanjko,W., 132. Romburgh, P. van, 843. Romer, ISO, 181. Rommel, G. M., 197, 269. Romimde, L. H. van, 868. Rondani, 657. Rondoni, P., 871. Roos, L., 819. Root, C. J., 214. Roquet, 588. Rorer, J. B., 145, 345. Rorive, J., 698. Rose, A. R., 268, 775. Rose, R. E., 118, 127, 157, 362, 624, 660, 767, 873. Rose, W. C., 158. Rosemann, R., 465. Rosenberg, J., 178. Rosenblat, S., 887. Rosenbloom, J., 699. Rosengren, L. F., 369. Rosenthal, 173. Rosin, J., 108. Ross, B. B., 624. Ross, E. H., 251. Ross, H., 632, 636, 658. Ross, H. E., 370, 797. Ross, J. H., 92. Ross, R., 504, 559, 773. Ross, W. H., 395. Rosseu, D. B., 800. Rostrup, S., 446. Roth, F., 397, 797. Rothe, H. H., 395. Rothenbach, 209. Rothenfusser, S., 210, 212. Rothhaar, E., 281. Rothschild, N. C, 252. Roubaud, E., 151, 559. Round, G. C, 390. Rouquette, E., 716. Rouslacroix, 782. Rowan, R. A., 772. Rowe, A. J., 669. Rowe, R. W., 718. Rowell, P. E., 296. Rowland, S., 461, 654. INDEX OF NAMES. 917 Rozier, A., 700. R(5zsa, P., 279. Ruata, E., 72. Rubner, M., 262, 663, 664, 763. Ruby, J., 655. Rudnick, P., 724. Ruediger, E. H., 280. Ruediger, G. F., 575. Rugge, 185. Ruggeberg, H., 333. Ruhland, W., 626. Ruhm, G., 210. Ruhrah, J., 68. Ruijter de "Wildt, J. C. de, 438. Rullmaim, W., 683. Rumely, E. A., 89. Riimker, K. von, 436. Riimpler, A., 34. Rumsey, W. E., 753, 860. Runciman, 496. Rupp, 209. Rupp, E., 311. Rushton, J. C, 230. Rusk, H. P., 568. Russell, E. J., 118, 119, 123, 732, 815. Russell, H. C, 416. Russell, H. L., 16, 17, 196, 381, 097. Russell, H. M., 858. Russland, 377. Rust, E. W., 554. Ruston, A. G., 229, 727. Rutherford, J. G., 167, 881. Rutter, "W. P., 134. Ruuss, N., 177. Sa'adat Yar, 571. Sablon, L. du, 430. Saech, R. A., 137, 450, 550. Sacher, J. F., 108. Sackett, W. G., 372, 521, 646. Safford, W. E., 743. Sage, C. E., 510. Sahr, C. A., 455. Saladin, O., 203. Salaman, R. N., 399. Salant, W., 71. Salkowski, E., 408. Salmon, D. E., 399. Salus, G., 83. Sammet, O., 66. Sanders, G. E., 254. Sanders, J. M., 611. Sanderson, E. D., 16, 194, 752. Sandes, T. L., 758. Sanfelici, R., 276. Sans, H. B., 112. Sarcin, R., 246. Sardy, A. L., 725. Sargent, C. S., 140, 240. Sargent, P. D., 891. Sartory, A., 505. Sasaki, C, 655. Sasseer, E. R., 150, 254, 554, 757. Saulnier, J. M., 445. Saunders, D. A., 41. Saunders, E. R., 399, 433. Sauton, B., 431. Savage, E. S., 367. 50596°— 12 3 Savastano, L., 237, 441. Sawamura, S., 763. Sawer, E. R., 631, 666. Sawitsch, W., 107. Sawtschenko, "W, J., 88. Saylor, H. H., 842. Sayre, L. E., 432, Scammell, H. B., 396. Schaefifer, A., 443. Schaeffer, N. C, 797. Schafer, A. F., 83. Schaffer, F., 610. Schalk, A. F., 287. Schander, R., 333. Scharr, E., 679. Schatz, R., 762. Schaub, I. O., 20. Scheele, C. von, 564. Schellenberg, H. C, 645. Scheloumow, A., 627. Schem, K., 211, 610. Schestoff, T., 801. Scheunert, A., 888. Schiffel, A., 141. Schifier, P., 708. Schiffmann, F., 789. Schill, P., 644. Schindler, F., 123. Schittenhelm, A., 158. Schlechter, R., 745. Schlossmann, A., 69, 766. Schmgy, M., 578. Schmidt, H., 804. Schmidt, W. A., 482. Schmitt, F. M., 780. Schnegg, H., 647. Schneider, A., 110, 882. Schneider, E. C, 140. Schneider-OreUi, O., 749, 826, 849. Schneiderheinze, J., 409. Schneidewind, W., 319. Schniirer, 582. Scholl, A., 709, 804, 805. SchoU, E. E., 48. Scholz, A., 608. Schorer, E. H., 575, 577. Schotte, G., 842. Schreiner, 557. Schreiner, O., 224, 419, 814. Schroder, J., 412, 429, 511. Schroeder, E. C, 87 Schroeder, J., 400. Schrum, E., 85. Schuberg, A., 150. Schubert, K., 560. Schiibler, 218. Schuh, 287. Schiihmacher, 209. Schultz, 543. Schultz, A. R., 623. Schultze, A., 87, 184. Schultze, W. H., 204. Schulz, A., 827. Schulz, n., 65. Schulz, K., 478. Schulze, B., 424, 713. Schulze, E., 107, 713, 729. Schumm, O., 161. Schumy, V., 690. Schuster, G., 485. Schuster, J., 840. Schtitt, 787. Schwangart, 655. Schwappach, A., 140, 843. Schwartz, E. J., 52. Schwarz, E., 573. Schwarz, E. A., 151. Schwarz, O., 607. Schweder, B., 690. Sclater, W. L., 854. ScoQcld, C. S., 535, 748. Scott, J. C, 370. Scott, J. W. R., 737. Scott, W. M., 48. Scurti, F.,801. Seavcr, F. J., 815. Secrest, E., 744. Sedgwlck,T. E., 593. Scelhorst, C. von, 128, 224, 526. Seibold, E., 211, 212. Seifert, E., 373. Seissl, J., 673. Selby, A. D., 539. Sellards, E.H.,725. Semon, R., 365. Semple, D., 782. Sergeois, E., 760. Serger, H., 212, 408, 609. Serger, K., 507. Serono, C, 67, 307, 503. Sessions, C. R., 398. Severin, H. C, 147. Severin, H. H. P., 147. Severini, G., 747. Sowerin, S. A., 817. Seydel, S., 625. Seymour, G., 636. Shackleton, R., 388. Shafer, G.D.,753. Shamel, C. A., 91. Shantz, H. L., 628, 822, Sharp, D., 753. Sharp, L. T., 218. Sharpe, n. G., 2G1. Sharpe, R. W., 393. Shaw, C. F., 718. Shaw, E. E., 298. Shaw, G. W., 133, 233, 539. Shaw, J. K., 45. Shaw, N., 438. Shaw, R. S., 696. Shaw, W. N., 809. Shear, C. L., 645. Shearer, C, 773. Shedd, C. K., 194. Shcdd, O. M., 93, 100, 515, 614. Sheets, E. W., 690. Sheldon, J. L., 746, 751. Shcpard, C. U., 641. Shcppard, P. A. E.,654. Sheppcrd, J. L., 794. Sherier, J. M., 614. Sherman, F., jr., 59. Sherman, H. C, 158, 697. Sherrard, C, 834. Sherwin, M. E., 234, 539. 918 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECOKD. Shimazono, J., 156. Shimek, B., 821. Shinn, C. H., 51. Shorey, K. C, 419, 420, 814. Short, A. K., 780, 900. Shoukfivitch, J., 184. Shreve, F., 821. Shrewsbury, H. S., 774. Shull, C. A., 531. ShuU, G. H., 827. Shulov, J. S.,427. Shurtleff, E. D., 275. Shute, W. W., 300. Shutt, F. T., 132. Sieber, H., 882. Siegel, J., 37G, 682. Siegfcld, M., 410. Sicvers, A. F., 041. Sicvers, F. J., GOO. Sigmond, A. A. J. von, 223. Silberstein, S., 312. Silva, P. da, 755. Silverman, A., 506. Silvcstri, F., 147, 149. Simmich, P., 115, 410. Simmons, E. C, 892. Simmons, W. H., 258. Simpson, G. C. E., 264. Simpson, H. H., 73. Sindal], H. E., 261. Sindall, K. W., 142, 310. Singh, P., 142. Singleton, W. M., 79. Sisson, S., 373. Sjollema, B., 801. Skalov, B. A., 621. Skarblom, K. E., 117. Skinner, J. H., 568, 874. Skinner, J. J., 224, 420, 814. Skinner, R. P., 526, 893. Skinner, W. W., 98. Skwirsky, P., 175. Slack, E. P., 466. Slataper, F. J., 314. Slans-Kantschieder, J., 854. Slawkowsky, W., 690. Slingerland, M. V., 557. Smalley, F. W., 272. Smalley, H. R., 96. Smead, 384. Smead, C. D., 578. Smit, H. J., 281, 378. Smith, A. L., 235. Smith, A. M., 822. Smith, B. H., 710. Smith, E. F., 56, 567, 646. Smith, E. n., 445, 649. Smith, F., 806. Smith, F. G., 99. Smith, G., 471. Smith, G. E., 396. Smith, H. C, 718. Smith, H. R., 194. Smith, .1. B., 403. Smith, L. H.,434. Smith, P. H., 72, 73, 80, 605. Smith, R. E., 214, 244, 445, 816. Smith, R. G., 816. Smith, R. I., 97, 856, 861,862. Smith, T., 586, 592, 680. Smith, T. A. J., 574, 830. Smith, T. O., 362, 624. Smith, W., 205. Smith, W. G., 718. Smolensk!, K., 307. Smyth, E. G., 249, 252. Snyder, J. L., 096. Snyder, W. P., 874. Sobbe, O. von, 712. Soccer, E. R., 556. Soddy, F., 405. Soderbaum, H. G., 312, 622, 623. Sohgen, N. L., 370, 608, 803. Solcnow, N.,813. Solowiow, P., 561. Someren, R. A. L. van, 654. Someren, V. G. L. van, 654. Somervillc, W., 49. Sommer, H. L., 682. Sonntag, P., 828. Sorauer, P., 450, 532, 545. Sordina, J. B., 138. Sornet, 709. Soucail, B., 062. Soule, A. M., 701, 724. South, F. W., 245, 642. Southard, A. E.,898. Soutter, R., 746. Spampani, G., 130. Spann, 774. Sparks, E. E., 16,797. Sparks, H. W., 787. Spat, W., 175. Spaulding, P., 651. Spears, 11. D., 568. Spencer, J. H., 214, 614. Spcthmann, M. T., 794. Spieckermann, A., 545, 547. Spillman, \V. J., 14, 36, 162, 163, 388, 434. Spillner, F., 118, 717. Spilmann, L.,83. Splcndorc, A., 748. Spooncr, C. S.,396. Sprague, D. B., 194. Sprecher, A.,530. Spring, F. G.,S43. Squier, G. C.,118. Stabler, L. J., 239. Stadhouder, L. J. H., 184. Stafford, J., 473. Stallings, R. E., 624, 660. Stammler, 483. Standfuss, R., 682. Stanley, L., 358. Starrett, H. P., 736. Staub, W.,479. Stazzi, P., 178. Stebbing, E. P., 248, 253, 351. Stebbins, C.,897. Stebbins, C. A., 191. Stebut, A., 733. Steele, R.,369. Stefani, T. de, 147. Steinbriick, K., 290. Stenstrom, O., 278, 779. Stephan, 69. Stephen, J. W.,744. Stephenson, C, 500. Stepp, W., 766. Stevens, 384. Stevens, A. O., 200. Stevens, F. L., 448, 723, 844. Stevens, (Mrs.) F. L., 200. Stevens, H. E.,395. Stevens, J. C, 27. Stevenson, D. S., 469. Stevenson, T., 47. Stevenson, W., 478, 571. Stevenson, W. H., 434. Stewart, D., 261. Stewart, F. C., 55. Stewart, J., 814. Stewart, J. H., 753, 840. Stewart, J. P., 238. Stewart. J. S.,296. Stewart, R., 226, 616, 723. Stewart, V. B.,56. Stiasny, E.,808. Stift, A.,848. Stiles, C.W., 753. Stimson, A. M., 177. Stimson, R. W., 697. Stirling, R. F.,277. Stitt, E. R., 174. Stockberger, W. W., 773. Stockdale, F. A., 733. Stocking, W. A., 372. Stockman, S., 279, 2S6, 683. Stoecklin, L.,211,477. Stoffert, r.,239. Stok, J. E. van der, 40, 435. Stokel, S.,83. Stokes, E. E.,837. Stokes, W. R., 577. Stoklasa, J., 225, 430. Stol'gane, A. A., 426. Stone, A. L., 538. Stone, G. E., 37, 44, 47, 48, 49, 52, 54, 56, 57, 649, 741. Stone, W. E., 11, 13, 16, 17, 696. Stoneburn, F. H.,396. . Stoneking, J. B.,89. Storm, A. V., 198. Stormer, K., 142, 447, 648. Stott, W., 773. Stout, A. B.,646. Steward, F.,229. Stowder, K. W., 373. Stowell, E. C, 575. Strahorn, A. T., 719. Strang, 772. Strasburger, E., 227. Stratton, F. J. M., 733. Straughn, M. N., 99, 312. Strecker, W.,708. Street, J. P., 522, 523, 659, 665. Streightoff, F. H., 157. Strickland, C, 177,887. Strobel, H., 281. Strohmer, F., 115, 711. Stroud, D., 795. Struve, J., 768. Stuart, A. T., 110. Stuart, D., 395. INDEX OF NAMES. 919 Stuart, W., 836. Stubbs, F. J.,669. Stubbs, J. E., 695. Stuckey, H. P., 640, 648. Stutzer, 281,606. Stutzer, A., 804, 818. Stutzer, M., 280. Siichting, H., 720. Sudworth, G. B., 338, 339. Sullivan, R.H., 214. SuUivan, M. X.,419,815. Sullivan, V.L., 892. Supf, K.,41,332. Siipfle, K., 709. Surface, H. A., 539. Surre, L.,316. Sustschowa, M., 83. Sutherst, W. r.,115, Sutton, G. L., 135. Sutton, J. B.,715. Sutton, L.H., 195. Suzuki, U., 428. Swaine, J. M.,398. Swanson, C. O., 356, 357, 661 Swaren, J. W.,892. Swaving, A. J., 170. Swcers, P., 270. Sweet, A. T., 718, 719. Sweet, G., 183. Swenk, M., 655. Swenk, M. H.,552. Swezey, G. D., 94. Swingle, L. D., 760. Symons, G., 592. Symons, S. T. D., 278. Symons, T. B., 743, 755. Syphus, E. n., 233. SzekAcs, E., 647. Szfipligeti, G. V., 152, 352. Tabor, G.. 899. Tacke, B., 720. Taft, L. R., 298, 299. Tague, E. L., 608. Tailby, G. W.,jr., 367. Talman, C. F., 118. Tanaka, Y., 556. Tangl, F., 159, 360, 465. Tankard, A. R., 69. Tanner, T. II., 373. Tarugi, N., 508. Tate, T. W., 696. Taubenhaus, J. J.; 748, 751. • Taylor, A. E.,359. Taylor, F. W., 434. Taylor, II. C., 386. Taylor, N. R., 27, 214, 614. Taylor, W. A., 14. Taylor, W. F., 299. Tedeschi, E., 278. Tedorov, D. V., 269. Teesdale, C. H., 50. Teller, G. L., 463. T611ez, O., 750. Tempany, H. A., 637. Temple, J. C, 31, 640, 648, 722. Ten Eyek, A. M., 131, 392, 434. Tenny, L. S., 594. Teppaz, L., 684. Terry, I. C, 235. Teruuchi, Y., 264. Thach, C. C, 701. Thackara, A. M., 282. Thai, n., 472. Tharp, W. E., 120, 718. Thatcher, R. W., 5, 16, 18, 197,434, 738. Thaxter, R., 253. Thayer, A. H., 246. Thayer, G. H., 246. Theiler, A., 173, 382, 383, 584, 882, SS3. Theobald, F. V., 882. Th6ry, E., 292. Theulogoet, H. de, 76. Thlel, H., 492. Thiessen, A. H., 27. Thiessen, II., 416. Thiessen, J. P., 594. Thom, C, 372. Thomae, C, 156, 208. Thomann, J., 507. Thomas, J. B., 575. Thomas, K., 563, 764. Thomas, L. S., 95. Thompson, A. L., 797. Thompson, D. S., 270. Thompson, E. H., 594. Thompson, F., 310, 807. Thompson, II. B., 762. Thompson, H. C, 742. Thompson, M. de K., 818. Thompson, W. H., 155. Thompson, W. O., 16. Thomson, C. G., 286. Thomson, D. H., 215. Thomson, E. H., 238, 896. Thomson, G. S., 578. Thoni, J., 505. Thome, C. E., 434. Thornton, R. ^V., 492. Thornton, T., 454. Thuau, U. J., 809. Thurgau, n. M., 450, 851. Tibbies, W.. 65. Tietjens, L., 316. Tigerstedt, C, 157. Tilhnan, B. W., 222, 719. Tillmans, J., 406. Tiraboschi, C, 656. Tischler, G., 650. Todd, F. D., 151. Todd, J. L., 372, 881. Toll, J. D., 725. Tommasi, G., 801. Tonegutti, M., 202, 407. Tonnelier, A. C, 846. Torre, K. W. von D., 560. Torrilhon, G. L., 844. Tortelli, P., 713. Toth, J., 413. Tottingham, W. E., 723. Toumey, J. W., 443. Touplain, F., 610. Tourgee, C. H., 494. Toumois, J., 432, Tourtellot, I. A., 394. Tousley, E. M., 291. Tower, W. V., 62, 354, 858. Towles, C. B., 565. Townsend, C. n. T., 247, 860. Townsend, C. O., 56. Trabut, L., 448. Tracy, S. M., 195. Trafford, n., 188. Traill, D., 272. Trawinski, A., 876. Treboux, O.. 845. Tredwell, R. C, 190. Trolease, W., 700. Tretyakov, S., 533. Trier, G., 107. Triplett, n. F., 200. Trivett, J. B., 291. Troop, J., 96. Trotter, A., 243. Trouessart, E. L., 168. Troup, R. S., 141. Trowbridge, P. F., 71, 99. Troy, H. C, 797. True, A. C, 10, 14, 15, 16, 696. True, G. n., 695. True, R. n., 624, 641. Truelle, 442. Truelle, A., 26, 153. Tryon, n., 551. Trzcinski, T. von, 318. Tschcrmak, E. von, 700. Tsviet, M. S., 710. Tugendreich, G., 507. Tunniclifl, R., 579. Turlington, J. E., 395. Turner, D., 636. Turner, J. D., 568. Turney, A. G., 840. Tuschnow, M. P., 877. Twitchell, G. M., 387. Twort, F. W., 783. Ugglas, B. af, 309. Uhlmann, R., 566, 664. Ulmansky, S., 368, 873. Upham, A. A., 493. Urban, J., 332. Uriah, F. W., 354. Ustjanzew, W., 769. Utra, G. R. P. d', 297. Utz, 408. Valder, G., 536. Valcrio, B. G., 684. Valine, C, 300. Vanatta, E. S., 719. Van Baren, J., 813. Van Breda de Haan, J., 332. Van der Heyden, 381. Van der Horn van den Bos, J. L. M., 204. Vanderleck, J., 270. Vandcrlinden, E., 429. Van der Stok, J. E., 40, 435. Van de Venne, 11., 400. Van Dine, D. L., 59. Van Duyne, C, 718, 719. 920 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOED. Van Es, E., 83. Van Es, L., 287. Van Ewing, P., 395. Vaney, C, C57. Van HaU, C. J. J., 851. Van Hise, C. R., 16. Van Horn, F. B., 34. Van Kampen, G. B., 126, 426. Vanney, A., 177. Van Pelt, H. G., 800. Van Poeteren, N., 447. Van Rensselaer, M., 299, 394. Van Rijn, W., 606. Van Romburgh, P., 843. Van Romunde, L. H., 868. Van Slyke, D. D., 22, 99. Van Slyke, L. L., 98, 99, 212, 275. Van Someren, R. A. L., 654. Van Someren, V. G. L., 654. Van Zile, M. P., 493. Varenne, A. de, 60. Variot, P., 613. Vasil'ev, K. K., 736. Vassillew, 557. Vater, H., 744. Vatin, F., 875. Vaughn, R. E., 195. Vavilov, N., 658. Veillon, R., 203. Veitch, F. P., 413, 611. Velasco, von, 285. Venne, H. van de, 400. Verge, G., 239, 550, 750, 851. Vermehren, A., 116. Verne, L. dal, 358. Vernengo, D., 508. Verney, F. A., 480. Verrall, G. H., 100. Vianello, L., 473. Viehmeyer, H., 348. Viercck, H. L., 153, 352, 353. Vieth, P. H., 273. Villarello, J. D., 418. Ville, 723. Villemoes, N., 485. Villepigue, R., 742. Villiers, A., 355. Vincent, C. C, 194. Vincent, E. L., 844. Vincent, H., 183. Vipond, H. J.,321. Virchow, C, 709. Visocchi, A., 358. Vital, E., 690. Vivian, A., 11, 127. Voegtlin, C, 565. Voelcker, J. A., 528. Vogel, J., 226, 617. Vogel, K. M., 355. Vogel, O.E.,282. Voges, E., 545, 849, 850, Voglino, P., 149. Voitellier, C, 473. VoUmer, E., 84. Voorhees, E. B., 16. Voorhees, J. F., 415, 459. Vorbrodt, W., 501. Vo3, B. H., 284. Voto6ek, E., 505. Vries, J. J. O. de, 676. Vryburg, B., 175. Vuaflart, L., 661, 714, 804. Vuillemin, P., 345. Vuyst, P. de, 500. Wade, L. A. B., 892. Wadsworth, H. A., 694. Waggaman, W. H., 818. Wagner, J. P., 44. Wahl, B., 353. Wahl, C. von, 342. Wahnschaffe, 398. ^Vaite, M. B., 48. Waite, R. H., 770. Wakerley, F., 836. Walden, A. E., 206. Walden, B. H., 147, 855, 856. Waldron, B. L., 614. Waldron, L. R., 434, 632, 828. Waldrop, C. S., 718. Walker, C, 61. Walker, E., 441. Walker, G., 613. Walker, G. T., 118. Walker, H. B., 892. Walker, 11. S., 537. Walker, J., 173. Walker, J. P., 371. Walker, L. S., 35, 65. Walker, N. D., 566. Walker, P. H., 114, 312, 386. Wallace, H., 391. Wallace, J. S., 867. Wallace, R. C. E., 694. Wallace, T. A., 155. Wallenbock, R., 140. Waller, A. D., 227. Waller, (Mrs.) A. M., 228. Walter, E., 117. Walters, E. H., 133. Walters, J. A. T., 639. WarcoUier, G., 805. Ward, A. R., 377, 666. ^Vard, H. M., 143, 822. Ward, R. deC, 810. Warfield, L. M., 803. Warner, J. F., 719. Warren, G. F., 499, 697. Warthiadi, D., 35. Washburn, F. L., 59. Washburn, J. H., 499. WatanabS, Y., 487. Wateridge, F. W., 189. Waters, H. J., 4, 17, 18, 265. Watson, A., 881. Watson, E. B., 718, 719. Watson, J. V. B., 300. Watson, W., 337. Watts, F., 534, 733, 837. Watts, R. L., 538. Waugh, F. A., 336. Weatherhead, D. L., 99. Weathers, J., 337. Weaver, G. H., 579. Webb, G., 750. Webber, H. J., 41, 390. Weber, E., 367. Weber, H., 338. Webster, A., 307. Webster, E. H., 19. Webster, R. L., 863. Wechsler, E., 511. Weese, J., 448. M^eevers, T., 823. Wehmer, C, 551, 752, 799. Wehnert, 125. Wehrle, E., 364. Weibull, M., 422. Weichardt, W., 579. Weichel, 660. Weidman, S., 719, 812. Weil, A., 888. Weil, E., 174, 883. Weil, E. E., 279. Weill-Halie, B., 410. Weinberg, A. von, 875. Weinzierl, R. von, 40. Weise, J., 560. Weiser, I., 267. Weiser, S., 360. Weiss, H. B., 695. Weiss, H. F., 339. Weiss, J. M., 206. Weisweiller, G., 201. Welbel, B., 21. Weld, I. C, 275. Weldert, 28. Wellington, J. W., 494, 741. Wellmann, O., 673. Wells, A. A., 615, 616. Wells, R. T., 677. Welsh, F. S., 718. Welton, F. A., 43. Wennevold, O., 276. Wentworth, E. N., 166, 667. Werner, H., 246. Werth, E., 552. Wery, G., 513. Wcsenberg-Lund, C, 561. Wesnner, J. A., 463. Wessely, R., 690. West, R. M., 113. Wester, P. J., 336, 841. Westerdijk, J., 647. Westermeier, N., 673. Westgate, J. M., 434. Westhansser, F., 476, 574, 673. Westover, H. L., 719. Wbeaton, W. R., 644. Wheeler, H. J., 11, 196, 434, 817. AVheeler, R. II., 797. Wheeler, W. M., 352, 658. Wheldale, M., 106. Whetzel, H. H., 51. Whistler, J. T., 214. Whitaker, G. M., 81, 400. White, F. M., 91. "WTiite, G. R., 678. White, H. L., 99. White, J., 55. "White, S. K., 97. WTiite, T. H., 450, 739, 743. White, W. C, 484. Whitehouse, A. W., 483. INDEX OF NAMES. 921 Whitfield, H. L., 200. Whitford, H. N.,51. Whitmarsh, R. D., 55. Whltmore, E. R., 89. Wliitney, M., 718. WUtson, A. R., 221, 323. Whitten, J. C, 238. •V\Tiymper, R., 662, 710. Wiancko, A. T., 434. Wicherley, W., 50. Widtsoe, (Mrs.) J. A., 790. Wiemann, J., 683. Wiener, II., 709. Wijnberg, A., 213. Wilbriuli, G., 438. Wildeman, E. de, 843. Wilder, G. P., 741. Wilder, H. J., 718. Wilenko, M., 482, 607. Wiley, H. W., 97, 100. Wilhelm, K., 35. Wilhelm Graf zu Leiningen, 322. Wilkie, J. M., 412. Wilkinson, C. D., 808. Wilkinson, W. C, 85. Wilkinson, W. P., 212. Willard, J. T., 356. Willcocks, F. C, 453. Williams, A. W., 375. Williams, C. C, 716. Williams, C. G., 43. Williams, C. M., 345. Williams, C. T., 179. Williams, D., 393. Williams, G. W. M., 806. Williams, H. F., 719. Williams, I. C, 345. Williams, K. I., 463. Williams, P. F., 137, 138, 740. Williams, T. A., 655. Williams, W. K., 93. Williams, W. L., 185. Willis, J. C, 629, 700. Willson, C. A., 168. Willstiitter, R., 563. Wilson, C. S., 540. Wilson, C. W., 667. Wilson, E., 443. Wilson, E. B., 672. Wilson, G. H., 277. Wilson, G. W., 51, 844. Wilson, H. F., 153, 539, 560. Wilson, James, 97, 183, 688. Wilson, J. A., 6S. Wilson, L., 271. Wilson, R. II., 29f). Wilson, S. C, 200. Wilson, V. T , 299. Wlmmer, W., 465. Windisch, K., 778. Windisch, R., 81. Wing, H. 11., 308. Wing, J. E., 709, 830. Winkler, 477. Winkler, C. n., 595. Winship, A. E., 193. Winslow, C. E. A., 575. Winston, R. A., 718. Winter, O. B., 325. Winterstein, E., 729. Winterstein, II., 658. Winton, A. L., 99. Withers, W. A., 100. Witte, H., 25. Wlodeck, J. von, 525. Wohltmann, F., 598. Wolbach, S. B., 881. Wolf, A., 788. Wolf, F. A., 96, 449, 645, 650, 852. Wolff, A., 675. Wolff, M., 757, 759. Wolfl-Eisner, A., 180, 578. Wolffliugel, K , 349, 780. Won, F. W., 97. Woltereck, R., 773. Wood, H. P., 863. Wood, P. O., 718, 719. Wood, T. B., 732, 767. Woodbury, C. G., 96, 741, 742, 797. Woodhouse, E. J., 493. Woodruff, C. E., 75. Woods, C. D., 200, 867. Woodward, S. M., 589, 789. Woodworth, C. W., 256, 561. Woolsey, T. S., jr., 51, 240. Woo ton, E. O., 35. Worcester, D. C, 336. Work, P., 741. Womle, P., 643. Worthen, E. L., 434, 718. Wortmann, J., 512. Woy, R., 34, 210. Wrangel, C. G.,875. Wrede, 213. Wright, A. M., 356. Wright, H., 844, 892. Wright, J. n., 276. Wright, R.C., 816. Wright, R. F., 688. Wright, R. P., 500, 533, 534, 635, 536, 537. Wright, W. P., 139. Wulach, 263. Wulfl, F., 682. Wuyts, L., 468. Wytsman, P., 352. Yakimoflf, N. K., 782. Yakunofl, W. L.,782. Yard, W.AV., 483. Yoder, P. A., 710, 715. Yorke, W., 486. Yoshlmura, K., 24, 563. ) Yoshinaga, F., 110. Young, C. C, 874. Young, H. B.,394. Young, L., 487. Young, W. J., 288, 696. Youngblood, B.,331. Zach, F., 341, 844. Zaepemick, H., 139. Zagorodsky, M., 164. Zaleski, W., 729. Zander, E., 253. Zappone, C. R., jr., 718. Zamik, B., 286. Zavitz, C. A., 20, 434. Zederbauer, E., 51, 443, Zeeuw, R. de, 819. Zeijlstra, H. H., 54. Zeller, O. A., 263. Zellner, J., 746, 750. Zengel, W., 273. Zeublin, E., 484. Ziegler, E. A., 49. Ziegler, H. E., 652. Zimmerman, A., 265. Zimmermann, A., 141, 351, 444, 745. Zipfel, H., 824. Zitkowski, H. E.,313. Zucker, 209. Zunz, E., 23. Zwart, S. G.,774. Zweifel, E.,480. Zwick, 281, 660,784. INDEX OF SUBJECTS. Note.— The abbreviations "Ala.College," "Conn State," "Mass.," etc., after entries, refer to the publications of the respective experiment stations; "Alaska," "Hawaii," and "P.R." to those of the experiment stations in Alaska, Hawaii, and Porto Rico; "Can." to those of the experiment stations in Canada, and "U.S.D.A." to those of this Department. Page.' Ahlerus clisiocampx, notes 152 Abortion, contagious, in cows 381,784 111 681 diagnosis. . . . 585, 681 epizootic, in cows 381 infectious, immunization 578 in live stock 883 Abrin, notes 676 Absorption and transpiration in plants, differ- entiation 822 Acanlhia lectularia, notes 759 AcanlMslinaria,d.estmttive to Chinese cot- ton scale 556 Acetamid, assimilation by plants 32 Acetic acid, effect on Penicillium glaucum ... 203 Acetin as a butter adulterant 508 Acetone-alcohol, nature and use 580 Achras, ripcoing piocosscsof 310 Acid albumin, production of anaphylaxis by. 374 phosphate. (See Superphosphate.) Acids, amino, nutritive value, U.S.D.A 71 determination in oils and fats 411 effect on seed germination 131 soil granulation 420 fatty, determination 410 formation in oleaginous fruits... 801 separation of ammonium salts from 112 free fatty, determination in fats 411 monobasic, as affected by Bulgarian ferment 203 organic, effect on fungi 203 tin 867 volatile, in honey 25 Acidum nuckinicum, natiire and use 580 Acorn poisoning in cattle 586 Actinomyces odori/era, notes 881 Actinomycosis, acute, in horses 787 Actinonema tosx, perfect stage of 650 Adipose tissue, histogenesis of 366 Adrenalin, use against milk fever 580 Adsuki beans, notes 362 varieties, N.C 829 JEnasioidea latiscaptis n.g. andn.sp., descrip- tion 2.54 Aenoplex sp., studios, Nev 458 Aerial contamination in amebic infections — 677 Afermol, nature and use 580 Afforestation. (See Forestation). Page. African coast fever, complement fixing In 882 immunization e&3,882 exp eri- ments.. 173 investigations 678 transmission 882 horse sickness, immunization 579 Agaricus campeslris, nutrition 440 mclleus, notes 750 Agaves, manufacture of alcohol fi om 415 Agglutination reactions in hog choleia, ilich. 785 technique and methods 676 Aglaophenia hellcri, biometrical study 102 Aglycyderidae, catalogue 560 Agrarian protection in Belgium 93 Agricultural — agencies, consolidation in British West Indies 495 in Peru, reoigamzation 698 associations in Germany 15 chemical station at Vienna, report 95 chemistry. (See Chemistry.) college graduates, occupation 601 colleges — cooperation with public schools 296 forestry in 15 giouping of studiesin 10 organization hsts, U.S.D.A 795 (See also Alabama, Arizona, etc.) cooperation, ethical principles 291 handbook 92 in Bombay Presidency 190 Great Britain 895 New Jersey 895 Tennessee, Term 795 United Kingdom 894 United States 92,894 paper on 388 requisites of 594 cooperative credit societies in Punjab 389 law in Wisconsin 488 societies, benefits 388 in France 388 Germany 92 Mexico 594 county schools in Wisconsin, U.S.D.A.. . 193 course for elementary schools 392 grammar school grades 493 bigh schools 191 923 924 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Agricultural— Continued. Page. credit, handbook 594 in British India 793 Europe 895 France 388 Mexico 594 development of Nevada 599 Nyasaland 829,830 economics. (See Rural economics.) education — economics in, Wis 386 for dependent and delinquent hoys. . 498 in Argentina 295, 689 Bavaria 193 Canada 391 England and Wales, government aid to 793 Italy 798 Michigan 192 public schools : 299,898 secondary schools 898 South Africa 492 United Kingdom 491 United States 898 Wisconsin 296 outline 94 principles and methods 491 school gardening in 296 secondary, progress in 390 (See also Agricultural instruction.) engineering problems in Mexico 398 enterprises, large v. small 387 exhibits in Munich 193 experiment stations. {See Experiment stations.) experiments, error in 732 interpretation 732 extension work — at Southern Commercial Congress 701 by automobile 496 in Canada 391 Hawaii 493 New York 391 Tennessee, Tenn 795 organization and administration 703 training teachers for 299 woman's work in 20 (Sec also Agricultural colleges.) high school at Manassas, Va 390 of Baltimore County, Md . . 394 schools in New York 493 South Australia 798 Institute at Zurich, report 26 of University of Halle 598 instruction — in elementary schools 191, 296 Austria 689, 690 Europe 690 German army 492 Great Britain 295 high schools 190, 192, 391 Netherlands 691 New York 390 Norway 798 Prussia 492 rural schools 191, 596, 697 Agricultural— Continued. Page, instruction— continued. in secondary schools 191, 498 California 192 the army 95 preparation of teachers for 303, 595 progress in 301 relation to weather 94 insurance in France 388 Nebraska 594 labor in Great Britain, treatise 489 management 594 problem in France 292 laborers in Ireland 688 London 189 wages of in England and 'Vales. 93 Jamaica 687 lands, ownership v. tenancy 687 laws of Nebraska 693 New York 93 Ohio 93 Library Section of American Library As- sociation 797 machinery, handbook 686 possibilities of Georgia 688 the South 688 products, animals injurious to 452 exports and imports, U.S.D. A . 294 in France. 595 imports into United Kingdom. 688 in Japan 491 marketing 387, 388 of British "West Africa, hand- book 189 prices 359, 894 U.S.D.A 190 in Tokyo 491 research, economics in, "Wis 386 institutions in Great Britain 496 resources of Massachusetts 290 school at San Cristobal, Santo Domingo . 798 in Argentina 798 Morocco 498 Spain 798 of Chautauqua Institution 497 schools in Georgia 296 Mexico 498 New York 192,390 vocational, papers on 697 science, affiliation of societies 3 society for promotion 1 shows in Bengal 493 small holdings in Denmark 292 Great Britain 592, 688 paper on 592 societies, affiliation 195 in Great Britain 895 Jamaica 687 station of Agra and Oudh, report 436 stations in India, report 232, 233 statistics, notes 897 of Egypt 390 GreatBritain 688 Ireland 389 Ontario 688 Prussia 492 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 925 Page. Agricultural — Continued. statistics of United Kingdom 792 syndicates in Mexico 594 teachers, New York organization 499 tenancy in North Atlantic States 687 Central States 686 United States 790 Western States 790 tenants, paying for high priced land 487 zones of Tropics, relation to climate 118 Agriculture — advanced course in 691 Alpine, development in Italy 130 at North Carolina State Normal and In- dustrial College 497 State School of Agriculture, Canton, New York 791 correspondence courses in 19 Department of. (See United States De- partment of Agriculture.) elementary, handbook 94, 191, 391 pedagogical principles 691 European, observations on, Tex 895 for women teachers 898 graduate school 696 study in 10 home study course for teachers 497 in Australia 189 Bavaria 189 Brazil, treatise 189 British East Africa 793 Canada 896 Canton, China, Christian College 699 Europe, government aid to 896 Great Britain, government aid to 101 Japan 896 New England 897 the South 592 Transvaal and vicinity 490 normal school, in Kansas 497 phenology and cUmatology in 613 reading courses in 297 Spanish , society for improvement 498 text-book 94,297 treatise 189 tropical, bibliography 629 use of electricity in 789 explosives in 91 women's share in 299 Agrilus sinuatus. (,See Sinuate pear-tree borer.) Agrimony, occurrence of barium in 432 Agriotes lineatus, remedies 256 mancus, notes 147 Agromyza melampyga, notes 147 Agronomy, development and proper status. . 434 Air, bacteriology of 174 microbiology of 372 movement through soils 619 {See also Atmosphere.) Alabama argillacea, notes. Conn. State 856 remedies, Ala.CoUcge 757 Alabama College Station, notes 96 Alanin, heat of combustion 160 A laptU3 criococci, parasitic on orange scale, Cal 554 Page. Albizzia, insects ailecting 553 Albumin, dynamic action on kidneys 46.") egg, coagulation by heat 306 identification in solutions 201 production of anaphylaxis by 374 water, efiect on gastric secretion. . . 466 Alcohol — boiling, extracting plants with 108 detection in fermenting fluids 308 effect on development of eggs 772 gastric secretion 4G6 seed germination 131 manufacture from agaves .- . . 415 sugar beets 213,512,809 vine shoots 613 zapupe 415 microbiology of 372 Alder rust, notes 852 A leymdes atriplex n.sp. , description 859 citri. {See White fly.) olivinus n.sp., description 149 sp., notes 348 Alfalfa- analyses ,. . . 469. 770 and com for fatteniag lambs, N.Mex 73 bacterial disease, investigations, Colo 646 bread, analyses, Conn. State 600 breeding experiments 734 Colo 633 butterflies affecting 655 cost of production 830 culture. Ark 734 Conn.State 633 Mass 40 experiments 434, 830 Mont 38 Tenn 422 in Ohio 131 Ohio 331 Scotland 535 under dry fanning, N.Dak 828 downy mildew, description 846 drought resistance in, N.Dak 632 fertilizer experiments 631 Tenn 422 for irrigated lands of Colorado 734 hay, analyses 369 Conn.State 665 inoculation experiments 535 ketones from 802 lime and phosphorus content 873 meal, analyses 362, 568, 665, 768, 873 Conn.State 665 Ky 568 La 568 Mass 665 Mich 714 N.Y.State 165 Tex 463 Vt 72 occurrence of creatinin in, U.S.D. A 419 Phytonomus variabilis affecting 151 seed, analyses, Md 739 factors affecting setting, Colo 633 • germination tests, Mass 44 926 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. Alfalfa— Continued. Page. seed, high v. low grade, Ind 838 Imported, tests 634 persistence and vitality of bacteria on 820 production, N.Dak 632 in Europe 436 standards in Canada 839 silage, nutritive value 360 sowing with and without a nurse crop. . . 434 stems and leaves, analyses, Mich 714 studies and bibliography, N.Dak 632 varieties 233, 631, 632, 733 N.Dak 632 Wyo 524 vitality of 734 water requirements, N.Dak 632 Alfalfonc, occurrence in alfalfa 802 Alga, wood-penetrating, notes 853 Algce, analyses 324 Algaroba, notes 362 Alimentary intoxications of horses 887 Alkali albumin, anaphylaxis production by. 374 carbonates, determination 406 detei;mination in arsenical dip fluid. . . 411 effect on specificity of precipitins 482 metal salts, effect on saccharifl cation of starch 309 soils. (See Soils, alkaU.) tolerance of eucalypts for, Cal 642 Alkaloid, animal, isolation from milk 212 AUantoin, assimilation by plants 32 heat of combustion 160 Alligator pears. (See Avocados.) Allium cepa, stomatal movement in 627 AllolobopTiora longa, carbon dioxid exhalation of 619 Alloxan, assimilation by plants 32 AUoxuric bases, occurrence in stachys tubers and citrus leaves 107 Alluvial lands, underdrainage of 685 Allylamins, assimilation by plants 32 Almond branches, development on peach trees 46 oil, analyses 504 Almonds, hydrocyanic acid in 228 Altcrnaria solani, notes. Mass 649 Alum, use in baking powder 564 Aluminum- phosphate as affected by calcium carbon- ate 527 fertilizing value 428, 622 salts, eSect on ferments 309 silicates, extraction of potash from 426 sulphate, effect on sugar beets 225 Alunite deposits in Spain 728 United States 526 Alysicarpus vaginalis, notes 362 Amakebe, transmission by ticks 882 Amblyomma fiebrigi n.sp., description 4G0 variegatum nocens n.var., de- scription 460 Amebae, parasitic in man, treatise 375 pure cultures of 375 Amebic infections, studies 677 American — Page. Association— for Advancement of Agricultural Teaching 1, 198 of Farmers' Institute Workers 199 Farm Management Association 1, 294 Society of Agricultural Engineers 398 Agronomy 1, 196, 434 Animal Nutrition 1, 71, 197 Amicroplus crambivorus n.sp., description... 352 Amidosulphonic acid, assimilation by plants. 32 Amids, nutritive value, U.S.D.A 71 Amino acids, determination in proteins 22 percentage in proteins,U.S.D. A 605 .\minopropionic acid, assimilation by plants. 32 Amitus minervx n.sp., description 149 Ammonia — as a som-ce of protein for animals, U.S.D.A 72 assimilation by soil micro-organisms 617 crude, fertUizing value 323 determination 709 in proteins 22 urine 870 water 709 evaporation and transformation in cells. . 525 gas, effect on animals 373 in rain and snow of South Polar region. . . 515 metabolism, relation to acid and base- forming elements in foods 158 origin and significance in portal blood 870 separation from pyridin 709 solutions, effect on saccharin substances . . 307 tablet reagents for 008 Ammoniacal salts, effect on saccharification of starch 309 Ammoniflcation— as affected by alkali salts 322 liming, Iowa 428 in soils 721 relation to availability of nitrogenous materials 124 Ammonium — acetate, effect on mUk production and quality 476 citrate solutions, neutral, preparation 709 compounds of fatty acids, properties 23 nitrate, effect on soils, U.S.D.A 216 persulphate, effect on germination of seeds 820 oElts, effect on baking quality of flour — 356 nitrification in soils 722 separation from fatty acids 112 sulphate. {See Sulphate of ammonia.) Amaba sp., relation to blackhead in turkeys. 487 Amcebiasis in fowls, studies 89 Amorphota sp., parasitic on beet webworm, U.S.D.A 250 Ampelographical station, new, in Spain 398 Amylamins, assimilation by plants 32 A naphes gracilis, parasitic on codling moth. . . 252 Anaphylaxis— notes 676 production by albumin 374 reaction, value in protein differentiation. 176 relation to eclampsia 375 review and bibliography 481 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 927 Page. A naplasma viarginale, notes 1 73, 584, 882 (var. centrale), use against anaplasmosis 584 Anaplasmosis— of cattle, notes 173 South African cattle, investigations. . . 584 transmission by ticks 584 (Sec also Gall-siclcncss.) Anastrepha ( Trypeta) ludens, notes 860 Anatomy, microscopic, treatise 876 Andropogon spp., notes 3G1 Anemia, infectious, treatment 483 pernicious in horses, diajaiosis 888 Anempheres diaphanise. n.sp., description 352 Anesthetics. {See Ether and Chloroform.) Angoumois grain moth, notes 453 Animal — body, adaptability to excessive diet 262 resistance to disease 276 breeders' associations in Germany 666 breeding — experiments, suggestions for 773 with cattle 166 poultry 168 operations in Bengal 578 relation to heredity 161 selecting for fancy points in 162 teaching 162 text-book 573 diseases- contagious, law in Canada 881 occurrence in Burma 374 treatment 374 epizootic in Calcutta and vicinity 578 infectious, diagnosis 676 disinfection, Cal 483 notes 276,581 microbiology of 372 nonbacterial, immunization 174 notes 452 prevalence in Bengal 578 Nyasaland 678. text-book 677 transmission by blood-sucking insects 150 treatise 82, 481 treatment 578 {See also specific diseases.) extracts, effect on secretion of mammary gland 370 fluids, determination of viscosity 374 growth, treatise and bibliography 658 heat and bio-energetics, treatise and bib- liography 265 hybridization in United States 163 industry in Philippines 666 life, relation to meteorology 513 meal, analyses, N.H 362 meals, analyses and feeding value 468 nutrition, principles of 164 organisms, relation to soil formation 223 parasites, detection 481 notes 452 of Colorado 865 production, review of literature 266 products, price in Switzerland 573 qua»Qtin« regulations in Canada 881 Page. Animal— Continued. regeneration, treatise 163 species, origin of 162 Animals- adaptations in 347 as affected by en\-ironment 392 associated with ants 348 breeding, inheritance in "blood lines " in. 162 root crops for. U.S.D.A 95 castrated, abnormal bone growth in 471 color disguise in, book 246 domestic, dissection guide 578 early maturity in 471 fleas infesting 349 imported, in East Africa 768 insect parasites of 780 lysol poisoning in 581 mucous membrane of 480 of Europe, origin 267 Mediterranean islands 267 parasitology of 882 restraint of, book 678 susceptibility to plague 280 fur-bearing, natural history 772 gall-lUce formations in 243 herbivorous, feeds of animal origin for.. . 567 injurious in Russia 693 notes 452 immunization against nonbacterial dis- eases 174 meat, production and marketing 92 metabolism experiments 161 of 265 noxious, laws in Michigan 59 paralysis in, investigations 185 poisoning by plants 86 price in Switzerland 573 small, immunization 676 tolerance to ammonia gas 373 tuberculous, kidney changes in 379 urine and other excretions of, treatise 480 variations in, treatise 227 {See also Live stock. Cattle, Sheep, etc.) Annatto extract, eflect on digestion 68 substitute , effect on digestion 68 Annona diversifoUa n.sp., description 743 Anopheles bi/urcatus, destruction of larvae — 560 Anopheles in Transvaal 173 A nomalon sp. , parasitic on grapevine sphinx . 250 Ant, Argentine, control in CaUfomia 254 Antennaria dioica, hydrocarbons in 107 Anthicidce, catalogue 560 Anthomyia brassicx, remedies 256 Anthonomus — fulvus, destruction by white fungus, U.S.D.A 454 grandis. {See Cotton-boll weevil.) quadrigibbus. {See Apple curculio.) Anthostomella sullse, notes 747 Anthrax- bacillus, destruction by tanning process. 84 protective action of capsule 781 diagnosis 375, 678 dissemination 678 eradication 483 immunization 270,483,578,676 928 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Anthrax— Continued. in hogs, notes ^77 man, notes 84 infection from hides and skins, preven- tion 781 nature and treatment, Nev 883 notes 279,373 spores, germination as affected by culture media 781 longevity 781 symptomatic. (See Blackleg.) unusual, in a mare 279 Antibodies, fixation in vitro 579 local production of 579 notes 676 Antibody formation as aflected by exudate leucocytes 278 Antigens, notes 676 plant, hemagglutinating and pre- cipitating capacity 607 preservation 83 tuberculous, preparation 783 visible detection 579 AntUiematoxins, bacterial, notes 676 Antihog cholera scrum, distribution, Ind 888 Antiopsonic test, diagnostic value 283 Antirabic inoculations, local reaction in 177 vaccine, preparation 782 Antiseptics, use in food materials 564 Antistreptococcus serum , studies 579 Antithrombin , role of in coagulation of blood . 580 Antitoxin , preparation 374 Antitoxins, oral administration of 83 An ti tuberculin, notes 379 Antituberculosis immunity, notes 379 Ants, animals associated with 348 destruction of pigs by, Cal 483 fungus-growing, of Texas 658 leaf-cutting, control in Argentina 452 transmission of anthrax by 678 white. (Sec Termites.) Aonidiella anrantii. (See Orange scale.) Apanteles lateralis, parasitic on bee moth 657 n.g. and n.spp., descriptions 352 Apes, infection with avian tuberculosis 583 Aphelinus diaspidis, parasitic on orange scale, Cal 554 spp., notes 152 Aphididse, California, host index 149 of Nebraska e.W southern California 149, 755 Aphidius brassicx, notes 149 nigripcs, parasitic on grain louse 857 testaceipes, destructive to citrus plant lice 755 Aphis irassicx. (See Cabbage aphis.) cooMi n. sp. , description 755 cratxgi, injurious to apples 247 gossypii, notes 755 (See also Cotton aphis and Melon aphis.) maidi-radicis. (See Corn root aphis.) persicse-niger. (See Peach aphis, black.) pomi-mali. (See Apple aphis.) pulverulens n.sp., description 149 sp., notes 60 spp., notes, Colo 654 Page. Aphis foot in horses, notes 888 Aphthous fever. (See Foot-and-mouth dis- ease.) Aphycus flavus, parasitic on black scale, Cal . . 556 immaculatus, parasitic on orange scale, Cal 554 Apiaries, inspection in Connecticut, Corm. State 855 Apiculture in Tunis 253 (See also Bees.) Apiosporium oleas, parasitic on olive scale 655 Apis melUfera. (See Bees.) A plopappus ciliatns, occurrence of barium in. 432 Aploparaksis fuligulosa n.sp., description 561 Aplada mutica, notes 361 Apoplexy in winter-fed lambs, N.Y.Comell. . 368 parturient. (See Milk fever.) Aporrectodea chlorotica, carbon dioxid exhala- tion of 619 Aposphxria pomi, notes 449 Apple- aphis, woolly, notes. Conn. State 856 W.Va 753 remedies 561 bitter pit, cause 55 canker, notes 446 prevalence in Ontario County, N.Y.Cornell 541 curculio, notes 759 diseases, notes 55 Ark 840 Miss 742 W.Va 844 spray calendar for, Mo. Fruit 539 studies 449 treatment 48 fohage, studies 407 hold-over blight, studies, Colo 646 leaf crumpler, notes. Conn. State 856 leaf-hopper, notes 59 leaves as aflected by Gymnosporangium. 649 maggot, notes. Me 753 mildew, treatment 750 orchards, spraying, U.S.D.A 599 survey in Ontario County, N.Y. Cornell 540 pomace, analyses 267 Mich 714 feeding value, Mass 72 root borer, notes 353 rust, notes. Mass 52 tree borers, notes, Oreg 560 twigblight, prevalence in Ontario County, N.Y.Cornell 541 twigs, composition 407 water core, cause 65 weevil, notes 759 Apples- analyses, Mass 46 and pears, handbook 45 blooming periods 440 climatic adaptations of varieties, Mass. . . 45 composition as affected by irrigation 336 cost of growing 238 culture in Indiana, Ind 742 Mississippi, Miss 742 Ontario 840 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 929 Page. Apples— Continued. culture in Vermont 541 custard, of the Aztecs 743 destruction, Md 334 evaporation from 156 fall V. spring planting 238 fertilizer experiments, R.I 817 fluctuating cliaracteristics of 336 hawthorn apliis affecting 247 insects affecting 48 Ark 840 Miss 742 Wash 757 leopard moth affecting 150 Monilia affecting 849 odoriferous substances of 208 of colder parts of United States and Can- ada 540 pruning experiments 45 r61e of polyatomic phenols in 208 Sclerotinia sp. affecting 343 silver leaf disease affecting 749 snout beetles affecting 759 storage, Ark 441 variety index 238 woimd stimulation and closure in 826 Apricot kernel oil, analyses 504 Apricots, destruction by black scale, Cal 555 injuries by freezing 749 Arabinose, determination 709 Arxcerus fasciculatus. (See Coffee-bean wee- vil.) A ralia spp. , intumescences in 545 Arbutin, occurrence in pears 327 Archips cerasivorana, notes. Conn. State 856 A rctomys bobac, relation to plague 252, 653 Argas miniatus, notes 864 persicus nymphs, infection by 460 relation to spirochetosis in fowls 684 transmission of fowl pest by . . 890 Arginin, determination in proteins 22 occurrence in malt sprouts 24 stachys tubers and cit- rus leaves 107 Aristida spp., roots of 535 Arizona Station, notes 395, 494 Arkansas University, notes 494 Armellaria mellea, notes 345, 628 Army bread, notes 464 worm, wheat-head, notes 59 A mica montana , hydrocarbons in 107 Arrak, judging 209 A rrhenophagus cMonaspidis, notes 152 Arsenic- content of grapes and wine 841 determination in insecticides. Mass 21 effect on sugar beets 225 occurrence in shellac, U.S.D.A 710 presence in gelatin 464 Arsenical dips — alkali content 411 preparation, U.S.D.A 382 spontaneous oxidation, U.S.D.A 174 treatment, La 382 Arsenicals, effect of soap on settling, Mont. . . 354 Pace. Arsenites, oxidation in cattle-dipping tanks. . 382 Arsenophenylglycin, use against dourine 881 Art in the home 299 Artemisia frigida, analyses, U.S.D.A 612 marilima, hydrocarbons in 107 Arteriosclerosis, studies and bibliography 375 Arthritis, septic, in foals 384 Artichokes, Jerusalem, notes 362 Arundinclla sctosa, notes 361 Ascarids, development 279 in horses, treatment 588 Ascaris equorum extracts, effect on blood co- agulation 279 lumbricoides, viability of ova 588 megalocephala, toxic substances in. . . 481 vituli as a cause of intestinal impac- tion 279 Ascaris poisoning, notes 883 A sole pias syriaca, gcogr&phical distribution.. 335 Ash as affected by tarring roads 432 psylla, notes 146 rust, notes. Mass 52 sawfly, notes 254 seeds, oil from 503 Ashes, leached, fertilizing value 427 Asparagin— assimilation by plants 32 effect on baking quality of flonr 356 milk production and quality . . . 476 nitrification in soils 722 occurrence in malt sprouts 24 r61e of in ripening seeds 730 Asparagus- breeding for rust resistance. Mass 44 culture, relation to soils 640 fertilizer experiments, Mass 31, 44 R.1 817 fertilizing, U.S.D.A 299 roots, carbohydrates in. Mass 24 Aspartic acid, assimilation by plants 32 effect on baking quality of flour 356 Aspergillus — gracilis, occurrence in sugar 505 niger, fixation of atmospheric nitrogen by 123 phosphorus assimilation in 203 A spidiotiphagus citrinus — notes 247 Cal 554 parasitic on purple scale, Cal 757 Aspidiotus — (Diaspidiotus) tsugx n.sp., description... 248 ostrexformis. (See European fruit-scale.) perniciosus. (See San Jos6 scale.) ( Targionia) vitis, notes 655 Association of— American Agricultural Colleges and Ex- periment Stations 1,8 Farmers' Institute Workers 1 Feed Control Officials 1 Official Agricultural Chemists 97 U.S.D.A.. 613 Seed Analysts 1,200 Asters, fungus disease affecting 551 Astragalus, toxicity 432 Atmosphere charts, notes, U.S.D.A 214 pressure waves in, U.S.D.A 118 930 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Atmospheric — Page . conditions, relation to downy mildew 550 impurities, effect on vegetation 230 pressure. (See Barometric pressure.) temperature. (See Temperature.) variations, relation to organic evolution. . 272 Atoxy 1, use against dourine 881 A tta spp. , control in Argentina 4.52 Auchmcromyia luteola n.g. and n.sp., notes. . . 559 Aulacaspis (Diaspis) pcntagona, notes.. 247,452,655 Tosx. (See Rose scale.) Aurora, noteworthy, U.S.D.A 614 Autographa precationis, remedies, U.S.D.A... 250 Avalanches in Northern Cascades, U.S.D.A . 241 Avcnafatua, geographical distribution 334 Avian cestodes, studies and bibliography — 501 Avocado industry, development 743 Avocados, culture and marketing 841 in Hawaii, Hawaii 441 fungus disease affecting 841 host plant of fruit fly 758 new beetle affecting 151 propagation 336 A xonopus semialatus, notes 361 Azaleas, handbook 337 A zochis gripusalis, notes 147 Azoimid, assimilation by plants 32 Azotogen, notes 723 tests 521, 617 Azoturia in horses, prevention, 111 75 Babcock test, errors in 371 in schools 393 Babesiosis and anaplasmosis, differentia- tion 584 Bacillus — abortus, pathogenic action of 586 anthracis as affected by serums and leuco- cytes 175 casei protcolyticus, development in cheese. 881 cholerx suis, notes, Mich 785 coli communis, organism resembling in condensed milk 81 longevity 781 notes 846 relation to diarrhea in calves 381 cypripedii n.sp. , description 650 enteritidis, spontaneous occurrence in mice 176 erysipelas, effect of mixed and secondary infection in 185 farnctianus n.sp., description 851 laciis erythrogenes, effect on milk 775 levans, notes 563 musx, notes 345 7nycoides, notes 747 n.spp. , descriptions 681 pollacii n.sp., description 851 pyocyaneus in pupse and imagines of in- fected house flies 61 radicicola, notes 521 solanacearum, notes, Mass 649 solaniperda, notes 846 spp., notes 847, 880 occurrence in sugar 505 production of toxins by 184 relation to white scours in calves. . . 286 Bacillus— Continued. Page. subtilis in conjunctival sac of horses and bovines 176 isolation from cheese 479 suipcsticus, immunity of rabbits to 184 tuberculosis. (See Tubercle bacilli . ) tubifcx n.sp. , description 847 typhosus, occurrence on vegetables 661 persistence in pupae and im- agines of house flies 251 viability in milk, Mich 776 Bacillus paratyphoid B, detection in meat . . . 480 in healthy calves ... 381 like, from a dog 280 Bacteria — activity during infection 174 as a cause of strawberry-like odor in milk. 371 affected by ultraviolet rays 431 butyric-acid-forming, in spoiled flour 68 classification 276 destruction of cellulose by 825 mice and rats by 579 distribution in New York soils 719 effect on phosphoric acid in soils 817 soluble phosphorus of manures. 723 fat splitting by 370 fecal, determination 161 formation of calcium carbonate by 618 gas-forming, in milk 576 green fluorescent, of maple sap 825 in flesh of normal slaughterhouse animals. 660 milk, soils, water, etc. (Sec Milk, Soils, Water, etc.) morphology and physiology 276 of enteritidis group, variability 780 root nodules of legumes 824 parasitic on Elodea leaves 552 persistence and vitality on alfalfa seed 820 proteolytic, of man and animals 581 reducing and oxidizing properties of, de- tection 204 resistance to disinfectants 478 r61o of in determination of soil fertility. . . 123 symbiosis with plants 545 viability of 819 Bacterial content of Don curd 779 milk, determination 315 muscles 176 flora of house flies 251 old eggs 168 soils as affected by barnyard manure, Ga 31 Bacterins, nature and use 580 use in treatment of wounds 580 Bacteriological studios of nitrogen fixation. . . 521 tests in soils and manure 322 Bacteriologists, American, society of 575 Bacteriology, treatise 174, 276,882 Bacterium — bipolaris septicus. organism resembling.. . 185 briosianum n.sp. , description 650 cattlcyx n.sp., description 851 fluoresccns. notes 846 krameriani n.sp., description 851 lactis acidi, fermenting capacity 880 Mich 708 physiology of 776 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 931 Bacterium — Continued. Page. maculicolum n.sp., description, U.S.D.A. 54 montemartinii n.sp., notes 845 oncidii, notes 650 orientate n.sp., description 779 spp. in conjunctival sac of horses and bovLnes ., 176 notes 779, 847, 881 syncyaneum, infection of milk with 87 tularense. notes 461 xanthochlorum n.sp., notes 847 Bacterium, undescribed pathogenic, in mOk. 87 Bagasse as a paper making material 213 burning in boiler furnaces, La 3S4 drying experiments, La 90 Bagniesiella dianthcrx n.sp., description 853 Bag-shelter caterpillars, injurious to horses.. 456 Bagworms, notes 147 Bakeries, economy and system in, treatise. . . 762 inspection, Me 868 Bakers, training school for 262 Baking powder, alum, use 564 Balaninus prohoscideus, notes. W.Va 753 rectus. (See Chestnut weevil.) Balsam, Canadian volume tables 443 Banana bread, notes 260 flour, analyses 260 leaf roUcr, studies 857 Bananas, analyses 68 as a foodstuff 563 bagworm affecting 857 cooking 260 digestibility 563 dried Surinam, food value 68 fungus disease affecting 345 Banksia integrifolia, food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 Barberries as a host plant of wheat rust 142 Barberry pyraUd, notes, Conn. State 855 Barbituric acid, assimilation by plants 32 Barit, notes 361 Barium arsenate, analyses. Mass 65 chlorid as a coagulant for rubber latex 141 dosage 677 effect on guinea pigs 432 occurrence in weeds 432 separation from— calcium and magnesium 204 strontium and calcium 204 Bark beetles of Japan 560 boring beetles, notes, U.S.D.A 456 louse, oyster-shell. (See Oyster-shell scale.) scurfy. (See Scurfy scale.) Barley- analyses 266, 363, 369, 770 as affected by disinfectants 820 water level 620 bran, analyses -r.0, 770 Mich 714 breeding 434 composition as affected by companion crop 617 cost of production, U.S.D.A 94 covered smut, description and treatment . 341 Barley — Continued. Page. culture experiments 329, 737 Mont 38 under dry farming, N.Dak 828 cy tological studies 325 embrj-o and aleurone layer, studies 229 feed, analyses. N.Y.State 165 fertUizer experiments 231, 329.423,424,522,527,535 germination as affected by stimulants. . . 131 germ-ripening experiments 130 grass smut, infection of wheat by 845 ground, analyses 363 Tex 468 hull content, determination 132 loose smut, description and treatment. . . 341 treatment 546 meal, analyses 267, 666 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D.A. 533 potash lime for 526 production in 1911, U.S.D.A 595 Russia, U.S.D.A 294 United ICingdom 793 proteins, nutritive value 155 quality as affected by weather 415 relation between size of seed and yield. . . 434 root development 327 with other crops 129 rust, notes 143 rye stalk disease affecting 546 straw, Ume and phosphorus content 873 varieties 233, 629, 632, 733 Mont 39 for California, Cal 233 yield as affected by source of seed 329 Bams, framing 398 plans for 894 Barnyard- manure — action of 424 analyses, Mich 715 as a source of phosphoric acid 123 affected by Utter 424 effect on action of fertilizers 522 bacterial flora of soils, Ga... 31 yield of apples, N.Y.Comell 541 fertilizing value 129, 233,323,329,330,424,522, 535,536,629,630,638,639 Wyo 534 relation to grape red spot 145 residual effects 331 winter v. spring application, Mass. . . 32 miUet, notes 362 Barometric pressure in soils 323 Basedowsan, nature and use 580 Bases, effect on seed germination 131 organic, occurrence in rabbit meat 563 Basic slag. (See Phosphatic slag. ) Basilona imperialis, notes 656 Conn.State 856 Bassia cake, analyses 363 Bassus sp., parasitic on Syrphida; 349 Bat guano deposits in Mexico 623 Batocera hector, injurious to kapok 354 Tubus, notes 151 932 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Page. Bats, injurious to kapok 354 Batteries, dry, care of 686 Bavarian Moorcultmo Station, report &30 Bay, swamp, analyses, U.S.D.A 612 Beam ends, protection from decay 544 Bean maggot, notes, Me 753 meal, analyses 666 Tex 408 pods, analyses, Conn.State 665 straw, analyses, Conn.State 665 thrips, internal parasite of 858 Beans, analyses 267, 770 assimilation of nitrogen by 32 culture 393 in Nyasaland 829 fertilizer experiments 630, 631, 727 field, analyses 363 ground, analyses, Mich 715 intoxication of horses by 887 Lima, culture, Cal 539 Lyon, notes 362 potash lime for 526 refuse, analyses, Mich 714 Sclerotinia libertiana affecting 647 suseeptibiUty to anthracnose 747 varieties 631 velvet. (See Velvet beans.) Bears , host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 Bedbugs, role of in disease transmission 700 Bee diseases, notes 151 P.R 63 keeping, handbook 253, 658 in British Columbia 151 Porto Rico, P.R 62 notes, Tex 456 moth, bacterial diseases of 250 hymenopterous parasites of 657 life history 349 Beech, red, studies 843 seedling mUdew, notes 446 Beeches, absorption of nitrogen by 443 Beechnut cake, analyses 363 Beef, dressed, exports from Argentina 769 extract, behavior of lactic acid in 408 nutritive effects of 155 industry in Pennsylvania, Pa 667 Philippines 666 kidney, extractive material in 154 production experiments, U.S.D.A 599 scrap, analyses 568, 665 Conn.State 665 Ky 568 La 568 N.H 362 N.Y.State 165 Tex 468 storage in Philippines 262 V. buffalo meat, nutritive value 355 Bees, insects affecting, P.R 63 new species, descriptions 63 parasites of 882 pollination of cranberries by 858 protozoal parasites affecting 457 swarming, control 457 value in coffee pollination, P.R 63 wild, pollination of alfalfa by, N.Dak. . 633 Page. Beeswax, refractive index, U.S.D.A 509 Beet army worm, remedies, U.S.D.A 250 chips, analyses 206, 267, 3^3 diseases, investigations 142 extracts, effect on fat content of milk 673 fly, life liistory 452 juices, examination 505 leaf hopper, notes 452 silage, analyses 770 leaves, dried, analyses 266 pulp, dried, analyses 362, 568, 665, 768 Conn.State 665 Ky .568 Mass 665 N.H 362 N.Y.State 165 Vt 72 feeding value 468 rot, notes 446,747 seed, cultivation and harvesting 42 meal, analyses, Mich 714 silage, nutritive value 300 sugar industry in 1910 439 Russia 693 manufacture, losses in 116 production in United States, U.S.D.A 94 ratio of ash to organic nonsugars. . 711 raw, raffinose content 711 webworm, Hawaiian, studies and bib- liography, U.S.D.A 249 southern, studies. U.S.D.A. 250 Beetles — bark-boring, notes, U.S.D.A 456 cerambycid, injurious to figs 147 coccinelhd, parasitic on citrus mealy bug. 149 predaceous, packing for shipment, U.S. D.A 350 Beets as affected by smoke and flue dust 38 culture 393 determination of marrow content 117 dry matter content 436 fertilizer experiments 43, 522, 819 R.I 817 field, pollination of sugar beets by 332 fodder, analyses 267 forcing by electricity 136 insects affecting 454 methods of variety testing 436 potash fertiUzers for 526 Russian, sugar content 738 sugar. (See Sugar beets.) varieties 733 Beggarweed, culture in PhiUppines 361 hay, analyses 362 Bengal beans, destruction of scale insects by. 534 Veterinary College, report 578 Benzaldehyde, determination in liquors and cordials 99 Benzoic acid, detection in milk 610 determination 609 effect on butter and margarin.. 778 Beriberi, etiology 264 relation to diet 264 studies 155, 871 Bermuda grass, distribution, Okla 332 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 933 Page. Bermuda grass, notes 361 Berries, culture in Massachusetts 541 wild, preservation 117 Beta vuli/aris, assimilation of carbohydrates. . 626 Betaiu, assimilation by plants 32 occurrence in malt sprouts 24 Betains, plant, investigations 713 Beverages, adulteration, detection 312 alcoholic, examination, N.Dak. . . 69 detection of saccharin in 506 examination 69, 157, 355 inspection in Argentina 762 Bibliography of— abnormal bone growth in absence of func- tioning testicles 471 agriculture in public schools 191, 898 alfelfa, N.Dak 632 anaphylaxis 481 animal heat and bio-energetics 265 hybrids 163 parasites of Colorado 865 arteriosclerosis in animals 375 avian cestodes 561 Bacillus typhosus in milk, Mich 777 beet webWorm, U.S.D.A 250 biology 470 birds of Colorado 855 black scale, Cal 556 botany 597 brachymelia in domestic animals 472 broad-winged hawk 245 cacti 530 carbon dioxid assimilation in plants 822 cattle breeding in Mecklenburg 273 of Africa and Polynesia 472 eerebro-spinal meningitis in horses 787 cheese 479 "chestnuts" in Equidae 672 chinch-bug fimgus diseases, U.S.D.A 455 Chlamydozoon bombycis 758 citrus fruits 441 cocoa and chocolate 662 coconut palm diseases 60 codling moth. Wash 757 coffee "brusca" 450 condensed milk 81 dairy industry in western Siberia 880 dendrologj' 240 Diapheromera femorata 148 dipterous larvfe, U.S.D.A 559 disease transmission by insects 150 drug action under pathological condi- tions, U.S.D.A 71 early maturity in domestic animals 472 elm leaf beetle 147 entomology, Canadian 59 North American 147 farm homes, U.S.D.A 597 feeding stuffs, digestibility, Mass 73 fermentation 613 fig moth, U.S.D.A 249 fleas attacking domestic animals 350 floral structures of Vitis 742 foods 355 forestry 442,542 U.S.D.A 392 50596°— 12 4 Page. Bibliography of— Continued. Frenatas 859 fruit culture, Oreg 741 Fusarium diseases of cereals 446 geochemistry 517 germination of tree seeds 842 grape-berry moths 656 green manure farming 425 growth of milk bacteria 8S0 Heliothrips hxmorrhoidalis 247 hemagglutination 481 heredity 162,365,366 house flies in relation to public health, Cal 61 illumination, dark ground S3 Indian cotton 736 insects and diseases 246 injurious to coconut palms 60 internal secretions 264 protein metabolism 764 Johne's bacillus 784 leopard moth, Conn. State 557 lettuce sclerotiniose, N.C 448 lumbering 442 Lyperosia spp 559 mammals of West Indies 652 mangoes 841 marketing horticultural products 741 meat meal for poultry 669 Mendel's law 773 metabolism of incubating eggs 877 meteorology 613, 715 mucous membrane of domestic animals. . 480 mycology of foods 355 nitrogen assimilation by plants 32 transformation in soils 722 oolithic deposits of Department of Yoime . 519 orchard siUT^eys, N.Y.Comell 540 ornamental gardening 842 ovaries, transplanting 163 parasitology of domestic animals 882 parks 338 peach borer, California, U.S.D.A 62 pedogenesis 147 physiology and metabolism of growth — 659 pigmentation, dark . in domestic animals . 472 piroplasmosis, eciuine 384 plague transmission by flea bites 61 plant diseases, Cal 445 metabolism as affected by etheriza- tion 128 plants, woody 240 Plusia gamma 147 poisonous plants 327 potash industry 316 potato bacterial rots 847 diseases 547 wart disease 448 poultry 669 proteins 801 protozoa, pathogenic 246,865 pure cultures of amebae 375 purple scale, Cal 757 reclamation of sand dunes 223 red cattle of Denmark 667 scale, Cal 554 934 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECOED. Page. Bibliography of— Continued. ripening processes of fruits 139 roaring in horses 1S5 root knot, U.S.D.A 343 ropy milk 8S0 rum 613 rumpless fowls 573 rural economics 92 social science 297 rutting of cows 367 saccharin, U.S.D.A 257 seed disinfection 820 selection 141 sewage disposal and treatment 215 sex determination 364 sexual cells 364 silica in plant nutrition 531 silkworm muscardine 757 silkworms 556 Siska pigs 368 soil and climate of small areas 517 bacteria as afiected by barnyard ma- nure, Ga 31 Spimchxta spp 460 spore germination and infection in Oomy- cetes, Wis 343 spotted fever tick, U.S.D.A 255 standard of living in America 157 streptococci in milk 777 sugar beet analj'sis, U.S.D.A 410 cane hybridization 439 swamp fever in horses, N.Dak 287 tarbagans in relation to plague 653 Tennessee geology, soils, drainage, and forestry 812 traction plowing 89 trees 442 Conn.Storrs 442 tropical botany and agriculture 629 trypanosome disease of camels 85 new, in Uruguay 5S4 trypanosomes of cattle 84 tuberculosis and the milk supply 275 immunization 86 m fowls 487 ultramicroscopy 83 Uromyccs pisi 651 warty typhilitis in pheasants 684 water sterilization by ultraviolet rays 28 wheat culture in America 134 rust 846 varieties of Alsace-Lorraine and vi- cinity 838 wood pulp 142 writings of Daniel William Coquillett 855 zoology 753 Canadian 59 Bicarbonates, effect on saccharification of starch 309 Biliary fever in horses, relation to piroplasmo- sls 887 (See also Piroplasmosis, canine.) Biochemistry of man and animals, handbook. 306 treatise 106 Bipgraphlcal sketch of Goodell, H. H 897 Learning, J. S 437 Page. Biographical sketch of Smith, J. B 403 Biological reactions, discussion 579 Biology, bibliography 470 laboratory manual 393 tables of statistical error 773 treatise 364,392 Biometrical computations, notes 365 Biosteres n.spp., descriptions 152 Biotite as a source of potash 420 Bio types and phy logeny , discussion 878 Birch leaf skeletonker, notes 147 wood ashes, fertilizing value 427 Bird feathers, utilization in France 876 law, Lacey, notes 854 mites, dissemination by English spar- rows 246 rape, dissemination by farm animals. . . i studies for home and school, manual. . . 393 Birds, destructive to Chinese cotton scale 556 leopard moth. Conn. State 557 eggs as affected by low temperature. . . 452 injurious, of France, book 452 tograincrops 855 of Arkansas, U.S.D.A 58 Colorado, history and bibliography. 854 Guiana 654 island of St. Lucia 451 North and Middle America 346 South Africa 552 Uganda 654 relation to insect outbreak in California 346 reproductive organs of 876 parasites of treatise 654 Bison. (See Buffaloes.) Bison americanus hybrids, fertility of 163 Biston suppressaria, notes 61 Bitters, judging 209 Black bean, toxicity 278 HDls beetle, notes, U.S.D.A 561 lands of Texas, cropping systems for, U.S.D.A 331 locusts, destruction, Md 334 by Chinese cotton scale 556 quarter, organism resembling 883 scale, parasitism of 556 studies and bibliography, Cal. .. 554 Blackberries, fertilizer experiments, Mass 31 Blackberry double blossom, investigations, N.C 850 Blackhead in turkeys 186, 384, 487, 588 Blackleg, immunization 578, 676 in calves, Cal 483 notes 373 pathological anatomy of 177 studies 883 toxins in 676 Blissusleucopterus. (Sec Chinch bug.) Blister mite, notes 147 prevalence in apple orchards, N.Y.ComeU 541 Blood as affected by nuclein 482 underfeeding 360 circulating, tubercle bacilli in 281 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 935 Page. Blood coagulation as affected by Ascaris eguo- Tum 279 dried. {See Dried blood.) meal, analyses 207, 362, 567, 568 Tex 468 digestibility 567 of animals as afiected by castration ... 83 cows in tick-infested regions 382 origin and significance of ammonia in . . 870 serum, fertilizing and cytolyzing sub- stance in 877 work, treatise 174 Blowfly, notes 147 Blue pine bark borer, notes 351 Bluets as affected by top dressing. Mass 40 Body secretion and fluids, man and animal, treatise 160 temperature, determination 466 rise during marching 566 B(£hvicria utilis as affected by tobacco smoke 230 Boll weevil. {See Cotton-boll weevil.) Bolhvorm. (See Cotton boUworm.) Bomhyx mori. {See Silkworm.) BonasQ umbcllus, coccidiosis in 187 Bonavist, notes 362 Bone, ground, analyses, N.J 819 growth, abnormal, in absence of func- tioning testicles 471 meal, analyses. La 325 Mass 665 N.H 362 as affected by calcium carbon- ate 428,527 fertilizing value, Tenn 426 precipitate, fertilizing value 622 Bones, boiled, use on pastures 437 Bookkeeping for farmers 595 Books, insects affecting 354 Books on — agricultural and forest products in British West Africa 189 cooperation 92 credit 594 agriculture 94, 189, 191, 297, 391 in Brazil 189 Alpine flowers 139 animal breeding 573 diseases 82, 481, 677 heat and bio-energetics 265 animals, color disguise in 246 apples and pears 45 bacteriology 174, 882 bakeries 762 bee keeping 253 bees 658 biochemistry 106, 306 biology 364, 392, 393 birds 393, 654 injurious, of Franco 452 of Colorado 854 blood work 174 body secretions and fluids of man and animals 160 botany 227, 596 bread tnaking 357 Page. Books on— Continued. bulbs 337 butter making 275, 778 cacao 47 calorimetric methods 872 carnations • 139, 337 cattle diseases 485 Mora\'ian 268 cecidia of central and northern Europe. . . 658 cheese 479 chemistry of urine 809 physiological 201 cUmatology 613 cocoa and chocolate 662, 710 conifers 642 cooking 66, 261 cotton 190, 332, 437, 535 cow-testing associations 169 dairying 78, 574, 674 diet 262 dietetics 658 disinfection, gaseous 173 dissection of domestic animals 578 drainage 588 drugs 277 edible fats and oils 258 electricity, agricultural 893 electrochemistry 818 evolution 365, 470 farm and forest 391 animals 165 boys and girls 899 buildings 894 and machinery 6S6 farming 29S, 691, 693 in China, Korea, and Japan 290 feeding infants and young children 763 feeds and feeding 164 fertihzers 34, 124, 725 flowering plants 35 food adulteration 65,355 foods 65, 261, 355 forest flora of Bengal 49 physiography 338 surveying 644 forestry 140,338,542 in Pacific N'orthwest 49 fruit culture 45, 741 fruits of Hawaii 741 fur trade 772 galls of plants 242 gardening 47, 298, 337, 393, 538, 693, 899 in Saxony 842 green manure farming 425,817 grouse 146 herbs 239 heredity 161,272,365 in plants 325 histology 876 home economics 394, 597 horses 269,369,571,668,770,875 Belgian draft 76 house plants and flowers 744 hygiene 65,386 Hymenoptera 352 illumination, darkground 82 936 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOKD. Books on— Continued. Page. immune serums 579 immunity 481,676 insects 552, 752 in relation to diseases 658 of Victoria 147 internal secretions 2G4 irises 841 irrigation -vrorks 787 kola trees and nuts 139 law for farmers 93 lepidopterology 348, 455 lilies ■ -17 lipoids 802 lunch rooms 504 meadows and pastures 830 meteorology and weather forecasting 513 microbes and toxins 373 microbiology 372 micro-organisms, pathogenic 077 microscopical technique 82 milk 171,779 and cream testing and grading 578 dairy products examination 111 supply 478 mosquitoes 251 anopheline, of India 319 mutations in living beings 472 nature sketches in Temperate America . . 346 study 297,298 nutrition 6,'8 orcharding on rough lands 440 ostrich breeding 772 outdoor work 298 paper technology 316 parasitic amebce in man 375 parasitology 1"-! of domestic animals 882 pastures, Alpine 130 pathological technique 270 physiology 659 and metabolism of growth — C5S picotees, carnations, and pinks 139 pigs 66S plant breeding 43, 325 diseases 51,142,242 galls 658 life and evolution 528 plantains 47 poisonous plants 327 poisons 373 potash industry 316 poultry 270,473,669 houses and appliances 188, 591 proteins 801 protozoa, pathogenic 246, 865 protozoology 882 restraint of domestic animals 678 rhododendrons and azaleas 337 road construction 393,789 rock gardens 139 roses 337,842 rubber 50,339 rural economics 92 life and labor in Great Britain 489 science, elementary 296 serum therapy and diagnosis 578 Books on— Continued. Page. sewage sludge 717 sheep farming in America 769 management 570 sluiibs 140,642 silos 790 soil fertility and fertilizers 521 solution 122 soils 215 forest 338 sugar beets 737 sweet peas 47, 139 traction plowing 89 trees 140,642 truck gardening in Florida 237 ull ramicroscopy 82 urine and other excretions of man and animals 480 variations in plants and animals 227 veterinary bacteriology 276 dissection 373 medicine 480, 578, 882 vines 139 water analysis 418 purification 28 weather forecasting 809 wisdom in agriculture 513 wheat culture in America 134 wine manufacture 512 %\ines 715 wood pulp 142 woods, American 442 wool 874 zoology 163, 652 zootechny 873 Boophilus annulatus. (See Cattle ticks.) deco/ora^MS, relation to anaplasmosis 585 Bordeaux mixture- application to under side of grape leaves. 450 efiect on potatoes, Vt 53 inert and active ingredients of, U.S.D.A . 658 preparation. Mo. Fruit 539 and use 848 Borecole, notes 835 Borers, rearing 59 Boric acid, effect on butter and margarin 778 Borna disease in horses, studies and bibliog- raphy 786 Bos tauTUS hybrids, fertility of 163 UTUS minutus n.sp. , description 768 Boston Chamber of Commerce, floor rules 792 Bostrichidee , feeding habits 151 notes 759 Botanic station and experiment plats, Mont- serrat, report 534 Botanical literature in Washington, D. C, libraries, catalogue, U.S.D.A 38 Botany, bibliography 596, 629 text-book 227, 596 Botnjosphseria/uUginosa, inluiious to cotton. . 341 Botrytis cincrca. {See Grape gray rot.) effusa n.sp., notes 757 parasitica, notes 851 spp. , studies, N.C . , 4-18 Botrytis, unusual spore forms of 243 BoutcloiM spp. , botanical studies 830 Bo^-ine diseases, notes 373 serum, haptines in 374 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 937 Bovines— Page. detection of foreign bodies in 678 immunization against liemoglobinuiia . . . 2S5 tuberculosis. 2S4, 330, 584 infection with avian tuberculosis 583 intracutaneous tuberculin reaction with . ISO micro-organisms in conjunctival sac of. . . 176 mucous membrane of. 480 paralysis in 185 susceptibility to tuberculosis 178 thermal tuberculin reaction in ISO vesicular bile of 67S Bovotuberculol, diagnostic value 180 Bowlders, blasting, Wis 691 Box elder borer, notes 59 Boys and girls on the farm 299 corn clubs in Alabama, Ala.CoUege. . 298,794 demonstration work in the South 598 training farm in South Australia 799 Braeliistella, new genus, description 152 Brachyacantha of North and South America. 657 Braehymelia in domestic animals, studies and bibliography 472 Bracon brachycerus, notes 861 breiicoruis, parasitic on bee moth .... 657 sp., parasitic on beet webworm, U.S. D. A 250 Bradsot, immunization 578 Bran , analyses 362, 768 detection of ustilaginous spores in 408 effect on baldng quality of flour 356 {See also Wheat, Oat, Rye, etc.) Brandies, judging 209 Branding chute for cattle, description 385 Brandy , judging 209 Brassica campestris, dissemination by farm animals 839 Brassolis sophorx, notes 354 BrauJa cceca, notes 781 Braxy , immunization 57S Bread as a source of infection 562 affected by hard water 761 baked, sterility of 155 chemistry of 761 digestibility '. 358 for armies in the field 464 special diets, analj"ses 464 improvers, notes 35S making, treatise 357 method for recording appearance 357 nutritive value 259, 358 relation to dental caries 867 ealt-rising, studies 562 stringiness in 463 weighing 358 yeast, studies 562 Breedmg. (See Animal breeding and Plant breeding.) Brewers' grains — analyses 266,267,363 La • 568 Mich 714 N.H 362 Vt 72 dried, analyses 665, 770 Conn. State 6C5 Ky 568 Brewers' grains— Continued. Page. dried, analyses, Mass 665 N.Y.State 165 Tex 468 effect on milk production 273 feeding value, Mass 72 for cows 476 starch content 808 Brewery mash, analyses, Mich 714 Bridges, highway, construction 890 Brodixa capitata, root habits 729 Bromin water, effect on germination of seeds. 820 Bromus tectorum, geographical distribution . . 335 roots of 535 Bronchitis in calves, Cai 483 Brooder, description, Me 572 Broom com, fertihzcr experiments 830 varieties 733,830 Brown-tail moth — control, Conn.State 855 egg parasite of 557 'important natural enemy of, U.S.D.A... 350 notes 59 Me 753 remedies 561 Brucliidse, North American, host plants and parasites of 861 Bruchophagus/unebris. . {See Clover seed chalcid fly.) Bucculatrix canademisella, notes 147 Buck beans, new glucosid from 24 Buckhom, geographical distribution 335 Buckwheat- bran, analyses, Mich 714 fertiUzer experiments 3;U, 527, 725 flour, analyses, Mich 714 middUngs, analyses, Conn.State 665 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D.A. 533 rye stalk disease affecting 646 screenings, analyses, N.Y.State 165 Buffalo meat, nutritive value 355 milk, nutritive value 574 Buffaloes, East Indian, tuberculosis in 378 flagellated organism from ulcers. . . 784 Bufo marinus, blood parasite of 883 Bulbs, treatise 337 Bumblebees, pollination of alfalfa by, N.Dak. 633 Bupalus piniarius, fungus disease alVccIing.. . 757 yellow disease or jaundice 759 Bush disease in live stock, notes 581 Bushes, quarantine law in Missouri 854 Butcher shops, inspection in Porto Rico 261 Buteo platypterus, monograph 245 Butter- adulteration, detection 212, 410, 508, 610 with acetin 508 analyses 80, 171 Mass 80 analysis, miscibilit y curves in 508 analytical standards for 712 as affected by micro-organisms 576 preservatives 778 chemistry and physical constants 477 Danish, bacteriological study 478 determination of moisture content 806 differentiating various kinds 610 exhibition in New South Wales 275 938 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Butter— Continued. Page, fat. (See Fat and Milk fat.) fijshy flavor in 778 from ewe's milk 275 imports into United Kingdom 479 law in Denmark 479 making, directions, N.Y.Cornell 778 from whey 779 in Sweden 477 on the farm, Hawaii 82 starters, propagation, U.S.D.A. 299 treatise 275,778 marketing cooperatively 92 methods of analysis, Ind 806 physical and chemical constants 80 production in winter 275 quality as aflectcd by sesame cake 369 rancid, as a cause of intestinal trouble. . . 275 relation to micro-organisms 372 spoiling and preservation 355 Swiss, characteristics 372 tubercle bacilli in 880 Vorbruch, manufacture 372 Buttercups as affected by top dressing, Mass. 40 Butterflies, injurious to alfalfa 655 pollination of alfalfa by, N.Dak.. 633 Buttermilk, analyses, Mass SO and use 477 chemistry and physical con- stants 477 utilization 779 Buzzards, blood parasites of 883 transmission of anthrax by 678 Byrrhidse, catalogue 560 Cabbage- aphis, parasites of 149 butterfly, notes 857 club root, effect on ash content of roots. 54, 143 notes 447,844 diseases, studies 546 maggot, notes 59 remedies 256 seed beds, screening, U.S.D.A 509 storage house, description 45 worm, remedies 561 U.S.D.A 250 Cabbages — culture 393 fertilizer experiments 630, 631 insects affecting 59,553 varieties 631 winter storage in Holland 45 Cacao — beetle, trapping 759 culture and curing, manual 47 diseases, notes 51 treatment 145 fungus diseases affecting 851 industry , statistics 542 insects affecting 354, 553 root diseases affecting 245 shells, detection in cocoa powder Ill feeding value 468 Cacti- adaptability to dry climates 529 destruction in Australia 551 diseases, notes 551 Cacti— Continued. Pago. host plant of fruit fly 758 induced plant parasites of 433 root habits 729 studies, N.Mex 35 and bibliography 529 Caddis fly, Ufe history and habits 561 Cadelle, notes 453 Cseoma inakinoi, notes 343 Caesium salts, effect on sacchariflcation of starch 309 Caffein, effect on gastric secretion 466 formation and distribution by plants 823 Calafatite deposits in Spain 728 Calaviagroslis canadensis, fungus disease of. . . 646 Calandra granaria. (See Granary-weevil.) oryza. (See Rice-weevil.) Calcium^ and strontium, separating and identify- ing 21 carbid industry, statistics 725 csrbonate — effect on nitrification of ammonium sulphate 722 nitrogen transformation 226 phosphates 428,527 formation by bacteria 618 chlorid as a coagulant for rubber latex ... 141 effect on- action of trypsin 159 seed germination 131 purification of water by 214 cyanamid — after-treatment 425 as a herbicide for Cuscuta 44 change of in soils 425 detection 804 eradication of weeds by 839 fertiUzing value 125,233, 323,324, 425, 525, 536, 537, 622, 630, 725, 818, 837 formation and decomposition 33 methods of analysis 109j 606, 804 preparation and properties 525 determination in presence of magnesium. 205 effect on Aspergillus niger 431 excretion as affected by lecithin 766 loss in drainage water 421 nitrate, fertilizing value 233, 324, 425, 525, 536, 622, 630, 631, 725, 837 hygroscopicity 425 methods of analysis 606 preparation and properties 525 valuation 606 phosphate, fertiUzing value 622 salts as affected by Bulgarian ferment. . . 203 separation from barium and strontium . . 204 sulphate. (See Gypsum.) Calf barns, ridding of flies, N.C 161 diseases, immunization 578 California — College, cooperation with schools 192 Station, notes 395 University, notes 395, 796 Caliroa ( Eriocampoides) amygdalina, studies, U.S.D.A 152 Calliphora viridescens , notes 147 Callosities, inheritance in horses 571 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 939 Paeo. Callospermophilus ( Citellus) chrysodeirus , sus- ceptibility to plague 50 Caloptenus italicus, fungus disease afiecting. . 247 Calorimetric methods, treatise 872 Calorimetry of urine and feces 161 Calosoma sycophanta, studies, U.S.D.A 350 Calves, anaerobes in 5SG cotton-seed meal for, N.C 879 feeding experiments, N. Y.Comell 307 immunization against dysentery 6S2 tuberculosis... 181, 284,380 large, obstetrical aid for 277 metabolism experiments 768 susceptibility to tuberculosis 178 young, slaughtering 473 Camden chert as a road-making material 685 Camel louse, notes 655 Camphor, effect on hyacinths and tuhps 731 Camphora, nature and u^e 580 Campoletis prodenix n.sp., description 352 Camponotus lierculeanus , notes 147 Canada thistle, control, Ind 839 geographical distribution 335 Candelilla wax, chemistry of 611 Candy making, principles of 358 Cane sirup, manufacture, La 213 sugar as affected by ultraviolet rays 308 Canidia curcuUonis, notes 151 Canine distemper. {.See Dog distemper.) Cannabis saliva, geographical distribution — 335 phosphorus content 501 Canned foods, law in Canada 157,881 goods, effect on tin S67 Canning clubs, organizing and conducting, Ala.CoUege 705 Cantaloups. (See Muskmelons.) Cantharides, effect on chicken meat 660 Caoutchouc. (See Rubber.) Capillaria n.sp., destructive to deer 653 Capnodium heteromeles , notes 148 Capons, notes 772 Capsella bursa-pastoris, geographical distribu- tion 335 viguicri n.sp., notes 529 Capsella, inheritance in 827 Capsicum, ash content 2G1 Carabao grass, notes 3G2 Carabaos in Phihppines 666 Caradrina (?i/(?Ma, remedies, U.S. D. A. 250 Caramel, detection in vanilla extracts Ill Carbohydrate metabolism, studies 359 transformations in after-ripen- ing of potatoes 626 Carbohydrates- assimilation by sugar beets 626 determination 709 effect on protein metabolism 765 feeding during inanition 465 in asparagus roots. Mass 24 r61e of in creatin-crealinin metabolism . . 158 valuation in feeding stuffs 363 Carbolic acid, use against tetanus 378 Carbolmeum as a preservative for poles 644 soil sterilizer 322 an insecticide 501 Page. Carbon — bisulphid — as a soil sterilizer 322 effect on baking quality of flour,Kans. 357 explosion in heated com 864 for ascarids in horses 588 dioxid — assimilation by plants 822 determination 708 in soils 99 effect on ripening of persimmons 327 output during muscular work 871 production by autofermentation of yeast 867 of food protein, conversion into fat and carbohydrates 158 urine, heat of combustion 161 protein, utilization by the body 564 tetrachlorid as a substitute for carbon bi- sulphid in fumigation, U.S.D.A 65 Carbonates, alkaU, determination 406 effect on nitrification in soils. . . . 817 saccharification of starch 309 Carcinoma, diagnosis 483 on the skull of ahorse 483 serodiagnosis 83 ulcerating , spirochetes of 581 Carica qucrcifolia, host plant of fruit fly 758 Caris.ia arduina, host plant of fruit fly 758 Carnations, culture, treatise 337 fertilizer experiments, Md 739 picotees, and pinks, handbook.. . 139 Thrips flava affecting 347 Carnosin, occurrence in rabbit meat 563 Carob, notes 362 Carpenter ant, large black, notes 147 Carpocapsa pomonella. (See Codling moth.) Carrots — culture 393 fertilizer experiments 436, 631, 727 relation between size of seed and yield. . . 434 Sclerotinia Ubcrtiana affecting 647 varieties 436, 631 Carsidarina;, notes 149 Cartilage, occurrence of fat in 366 Carynota mcra, notes 148 Casein, analyses 171 by-product of sour cream, notes 81 digestion of 662 for clarifying cider and perry 26 manufacture 276, 779, 801 media, for milk analysis 576 of human and cow's milk, composi- tion 112 milk, tryptic and peptic cleavage. . 565 osmotic pre.«ure of 307 vegetable, production 613 Casimiroa eduUs, culture in California 743 Cassava, breeding experiments 435 culture in Philippines 361 notes 362 starch determination 709 varieties 435,534,733 Cassia hirsuta as a green manure 528 Castanopsis chrysopMUa, planting in Southern States 661 940 EXPEEIMEiS^T STATION KECOKD. Page. Castanospermum australe, toxicity 278 Castilla elaslica, tapping experiments 443 Castor bean plant for sheep 368 products, detection in feeds 209 Castration, effect on blood of animals 83 growth of bones 471 size of cells 364 parasitic, in Membracidae 148 Catalase as affected by inorganic salts 504 determination 204 in milk 507 milk, investigations 112 plant, physiology of 803 Catalpa asaffeetedby tarring roads 432 hardy, notes 51 sphinx, notes, W.Va 753 Catalytic fertilizers for sugar beets 225 Catarrh, contagious vaginal, in bovines, treat- ment 285 Caterpillar plague in California 346 Caterpillars, bag-shelter, injurious to horses. . 456 remedies 561 studies 859,860 Catha edulis, description 139 Catjang, notes 362 Cat's ear, geographical distribution 335 Cats, mucous membrane of 480 paralysis in 185 Cattle- anatomy and physiology of mammary glands 774 as affected by frozen silage, Ind 570 Australian, worm nodules in 183 black and white of Holland , origin 166 blood, marginale points in 173 blue breed of the north , notes 73 gray, notes 667 branding chute for 385 breeding cooperatively in Minnesota 169 experiments 166 in Mecklenburg, history and bibUography 273 Sweden 477 notes 768 station in India, report 232 British, new piroplasm in 683 dairy, treatise 78 dipping, U.S.D.A 382 disease, transmission by blood-sucking insects 150 diseases in Imperial Valley , Cal 4S2 treatise 4S5 East Indian, in Jamaica 472 European breeds, classification 267 exports from Canada 768 United States 768 feeding 164, 879 experiments 468, 767 relation to soil improvement 873 feeds, methods of analysis 99 Friesian, scale of points for 73 growing, protein requirements 768 host of spotted fever tick, Mont 04 immunization against — African coast fever 683, 882 rinderpest 377 tuberculosis 680,631 Page. Cattle— Continued. importation into Philippines 666 imported into Germany, tuberculin test. 282 I in Africa and Polynesia, studies and bib- liography 472 central Pyrenees region 768 Philippines, ancestry 056 Urugu ly, new trypanosome in 5S4 Indian breeds, notes 667 industry in Italy 130 western Canada 167 lessons on .' 493 maintenance rations, Pa 167 U.S.D.A 664 manual 165 manure, fertilizing value 232 methods of measuring 473 Moravian, handbook 268 origin and ancestry 165 pasturing experiments 367 plague. (See Rinderpest.) poisoning by acorns 586 black bean 278 ergot 586 flaxseed screenings, N.Dak. 86 production in Argentina 874 red, of Denmark, studies and bibliog- raphy 667 Red Polled, milk yields 574 origin and characteristics ... 165 rubber seed meal for 746 rutting period in 768 score cards for 493 Shorthorn, inheritance of coat color in 386 skulls in museum at Sehwerin 273 studies of conformation 573 tests of breeds 879 ticks as affected by climate, Term 438 eradication. Term 459 in Alabama 183 life history. Term 458 occurrence in New Zealand 460 oviposition of 760 {See also Ticks.) transportation 268 Tuxer or Duxer, characteristics 873 Cauliflower spot disease, description, U.S.D.A 54 Cecidia of Europe, treatise 658 Cecropia moth, notes 656 Celery as allected by formaldehyde 731 culture, Oreg 539 Cell activity, mechanisms of 106 content of milk, studies, N.Y.Cornell 370 division, new force in 163 functions, chemical, method for study. . . 21 Cellobiose, utiUzation in nitrogen fixation 625 Cells as affected by castration 384 counting in milk, N. Y.Comell 370 germ, in mammalian ovary, develop- ment 470 physiology of 163 Cellulose as a source of dextrose in digestion. . 873 destruction in soils 825 determination 363 in linseed cake 714 digestibUity 363 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 941 P?go. Cellulose, manufacture from vine shoots 613 Cenangium abietis, injurious to white pines. . . 752 Cenchrus echinatus, notes 361 Centotheca malabaria, notes 361 Centro-epigenesis, notes 3G5 Cephalosponum lecanii, notes 553 Cephalothecium, infection of wheat by 747 Cerambycobius cyaniceps, notes 861 Ceratomia catalpx. {See Catalpa sphinx.) Ccratonia siliquosa, notes 302 Ceratophyllus acutus, transmission of plague- like disease by 461 silantiewi, relation to plague . . . 252 Cerchysius sp., parasitic on black senile, Cal . . 555 Cercidiphyllum japonicum, food plant of pur- ple scale, Cal 756 Cercospora beticola, treatment 648 epigxina, notes 341 vaginx, notes 445 Cereal rust, treatment 846 Cereals- analyses, Mass 45 area and production, 1907-1911, U.S.D.A. 792 as aflected by soils 814 culture experiments 131 in Novo-Russia 535 cytological studies 325 detection of ustilaginous spores in 408 fertilizer experiments 331, 425, 733 Fusarium diseases of 446 harrowing experiments 331 hybridization experiments 733 phosphorus content 501 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D.A. 532 resistance to diseases and Insects 246 varieties 733 water content as affected by cooking 462 wintering of 733 {See also specific kinds.) Cerebro-spinal meningitis in horses, studies and bibliography 786 Cestodes, avian, studies and bibliography 561 Chxtocnema spp., notes, N.C 856 Chalastogastra, classification 863 Chalcidoidea, notes 152 Chalcis obscurata, notes 758 sp., notes 151 thracis, parasitic on banana leaf roller. 857 Chamomile, dissemination by farm animals. . 839 Charbon. {See Anthrax.) Chard, fertilizer experiments 631 varieties 631 Charips xanthopsis, destructive to citrus p'ant lice 755 Charlock. {See Mustard, wild.) Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus, fungus dis- eases of 252 Cheese — acid rennet bacteria of 881 analyses 80, 171, 479 brine-soluble compound in 212 Caerphilly, manufacture in Ireland 372 Cheshire, manufacture 778 composition 880 cost of making 82 cream, fat content 778 Page. Cheese — Continued. determination of fat content 276 determining jield of 478 digestibility as compared with beef 761 discoloration, studies 479 Emmental, discoloration 479 manufacture 372 Gervais, analyses 578 green mold, flavor of 775 narz, dark coloration in 075 Hungarian, analyses 372 imports into United Kingdom 479 industry in Ireland 372 making in Sweden 477 starters, propagation, U.S.D.A.. 299 manufacture 479 use of pathological milk 676 marketing cooperatively 92 Marolle, analyses 778 Norwegian "old," manufacture 371 of Satnt-Marcellin, characteristics 82 paralBning, U.S.D.A 172 production, statistics 477 Raffine, of Island of Orleans 276 relation to micro-organisms 372 Roquefort, tyrosin crystals in 313 Roumanian sheep, manufacture and anal- yses 075 Russian, analyses 778 score cards for 779 Slipcote, manufacture 82 Swiss, gases of 775 text-book and bibliography 479 Touareg, analyses 479 vegetable, notes 809 Cheilospirura hamulosa, occurrence in United States 890 Chelonus blackburni, parasitic on beet web- worm, U.S.D.A 2.50 Chemical apparatus, new, description, U.S.D.A 26 cell fimctions, method for study . . 21 Chemicals, inspection in Georgia 624 Chemistry, agricultutral, review of literature . 338 colloid, review of literature 307 physiological, text-book 201 progress in 1910 405 relation to immimity research 83 Chemotherapy, notes 677 Chenopodium album, dissemination by farm animals 839 Chermes cooleyi, notes 146 picex, notes 147 spp., notes. Conn. State 856 Cherries, fall v. spring planting 238 growing on grass land 639 insects affecting 553 maraschino, labeling, U.S.D.A 762 MoniUa affecting 849 pear slug affecting 863 Cherry bacterial gummosis, studies 144 disease in Rhine Provinces 144 diseases, notes, W .Va 844 fruit fly, notes 146 tent-maker or tortri.x, notes. Conn. State 856 942 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Paffe. Cherry twigs, composition 407 Chestnut bark disease, control, U.S.D.A 146 history and distribu- tion in Mass 551 studies 345 black canker, notes 551 disease, notes 651 flour, soluble carbohydrate of 464 survey in Tennessee 745 weevil, notes, W . Va 753 Chestnuts, Diaportlie parasitica aflecting, Mass 56 grafting upon oaks 551 in Equidae, studies and bibliogra- phy 672 Chick embryo, interchange of limbs by trans- plantation 877 embryos, development 271 tissues, embryonic, growth in artificial media 164 Chicken fat, studies 761 meat, poisoning by cantharides 660 mites, dissemination by English sparrows 246 pox, pathology 889 Chickens, hatcliing on a large scale 772 immunization against tuberculosis. 85 in Philippines 666 Malta fever affecting 84 trussing and boning, Iowa 168 (See also Fowls, Poultry, etc.) Chicks, tncubattng and care 270 instincts and habits in 670 Chickweed, destruction, Md 333 Chicory, fertilizer experiments 631 varieties 631 Children, choice of bread for 260 dietof 465 feeding, treatise 763 nervous, management 465 school, nutrition of 262 sleeping, chemistry and energy me- tabolism of 466 Children's gardens. (.See School gardens.) Chillies. {See Pepper.) CMnaspis americana, notes 147 furfura. (See Scurfy scale.) Chinch bug fungus diseases, studies and bib- Uography, U.S.D.A. ... 454 notes 455 investigations, U.S.D.A 347 life history and remedies, Ohio. . 454 remedies, U.S.D.A 455 Chinquapins, giant, planting in Southern States 651 Chipmunks, host of spotted fever tick, Mont. 64 susceptibility to plague 59 Chlamydomonas as affected by luminous ra- diations 431 Chlamydozoa, intermediate hosts of 759 Chlamydozoon bombycis, notes 757 prowazcki n.sp., description . . . 757 sphingidarum n.sp., descrip- tion 758 Chloral hydrate, use in fistula 277 Chlorates, determination in presence of chlo- rids and perchlorates 511 Page. Chlorid of lime as a soil sterilizer 322 Chlorids, determination in presence of chlo- rates and perchlorates 511 effect on nitrification in soils 817 Chlorin content of muscles 566 determination in potable waters 110 supply of body, effect of decrease 465 Cliloris spp. , notes 361 Chloroform, effect on — development of eggs 772 plasma membranes 824 plant respiration and assimilation 227 seed germination 131 Chlorophyll, constitution 229 Chlorotone, effect on development of eggs 772 Chocolate, analyses 506 and cocoa, treatise 662,710 examination. Conn. State 659 Chocolates, judging 609 Choeromyia n.spp., descriptions 559 Cholera, Asiatic, transmission by house flies, Cal 61 toxins and antitoxins, notes 676 Cholesterol content of milk 775 Cholln, assimUation by plants 32 occurrence in stachys tubers and cit- rus leaves 107 Chou moelUer, notes 833,835 Cliristmas-berry tingis, California, notes 148 Chromii sulphas, nature and use 580 Chromium compounds, effect on ferments . . . 309 Chromophylls in plant and animal world . . . 710 Chrysanthemum leaf-miner, notes. Conn. State 856 Chrysanthemum leucanthemum— as affected by top dressing. Mass 40 dissemination by farm animals 839 Chrysanthemums, culture in greenhouses, Md. 740 fertilizer experiments. Md. 739 growth in partially steri- lized soils 815 Chrysomelidas. catalogue 560 Chrysomphalus — aurantii, studies, Cal 553 tenebricosus. (See Gloomy scale.) Chrysomyia macellaria. {See Screw-worm.) Chrysopa californica, destructive to citrus plant lice 755 Chrysophlyctis endobiotica— notes and bibliography 448 studies 547 Chrysophlyctis, transfer to Synchytrium 547 Chrysoplatycerus splendens, notes 149 Chrysopussp., destructive to purple scale, Cal 757 Chufas, culture in Phihppines 361 notes 362 Churning, relation to milk fat globules 477 Chymosin and pepsin, identity 107 Cicada, periodical, notes. Conn. State 856 W.Va 753 Cicinnobolus abelmoschi n.sp., description — 446 Cider, clarifying with casein 26 vinegar standards, notes 117 Ciders, graisse sickness of 512 Cigar case-bearer, notes 146 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 943 Page. Cigarette beetle, notes 453, 856 Cimex lectularius. (See Bedbugs.) Cinnamic aldehyde, preservative action 157 Cinnamon, ground, distribution of sand in. . . 564 Cioidae, catalogue 560 Cionus scrophularix, life history 452 CiTsium spp., geographical distribution 335 Citellus beecheyi, new microfilaria from 653 tuberculosis in 484 chrysodeirus, susceptibility to plague. 59 Citric acid — determination, U.S.D.A 509 in tomato products, U.S. D.A 25 fermentation in milk 112 Citron, candied, analyses 157 Citrons, food plant of portable scale, Cal 756 Citrus aphis, notes 755 fruit blemishes, notes 549 diseases, notes 549 ria 549 fruits, bibliography 441 culture in lower Rio Grande Valley 47 handling in Italy 47 insects affecting 553 P.R 858 stem-end rot of, Fla 449 (See also Oranges, Lemons, etc.) hybrids, studies 441 mealy bug, natural enemies of 149 plant lice, natural enemies of 755 scaly bark, new fungus of 145 white fly. (See White fly, citrus.) Citrus aurantium, iso'ation of stachydrin from 107 Cladosporium — fulvum, description and treatment 849 notes. Mass 649 herbarum citricolum n.var., description. . . 145 studies 749 Clams, examination, Me 868 soaking in fresh water Me S68 Clay, red boulder of Netherlands, studies — 813 Clays, native, wliite and color washing with, Ala.Tuskegee 189 Cleaning fluid, effect on germination of seeds. 820 Clemson College, notes 194, 495, 696 Cleomc integrifolia, geographical distribution. 335 Clianthus dampicri, hybridization experi- ments 834 Climate — effect on apples. Mass 45 cattle ticks, Term 458 composition of wheat, Cal 133 flowering of plants 429 of Africa 715 cities as affected by artificial heating, U.S.D.A 214 Honolnlu 614 Missouri, changes m 237 New South Wales, relation to soils — 210 Ohio 715 small areas, studies ^16 Utah 410 relation to plant growth 429 tropical agricultural zones 118 Page. Climate— Continued. soils, and plant growth, relationship 516 (See also Meteorology.) Climatic gradient, investigations 821 Climatology — of coffee district of Sao Paulo, Brazil 810 Philippines 318 text-book 613 use in agriculture 613 (See also Meteorology.) Clisiocampa azteca, notes 348 CUtocybe gigantea, studies 446 infundibuliformis, hydrocyanic acid in 228 Closterocerus cinctipennis, parasitic on pear slug 863 Cloud biu-st at Cooney N.Mex., U.S.D.A 214 Clover — as affected by smoke and flue dust 38 culture experiments. Term 422 for silage 574 cut, analyses, Mass 665 effect on fruit trees 640 fertilizer experiments 631, 831 Tenn 422 ground analyses 768, 873 hardness of seed coat 132 hay, production in United Kingdom 793 Japan, analyses, La 234 papers on. La 234 notes '■ 362 occurrence of creatinin in, U.S.D.A 419 potash fertilizers for 526 red, analyses 770 varieties 733 yield as affected by source of seed . . . 833 rhizoctoniose, notes, N.C 844 rye stalk disease affecting 546 Sclerotinia libcrtiana affecting 647 seed, analyses, Md 739 chalcid fly, notes 452 germination tests, Mass 44 high V. low grade, Ind 838 mixtures, tests 630 production in Europe 436 standards in Canada 839 sowing with and without a nurse crop ... 434 strawberry, in troduction into Victoria ... 833 varieties 631 water lequirements 129 white, new species resembling 40 Coal-tar- colors, use in food products, U.S.D.A 609 dyes, quantitative separation, L'.S.D.A.. 506 Cobalt ch'.orid, efl"ect on olives 825 Cocainse hydrochloridum, nature and use 580 Coccidse, notes 149 of Argentina 247 Louisiana 859 Coccidiosis, avian, studies 187 in British game birds and poul- try 588 cattle, investigations 678 fowls and cah'es 483 Coccidium bovis, studies - — 483 Coccinclla spp., destructive to citrus plant lice "55 944 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Coccinellids, parasitic on black scale, Cal 556 Coccobacillus liqucfaciens n. sp. , description . . . 581 Coccophagus lecanii, notes 152 lunulatus, parasitic on orange scale, Cal 554 Coccus hesperidum. (See Scale, soft.) viridis, remedies 534 Cochylis ambiguella, notes and bibliography. . 655 Cochylis moth, remedies 758 Cockroaches, bacteriology of 347 role of in milk infection 674 Cocoa, analyses 506 and chocolate, treatise 662, 710 efleit on gastric secretion 406 examination, Conn.State 659 production and trade 642 valorization 642 Coconut- bud rot, investigations, U.S.D.A 649 cake, analyses 105, 206, 207, 303, 770 eflect on composition of niUk fat 170 diseases, notes 642, 744 enemies, notes 337 fat, determination in edible fats 713 oil, acid content 114 detection in butter 170, 61P oils of high iodin numbers 611 palm bud rot, causative agent 145 diseases, notes and bibliography . . . 60 treatment 145 palms, culture i39 in Samoa, beetle affecting 151 Coconuts, culture in Philippines 336, 743 West Indies 642 destruction by rats 857 insects affecting 354, 642 Cocos nucifera, culture 139 Codling moth- egg parasite of 252, 557 notes, W.Va 753 and bibliography, Wash 757 parasites of, Nev 458 prevalence in apple orchards, N.Y.Cornell 541 remedies 13G, 146, 349 W.Va 860 Ccelopisthis nemalicida, parasitic on large larch sawfly 353 Coftee-bean weevil, notes 354 berry, host plant of fruit fly 758 borer, orange-yellow, notes 253 " brusca," description and bibliography 450 cake, analyses 363 cereal, composition, Conn.State 660 culture in Nyasaland 829 relation to climatic conditions. 810 diseases, notes 51 eflect on body temperature 466 gastric secretion 466 infusion, principles of 261 insects affecting 753 pollination by bees, P.R 63 purifying and improving 261 ' roots, nematodes affecting 750 Cognac. (See Brandy.) Cogon, notes 362 Coix lachryma-jobi, notes 301 Page. Coke, manufacture from sewage sludge 624 oven tars of United States, U.S.D.A... 591 Colaptes auratus luleus, coccidiosis in 187 Colchicin, detection 580 Cold storage for eggs 369 house, description 336 {See also Temperature, low.) Colcmania sphenarioides, notes 347 ColcophorafletcheTclla. (5«c Cigar case-bearer.) Coleoptera, catalogue 500 digestive ferments of 657 xylophagous, feeding habit.s 151 Coleosporium vcrnonix, notes 340 Coli bacillus. {See Bacillus coli communis.) Colibacillosis in calves 381 Colic in horses, notes 684 Colinus virginianus, coccidiosis in 187 Collargol, eflect on catalase 504 Colleges. {See Agricultural colleges.) Colletotrichum — falcatum, notes 445 studies. La 548 Undemulhianum, notes 747 luxificum, notes 851 necator, description 448 oligodixtum, notes 244 schizanthi n.sp., description 56 sp., notes, Mass 649 spp., notes. La 549 Colletotrichum, infection of wheat by 747 Colloid chemistry, review of literature 307 Colloids, determination in cultivated soils 519 Colorado grass, notes 362 Station, financial statement 692 report of director 692 Coloring matter, detection in fruit juices 608 Colostrum, analyses. Mass 80 cell content, N.Y.Cornell 370 detection, Schardinger reaction . . 211 notes 161, 673 Colpitis granulosa, causative agent 285 Colt's foot brown leaf spot, studies 852 Colza cakes, adulteration 468 effect on milk 477 Comfrey, cell proliferant of 580 prickly, fertilizer experiments 631 varieties 631 Commodities, prices of 359 in Tokyo 491 trend of prices since 1890 689 Complement-binding test, diagnostic value. . 283 fixation reactions, value 180 test, utilization 676 Concrete-block machine, description, Wis 91 interior temperature during setting, U.S.D.A 214 silos, handbook 790 tile, tests 685 Condiments, adulteration, detection 312 chemistry of, progress in 405 examination 69, 355 and judging, prog- ress in 408 Confectioners' establishments, inspection, ' N. Dak 462 Confectionery, examination 661 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 945 Pago. Congenital cataract in a foal, treatment 288 Conifer seeds, germination power of 842 Coniferous seedlings, damping off, Vt 57 Conifers, damaged by squirrels 552 handbook 642 taking impressions of year rings 842 transplanting tools for 842 Conlophora cercbella, notes 551 Coniosporiuin. gecevi n.sp., description 44C Conioth'jrium hellebori, notes 844 olcx, notes 849 Conjunctival reaction, diagnostic value 379 Conorhinus megistus, biology 755 Conotrachelus erinaceus, destruction by white fungus, U.S.D. A 454 nenuphar. (See Plum curcuiio.) Convolvulus arvcnsis, extermination, Cal 236 Cookers, fu'eless, tests 702 Cooking, book 261 effect on water content of foods 4G2 encyclopaedia 66 Cooks, training school for 262 Cooperage industry in Canada 445 Copper arsenite, analyses. Mass 65 determination in canned goods 408 conserves 208 fungicides, studies 853 mixtures, methods of analysis 205 oxychlorid, fungicidal value 853 salts, detection in wood, U.S.D. A 242 effect on catalase 504 solution by fungi 853 sulphate, analyses 26 effect on olives 825 use against olive fumagine.. 850 Copra, drying 513 examination 611 Cordials, judging 209 Coriscus for us, destruction by white fungus, U.S.D.A 454 Cork, insects affecting 60 Corn , abnormalities m, due to smut infection . 447 analyses 206, 267, 770 and alfalfa for fattening lambs, N.Mex. 73 cob meal, analyses. La 568 Tex 468 teosinte, crossing experiments 40 artificial pollination, U.S.D.A 535 as affected by disinfectants 820 lead nitrate 225 manganese sulphate 226 assimilation of nitrogen by 32 billbug, investigations, N.C 862 bran, analyses 665 Ky 568 Tex 468 brandy, judging 209 breeding experiments, personal equa- tion in 734 canned, examination 68 chlorosis, studies 243 chop, analyses 568, 665 Ky 568 La 568 Miss 568 Tex 467 Page. Corn, composition as affected by companion crop 617 cost of production s30 cracked, analyses 568, 665 crossbreeding, U.S.D.A 634 crushed, analyses, Ky 568 cucujus, notes 453 culture 834 experiments 233, 437, 630, 733, 830 Ga 735 Mont 38 Tenn 422 in California, Cal 234 Nyasaland 829 Philippines 361 imderdry farming, N. Dak 828 diet, relation to pellagra 871 diseases, notes 446 effect on color of egg yolk, Md 771 exhibits, preparation 392 feeding value as affected by soakmg . . . 667 fertilizer experiments 630, 631, 830, 834 Ga 735 Mass 32 N.C 829 R.I 817 Tenn 422 flea beetles, notes, N.C 856 forage experiments 632 germ cake for pigs 477 germination tests, Nebr 795 heated , carbon bisulphid explosion in . . 864 husks, use as tamale wrappers, Cal 234 hybridization experiments 833 insects affecting 553, 753,857 Learning, notes •»37 lessons on 392 meal, analyses 666 Conn.State 665 Ky 568 Mass 665 N.Y.State 165 Tex 468 availability of nitrogen in 124 " Mercer," notes 437 methods of variety testing 436 mildew or dry rot, notes 447 notes 362 oil cake, analyses 363 meal, analyses 568 perfect flowers in 40,325 planter tests, value and method 398 plantingand harvestingdates,U.S.D.A . 533 plat arrangement for variety tests 434 preparation for hogs, U.S.D.A 599 production m 1911, U.S.D.A 595, 792 Russia, U.S.D.A 294 United States 293 productiveness of first generation crosses, U.S.D.A 634 proteins, utilization 358 relation to pellagra 263, 486 root disease, treatment 733 worm, notes, Colo 654 salvage, analyses, Mich 714 score card for, Mo 332 946 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Corn seed from different parts of ear, tests, N.C 829 selection. Mo 332 testing, Ohio 299 seedlings as aiiected by ultra\aoIet rays. 430 silage. {See Silage.) smut, description and treatment 341 introduction into New South Wales 52 suckering, cause, Cal 234 varieties 233, 437, 634, 733, 830, 834 Ga 535, 735 N.C 828 in Ohio, Ohio 437 yield as affected by detasseling, Ga 735 removal of suckers, N.C 829 yields 638 Corncob ashes, analyses, Mich 713 meal, analyses. Conn. State 665 Cornell University, notes 97, 300, 397, 797, 900 Cornstalks, effect on soil moisture 533 CoTticium javanicum , notes 851 Corynespora melonis, description and treat- ment 448 Corythuca arcuata, notes 148 sp., notes 452 Cost of living in France 595 United Kingdom 894 notes 662 Costia necatrix, notes 246 Cotton — anthracnose, investigations, S.C 647 arrangement of parts in, U.S.D.A 40 as affected by subsoil water 417 bales, insects infesting 560 boll weevil, biology 862 factors affecting development 253 parasites of 861 worm, remedies, Hawaii 455 bolls, fungus disease affecting 341 breeding, studies 635 brunissure, description 546 Caravonica, weevil affecting 351 crop of 1911 490 culture experiments 233, 436, 631 Ga 735 in Bengal 834 China 736 German colonies 332, 835 Nyasaland 829 Sind 834 treatise 535 diseases, notes 51 Egyptian, growing in Southwest, U.S. D.A 535 studies 635 farms, transferring into Japan clover fields, La 235 fertilizer experiments 232, 534, 631, 635, 736 Ga 736 N.C 829 fungus diseases of 445 ginning, cooperation in, U.S.D.A 535 hybridization experiments ^ 733 improvement 534 Page. Cotton— Continued. Indian, studies and bibliography 735 industry in Antigua 733 Egypt 390, 635 German African colonies 41 United States, treatise 190, 332 insects affecting 553 leaf dimorphism in, U.S.D.A 128 worm, notes 62, 351 market, review 835 marketing, cooperation in, U.S.D.A 535 in the South 488, 489 moth, notes. Conn. State 856 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D.A. 532 production in United States 389 red spider affecting 153 N.C 856 refuse, fertilizing value 631 resistance to anthracnose, Ga 736 root knot, treatment, U.S.D.A 846 rust, treatment, Ga 736 scale, Chinese, bird enemies of 556 Sea Island, culture in Cuba 736 seed cake, analyses 767, 809 cold pressed, analyses, Tex 468 feeding value 468 feriilizing value 631 detection of anthracnose in, S.C 648 germination tests 534 hulls screenings, analyses, Tex 468 seed meal — analyses 266, 362, 363, 369, 568, 665, 768, 770, 873 Conn.State 665 Ky 568 La 325,568 Mass 665 Mich 714 Miss 728 N.H 362 N.Y.State 165 Tex 468 Vt 72 as a source of nitrogen, Ga 735 availability of nitrogen in 124 Conn.State 523 effect on composition of milk fat 170 milk production and quality 476 for calves, N.C 879 nitrification in soils 722 toxicity, Ark 780 seed oil, detection 508 relation to pellagra 263 production, cooperation in, U.S.D.A 535 products, industry in United States. 389 proteins, utilization 662 stainer bug, studies 454 stainers, effect on germination of cotton seed 534 stalk cutter, description, U.S.D.A 95 substitutes, notes 835 topping experiments 238 treatise 437 variation with a self-fertiUzed ancestry... 834 varieties 233, 631, 733 • Ga 535,73(5 N.C 8-« INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 947 Cotton— Continued. Page. water requirements C31 wax, notes 114 weevil resistance in, U.S.D.A 41 white scale, parasites of 247 wilt, treatment, U.S.D.A 846 worm, remedies, Ala.College 757 Country homes, water power for 790 Life Conference in Wisconsin 59S life halls, notes 499 Cow-testing associations— in Denmark 169 New York 673 New Zealand 79 Sweden 476 text-book 169 Cowpea meal, availability of nitrogen in 124 vines, nitrification in soils 722 Cow peas — catalogue of varieties, U.S.D.A 635 culture 830 experiments 632, 830 Tenn 422 in Philippines 361 effect on soil nitrogen 196 fertilizer experiments 631,830 Tenn 422,426 identification of varieties, U.S.D.A 635 inheritance of color in 36 notes 362 occurrence of creatinin in, U.S.D.A 419 varieties 631 N.C 828 Cows, apple pomace for, Mass 72 balanced rations for, Mass 774 conformation of 574 difficult parturition in 381 digestion experiments, Mo 475 feeding, III 273 experiments 170, 266, 267, 273, 369,468,476,673,879 Wis 467 giving abnormal milk, detection 87 high producing, milk records of 476 in dck-infested regions, blood of 382 individuality of, U.S.D.A 95 inheritance of milking qualities in 169 judging 597 maintenance requirements. Mo 475 milk production in 774 records. (See Dairy herd records.) register-of-merit Jerseys, age factor in. . 166 rutting of, studies and bibliogi'aphy. . . 367 slop-fed, milk from 370 succulent feed for 574 Coyote-proof pastures for sheep, U.S.D.A 73 Coyotes,- host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 Crab grass, notes 361 Crambus hortuellus, remedies 858 Cranberries — apparatus for investigating nutrition of. . 196 culture, Wis 841 fertilizer experiments 840 insects affecting MO, 857 pollination experiments S40, 858 protection against frost,U. S.D.A 514 Cranberry — Page. bogs, constructing and planting, Wis. . 841 diseases, investigations 840 fruit-worm, studies 857 marshes of Wisconsin, frost and tem- perature conditions in, U.S.D.A 514 worm, blackhead, studies 857 Craponius inxqualis. (See Grape curculio.) Crater National Forest, description, U.S.D.A. 240 Cratotcchus hoplitis n.sp., description 63 Crawfish, destruction in springs, S.C 654 Cream, analyses 171 Mass 80 contests, educational value 478 errors in testing 371 factors affecting fatcontent, U.S.D.A. 599 preservatives, analy.ses and detection. 806 sour, casein by-product of 81 of East Hungary, composition. . 171 standardizing 275 testing and grading, treatise 578 Creameries, inspection. Me 868 Creatin — excretion in infancy and childhood 158 metabolism in dogs 565 occurrence in rabbit meat 563 vegetable matter, U.S.D.A. 420 studies 158 Creatinin — effect on plant growth, U.S.D.A 420 excretion of pigs 364 isolation from soils 420 U.S.D.A 419 metabolism in dogs 565 occurrence in vegetable matter, U.S.D.A. 420 origin in soils 815 U.S.D.A 419 studies 158 Cremastus hymenix n.sp., description 352 parasitic on beet web- worm, U.S.D.A 250 Creosote, analyses 206 as a preservative for poles 644 characteristics 206 evaporation 644 methods of analj'sis 510 oil, review of literature 206 sulphonation test for, U.S.D.A 316 volatilization after injection into wood, U.S.D.A 50 Cress as affected by formaldehyde 731 Cristatiihorax pukher n.g. and n.sp., descrip- tion 254 Crithidia melophagi, relation to sheep's blood, W yo 760 Cronartium quercuum, relation to Pcrider- mium cerebrum 57 ribkola, notes 651 Crop damages in 1909 and 1910, U.S.D.A 190 production, factors affecting 422 relation to soils 434 temperature and rainfall, Term. 415 reports, U.S.D.A 94,190,490,595,689,897 rotations. (See Rotations.) statistics of Philippines 318 948 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Page. Crop surveys, relation to soil surveys 434 systems, relation to temperature and rainfall, Tenn 415 Crops as affected by lead nitrate 225 cost of production 398 effect on drainage water 619 fertOizer ingredients removed by 422 foreign, statistics, U.S.D.A 190,491 growing under glass 391 hoed, methods of variety testing 436 identification of varieties 434 insurance against haO in France 3SS intertilled, tractors for 398 oil producing, fertilizer experiments ... 129 plant food combinations for, Vt 622 sulphur requirements 726 vegetatively propagated, selection in. . 434 Crotalaria hurlieana, notes 882 retusa, analyses 126 Crotons, food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 Crown gall, resemblance to human cancer 646 Crows, damage by, Ln Denmark 452 Cruciferous cakes, toxicity 567 Crude fiber. {See Cellulose.) Crying, effect on respiratory exchange in in- fants 766 Cryptococcus glutinis, isolation from cheese. . . 479 Cryptogomus orbiculus, notes 149 Cryptorhynchus lapathi, notes. Me 753 Cryptosiphum tahoense n.sp., description 859 Cry plus sp., parasitic on grapevine sphinx. . . 250 Ctenocephalus spp., notes 781 Cucasa, fungicidal value 345 Cucujus sp., notes 453 Cucumber collar rot, notes 446 leaf blotch, notes 446 spot, dispersal and treatment. 447 seed, germination tests, Mass 44 Cucumbers, culture, Oreg 539 fungus disease affecting 244 Fusarium disease affecting. Mass . 54 growth in partially sterilized soils 815 Culex pipiens, control in England SCO destruction of larvse 559 Culicidse. (See Mosquitoes.) Culicoides sp., destructive to mosquitoes 5,59 Culture medium, relation to production of hemolysin 481 Culverts, construction 890 and maintenance 385 Cumarin, effect on action of fertilizers, U.S.D.A 124 Cupressus lawsoniana, damaged by squirrels. 552 Cuprl sulphas, nature and use 580 Curd, Don, bacterial content 779 Currant leaf spot, notes 446 850 Currants, red, as affected by tarring roads. . . 432 gooseberry mildew affecting ... 344 varieties for New York, N.Y. State. 239 Cuscuta trifolii, destruction by calcium cyan- amid 44 Cutworms, studies, Tenn 453 variegated, notes 452 Cyamopsis psoralioides, notes 362 tetragonoloba ,culture in New South Wales 835 Page. Cyanamid, determination in fertilizers 804 Cyanids as affected by salt, Cal 206 Cyanoplerus (Iphiaulax) clypeolus n.g. and n.sp., description 352 Cyanuric acid, assimilation by plants 32 Cydoconium oleaginum, description 850 Cylindrosporium sp., notes. Mass 649 spp., notes 341 Cyllene roUnix, notes, Conn.State 856 Cynipidee of North America 759 Cynodon dactylon, notes 361 Cyperus spp., host plants of com billbug,N.C. 862 Cyrlolohus sp. , notes 148 Cystin, determination in proteins 22 Cystitis hemorrhagic, in cattle 881 Cystopus candidus, spore germination and in- fection in. Wis 342 Cystopus, occurrence on cruciferous plants. Wis 342 Cytisus spp . , anatomical structure of wood . . . 827 Cytology, progress in 876 relation to study of genetics 672 treatise 876 Cy torrhyctes cocci, detection 682 Cylosponna septospora n.sp., description 852 Dactyloctenium xgyptiacum, notes 361 Bactylopius calceolarix, fungus disease affect- ing 553 vitis, notes 655 Dasdalea unicolor, injurious to maples 752 Daiprepes abbreviatus, remedies 552 Dairies, disinfection 478 inspection, N.Dak 462 Dairy bams, sanitary, lecture on 188 chemistry, progress in 1910-11 315 farmers, cooperation among 92 farming in the Ozarks 273 profits from. 111 273 relation to tenancy 687 treatise 78,574 farms, bookkeeping for 774 herd records 79 industry in the Caucasus 275 western Siberia 880 institute at Proskau, report 447 law of Nebraska 868 products, cost of producing, Minn 474 deterioration 371 lessonson 493 methods of examination, treatise 111 testing 371 relation to micro-organisms. 372 review of literature 266 statistics of Canada 896 testing and grading, treatise. 578 school at Riitti-Zollikofen, report 477 Dairying, handbook 674 in Europe, history 371 Sweden 477 Wiesbaden 371 mountain, in Norway 371 progress in 1910-11 315 propagation of starters 478 Daisy, ox-eye, dissemination by farm animals 839 Daphnids, sex determination in 773 Pa rkness, effect on plant growth 431 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 949 Pago. Darnel as an adulterant of flour 710 Dasychypha calycina, notes 345 Dates, culture in California 33C loss of astringency during ripening 327 Debab, transmission by blood-sucking in- sects 150 Deer, destruction by helminths 653 host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 Deilephila elpenor, notes 250 euphorbix, notes 656 Delaware Station, guide to experiments 795 notes 300 Dematophora necatrix, notes 750 Dendroctonus— brevicomis. (See Western pine beetle.) engelmanni. {See Engelmann spruce beetle.) frontalis. (See Pine beetle, southern.) jeffreyi. (See Jeffrey pine beetle.) monticolx. (See Mountain pine beetle.) ponderosss. (See Black Kills beetle.) pseudoUugx. (See Douglas fir beetle.) valens. (See Red turpentine beetle.) DendroUmus pint, egg parasite of 557 Dendrology, bibliography 240 Denitrification in soils 721, 723 Dental caries, cause 867 tartar, formation 160 Department of Agriculture. (See United States Department of Agriculture.) Dermacentor — hunteri n.sp., description 864 parumapertus marginatus, parasite of 863 venustus — life history and host relations, Mont. 64 studies and bibliography, U.S.D.A .. 254 Dermanyssus spp., dissemination by English sparrows 246 Dennatitis, chronic, in horses, Cal 482 necrotic, in pigs, Cal 482 Dermatobia hominis, notes 781 Dermestes spp., infesting cotton bales 5G0 Dermestid;!?, catalogue 560 Derostenus salutaris, parasitic on plum leaf- miner, N.Y.Cornell 558 Desert plants, root habits 728 water balance 530 Desmodium spp., notes 362 Dew, eSect on composition of hay. La 235 Dewberry double blossom, investigations, N.C 850 Dextrin, history of 106 Dextrose, feeding during inanition 405 from cellulose in digestion 873 heat of combustion 160 Diabrotica virgifera, notes, Colo 654 Diachasma crawfordi n.g. and n.sp., descrip- tion 352 Diamid, assimilation by plants 32 Diamond-back moth, remedies, U.S.D.A 250 Diapheromerafemorata. (See Walking-stick.) Diaporthe paralitica— history and distribution in Massachusetts 551 notes, Mass 56 studies 345 50596°— 12 5 Page. Diarrhea in calves 331 infants, transmission by house flies, Cal 61 poultry, treatment, U.S.D.A 78 red, in calves, studies 483 Diaspidiotus tsugx n.sp., description 248 Diaspis penlagona, notes 247, 452, 655 piri, remedies 551 Diastase as alTectcd by ultraviolet rays 203 occurrence in honey 710 Diastatic action in bread making 358 Dialrxa saccharalis. (See Sugar cane borer.) Dibrachis boncheanus, notes 151 Dicalcium phosphate as allected by cal(-ium carbonate 527 Dichomeris marginellus, occurrence in New York 146 Dicraneiira cockerelli, notes 452 Dicrocaelium lanceatum, life history 286 Dictyocaulus spp., destructive to deer 653 Dicyanamid, determination in fertilizers 804 Dicyandiamid, assimilation by plants 32 Diet as aHected by environment 465 effect on thyroid glands 159 excessive, effects 262 handbook 262 in Germany 353 Scandinavia and Russia 158 Swedish prisons 157 of Italian peasants 358 Japanese 763 rural population in Germany 157 Trappist monks 868 relation to diseases of nutrition 264 pellagra 263 (See also Food.) Dietary for poor families 762 standards, discussion 562 studies at Rhode Island State College 762 Dietetics, handbook 658 Digestibility of fat, relation to melting point. 159 Digestion as affected by coloring substances . 68 saccharin, U.S.D.A. 257 experiments with sheep 769 relation to protein metabolism 764 Digilaria spp., notes 361 Dimethylamin, assimilation by plants 32 Dinaspis, new genus, description 247 Dinophilus gyrociliatus, sex determination in. 773 Dinotomus spp., notes '. ... 656 Dioryctria abictdla, notes, Conn.State 856 Diospyros, ripening processes of 310 Dioxydiamidoarsenobenzol — detection 411 for equine influenza 288 Dipachyaligma cushmani n.sp., description. . . 63 Diphtheria antitoxin, valuation 676 human and avian, relationship. .. 177 outbreak , of bovine origin 883 Diplachne fusca, notes 461 Diplocarpon rosse, notes 650 Diplococcus spp. , organism resembling 376 (Streptococcus) lanccolatus, notes. 586 Diplodia sp. , injurious to rubber 451 zex, notes 447 950 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Page. ' Diplodina cacaoicola, notes 851 Dipping vat, circular, description 485 for cattle, construction, U.S. D.A 382 Diptera, photography of 252 Dipterous larvfc, structure, U.S. D.A 558 Dirt, determination in milk 507 Discocolla pirini, notes 449 Diseases, bibliography 246 infectious, control 373 microbiology of 372 of animals. (See Animal diseases.) plants. (See Plant diseases.) transmission by insects 760 parasites 658 Disinfectants- effect on germination of seeds 820 examination 481 germicidal value, determination 289 penetrating power, determination 289 Disinfection, discussion 481 gaseous, treatise 173 theory of 173 Disonydia triingularis, destruction by white fungus, U.S.D. A 454 Distemper, canine or dog. (See Dog distem- per.) Distillers' grains — analyses, Vt 72 dried, analyses, Conn. State 665 Ky 568 Mass 6G5 N.Y.State 165 feeding value, Mass 72 Distillery slop, analyses 266, 267, 363, 770 effect on quality of milk 370 Distomum lanceoHtum, life history 286 Doassansia spp., life history and cytology 341 Dog distemper, immunization 787 treatment 578 ticks, parasite of 863 Dogs, creatiu and creatinin metabolism in. . . 565 digestion of cellulose by 363 distribution of Piroplisma canis in 486 host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 hypophysectomized, metabolism in . . . 766 immunization against distemper 787 tuberculosis 85 metaboUsm experiments 262, 4C8 paralysis in 185 pyocyaneus infection in 280 recurrence of oestrus in 671 Dolichof spp. , notes 362 Domestic art. (iSee Home economics.) economy county schools In Wiscon- sin, U.S.D. A 193 science. ( See Home economics. ) Donkeys, Somaliland wild, hybrid, notes 269 Doria coTicinnata, parasitic on grapevine sphinx 250 Dough as affected by foreign starches 761 Douglas fir beetle, notes, U.S. D.A 561 Dourine, diagnosis, Wassermann's method. . . 582 In horses, notes 373 studies, U.S.D.A 88 Page. Dourine, investigations 881 transmission by blood-sucking in- sects 150 Drainage — by pumps 789 U.S.D.A 589 exercises In 392 in Georgia, U.S.D.A 590 report 788 Missouri 891 New South "Wales 892 North Dakota 892 Teimessee 893 bibliography 812 of gumbo, hardpan, and seepy land 892 project in Mississippi, U.S.D.A 590 North Carolina, U.S.D.A 590 reclamation of allali soils by, Wyo .590 tile, clogging by roots, Mass 37 treatise 588 use of explosivps in 91 water, composition as affected by vegeta- tion 421 Drakes, reproductive organs of 876 Dried blood, availability of nitrogen in 124 effect on nitrification 721 fertilizing value 838 Wyo 534 Dropsy epidemic, investigations 155 Drosophila spp., notes 349 Drought in Georgia 27 North Carolma, U.S.D.A 27 the Ozarks, U.S.D.A 27 of 1911 in Kansas, U.S.D.A 214 relation to weevil resistance in cot- ton, U.S.D. A 41 resistance in grapevines 239 Drug inspection, Conn. State C59 in Florida C9 Georgia 660 Kentucky, Ky 69 Michigan 660 Missouri 564 Ohio 69 law of Florida 157 Michigan 660 Nebraska 8C8 Texas 86S products, examination 660 N.Dak 462 store beetle, notes 453 stores, Inspection, Me 8C8 Drugs, action under pathological conditions, U.S.D.A 71 examination, N.Dak 69,461 micro-analytical methods of examin- ing '. 110 purity of 69 sjTithetic, chemistry of, treatise 277 Dry farming in Montana, Mont 38 moisture and nitrate relations in 421 principles of, N.Dak 828 matter, det«rmijiation in root crops. .. 312,436 rot, investigations 544 notes 551 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 951 Page. Ducks, destruction of tobacco insects by 63S hybrid, studies 473 inheritance of size in S76 treatise 270 Dulcit, determination 709 Dunsiclcnoss, notes 480 Dunim wheat. (See Wheat, durum.) Duty of water. (See Water, duty.) Dyes, fat-soluble, behavior in the organism. . 671 Dynamite, removal of stumps with, Ky 187 Dysdercus cingulatus, injurious to kapok 354 hownrdi, studies 454 suturellus. (See Cotton stainer.) Dysentery — amebap, notes and bibliography 246 chronic bacterial. (See Johne's disease.) in bees, notes 501 calves, studies 4 relation to chestnut black canker 551 Mycetoma pedis, causative agent 281 Mycohactaium entcritidis chronicx pseudotu- bcrculosx boiis, isolating and cultivating. . . 783 M ycoplasm theory, investigations 341 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 975 Page. Myeosphxrella sp., notes 850 (Sphxrella) conrcxula, notes. . . 56 Myristone, occurrence in alfalfa 802 Mystin, detection in milk 806 Mytilaspis poviorum, parasites of 149 Myxofusicoccum, new genus, description 845 Mijzomyia rossii, midge parasite of 559 Myzus persicsc. (See Peach aphis, green.) Nagana, transmission by blood-sucking in- sects 150 Naphthalin, effect on refined tars, U.S.D..V . 188 seed germination 131 Narcotics, effect on development of eggs 772 seed germination 131 Natal grass, culture in Philippines 361, 362 National — Education Association at St. Louis 697 Grange, Columbus, Ohio, meeting 1 Natural selection, notes 347 Nature sketclies in Temperate America, book 346 study, forestry in 193 U.S.D.A 392 handbook 297, 298 Nebraska Station, notes 194, 695 University, notes 194, 494 NecTobia rufipes, infesting cotton bales 560 Nectria cinnabarina, notes, Mass 57 dUissima, notes 446 galligena, notes 448 rM6j n.sp., notes 450 Neem cake, fertilizing value 631 Negri bodies, detection 280 Negro problem in the South 592 Nematode injury, neutralizing 845 Nematodes, injurious to coSee 750 horses 384 potatoes, U.S.D.A.. 748 tomatoes. Mass 649 Nematodirus roscidus, destructive to deer 653 Nemqtus crichsonii, fungus parasite of 63 Neophasia menapia, notes 863 Nephritis, specific purulent, of Equidse 173 Nepticula plagicoIeUa, notes 558 sUngerlandella, studies, N.Y.Cor- neU 557 Nereocystis leutkeana as a source of potash 726 Nests, trap, value in poultry breeding. Me. . . 572 Nevada Station, notes 695 New Hampshire College, notes 396 New Jersey College, notes 300 Stations, notes 300, 695 New Mexico College, notes 396, 695 Station, notes 396, 695 New York- Cornell Station, financial statement 795 notes 397,900 report of director 975 State Station, financial statement 299 notes 397,695 report of director 299, 692 Nickel chlorid, effect on olives 825 Nicotin— determination in — presence of pyridin bases 316 tobacco 412 extracts 412,413,510,511 Page. Nicotin— Cou tinued . distribution in tobacco plant 3.33 effect on larvse of eudemis motli 860 in tobacco compounds, analyses, Mich. . . 714 oxalate, use on tobacco 638 Nicotina, analyses. Mass 65 Niger cake, feeding value 267 for cows 673 Night soil, fert ilizing value 631 treatment \vith manganese chlorid 425 Niiocris iisambicus, notes 253 Nitragin, notes 723 tests 123, .322, 521 Nitrate content of soils as affected by fallow- ing 421 industry in Chile 425 Norwegian. (See Calcium nitrate.) of lime. (See Calcium nitrate. ) Nitrate of soda- availability of nitrogen in. Conn. State . . . 523 destraction of weeds by, Md 333 effect on — mechanical condition of fertilizers 33 nitrogen content of asparagus roots. Mass 45 sugar beets 332 fertilizing value 125, 233, 324, 329, 425, 536, 537, 630, aSS, 725, 837 Hawaii 42 Mass 39 Wyo 534 for rubber trees 339 inoculation of alfalfa with 5.35 Nitrates — assimilation by soil micro-organisms 617 detection in water 511 determination 108, 204 in water 110 effect on composition of sugar beets 196 decomposition of sewage 725 extraction from soils 524 formation in cultivated soils 319 in soils 723 loss in drainage water 421 reduction of 507 role of in plant nutrition 625 Nitrification — as affected by gypsum 527 liming, Iowa 428 in Dunkirk clay loam 434 soils 721,722,723.816 Nitrites, detection 108, 506 in water 511 determination 311 in sewage 407 Nitrogen- absorption by trees 443 ammoniacal, behavior in limed and un- limed soil 320 as a source of muscular energy 763 assimilation by higher plants 617 rice, Hawaii 41 in meadows 422 atmospheric, fixation by bacteria 123, 824 electricity.... 425,818 availability in barnyard manure 323, 424 fertilizers. Conn. State 623 976 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Nitrogen— Continued. available, cost, U.S.D.A 95 bacterial, determiuation in feces 161 compounds in growing mustard 824 containing substances, cleavage by yeast. 607 content of rain water in HoOand 614 South African soils 420 determination 311, 606 in animoniates 803 calcium eyanamid 804 urine 870 distribution in wheat spikes. Wash 739 fecal, origin 663 fertilizing value 537 fixation as affected by liming, low-a 428 bacteriological studies 521 by leguminous plants 37 R.I 722 in soils, Utah 616 investigations 625 role of micro-organisms in 37 for barley 535 green manure, accumulation in sandy soils 224 hunger, metabolism in 764 inorganic and organic, assimilation by plants, studies and bibliography 32 lime. (See Calcium eyanamid.) loss from manure 522 in drainage water 421, 620 metabolism in man 764 on a rice and vegetable diet . 865 minimum, studies 764 nitric, movement in soils, Utah 616 nonprotein, nutritive value, U.S.D.A 665 organic, determination of solubility. Conn. State 523 in soUs, chemistry of 320 Iowa 615 pentoxid, determination 708 relation to phosphoric acid in flour 661 sulphur in metabolism 765 role of in plant nutrition 530 transformation as affected by calcium car- bonate 226 in soils 721 utilization by crops grown separately and in mixture 617 Nitrogenous — constituents of honey, determination 207 meat extracts, changes in . 356 urine, studies 161 fertilizers, comparison 33, 125, 324,425,536,725,836,837 Conn.State 523 Ga 735,736 Mass 31 N.C 829 effect on sugar beets 332 hygroscopicity 226, 525 low-grade, availability 725 materials, availability 124 Nitrolime, fertilizing value 630, 639 Nitrous acid, determination in water 709 Nodular disease of the intestines of cattle 382 Page. Noimitrogenous constituents, determination in urine 161 Nonprotein of feeding stuffs, nutritive value, U.S.D.A 71 North Carolina Station, financial statement. . 899 report of director 899 Nosema apis, notes 457, 561 Nosodendridse, catalogue 560 Nucleic acid, effect on soils and plants 814 acids, isolation from soils 814 Nuclein, effect on the blood 482 metabolism in pigs 363 paper on 69 Nucleoproteid formation in chick embryo . . . S77 Nursery inspection — in Connecticut, Conn. State 855 Minnesota 59 Pennsylvania 539 West Virginia, W. Va 753, 840 stock, pedigreed, N.Y.State 741 Nutgrass, host plant of corn billbug, N.C 862 Nutrients, artificial synthesis of 869 dynamic action on kidneys 465 Nutrition— as affected by saccharin, U.S.D.A 257 discussion 562 diseases, relation to diet 264 handbook 658 of growing animals 768 review of literature 266 role of lipoids in 766 studies 70, 155, 158,358,564 value of protein in 764 (See also Digestion, Food, Metabolism, etc.) Nutritive materials, traTislocation in plants. . 531 Nuts, culture experiments 237 marketing cooperatively 92 Nuttallia equi, relation to equine piroplas- mosis 177 Nuttalliosis in horses, notes 888 Oak diseases, notes, Mass 57 mildew, treatment 451 Oidium, notes 551 red, cost of gro\ring 49 wood, resistance to dry rot 752 woods. North American, identification, U.S.D.A 338 Oaks, absorption of nitrogen by 443 cerambycid beetle affect ing 59 food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 Oat bran, analyses 266 dry spot disease, notes 447 grass, tall, culture experiments, Term . . . 422 fertilizer experiments, Tenn . . 422 hulls, analyses, Conn.State 665 kernel, fatty substances in 502 rust , notes 143 seedUngs as affected by ultraviolet rays . . 430 straw, lime and phosphorus content 873 Oatmeal, analyses 267 Oats, analyses 266, 362, 363, 369, 770 as affected by lead nitrate 225 lime, Iowa 429 waterlevel 620 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 977 Page. Oats, assimilation of nitrogen by 319 breeding 434 composition as affected by companion crop 617 culture experiments 233, 329, 737 Mont 38 Tenn 422 for silage 674 under dry farming, N.Dak 828 description and classification 41 fertilizer experiments 33, 324, 330, 331, 424, 428, 522, 527, 535, 622, 623, 630, 632, 725, 818, 833 Conn.State 523 Mass 31 R.I 817 Tenn 422 Wyo 534 forcing by electricity 136 germination as affected by stimulants . . 131 germ-ripening experiments 131 ground, analyses, Conn.State 6G5 Mass 665 Tex 468 Vt 72 growth in heated soils 815 hybridization investigations 831 large v. smaU seeds 636 loose smut, description and treatment . 341 notes 362 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D. A 533 potash fertilizers for 526 production in 1911, U.S.D.A 595,792 Russia, U.S.D.A 294 United Kingdom 793 relation between size of seed and yield. 434 rye stalk disease affecting 546 seeding experiments 231,331 valuation 267 varieties 232, 233, 331, 629, 632, 733, 835 Mont 39 N.C 828 for California, Cal 233 resistant to rust 447 water requirements 129 weed seeds in 135 wild, geographical distribution 334 Ocinara lewinse, injurious to horses 456 Octolasium cyaneum, carbon dioxid exhala- tion of 619 (EmetJiylus triangularis, notes 657 CEnothera biennis, stomatal movement in 627 CEnothera, factors affecting development 728 CE sophagostomum venulosum, destructive to deer 653 Oestrus oris, notes 781 Offals, analyses 80'c» Ohio State Grange, Columbus meeting 1 University, notes 397, 797 Station exhibit at county fairs 299 financial statement 299 notes 300, 397, 695 report of director 299 Oidium lactis, isolation from cheese 479 notes 8S1 tuckeri, occurrence in Poland 845 Page. Oidium, treatment 345 Oil adulteration, determination 114 burning in boiler furnaces, La 384 cakes, availability of phosphoric acid in . . 428 content of egg yolk 67 {See also specific kinds.) Oils, crude, as a preservative for poles 644 evaporation 644 edible, treatise 258 effect on mold growth 2O6 essential, determination 1 13 in alcoholic so- lutions 99 methods of analysis 202 tests 202, 539 volatile, production from wild plants, U.S.D.A 612 Oklahoma Station, notes 397, 599 Okra wilt, description, N.C 844 Oleaginous fruits, formation of fat and fatty acids in goi Oleanders, destruction by black scale, Cal. . . 555 Oleic acid, separation from fatty acids 112 Olein content of egg yolk 67 Oleum lauri as an insectifuge 755 Olibrns sp., destruction by white fimgus, U.S. D.A 454 Olive diseases, notes 844 studies 849 treatment 850 fly, feeding habits 252 remedies 252 husks, detection in pepper 805 industry ia Corfu 138 oil, examination 564 extraction 414 standards for 564 scale, parasite of 655 seedlings as affected by metallic salts. . 825 thrips, endophagus parasite of 553 Olives, chemistry of 801 destruction by black scale, Cal 555 food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 preservation 117 O miodcs accepta, notes 758 Omorga frumentaria, parasitic on fig moth, U.S.D.A 248 Omphalocera dentosa, notes, Conn.State 855 Onchocerca gibsoni, studies 1S3 Oncothrips tepperi n.g. and n.sp., description . 60 Onion maggot, notes, Conn.State 855 seed, germination tests. Mass 44 smut, prevention, Ohio 29^ thrips, internal parasite of 858 Onions, bacterial disease affecting 846 culture 393 fertiUzer experiments. Mass 31 requirements 818 forcing by electricity 136 Onychothrips, new genus, description 60 Oocytase, isolation 877 Oolitic deposits of Department of Yonno 519 Oomycetes, spore germiuation and infection in , Wis 342 Oophihora semblidis, notes 557 Oospora scabies. (See Potato scab.) Operative technique, discussion 373 978 EXPEKIMENT STATION KECOED. Page. Ophthalmo reaction, diagnostic value 283 Optus tyroni, notes 150 Opsonic index,' determination 85, 180 Opsonins, notes q7q Opuntia arbuscula, root liabits 728 spp., diseases affecting 551 Orange diseases, notes, Ala.College 138 maggot, notes 860 scale, studies and bibliography, Cal. . 553 tortricid, cork-colored, notes 150 Oranges, cost of production in California 541 food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 host plant of fruit fly 758 insects affecting, Ala.College 138 navel, splits of 138 Satsuma, culture, Ala.College 138 Orchard- grass, breeding experiments 830 notes 362 heaters, descriptions, Ind 741 heating appliances, tests 539 inspection. (See Nursery inspection.) pests, remedies 539 surveys, statistical methods, N.Y. Cor- nell 540 Orcharding on rough lands, treatise 440 Orchards — apple. (See Apple orchards.) fertilizers for 238 heating, Ind 74I insects affecting 553 management, Oreg 74I planting 597 pollination in 44O protection against frost 136 survey in Ontario County, N.Y.Comell. . 540 Orchid diseases, descriptions 450 851 Orchids, bacterial disease of 650 tropical, breeding from seeds 828 Orcus chalybeus, parasitic on- black scale, Cal 656 orange scale, Cal 554 Oreamnos montanus, host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 Oregma lanigcra, notes 857 Oregon College, notes 397^ 494 Station, notes 300,397 Organic — compounds, effect on action of fertilizers, U.S.D.A 224 heat of combustion and so- lution 872 evolution, relation to atmospheric varia- tion 272 matter, complete destruction 206 effect on nitrification 721 in soils, decomposition 321, 616 South African soils 420 Origin of species, bibliography 470 observations 728 Ornamental plants, siirubs, or trees. (See Plants, Shrubs, omd Trees.) OrniihodoTus moubata nymphs, infection by . . 460 Ornithology in South Africa 552 Orthezia artemisix, notes I49 Ortho-arsenite of zinc, notes, Conn.State 856 Page. Orthoclase as a source of potash 426 Orthoptera of Connecticut 147 Orycies rhinoceros, Ufe history 654 Oryza barthii, studies 433 Osmotic effects in plants, origin 531 pressure of casein, measurement 307 soils 217 Ostrich breeding, treatise 772 clucks, diseases and parasites of 487 feathers, analyses 409 Ostriches, breeding for plumes 473 Otioccrus coquebertii, notes 147 Otiorhynclms sensitivus (planatus), life history and bionomics g6i Outdoor work, book 298 Ova, parasitic, viability 588 white and yellow yolk of, studies 164 Ovaries, transplanting, notes and bibliogra- P^y 163 Oviductofdomesticfowls,secretory activity. . 196 Oviducts, physiology of 670 Owls of France, book 452 Ox hemoglobin, hydrolysis of 22 small diluvial primitive 768 warble larvae, penetration from alimen- tary tract 657 warbles, control in Denmark 485 notes 286, 781 relation to weather conditions . . 657 Oxamid, assimilation by plants 32 Oxen, feeding experiments 468 from Roman military station, skulls of. 165 V. horses for field work in Russia 2C9 Oxidase of fruits, notes 310 Oxidases, detection 204 of resting and sprou ted potatoes ... 547 Oxidus, new genus, description 353 Oxygen- absorption by sewage effluents 406 determination in sewage 407 dissolved, in water, factors affecting 418 effect on alcoholic fermentation in peas. . 731 pressure, effect on seed germination 131, 531 Oxygenase, activity in diseased potatoes 548 Oxytropis lambcrti, occurrence of barium in . . . 432 Oxyuris vermicularis, relation to appendicitis. 678 Oyster groimds, inspection in United States. 761 larvffi, collecting 473 shell bark-louse. (See Oj-ster-shell scale.) scale, parasites of 149 Oysters, bacterial content, seasonal variation. 761 Canadian, development 473 examination. Me 868 removal from polluted to unpolluted waters 67 Pachyzanda Upunctalis, studies, U.S.D.A. . . 250 Packing-house products. (See Animal prod- ucts.) Paddy. (See Rice.) Paint, use on the farm, U.S.D.A 386 Palm cake, analyses 266 nut cake, analyses 267, 363 effect on milk production 169 oils, composition 23 seed, royal, analyses 873 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 979 Page. Palm weevil, notes 354 red, life history 654 Palmitin content of egg yolk 67 Pamphilius persicuvi, notes, Conn. State 856 Panax arboreus, intumescences in 545 Pancreatin, studies 265 Panicum spp., notes 362 Papaipema nitela. (See Stalk borer.) sp., notes 59 Papaver, inliibiting factors in breeding 827 Papaj'as, host plant of fruit fly 758 Paper, manufacture from bagasse 213 technology, manual 316 Papilio sp. , notes 857 spp. , notes 656 Papilionidse of Japan 455 Pappataci fever in South America 656 Paprika, ether extract of 99 Para grass, culture in Philippines 361 notes 362 rubber. (Sff Rubber.) urazin, assimilation by plants 32 Paracasein of milk, tryptic and peptic cleav- age 565 Paragus spp., life histories : 349 Parasites. (See Animal parasites, Insect parasites, etc.) Parasitism in plants, studies 433 Parasitology, animal, treatise 174 of domestic animals, treatise and bibliography 882 Paresis, parturient. (See Milk fever.) Paris green- analyses, La 324 Mass 65 Mich 715 combined arsenious oxid in, U.S.D.A 658 use on tobacco 638 Park system for Chattanooga 338 Parks, bibliography 338 Parsley as affected by formaldehyde 731 culture 393 Parsnips, fertilizer experiments 819 Parthenogenesis among fruit blossoms 540 Parturient apoplexy, paralysis, or paresis. (See Milk fever.) Parturition, physiology of 277 Paspalum spp. , notes 362 Passion-fruit weevil, notes 657 Pasteur ella equina, relation to equine influ- enza 587 Pasteurization of milk 275,282,283 Pastry as a source of infection 562 Pasture herbs, indigenous to Australia 830 land, renovation 436 Pastures- Alpine, treatise 130 and meadows, treatise 830 coyote-proof, for sheep, U.S.D.A 73 fertilizer experiments 533, 534, 629 Mass 40 improvement ^3 Pathological technique , treatise 276 Pathology, tables of statistical error 773 Pavements, bituminous, paper on 890 Paving block oil, specifications, U.S.D.A. . . . 544 Page. Pea bran, analyses, Mich 714 meal, analyses 665,666 N.Y.State 165 roots, absorption and excretion of salts by, U.S.D.A 624 seedhngs as affected by ultraviolet rays. . 430 vine hay, analyses, Mich 714 Peach aphis, green, notes 755 borer, CaHfornia, studies and bibliog- raphy, U.S.D.A 61 notes 150 bud mite, notes, U.S.D.A 759 diseases, notes, Ala.College 137 Mass 55 Md 742 N.Y.State 239 W.Va 844 spray calendar for. Mo. Fruit. 539 foliage, studies 407 leaf curl fungus, treatment 144 sawfly, notes, Conn. State 856 scale. West Indian, control in Argen- tina 452 host plants of 248 slug, studies, U.S.D.A 152 tree blight, notes 147 borer, eastern, notes 452 notes 875 yellows, notes 850 Peaches, bud variation in 46 culture in Alabama, Ala.College 137 Maryland, Md 742 New York, N.Y.State. . . 239 destruction, Md 334 fall V. spring planting 238 host plant of fruit fly 758 injuries by freezing 749 insects affecting, Ala.College 137 Md 742 Ray, description 541 varieties for central New York 336 Peanut bran, analyses 266 cake, analyses 266, 267, 363, 369 Tex 468 effect on milk production and quality 476 feeding value 468 hulls, analyses 568 meal, analyses 568 effect on composition of milk. . 273 Peanuts, analyses 132, 233 breeding experiments 435 culture experiments, Tenn 422 in Kamerun 132 Philippines 361 fertilizer experiments 631 Tenn 422 liming experiments 5.34 Madagascar, digestibiUty 164 notes 362 picking and handling, U.S.D.A.... 41 varieties 232.436.534,631 Pear bacterial blight, relation to Scolytus rugutosus 1^ diseases, notes 55,844 W.Va 844 980 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Pear diseases, studies -MO foliage, studies 407 hold-over blight, studies, Colo 646 leaf scald or fruit spot, description 449 psylla, notes 147 slug, notes 146,863 tree wood and bark, composition 407 Pears and apples, handbook 45 buprestid beet le affecting 61 fall V. spring planting 238 frost rings on, U.S.D. A 244 growing on grass land 639 index to varieties 441 injuries by freezing 749 occurrence of glucosid in 327 wound stimulation and closure in 826 Peas, alcoholic fermentation in 731 as a green manure, Wyo 534 affected by disinfectants 820 ether 127 assimilation of nitrogen by 32 composition as affected by companion crop 617 eultm-e, Oreg 539 fertiUzer experiments .... 527, 622, 63 1, 818, 835 field, culture 830 relation between size of seed and yield 434 forcing by electricity 136 inoculation experiments 233 Insects affecting 857 root development with other crops 129 Sturt, hybridization experiments 834 varieties 631, 632, 835 water requirements 129 Peasants, Italian in Sicily, standard of hving. 358 Peat, availabUity of nitrogen in, Conn. State. 523 bogs, utilization 323 effect on nitrogen assimilation in plants 319 extract, eflect on nitrification 721 fertDizing value 323 filler, analyses, Mich 715 moss litter manure, notes 527 Pecan leaf blotch, notes 56 Pecans, analyses 337 culture in North Carolina 337 value and adaptability in the South. 744 Pediculidse, notes 655 Pediculoides ventricosus, parasitic on fig moth, U.S.D.A 248 Pediculus spp., transmission of typhus fever 759 Pedogenesis, studies and bibliography 147 Pegomya betas, life history 452 brassicse. (See Cabbage-maggot.) ruficcps, notes, U.S.D, A 250 Pellagra, photodynamic theory of 871 relation to corn 486 diet 263 sand-flics 656 Pemphigus betx, treatment 648 imbricator, notes 147 tessellata {acenfolii), notes. Me 753 PeniciUium-- casei, notes 479 glaucum, behavior with acetic acid 203 fixation of atmospheric nitrogen 123 Page. PenkilUum — Contmued . glaucum, isolation from cheese 479 occurrence in sugar 505 studies 749 Pennisetum macrostachyum, notes 362 Pennsylvania College, notes 494, 695 Institute of Animal Nutrition , notes 97 Station, notes 494, 695, 899 Pentarthron carpocapsx, notes 557 minutum, parasitic on pear slug. . 863 Pentosid, guanin, from molasses residue 116 Peonies, classification, N, Y.Cornell 542 Pepper adulteration, detection 805 destruction by black scale, Cal 555 disease, description 4^18 host plant of fruit fly 758 Peppermint, essential oil of 504 Pepsin and chymosin, identity 107 separation from rennin 803 studies 265 Peptone, assimilation by plants 32 nitrification in soUs 722 Peptones, effect on baking quality of flour. . . 356 Perchlorates, determination in presence of chlorids and chlorates 511 Perhydridase, studies 310 Perhy drol as a mouth wash in milk testing . . 712 nature and use 580 Peridental membrane, relation to mastication 360 Peridermium spp., notes 67 strobi, notes 853 Peridroma saucia. (See Cutworm, varie- gated.) Perilitus Icptopsi, parasitic on apple root borer 353 Perinephritis in domestic animals 176 Peripneumonia in bovines, immunization . . . 676 Peronospora effusa, notes 548 gangJiformis, prevention 342 parasitica, staining 52 trifoliorum, description 846 viticola, investigations 450 Peronospora, treatment 345 Peroxidase, activity in diseased potatoes 548 as a ferment 202 histological-chemical detection.. 278 isolation from plants 326 of human milk 410 relation to respiratory pigments of plants 326 Peroxydiastase of wheat, resistance to heat. . 866 Perry, clarifying with casein 26 Persea gratissima, new beetle affecting 151 pubcscens, analyses, U.S.D.A 612 Persimmons — artificial ripening of 327 loss of astringency during ripening 327 premature dropping, prevention 237 tannin-colloid complexes in 564 Pestalozzia palmarum, notes 145 Phagocytosis, notes 676 Phaseolin, utilization 564 Phaseolus lunatus, intoxication of horses by . . 887 spp., notes 362 Pheasants, secondary sexual characters in... 774 Phcnacoccus acericola, notes 147 Conn.State 856 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 981 Page. Phenice moesta, notes 857 Phenol, detection 412 Phenology, use in agriculture 613 Phenols, effect on "virus fixe" of rabies 88 polyatomic, detection in apples 208 Phenylhydrazin reaction, modification 115 Phlebotomus, life history 349 Phlcbotomus papatasii, notes 656 Phlegelhontius sexta. {See Tomato- worm.) Phleum pratense. (See Timothy.) Phlaothrips olcx, endophagiis parasite of 553 enemies of 246 Phlyctxnia nibigalh, notes 147 Phcsnix, ripening processes of 310 Phoma bctz, notes 548 treatment 648 oleracca, studies 546 pithya, notes 852 sp., injiu-ious to figs 449 tabiftca, notes 747 umbUicaris n.sp., description 449 Phomopsis sp., studies, Fla 449 Phonolite, fertilizing value 726 Phonolith as a fertilizer 526 Phorbia {Anthomyia) brassicss, remedies 256 ceparum, notes, Conn. State 855 cepetoTum. {See Onion maggot.) fusciccps, notes, Me 753 Phorocera erecta, parasitic on beet webworm, U.S.D.A 250 Phosphate — deposits in Florida 725 Tennessee, Kentucky, and Arkansas, U.S.D.A 818 western United States 125 lands withdrawn from entry 623 of lime. {See Calcium phosphate.) Palmaer, residual effects 428 precipitated, as affected by calcium car- bonate 428 rock, calcined, fertilizing value 33 dissolved. (See Superphosphate.) field test for 34 ground, fertiliziag value 33 R.I 817 Tenn 426 production in 1910 34 raw, fertiliziag value 33 Phosphates — absorption by soils 122 analyses 127 as affected by calcium carbonate 527 lime, Tenn 427 determination 708 effect on carbon-dioxid evolution in plants 822 living yeast cells 309 plant respiration 627 fertilizing value 427, 622, 837 Wyo 534 insoluble, utilization by plants 321 nutritive value 565 soil, as affected by ignition 803 solubility in soils 726 sources in United States 819 use on pastures 437 {See also Superphosphate.) 50596°— 12 7 Pago. Phosphatic — fertilizers, comparison 123, 536,537,538,622,837 Mass 31 R.I 817 Tenn 426 relation to grape chlorosis 344 slag, application tests 331 as affected by calcium carbonate. . 428, 527 fertilizing value 33, 233,331,533,534,536,630 R.I 817 Tenn 426 lime in 34,205 residual effects 428 use on pastures 437 Phosphatids, betain from 713 Phosphoric acid- availability in barnyard manm-e 323, 424 oil cakes 428 soils 321 determination 406 in fertilizers 108 soils 21 distribution in milk 610 effect on soils, U.S.D.A 216 for meadow soils 424 from barnyard manure 123 in soils, notes 125 loss in drainage water 620 metabolism 765 mobilization in soils 817 paper on 406 relation to nitrogen in flour 661 role of in plant nutrition 530 Phi sphorite as affected by calcium carbon- ate 428,527 soils suitable for 623 Phosphorites, effect on soils 30 Phosphorus- assimilation of Aspergillus nigcr 203 compounds, availability in rations for ru- minants 568 effectonmilk 775 in seeds 501 nutritive value 565, 765 organic, decomposition 501 determination in plants 501 proteins 501 in flour 260 foods, relation to nutrition diseases 264 mati&re noire, studies 814 inorganic, determination in turnips 527 loss in curing hay 574 manuring, effect on composition of tur- nips 527 metabolism on a rice and vegetable diet. . 865 organic, determination in soils 803 from inorganic phosphates 772 soluble, as affected by bacteria 723 Phosphotungstic acid, precipitating with 511 Photogrammetry, application to forestry 141 Phryganea grandis, biology of 561 Phthorimxa opercuMla. {See Potato-tuber worm.) Phyllocoptes vitis, destructive to grapevines . . 864 Phyllohamin, characteristics 229 982 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Pago. Phyllosticfa clienopodii ( ?), notes 548 dzumajcnsis n.sp., description 446 insulana, notes 849 spp., notes 341, 850 Phylogeny and biotypcs, discussion 878 treatise 163 Phymatin-ophthalmo reaction, diagnostic value 379, 584 Physcus varicornis, notes 152 Physical geography, course in, U.S.D.A 596 Physiology of parturition 277 text-book 659 Phytin in seeds, investigations 501 Phytomyza chrysanthemi, notes. Conn. State.. 856 Phylonomus variabilis, biology 151 Phytophthora infestans. {See Potato late blight.) omnivora, notes 446 sp., notes 851 Phytosterol content of soy beans 607 Picca excclsa, phosphorus content 501 Picotees, handbook 1.39 PIctou disease in cattle and horses, cause 780 Pieris brassicx, remedies 561 sp., notes 857 Piesma capitata, injurious to sugar beets 348 Pig diseases, notes, Cal 483 fence, portable, description 894 industry m United States 93, 571 registration, objects and results 168 Pigeon manure, nitrogen and phosphoric acid content 323 pea-sorghum mixtures, tests 631 peas, varieties 631 Pigeons, breeds of, studies 169 heredity in 272 raising in Russia 693 treatise 270 Pigmentation, dark, in domestic animals, studies and bibliography 472 PigmeopTioTus americanus, parasitic on hom flies 252 Pigpens, ridding of flies, N.C 861 Pigs as affected by smutty feeds 888 Caesarian section for 687 care of in the South, U.S.D.A 95 creatinin excretion of 304 destruction by ants, Cal 483 early maturity in 472 European , ancestry 769 feed requirements 770 feeding 164 111 208 experiments 167, 469, 477, 571, 667, 668, 769 Nebr 874 immunization against erysipelas 587 hog cholera 289,383 swine plague ... 1S4, 289 in Philippines 666 infection with avian tuberculosis 583 intracutaneous tuberculin reaction with. 180 Large Black, origin and characteristics. . 165 maintenance requirements, U.S.D.A... 665 manual 165 metabolism experiments 359 Page. Pigs, mortality in, causes 288 nuclein metabolism 363 occurrence of abscesses in, Cal 483 of Sardinia and Corsica 168 paralysis in 185 poisoning with cotton-seed meal, Ark. . 780 prenatal growth 167 raising in China and Siberia 258 New Jersey 587 remains of from Friesian mounds 769 rutting period in 768 Siska, studies and bibliography 368 slaughtering operations in the West 571 susceptibility to tuberculosis 178 treatise ; 668 whey for 779 Pigweed, western, geographical distribution. 335 Pimenton, ether extract of 99 Pimpla maculator, notes 151 porthetrix n.sp. , description 352 sp. , studies, Nev 458 Pine aphids, woolly, notes. Conn. State 856 beetle, southern, notes, U.S.D.A 456 beetles, notes, U.S.D.A 561 diseases, notes 844, 852 leaf cast, studies 651 seedlings, absorption of fertilizers by. . . 443 seeds, factors affecting germination, U.S.D.A 543 stands, effect on soil physics 140 weevil, spotted, notes 147 wood, production of turpentine from, U.S.D.A 413 Pineapple chlorosis, cause and treatment, P.R 121 Pines, cost of growing 49 dying in Southern States, U.S.D.A... 456 lodgepole, reproduction 843 mountain, culture experiments 443 of Sweden, computation tables 140 United States, U.S.D.A 50 primary type and cubical content 338 Scots, seed from various sources, value 49 smoke-injured, microscopic analysis .. 532 western yellow — seed production in, U.S.D.A 543 studies, U.S.D.A 240 white, Canadian volume tables 443 diseases of 853 fungus diseases affecting 345, 752 yield tables 843 Pink yeast, occurrence in sugar 50 Pinks, handbook 139 Pinus ponderosa — seed production in, U.S.D.A 543 studies, U.S.D.A 240 sabiniana, economic possibilities 51 uncitmata, culture experiments 443 Piroplasma— bigeminum, immunization 382 caballi, relation to equine piroplasmosis. . 177 cants, distribution in infected dogs 486 divergens n.sp. , description 683 spp., notes. 173,782 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 983 Page. Piroplasmosis — canine, notes and treatment 882 treatment 889 equine, notes and bibliography 384 parasites of 177 relation to biliary fever 887 marginal points in 173 Pissodes notatus, notes 147 stroM, notes, Conn.State 856 Plagionotus speciosus, notes 147 Plague, bubonic, paper on 245 flea of Siberia and Manchuria, notes. 252 human, in East Suffolk, England... 461 in Hawaii, notes 854 infection in domestic animals 280 investigations in India 653 relation to weasels, chipmunks, and pocket gophers 59 transmission by flea bites 61 tarbagans 653 Plant antigens, hemagglutinating and precip- itating capacity of 607 breeding experiments — personal equation in 734 with alfalfa, Colo 633 asparagus, Mass 44 com 833 grasses '. 830 oats S31 sugar cane. La 235 tobacco 133 wheat 039, 831 breeding in Germany, treatise 43 Sweden, notes 839 teaching 162 treatise 325 catalase, physiology of 803 development, role of reserve material in seed 729 diseases— and insects, law in Canada 51 as affected by soil solutions 826 bibliography, Cal 445 control in various countries 445 field laboratories for control 51 in Bulgaria ■146 Denmark 446 investigations 142 legislation in Canada 256 microbial, notes 372 notes 452, 844 W.Va 746, 844 of California, Cal 445 tropical countries, treatise 51 prevalence in P-ussia 693 review of literature 51 studies, Vt 53 mrvey in Texas, U.S.D.A 645 treatise 142,242 treatment 48, 51, 345 Ohio 539 (See also different host plants.) distribution, studies 628 food, absorption and utilization by su- gar beets 737 combinations for crops, Vt 622 Page. Plant food, essential elements of 725 relation to soil fertility. III 021 requirements of forest soils 744 foods, mineral, factors affecting in soils . 814 galls, treatise 658 growth, importance of water in 1 28 relation to climate 429 soil moisture; 420 soils, and climate, relationship . 516 treatise and bibliorraphy 658 inspection. (See Nursery inspection.) lice, California, host index 149 (See also Apple aphis, etc.) life and evolution, treatise 528 relation to meteorology 513 metabolism as affected by etherization. 127 geotropie stimulation of . . . 326 nutrition, r61e of nitrates in 625 organs, wound stimulation and closure 826 physiology and distribution, relation to soil solution 422 proteins, autolysis 801 precipitation 482 respiration — effect of organic substances on 628 role of fermentation products and phosphates in 627 variation in 628 root diseases in West Indies 245 roots, excretion of 129 rusts, alternate hosts of 340 smuts, life history and cytology 341 substances, poisoning of animals by . . . 86 transpiration, relation to soil fertility. . 36 yield, relation to soil analyses 519 Plantago lanceolata , geographical distribution. 335 Plantains as affected by top dressing, Mass. . 40 fungus disease affecting 345 treatise 47 Plants- absorption and tolerance of in bogs 821 tranepiration in 822 adaptations in 347 as affected by — bilateral illumination 824 creatinin, U.S.D.A 420 environment 392 formaldehyde 731 lime and magnesia ratio 35 nucleic acid 814 tobacco smoke 230 assimilation of mineral matter by 521 bacterial diseases of 844 bulbous and tuberous, treatise 337 chemical differentiation of species 106 cruciferous, club root of 447 Cystopus on. Wis 342 cucurbitaceous, fungus disease affecting. . 244 cultivated, variety groups of 43 culture experiments 237 desert, root habits 227, 728 water-balance of 530 differential septa in 531 distribution as affected by climatic gra- dient - 821 electromotive phenomena in 297 984 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Page. Plants Continued. extraction apparatus 108 flowering as aflected by heat and radia- tion 429 blooming dates for Iowa 237 culture in California 47 manual 35 fungus diseases aflccting 445, 551 grafting and propagating, N.Y.State 442 green aquatic, precipitation of iron by. . . 326 growing under sterile conditions 32 growth as aflected by magnesia 723 soot in the air 727 in absolute darkness 431 heated soils 815 on ferruginous soils 245 harmful, of Maryland, Md 333 higher, assimilation of nitrogen by 32, 617 house, handbook 744 imports, U.S.D. A 12S, 629 into United States 237 induced parasitism in 433 inspection service in France 256 leaf dimorphism in, U.S.D. A 128 leguminous, fixation of nitrogen by 37 ligneous, of Eritrea 643 localization and function of potassium in. 823 medicinal, description, U.S.D. A 327 metabolism of 265 nematodes aflecting, U.S.D. A 748 nutrition of 530 occurrence of creatinin in, U.S.D. A 419 hemagglutinin in 431 oil producing, methods of variety testing. 436 ornamental, fall v. spring planting 238 growth in partially sterilized soils 815 parasitism of 227 phosphate nutrition of 622 poisoning of animals by 86 poisonous, destruction, Md 333 manual and bibliography 327 protective contents of 629 respiration as aflected by temperature. . . 822 in 227 investigations 729 respiratory pigments in 326 rye stalk disease aflecting 546 smoke-injured, microscopic analysis 532 source of nitrogen for 723 stomatal movement in 627 succulent, as aflected by light 430 water balance 227 symbiosis with bacteria 545 utilization of insoluble phosphates by 321 variations in, treatise 227 wilting coefficient, U.S.D. A 628 woody, bibliography 240 of Pikes Peak region 140 Plasma membranes as aflected by anesthetics 823 Plasmodiophora brassicx. (See Cabbage club root.) Plasmopara viticola — development and treatment 550 infection of grape leaves by ^ 550 studies 450, 851 Page. Plasmophaga antennalis, notes 148 Plaster, land. (See Gypsum.) Platynota rostrana, notes 150 Pleospora sp., aflecting Lolium 545 injurious to figs 449 Pleurisy, treatment 484 Pleuro-pneumonia — contagious, in bovines 286 (See also Influenza, equine.) in horses, treatment 684 notes 173 Pleurotropis atamiejisis, notes 63 telenomi n.sp., description 352 Plodia interpunctella. (See Indian-meal moth.) Plowing, mechanical, notes 893 Plowrightia morbosa, notes 853 Plows, power for, treatise and bibliography. . 89 Plum curculio, notes 759 W.Va 753 remedies, W.Va 860 diseases, notes, Mass 55 W.Va 844 foliage, studies 407 jam, Servian, analyses 261 leaf-miner, European, notes, N.Y.Cor- nell 558 studies, N. Y.Comell 557 slug, studies, U.S.D.A 152 twigs, composition 407 Plums, Chinese, host plant of frait fly 758 destruction in Rhine provinces 144 dying in France 850 fall V. spring planting 238 growing on grass land 639 injuries by freezing 749 pear slug aflecting 863 self-sterility in 239 silver leaf disease aflecting 449, 749 Plusia gamvia, notes and bibliography 147 Plutella maculipennis. (See Diamond-back moth.) Pneumococcus as aflected by senims and leu- cocytes 175 Pneumonia, equine. (See Influenza, equine.) in cattle, studies 286 treatment 484 (See also Pleuro-pneumonia.) Podisus maculiventris, destructive to pear slug 863 Podosphxra oxycanthx, treatment 750 Pogonomyrmcx californkus, notes, Cal 483 Poisons, mineral, detection in organic matter 206 treatise 373 Poles, industry in Canada 242 preservation 242, 644 prices in Canada and United States. . . 242 Poliomyelitis, acute, notes 676 Poll-evil, etiology and treatment 484 Polychrosis botrana, notes and bibliography. . 655 viteana. (See Grape berry moth.) Polygraphus major, notes 351 Polyneuritis gallinarum, causative agent 889 Polyphyllafullo, digestive ferments of 657 Polyporus spp., notes 144 vaporarius, notes 551 Polystictus spp., notes 144 Mass 57 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 985 Page. Polptrias amaurea, notes 362 Polyurates, effect on development of radishes. 229 Pomaderris apetala, food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 Pomelos, food plant of purple scale, Cal 755 host plant of fruit fly 758 Platynota rostrana affecting 150 Ponds, fertilizer experiments 811 Ponies. (See Horses.) Poplar mocha-stone moth, notes, Conn. State. 856 weevil, notes. Me 753 Poppies, fertilizer experiments 129, 425, 630 Poppy cake, analyses 266 Porcelain, marking, U.S.D.A 715 Porcidin, use against swine plague 587 Pork, inspection in China and Siberia 258 Porthttria dispar. {See Gipsy moth.) Porto Rico Sugar Planters' Station, notes. 300,696 University, notes 97 Potash- availability in barnyard manure 323,424 bearing rocks in ^Vyoming 623 content of seaweeds 726 determination in asli of cereals 807 ashes 99 fertilizers 108 extraction from aluminum silicates 426 feldspar 726 minerals 526 fertilizers, comparison 525, 536, 837 Mass 31 fertilizing value 536,537 Wyo 534 for meadow soUs 424 industry in Germany 526 treatise and bibliography 316 lime, fertilizing value 526 loss in drainage water 422,620 minerals as sources of potash 425 production from sugar beets 613 relation to grape chlorosis 344 r61e of in plant nutrition 530 salts, effect on soils, U.S.D.A 216 {See also Potassium salts.) search in America 526 use on pastures 437 Potassic superphosphate, fertilizing value ... 231 I'otassium — bichromate, effect on germination of seeds 820 chlorid, fertilizing value 526 content of muscles 566 detection as cobalti-nitrate 007 determination as platinic chlorid 108 ferrocyanid residue, fertilizing value 323 localization and function in plants 823 nitrate deposits in western America 226 exports from India 524 permanganate, as a soil sterilizer 322 salts, effect on catalase 504 silicate in phonolite, fertilizing value 726 tellurate as a fly repellent 755 Potato — bacterial diseases, studies 847 flbrovascular disease, notes 547 Pago. Potato— Continued . bacterial rots, studies and bibliography. . 846 beetle, Colorado, notes. Conn. State 865 pigment and color pat- tern in 350 black scab or tumor, studies and bibliog- raphy 547 blackleg, treatment, Me 546 blight, notes 143 canker, studies and bibliography 547 corky scab, occurrence in Scotland 748 desiccation industry in Germany 414 diseases, investigations 142 notes 243 W.Va 844 relation to weather, Vt 53 treatment 233, 536, 631 Vt 53 W.Va 848 drying, notes 117 flakes for horses 668 pigs 167 flour, baking experiments 156 industry in Germany 809 Fusarium blight or wilt, notes, Ohio 299 late blight, mode of infection 53 notes 143 Mass 649 leaf curl, notes 446 roll, investigations 547 notes 648 moth, notes 59 products for pigs 668 protein, hydrolysis 801 root rot, notes 446 rot, notes 648 prevention 342 scab, treatment 342 Va.Truck 740 stalk borer, notes 253 starch, effect on quality of dough 761 stem rot, notes 446 tuber worm, notes 655 wart disease, notes and bibliography 448 or black scab, notes 244 Potatoes— after-ripening of 626 analyses 363, 770 as affected by ether 127 water level 620 assimilation of nitrogen by 319 blindness in 847 cost of production, U.S.D.A 190 cultiu-e, Va.Truck 740 experiments 233, 329, 536, 631, 736 Mont 38 Tenn 422 in Ireland 41 on irrigated land, U.S.D.A 636 disease resistance in 836 diseased, yields 536 dried, analyses 770 digestibility 468 electroculture 835 986 EXPEEIMENT STATION EECOKD. Potatoes— Continued. Page. | fertilizer experiments 232, 324, 329, 423, 424, 425, 428, 522, 536, 631, 636, 727, 836 Mass 31 R.I 817 Tenn 422 forcing by electricity 136 foreign, danger from, U.S.D.A 836 harvesting experiments 836 improvement 437,636 ingrowing sprouts of 828 insects affecting 553, 631 methods of variety testing 436 nematodes affecting, U.S.D.A 748 origin 529 oxidases of 547 planting experiments 833 potash fertilizers for 526 production in 1911, U.S.D.A 595 United Kingdom 793 United States 293 quality as affected by weather 415 relation between size of seed and yield. . . 434 spraying with Bordeaux mixture 548 sprouting tests 330 susceptibility to Irish blight 636 valuation 710 variations in 433 varieties. . . 233, 331, 424, 437, 536, 630, 631,636, 830 resistant to rot 342 wart disease 847 water requirements 129 wound stimulation and closure in 826 yield as affected by size of seed 232 Poul try- bib Uography 669 breeding for egg production, Me 571 in South Australia 108 buildings, description, W ash 591 clubs in Oklahoma schools 497 cost of keeping, Ohio 771 crossing experiments 168 experiments, Md 770 fattening commercially, U.S.D.A 76 feeding 164, 876 experiments 669 stations, descriptions, U.S.D.A.. 77 feeds, analyses 665 N.Y.State 165 Vt 72 houses and appliances, handbook 188, 591 construction, Mich 386 Wis 188 Industry in European countries 473 Ireland 271 United States 293 Italian breeds, description 876 keeping, notes 309 promotion 271 live, transportation 271 marketing cooperatively 92 monthly receipts, U.S.D.A 94,190,595 notes. Me 572 profitableness imder farm conditions, Ohio 771 raising in Missouri 271 Poultry— Continued. Page. raising, instruction in 473 notes, W.Va 473 school in Mexico 798 sex-Umited heredity in 878 shipping into Germany 669 tonics, analyses 568 treatise 270, 473, 669 (Sec also Cliickens, Ducks, elc.) Power transmission poles, Npreservation 644 Pox in domestic animals, treatment 578 Prairie grove, isolated, paper on 643 plants, evaporation and transpiration. 821 Precipitation— and altitude ir the Sierra, U.S.D.A 27 averages for large areas, U.S.D.A 27 effect on drainage water 619 sugar beets 738 (See also Rainfall, Snowfall, etc.) Precipitin test, diagnostic value 283 Precipitins, bacterial, notes 676 specificity 482 Precipitoids, inhibition of precipitation by. . 175 Preservatives — chemical, detection and use 609 detection in milk and its products 806 effect on butter and margarui 778 guaiac test for milk 712 oxygen in water 418 Prickly pear. (See Cacti.) Priophorus acericaulls, notes. Conn. State 856 Privet, fonnation of fatty acids in. 801 Propionitrile, assimilation by plants 32 ProspalleUa aurantii, notes 247 parasitic on orange scale, Cal 554 olivina, notes 149 Protapanteles chrysippi n.sp., description 352 Protargionia, new genus, description 247 Proteid. (See Protein.) Protein — carbon, utilization by the body 654 cataboUsm in inam"tion, diminishing 465 cleavage products, utilization 869 studies 764 compounds, physiological value 764 condition of body, relation to diet 663 derivatives, detection 804 differentiation, teclmique and methods. . 676 effect on production and composition of milk. Mass 79 formation and cleavage, in human body. 69 in ripening seeds 729 gains in the body, studies 664 horse serum, changes in 374 metabolism as affected by carbohydrates and fat 765 bibliography 764 of the fetus 363 studies 158, 359, 7G4, 869, 870 minimum for fann animals, U.S.D.A 664 nitrogen of honej', determination 207 of linseed meal, hydrolysis 201 potato, autolysis 801 requirements of growing cattle 768 substances as protective agents for enzyms 504 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 987 Page. Protein — Continued. valuation in feeding stuffs 363 value in nutrition 764 Proteins — biological differentiation 176 individuality of 876 coagulation by heat 306 color reaction for 201 decomposition by electricity 307 detection 804 determination in honey 208 effect on wheat gluten 67 from different foods, value 703 identification in solutions 201 methods of analysis 22 of com, utilization 358 cotton seed, utilization 662 legimies, utilization 564 meat powder, utilization 663 plant, autolysis 801 precipitation 482 serum-precipitin reaction of 482 sulphur linkages in 306 treatise and bibliography 801 vegetable, nutritive value 155 Proteolytic ferments, method of study 107 index of human blood leucocytes. 83 Proteoses, studies 23 Proterrhinidae, catalogue 5G0 Protoplasm, permeability to ions 823 Protopulvinaria spp., parasites of 553 Protozoa, pathogenic, handbook and bibliog- raphy 246,805 notes 276 Protozoan diseases, immunization 676 prevalence in Tonkin 677 germ plasm, notes 876 infections, infective granule in 883 Protozoology, treatise 882 Provender, analyses, Mass 663 Vt 72 Prune juice, detection in vanUla extracts 111 Prunes, destruction by black scale, Cal 555 Pruning, directions for 539 Prunus mimie, chloranthy of 343 Prussian blue, fertilizing value 323 Prussic acid. (See Hydrocyanic acid.) Psalliota campeslris, composition 802 Psalterium in ruminants, anatomy and histol- ogy 573 Psathyrella ampelina, notes 750 Pseudanthonomus cratasgi, notes 759 Pseudapanteles etiellx n.sp., description 352 Pseudo-blackleg, studies 883 Pseudococcus citri. (See Citrus mealy bug.) sacchari, notes 60 Psev^omonas^ campestris, studies 540 cerasus n.sp., notes 144 fragaroidea, organism resembling in milk. 371 radicocola, factors affecting vitality 824 Pseudopeziza tracheiphila, treatment 145 Pseudo-tuberculous enteritis of bovines, diag- nosis 783 Psychotria spp., bacterial enlargements on leaves 451 Pago. Psychotria spp., symbiosis with plants 545 Psylla pyri (pyricola). (See Pear psylla.) Psyllidop, American, notes 148, 755 of Japan 455 Psyllopsis fraiinkola, notes 140 Pteromalus puparum, ovi position and feeding in. Nev 453 Ptiliidic, catalogue seo Public health, relation to house flies, Cal 01 lands, settlement in Australia 291 Puccinia — coronata, infection experiments 446 glumarum, invest igations 647 graminis, staining 52 studies 142 tritici, wintering 143 malvacearum, studies 650 treatment 750 obtegens, gametophytic and sporophjrtic generations in 344 phlei-pratensis, studies, U.S.D.A 52 spp. affecting Carex, revision 646 notes 340 Puccinia, monograph 243 relation to Uromyces 645 Pulcx irritans, notes 731 Pulmonary emphysema, cause and treatment 486 Pulpwood industry in Canada 444 Pulque, manufacture and use 715 Pulvinaria vitis (^innumerabilis) . (See Ma- ple-scale, cottony.) notes &55 ribesise, notes 452, 556 Pump, gas-driven, description 893 Pumpkin cake, analyses 165 flies, notes 349 Pumpkins, varieties 233 Pumps, centrifugal, tests, N.Mex 89 use in drainage 789 U.S.D.A 589 Purdue University, notes 96, 494, 694 Purin content of foods 355 PiuT)le scale, destruction by mites 553 remedies 534 studies and bibliography, Cal . . 756 Pus accumulations, latent, biological detec- tion 278 cells. (See Leucocytes.) Putorius xanthogenys, susceptibility to plague. 59 Putrefaction and fermentation, studies 308 Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus , notes 452 Pyocyaneus infection in dogs 280 Pyolymphangitis, equine, causative agent. . . 460 Pyometritis in cows, treatment 286 horses, investigations 287 Pyralisfarinalis, notes 453 Pyridin, detection in vinegar 209 determination 709 insecticidal action 758 separation from ammonia 709 PjTophosphatc, Oiana, fertilizing value 42 Pyropolyporus calkinsii, notes 751 Pyrox, analyses. Mass 65 Pythium debaryanum, notes 548, 747 Quail, coccidiosis in 187 Quercus agrifolia, Christmas-berry tingis af- fecting 148 988 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Page. Quercus nigra, heart rot affecting 751 Quince, Japanese, destruction, Md 334 rust, notes. Mass 52 Quinin, effect on respiration of pea seed 729 Quinolin, insecticidal action 758 Quinone, effect on action of fertilizerb, U.S.D. A 224 Rabbit breeding, economic significance 669 macrophages, fixation of tetanus anti- toxin by 177 meat, organic bases in 563 ticlcs, parasite of 863 Rabbits, host of spotted fever ticlf, Mont 64 immunity to Bacillus suipcsticus. . . 1S4 immunization against tuberculosis . 85 infection with avain tuberculosis. . . 583 Rabies, atypical case of 280 diagnosis 679 disease resembling, in dogs 280 immunization 579, 582, 676, 782 notes 373 prevalence in Philippines 89 quiet, in bovines 485 vinis as affected by phenols 88 Race breeding, practical aspects of 299 Radiation zones of the earth, U.S.D. A 118 Radish skin extract as an indicator 108 Radishes, culture 393 Oreg 539 development as affected by urea products 229 growth in partially sterilized soils. 815 Radium, nature and use 580 Rafiinose, characteristics 116 determination 709 in raw sugars 115,116 isolation from beet sugar products. 313 occurrence in raw sugars 115, 116 relation to molasses formation 116 Ragi millet, notes 361 Ragweed, occurrence of barium in 432 Railroad ties, industry in Canada 242 preservation 241, 242 seasoned v. unseasoned, treating 644 Rain, effect on composition of hay. La . . . ^ . . 235 of South Polar region, ammonia con- tent 515 Rainfall — cyclonic distribution of, U.S.D.A 614 greatest 614 in Turgai-Ural Colonization District 620 of Minnesota 418 Philippines 318 relation to crop systems and production, Tenn 415 variation in, U.S.D.A 214 {See also Precipitation.) Rains of Nile Basin 118 Ramona stachyoides, analyses, U.S.D.A 612 Ramularia brunnca, description 852 paulula, notes 341 "Rape cake, analyses 165 fertilizer experiments 129, 424, 631 oil, detection 713 relation between size of seed and yield. 434 root development with other crops 129 seed cake, Indian, adulteration 46S Page. Rape, varieties 631 Raspberries, fungus disease affecting 450 insects affecting 246 varieties for New York, N.Y. State 239 Raspberry crown gall, notes. Mass 56 root rot fimgus, composition 750 yellows, studies, Colo 646 Rat fleas, notes 653 plague of East Suffolk, England 461 Rations, balanced from restricted sources, physiological effects. Wis 467 changes in 261 forruminants, computing, U.S.D.A. 72 Rats, acid -fast bacillus from 653 brown, prolificacy 346 destruction with bacteria 579 destructive to sugar cane and coconuts. 857 immunization against plague 653 Indian, races of 346 infection with avain tuberculosis 583 plague-infected, of Hawaii 854 wood, host of spotted fever tick, Mont, 64 Red bug, lined, notes 146 clover. (See Clover, red.) dog flour. (See Flour, red dog.) scale. (See Scale, red.) spider. (Sfe Spider, red.) turpentine Iwetle, notes, U.S.D.A 561 weevil, life history 654 Redpolls, destructive to Chinese cotton scale. 556 Redtop seed, analyses, Md 739 Reductases, detection 204 Red water in cattle, treatment 382 Rhodesian. (See African coast fever.) Redwood, destruction by Termes lucifugus. . 858 lands, management 51 Reforestation in National Forests, U.S.D.A.. 241 ravines 643 the Tropics 141 notes 643 Relapsing fever, transmission by bedbugs 760 Rennet action as affected by salts 477 chemistry of 372 cleavage action of 608 whey, factors affecting specific grav- ity 478 Rennin, separation from piepsin 803 Reproduction, bibliography 470 Resins, soft, determination in hops 209 Respiration apparatus, small, description 766 experiments with plants 729 in fvmgi 628 plants, biochemistry of 227 Respiratory exchange of infants 766 Restaurants, inspection, Me 868 N.Dak 461 in Argentina 762 lihagolctis pomonella. (See Apple maggot.) JiMna barbirostris, notes 354 Rhinoceros beetle, life history 654 Rhipicephalus — appendiculatus, relation to amakebe 882 sanguineus, parasite of 863 simus, relation to anaplasmosis 585 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 989 Page. Rhizobia, determination in soils 816 Rhizohius — lopanthse, destructive to purple scale, Cal . 757 notes 149 parasitic on orange scale, Cal . . 554 ventralis, parasitic on black scale, Cal 556 Rhizoctonia sp., notes, N.C 844 violacea, notes 446 treatment 648 Rhizcecus falcifer, notes 655 Rhizopertha pusilla, notes 453 Rhhopiis nigricans, isolation from cheese 479 notes 647 occurrence in sugar 505 studies 749 Rhode Island College, notes 300, 900 Station, financial statement. . . 795 list of publications 795 notes 300,900 report of director 795 Rhodes grass, culture in Philippines 361 Rhodesian redwater. {See African coast fever.) Rhodochyfrium spiUmthidis, development and cytology 852 Rhododendrons, handbook 337 Rhopalomyia grossularix n.sp., notes 150 Rhopalnsiphum spp., notes 149 Rhubarb, fertilizer experiments, Mass 31 RhynchophoTUS fcTTugineus, life history 654 palTnarum, notes 354 Rice, anatomical studies 332 as a food 865 an adulterant of flour 710 assimilation of nitrogen by, Hawaii 41 bran, analyses 362, 568, 665 La 568 Miss 768 N.Y.State 165 Tex 468 effect on fertilizing value of oil cakes 428 breeding experiments 435 blossoming and fruit development of... 435 by-products, composition and feeding value 4G8 culture experiments 233 in Java 332 fat, hemolytic action of 156 feed meal, analyses 165 effect on milk production . . . 273 fertilizer experiments 42, 232, 233 flour, analyses 768, 873 availability of nitrogen in 124 germ, composition 502 ground rough, analyses, Tex 468 host plant of corn billbug, N.C 862 hulls, ground, analyses, Tex 468 hybridization experiments 733 hybrids, transmission of characters in. . 435 improvement 438 industry, statistics 468 meal, analyses 267,363,568 milling processes 468 notes 362 phosphorus and nitrogen content 865 Page. Rice polish, analyses ees La 568 Miss 768 Tex 468 preparations, effect on quality of dough. 761 production in United States 293 relation to beriberi 155 seed, light v. heavy 435 spelts or hulls, determination in rice feed meal 714 starch, determination 709 varieties in India 535 weevil, notes 453 wild, in tropical Africa 438 Ricin, notes 676 Ricinus communis for sheep 368 . Rickets, relation to diet 264 Rinderpest, feeding and immunity in 374 immunization 377, 578, 676 outbreak in Davao 286 prevalence in east Asia 377 Philippines 377 Rio Grande flood, U.S.D.A 614 Rivers of Sacramento and San Joaquin water- sheds, U.S.D.A 27,214,614 Road administration in Minnesota, U.S.D.A. 385 United States 890 building, use of explosives in 91 construction, manual 393 grading, use of traction engines in 685 law in Connecticut 891 New Jersey 891 machine, description 685 making, treatise 789 material, resources of Minnesota, U.S. D. A 385 materials of Alabama 891 tars, napthalene in, U.S.D.A 188 Roads, bituminous, paper on 890 construction and maintenance 385 in New Mexico 892 improvement 890 in Alabama 891 • Connecticut 891 lUinois 891 Maine 891 Missouri 891 New Jersey 891 the South 789 mileage and cost in United States, U.S.D.A 591 mountain, shelters and maintenance . 130 <,f New Hampshire, U.S.D.A 691 tarring, effect on vegetation 432 Roaring in horses, treatment and bibliogra- phy 185 Robin, notes 676 Robinia pseudo-acacia as affected by tarring roads 432 Robins, coccidiosis in 1S7 Rock phosphate. {See Phosphate.) Rocks, potash-bearing, in Wyoming 623 Rodents, plague affecting, in Suffolk and Kssex 461 plague-like disease affecting 461 Roentgen rays, effect on testes of rats 364 990 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. ^ age. Roesleria liypogea, notes 750 Romau:carikalk: in animal metabolism 469 Rooibloem, life history 440 Roosting closets, notes, Me 572 Root crops, analyses 3G9 dry matter content 436 feeding to breeding animals, U.S. D.A 95 fertilizer experiments 629, 725 storage, U.S. D.A 95 varieties 424, 725 habits of desert plants 728 knot, studies and bibliography, U.S. D.A 342 rot, treatment, U.S.D. A 331 Roots, absorption and excretion of salts by, U.S. D.A 624 determination of dry matter content. . 312 Rose apples, host plant of fruit fly 758 chafer, notes, W.Va 753 remedies 864 mildew, studies, Md 450 rust, notes. Mass 52 scale, notes 147 Rosellinia sp., notes 245 Roses as affected by tarring roads 432 culture, handbook 337 fertilizer experiments, Md 739 overhead irrigation in greenhouses,Md . 740 treatise .'. . 842 Rosin oils, fluorescent test for, U.S. D.A 114 Rotation experiments 131,233,534 Ohio 43 Rotations for Tennessee, Tenn 415, 423 principles of 631 relation to plant diseases 844 Rothamsted Experiment Station, report 692 Rottboellia spp., notes 362 Roup, pathology 889 Royal Veterinary High School at Berlin, re- port 373 Rubber — as affected by intervals between tapping. 444 coagulating and smokihg 443 composition and quality 745 culture 843 handbook 50 in Nyasaland 829 dieback, notes 451 fungus disease affecting 853 Hevea. (Sfe Rubber, Para.) industrial use of 844 industry, evolution 843 in Africa, treatise 339 Kaiser Willielm Land 745 insects aft'ecting 553 leaf disease, description and treatment. . . 651 new beetle affecting 151 of Kongo forests 50 Para, fertilizer experiments 339 leaf diseases of 451 Loranthus sp. affecting 345 planting in Kongo 50 tapping experiments 444 variability of 141 seed oil, utilization 746 Rubber— Continued. seed, vitality 843 slug, notes 353 tapping experiments 443 yielding species, paper on 843 Rubidium salts, effect on sacchariflcation of starch 309 Rum, Jamaica, fermentations in 613 judging 209 notes and bibliography 613 Rumcx spp., dissemination by farm animals. 839 Ruminants, digestion in 469 Rumination, investigations 469 Rural communities, decline of 593 problems of 594 social survey of, Wis... 687 depopulation, causes 592 in Canada 896 France 387 Germany 490 Mexico 594 Nebraska 593 Ohio, Ohio 489 economics, course in. Wis 387 relation to farm manage- ment 10 treatise and bibliography... 92 Education Conference, report 491 principles and metliods 491 Life Conference in Peimsylvania 797 education for 691 in Great Britain, treatise 489 neighborhoods , social centers in 488 • population, changes in 593 in Germany, standard of living 157,358 problems, discussion 92 schools. (See Schools, rural.) settlement in New South Wales 291 social science, bibliography 297 Russian Bureau of Agriculture, yearbook 692 Rust epidemics, studies 142 heteroecism, origin 142 Rusts, inoculation experiments 645 propagation 844 (See aUo Corn, Wheat, etc.) Ruta-bagas. (See Swedes.) Rutgers College, notes 494 Rye as a gi'een manure, Wyo 534 affected by smoke and flue dust 38 water level 620 availability of nitrogen in 124 bran, analyses 210, 207, 363, 770 bread, use of potato flour in 156 culture experhnents 737 for silage 574 eytological studies 325 feed, analyses, Ky 568 Mass 665 fertilizer experiments 423, 424, 522, 818 grass, analyses 133 breeding experiments 830 culture in Uruguay 133 fertilizer experiments 831 Italian, cultm-e in Philippines. . . 361, 362 meal, analyses 770 Mass 665 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 991 Page, Eye middlings, analyses 5G8 Conn. State 605 occurrence of creatinin in, U.S.D.A 419 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D.A . 533 production in 1911, U.S.D.A 595 Russia, U.S.D.A 294 root development witli other crops 129 rust, notes 143 seeding experiments 833 seedlings as affected by ultraviolet rays . . 430 stalk disease, control in Westphalia 545 straw, lime and phosphorus content 873 varieties 733 water requirements 129 weed seeds ia 135 wintering of 733 Saccharin — as allected by enzyms, U.S.D.A 257 bibliography, U.S.D.A 257 detection in foods and beverages 500 effect on nutrition and health, U.S.D.A. . 257 legislation in Sweden 504 substances, decomposition 307 use in foods, U .S.D.A 808 Saccharomyces cerevisix, occurrence in sugar . . 505 Saccharose — as a protective agent for invertase 504 detection in honey 008 determination 709 effect on plant respiration 628 occurrence in malt sprouts 24 Saccharum spontancum, notes 302 Sacculated kidney in domestic animals 170 Sacculina, effect on fat metabolism of host..*. 471 Sage, analyses, U.S.D.A 612 Sainfoin, fertilizer experiments 631 varieties 631 Saissetia nigra. (See Black scale.) olex. (See Black scale.) Salicylic acid, detection 412, 805 inmUk 610 determination , error in Ill effect on butter and margarin . . 778 Saliva, effect on starch 872 relation to dental tartar 100 Salmon cannery waste, fertilizer from 324 Salt, cattle, analyses 207 content of sweat 766 dairy, analyses 81 deposits of Plantegaarde, composition.. . 420 destruction of weeds by, Md 333 effect on cyanids, Cal 200 development of chromogens ... 327 oUves 825 respiratory pigments of plants . 327 soil bacteria 322 sugar beets 438 fertilizing action 623 value 34,630 sea, as a fertilizer for beets 43 Saltbush, destruction by white fly 859 Saltbushes, indigenous to Australia 830 Saltpeter as a milk adulterant 673 Chile. (S«e Nitrate of soda.) effect on nutrition and health 70 fertilizing value 232 Pago. Saltpeter forrubber trees 339 industry in India 524 refining in India 524 Salts, absorption and excretion by roots, U.S.D.A 624 effect on action of rennet on milk 477 soils 618 inorganic, effect on catalase 504 metallic, effect on olives 825 penetration of protoplasm by 823 role of in preservation of life 271 soluble, effect on absorption of phos- phates by soils 122 soUs, U.S.D.A 216 Salvarsan, administering 677 detection 411 use against equine inQuonza 288, 486 Samia cecropia. {See Cecropia-moth.) San Jose scale — control, W.Va 840 notes 59, 147, 348 occmrence in Transvaal 455 West Virginia, W.Va 753 remedies, Md 755 Sand, distribution in ground cinnamon 564 dunes, afforestation 543 of New Zealand, reclamation. . . 223 effect on soil granulation 420 flies, relation to pellagra 656 spur, notes 361 Sandal tree, host plants of 843 Sanidine as a source of potash 426 Sanitary science, tables of statistical error 773 Sanninoidea exitiosa. (See Peach borer.) opalescens, studies and bibliogra- phy,U.S.D.A 61 Santalum album, host plants of 843 Sap stain, prevention, U.S.D.A 339 Saponin, reactions of 107 Saponins, use in insecticide emulsions 153 Sapote, white, cultiu'e in California 743 Sarcina lutea, occurrence in sugar 505 organism resembling in con- densed milk 81 Sarconesia chlorogaster, notes 781 Sardelles, fat content 258 Sardines, fat content 258 Satimiiid moths, longevity in 655 Sauces, examination, Conn.State 660 Sauerkraut, analyses 157 Sausages, tniffle, adulteration 258 Sawflies, Japanese, in National Museum 63 notes 147 Scabies in horses and sheep, notes 373 sheep, treatment, Ky 687 (See also Cattle, Dog, Horse, and Sheep mange or scab.) Scale, black, studies and bibliography, Cal... 554 insects, injurious to mangoes 553 notes, Cal 556 on lime trees, destruction 634 parasitism in California 863 remedies 561 young, locomotion 149 oyster-shell. (Sic Oyster-shell scale.) red, studies and bibliogiaphy, Cal 553 992 EXPERIMENT STATION RECOED. Page. Scale, San Jos6. (See San Jos6 scale.) soft, notes, Cal 556 yellow, notes, Cal 553 Scapteriscus didaciylus, notes 60 Scarabaeidae, notes 60 Scenery preservation in New Zealand 542 Schardinger's enzym, studies 310 Schistocephalus dimorphus, description 561 Schistoccrca pallens, bacterial epizootic of 247 Scliizanthus anttiracnose, studies 56 Schizoneura lanigera. (See Apple aphis, woolly.) Schizophyllum commune, notes 144 sp., notes, Mass 57 Schizotrypanum cruzi, occurrence in Bahia. . . 755 Schlechtendalia chinensis, life history 60, 655 School children, feeding 763 gardening at University of Utah 193 in Hawaii 296 gardens, formation 597 inCeylon 598 notes, Ala.College 795 Schools, agricultural. (See Agricultural schools.) Babcock test in 393 beautifying 493 elementary, agricultural course for . . 392 agriculture in 191, 296 gardening in 597 from the farmer's standpoint 299 garden work in 95 high, agriculture in . . . 190, 191, 192, 390, 697 cooperation with colleges of agriculture 296 of Minnesota, agriculture in. . . 391 normal, agriculture in 497 of California, cooperation with Col- lege of Agriculture 192 patrons' meetings 394 public, agriculture in 299, 898 cooperation with colleges of agriculture 296 specimen or supply cabinets. 596 rural, agriculture in 191, 295, 596, 697 secondary, agriculture in 191, 498, 898 Cal 192 domestic science in 394 farm mechanics in 393 Science, elementary, treatise 296 in secondary education 296 Scions, transmission of variegation to stocks. . 529 Sciurus hudsonicus richardsoni, host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 Scleroderris livida, notes 852 Sclerotinia — fuckeliana, notes 852 Ubertiana, investigations 647 notes. Mass 649 studies and bibliography, N.C. 448 Sclerotinia. injurious to plants 343 Sclerotium rhizodes, investigations 646 tuliparum, notes 851 Scolytidae, feeding habits 151 new species, descriptions 253 notes 759 Scolytvs qvadrispinosus, notes, Conn. State. . . 856 remedies, U.S.D. A.. 660 Page. Scolytus Tugulosus. (See Shot-hole borer.) Score card for cheese 779 com. Mo 332 dairy and beef cattle 493 farms 297 use in milk inspection, Va 274 Scours in calves, treatment 183 Screw worm notes 781 Scurfy bark louse. (See Scurfy scale.) scale, notes, W.Va 753 Scutellista cyanea, parasitic on black scale, Cal 555 Scymnus marginicollis, destructive to purple scale, Cal 757 sordidvs, destructive to citrus plant lice 755 spp., notes 149 Sea grass, analyses : 324 mussels, food value 356 salt as a fertilizer for beets 43 water, effect on nitrification of sewage. . . 317 Seaweeds, analyses 324 as a source of potash 726 composition and use 126 use as fertilizers 324 Seed, apparatus for sterilizing 32 determination of freshness and vitality . 44 disinfection, bibliography 820 farms in India, report 232 growers' association in Canada 839 improvement associations in Sweden . . 436 pure, importance of 44 reserve material, effect on development of plants 729 selection, notes and bibliography 141 testing, accuracy and uniformity of re- sultsin 200 international conference 44 Seedlings, forest. (See Forest seedlings.) of trees and shrubs in France 642 Seeds, analyses, Md 739 breeding and distributing by experi- ment stations 434 delayed germination of 128 exportation from Sweden 436 forest, preservation experiments 51 germination as affected by light 820, 821 temp era^ ture... 200,821 in heated soils 640 studies 531 tests 200 Mass 44 imports, U.S.D.A 128,629 improved, distribution in Kansas 131 insects affecting 453 inspection, Md 333 Me 838 of trees and shrubs in France 642 persistence and vitality of bacteria on. 820 phosphorus compounds in 501 preparation 436 relation between size and plant yield . . 434 ripening, protein formation in 729 r61e of caffein in 823 small, improvement, Ind 838 Standards in Canada 839 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 993 Page. Seeds, treatment, Ohio 539 variation in color 36 viability of 819 weed, occurrence in grain 135 viability after passing through digestivetractoffarmanimals. 839 Seeta beans, notes 362 varieties, N.C 829 Semblis lutria, egg parasite of 557 Seneciojacobxa, relation to dunsickness 480 Sensitive plant, notes 362 Sepsis, in calves, notes 586 Septic arthritis in foals 384 Septicemia, hemorrhagic, feeding and im- munity in 374 Septobasidium, biological notes 52 Septoria apii, pathological forms 545 parielarix, notes 341 ribis, notes 446 sp., notes. Mass 649 Serradella, fertilizing value 438 Serum albumin, identification in solutions . . 201 anti-hog cholera, preparation and use. 87 antistreptococcus, studies 579 bovine, haptines in 374 determination of viscosity 374 globulin, identification in solutions. . . 201 leucocygenic, nature and use 580 of glandered animals as a precipitant for mallein 483 polyvalent hemolytic , preparation 374 precipitin reactions, discussion 482 therapy and diagnosis, handbook 578 Serums, bactericidal action 175 immune, obtaining from large ani- mals 676 preservation 83 treatise 579 inhibition of precipitation by 175 precipitating 175 Sesame cake, analyses 165, 266, 207, 363, 770 eflect on composition of milk . . . 879 milk production 273 quaUty of butter 309 oil, detection in butter 212 Setaria flava, notes 362 Sewage as affected by added nitrate 725 clarification in Germany 515 disposal and treatment, bibliography 215 in Glasgow 516 on sewer farms 28 effluents, absorption of oxygen by. . . 406 nitrite content 406 farms of Berlin 317 fertilizing value 716 irrigation, effect on composition of soils 614 microbiology of 372 nonnitrification in sea water 317 purification 318, 716 Imhoff clarification tank. 215 sickness in land filtration 615 sludge cake, analyses 516 drying 118 treatise 717 treatment in Germany 515 Page. Sewage sludge, utilization 615, 624 use in irrigation 716 utilization 716, 717 Sex characters, secondary, studies 364 determination, notes and bibliography . . 364 studies 365,471,773 Sexual cells, notes and bibliography 304 Shade, effect on evaporation in plants 821 Shaq)s, analyses 066 Sheep breeding, history 368 in New Zealand 769 Tennessee, cooperation in 167 caracul, types of 874 castor been plant for 368 coyote-proof pastures for, U.S.D.A 73 digestion experiments 769 dipping for scabies, Ky 587 disease in Transvaal 173 Nairobi, investigations 678 farming in America, treatise 769 feeding 164 experiments 266, 267, 567, 574, 767 Ind 874 on silage 570 horns, a typicalsex-limitedcharacter. . 769 host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 immunity against tuberculosis 181 industry in Canada 769 Great Britain 769 Philippines 666 United States 389, 769^ instruction in New South Wales 799 infectious foot disease of 383, 882 Japan clover for. La 235 maintenance requirements, U.S.D.A. . 665 management, guide 570 manual 165 manure, analyses 727 metabolism cage for 268 experiments 164 mucous membrane of 480 origin 368 poisoning by flaxseed screenings, N. Dak 86 pox, notes 373 primitive breeds of in Scotland 768 raising in French Sudan 268 Great Britain, book 167 resistance to trj'panosomiases 84 rumination in 469 shearing twice v. shearing once 368 Siebenbiirg Racka, notes 275 stone, description 874 streptococcic infection in 683 Suffolk, origin and characteristics. . . 165, 874 susceptibility to tuberculosis 178 tick flagellate, relation to sheep's blood, Wyo 760 trypanosome in 383 ticks, notes 781 Shellac, arsenic content, U.S.D.A 710 Shepherds of Britain, book 167. Shepherd's purse, geographical distribution . . 335 new species 529 Shingle industry in Canada 544 994 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Ship stuff, analyses 362, 568, 76S, 873 Miss 768 Shorts, analyses 568 La 568 Tex 468 Shot hole borer, notes 759 W.Va 753 relation to pear bacterial blight 144 Shrimp, canned, tin salts in, U.S.D. A 66 Shrub diseases, prevalenccin Texas, U.S. D. A 645 Shrubs, blooming dates for Iowa 237 culture experiments 237 in California 47 handbook 642 indigenous to Australia 830 insects affecting. 111 654 ornamental, destruction by Chinese cotton scale 556 treatise 140 Sigalphus daci n.sp., description 152 Siffniphora occidentalis, parasitic on orange scale, Cal 554 Silage for sheep 570 frozen, effect on cattle, Ind 570 methods in Bavaria 666 nutritive value 360 stack, directions for making 468 summary of data 393 summer v. soiling 574 use 686 Silica crucibles, marking, U.S.D. A 715 r61e of in plant nutrition 530 Silicates, detection 311 Silicic acid in lime, effect on soils 34 Silkworm — eggs as affected by low temperature 452 muscardine, notes and bibliography 757 Silkworms, anatomy and physiology 556 grasserie in 149 of Africa 455 parasites of 882 Silo, Mexican, description 188 Silos, care. Wis 91 clay tile, construction 686 concrete, construction 686 Wis 91 handbook 790 construction 393 description, Okla 385 Gurler, notes. Wis 91 plastered, description, U.S.D. A 299 stave, notes. Wis 91 Silvanus surinamensis, notes 4.53 Silver compounds, colloidal, effect on catalase. 504 nitrate emulsion, fungicidal value 346 SimuHum vittatum, relation to pellagra 656 Sinapis arvensis, dissemination by farm ani- mals 839 Sinuate pear-tree borer, notes 61 Sirup, cane. (See Cane sirup.) Sisal waste, analyses and fertilizing value 126 'Sitodrepa panicea, notes 453 Sitotroga certalella. (See Angoumois grain- moth.) Page. Skim milk, analyses 171,770 Mass 80 and use 477 for pigs 571 relation to tuberculosis in pigs . . . 181 substitutes for calves, N.Y. Cor- nell 367 utihzation 779 Skins, anthrax infection from , 781 Skulls of Japanese Bovidfe 472 Slag. (See Phosphatic slag.) Sleeping sickness, transmission by blood- sucking insects 150 Slop, dried, analyses 165 Slugs, injurious to field and garden crops 658 Smallpox, vaccines for 676 Smith, J. B., biographical sketch 403 Smoke, effect on vegetation 38 Smut fungi, notes 746 of Switzerland 645 (See also Barley smut. Com smut, etc.) Snake venoms, notes 676 Snout beetles, destruction by white fungus, U.S.D. A 454 destructive to apples 759 Snow, effect on wintering of cereals 733 of South Polar region, ammonia con- tent 515 Soap, effect on settling of arsenicals, Mont. . . 354 Social improvement clubs in Kansas 297 survey of rural communities, Wis 087 Society for Promotion of Agricultural Science. 1, 915 of American Bacteriologists 575 Foresters 51 Soda, loss in drainage water 422 water, examination. Conn. State 660 sirups, examination. Conn. State 660 Sodium— aspartate, assimilation by plants 32 benzoate, determination in catsups Ill bicarbonate, effect on baking quality of flour 356 carbonate, effect on soil bacteria 322 solutions, effect on saccharin substances 307 use i n Indian rape-seed cake. . . 468 chlorid. (See Salt.) content of muscles 666 cyanid as an insecticide 153 production from sugar beets 613 nitrate. (See Nitrate of soda.) paratungstate, use in determination of carbon dioxid and nitrogen pentoxid . . . 708 salts, effect on catalase 504 sulphate as a preservative for immune serums and antigens 83 effect on soil bacteria 322 Soil acidity, correcting 723 Investigations 813 analyses, relation to plant yield 519 bacteria as affected by alkali salts 322 limestone, Iowa . . 428 fixation of nitrogen by 123 bacteriology, discussion 718 botany, discussion 718 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 995 Page. Soil chemistry, discussion 717 classification, physical principles 4;i4 compactness, effect on root development. 327 constituents, beneficial importance of, U.S.D.A 419 erosion in ravines, prevention 643 prevention, U.S.D.A 323 fertility, determination 21, 123 effect on root development 328 maintenance, Ohio 423 principles of, 111 519 relation to plant food, lU 621 transpiration.. 36 review o f investigations 123 studies 816 treatise 521 formation, relation to animal organisms. 223 granulation , causes 420 hygroscopicity, determination 220 improvement, relation to cattle feeding. . 873 inoculation, methods 372 natural, notes 723 status of 520 moisture as affected by fallowing 421, 533 determinations, interpreting... 421 effect on root development 327 factors affecting 421 relation to plant growth 420 nitrogen as affected by legumes 196 availability 434 organisms, destruction of cellulose by . . . 825 phosphates as affected by ignition 803 solubility 726 physics, discussion 717 instruction in 434 studies 28 problems in Oklahoma 434 reaction, importance 422 samples, collecting and testing, HI 221 sickness, treatment 322 solution, relation to plant physiology and distribution 422 treatise 122 solutions, effect on plant diseases 826 surveys, discussion 118 111 519 in Missouri, Mo 222 southeast England 1 19 United States, U.S.D.A 718 ■Wisconsin 221, 812 papers on 434 temperatures, factors affecting 29 ts-^pes, descriptions, U.S.D.A 221 water, movements of 28 Soiling, summer, suggestions for, Vt 72 V. summer silage 574 Soils, absorption of phosphates by 122 aeration by earthworms 619 alkali, bacteriological studies, Colo 616 improvement 223, 224 of N iger River basin, analyses ... 318 reclamation by drainage, Wyo. . 590 ammonia evaporation and transforma- tion in - - 525 analyses. 26, 127 arid, mechanical analyses 719 Page. Soils as affected by freezing and heating 018 nucleic acid 814 salts 618 silicic acid in lime 34 soluble salts, U.S.D..\ . . 216 atmospheric pressure in 323 availability of phosphoric acid in 321 bacteriological tests for 322 black or chernozem of Russia, investi- gations 812 calcareous, relation to pineapple chloro- sis, P.R 121 Catlin's River, analyses 719 classification 421 clay, plasticity of 220 climate, and plant growth, relationship. 516 composition as affected by sewage irri- gation 614 crop adaptations of 718 cultivated, formation of nitrates in 319 function of humus in 422 decomposition of organic matter in, Iowa 616 determination of easily soluble matter. 519 humus content 406 outer surface 219 water capacity 619 drift, of Norfolk, England 120 effect on cereals 814 composition of wheat, Cal 133 drainage water 619 quality of wine 813 root development 328 evaporation from, under arid conditions 220 factors affecting mineral plant food con- tent 814 ferruginous, relation to grape chlorosis. 245 fertilizer requirements. Term 422 forest, animal organisms in 223 plant food requirements 744 treatise 338 frozen, bacterial activities in 816 content 520 greenhouse, partial sterilization 815 gumbo, drainage 892 hardpan, drainage 892 heated, germination of seeds in 640 studies 815 Houston clay, U.S.D.A 517 hygroscopic moisture of 218 importance of mechanical treatment. . . 424 improvement by timber 140 Inoculated, tests 521 isolation of creatinin from 420 U.S.D.A.... 419 karroo, analyses 469 lessons on 392 lime compounds in 322 lime-magnesium ratio in "23 management 422, 717 marsh, characteristic weeds of 538 management, U.S.D.A 95 meadow, phosphoric acid and potash requirements 424 mechanical analyses '219,221 methods of mechanical analysis 29 996 EXPEEIMENT STATION RECORD. Pago. Soils, microbiology of 372 moisture equivalents 421 moor, fertilizer and field trials with 423 horticulture on 136 movement of nitric nitrogen in, Utah. . 616 water and air through . . . 619 muck, analyses 127 nitrates in 723 nitrification in 722, 816 nitrogen economy of 319 transformation in 721 Norfolk sand, U.S.D.A 120 sandy loam, U.S. D. A 120 nucleic acids in 814 of Argentina, analyses 719 Asiatic Russia, investigations 621 Auckland, analyses 318 Boston Common, rejuvenating 240 Central Park, New York City 222 Department of Yonne, studies and bibliography 519 eastern United States, U.S.D.A 119, 222,517 Gezira, notes 719 Illinois, studies, III 518 Massachusetts, analyses, Mass 29 Mississippi, studies 811 Neva drainage basin 621 New South Wales, analyses and value 29 studies 216 New York, bacterial content 719 Norway, hardpan in 620 Nyngan demonstration farm, analy- ses 30 Palatinate, absorptive capacity 319 Phil ippines, analyses 318 Poland, notes 318 Posen, composition 423 small areas, studies 516 southeast England, analyses 119 Tennessee, bibliography 812 Turkestan, classification 621 Orangeburg sandy loam, U.S.D.A. . . 120, 222 origin of creatinin in 815 osmotic pressure of 217 penetration by frost 619 physical constants of 29 properties, investigations 219 red sandstone of Germany 121 relation to asparagus culture 640 stem diseases 646 sandy, green manuring experiments . . . 224 utilization 621 seepy, drainage 892 sterilization 322 Susquehanna fine sandy loam. U. S. D. A 518 swamp, fertilizer experiments on 323 treatise 215 treatment, Ohio 53 with electric current 520 Trinity clay, U.S.D.A 119 tropical, mechanical analyses 719 ■#alue of field study 434 Wabash clay, U.S.D.A 119 \vater-oarrying power of 218 Page. Solanum commersonii, tests 437 spp. , studies 529 variations in 433 Soldier beetles, fungus diseases of 252 Solhvete, Svalofs, description 440 Solidago olcraceus, geographical distribution . . 335 Somatic cells as affected by strychnin 229 Soot, character and composition 727 Sorghum— cultiu-e experiments 436, 830 in Philippines 361 fertilizer experiments 232, f)31, 830 forage experiments 632 improvement 737 notes 362 pigeon pea mixtures, tests 631 sirup, manufacture, U.S.D.A 512 varieties 233, 031 Sorosphxra graminis, Ufe history and cytology 52 Son-el, dissemination by farm animals 839 Souma , transmission by blood-sucking insects 150 Soups, condensed, examination, Conn.State. 660 South Carolina Station, financial statement. . 692 notes 397, 495, 696 report of director 692 South Dakota College, notes 696 Station, financial statement... 692 notes 696 report of director 692 Southern Educational Association 200 Sow thistle, geographical distribution 335 Sows, brood, feed requirements of 769 Soy bean cake, analyses 266, 767, 809 fertilizing value, Hawaii 42 for cattle 468, 476 dishes, preparation 68 meal, analyses 267, 363, 809 availability of nitrogen in 124 oil, composition 414 examination 414 properties 24 products, notes 809 utiUzation 613 protein, utilization 564 beans as a farm crop 434 comjwsition 24 and characteristics ... 68 culture 24, 830 experiments 830 Tcnn 422 in Philippines 361 economic value 24 effect on soil nitrogen 196 fertilizer experiments 63 1 , 830 Mass 32 Tenn 422 notes 235, 362, 438 phytosterol content 607 varieties 631,830 N.C 828 sauce, notes 809 Sparrows, coccidiosis in 187 English, dissemination of mites by 246 Spearmint oil, investigations, U.S.D.A 713 Species, individuality of proteins 876 origin of 728 Spelt, milling tests, N.Dak 462 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 997 Page. Speltz bran, analyses 266 Spermatoxin, eflect on female organism and ovum 877 Spermatozoon, development outside the egg. 877 Sphxrella convexula, notes 56 rubina, notes, Colo 646 tabifica, notes 446 SphxrostUbe sp., notes 245 Sphxrotheca mors-uvx, notes 344 treatment 345 spp., notes, Md 450 SphxTulina taxi, notes 852 Sphenophorus callosus, investigations, N.C. . . 862 parvulus, notes, N.C 863 sp., notes 354,857 venatus, notes, N.C 862 Sphenoptera lineata (geminata), notes 147 Sphingidfe, key 800 Sphyrapicus spp., relation to trees and wood products, U.S.D.A 68 Spices, examination. Me 867 micro-analytical methods of examin- ing 110 use as preservatives 157 Spider, red, notes, N.C 856 Spinach, culture 393 Oreg 539 disease, new, description, Mass 55 growth in partially sterilized soils . . 815 rust, investigations 548 Spirochxfa anserina, relation to spirochetosis in fowls 684 regaudi n.sp. , description 588 spp., life histories and bibliogra- phy 460 Spirochetes of carcinomas m man and animals 581 transmission by stable flies; 150 Spirochetosis in fowls, investigations 084 Spirogyra as affected by anesthetics 824 formaldehyde 731 SpiTOptera mcgastoma , injurious to horses 384 Spizella pudlla, coccidiosis in 187 Spleen, role of in formation of immime bodies 277 Spongospora scabies, occurrence in Scotland . . 748 solani, studies 547 Sporobolus indicus, notes 362 Sporotrichum globuliferum — Investigations, U.S.D.A 454 parasitic on chinch-bug, U.S.D.A 348 Spotted fever- Rocky Mountain, relation to tick control, Mont 63 serum for 378 tick, studies and bibliography, U.S.D.A. 254 Spray calendar, Mo. Fruit 539 nozzle for large trees, description, Mass . 49 new type, U.S.D.A 599 Spraying- apparatus, description 848 and tests 893 as a cause of apple bitter pit 55 effect on yield of apple orchards, N.Y. Cornell 541 experiments in Viiginia 48 machinery, notes 48 Ohio 539 50596°— 12 =8 Page. Sprays, preparation and use, Ohio 539 Spruce beetle, Engelmann, notes, U.S.D.A.. 501 bud moth, notes, Me 753 gall, aphid, notes 140 seedlings, absorption of fertilizers by . 443 stands, effect on soil physics 140 light measuremen 1 s in 745 wood, production of turpentine from, U.S.D.A 413 Spruces, Canadian volume tables 443 fungus disease affecting 451 regeneration in high altitudes 443 Squashes, culture, Oreg 539 Squeezer for cattle, description 385 Squirrel-tail grass, geographical distribution . 334 Squirrels- conifers damaged by 552 ground, new microfilaria from 053 plague-like disease affecting 461 relation to plague 245 tuberculosis in 484 host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 St. Augustine grass, notes 362 Stable fly, notes 147^ 731 relation to infantile paralysis 654 role of in disease transmission 150 manure. {See Barnyard manure. ) Stables, disinfecting, U.S.D.A 578 Stachydrin, isolation from stachys tubers and citrus leaves 107 Stachyose, decomposition 310 Stachys tuberifera, isolation of stachydrin from 107 Stalk borer, notes 59 Stallions, licensed, distribution, Wis 108 Staphylinidae, catalogue 500 Staphylococcus — liquefaciens auTanliacus n.sp., description 581 pyogenes, occiurence in sugar 505 albus, notes 880 aureus as affected by senuiis and leucocytes 175 Star scale, destruction by mites 553 Starch as affected by hydrolyzing agents 107 saliva 872 determination 804 in brewers' grains 807 wood 202 equivalents of feeding stuffs 467 factory waste waters, studies 528 feeding diu-ing inanition 465 granules, methods of examining 24 history of 106 sacchariftcation by proteolytic fer- ments 309 sirups, determination in fruit prod- ucts 115,208 Starches, foreign, effect on quality of dough . . 761 Starchy feeds, fortified, analyses. Mass 605 Starlings at Springfield, Massachusetts 855 Starters, propagation in dairies 478 Statistical error, tables of "73 Stearin of wool fat, investigations 612 Steers, distribution of fat in 366 feeding e.xperiments 266 Ind 068 poisoning with cotton-seed meal, Ark. 780 998 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Stem diseases, relation to soils 646 Slenoma albclla, notes I47 Stenotaphrum americanum, notes 362 Stereum purpurcum, notes 449 749 Sterigmalocystcs nigra, occurrence in sugar 505 Sterility in rumpless fowls 878 Stictis panizzei, notes 849 Stifl-sickness in cattle, notes 882 Stilbella nana, notes 851 Stinkweed, dissemination by farm animals. . . 839 Stizolobium aterrimum, destruction of scale in- sects by 534 Stock. (See Live stock.) Stock foods. (See Feeding stuffs, condimen- tal and proprietary.) Stocks, heredity in 433 Stomatal movement, relation to water content of leaves g27 Stomovjs calcitrans. (See Stable fly.) Stone cells, formation in pears 449 regulations for national forests, U.S.D.A 340 Storage, effect on oxygen in water 418 houses, management. Ark 441 Storehouses, insects affecting 553 Stores, cooperative in the Northwest 895 United States 92 Storm at Abilene, Texas, U.S.D.A 27 severe, at Galena, 111., U.S.D.A 214 local, notes, U.S.D.A 214 Strangles in horses, notes 373 Strategus anachoreta, notes 354 Straw, analyses ^07 effect on nitrogen assimilation in plants 3J9 manure, denitrifying action of 424 Strawberries- culture, Md 743 Miss 741 Va. Truck 743 fertilizer experiments, Mass 31 forcing by electricity 136 mulching experiments, Md 743 varieties, Md 743 for New York, N.Y.State 239 Strawberry diseases, notes, Md 743 Stream flow, relation to forests 51 Streams of California, measurement 317 Street sweepings, analyses and fertilizing value 429 Streptococci — from milk and human throat, comparison 575 in butter, notes 478 milk, notes and bibliography 777 studies 575 occurrence in condensed milk si Streptococcic diseases, treatment 57s infection in sheep 683 Streptococcus acidi lactici, notes 880 equi, characteristics of 1 77 lanceolatus, notes 175, 586 spp., notes 575 Streptothrii madurx, biology and morphology. 281 Strongly sp. (?) , destructive to deer 653 Strongylus douglassii, notes 487 Strontium— and calcium, separating and identifying . . 21 separation from barium and calcium 204 calcium 205 Strychnin, effect on somatic cells 229 Stump growths, abnormalities of , Mass 37 Stumps, char-pit method of destruction... 787 removing by djTiamite, Ky 137 explosives, Wis 591 Sturnus vulgaris at Springfield, Mass 855 Subcapular cysts in domestic animals 1 75 Subsoil water, effect on cotton crop of India. . . 417 Subsoiling, use of explosives in gj Sucrose, determination in cane molasses 207 Sudan grass, culture in Philippines 36I Sugar beet blight, notes 543 curly top, notes 343 studies 848 diseases, review of literature 848 treatment 648 pulp. (See Beet pulp.) waste, utilization 757 beets, absorption and utilization of plant foods by 737 analyses 770 Can 132 U.S.D.A 409 as affected by nitrogenous ferti- lizers 332 precipitation 738 assimilation of carbohydrates by. 626 catalytic fertilizers for 225 composition as affected by nitrate. 196 size ... 738 cost of growing 637 culture in nutrient solutions 333 fertilizer experiments 232 424,425,438,631,636 forage, production and use. Can . . 132 glycuronic acid from 307 insects affecting 648, 848 manufacture of alcohol from 213, 512,809 methods of sampling, U.S.D.A... 409 variety testing 436 nitrogenous constituents of II6 pollination by field beets 332 potash fertilizers for 526 production in United States, U.S.D.A 94 quality as affected by weather. . . 415 relation between size of seed and yield 434 relation of yield to sugar content . 43 salt for 34 treatise 737 utiUzation of nonsugar sub- stances of 612 varieties 631, 733 yields in Germany 43 cane borer, notes 60 breeding experiments. La 235 culture experiments 233, 733 destruction by rats 857 diseases, notes 51, 143, 146 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. ,999 Pagp. Sugar cane, fertilizer experiments 631 , 836, 837 fungoid parasites of 748 fungus diseases of 4-15 grasshopper, notes 59 hybridization, bibliography 439 influence of arrowing on produc- tion M7 insects affecting 60, 857 Japanese, culture in Philippines . . 361 leaf-roller, notes 758 notes 362 planting experiments 837 potash and sugar content, rela- tionship 115 products, methods of analysis 505 red rot, studies. La 548 root borer, remedies 552 fungus, notes 553 "sereh," notes 54 sexual reproduction 438 smut, notes 848 subsoiling tests 631 varieties 436, 631, 637, 836, 837 wax, notes 213 chips, analyses 770 decomposition in the animal organism . 307 determination 115, 312 in sugar beets, U.S. D. A. 409 effect on nitrogen assimilation in plants 3 19 industry in Island of Negros 537 invert, occurrence in malt sprouts 24 making, mycology of 355 mangels, analyses. Can 132 production and use. Can 132 manufacture, yearbook 439 maple borer, notes 147 polarization, temperature corrections. . 99 production, chemistry of 115 raw, raffinose in 115, 116 refuse, fertilizing value 631 station, Java, report 610 (See also Beet sugar and Cane sugar.) Sugars, nomenclature 505 reducing, unification of methods, U.S.D.A 312 translocation from green leaves 229 Suints, analyses 727 Sulfabion, fungicidal value 345 Sulla, insects affecting 147 notes 362 seed, tests 133 Sulphate of— ammonia— as affected by lime 320 fertilizing value. . . 125, 323, 324, 329, 330, 425, 536,629,630,635,725,837 Hawaii 42 N.C 829 Wyo 534 for rubber trees 339 imports into United States 324 manufacture from sewage sludge 624 nitrification in soils 319 iron, fertilizing value 536 potash, extraction from alunite 526 fertilizing value 233, 329, 526, 536, 630, 639, 838 Page. Sulphates, effect on metabolism and excre- tion 69 nitrification in soils 817 Sulphids, effect on metabolism aud excretion. 69 Sulphites, effect on metabolism and c.\cre- tion 69 Sulphocyanogen, origin in milk 477 Sulphur- compounds, effect on metabolism and excretion 69 copper sulphate mixture, testing 854 detection in inorganic and organic com- pounds 109 determination 511 fertilizing action 819 linkages in proteins 306 methods of analysis 315 mixtures. (See Lime-sulphur mixtures.) powders, testing 854 relation to nitrogen in metabolism 765 requirements of crops 726 Sulphuric acid — determination 205 in presence of alkali metals 109 Sumac, destruction, Md 334 Summer sore in horses, notes, Cal 482 Sunflower cake, analyses 165, 369 cakes, effect on milk production and quality 476 Sunflowers, fertilizer experiments 129 red, notes 840 Superphosphate — as affected by calcium carbonate 428 effect on composition of turnips 527 fertilizing value 133, 230, 329, 3.30, 536, 537, 538, 622, 630, 635, 639. 833, 838 R.I 817 Term 426 industry in Russia 693 residual effects 428 use on pastures 437 valuation 311 Suprarenal glands, action in sex determina- tion "73 Suprarenin, use against milk fever 580 Suptol-burow, use against swine plague 88 Surra, transmission by blood-sucking insects. 150 Surveying, forest, text-book 644 Swamp bay, analyses, U.S.D.A 612 fever in horses, investigations 881 studies and bibliogra- phy, N. Dak 287 Swans, reproductive organs of 876 Sweat, secretion, salt content, and reaction. . 766 Swede flnger-and-toe disease, treatment 630 Swedes, analyses ^ 767 dry matter content 436 fertilizer experiments 231, 232, 424, 425,430,535,622,629,631,632,819.837 green manuring experiments 536 relation between size of seed and yield 434 varieties 436, 630, 631 , 837 Swedish Moor Cultural Society, report 423,817 Sweet clover, fertilizer experiments 631 geographical distribution 335 varieties ^i 1000 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Page. Sweet pea anthracnose, investigations 751 diseases, notes, Mass 47 peas, culture, handbook 47 in greenlaouses, Md 740 fertilizer experiments, Md 739 fungus disease affecting 551 handbook 139 potato ring rot, causative agent 748 rots, notes, S.C 637 potatoes, culture in Philippines 361 notes 362 production in United States. 293 storage experiments, S.C 637 varieties 436, 534, 733 Swine fever, investigations 678 notes 373 prevalence and control in Great Britain 288 plague, immunization 184, 289, 578, 676 notes 373 relation to hog cholera 383 treatment 88, 587 (See also Pigs.) Sylvilagus nuttalU, host of spotted fever tick, Mont 64 Symoothis oxyacanthclla, hymenopterous para- site of erjs Symphytum officinale, cell proliferant of 580 Sympicsis fclti n.sp., description 353 Symptomatic anthrax. {See Blackleg.) Synchytrium, transfer of Chrysophlyctis to. . 547 Syrphida3, life histories 349 Syrphus amcricanus, destructive to citras plant lice 755 Tabanidse of Australia and Tasmania 450 Tabanus, parasitic flagellates of 84 Tachardia lacca, notes 248 Tachinid flies, studies 800 Tscnia struthionis, notes 487 Talahib, notes 362 Tania, varieties 733 Tankage, analyses. La 325 Tex 408 availability of nitrogen in 124 nitrification in soils • 722 Tannic acid fermentation, notes 203 Tannin, determination with casein 202 Tannins, qualitative analysis 809 vegetable, qualitative reactions 808 Taphrina aurca, notes 852 bussei, notes 851 Tapioca, water content as affected by cooking 462 Tar oils, characteristics 206 Tarbagans, relation to plague 653 Targionia sacchari, notes GO vitis, notes •. 055 Tariff revision in Belgium 93 Taro, notes 362 Tars, coke-oven, of United States, U.S.D. A. . 591 effect on mold growth 206 refined, as afiected by naphthalene, U.S.D.A 188 Tarsonemus spp., notes, U.S.D.A 760 waitei n.sp., notes, U.S.D.A 760 Tartaric acid — behavior toward oxidizing agents, U.S. D.A 25 determination in fruits and their products 805 Page. i Taxonomic papers, standards for 855 Taxus baccata, culture experiments 141 cuspidata, food plant of purple scale, Cal 756 Tea, aroma in 309 culture and manufacture, in United States, U.S.D.A 641 in'Nyasaland §29 diseases, notes 51 effect on gastric secretion 466 insects affecting 553 loopcr caterpillar, notes 61 plant, new, description 139 Teachers- agricultural instruction. . 9, 198, 303, 505, 697, 898 relation to boys' com club work, Ala.Col- lege 794 rural, preparation 595 training for agricultural extension 299 Teak forests of Burma 141 Teals, reproductive organs of 876 Teat strictures, treatment i83 TefE grass, notes 361 Telamona sp., notes 143 Tclca polyphemus, notes 656 Telenomus n.spp., descriptions 352 quaintancci, notes 857 Temir experiment field, report 620 Temperature- body, rise during marching 566 changes, effect on respiratory exchange of infants 766 conditions in cranberry marshes of Wis- consin, U.S.D.A 514 departures in United States, U.S.D.A.. . 513 effect on cattle ticks. Term 459 destruction of in vertase 504 ferments 308 germination of conidia of downy mildew 851 seeds 131,200 respiration of plants 822 fluctuations, determination in human body 466 in central Rocky Mountain region, varia- tions, U.S.D.A 117 interior, of concrete, U.S.D.A 214 low, effect on germination of seeds 821 wintering of cereals 733 physiological effects 452 relation to crop systems and production, Tenn 415 grape roncet 550 Tenant farmers in Great Britain, condition. . 791 Tcncbrio molitor. (Sec Yellow mealworm.) Tenebrioidcs mauritanicus. (See Cadelle.) Tenebrionidffi, catalogue 560 Tennessee Station, notes 397,900 University, notes 397, 900 Teosinte and corn, crossing experiments 40 culture in Philippines 361 notes 362 Tames lucifugus, destruction of redwood by. 858 Terrapin scale, remedies, Md 755 Testes as affected by Roentgen rays 364 Testicular cells, interstitial, studies 364 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 1001 Page. Tetanus antitoxin, fixation by leucocytes 177 immunization 578 senuu, valuation 178 toxin, action of formaldehyde on 782 and antitoxin, avidity of 676 fixation 378 treatment 783 with carbolic acid 378 Tetranitromethan, assimilation by plants 32 Tetranychus bimaculatus, notes 153 glovcri, notes, N.C 856 pilosus, notes 254 Tetrastichus — anliguensis n.sp., description 352 doteni n.sp., description 863 gentilei n.sp., description 553 ovivorus n.sp., description 353 sp., parasitic on star scale 553 studies, Nev 458 Texas College, notes 97,194,397 fever ticks. (Sfe Cattle ticks.) Station, notes 97. 194, 495, 600, 900 Theileria parva, development 882 Thelia bimaculata, notes 148 Themcda spp., notes 362 Thcobroma cacao, insects aflecting 354 Therapeutic agents, newer, notes 580 Theroniafulvcscens, notes 863 Thklavia basicola, notes 551, 849 Tliiclaviopsis paradoxa, notes 145 Thistles, destruction 538 Thlaspi arvense, dissemination by farm ani- mals 839 Tliomas meal, notes. 126 slag. (See Phosphatic slag.) Thomomys bottse, susceptibility to plague 59 Thripoctenus russelli — n.g. and n.sp., description 8C3 parasitic on Thysanoptera 858 Thrips flavaasa, carnation pest 347 tabaci. (See Onion thrips.) Thrips, new species 553 Thromboplastin, role of in coagulation of blood 580 Thuarea involuta, notes 362 Thuya plicata, damaged by sqnin-els 552 Th>anoI, etleet on hyacinths and tulips 731 Thyridaria tarda, injurious to rubber 451 Thyridopteryi ephemeTsformis. (See Bag- woiTns.) Thyroid glands as aflected by diet 159 Thysanoptera, internal parasite of 858 new, of California and Georgia. 553 Tick control, relation to Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Mont C3 fever, Rhodesian. (See African coast fever.) Ticks, brown, transmission of amakebe by . . . 882 eradication in South Africa 153 new species, descriptions 460 relation to anaplasmosis 584 spirochetosis in fowls 084 r61e of in disease transmission 153 sources of infections from 460 Pagre. Ticks, transmission of African coast fever by . 882 Anaplasma marginate by 173 gall sickness by 883 (See also Cattle ticks.) Tile, concrete, tests 685 Tilia europea, hydrocarbons in 107 Tillage experiments in New South Wales 135 Tillandsia recurvata, anatomy and biological aspects 729 Tilletia caries, detection in flour, bran, and cereals 408 Tillelia/cptans, treatment 447 spp., chemical composition 746 <, effect on pigs 888 Timber — conditions along nud.son Bay Railway ... 643 construction, of Philippines 51 cost of growing 49 industry in Canada 242, 544 pests, notes 59 physics, experiments in 141 preservation 241 protection against fungus injury 544 regulations for national forests, U.S.D.A.. 340 standing, insects affecting, U.S.D..\ 560 stands, effect on soil physics 140 structural, strength values, U.S.D. A 443 treating plants, management 644 (See also Lumber and Wot)d.) Timothy, fertiUzer experiments 323 hay as affected by maturity 265 digestibility 266 improvement 196 rust, studies, U.S.D.A 52 seed, analyses, Md 7.39 high V. low grade, Ind 8.38 standards in Canada 839 Tin as affected by organic acids of carmed goods 867 determination in foods ; 99 salts in canned foods, U.S.D.A 06 Tobacco— " bassara " or " verderame, " description . . 748 beetles, notes 560 breeding experiments 133 Cuban types 837 culture e.xperiments 233, 638 Tenn 422 in Ireland 236 Nyasaland 829 Tennessee, Tenn 439 dips for scabies in sheep, Ky 587 extracts, methods of analysis 413 valuation 511 fertilizer experiments 133, 638 Tenn 422 flea beetle, studies, Tenn 453 German, nicotin content 333 growing centers of Canada 639 for nicotin purposes 738 harvesting and ciu-ing 638 insects affecting 553, 856 Tenn 453 1002 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. Tobacco— Continued. Page. liquor, analyses, Mass 65 manganese sulphate for 126 phint, distribution of nicotin in 333 wastes, nicotin content 413 planting and harvesting dates, U.S.D.A. . 532 potash fertilizers for 526 root rot, notes 849 seed beds, making 638 cleaning and grading 638 germination tests, Mass 44 smoke, effect on plants 230 South African, investigations 808 statistics, U.S.D.A 595,639 tarnished plant bug affecting 638 varieties ■ 638 Tomato- blight, studies. Term 549 blossom end rot — cause and treatment, Ga 648 Mass 649 diseases, notes 353 Mass 649 hotbeds, construction, Ga 641 industry in Ontario 840 leaf rust, description and treatment 849 meal, analyses 266 products, detecting spoilage in, U.S.D.A. 24 worm, studies, Term 433 Tomatoes- canning exjieriments, Ga 640 culture 393 Oreg 539 experiments, Ga 640 detecting spoilage in, U.S.D.A 24 growth in partially sterilized soils 815 insects aflecting 353 pruning experiments, Ga 641 varieties, Ga 640 resistant to blight, Tenn 549 water content as affected by cooking 462 Tomoccra californica, parasitic on black scale, Cal 555 Tomosteihus rmdticinctus, notes 254 Tonsilitis outbreak, due to milk supply 575 Tornado at Owosso, Michigan, U.S.D.A 614 near Canton, N.Y., U.S.D.A 214 Davenport, Iowa, U.S.D.A 614 Tortriclna, Australian, revision 656 Tortrixfumiferana, notes. Me 753 Toxic substances, effect on olives 825 Toxins and microbes, treatise 373 bacterial, action of formaldehyde on . . 782 Toxoptera aurantix, notes 755 graminum, notes, N.C 856 Toxorhynchites immiscrkors, destrucHve to mosquitoes 349 Trachyderes thorackus, notes 147 Traction engines, use in road grading 685 plowing, treatise 89 Tractioneers, training 686 Tractor implements, need of. 398 Tractors for intertilled crops 398 internal combustion, low gravity fuels for 398 small farm, paper on 789 Tradescantia discolor as affected by anesthetics 824 Transpiration — Page, and absorption in pliuits, differentiation. 822 in plants, notes 532 praii'ie and forest plants 821 relation to water content of leaves 627 Trap-nest records, error m. Me 572 nests. (.Sec Nests, trap.) Trappist monks, dietary studies 868 Traps, glass, for insects 153 Traubenwicklers, notes and bibliography 655 Tree canker, cause 448 diseases, notes 852 prevalence in Texas, U.S.D.A. 645 pests, notes 59 planting, use of explosives in 91 seeds, germination tests 842 Trematodos, injurious to horses 384 Trees, animals injiuious to 452 artificial medication of 451 as atlected by smoke and flue dust.. . . 38 tarring roads 432 bibliogiaphy 442 blooming dates for Iowa 237 culture experiments 237 distribution in Karafuto 842 forest, injuries by mice, Ohio 299 growing ou grass land 639 handbook 642 height measurement, Comi.Storrs 442 importance of seed selection 141 indigenous to AustraUa 830 insects alTecthig, 111 654 nutrient absorption in 443 of New Jersey, leaf key 240 western Morocco 643 planting, Vt 543 in pastures 130 southern Rhodesia 49 relation to woodpeckers, U.S.D.A 58 shade and ornamental, protection 339 diseases aflecting, Mass 57 spraying. Mass 48 treatise 140 valuation of form 338 winter identification, Conn.Storrs 442 Tribolium spp., notes 453 Tricalcium carbonate as affected by calcium carbonate 527 Trichlnre , detection in pigs 485 Trkhinclla spiralis, notes 84 Triehiniasis, diagnosis 84 Trichinosis, serum diagnosis 281 Trichlorethylen, use in determination of fat. . 507 Trichobaris texana, destruction by white fun- gus, U.S.D.A 454 trinotata. {See Potato stalk-borer. ) Trichocephalus — affinis, destructive to deer 653 trichiura, relation to appendicitis 678 Trichoderma koriingi, relation to sweet potato ring rot 748 Trichogramvia japonicum, notes 63 Tricholsena rosea, notes 362 Trichomalus apantcloctenus n.sp. , description. 63 Trichomonas, notes 246 Trichoseptoriafructigena, notes 449 Trichosphxria sacchari, notes 445 Tricresol as a soil sterilizer 322 INDEX OF SUBJECTS. 1003 TrifoUum — Page. fragiferum, introduction into Victoria 833 repens as an adulterant of white clover seed 40 Trigonellin, occurrence in stachys tubers and citrus leaves 107 Triketohydrindene hydrate, use for detection of proteins 804 Trimethylamin, assimilation by plants 32 Trioza alacris, occurrence in California 859 Triozintj? , notes 149 Tripotassium nitrophenoldisulphonate, prep^ aration 110 Triticum spp., relationship 827 Tropidopria conica , notes 254 Tropin research, tecliniquQ and methods 676 Truck crop diseases, prevalence in Texas, U.S.T). A 645 crops, protection against frost, U.S.D. A 214 gardening in Florida , treatise 237 Truckers' association in Maryland 791 Truffle sausages, adulteration 258 Tryosinase, activity in diseased potatoes 548 Trypanblue, use against canine piroplasmosis 882 redwater 382 in infectious anemia 483 Trypano plasma, notes 246 Trypanosoma — equiperdum, studies, U.S.D. A 88 franki , relation to T.theileri 84 gambiense, development in Glossina pal- palis 150 Mppicum, lesions caused by 679 reduction of virulence in 884 transmission by house flies. . 656, 884 spp. , occurrence in Gambia 486 transmission by Glossina spp 151 stable fly 150 Trypanosome disease of camels, notes and bibliography 85 new, in cattle in Uruguay 684 Trypanosomes— of cattle, studies and bibliography 84 mammals, identification and classifica- tion 84 transmission by stable flies 150 Trypanosomiases, resistance of goats and sheep to 84 Trypeta ludens. (See Orange maggot. ) Trypsin action as affected by stimulants 159 Tubercle — bacilli — as affected by extracts of rabb it lungs . 484 avian, caseous degeneration 282 bovine and human, differentiation . 582, 783 investigations. . . 281 relative impor- tance 178,680 cultural and pathogenic properties ... 884 detection 85, 284 excretion into milk 777, 884 from bovines, examination 281 in circulating blood 231 milk and lymphatic glands of bo- vines 281 whey, resistance to heat 779 Tubercle— Continued. Page. bacilli — continued. inhalation of 179 modification by passage through ani- mals 886 occiuTcnco in uncooked food 880 resistance to dry heat 582 stability in living animals 885 staining 379,887 bacillus culture, Koch's, lesions produced by 178 bacteria of legumes, studies 824 endotoxin, effect on opsonins in healthy rabbits 180 Tuberculin- aqueous, precipitation 85 avian, diagnostic value, 380 diagnostic value 485, 676 Hochst'snew, tests 180 reaction, diagnostic value 180 test for East Indian buffaloes 378 imported cattle in Germany 282 investigations 282, 283 limitations 783 notes 583 subcutaneous, diagnostic value 283 thermal, diagnostic value 379 tests and post-mortem fmdings, studies.. 282 Tuberculinum purum, use against tubercu- losis 284 Tuberculo-proteia hypersensitiveness, stud- ies 181,182 Tubereulosan, tests 680, 681 Tuberculosis — as affected by organ extracts 484 avian and mammal, relationship 178 in mammals 583 bovine and human, differentiation 281 method of infection. . 484 causes 178 diagnosis 484, 679 frequency 178 investigations 887 prophylaxis in 485 control in Belgium 378 diagnosis. . . 85, 180, 181, 283, 284, 379, 578, 582, 783 effect on opsonins in healthy rabbits 180 equine, description 282 hemolytic reactions in ." 379 human and animal, relationship 886 forms of 680 investigations 884 transmission to bovines 378 immunity to 181 immunization 181, 284, 379, 380, 578, 584, 676, 680, 681 review and bibliography. . 85 in bovines, detection 5S3 East Indian buffaloes 378 fowls, studies and bibliography 486 goats 1'^ ground squirrels ^84 pigs, investigations 884 prevention 181 urinary channels, diagnosis 485 infection of man by bovine bacillus 178 investigations 885 1004 EXPEKIMENT STATION EECOED. Page. Tuberculosis— Continued . laryngeW. R. Dodson.o New Orleans; I North La. Station: Calhoun; j Maine— Orono.- C. D. Woods.a MAUTLAWi— College Park: H. J. Patterson.o Massachusetts— .(lmAer««.- W. P. Brooks.* MicmGAt^— Fast Lansing: R. 8. Shaw.o Minnesota— Z7n«yersi